o > • 
 
 0* - • * • 
 
 
 , %^.y- %^v vSBv v^ 
 
 **> c*" 
 
 v~ £* ♦ 
 
 
 
 
 *- _ . « 
 
 
 
 ♦ * 
 
 T • °A O 
 
 *% X,/7a&\ ' <*-♦♦' .*&&. X/' .'flft\ V** 
 
 
 VV 
 
 
 
 
 ^ -J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 !>> --^0% 
 
 ^.^ 
 
 ^•o 1 
 
 
 :.. "V .^- .vro. v.**' .-isate X,^ /J 
 
 
 

 
 '^T%o> 'V^^*^/ 
 
 A ^ *•••• v^ 
 
 :• >f fro % d : -^ pf : W'; W 
 
 
 
 ,^.°o ^\^% ^<^cS /s«^*+ c 
 
 ' ,^% • 
 
 
 '. +A « 
 
 V * * * ®* o 
 
 *oV* 
 
 
 ***** 
 
 
 
 ^ ....^ 
 
 • ■ ♦ 
 
 
 
 , ^. 
 
 
 
 
 ^ .«»••. ^ 
 
 ^ '.. 
 
 w ^ ^ o*. 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^\-^.> 
 
 
 •bv T 
 
 ;- ^o< 
 
 
 
 

OJAj&cc/. 
 
WARREN'S 
 
 HOUSEHOLD PHYSICIAN, 
 
 ENLARGED AND REVISED, 
 
 FOR TXE USB OF 
 
 PHYSICIANS, FAMILIES, MARINERS, AND MINERS. 
 
 BEING A 
 
 BRIEF DESCRIPTION, IN PLAIN LANGUAGE, 
 
 OP AT.T, THE 
 
 DISEASES OF MEN, WOMEN AND CHILDREN, 
 
 WITH THE 
 
 LATEST AM) MOST APPROVED METHODS OF TREATMENT. 
 f 
 
 BT 
 
 IRA WARREN, A. M., M. D., 
 
 Fellow of the Massachusetts Medical Society, etc. 
 AND 
 
 A. E.^ SMALL, A. Ml, M. D., 
 
 President of the Hahnemann Medical College, Chicago, III. 
 
 (I 
 
 >•— ' ,-~Q ALLOPATHIC DEPARTMENT 
 
 / v> ' REVISED BY 
 
 WILLIAM THORNDIKE, M.D., 
 
 Fellow of Massachusetts Medical Society, and Member of Boston Society for the Improvement of Medicine, etc. 
 
 HOMOEOPATHIC DEPARTMENT 
 
 REVISED BV 
 
 HEBER SMITH, M. D., 
 
 Professor of Materia Medica, Boston University School of Medicine, and late 
 President of Massachusetts Homoeopathic Medical Society. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED 
 
 BY THIRTY-SIX FIGURES ON EIGHT SPLENDID COLORED LITHOGRAPH PLATES, 
 AND THREE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SIX ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 THE RIGHT OF TRANSLATION IS RESERVED. 
 
 IBA BRADLEY & GO- 
 
 BOSTON. y/<i 
 
 1885. /$& C 
 
 MAR 23 1885 
 — 4/ • ?£": 
 
f 
 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, In the .pear 1839, bs 
 
 IRA WARREN, 
 
 In ttie Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts, 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1863, by 
 
 IRA WARREN, 
 
 It the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts, 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870, by 
 
 CHARLES ROBINSON", Jr., 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1885, by 
 
 CHARLES ROBINSON, Jr., 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This book is written for the people. It is based on the assumption that every 
 man — the mechanic, the farmer, and the day laborer, as well as the professional 
 man — has a right to all the knowledge he is capable of acquiring, on all sub- 
 jects, — medicine not excepted. The book aims, therefore, to popularize, and 
 adapt to the many what has been claimed as belonging only to the few. 
 
 I do not hesitate to avow that my sympathies, as a man, are with the great 
 masses, who may be called the bone and muscle of the race. They are, in the 
 main, more shrewd, more endowed with common sense, more simple and true 
 in their natural instincts, and consequently less perverted, than those who claim 
 more refinement and a higher place in the social scale. 
 
 "All men," says Hippocrates, one of the great fathers of medicine, "ought 
 to be acquainted with the medical art. I believe that knowledge of medicine is 
 the sister and companion of wisdom." Such knowledge would shield the many 
 from the impositions of quackery. No one, I venture to say, who reads this book 
 thoroughly, will be often imposed upon thereafter by quack nostrums, or quack 
 doctors. Every man's physical organization is his own ; and he is charged with 
 the responsibility 01 taking care of it. To do this properly, he needs knowledge 
 of it; and to withhold this from him, is another form of the old oppression, 
 which decreed knowledge and power to the few, and ignorance and obedience to 
 the many. 
 
 In accordance with the design of the work, it has been Avritten in plain, simple 
 English, and brought within the comprehension of all who have medium powers 
 of mind. It has not been thought needful to reduce its language to ihe simper- 
 ing style of baby-talt. ; that is done only by those who don't know much about 
 the people. 
 
 In preparing this book, a great number of authors have been carefully consult- 
 ed, to whom I acknowledge large indebtedness ; yet the work is not a mere compi- 
 lation. "With the exception of a few minor parts, as those on Hydropathy, the 
 Management of the Sick-Room, the Symptoms of Diseases, and, as in all medical 
 works, a portion of the recipes, it has all taken shape, coloring, character, and 
 language, in my own mind. In dealing with each disease, I have aimed to 
 sketch a brief pen-and-ink portrait, so like it that every reader shall know the 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 original whenever he sees it ; and then to give, in the fewest words, the best 
 treatment. 
 
 No work of the sort has ever explained the reasons, or given the whys and 
 wherefores of medicine to anything like the extent of this ; nor has any one 
 been so extensively illustrated. The engravings amount to two hundred and 
 thirty-six in number, and have been, with few exceptions, done expressly for 
 this work. Of the colored lithographs, there are Tliirty-six Figures on eight 
 splendid plates. They are inserted at great expense, and add much to the value 
 of the book. 
 
 I. W 
 
 SECOND PKEFACE. 
 
 The Household Physician was written in the belief that the people were ready 
 and waiting for a popular medical work based on liberal principles ; and that one 
 hundred thousand copies have already found a welcome home, in as many Amer- 
 ican families, is a sufficient evidence that the belief was well-founded. I say 
 welcome home ; and with very little stretch of modesty I might emphasize the 
 word, for the popularity of the book has far outrun the author's hopes — many 
 persons assuring the author and the publishers that fifty or one hundred dollars 
 would be no temptation for them to part with the copy they have if they could 
 not obtain another. Such an extensive sale of so large a book, with the demand 
 constantly increasing, has been quite unexpected. 
 
 For these evidences of public favor the author is not ungrateful or unmindful 
 of corresponding duties on his part. A chapter is now added, therefore, on 
 " Old Age and its Diseases," — a subject never before introduced into any popular 
 treatise on medicine, and very rarely, indeed, into any medical book. I have taken 
 great pains in preparing it, and sincerely hope that many Fathers and Mothers 
 will, in future years, be kindly remembered in consequence of the suggestions it 
 contains. I also have the pleasure to present, from the pen of Dr. Dio Lewis, a 
 very valuable contribution upon his new popular Gymnastics, illustrated with 
 many cuts. 
 
 With these and some smaller additions, — improvements I think I may call 
 them, — I submit the work again to the popular judgment. 
 
 I. W. 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 Progress of Medicine. 
 
 Medicine may be divided into a science and an art. It is a science 
 as it presents facts and evolves principles ; an art as it consists of 
 rules for practice. For its present attainments, it is indebted partly 
 to researches scientifically conducted, and partly to empirical and 
 hap-hazard discovery. 
 
 As a science, medicine is chiefly indebted, and must ever be, to the 
 members of what is called the " regular profession." This body of 
 men, while it contains numerous persons whose talents and attain- 
 ments do not raise them above the merest quacks, does yet embrace 
 large numbers of men who are alike ornaments of the race, and lights 
 of their profession. It is to the writings of this class that every stu- 
 dent must go who would qualify himself for the proper discharge of 
 the duties of a physician ; and he who attempts the practice of medi- 
 cine without a knowledge of standard medical writings is either a 
 fool or a knave — either without the brains to understand science, or 
 destitute of the honesty to deal fairly with men. 
 
 While this is said, however, it must be granted that a respectable 
 portion of the facts which make up the science of medicine have been 
 contributed by the industry of men who have not had what is called 
 a regular standing in the profession. I am sorry to be obliged to add 
 that the great body of this class have been quacks and charlatans, 
 while only a few of them have had talents and acquirements. 
 
 Nevertheless, they have been too indiscriminately condemned. 
 Their labors have been useful in various ways, and have contributed 
 to the advancement of medical knowledge. A regard for truth, not 
 less thin justice to these persons, requires this statement. 
 
 One-Idea Men. — The "irregulars," as they have been called, have 
 generally had their hobbies, which they have ridden with singular 
 diligence, and often in little better than John Gilpin plight. Yet they 
 have drawn attention to great truths, which the regular profession 
 either did not see, or would not commend ; and they have done this 
 by dwelling incessantly upon some single idea. 
 
 The one-idea men, of every class, have been ridiculed in all ages ; 
 and indeed have always exhibited some singular obliquities. Yet 
 when they have been men of learning and talents, they have accom- 
 plished great things, either for good or evil. 
 
Martin Luther was strictly a one-idea man. The whole force of 
 his extraordinary character was given to the propagation of the single 
 doctrine of justification by faith ; and by the incessant efforts he made 
 for this purpose, he sank the doctrine deeper into the heart of Europe 
 than a hundred equally powerful men could have done by giving it 
 only an ordinary share of attention. 
 
 William Ellery Channing was a one-ideaist. Man, the noblest 
 work of creation, to be developed, educated, adorned, loved, made 
 like unto God, was the thought of his life, — a thought which he em- 
 bellished and moulded into all the forms of beauty which onr flexible 
 language is capable of producing. Under the mild promptings of 
 his genius, and the workings of this thought, philanthropy, quick- 
 ened into a new life, spread out her arms, and embraced the world. 
 
 Sir Isaac Newton, was a one-ideaist. So entirely did he devote his 
 great powers to astronomy and the higher mathematics, that he be- 
 came unfitted for the duties of social and domestic life — so unfitted, 
 that when induced by his friends to give a little attention to courtship, 
 he fell into one of his abstractions, and detected himself in using his 
 lady-love's fore-finger to poke down the ashes in his pipe ! But, Sir 
 Isaac advanced mathematical science to a point far beyond its previ- 
 ous attainments, and laid it under such obligations as no general 
 scholar could have done. 
 
 It is in this way, though in a vastly less degree, and without the 
 scientific method, that one-ideaists in medicine benefit the world. 
 They seize upon some single remedy, — generally one which has been 
 overlooked, — and using it themselves to the exclusion of all others, 
 they press it upon the world as the panacea for all its ills. With 
 them disease is a unit, and they have found its one all-important 
 remedy. Thus convinced, they press it upon others with the enthu- 
 siasm of fanatics. Testing it in all cases, they develop all its virtues. 
 Those who have the good sense to turn their attention to it have 
 only to use it in those cases for which its adaptation is proved. 
 
 It is in this way that these men become, incidentally, medical dis- 
 coverers ; and not being burdened with modesty, they never with- 
 hold their importunities till the world acknowledges whatever value 
 there is in their discovery. And although they may do some mis- 
 chief with the single-edged tool which they handle so industriously, I 
 doubt if they do much more than many better workmen who use loo 
 many. At all events, wise and generous men thank them for their 
 gift to the profession, small, though it may be, and use it in the light 
 of a clearer knowledge. 
 
 Hydropathy. — As an illustration of what I have just been saying, 
 I may refer to hydropathy, or the plan of treating all diseases by water. 
 
 The singularly careful avoidance, by the whole medical faculty, for 
 many ages, of the article of pure water as a medicinal, or, rather, 
 health-imparting agent, was anything but creditable to the profession. 
 
 It is now admitted by all sensible men that water, cold and warm, 
 used at proper times and to a reasonable extent, has great power over 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 several diseases, and is a powerful promoter of health. No physicians, 
 except those who are too indolent to know what is going on in the 
 world, or too fast locked in old prejudices to touch new things, now 
 omit its use in many cases. How warm and sincere my own approval 
 of water as a remedy is, almost every page of this volume will attest. 
 Indeed, it may honestly be allowed that the hydropathists have 
 fairly drowned the almost criminal professional prejudice against 
 water. They are in all the more need of this concession, since in 
 their absurd zeal to cure all diseases by water, and make aquatic ani- 
 mals of men, they have also drowned their own common sense. 
 
 Homoeopathy, — This mode of practice is of comparatively recent 
 origin ; but it has already sunk itself deep into the popular heart, 
 and has drawn to its support many of the wealthy, the cultivated, 
 and the intelligent, in our most refined communities. I do not pro- 
 fess to comprehend and appreciate its principles, nor would it be 
 honest in me to pretend to see how its infinitesimal doses can produce 
 the results which it often shows, and which it is fair to confess look 
 like singular success ; and saying this, I can neither adopt nor ap- 
 prove the violent denunciations and censures which so many are 
 induced (by fashion, I fear) to employ towards this generally well-cul- 
 tivated class of practitioners. I hold them as useful members of the 
 profession, and mean ever to cultivate towards them fraternal feelings. 
 They give great attention to exercise, diet, the use of water, etc., — 
 things which contribute very powerfully to preserve health, and to 
 restore it when lost. In this thing, the old school practitioners ought 
 to learn a most important lesson from them. In truth, they are 
 learning it, but very slowly and reluctantly ', I am sorry to say. 
 
 The central idea of the homoeopath ist, that "like cures like," the 
 "great law of cure," as he styles it, I do not feel called upon to dis- 
 cuss — theories being of much less consequence than rules of prac- 
 tice. The old-school men have certainly much to learn from him 
 respecting the augmented power of medicine from the greatest possi- 
 ble division by trituration. We have learned from him, too, — - 
 though many are too ungenerous to confess the source of the infor- 
 mation, — that we may gain our purposes with much less medicine 
 than we were once in the habit of giving. 
 
 Eclectics. — There is a large and growing class of physicians, called, 
 at first, after the founder of the school, Thomsonians. Subsequently, 
 they were generally known as Botanic Physicians. Now they pass 
 under the title of Eclectics. 
 
 These men, directing their attention, at first, chiefly to cayenne 
 and lobelia, have gradually extended their zealous researches over 
 the vegetable kingdom, and have gathered much information worthy 
 to be preserved. These researches have revealed a sadly neglected 
 duty on the part of old-school practitioners, and, in 1852, drew from 
 the " Committee on Indigenous Medical Botany," appointed by the 
 "American Medical Association," the confession that our practi- 
 tioners generally have been extremely ignorant of the medicinal 
 plants even in their own neighborhoods ; and to this fact the com- 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 mittee attributed it, that the Eclectic physicians had in so many in- 
 stances supplanted the " regulars " in the confidence of the people. 
 
 The education and talents of this class of practitioners have grad- 
 ually risen, year by year, until they have several medical schools, 
 where students are well instructed in the principles of medicine, by 
 men of real ability. This is particularly true of the school at Cin- 
 cinnati. They have also a literature of no mean significance, espe- 
 cially in the department of materia medica. The list of remedies 
 they have given to the world, drawn from our home plants, are a 
 boon of no small value. I regard them as equal in value to all we 
 were previously in possession of from the vegetable kingdom. The 
 podophylliu and leptaudrin, as substitutes, inmost cases, for mercu- 
 rials, can hardly be too highly prized. 
 
 And yet, it is mortifying that the remedies which these men have 
 given us are, by hundreds of our old-school practitioners, not even 
 known by name, and where known, generally not honored with a 
 trial. King's " American Eclectic Dispensatory," a book of 1,300 
 pages, in which they are well described, is almost unknown among us. 
 Aside from the copy in my own library, I do not know that one is 
 owned by any member of the Massachusetts Medical Society, in 
 Boston. I consider this a disgrace, for, however learned a man may 
 be, he is not fully equipped as a practitioner until he is acquainted 
 with this class of medicines. 
 
 Physiologists. — Beside these various direct practitioners of medi- 
 cine, there is the large and quite intelligent class of physiologists, 
 including the phrenologists, who nearly discard medicine, and, ap- 
 pealing to the laws of life established by the Creator, urge temper- 
 ance in eating and drinking; exercise in the open air ; securing of 
 pure air by ventilating dwellings, school-houses, and churches ; bath- 
 ing in cold and warm water ; cheerfulness of mind ; and the cultiva- 
 tion of the Christian virtues, as the only rational modes of securing 
 health and life. 
 
 I confess myself inclined to forgive this class their error in ban^ 
 ishing medicine, in view of their zeal and success in disseminating 
 hygienic information of the utmost value and importance to mankind. 
 Put man into harmony with nature, and establish over him the em- 
 pire of reason, and their theory would be excellent ; but as things 
 are, medicines, like prisons, and alms-houses, and large cities, are 
 " necessary evils." 
 
 Other Practitioners. — Finally, we have Mesmerists, Pathetists, 
 Electro-biologists, Spiritualists, Nutritivists, and what not, all pre- 
 tending to cure disease by processes peculiar to themselves. They 
 are all experimenters in different departments of nature, — now 
 spreading over our eyes a large plaster of humbuggery, and now 
 drawing a small curtain and giving us a peep into the large and well- 
 furnished rooms which nature has fitted up for our reception, by and 
 by, when we are better instructed. 
 
 All Useful in a Degree. — On the whole, I am disposed to regard 
 all the operators in the different departments of medicine as useful 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 9 
 
 in their degree; excepting always those mercenary quacks, who lie 
 about their remedies to make money. Each of all these (I mean all 
 sincere and true men who believe what they teach) is aiding in some 
 measure the general advancement. And though the truths, as they 
 gather and present them, are but fragmentary, they are useful in the 
 hands of those true Eclectics, who have the wisdom and independence 
 to select the best things out of all systems. 
 
 General Conclusion. — This brings me to remark that there is but 
 one truly liberal and philosophical school of medicine. It is the 
 Eclectic, — composed of those who have liberality enough to reject 
 every exclusive system, and to select out of all systems those things 
 which are approved by experience and reason. 
 
 I have already spoken of a school of practitioners called Eclectic. 
 To a certain extent they are entitled to the name, but I think not 
 entirely. They have formed a separate and exclusive school. They 
 have turned some articles out of the materia medica possibly for no 
 better reason than because their party is committed to their rejec- 
 tion ; whereas they should have no party, but allow each man to act 
 as if he were a citizen of the world only, and not a member of any 
 restricted association. But I will not quarrel with them on this 
 point. I think they are becoming eclectic. 
 
 Progress of Medicine. — There have been long periods when the 
 science and the art of medicine made scarcely any progress. They 
 are now advancing, — in some departments quite fast. 
 
 The Chemistry' of Man, commonly called Animal Chemistry, is 
 opening new sources of light. Few of the profession have yet 
 studied this essential branch of medical science ; but the delinquents 
 are sleeping in the rear, and will soon awake to tind themselves 
 among the ghosts of a dead generation. 
 
 The writer was in the habit of asserting, many years ago, that 
 most of the true progress in medicine must come through Animal 
 Chemistry ; and the developments of the last few years have made 
 good the assertion. Liebig, a diligent student in chemistry, has done 
 much to open the way for inquirers in this department. Simon has, 
 perhaps, done more. Mialhe is a yet later explorer, and has made 
 valuable discoveries. 
 
 The result is, that students have now before their minds, and are 
 endeavoring to solve and act upon as fast as possible, inquiries and 
 propositions like these : — 
 
 What is the chemical composition of the solids and fluids of the 
 healthy human body ? 
 
 What is the nature of the changes which occur in the composition 
 of the solids and fluids during disease? 
 
 What alterations in the chemical composition of the solids and 
 fluids take place during the operation of medicines? 
 
 Before it can exert any remote action on the animal economy, a 
 remedy must be absorbed. 
 
 Before it can be absorbed, it must be soluble in the fluids of the 
 living body. 
 
10 -GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 Medicines are subject to chemical changes during their passage 
 through the system. 
 
 These changes are regulated by ordinary chemical laws, and may 
 therefore, to some extent, be foretold and made available in the cure 
 of disease. 
 
 These chemical laws are disturbed and varied, to some extent, by 
 the law of vitality, — just as the needle is made to vary by disturb- 
 ing forces. 
 
 What are those disturbances, and to what extent, and under what 
 circumstances, do they occur? 
 
 With these and similar inquiries and propositions before his mind, 
 diligently studied, a man will in time learn to prescribe with some 
 intelligent aim. He will not know everything, to be sure, but what 
 he does know, he will have a reason for knowing. If he give a medi- 
 cine, he will have in view the chemical changes of the solids and fluids 
 of the body, known to be produced by the disease he is combating. 
 He will also keep in mind the solution of the medicine in the fluids 
 of the body, and the chemical reaction between its components and 
 the acids, alkalies, etc., found in the alimentary tube and elsewhere. 
 
 As the science of medicine advances, and becomes liberal and 
 eclectic in its character, gathering from all systems the best attested 
 facts, and using them to the exclusion of all mere theories, these facts 
 must not themselves degenerate into mere petted theories, but must 
 be held in subordination to future experience. Medical practitioners, 
 who would meet the wants of the age, must be men of progress. 
 The light of to-morrow, with them, must modify and improve the 
 light of to-day. They must knock, every hour, for admission into 
 some new apartment of nature. 
 
 Need of Liberality. — That medical progress may be real, physi- 
 cians must be free from bigotry. They must have no narrow preju- 
 dices against any man, or class of men ; but be ready to examine 
 candidly any new thought or new remedy brought to their notice, 
 from whatever source it may come. 
 
 They should not hedge themselves about with such restrictive by- 
 laws and societary rules as are calculated to fetter their thoughts, and 
 turn their investigations, by a sort of moral necessity, into the nar- 
 row channels of party conservatism; remembering that he who is 
 once enclosed by such restrictions must hew a path for his feet 
 through bigotry, and even malevolence itself, before he can escape 
 them, or be a free man in any noble sense. 
 
 The members of medical societies do themselves no credit, in the 
 nineteenth century, by putting on airs, and telling others to stand at 
 a distance. This would do better, had medicine become an exact 
 science ; but while the primary effects of even opium are not settled — 
 some physicians considering it as primarily stimulant, others as seda- 
 tive, others as stimulant to the nerves and sedative to the muscles, 
 others as neither, and still others as alterative, — such exclusiveness 
 sterns neither wise nor modest. When the professors of the healing 
 art can hoard medical kno wedge as misers hoard gold, and can sub- 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 11 
 
 mit its purity to equally certain tests, it will appear in better taste 
 for them to grow exclusive. Until then, the most becoming badge 
 they can wear is the Christian direction : w Let each esteem others 
 better than himself. " 
 
 Medical societies, with liberal by-laws, are fitted to do good ; but 
 it would be hard to show that those with stringently-restrictive rules 
 can operate otherwise than as checks upon progress. In truth , they 
 are apt to become mere catacombs in which to embalm dead ideas. 
 They are very liable to be made the instruments for accomplishing 
 the ambitious purposes of a few leading men. They tend to suppress 
 all sympathy with everything outside their organization ; aud they 
 beget a feeling like that which would forbid the fixed stars to drop 
 their light into our atmosphere without first coming down and joining 
 the solar system. 
 
 Conservative Leaders. — There are no influences which hold so 
 steady a check upon medical progress as the conservative leaders in 
 many of our medical associations. Not that they are opposed to im- 
 provement in the medical art, or would object to any amount of dis- 
 covery, if it could come to the profession through channels which they 
 have the honor of opening. But against all light from outside, or from 
 obscure sources, they will draw down the curtains, and close the 
 doors ; and, if it chance by any means, in spite of them, to get within 
 the sacred enclosure, they will call it darkness, and, as priests of the 
 temple, will attempt to atone for the indignity offered to the god of 
 medicine, and fill the whole sky with murky clouds from their altars. 
 
 These men have strong faith in caste, and in the right of the few 
 to govern the many. In the low places of society, they look for 
 nothing but ignorance and poverty. Notwithstanding that the light 
 of every natural day breaks in the horizon, and ascends, they so far 
 despise analogies as to insist that all medical light breaks at what 
 they call the zenith of the profession, and comes dovm. With them 
 the temples of Esculapius are all rebuilt, and they are the priests ; 
 and to offer in sacrifice the smallest medicinal plant is a sacrilege, 
 unless it be entrusted to their hands. 
 
 Such persons measure and weigh a man by the amount of money 
 he has. Property is their god, which gives laws to everything. 
 Wkh them, knowledge, like property, goes to posterity by will, — ■ 
 they being the principal testators. Like their money, too, it goes 
 chiefly to their sons, and to certain favored institutions, by whom, and 
 in which, it is to be hoarded, and whence it is to go out only in certain 
 approved channels, weighed and stamped, like coin from the mint. 
 
 These are the men who regard knowledge as a contraband article, 
 unless regularly entered at the custom-house, with bills of lading 
 properly certified by the conservative magnates at some other me- 
 tropolis. With them, knowledge is not like the west w T ind, fanning 
 the brow of the peasant as gently as that of the king, — not like the 
 light of heaven, entering the small, clean -window of the hut, as 
 readily as the larger one of the palace ; not a boon which comes alike 
 freely to all, and which is to be everywhere amplified, changed as 
 
12 
 
 GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 circumstances and conditions require, and especially adapted to the 
 present hour. It is rather, as they too often view it, like litho- 
 graphed letters of advice, printed upon stamp paper, and carefully 
 sealed up and addressed to posterity. And then, if they can be 
 made the mail-carriers, and be permitted to pass, unchallenged, with 
 the precious bag, from post to post, and pass it over, carefully sealed, 
 to the next generation, they will think it has done its work, and that 
 they have fulfilled their mission. 
 
 I would not be unjust or severe, but I cannot but remark further, 
 that these men present but one view of humanity. They are monot- 
 onous objects of inspection. Look at them a thousand times, and 
 you see only the same unaltered phase of life. To the mariner on 
 life's ocean, they are not safe lights. If he approach them on the 
 dark side, they remain black as night to him, until he comes round to 
 their shining front. They are not revolving lights. They have 
 light ; it may be bright and genial ; but it gleams out upon the waters 
 only in one direction. It does not sweep round, and throw its rays 
 upon every mariner's path. 
 
 Such men are useful, but only to a certain class. They have in 
 them no true omnilogy — they are not all- teaching . Their lives aro 
 instructive to their friends, their clique, their party, their school ; 
 but a stumbling-block, a hindrance, an oppression, an offence to every- 
 body else. They are like porcupines, with fronts smooth and easy 
 of access ; but their backs bristle with quills to stick into those on 
 the wrong side. They are not whole men. Humanity has infused 
 into them only one or two of its elements. They have length, but no 
 breadth. They are citizens of Boston, New York, Philadelphia, or 
 Cincinnati, but not of the world. Within certain circles, they are 
 genial friends, but cynics and haters outside of them. From their high 
 places, they come down to their humble followers with tokens of friend- 
 ly recognition ; upon others they frown and lower like armed castles. 
 
 The True Physician. — How different the character of the true man 
 and physician ! He is genial in his disposition. He has no dislikes 
 and antipathies, and hates no men except tyrants. He accepts knowl- 
 edge, though it come from the humblest source ; believing there is no 
 experience but will repay a study of it, and no husbandman's plough- 
 share but turns up a soil worth analyzing. He belongs exclusively 
 to no party, and can be approached easily by respectable men of 
 every stamp. Whether belonging to the same society with him, or 
 not, you may take hold of his nature and draw it out, without hav- 
 ing it slip from your fingers, and spring back from your presence into 
 a thousand kinks, like an overtwisted thread. He is a whole man. 
 God made him for the world, and not for a party. By some strong 
 influence you may possibly, for a time, draw him from the world into 
 sooe narrower sphere, but not only will his reluctant nature, like a 
 retiring tide, run back continually to embrace the continent, but will 
 soon break from its confinement, and like a full sea, come back, boil- 
 ing and running over. 
 
 What is now Wanted. — The foregoing remarks indicate one great, 
 
GENERAL INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 13 
 
 leading want, in order that medical knowledge may increase. It is 
 liberality, in the true and full sense. We want true men in high 
 places, who will not only let their own light shine everywhere , but will 
 cease to hinder other men's light from shining. 
 
 Beyond this, and of nearly equal importance with it, we want medi- 
 cal knowledge diffused among the people. We want — what the 
 world has never seen — a popular medical literature. We want the 
 temples of Esculapius pulled down, aud the priests turned into the 
 streets to become teachers of the multitude, rather than worshippers 
 in the inner sanctuary. 
 
 I know this want will be stoutly denied, but not, I think, on well- 
 considered grounds. We do not think it necessary to confine a knowl- 
 edge of the soul to the ministers of religion. There is no branch of 
 theology which we do not deem it proper for laymen to study ; we 
 even popularize it for our children. In the obscurest towns of New 
 England, laymen who follow the plough or push the plane, become, 
 in many cases, eminent theologians. Why should they not study 
 the lower science which relates to the body ? They have not been 
 able to heretofore, because its mysteries have been purposely hidden 
 under technicalities. These coverings should be torn off. 
 
 It is said that those who begin to read upon medicine are very apt 
 to imagine themselves afflicted with the various symptoms they find 
 described. To some small extent this is true ; but it is also true that 
 the light they obtain relieves them from many apprehensions which 
 their previous ignorance allowed to prey upon them ; as boys lose 
 their fears when the light of the morning changes to some familiar 
 object the ghost of the preceding night. 
 
 Physicians oppose the popularizing of this kind of knowledge too 
 often, I fear, upon the sordid ground of self-interest. They think 
 their own services will be less sought. 
 
 We do not dispense with the services of ministers because the 
 people study theology, neither shall we cease to employ teachers and 
 practitioners of medicine when each man and woman is wise enough 
 to study the healing art. The principal change we shall witness will 
 be much larger attainments in knowledge among practitioners, — just 
 as the ministers of religion now know, and are obliged to know, ten 
 times as much as in those darker periods when the people received 
 all spiritual knowledge from their mouths. The teachers of any art 
 or science are obliged to keep in advance of their pupils. Let medi- 
 cine become a popular study, and we shall have very few ignorant 
 physicians, and quackery will become one of the impossibilities. 
 Homoeopathists, Eclectics, Hydropathists, and Physiologists, believe 
 in scattering medical books, stripped of their technicalities, among 
 the multitude, and their people purchase very few secret, advertised 
 medicines ; — these being chiefly bought and consumed by the fol- 
 lowers of those who believe this kind of reading fosters quackery ! 
 

 A.N" A. T O M Y. 
 
 Anatomy describes the structure and organization of living beings. 
 
 Special Anatomy treats of the weight, size, shape, color, etc., of 
 each organ separately. 
 
 General Anatomy investigates the tissues or structures from which 
 organs are formed. 
 
 Surgical Anatomy or Regional Anatomy considers the relations of 
 organs to one another. 
 
 Physiological Anatomy treats of the uses or functions of organs in 
 health. 
 
 Pathological Anatomy describes the alterations made upon different 
 organs by disease. 
 
 We shall here introduce a very brief compendium only of Special 
 Anatomy. 
 
 It is of great consequence that every person should have some 
 knowledge of anatomy and physiology. Self-knowledge ought to 
 extend to the body as well as the mind. To know one's self, physi- 
 cally, is to gain a new insight into that wonderfully skilful adjustment 
 of means to ends which is never absent from the works of God. 
 Without this knowledge, one cannot know how to take care of the 
 health ; and without health, life loses most of its value. 
 
 Structure of the Body. 
 
 The human body is composed of solids and fluids. 
 
 The fluids are most abundant in children and youth. It is this 
 which gives softness and pliancy to their flesh. In old age the fluids 
 are less abundant, and the flesh is more hard and wrinkled. 
 
 The fluids contain the whole body, as it were, in a state of solution ; 
 or rather, they hold the materials out of which it is manufactured. 
 
 Chemical Properties of the Body. 
 
 The four elements, oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, and nitrogen, make 
 up nearly the whole bulk of the fluids and soft solids of the human 
 body. A number of other elements, chiefly in a state of combina- 
 tion, and in much smaller quantities, enter into several of the tissues. 
 
 Binary Compounds* — Thus, we have carbonic acid in blood, urine 
 
ANATOMY. 15 
 
 and sweat ; and we have water universally diffused through the sys- 
 tem, — each of these substances being a binary compound, that is, 
 composed of two elements. 
 
 Compounds of more than two Elements are widely distributed 
 over the body ; as, 
 
 Carbonate of Soda in serum, saliva, bile, mucus, sweat, and tears. 
 
 Carbonate of Lime in cartilage, bone, and teeth. 
 
 Phosphate of Lime in bones, teeth, and cartilage. 
 
 Phosphate of Iron in blood, gastric juice, and urine. 
 
 Chloride of Sodium in blood, brain, muscle, bone, cartilage and 
 pigment. 
 
 Chloride of Potassium in blood, gastric juice, milk, and saliva. 
 
 Chloride of Calcium in gastric juice. 
 
 Sulphate of Potassa in urine, gastric juice, and cartilage. 
 
 Sulphate of Soda in sweat, bile, and cartilage. 
 
 Sulphate of Lime in bile, hair, and scarf-skin. 
 
 Oxide of Iron in blood, black pigment, and hair. 
 
 Organized Compounds. — Beside the above inorganic elements and 
 compounds, several organized substances, ox proximate elements, as 
 they are called, exist largely iu the body. The chief of these are 
 albumen, fibrine, gelatine, mucus, fat, caseine, aud osmazome. Others 
 need not be named. 
 
 Albumen is found in great abundance in the human body. It is 
 the raw material out of which the flesh and other tissues are made. 
 The white of an egg, which is nearly pure albumen, is a good speci- 
 men of it. 
 
 Fibrine, when removed from the human body, changes from a solu- 
 ble to an insoluble state. In other words, it coagulates in a kind of 
 net-work. Nearly the same thing takes place constantly in the living 
 body, when the liquid fibrine leaves its soluble state, and is deposited 
 as solid flesh. Fibrine bears the same relation to albumen that wool- 
 len yarn does to wool ; it is spun from it in the busy wheel of or- 
 ganic life. And the flesh or muscle is related to fibrine as the cloth 
 is to yarn ; it is woven from it in the vital loom. Fibrine has been 
 called liquid flesh. 
 
 Gelatine exists largely in the ligaments, cartilages, bones, skin, and 
 cellular tissue. When dissolved, five parts in one hundred of hot 
 water, it forms a thick jelly. Isinglass is a form of gelatine obtained 
 from the air-bladder of the sturgeon and the cod-fish. Glue is still 
 another form of gelatine. It is extracted from the bones, and parings 
 of hides, and the hoofs and ears of cattle, by boiling in water. Black 
 silk, varnished over with a solution of gelatine, forms court-plaster. 
 
 Mucus is a sticky fluid secreted by the gland-cells. It is spread 
 over the surface of the mucous membranes, and serves to moisten and 
 defend them from injury. 
 
 Fat consists of cells held together by cellular tissue and vessels, 
 and contains glycerine, stearic acid, margaric acid, and elaic acid. It 
 
has no nitrogen. If the stearic acid be in excess, the fat is hard ; if 
 the elaic acid preponderate, it is soft. The stearine extracted from 
 fat is used for making very hard candles. 
 
 Caseine is abundant in milk and constitutes its curd. It is held in 
 solution in milk by a little soda. When dried, it is cheese. It is 
 found in blood, saliva, bile, and the lens of the eye. It forms the 
 chief nourishment of those young animals which live on milk. It is 
 found in peas, beans, and lentils. Vegetable and animal caseine are 
 precisely alike in all their properties. Fibrine and albumen contain 
 almost exactly the same amount of oxygen, hydrogen, carbon, nitro- 
 gen, and sulphur, which is found in caseine. This latter, when 
 taken into the stomach, therefore, goes, without much change, to the 
 formation of the albumen and fibrine of the body. 
 
 Physical Properties of the Body. 
 
 The Tissues. — The solid organized substances of which the human 
 body is composed, are called tissues. There are various kinds of 
 tissues. 
 
 The Cellular Tissue, commonly called areolar, is made up of small 
 fibres and bands woven together into a sort of net-work, with numer- 
 ous little spaces opening into each other. These spaces are filled with 
 a watery fluid; and when this is greatly increased by disease, so as 
 to cause the parts to swell, and the skin to shine, the person has ana- 
 sarca, or cell drops}'. The uses of this tissue are to give parts and 
 organs a kind of elastic cushion to rest upon, so that they may not be 
 bruised and injured by the shocks of life ; to make a kind of safe 
 highway for delicate vessels to pass from one part of the body to 
 another ; and to furnish a beautifully arranged lodgment for the wa- 
 tery fluid which gives such roundness, smoothness, and grace to the 
 human form. The opening of the cells into each other explains the 
 reason why feeble persons have swelled feet and ankles in the even- 
 ing, and not in the morning, — the fluid settling down from cell to cell, 
 into the lowest parts, while they are up during the day, and running 
 back to its proper place while they are lying down during the night. 
 
 The Mucous Tissue, or mucous membrane, lines all the cavities which 
 communicate with the air, as the mouth, stomach, bowels, lungs, etc. 
 It is supplied with numerous small glands which secrete a sticky kind 
 of fluid called mucus, to protect the surface from any injury which 
 might be inflicted by air, or by irritating substances suspended in it. 
 
 The Serous Tissue, or membrane, lines all the cavities which do not 
 communicate with the air, that is, all those which are shut, and have 
 no outward opening. The skull, the chest, and the belly are lined by 
 this kiud of membrane. The membrane itself forms the closed sack, 
 — one layer of it being attached to the cavity it lines, while the other 
 is folded back upon and around the contents of the cavity, which are 
 left outside of the sack. A watery fluid oozes from the inner surface 
 of the sack, to make its sides glide easily upon each other. When 
 
r 
 
 ANATOMY 
 
 17 
 
 some disease causes this water to be poured out too freely, so as to 
 fill or partly fill the cavity, we have dropsy of the brain, or chest, or 
 belly, as the case may be. 
 
 The Dermoid Tissue covers the whole outside of the body. "We 
 call it the shin, or cutis. It is similar in structure to the mucous mem- 
 branes, which are a mere continuation of it. It is harder than the 
 mucous membrane, because more exposed to injury. In health, it 
 never ceases to secrete and throw off a fluid which we call insensible 
 perspiration while it is in the form of an invisible v&pov, and perspira- 
 tion, or sweat, when it is so increased as to be semi. So great is the 
 sympathy between this dermoid covering of the body and the mucous 
 membranes, that when it is chilled so as to stop the invisible perspira- 
 tion, the internal membrane becomes affected, and we have a sore 
 throat, or diarrhoea, or running at the nose ; that is to say, when the 
 skin cannot sweat, the mucous membrane begins to sweat. 
 
 The Fibrous Tissue consists of closely united fibres, and for what- 
 ever purpose used, forms a fine, dense, and enduring body. In some 
 cases it takes the form of a membrane, as the dura mater, which lines 
 the interior of the skull and spinal column. The ligaments which hold 
 the bones together, and the tendons or cords, which fasten the muscles 
 to the bones, are fibrous bodies. It is this firm substance of whick 
 rheumatism frequently takes hold, and this is the reason why it linger* 
 so much about the joints. It sometimes takes hold of the ligament 
 which fastens the deltoid muscle to the bone of the upper arm, about 
 two-thirds of the way from the elbow to the shoulder. This muscle 
 lifts up the arm. In this form of rheumatism, therefore, the arm hangs 
 helpless at the side. 
 
 The Cartilaginous Tissue covers the ends of the bones where they 
 come together to make a joint. It is well fitted to make the joint 
 work easy, being smooth, hard, and elastic. 
 
 The Osseous or Bony Tissue varies in its composition, density, and 
 strength, according to the age of the person, and the uses of the bone. 
 
 The Muscular Tissue, or muscle, being made for a great deal of 
 
 pulling and lifting, is formed some* 
 thing like a rope, except that there 
 is no twisting. Many small fibres or 
 filaments unite to form fasciculi. A 
 fasciculus is a bundle of fibres sur- 
 rounded by a delicate layer of cell 
 tissue called sarcolemma, — just as a 
 cord is a number of smaller threads 
 of cotton or hemp bound together. A 
 number of these fasciculi united to- 
 gether, make a muscle, — just as sev- 
 eral chords, called strands, twisted 
 Figure 1 gives us a good view of the fibres 
 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 together, make a rope 
 
 and bundles, highly magnified 
 
18 ANATOMY. 
 
 The Adipose Tissue is the material which the human body works 
 up into pots and cells containing fat. It is found chiefly under the 
 skin and muscles of the belly, and around the heart and kidneys. 
 By the increase of this tissue, persons may become enormously en- 
 larged without having their muscles at all increased in size. Such a 
 condition is to be deplored, — the body having become merely the 
 store-house or depot of myriads of pots of fat. 
 
 The Nervous Tissue is composed of two distinct kinds of matter, 
 — the one gray and pulpy, called cineritious, the other white and 
 fibrous, called medullar]/. The external part of the brain and the in- 
 ternal portion of the spinal cord are composed of the gray or ash- 
 colored tissue ; the nerves are made only of the white or fibrous matter, 
 and are inclosed in a delicate sheath called neurilemma. 
 
 Vital Properties of the Body. 
 
 Bodies begin their growth with a simple cell, which is a delicate 
 little bladder or shut sack. Cells take their rise in that portion of the 
 blood which is capable of being organized, and which is called blas- 
 tema. 
 
 In animal bodies, each cell generally begins as a minute point in 
 the blastema, and grows until a transparent bladder or vesicle springs 
 out from one side of it,and soon appears to enclose it. The bladder 
 is then called the cell, and the point or dot is its nucleus. Within this 
 nucleus appears another dot, which is called the nucleolus. When 
 fully ripened, the cell bursts and sets the nucleus free, and this, in its 
 turn, matures and yields up its contents. Thus all cells have their 
 origin in germs produced by previously existing parent cells. They 
 are multiplied with great rapidity. Having grown to a certain extent, 
 they lose their fluid contents, and their walls collapsing or coming to- 
 gether, they form simple membraneous discs. In this way, with some 
 variations, the simple tissues of the body begin to be, and the foun- 
 dation is laid for the noble structure of man. 
 
 Anatomy of the Bones. 
 
 The human skeleton is composed of two hundred and eight bones, 
 the teeth not included. 
 
 When fastened together by natural ligaments, the bones are said 
 to form a natural skeleton; when attached by wires, an artificial skele- 
 ton. 
 
 In Figure 2, — 1, 1, represent the spinal column ; 2, the skull ; 3, 
 the lower jaw ; 4, the breast bone (sternum) ; 6, the ribs ; 7, the col- 
 lar bone ; 8, the bone of the upper arm (humerus) ; 9, the shoulder 
 joint ; 10, the radius ; 11, the ulna, 12, the elbow joint ; 13, the wrist ; 
 14, the hand ; 15, the haunch bone ; 16, the sacrum ; 17, the hip joint ; 
 18, the thigh bone ; 19, the knee cap (patella) ; 20, the knee joint; 
 21, the fibula ; 22, the tibia ; 23, ankle joint ; 24, the foot ; 27, 28, 29, 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 19 
 
 the ligaments of the shoulder, elbow, and wrist; 30, the large artery 
 of the arm ; 31, the ligaments of the hip joint ; 32, the large blood 
 vessels of the thigh ; 33, the artery of the leg ; 34, 35, 36, the liga- 
 ments of the knee cap, knee, and ankle. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 ^ 
 
 The protuberances or swellings in certain parts of bones are called 
 processes, and are the points to which muscles and ligaments are 
 fastened. 
 
 The bones are supplied with nutritive vessels, and, like other parts 
 of the body, are formed from the blood. At first they are compara- 
 tively soft, and cartilaginous. After a time, in the young animal, 
 they begin to change to bone at certain places, called points of ossifi- 
 cation. They are covered with a strong fibrous membrane called the 
 periosteum. A somewhat similar covering upon the cartilages has the 
 name of perichondrium, and that which covers the skull is the pericra- 
 nium. 
 
 The bones are compounded of earthy and animal matter. From 
 
20 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 the former, — phosphate and carbonate of lime, — they receive their 
 strength ; from the latter, — cartilage, — they derive their life. 
 
 Put a bone for a few days into diluted muriatic acid, — one part of 
 acid to six of water, — and the phosphate and carbonate of lime will 
 all be removed, while the bone will remain the same in shape. It 
 fig. 3. will now be comparatively 
 
 soft, and may be bent, or 
 even tied into a knot, with- 
 out breaking. Place a simi- 
 lar bone in the fire for a few 
 hours, and it will also retain 
 its shape, but the cartilagi- 
 nous portion will be gone. 
 It is now brittle, and may be 
 picked in pieces with the fin- 
 gers. 
 
 The bones are divided into those of the head, thirty ; of the body, 
 fifty -four ; of the upper limbs, sixty four ; and of the lower limbs, 
 sixty. 
 
 Bones of the Head. 
 
 The bones of the head are divided into those of the skull, the ear, 
 and the face. 
 
 The skull has eight bones. They are composed of two plates, 
 one above the other, with a porous partition between. These two 
 plates are capable of giving the brain very powerful protection against 
 injury, the outer one being fibrous and tough, — the inner one, hard 
 and glass-like, and hence called vitreous. 
 
 The middle layer has the name of diploe. Its spongy nature deadens 
 the jar from a blow inflicted upon the outer table. In early life, when 
 the bones are tender and yielding, this porous layer is not needed, 
 and is not found. 
 
 That the bones of the skull may not FlG - 4 - 
 
 easily slip by each other, and get out 
 of place, they are dovetailed together in 
 curious lines called sutures. In advanced 
 years, these generally close up, the bones 
 uniting firmly together. In early life 
 they are quite open, the firm bones not 
 covering the whole brain. The opening 
 of the coronal suture in childhood is called 
 a fontanelle. It presents a soft place up- 
 on the top of the head, where the finger 
 could be pressed down into the brain. In 
 Figure 4, — 1, 1, show the coronal suture 
 on the front and upper part of the skull ; 2, 
 the sagittal suture on the top of the skull ; 
 and 3, 3, the lambdoidal suture, running down on each side of the 
 back part of the skull. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 21 
 
 Figure 5 shows the skull bones separated from each other at the 
 fig. 5. sutures : 1 , the frontal 
 
 bone; 2, the parietal; 
 3, the occipital; 4, the 
 temporal; 5, the nasal; 
 6, the malar; 7, the su- 
 perior maxillary; 8, the 
 unguis ; 9 , the inferior 
 maxillary. Arnott has 
 demonstrated that the 
 form of the skull is the ( 
 best possible for sustain- 
 ing weights, and resist- 
 ing blows. The summit 
 of the head is a complete 
 arch, like that of a bridge. 
 The ear has four small 
 bones, which aid the 
 sense of hearing. 
 The bones of the face are fourteen in number. They hold the soft 
 parts in place, and aid in grinding the food. 
 
 Bones of the Trunk. 
 
 In the trunk there are twenty-four ribs ; twenty-four pieces in the 
 back bone or spinal column ; four bones in the pelvis and hips ; one 
 breast bone, called sternum ; and a bone at the base of the tongue, 
 called os hyoides. They are so put together as to form two great 
 cavities, namely, the thorax or chest, and the abdomen or belly. 
 
 The ribs, connecting with the back bone behind, and the breast 
 bone in front, form the thorax, FlG 6 
 
 which contains the lungs and 
 heart. The Figure G shows the 
 natural form of the healthy chest : 
 
 I, is the spine; 2, 2, the collar 
 bones ; 3, 3, the seven upper, or 
 true ribs ; 4, 4, the five lower or 
 false ribs ; 5, the breast bone, to 
 which the true ribs are united ; 6, 
 the sword-shaped cartilage which 
 constitutes the lower end of the 
 breast bone, called ensiform car- 
 tilage; 7, 7, the upper part of 
 two lungs; 8, 8, the right lung 
 seen between the ribs ; 9, 9, the H.- 
 left lung; 10, 10, the heart; 11, 
 
 II, the diaphragm, or midriff; 12, 
 12, the liver ; 13, 13, the stomach, 
 14, 14, the second stomach, or duodenum; 15, the transverse colon; 
 16, the upper part of the colon on right side ; 17, upper part of colon 
 on left side. 
 
22 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 Upon every 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 Each piece of the spinal column is called a vertebra 
 
 one of these are seven projection?, called 
 
 processes, — a part of which are for linking 
 
 the bones together, and tbs rest to furnish 
 
 attachments for the muscles of the back. 
 The projections are linked together in 
 
 such a way, that a continuous channel or 
 
 opening runs down through the whole, in 
 
 which is lodged the spinal cord, or medulla 
 
 spinalis. This nervous cord is connected 
 
 with the base of the brain, and is a kind of 
 
 continuation of it. 
 
 Between all the vertebrae are certain car- 
 tilaginous cushions, which, when compressed, spring back, like India 
 
 rubber, and thus protect the brain from being injuriously jarred by 
 
 .'unning, leaping, or walking. 
 
 ^hepelvis has four bones ; the two nameless bones, — innominata, — 
 
 the sacrum, and the coccyx. In the side of each of the nameless bones 
 
 is a deep, smooth cavity, called 
 the acetabulum. Into this the 
 round head of the thigh bone is 
 nicely fitted. When the bone is 
 thrown out of this cavity, the 
 hip is said to be out of joint. 
 The sacrum took its name from 
 the fact that the heathens used 
 to offer it in sacrifice. With 
 them, it was the sacred bone. 
 The coccyx is the lower termi- 
 nation of the back bone. These 
 bones are represented in Figure 
 1, 1, being the innominata ; 2, the sacrum ; 3, the coccyx ; 4, 4, the 
 
 acetabulum ; a, a, the pubic portion of the nameless bones ; d, the 
 
 Fig. 8. 
 
 arch of the pubes ; c, 
 the spinal column. 
 
 the union of the sacrum and the lower end of 
 
 Bones of the Upper Extremities. 
 
 The shoulder blade (scapula) , the collar bone (clavicle) , the bone of 
 theupper arm (humerus), the to) bones of the fore-arm (ulna and ra- 
 dius), the bones of the wrist (carpal bones), the bones of the palms of 
 the hand (metacarpal bones), the bones of the thumb and fingers 
 (phalanges), — these are the bones of the upper limbs. 
 
 The collar bone is fastened at one end to the breast bone, at the 
 other end to the shoulder blade. It keeps the shoulders from drop- 
 ping forward. Many persons allow it to fail of this end by getting 
 very much bent in early life. This happens at school, when children 
 are allowed to sit in a stooping posture. In the French, a race re- 
 markable for a straight, upright figure, this bone is said to be longer 
 than in any other people. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 23 
 
 The shoulder blade lies upon the upper part of the back, forming 
 the shoulder. It has a shallow cavity (glenoid cavity) , into which is 
 inserted the head of the upper arm bone. Several strong muscles 
 are attached to the elevations of this bone, which keep it in its place, 
 and move it about as circumstances require. 
 
 The upper arm bone has its round head fastened in the glenoid cav- 
 ity, by the strong capsular ligament, forming a joint capable of a 
 great number of movements. At the elbow it is united with the ulna 
 of the fore -arm. It is a long cylindrical bone, represented by Figure 
 9 : 1, is the shaft of the bone ; 2, the large, round head which fits 
 into the glenoid cavity ; 3, the surface which unites with the ulna. 
 
 Of the two bones of the fore-arm, the ulna is on the inner side, and 
 unites with the humerus, making an excellent hinge-joint. The other 
 bone of the fore-arm, the radius, lies on the outside of the arm, — on 
 the same side with the thumb, — and unites, or articulates, as we say, 
 with the bones of the wrist. In Figure 10 : 1, is the body of the 
 ulna; 2, the shaft of the radius; 4, the articulating surface, with 
 which the lower end of the humerus unites ; 5, the upper extremity 
 of the ulna, called the olecranon process, which forms the elbow joint ; 
 6, the point where the ulna articulate with the wrist. 
 
 Fig. 9. Fig. 11. Fig. 10. 
 
 5 
 
 The eight bones of the wrist or carpus are ranged in two rows, and 
 being bound close together, do not admit of very free motiou. In 
 Figure 11 : s, is the scaphoid bone ; l, the semilunar bone ; c, the 
 cuneiform bone ; p, the pisiform bone ; t, t, the trapezium and trape- 
 zoid bones ; m, the os magnum ; u, the cuneiform bone. The last 
 four form the second row of carpal bones. 11, 11, are the metacar- 
 pal bones of the hand ; 2, 2, the first range of the finger bones ; 3, 
 3, the second range of finger bones ; 4,4, the third range of finger 
 bones; 5, 6, the bones of the thumb. 
 
24 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 Of the five metacarpal bones, four are attached below to the first 
 range of the finger bones, and the other to the first bone of the 
 thumb, while the whole are united to the second range of the carpal 
 bones above. 
 
 Bones of the Lower Extremities. 
 
 These are the thigh bone (femur), the knee pan (patella), the shin* 
 bone (tibia), the small bone of the leg (fibula), the bones of the instep 
 (tarsal bones), the bones of the middle of the foot (metatarsal bones), 
 and the bones of the toes (phalanges). 
 
 The thigh bone is the longest bone in the system. Its head, which 
 is large and round, fits admirably into the cavity in the fig. 12. 
 innominatum, called acetabulum, and forms what is 
 called a ball-and-socket joint. In Figure 12 : 1, is the 
 shaft of the thigh bone (femur) ; 2, is a projection called 
 the trochanter minor, to which some strong muscles are 
 attached ; 3, is the head of the femur which fits into the 
 acetabulum ; 5, is the external projection of the femur, 
 called the external condyle ; 6, the internal condyle ;^7, 
 the surface which articulates with the tibia, and on which 
 the patella slides. 
 
 The knee pan or knee cap (patella) is placed on the 
 front of the knee, and being attached to the tendon of 
 the extensor muscles above, and to the tibia by a strong 
 ligament below, it acts as a pulley in lifting up the leg. 
 The shin bone (tibia) is the largest of the two in the 
 lower leg, and is considerably enlarged at each end. 
 
 The small bone of the leg (fibula) lies on 
 the outside, and is bound to the larger bone 
 at both ends. Figure 13 shows the two 
 bones of the leg : 1 , being the tibia ; 5 , the 
 fibula ; 8, the space between the two ; 6, the 
 junction of the tibia and fibula at the upper 
 extremity ; 3, the internal ankle ; 4, the lower 
 end of the tibia that unites with one of the 
 tarsal bones to form the ankle joint ; 7, the upper end of 
 the tibia which unites with the femur. 
 
 The instep (tarsus) has seven bones, which, like those 
 of the wrist, are so firmly bound together as to allow but 
 a limited motion. 
 
 The metatarsal bones, corresponding with the palm of 
 the hand, are five in number, and unite at one end with 
 the tarsal bones, and at the other with the first range of 
 the toe-bones. 
 
 The tarsal and metatarsal bones are put together in the 
 form of an arch, the spring of which, when the weight of 
 the body descends upon it in walking, prevents injury to 
 the organs above. (Fig. 14.) 
 
 The phalanges have fourteen bones. The great toe has 
 
 Fig. 13. 
 
AKATOMY. 
 
 25 
 
 two ranges of bones ; the other toes have three. Figure 15 gives a 
 view of the upper surface of the bones of the foot ; 1 , is the surface 
 of the astragalus where it unites with the tibia; 2, the body of the 
 
 Fig. 15. 
 
 Fig. 14. 
 
 I astragalus ; 3, the heel bone (os calcis) ; 4, the scaphoid bone ; 5, 6, 
 7, the cuneiform bones ; 8, the cuboid ; 9, 9, 9, the metatarsal bones ; 
 10, the first bone of the great toe ; 11, the second bone ; 12, 13, 14, 
 three ranges of bones forming the small toes. 
 
 The Joints. 
 
 That bones may be of any use, they must be jointed together. 
 Joints are of the greatest importance. It is necessary they should be 
 so constructed that there shall be no harsh grati ng of the bones upon 
 each other, and no injurious jars in walking, etc. To prevent these 
 things, a hard, smooth, and yet yielding, cushion-like substance is 
 required between them in joints. Such are the cartilages. Figure 16 
 fig. 16. gives a specimen of these 
 
 intervening cartilages. D, 
 is the body of a bone, at 
 the end of which is a sock- 
 et ; C, the cartilage lining 
 the socket, thick at the sides 
 and thin in the centre ; B, 
 the body of a bone, at the end of which is a round head ; C, the in- 
 vesting cartilage, thin at the sides and thick in the centre. 
 
 Cartilage grows thinner, harder, and less elastic in old age. Hence 
 old people are not quite as tall as in middle life, and a little stiffer in 
 their joints. 
 
 The synovial membrane is a thin layer covering the cartilage, and 
 being bent back upon the inner surface of the ligaments, it forms a 
 closed sack. From its inner surface a sticky fluid oozes out, which 
 helps the joints to play easily. 
 
26 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 There are other smaller sacks connected with the joints, called 
 bursa mucosae. They secrete a fluid similar to that from the syno- 
 vial membrane. 
 
 The ligaments. To retain the bones in their places at the joints, 
 some strong, flexible straps are required to stretch across from one to 
 the other, and to firmly unite them. Such are the ligaments. 
 
 They are the pearl-colored, lustrous, shining parts about the joints, 
 in the form of straps and cords. There are a number of them so 
 woven together as to form a complete covering of the joint, called a 
 capsular ligament. In Figure 17 : 1, 2, are ligaments extending from 
 the hip bone, 6, to the femur, 4. In Figure 18 : 1, is the socket at 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 Fig. 18. 
 
 Fig. 19. 
 
 the hip joint; 2, the head of femur, lodged in the socket; 3, the 
 ligament within the socket. In Figure 19 : 1, is the tendon of the 
 muscle which extends the leg ; 2, the knee cap (patella) ; 3, the ante- 
 rior ligament of the patella; 6, the long external lateral ligament; 
 4, 4, the synovial membrane ; 5, the internal lateral ligament ; 7, the 
 anterior and superior ligament that unites the tibia with the fibula. 
 
 Uses of the Bones. 
 
 The bones are to the body what the frame is to the house. They 
 hold up and retain the other parts in their proper places. They fur- 
 nish points of attachment for the muscles, to hold the body together, 
 and to give it motion. They also furnish strong, bony cavities for the 
 lodgment and protection of such delicate organs as the eye, the brain, 
 and the heart. 
 
 A single bone, examined by itself, might not seem to have much 
 beauty or design about it; it might even look clumsy and misshapen. 
 But when all the bones are inspected with reference to each other, we 
 immediately discover a general plan upon which they are made, and 
 are compelled to admire their beautiful harmony, and the symmetrical 
 grace with which thev act. They show us that God can command 
 our wonder, even in the bony frame of our bodies. 
 
ANATOMY. 27 
 
 The Muscles. 
 
 That part of the animal's body which we call lean meat is com- 
 posed of muscles. We have already explained that muscles are com- 
 posed of threads, etc. , put together in great numbers, forming bundles. 
 So numerous are these threads and bundles in some cases, that the mus- 
 cles which are composed of them have a strength truly wonderful. 
 
 Toward the end of the muscle, the fibres cease, and the structure 
 is so modified as to become a white cord of great density and strength. 
 This cordy substance is fastened to the bone so strongly, that it is 
 impossible, except in some rare case, to detach it. Generally the 
 bone will sooner break than this attachment will give way. Some- 
 times this cord spreads out like a membrane. It is then called fascia 
 or aponeurosis. 
 
 The fibres of a muscle have the peculiar property of contracting 
 under a nervous stimulus sent to them by the will. These contrac- 
 tions cause them to act as pullies, and to move the bones, and conse- 
 quently the limbs and body, in such direction as the will commands. 
 This is the special use of the muscles. All our movements are caused 
 by them. They pull us about, not blindly and at random, but under 
 the direction of an intelligent will. 
 
 The manner in which a muscle acts, with the cord attached, may 
 be seen by examining the leg or " drum-stick " of a fowl. If the cord 
 on one side be pulled, the claws are shut ; if that upon the other 
 side be drawn, they will open. If both be pulled, they are held fast 
 in one position, neither opening nor shutting. 
 
 An examination of a piece of boiled lean meat, will show the 
 threads of which it is composed. With proper instruments, these may 
 be unravelled, as it were, until fibres will be found not larger than a 
 spider's web. These, covered with sheaths of great delicacy, extend 
 beyond the fleshy fibre, and with the cell substance connecting the 
 fibres, are condensed into tendon. 
 
 Millions of these sheathed fibres are gathered into a bundle, and 
 covered with a sheath, and thus form what is called & fasciculus. A 
 muscle is a number of these fasciculi made into a bundle, and covered 
 with a sheath called a, fascia. (Fig. 1.) 
 
 The arm is a number of muscles bundled together, and covered, 
 likewise, by a fascia. 
 
 The fibres in a fasciculus being parallel, act together. Butthefas- 
 ciculous bundles, which make up a muscle, act in various ways. 
 
 Shape of the Muscles. — Some muscles are fusiform or spindle- 
 fig 20. shaped, so that the attachment occupies but a 
 
 _ i<r __^ !B== ^ aB a ^ small space. (Fig. 20.) 
 
 ""^^•UllB^S^*- Other muscles are radiate or fan-shaped. (Fig. 21.) 
 Such is the temporal muscle, the thin edge of fig. 21. 
 
 which is attached to the side of the head, without 
 producing an elevation or deformity. 
 
 In some cases the fasciculi are arranged upon 
 one or both sides of a tendon. In this way a 
 
18 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 great number may concentrate their action upon a single point. Such 
 muscles are called penniform, — being shaped like fig. 22. 
 
 the feather end of a pen. (Fig. 22.) 
 
 In other instances, the fasciculi form circular 
 muscles, — orbiculares, or sphincters, as they are called. These sur- 
 round certain openings into the body, which they are designed to 
 close, either in whole or in part. They surround the eye- 
 lids, the anus, the mouth of the womb, etc. (Fig. 23.) 
 
 In still other instances the fasciculi are ranged side by side 
 in rings, forming muscular tubes. By the successive contrac- 
 tion of these rings, any substance is driven through the tube, — as 
 
 Fig. 23. 
 
 food or drink through the 
 gullet of a cow. Figure 
 24 is a section of the gul- 
 let : a, b, show the circu- 
 lar fibres ; c, the longitudinal. 
 
 Fig. 24. 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 Sometimes the fasciculi curve around in parallel layers, or interlace 
 
 with each other, forming a bag or 
 pouch. By the contraction of these 
 fasciculi, the contents of the bag 
 will be turned from side to side, 
 as in the case of the stomach, 
 or driven out, as in that of the 
 heart. Figure 25 shows the mus- 
 cles of the stomach ; L, represents 
 the fibres running in one direc- 
 tion ; c, in another ; e, lower end 
 of gullet ; o, pylorus ; D, begin- 
 ning of duodenum, or second 
 stomach. 
 
 Number of Muscles. — The muscles of the body are as numerous 
 as the ropes of a ship, — there being five hundred or more. Some 
 anatomists reckon more, some less. 
 
 The}' are divided into those of the head and neck, those of the 
 trunk, those of the upper extremities, and those of the lower extremi- 
 ties. 
 
 They are too numerous to be named and individually described in 
 this brief account of them. A part of them are voluntary, that is, 
 under the control of the will ; while another part are involuntary, 
 moving without reference to the will. The heart is of the latter kind, 
 it being necessary for it to keep moving when the will and mind are 
 asleep. 
 
 On the back there are six layers of muscles, one above another. 
 Such a number are necessary to perform the numerous movements 
 of the back, neck, arms, etc. Every expression of the human face, as 
 joy, sorrow, love, hate, hope, fear, etc., is produced by the gentle pul- 
 ling of muscles, made expressly to indicate these emotions. 
 
 The diaphragm is a large flat muscle, reaching across the great 
 cavity of the body, and dividing the chest from the belly. It is pen- 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 29 
 
 etrated by the food-pipe going to the stomach, and by the great blood- 
 vessels leading to and from the heart. It is shaped like the covei 
 of a dinner-dish, the convex surface being turned up. When the 
 breath is drawn in, it sinks down towards a level, thus enlarging 
 the chest at the expense of the belly. When the breath is thrown 
 out, the reverse takes place. 
 
 Mode of Action. — The contractibility of a muscle, of which I have 
 spoken, is simply its power of shortening itself. The hand is raised 
 by the shortening of a muscle in front, attached to the bone above 
 
 the elbow, and to a bone be- 
 ow the elbow. The con- 
 traction of an antagonistic 
 muscle behind, also attached 
 above and below the elbow, 
 brings the hand back to its 
 place. Figure 26 shows how 
 all joints are moved: 1, is 
 the bone of the arm above 
 the elbow ; 2, one of the 
 bones below the elbow ; 3, the muscle which bends the elbow; 4, 5, 
 attachments of muscles to bones ; 6, the muscle that extends the 
 elbow ; 7, attachment to elbow ; 8, weight in hand. The muscle, 3, 
 contracts at the central part, and brings the hand up to 9, 10. 
 
 The complication, variety, and swiftness of motion, executed by 
 muscles, are past conception. Every movement which a human be- 
 ing makes, from the heavier motions of the farmer in cultivating his 
 fields, up to the magic touches of the painter's brush, and the method- 
 ical frenzy with which the great master's fingers sweep the piano, are 
 all made by muscles obeying an intelligent will. 
 
 The Teeth. 
 
 The teeth are not like other bones, either in composition, method of 
 nutrition, or growth. When broken they do not unite, not being fur- 
 nished with the necessary power of reproduction of lost parts. 
 
 Both the upper and lower teeth are set into bony sockets, called 
 alveolar processes. These, with the fibrous gums, give the teeth a 
 very firm setting. 
 
 Origin. — The teeth have their origin in little membraneous pouches 
 within the bone of the jaw ; and in their interior, have a fleshy bud. 
 From the surface of this the bone or ivory exudes. The tooth and 
 the bony socket are developed and rise up together, — the former, 
 when sufficiently long, pushing itself through the gum. 
 
 Number. — The first set of teeth are only temporary, and are called 
 milk teeth. There are but twenty of them. Between the age of six 
 and fourteen, these become loose, and drop out, and the permanent 
 teeth appear in their places. Of these there are thirty-two, sixteen 
 in each jaw. 
 
30 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 Names. — The four front teeth in each jaw, a, b, Figure 27, are the 
 cutting teeth (incisors) ; the next one, c, is an eye tooth (cuspid) ; the 
 
 Fig. 27. 
 
 next two, d, e, are small grinders (bicuspids) ; the last three,/, g, h 9 
 are grinders (molars). One appears late on each side, from the age 
 of twenty to twenty-four, and is called wisdom tooth, 
 
 Composition. — A tooth is composed of ivory and enamel. The 
 internal part is ivory, which is harder than bone. The coating Upon 
 the surface is enamel, which is still harder than ivory. That part 
 which rises above the jaw bone is called the crown; it is this only 
 which is covered with enamel. The part within the jaw is called the 
 root or fang; this is composed of bony matter, through which small 
 vessels pass in to nourish the tooth. Small white nerves also pass 
 into the tooth, — of the presence of which we have terrible evidence 
 in tooth-ache. 
 
 Use of the Teeth. 
 
 The incisors cut the food asunder; the molars break down its 
 solid parts, and grind it to a fineness which fits it for the stomach. 
 
 In masticating the food, the lower jaw has two movements, the up 
 and down motion, like a pair of shears, and the lateral or grinding 
 motion. These two movements are performed by different sets of 
 muscles. Flesh-eating animals have only the up and down motion ; 
 vegetable eating animals have only the lateral or grinding motion ; 
 while man has both the up and down and the lateral. This seems 
 a pretty clear intimation that he is to eat both flesh and vegeta- 
 bles. 
 
 The teeth aid us in articulating words, and they give a roundness 
 and symmetry to the lower part of the face. When well formed, and 
 kept in good condition, they add much to the beauty of the face, and 
 their decay is an irreparable loss. Their proper care and treatment 
 are spoken of in another place. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 31 
 
 Fig. 28. 
 
 The Digestive Organs. 
 
 The alimentary organs are the mouth, the teeth, the salivary glands, 
 the pharynx, the stomach-pipe (oesophagus) , stomach, bowels (intes- 
 tines), chyle vessels (lacteals), thoracic duct, liver, and sweet bread 
 (pancreas) . 
 
 The preparatory process of digestion, the mastication of food, takes 
 place in the mouth, where the food is mixed with saliva, a secretion of 
 the salivary glands. Of these glands there are six, three on each side. 
 
 The Parotid Gland lies in front of the external ear. It has a duct 
 opening into the mouth opposite the second molar tooth of the upper 
 jaw. This is the gland that swells in the disease called mumps. 
 Hence the disease is also called parotitis. 
 
 The Submaxillary Gland is inclosed within the lower jaw, in front of 
 
 its angle. Its duct opens 
 into the mouth by the side 
 of the bridle of the tongue 
 (frsenum linguae). 
 
 On each side of this string 
 or bridle, and under the mu- 
 cous membrane of the floor 
 of the mouth, lies the sublin- 
 gual gland, which pours 
 its saliva into the mouth 
 through seven or eight small 
 ducts. A disease called the 
 frog, consists in the swel- 
 ling of this gland. Figure 
 28: 1, the parotid gland; 
 2, its duct ; 3, the submaxil- 
 lary ; 4, its duct ; 5, the sublingual. fig.29. 
 
 The Pharynx is a continuation of the 
 mouth, and is the cavity just below the 
 soft palate. The two passages going to 
 Ithe nose (posterior nares) , the one going 
 to the stomach (oesophagus), and the one 
 going to the lungs (larynx and trachea) , 
 all meet in this cavity. In Figure 29 : 1, 
 is the trachea ; 2, the larynx ; 3, the oeso- 
 phagus ; 4, 4, 4, muscles of the pharynx ; 
 5, muscles of the cheek; 6, the muscle 
 which surrounds the mouth; 7, the mus- 
 cle forming the floor of the mouth. 
 
 The Stomach Pipe is a long tube, like 
 the fireman's hose, descending behind the 
 wind-pipe, the lungs, and the heart, through 
 the diaphragm into the stomach. It is composed of two membranes 
 laid together, like two pieces of cloth. The inner one is mucous, the 
 
32 ANATOMY. 
 
 outer muscular. The two sets of fibres composing the muscular coat 
 are arranged circularly and longitudinally. (Fig. 25.) 
 
 The Stomach lies in the upper part of the belly, to the left, and di- 
 rectly under the diaphragm. It has an upper opening, where the 
 stomach-pipe enters it, called the cardiac orifice. This is the larger 
 end of the stomach, and lies on the left side ; the smaller end con- 
 nects with the upper bowel, at which point it has an opening called 
 the pyloric orifice. In addition to mucous and muscular coats, simi- 
 lar to those which compose the oesophagus, the stomach has still 
 another over both, a serous coat, very strong and tough, to give this 
 working organ additional endurance. Within, it has many glands to 
 secrete the gastric juice. 
 
 The Intestines, or alimentary tube, or bowels, are divided into the 
 small and the large intestines. 
 
 The small intestine has a length of about twenty-five feet, and is 
 divided into three parts, — the duodenum this jejunum and the ileum. 
 
 Of these three divisions, the duodenum is the largest, and is about 
 a foot in length. It begins at the pyloric orifice of the stomach, and 
 passes backward to the under surface of the liver, whence it drops 
 down perpendicularly in front of the right kidney, and passes across 
 the belly behind the colon, and ends in the jejunum. 
 
 The Jejunum continues the above, and terminates in the ileum. 
 
 The Ileum is a continuation of the jejunum, and opens, at an obtuse 
 angle, near the haunch bone, into the colon. A valve is located here, 
 to prevent the backward passage of substances from the colon into 
 the ileum. 
 
 At this point the large intestines begin, and here is situated the 
 ccecum, a blind pouch, or cul-de-sac, attached to which is the appen- 
 dix vermiformis, a worm-shaped tube, of the size of a goose quill, 
 and from one to six inches long. 
 
 The Colon, or large intestine, is divided into the ascending colon, the 
 transverse colon, and the descending colon. 
 
 The Ascending Colon rises from the right haunch bone to the under 
 surface of the liver, whence it bends inward, and crosses the upper 
 part of the belly, below the liver and stomach, to the left side. This 
 portion which crosses over is the transverse colon. From this point, 
 on the left side, it turns down to the left haunch, and has the name 
 of the descending colon. Here it makes a curve like the letter S, 
 which is called the sigmoid flexure. 
 
 The Rectum is the lower portion of the large intestine, terminating 
 at the anus. 
 
 The Lacteals are small vessels which begin in the villi, upon the 
 mucous membrane of the small bowels. From here they pass be- 
 tween membranes of the mesentery to small glands, from which larger 
 vessels run to another collection of glands ; and after passing, for a 
 space, from one collection of glands to another, at each stage of their 
 progress increased in size and diminished in number, the lacteals pour 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 33 
 
 Fig. 30. 
 
 Fig. 31. 
 
 their contents into the thoracic duct. This having passed up through 
 the diaphragm, out oi the belly, makes a sudden turn downward and 
 forward, and empties its burden into a large vein which ends in the 
 right heart. Figure 30 : 1, is the bowel ; 2, 3, 4, the mesenteric 
 
 glands through which the lacteals pass ; 
 5, the thoracic duct ; 7, the spinal column ; 
 8, the diaphragm. 
 
 By the help of a magnifying glass, an 
 infinite number of these small vessels may 
 be seen starting from the rough, shaggy in- 
 ternal coat of the bowel. 
 
 The mesentery is a thick sheet of men? 
 brane, formed of several folds of the peri 
 toneum, and spread out from the vertebrae 
 like a fan. The bowels are attached to 
 its edge, and are held by it in their place, 
 and at the same time, have free motion. 
 Between its layers are a great number of 
 glands, which sometimes become diseased 
 and swollen in childhood, and prevent the chyle from passing along to 
 the thoracic duct. Thus affected, children are not nourished, and waste 
 away with a disease sometimes called mesenteric consumption. 
 
 The Liver is a large gland, lying under the short ribs on the right 
 side, below the diaphragm. It 
 is convex on the upper surface 
 and concave on the under, and 
 is composed of several lobes. 
 Its office is to secrete bile. It 
 weighs about four pounds, be- 
 ing the largest organ in the 
 body. Figure 31 represents the 
 liver: 1, being the right lobe; 
 2, left lobe ; 3, 4, smaller lobes ; 
 10, gall bladder ; 17, the notch 
 into which the spinal column is 
 fitted. 
 
 The Gall-Bladder lies on the under side of the liver, and receives, 
 it is supposed, the surplus bile, which is reserved for special occa* 
 sions. It opens into the gall duct, which carries the bile along, and 
 pours it into the duodenum. 
 
 The Pancreas, Figure 32, is a long, flat gland, something like the sali« 
 Fm 32. vary glands. It lies trans- 
 
 versely across the back wall 
 of the abdomen, behind the 
 stomach. It secretes a fluid 
 called the pancreatic juice, 
 a peculiar kind of saliva, 
 the office of which is to 
 emulsion fat, so that the 
 
34 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 /acteals can absorb it. This fluid is carried by a duct, and poured 
 into the duodenum just where the bile duct enters. 
 
 The Spleen or milt, has an oblong, flattened form. It lies on the 
 left side, just under the diaphragm, and close to the stomach and pan- 
 creas. It is supposed to be a reservoir for holding the surplus blood 
 of the liver. It was thought by the ancients to be the seat of melan- 
 choly. The blood in passing through it loses a portion of its red 
 globules. 
 
 The Omentum or caul is a doubling and extension of the peri- 
 toneum. It is a kind of fatty body, which lies upon the surface of 
 the bowels, and is attached to the stomach. Its use seems to be to 
 iubricate the bowels, and especially to protect and keep them warm. 
 Hence it is often called the apron. 
 
 The Urinary System. 
 
 The organs of this system are devoted to separating the urine from 
 the blood, and carrying it out of the body. These organs are the 
 kidneys, the ureters, the bladder, and the urethra. 
 
 The Kidneys lie one on each side of the back bone, in the lumbar 
 region, behind the peritoneum. They are four or five inches long, 
 and two and a half broad. They are in shape like the kidney bean, 
 and weigh about half a pound each. In the centre there is a bag 
 called the pelvis, which tapers like a funnel, and forms the ureter 
 which conveys the urine to the bladder. The texture of the kidney 
 is dense, presenting in its interior, two structures, an external or 
 cortical, and an internal or medullary. The cortical portion has the 
 blood vessels, the medullary is composed of tubes which carry away 
 the urine. 
 
 The Ureters are membranous tubes of the size of a goose quill, 
 and eighteen inches long, which run down the back wall of the abdo- 
 men, behind the peritoneum, to the bladder, into each side of which 
 they empty their contents. 
 
 The Bladder is located in the pelvis or basin, in front of the rec- 
 tum. It is composed of three coats ; the external is serous, the middle 
 muscular, and the internal mucous. The external coat is strong and 
 fibrous ; the internal is drawn into wrinkles, which makes it thick and 
 shaggy ; it secretes a mucus which prevents it from being injured by 
 the corrosiveness of the urine. The urine is retained in the bladder by 
 means of a circular muscle, called a sphincter, which draws the mouth 
 of the organ together. When the quantity of urine is so increased! 
 as to give some uneasiness or pain, this muscle, by a sort of instinct, 
 relaxes and lets it out. 
 
 The bladder is attached to the rectum, to the hip bones, to the peri- 
 toneum, and to the navel, by several ligaments. In the female the 
 bladder has the womb between it and the rectum. 
 
 This organ is wisely provided as a receptacle for the urine; which, 
 without it, would produce great inconvenience by being constantly 
 dribbling away. 
 
ANATOMY. 35 
 
 The Urethra is a membranous canal which leads from the neck 
 of the bladder. It is composed of two layers, a mucous, and an elas- 
 tic fibrous. Through this channel, which is curved in its course, the 
 urine passes out of the body. 
 
 The Respiratory Organs. 
 
 These organs consist of the wind-pipe (trachea) ; divisions and sub- 
 divisions of the wind pipe (bronchia) ; air cells ; and the kings or 
 lights. 
 
 The Windpipe (trachea) extends from the larynx, — the seat of the 
 voice, — to the third dorsal vertebra, where it divides into two tubes, 
 called bronchia. It runs down the front part of the throat, with the 
 oesophagus behind and between it and the spinal column. It is com- 
 posed mainly of rings of cartilage, one above another. 
 
 The Bronchial Tubes are, at the division of the windpipe, two in 
 number, but they divide and subdivide until they become very nu- 
 merous. 
 
 The Air Cells or Vesicles are small, bladder-like expansions at the 
 ends of the tubes. They are elastic, and swell out when the air 
 passes in. 
 
 The Lungs fill the greater part of the chest, the heart being the only 
 other organ which occupies much space in the cavity. The size of 
 these organs is large or small, according to the capacity of the chest. 
 Each lung, — for there are two, — is a kind of cone, with its base 
 resting upon the- diaphragm, and its apex behind the collar bone. 
 They are concave on the bottom, to fit the diaphragm, which is con- 
 vex on its upper side. 
 
 There are two lungs, a right and a left. These are separated from 
 each other by a partition formed from the pleura, and called the med- 
 iastinum. Two portions of the pleura, coming off from the spine, 
 form this partition ; and the heart, covered by the pericardium, lies 
 in the centre, between them. The right lung is divided into three 
 lobes ; the left into two. 
 
 Each lobe of the lungs is divided into a great many lobules, which 
 are connected by cellular tissue. These lobules are again divided 
 into very fine air-cells. Beside these, the substance of the lungs is 
 composed likewise of blood vessels, and lymphatics, and is well sup 
 plied with nerves. 
 
 In the fetal state, before the lungs have been filled with air, they 
 are solid and heavy, something like other flesh, but after all their cells 
 have been filled with air, and breathing has been established, they are 
 exceedingly light and spongy, and float upon water. 
 
 In cases where the murder of children is suspected, and where it is 
 desirable to know whether they were still-born, or born alive and killed 
 afterwards, the specific gravity of the lungs, compared with water, 
 will often settle the question. 
 
36 ANATOMY. 
 
 The Organs of Circulation. 
 
 The food having been digested, changed to chyle, absorbed by the 
 Iacteals, carried to the veins, poured into the right heart, sent up to 
 the lungs, and prepared for nourishing the body, will still be useless, 
 if not distributed to every part of the system. The organs for effect- 
 ing this distribution, are the heart, the arteries, the veins, and the cap- 
 Ularies. 
 
 The Heart is placed obliquely in the chest, with one lung on each 
 side, and is enclosed between the two folds of the mediastinum. Its 
 r orm is something like a cone. Its base is turned upward and back- 
 ward in the direction of the right shoulder ; the apex forward and to 
 the left, occupying the space between the fifth and sixth ribs, about 
 three inches from the breast-bone. It is surrounded by a membranous 
 case or sac, called the pericardium. 
 
 The heart is a muscular body, and has its fibres so interwoven that 
 it is endowed with great strength. It is a double organ having two 
 sides, a right and a left, which are divided from each other by a mus- 
 cular partition, called a septum. The right heart sends the blood to 
 the lungs; the left heart . distributes it to the general system. Each 
 side is divided into two compartments, an auricle and a ventricle. 
 
 The Auricles have thinner walls than the ventricles, being only reser- 
 voirs to hold the blood until the ventricles force it along to other parts. 
 
 The Ventricles have within them fleshy columns, called columnce 
 carnece. The walls of the left ventricle are thicker than those of the 
 right, being required to contract with more force. Each of the four 
 cavities will contain from one and a half to two ounces of blood. 
 
 The Tri-cuspid valves are situated between the auricle and ventricle 
 on the right side, and consist of three folds of a thin, triangular 
 membrane. The mitral valves occupy the same position on the left 
 side. Small white cords, called chordce tendince, pass from the floating 
 edge of these to the columnse carneae, to prevent the backward pressure 
 of the blood from carrying the valves into the auricles. 
 
 The pulmonary artery is the outlet of the right ventricle ; the large^ 
 artery, called aorta, of the left ventricle. At the 
 opening of these arteries, are membranous folds, 
 called semilunar valves. Figure 33 gives a fine 
 view of the heart : 1, is the right auricle ; 2, the 
 left auricle ; 3, the right ventricle ; 4, the left ven- 
 tricle ; 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, the vessels which bring the 
 blood to and carry it away from the heart. 
 
 The Arteries are the round tubes which carry 
 the red blood from the left side of the heart to 
 every part of the body. 
 
 The sides of arteries are stiff and hard, and do 
 not fall together when empty. They may often 
 be seen open in a piece of boiled beef. 
 
 The arteries have three coats, — an external, which is cellular, firm 
 
ANATOMY. 37 
 
 and strong ; a middle, which is fibrous and elastic ; and an internal, 
 which is serous, and smooth, being a continuation of the lining of 
 the heart. They are surrounded by a cell vestment called a sheath, 
 which separates them from surrounding organs. 
 
 The Pulmonary Artery starts from the right ventricle in front of the 
 opening of the aorta, and ascends to the under surface of the aortic 
 arch, where it parts into two branches, sending one to the right, the 
 other to the left lung. Having divided and subdivided to a great extent 
 they end in the capillary vessels, uniting, joining their mouths, and 
 becoming continuous with the pulmonary veins just where they pass 
 around the air-cells. 
 
 The Aorta is the largest artery in the body. It takes a slight turn 
 in the chest, called the arch of the aorta, from which are given off the 
 arteries which carry the blood to the head, etc. ; thence it descends 
 into the belly along the side of the back bone, and at the bottom of 
 the abdomen it divides into two arteries, called the Macs — one going 
 to each of the lower limbs. The branches the aorta gives off supply 
 red blood to every part of the body. 
 
 The Veins carry the dark or purple blood. Being made red and 
 vital by meeting atmospheric air in the lungs, and then conveyed to 
 every part of the body in the arteries, the blood loses its redness in 
 the capillaries, and comes back to the heart in the veins, dark and 
 purple, and unfit to support life. The veins are more numerous and 
 nearer the surface than the arteries. They have, likewise, thinner 
 walls, and when empty, they collapse or fall together. They begin 
 In the small capillaries, and running together, they grow larger and 
 larger, and finally form the great trunks which pour the dark blood 
 into the right auricle. The veins are composed of three coats, similar 
 to those of the arteries, with the exception of being thinner and more 
 delicate. These vessels have valves all along their inner surface, to 
 aid in circulating the blood. 
 
 The large vein which receives all the dark blood from above, and 
 pours it into the right auricle, is called the vena cava descendens ; the 
 one which takes it from below, and disposes of it in the same manner, 
 is the vena cava ascendens. 
 
 The pulmonary veins bring the red blood from the lungs to the left 
 auricle, and thus are exceptional in their use, — being the only veins 
 which carry red blood. 
 
 . The Capillaries are the extremely fine net-work of vessels between 
 the ends of the arteries on the one side, and of the veins on the other. 
 They inosculate, or join their mouths to the very small arteries at 
 one end, and to the equally small veins at the other. They are the 
 industrious little builders of the human frame. Receiving the blood, 
 red, and full of life, from the terminal extremities of the arteries, they 
 take the living particles out of it, and apply them to the renewing 
 and vitalizing of the body, and then pass it along into the hair-like 
 beginnings of the veins, dark and bereft of vitality, to be carried up for 
 
38 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 Fig. 34. 
 
 another freight of chyle, and to be again vitalized by being touched 
 in the lungs by the breath of heaven. 
 
 In Figure 34 we have a good ideal illustration of the whole circu- 
 lation. From the right ventricle 
 of the heart, 2, the dark blood is 
 thrown into the pulmonary arte- 
 ry, 3, and its branches, 4, 4, carry 
 it to both lungs. In the capillary 
 vessels, 6, 6, the blood comes in 
 contact with the air, and becomes 
 red and vitalized. Thence it is 
 returned to the left auricle of the 
 heart, 9, by the veins, 7, 8. Thence 
 it passes into the left ventricle, 
 10. A forcible contraction of this 
 sends it forward into the aorta, 11. 
 Its branches, 12, 13,, 13, distribute 
 it to all parts of tne body. The 
 arteries terminate in the capilla- 
 ries, 14, 14. Here the blood loses 
 its redness, and goes back to the 
 right auricle, 1, by the vena cava 
 descendens, 15, and the vena 
 cava ascendens, 16. The tricus- 
 pid valves, 17, prevent the reflow 
 of the blood from the right ven- 
 tricle to the right auricle. The 
 semilunar valves, 18, prevent the 
 blood from passing back from the 
 pulmonary artery to the right ventricle. The mitral valves, 19, pre- 
 vent its being forced back from the left ventricle to the left auricle. 
 The semilunar valves, 20, prevent the backward flow from the aorta 
 to the left ventricle. 
 
 By a careful examination of this diagram, with these explanations, 
 the reader may understand the circulation very well. 
 
 The /passage of the blood from the right heart, through the lungs, 
 and back to the left heart, is called the lesser, or pulmonic circulation ; 
 its passage from the left heart through all parts of the body, and back 
 to the right heart, is the greater or systemic circulation. 
 
 The Absorbent Vessels. 
 
 The vessels which absorb the chyle from the small intestines, and 
 convey it onward towards the blood, are the lacteals. They have 
 been described. The veins are also supposed to have the power of 
 absorption, particularly the small commencement of the veins. These 
 have likewise been described. 
 
 The Lymphatic vessels resemble the lacteals. They abound in the 
 skin, the mucous membranes, and the lungs. They are very small at 
 their origin, and, like the veins, they increase in size, as they diminish 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 39 
 
 in numbers. Like the veins, too, they travel towards the heart, and 
 their contents are poured into it. Their walls are composed of two 
 coats ; the external is cellular, and distensible ; the internal is folded 
 into valves, like that of the veins. 
 
 These vessels, on their way to the heart, pass through soft bodies, 
 called lymphatic glands, which bear to them the relation that the 
 
 mesenteric glands do to the lac- 
 teals. These glands are a collection 
 of small vessels. The lymphatic 
 glands are most numerous in the 
 neck, chest, abdomen, arm-pits, and groins. They are also found, to 
 
 Fig. 35. 
 
 some extent, in other parts of 
 the body. Figure 35 shows a 
 single lymphatic vessel, much 
 magnified ; Figure 36 exhibits 
 the valves along one of the 
 lymphatic trunks ; Figure 37 
 shows a lymphatic gland, with 
 the vessels passing through it 
 
 Fig. 38. 
 
 Fig. 36. 
 
 Fig. 37- 
 
 Figure 38 represents the 
 lymphatic vessels and glands. 
 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, show these ves- 
 sels of the lower limbs ; 7, the 
 inguinal glands; 8, the com- 
 mencement of the thoracic 
 duct, into which the contents 
 of the lymphatics are poured ; 
 9, the lymphatics of the kid- 
 neys ; 10, those of the stom- 
 ach ; 11, those of the liver ; 
 12, 12, those of the lungs; 13, 
 14, 15, those of the arm ; 16, 17, 18, those of the face and neck ; 19, 
 
40 ANATOMY. 
 
 20, the large veins ; 21, the thoracic duct ; 26, the lymphatics of the 
 heart. 
 
 A cold will often cause lymphatic glands to swell. These swell- 
 ings are called kernels. They often swell, also, without the irritation 
 from cold, and become very much and permanently enlarged, particu- 
 larly in scrofula. In scrofulous subjects they sometimes suppurate 
 and break, forming bad sores upon the neck. 
 
 The Organs of Secretion, 
 
 The exhalants, the follicles, and the glands are the organs of secre- 
 tion. 
 
 The Exhalants are the sweat-glands. These have external termina- 
 tions upon the skin, thus communicating with the air, and internal 
 terminations upon the surfaces of organs not having an outward ex- 
 posure. 
 
 The Follicles are small sacs, located in the true skin and mucous 
 membranes. The pores of the skin are the mouths or outlets of these 
 little bags. Veins and organic nerves are sent to these vessels. 
 
 Glands are soft organs, having a variety of structure, and perform- 
 ing many kinds of secretion. A gland is Fm ^ 
 made up of several lobules, united in one 
 mass, and each of these lobules has a small 
 duct communicating with a main duct 
 which forms the outlet. Figure 39 shows a 
 gland ; 2, the small ducts spread through its 
 body, and running together ; 1, the large 
 duct, through which the secreted substance 
 is carried away. 
 
 The mesenteric and lymphatic glands 
 merely modify the fluids which pass through them ; others secrere 
 from the blood either fluids to be used in the body, or such as are to 
 be cast away. 
 
 The Vocal Organs. 
 
 No sounds touch the heart like those of the human voice, for no 
 mechanic, however scientific and skilful, has ever been able to make 
 an instrument which could produce sounds as beautiful, tones as 
 varied, a timbre as melodious, and inflexions as manifold and agree- 
 able. It has been compared to wind, reed, and stringed instruments. 
 In touching expression, it is most resembled by the concert-horn, the 
 bassoon, and the hautboy. 
 
 Vocal sounds, past all question, are produced in the larynx, but 
 these sounds are grouped, or formed into articulate speech, by the 
 pharynx, the nasal cavities, the tongue, the teeth, etc. 
 
 The Larynx is a kind of cavity or tube at the top of the windpipe, 
 formed by the union of five cartilages, namely, the thyroid, the cricoid, 
 the two arytenoid, and the epiglottis. Ligaments bind these together, 
 and muscles move them. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 41 
 
 Fig. 4tt 
 
 The Thyroid Cartilage is composed of two parts, and has a con- 
 nection with the bone of the tongue above, and with the cricoid car- 
 tilage below. 
 
 The Cricoid Cartilage is shaped like a ring, and hence its Greek 
 name. It is narrowest in front, and broadest be- 
 hind. It connects with the thyroid cartilage above, 
 and with the first ring of the trachea below. Fig- 
 ure 40 gives a side view of the cartilages of the 
 larynx : 1, bone at the base of the tongue (os hyo- 
 ides) ; 2, the ligament connecting hyoid bone and 
 the thyroid cartilage ; 3, the front of the thyroid 
 cartilage ; 4, the thyroid cartilage ; 6, the cricoid 
 cartilage ; 7, the windpipe. 
 
 Figure 41 is a back view of the cartilages and 
 ligaments of the larynx : 1, is Fiq 
 
 the back surface of the epiglot- 
 tis ; 3, 3, the os hyoides ; 4, 4, 
 the lateral ligaments connect- 
 ing the os hyoides and the thyroid cartilage ; 5, 
 5, the back face of the thyroid cartilage ; 6, 6, 
 the arytenoid cartilages ; 7, the cricoid cartilage ; 
 8, the first ring of the windpipe. 
 
 Fig. 42. 
 
 The Arytenoid Cartilages are upon the back 
 part of the cricoid, and are connected with the 
 thyroid cartilage by the vocal cords. 
 
 The Epiglottis is a fibro-cartilaginous lid, shaped 
 like a leaf of parsley, which covers the upper open- 
 ing of the larynx. It is connected by a cartilage 
 to the bone of the tongue (os hyoides) and to the thyroid cartilage. 
 Breathing opens and shuts it ; and in swallowing, it closes down upon 
 the top of the larynx, to prevent food and drink from passing down 
 the windpipe. 
 
 The Vocal Cords are two ligaments, formed of elastic and parallel 
 
 fibres, enclosed in a fold of mucous mem- 
 brane. They are about two lines in width, 
 and inserted behind into the anterior pro- 
 jection of the arytenoid cartilages, and 
 passing forward, are fixed to the anterior 
 angle of the thyroid. There are four liga- 
 ments crossing the larynx, two superior, 
 and two inferior, — the latter being called 
 vocal cords. The interval between them 
 is the glottis. The ligaments themselves 
 are sometimes called the lips of the glottis. 
 The depression between the superior and 
 inferior ligaments is the ventricle of the 
 larynx. 
 
 Figure 42 represents a view of the larynx from above : a, b, c, the 
 thyroid cartilage, enclosing the ring of the cricoid ; A, /t, e, e, the 
 
42 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 arytenoid cartilages connected by the transverse arytenoid muscle : 
 i, i, the vocal cords ; o, o, the crico-arytenoid ligaments. 
 
 The muscles which are attached to the cartilages, have the power 
 of pulling them about so as to change in various ways the shape of 
 the laryngeal cavity ; to enlarge or diminish the size of the glottis ; 
 and to relax or tighten the vocal cords. By these means, and some 
 others, the sounds of the voice receive their various modifications 
 Tightening the cords, for example raises the pitch. 
 
 The Skin. 
 
 The skin is a membrane composed of two layers, covering the 
 entire person. The outer layer is the scarf-skin or cuticle ; the inner 
 is the true skin or cutis vera. These layers differ in their structure 
 and uses. 
 
 The Scarf-Skin, called also cuticle, and epidermis, is a thin mem- 
 brane, partially transparent, like a thin shaving of horn. Having no 
 blood vessels or nerves, and conse- F ._ 
 
 quently no feeling, it appears to be 
 a simple covering to protect the 
 true skin from injury by external 
 agents. It is thickest on those 
 parts most exposed to friction. 
 
 The scarf-skin is the production 
 of the true skin, — an exudation 
 from it in the shape of a fluid 
 which is spread out as a thin layer, 
 and dries up into flattened scales, ^l 
 The cuticle is composed chiefly of 
 these scales, and is constantly be- * 
 ing rubbed off as scurf, while new 
 layers are forming underneath. 
 
 The lower, softer, and more newly-formed layers of the scarf-skin, 
 are the seat of color. In this part, the cells contain a pigment, incor- 
 porated with the elementary granules, which gives to the various 
 races their several shades of color. The depth of hue is dependent 
 entirely on the amount of this coloring matter. 
 
 Some physiologists describe the skin as composed of three layers 
 — reckoning this colored part of the cuticle as one, and naming it 
 rete mucosum, or the mucous coat. 
 
 The True Skin, which is called cutis vera, and corium, is a kind of 
 web, woven of small fibres collected into strands. In the upper por- 
 tion, the web is fine and firm, but grows coarser below. Connected 
 with its under surface is a fibrous web in which the fat is deposited. 
 Upon its upper surface is the sensitive or papillary layer, composed 
 of blood vessels and nerves, doubled into loops, which give little 
 prominences called papillae. Figure 43 gives an ideal view of these 
 elevations, composed, as they are, of a nerve, an artery, and a vein, 
 lying side by side : 1, 1, represent the true skin ; 2, 2, the papillary 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 43 
 
 layer ; 3, 3, the arteries ; 4, 4, the veins ; and 5, 5, the nerves of the 
 papillae. 
 
 The arteries, veins, and nerves are spread over the true skin in 
 great numbers, — so profusely, that it is impossible to push the point 
 of the finest needle into it, without piercing a blood vessel and a 
 nerve. 
 
 Figure 44 gives a view of the skin : a, a, the cuticle ; b, b, the col- 
 ored layer of the cuticle j c f c, d, d. t the true skin ; e, e, e, fat cells, 
 ft fif> sweat tubes. 
 
 Fia.45. 
 
 The lymphatics are very numerous in the skin, beside which there 
 are oil glands and tubes, and sweat glands and tubes. 
 
 The Oil Glands are imbedded in the skin, and communicate with 
 the surface by small tubes. They are most abundant on the face, 
 nose and ears. Figure 45 shows an oil gland, — a, being the gland. 
 b, the tube, and c, its mouth. 
 
 The Sweat Apparatus consists of small tubes which pass down 
 
44 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 through the true skin, and terminate in the meshes at the bottom, 
 where it coils upon itself into a kind of bundle, called the perspira- 
 tory gland. Figure 46 gives one of these tubes, with the gland, mag- 
 nified forty diameters : 1, being the coiled tube or gland ; 2, 2, the 
 two excretory ducts from the gland. These uniting, form one spiral 
 tube, which opens at 4, which is the surface of the cuticle ; 3, are the 
 fat cells. 
 
 The hair and the nails are appendages of the skin. 
 
 The Nervous System. 
 
 The Nervous System consists of the brain and spinal cord, connected 
 with each other, and called the cerebrospinal axis ; the cranial nerves ; 
 the spinal nerves and the sympathetic nerve. 
 
 The Brain is that mass of nervous matter lodged within the skull 
 bones. It is made up of three parts, — the cerebrum, the cerebellum, 
 and the medulla oblongata. These are nicely covered and protected 
 by three membranes, the dura mater, the arachnoid, and the jwVj mater. 
 
 Figure 47 shows a considerable portion of the brain, — the skull 
 bones and membranes being re- 
 moved. The scalp turned down is 
 represented by a, a ; e, e, e, show 
 the cut edge of the bones ; c, is the 
 dura mater, drawn up with a hook ; 
 f, the convolutions of the brain. 
 
 The Cerebrum is the upper and 
 larger portion of the brc*in, and is 
 divided into two hemispheres by a 
 fissure. A portion of the dura mater 
 dips into this cleft, and from its re- 
 semblance to a sickle, is called the 
 falx cerebri. The design of this 
 seems to be to support each half of 
 the brain, and to prevent it from 
 pressing upon tbe other half when 
 the head reclines to one side. 
 
 The undulating surface of the 
 cerebrum is produced by what are called convolutions. The lower 
 surface of this organ is divided into three lobes, — the anterior, the 
 middle, and the posterior. 
 
 The surface of the cerebrum is of a gray color, called cortical, or 
 cineritious ; the central portion is white, and is called medullary. 
 
 The Cerebellum is about one-sixth the size of the cerebrum. It 
 lies just under the posterior lobe of the cerebrum, and is separated 
 from it by an extension of the dura mater, called the tentorium. It 
 is composed of white and gray matter ; when the former is cut into, 
 there is presented the appearance of the trunk and branches of a tree^ 
 called arbor vitce. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 45 
 
 The Medulla Oblongata is the top of the spinal cord ; but being with- 
 in the enclosure of the skull, it passes for a portion of the brain. It 
 consists of three pairs of bodies, united so as to form a bulb. 
 
 The Dura Mater is a strong, fibrous membrane which lines the skuD 
 and spinal column, and sends processes inward to support the brain, 
 and forward, as sheaths for the nerves which go out from the brain 
 and spinal cord. 
 
 The Arachnoid is a serous membrane, and like all other serous mem- 
 branes, is a closed sac. It is reflected upon the inner surface of the 
 dura mater. 
 
 The Pia Mater is a vascular membrane, and lies next to and invests 
 the whole surface of the brain, — dipping into its convolutions. It 
 furnishes nutriment to the brain. 
 
 The Cranial Nerves which go out from the brain are in twelve pairs. 
 In reading a description of them, let the reader keep his eye on Fig- 
 ure 48. 
 
 The First Pair, olfactory (6), passes through several small open- 
 Fig. 48. ings in the ethmoid bone, and 
 
 is distributed to the mucous 
 membrane which lines the 
 nose. Destroy this, and the 
 sense of smell is gone. 
 
 The Second Pair, optic nerve, 
 (7), passes through the base 
 of the skull, and enters the 
 cavity of the eye where it is 
 expanded upon the retina. It 
 is a disease of this nerve 
 which occasions a gradual 
 loss of sight, called amaurosis. 
 
 The Third Pair, motores oc- 
 ulorum (9), passes through the 
 sphenoid bone to the muscles 
 of the eye. 
 
 The Fourth Pair, patheticus (10), passes to the superior oblique 
 muscle of the eye. 
 
 The Fifth Pair, trifacial nerve (11), like the spinal nerves has two 
 roots, and divides into three branches, one going to the eye, fore- 
 head and nose, and called the opthalmic branch ; another going to the 
 eye, the teeth of the upper jaw, etc., called the superior maxillary; 
 and the third going to the ear, the tongue, and the teeth of the lower 
 jaw, and called the inferior maxillary. It is a painful condition of 
 the branches of the fifth pair, which constitutes the terrible neuralgic 
 affection called tic douloureux. 
 
 The Sixth Pair, abducentes (12), passes through the opening by 
 which the carotid artery enters the cavity of the skull, and goes to the 
 external straight muscle of the eye. 
 
46 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 The Seventh Pair, portio mollis (13), is distributed upon the inter- 
 nal ear. 
 
 The Eighth Pair, facial nerve (14), is distributed over the face. It 
 sends nervous filaments to the muscles. 
 
 The Ninth Pair, glossopharyngeal nerve (14), passes through the 
 same opening with the jugular vein, and is distributed upon the mu- 
 cous membrane of the tongue and throat. 
 
 The Tenth Pair, pneumogastric nerve (15), sends its branches to the 
 pharynx, larynx, stomach-pipe, lungs, spleen, pancreas, liver, stomach, 
 and bowels. 
 
 The Eleventh Pair, spinal accessory nerve (16), connects with the 
 ninth and tenth pairs, and is distributed to the muscles of the neck. 
 
 The Twelfth Pair, hypo-glossal nerve (17), goes to the tongue, and 
 is its motion-producing nerve. It is a nerve of great energy in those 
 who talk much. 
 
 The Spinal Cord extends from the medulla oblongata, where it is in 
 connection with the brain, down to the second lumbar vertebra. The 
 upper end of the cord presents a bulbous swelling, or enlargement. 
 Another swelling is found where the nerves are given off which go to 
 the upper extremities ; and a third near the end of the cord, where 
 the nerves begin which go to the lower extremities. 
 
 Fissures dip into the cord before and behind, and divide it into two 
 lateral parts, which are united by a thin layer of white substance. 
 
 These lateral columns are divided by furrows into anterior, lateral, 
 and posterior columns; — the anterior being supposed to be the 
 motor column, the posterior that of sensation, and the lateral divided 
 in function between motion and sensation. 
 
 The Spinal Nerves, connecting with the cord, are in pairs, of which 
 there are thirty-one. 
 
 Each pair has two l ' 
 
 roots, — a motor 
 root, C, Figure 49, 
 arising from the 
 anterior columns of 
 the cord, and a 
 sensitive root, D, 
 springing from the 
 posterior columns. B 
 
 A, is a section of 
 the cord, surround- 
 ed by its sheath. 
 
 B, is the spinal nerve, formed by the union of the motor and sensitive 
 roots. After the union, the nerve, with its motor and its sensitive 
 filaments, divides and subdivides as it passes on, and is distributed to 
 the tissues of the several organs. 
 
 The thirty-one pairs of spinal nerves are divided into eight pairs of 
 cervical, twelve pairs of dorsal, five pairs of lumbar, and six pairs of 
 sacral nerves. 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 47 
 
 Figure 50 gives a view of the brain and spinal cord, with the nerves 
 given off by the latter : 1, 1, being the two hemispheres of the brain ; 
 3, 3, the cerebellum ; 4, the olfactory nerve ; 5, the optic ; 7, the third 
 pair ; 8, the pons varolii, so called ; 9, the fourth pair ; 10, the lower 
 portion of the medulla oblongata ; 11, 11, the spinal cord ; 12, 12. 
 the spinal nerves; 13, 13, the brachial plexus; 14, 14, the lumbar and 
 sacral plexus. 
 
 Fig. 50. 
 
 Fig. 51. 
 
 Hie Brachial Plexus is formed by the interlacing of the four lower 
 cervical and upper dorsal pairs of 'nerves. It gives off six nerves, 
 which are distributed to the muscles and skin of the upper extremities. 
 
 The Lumbar and Sacral Plexus is formed by the last dorsal and five 
 lumbar nerves, from which nerves go to the 'muscles and skin of the 
 lower extremities, and the last lumbar and four sacral, from which 
 nerves are sent to the muscles and skin of the hips and lower extremi- 
 ties. 
 
 The Sympathetic Nerve consists of a series of knots (ganglia), lying 
 along on each side of the spinal column, and forming a knotted chain. 
 There is a knot for each intervertebral space, the neck excepted. These 
 knots are composed of both cineritious and medullary matter. 
 
48 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 Each knot is a distinct centre, and gives off branches upward, 
 downward, externally, and internally. All the internal organs are 
 supplied with branches from the sympathetic nerve. It is called the 
 nerve of organic life, and is supposed to preside over nutrition, secre- 
 tion, etc., as the nerves of the brain and cord preside over motion and 
 sensation. 
 
 Figure 51 is a fine representation of the great sympathetic, with 
 its knots, and connections with other nerves. A, A, A, is the semilu- 
 nar ganglion and solar plexus, lying just under the diaphragm and 
 behind the stomach. Its presence in this region is the reason why a 
 blow upon the pit of the stomach sometimes destroys life. D, D, D, 
 are the thoracic ganglia ; E, E, the external and internal branches 
 
 of the same ; G, F, the right and left coro- 
 nary plexus upon the heart ; I, N, Q, the 
 inferior, middle, and superior cervical gan- 
 glia ; 3 , the renal plexus around the kid- 
 neys ; 2, the lumbar ganglion : 3, the inter- 
 
 Fig. 52. 
 
 nal branches ; 4, the external branches ; 5, 
 
 the aortic plexus. 
 
 Figure 52 represents a plexus, showing 
 how the filaments of one nerve pass to be enclosed in the sheath of 
 another. In this way they change at once the direction of their jour- 
 ney, and their companions upon the way. 
 
 Fiq. 53. 
 
 The Organs of Sight. 
 
 The organs of vision are the optic nerve, the globe of the eye, the 
 muscles of the eye, and the organs of protection. 
 
 The Optic Nerve begins by two roots at the base of the brain, the 
 fibres from each of which meet, as they 
 come forward, and some of them cross 
 each other. The two nerves then sepa- 
 rate, and enter the back part of the 
 globe of the eyes, and then spread out 
 into a kind of membrane. In Figure 
 53 : 1, 1, show the globe of the eye ; 
 2, the crossing of the optic nerve ; 8, 
 the origin of two pairs of cranial nerves. 
 
 The Globe of the Eye is a better con- 
 structed optical instrument than man 
 ever made. Its interior is filled with 
 what are called refracting humors or 
 mediums, which are surrounded and held in their place by membranes, 
 called coats. 
 
 The Coats are the sclerotic and cornea; the choroid, iris, and ciliary 
 
 processes ; and the retina. 
 
 The Sclerotic Coat is a fibrous membrane, covering the largest portion 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 49 
 
 of the globe. To this the muscles are attached. It is the part which 
 is called the white of the eye. It has a beveled edge in front, into 
 which the cornea is fitted. 
 
 The Cornea is a transparent layer which projects in front, and forms 
 about one-fifth of the globe. It is shaped like a watch glass. Its 
 blood-vessels are too small to receive the red particles of blood. 
 
 The Choroid Coat is a vascular membrane. Its color is brown exter- 
 nally, and black within. It is connected with the sclerotic coat ex- 
 ternally, and internally with the retina. It is composed of three 
 layers. 
 
 The Iris is named from its having a variety of color in different 
 persons. It is the partition between the anterior and posterior cham- 
 bers of the eye, and has a circular opening in the centre called the 
 pupil Of its two layers, the fibres of the anterior one are radiating, 
 and dilate the pupil, while those of the other are circular, and cause 
 its contraction. 
 
 The Ciliary Processes are a number of folds formed from the inter- 
 nal layer of the choroid coat. 
 
 The Retina has three layers. The external is extremely thin ; the 
 middle is nervous, being an expansion of the optic nerve ; the 
 internal is vascular, and consists of a ramification of minute blood 
 vessels. 
 
 The divided edge of their coats, may be seen in Figure 54, 
 namely, the sclerotic, the choroid, and the retina ; 2, is the pupil ; 3, 
 the iris ; 4, the ciliary process ; 5, the scolloped border of the retina. 
 
 Pig. 55. 
 
 The Humors of the Eye are the aqueous, the crystalline, and the 
 vitreous 
 
 The Aqueous or watery humor is situated in the chambers of the 
 eye. It is an albuminous fluid, with an alkaline reaction, and a spe- 
 cific gravity a little greater than distilled water 
 
50 
 
 ANATOMY. 
 
 The Crystalline Humor is immediately behind the pupil. It is a 
 lens, and is convex both on the posterior and the anterior surface. 
 
 The Yitreous Humor is also an albuminous fluid, something like the 
 aqueous humor, but more dense. 
 
 In Figure 55 we have in E a good view of the cornea fitted into 
 the sclerotic coat ; A, is the choroid ; B, the pigmentum nigrum ; C, 
 the retina ; K, the vitreous humor ; D, the optic nerve ; I, the lens ; 
 C, the iris, painted on the back side with pigment ; F, the aqueous 
 humor. 
 
 The muscles of the eye, six in number, are attached to the bones 
 of the orbit behind, and to the cornea in front, by their tendons. 
 These tendons give the eye its pearly appearance. In Figure 
 66, five of the muscles are indicated by a, b, c, d, e; fis the optic 
 nerve. 
 
 Fro. 56. 
 
 If the internal muscle be 
 too short, the eye is drawn 
 in towards the nose, and the| 
 squinting called " cross eye ' 
 is produced. 
 
 The Orbits are bony sock- 
 ets which enclose the eye. Thel 
 optic nerve passes through a| 
 large hole at the bottom. 
 
 The Eyebrows are the pro- 
 jecting arches above, covered 
 
 with short hair. They prevent the sweat from running down into the 
 eyes, and also shade them from strong light. 
 
 The Eyelids are the curtains which rise and fall in front. The 
 smooth membrane which lines them is called the conjunctiva. It 
 secretes a fluid which makes the eyelids open and shut easily. 
 
 The Lachrymal Gland is at the upper and outer angle of the orbit. 
 Several small ducts open from it upon the 
 upper eyelid, through which the tears run down 
 upon the conjunctiva. 
 
 The Lachrymal Canals begin near the inter- 
 nal angle of the eye, by two small tear points, 
 which communicate with the sac at the upper 
 part of the nasal duct. 
 
 The Nasal Duct is a canal about three-quar- 
 ters of an inch long, which runs down to the 
 inferior channel of the nose. 
 
 Figure 57 shows these organs: 1, being 
 the lachrymal gland; 2, the ducts leading 
 to the upper eyelid; 3, 3, the tear points 
 (puncta lachrymalis) ; 4, the nasal sac; 5, the termination of the 
 nasal duct. 
 
 Fig. 57 
 
ANATOMY. 
 
 51 
 
 The Organs of Hearing. 
 
 The External Ear is composed of the pavilion of the ear (the pinna), 
 and the auditory canal (the meatus auditorius externus). 
 
 The Pinna surrounds the entrance to the auditory canal. It stands 
 out from the head, and is in common language called the ear. 
 
 The Meatus Auditorius is a canal about an inch long, partly bony 
 no. 58. and partly cartilaginous, which 
 
 goes from the pavilion of the ear 
 to the drum of the ear. 
 
 The Dram of the Ear (mem- 
 bran a tympani) is an oval-shaped 
 thin membrane, inserted into a 
 groove around the auditory ca- 
 nal. 
 
 The Tympanum is a cavity 
 within the temporal bone. 
 
 The Eustachian Time is a chan- 
 nel of communication between the 
 tympanum, and the upper part of 
 the pharynx. The object of this 
 is to convey air to the drum of 
 the ear, as without air, no sound can be produced. 
 
 The Labyrinth is a series 
 
 of chambers through the 
 petrous bone, — embracing 
 the vestibule a three-cornered 
 cavity within the tympanum ; 
 the semi-circular canals ,'com- 
 municating with the vesti- 
 bule , and the cochlea, which 
 makes two and a half turns 
 around an axis, called the 
 modiolus. 
 
 In Figure 58, a, is the 
 pavilion of the ear; c, the 
 auditory canal ; g*, the mem- 
 brana tympani; k, the tym- 
 panum ; e, the bones of the 
 ear; 6, the semicircular ca- 
 nals ; /, the cochlea ; //, the 
 vestibule ; t, the eustachian tube ; d, the auditory nerve. 
 
 In Figure 59, we have a view of the labyrinth laid open, and 
 highly magnified: 1, 1, being the cochlea; 2,3, the channels that 
 wind around the central point (5) ; 1 , 7, the vestibule ; 8, the foramen 
 rotundum ; 9, the fenestra ovalis ; 4, 6, 10, the semicircular canals. 
 
 Fig. 59. 
 
PHYSIOLOGICAL LAWS OF LIFE AND HEALTH....HYGIENE, 
 
 Life, the Infancy of Being. 
 
 It may be stated as a general truth that man has but just learned 
 to live when he is ready to die. We expend a large portion of our 
 lives in searching out our mistakes, and in striving to undo the mis- 
 chiefs they have occasioned. This is true in reference both to our 
 moral and our physical life ; and I draw from it the conclusion that 
 the present must be only the infancy of our being, and that our blun- 
 ders and consequent sufferings here, will cause us, in the great here- 
 after, to place a higher value upon knowledge, and to struggle with 
 new fortitude to rid ourselves of every bondage. 
 
 A life which has just begun to take shape and symmetry, cannot 
 be permitted, I think, under the rule of a benevolent Creator, to be- 
 come extinct. We shall certainly be permitted to take up the broken 
 thread of life, and, in the clearer light of the future, with the warning 
 experience of the past, and surrounded by better guards, to try again. 
 In the mean time, while here, the sooner we become acquainted with 
 the laws of life, and the better we obey them, the more we shall en- 
 joy- 
 
 The Nervous System. 
 
 Man is brought into connection with the outward world through 
 the senses of feeling, seeing, hearing, etc. These communicate with 
 the brain and mind through the nerves of sensation. 
 
 The nervous system is divided into two great central portions, 
 the brain and the spinal cord ; and these together are called, by the 
 learned, the cerebrospinal centre. There are numerous pulpy white 
 cords, called nerves, which at one end are connected with this great 
 axis or centre, and from, thence run to all parts of the system. A 
 portion of these nerves start from the base of the brain and run to 
 the eye, the ear, the tongue, etc. (Fig. 48.) ; while another, and a 
 larger part spring from the cord which runs through the back-bone, 
 and are distributed over the body, and the lower extremities. (Figs. 
 50 and 60.) One portion of these cords produce feeling ; another 
 part, motion. The former we call sensitive ; the latter, motor. Both 
 kinds are widely distributed over the body. Those which spring 
 from the spinal cord have two roots, one uniting with the back % the 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 53 
 
 other with the front part of the cord. Cut off the back root, and the 
 part to which it is distributed loses its feeling. As we say in com- 
 mon language, it be- 
 comes numb, though it 
 may move as well as 
 before. Cut the front 
 
 Fig. 6a 
 
 root, which is motion- 
 producing, and the part 
 to which it goes cannot 
 move. It is palsied, 
 though it may still feel 
 acutely. The numerous 
 nerves that spring from 
 the spinal column are 
 pretty well represented 
 in cut 60. 
 
 If the cranial nerves 
 of motion which go to 
 the face be cut, no emo- 
 tion or passion can be 
 expressed. The features 
 will all be immovable, 
 like statuary. To smile, 
 to laugh, to frown, to 
 give expression to the 
 feeling of pity, or an- 
 guish, or love, is alike 
 impossible. And yet a 
 breath of air upon the 
 face will he felt as readi- 
 ly as before. Paralysis, 
 or palsy, as it is called, 
 partial or general, is the 
 result of injury upon few 
 or many of these motion- 
 producing nerves. Neu- 
 ralgia, tic douloureux,; 
 etc., arise from some dis- 
 ease, perhaps inflamma- 
 tion, of the nerves of 
 sensation. 
 
 How the Mind Gets Knowledge. — Everything the mind knows of 
 the external world, it learns through the organs of sense, which com- 
 municate with it through these nerves. Thus, the nerves are acted 
 on by external agents, and then they act on the brain and cause sen- 
 sations. When the hand is burned the nerves of sensation run with 
 the intelligence to the brain, which, quick as thought, through the 
 nerves of motion, despatches orders to the muscles to repel the 
 injury. 
 Comparison. — The arrangement and operation of the nervous sys- 
 
54 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 tern are like those of the electric fire-alarm system of Boston. The 
 brain is the intelligent centre, like the central office at City Hall. The 
 nerves of sensation which carry to the brain, with electric speed, in- 
 telligence of what is going on outside, are like the wires which run 
 to the City Hall from the several station-boxes. The quick carrying 
 to the brain of any information of injury done to some part of the 
 body, is like sending to the City Hall from a station-box the intelli- 
 gence of fire in one of the districts. The rapid transmission of orders 
 from the mind to the muscles, is like flashing the alarm over the wires 
 to every part of the city. And, finally, the powerful action of the 
 muscles in warding off danger, is like the dashing of firemen over the 
 pavements, and the energetic plying of the engines. 
 
 Sensations. 
 
 An effect, produced on the mind through a nerve, is called a sensa- 
 tion. Hunger is a sensation. It is an effect produced upon the mind 
 through a certain nerve by the condition of the stomach. Thirst, 
 pain, heat, cold, are sensations in a similar sense. Nausea is a sensa- 
 tion produced by some injurious substance acting upon the coats of 
 the stomach. 
 
 Strength of Sensation. — Some sensations are much stronger than 
 others ; some are very intense. A very strong sensation is called a 
 feeling. It is common to say, " I feel cold," or, " I feel hot." We 
 simply mean by this, that the temperature of the weather makes a 
 very powerful impression upon us. 
 
 Kinds of Sensation. — Sensations are either pleasurable or painful. 
 Pleasurable sensations arise from the proper exercise of some healthy 
 part of the body ; and they are a suitable reward for any care the 
 mind may take of the corporeal organs. 
 
 The sensations arising from a proper amount of exercise are pleas- 
 urable. The muscles find a sort of enjoyment in action. He who 
 leads a sedentary life, either from choice or necessity, loses much enjoy- 
 ment. Hence there is pleasure in labor ; and the working man, 
 though often pitied by the wealthy, is generally the happiest of men. 
 The eye and the ear, when directed to agreeable sights and sounds, 
 derive the most agreeable sensations from exercise. The air of a 
 beautiful spring morning gives impressions which none can describe, 
 but which all know to be delightful. These impressions are well 
 fitted to reward us for taking at that season, in the open air, the ex- 
 ercise we so much need. 
 
 Moral Uses of Sensations. — How little we reflect upon the amount 
 of happiness it is in our power to create by making agreeable impres- 
 sions upon others. A civil and polite address makes a pleasant im- 
 pression. A kind word, fitly spoken, makes the heart glad. Heads 
 of families might do much to increase the happiness of their domes- 
 tics in the kitchen by meeting them with a pleasant countenance, and 
 dropping in their ear, now and then, a word of approval. Such little 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 acts of benevolence are easily performed, and they make the most 
 agreeable and lasting impressions upon persons in the lower stations 
 of life, — creating attachments, in fact, which end only with death, 
 and which in hours of future sorrow, which come to all, may refresh 
 us like springs of water in the desert. 
 
 Full many a shaft at random sent, 
 Finds mark the archer little meant ; 
 Full many a word at random spoken, 
 May heal a ^rounded heart that 's broken. 
 
 Walter Scott. 
 
 In aiming to make agreeable impressions upon domestics, we should 
 be governed by the simple desire to create happiness. Their sources 
 of happiness are comparatively few. They spend their days below- 
 stairs, — shut out from a portion of the light of day, and from the 
 refining influences of the drawing-room, — having little time for rest 
 or for recreation. How unfeeling to treat such persons with harshness, 
 to wear a frowning face in their presence, and thus wither the few 
 flowers of happiness which bloom around them ! 
 
 Every human being is endowed with the beautiful nervous organ- 
 ism of which I have spoken, and is daily receiving impressions, pleas- 
 urable or painful, from thousands of sources. In all the relations of 
 life, it should be our aim to touch delicately this sensitive structure. 
 Wives may add much to the happiness, and I may say, to the affec- 
 tion of their husbands, by always wearing a pleasant face ; and the 
 heart of the wife may be made light and glad by gentle words from 
 the husband. We cannot but love those who make pleasurable im- 
 pressions upon us, and we necessarily dislike such as impress us pain- 
 fully. Most of the coldness and alienations which grow up between 
 the heads of families, spring from the habit, of one of the parties, of 
 saying, or doing, or looking something which painfully impresses the 
 other. A woman who habitually wears a " sour " face, cannot be 
 loved either by her husband or her children. The man or the woman 
 who desires to be loved, must cultivate a manner, a look, a speech, a 
 life, the whole scope of which is fitted to make pleasurable impres- 
 sions upon others. It is against nature to love what gives us pain. 
 
 Agreeable Sensations, a Source of Health. — Pleasurable sensations 
 not only beget love, and increase happiness, but they add much to 
 health. They exhilarate the spirits and drive away melancholy. 
 Travelling promotes health and prolongs life, by the number and 
 variety of the pleasing impressions it makes upon the mind. 
 
 Care of the Sick. — If the above statements be correct, how im- 
 portant that the sick should be so dealt with as to have none but 
 agreeable sensations made upon them. Many a life has been sacri- 
 ficed to the peevish temper of a nurse. When the nerves are weak 
 from disease, even slight causes make powerful impressions ; and if 
 these impressions are of a painful kind, the results are most deplora- 
 ble. To treat harshly the sick, especially those whose nervous system 
 is broken, implies either great thoughtlessness, or extreme cruelty. A 
 
56 HYGIENE. 
 
 single harsh word, which would scarcely move one when well, may 
 send the same person, when sick, almost to distraction. Every word 
 spoken to persons in sickness should, therefore, be gentle and sooth- 
 ing. Every feature of the face should express either cheerfulness, 
 or tenderness and pity. 
 
 As the painful impressions, which disease is making, tends to de- 
 press the spirits and create melancholy, it is not expected that persons 
 when sick will exhibit as amiable tempers as when well ; and for 
 this, all due allowance must be made. 
 
 Effect upon the Disposition. — This leads me to say that pleasura- 
 ble sensations improve the temper and disposition. This is a fact of 
 very great importance, and parents should ne\er lose sight of it in 
 dealing with their children. There are few children but would grow 
 up amiable and useful members of society, were they dealt with in 
 the gentle and tender manner which their young and impressible 
 natures require. From the moment the young mind wakes to intel- 
 ligence, it will be occupied with something. Parents and guardians 
 should aim, therefore, to turn it to all those things which will impress 
 it pleasantly, and at the same time do it no harm. Exercise, songs, 
 playthings, flowers, — to the and other entertainments it should be 
 led by gentle hands. No thoughtful parent will ever pain a child by 
 harsh threats and denunciations, or shock it by an oath. 
 
 Bad Effect of Unpleasant Sensations. — If pleasurable sensations 
 improve the health and temper, unpleasant ones do just the opposite. 
 They break down the health, and spoil the disposition. 
 
 They are intended to give us a warning of impending injury. 
 Thus, we have painful sensations when we have overworked the body 
 or mind. The sensation of weariness tells us that the muscles have 
 worked as long as their good requires, and that they need rest. Were 
 this sensation unheeded, exhaustion and entire prostration would be 
 the result. 
 
 When fatigue begins to be felt, either of body or mind, the sensa- 
 tion may be dissipated by strong tea, or intoxicating drink, or opium ; 
 but to drive it away in this manner, for the purpose of working longer, 
 is wrong, and leads, in the end, to disease or exhaustion. It is said 
 fiat one of the most brilliant advocates of our time is dependent 
 upon opium for the stimulus to carry him through his extraordinary 
 flights of eloquence ; but his restless motion and nervous face remind 
 us that he has bent his bow very nearly to the snapping point, and 
 that a sudden collapse of his vital powers, at no distant day, may 
 be feared as the result of such tension. 
 
 Persons in affliction, whose spirits are depressed and broken by 
 sorrow, should have their thoughts turned away from all sombre ob- 
 jects and contemplations. They should be taken into the open sun- 
 light, and be diverted by the beautiful things of nature. They should 
 visit cheerful society, and open their hearts to pleasurable impres- 
 sions. 
 
 When we permit any part of the body to remain idle, neglecting- 
 to use it as much as we ought, unpleasant sensations remind us of 
 
HYGIENE. 57 
 
 our fault. The muscles, when unused, waste away and become feeble. 
 This is sure to produce an uneasy, nervous state of feeling, which 
 says to us as plainly as a sensation can, that the muscles are hungry 
 for exercise, and that it is injurious to let them rest longer. 
 
 Need of a Healthy Brain. — In order that we may get correct ideas 
 of the external world, it is necessary that the brain, the nerves, and 
 the organs of sense through which sensations are made upon the 
 mind, should be in a healthy condition. It is evident that if the in- 
 struments of sensation be diseased, the sensation cannot be natural, 
 and will make a false report to the mind. It is of the highest impor- 
 tance, therefore, that the brain should be sound. 
 
 Improper Intermarriages. — This organ, like every other, may in- 
 herit disease from parents. Insanity, which springs from a diseased 
 brain, is often hereditary. When both parents are diseased, the off- 
 spring are of course more liable to partake of their defects. Among 
 the wealthy, and particularly among the royal families in Europe, 
 nervous diseases and sterility are very common. This arises, in a 
 great part, from intermarriages among blood relations, — a practice 
 under which any people will degenerate, and finally perish. The 
 wisdom of the Old Testament prohibition of marriage within certain 
 degrees of consanguinity, has been established by the observations of 
 philosophers, and the experience of mankind. When a man commits 
 the folly of marrying his first cousin, he generally either has no issue, 
 or his children are afflicted with deafness, or some shocking form of 
 nervous disease. Let those who will transmit to their descendants a 
 sound mind in a sound body, observe the laws of life, and avoid all 
 marriages with blood relations. 
 
 Need of a Good Supply of Blood. — For a proper performance of 
 its duties, the brain requires and receives a larger supply of blood 
 than any other part of the system. One tenth of all the blood goes 
 to this important organ. If the quantity or quality be materially 
 lessened or changed, great disturbance of the brain follows. A large 
 loss of blood occasions dizziness and fainting. If an atmosphere 
 charged with too much carbonic acid gas be breathed, as in a deep 
 well, the blood is not vitalized in the lungs, so as to sustain the brain, 
 and unconsciousness soon follows. If the air be vitiated in any way, 
 or have its oxygen extracted, as in large assemblies, where it is 
 breathed over several times, it becomes unfit to support the brain, and 
 the result is languid feelings, inability to apply the mind, headache, 
 fainting, hysterics, and other nervous manifestations. 
 
 Ventilation. — This shows the great necessity of having dwellings, 
 churches, and school-houses well ventilated. 
 
 Were a good system of ventilation adopted in all our churches, 
 ministers would seldom preach to sleeping audiences. A congrega- 
 tion sitting in one of our places of public worship, where the air in a 
 single afternoon is as many times used over as the minister's sermons 
 are in a lifetime, can neither hear with attention, nor comprehend with 
 clearness. 
 
58 HYGIENE. 
 
 In our school-houses, the ventilation is quite as bad, and the conse- 
 quences worst-, because they are occupied six hours in the day instead 
 of three, awd six days in the week in place of one. In the small school- 
 houses which our children filled to overflowing in former years, in 
 which there was no ventilation, unless they happened to be blessed 
 with an old-fashioned chimney and lire-place, the effects upon the 
 nervous system of the children was deplorable. Many of the dis- 
 eases which afflict the present generation of men and women, had 
 their origin in the bad air of those crowded nurseries of education. 
 
 Our dwellings were partly ventilated in olden time, when the open 
 fire-place received the " back-log," the " top-stick," the " fore-stick," 
 and other sticks to match ; but since we have been warmed by the 
 stove and the furnace, we have known little of the luxury of pure air 
 at the domestic hearth. 
 
 Need of Exercise for the Brain. — Health requires that the brain 
 should be properly occupied with vigorous thought. The same rea- 
 sons may be given for this as for the exercise of the muscles. It is 
 governed by the same laws which apply to other parts of the system. 
 Use improves its strength and vigor, — idleness causes it to grow 
 feeble. Of eourse the labor it is put to should be only reasonable in 
 amount, and should not be too long continued at any one time. 
 With the weakening of the brain, the whole bodily forces, and indeed 
 the whole mental and moral character, fall into feebleness and decay. 
 It is a great mistake to suppose that the cultivation and even vigorous 
 use of the mind, impairs health and shortens life. Just the opposite 
 is true. Many of the most eminently intellectual men, who have 
 worked their brains hard all their lives, have been distinguished for 
 long life. 
 
 Bad Effects of Change in Circumstances. — No class of persons 
 suffer more from nervous diseases and general ill health, than those 
 who, having worked hard in early life, with little or no cultivation of 
 the mind, are suddenly raised to wealth, and immediately drop all 
 exercise, and fall into habits of indolence and luxury. The condition 
 of such persons would be much less pitiable, did they take up books 
 when they lay by the hoe or the broom. But they seldom do this. 
 Many a woman, in early life, has felt the glow of health in every 
 limb, and a thrill of pleasure, too, while scrubbing the floor upon her 
 hands and knees, who has, in subsequent years, reclined m misery 
 upon her damask -covered lounge, and wondered that she could not 
 have the health of other days. Let her cultivate her brain, live tem- 
 perately, and exercise in the open air, and life may again have real 
 pleasures for her. 
 
 Discretion in Exercising: the Brain. — In exercising the brain we 
 must use discretion. We must not sit down in the morning, and ply 
 it with work during the whole day, without rest. This would soon 
 bring upon it disease, or premature decay. It should be worked only 
 until it begins to show symptoms of fatigue. Then it should be per- 
 mitted to rest ; or, what is better, be turned to some new sabj^ct, of 
 
HYGIENE. 59 
 
 a lighter, or a different character. This often rests the brain better 
 than to entirely suspend its action. 
 
 Overworking the Brain in Childhood. — Great care should be used 
 not to exercise the brain too much in early life. Like other parts of 
 the system, it is tender in childhood, and will not bear prolonged ex- 
 ertion. As a general thing, children are put to school too early, and 
 made to work their brains too hard. Great mischief arises from this 
 source. Children are born with larger brains now than formerly ; and 
 it is no uncommon thing to see upon a child of ten years, a head 
 equal in size to that of an adult. Children run to brain. Precocity 
 in development of brain and mind is common. The results of stim- 
 ulating and hastening the unfolding of such minds are deplorable. 
 In such children, the brain should be the last thing to be cultivated. 
 We need not urge its growth. It will come forward fast enough in 
 spite of us. Our chief aim should be to harden and fortify the general 
 constitution, so that the noble brain which it is required to bear up 
 and sustain, may long be its crown and glory. 
 
 Yet parents are proud of their precocious children, and often reverse 
 this rule. They do it thoughtlessly, and would be terribly startled, 
 could they suddenly look into the future, and see the results of their 
 folly. Could they do so, they would see inflammation and softening of 
 the brain, epilepsy, insanity, paralysis, apoplexy, with all the horrors 
 of undescribed and indescribable nervous affections, which, though 
 without a name, have a terrible reality. 
 
 Old People's Brains. — Persons in advanced life should be particu- 
 larly careful not to overwork the brain. In middle life it recovers 
 easily from great fatigue. In the decline of life, its powers of recov- 
 ery are feeble. A single exhaustion may cause its fatal collapse. Old 
 age should be distinguished for gentleness and moderation. The 
 journey of the down-hill of life should be made by short and easy 
 stages, through regions of diversified beauty. 
 
 A Supply of Blood. — Every part of the system, when hard at work, 
 needs and must have a very large supply of pure blood. Without 
 this, it is torpid and inactive. To cause the blood to flow to any 
 particular part, it must be exercised. The lumberman, when in the 
 forest in extreme cold weather, stamps his feet violently upon the 
 ground, or beats them against a log, and whips his hands around his 
 body ; and in this way makes them red and warm with a new supply 
 of blood. The stomach, when it has received a supply of food, be- 
 gins earnestly to turn it over ; and by this exercise, and the stimulus 
 which the food supplies, it invites large quantities of blood to its 
 vessels, and thus increases its power to work. But just in proportion 
 that it draws the vital current to itself) and augments its own vital 
 force, it diminishes the blood in other organs, and, for the time being, 
 unfits them for work. The same may be said of tne brain and all 
 other working organs. 
 
 From this it follows that only one organ, or set of organs, can work 
 effectively at the same time, and that it is improper to put the brain 
 to hard work immediately after a full meal, because the stomach then 
 
60 HYGIENE. 
 
 wants the blood to enable it to digest the food ; and if the blood be 
 called off to the brain, digestion will stop. Nor should the stomach 
 be loaded with food directly after long and hard thinking ; for the 
 brain will yield up the blood to it only after its own excitement has 
 had time to subside. 
 
 Sympathetic Nervous System. 
 
 The object of this system seems to be to bind all parts of the body 
 together, and to combine and harmonize their actions. It takes care 
 that no part of the system acts in such a way as to injure any other 
 part. It exerts a controlling influence over digestion, nutrition, ab< 
 sorption, the circulation, etc. These are natural processes which 
 need to go on while the brain is asleep and cannot attend to them. 
 The nervous system, of which I speak, presides over all those func- 
 tions which are called involuntary, — so called because no act of the 
 will is needed for their performance. Secretion, absorption, digestion, 
 and the circulation of the blood, all have to go on while we sleep, as 
 well as while we wake. Were an act of the will necessary to their 
 performance, as in walking, eating, conversing, etc., then they would 
 have to cease the moment the brain fell asleep, and death would be 
 the result. 
 
 The sympathetic nerves apprize each part of the system of the 
 condition and wants of every other part. When the lungs are in- 
 flamed, the stomach seems to be aware of it, and will receive no food, 
 because this would aggravate the disease of the neighboring organs. 
 Well would it be if human beings would exercise a like forbearance, 
 and abstain from those acts of self-gratification which they know will 
 injure their neighbors. 
 
 Effects of Nervous Diseases. — Before closing these observations, I 
 wish to add a few words respecting the terrible effects of nervous dis- 
 eases which characterize the present time. 
 
 That they are far more numerous and afflictive than in former 
 years, must be apparent to the most careless observer. They are 
 nothing more nor less than the price we pay for a high civilization, 
 and especially for our republicanism. Among us, every man feels his 
 individuality, and has a motive for thinking and doing his best. 
 Thought and action are here unfettered ; and if the race is not to 
 the swift, nor the battle to the strong, every man acts as though he 
 thought it was. The great excitement which the struggle for wealth 
 kindles and inflames, deranges .and shatters the nervous system to a 
 shocking degree. 
 
 And wealth, when obtained, does its full share to weaken the nerves. 
 It brings with it high living, indolence, loss of energy, dissipation, and 
 a weakening of the whole moral and physical powers. It need not 
 do this ; but, in most cases, it does. 
 
 The result is, that, at least, every other person has some nervous 
 disease, which makes life a misery rather than a blessing. The brain 
 and nerves are too much developed in comparison with the develop- 
 
HYGIENE. 61 
 
 ment of the muscles. Half our boys and girls have heads as large 
 as men and women. It is common to see a boy or a girl at ten talk- 
 ing and acting like a man or woman. I do not mean by this, that- 
 they imperfectly imitate the actions of older persons. It seems to be 
 natural to them. Their brains are prematurely developed, and their 
 acts and thoughts have the maturity of adult life. 
 
 What is Coming ? — What will be the result of this state of things, 
 no man can predict. I sometimes think the race will break down; 
 that that which was intended to be its ornament and strength, will be 
 its destruction. I hope not. Yet there is danger of it. Nothing can 
 ? we us but the wisdom to adopt such means as will develop all parts 
 of the system alike. No race of men can stand for many generations 
 such a strain upon the nervous system, unless better means are adopted 
 to counterbalance its evil effects than are now used in the United 
 States. We have got to pause in our swift career, and look after our 
 health, or we shall become a nation of maniacs. No proof is needed 
 of what is here said. There is scarce a man or a woman but has 
 in their own person the foreshadowing evidence of our impending 
 doom. 
 
 Hopeful Considerations, — It is proper to say the considerations 
 here presented, terrible as they are, are mitigated in some measure by 
 others of a more hopeful character. 
 
 Physiology and the laws of life are now better understood than at 
 any former period. These subjects are getting into our common 
 schools, and are engaging the attention of our youth. Declining 
 health has already made us think more of the means of preserving 
 it, — such as diet, exercise, bathing, travelling, and amusement. To 
 encourage and intensify this hopeful direction of the public mind, I 
 propose to devote a few pages to these subjects. 
 
 Food and Digestion. 
 
 From the earliest dawn of existence to the last moment of life, our 
 bodies are constantly changing. Old particles of matter, when they 
 are worn out, leave their places and are thrown out of the system. 
 Were this the whole of the matter, our bodies would soon waste 
 away, and that would be the end of us. But as fast as the old. mate- 
 rials are thrown away, new ones take their places ; and it is solely 
 out of our food that these new materials are formed. 
 
 In order that the food may be well digested, it must first be broken 
 into small particles in the mouth. The act of chewing it, is called mas- 
 tication. During this act, if it be well performed, a large quantity of 
 spittle, called saliva, flows out of a number of glands, called salivary 
 glands, and mixes with the food, forming with it a soft mass. In this 
 condition, it is thrown backward into the top of the throat, called the 
 pharynx. Here, a little cartilage, called the epiglottis, drops down 
 upon the opening into the top of the windpipe, and prevents its en- 
 trance into the breath passage ; and it is pushed along into the gullet, 
 a tube which runs down behind the windpipe and lungs, and which 
 
62 HYGIENE. 
 
 physicians call the oesophagus. Here a succession of muscular bands, 
 in circular shape, contract upon it, one after another, and force it 
 down into the stomach. 
 
 It is important that two things should be secured while the food is 
 in the mouth, namely, that it should be reduced to a good degree of 
 fineness by chewing, and that a proper amount of saliva should be 
 mixed with it. If the chewing were not necessary, teeth would not 
 have been given us ; and the salivary glands would certainly not have 
 been put in the vicinity of the mouth, if the mixing of water with our 
 food would serve the purposes of digestion as well. 
 
 Eating too Rapidly. — The Americans have fallen into a pernicious 
 error in eating their food too rapidly. Time is not given to chew it 
 sufficiently to excite a full flow of saliva ; and as it cannot be swal- 
 lowed in a dry state, it is not uncommon to see persons taking a sip 
 of water after every second mouthful to enable them to force it into 
 the stomach. It is a habit we Americans have of cheating ourselves 
 both of the pleasures and the benefits of eating ; for the only real 
 pleasure of eating arises from the flavor of food while retained in the 
 mouth, and the only benefit we can derive comes in consequence of 
 its proper digestion. 
 
 The food when received into the stomach is in the same condition 
 as when taken into the mouth, except that it is, or should be, ground 
 fine by the teeth, and well mixed with saliva. 
 
 The Gastric Juice. — The stomach, like the mouth, the windpipe, 
 and the gullet, is lined by a mucous membrane. The chief office of 
 this membrane is to secrete, or take out of the blood, a fluid which 
 we call gastric juice, which means stomach juice ; for the Greek name 
 of stomach is yaarr/p (gaster). This fluid has not much smell or 
 taste, and looks like spring water. It has a powerful effect upon food, 
 which, w T hen mixed with it, soon undergoes an important change, 
 which is apparent to the taste, the smell, and the sight. What the 
 nature of the gastric juice is, or how it produces its effect upon food, 
 is not certainly known. 
 
 Too Much Cold Water at Meals* — There are some interesting facta 
 connected with the formation of this fluid, of which it is important 
 that every person should be apprized. 
 
 Its quantity and quality depend on the amount and healthful ness? 
 of the blood which flows to the stomach during the first stage of 
 digestion. It is, therefore, injurious to drink large quantities of very 
 cold water with, or immediately after, our meals ; as this will chill 
 the stomach, and repel the blood from its vessels, so that but little of 
 the juice can be formed. Digestion, in such case, must be imperfect. 
 
 This Fluid not Secreted Without Limit. — This fluid does not flow 
 into the stomach continuously, but only when we swallow food, and 
 then, not as long as we please to eat, but merely till we have taken 
 what the system requires. If, in the amount we take, we go beyond 
 the wants of nature, there will not be fluid enough formed to dissolve 
 it, and the whole will be imperfectly digested, and be a source of in- 
 
HYGIENE. 63 
 
 jury rather than benefit. This should teach us to be careful that our 
 food be only reasonable in amount. 
 
 Not Secreted in Sickness. — When we are sick, the gastric juice is 
 either not formed at all, or only in small quantities. Whatever may 
 be oar feelings of lassitude, and however much we may appear to 
 need food, at such times, it is useless to take it, for it cannot be di- 
 gested, and will only aggravate our disease. If the illness be only 
 slight, the fluid will be formed to some extent, and food may be taken 
 in proportion. 
 
 Its Secretion Favored by Cheerfulness. — A cheerful disposition, and 
 a happy, lively frame of mind, are highly favorable to the production 
 of the gastric juice ; while melancholy, and anger, and grief, and 
 intense thought of business at the hour of meals, greatly hinder ite 
 natural flow. 
 
 This should teach us to go to our meals with, light hearts, and to 
 make the family board a place of cheerful conversation, and of a light 
 and joyous play upon the mirthful feelings of all present. Should 
 any of the family circle be in the habit of using vinegar as a condi- 
 ment, we should never be guilty of compelling them to extract it from 
 our faces. A vinegar face is not easily excused anywhere ; at the 
 table it is unpardonable. A single countenance of this description 
 will throw a gloom over a tableful of naturally cheerful persons ; and 
 if habitually present at the board, may finally spoil the digestion of 
 half a dozen, and entail dyspepsia upon them for life. 
 
 The stomachs of the sick pour out but very little of this fluid, and 
 they can take but a small amount of food. It is cruel to deprive them 
 of the powers of digesting that little by treating them harshly, and 
 filling them with gloomy and desponding feelings. I therefore repeat 
 the substance of the advice given on a previous page : Deal gently 
 with the sick. 
 
 How all this is Known. — As the stomach is wholly concealed from 
 view, the reader will very naturally ask how it is known that the gas- 
 tric juice is poured into it in certain states of the mind, etc., and with- 
 held in others. It certainly could not have been so accurately known, 
 had it not been for an accident which opened the living and working 
 stomach to the inspection of Dr. Beaumont, a United States Surgeon. 
 ^ young man by the name of Alexis St. Martin, a Canadian by birth, 
 but then in the State of Michigan, had a large part of his side torn away, 
 and a hole of considerable size made into his stomach, by the acci- 
 dental discharge of a gun. To the surprise of his surgeon, St. Martin 
 recovered; and the edges of the wound in the stomach refused to 
 grow together, preferring rather to fasten themselves to the borders of 
 the breach in the side, thus leaving the passage open. A kind of cur- 
 tain grew down over this, which prevented the food from falling out. 
 Dr. Beaumont, taking advantage of this state of things, instituted a 
 series of valuable experiments, by lifting the curtain, and inserting 
 various articles of food, and witnessing the process of digestion. 
 
 HoYement of the Stomach. — The presence of food in the stomach 
 
64 HYGIENE. 
 
 causes its muscular coat to contract and throw it about from side to 
 side, mixing it thoroughly with the gastric juice, and reducing it to a 
 pulpy mass, called chyme. This, as fast as it is properly prepared, 
 passes through the pylorus into the upper bowel, or duodenum, called 
 also the second stomach. 
 
 Chyme. — A certain witty professor of anatomy and physiology, is 
 in the habit of asking his class if they ever saw any chyme; and 
 when they answer no, as they often do, he calls their attention to 
 what they occasionally see in the morning, upon the sidewalks, where 
 drunken men have held themselves up by lamp-posts, and left the 
 contents of their stomachs. 
 
 The pylorus, or opening into the bowel, has a very singular and 
 wise instinct, which is worthy of remark. When a piece of food, 
 which has not been digested, attempts to pass into the bowel, the 
 moment it touches the inner surface of this orifice, it is instantly 
 thrown back by an energetic contraction ; though a portion of well- 
 prepared chyme touching the same opening immediately after, is 
 allowed to pass on unchallenged. 
 
 Chyle. — The chyme, when it reaches the duodenum, seems to cause 
 the liver to secrete bile, and the pancreas to produce the pancreatic 
 juice. These two fluids are conveyed into the upper portion of the 
 second stomach, and are there mixed with the chyme, and cause it to 
 separate into a delicate, white fluid, called chyle, and a residuum, 
 which, being worthless, is pushed onward, and thrown out of the 
 body. 
 
 Bile in the Stomach. — Most persons suppose that bile is generally 
 found in the stomach; but this is a mistake. It is thrown up by 
 vomiting, because in that act, the action both of the first and the 
 second stomach is reversed, and the bile is forced up from the duode- 
 num, — taking a direction the opposite of its usual course. 
 
 Destination of the Chyle. — The chyle being separated from the 
 dregs, is pushed onward in its course 
 by the worm-like motion of the in- 
 testine ; and as it passes along, it is 
 gradually sucked up by thousands 
 of very small vessels, whose mouths 
 open upon the inner surface of the 
 bowel. These little vessels are called 
 lacteals, from the Latin word lac, 
 which means milk, because they 
 drink this white, milky fluid. Fig- 
 are 61 shows a section of the small 
 bowel, turned inside out, and covered 
 with the villi, or root-like filaments, 
 closely set upon its surface, for ab- 
 sorbing the chyle, and at the bottom 
 of which, the lacteals take their rise. 
 
 In these lacteals, and in the mesenteric glands, the chyle is gradu- 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 g;> 
 
 Fig. 62. 
 
 ally changed, so as to approach nearer and nearer to the nature 
 
 of the blood ; but precisely what the 
 change is, or how it is effected, is not 
 known. Several men have published 
 their theories upon these points, and 
 the writer has opinions upon them ; 
 but it is not worth while to trouble 
 the reader with them. It is sufficient 
 to say that the fluid is carried by the 
 lacteals to the thoracic duct, through 
 which it is conveyed into a large vein 
 at the lower part of the neck, wheie it 
 is poured into the blood, and becomes, 
 after going through the lungs and ex- 
 periencing another and a vital change, 
 the material out of which our bodies 
 are daily and hourly new-created. 
 
 Figure 62 gives a general idea of 
 the stomach, bowels, etc. : 9, being the 
 stomach ; 10, 10, the liver ; 1, the gall 
 bladder ; 2, the duct which conveys the 
 bile to 4, which is the duodenum ; 3, is 
 the pancreas ; 5, the oesophagus ; A, 
 
 the duodenum ; B, the bowels ; C, the 
 
 junction of the small intestines with 
 the colon ; D, the appendix vermifor- 
 mis ; E, the caecum ; F, the ascending 
 colon ; G, the transverse colon ; H, the 
 descending colon ; I, the sigmoid flexure ; J, the rectum. 
 
 Nature and Destination of Food. 
 
 The food which man requires for his support and development is 
 of two kinds, the inorganic, and the organic. The first of these em- 
 braces certain mineral substances, as common salt, sulphur, phospho- 
 rus, iron, and lime, either in combination or separate. 
 
 These are not generally reckoned as aliments, and yet no human 
 being can live without them. In their absence, the body decays, dis- 
 integrates, and perishes. Common salt is composed of muriatic acid 
 and soda. The first is an important ingredient in the gastric juice, 
 and the latter promotes the secretion of bile. Sulphur is found in 
 several of the tissues, particularly in the muscles. Phosphorus united 
 to fatty matter, is highly honored in forming a portion of the brain 
 and nerves, and is also combined with oxygen and lime to make the 
 earthy or hard part of bones. 
 
 Found in Food. — These articles it is not necessary often to intro- 
 duce into the system in a separate state. They are contained, in 
 larger or smaller proportions, in most articles of food ; and man always 
 suffers, as all animals do, from their absence. Common salt is found 
 
 9 
 
66 HYGIENE. 
 
 in the flesh of animals, in milk, and in eggs. It is not very abundant 
 in plants ; and we all know how eagerly domestic animals devour it 
 when it is given to them, and how constantly wild cattle resort to the 
 salt springs, which, in the great West, are called " buffalo licks." 
 Lime exists in nearly all animal and vegetable substances. In wheat 
 flour we get it in combination with phosphoric acid, that is, as phos- 
 phate of lime. Lime exists, too, in the state of carbonate and sul- 
 phate, in all hard water. Iron is found in the yolk of eggs, in milk r 
 in animal flesh, in potatoes, pears, cabbages, mustard, and other arti- 
 cles. Sulphur we get in flesh, eggs, and milk ; and, as sulphate of 
 lime, in spring and river water. Phosphorus is derived from eggs and 
 milk ; and flesh, bread, fruits, and husks of grain, commonly called 
 bran, contain even a larger proportion than we need in our diet. 
 
 Organic Food. — The organic elements of man's food, which in bulk 
 embrace almost the whole of it, remain to be considered. In the 
 animal economy they serve two great purposes. A part of the arti- 
 cles which compose them are blood-formers, out of which all the 
 tissues are made, — the other part produce fat, which serves to warm 
 the body by being burned with oxygen. These articles are derived 
 partly from the vegetable and partly from the animal kingdom. 
 
 Divided into Four Groups. — For convenience, these articles may 
 be divided into four groups. For the first, 
 sugar stands as a type. We therefore call 
 it the saccharine group. It embraces starch, 
 gum, and the fibre of wood. These arti- 
 cles may all be converted into sugar by a 
 simple chemical process. Figure 63 gives a 
 microscopic view of the granules of starch. 
 
 The second group we call the oleaginous. 
 It is composed of oily substances, from 
 whatever source derived, whether the ani- 
 mal or the vegetable world. 
 
 The third group is the albuminous. A 
 good type of it is the white of egg. 
 
 The fourth is the gelatinous, ox jelly group. 
 
 First anil Second Groups, Supporters of Respiration. — The articles 
 composing the first and second groups are analogous in composition, 
 all containing oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon. They are what Liebig 
 calls supporters of respiration ; the meaning of which is, in rao r e 
 comprehensible terms, that they are supporters of combustion. They 
 are the fuel which warms us. They keep the fires going, from which 
 arises all the heat we have in our bodies. But they are destitute of 
 nitrogen, and, on this account, they are not blood-formers, and cannot 
 be worked into flesh. Hence, man cannot live on them. 
 
 The food articles embraced in the third and fourth groups, also 
 contain oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon ; and to these they add nitro- 
 gen. This fourth component part, which forms only a small portion 
 of them, gives them, for some reason never explained^ the peculiar 
 
HYGIENE. 67 
 
 quality of producing blood and flesh. They are the raw materials, 
 out of which our bodies are reconstructed from day to day. 
 
 Feed a man ever so largely upon sugar, starch, gum, and oils, and 
 he will starve as certainly as if he were allowed nothing but water. 
 
 Names of Two Great Divisions of Food. — The possession or non- 
 possession of nitrogen, then, is what distinguishes from each other 
 the two great classes of food-articles. Those which contain nitrogen 
 have been called nitrogenized, and those which are destitute of it, 
 non^nitrogenized compounds. As nitrogen is often called azote, the 
 former class are more frequently named azotized ; the latter, non- 
 azotized. 
 
 Let the reader now fix it in his mind that the azotized articles of 
 food produce blood and flesh ; the non-azotized, heat ; and he will 
 have the key to understand much of what is to be said, and likewise 
 to unlock many of the mysteries of diet. 
 
 Nutrition Table. — Taking human milk as the standard, and ex- 
 pressing the amount of nitrogen it contains by 100, the following 
 table shows the relative amount of nitrogen in the principal flesh- 
 producing articles of food, and consequently their power of forming 
 the tissues : 
 
 VEGETABLE. 
 
 Rice, 81 Potatoes, 84 
 
 Rye, 106 Turnips, 106 
 
 Corn, - - - - - 125 Carrots, ----- 150 
 
 Barley, - - - - - - 125 Peas, 239 
 
 Oats, 138 Beans, 320 
 
 Wheat, 144 
 
 ANIMAL. 
 
 Human Milk, - - - - 100 White of Egg, - - - - 845 
 
 Cows' Milk, - - - - 237 Herring, 910 
 
 Oyster, - ' - - - - 305 Haddock, 816 
 
 Yolk of Eggs, - - - - 305 Pigeon, 756 
 
 Cheese, - 331-447 Lamb, 833 
 
 Eel, 428 Mutton, 852 
 
 Pork-Ham 807 Veal, 911 
 
 Salmon, 610 Beef, 942 
 
 Other Standards of Value. — We must not infer that those articles 
 which have most nitrogen are necessarily best adapted for human 
 diet because they are the most effective blood-producers. In deciding 
 the value of an article for food, other things are to be looked at be- 
 side its nutritive qualities. Those which are poor in nitrogen, are 
 rich in carbon and hydrogen, and are well fitted to serve the double 
 purpose of nourishing and warming the body at the same time. The 
 fitness of an article for diet, depends very much upon the ease or 
 difficulty with which it is digested and assimilated. If an article, 
 having a great deal of nitrogen, and being very nutritive, is with 
 great difficulty reduced in the stomach by the digestive process, it 
 
68 HYGIENE. 
 
 may be much less desirable for food than one which is digested and 
 assimilated easily, but is much poorer in nutritive qualities. 
 
 Heat-generating; Food Articles. — The reader has before him the 
 principal blood and tissue-forming food articles. Those which we 
 reckon as fuel, or heat-generators, are chiefly oils, sugar, starch, farina, 
 sago, arrow-root, tapioca, gums, etc. These are less essential than the 
 ethers ; for the blood-forming articles have within them the elements, 
 (lit of which fat is formed in the process of assimilation ; for many 
 of them contain starch ; and this, in the human organism, is changed 
 into fat. The amount of starch in some of these articles is as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 Wheat flour, good quality, 100, contains 65 to 66 parts in 100 pure starch. 
 
 Wheat, 
 
 - 108 
 
 53 
 
 ' 56 
 
 « 
 
 a 
 
 it 
 
 Barley meal, 
 
 119 « 
 
 64 ' 
 
 ' 65 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 Barley, 
 
 - 130 
 
 37 ' 
 
 1 37 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 Rye, 
 
 111 
 
 44 ' 
 
 ' 47 
 
 '' 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 Buckwheat, - 
 
 - 108 " 43 ■ 
 
 4 44 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 Indian Corn, 
 
 138 " 65 ' 
 
 ' 66 
 
 M 
 
 » 
 
 u 
 
 Rice, - 
 
 - 171 < 
 
 85 ' 
 
 ' 86 
 
 K 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 Peas, 
 
 69 
 
 38 ' 
 
 1 39 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 White Beans, 
 
 - 59 
 
 37 « 
 
 ' 38 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 111 the Nutritive Food Articles, there is a fixed relation existing be- 
 tween the elements of the tissue-formers and the heat-producers, 
 which they contain. Out of a few of them Baron Liebig has con- 
 structed the following table : 
 
 For every ten parts of blood and tissue-formers there are, — 
 
 In Wheat flour, 
 
 10 
 
 - 
 
 46 
 
 In Barley, 10 
 
 57 
 
 In Rye meal, 
 
 10 - 
 
 - 
 
 57 
 
 In Rice, 10 - 
 
 - 123 
 
 In Oatmeal, 
 
 10, 
 
 - 
 
 50 
 
 In White potatoes, 10 
 
 86 
 
 In Buckwheat, 
 
 10 - 
 
 - 
 
 130 
 
 In Blue potatoes, 10 
 
 - 130 
 
 Diet a Complex Subject. — From the facts and tables now presented, 
 it appears that the question of diet is one of complexity ; and that 
 the determination of its several points, require that a number of things 
 should be taken into the account. First, in deciding the usefulness 
 of any article, we may inquire respecting 
 
 Its Digestibility. — If an article be not digestible, it is of little con- 
 sequence how much or how little albumen, starch, or nitrogen it may 
 contain. The first and most important inquiry respecting it is, is it 
 digestible ? If not, it is to be rejected ; for, whatever other qualities 
 it may have, it can only injure the stomach, and embarrass the whole 
 system. 
 
 The following table will be useful to the reader, though I do not 
 set it down as reliable in all cases. There is often a great difference 
 in the ease with which different stomachs will digest the same food. 
 Many stomachs are afflicted with what is called an idiosyncrasy, — a 
 habit, peculiar to itself, of rejecting, or refusing to digest, some one, 
 or more, articles which are acceptable to all other stomachs. This 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 69 
 
 table shows the length of time required for digesting the several arti- 
 cles in the stomach of St. Martin, as shown by the experiments of 
 Dr. Beaumont : 
 
 Articles. 
 
 Rice 
 
 Pig's feet, soused .... 
 
 Tripe, soused 
 
 Trout, salmon, fresh . . 
 
 Apples, sweet, mellow 
 
 Venison, steak 
 
 Sago 
 
 Apples, sour, mellow 
 Cabbage, with vinegar 
 Codfish, cured, dry . . . 
 
 Eggs, fresh 
 
 Liver, beef's fresh. . . . 
 
 Milk 
 
 Tapioca 
 
 Milk 
 
 Turkey, wild 
 
 " domesticated 
 
 Potatoes, Irish 
 
 Parsnips 
 
 Pig, sucking 
 
 Meat hashed with ) 
 
 vegetables } 
 
 Lamb, fresh 
 
 Goose 
 
 Cake, sponge 
 
 Cabbage-head 
 
 Beans, pod 
 
 Custard 
 
 Chicken, full-grown . . 
 Apples, sour, hard . . . 
 
 Oysters, fresh 
 
 Bass, striped, fresh. . . 
 Beef, fresh, lean, rare 
 
 " steak 
 
 Corn cake 
 
 Dumpling, apple 
 
 Eggs, fresh 
 
 Mutton, fresh 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Fried. . . 
 Raw. . . . 
 Broiled. . 
 Boiled . . 
 Raw. . . . 
 Raw. . . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Raw. . . . 
 Broiled. . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Raw. . . . 
 Roasted . 
 Boiled . . 
 Roasted . 
 Baked . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Roasted . 
 
 Warmed. 
 
 Broiled. . 
 Roasted . 
 Baked . . 
 Raw. . . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Baked . . 
 Fricasseed 
 Raw. . . 
 Raw. . . 
 Broiled. 
 Roasted 
 Broiled. 
 Baked . 
 Boiled . 
 Boiled soft 
 Broiled. 
 Boiled . 
 
 Time. 
 
 h. m. 
 1 — 
 1 — 
 1 — 
 1 30 
 1 30 
 1 30 
 1 35 
 
 1 45 
 
 2 — 
 2 — 
 2 — 
 2 — 
 2 — 
 2 — 
 2 - 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 
 2 30 
 
 Articles. 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Soup, chicken 
 
 Oysters, fresh 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Pork steak 
 
 Corn bread 
 
 Mutton, fresh 
 
 Carrot, orange 
 
 Sausage, fresh 
 
 Beef, fresh, lean, dry 
 Bread wheat, fresh. . . 
 
 Butter 
 
 Cheese, old, strong . . . 
 Eggs, fresh 
 
 Flounder, fresh 
 
 Oysters, fresh 
 
 Potatoes, Irish 
 
 Soup, mutton 
 
 " oyster 
 
 Turnip, flat 
 
 Beets 
 
 Corn, green, and beans 
 
 Beef, fresh, lean 
 
 Fowls, domestic 
 
 u a 
 
 Veal, fresh 
 
 Soup, beef, vegeta- ) 
 bles, and bread . . ) 
 
 Salmon, salted 
 
 Heart, animal 
 
 Beef, old, hard, salted 
 Pork, recently salted 
 Cabbage, with vinegar 
 
 Ducks, wild 
 
 Pork, recently salted 
 
 Suet, mutton 
 
 Veal, fresh 
 
 Pork, fat and lean . . . 
 
 Suet, beef, fresh 
 
 Tendon 
 
 Preparations. Time 
 
 Raw. . . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Roasted . 
 Broiled. . 
 Broiled. . 
 Baked . . 
 Roasted . 
 Boiled . . 
 Broiled. . 
 Roasted . 
 Baked . . 
 Melted . . 
 Raw .... 
 Hard boiled 
 Fried . . . 
 Fried . . . 
 Stewed. . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Fried . . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Roasted . 
 Broiled. . 
 
 Boiled . . 
 
 Boiled . . 
 Fried . . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Fried . . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Roasted . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 Fried . . . 
 Roasted . 
 Boiled . . 
 Boiled . . 
 
 h. m. 
 
 3 — 
 3 — 
 3 15 
 3 15 
 3 15 
 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 20 
 30 
 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 30 
 3 45 
 
 3 45 
 
 4 — 
 4 — 
 4 — 
 4 — 
 
 4 — . 
 
 This table may be considered as giving a general idea of the rela- 
 tive digestibility of the food-articles contained in it. If not found 
 exactly right in each individual case, it can be rectified by experience. 
 The experience of no other individual's stomach will ever be found 
 precisely like that of St. Martin's, — though in its general features, it 
 may be sufficiently similar to make his valuable. The general prin- 
 ciples of conduct may be learned from the experience of others. The 
 particular application must come from our own experience and reason. 
 
 Digestibility Influenced by Amount. — The rapidity with which any 
 
70 HYGIENE. 
 
 article is digested will vary with the amount taken. A larger quan- 
 tity than is called for by the wants of the system, will be digested 
 more slowly than the proper amount ; while, on the other hand, an 
 insufficient supply begets an inability to reduce in the stomach even 
 the small quantity taken. We may err in taking too little food as 
 well as in taking too much ; though the former error is much lesa 
 likely to occur than the latter. 
 
 Choosing' Food in 111 Health. — But in deciding the kind and 
 amount of food, we must be guided not only by its digestibility, but 
 by the state of the health. 
 
 If we find the stomach apparently in good working condition, capa- 
 ble of dissolving properly whatever is submitted to its action, and 
 yet we are for some cause losing flesh and strength, we should resort 
 not only to the most nutritious of the albuminous group of the azo- 
 tized articles, but likewise to the oleaginous group of the non-azotized. 
 We want a great amount of nutriment, and we need oils to make fat. 
 This is the kind of food generally wanted in constitutional consump- 
 tion. 
 
 In fevers, but little food can be disposed of at best ; and that little 
 must be chosen with reference to its mildness and its unstimulating 
 qualities. Generally the farinaceous or starchy articles are most suit- 
 able, because they have no stimulating and irritating qualities, and 
 especially because they furnish fuel to be burned with oxygen, and 
 thus take the place cf the animal tissues, which are being rapidly 
 consumed with this devouring element. In fever, oxygen is literally 
 burning up the body. In this state of the system, this element ac- 
 quires, by some means, a singular affinity for the tissues ; and, uniting 
 with them rapidly, forms a true combustion. The physician who 
 throws to this devouring agent some of the mild, non-azotized articles 
 which offer it stronger affinities than it finds in the tissues, is as wise 
 as he who tosses his dog to a hungry lion to avoid being devoured 
 himself. 
 
 Exercise to be Considered. — In deciding the diet, the amount of 
 exercise is not less important to be considered than the health. The 
 farmer, who works in the open air, and uses his muscles a great deal, 
 wants considerably more nutritive, as well as more combustive, food 
 than one who leads a sedentary life. Of course there is a great deal 
 more waste of the tissues, and he requires more of the flesh-forming 
 articles ; and as he breathes deeper, and takes in more oxygen, he, 
 needs more of the supporters of respiration, — the sugars, oils, and 
 starchy aliments. 
 
 Beans. — By turning to the table which shows the amount of nitro- 
 gen in the different food-articles, the reader will see that beans are 
 rich in this element. They are, therefore, excellent food for working 
 men, who are obliged to make, great use of their muscles. Our 
 fathers, who broke and subdued the rocky soil of New England, 
 showed wisdom even in their instincts in taking so large a portion of 
 their aliment from the bean, — especially as they oiled it with the fat 
 
HYGIENE. 71 
 
 of pork. But for the hard-working student, who daily makes heavy 
 drafts upon his brain and nervous system, beans and peas are an im- 
 proper diet. They contain no phosphorus, in the shape of phosphate 
 of lime ; and no brain can work hard without a due supply of phos- 
 phorus, which forms a part of its substance. 
 
 L'nbolted Wheat Flour. — For the man who uses his brain a great 
 deal, there is no other one article of food equal to bread made from 
 unbolted wheat flour. Fine wheat flour is little better for him than 
 beans, because the miller has robbed it of much of the phosphorus, 
 which is found chiefly in the hull or bran. 
 
 I mention only two or three articles of food as specimens. By 
 looking over the tables furnished, and reasoning upon the whole in 
 the way I have done upon these few, the reader can give every article 
 something like its proper value in most circumstances. 
 
 Climate. — If health and exercise should influence us in choosing 
 the kind and the amount of food, climate must do so quite as much. 
 
 In the frigid climate of high latitudes, it is necessary that a great 
 deal of heat be produced in the body, in order to avoid perishing with 
 cold. There is no mystery now, as there once was, about the produc- 
 tion of this heat. It comes from the burning of carbon and other sub- 
 stances in the body, where they unite with oxygen, and make just as 
 real a fire as that which warms our houses. Oils, sugar, starch, gums, 
 etc., are largely composed of carbon, and readily unite with oxygen 
 in the body. This is the reason why they are reckoned as fuel, and 
 are called supporters of combustion. And for this reason, they require to 
 be largely consumed in very cold climates. The instincts of men seem 
 to lead to the same conclusion, for the dwellers in all high latitudes, 
 consume great quantities of oils and fats. The amount of train oil, 
 tallow, the fat of seals and other animals, devoured by the Laplanders, 
 Kamtschatkians, and other northern people, is truly wonderful. 
 
 In hot countries, the fundamental rule for preserving the health, is 
 to keep the body cool. Without observing this rule, the strongest will 
 often fall victims to the climate in low latitudes. But to keep cool, 
 of course all the heat-producing articles of food should be avoided. 
 Particularly all alcoholic drinks, which are powerful supporters cf 
 combustion, should be rejected. Rice, and the various fruits form the 
 most suitable articles of diet. 
 
 The great sacrifice of life which we have witnessed the last few 
 years among the emigrants to California, has been the result chiefly 
 of using ardent spirits and heat-producing food while crossing the 
 Isthmus, which, to a northern constitution, is much like a vast oven, 
 heated to a temperature suitable for baking bread. There are few 
 persons, with tolerable health and strength, but would safely endure 
 the ordeal of the Isthmian passage, if they would live light for a few 
 days before starting ; and during the passage, take only an abstemious 
 vegetable and fruit diet. 
 
 Bayard Taylor's Opinion. — The distinguished traveller, Bayard 
 Taylor, reports that while spending a few days in a heated part of 
 
72 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 Africa, he lived, as the inhabitants did, pretty much entirely upon the 
 flesh of well-fatted sheep ; and that, he enjoyed, meantime, excellent 
 health and strength. From this he concludes that animal food is as 
 suitable in hot climates as in cold. 
 
 It is a pity a mail of such excellent parts as Mr. Taylor, should 
 allow himself to rear so tall a structure upon so narrow a foundation. 
 That he could live on flesh in so hot a region, and not be made sick, 
 only proves that he has a fine constitution, and that his health is not 
 easily disturbed ; and when he attempts from his limited experience 
 of a few days, to reason against the established facts of science, and 
 against the well-attested laws of life, he does it evidently without 
 reflecting that he is in a field of thought which he has never had oc- 
 casion to cultivate. 
 
 The great Jewish Lawgiver doubtless had a reason for prohibiting 
 pork to the Jews. Whatever that reason was, the prohibition had a 
 wise bearing upon the health of the people. Palestine has a hot 
 climate, in which pork-fat is an improper diet. 
 
 More Fat in Winter. — It follows from what has been said, that a 
 more fatty as well as stimulating diet is needed in winter than in 
 summer. But the change should be made gradually. When cold 
 weather approaches, the food should become more nutritious and 
 warming by little and little. The exercise should likewise be in- 
 creased. 
 
 Even the lower animals act upon this plan. In the fall, squirrels 
 eat nuts, which are full of oil, and grow fat upon them. 
 
 The instincts of men move in the same direction. It is in the fall 
 that the hog, the ox, and the poultry are killed ; and in the winter 
 that they are largely feasted upon and enjoyed. Upon such food, 
 combined with various sorts of starch, man fattens ; and a good sup- 
 ply of fat, deposited in the cells, is equal, in keeping out cold, to a 
 layer of cotton batting, — to say nothing of the fire kept up within 
 the body by the burning of such fuel. As hot weather comes on, we 
 gradually lay aside these fattening articles (or ought to), and return to 
 the watery vegetables and fruits, such as squash, string beans, straw- 
 berries, currants, etc. 
 
 Few of us, I apprehend, would suffer from heat in summer, if we 
 could persuade ourselves to abandon stimulating and fire-producing 
 food, and confine ourselves pretty much to a cooling and succulent 
 diet Diarrhoeas in summer are not induced by eating wholesome 
 vegetables, but by combining them with large quantities of animal 
 &od. 
 
 The State of the Mind. — This should by no means be overlooked 
 in choosing the kind and the amount of food. If we have lost 
 friends, or heard desponding news, or experienced calamities of any 
 kind, we must during the first hours of the shock, or even during the 
 first days, if the affliction be heavy, partake very sparingly of food. 
 The stomach is in no condition to receive it. The brain lies prostrate 
 under the stroke, and the stomach, in sympathy with it, asks for a day 
 of sorrow and fasting. Disturb it not. 
 
HYGIENE. 73 
 
 Heat-producing Food Incompatible with Excitement. — It is folly 
 to take heat-producing aliment when laboring for days under high 
 excitements. During political campaigns, when the blood of poli- 
 ticians is at the boiling point, the diet should be unstimulating, — 
 containing very little animal flesh, and not much combustive food. 
 Many a man has died of apoplexy, or of heart disease, by putting on 
 the steam when his blood was up. Whenever we have a day of un- 
 common excitement to pass through, we should always begin and 
 end it with an unusual degree of abstinence as to the amount of 
 food taken, and with special care that the articles be of the lightest 
 (kind. 
 
 Anger Demands Abstinence. — Anger is a passion which especially 
 unfits the stomach for doing much work. If it occur often, or be 
 protracted, but little food should be taken. Those who indulge it, 
 have a double cause for abstinence. Both their folly and their stom- 
 achs call for a fast. 
 
 Food Adapted to Different Periods of Life. — Food must vary in 
 different periods of life. The infant needs a fattening diet ; and this 
 has been supplied in the milk of the mother, which contains more 
 butter (the fattening portion) than the milk of any other animal. But 
 as the infant has much less exercise than the young of animals, its flesh 
 is not wasted, and it does not require so much azotized food, that is, 
 the reader will remember, food with nitrogen in it. Accordingly, it 
 will be seen by looking at the table on page 67, that human milk has 
 much k'ss of this element than that of the cow. As the child grows 
 up, and begins to take active exercise, indoors and out, it wants more 
 solid food, and teeth make their appearance to masticate or chew it. 
 
 In Youth and Manhood, the great amount of exercise usually taken, 
 calls for larger supplies of azotized aliment, — beef, mutton, pork, 
 fowl, fish, wheat flour, corn-meal, rye-meal, potatoes, turnips, peas, 
 beans, etc. This is the working part of life, when the tissues are 
 rapidly wasted by action, and the flesh-forming aliments are wanted 
 to keep them good. 
 
 In Old Age, the exercise is diminished, the blood circulates more 
 slowly, and the body grows cold. Now is the time to resort to non- 
 azotized food, — oils, fats, the various kinds of starch, sugar, and the 
 like. These will furnish fuel to warm the sluggish blood, and will 
 invest the body with fat, which will serve the purpose both of a cush- 
 ion and a garment. Wine, beer, porter, and distilled spirits are never 
 needed by young persons in health ; but the aged are frequently bene- 
 fited by them, if taken in small quantities. They are chiefly com- 
 posed of oxygen, hydrogen and carbon, and are properly ranked with 
 the supporters of combustion. They are likewise stimulant, and add 
 to the comfort of the old by quickening their circulation. Like tea 
 and coffee, they diminish the waste of the body, and thereby lessen 
 the demand for food. 
 
 The smallest amount of aliment upon which a healthy adult person 
 ever lived for any length of time, was twelve ounces a day. Upon 
 
74 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 this small daily allowance, Lewis Cornaro, a noble Venetian, sub- 
 sisted in perfect health, daring the protracted period of fifty-eight 
 years. This he was able to do only by adding daily to his food 
 about twelve ounces of light wines. I shall have occasion to refer to 
 this case again. 
 
 Cost of Food. 
 
 One other consideration must ever influence the great majority of 
 men in selecting their food. I mean its cost. It is a matter of great 
 importance to the poor, to know what kinds of food they can subsist 
 upon with least expense. For the last few years provisions have been 
 so high, that persons in poor circumstances greatly need advice in 
 this matter. Let me endeavor to furnish some information which 
 shall be of service to the reader. 
 
 Milk is supplied by nature to be our first food, and is a good type 
 of all alimentary substances. It contains Fig. 64. 
 
 curd, which has nitrogen, and is equivalent 
 to albumen and fibrine, and represents the 
 blood-formers. It has butter and sugar. 
 These represent the heat-formers. It has 
 salts, which contain potash, soda, phospho- 
 rus, etc. Figure 64 is a microscopic view 
 of good milk ; Figure 65, of poor milk ; and 
 Figure 66, of milk adulterated with calf's 
 brains. 
 
 Food will be valuable in proportion as 
 it combines, in due proportion, the articles 
 contained in the four groups, represented by albumen, fat, sugar, and 
 salts. 
 
 Fig. 65. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 Albuminous Group. — Albumen, fibrine, casein, gluten, and lugu- 
 min, all enter into the substance of animal and vegetable bodies, and 
 are all composed of the same elements, namely, 48 parts carbon ; 36 
 of hydrogen ; 14 of oxygen ; and 6 of nitrogen. In containing nitro- 
 gen they all differ from the other three groups. Albumen being a 
 good type of them, they are called albuminous compounds. Albu- 
 
HYGIENE. 75 
 
 men forms a large portion of the serum, or colorless part of the blood. 
 It is the leading principle in alimentation. It is worked up into the 
 tissues of our bodies. It forms our muscles, our membranes, a por- 
 tion of our nerves, etc. It is the bricks of which the house we live 
 in is made. All the articles, therefore, which are chemically consti- 
 tuted like it, may well be termed albuminous. 
 
 These bodies, consisting of the four organic elements named above, 
 have been called quaternary compounds. Beside these elements, they 
 have a minute portion of sulphur and phosphorus. It has been as- 
 sumed that these compounds contain a common principle called pro- 
 teine ; and hence they have been called proteinaceous compounds. It 
 is doubtful whether such a principle can be obtained. 
 
 Albumen is a very unstable compound, — tending strongly to de- 
 composition. This is owing to the complexity of its composition, 
 and to its union with the fickle element, nitrogen, which forms chemi- 
 cal compacts reluctantly, and breaks them without remorse. Sub- 
 stances which coagulate or fix albumen in an insoluble compound, 
 or preserve the tissues of the body, which are made from it, from 
 decomposition or putrefaction, are called antiseptics. 
 
 Fatty Group. — The next group, represented by fat, performs very 
 important offices in the system, — the most important of which, is a 
 union with albumen in the formation of cells. All animal and vege- 
 table life begins with the cell, — the tiny cup, with which nature dips 
 all the streams of life out of the great fountain of inorganic matter. 
 No cell is fomied without a minute particle of oil. The portion not 
 used in forming cells, is either burned as fuel, to keep us warm, by 
 uniting with oxygen, or it is stored away in the cellular tissues, adding 
 to the bulk of the person. If, then, the very beginnings of life are 
 dependent upon fat, it is of great importance as an article of diet. So 
 necessary is it in the economy of life, that when not taken in the 
 food, it is formed out of albumen in the processes of assimilation. 
 
 The Starch and Sugar Group, composed of several kinds of sugar, 
 gum, etc., is never used in forming the tissues, but they perform im- 
 portant offices in the changes going on within the human organism. 
 Thus, sugar of milk is decomposed, and forms lactic acid, so called 
 from being found in sour milk. This acid plays a very important 
 part in the process of nutrition. 
 
 Pure starch is a snow-white powder, having a glistening aspect. It 
 is composed of grains from ^u to 33^ of an i ncn m diameter in the 
 different grains ; being largest in the potato, and smallest in wheat. 
 When examined with the microscope, they appear as in Figure 63. 
 
 The Salts Group are sufficiently spoken of in another place. 
 
 A wise philosopher in ancient time said, " I do not live to eat and 
 drink ; I eat and drink to live." If we intend to eat to live, we must 
 combine, in our food, the four groups above explained ; and if we 
 would live at as small expense as possible, we must take those articles 
 which are low in price, and rich in nutritive matter. The following 
 table will help the reader make his selections : 
 
76 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 Table of the relative value of articles of food arranged according to their proportions of 
 nutrient matter in each of the four groups of elements concerned in vital changes. 
 
 In 100 pounds of 
 
 Grains. 
 
 Wheat 
 
 Barley 
 
 Oats 
 
 Rye 
 
 Indian Corn 
 
 Buckwheat 
 
 Rice 
 
 Pod Plants. 
 
 Beans 
 
 Peas 
 
 Roots. 
 
 Potato 
 
 Turnip 
 
 Carrot 
 
 Beet (mangold wurtzel). 
 
 Long red 
 
 Short red 
 
 Sugar beet 
 
 Parsnip 
 
 Leaf. 
 
 Cabbage 
 
 Meal. 
 
 Wheat flour 
 
 Rye meal 
 
 Barley meal 
 Oat meal. . . 
 Wheat bran 
 
 45 & 
 
 GQ 
 
 15 
 15 
 16 
 12 
 14 
 15 
 13 
 
 14 
 14 
 
 75 
 
 88 
 85 
 85 
 85 
 85 
 85 
 80 
 
 10.33 
 
 14.50 
 
 14 
 14 
 13.1 
 
 u S 
 
 15 
 15 
 20 
 10 to 20 
 6 
 25 
 
 8 to 11 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 3.03 
 3.31 
 
 2 
 
 14 
 
 4.63 
 
 55 
 
 da « 
 
 oil 
 
 •*-• ,a X* 
 
 10 to 19 
 
 12 to 15 
 
 14 to 19 
 
 10 to 15 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 24 to 28 
 24 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.5 
 
 1.5 
 
 2 
 
 0.48 
 
 0.26 
 
 2.5 
 
 30 to 35 
 
 9.70 
 
 8.97 
 
 14 
 
 18 
 19.3 
 
 a, 
 
 3 . 
 
 2 to 
 
 2 to 
 5 to 
 
 3 to 
 5 to 
 
 0.4 
 0.7 
 
 2 to 3 
 2.1 
 
 0.3 
 0.3 
 0.4 
 
 0.35 
 
 4.7 
 
 w <55 
 
 OQ 
 
 55 
 60 
 60 
 60 
 70 
 50 
 75 
 
 40 
 50 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 10.36 
 12.46 
 13 
 16 
 
 68 Starch 
 5.85 Sugar 
 4.12 Gum 
 66.54 Stch 
 2.56 Sugar 
 9.40 Gum 
 
 68 
 
 62 
 .6 
 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 4 
 2 
 
 1* 
 
 4 
 
 04 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 | to If 
 4 to 4-5 
 l£to 2 
 I to 1 
 
 .75 
 * 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 7.3 
 
 The following tables have an admirably 
 economy in food : 
 
 practical • bearing upon 
 
 100 lbs. 
 
 Barley, 
 
 Beans, 
 
 Beets, 
 
 Buckwheat, . . . 
 
 Carrots, 
 
 Corn, 
 
 Oats, 
 
 Peas, 
 
 Potatoes, 
 
 Turnips (field), 
 Do. (Swedish), . 
 Wheat Flour, . 
 Wheat Bran, . 
 
 Cheese,* 
 
 Cheese,f 
 
 * Whole milk. 
 
 t Skim-milk 
 
 Muscle-forming 
 
 Elements, 
 
 in lbs. 
 
 14 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 U 
 
 12 
 
 17 
 
 24 
 
 2 
 
 ii 
 
 24 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 28 
 45 
 
 Fat-forming 
 
 Elements, 
 
 in lbs. 
 
 Relative Propor- 
 tion of each, 
 in lbs. 
 
 64 
 42 
 12 
 54 
 10 
 77 
 66 
 52 
 19 
 
 9 
 12 
 79 
 
 6 
 27 
 
 1 to 44 
 
 to ll 
 to 6 
 to 6| 
 to 6| 
 to 64 
 to4 
 to 2| 
 to 94 
 to 6 
 1 to 54 
 1 to 7 
 1 to J 
 1 to 1 
 1 to \ 
 
 Husky, or 
 
 Woody fibre, 
 
 in lbs. 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 (?) 
 25 
 S 
 6 
 20 
 8 
 4 
 2 
 2 
 
 55 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 77 
 
 Artisles. 
 
 50 per bu. 
 50 " 
 
 Beans, 
 
 Corn, 
 
 Oats, 
 
 Peas, 
 
 Potatoes, 
 
 Turnips, 
 
 Flour (fine), I 12 J per bbl. 
 
 Flour (unbolted), ! 11 00 
 
 Muscle-producing 
 Elements. 
 
 8.4 lbs. 
 
 16.6 " 
 
 6.7 " 
 
 5.2 " 
 
 14.3 " 
 
 1.6 " 
 
 1.2 " 
 
 22.0 " 
 
 24.8 " 
 
 Cost of Muscle-produc- 
 ing Elements. 
 
 18c. per lb. 
 
 15c. " 
 
 16|c. " 
 
 13c. " 
 
 14c. " 
 
 94c. " 
 
 41c. " 
 
 54c. " 
 
 44c. " 
 
 These tables will well repay study, for their practical use will save 
 many dollars to the poor. Let it be remembered that producing 
 muscle is the same thing as producing strength, or labor power. 
 Bearing this in mind, the following table will be very interesting : 
 
 One pound of labor-power from Potatoes costs 94c. per lb. 
 " " " " " Fine Flour, 54c. " 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 ■( 
 
 (( 
 
 K 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 U 
 
 u 
 
 (I 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 (( 
 
 u 
 
 Uunbolted do. 44c. 
 
 Turnips, 
 
 41c. 
 
 Barlev, 
 
 18c. 
 
 Corn, 
 
 17c. 
 
 Beans, 
 
 15c. 
 
 Peas, 
 
 14c. 
 
 Oats, 
 
 13c. 
 
 Meats are omitted in the table. So far as their nutritive qualities 
 are concerned, it is of little consequence which are taken. Some are 
 more digestible than others, and this consideration should influence 
 those with weak stomachs in selecting. Every person, of course, 
 knows their relative cheapness. 
 
 Among the vegetables given in the table, there is a wider range for 
 choice. Let us consider them in course. 
 
 Wheat. — In this, the four groups are represented in excellent pro- 
 portion. When not deprived of the bran, it is perhaps the very best 
 supporter of animal life. So high have been the regards of men for 
 it, and so generously have they awarded to it their acknowledgments, 
 that its product, bread, has been everywhere called " the staff of life." 
 It is unfortunately held at a high price. My hope is that the immense 
 prairies at the West, adapted to its culture, will yet furnish it in such 
 profusion as to bring it within the means of all. 
 
 Barley. — This has the four groups represented in nearly the same 
 proportions as wheat. It is, therefore, nearly as valuable an alimen- 
 tary grain. Unfortunately it is not so toothsome as wheat, and can 
 never be so popular an article of diet. The Scotch, however, feed 
 upon it with apparent relish, and doubtless think it strange that for- 
 eign palates are not better pleased with it. 
 
 Oats. — This grain, strange to say, has more albuminous, or nutri- 
 tive matter, more fat, more starch, and more salts than wheat. In 
 uniting a large quantity of the four alimentary -groups, it surpasses 
 every other vegetable substance. In albumen, it is not quite as rich 
 
78 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 as peas and beans, and in starch it falls a trifle below fine wheat 
 flour ; but in fat it is exceeded only by Indian corn. This grain is 
 likewise consumed largely by the Scotch, — a people whose claims to 
 shrewd common sense are well supported by, as their hardy consti- 
 tutions vindicate, the choice. This grain might well be permitted to 
 take the place of rice. It affords several times as much nutriment, 
 while it costs only about one-fifth as much. There is good reason 
 why the horse should thrive upon oats. Most stable-keepers think 
 their horses will do more work upon corn-meal, but this must be a 
 mistake. In using oats for horse-feeding, a large portion of the nu- 
 triment is lost by not grinding them. 
 
 Rye. — This is also a grain of considerable nutritive value. It is 
 much cheaper than wheat ; and rye meal has long been a standard 
 article of diet in New England, — particularly in connection with 
 Indian meal, as " brown bread." It is useful for relieving costiveness, 
 in the form of " hasty-pudding," with molasses. 
 
 Indian Corn. — This staple article of American produce needs no 
 praise from me. It is comparatively cheap, nutritive, and wholesome. 
 It abounds in fat and starch, and has a fair amount of albumen, 
 though not as much as the oat, the barley, or the wheat. In salts, it 
 is rather deficient. Indian corn is strictly an American plant, and is 
 perhaps the most popular grain in the country. It has emphatically 
 a national reputation, and is perhaps worked up into more savory 
 dishes than any other. At the South it is an institution. It is there 
 made into hoe cake, corn cake, batter cakes, batter bread, muffins, corn 
 pone, etc. At the North, we have jonny cake, Indian and pumpkin 
 cake, baked Indian pudding, boiled Indian pudding, beside the well- 
 known rye and Indian bread, and other preparations. Give an in- 
 genious Southern or Northern housewife a few simple adjuncts, such 
 as lard, milk, sugar, eggs, cream of tartar, and soda, and she will 
 make a pretty respectable larder from this single grain. If molasses 
 be substituted for sugar, and a little stewed pumpkin be thrown in 
 by way of garniture, we may have several preparations which are 
 very nourishing as well as cheap. 
 
 Buckwheat. — Poor in nutritive matter, fat, starch, and sugar, but 
 tolerably well supplied with salts. It will do very well for batter 
 cakes in winter. When brought smoking upon the table, and served 
 with sugar or molasses and butter, these cakes are a luxury, in which 
 the rich may indulge if they choose ; but for the poor, the amount of 
 nourishment they afford is too small for their cost. 
 
 Rice. — Much like buckwheat, except that it has more fat, sugar, 
 and starch, and less salts. As an article of diet, it has had too high 
 a reputation. Those who would live on small means cannot afford it. 
 Boiled in plain water, it is excellent for a relaxed state of the bowels ; 
 and this is about all the commendation to which it is entitled. 
 
 Beans. — The richest in nutritive matter of all vegetable substan- 
 ces, except cabbage and oats. They have more albumen than wheat, 
 
HYGIENE. 79 
 
 or corn, or barley, or oats ; but in fat and starch, they are lower in 
 the scale. Add to them salt pork, and the highest of all nutrient 
 compounds is obtained. During not less than four generations, pork 
 and beans, as the principal diet, nourished an iron-sided race of men 
 in New England. Bean-porridge was like honey upon the tongue of 
 the founders of New England institutions. They ate it morning, 
 noon, and night ; and thanked God for it every time. And well they 
 might thank Him ; for, with Indian corn, it furnished them with a 
 diet better adapted to their condition than any other. 
 
 Peas. — Not quite as rich as beans in albumen, but more rich in 
 starch; of about the same value on the whole. The Canadian French 
 in Lower Canada, feed on peas to about the same extent that the 
 New Englanders did on beans. Pea-soup, as prepared by the best 
 cooks among them, is a dish of great nutritive excellence ; and, in 
 my judgment, more palatable than bean-soup. 
 
 The Potato. — Three-quarters of this root is water, and it is poor 
 in all the elements of nutrition. It is a palatable article, and most 
 persons are much attached to it As bulk is of some consequence in 
 food, the potato is not without value ; but should the disease with 
 which it has been tormented for several years, finally exterminate it, 
 the loss to the world would not be so great as many suppose. Men 
 do not often live entirely upon potatoes, — not even in Ireland. Milk, 
 butter-milk, and especially cabbage, are united w r ith them. 
 
 Turnips, Carrots, Beets, Parsnips. — These are much alike, — being 
 all poor in nutritive qualities. They serve to please the palate by 
 furnishing a variety ; but in our city markets, they are expensive, and 
 do not furnish an economical diet. 
 
 Cabbage. — It is interesting to observe how the instincts of men 
 have in all ages led them to select those articles of diet which their 
 circumstances have demanded. The poverty of the Irish has led 
 them to subsist largely upon the potato, — a root which the soil of 
 their country yields profusely. But as this root has but little nutritive 
 matter, necessity required that it should be united with some other 
 vegetable. The natural instinct selected the cabbage ; and when 
 chemical science came, at length, to pass judgment upon the correct- 
 ness of this instinct, it turns out that the cabbage is the richest in 
 albumen of any known vegetable. The cabbage, then, is the natural 
 complement of the potato ; and the Irish had the sagacity, without 
 science, to bring the two together. It is said the Irish have a dish 
 named " kohl-cannon," consisting of boiled and mashed potatoes and 
 cabbage, seasoned with pork fat, pepper, and salt, and that it is a 
 truly savory dish. It certainly is a nourishing, and a cheap one. The 
 ambassador who was sent to tamper with the patriotism of a Roman 
 who had dined on beans, was asked if he was silly enough to think 
 gold and silver could bribe a man, who was satisfied with so plain a 
 fare, and desired no other. We come to the conclusion, then, that 
 bean porridge, pea soup, suet pudding, sweetened with molasses, oat 
 meal, and barley bread, with " kohl-cannon " for those who can digest 
 
80 HYGIENE. 
 
 it, will furnish, for hard-working men, the most substantial diet, at the 
 smallest possible expense. To render these dishes savory, and to 
 make the table on which they are spread an inviting board, the deft 
 housewife must employ her best skill in serving them. With the 
 thousand " fixings," with which a New England matron knows how to 
 garnish them (or would know how if they came within her culinary 
 operations), they are well fitted to leave savory impressions upon 
 tongues which would praise them to the end of life. I speak of these 
 articles as furnishing a cheap diet for working men. The indolent, 
 the sedentary, and the effeminate from various causes, could not 
 digest them. 
 
 The Amount of Food Taken. 
 
 We have already explained that this should be governed, in part, 
 by the amount of exercise taken, by the condition of the health, by 
 the state of the mind, by the climate, by the season, etc. It remains 
 to add a few words, in a general way, respecting the absolute amount 
 required by an adult man. 
 
 It is plain enough that most men eat too much. We come very 
 near, in this country, being a nation of gormands. A principal reason 
 of our over-eating is, that we eat so fast. When the food is well and 
 slowly masticated and swallowed, the gastric juice has time to mix 
 with it ; and at the proper moment, the appetite ceases. But when 
 our food is bolted rapidly, nature, finding her laws disregarded, and 
 all her purposes frustrated, stands back, and lets us learn to stop, too 
 late, alas ! from a sense of fulness in a stretched and abused stomach. 
 
 It has already been stated, that Lewis Cornaro lived fifty-eight 
 years, namely, from the age of forty-two to one hundred, on twelve 
 ounces of solid food a day, with about the same amount of light 
 wines. At the age of eighty-four, he wrote a book, in which he 
 praises " divine temperance " in terms which are sometimes eloquent, 
 and often enthusiastic. Indeed it is very rare that a man at that age 
 retains such clearness of intellect, and especially such freshness of 
 feeling as he evinces in his book. Probably but few could live on the 
 amount of food which he found sufficient. Yet it is said the distin- 
 guished John Wesley lived on sixteen ounces a day, which, as he took 
 no wine, and had to derive the combustive materials for wanning the 
 body from the food, was quite as scanty a fare as that of Cornaro. 
 Considering that he led a most extraordinarily active life, both of body 
 and mind, being half his waking hours in the saddle, and preaching 
 almost daily, this is probably the most remarkable case of abstemi- 
 ousness on record. Jonathan Edwards did not, I think, exceed the 
 same amount of food, but he was not so active a man. 
 
 Putting aside such exceptional cases as these, we may say in round 
 numbers, that a laboring man requires, to keep him in health, about 
 two to two and a half pounds of solid food per day. For ministers, 
 lawyers, doctors, authors, and merchants, one pound and a half is 
 amply sufficient. The amount should bo increased a little by a se- 
 lection from some of the fuel-formers, if no fermented or alcoholic 
 
HYGIENE. 81 
 
 drinks be taken, and slightly diminished if they are used. The reason 
 is, that these drinks furnish fuel to be burned in breathing, which has 
 to be drawn from the food, when they are not employed. This fur- 
 nishes no motive for using ardent spirits ; for there is fuel enough to 
 be had in the oils, starches, and sugars. 
 
 Dyspeptics. — It is said that dyspeptics eat more than persons in 
 health ; and, in many cases, the remark may be true. The appetite 
 of a person suffering from this disease is almost always morbid, and 
 the information it gives respecting the real wants of the system, can 
 seldom be trusted. If we allow a diseased stomach to dictate to us 
 when, and what, and how much we shall eat and drink, our misery 
 for life is a foregone question. A sick stomach is like a spoiled child. 
 it cries for what it should not have. If the dyspeptic will live, and 
 enjoy any amount of peace and comfort, he must follow this simple 
 rule : To eat no more than can be digested, even though the amount be 
 only an ounce a day. 
 
 Animal and Vegetable Pood. 
 
 It has generally been supposed that it was intended man should 
 subsist on a mixed diet, consisting of both animal and vegetable sub- 
 stances. Within the last twenty-five years, however, a school of 
 physiologists have appeared in this country, who affirm that a vege- 
 table diet is alone consistent with the laws of health. They declare 
 that animal food is not adapted to man's organization, — that it un- 
 duly stimulates the blood, predisposes to fevers, consumptions, diar- 
 rhoeas, choleras, apoplexy, and numerous other diseases, and of course 
 shortens life. That such a school should have come into existence in 
 this country, where animal food is more largely consumed than in 
 any other part of the world, in proportion to the number of people, 
 is not surprising. We do, undoubtedly, eat too much ilesh. So 
 enormous is the consumption, that notwithstanding the vast herds of 
 cattle raised in all our agricultural states, the supply is not equal to 
 the demand ; and beef, for two years, has been selling in Boston mar- 
 ket at twenty cents per pound, — at least twice its full value as a 
 blood-former. 
 
 Facts show that man may live upon flesh alone, upon vegetables 
 alone, or upon flesh and vegetables combined. Is it best he should 
 subsist upon vegetables only, or upon a mixed diet ? A mere affirm- 
 ation upon these points is of little consequence. To cite facts avails 
 nothing. Men have a way of making their own affirmations, and of 
 looking at facts with eyes which sometimes see clearly enough on 
 both sides of them, but totally ignore their existence. 
 
 Man's Structure Settles the Question. — To settle this matter, we 
 must appeal to man's organization. His structure will tell us some- 
 thing we need not mistake. All the works of God show design. 
 Everything he has made has a use, and is so contrived as to be 
 adapted to that use. Lions, tigers, and other animals for example, 
 which feed on flesh alone, have a short second stomach, — it being 
 
82 HYGIENE. 
 
 only about three times the length of the animal's body. Animal* 
 which eat no flesh, have a long second stomach, — that of the sheep 
 being from thirty to thirty-five times the length of its body. A very 
 remarkable difference of anatomical structure ! 
 
 This is the meaning of the difference : Vegetable food has a great 
 deal of waste matter in it. Woody fibre makes quite an item in its 
 composition. This waste portion must all be carefully separated from 
 the nutritive part, and this must all be done in the second stomach. 
 It takes time to do it. It must not be done in a hurry. The nutritive 
 materials are destined to build a living structure, whose duration, like 
 that of all other fabrics, will depend on the care with which the mate- 
 rials are selected and put together. The second stomach of the sheep 
 is long, that there may be ample time for the mixed mass of chyme 
 when it passes out of the first stomach, to be changed to chyle, and 
 then to be carefully separated into the two parts, the useful and the 
 useless. Animal food is in its composition just like our own flesh, — 
 there is little waste matter, and not much time is required for its sep- 
 aration ; hence, the second stomach of flesh-eating animals is short. 
 Nearly the whole alimentary mass is quickly taken up by the lacteals, 
 and there is no occasion for its travelling through a long second 
 stomach. 
 
 Man's second stomach is in length midway between that of the 
 flesh-eating and the vegetable-eating animals. If there be design in 
 the works of the Creator, and if that design in the structure of the 
 flesh and vegetable-consuming animals has now been correctly inter- 
 preted, it is plain that man is best nourished when he eats both kinds 
 of food. The structure of his teeth, and the motions of his jaws 
 (see p, 30), confirms the same conclusion. 
 
 Americans Eat too Much Meat. — Yet, as I have said, there is no 
 doubt the Americans eat too much meat. Sedentary persons require 
 but very little. Less is wanted in summer than in winter, — in warm 
 climates than in cold. People of wealth, whose circumstances im- 
 pose no bodily hardships, need less than the poor, who are much 
 exposed, and work hard ; whereas, they consume more. Those who 
 do not labor with their hands, should never taste meat more than 
 once a day. 
 
 It is painfully-amusing (if such a compound word is admissible) 
 to hear a nervous female, whose sole exercise consists in going from 
 the parlor to the kitchen once or twice a day, and in making a brief 
 shopping excursion once a week, complain that she cannot maintain 
 her strength unless she eats freely twice a day of meat, and takes her 
 free potations of strong coffee and wine. 
 
 A like opinion prevails generally among the feeble who are not 
 obliged to labor. The child in its nurse's arms, must daily, it is 
 thought, suck a piece of chicken or beef steak in order to thrive. 
 Children thus fed, have their blood constantly inflamed, and stand a 
 poor chance when attacked by scarlet fever. The little master or 
 miss who attends school, complains of headache, and grows pale, 
 feeble, and nervous. The books are blamed and thrown aside for 
 
HYGIENE. 83 
 
 what the dishes have done. The doctor is called in, and assured that 
 the dear child can eat nothing but a little fat broth, a custard, or 
 cake ; and if he prescribe a diet of plain bread and milk, he is be- 
 lieved to be heartless, and his prescription is not followed. 
 
 The Majority of Mankind Eat no Flesh. — All such misguided per- 
 sons should be apprized that the great majority of mankind eat no flesh, 
 because they cannot afford it. And they do not appear to suffer from 
 its loss. Millions of Irish do not taste of flesh or fish from one month's 
 end to another. Potatoes, oat meal, and cabbage constitute their chief 
 diet. Rice, poor as it is in nourishment, sustains, when combined with 
 vegetable oil, millions of people in Asia. The Lazaroni of Naples, 
 with active and finely moulded forms, live on bread and potatoes. 
 These facts do not afford ground for altogether rejecting animal food, 
 any more than Bayard Taylor's statement respecting whole tribes in 
 Africa who live upon flesh, furnishes a reason for excluding vegetable 
 aliment. Man may live and enjoy health upon either, but his organ- 
 ization implies the use of both. 
 
 Proportions of Animal and Vegetable Pood. 
 
 Upon this subject, it is impossible to fix any absolute rules. This 
 is a point which must be determined by the temperament, the state 
 of the health, the constitution, etc. Persons of a scrofulous habit 
 should eat freely of animal food. But an inflamed stomach should 
 never be tormented with flesh. Meat is stimulating, and will be al- 
 most sure to do mischief when there is heat and tenderness at the pit 
 of the stomach. There are cases of inflammation of this organ, in 
 which it may be necessary to live on bread and milk, with articles of 
 the starch group, for months, and even for years. 
 
 On the other hand, when the system has run low from some ex- 
 hausting disease, which excites no feverish action, it may be necessary 
 at times, to take a diet almost exclusively animal. 
 
 It is absurd to talk of the same diet as adapted to all persons, even 
 when in health. As well might we expect one shoe to fit every foot, 
 or one coat every back, or one color every eye, or one doctrine every 
 mind. 
 
 Temperance the Main Thing-. — After all, the great thing to be 
 aimed at is temperance. It is not so necessary to reject one article 
 and use another, as to partake of all with moderation. " I do not 
 live to eat and drink ; I eat and drink to live," said a wise philoso- 
 pher of the olden time. One would think the moderns had reversed 
 this rule. A modern table has the appearance of being spread for the 
 purpose of inducing men to eat all their stomachs will hold. A man 
 who can dine daily, for half a dozen years, at one of our first class 
 hotels, and then find himself free of dyspepsia, and all other diseases, 
 must have a fine constitution, as well as most admirable control over 
 his appetite. Mr. Addison said, " When I behold a full table set out 
 in all its magnificence, I fancy I see gout, cholic, fevers, and lethargies 
 
lying in ambuscade among the dishes;" to which he adds, with much 
 truth, in another place, " Abstinence starves a growing distemper." 
 
 Good Results of Temperance. — A temperate diet has always been 
 attended with excellent results, and always will be. There are times 
 of great anxiety, when abstinence should be pushed to the extreme 
 verge of endurance. During the siege of Gibraltar, Lord Heath- 
 field, its gallant defender, lived eight days on four ounces of rice per 
 day. Dr. Franklin, when a journeyman printer, lived two weeks on 
 bread and water, at the rate of ten pounds of bread a week, and was 
 stout and hearty. Dr. Jackson, an eminent physician in the British 
 army, says, " I have wandered a good deal about the world, and never 
 followed any prescribed rule in anything; my health has been tried 
 in all ways ; and by the aids of temperance and hard work, I have 
 worn out two armies, in two wars, and probably could wear out an- 
 other before my period of old age arrives." 
 
 Lord Bacon was right in the opinion that intemperance of some 
 kind or other destroys the bulk of mankind, and that life may be sus- 
 tained by a very scanty portion of nourishment. Cornaro, whom I 
 have before mentioned as having lived fifty-eight years on twelve 
 ounces of solid food a day, wrote as follows respecting himself in his 
 eighty-fifth year : " I now enjoy a vigorous state of body and of mind. 
 I mount my horse from the level ground ; I climb steep ascents with 
 ease ; and have wrote a comedy full of innocent mirth and raillery. 
 When I return home, either from private business or from the senate, 
 I have eleven grand-children, with whose education, amusement and 
 songs, I am greatly delighted ;. and I frequently sing with them, for 
 my voice is clearer and stronger now, than ever it was in my youth. 
 In short, I am in all respects happy, and quite a stranger to the dole- 
 ful, morose, dying life of lame, deaf, and blind old age, worn out with 
 intemperance." Howard, the philanthropist, fasted one day in the 
 week ; and Napoleon, when he felt his system unstrung, suspended his 
 meals, and took exercise on horseback. 
 
 Nothing can be plainer than the duty of fasting, when the stomach, 
 having been overworked, is disinclined to receive food. Brutes in- 
 variably follow this suggestion of nature ; they never eat when sick, 
 — probably because they have no silly nurses to coax them to swal- 
 low stimulating aliments. The habit of putting high-seasoned food 
 into the stomach when it is inflamed and feverish, is about as wise 
 as directing streams of blue, violet, or red light into the eye when it is 
 red and swollen with inflammation. 
 
 Tea and Coffee. 
 
 It is proper before closing this chapter upon diet, that something 
 should be said respecting the beverages of tea and coffee. 
 
 Some twenty years ago, more or less, a meeting was held by the 
 leading physicians of a city in the old world, in which the merits of 
 tea and coffee were discussed. In this discussion each man first 
 stated his experience in the use of these articles, and then con- 
 
HYGIENE. 85 
 
 structed his argument according to that experience. The amount of 
 what the reader could learn from the discussion was, that Dr. A. had 
 used tea all his life, and been benefited by it, while coffee had uni- 
 formly injured him ; and that he thought tea should be used, while 
 coffee should be rejected ; — that Dr. B. had taken coffee at breakfast, 
 and found it an excellent support to the stomach and nervous system, 
 while tea had disturbed his digestion and his mind; and that the former 
 was a beverage of excellent qualities, while the latter was detestable; 
 — that Dr. C had always drank both tea and coffee, and recommended 
 them to everybody; — and that Dr. D. had himself never been able 
 to indulge either tea or coffee, and would have them both expelled 
 from every household. 
 
 The discussion was not creditable to the learned and really able 
 men who participated in it. The arguments were all based upon the 
 miserably narrow basis of single individual experiences. They were 
 no more valid than that of the man who should hold up a shoe, de- 
 claring it fitted his foot the best of any he ever had, and recommend- 
 ing all men to have their shoes made upon the same last. 
 
 The truth is, there is but one thing which can be affirmed universally 
 of the effect of tea and coffee. They both, when taken, tend to prevent 
 waste in the body, and, consequently, less food is required when they 
 are used. This may be affirmed of them in their applicability to all 
 persons, but nothing further. The truth is, some can drink tea but 
 not coffee, and some coffee but not tea ; some can use both, and some 
 neither. Every man's susceptibility to the effects of these beverages 
 is his own, as much as his susceptibility to the effects of light, or heat, 
 or atmospheric changes ; and these effects, each person must learn 
 from experience. Coffee often produces, and generally aggravates, a 
 bilious habit, — an effect which cannot, I believe, be traced to the use 
 of tea. I have no doubt but that many cases of confirmed dyspepsia 
 are traceable to the use of coffee alone. 
 
 Water. 
 
 There is one universal beverage ; it is water. All men are fond 
 of it. In sickness and in health, in joy and sorrow, in summer and 
 winter, in cold climates and in hot, man loves and drinks water. The 
 •stomach, abused and made sick by stimulating food and drinks, and 
 repelling everything else, still gratefully opens itself to water. Wher- 
 ever man exists, therefore, or wherever he should exist, water is found, 
 either in the form of springs, or running brooks, or rivers, or ponds, 
 or lakes ; and even where it is not found in some of these forms, it i» 
 periodically dropped down from the clouds. As there is no element 
 in nature more necessary for man's existence than water, so there is 
 none more universally diffused. 
 
 Pure Water Essential to Health. — But water varies very materially, 
 both in its physical qualities, and in its adaptation to its purposes. 
 Pure water is as essential to health as pure air. When either of these 
 fluids is rendered impure by mixture with foreign matters, disease 
 will be a frequent result The ancients must have been influenced 
 by this fact, or they would not have incurred such heavy expenses in 
 
procuring pure water from great distances. The strong aqueducts 
 through which, for many miles, large streams of water are at this day 
 poured into fallen Rome, attest the freeness of the expenditures she 
 made for this purpose in the day of her renown. We may pity the 
 ancient Romans for being governed in their military operations by the 
 opinions of augurs and soothsayers, and certainly these things were 
 siily enough; but in other things, at first view equally superstitious, 
 they showed practical wisdom. Vetruvius reports that in selecting the 
 sites of their cities, they inspected the livers and spleens of animals tc 
 learn the salubrity of the waters and the alimentary productions of the 
 region. The size and condition of these organs do in fact indicate 
 the nature of the pasturage and the qualities of the water with which 
 animals are supplied. No people can enjoy good health, when sub- 
 jected to the double influence of b id water and impure air. 
 
 Division of Water. — The simplest division of water is into two kinds, 
 soft and hard. Rain, river, pond, and snow wa'er is soft ; well and 
 spring water is generally hard. Soft water contains but little impu- 
 rities, and when used for washing, forms a good lather with soap. 
 Hard water contains at least one of the salts of lime, often more ; 
 mixed with soap, it curdles and turns white. The reason of this is, 
 that the oily acids of the soap unite with ihe lime, and form a com- 
 pound which the water will not dissolve. Such water is not suitable 
 for domestic purposes. 
 
 Chemical Nature of Water. — Water contains, reckoning the ele- 
 ments of which it is composed in volumes, one volume of hydrogen, 
 and half a volume of oxygen. These two gases, the unlearned 
 reader will please to remember, are highly subtle bodies, not visible to 
 the eye ; and yet, when chemically united, they form a liquid which 
 covers two-thirds the entire surface of the globe, — floating upon its 
 bosom the navies and merchant ships of all nations, and, by its un- 
 measured depths, and vast breadths, and sublime movements, fills the 
 thoughtful mind with conceptions of creative Power, which, words 
 never attempt to express. Should the two gases which compose 
 this vast body of water cease to love each other, and fall asunder, 
 the first lighted taper would set the world on fire, and not a living 
 being upon its surface could escape destruction. 
 
 Impurities in Water. — It is not surprising that a fluid with as great 
 a solvent power as water, should often dissolve and hold in solu- 
 tion a great many impurities. In passing along through the earth, 
 before it comes up in springs and wells, it is filtered through various 
 mineral earths, and becomes contaminated accordingly. In running 
 through beds of limestone, it takes up a little carbonate of lime. 
 Salt beds impart to it common salt (muriate of soda), while sulphur 
 and other ores tinge it with salts of various kinds. 
 
 Water from the wells of Boston, formerly used by the inhabitants, 
 was largely impregnated with common salt, and other mineral substan- 
 ces. So marked was the saline taste, from this cause, that the New- 
 Yorkers and Philadelphians used to say the Bostonians, when visiting 
 their cities, had to salt their water. 
 
HYGIENE. 87 
 
 Cochituate Water. — These wells, which so long yielded up brack- 
 ish water to offend the palates of strangers, are now abandoned, and 
 Boston is blessed by a copious stream of pure soft water, drawn 
 through a fine aqueduct from Cochituate Lake, twenty miles distant. 
 This water is distributed to about every house and shop in the city. 
 
 The result is, that the health of the citizens has been materially 
 improved. Fevers, particularly those of the typhoid type, have dimin- 
 ished, both in prevalence and fatality. The decaying vegetable and 
 animal matter, so much of which gets into the common sewers, and 
 which, in former years, sent up poisonous gases to attack the life of 
 the citizens, are now washed away by the soft water, which is daily 
 and hourly dropping through the sinks of all the dwellings of the 
 city. 
 
 Selmylkill and Croton Waters. — The Schuylkill water, introduced 
 into Philadelphia, and the Croton, brought from quite a distance to 
 New York, are both good waters ; though neither, as chemical analy- 
 sis has shown, is quite as pure as the Cochituate, of Boston. 
 
 Lead Pipes. — In each of these three cities, water is conveyed 
 through the dwellings in leaden pipes, — a practice fraught with a 
 danger to which the inhabitants should not expose themselves. That 
 lead does often become oxidized and impart its poisonous properties 
 to water when long in contact with it, is a well-known fact. Let a 
 number of persons drink every morning from the first water drawn 
 from the pipes, and a portion of them will be attacked with some 
 form of lead disease. The pipes should be emptied every morning, 
 before using the water for domestic purposes ; and then, it is true, 
 there is little danger. But where the work in the kitchen is done by 
 hired persons, who have no appreciation of the danger, how is it to 
 be known whether this act of safety is always carefully performed ? 
 Water pipes should certainly be made of some other material. 
 
 Physical and Other Properties of Water. — Good water is without 
 smell, is perfectly clear, and in the mouth, has a soft and lively feel. 
 When poured from one vessel to another, it should give out air- 
 bubbles. Boiled and distilled waters have a vapid, flat taste. This 
 is owing to their containing no carbonic acid gas or atmospheric air, 
 — these being driven off in the act of boiling and distilling. A hun- 
 dred cubic inches of good river water contains about 2£ of carbonic 
 acid, and 1^ of common air. 
 
 Carbonic acid is what gives to mineral, or soda water, its brisk, 
 and even pungent taste. Without a portion of this acid and atmos- 
 pheric air, water is perfectly insipid, and not fit to be used as a bev- 
 erage. Hence, if it be boiled or distilled to clear it of earthy matters, 
 we must expose a large surface of it to the air, and shake it, that it 
 may re-absorb from the atmosphere, what it has lost, and thus recover 
 its taste. 
 
 Rain Water is the Result of Distillation on a large scale, and would 
 be insipid, like other distilled water, only that, after being distilled ofT 
 
86 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 from the waters upon the surface of the earth, it recovers, while as- 
 cending as vapor, the carbonic acid and atmospheric air. 
 
 Fishes breathe air as well as land animals, and hence, lakes upon 
 the tops of high mountains, where but little oxygen can be absorbed 
 into the water from the air, are not inhabited by the finny tribes. 
 
 The Saltness of the Ocean is simply the accumulation of the saline 
 substances washed out of the bowels of the earth. 
 
 The water which for thousands of years has been distilling off as 
 vapor, from the surface of the ocean, is nearly pure. Being carried 
 by the winds to the continents, it falls as rain, sinks into the earth, is 
 filtered through mineral substances, comes to the surfaces in springs, 
 is collected into rivers, and, with all its freight of mineral salts, is 
 borne back to the ocean. Everything that water can dissolve, and 
 carry down from the continents, finds a great depository in the ocean ; 
 and as this has no outlet, the accumulation must go on without limit. 
 Rivers which flow into the ocean, contain from ten to fifty grains of 
 salts to the gallon, — composed chiefly of common salt, sulphate and 
 carbonate of lime, magnesia, soda, potash and iron ; and these are 
 the constituents of sea-water. The time must come, in the history 
 of our globe, when these salts will render the water of the ocean so 
 dense that a man can no more sink in it than a cork can sink in fresh 
 water. 
 
 Cleansing: of Impure Water. — Impure waters should be cleansed 
 before being used for domestic purposes. Distillation is the most 
 perfect method of purification. Filtration through sand is a good 
 method. It removes all suspended vegetable or animal matter, and 
 all living animals. Boiling likewise kills all animals, and throws to 
 the bottom carbonate of lime. It is this which constitutes the crust 
 which lines tea-kettles in all regions where limestone exists. 
 
 Settlers in a new country, should make it a prime object to find 
 good water. This is of great moment. Their own health, and the 
 health of their posterity is dependent upon it. Any soil, good or bad, 
 is not worth half price, if it yield impure water. 
 
 Reasons for Prizing Water. — Finally, we ought all to prize water 
 very highly, for it composes nearly eight-tenths of our entire bodies, in- 
 cluding our flesh, blood, and other fluids. Nay, we owe to it the very 
 softness, delicacy, and smoothness of our persons. Our muscles, nerves, 
 blood-vessels, glands, cartilages, etc., all play smoothly upon each other 
 in consequence of water. Take all the water out of us, and we should 
 be dry sticks indeed. All our comeliness would be gone. Nobody 
 would or could love us. We should be walking reeds, shaken and 
 sported with by every wind. Let us never forget how much we are 
 indebted to water. 
 
 Exercise. 
 
 Animal life is conditioned upon exercise. Without it health can- 
 not exist, or life itself be continued for any great length of time. 
 
 -J J 
 
HYGIENE. 89 
 
 Proper exercise communicates motion to every part susceptible of 
 it. It expands the breast, contracts and relaxes the muscles, quickens 
 the motion of the blood, moves afresh all the other fluids, and stirs to 
 the centre the whole frame. More easy and perfect digestion, the 
 nutrition of every part, and the proper performance of all the secre- 
 tions and excretions, are the results of such exercise. 
 
 A distinguished physician said : " I know not which is most neces- 
 sary to the support of the human frame, food or motion." Some of the 
 finest talents in the world are probably lost for the want of exercise ; 
 for without it the mind loses its keen perception, and its bounding 
 energy ; its power of application and its general scope. If men of 
 great talents would give attention to exercise, the world would reap 
 a larger harvest from their written thoughts. 
 
 The arrangements of modern society have very much abridged the 
 facilities for taking exercise ; but if Trenck in his damp prison, with 
 fetters of seventy pounds weight upon him, could preserve his health 
 by leaping about like a lion, most persons could do as much with the 
 fetters of modern society upon their limbs. 
 
 Must be Regular. — Exercise, to be of much service, must be regu- 
 lar, — not taken by fits and starts, — a good deal to-day and none to- 
 morrow ; but in reasonable measure every day. Occasional efforts, 
 with intervening inactivity, only does mischief. 
 
 Must be Pleasurable. — It should be connected, too, if possible, with 
 some pleasing occupation or pursuit. The movement of the limbs 
 should carry us towards some place or end in which the mind feels 
 an interest ; exercise will then do us most good. Hence, botanical 
 pursuits, the cultivation of a garden, and the like, are often preferable 
 to a solitary and aimless walk. 
 
 Must not be Excessive. — Exercise should never be carried so far as 
 to produce great fatigue. Extremes are injurious ; and too much ex- 
 ercise, especially by a sick or feeble person, may be as injurious as too 
 little. 
 
 No clothing should be thrown off after exercise, nor should one cool 
 off by sitting in a draft of air. Very serious consequences often fel- 
 low this practice. 
 
 IVot to be Taken After Meals. — It is not best to take exercise im- 
 mediately after meals. The reasons for this caution have been ex- 
 plained. It is true many laboring men go at once to their work after 
 eating, without apparent injury. Yet they are strong, and can endure 
 what those who use their brains chiefly could not. And even they do 
 not labor as easily and cheerfully immediately after dinner. 
 
 Active and Passive. — Exercise is properly divided into active and 
 passive. Walking, running, leaping, dancing, gardening, various sports, 
 etc., are active. While sailing, swinging, and riding in carriages, are 
 passive. Riding on horse-back is of a mixed nature, — being both 
 active and passive. 
 
 A few remarks upon these several kinds of exercise, will have a 
 practical value to some of the readers of these pages. 
 
90 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 Walking is one of the most gentle, easy, and generally one of the 
 most useful of the active exercises. It is within the reach of all who 
 have the use of their limbs, and is indulged at the expense only of a 
 little shoe leather. To make it agreeable, the face is only to be 
 turned to some favorite locality, and the mind put in communion 
 with the voices of nature. 
 
 To walk with the best advantage, the body should be kept upright, 
 the shoulders thrown back, the breast projected a little forward, so as 
 to give the lungs full play, and the air an opportunity to descend to 
 the bottom of them. This attitude places all the organs of the body 
 in the most natural position, and relieves them from all restraint. 
 Walking then becomes a source of pleasure. The artist who bends 
 over his pallet, and gets into a cramped position, is by this kind of 
 walking relieved, and his body kept upright. Females, particularly 
 of the wealthier class, are much more apt to neglect this species of 
 exercise than males. 
 
 It is not so in England. There it is no uncommon thing for ladies 
 of high rank to walk ten miles a day ; and they do it in shoes of suffi- 
 cient thickness to protect their feet from all dampness, and in clothes 
 large enough to give their muscles full play. As a consequence, they 
 enjoy excellent health, and in many cases, even retain their freshness 
 and beauty to old age. 
 
 A master of one of the vessels of our navy who spent some time, 
 lately, in the British Channel, was several times invited to spend the 
 evening at Lord Hardwick's, where he made the acquaintance of two 
 daughters of his lordship, who, in the drawing room, he thought the 
 most accomplished ladies he ever saw. Yet those young women, on 
 two occasions, in company with other friends, walked miles to visit 
 his vessel, once on a rainy day, clad in thick, coarse cloth cloaks which 
 no rain could penetrate, and caring as little for wet weather as a 
 couple of ducks. 
 
 Good for the Studious. — For the studious, walking is a most capi- 
 tal exercise. It varies the scenes so constantly, and brings the mind 
 in contact with so many objects, that the monotony of in-door life is 
 admirably broken. It was a maxim of Plato, that " he is truly a crip- 
 ple, who, cultivating his mind alone, suffers his body to languish." 
 
 Good in Cold Weather. — Walking is valuable in cold weather, be- 
 cause it exposes one to the cold atmosphere, and hardens the person 
 against frosty weather, — a consideration of great consequence in 
 countries which are subject to extremes of cold. 
 
 Running' and Leaping' are forms of exercise which should be in- 
 dulged with prudence even by the young and healthy. For the feeble 
 and the aged, they are entirely inadmissible. Used cautiously, in a 
 system of regular training, they may help raise the bodily powers to 
 a high degree of agility and endurance. The North American Indian, 
 who is bred to the chase, runs with surprising swiftness, and for en- 
 durance is scarcely excelled by his faithful dog. What training does 
 for the Indian, it may do for the white man, who may chance to in- 
 herit as good a constitution. 
 
HYGIEXE. 91 
 
 The Game of Ball requires very active running, and for the young, 
 it is an exceedingly healthful amusement. It fills the whole frame 
 with a bounding spirit, and sets the currents of life running like 
 swollen brooks after heavy rains. 
 
 Gymnastics. — The more active species of exercise have generally 
 been included under the term gymnastics. Among the Greeks and 
 Romans, feats of strength and endurance were supposed to confer 
 honor. For this reason, and because war was a laborious calling, re- 
 quiring bodily endurance and strength, their youth were trained in 
 the most active exercises. Gymnastic games were with them at once 
 the school jof health, and the military academy. 
 
 In England, during the middle ages, acts of parliament and royal 
 proclamations were employed to regulate and foster those manly 
 sports and exercises, which fitted the people for the activity required 
 on the field of battle. 
 
 Those preparations for brutal wars would be unsuited to the pres- 
 ent state of the world ; but the capacity for endurance which these 
 trainings produced, could be most usefully employed in the laborious 
 and scientific researches which modern advancement requires. Very 
 few of our scientific men have sufficient hardness of frame to sus- 
 tain them in their laborious studies. 
 
 The heart diseases which prevail so extensively are the result, many 
 of them, of violent exercise, taken, perhaps, from necessity, and prov- 
 ing injurious because not a matter of every-day practice. Violent 
 exercise, more than any other kind, must be regular in order to be 
 borne. 
 
 Needed by Young Women. — Gymnastic exercises, and calisthenics, 
 are particularly needed by our young women, to give them something 
 of the robustness of our mothers, two generations back. For the 
 want of them, they are dwindling away, and becoming almost worth- 
 ies? for all the purposes for which they were made. 
 
 In view of this want, I cannot but express my gratification here, 
 that a high school for young ladies is now open in this city, under the 
 care of the Rev. George Gannett and his lady, in which a large and suit- 
 able room is set apart for the daily practice of calisthenic and gym- 
 nastic exercises, suited to the age and strength of each pupil, under 
 the instruction of an experienced teacher of their own sex. I cannot 
 but look upon this school, offering, as it does, the highest advantages 
 for a complete education in science and morals also, as the beginning 
 of better things. 
 
 Moderns Physically Inferior to the Ancients. Reason for it. — It is 
 
 evident that the moderns are inferior in bodily strength to the ancient 
 Greeks and Romans. Before the introduction of Christianity, men 
 knew very little about the future, and therefore strove to make the 
 most of the present. Hence, they took measures to ensure health and 
 long life. It is true that a due regard to the welfare of the future, 
 need not, and should not, prevent a care for the present ; but from 
 various causes, to be referred to on a subsequent page, such has been 
 the practice, to the manifest physical injury of the race. 
 
 Jl 
 
92 HYGIENE. 
 
 Dancing, when hedged about with proper restrictions and limita- 
 tions, has great advantages as a physical trainer of the young. There 
 are very few forms of exercise which give so free a play to all the 
 muscles, and at the same time so agreeably interest the mind. Begun 
 in early life, and pursued systematically, dancing imparts a grace and 
 ease of motion which nothing else can give. For this reason alone y 
 it should be cultivated as an art. 
 
 Every man and woman is often placed in circumstances in life where 
 the possession of an easy carriage of body, and an unembarrassed 
 manner, would be prized above gold. One's personal influence in the 
 world is greatly increased by an easy, graceful manner. We all know 
 how a polite manner wins, while a rough and uncouth one repels us. 
 
 Warning Against Excess. — While dancing has many things to re- 
 commend it, there are also several considerations which should warn 
 us against using it to excess, particularly in the ball saloons of fash- 
 ionable life. So many muscles are called into play, the breathing 
 is so much quickened, and the air breathed is often so impure, that 
 the circulation of the blood is hastened almost to fever excitement 
 And when to this we add the use of wines and cordials, alternated 
 with ices and iced drinks, and the exposure, on returning home from 
 balls, to the chill night air, under the miserable protection of insuffi- 
 cient clothing, we have draw-backs enough to abridge, if not to anni- 
 hilate the benefits derived from this otherwise healthful and elegant 
 exercise. 
 
 But then it will be said, and truly enough, that these are the abuses, 
 not the uses of dancing. To these abuses, no parent should permit 
 the health of a child to be exposed. In the parlor at home, in con- 
 nection with a few young friends gathered in to spend an evening ; 
 or, in a well-ventilated hall, under the instruction of a master of 
 known character and refinement, dancing is of high utility, and much 
 may be said in its favor. An amusement for which there is so gen- 
 eral a fondness, one may say, passion, must be fitted to meet some 
 want of the animal economy, and perhaps of man's higher nature. 
 
 Grace of motion gratifies our sense of the beautiful, and in its 
 nature is allied to poetry. Turning away from the abuses of dancing, 
 let the reader thankfully use it as one of the very best physical, social, 
 and aesthetical educators of youth. 
 
 But if dancing is salutary, it is only when every limb and muscle 
 is allowed to participate naturally and without restraint in the genei al 
 motion. When performed in a dress so tight as to restrain all free- 
 dom, not only is every grace destroyed, but injury of a serious char- 
 acter may be the result. 
 
 The Cultiration of a Garden is also a species of exercise highly 
 conducive to health. To the poor it should have a double attraction. 
 It is not only a healthful exercise, but it yields, in its season, many 
 wholesome vegetables, the price of which, when they have to be pur- 
 chased, frequently puts them beyond the reach of the poor. It is 
 pleasant to know that in the towns of Massachusetts, where shoes 
 are largely manufactured, most of the workmen own small pieces of 
 
HYGIENE. 93 
 
 ground which they cultivate as gardens, — deriving health both from 
 the labor, and from the vegetables raised. This is one of the kinds 
 of exercise which are more beneficial from having an end in view 
 The man who works in his garden derives pleasure from the im- 
 provement he is making upon his ground, and from the prospect of 
 advantage to himself and family. 
 
 Other Actire Exercises. — To the exercises already spoken of may 
 be added those which are mostly taken indoors, — the dumb-bells, 
 jumping the rope, the battle-door, etc. They may be resorted to 
 when the weather is stormy, or when any other cause may prevent 
 one from going into the open air. Nevertheless, as promoters of 
 health, they are inferior to those exercises which take one out under 
 the open sky. They are too mechanical in their nature, and have too 
 little aim, to be allowed to take the place of the preceding. 
 
 Passive Exercises. 
 
 Sailing. — This, to many persons, is among the most pleasurable 
 and exciting of the passive exercises. But the excitement arising 
 from the motions of a boat, sometimes, in case of timid persons, 
 degenerates into fear, which is injurious. You :..g gentlemen who 
 manage the boat upon sailing excursions, should never put on too 
 much sail in a brisk wind, and torment the ladies by exciting their 
 fears, as their own amusement may be in this way purchased at the 
 cost of others' health, — a result far enough from their thoughts or 
 intentions, but not the less real. 
 
 Swinging. — The sick may sometimes indulge in this exercise, when 
 capable of enduring no other. To swing gently has a soothing effect, 
 and often allays nervous irritability in a wa^ which nothing else can. 
 It is like the lullaby motion of the cradle. It calms and soothes. 
 
 Nervous children and grown persons in feeble health, are some- 
 times, by roguish boys, swung too high, and very much excited and 
 alarmed. This is wrong. It may do great injury. Very few boys 
 would do it if they knew the evil consequences. Boys and girls are 
 generally kind hearted ; and though they may like to hector others, 
 they will seldom knowingly injure them for their own amusement. 
 
 Carriage-Riding. — The advantages to be derived from this species 
 of exercise are probably rated too high. For feeble persons, just re- 
 covering from illness, who cannot endure walking or riding on horse- 
 back it is valuable, particularly if taken in an open carriage. But for 
 those who have more strength, it is less desirable than many other ex- 
 ercises. True, it is generally an agreeable mode of locomotion, and 
 for this reason, it is generally more serviceable than the small amount 
 of exercise afforded by it would lead one to suppose. 
 
 Carriages are luxuries, and like all other luxuries, they are apt to 
 bring on debility, and perhaps shorten life. A man is apt to order 
 his carriage to the door at the time when increasing wealth enables 
 him to retire from the active pursuits of life, — the very moment when 
 
94 
 
 HYGIENE. 
 
 he is most in need of some exertion to take the place of that to which 
 he has been accustomed. Yet so it is, luxury comes to enfeeble, at 
 the time when we need something to harden us. 
 
 Could rich men be persuaded to let their luxuries consist, in part, 
 in doing good, and like Howard, find pleasure in travelling on foot to 
 visit those who are sick and in prison, they would be surprised to see 
 how their happiness would be increased. 
 
 Close carriages are generally used by the wealthy. They at best 
 contain but little air, which is breathed over and over, and becomes 
 unfit for respiration. The windows of such carriages should always 
 be open, except in rainy weather, when the latticed windows only 
 should be used. 
 
 Riding in Sleighs furnishes an agreeable excitement, and may be 
 indulged to some extent with advantage. Yet it can be had only in 
 cold weather, and persons who partake of its pleasures, should be 
 careful to wear clothing enough to protect themselves against the 
 frost. This is the more necessary, as very little motion is communi- 
 cated to their bodies by the sleigh. 
 
 Horse-Back Riding. — This form of exercise may fairly rank next 
 to walking ; in some states of the system, it is preferable. It justly 
 holds a high rank as an exercise for consumptive persons. Many a 
 man, and woman too, has been benefited by it when suffering from 
 lung disease. For those who have hernia, or falling of the bowel, it 
 is not proper, as the most serious consequences may result from its 
 use. 
 
 The Horse should be Owned. — A feeble man who rides on horse- 
 back should, if possible, own his horse ; for, becoming attached to him, 
 as he generally does, he will be able to ride farther than upon an ani- 
 mal in which he feels less interest. A horse is a noble creature, and a 
 man who loves him, will sometimes acquire a passion, almost, for 
 being upon his back, and witnessing his splendid performances. 
 
 Pleasurable Exercises Most Beneficial. — Finally, those exercises are 
 most beneficial, and can be longest endured, in which we feel the 
 greatest interest. Place before even a feeble man some desirable ob- 
 ject, and he will endure a great deal to reach it ; or engage the mind 
 of a very tired person in something which greatly interests it, and 
 considerably more exertion will be easily borne. This is well illus- 
 trated by the story told by Miss Edge worth of a certain father, who 
 had taken a long walk with his little son, and found the boy appar- 
 ently unable to walk further, some time before reaching home. " Here," 
 said the shrewd-minded father, " ride on my gold-headed cane." Im- 
 mediately the little fellow was astride the cane, which carried him as 
 safely home as the freshest horse. 
 
 Mental Co-operation is of the highest importance in all exercise. 
 Men who are paid by the job, work with far more spirit than those 
 who are paid by the day. One would dig in the earth with very little 
 spirit, if he had no motive for doing it ; but if he expected with every 
 
HYGIENE. 95 
 
 shovelful of earth to bring up gold-dust, he would not only work with 
 a will, but would endure a great deal more labor. From these consid- 
 erations we may infer that those farmers and manufacturers, who pay 
 their men the highest wages, make the most money on their work. 
 
 The best time for taking: exercise is that in which it does us most 
 good. For most persons, the morning hours may be considered most 
 favorable. But there are many who cannot take exercise in the early 
 morning, without suffering from it through the whole day. Some are 
 able to walk miles in the afternoon, who would be made sick by sim- 
 ilar exertions immediately after rising. 
 
 Persons often injure friends who have this peculiarity of constitu- 
 tion, by urging them out in the morning. They do it from good 
 motive's, but are, nevertheless, blameworthy for attempting to advise 
 in matters which they do not understand. 
 
 Rest and Sleep. 
 
 Our bodies are like clocks ; they run down and are wound up once 
 every twenty-four hours. Were they obliged to work on uninter- 
 ruptedly, they would wear out in a few days. It is a merciful pro- 
 vision that periods of repose are allotted to us. Everything has nV 
 proper place. Rest is not less a luxury after exercise, than exercise 
 is after rest. They both confer happiness at the same time that they 
 promote our well-being. 
 
 Sleeping 1 Rooms. — The largest part of our rest is taken in sleep. 
 Of course the kind of room in which we sleep is worthy of considera- 
 tion. Hufeland says : " It must not be forgotten that we spend a 
 considerable portion of our lives in the bed-chamber, and consequently 
 that its healthiness or unhealthiness, cannot fail to have a very im- 
 portant influence upon our physical well-being." It should at least 
 be large. That is of prime importance, because, during the several 
 hours that we are in bed, we need to breathe a great deal of air, and 
 our health is injured when we are obliged to breathe it several times 
 over. We should at least pay as much attention to the size, situa- 
 tion, temperature, and cleanliness of the room we occupy during the 
 hours of repose, as to the parlors, or drawing-room, or any other 
 apartment. And yet how different from this is the general practice 
 of families. The smallest room in the house is commonly set apart 
 for the bed and its nightly occupants. 
 
 The sleeping-room should have a good location, so as to be dry 
 It should be kept clean, and neither be too hot nor too cold. A a 
 more important still, it should be well ventilated. 
 
 One bed, occupied by two persons, is as much as should ever be 
 allowed in a single room ; though, of course, two beds in a large 
 room, are no more than one in a small one. Both are objectionable. 
 
 Fire in Sleeping Rooms. — As to having fire in a sleeping room, 
 that is a matter to be determined by the health of the occupant. 
 Persons who have poor circulation, and are feeble, had better have a 
 
96 HYGIENE. 
 
 little fire in the bed-chamber, in cold weather. For those in good 
 health, a cold room is preferable. 
 
 Open Windows in Sleeping Rooms. — In the hot weather of sum- 
 mer, it is better to keep the windows open to some extent, through 
 the night, but not on opposite sides of the room so as to make a draft 
 across the bed. 
 
 There is a difference of opinion as to the safety of this practice,* 
 but the experience of those who have used it prudently and persevere 
 ingly, has generally sanctioned its employment. It is presumed that 
 night-air is made to be breathed; and if we breathe it habitually, there 
 id no good reason why it should be considered hurtful. At all events, 
 v/e have got to do one of three things, — either breathe it, or be poi- 
 soned by air which is breathed several times over, or use very large 
 sleeping rooms, and thus lay in a stock to last over night. 
 
 An Open Fireplace in a bed chamber will do much towards its puri- 
 fication. It carries off foul air. But many persons board up this 
 outlet as if bad air were a friend, with whom they could not think of 
 parting. At the same time, they will carefully close all windows and 
 doors, as if fresh air were an enemy not to be let in. 
 
 Beds. — It is a pleasant thought that while so many things which 
 injure health are coming into fashion, some which have a like effect 
 are going out. Among the injurious things which are silently with- 
 drawing, are feather beds. 
 
 In earlier times, a bed made of eider-down was thought to be a 
 great luxury, to be carefully preserved, and handed down from mother 
 to daughter. Beds made of hens' feathers, and other coarser kii.ds, 
 were thought to be only fit for children. With due deference to these 
 earlier judgments, it must be said that feather beds, whether downy 
 or coarse, are not even fit for children. They are composed of ani- 
 mal matter, and by a slow process of decay, are always, when stirred, 
 sending up an exhalation which it is not healthful to breathe. 
 
 By their softness, too, they increase the general tendency to effemi- 
 nacy. In warm weather, they are too heating. To sink down into 
 them, and lie nearly buried all night, is to insure a feeling of lassitude 
 and debility in the morning. Only the strongest persons can endure 
 it without being made conscious of the evil effects. 
 
 Beds must not be too Hard. — On the other hand, it is almost 
 equally unwise to choose a bed of absolutely unyielding hardness. 
 When very tired, we may rest even upon a board; but sleep will 
 gv, °rally be more sound as well as refreshing, if the bed be some- 
 what j .'elding. The hair mattress is the very best bed yet used. It 
 is healthful and easy. No person once accustomed to it, will ever 
 return to feathers. In summer, it is a luxury ; in winter, it is suffi- 
 ciently warm, though a little more covering is needed than with 
 feathers. 
 
 Bedding. — In hot weather, linen sheets are preferable to cotton, 
 and of course will be used by those who have ample means. But 
 
HYGIENE. 97 
 
 cotton ones are good enough, and in winter are decidedly the more 
 desirable of the two. Cotton is best, too, for those who sutler with 
 rheumatic affections. For external covering, comfortables are objec- 
 tionable, because they do not let the insensible perspiration pass off 
 as freely as it should. They are light, however, and so are rose 
 blankets, which have the additional good quality of being povous. 
 We should sleep under as few clothes as possible, consistently with 
 comfort. 
 
 Sight Dress, — The flannel, cotton, linen, or silk, rorn n<ut the 
 fckin through the day, should always be replaced, on retiring, by a 
 suitable night-dress. This should be of the same material wi In thp.t 
 which is taken off. If we wear flannel through the day, we aeed 1 
 quite as much at night. 
 
 Do not Cover the Face. — The practice of sleeping with t/ie face 
 entirely covered with the bed clothes, is very injurious. It compels 
 one to breathe the air over several times. 
 
 Natural Position for Sleep. — The most natural position in which 
 to sleep is upon the right side. This affords the easiest play to the 
 internal organs. It is best, however, to learn to sleep in different 
 positions, and to change occasionally from side to side. U}»on the 
 back is not so easy a position. To lie in this way obstructs the cir- 
 culation of the blood, by the pressure of the stomach, bowels, etc., 
 upon the large blood vessels which pass down and up in front of the 
 back bone. It is very tiresome and injurious to lie with the hands 
 above the head. 
 
 Amount of Sleep. — The average amount of sleep required by per- 
 sons in health, is from seven to eight hours. Occasionally we find 
 persons who get along very well with six, or even five hours ; while 
 some, even in health, require nine. There is no absolute standard for 
 all persons, in the amount of sleep, any more than in that of food. It 
 depends on the temperament, the constitution, the amount of exercise, 
 and the exhausting nature of the mental application. 
 
 The object of sleep is to repair the energies ; the extent to which 
 they are wasted, and the recuperative power possessed, will measure 
 the amount required. 
 
 Late Suppers. — These are a bar to all sound and healthful sleep, 
 The last meal should always be taken at least three hours before re- 
 tiring, and should be light. Daring sleep, the stomach should have a 
 chance to rest. It will work the better on the morrow. Some per- 
 sons boast that they can sleep perfectly well after a heavy supper. 
 Perhaps they can ; but, as Franklin has wisely suggested, they may 
 by and by " have a fit of apoplexy, and sleep till dooms day." This 
 will be sleeping too well ! 
 
 Preparation for Sleep. — Dr. Franklin left behind the record of a 
 wise life, as well as many excellent moral and philosophical direc- 
 tions. A good conscience was his prescription for quiet sleep and 
 pleasant dreams, — a most excellent direction. Sleep is promoted, 
 
 13 
 
98 HYGIENE. 
 
 too, by withdrawing the mind, a short time before retiring, from aft 
 hard study, and exciting themes of conversation ; and turning it to 
 calmer subjects of reflection, such as the moral attributes of God,-— 
 particularly his love and paternal character. 
 
 Objects of Clothing. 
 
 The clothes we wear are intended, or should be intended, to secure 
 three objects, — warmth in winter ', coolness in summer, and health at 
 all times. 
 
 It has already been shown that our bodies are warmed by their 
 own internal fires. In the lungs, in the skin, and indeed in all parts 
 of the body, oxygen unites with carbon and other combustible mat- 
 ters, producing heat in the same way that it is produced in a grate 
 where anthracite coal is burned ; and as our temperature always 
 needs to be kept up to about 98° of Farenheit, it follows that this 
 combustion must always be going on. 
 
 Now, the atmosphere which surrounds us is always receiving into 
 itself the heat which comes to the surface of our bodies, and thus 
 robbing us of our warmth. In summer, the atmosphere, full of the 
 rays of a burning sun, may impart heat, instead of taking it away ; 
 while in winter, it takes more than it gives, and would cause us to 
 perish with the cold, were it not for the protection afforded by our 
 clothing. 
 
 Clothes, of course, have no power to manufacture or impart heat. 
 They only retain, and keep in contact with our bodies, that which is 
 generated within us. If we have on a single garment which is made 
 tight at the bottom and top, so that no current can pass up or down, 
 there will be a layer of air between it and the body, which, becoming 
 immediately heated, and being retained there, helps keep us warm, or 
 rather, prevents us from being cold. With every additional garment 
 put over this, there is another layer of heated air, adding still more 
 impenetrable guards against either the intrusion of cold, or the escape 
 of internal heat. 
 
 Bad Conductors ^of Heat. — But, that our clothes may thus retain 
 our warmth, and prevent its dispersion, they must be bad conductors 
 of heat, — that is, they must not readily take up the heat and convey 
 it away from the body. They must slowly absorb the caloric into 
 their own substance, and then retain it tenaciously. 
 
 Linen, which is so universally popular in temperate climates, as an 
 
 article to be worn next the skin, is unfortunately a good conductor of 
 
 heat. It does not afford a warm garment. It conducts heat rapidly 
 
 FlQ 67 away from the body. Hence it always feels cool 
 
 to the touch. It is really no colder in itself than 
 
 other kinds of cloth, but it is solely the rapidity 
 
 with which it conducts heat away from the 
 
 body, that gives it the feeling of coldness. It 
 
 has other qualities which compensate, in some 
 
 measure, for this defect. The fibres of which it is composed, are 
 
HYGIENE. 99 
 
 round and pliable, which make linen cloth smooth and soft, and the 
 sensations produced by it, upon the skin, altogether agreeable. Figure 
 67 represents a fibre of linen, as it appears under a microscope which 
 magnifies it 155 times. 
 
 Cotton is warmer than linen, because it is a worse conductor of 
 heat. The perfection to which its manufacture has been carried, 
 makes it almost a rival of linen in softness and pliability. It does 
 not absorb as much moisture as linen, and therefore better retains 
 its powers as a non-conductor. 
 
 But then the fibres of cotton are not round and smooth, like those 
 FlQ gg of linen, but flat and spiral, with sharp edges. 
 
 Figure 68 represents two of its fibres, magnified 
 155 times. This renders cotton irritable to some 
 very delicate skins. This is the reason why linen 
 is better than cotton for binding up wounds, 
 where there is tenderness of the surface. 
 
 Silk has a round fibre, like linen, which is even softer and smaller. 
 It absorbs less moisture than cotton, and in its power of communi- 
 cating warmth, it is superior to both the preceding. It forms the 
 most desirable fabric for clothing that we have ; but its cost makes it 
 inaccessible to the great body of the people, except as a holiday 
 dress for the ladies. Its culture in our own country, if once exten- 
 sively established, would be a source of national wealth. 
 
 The Fibre of Wool is quite rough, almost scaly, and highly irritative 
 to delicate skins. Figure 69 shows fibres magni- F 69 
 
 fied 310 times. It is not possible for some per- 
 sons to wear it next the skin. But where this 
 cannot be done it may be worn outside the linen 
 or cotton ; and being a good non-conductor ', it will 
 in this way preserve the warmth of the body, 
 without either irritating the skin, or disturbing 
 its electricity. 
 
 Wool, in cold climates, is one of the very best 
 materials of which clothes can be made. In New 
 England, and, indeed, in all cold and temperate regions, it should be 
 worn by delicate persons, in the form of thick or thin garments, all 
 the year round. It does not readily absorb moisture, and is a dry, 
 warm, and wholesome material for clothing. 
 
 Hair. — Though not precisely in the line of these remarks, hat, may 
 as well be introduced here. Wool is in fact hair. Every part of tne 
 skin, with the exception of that upon the soles of the feet, and the 
 palms of the hands, is intended to produce hairs. On most parts of 
 the body, they are short and fine, hardly rising above the surface. 
 Upon the head and the face, they grow to considerable length. 
 
 Hair, like wool, is a bad conductor of heat ; and, as growing upon 
 the head and face, is doubtless intended for some useful purpose. 
 That it was designed as a warm covering, can hardly be doubted. 
 The beard, when permitted to grow, is a natural respirator, guarding 
 
100 HYGIENE. 
 
 the lungs against cold and dust. Mr. Chadwick noticed that black* 
 smiths who allowed their beards to grow, had their mustachioa discol- 
 ored by iron dust, which lodged among the hairs, and very justly in- 
 ferred that the dust must have found its way into the lungs, and done 
 mischief, had it not been arrested by this natural respirator. 
 
 That the beard, when long, does ward off a great many colds and 
 throat ails, is too well known to be denied. It has required moral 
 courage on the part of those who have broken away from the univer- 
 sal practice of shaving, for which they should be hon- FlQ 70 
 ored rather than ridiculed. For those who do not suffer 
 from throat or lung complaints, especially if they are 
 getting advanced in life, it may not be thought worth 
 while to abandon the razor. Yet the change would not 
 be regretted. Figure 70 is a human hair, magnified 250 times, show- 
 ing its scaly surface. 
 
 The Color of our Clothing; is a matter of some moment. The dark 
 colors absorb the light, the sun's rays, and heat, much more than the 
 lighter ones ; and as those bodies which absorb heat well, are like- 
 wise good radiators, the dark colors have the highest radiating power. 
 White reflects heat, and rays of light, and is a bad absorber and bad 
 radiator. In summer it prevents the sun's rays from passing inward 
 to heat the body, and in winter, interrupts the heat of the body in its 
 passage out. In summer, it makes the coolest garment ; in winter, 
 the warmest one. These facts can be very simply illustrated, by lay- 
 ing, side by side, upon the snow, when the sun shines, two pieces of 
 cloth, the one black, the other white. Lifting them up, after a time, 
 the snow will be found considerably melted under the black cloth, but 
 not under the ivhite. 
 
 It is now seen that the object of clothing is not to impart heat to 
 the body, but to prevent its loss ; that it is not to create it, but to 
 furnish the occasion for increasing its degree. It appears further, that 
 clothing protects the body against the evil effects of changes of tem- 
 perature, and that white garments, by reflecting, instead of absorbing 
 heat, guard it against the heat of summer. 
 
 Clothing should he Porous. — All articles used for garments, should 
 be porous, and permit the free passage of insensible perspiration. The 
 skin receives oxygen through its pores, and gives back carbonic acid. 
 It performs a sort of subordinate respiration. India rubber garments 
 worn next to it, interrupts this, and must do mischief. Shoes made 
 of th'.o material, soon cause the feet to become damp and cold. The 
 dampness is occasioned by the insensible perspiration, which cannot 
 escape through the rubber. Such shoes worn in the open air, should 
 be immediately taken off on entering the house. 
 
 Thin Shoes. — The defective way in which American females pro- 
 tect their feet from cold and wet, is a sore evil ; and he who persuades 
 them to adopt a wiser fashion, and cover their feet with better guards 
 against colds and consumptions, will deserve the gratitude of the 
 nation. We are in many things too fond of copying foreign fashions : 
 
HYGIENE. 101 
 
 but if our ladies would, in -this matter, follow the excellent example 
 of English women, they would live longer, and leave a hardier pos- 
 terity behind them. 
 
 The shoes worn by our females, high and low, rich and poor, are 
 not thick enough to walk with safety upon a painted floor, hardly 
 upon a carpet in an unwarmed room ; and yet they walk with them 
 upon cold brick side-walks, upon damp and frozen ground, and even 
 in mud. 
 
 The result is, that they suffer from colds, sore throats, pleurisies, 
 lung fevers, suppressions, inflammations of the womb, and many other 
 ailments, which in early life, rob them of their freshness and beauty, 
 of their health and comfort, of their usefulness to their household and 
 the world, and leave them helpless in the arms of their friends, with 
 a patrimony of suffering for themselves while they live, and a legacy 
 of disease to hand down to their children. Would that they were wise 
 in season ! Some, to their honor be it said, have already adopted a 
 safer course. It is hoped the evil will be gradually corrected. 
 
 \ever attempt to mould the Form by Dress. — Parents commit a 
 great error when they attempt to mould the forms of their children, 
 particularly their daughters, by their dress. This cannot be done. 
 It is the work of nature, and she wants no assistance in it. The 
 great object of dress in childhood as well as in adult life, is to pro- 
 mote health. With this, there is not much difficulty in preserving the 
 symmetry ; without it, deformity is almost a matter of course. 
 
 The fact cannot be too often repeated, nor too seriously urged upon 
 parents, that while the foundation of all graceful and just proportion 
 of the different parts of the body must be laid in infancy, it cannot 
 be done by tight bands, and ligatures upon the chest, and loins, and 
 legs, and arms. Upon all these points, the garments of children 
 should set easy, leaving the muscles at liberty to assume the fine 
 swell and development which nothing short of unconstrained exercise 
 can give. Could infants tell all the horrors they suffer from the re- 
 straints put upon them by tight dresses, it would make many a moth- 
 er's heart, bleed. 
 
 In these brief remarks, the principles are given which should guide 
 us in the selection of our clothing. The intelligent reader will be 
 able very easily to fill up the outline. 
 
 Bathing and Cleanliness. 
 
 Aristotle calls cleanliness one of the half virtues ; and Addison, 
 in the Spectator, recommends it as a mark of politeness, and as analo- 
 gous to purity of mind. Both in the Jewish and Mohammedan law, it 
 is enforced as a part of religious duty. Its requirement as a prerequi- 
 site to christian communion, would be wiser than the demands some- 
 times made. A dirty Christian may perhaps be found, but not among 
 those who mean to be intelligent. 
 
 The importance of keeping the skin clean is not generally appre- 
 ciated. The motive for cleanliness is often a lower and meaner one 
 
102 HYGIENE. 
 
 than should be allowed to have place in the mind. Many persona 
 would be mortified to have their hands, or face, or neck dirty, who do 
 not wash their whole body once a year. That they may appear wel 
 in the eyes of others, is the only motive with such for keeping clean. 
 
 Offices of the Skin. — If we look a little at the offices of the skin, 
 we shall better understand the need of keeping it clean. 
 
 The skin is not merely a covering to protect us from the weather. 
 It is a living structure, curiously wrought, with a large extent of sur- 
 face, and having important duties to perform in the animal economy. 
 Its structure is more particularly explained under the head of " Anat- 
 omy" and " Skin Diseases." It has been already said, that it helps 
 the lungs in breathing. It does many other things on which the 
 health is dependent. 
 
 Number of Perspiratory Tubes. — The skin performs several kinds 
 of secretion, — that is, it separates several things from the. blood, — 
 one of which is the perspiration, or sweat. The sweat is formed in 
 small glands, situated just under the skin, and is brought to the surface 
 in small ducts, or tubes, like the hose through which firemen throw 
 water. These little tubes are spiral, as seen in cut 44, and run up. 
 through the two skins. 
 
 These spiral canals are very numerous, covering every part of the 
 human frame, — there being about 2800 of them upon every square 
 inch throughout the body ; and as a man of ordinary size, has about 
 2500 square inches of surface, the number of tubes in the skin of one 
 man is seven millions. 
 
 The mouths of these tubes are called the pores of the skin. Each 
 one of these tubes is extended just below the skin ; and there, among 
 the cells where the fat is deposited, it, or rather the two branches into 
 which it is divided, are wound into a coil, called the sudoriferous, or 
 sweat gland. These ducts are each about a quarter of an inch in 
 length, which makes an aggregate length of tubing in the human skin 
 of about twenty-eight miles. 
 
 Insensible Perspiration. — Through each of these seven million of 
 quarter inch hose, there is poured out, day and night, as long as a 
 man lives, a stream of sweat in the form of vapor. When this is 
 thrown off very rapidly, as happens when active exercise is taken, it 
 accumulates in drops, and is called sweat. Ordinarily it does not 
 thus accumulate ; it is then called insensible perspiration, — not being 
 lecognized by the senses. 
 
 This transpiration may be proved very beautifully by inserting the 
 naked arm into a long glass jar, and closing up the space around it 
 at the mouth so that no air can get in. The inside of the glass will 
 soon be covered with a vapor, which will grow more and more dense 
 until it is converted into drops. Boerhaave says : " If the piercing 
 chill of winter could be introduced into a summer assembly, the 
 insensible perspiration being suddenly condensed, would give to each 
 person the appearance of a heathen deity, wrapped w bis own sepa^ 
 rate cloud." 
 
HYGIENE. 103 
 
 Now, this continual exudation of sweat through these millions of 
 tubes is for a wise and necessary purpose. It is to take out of the 
 blood and other fluids various salts, which would do mischief if 
 allowed to remain longer, and particularly carbonic acid, which is 
 poisonous, — the same matters, in fact, which are thrown out by the 
 lungs. The skin, in truth, is a kind of helper of the lungs ; and a 
 lady, by covering herself with garments which have no pores, and 
 will neither admit air nor let off insensible perspiration, may be stran- 
 gled almost as certainly as by putting a cord around her neck, and 
 closing her windpipe. Almost twice as much fluid passes off through 
 the skin as through the lungs. 
 
 Keep the Pores Open. — It is obvious from what has now been said, 
 that the pores of the skin should be kept open to preserve health. 
 When bathing is neglected, and the under garments are not changed 
 sufficiently often, the insensible perspiration accumulates and dries up 
 upon the skin, mingling with the oily matter secreted by the oil glands, 
 and with the shreds of the scarf skin, and forming a tenacious gluey 
 matter, which closes up the pores. By this misfortune, that large quan- 
 tity of worn-out matter which usually goes off with the fluid through 
 the pores, is retained to poison and embarrass the living current of 
 blood, or seek an outlet through lungs or kidneys which are already 
 burdened with quite as much as they are able to do. How impor- 
 tant, then, that these channels through which the body is purified, 
 should be kept open ! that the skin should be kept healthy and in 
 working order ! 
 
 The Bath, the Great Purifier. — But this can only be done by daily 
 washing. The bath is the great purifier of the human skin. 
 
 The antiquity of bathing is very great. The practice is supposed 
 to reach back to the infancy of the race, or certainly to a very early 
 period. The inhabitants of middle Asia are said to have been the 
 first to use the bath for the specific purposes of purification and 
 health. Domestic baths are represented as having been used by 
 Diomed and Ulysses. Andromache prepared warm water for Hector 
 on his return from battle. Penelope banished sorrow by unguents 
 and baths. 
 
 The Baths of the Medes, the Persians, and the Assyrians were much}, 
 celebrated. Alexander, though familiar with the voluptuous baths 
 of Greece and Macedon, was astonished at the magnificence of those 
 of Darius. 
 
 Roman Baths. — As luxury and refinement advanced, the means of 
 luxurious bathing were multiplied, until establishments were built by 
 the Romans, the very remains of which excite wonder at this day. 
 Among these are the Thermae of Agrippa, of Nero, of Vespasian, 
 of Titus, etc. One of the halls of the building constructed for baths 
 by Diocletian, forms at this day the church of the Carthusians, one 
 of the most magnificent temples in Rome. 
 
 Number and Character. — According to Pliny, baths were intro- 
 duced into Rome about the time of Pompey ; their first erection Dion 
 
104 HYGIENE. 
 
 attributes to Maecenas. Agrippa increased their number to one 
 hundred and seventy ; and within two hundred years they were mul- 
 tiplied to about eight hundred. These establishments were so vast 
 that one writer compares them to provinces. They were paved either 
 with crystal, or mosaic, or plaster, and were adorned by sculpture and 
 painting to the very highest degree. They added not merely to the 
 health and luxury of the people, but contributed to their culture in 
 the highest departments of art and taste. 
 
 Names of Baths. — To the apartment of their dwelling in which 
 they washed their bodies in warm or hot water, the Romans gave the 
 name of balneum, or bath; to the public establishments, that of balnea, 
 or baths. The apartment which held the vessels was called vasarium. 
 In this were the three immense vessels which contained the cold, warm, 
 and hot water. There were instruments of bone, ivory, and metal, 
 for scraping the skin, with a groove in the edge, through which the 
 impurities of the skin might run off. 
 
 On the north front of the thermae was a reservoir of cold water 
 large enough for swimming, called by Pliny the younger, baptisteium. 
 In the centre was a spacious vestibule, and on each side, warm, cold, 
 and vapor baths, with apartments for cooling, dressing, and refresh- 
 ments. There was the frigidaium, a vaulted room, a cooling room 
 midway between the warmer and the open air ; the tepidarium, with 
 a temperature widway between the above and the hot bath ; and the 
 colidarium, or the vapor bath. 
 
 Then there was the room where the body was rubbed over with a 
 great number of ointments and essences of the most precious kinds ; 
 and another in which it was sprinkled over with powder ; and also a 
 room which held the clothes, in which the bathers undressed and 
 dressed at pleasure. 
 
 All these apartments were double, the two wings being appropri- 
 ated to the sexes. 
 
 Open to all. — These baths, thus numerous and magnificent, were 
 open to all classes of the people, and contributed largely to the gen- 
 eral health and physical endurance for which the Romans were con- 
 spicuous. 
 
 The Bath Neglected under the Christian System. — When Jesus of 
 Nazareth came into the world, he found man's nature cultivated in a 
 most defective way. The moral element had sunk down to the low- 
 est place, while the physical had risen to the highest, — just the reverse 
 of the true order of things. This Divine Teacher came, not to re- 
 commend a neglect of the body, but a new cure for the imperishable 
 part. Mankind were for the first time systematically taught to forgive 
 injuries. Prostrate liberty, and degraded woman, became the wards 
 of Christianity. 
 
 Unfortunately, under the new order of things, the lower element 
 of man, which had been exalted and worshipped, was cast down and 
 abused. What the Pagan had pampered, the Christian persecuted. 
 The body, which had been bathed, and scrubbed, and anointed, and 
 
HYGIENE. 105 
 
 perfumed, was thenceforward, in consequence of the improper inter- 
 pretation of certain texts, scourged, and fasted, and clothed in rags. 
 Thousands believed, and thousands do to this day, that to torment 
 the body is to please God. Under this feeling, the public and private 
 baths were neglected ; and to this day, no christian nation has fully 
 appreciated the necessity of cleanliness, and of sanitary measures for 
 the maintenance of the public health. To a considerable extent, the 
 bodv is still under disabilities ; still the subject of persecution ; and 
 where this is not the case, it is too often regarded only as a loose out- 
 side o-arment, to be thrown over the traveller to the celestial city, and 
 is expected to be well soiled with mud and dust. The teachings of 
 i he Great Master will by and by cease to be perverted, and will be 
 applied to raise up man's body, as they have raised his mental and 
 moral nature, and will make a well-developed and harmonious being. 
 In the mean time, it is the duty and the privilege of the physician 
 to urge a return, not to the magnificence of the ancient regimen for 
 training the body, but to its real efficiency in a simpler form. 
 
 Cold Bathing. — Water applied to the skin at a temperature below 
 75° of Farenheit, is called a cold bath. If applied to a person with 
 sufficient constitutional energy to bear it, it is a decided and very 
 powerful tonic. By this is meant that it promotes the solidity, com- 
 pactness, and strength of the body. 
 
 The first effect of the application of cold water to the skin, is the 
 sudden contraction of all its vessels, and the retreat of the blood 
 towards the internal organs. The nervous system, feeling the shock, 
 causes the heart to contract with more energy, and throw the blood 
 back with new force to the surface. 
 
 This rushing of the blood back to the skin, is called a reaction ; 
 and when it occurs with some energy, it is an evidence that the sys- 
 tem is in a condition to be much benefited by the cold bath. When 
 this does not take place, but the skin looks shrunken, and covered 
 with " goose flesh," and a chilliness is felt for a longer or shorter time 
 after bathing, then the inference should be, either that the water has 
 been used too profusely, or that the bather has too little reactionary 
 power for this form of the bath. The latter conclusion must not be 
 accepted until cold water has been tried with all possible guards, — 
 such as beginning with tepid water, and gradually lowering the tem- 
 perature ; bathing for a time, at least, in a warm room ; beginning 
 the practice in warm weather ; and applying the water at first with a 
 sponge, out of which most of it has been pressed by the hand. With 
 some or all of these precautions, most persons may learn to use the 
 cold bath. It is always to be followed by brisk rubbing with a coarse 
 towel or flesh-brush. 
 
 The Sponge Bath. — A wet sponge is the simplest, as well as the 
 best mode of applying water to the surface of the body. With 
 persons who are feeble, a part only of the body should be exposed 
 at a time, — which part, having been quickly sponged and wiped 
 dry, should be covered, and another part exposed, and treated in a 
 like manner. In this way, all parts of the body may successively be 
 
106 HYGIENE. 
 
 subjected to the bracing influence of water and friction, with little 
 risk, even to the most delicate, of an injurious shock. The only fur- 
 niture required for carrying out this simple plan of bathing, is a 
 6ponge, a basin, and a towel. There is no form of bathing so uni- 
 versally applicable as this, or so generally conducive to health. 
 
 The Shower Bath requires a brief notice. The shock to the nervous 
 Bystem produced by it, is much greater than that from sponging 
 Beside the sudden application of coldness, there is a concussion of 
 the skin by the fall of the water. This form of the bath is excellent 
 for those who are strong and full of vitality, but is fraught with some 
 danger for the feeble and delicate. This, however, depends on the 
 judgment with which it is used. In the form of a delicate shower, 
 and with tepid water, the frailest body might bear its shock. 
 
 The Warm Bath. — A temperate bath ranges from 75° to 85° ; a 
 tepid bath, from 85° to 95° ; a warm bath, from 95° to 98° ; a hot 
 bath, from 98° to 105°. A warm bath is of the same temperature 
 with the surface of the body. Of course it produces no shock. To 
 those who are past the meridian of life, and have dry skins, and begin 
 to be emaciated, the warm bath, for half an hour, twice a week, is 
 eminently serviceable in retarding the advances of age. 
 
 It is a mistake to suppose the warm bath is enfeebling. It has a 
 soothing and tranquillizing effect. It renders the pulse a little slower, 
 and the breathing more even. If the bath be above 98°, it becomes 
 a hot one, and the pulse is quickened. 
 
 The temperature of the warm bath, as of the cold, should be made 
 to range up and down according to the vigor of frame, and the circu- 
 lation of the individual. The aged and the infirm, whose hands and 
 feet are habitually cold, require it to be well up towards the point of 
 blood heat. The pulse should not be made to beat faster by it, nor 
 should sensations of heat or fulness be induced about the temples 
 and face. 
 
 The Vapor Bath. — This differs from the warm bath in being ap- 
 plied to the interior as well as to the exterior of the body. The 
 warmth is inhaled into the air tubes at the same time that it envel- 
 ops the external person. The first sensation of the vapor bath is 
 oppression, and causes some difficulty of breathing ; but this passes 
 off as soon as the perspiration begins to flow. From the steam- 
 chamber, the bather should step into a tepid bath, and after remain- 
 ing a short time in this, wipe himself thoroughly with dry towels. 
 
 Cold Affusion immediately after either the warm or the vapor bath, 
 is excellent. In Russia it is common, after the vapor bath, to pour 
 upon the head of the bather, a bucket of warm water, then one of 
 tepid, and lastly one of cold ; and to finish with giving him a good 
 towelling. It is even said that the natives leave the steam and the hot 
 bath, and roll themselves in the snow. 
 
 No danger need be feared from cold affusion when the skin is red 
 and excited by the warm bath, provided the nervous frame is not in 
 a depressed condition. If the body is chilled, and the nerves pros- 
 
HYGIENE. 107 
 
 trated by disease or fatigue, the application of cold water to the skin 
 may do great mischief, and should in no case be hazarded. Cold 
 water applied to a hot skin, cannot do harm ; to a cold skin, it can do 
 nothing but harm. Hence, the cold bath may be used with advan- 
 tage on rising in the morning, while the body is warm. Another good 
 time is at ten or eleven o'clock in the forenoon, when the nervous 
 power is advancing towards its height for the day. 
 
 Renction Necessary. — As a means for promoting cleanliness, the 
 importance of the bath can hardly be overstated. For the support 
 and improvement of health, it is equally important. But for the pro- 
 motion of the latter, one prerequisite is essential, — the reaction of 
 the skin. 
 
 Various means are resorted to, to secure this. The Hindoos secure 
 it by a kind of shampooing, thus described by a writer : " One of the 
 attendants on the bath extends you upon a bench, sprinkles you with 
 warm water, and presses the whole body in an admirable^ manner. 
 He cracks the joints of the fingers, and of all the extremities. He 
 then places you upon the stomach, pinches you over the kidneys, 
 seizes you by the shoulders, and cracks the spine by agitating all the 
 vertebrae, strikes some powerful blows over the fleshy and muscular 
 parts, then rubs the body with a hair-glove until he perspires, etc." 
 " This process," says the writer, " continues for three-quarters of an 
 hour, after which a man scarcely knows himself ; he feels like a new 
 being." Sir John Sinclair speaks thus of the luxury of the process : 
 " If life be nothing but a brief succession of our ideas, the rapidity 
 with which they now pass over the mind would induce one to believe 
 that, in the few short minutes he has spent in the bath, he has lived a 
 number of years." 
 
 The Coarse Towel, the horsehair glove, and the flesh-brush are the 
 appliances commonly used for stimulating the skin, and causing reac- 
 tion. For tender skins, the towel is sufficiently rough. With this 
 the bather should rub himself, unless he is weak and the exertion pro- 
 duces palpitation. The muscular exertion necessary for this will help 
 the reaction. 
 
 Restoration of the Bath desirable. — It is greatly to be wished that 
 the bath might be restored to something like the importance it held 
 among ancient nations. It is a luxury, a means of health, and a 
 source of purity both of body and of mind; for the morals of any 
 people will rise where the use of the bath is regular and habitual. 
 The attempt to cure all diseases by what is called the " water-cure," 
 has a bit of fanaticism about it, which will cure itself in time. But 
 that water, used judiciously in the form of baths, is a potent moral 
 and physical renovator of the race, is not to be doubted ; and this 
 should commend it to all sensible people, even though it should some- 
 times be abused by excess, as all good things are. 
 
 A people with clean hands, and clean bodies, and clean health, will 
 very naturally come to like clean streets and clean cities, and finally, 
 clean consciences. A fondness for cleanliness in one form, almost 
 
108 HYGIENE. 
 
 necessarily runs into a like fondness for it in other forms, until the 
 purifying desire pervades the whole nature, moral as well as physical. 
 
 Air and Ventilation. 
 
 Water and air are fluids. Water covers two-thirds the surface of 
 the globe, having a depth, in some places, of f„*e miles or more. Air 
 covers not merely the remaining third of the earth, but the water as 
 well. It embraces the entire globe, pressing alike upon land and 
 water, and having a depth of about forty-five miles. This is a sea of 
 such magnitude, that the Atlantic or Pacific shrinks to a very small 
 lake in the comparison. 
 
 Man has his residence, and walks about at the bottom of this 
 ocean. He has no means of navigating it, and, therefore, never rises 
 to its surface ; but, with his natural eyes, and with telescopes, he dis- 
 covers objects which lie millions and billions of miles beyond it, and 
 even acquires much exact and useful information respecting them. 
 
 This vast ocean of air we call an atmosphere, from two Greek 
 words signifying vapor, and a sphere, — it being an immense fluid- 
 sphere, or globe. 
 
 Pressure of the Atmosphere. — This atmosphere presses upon man 
 and upon every object on the surface of the earth, with a force equal 
 to fifteen pounds to every square inch ; and as a man of average size 
 has a surface of about 2500 square inches, the air in which he lives, 
 presses upon him with a weight of eighteen tons. This would of 
 course crush every bone in his body, but for the fluids within him 
 which establish an equilibrium, and leave him unoppressed. 
 
 The Philosophy of Breathing cannot be fully explained in the brief 
 space allotted to this subject ; it is enough to say, that, upon the at- 
 tempt being made to draw in the breath, the muscles of the breast 
 draw up the ribs, the diaphragm or midriff at the same time contract- 
 ing, — the whole movement being such as to create a vacuum in the 
 lungs. The air, pressing upon every part of the surface, as mentioned 
 above, instantly rushes in and fills the vacuum. The lungs being 
 filled, the contraction of the muscles of the belly causes the dia- 
 phragm, which has sunk down towards a plane, to rise up into the 
 form of an umbrella, and squeeze the air out of the lungs. 
 
 This is about all that need to be said of the method of getting the 
 air into and out of the lungs. The whole process is under the con- 
 trol of that part of the nervous system called the medulla oblongata, 
 or top of the spinal cord. 
 
 Objects of Breathing*. — There are at least three objects to be ac- 
 complished by breathing ; the renewal of the blood and the taking of 
 impurities out of it ; the warming of the body ; and the finishing up 
 of the process of digestion, and the change of chyle into nutritive 
 blood. 
 
 There is no good reason for attempting here to explain the last of 
 these objects. To give any idea of the first two, it is necessary to 
 furnish a very brief explanation of the circulation of the blood. 
 
HYGIENE. 109 
 
 The heart is double. There are in fact two hearts, a right and a 
 left, joined together. The right heart receives the blood from the 
 veins, and forces it up into the lungs, whence it is brought back to 
 the left heart, and by this is driven through the arteries into e very- 
 part of the body. When received into the lungs, the blood is of a 
 dark purple color, and is loaded with carbonic acid and some other 
 impurities. It has also been deprived, during its circulation through 
 the body, of most of its oxygen. The small, delicate vessels which 
 convey this dark and impure blood through the lungs, pass directly 
 over the air cells ; and at this moment the carbonic acid and water 
 pass through the blood vessels and air cells, and are borne from the 
 body on the outgoing breath ; while the oxy- 
 gen enters the blood through the walls of the 
 same vessels ; and this exchange, which takes 
 place with every breath, alters the blood from 
 a dark purple to a scarlet red. Figure 71 
 shows at 1, a bronchial tube divided into three 
 branches ; 2, 2, 2, are air-cells ; 3, branches of 
 the pulmonary artery winding around the air- 
 cells with the dark blood to be reddened. 
 That carbonic acid and water are borne out of the lungs with every 
 breath, may be easily proved. If we breathe into lime-water, it will 
 become white. This is owing to the carbonic acid in the breath 
 uniting with the lime, and producing carbonate of lime. Then, if we 
 breathe upon a piece of glass, it becomes wet, showing that there is 
 watery vapor in the breath. That the blood receives oxygen from 
 the air we breathe is proved by the fact that the ingoing breath has 
 one-fourth more oxygen in it than the outgoing. 
 
 The lungs, then, take out of all the air we breathe, one-fourth of 
 its oxygen. If we breathe it over a second, a third, and a fourth time, 
 it not only has less oxygen each time, and is less useful for the pur- 
 poses of respiration, but it becomes positively more hurtful by reason 
 of the poisonous carbonic acid which, at every outgoing breath, it 
 carries with it from the lungs. 
 
 Effect of Sleeping in a Small Room. — Now, consider the effect of 
 sleeping in a small room, seven feet by nine, not furnished with the 
 means of ventilation. A pair of lungs, of ordinary size, take in, at 
 each breath, about a pint of air. Out of this air one-fourth of its oxy- 
 gen is extracted ; and when it is returned from the lungs, there comes 
 along with it about eight or nine per cent, of carbonic acid. As it is 
 not safe to breathe air containing more than three or four per cent, 
 of this gas, the pint which the lungs take in and throw out at each 
 breath, is not only spoiled, but it spoils something more than another 
 pint with which it mingles; and as the breath is drawn in and thrown 
 out about eighteen times per minute, not less than four cubic feet of 
 air is spoiled in that time by one pair of lungs. This is two hundred 
 and forty feet an hour ; and in eight hours, the usual time spent in 
 the sleeping room, it amounts to one thousand nine hundred and 
 twenty cubic feet. During the hours of sleep, therefore, one pair of 
 
110 HYGIENE. 
 
 lungs so spoil one thousand nine hundred and twenty cubic feet of 
 air that it is positively dangerous to breathe it. 
 
 In a room seven feet by ten, and eight feet high, there are five hun- 
 dred and sixty cubic feet of air, a little more than one-quarter the 
 amount spoiled by one pair of lungs during sleeping hours. In a 
 room of this size, there is not air enough to last one person three 
 hours ; and yet two persons often remain in such rooms eight or nine 
 hours. 
 
 Why then do they not perish ? Simply because no room is entirely 
 air tight. Fortunately, all our rooms are so made that some foul air 
 will get out, and a little that is pure will find its way in. Were it not 
 so, no man who closed the door behind him, for the night, in a small bed- 
 room, would ever see a return of day. 
 
 Suppose fifty children are confined in an unventilated school-room, 
 twenty feet by thirty, and ten feet high. These children will spoil 
 about one hundred and fifty feet of air in one minute, or nine thou- 
 sand feet per hour, or twenty-seven thousand feet in three hours, — a 
 usual half day's session. But the room holds only six thousand cubic 
 feet of air, — the whole of which these children would spoil in forty 
 minutes. 
 
 These simple facts show the absolute necessity of ventilation. Yet 
 how poorly it is provided for in our sleeping rooms, our sitting rooms, 
 our school houses, our churches, our court houses, our halls of legis- 
 lation, and even in our anatomical and medical-lecture rooms ! 
 
 In sick-rooms, ventilation should receive special attention. — Every 
 disease is aggravated by the breathing of bad air. Yet it is common 
 to close all the doors and windows of rooms where sick persons are 
 confined, lest the patients should take cold. This is a bad practice. 
 The sick should have a plenty of fresh air. Their comfort is pro- 
 moted by it, and their recovery hastened. 
 
 It is strange that human beings should be afraid of pure air. It is 
 their friend and not their enemy. Impure air only should be shunned. 
 
 The supply of good air ample. — There is no necessity for breath- 
 ing air which has lost a part of its oxygen, and acquired a portion of 
 carbonic acid. The supply of good air is ample. An ocean of it 
 forty-five miles deep, covering the whole globe, seems a pretty plain 
 intimation that it is not to be sparingly used. When men retire 
 within their dwellings, and attempt to shut out this great sea of air, 
 they show about as much wisdom as would be exhibited by fishes 
 which should build water-tight huts around themselves at the bottom 
 of the ocean, and swim about continually in the unchanged water 
 within. Fishes can only live in glass globes when the water is 
 changed every day ; and if the water be changed half a dozen times 
 a day, they cannot be as healthy as when swimming in the great 
 ocean. 
 
 Cultivating Trees. — In most of our cities there is almost a criminal 
 neglect of the cultivation of trees ; yet they add greatly to the health, 
 and prolong the lives of the citizens. 
 
 The leaves of a tree are the lungs with which it breathes ; but in* 
 
HYGIENE. 
 
 Ill 
 
 stead of extracting oxygen from the air, and giving back carbonic 
 acid, like man, it takes only the poisonous carbonic acid, and gives 
 6ack oxygen. 
 
 Were there no animals on the globe, the vegetables would consume 
 all the carbonic acid, and die for want of breathing material ; on the 
 other hand, were there no trees or other vegetables, the animals would 
 in time so far exhaust the oxygen as to perish for lack of it. The two 
 together keep the air healthy for each. 
 
 The relation of plants and animals, in all that relates to their pecu- 
 liar actions and effects, is a complete antagonism. Their movements 
 are in contrary directions, and by hostile forces. Their opposing ac- 
 tions may be illustrated thus : 
 
 The vegetable produces the non- 
 nitrogenized substances, sugar, starch, and 
 gum. 
 
 The vegetable decomposes car- 
 bonic acid, water, and ammoniacal salts. 
 
 The vegetable disengages oxygen. 
 
 The vegetable absorbs heat and 
 electricity. 
 
 The vegetable is a de-oxidizer. 
 
 The vegetable is stationary. 
 
 The animal consumes the non-ni- 
 trogenized substances, sugar, starch, and 
 gum. 
 
 The animal produces carbonic acid, 
 water, and ammoniacal salts. 
 
 The animal absorbs oxygen. 
 
 The animal produces heat and el- 
 ectricity. 
 
 The animal is an oxidizer. 
 
 The animal is locomotive. 
 
 We learn from the facts of Geology that the time was in the his- 
 tory Qf our globe, when lunged animals could not breathe its atmos- 
 phere ; it was too much loaded with carbonic acid. The trees then 
 grew with a rapidity almost inconceivable, decomposing the poison- 
 ous gas, taking to themselves the carbon and setting the oxygen free, 
 and lifting up their brawny arms to heaven in acts of thankfulness 
 for the great feast. 
 
 At length the noxious gas was exhausted; and then, pale and sickly, 
 they feebly held up their hands for help ; and God sent numberless 
 tribes of warm-blooded animals, full of life and energy, that sported 
 in the exhilarating air, and destroyed vast forests, thereby reproducing 
 carbonic acid. 
 
 These simple facts should teach man the sanitary importance of 
 trees and bushes ; and wherever he has a rod, I had almost said a foot 
 of ground to spare, a tree should be planted and carefully nursed. 
 This is particularly necessary in large cities. Every narrow street 
 even in Boston, should be lined with trees. For their absence, thou- 
 sands of men, women, and children have died sooner than they other- 
 wise would. We want them stretching up their arms to all our win- 
 dows to give us oxygen, and to take to themselves the carbonic acid 
 we exhale. 
 
 Tight Dresses. — The health may be injured by not breathing air 
 enough, as well as by inhaling that which is impure. It is therefore 
 improper to compress the lungs by wearing tight dresses. If the ribs 
 are held down by the dress, but little air can get into the lungs, and 
 only a small amount of carbonic acid can be carried out. In this 
 event, the health is injured in two ways; the blood is not vitalized by 
 oxygen received, and it is poisoned by carbonic acid retained. 
 
112 HYGIENE. 
 
 Tight lacing has in a measure gone out of fashion ; yet too much 
 of it for the best development of female health is yet retai' 1pH As a 
 knowledge of physiology and the laws of life, and a betier judgment 
 of the true symmetry of the female form prevail, this barbarous cus- 
 tom will pass out of use, and the substantial health, and real beauty 
 of the American woman will together rise to a higher standard. 
 
 Fill the lungs well. — Persons who take but little exercise are apt 
 to acquire the habit of drawing the air very little into the lower part 
 of the lungs. This should be counteracted by taking long and full 
 inspirations for a short time, every day, while in the open air. This 
 practice would get the lungs in the habit of opening to the air quite 
 down to their base, and would make the breathing much more natural 
 as well as effectual at all times. In the case of young persons, it 
 would enlarge the capacity of the chest, and add to the brief years 
 of life. Parents should see to it that their children spend from ten to 
 twenty -five minutes every morning inflating their lungs with pure air. 
 
 Travelling. 
 
 It is true that many persons who dwell in one spot, and hardly 
 move from it all their lives, live to old age. Yet change of location 
 for a short time, or permanently, does promote health, and protract 
 life. The mind tires of contemplating one set of objects for a great 
 length of time ; and in the absence of all stimulation, it sinks into 
 apathy, and imparts no energy to the body. The physical frame, 
 partaking of the ennui of the mind, droops. This is doubly true when 
 one is suffering from illness. 
 
 Travelling is eminently fitted to draw the thoughts of the nervous 
 and feeble from themselves, and to turn them with interest to outward 
 objects. This is of great importance. It is better than stimulants 
 and tonics. 
 
 The nervous system has great power over the health ; and the 
 pleasurable sensations, excited by visiting new places and scenes, and 
 conveyed to the mind through the nerves, often awaken in the consti- 
 tution, energies which are essential to recovery. 
 
 Travelling places a man in entirely new circumstances. It sur- 
 rounds him with novelties, every one of which makes a demand upon 
 his attention. It breaks up his old trains of thought, which have been 
 monotonous so long that they have grown oppressive. It causes the 
 world to touch him at a thousand new points, and surprises him every 
 day, perhaps every hour, with a view of the false relations he has 
 sustained to it. It opens to him new depths in his own nature, and 
 causes him to wonder that they never attracted his attention before. 
 It opens to him one door after another, leading him into new apart- 
 ments of knowledge ; and as the world grows, he finds himself grow- 
 ing with it, until his whole nature dilates and beats with new life. 
 
 Means of Travelling Increased. — The last twenty-five years have 
 greatly increased the facilities for travelling. Many of the sick may 
 now seek health in distant lands, who, had their circumstances been 
 
HYGIENE. 113 
 
 similar twenty years ago, would have been compelled to pine at 
 home. The cars give an easy journey to thousands who could not 
 have borne a ride in the old stage coach. 
 
 One thing more wanted. — But one thing is wanted to bring the 
 means of travelling, for the sick, very nearly to perfection ; it is a 
 method of propelling carriages upon common roads, by some cheap 
 power, which can never be exhausted, and which shall be easily man- 
 aged by the traveller or his companion. This is a prominent want of 
 the present hour ; a giant discovery, which, at a single stride, would 
 carry the world forward a hundred years, and which, we may hope, is 
 in the womb of the near future. The power, it is believed, will be 
 electro-magnetism. The mode of applying it, when discovered, will 
 be simple, yet wonderful ; and the results to the sick, beneficent be- 
 yond expression. The human mind cannot conceive the advantages 
 which invalids would derive from such a mode of conveyance. Jour- 
 neys might be long or short ; might be made with any rate of speed 
 which the strength permitted. The morning or afternoon stages 
 might be discontinued when fatigue demanded, and resumed at pleas- 
 ure. Over uninviting regions the traveller might glide swiftly, and 
 linger where nature spreads her feasts for the mind. 
 
 The best Seasons for Travelling* are spring and autumn. Winter 
 is too cold. A pleasurable excursion may sometimes be made in 
 summer ; but in general the season is too hot for comfort. In chang- 
 ing climate, food, water, etc., in the sultry season, there is danger of 
 contracting very troublesome bowel complaints. 
 
 Means of Travelling for the Poor. — There is one painful thought 
 connected with travelling as a means of health. It cannot be en- 
 joyed by the poor. When sick they generally have the careful 
 attention of humane physicians ; they receive from kind neighbors 
 little delicacies of food and drink ; they are watched with by night, 
 and visited by day ; but though suffering from the hard routine of a 
 laborious life, and needing diversion and recreation more than all 
 else, they cannot travel. They have not the means, and nobody 
 thinks of supplying them for such a purpose. 
 
 This is a channel into which charity ought to pour some of its 
 benevolent streams. In large cities there is a class of poor females, 
 who sit in their small rooms and ply the needle diligently through 
 the whole year, and who run down every summer very near to con- 
 finement in bed. Two or three weeks, in the hot season, spent in 
 travelling in the mountains and elsewhere, would bring back the color 
 to the pale cheeks of such persons, and save them many years both 
 from the grave and from the almshouse. No millionnaire could make 
 a better use of his property than to set it apart, at his death, for the 
 specific purpose of enabling the poor to travel. And if this sugges- 
 tion should induce one rich man to consecrate his wealth to the God- 
 like work of bestowing health, happiness, and intelligence upon the 
 poor, the great labor of preparing this book will not have been en- 
 dured in vain. 
 
 15 
 
114 HYGIENE. 
 
 Amusements. 
 
 That which engages the mind, and at the same time impresses it 
 with pleasurable sensations, is a sufficiently accurate definition of 
 amusement. Whatever occupies the thoughts and senses in an 
 agreeable way, and employs them with some degree of intensity, 
 comes under the same head. 
 
 This broad and general definition allows us to regard our daily 
 employments as amusements when they engage our deep attention, 
 and at the same time give us pleasure. 
 
 The term amusements, however, in the more popular sense, is re- 
 stricted to those sports, games, plays, exhibitions, entertainments, etc., 
 which involve a suspension of our daily labors, and are properly called 
 diversions. 
 
 When nature is tired and worn with those severe and exhausting 
 toils by which we earn our bread, amusements turn us aside, divert 
 us, engage other powers, and allow our tired faculties to rest. They 
 are, therefore, of very great importance. Even the most trifling 
 amusements may have the highest value. Their very nature and ob- 
 ject imply that they will be valuable just in proportion as they divert 
 and rest us. And just in proportion as they do these things, they 
 give us health. 
 
 One other thing amusements do for us, which must not be forgot- 
 ten ; they preserve in us, in middle life, and eren in old age, the warm 
 simplicity of childhood. They keep us young in our dispositions and 
 feelings. They keep us in harmony with nature, and consequently 
 artless and truthful. They prevent the formalities of conventional 
 life from stiffening us into cold and repulsive hypocrites. 
 
 Selection of Amusements. — Of course the same amusements are 
 not adapted to all persons. The farmer who has worked his muscles 
 all day, would not be benefited by a game of ball in the evening ; 
 yet there are few games more suitable for the student who has bent 
 for many hours over his books. Care should always be taken, there- 
 fore, that amusements or sports do not bear upon those limbs or fac- 
 ulties which are wearied by work. 
 
 Amusements improve various faculties. — To one who has a taste 
 for art ; who is fond of works of genius and poetry, theatrical enter- 
 tainments will always be agreeable, and a source of gratification and 
 health. I know these exhibitions are objected to by many as immoral 
 and hurtful, but more, I think, from habit and fashion, than upon any 
 solid grounds of reason or religion. They certainly appeal to a high 
 order of faculties in the human mind ; and to those who are fitted to 
 receive them, teach lessons of great moment. Even the lower exhi- 
 bitions of comedy, though not particularly improving to the mind, are 
 yet, from their power to provoke laughter, among the most powerful 
 up-builders of health. 
 
 The Games of Whist, Euchre, etc., engage the minds of the players 
 in a sort of mental contest, which is exciting, agreeable, and health- 
 
HYGIENE 115 
 
 imparting. These games make us skilful in calculating chances, and 
 judging how men ought to act under certain contingencies. They 
 make us sharp to detect and turn aside the unseen forces, which tend 
 to oppose and destroy our success in life. 
 
 I hardly need say that money or other property should never be 
 staked upon a game of cards, or upon any other game. Gambling is 
 one of the meanest as well as most destructive things in which men 
 can engage. It raises the healthful excitement of these innocent 
 amusements, — innocent when properly pursued, — into raging pas- 
 sions, which, when defeat comes, as come it will, sink into remorse 
 and bitterness as terrible as the mind can conceive. I warn young 
 men as they would escape the pangs of a hell on earth, and the Loss 
 of character, happiness, and probably health for life, to avoid any 
 such abuse of cards. 
 
 Chess, Chequers, etc., appeal likewise to the fondness of competi- 
 tion, which is common to all men. But they cultivate in us a little 
 more of the mathematical element. As they require very close appli- 
 cation of the mind, they are not suitable for persons of sedentary em- 
 ployments, or whose daily avocations require a constant use of the 
 mind. Such persons should choose lighter and more active amuse- 
 ments. 
 
 Lighter Amusements. — Beside these higher amusements, there are 
 a great number of lighter and more childish ones, which should not 
 be overlooked. 
 
 Some of these are merely physical, involving a trial of strength, 
 fleetness, action, etc., as the games of ball, cricket, etc. Others are 
 domestic in their nature, involving mirth, and various other of the 
 lighter excitements, as blind-man's buff, puss in the corner, hole in the 
 wall, fox and geese, hunt the slipper, hurly-burly, roll the platter, etc. 
 
 In fashionable American households, these simple domestic plays 
 have in a great measure, gone out of use, — being deemed vulgar, and 
 below the dignity of ladies and gentlemen. I am sorry to say this ; 
 for the vulgarity, in my judgment, is in those who reject them, and 
 not in the plays. 
 
 The officer of our navy, whose visit to the mansion of Lord Hard- 
 wick I have spoken of on page 90, reports that on the evening of one 
 of his visits, the play of blind-man's buff was engaged in by the 
 whole party ; and that his Lordship in attempting to make a short 
 turn during the play, fell upon his back, when one of his daughters, 
 who was blinded, caught him by the heels, and being assisted by 
 others, drew him stern-foremost half the length of the hall, amid the 
 shouts of the whole party. This would have been deemed very vul- 
 gar by fashionable people in this country. But to me, who am no 
 believer in any nobility which Lord Hardwick can receive from kings 
 or queens, this simple narrative raised him at once to a peerage in 
 nature's realm. Without doubt, he is one of nature's noblemen. A 
 man in his station, and with his wealth and temptations to snobbery, 
 who can preserve such simplicity of character, must have a warm as 
 well as a noble heart in his breast. 
 
 _ 
 
116 HYGIENE. 
 
 Value of Domestic Amusements. — I remark here, that in all our 
 amusements, we should as far as possible, seek those of a domestic 
 character. They are more simple and childlike in their nature, and 
 preserve in us, even to old age, the freshness of feeling, and truthful 
 simplicity, which spread so beautiful a greenness over the autumn of 
 life. 
 
 Simple domestic amusements, too, are always gotten up on a cheap 
 scale ; they do not encourage costly extravagance, and can be indulged 
 m by the poor as well as the rich. 
 
 But more, and better than all, they keep young men and old men, 
 "nd young women and old women, at home, by making the domestic 
 ■ role the centre of attraction. They draw the seekers of pleasure 
 around the hearth-stone, instead of outward into the world. They 
 incline young and old to look to the family circle as the centre of the 
 most pure, because the most simple and natural, enjoyments. They 
 teach us to look to home as the centre of life, and to all outside as 
 only its appendages. 
 
 It has been said that homes are found only in England ; that in 
 other countries, life wanders, houseless and shelterless, abroad, seek- 
 ing happiness, it knows not where, while in England it nestles warmly 
 in the bosom of home. To whatever extent this is true, — and I be- 
 lieve there is truth in it, — it is owing to the simple household amuse- 
 ments of England. 
 
 All American Want. — One of the great wants of this country is a 
 more liberal provision for amusements. We attach here too much 
 value to wealth ; and we pursue it with an intensity altogether in- 
 compatible with health. We cannot take time for recreation because 
 we are in so great a hurry to be rich. 
 
 If we would save ourselves from a total wreck of health, we must 
 take broader and better views of life. We must value it for its solid 
 comforts, rather than for its glitter and show. 
 
 We need quite an increase in the number of our holidays, — days 
 on which the people can give themselves up to sportive recreations. 
 Some progress has been made in this direction of late. Washing- 
 ton's birth day has very nearly fixed itself among us as a holiday ; 
 the claim of Lafayette's to a similar observance is beginning to be 
 acknowledged. Quite a number more, scattered through the year, 
 are much wanted. They would save hundreds of our population 
 annually from insanity. 
 
 Contrary to the general belief, insanity is very prevalent among 
 seamen and farmers. The former lead a life of dreary solitude upon 
 the ocean ; the latter, one, if not of equal, certainly of very objection- 
 able solitude upon the land. The sailor who does business upon the 
 great sea, should provide himself with great numbers of games to 
 amuse him in his wanderings. The farmers of our land should culti- 
 vate more of the sociabilities of life. Let them meet together in the 
 fine* summer evenings, like the peasants of France, and dance gayly 
 upon the green lawns before their cottages. They will till their lands 
 more cheerfully for it ; enjoy better spirits and health ; and live to 
 greater age. 
 
HYGIENE. 117 
 
 Completeness of Life. — Amusements are necessary in order to give 
 a completeness to life. The faculties of the human mind are numer- 
 ous. It is only when they are all exercised, in their due proportion, 
 that there is a harmonious beauty in our lives. The customs of soci- 
 ety twist us all out of shape, — perverting us mentally, morally, and 
 physically, and robbing us of every manly and healthful quality. 
 Getting out of the ruts of fashionable life, we must come back to the 
 simple paths of nature. 
 
 I would strongly impress upon parents, teachers, and guardians 
 the importance of studying well the various temperaments, physical 
 and mental peculiarities of their children, in order to judge wisely of 
 the kind and amount of recreation required by them. 
 
 Instance : a pale, delicate child of ten to twelve or fourteen years, 
 with clear complexion, flaxen hair, blue eyes, slender frame, and a 
 nervous, sensitive orginization, with strong mental cast, requires much 
 more recreation and out-of-door exercise than a full-blooded, robust 
 child of that age; a fact not at present duly considered, as a genera] 
 thi'tR, 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 Man has thinking, warming, nourishing, and moving powers. Foi 
 the performance of each of these great functions, he has organs of 
 the best possible construction. 
 
 For Thinking, he has a brain. If this be large in proportion to his 
 other organs, it gives a character, a cast, a peculiarity to his whole 
 organization. Everything about him is subordinate to his brain. 
 We recognize him, at once, as a thinking and a feeling being. He 
 has an intellectual look. There is a delicacy, a refinement, a sensi- 
 tiveness, a studious habit, an air of thoughtfulness about him, which 
 determine his traits, his tone, his temper, his whole character. Hence 
 it is proper to say he has a cephalic or thinking temperament. 
 
 The Lung'S and Heart, devoted to renewing and circulating the 
 blood, are placed in the chest or thorax. If these be large in man in 
 proportion to other organs, he is characterized by great activity of cir- 
 culation, by a large supply of red blood, and by the general indica- 
 tions of a full, warm, and bounding life. This activity gives him his 
 tone and temper, and shows that his is the thoracic or calorific temper- 
 ament. 
 
 In the Great Cavity of the Abdomen is done the work of receiving, 
 digesting, and disposing of the materials which nourish the body. 
 If the organs which do this work be large in proportion to others, the 
 body is fed to repletion, and the whole organization speaks of the 
 table. The habit, the look, the temper, are all sluggish. This is the 
 abdominal or alimentary temperament. 
 
 The Bones and Muscles are instruments by which the movements 
 of the body are performed. If these be the largest, in proportion, of 
 any in the body, then the locomotive powers are in higher perfection 
 than any others. There is largeness of person, energy of movement, 
 and greatness of endurance. The whole cast of the person partakes 
 of the strength and coarseness of bone and muscle. This is the mus- 
 cular or locomotive temperament. 
 
 This gives us four temperaments, as follows : 
 
 I. The Cephalic Temperament, denoted by large brain, activity of 
 mind, and general delicacy o. c organization. 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 119 
 
 II. The Thoracic Temperament, indicated by a large chest, force 
 of circulation, redness of skin, great activity, warmth of temper, and 
 fulness of life. 
 
 III. The Abdominal Temperament, denoted by a large develop- 
 ment of the stomach, liver, bowels, and lymphatics ; by a fulness of 
 belly, fondness of high living, and a disposition to float sluggishly 
 upon the current of the world, rather than to struggle against it. 
 
 IV. The Muscular Temperament, indicated by largeness of frame 
 and limbs, coarseness of structure, and great power of locomotion 
 and endurance. 
 
 There are some reasons for reckoning but three temperaments in- 
 stead of four, by reducing the thoracic and abdominal to one, after 
 the manner of the phrenological Fowlers, — especially as the organs 
 in the chest, and their appendages, take an important part in the pro- 
 cess of nutrition. But as the heart and lungs are placed in one cavity, 
 and the stomach, liver, etc., in another; and as one set of these organs 
 may be largely developed, and the other defectively, I have thought it 
 most convenient, on the whole, and quite as philosophical, to retain 
 the four temperaments. 
 
 These temperaments seldom or never appear single and pure. They 
 mix and cross with each other in all possible ways. 
 
 Medication and Temperaments. 
 
 The object of speaking of temperaments in this work, is to make 
 the reader acquainted with the principles upon which remedies are to 
 be adapted to their development. The philosophical-minded physi- 
 cian will, in prescribing, always keep the temperament in view. 
 
 Persons of a Cephalic Temperament cannot bear powerful medi- 
 cines, — particularly drastic purges. Their fine, delicate and sensitive 
 organizations would be torn all to pieces by doses which would hardly 
 be sufficient in a fully-developed muscular temperament. This should 
 always be borne in mind in prescribing for persons of a large brain 
 and delicate organization. 
 
 In this temperament, too, fevers, instead of running a high and 
 fiery course, take the low typhoid type, the patient becoming pale, 
 and showing a constant tendency to sink. Such patients would be 
 killed by purging, leeching, cupping, sweating, and starving. They 
 want tonics, stimulants, and every kind of support which the case 
 will possibly permit. 
 
 Persons of a Thoracic Temperament, having a rapid circulation, and 
 a fulness of blood, are most liable to inflammatory diseases. When 
 fever attacks them, they have what is called a " high fever." If rheu- 
 matism comes, it is acute rheumatism. Disease takes hold of them 
 smartly. As they do everything with emphasis and energy when well, 
 so, when ill, they make a business of it, and are sick with all their 
 might. 
 
120 
 
 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 Stimulants and tonics generally make such persons worse. They 
 want sedatives, and diaphoretics, and sweats, and purgatives, and 
 leeches, and cups, and low diet, and cold bathing, and whatever else 
 will slacken the ferocious swiftness of their circulation. 
 
 Those of the Abdominal Temperament are not particularly subject 
 either to very high fevers, or to those typhoid forms which produce 
 sinking. As in the two temperaments noticed above, their com- 
 plaints chiefly attack the organs most largely developed. Their dis- 
 eases affect the stomach, the liver, the spleen, and the bowels. These 
 are the largest organs in their bodies, and are most used ; and, being 
 overworked, they fall into disease. 
 
 As these persons are slothful in all their habits, so their diseases 
 run a sluggish course. They are not so liable to sudden death as 
 persons of either of the preceding temperaments. They have all 
 sorts of chronic diseases which linger a great while, and are cured 
 with much difficulty. 
 
 These persons will bear larger doses of medicine than either of 
 the preceding. Neither do their constitutions respond as readily to 
 medicine. A physician will be disappointed if he expects to see 
 them recovering as fast under its use. 
 
 Those of a Muscular Temperament, having little fondness for any- 
 thing but a hardy, active life, are much exposed to the elements. 
 Though strong and long-enduring, the hardship of their lives often 
 breaks them down, and when felled by disease, they are oftentimes 
 shockingly racked and torn by it. 
 
 These persons bear large doses of medicine, and when sick, need 
 to be treated with an energy proportioned to the strength of their 
 constitution. Rheumatism, which affects the joints, the ligaments, 
 and the tendons, is an affection from which they suffer severely. 
 
 The Constitution. 
 
 In prescribing for disease, it is of very great importance to take 
 notice of the constitution. This is a different, matter from the tem- 
 peraments. Persons of the same temperament are often quite unlike 
 in the strength of their constitution. And those having good natural 
 constitutions, frequently abuse them by improper habits and indul- 
 gences, and at length come to have broken and very feeble constitu- 
 tions. 
 
 Some persons' muscles and other tissues are put together as if they 
 were intended never to come apart. Like some of the woods of the 
 forest, — the lignum vita? for example, — they are fine-grained and 
 tough. A real smart boy will wear out an iron rocking-horse sooner 
 than one of these persons can exhaust their constitution by hard work. 
 Others, to outward appearance equally well made, have very little 
 endurance, break down easily under hard work, and lose their flesh 
 from trifling causes. 
 
 The state of the constitution, therefore, should always be learned 
 before much medicine is given ; for what a person of a strong consti- 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 121 
 
 tution will need, may greatly injure a feeble person, even of the same 
 temperament. 
 
 Habits. — These must likewise be attended to. Persons using 
 stimulants require larger doses of medicine to affect them than other 
 persons. 
 
 Climate. — Medicines act differently on the same persons in sum- 
 mer and winter. Narcotics act more powerfully in hot weather and 
 climates than in cold, and must be given in smaller doses. 
 
 Idiosyncrasy. — Medicines of only ordinary activity, act very power- 
 fully, and even violently on some persons. This is owing to a pecu- 
 liarity of stomach, or constitution, called idiosyncrasy. It makes the 
 person, in this particular, an exception to the general rule. And no 
 physician can know beforehand in what particulars this exceptional 
 disposition will show itself. Persons, however, learn their own idio- 
 syncrasies, and should make them known to those who prescribe for 
 them for the first time. 
 
 The Sex. — The peculiarities of each sex should never be forgotten 
 in prescribing for the sick. 
 
 Males are not so sensitive as females. They will bear more medi- 
 cine, and their nervous system is not so readily excited by it. 
 
 Influence of Age. — Human life is divided into infancy, childhood, 
 youth, manliood, and old age. Each of these periods has peculiarities 
 which modify disease. 
 
 The First Period, extending from birth to the age of seven years, 
 is marked by tenderness and excitability, and is alive to every irrita- 
 tion. Teething and other disturbances occur at this period, and need 
 careful management. 
 
 The Second Period extends from seven to fourteen, and is quite 
 subject to disease, including the second dentition. During these two 
 periods, there is no great difference between the sexes ; both are ten- 
 der, and need careful watching. 
 
 During the Third Period, the changes occur which mark and sepa- 
 rate the sexes. This is a developing period, when the functions 
 become established, and the frame acquires form, proportion, and 
 strength. 
 
 At this time, hereditary tendencies to disease, latent till now, begin 
 to show themselves, and call for every possible endeavor to break them 
 up, and fortify the constitution. 
 
 The Fourth Period embraces the vigorous maturity of life, when 
 the powers of body and mind, in both sexes, are at the summit of 
 their excellence. The functions are now well established. It is dur- 
 ing this period that the female is subject to most of the harassing 
 ailments peculiar to her sex. So numerous are these complaints, and 
 so large and valued the class of persons affected by them, that he who 
 treats them with the greatest skill, and with the delicacy which their 
 nature demands, may be said to be at the head of his profession. 
 
The Fifth Period is that of old age, when the functions are declm* 
 ing, and the frame is bending under the weight of years. Old age 
 begins earlier with females than with males. Many ailments are 
 common to this period, which require peculiar management, both 
 medicinal and hygienic. 
 
 Proper Frequency of Dose. — Each succeeding dose should be given 
 before the effect of the preceding is gone. If this rule is not attended 
 to, the cure does not advance. What is gained by each dose is lost 
 by the rallying of the disease in the interval. Care must be taken, 
 however, not to apply this rule too strictly with very active medicines. 
 
 How to Examine a Patient. 
 
 When a patient is presented for examination, having observed the 
 temperament, constitution, sex, and age, 
 
 1. Learn the causes of the disease, whether local, specific, or gen- 
 eral, and also its history. 
 
 2. Search out its nature and character, whether febrile or other- 
 wise. 
 
 3. Take notice of the whole train of symptoms, — embracing the 
 pulse, the condition of the mouth, tongue, and digestive organs, the 
 breathing, the urine, the fecal discharges, the condition of the brain 
 and nervous system, the state of the skin, etc. 
 
 Brief Table Explanatory of Symptoms, 
 
 GENERAL APPEARANCE OF PATIENT. 
 
 1. Tonic spasm of the trunk. 
 
 2. Distorted features, altered position, 
 and impaired motion of limbs. 
 
 3. Irregular and perpetual motion. 
 
 4. Entire and absolute immobility. 
 
 5. Great and unnatural boldness. 
 
 6. Great and unusual languor. 
 
 7. Ability to lie only upon the back. 
 
 8. Lying upon the face. 
 
 9. Lying upon one side. 
 
 10. Maintaining the sitting posture only. 
 
 11. The head thrown back. 
 
 12. Restlessness and tossings. 
 
 13. General enlargement of body. 
 
 1. Locked jaws. 
 
 2. Paralysis of one side. 
 
 3. St. Vitus's dance. 
 
 4. Catalepsy. 
 
 5. Insanity or delirium. 
 
 6. The beginning of an acute disease, 
 or the progress of a chronic one. 
 
 7. Apoplexy. Organic disease of the 
 brain or spinal marrow. Acute inflamma*' 
 tion of the lining of the abdomen. Rheu- 
 matism of the joints. 
 
 8. Several kinds of cholics. 
 
 9. Pleurisy, or inflammation of the lungs. 
 When one lung only is affected in con- 
 sumption, the patient generally lies on the 
 diseased side. 
 
 10. Disease of the heart or lungs, which 
 interferes with breathing. 
 
 11. Severe diseases of the larynx and 
 windpipe. 
 
 12. The beginning of acute inflamma- 
 tion. Fevers. Delirium, and acute mania. 
 
 13. Cell-dropsy. Emphysema from a 
 wound of the chest. 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 123 
 
 Head, Pace, and Neck. 
 
 1. Head bent to one side. 
 
 1. Convulsions. Paralysis of one-half 
 
 
 the body. Dislocation of bones of neck. 
 
 
 Swelling of glands of neck. 
 
 2. Head increased in size. 
 
 2. Chronic hydropholus. Enlarged 
 
 
 brain. 
 
 3. Swollen scalp. 
 
 3. Erysipelas. Small pox. 
 
 4. Dull expression of face. 
 
 4. Typhoid fever. 
 
 5. Full, red face, with blood vessels of 
 
 5. Swelling of heart Congestion ef 
 
 eyes injected. 
 
 brain. 
 
 6. Pinched, contracted countenance. 
 
 6. Acute inflammation of peritoneum. 
 
 
 Exposure to severe cold. 
 
 7. Pinched nose, sunken eyes, hollow 
 
 7. Chronic disease just before death. 
 
 temples, skin of forehead tense and dry, 
 
 
 complexion livid. 
 
 
 8. Wrinkles across the forehead. 
 
 8. Excessive pain arising externally. 
 
 9. Wrinkles from forehead, vertically, 
 
 9. Distress, anxiety, and severe inter- 
 
 to root of nose. 
 
 nal pain. 
 
 10. A white line from inner angle of 
 
 10. In children, a brain or nervous af- 
 
 the eye to just below the cheek bone. 
 
 fection ; in adults, abuse of the generative 
 
 
 organs. 
 
 11. White line from the upper border 
 
 11. In consumption and wasting of flesh. 
 
 of the wing of the nose (ala nasi), curved 
 
 The lower part of the line indicates dis- 
 
 to the outer margin of the orb of the eye. 
 
 ease of stomach ; the upper part, some affec- 
 
 
 tion of upper part of bowel. When united 
 
 
 with the white line named above, and with 
 
 
 a drawing in of the cheek, fixed eyes, and 
 
 
 a wan complexion, it implies worms. 
 
 12. The white line in children from an- 
 
 12. An affection of the chest, with diffi- 
 
 gle of mouth to lower part of face. 
 
 culty of breathing. 
 
 13. A white line external to the last 
 
 13. Chronic and obstinate disease in the 
 
 two, in a semicircular direction towards the 
 
 chest or belly. 
 
 chin. 
 
 
 14. Swelling of face and eyelids. 
 
 14. Albumen in the urine. 
 
 15. Transient redness or flushing of face. 
 
 15. Suffering from the monthly irregu- 
 
 
 larity. 
 
 16. Hectic flush. 
 
 16. Consumption. Chronic affections. 
 
 1 7. Paleness of face. 
 
 1 7. Cold stage of fever. Acute inflam- 
 
 
 mation. Chronic diseases, especially 
 
 
 Bright's disease, during recovery. 
 
 18. Dingv, white, or greenish face. 
 
 18. A low and deficient state of blood. 
 
 19. Yellow tint. 
 
 19. Jaundice. 
 
 20. A citron tint. 
 
 20. Cancerous disease. 
 
 21. A bluish tint. 
 
 21. Poor circulation in the veins. Chol- 
 
 
 era. Typhus fever. Blue disease. 
 
 22. Perpetual motion of eyelids. 
 
 22. Mania and idiocy. 
 
 23. Forcible closure of eyelids. 
 
 23. Intolerance or dread of light. 
 
 24. Eyelids remaining open. 
 
 24. Orbicularis palpebrarum. Paralysis 
 
 
 of the muscle which closes the eye. 
 
 25. Balsy of the upper lid. 
 
 25. Injury of the third pair of nerves. 
 
 26. Flowing of tears over the cheek. 
 
 26. Obstruction of the lachrymal duct. 
 
 2 7. Nostrils dilating forcibly and rapidly. 
 
 27. Difficultv of breathing. 
 
 28. Itching of nostrils in children 1 28. Worms in the bowelsT 
 
 The Tongue. 
 
 1. Surface of tongue covered with a 
 
 1 . Derangement of stomach, or bowels, 
 
 layer of whitish, soft, mucous substance, 
 
 or both. 
 
 which may partially be taken off with a 
 scraper, — also, clammy mouth. 
 
 
 
124 
 
 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 2. State of tongue as above, with clammy- 
 mouth, bitter taste, and fetid breath. 
 
 3. Great load on tongue as above, which 
 peels off, leaving the tongue smooth, red, 
 and tender. 
 
 4. Tongue slightly white from small white 
 points, and sometimes covered with fur, 
 like the fibres of coarse velvet. 
 
 5. Tongue pale, tumid, clean, and very- 
 smooth. 
 
 6. Tongue furred and dry. 
 
 7. Tongue white and loaded, with much 
 thirst. 
 
 8. As above at first, — afterwards clean, 
 red, and dry. 
 
 9. Tongue white and loaded, with dry- 
 ness. 
 
 10. Tongue dry, parched, tender, and 
 dark brown or black. Pushed out with 
 great difficulty and trembling. 
 
 11. Tongue loaded with white, through 
 which numerous elongated, very red pap- 
 illae protrude their points. 
 
 2. Acute dyspepsia. Asthma. 
 
 3. Severe cases of acute dyspepsia. 
 
 4. Chronic dyspepsia. Some affection 
 of the liver, if the fur be yellow. 
 
 5. Chlorosis or green sickness. 
 
 6. Violent local inflammation. Irrita- 
 tion in bowels. 
 
 7. Inflammatory fever. 
 
 8. Protracted inflammatory fever. 
 
 9. Mild typhus fever. 
 
 10. Severer forms of typhus fever. 
 
 11. Scarlet fever. 
 
 The Throat. 
 
 1. Throat enlarged. 
 
 2. Violent pulsation of carotid arteries. 
 
 3. Pulsation of the nameless artery 
 (arteria innominata) above the breast 
 Done, and to the right of the windpipe. 
 
 4. Circumscribed swelling about throat. 
 
 1. The approach of puberty in females. 
 
 2. Acute mania. Inflammation of brain. 
 Enlargement of heart, and dilation of right 
 ventricle. Anemia. 
 
 3. Regurgitation from aorta. 
 
 4. Enlargement of gland*. 
 
 The Chest. 
 
 1. General enlargement of one side of 
 chest. 
 
 2. Bulging at the base of a lung. 
 
 3. Bulging at front upper part of chest. 
 
 4. Bulging right hypochondrium (See 
 Fig. 95). 
 
 5. Bulging in region of heart 
 
 6. Tumor where the third rib joins the 
 breast bone. 
 
 7. Tumor between the base of the shoul- 
 der blade and the spine. 
 
 8. Depression or retraction of one side 
 of chest 
 
 9. Breathing increased in rapidity. Gen- 
 erally, in health, about twenty breaths are 
 taken in a minute. 
 
 10- Breathing diminished in rapidity. 
 
 1. Large effusion of water from pleurisy. 
 
 2. Water from pleurisy settling to the 
 bottom. 
 
 3. Emphysema. 
 
 4. Enlargement of liver. 
 
 5. Water in heart-case. Enlargement 
 of heart. 
 
 6. Aneurism of the ascending aorta. 
 
 7. Aneurism of the descending aorta. 
 
 8. Consumption. Absorption of fluid, 
 effused by pleurisy. 
 
 9. Spasmodic asthma. 
 
 10. Pleurisy. Paralysis of respiratory 
 muscles. Inflammation of lungs. Emphy- 
 sema. Pneumothorax. Consumption. 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 125 
 
 11. Jerking respiration. 
 
 12. Breathing with muscles of ribs only. 
 
 11. Spasmodic asthma, 
 larynx and windpipe. 
 
 12. Abdominal inflammation 
 mation of diaphragm. 
 
 Obstruction in 
 In flam- 
 
 The Belly, 
 
 1. Increased size of belly. 
 
 2. Enlargement in epigastrium. Fig. 93. 
 
 3. Enlargement in hypogastrium. Fig. 95. 
 
 4. Belly diminished in size. 
 
 1. Dropsy. Wind in bowels. Inflam- 
 mation of peritoneum. Obstruction in 
 bowels. Hysteria. 
 
 2. Hysteria. Cancer of stomach. 
 
 3. Distension of bladder. Ovarian tu- 
 mors. Accumulation of feces in bowels. 
 
 4. Chronic dysentery. Lead colic. Also 
 in most chronic diseases. 
 
 Private Organs, 
 
 1. Enlarged penis in children. 
 
 2. Drawing up of testicles. 
 
 3. Enlargement of scrotum. 
 
 1. Stone in bladder. Masturbation. 
 
 2. Stone in kidneys. 
 
 3. Hydrocele. Hematocele. Sarcocele. 
 
 The Limbs 
 
 1. The limbs immovable. 
 
 2. Limbs contracted and rigid. 
 
 3. General swelling of limbs. 
 
 4. Swelling of joints. 
 
 5. Limbs diminished in size. 
 
 1. Paralysis. 
 
 2. Softening of the brain. 
 
 3. Defective circulation of blood. 
 
 4. Rheumatism. Water in the joints. 
 White swelling. 
 
 5. Paralysis. 
 
 The Nervous System. 
 
 1. Morbidly increased sensation. 
 
 2. Tensive pain. 
 
 3. Dull, heavy pain. 
 
 4. Smarting pain. 
 
 5. Shooting, tearing pains, 
 
 6. Boring pains. 
 
 7. Contusive pains. 
 
 8. Itching. Sensation as of ants creep- 
 ing over the skin. 
 
 9. Exaltation of vision. 
 
 10. Black flecks floating before the eyes. 
 
 11. Painfully acute hearing. 
 
 12. Dull hearing. 
 
 13. Increase of strength. 
 
 14. Debility. 
 
 1. Acute inflammation 6f brain and 
 spinal marrow. Fevers. Hysteria. 
 
 2. Phlegmonous inflammation. 
 
 3. Enlarged internal organs. Internal 
 tumor. Effusion of water into cavities 
 lined with serous membranes. Felt in the 
 loins previous to discharge from menstrua- 
 tion, and from piles. 
 
 4. Scarf skin removed. 
 
 5. Neuralgia. Cancer. 
 
 6. Constitutional syphilis. Rheumatism 
 Gout. Inflammation of periosteum. 
 
 7. Bruises. Acute diseases. 
 
 8. Several diseases of the skin. 
 
 9. Ophthalmia. Inflammation of brair* 
 Some nervous diseases. 
 
 10. Affections of the brain and optic 
 nerve. Dyspepsia. 
 
 11. Inflammation of brain. Hysteria. 
 
 1 2. Typhus fever. 
 
 13. Delirium. Inflammation of brain. 
 Mania. 
 
 14. Most diseases. 
 
26 
 
 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 15. Trembling. 
 
 16. Rigidity of upper extremities. 
 
 17. Cramp. 
 
 18. Temporary spasm. 
 
 19. Pain at extremity of penis. 
 
 20. Pain in right shoulder. 
 
 21. Pain in left shoulder. 
 
 22. Exaltation of affections. 
 
 23. Loss of moral sensibility. 
 
 24. Exaltation of intellect. 
 
 15. Cold stage of fever. Nervous affec- 
 tions. Old age. Action on the system of 
 lead, mercury, strong coffee, alcoholic 
 drink, tobacco, opium. 
 
 16. Softening of the brain. Infiltration 
 of blood into the brain. Hysteria. 
 
 17. Pregnancy. Hysteria. Painters' 
 colic. 
 
 18. In convulsions of children. Some 
 affections of the brain. 
 
 19. Stone in bladder. 
 
 20. Congestion of liver. 
 
 21. Disordered stomach. 
 
 22. Hypochondriasis. 
 
 23. Mania. Typhus fever. Masturba- 
 tion. 
 
 24. Melancholy. Sometimes indicates 
 close of life. 
 
 The Breathing. 
 
 1. Stiffness of chest 
 
 2. Pressure upon parts. 
 
 3. Obstruction of air-tubes. 
 
 4. Compression of lungs. 
 
 5. Pain in parts moved in breathing. 
 
 6. Paralysis of muscles of chest. 
 
 7. Spasm of muscles of chest. 
 
 8. Deficiency of red blood. 
 
 1. Cartilages turned to bone. Pleura 
 hardened. Distortion from rickets. 
 
 2. Tumors. Dropsy of belly. 
 
 3. Spasm of glottis. Spasm near the 
 small ends of bronchial tubes. Mucus, 
 etc., thrown out upon the inner surface. 
 
 4. Effusions in pleurisy. Water in 
 chest. Air in substance of lungs. Aneu- 
 rism and other tumors. 
 
 5. Pleurisy. Inflammation of perito- 
 neum. 
 
 6. Injury of spinal marrow. 
 
 7. Locked jaw. Spasmodic asthma. 
 
 8. Anaemia. Chlorosis or green sickness. 
 
 The Cough. 
 
 1. Hollow and barking cough. 
 
 2. Sharp, ringing cough. 
 
 3. Hoarse cough. 
 
 4. Wheezing cough. 
 
 5. Belching cough. 
 
 6. Cough in paroxysms. 
 
 7. Cough sounding harsh and concen- 
 trated when listening with the stethoscope. 
 
 8. Cough sounding hollow, >vhen listen- 
 ing with the stethoscope, as though it came 
 from a cavern. 
 
 9. Cough having a metalic or ringing 
 sound when listening with the stethoscope. 
 
 1. Last stage of consumption. Chronic 
 bronchitis. Some nervous affections. 
 
 2. Croup. 
 
 3. Beginning of cold. Chronic laryngitij. 
 
 4. Asthma. 
 
 5. Some diseases of larynx. 
 
 6. Hooping cough. Hysteria. 
 
 7. Consumption. Inflammation of the 
 lungs. Pleurisy. Enlargement of bron- 
 chial tubes. 
 
 8. Tuberculous cavity. Enlarged bron- 
 chial tubes. 
 
 9. Large tuberculous cavity. 
 
 The Expectoration 
 
 1* Scanty expectoration. 
 %. Copious expectoration. 
 
 1. First stage of acute, diseases of the 
 lungs. 
 
 2. Decline of acute diseases of air pas' 
 sages and lungs. 
 
TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 127 
 
 S. Watery expectoration. 
 
 3. Beginning of bronchitis. Conges- 
 
 
 tion of lungs. Vesicular emphysema. 
 
 4. Mucous expectoration. 
 
 4. Bronchitis. Inflammation of lungs. 
 
 5. Expectoration of pus. 
 
 5. Consumption. Third stage of in- 
 
 
 flammation of lungs. 
 
 6. Expectorated matter shaped like 
 
 6. Tubercular consumption. Bronchi- 
 
 coin (nummular). 
 
 tis of measles. 
 
 7. Muco-purulent, floculent expectora- 
 tion. 
 
 8. Tubular expectoration. 
 
 7. Consumption far advanced. 
 
 8. Plastic bronchitis. Pneumonia. 
 
 9. Whitish or greenish expectoration, 
 
 9. Acute affections of lungs, particu- 
 
 that clings to the vessel. 
 
 larly bronchitis. 
 
 10. Yellow expectoration. 
 
 10. Chronic bronchitis. Other chronic 
 
 
 affections of the lungs and throat. 
 
 11. Rusty expectoration. 
 
 11. Inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 12. Putrid smell of expectoration. 
 
 12. Gangrene of the lungs. 
 
 13. Faint and sweetish smell of expec- 
 
 13. Bronchitis. First stage of consump- 
 
 toration. 
 
 tion. 
 
 14. Expectoration smelling like garlics. 
 
 14. Broncho-pleural fistula. 
 
 Pain. 
 
 1. Dull, heavy, aching pain at the base 
 
 1. Acute bronchitis. 
 
 of the chest. 
 
 
 2. Soreness about the breast bone, and 
 
 2. Acute bronchitis. 
 
 between the shoulders. 
 
 
 3. Sharp, sudden, tearing pain below 
 the nipple. 
 
 4. Pain darting from front part of chest 
 
 3. Pleurisy. 
 
 4. Consumption. 
 
 to between shoulder blades. 
 
 
 5- Constant pain between the shoulders. 
 
 5. Consumption. Green sickness. Othei 
 
 
 chronic diseases. 
 
 The Pulse. 
 
 le Strong pulse, resisting compression 
 
 1. Inflammatory affections, especially 
 
 by the finger. 
 
 of the substance of large organs, as the 
 
 
 liver, etc. 
 
 2. Weak pulse, easily pressed down. 
 
 2. Prostration from disease. Nervous 
 
 
 and chronic affections. Fear. Diseases 
 
 
 of women and children, and old persons. 
 
 3. Full pulse, as if the artery were in- 
 
 3. Congestion of brain. Apoplexy. 
 
 creased in size. 
 
 Disease of heart. 
 
 4 Small pulse, opposite of full. 
 
 4. Inflammations of stomach, bowels, 
 
 
 bladder, etc. Hysteria, and other nervous 
 
 
 affections. 
 
 9. Hard, sharp, contracted pulse, — vi- 
 
 5. Inflammation of membranes. Active 
 
 brating like a cord under the finger. 
 
 bleedings. Lead colic, etc. 
 
 6. Soft pulse, yielding readily to pres- 
 
 6. Affections characterized by debility. 
 
 7. Frequent pulse. 
 
 7. Inflammatory diseases. Hemorrhages. 
 
 8. Slow pulse. 
 
 8. Apoplexy. Sometimes in disease of 
 heart 
 
 Relating to Digestion. 
 
 1. Tongue trembling and dry, and di- 
 
 1. Typhoid and other low fevers. 
 
 minished in size. 
 
 
 2. Voracious appetite. 
 
 2. Pregnancy. Hysteria. Insanity. 
 
 
 Sometimes in dyspepsia. 
 
; 
 
 128 TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 3. Diminished appetite. 
 
 3. In most acute diseases. 
 
 4. Increased thirst 
 
 4. Acute affections of stomach and 
 
 
 bowels. 
 
 5. Thirst gone. 
 
 5. Cerebral disease, with coma. 
 
 6. Vomiting. 
 
 6. Early pregnancy. Colic. Disease of 
 
 
 brain. Inflammation of stomach. Hernia. 
 
 7. Pain increased by pressure. 
 
 7. Inflammation of internal organs. 
 
 8. Pain relieved by pressure. 
 
 8. Over-distention of bowels. Neural- 
 
 
 gia. Colic. 
 
 9. Urgent desire to go to stool. 
 
 9. Dysentery. Sometimes in diarrhoea. 
 
 lO. Watery stools. 
 
 10. Diarrhoea. Cholera. 
 
 11. Mucous stools, like white of egg. 
 
 11. Chronic inflammation of colon. 
 
 12. Hard and lumpy stools. 
 
 12. Constipation. Colic. Cancer of 
 
 
 stomach. 
 
 13. Clay-colored stools. 
 
 13. Deficiency of bile. 
 
 14. Yellow or dark- brown stools. 
 
 14. Too much bile. «> 
 
 15. Dark-green stools. 
 
 15. Bile from children after taking cal- 
 omel. 
 
 16. Dysentery. 
 
 16. Stools red, and streaked with blood. 
 
 1 7. Pitchy black stools. 
 
 17. Melaena. 
 
 18. Stools pure blood, with no colic. 
 
 19. Stools like rice-water. 
 
 18. Bleeding piles. 
 
 19. Asiatic cholera. 
 
 20. Black stools. 
 
 20. Iron taken in medicine. 
 
 21. Shreds of false membrane in stools. 
 
 21. Dysentery. Diarrhoea. Worms. 
 
 22. Fat with stools. 
 
 22. Diabetes. Consumption. 
 
 23. Fetid stools. 
 
 23. Diseases attended by debility. 
 
 The Urine. 
 
 1 Diminished secretion of urine. 
 
 1. Dropsy. Inflammatory and febrile 
 diseases. 
 
 2. Paralysis. Typhoid fever. Hysteria. 
 
 2. Retention of urine in the bladder. 
 
 3. Urine increased in amount. 
 
 3. Diabetes. Cold stage of fevers. 
 
 
 Hysteria. Various passions of the mind. 
 
 4. Red or yellow sand deposits in urine 
 
 4. Fevers. Acute rheumatism. Con- 
 
 (uric acid). 
 
 sumption. Dyspepsia. Great indulgence 
 
 
 in animal food. 
 
 5. White sediment in urine (earthy 
 
 5. Depressed state of the nervous sys- 
 
 phosphates). 
 
 tem, of serious import. 
 
 6. Oxalate of lime deposits in urine. 
 
 6. Derangement of digestion. 
 
 7. Blood in urine. 
 
 7. Bleeding of kidneys, etc. 
 
 8. Albumen in urine. 
 
 8. Bright's disease. 
 
 9. Mucus in urine. 
 
 9. Inflamed mucous membrane of ure- 
 
 
 thra, bladder, etc. 
 
 10. Sugar in urine. 
 
 10. Diabetes. 
 
 The Pers 
 
 piration. 
 
 1. Profuse perspiration. 
 
 1. Acute rheumatism. Decline of acute 
 
 
 inflammations and fevers, being sometime* 
 
 
 critical. 
 
 2. Diminished perspiration. 
 
 2. Early stage of acute disease. Dropsy. 
 Diabetes. 
 
 3. Consumption. 
 
 3. Night sweats. 
 
 4. Sour smelling sweats. 
 
 4. Rheumatism. Gout. 
 
 5. Fetid smelling sweat. 
 
 5. Some debilitating fevers. 
 
 6. Sweat with mouldy odor. 
 
 6. Measles. Scarlet fever. 
 
 7. Smelling like ammonia. 
 
 7. Typhoid fever sometime* 
 
 8. Sweat having the odor of mice. 
 
 8. Insanity. 
 
 9. Sweat smelling like rotten-stone. 
 
 1 - 
 
 9. Miliary. 
 
■TEMPERAMENTS, CONSTITUTION, AND SYMPTOMS. 
 
 129 
 
 Vhe Temperature, 
 
 1. General heat of surface. 
 
 1. 
 
 Fevers. 
 
 2. External local heat 
 
 2. 
 
 Inflammation. 
 
 3. Hot forehead. 
 
 3. 
 
 Headache. 
 
 4. Hot scalp. 
 
 4. 
 
 Disease of brain. 
 
 5. Skin of chest hot. 
 
 5. 
 
 Inflammation in chest 
 
 6. Hands and feet hot. 
 
 6. 
 
 Consumption. 
 
 7. Acrid heat, burning the hand "when 
 
 7. 
 
 Typhus fever. 
 
 applied. 
 
 
 
 8. Chills. 
 
 8. 
 
 Beginning of fever. 
 
 9. Low temperature. 
 
 9. 
 
 Poor circulation. 
 
 10. Cold hands and feet. 
 
 10. 
 
 Nervous diseases. D% 
 
 state of the blood. 
 
 Dyspepsia, I,„ 
 
 17 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 The skin is the soft and pliant membrane which covers the entire 
 surface of the body. The interior, like the exterior, is likewise covered 
 by a skin, which, from its always being moist, is called a mucous 
 membrane. At the various openings of the body, the outer and the 
 inner skins are united, — forming one continuous skin, — like the 
 same piece of silk turned over the border, and covering both the out- 
 side and inside of a bonnet. 
 
 From this continuity or oneness of the skin and mucous membrane, 
 springs an important medical law, namely, that a disease of the skin 
 may spread to the mucous membrane, and a disease of the mucous 
 membrane may spread to the skin. We see this illustrated by the 
 breaking out around the lips which follows colds, and the itching of 
 the nose of children when the mucous membrane of the bowel is irri- 
 tated by worms. 
 
 The Skin is Composed of Two Layers. — These are separated from 
 each other by the action of a blister. The thin portion which is 
 raised up by the fluid of a blister is called the scarf skin, the cuticle, 
 or the epidermis ; that which remains in connection with the body is 
 the sensitive skin, the cutis, the derma, or the true skin. The two 
 skins have very different offices to perform. The scarf-skin is horny 
 and insensible, and serves as a sheath to protect the more sensitive 
 akin under it. Were the scarf-skin taken off, we could not bear to 
 have anything touch us. 
 
 The derma, or true skin, and its glands, etc., are the seat of all the 
 cutaneous diseases. These may be separated into four great divis- 
 ions, -~ namely, diseases of the true skin, diseases of the sweat glands 
 and tubes, diseases of the oil g'lands and tubes, and diseases of th« 
 hairs and hair glands. 
 
 Theia the diseases of the true skin are divided into 
 
 Inflammation of the true skin ; 
 
 Enlargement of the papillae of the true skin ; 
 
 Dis{ wders of the vessels of the true skin ; 
 
 Disorders of the sensibility of the true skin ; 
 
 Disorders of the color-producing function of the true skin. 
 
 The inflammation of the true skin is conveniently divided into two 
 groups, — namely, 
 

Ah 
 
 Ph" 
 
 
 XA 
 
 N 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 131 
 
 Such as are marked by inflammation of the derma and mucous 
 membranes, with constitutional symptoms of a specific kind, and 
 
 Such as are distinguished by inflammation of the derma, without 
 constitutional symptoms of a specific kind. 
 
 Congestive Inflammation of the True Skin. 
 
 The First of these Groups, — those characterized by inflammation 
 of the cutis, with constitutional symptoms of a specific kind, — embraces 
 measles, scarlet fever, varioloid, small-pox, and cow-pox. 
 
 Measles. — Rubeola. 
 
 Measles is an acute inflammation of the entire skin, both external 
 and internal, associated with an infectious and contagious fever. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease sets in with chills, succeeded by burning 
 heat, listlessness, languor, drowsiness ; pains in the head, back, and 
 limbs ; frequent pulse ; soreness of the throat ; thirst, nausea, vomit- 
 ing, frequent dry cough and high-colored urine. These symptoms 
 increase in violence for four days. On the third day the eyes become 
 inflamed, cannot bear the light, and pour fourth a profusion of tears. 
 This last symptom is called coryza. The nose likewise discharges a 
 large quantity of watery secretion, and sneezing is frequent. The 
 larynx, windpipe, and bronchial tubes become inflamed, and hoarse- 
 ness, soreness of the breast, etc., are the result. 
 
 The redness of the skin and breaking out appear about the fourth 
 day, and produce heat and itching. This breaking out is character- 
 ized by a patchy redness, which, on close inspection, is found to consist 
 of numberless minute red points and pimples, collected into patches 
 in the shape of a half or quarter moon. They appear first on the 
 forehead and front of the neck, then upon the cheeks and around the 
 nose and mouth. On the fifth day they reach their height in this 
 region, and then appear upon the body and arms, and on the sixth 
 day, upon the legs. The color of the skin when the inflammation is 
 at its height, is of a bright raspberry red. The decline of the rash 
 takes place in the same order in which it comes out. The redness 
 fades on the sixth day upon the face ; on the seventh, upon the body 
 and limbs ; on the eighth, upon the backs of the hands. The coryza, 
 the hoarseness, and the cough, decline about the seventh day, while a 
 diarrhoea comes on about the eighth or tenth, — showing that the in* 
 flammation of the mucous membrane is subsiding. When the in« 
 flammation disappears, the whole scarf-skin peels off in the form of a 
 ecaly scurf. The artist has given a good picture of the disease in the 
 beautifully colored lithograph, Plate I, Fig. 1. This plate is admi- 
 rably done. 
 
 Treatment. — When the disease is mild and regular in its cou.se, 
 
 scarcely anything will be required, except mild diet, slightly acid 
 drinks, with flax-seed tea, slippery elm, or some equivalent, to quiet 
 the cough. Sponging with tepid water, if done with frequency, mod. 
 
erates the fever, and adds to the comfort of the patient. If the fever 
 runs high, take half an ounce of rochelle salt, and use recipe 51. 
 Should the eruption " strike in," apply leeches or cups, over the inter- 
 nal organ affected, if any, and recall the rash by a mustard bath. 
 
 Those who have been exposed to the contagion, and are liable to 
 have the disease, should avoid all unnecessary exposure to wet or 
 cold, — keeping the feet warm and dry, and the whole body well clad. 
 With these precautions, and a mild, unstimulating diet, much of the 
 force of the disease may be broken. 
 
 During the first stages of the disease, bathing the feet once or twice 
 a day with hot water, and freely using warm, sweating drinks, as 
 saffron, summer-savory, pennyroyal, balm, and mullein tea, and put- 
 ting mustard drafts to the feet, will hasten the coming out of the 
 eruption. 
 
 Should the breaking out be delayed by excessive fever, give full 
 doses of tincture of veratrum viride, or nauseating doses of ipecac, 
 antimony, lobelia, or hive-syrup^ and teaspoonful doses of compound 
 tincture of Virginia snake-root. 
 
 Beside the milder forms of the disease, cases occur, chiefly in broken- 
 down constitutions, in which the rash delays its coming out till the 
 seventh day, and is then mingled with dark and livid spots, which 
 remain, often, for ten or twelve days. The fever is of a low, typhoid 
 kind, and the patient is extremely weak and languid. 
 
 In this condition of things, the patient must be supported by tonics 
 (49), and stimulants (134), and expectoration promoted by some ap- 
 propriate remedy (106), (124). 
 
 If at any stage of the disease, there should be fixed pain in any 
 part of the chest, which is made worse by coughing, or by taking a full 
 breath, we may conclude there is some inflammation of the chest; 
 and it must be treated as directed for pneumonia. 
 
 Scarlet Fev er. — Scarlatina. 
 
 This is likewise an acute inflammation of the entire covering of 
 the body, both external and internal, connected with fever which is 
 infectious and contagious. 
 
 Symptoms. — The fever comes on somewhere between the second 
 and tenth day after exposure. On the second day of the fever, the 
 eruption comes out in the form of very small points and pimples, 
 which appear either in patches, or constitute a general redness, of a 
 bright scarlet color. In Plate I, Fig. 2, the artist has given a fine 
 picture of the disease. 
 
 The disease begins with languor, pains in the head, back, and limbs, 
 with drowsiness, nausea, and chills ; and these are followed by heat, 
 thirst, etc. When the redness appears, the pulse is quick, and the 
 parent is anxious, restless, and sometimes delirious. The eyes are 
 red, the face swollen, the tongue covered in the middle with white 
 mucus, and is studded with elevated points of extreme redness. 
 The tonsils are swelled, and the throat red. The greatest degree of 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 133 
 
 redness is reached on the evening of the third or fourth day from its 
 beginning, when a gentle moisture appears, the disease begins to 
 decline, with itching, and the scarf-skin falls off in branny scales. 
 
 A swelling or purflness of the flesh, which spreads out the fingers 
 in a singular manner, seems to be peculiar to scarlet fever. 
 
 In the first stage of the complaint, the tongue, as stated above, is 
 covered with a far ; but as it advances, the tongue often becomes 
 suddenly clean, and presents a glossy, fiery-red surface, which is 
 .sometimes, with the whole lining of the mouth, raw and tender. 
 
 It is peculiar in this complaint, that the inflammation of the throat 
 almost always runs into a state of ulceration. As far as can be seen, 
 on pressing down the tongue, the throat is swollen and of a deep, 
 florid red ; and on the tonsils may be seen white or gray ulcers. This 
 makes swallowing very difficult, and aggravates the sufferings of the 
 patient. The great amount of mucus in these parts causes also a 
 continual rattling in the throat. 
 
 The eustachian tube, which extends up to the ear, is apt to get 
 involved in the inflammation, and cause swelling and pain in that 
 FlG 72 region. The glands under the ear and jaw 
 
 sometimes inflame, and after a time, they oc- 
 casionally break. Abscesses formed in the 
 ear, frequently produce some deafness which 
 is not easily cured. 
 
 In the cell-dropsy, which sometimes appears 
 after scarlet fever, the crystals of urate of 
 ammonia may often be found in the urine 
 with the microscope (Fig. 72). 
 
 This disease resembles measles ; but may 
 be distinguished from it by the absence of 
 cough ; by the eruption being finer, and of a 
 more scarlet color (see plate) ; by the rash coming out on the second 
 day instead of the fourth; and by the ulceration in the throat. 
 
 Treatment. — In ordinary cases, the treatment should be very simple. 
 The apartment should be kept cool, and the bed-covering light. The 
 whole body should be sponged with cool water as often as it is hot and 
 dry, and the patient be permitted to take cooling drinks. Beside this, 
 in many cases, very little is needed, except to give a few drops of the 
 tincture of belladonna, night and morning. 
 
 In some cases where there is a good deal of fever and soreness of 
 throat, give tincture of veratrum (124) often enough to keep down the 
 pulse. It would be well also to begin the treatment of such cases 
 with an emetic, (1) (4) (2). In addition to this, the feet and hands 
 should be soaked in hot water, with a little ground mustard, or pul- 
 verized cayenne, stirred in. This bath should be continued twenty 
 minutes, twice a day, for two or three days. 
 
 The cold stage having passed, and the fever set in, warm water may 
 be used without the mustard, etc. If the head be affected, put mus- 
 tard drafts upon the feet. Should the bowels be costive, they may be 
 gently opened by some very mild physic. 
 
134 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 No solid food should be allowed ; but after the first shock of the 
 disease is passed, drinks, in reasonable quantities, will be advisable, — 
 such as cold water, lemonade, barberry and tamarind water, rice 
 water, balm or flax-seed tea, and some thin water gruel. 
 
 To promote the action of the skin, the spirits of nitre, with other 
 articles (125), adapting the dose to a child, will be found useful. The 
 nitrate of potash is useful, given in one to three-grain doses, dissolved 
 in water, every three or four hours. | 
 
 The muriatic acid, forty-rive drops in a tumbler filled with water, 
 and sweetened, and given to a child in teaspoonful doses, is a good 
 remedy 
 
 In very violent attacks, the system sometimes inclines to sink im- 
 mediately ; typhoid symptoms show themselves ; there is great pros- 
 tration ; the eruption strikes in ; the skin changes to a purple or 
 mahogany color ; the tongue is of a deep red, or has a dark-brown 
 fur upon it, and the ulcers in the throat become putrid. This is called 
 scarlatina maligna ; but it is only a severer form of the same disease. 
 
 The treatment of this form must be different from that recom- 
 mended above. It must be tonic. Quinia (Go) must be freely given. 
 Wine whey, mixed with toast water, will be useful. Tincture of 
 cayenne, in sweetened water, may be given often in small doses. 
 Ammonia (135) may likewise be given as a stimulus. Gargles (245) 
 (244) (243) are also required. 
 
 A dropsical affection is one of the most frequent results of scarlet 
 fever. It is believed that this seldom occurs, if the w T arm bath is 
 daily used, as soon as the skin begins to peel off, After the dropsy 
 has set in, give the warm bath twice a week, and encourage perspira- 
 tion by the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root, and similar 
 articles. The child should have a generous diet, at the same time, to 
 bring up its strength. 
 
 Small-Pox.— Variola. 
 
 Tins is another disease characterized by acute inflammation of the 
 entire skin, both external and internal, connected with infectious and 
 contagious fever. The eruption has the form of red points, which 
 sooii become pimples, then vesicles, then flattened and scooped-out 
 vesicles, then pustules, and finally hard brown scabs. These last fall 
 off from the eleventh to the twenty-fifth day, and leave behind them 
 small pits and scars. The fever is remittent, and precedes the erup- 
 tion some three or four days, — ceasing when the eruption is devel- 
 oped, and returning when it has reached its height. The period 
 between exposure and the attack of the disease, called incubation, is 
 from five or six to twenty days, — being short in the severe cases, and 
 longer in the milder ones. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins with languor ana lassitude, with 
 shivering, and pains in the head and loins ; with hot skin, and quick- 
 ened pulse and breathing ; with thirst, loss of appetite, and furred 
 tongue ; with nausea, vomiting, constipation, restlessness, and uni- 
 
SMALLPOX 
 
 P1.2. 
 
 m 
 
 Progress of £ 
 Small fox 
 
 
 w* 
 
 « 
 
 
 ftday ?¥day S^daij J*aay Stday IWday tftday 
 
 Vrvgrtssof 
 Varioloid 
 
 /May 21 d day J rd day 4*day 
 
 8*day /O'tday 
 
 Trvgmsof j 
 
 acnnatwri 
 
 Wday 6$ day 
 
 fl*day 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 13o 
 
 versal prostration. To these symptoms sometimes succeed, difficult 
 breathing, cough, drowsiness, and even insensibility. The tongue, 
 white at first, soon becomes red at the point, and over the whole 
 surface. The fever is highest during the night. The constitutional 
 symptoms are more violent just before the eruption, but immediately 
 subside, and soon disappear, when the breaking out is established. 
 The eruption is at first in the shape of small red points, which are 
 hard to the touch, and shaped like a cone, and are proportionate in 
 number to the subsequent pustules. In Plate IT, the artist has well 
 exhibited the developed disease, as well as the progress of the erup- 
 tion from day to day. 
 
 Treatment. — Like the two preceding diseases, the ordinary, un- 
 complicated form of this requires only the most simple treatment. 
 Not much is wanted, except confinement in bed, cooling drinks, cool 
 and even temperature, frequent change of linen, and sponging the 
 body with cool water. But when what is called the fever of invasion 
 is past, and the eruption is fully developed, and has brought along with 
 it the secondary fever, then some recipe, as 131, (124) (125) will be 
 in place, and some gentle laxative to keep the bowels open (8), — also 
 gentle injections, (249) and opiates to relieve sleeplessness and ner- 
 vous symptoms. 
 
 Should the system, at this period, appear to be sinking, a more 
 generous diet, and a little wine may be allowed. If the brain suffers, 
 apply leeches to the mucous membrane of the nose, or behind the ears, 
 and put the feet in a mustard bath (242). If the breaking out appear 
 with difficulty, put the patient into a warm bath, and tartrate of anti- 
 mony, (104) or Dover's powders may be employed. Gargles will 
 frequently be needed for the inflammation, and dryness of the mouth 
 and throat (243). Cold sponging may be considered as highly bene- 
 ficial, in both the primary and secondary fever. The belladonna like- 
 wise is a useful remedy, used in the same way as in scarlet fever. 
 The plaster 238, applied to the face, will, it is said, arrest the formation 
 of matter, and prevent the unsightly scars which so often cover the face 
 of persons who have suffered from small-pox. Paint the face once or 
 twice a day with glycerine, which will effectually prevent pitting. 
 
 Varioloid. — Varicella. 
 
 Varioloid, or modified small-pox, begins with symptoms similar 
 to those of small-pox, but much milder in degree. These symptoms 
 are feverishness, nausea, vomiting, pains in the loins and head, and a 
 quickened pulse. The eruption comes out on the third or fourth day, 
 and looks like that of small-pox. It reaches its height the fourth or 
 fifth day, and then declines without any secondary fever. The pus- 
 tules dry up and form brown scabs which fall off in a few days, and 
 leave slight pits, and a few red or purple spots. 
 
 Varicella appears under a variety of forms, called "hives," "swine- 
 pox," "chicken-pox," "horn-pox," etc. But they all have a family 
 likeness, and need not be described. The treatment of all these forms 
 must be conducted on the same principles with small-pox. Sponging 
 
136 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 the skin in all these inflammatory conditions has the happiest effect, 
 and should seldom be omitted. 
 
 Cow-Pox. — Vaccina. 
 
 This disease exists to some extent among lower animals, and is 
 identical with small-pox in man. The immortal Jenner taught the 
 world that the pus, taken from the cow having this disease, and intro- 
 duced under the skin of man, would produce an eruption similar to 
 that of small-pox, and that this would protect the system from the 
 latter disease. This was an immensely important discovery, and will 
 render the name of Jenner famous through all time. 
 
 It is a question of great importance how far vaccination, or inocu- 
 lation with the matter of cow-pox, does, in fact, protect the system 
 from small-pox. That it is a protection, to a certain extent, is doubted 
 by none. That in some instances it protects through life, is likewise 
 generally admitted. Is it a protection in all cases, and through the 
 whole life ? Perhaps not, though this is a disputed point. Proba- 
 bly the mild form of the vaccine disease does not impress the system 
 powerfully enough to last more than a certain number of years. Most 
 thinking physicians now believe it is wise to revaccinate occasionally, 
 to make sure of the protection. It is done with little trouble, and 
 may save a terrible infliction. Plate II, Fig. 4, gives a good idea 
 of the appearance and progress of the eruption. 
 
 The Second Group of diseases, characterized by inflammation of' 
 the true skin, without constitutional symptoms of a specific kind, are 
 Erysipelas, Nettle-Rash, False-Measles, and Inflammatory Blush. 
 
 Erysipelas. — St Anthony's Fire. 
 
 Erysipelas is a diffused inflammation of the skin, affecting only a 
 part of the surface of the body, and is accompanied by a fever, which 
 is generally thought to be infectious and contagious. The local in- 
 flammation is disposed to spread ; it extends deep, and is attended 
 by swelling, a tingling, burning, and pungent heat, and by a redness, 
 which disappears when the skin is pressed by the finger, and returns 
 on remitting the pressure. 
 
 Symptoms. — The constitutional symptoms are chilliness and shak- 
 ing, succeeded by heat ; lowness of spirits, lassitude, pains in the 
 back and limbs, pains in the head, quick and hard pulse, thirst, losa 
 of appetite, white and coated tongue, bitterness of mouth, nausea, 
 vomiting, pain in stomach, and costiveness. 
 
 These symptoms go before the local inflammation several days; 
 they increase with the redness of the skin, and disappear upon its 
 decline. The nervous system is sometimes severely affected, and 
 indicated by low, muttering delirium. At the close of the inflam- 
 mation there is generally a relaxation of the bowels, and the scarf- 
 skin peels off Sometimes matter forms under the skin, and occa- 
 sionally mortification occurs. The face is the most frequent seat of 
 

 
 V'*i5P^ 
 
 

 i, and is 
 
 I intro 
 .'iiiar to 
 
 >m the 
 and will 
 
 »r inocu- 
 rem 
 •led 
 
 I'roba- 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 pen lit* 
 
ERYSIPELAS 
 
 P1.3. 
 
 Fyi 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 137 
 
 the disease. It commonly begins on one side of the nose, and soon 
 spreads over one side of the face, closing up the eye, and changing 
 the features in a shocking manner. See Plate III, Fig. 1. 
 
 Somewhere about the third, fourth, or fifth day, very minute blisters 
 appear on the inflamed parts, filled with water, which increases until 
 the blisters break and let it out. The disease comes to a head on the 
 eighth or ninth day, when the blistered parts dry, and the skin begin? 
 to peel off. 
 
 Treatment. — In the treatment two things are to be done, — to sub- 
 due the fever, and the local inflammation. The fever is assuaged by 
 rest, mild diet, gentle laxatives, (26) (21), etc. ; and by the use of 
 tincture of veratrum. For the local inflammation, various things have 
 been advised, but nitrate of silver, on the whole, has the preference. 
 First wash the inflamed part with soap and water to remove any 
 oily substance, and wipe the skin dry. Then moisten the inflamed 
 and surrounding skin, and pass over it a stick of nitrate of silver, 
 touching not only the inflamed part, but going even an inch beyond 
 it on all sides. Or, a solution of nitrate of silver and nitric acid, (214) 
 will in many cases, according to Dr. Higginbottom, do even better. 
 A solution of coperas (215) is a good application. So is 303. 
 
 In mild cases, flour may be dusted on the inflamed part from the 
 dredging-box. Warm fomentations are also useful, and cloths wet 
 with water, and laid on. A solution of per. chloride of iron, applied 
 to the inflamed skin, is much used now. 
 
 In erysipelas the powers of the system are generally reduced, and 
 tonics, such as quinine, wine, etc., are generally required. Dr. Robert 
 Williams, — high authority in these matters, — says he puts his pa- 
 tients upon milk diet, gently opens the bowels, and gives them, daily, 
 from four to six ounces of port wine, together with sago, and that he 
 seldom has to change this course, whatever the symptoms. 
 
 For the inflamed skin, a tea made of buckwheat meal, is a good 
 wash. Alcohol and water, or new rum, may be used for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Nettle-Rash. — Urticaria. 
 
 Nettle-rash begins with fever, which lasts two or three days, 
 when wheals of various shapes, round, oval, and oblong, appear in 
 the midst of red, slightly elevated patches, attended by great itching 
 and tingling, as if the common nettle had been applied to the skin. 
 The wheals go off during the day, and come again at night. The 
 eruption is often a symptom of other diseases, or of mental anxiety. 
 Sometimes it is the effect of articles of diet. Children have it occa- 
 sionally while cutting teeth. A lighter form of the disease exists, in 
 which the wheals appear and disappear at short intervals, according 
 to the heat of the weather, the exercise, diet, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The treatment varies according to the cause of the 
 disease. If this be anything offending the stomach, especially if it be 
 putrid fish, an emetic (2) (4) will be required, followed by brisk 
 
138 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 physic (29). After which take a few doses of quinine (67). For exter- 
 nal application, the lotion (216) or common vinegar and water (215) 
 will be useful. Dr. Wilson recommends corrosive sublimate, etc. (217) 
 as the very best lotion to apply outwardly. 
 
 The diet should be simple and cooling, all stimulating food and 
 condiments being avoided. 
 
 Rose Rash. — Roseola. — False Measles. 
 
 Symptoms. — The summer rose rash appears first on the arms, face, 
 and neck, thence it spreads over the whole body, producing tingling 
 and itching. It is usually preceded by the symptoms of fever-chills, 
 succeeded by flushes of heat, languor, pains in the head, back, and 
 limbs, restlessness, quick pulse, and thirst. The rash appears in small 
 irregular patches, paler than those of measles, and of a more roseate 
 hue. There is some hoarseness from inflammation of the throat. The 
 rash never continues more than five days, unless it be merely partial, 
 in which case it sometimes comes and goes at intervals for weeks. 
 If it " strike in," it generally produces disturbance of the stomach, 
 headache, and faintness, which are relieved by its reappearance. 
 
 The autumnal rose rash is in more distinct patches than the for- 
 mer, of a circular figure, slightly elevated, and of a dark damask-rose 
 hue. Seldom any fever, or itching and tingling. 
 
 Treatment, — For the first-described form of the disease, light diet, 
 acid drinks, and gentle laxatives ; for the second, recipe 59, or 51, ac- 
 cording to convenience. 
 
 Inflammatory Blush. — Erythema. 
 
 What is called marginated inflammatory blush, is a mottled, red, 
 smooth fulness of the skin, occurring on the extremities and loins, in 
 irregular patches, bounded on one side by a hard, elevated, red border. 
 This species of the disease attacks old people, and indicates some 
 internal disorder, which is dangerous. 
 
 Another form of the complaint appears on the arms, neck, and 
 breast, in extensive, bright-red, irregular patches, slightly elevated. 
 The redness, at its height, is very vivid, and continues about a fort- 
 night, when it assumes a purplish hue in the centre. 
 
 Treatment. — Light diet, gentle purgatives (21), opiates (218) to 
 allay the tingling and secure sleep, and the mineral acids (63), with 
 bitter tonics, comprise all that is required, except sponging with water, 
 and friction. 
 
 Watery Pimples. 
 
 We now come to a class of diseases characterized by watery pim- 
 ples. Wilson says they are distinguished by " effusive inflammation 
 of the derma," which means that there is inflammation of the 1 rue- 
 skin, which causes water to be poured out on top of the derma, and 
 
underneath the scarf-skin, causing the latter to be lifted up in the form 
 of small or large blisters, or vesicles. At first the fluid in these pim- 
 ples is transparent, but in a short time becomes milky. Sometimes 
 this fluid absorbs ; at other times, it dries up, and with the cuticle, 
 scales off as scurf. 
 
 Salt Ebeum. — Eczema. 
 
 An eruption of minute, round pimples, about the size of a pin's 
 head, filled with a colorless fluid, and terminating in scurf. It is gen- 
 erally a symptom of a feverish state, and is preceded by languor, 
 faintness, perspiration, and a pricking and tingling of the skin. 
 
 Another species of this disease is called sun heat, which is an erup- 
 tion of vesicles without any redness, of a white or brownish colon 
 These vesicles generally terminate in brownish-yellow scabs. It oc- 
 curs only in summer, and affects those parts which are uncovered. 
 
 In still another species, the eruption is attended with pain, heat, 
 itching, intense smarting, and a swelling of the affected part. When 
 the blisters break, the water which runs out irritates and inflames the 
 skin, which becomes red, rough, and thickened, — covered sometimes 
 with a thick crust. 
 
 Treatment. — Low diet, cooling drinks, gentle purgatives, warm 
 baths. In old chronic cases, apply externally either lime water, or 
 corrosive sublimate (212) in solution. In the second and third forms 
 of the affection, apply externally, a solution of nitrate of silver (219). 
 
 Tetter— Shingles. — Herpes. 
 
 After a slight feverish attack, lasting two or three days, clusters 
 of small, transparent pimples, filled sometimes with a colorless, some- 
 times with a brownish lymph, appear on the cheeks or forehead, or 
 on the extremities, — and at times on the body. The pimples are a 
 little larger than in eczema, — about the size, of a pea. After a few 
 days, the vesicles break, pour out their fluid, and form brown or yellow 
 crusts, which fall off about the tenth day, leaving the surface red and 
 irritable. The eruption is attended with heat, itching, tingling, fever, 
 and restlessness, especially at night. Ringworm is a curious form of 
 herpes, in which the inflamed patches assume the form of a ring. 
 
 Treatment. — Light diet, gentle laxatives. If the patient be ad- 
 vanced in life, and feeble, a tonic (64) will be desirable. For external 
 application, white vitriol (220), or an ointment of sulphuret of lime 
 (174), or elder-flower ointment, etc. (175). 
 
 Itch. — Scabies. 
 
 To this disease all classes are liable, though it is much less com- 
 mon than in former years. It is found frequently among the poor, 
 whose condition in life does not give them the means to guard at all 
 
140 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 points against it; but it is most common among such as neglect per- 
 sonal cleanliness. 
 
 Symptoms. — An eruption of distinct, cone-like, watery pimples, 
 which are transparent at the summits, and are accompanied by an 
 excessive itching, which is made worse by high-seasoned food, by 
 drinking liquor, and by the heat of the bed. When these pimples are 
 scratched and torn, a sticky, watery fluid is poured out, which forms 
 small scabs ; and, in time, if the disease is not cured, these scabs being 
 often torn off, extensive sores are made. 
 
 Cause. — It will excite the wonder of many readers to state that 
 animals of so small a size as scarcely to be seen with the naked eye 
 exist in the skin of man. Yet such is the fact ; and it is the presence 
 of these minute creatures, or the effect of their presence, which con- 
 stitutes the disease called itch. The little creature (acarus scabiei, 
 by name), a species of mite, is one seventy-seventh part of an inch in 
 length ; and when closely inspected under the microscope, is really a 
 beautiful, I may say an elegant, animal. Here are a front, a side, and 
 a back view of him, well done by the artist. 
 
 Fig. 73. 
 
 Fig. 74. 
 
 Fig. 75. 
 
 His Method of Attack. — "When placed upon the skin, the little 
 fellow, like the squirrel and other ground animals, sets himself to make 
 a hole through the scarf-skin with his head and fore feet. Into this 
 he pushes his whole body. He then begins to burrow himself in the 
 derma or true skin — making a channel many times his own length, 
 at the end excavating a chamber where he sleeps, and whence he goes 
 out to do his day's work at mining, or boring for food. When tired 
 of this sleeping apartment, he digs onward and scoops out another. 
 
 This travelling, and boring, and turning about in an organ as sensi- 
 tive as the true skin, must, of course, occasion a tickling and itching? 
 and from this circumstance the disease took its name of itch. But 
 this itching is not painful. James the First is said to have remarked 
 that the itch was fitted only for kings — so exquisite is the enjoyment 
 of scratching. Probably it is a royal luxury. Be that as it may, ntost 
 persons would consent to have it all done by royal fingers. They 
 have been used for meaner purposes. 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 141 
 
 Treatment. — Whatever will kill the little animal described above, 
 will cure the itch. Various agents have been employed for this purpose, 
 but none have been found equal to sulphur. The compound sulphur 
 ointment is a sovereign remedy for the disease. Four ounces of this 
 should be well rubbed into the skin, before the fire, morning and even- 
 ing, for three or four days. This will put an end to the whole colony 
 of these sovereign squatters upon forbidden soil. 
 
 Two ounces of sulphuret of potash, and the same amount of soft 
 soap, dissolved in a pint of water, and applied well to the skin, is 
 used in many cases with good effect. 
 
 Caustic potash, one part to twelve parts of water, applied in a sim- 
 ilar way, is said to be a pretty sure remedy. 
 
 A solution of the chloride of lime, used as a wash, will often effect 
 a cure. 
 
 The ointment of the American hellebore sometimes does well. 
 
 Before applying any of these preparations, let the skin be washed 
 with warm water and soap, and well dried. 
 
 Rupia. 
 
 This is from a Greek word which means dirt, from the dirt-colored 
 crusts which are formed after the breaking of the large watery pim- 
 ples. The vesicles are like those of eczema and herpes, except that 
 they are larger. This is distinguished from all other skin diseases by 
 the formation of unhealthy, foul, and burrowing sores, which pour out 
 a reddish matter in such quantities that it collects and dries upon the 
 sore, and forms a crust of great thickness, — sometimes of the size 
 of an oyster-shell. Rupia has its origin in a weakly and debilitated 
 constitution, and cannot be cured without renovating the whole sys- 
 tem. 
 
 Treatment. — Warm baths once or twice a week, with generous 
 and nutritious diet. Tonic medicines (63) (51) (67) (61) (65) will be 
 required. For external treatment, dust the surface of the ulcers with 
 cream of tartar, or apply nitrate of silver (214) (219) (220), white 
 vitriol, etc. 
 
 Pemphigus. — Pompholix. 
 
 The first of these terms is from the Greek, and means a bubble; the 
 second, pompholix, is from the same language, and means a water- 
 bubble. This is still more applicable to the disease in hand, which 
 consists, in fact, in the raising up of the scarf-skin in the shape of 
 bubbles, containing a watery fluid. These bubbles are just like com- 
 mon blisters. They vary from the size of a split pea, to that of a 
 hen's egg. They rise up very rapidly, and break in two or three days, 
 leaving a raw surface which soon becomes covered by a thin crust. 
 
 Treatment. — Similar to that for Rupia, with the addition of iodide 
 of potassium (140), and applying the stick nitrate of silver to the 
 
142 
 
 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 whole surface of the ulcer, and a short distance beyond it on all sides, 
 or the ointment (176). 
 
 Mattery Pimples. 
 
 Another natural group of skin diseases are distinguished by an 
 eruption of pimples, rilled, not with water, like those just described, 
 but with matter. The pimples of this class are not transparent, or 
 whitish, but opaque and yellow from the first. The matter is poured 
 out upon the true skin, and raises up the scarf-skin, in the same way 
 as the watery pimples. As in the preceding diseases, too, the drying 
 up of the matter forms crusts. But these pimples are never so small 
 as those of eczema, nor so large as those of pemphigus. 
 
 Crusted Tetter. — Impetigo. 
 
 This eruption consists at first of slightly-elevated pustules or pim- 
 ples, closely congregated, with an inflamed border. These break, and 
 the surface becomes red, excoriated, shining, and full of pores, through 
 which a thin, unhealthy fluid is poured out, which gradually hardens 
 into dark, yellowish-green scabs. These scabs sometimes look like a 
 dab of honey dried upon the skin. This has given impetigo the 
 name of " honey disease," or honey scab. This honeyed look is well 
 represented in the crusts which form on the lips and ears of children. 
 Sometimes these scabs cover nearly the whole face, and are called the 
 milk crust. This is putting the agreeable words milk and honey to 
 rather questionable uses ! When this crusted tetter invades the head 
 or scalp, it causes the hair to fall, and becomes what is called a scall 
 
 Treatment. — The vapor bath, and water dressing. The following 
 ointments are useful : oxide of zinc, white precipitate, or diluted 
 nitrate of mercury (178). Hydrocyanic acid (221), applied externally 
 has a fine effect. The crusts should first be removed by a weak lye 
 made from hard-wood ashes, or potash ; then, after applying one of 
 the ointments above, or the lotion, cover the part with oil-skin. If 
 the crusts are on the head, the hair should be cropped off before the 
 remedies are applied. 
 
 Papulous Scall. — Ecthyma. 
 
 The mattery pimple called ecthyma is developed on a highly in- 
 flamed skin. The bladders are about the size of a split pea, and are 
 surrounded by a broad ring of redness. They are generally separate, 
 not clustered like impetigo. They are scattered over various parts of 
 the body, and are followed either by a hard black crust, or by a sore. 
 The disease is either acute or chronic. The latter attacks weakly 
 children, and persons reduced by sickness or low living. 
 
 Treatment. — For the acute form, low diet, gentle laxatives, with 
 ointment (176), and the cold sponge bath on the sound parts. For the 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 143 
 
 chronic form, (140) (65) (63) (61) (48) to be taken internally, and 
 (176) (175) (214) (211) for external application. 
 
 Scaly Eruptions. 
 
 The scaly eruption is called dry tetter. It is an inflammation of 
 the true skin, and is distinguished from the rashes and pimples by the 
 alteration of the scarf-skin. The diseases forming this group are 
 three in number, — lepra, psoriasis, and pityriasis. 
 
 Leprosy. — Lepra. 
 
 In this disease, the eruption makes its appearance as a small, 
 salmon-red spot, raised a little above the surrounding skin, and con- 
 stituting, in fact, a fiat pimple, almost as large at the top as at the 
 bottom. On top of this pimple, the scarf-skin becomes rough, and 
 after a little while, a thin scale is produced. New layers are added 
 to its under surface, and it accordingly grows thicker. It has a bright, 
 silvery lustre. These scaly spots multiply, and become the form of 
 leprosy called lepra guttata, from the Latin gutta, a drop, the scales 
 looking like drops of water on the skin. 
 
 But the eruption more frequently spreads out into circular patches, 
 of the size of a fifty cent piece. These generally appear below the 
 elbows and knees, and on the breast and shoulders, and back of the 
 hands. Sometimes the entire hand is covered with scales of a pecu- 
 liar silvery whiteness. These patches heal from the centre. 
 
 Psoriasis* 
 
 This diners from lepra in the eruption being more irregular. The 
 spots sometimes come out in thick clusters, and blend in various ways. 
 Instead of appearing in distinct circular forms, as in leprosy, the 
 patches are irregular, and of every size. Instead of one well-formed 
 and thick scale, there are many small and thin ones. And instead of 
 a depressed centre with rising edges, the surface is level. While lep- 
 rosy is a circular dry tetter, this is an irregular dry tetter. 
 
 Pityriasis. 
 
 This is much like the two preceding, except that it gives rise to a 
 copious production of very small bran-like scales. Indeed, its name 
 is from the Greek, and means chaff or bran. It is a branny tetter. 
 It may occur on any part of the body. 
 
 Treatment — When the skin is highly inflamed, and stiff with heat, 
 pain, and itching, the diet should be light, and the drinks of a cooling 
 and unexciting kind. The warm bath, and gentle friction of the skin 
 are useful. Laxatives or tonics may be employed, according to the 
 indications, — frequently laxatives first, and tonics afterwards. The 
 specific remedies for curing the disease are, corrosive sublimate (139), 
 
144 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 .odide of potassium (140), arseniate of iron (68), Fowler's solution, 
 in two-drop doses, three times a day ; or Donovan's solution, in five- 
 drop doses, three times a day. For external application, use a nap- 
 thaline ointment (177), zinc ointment, white precipitate ointment, 
 diluted nitrate of mercury ointment, or solution of corrosive subli- 
 mate (212). 
 
 Dry Pimples. 
 
 These are distinguished by the high degree of irritation of the skin 
 which they create. They are exceedingly troublesome, not only from 
 the distress and itching they occasion, but because they are likely, in 
 consequence of this to be torn into painful and obstinate sores. 
 
 When appearing in children, they are called red gum, and tooth- 
 rash. In grown persons, one form is named lichen, and another, dis- 
 tinguished by excessive itching, prurigo. 
 
 In this form of pimples, the fluid is not poured out upon the sur- 
 face of the true skin, — as in several of the preceding diseases, — but 
 is collected within the tissue of this organ, and the pimples feel hard 
 under the finger. 
 
 The tooth rash of infants is always accompanied with some fever- 
 ishness, caused generally by irritation of gums from growing teeth, — 
 occasionally by flannel worn next the skin. 
 
 Lichen has a variety of forms. In one case the pimples are of a 
 bright red, in another, bluish, or livid. In one case they appear in 
 circular groups, in another, they produce great disorganization of the 
 skin, and occasion terrible suffering. 
 
 Prurigo is a still more cruel disease than lichen. The pimples are 
 not very manifest, but the skin is thickened or swollen, and condensed. 
 The suffering from it is terrible. It gives one no sleep, night or day. 
 That form of it called ant-bite prurigo, gives the sensation of millions 
 of ants eating the flesh, or as many red-hot needles piercing it. This 
 renders the existence of many elderly persons a terrible burden. 
 
 Treatment. — Careful diet, and gentle cathartics or tonics, accord- 
 ing to the condition of the system. Externally, the cold salt-water 
 sponge bath, and glycerine, applied with a soft sponge, vinegar and 
 water, corrosive sublimate (222), creosote ointment, the diluted nitrate 
 of mercury ointment, laudanum and sulphur (179), prussic acid, etc 
 (171). For relieving the terrible itching of the private parts, which 
 females sometimes suffer, I have found morphine (223), for external 
 use, very effectual. 
 
 Lupus. 
 
 This makes its appearance in the form of one or more circular 
 elevations, of a dull red or salmon-color, and partially transparent. 
 When pressed under the finger, these elevations are found to be soft, 
 and when the finger is removed, they are flat and whitened. They 
 generally appear on the face, and particularly the nose. 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 143 
 
 In another and worse form of the disease, the tubercles are harder ; 
 and after a time, they become covered with thin brown scabs, which 
 
 are scratched off, and followed by others, 
 and these by others, until ulcers appear, 
 which are sometimes slow and some- 
 times rapid in their progress. The whole 
 nose has been destroyed by them in a 
 month. (See Fig. 76.) This is one of 
 the diseases which Erasmus Wilson 
 thinks, and, in my judgment, correctly, 
 'to be, like scrofula, the result of the 
 syphilitic poison, filtered through the 
 blood of several generations. (See col- 
 ored Plate IV.) The artist has here 
 given a beautiful likeness of the disease. 
 
 Treatment. — The internal remedies 
 are iodide of arsenic (141), and iodide of 
 potassium (140) ; the external, vinegar of 
 Spanish flies ; and to promote the heal- 
 ing of the ulcers, a weak solution of nitrate of silver (211) (214) is 
 adapted. 
 
 Warts and Corns. — Verruca — Tylosis — Clovus. 
 
 In the derma or true-skin, there are a great many small arteries, 
 veins, and nerves, united together, and formed into loops (see cut 43), 
 resembling, in shape, the peaks of miniature mountains. These are 
 called papillcB. These loops, frequently, without any apparent cause, 
 take on a disposition to grow, and by extending themselves upward, 
 they carry the scarf-skin along with them, which is thickened ; and 
 together they form what is called warts. Corns are formed by a 
 somewhat similar growth of the papillae, brought about by the pres- 
 sure and friction of tight boots and shoes. 
 
 Treatment. — For warts, take a piece of diachylon plaster, cut a 
 hole in the centre the size of the wart, and stick it on, the wart pro- 
 jecting through. Then touch it daily with aqua fortis. Nitrate of 
 silver sometimes answers well for touching it. They may be taken 
 off very neatly, sometimes, by tying a string tight around them. 
 Corns should be shaved down close, after being soaked in warm 
 water and soap, and then covered with a piece of wash-leather, ot 
 buckskin, on which lead plaster is spread, a hole being cut in the 
 leather the size of the corn. They may be softened, so as to be 
 easily scooped out, by rubbing glycerine on them. Manganic acid de- 
 stroys warts and corns rapidly. Bunions, which affect the joint of the 
 great toe, must be treated with fomentations, and sugar of lead water 
 (224), when there is considerable inflammation, with rest and a hori- 
 zontal position. But the best cure for corns and bunions, is to put 
 away tight shoes. 
 
 19 
 
146 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 Mother's Marks. — Nevus. 
 
 The small vessels of the skin, called capillaries, suffer certain alter- 
 ations of structure which pass under the name of mother's marks. 
 These marks are simply a great dilatation of these minute blood 
 vessels. These marks vary in size from a mere point to a patch of 
 several inches square. 
 
 The smallest of all is the spider mark. It is a small red point, 
 from which several little straggling vessels spread out on all sides. 
 Sometimes this is of the size and appearance of a red currant ; at 
 other times, of a strawberry or raspberry ; and occasionally it is even 
 much larger, and is compared to a lobster. 
 
 When the circulation is active through them, or the individual is 
 excited by exercise, or by moral causes, these marks are of a bright 
 red color. Some are naturally livid and dark-colored, and look like 
 blackberries, and black currants. The blueness of these is owing to 
 the vessels being still more stretched and dilated, and to the conse- 
 quent slower passage of the blood through them, which gives more 
 time for its change from the arterial red to the venous blue. 
 
 Treatment. — If the mark is not making progress, it had better be 
 let alone, or only subjected to gentle pressure by putting a piece of 
 soap plaster over it. When its course is threatening mischief, it is 
 sometimes cured by pencilling a small portion of its surface, from 
 time to time, with nitric acid. 
 
 Disordered State of the Nerves of the Skin. 
 
 Itching'. — Pruritus. This is supposed to be dependent on an 
 altered condition of the nerves of the skin, and consists in a painful 
 sensation of itching. There is no perceptible alteration in the ap- 
 pearance or structure of the skin. This itching is thought, generally, 
 to be a result of sympathy, through the nerves, with some diseased 
 and excited condition of a distant part. The itching is brought on 
 by the most trifling causes, and for hours may deprive the sufferer of 
 every particle of repose. It more frequently affects the fundament, 
 or the private parts, particularly the scrotum. 
 
 Treatment. — As this disease is only a symptom of several others, 
 the constitutional treatment belongs under the heads of these other 
 diseases. The local applications for relieving the itching are, a solu- 
 tion of sugar of lead (224), of white vitriol (220), of corrosive subli- 
 mate (212), diluted nitrate of mercury ointment, and poppy fomenta- 
 tions. Also (223). 
 
 Disorders Affecting the Color of the Skin. 
 
 Colored Patches. — Macules. The depth of color in the skin depends 
 on the amount of a certain coloring matter, called pigment, incorpo- 
 rated with the deeper and softer portion of the scarf-skin. In the 
 
■US NGN EXEDENS 
 
 PI 4. 
 

 
 Mother's Marks. — 
 
 fifer certain altei 
 which pasa uni mother's n. 
 
 minute bloc 
 point to a patch o 
 
 
 small red poin 
 
 out on all sicl 
 red currant 
 »nally it is e 
 i 
 
 individual ii 
 of a bright 
 dark-cc nd look like 
 
 is owin 
 the conse- 
 rves more 
 •' 
 
 • r be 
 
 piece of 
 
 it is 
 
 ace, from 
 
 i Nerves of the Skin, 
 
 tit on an 
 
 painful 
 
 ration in the. ap- 
 
 tt, generally, 
 
 diseased 
 
 brought on 
 
 lai 
 
 Disorders A 
 
 lored P 
 
 - 
 
 • ■ 
 »ppy for: 
 
 :ho Skin. 
 
 skin d< 
 skin, I 
 
LUPUS NQN EXEDENS 
 
 PI 4- 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 147 
 
 scarf-skin of the inhabitants of northern latitudes, there is but little 
 of this pigment ; in that of the dwellers in Africa, there is a great 
 deal ; among the inhabitants of Southern Europe, the quantity is 
 intermediate between the two. 
 
 The depth of color in the skin, depends on the energy of its action. 
 In the tropics, where light and heat are in excess, the skin is stimu- 
 lated to great action, just as vegetation is, and the color is increased 
 and intensified. This is illustrated every year before our eyes. In 
 summer under the heat of the sun and the flood of light, the pignn - 
 forming power is increased, and the fairest skin is browned ; while 
 the withdrawal of these forces, leaves the winter's scarf without pig- 
 ment, and blanched. 
 
 What the sun and light do, under natural circumstances, diseased 
 action may effect. Hence we occasionally meet with alterations of 
 color in the skin, from a disordered state of the system. We witness 
 the formation of patches of dark color and irregular shape on various 
 parts of the body. Sometimes they are raised above the level of the 
 skin, and are called moles. At other times, they have no elevation, 
 and spread over the whole body. 
 
 Occasionally, from some peculiarity of constitution, the pigment is 
 diminished, and white patches appear all over the body. At other 
 times, a black person will become completely white. Such are called 
 albinos. 
 
 In many cases the coloring of the skin has varieties of tint, as 
 when persons of light complexion, are, in the summer season, covered 
 with yellow spots, like stains. These spots are known by the name 
 of freckles, or, in learned language, lentigo. 
 
 Treatment. — It is generally best not to meddle with a mole. If it 
 be very unsightly, let it be removed by two incisions, taking out an 
 elliptical portion of skin, and closing the wound with sticking plaster. 
 In the case of bleached places, apply the shower bath, tonics, and a 
 stimulating liniment (163) to the faded spots. For the change of color 
 called sun-burn, a liniment (191) of lime water, etc., is the best pre- 
 paration. For freckles, use lime water (191), or. perhaps, still better 
 (222). 
 
 Disorders oT the Sweat Glands. 
 
 The perspiration is sometimes greatly increased above nature's de- 
 sign. This is, technically, idrosis. In other instances there is too 
 little sweating. This is called anidrosis. Sometimes the perspiration 
 is so altered in its physical qualities as to have some peculiar smell. 
 This is osmidrosis. In some rare instances, according to old writers, 
 she sweat was changed in color. This was chromidrosis. And now 
 and then a case occurs of bloody perspiration, of which, the most 
 memorable case on record, is that of the Redeemer of men, who, in 
 the garden, sweat great drops of blood. Several cases of this are 
 recorded in medical books. It is called hcemidrosis. 
 
 The proper action of the skin being so vitally important to health, 
 these changes often involve very serious consequences. 
 
Treatment. — Either too much or too little sweating can generally 
 be corrected by the cold or warm bath, friction, tonics, and proper 
 clothing. 
 
 Disorders of the Oil-Glands and Tubes. 
 
 That the skin may be limber, healthy, and fit for use, it is neces- 
 sary to have it oiled every day. For this object, the Creator has 
 wisely provided, by placing in the true skin a large number of very 
 small glands and tubes, whose office it is to prepare and pour out 
 upon the surface the proper amount of oil. The gland, regular 
 ! rtle oil-pot, is in the true skin ; and from it a piece of hose or tube 
 .i.ins up through the scarf-skin, through which the oily fluid is poured 
 out. Some of these tubes are spiral, others are straight. On some 
 parts these vessels do not exist; on others they are quite abundant, — 
 as on the face, nose, ears, head, eye-lids, etc. They produce the wax 
 of the ears ; and on the head, they open into the sheath of the hair, 
 and furnish it with a hair-oil or pomatum better than the chemist can 
 make. 
 
 These little vessels are always at work, when the skin is healthy ; 
 and no persons need be afraid to wash all over every day, lest, as the 
 Boston Medical Journal taught, the skin will be injured by having the 
 oil removed from it. You might as well be afraid to eat a meal of 
 victuals, lest the saliva should all be swallowed with it, and none be 
 left for future use. There is oil enough where that upon the skin 
 comes from, and the vessels which produce it are not injured by work, 
 any more than the muscles of the legs are by walking. 
 
 Grubs or Worms. — But, unfortunately, the skin is not well taken 
 care of in all cases, as in cities and towns where sedentary habits pre- 
 vail. Here, the actions of the skin, instead of being regular and com- 
 plete, are often sluggish and imperfect; and the contents of the oil- 
 cells and tubes, instead of flowing easily, become hard and impacted, 
 and the vessels are not emptied. When this matter becomes station- 
 ary, dry, and hard, it distends the tube, and fills it to the surface ; and 
 then coming in contact with the dust 
 and smoke of the atmosphere, the ends FlG - 77 - 
 
 become black, and look like the heads of 
 worms. These spots are common on 
 the nose and face of persons who have 
 a sluggish skin. They may be squeezed 
 out by pressing the nails on each side of 
 them. These are called grubs and 
 worms, or, technically, comedones. When 
 this matter produces inflammation of the 
 tube, there is then a black spot in the 
 middle of a red pimple, and the disease 
 is called spotted acne. Now and then 
 the oily matter becomes very hard, pro- 
 ducing spine-like growths, and even horns (Fig. 77) ; and again, it col- 
 lects and forms soft tumors, as wens, etc. These are technically 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 149 
 
 called encysted tumors. Sometimes the action of the glands is too 
 great, and oil is poured out so profusely that the face shines with it. 
 At other times there is so little that the skin is dry and harsh. In 
 the hardened, oily matter, which constitutes grubs, are found small 
 animals, which Dr Wilson calls the " animal of the oily product of 
 the skin." Here are three views of him. 
 
 Fig. 78. 
 
 Fig. 79 
 
 Fig. 80. 
 
 Treatment. — For roughness and harshness of skin, wash with soap 
 and water every night, and rub well into the skin after the bath, and 
 in the morning, the ointment (180), and take a dose of sulphur, etc. 
 (23), twice a week. Or, rub the skin every morning with a damp 
 sponge, dipped in fine oat-meal, and after drying the surface, the 
 liniment (164) may be applied. The spinous variety, or porcupine 
 disease, requires washing with a quart of warm water, having a large 
 teaspoonful of saleratus dissolved in it, and the use of the ointment 
 (181) twice a day. For grubs, stimulate the skin, by washing it with 
 strong soap suds, twice a day, and rubbing briskly with a coarse towel ; 
 and by using the corrosive sublimate (225) as a lotion. 
 
 A spare diet will do much towards improving the skin in many 
 cases. 
 
 Barbers' Itch — Jackson's Itch. — Sycosis. 
 
 This is very much like acne, — only differing from it in its location. 
 It appears chiefly on the hairy parts of the face, — the chin, the upper 
 lip, the region of the whiskers, the eyebrows, and the nape of the 
 neck. It consists in little conical elevations, which maturate at the 
 top, and have the shaft of a hair passing through them. These pim- 
 ples are of a pale yellowish color. In a few days they burst, and the 
 matter running out, forms into hard, brownish crusts. These crusts 
 fall off in one or two weeks, leaving purplish, sluggish pimples behind, 
 which disappear very slowly. 
 
150 SKIN DISEASES. 
 
 The eruption is preceded by a painful sensation of heat, and tight- 
 ness of the skin. 
 
 The disease is supposed to be brought on frequently by using a 
 dull razor in shaving. It is very obstinate, — often lasting for many 
 months, and even for years. 
 
 Treatment. — The most important part of the treatment is the re- 
 moval of the cause. The beard must not be pulled with a dull razor; 
 the shaving had better be discontinued altogether, and the beard be 
 merely cropped off with scissors instead. All intemperance in eating 
 and drinking, and exposure of the face to heat, must be avoided. A 
 light, cool diet will do much towards curing the disease. 
 
 The nitrate of mercury ointment, and a solution of oxalic acid, are 
 the best applications. If one does not succeed, try the other. 
 
 Disorders of the Hair and Hair Tubes. 
 
 The hair is an appendage to ths scarf-skin, and is intended to be 
 both useful and ornamental. 
 
 It is subject to several disorders. It may grow too long, or too 
 thick, or it may appear in an improper place. This last happens in 
 the case of those little spots and patches, which disfigure the face, 
 and are called moles. The hair may be defective in its growth, or 
 may fall off prematurely from various causes, or in the natural course 
 of things from old age. This last is called calvities. It may change 
 its color, too, under a great variety of circumstances, and at nearly 
 every age. It is not very uncommon to find a single lock varying in 
 color from that which surrounds it. Old age, the winter of life, nat- 
 urally brings the frosted locks ; but they frequently appear also upon 
 the heads of younger persons. Strong mental emotions, such as fear, 
 grief, or sorrow, may bring a bleaching of the hair in a brief period, 
 or even suddenly. Byron, in his " Prisoner of Chillon," beautifully 
 refers to this fact : 
 
 " My hair is gray, but not with years, 
 Nor grew it white 
 In a single night, 
 As men's have grown from sudden fears." 
 
 Porrigo. — There is a troublesome disease of the hair and hair tubes 
 called porrigo. It begins with the formation of a thin layer of scurf 
 either around single hairs, or in patches which enclose several. These 
 patches frequently have a circular form, which give to the affection 
 the character of a ringworm. The hair tubes are generally a little 
 elevated, in the shape of papillae, which gives to the diseased scalp the 
 appearance of " goose-flesh." These hairs, losing their proper nour- 
 ishment and healthiness, break off at unequal distances from the skin, 
 leaving their rough ends, twisted, and bent, and matted into thick 
 grayish and yellow crusts. Upon the surface of these crusts may 
 generally be seen the ends of a few hairs, looking like the fibres of 
 hemp or tow. The scratching causes inflammation of the skin after 
 a time, and matter is poured out, which still further mats the hair, 
 
SKIN DISEASES. 151 
 
 and thickens the crusts. There are several varieties of this disease, 
 differing slightly from each other ; but this general description will 
 answer all practical purposes for this work. 
 
 The reader will often notice a disease of the hair-glands, character- 
 ized by a yellowish and dirty-looking powder, covering the scalp and 
 hairs. This matter is collected at the mouths of the follicles, and 
 considerable of it is strung upon the hairs like beads. Pull out a hair, 
 and the root will be found thin, dry, and starved in its appearance. 
 In this disease, it is difficult to keep the hair cleansed, or to prevent 
 its falling off. 
 
 Favus. — Still another disease, called favus, is known by the collec- 
 tion of a yellow substance, at first, around the cylinder of the hair. 
 This substance, after a time, spreads out upon the scarf skin, and 
 dries into yellow crusts, in the form of a cup, around the base of each 
 hair. A number of these cups, collected together, look like the cells 
 of a honey-comb. This disease is contagious, and is communicable 
 by contact to any part of the skin. 
 
 Treatment. — For removing the hair from particular parts of the 
 scalp, it is common to resort to depilatories. Of these, the recipes 
 260, 261, 262, are frequently used, and are as good as those adver- 
 tised ; indeed, they are the same. 
 
 To prevent loss of hair, and to restore it when lost, the circulation 
 should be stimulated in the small vessels of the scalp. With this 
 view, washing the head every morning with cold water, drying it by 
 friction with a rough towel, and brushing it to redness with a stiff 
 hair-brush, are excellent. To these should be added some stimulating 
 ointment (183), or liniment (257) (258) (259). These last are about 
 the best known preparations for causing the growth of the hair. 
 
 Ringworm of the scalp requires attention to the diet, and such rem- 
 edies as will improve the general health, with stimulating applications 
 externally (257) (258) (259). 
 
 To color the hair, several preparations are used. Of these, 263 is 
 about the best. It produces a beautiful black. A preparation of sul- 
 phur and sugar of lead (264) is the famous compound recommended 
 by General Twiggs, and extensively used. Preparations of nitrate 
 of silver (265) (266) (311) are much in use in some quarters. They 
 perhaps give a finer black to the hair, but they render it dry and crisp, 
 and they will stain the skin, if care is not used in applying them. 
 
 In Favns, the two great objects to be gained are, to remove all local 
 causes of irritation, and to excite the diseased hair glands to healthy 
 action. The first object is effected by cutting off the hair with the scis- 
 sors, and removing the crusts by washing the scalp with castile soap 
 and water. It may be well first to wet the crusts through with corro- 
 sive sublimate (212), in weak solution. The washing with soap and 
 water should be repeated every day, and be followed by rubbing into 
 the scalp a stimulating ointment (183). A very weak solution of the 
 acid nitrate of mercury (226), applied every other day, with a camel's 
 hair brush, sometimes produces excellent effects. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 The brain and spinal cord are the great centres of the nervous 
 system. 
 
 The brain produces sensation, thought, and voluntary motion. When 
 this organ is diseased, therefore, we may expect one of these functions 
 to be either disturbed or destroyed. 
 
 Of Sensation there are various disturbances, perversions, and sus- 
 pensions, caused by disease of the brain and nerves ; such as nausea, 
 giddiness, specks floating before the eyes, ringing in the ears, decep- 
 tive tastes and smells, intolerable itching, neuralgic pains, boisterously 
 high spirits, depression without apparent cause, anxiety, and dread. 
 
 Thought, in like manner, is disturbed and perverted in many ways. 
 There is high delirium, dulness and confusion, loss of memory, weak- 
 ened judgment, and every degree of stupor, down to entire loss of 
 consciousness. 
 
 Voluntary Motion is perverted and destroyed in muscular twitch- 
 ings, trembling of the limbs, spasmodic stiffness, involuntary jerkings, 
 convulsions, muscular debility, and palsy. 
 
 The brain is composed of three parts, — the cerebrum, the cerebel- 
 lum, and the medulla oblongata. These are all contained within the 
 skull bones, and are immediately covered by three membranes, called 
 the dura mater, the arachnoid, and the pia mater. The dura mater is 
 a strong, fibrous membrane lying next to the skull-bones. The arach- 
 noid is a serous membrane, lying next below, and the pia mater, which 
 means pious mother, is a vascular membrane, lying next to the brain, 
 dipping into it in places, and containing the vessels which bring to it 
 all its nutrient materials. Hence its name. 
 
 These membranes are all liable to be inflamed, — and so is the 
 brain 
 
 Inflammation of the Dura Mater. 
 
 The inflammation of this membrane does not often occur sponta- 
 neously ; but it happens frequently from external injuries, as blows 
 upon the head. 
 
 After a blow upon the head which stuns him, a man may recover 
 himself, and for some days remain in perfect health. Then he has 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 153 
 
 pain in the head, is restless, cannot sleep, has a flushed face, red eyes, 
 hot skin, hard pulse, rigor, nausea, vomiting, — ending with convul- 
 sions and delirium. 
 
 This disease is often caused by what is called otitis, or inflamma- 
 tion of the internal ear. In such cases, inflammation will arise within 
 the tympanum, causing intense earache ; matter comes at length from 
 the external ear, but the pain does not stop ; the patient shivers, be- 
 comes drowsy, perhaps delirious, and finally sinks into stupor. The 
 dura mater is inflamed. 
 
 Treatment. — When the disease arises from inflammation in the 
 ear, leeches are to be applied behind the ear, and blisters and other 
 irritants afterwards. Other modes of treatment will be mentioned 
 after the next two forms of disease. 
 
 Inflammation of the Arachnoid and Pia Mater. 
 
 Arachnitis. 
 
 These two membranes are generally inflamed together. They 
 are so intimately connected that each involves the other in its own 
 troubles. 
 
 Generally this is divided into three stages : 
 
 The Irritative, characterized by wakefulness, irritable temper, re- 
 pugnance to strong light, and contraction of the pupils. 
 
 The Inflammatory stage, known by transient pains in the head, 
 alternating with similar ones in the bowels, increased restlessness and 
 irritability, a quick and tense pulse, an expression of discontent on 
 the face, the eye-brows knit and frowning, the eye-lids half closed, 
 retching and vomiting, deep sighing, and torpid bowels. 
 
 The Depressing Stage, in which the delirium is more continuous, 
 the countenance has a look of surprise and stupor, the pupils are 
 contracted or dilated, the white of the eyes injected and red, the 
 pupils rolled up during sleep, constant sleepiness, inattention to sur- 
 rounding objects, torpidity of mind, gradually increasing until com- 
 plete coma closes all the senses. 
 
 The disease does not always exhibit all these symptoms, or come 
 on in the regular way described. Sometimes the first thing noticed is 
 a long-continued paroxysm of general convulsions. Again these con- 
 vulsions will come on after violent pains in the head, and are at- 
 tended with screaming. 
 
 Inflammation of the Brain. — Brain Fever. 
 
 Encephalitis. — Phrenitis. 
 
 Acute and general inflammation of the brain and its membranes 
 has two stages. 
 
 The Stage of Excitement, in which there is intense and deep-seated 
 pain in the head, extending over a large part of it, a feeling of tight- 
 ness across the forehead, throbbing of the temporal arteries, a flushed 
 
154 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 face, injected eyes, looking wild and brilliant, contraction of the pupils, 
 great shrinking from light and sound, violent delirium, want of sleep, 
 general convulsions, a parched and* dry skin, a quick and hard pulse, 
 a white tongue, thirst, nausea and vomiting, and constipation of the 
 bowels. 
 
 The Stage of Collapse, in which there are indistinct mutterings, dull 
 and perverted hearing and vision, double vision, the pupil from being 
 contracted expands largely and becomes motionless, twitchings of the 
 muscles, tremors and palsy of some of the limbs, a ghastly and ca- 
 daverous countenance, cold sweats, profound coma, and death. 
 
 The disease will not show all these symptoms in any one case. It 
 runs a rapid course, causing death, sometimes, in twelve or twenty- 
 four hours ; or it may run two or three weeks. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be energetic and administered early. 
 The measures usually employed are blood-letting, purging, and the 
 application of cold to the head. 
 
 General Blood-letting*. — This is much approved by many ; for my- 
 self, I do not like it. Wet cups and leeching are about the extent to 
 which I would ever carry the abstraction of blood in these diseases. 
 These may sometimes be applied with advantage to the neck, and 
 behind the ears. 
 
 Cold Applications. — These, applied to the head, are of great im- 
 portance. First, shave the head, and put on cloths wetted in water 
 as cold as it can be made, changing them often ; or, put powdered 
 ice in a flexible bladder, and lay it upon the head, — taking care not 
 to make it too heavy. 
 
 Purging. — ■ This, while the inflammation is in the active stage, 
 should be thorough and energetic. To effect it, many use calomel 
 and other forms of mercury. They are not needed. Croton oil is 
 one of the best articles (31), or calacynth, gamboge, etc. (32), without 
 the oil, or the compound powder of jalap. 
 
 In the stage of collapse, if there is pallor of the countenance, a 
 feeble and flying pulse, great debility and tremors, coldness of the 
 extremities, etc., give wine and other stimulants. 
 
 See that the bladder is emptied every day. 
 
 The feet, in the early stage of the complaint, should be bathed in 
 warm water, or mustard and water (242). Mustard draughts must 
 also be put upon the feet. 
 
 The tincture of veratrum, given in full doses, to bring down the 
 pulse, and produce sweating, must not be omitted. 
 
 Softening of the Brain. — Ramollissement 
 
 Inflammation of the brain, when it has run its course, sometimes 
 leaves this organ, or portions of it, in a softened condition. The 
 same mischief may happen to the brain from the blood-vessels which 
 run to it being diseased, so as not to be able to carry blood for its 
 proper nourishment. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 155 
 
 Symptoms. — The most remarkable, symptom of this disease is the 
 rigid contraction of the muscles which draw up the limbs ; the hand 
 may be clenched and pressed against the shoulder, or the heel carried 
 up to the hip. 
 
 The other symptoms are various, — tingling and numbness in the 
 ends of the fingers ; perverted vision, and sometimes blindness ; paral- 
 ysis of one limb, or half the body ; difficulty of answering questions ; 
 forgetfulness, making it difficult, at times, for the patient to remember 
 his own name. 
 
 Suppuration and Abscess of the Brain. 
 
 When a diseased brain is examined after death, sometimes matter 
 is found mixed in with the softened portion. This shows that suppu- 
 ration took place. At other times, the matter is found in a cavity, 
 which shows that an abscess had formed during life. 
 
 The symptoms of these mischiefs are convulsions in the earlier 
 stages, and palsy in the latter. 
 
 Induration of the Brain. 
 
 Instead of softening the brain, inflammation sometimes does the 
 very opposite, — it hardens it, — producing a change something like 
 that which happens to white of egg when dipped in hot water. 
 
 Convulsions appear as the result of this change, as in suppuration 
 and abscess ; palsy much more seldom. 
 
 Tumors of the Brain. 
 
 Tumors infect the brain, occasionally, — growing around it, on all 
 sides, pressing themselves into its substance, and causing many dis- 
 turbances. Cancers and hydatids are found there. The signs which 
 these irritating bodies produce, are like those of other diseases of the 
 brain, and therefore cannot be distinguished during life. 
 
 Delirium Tremens.— Drunkards' Delirium. 
 
 Mania a Potu. 
 
 This is often mistaken for brain fever; but it is quite a different 
 disease. It is not the result of inflammation of the brain, but of 
 irritation. It is important to distinguish it from inflammation, be- 
 cause the remedies which are employed for that would be injurious 
 if used for this. 
 
 The Symptoms are incessant talking, fidgeting with the hands, trem- 
 bling of the limbs, a rapid pulse, profuse sweating, utter sleeplessness, 
 and a mingling of the real with the imaginary in the busy talk. The 
 patient is apt to think some one is about to do him a great injury, 
 yet is unwilling to be alone. His face is pale and sallow (sometimes 
 red and flushed), his eye is rolling, quick and expressive, his speech 
 
156 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 stuttering and inarticulate, — bodily and mentally, he is busy day and 
 night, and can with difficulty be confined to his bed or room. As the 
 disease advances, and he has been long without sleep, he imagines 
 vermin to be crawling upon his scalp and body; troops of rats ran 
 across his bed, or look at him out of the wall ; giant boxers confront 
 him, and he squares off for a round at fisticuffs ; animals, figures of 
 all shapes, and horrible monsters, frighten his imagination ; devils 
 laugh at him, and dance before him. In long and sleepless hours, he 
 talks and chatters with these spectral phantoms, — now beckoning 
 them, now shrinking from them, till he wears out and sinks from ex- 
 haustion. This is a disease of drunkards and opium eaters. The 
 attack generally occurs in consequence of the withdrawal for three or 
 fouv days of the accustomed stimulus. 
 
 Treatment. — Opium and its preparations are the sovereign remedy. 
 Give one-third of a grain of morphia ; if this doe? not quiet the 
 patient, give thirty drops of laudanum every two hours, till sleep is 
 produced. Sleep will cure him, and nothing else will. A draught or 
 two of his accustomed drink, brandy, gin, or whatever it may be, will 
 also generally dispose him to sleep. 
 
 Recently, a very effectual remedy has been found in the use of 
 tepid baths, prolonged from four to ten hours, in connection with 
 cold applications to the head. In connection with this, small doses 
 of opium are required ; but the treatment may yet prove to be very 
 valuable by enabling us to dispense with excessive doses of opium. 
 
 Enlargement of the Brain. — Hypertrophy. 
 
 This is chiefly a disease of childhood. It consists in an unnatural 
 growth of the brain. Sometimes the skull grows with it, and there 
 may not be any, or only slight, symptoms of disease. 
 
 The complaint is sometimes congenital, — the child being born 
 with a head far above the natural standard of size. Sometimes a 
 child's head, from this disease, will reach the size of an adult's, by the 
 time it is five or six years old. This is not necessarily a disease, 
 though children that suffer from it are very apt to die finally of some 
 affection of the brain. 
 
 Symptoms. — Dulness of intellect, indifference to external objects, 
 great irritability of temper, inordinate appetite, giddiness, and an ha- 
 bitual headache, which at times is very severe. In addition to these, 
 there are, at times, convulsions, epileptic fits, and idiocy. There is a 
 peculiar projection of the parietal bones, which serves well to distin- 
 guish this disease from acute hydrocephalus. 
 
 Treatment. — As far as possible, suspend and repress all exercise of 
 the mind. Take the child from school as soon as the disease is dis- 
 covered, and put it to the most active muscular exercise in the open 
 air. The moment there is any excitement of the brain, or heat on 
 the top of the head, apply cold water, ice, or cold evaporating lotions. 
 If. ?»» the child grows up, the signs of mischief increase, the diet must 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 157 
 
 be simple, and carefully regulated. Bread and milk only is some- 
 times advisable. 
 
 Shrinking of the Brain. — Atrophy. 
 
 This is a disease in which the volume of the brain is diminished. 
 There are two forms of it ; one is congenital, the brain not being 
 properly developed at birth ; the other occurs in consequence of dis- 
 ease either in the membranes or the arteries. The symptoms are not 
 distinguishable during life from those of other brain affections, and 
 therefore it can only be treated according to general principles. 
 
 Water in the Head. — Acute Hydrocephalus. 
 
 This, like enlargement of the brain, is likewise a disease of child- 
 hood, and often attacks scrofulous children. 
 
 Being an inflammatory disease, it is important to have early notice 
 of its existence, and, if possible, to be aware of its approach; which 
 we may be, frequently, by observing the following premonitory 
 
 Symptoms ; namely, a disturbance of the disgestive functions, indi- 
 cated by a capricious appetite, — the food at one time being disliked, 
 at another devoured greedily; a foul tongue, offensive breath, enlarged 
 and sometimes tender belly, torpid bowels, stools light-colored from 
 having no bile, or dark from vitiated bile, fetid, sour-smelling, slimy 
 and lumpy. The child loses its healthy look, and grows paler and 
 thinner. Its customary spirit and activity are gone ; it is heavy, lan- 
 guid, dejected ; it is fretful, irritable, uneasy ; and sometimes is a 
 little tottering in its gait. 
 
 After these warning symptoms, the disease may begin in one of 
 three ways : 
 
 The pains in the head become more severe and frequent, and are 
 sharp and shooting, causing the little patient to wake and shriek out. 
 As the drowsy state advances, the shrieking gives place to moaning. 
 Beside these symptoms, there are stiffness in the back of the neck, 
 pain in the limbs, great tenderness of the scalp, vomiting, sighing, 
 intolerance of light, knitting of the brows, increased disturbance of 
 stomach and bowels. This stage may last ten to fourteen days, the 
 child growing more weak and peevish. 
 
 Another form of attack is marked by acute pain in the head and 
 high fever, convulsions, flushed face, brilliant eyes, intolerance of light 
 and sound, pain and tenderness in the belly, stupor, great irritability 
 of stomach, causing retching and vomiting upon every attempt to sit 
 up in bed. 
 
 The third mode of. attack is very insidious, — the early symptoms 
 being mild and hardly noticeable, or not even occurring at all. In 
 such case, the convulsions or palsy come suddenly, without notice, 
 bringing swift and unexpected destruction. This has sometimes been 
 called water-stroke. 
 
158 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 The First Stage is the period of increased sensibility and excite- 
 ment, caused by inflammation, in which the pulse is quick and irreg- 
 ular. 
 
 Tike Second Stage is one of diminished sensibility, or lethargy, dur- 
 ing which water is effused upon the brain, and the pulse is slow. 
 
 The Third Period is one of palsy and convulsions, with squinting 
 of the eyes, rolling of the head, stupor, and a rapid, thread-like pulse. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first or inflammatory stage, purging is very 
 important, and it must be continued for three or four days. Scam- 
 mony and croton oil (33) may be chosen for this purpose. Apply 
 cold water, ice, etc., to the head. 
 
 In the second stage, put blisters upon the back of the neck, and 
 one upon the bowels if they are very tender. 
 
 In the third stage, effusion having taken place, use the warm bath, 
 or the vapor bath, — also digitalis, squills, and iodide of potassium, 
 (144) (128) (302) (130). 
 
 Confine the child to a darkened room, of moderate temperature, — 
 excluding all noise and causes of excitement, and let him lie upon a 
 hair mattress, with his head somewhat elevated. 
 
 Diet, — Gruel only during the stage of excitement, — during that 
 of collapse, it should be nourishing, but mild and easy of digestion, 
 as beef tea, plain chicken or mutton broth, and animal jellies. At 
 the same time, support the patient by the cautious use of the aro- 
 matic spirit of ammonia, ten drops every four hours, valerian, wine 
 whey, and infusion of gentian, columbo, or quassia, (64) (66). 
 
 Dropsy of the Brain. — Chronic Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Acute hydrocephalus is an inflammation; chronic hydrocephalus, 
 now to be considered, is a dropsy. It often begins before birth. It con- 
 sists in the accumulation of enormous quantities of water within the 
 brain, sometimes within its ventricles, at other times, upon its surface. 
 When it occurs soon after birth, it advances slowly, and impercepti- 
 bly, — the enlargement of the head being the first thing noticed. 
 
 The skull being tender in infancy, it separates at the fontanelles, as 
 the fluid accumulates, and the head, at times, attains an enormous 
 size, — so great that the child cannot carry it upright, but lets it droop 
 Jaterally upon the shoulder, or forward upon the breast. 
 
 As the disease advances, the senses become blunted, the child is 
 deaf or blind, the intellect is weakened, perhaps idiocy appears, the 
 flesh and strength pass away, convulsions and paralysis come in their 
 turn, and a stupor is apt to occur which ends in death. 
 
 Treatment. — The remedies may be external, or internal, or both. 
 
 Internal Remedies. — These should be purgatives (33) (31), or di- 
 uretics and alteratives (302) (145) (144). 
 
 External Remedies. — Apply an ointment of the iodide of potas- 
 sium to the scalp every night (185). A tight bandage applied over 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES 
 
 159 
 
 the whole head will sometimes have a favorable effect. Another ex- 
 pedient is to puncture the skull and draw off the water. Tapping 
 the brain has effected a cure in many cases, and perhaps promises the 
 most relief of any remedy we have. 
 
 Diseases of the Spinal Cord. 
 
 Fi#. 81. 
 
 occurring in 
 
 There are few diseases more interesting, as a study, 
 than those which affect the nervous cord which runs 
 through the centre of the back-bone. This cord is a 
 continuation, an appendage or tail of the brain. (See, 
 Figure 81.) It is the seat and centre of certain ner«. 
 vous functions, called reflex, by which so many move, 
 ments take place which are not under the control of the 
 will. 
 
 In order that we may feel what takes place in any 
 part of the body or limbs, and that the will may have 
 power to move such part, it is necessary that nervous 
 matter should be continuous and unbroken between the 
 part in question and the brain. 
 
 If the spinal cord be cut, broken, or crushed at any 
 point, all those parts which receive nerves from below 
 the injury, lose their power of motion and their feel- 
 ing. When the injury is in the upper part of the cord, 
 the breathing and the circulation will stop, and death 
 is the immediate consequence. If the middle portion 
 of the cord be the seat of the injury, the bowels and 
 other organs may lose their motion and feeling ; if the 
 lower portion, then the lower limbs only will be the 
 sufferers. 
 
 Disease or injury in the upper part of the cord is 
 therefore much more dangerous than the same thing 
 the lower. 
 
 Inflammation of the Spinal Cord. 
 
 The membranes which surround the cord may be inflamed just as 
 those are which enclose the brain ; but as the cavity running through 
 the spine is quite small, there cannot very well be inflammation of 
 the membranes without its involving the cord at the same time. 
 
 Symptoms. — Pains, often intense, running along the spine, extend- 
 ing out into the limbs, and made worse by motion. They are similar, 
 in some respects, to rheumatic pains. There is rigid contraction, and 
 sometimes violent spasms of the muscles of the back and neck, — so 
 great, at times, as too bend the body back into the shape of a hoop ; 
 also a feeling of constriction in various parts, as if they were girt by 
 a tight string ; a sense of suffocation ; retention of urine ; a most 
 obstinate constipation ; and frequent chills or rigors. The pain which 
 is felt along the cord is aggravated by rapping upon the spine, but 
 not by pressure. 
 
160 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 The above symptoms are supposed to be the result of inflammation 
 predominating in the membranes. When its seat is more particularly 
 in the substance of the cord, the symptoms are, — convulsive affec- 
 tions of the head and face, inarticulate speech, loss of voice, squint- 
 ing, and difficulty of swallowing, if the extreme upper part of the 
 cord is inflamed ; if the disease be slightly lower, difficulty of breath- 
 ing, irregular action of the heart, and tightness of the chest ; if lower 
 still, vomiting, pain in the belly, sensation of a cord tied round the 
 abdomen, pain and heat in passing water, retention of the urine, ina- 
 bility to retain the urine, desire to go to stool, or involuntary stools. 
 
 Spasm and stiffness, then, are the results of inflammation of the 
 membranes; convulsions and palsy, of the same affection of the 
 cord. 
 
 Treatment. — When the inflammation is acute, apply a few leeches 
 or wet cups along the sides of the spine. In chronic inflammation, 
 powerful friction, or mustard draughts, stimulating liniments (190), 
 or plasters, will generally answer the purpose. 
 
 m 
 
 Apoplexy. 
 
 Apoplexy is that condition in which all the functions of animal 
 life are suddenly stopped, except the pulse and the breathing; — in 
 which there is neither thought, nor feeling, nor voluntary motion ; in 
 which the person falls down suddenly, and lies as if in a deep sleep. 
 
 Modes of Attack. — There are at least three ways in which this 
 terrible disease may make its assault. 
 
 The First Form of attack is a sudden falling down into a state of 
 insensibility and apparently profound sleep, — the face being generally 
 flushed, the breathing stertorous or snoring, the pulse full and not 
 frequent, with occasional convulsions. 
 
 From this mode of attack some die immediately, others get entirely 
 well, and others get off with the exception of paralysis on one side, 
 or the loss of speech, or some one of the senses. 
 
 The Second mode of attack begins with sudden pain in the head. 
 The patient becomes pale, faint, sick, and vomits, — has a cold skin 
 and feeble pulse, and occasionally some convulsions. He may fall 
 down, or be only a little confused, but will soon recover from all the 
 symptoms, except the headache, — this will continue, and the patient 
 will sooner or later become heavy, forgetful, unable to connect ideas, 
 and finally sink into insensibility, from which he never rises. 
 
 This mode of invasion, though not appearing so frightful as the 
 first, is of much more serious import. 
 
 In the Third form of attack there is sudden loss of power on one 
 side of the body, and also of speech, but not of consciousness. The 
 patient retains his mind, and answers questions either by words or 
 signs. This may be called paralytic apoplexy. The patient may 
 either die soon, or get well, or live for years, with imperfect speech, 
 or a leg dragging after him, or an arm hanging useless at his side. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BTCAIX AND NERVES. 161 
 
 The Persons Attacked are apt to have large heads, red faces, short 
 and thick necks, and a short, stout, square build, though it occurs 
 often among those who are thin, pale, and tall. The tendency to it 
 increases in advanced life. 
 
 The Forerunners of apoplexy are headache, vertigo, slight attacks 
 of palsy, double vision or seeing two objects when there is but one, 
 faltering speech, inability to remember certain words, sometimes a 
 sudden forgetfulness of one's own name, a frequent losing of the 
 thread of ideas attempted to be pursued, and occasionally an unac- 
 countable dread, for which no reason can be given. 
 
 Exciting' Causes. — Whatever hurries the circulation of the blood, 
 as strong bodily exercise, is an exciting cause. So are all those things 
 which cause the blood to flow towards the head, as coughing, sneez- 
 ing, laughing and crying, straining at stool when costive, lifting heavy 
 weights, singing, and playing on wind instruments. To these may 
 be added, exposure to the sun, the bad air of crowded rooms, holding 
 the head down, or turning it around to look backward, tight cravats 
 worn about the neck, and exposure to severe cold. 
 
 Treatment. — If the patient have the appearance of suffering from 
 fulness of blood in the head, as evinced by redness and turgescence 
 of the face, and throbbing of the temporal arteries, and if the pulse 
 be full and hard, feeling like a tense vibrating rope under the finger, 
 place him in a half-recumbent posture, with his head raised ; loosen 
 his clothes, particularly his neck-cloth and shirt collar, and whatever 
 may press upon the neck, and then as quickly as possible apply cold 
 wet cloths to his head, changing them often. Ice is still belter, if it 
 may be had. Apply wet cups to the nape of the neck, and mustard 
 draughts to the soles of the feet, — at the same time applying tight 
 ligatures around the limbs, to prevent the blood from returning rap- 
 idly in the veins. The ligatures should be gradually removed when 
 the patient recovers his consciousness. Also administer a stimulating, 
 purgative injection (246), and place two drops of croton oil, rubbed 
 up with a little pulverized loaf sugar, far back upon the tongue. Re- 
 peat the injection every fifteen minutes, till the bowels are thoroughly 
 moved. 
 
 If the patient be old, and the pulse small and feeble, with no ful- 
 ness or beating of the temporal arteries, or swelling of the veins of 
 the neck and forehead, the countenance being pinched, and the skin 
 bloodless and cool, the cupping, purging, and applying the ligature 
 must be omitted. In this case it will be better to apply warm flan- 
 nels and hot bricks to the surface, and administer ammonia and 
 camphor (283) (135) internally. 
 
 To prevent future attacks, gentle tonics should be used, and the 
 skin should be kept healthy by daily bathing and friction. The bow- 
 els must not be permitted to become costive. The diet should be 
 light, chiefly vegetable, and almost entirely so in hot weather. The 
 food should be well chewed. The mind should be kept cheerful and 
 hopeful, and free from great excitement. The sexual passion should 
 be restrained, and very rarely indulged. Intoxicating drinks should be 
 
 21 
 
162 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 abandoned, if used, and all tight cravats be discarded from the neck. 
 Direct rays of the hot sun in summer should be carefully shunned. 
 No food should be taken for three hours before retiring, and a mat- 
 tress only, of some degree of hardness, should be slept upon, — the 
 head being always well elevated. To these precautions, T would add, 
 dipping the feet every night, before retiring, in cold water ; and, if 
 any tendency to cold feet be experienced, dusting pulverized cayenne 
 in the bottoms of the stockings. 
 
 Sunstroke. — Coup De Soleil. 
 
 This is much like apoplexy; in fact, it is a kind of apoplexy. It 
 occurs in warm climates, or in very hot days in temperate regions, by 
 exposure to the sun. 
 
 It begins by headache, thirst, dizziness, and sometimes difficult 
 breathing and bilious vomiting. The patient drops down senseless, 
 as in apoplexy, and unless immediate relief is obtained, soon dies. 
 
 Treatment — Take the patient immediately into the shade, and 
 employ about the same remedies as for apoplexy. 
 
 Palsy.— Paralysis. 
 
 Palsy is a loss of the power of voluntary motion and feeling, one 
 or both coming on, sometimes gradually, but more often suddenly, 
 and extending at one time to a part, at another time to the whole 
 body. It is a kind of station-house on the way to apoplexy, where 
 passengers stop, not merely to stay over night, but to rest many days, 
 or even years. 
 
 A great injury inflicted upon the brain, either by pressure, or other 
 cause, will induce a complete loss of motion and feeling, and this ex- 
 tending to the whole structure, brings likewise a loss of conscious- 
 ness, which is apoplexy. A smaller degree of pressure, or a less 
 injury upon the same brain, would occasion a loss of motion only, or, 
 if a loss of feeling were experienced also, it would only extend to a 
 part of the body, and consciousness would remain. This would \>e 
 palsy. The disease is like apoplexy in kind, but stops short of it in 
 degree. 
 
 Hemiphlegia. 
 
 When palsy affects an entire half of the body, dividing it through 
 the centre of the face, neck, body, etc., from head to foot, it is called 
 hemiphlegia. It is more nearly allied to apoplexy than any other 
 form of the disease, and is generally ushered in by pretty well-marked 
 apoplectic symptoms. 
 
 Symptoms. — Sometimes there are no premonitory symptoms ; but 
 often before the attack there are flushed face, swelling of the veins 
 about the head and neck, vertigo, a sense of fulness, weight, and 
 sometimes pain in the head, ringing in the ears, drowsiness, indistinct 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 163 
 
 articulation of words, or even loss of speech, confusion of mind, loss 
 of memory, and change of disposition, — amiable persons being made 
 sullen and peevish, and irritable ones mild and simpering. After the 
 attack, the countenance generally acquires a vague expression ; the 
 mouth is drawn to one side ; the lower lip on the palsied side hangs 
 down, and the spittle dribbles away. The speech is altered, and the 
 mind is generally impaired. 
 
 In some instances, the patient recovers in a longer or shorter time; 
 in others, little or no improvement takes place, and the patient, aftei 
 remaining helpless, often for a long time, dies either from gradual 
 exhaustion, or suddenly from apoplexy. 
 
 C-Uises. — Hemiphlegia and paraphlegia, are caused by pressure 
 upon the brain, by the effusion upon it of blood or water, by a tumor, 
 by mechanical injuries, by the striking in of eruptions, and by intem- 
 perance in eating and drinking. Paraphlegia often results from dis- 
 ease or injury of the spinal marrow. 
 
 Paraphlegia. 
 
 This form of palsy divides the body transversely ', at the hips, and 
 confines itself to the lower extremities, and to the parts about the 
 pelvis. 
 
 Symptoms. — When it arises from affections of the brain, it is at- 
 tended by pain in the head, giddiness, drowsiness, dimness of sight, 
 and impaired memory. Numbness is sometimes felt in the upper 
 extremities as a forerunner of this form of palsy At first there is a 
 slight stiffness and awkwardness of the motions of the legs, which 
 continue to increase till a cane is needed to balance the body and 
 make it steady. From a paralysis of the neck of the bladder, the 
 stream of urine grows more feeble, and finally dribbles away involun- 
 tarily. The bowels are for a time costive, but when the circular 
 muscle which closes the fundament becomes palsied, the feces pass 
 without consent of the will. 
 
 When disease of the spinal cord is the cause of the complaint, it 
 is apt to come on gradually ; languor and weakness are felt in the 
 knees, the legs are not easily directed in walking, — being thrown 
 across each other, causing tripping and stumbling By degrees the 
 loss of power increases in the thighs and legs, until at length the 
 whole lower extremities become palsied and useless. 
 
 Local Palsy. 
 
 Palsy is called local when it is confined to a single limb, or muscle, 
 or locality. One of these forms is called facial palsy. It affects 
 one half of the face only, and is a good specimen of these affections. 
 It removes all power of expression from one half of the face, and 
 leaves the features still, blank, and unmeaning. With the affected 
 side of the face, the patient cannot laugh, or weep, or frown, or ex- 
 press any feeling or emotion, while the features of the other side are 
 in full play. Among the ignorant, who do not comprehend the extent 
 of the evil, the drollness of the expression excites laughter. 
 
Shaking Palsy. 
 
 The nature of this form of palsy is well expressed by its name. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first symptom of this complaint is a weakness 
 and tremor of the head or hand. In about a year the other hand, or 
 1he lower extremities become affected; and the patient begins to lose 
 his balance in walking. Then the trembling becomes perpetual ; no 
 limb or part remains still. Reading and writing are no longer possi- 
 ble, and the hand cannot even carry the food to the mouth. The 
 balance cannot be maintained in walking ; there is a tendency to fall 
 forwards, and to avoid it, the patient is obliged to run or move 
 quicker, and upon the toes. 
 
 .At a later period, the tremor continues during sleep; there is in- 
 creased weakness ; the body is bent forward, the speech becomes 
 indistinct, swallowing difficult, and the bowels torpid. At last, the 
 urine and feces pass involuntarily, and delirium and coma biijg life 
 to a close. 
 
 Lead Palsy. 
 
 In this disease the muscles of the forearm are palsied, so that the 
 wrists " drop," as it is said, and the hands hang down when the arms 
 are stretched out. It is caused by the gradual introduction of lead 
 into the system. It is a disease, therefore, peculiar to painters, — 
 particularly those who use carbonate of lead, or white lead, as it is 
 called. It is generally the sequel of painter's colic. 
 
 Treatment. — A sudden and severe attack of palsy vequires thtf 
 same treatment as apoplexy. When the bowels are obstinately con- 
 stipated, they must be purged by scammony and croton oil (31) (32,) 
 and by injections (246). 
 
 When all the symptoms of determination of blood to the head 
 have disappeared, and the disease has become strictly chronic, ex- 
 citing remedies must be employed, as frictions, stimulating liniments, 
 blisters, stimulating baths, cold affusion, and electricity. Among the 
 internal remedies, strychnine has the best reputation (85) (86). The 
 tincture of the poison oak is well recommended (284). An altera- 
 tive (145) should likewise be used. 
 
 Apply counter-irritants along the track of the spine, such as blis- 
 ters, the moxa, the compound tar plaster, and the pitch plaster. 
 
 At first the. diet should be light ; but after the more active symp- 
 toms have disappeared, it should be nutritious, and sometimes stimu- 
 lating. Flannel under-clothes should always be worn next the skin. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 165 
 
 For lead palsy, the best remedies are iodide of potassium, or sul- 
 phuret of potassium. The dose of either of these is from three to ten 
 grains, three times a day, dissolved in water, one ounce of the salt to 
 six ounces of water, and taken in simple syrup. The affected limb 
 should also be soaked an hour each day in a gallon of water, with 
 half an ounce of sulphuret of potassium dissolved in it. 
 
 Hydrophobia. — Rabies. 
 
 The bite of the mad dog, or mad wolf, or other hydrophobic ani- 
 mal, is the most dangerous of all poisoned wounds, because it is apt 
 to be followed by a disease for which there is no certain remedy. 
 Fortunately, the human subject is not as susceptible to the effects of 
 the poison as some of the lower animals ; for only about one-tenth 
 of those bitten are attacked by hydrophobia. 
 
 Symptoms. — The interval between the bite and the appearance of 
 the disease, varies from twelve days to two months. The wound 
 heals like any other bite of a similar animal. After a time, the scar 
 begins to have darting, lancinating pains, which, if it be a limb that 
 was bitten, run up towards the body. Sometimes it feels cold, or 
 stiff, or numb, or becomes red, swelled, or livid, and occasionally 
 breaks open, and discharges matter. The patient feels a strange 
 anxiety, is depressed in spirit, has an occasional chill, and disturbed 
 sleep, and spasmodic twitches. The pulse is above its natural state, 
 both in quickness and strength, and the nervous system is very im- 
 pressible. The senses are all more acute ; trifling noises produce 
 agitation, and the eyes are so disturbed by the light that the patient 
 sometimes hides himself in a dark place. The appetite is lost. This 
 is the first stage. 
 
 Thirst now appears, and he attempts to drink. But the moment 
 water approaches his mouth, a spasmodic shudder comes over him ; 
 he pushes it back with horror ; the awful fact of his condition flashes 
 upon him ; and he cries out, " What I have dreaded has come upon 
 me." 
 
 Thenceforward he can swallow no fluids ; complains of pain and 
 stiffness about his neck ; is thrown into convulsions by the sight of 
 water, or even the sound of liquids agitated in a vessel, or by a breath 
 of air blowing upon him, by a bright light, or the glare of a mirror. 
 His throat is full of a viscid, glairy matter, which he continually tries 
 to clear away. Thus, between convulsions, in which he struggles, 
 and sometimes strives to bite his attendants, and comparative still- 
 ness, during which he surfers great depression of spirits, he passes 
 three or four days, and then dies either in a spasm, or from exhaus- 
 tion. 
 
 Treatment. — Cut off the bitten part, or apply dry cupping, or suc- 
 tion, at once. Also the caustic potash. The internal remedies here- 
 tofore employed have had little success. Perhaps nothing now known 
 promises more than to keep the patient, for a long time, under the 
 influence of chloroform or ether. The tincture of scullcap, in two or 
 
166 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 three dram doses, will allay the nervous agitation, and is always* 
 worth using. It has been proposed to clear the throat of the tough 
 mucus by cauterizing it with a strong solution of nitrate of silver 
 (219), applied with a shower syringe. The remedy is worthy of a trial. 
 
 Some of the Western physicians declare the red duckweed, or 
 scarlet pimpernell, to be an absolute remedy for this disease, and cite 
 some quite remarkable cases of its success. Four ounces of this 
 plant, in the dried state, are directed to be boiled in two quarts of 
 strong beer or ale, until the liquid is reduced one half. The liquid is 
 to be pressed out and strained, and two drams of laudanum added to 
 it. The dose for a grown person is a wine-glassful every morning 
 for three mornings. A larger dose is required if the disease have 
 begun to show itself; and if the case be fully developed, the whole , 
 may be taken in a day. The wound is to be bathed with the same 
 decoction. The medicine, it is said, produces profuse sweating. It 
 is worth a trial. 
 
 Considerable has been said of late of a remedy used in some parts 
 of Europe, and said to be effectual. It is the " golden cenotides " 
 (cetonia aurata), or common rose beetle, found in large quantities on 
 all rose trees. A similar insect is said to infest the geranium plant. 
 When collected, they are dried and powdered ; and given in this 
 form, relieve excitement (so it is said) of the brain and nerves, and 
 throw the patient into a sound sleep.- 
 
 Muscular and Nervous Derangements from Wounds. 
 
 In some persons, a very small local injury will produce violent dis- 
 turbance of the nervous system. Some will faint and be thrown into 
 convulsions and vomiting from causes scarcely greater than the prick 
 of a needle ; and, before Morton gave the world the booh of ether, it 
 was not very uncommon for persons to die under the knife of the 
 surgeon. One of the most serious disturbances from wounds, of a 
 nervous and muscular character, is 
 
 Locked Jaw. — Tetanus. 
 
 This is spasmodic contraction, with rigidity, or stiffness, of the 
 voluntary musdes. Sometimes this rigidity is partial, at other times, 
 nniversal throughout the system. 
 
 Tetanus is produced by two causes, exposure to cold (idiopathic), 
 and bodily injuries, particularly the injury of a nerve (traumatic 
 tetanus). This last is the most frequent, — perhaps the only form of 
 the complaint. 
 
 The Symptoms are Jong-continued, violent and painful contraction 
 or cramp of the voluntary muscles. At first there is difficulty and 
 uneasiness in turning the head, with inability to open the mouth 
 easily, — then the jaws close gradually, but with great firmness; swal- 
 lowing now becomes difficult, and a pain, starting from the breast- 
 bone, pierces through to the back, — probably caused by cramp of the 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIX AND NERVES. 167 
 
 diaphragm or midriff The cramps now extend to the muscles of the 
 body, the limbs, the face, the tongue, etc., which continue in a state of 
 rigid spasm, — being swelled and hard in the centre, — till the disease 
 yields, or the patient dies. At times the abdominal muscles are so 
 tense as to make the belly as hard as a board. Occasionally the 
 patient is drawn backward into the shape of a hoop, so as to rest on 
 his head and heels (episthotonos) ; at other times he is drawn forward 
 in the shape of a ball (emprosthotonos). All the contractions are at- 
 tended with intense pain. It is the racking of the entire body with 
 cramps like those which sometimes attack the calf of the leg. So 
 violent are the contractions that the teeth are sometimes broken by 
 them, and the tongue is often badly bitten. In the mean time, the 
 appearance of the sufferer is frightful. The forehead is wrinkled, the 
 brow knit, the eye-balls motionless and staring, the nostrils spread, 
 the corners of the mouth drawn back, the set teeth exposed, and all 
 the features fixed in a ghastly grin. 
 
 Treatment. — The only known remedies for this disease are chloro- 
 form and ether, taken either into the stomach, or by inhalation, in 
 quantities sufficient to control the spasm, and to be pursued as long 
 as they continue to occur. The costiveness must be removed by one 
 or two drops of croton oil, administered in a spoonful of gruel. 
 
 Epilepsy.— Epileptic Fits. 
 
 This disease has been sometimes called the falling sickness, but 
 generally passes under the more vague title of fits. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease is characterized by a temporary loss of 
 consciousness, strong spasms, and intervals between the fits. The 
 attack is sudden, generally without warning, and attended with a loud 
 cry, when the patient falls down, is senseless and convulsed, strug- 
 gles violently, breathes with embarrassment, has a turgid and livid 
 face, foams at the mouth, bites his tongue, has a choking in the wind- 
 pipe, and appears to be at the point, of death. Presently, in from five 
 minutes to half an hour, and by degrees, these symptoms diminish, 
 and at length cease ; and the patient falls into an apparent sleep. In 
 a short time more he recovers, and is apparently well. These attacks 
 come again and again, and at irregular intervals. 
 
 This is the worst form of the disease ; there is another class of 
 cases in which the symptoms are much lighter, — there being no tur- 
 gescence of the face, no foaming at the mouth, no cry, no convul- 
 sions ; but merely a sudden and brief suspension of consciousness, a 
 fixed gaze, a feeling of confusion, or a totter, from all of which the 
 recovery is speedy. 
 
 Causes. — These are numerous, — as worms, disturbance from indi- 
 gestible food in the stomach and bowels, difficult teeth-cutting, ner- 
 vous irritation, either direct or by sympathy, sexual excesses and 
 masturbation, disease or injury of the brain or spinal marrow, gall 
 stones in the excretory duct of the liver, stone or gravel in the kid- 
 
168 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 neys and bladder, fright, distress of mind, passion, great loss of blood, 
 and many others. 
 
 Treatment. — But little can be done during the fit, except to protect 
 the patient from being injured by the violence of the convulsions. 
 To do this, place a piece of leather, cork, or other substance not too 
 hard, between the back teeth to prevent the tongue from being bitten. 
 Remove the neckcloth, and unbutton the shirt collar. If the stomach 
 and bowels are suspected to be overloaded, give an injection (246). 
 
 The treatment during the intervals, must depend on the cause of 
 the disease. If worms be the cause, expel them ; if the attacks be 
 excited by difficult teething, lance the gums ; if by uterine disturb- 
 ances, search out the nature, and give the treatment recommended 
 under the proper head ; if masturbation, command its entire discon- 
 tinuance as the only hope of relief; if the complaint arise from in- 
 digestible food, great attention must be given to the diet and general 
 health. 
 
 In all cases, indeed, the diet should be carefully regulated, being 
 light, nutritious, and easy of digestion. The sleep should be taken 
 at regular hours, and daily exercise in the open air be insisted upon. 
 The bowels must be kept regular, by the food, if possible ; if not, by 
 mild laxatives. Apply along the spinal column 195, once a day, 
 rubbing it well in ; also, now and then, mustard poultices. 
 
 In addition to these remedies, give pills of iron and quinine (72), 
 one after each meal, — also oxide of zinc (270), which is one of our 
 very best remedies. Of the pills, one should be taken three times a 
 day. 
 
 We can seldom go amiss in giving medicine calculated to relieve 
 nervous irritation, and to build up the general system. For this pur- 
 pose, the valerianate of quinine, and the extract of black cohosh (79) 
 are well adapted. Citrate of iron and strychnine (316), is a very 
 valuable remedy. 
 
 It is said that a black silk handkerchief thrown over the face of a 
 person in a fit, will immediately bring them out of it. It is an ex- 
 periment easily tried; and having seen it in a respectable medical 
 journal, I give it for what it is worth. 
 
 Catalepsy.— Trance.— Ecstasy. 
 
 Cataleptic fits are simply what is known to all the world under 
 the name of trance ; and ecstasy is a modification of the same ner- 
 vous disorder. It is a state in which the mind becomes so intensely 
 absorbed in something outside of its earthly tenement, that it with- 
 draws all control over the body, and all apparent connection with it, 
 — leaving it as if dead. There is a very light ticking of the heart, 
 just perceptible to a cultivated ear, but the breast does not rise and 
 fall with breathing, the features are all inexpressive and still, the eyes 
 are wide open and motionless, apparently staring after the departed 
 intellect ; and the body and limbs are entirely passive, — remaining 
 unmoved where they are placed by others, however tiresome and 
 uncomfortable the position. In a word, a person in catalepsy is, in 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 169 
 
 appearance, like a marble statue, or like a human body suddenly 
 turned to stone, or, like Lot's wife, to a pillar of salt. There is as 
 little feeling, or thought, or consciousness, as if the bowl had been in- 
 stantaneously broken at the cistern, and the apparent death were real. 
 
 It is a peculiarity in this disease that the patient, on recovery from 
 a fit, takes up the thread of conscious life just where it was broken by 
 the attack. Thus, if she were lifting a cup of water to the mouth, 
 she would hold it steadily, with the mouth open, till the return of 
 consciousness, and then place it to the lips, as if no interruption had 
 occurred ; or, if conversing, and in the midst of a sentence, the unfin- 
 ished words would be uttered at the end of the fit, even though it 
 should last many days. 
 
 Persons in a cataleptic fit have much the appearance of one in the 
 mesmeric state ; and the statue-like position in which an attack fixets 
 a patient, reminds one of the manner in which the psychologists, so 
 called, will arrest a man under their influence, and make him immov- 
 able, with one foot raised in the act of stepping. 
 
 The disease attacks. females much more often than males. 
 
 The premonitory symptoms are much like those of epilepsy, and 
 the treatment should be about the same. 
 
 Saint Vitus's Dance. — Chorea. 
 
 This disease is chiefly confined to children and youth between the 
 ages of eight and fourteen. But few cases occur after puberty. 
 
 Symptoms. — The complaint affects mostly the muscles and the 
 limbs. It excites curious antics, — such as we should suppose would 
 occur if a part of the muscles of voluntary motion had hatched a 
 mimic rebellion, broken away from the control of the will, and in 
 sheer mischief and wantonness, were tripping their fellow muscles, 
 and playing tricks with the patient. A few of the muscles of the 
 face or limbs begin their mischievous pranks by slight twitches, which, 
 by degrees, become more energetic, and spread to other parts. The 
 face is twisted into all kinds of ridiculous contortions, as if the 
 patient were making mouths at somebody. The hands and arms do 
 not remain in one position for a moment. In attempting to carry 
 food to the mouth, the hand goes part way, and is jerked back, starts 
 again, and darts to one side, then to the other, then mouthward 
 again ; and each movement is so quick, and nervous, and darting, and 
 diddling, that ten to one the food drops into the lap. If the attempt 
 be made to run out the tongue, it is snatched back with the quick- 
 ness of a serpent's, and the jaws snap together like a fly-trap. The 
 lower limbs are in a state of perpetual diddle ; the feet shuffle with 
 wonderful diligence upon the floor, as if inspired with a ceaseless 
 desire to dance. 
 
 It is supposed by some that the disease consists in a partial palsy 
 of a part of the muscles. The will in that case not being able to 
 control the palsied muscles, when it commands the others to move, 
 their action is not balanced, and they twitch the face and limbs into 
 all the capricious and fantastic shapes we witness. 
 
170 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Others, and probably with more truth, hold that the seat of the 
 disease is in the cerebellum or little brain. It is supposed to be one 
 of the functions of this organ to preside over and regulate the loco- 
 motion, — that it holds the office of chief engineer, and that its duties 
 are to keep the muscles in subjection to the will. The combined and 
 consenting action of several muscles is needed for every movement. 
 It is the business of the cerebellum to maintain this oneness of pur- 
 pose and action — to see that no muscle flinches so as to disturb the 
 harmony of the movement. When the cerebellum is diseased, all is 
 confusion, — just as the locomotive runs from the track when the en- 
 gineer is smitten with palsy. 
 
 The disease is not dangerous, but when it continues for many 
 years, it is apt to weaken the mind, and it sometimes very nearly 
 destroys it. 
 
 Causes. — Whatever excites and weakens the nervous system, as 
 powerful emotions of the mind, overworking the mind, reading excit- 
 ing novels, eating too much meat, fright, striking in of eruptions, self- 
 pollution, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first place, remove all causes of excitement. 
 Take the patient from school, and require some sort of cheerful out- 
 door exercise, daily. Take, away all books, and be careful not to do 
 anything to occasion anger, or fear, or any kind of injurious excite- 
 ment. 
 
 In the second place, regulate the diet, — making it more animal 
 and stimulating if it has been too low, and more vegetable and cool- 
 ing if it has been too high. 
 
 In the third place, if the above changes have not been sufficient for 
 the purpose, open and regulate the bowels with some gentle physic 
 (30) (34) for a few days. 
 
 In the last place, build up the nervous system with oxide of zinc 
 pills (270), three a day; or iron (73) (80), or black cohosh, scullcap, 
 etc. (79), or the compound valerian pill (81). Sulphate of zinc (82) 
 will sometimes succeed, when the oxide fails ; and where there is 
 scrofula, the iodide of zinc is to be used. 
 
 To these remedies should be added the shower-bath, begining with 
 tepid water, and making it a little colder every day. If the shower- 
 bath frightens the patient, or is not otherwise well borne, take the 
 sponge bath. 
 
 Chronic Chorea. 
 
 This can hardly be said to amount to a disease. It consists rather 
 in uncouth tricks, arising from some slight disorder of particular 
 muscles, and grown into a fixed habit, such as shaking of the head 
 every three to twenty seconds, repeated squinting of the eyes in con- 
 nection with a peculiar knitting of the eyebrows, wrinkling of the 
 nose, shrugging of the shoulders, lifting the ears up and down, or 
 even moving the whole scalp back and forth. These movements are 
 commonly made without a consciousness of it ; and generally there 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 171 
 
 is no power to suspend them without a painful effort which cannot 
 be easily continued. 
 
 No medical treatment is of any avail. These tricks can only be 
 corrected by great watchfulness and effort on the part of the person 
 suffering from them, and in many cases, not even by such means. 
 
 Cramps. 
 
 Cramp is experienced in the calves of the legs, the thighs, the 
 stomach, the breast, the womb, etc. It is a very painful, sudden, and 
 violent contraction of one or more muscles. The part is sometimes, 
 as the phrase is, "drawn up into knots." When it attacks the stom- 
 ach, it is a very dangerous affection. Women are subject to it about 
 the third or fourth month of pregnancy. 
 
 Causes. — Drinking cold water when very hot and perspiring, ex- 
 posure to damp night air, debility, indigestible food, and excesses in 
 eating and drinking, and particularly overstraining the muscles.' 
 
 Treatment. — Moderate the excessive labor and straining of the 
 muscles which produce the cramps. When an attack occurs in the 
 legs, tie a cord or handkerchief tight around the leg above the affected 
 muscle. This will generally produce instant relief. Also rub the 
 part with spirits of camphor, or paregoric, or laudanum. 
 
 When it occurs in the stomach, apply warm fomentations, or what 
 is better, a mustard paste (165). Then make one grain of morphine 
 into four pills, and give one. If this does not bring relief, repeat it 
 in half an hour. The bowels, if confined, should be opened with an 
 injection. 
 
 Cramps of the limbs which afflict women in the family way, can 
 only be mitigated, not cured, till after confinement. As a palliative, 
 high cranberry bark, scullcap, etc. (87), will be found useful. 
 
 Pain of the Nerves. — Neuralgia. 
 
 This disease affects one tissue only, — the nervous; and has one 
 symptom, — pain. 
 
 In apoplexy, the nerves, rendered powerless and senseless by an 
 external force, are like a man under a bank of earth which has slid 
 down upon him. In palsy, they are suddenly bereft of feeling and 
 motion by a blasting scourge within, — as one is smitten down by a 
 pervasive charge from a magnetic battery. In epilepsy, the nerves 
 are grasped and for a time held senseless by an unseen power, in 
 which they struggle, as a man strives in the folds of the anaconda. 
 In catalepsy, they are suddenly stiffened into senseless strings, for 
 such automatic use as the bystander may, for the time, choose to 
 make of them. In chorea, they are set to dancing by an invisible 
 exhilaration, as a man is crazed by brandy. 
 
 In neuralgia, the nerves are neither crushed, nor collapsed, nor 
 restrained for a time, nor stiffened, nor exhilarated. They simply 
 have their sense of feeling intensely exalted; they are filled with pain. 
 
172 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 The pain is generally of a peculiarly darting, piercing character. The 
 patient sometimes calls it tearing pain. It comes on in sudden par- 
 oxysms, with intervals of freedom between. The attacks are some- 
 times like an electric shock, and are so agonizing as to bring a tem- 
 porary loss of reason. Occasionally there is great tenderness of the 
 parts affected, and some fulness of the blood-vessels in the neighbor- 
 hood ; but generally the signs of inflammation are all absent, excep. 
 pain. 
 
 Neuralgic pains occur in almost every part of the system. One of 
 the most familiar forms of the disease is known under the name of 
 
 Tic Douloureux. 
 
 It occurs in those branches of the fifth pair of nerves, which go to 
 the face. (See Fig. 82.) Sometimes one, sometimes all of the three 
 branches are affected, but more often, fig. 82. 
 
 the middle branch only. When the up- 
 per branch is the seat of the disease, 
 the pain is in the forehead, the brow, 
 the lid, and sometimes the ball of the 
 eye. The eye is generally closed dur- 
 ing the pain, and the skin of the fore- r 
 head is wrinkled. When the affection 
 is in the middle nerve, the pain is pre- 
 ceded by a pricking sensation in the 
 cheek, and twitching of the lower eye- 
 lid. Soon it spreads in quick and pierc- 
 ing pangs over the cheek, reaching the 
 lower eye-lid, the sides of the nostrils, 
 and the upper-lip. If in the lower 
 branch, it sends its lightning shafts to 
 the chin, the gums, the tongue, and 
 even up the cheek to the ear. 
 
 Face-Ache. — There is a species of nervous pain called face-ache, 
 which does not quite amount to tic douloureux, but is nevertheless 
 very afflictive. It occurs principally in the jaw, which seems to be 
 filled with pain. No one spot seems to be more affected than an- 
 other. From the jaw the pain often goes to the whole head, but it 
 has not the stabbing intensity which generally characterizes neuralgia. 
 It often proceeds from defective teeth. 
 
 Hemicrania. 
 
 This is a neuralgic pain, confined to one side of the head, — gen- 
 erally the brow and forehead. Sickness of the stomach often attends 
 it, and in many cases, it is periodical, — coming on at a certain hour 
 every day, and lasting a given time, and then passing away. 
 
 It may be caused by whatever debilitates the system, as hysterics, 
 suckling an infant too long, or low diet. In fever and ague districts, 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 173 
 
 it is frequently produced by miasm. In many instances, the cause 
 cannot be discovered. 
 
 Sciatica. 
 
 This is a pain beginning at the hip, and following the course of 
 the sciatic nerve. Occasionally it is an inflammatory complaint ; 
 sometimes is connected with an affection of the kidney ; but fre- 
 quently it is a purely neuralgic or nervous pain ; and I have therefore 
 thought it best to place it here, with nervous diseases. 
 
 Beside the various forms of neuralgia now noticed, the disease 
 occurs, — sometimes with great severity, — in the female breast, in 
 the womb, in the stomach, in the bowels, in the thighs, in the knee, 
 and even in the feet. In many of these cases, the disease is not where 
 the pain is felt, but in the brain or spinal marrow, and consequently 
 the true sourcie of the complaint very often escapes detection. An 
 excellent Episcopal clergyman in northern New York, the Rev. M. 
 
 B , with whom I studied Latin and Greek preparatory to college, 
 
 had a neuralgic pain in the knee so intense, persistent and exhaustive, 
 that the limb had to be cut off at the thigh to save his life. 
 
 Treatment. — This must be as diversified as the causes of the dis- 
 ease. 
 
 For tic douloureux, and some other forms, give, internally, valeri- 
 anate of ammonia (88) ; also 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 316. 
 
 For external use in tic douloureux, and other neuralgic affections, 
 the prescriptions 188, 196, 197, 198. 
 
 For the face-ache, above mentioned, muriate of ammonia (134), in 
 half dram doses, is a very valuable remedy. 
 
 When the disease is caused by miasm, and has a periodic character, 
 like ague, it must be treated with quinine (67) (79), and if there be a 
 low state of the blood, iron (72) (93) must be given at the same 
 time. 
 
 The shower bath, exercise in the open air, and whatever else will 
 build up the general health, must be used according to circumstances. 
 
 Derangement of Mind.— Insanity. 
 
 Most writers on this disease have attempted a definition of it. I 
 have never seen one which suited me. Here is mine. Insanity is a 
 wrench of marl's nature, which sets his intellectual and moral faculties 
 awry in their relations with the external world. 
 
 In a state of mental and moral health, he looks straight at the out- 
 ward world, and sees it as it is ; insanity gives him an angular con- 
 nection with it, and he sees it as it is not; its objects have all changed 
 their relative places ; objects at the right in the panorama of life have 
 moved to the centre, or gone quite over to the left ; while things at 
 the top have gone to the bottom, and those in the lowest places have 
 taken the highest. With the thoroughly insane, the world has gone 
 back to chaos. 
 
174 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 These persons have their sensibility very much altered and per- 
 verted. Errors of the senses and illusions cheat them. In many 
 cases, they cannot read because the letters are mingled in a confused 
 mass. They often do not recognize their freinds, and regard them as 
 strangers or enemies. 
 
 They become awkward in the mechanical use of their hands, and 
 their touch loses the power to correct the errors of the other senses. 
 Hence they are cheated in regard to the size, form, and thickness of 
 bodies. 
 
 They are haunted, at times, with smells which have no existence, 
 and they hear voices distinctly speaking to them from clouds, or from 
 trees ; and these voices have the familiar tones of a friend, relative, or 
 enemy. 
 
 The insane lose the power of comparing ideas. They associate 
 things the most unlike, and often in a ridiculous way. 
 
 They also lose the control of themselves, and come under the 
 dominion of their passions ; and then they will do acts which they 
 themselves disapprove. One of strict integrity, of unblemished mor- 
 als, and of excellent standing, becomes insane, and immediately steals 
 what he does not want, makes infamous proposals, and indecent ges- 
 tures, and is in every respect the opposite of his past self. 
 
 The insane often become averse to those who were previously 
 among the most dear to them. For acts of kindness, they repay 
 abuse. They fly from their best friends. This is the result of their 
 fear and jealousy ; for they are very cowardly and jealous. This alien- 
 ation from friends is almost a characteristic of insanity, and is one of 
 its saddest features. The moral affections are always disordered, 
 perverted, or annihilated in insanity. So much is this a leading fea- 
 ture of the disease, that it is only when the insane begin to recover 
 their moral affections, when they begin to wish to see their children 
 and friends, to fold them once more in their arms, and to enter the 
 family circle and renew its joys, that we can count upon any certain 
 signs of a cure. 
 
 The insane have a thousand strong fancies in regard to themselves. 
 One thinks himself inspired of God, and charged with the conversion 
 of the world ; while another, equally sincere, believes the devil has 
 entered into him, and that the pains of hell are already taking hold 
 of him, and he curses God, himself, and the universe. Still another 
 is the " monarch of all he surveys," and much more ; he governs the 
 world, and directs the stars. One has all knowledge, and affects to 
 teach the wisest. Another is proud, and withdraws from his fellows, 
 lidding them not to come into his presence without proper acts of 
 homage, — calling himself, it may be, a king. 
 
 There are five kinds of insanity. I will speak of each of them 
 briefly. 
 
 Melancholy. — Lypemania. 
 
 This is characterized by moroseness, fear, and prolonged sadness. 
 The melancholic person is lean and slender, with black hair, and a 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 175 
 
 pale and sallow countenance. His skin is brown or blackish, and 
 dry and scaly. His physiognomy has a fixed appearance, the muscles 
 of the face are drawn tight, the eyes are motionless, and directed to 
 one point, the look is askance and suspicious, and the general expres- 
 sion is one of sadness, fear, and terror. He desires to pass his days 
 in solitude and idleness. He walks as if aiming to shun some dan- 
 ger. His eye and ear are on the watch for evil. 
 
 These persons do not sleep much. They are kept awake by fear, 
 jealousy, and hallucinations. If their eyes close, they see phantoms 
 which terrify them. 
 
 Their secretions are disordered. The urine is either abundant and 
 clear, or scanty and muddy. They sometimes retain their urine for 
 days. One patient did not dare to make water lest he should drown 
 the world, but was finally persuaded to it by the assurance that he 
 would extinguish a fire which was devouring a city. 
 
 Insanity on One Subject. — Monomania. 
 
 This is a chronic affection of the brain, not attended by fever, and 
 characterized by a derangement of the intellect, the affections, or the 
 will, upon one subject only. The patient seizes upon a false princi- 
 ple, and draws from it injurious conclusions, which modify and 
 change his whole life and character. In other cases the intellect is 
 sound, but the affections and disposition being perverted, their acts 
 are strange and inconsistent. These they attempt to justify by plau- 
 sible reasoning. 
 
 Mania. 
 
 This is also a chronic affection of the brain, generally without 
 fever. The countenance of the maniac is sometimes flushed, at other 
 times pale. The hair is crisped ; the eyes injected, shining and hag- 
 gard. Maniacs dislike the light, and certain colors horrify them. 
 Their ears are sometimes very red, and are disturbed by a tingling, 
 and a rumbling sound. Noise excites and disturbs them. They suf- 
 fer from false sensations, illusions and hallucinations ; and their ideas 
 come with great rapidity, and are confused and without order. Their 
 affections are in a state of turmoil, and their judgments are all erro- 
 neous. 
 
 Unlike the monomaniac, their delirium extends to all subjects. 
 Their entire intellect, affections and will, are a chaotic wreck. 
 
 Dementia. 
 
 Here is another chronic affection of the brain, without fever, in 
 which the sensibility, the intellect, and the will, are all weakened. 
 Demented persons have not the power to concentrate their minds on 
 anything, and can form no correct notions of objects. Their ideas 
 float after each other without connection or meaning. They speak 
 without any consciousness of what they are saying. 
 
176 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Many of them have lost their memory, or, like old persons, they 
 remember nothing recent, — forgetting in a moment what is just said 
 or done. 
 
 The demented have neither desires nor aversions ; neither hatred 
 nor love. To those once most dear to them, they are totally indiffer- 
 ent They meet friends long absent without emotion, and part from 
 their dearest ones without a pang. The events of life passing around 
 them, awaken in them no interest, because they can connect them- 
 selves neither with the past nor the future ; they have no remem- 
 brances, nor hopes. Their brain is inactive ; it furnishes no ideas, 01 
 sensations. They are no longer active, but passive beings ; they 
 determine nothing, but yield themselves to the will of others. 
 
 They have a pale face, a dull eye, moistened with tears, an uncer- 
 tain look, and a physiognomy without expression. They sleep pro- 
 foundly, and for a long time, and have a voracious appetite. 
 
 Idiocy. 
 
 Idiocy is the condition in which the intellectual faculties have 
 never been manifested. We are not to infer disease from it, any more 
 than we infer it in the lower animals from the absence of intellect. 
 
 In idiocy there is no mind, because the brain is not large enough 
 to be the organ of intelligence. It always dates back, therefore, to 
 the beginning of life. Everything about the idiot betrays a defective 
 organization. The demented person, the monomaniac, etc., once had 
 intelligence ; the idiot, never. They, in many cases, may be cured ; 
 he is hopelessly incurable. They had blessings which have been 
 taken from them ; to him, none were ever given. They were once 
 the pride and hope of their friends ; he, from his birth, was the smit- 
 ten and blasted one of his family. He never reaches an advanced 
 age, — rarely living beyond thirty years. 
 
 These remarks are sufficient to show the difference between idiocy, 
 and other forms of mental derangement. In the other forms of in- 
 sanity there are brains enough, but they are diseased ; in this there is 
 no disease ; the smallness of the brain is the primal and fatal defect. 
 
 This form of mental derangement is caused by a defective develop- 
 ment of the brain. That the other forms are produced by disease of 
 the brain, there can be no doubt. 
 
 Some have supposed insanity to be a mental disorder merely, hav- 
 ing nothing to do with the body. They might as well suppose the 
 delirium of fever to be a disease of the mind only. 
 
 Insanity is an unsoundness of the brain and nerves which proceed 
 from it, in every instance. At first it is probably only excitement of 
 the brain ; but this, long continued, becomes a chronic inflammation. 
 The brain and nerves of an insane person are undoubtedly sore, and 
 hence the painful thoughts and feelings which afflict them. Whec 
 the soreness is much increased, they are violent and furious ; when 
 it subsides, they are calm. In consequence of this inflammation 
 and soreness of the brain, an insane person can no more think, ot 
 reason, or will, or feel correctly, than a person with an inflamed 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 177 
 
 stomach can digest food well, or than one with inflamed eyes can 
 see well. 
 
 Causes of Insanity. — Hereditary predisposition ; painful subjects 
 of thought or feeling long revolved in the mind ; injured feelings 
 which cannot be resented, mortified pride, perplexity in business ; 
 disappointed affection or ambition ; great political, religious, or social 
 excitements ; sudden and heavy strokes of misfortune in the loss of 
 property and friends ; and in general, whatever worries the mind for 
 a long time, and creates a deep distress, may be a cause of insanity. 
 
 But one of the most prolific causes, and worthy of special mention, 
 is masturbation, or self-pollution, — a vice contracted by thousands 
 of young people, both male and female. 
 
 Beside the above, I may mention several physical causes, as con- 
 vulsions of the mother during gestation, epilepsy, monthly disorders 
 of women, blows upon the head, fevers, loss of sleep, syphilis, exces- 
 sive use of mercury, worms in the bowels, and apoplexy. 
 
 Chances of Cure. — Idiotism is never cured. 
 
 Melancholy and monomania are cured when recent, and do not 
 depend upon organic disease. 
 
 Dementia is sometimes, though seldom, cured. 
 
 Chronic insanity, of long standing, is not easily cured. 
 
 Insanity which has been produced by moral causes, acting sud- 
 denly, are generally curable ; if the causes have acted slowly and 
 long, the cure is more doubtful. 
 
 Excessive study causes insanity which is hard to cure. 
 
 If caused or continued by religious ideas, or by pride, it is not often 
 cured. 
 
 Insanity caused and maintained by masturbation, is cured with 
 great difficulty. 
 
 Treatment — The treatment of the insane is now almost confined, 
 as it should be, to public hospitals. In these institutions, all the 
 means are provided which humanity has been able to devise, to lift 
 from these unfortunate beings the terrible shadow which is upon 
 them. Here they have safety, comfort, recreation, friendly guardians, 
 rest, and medicine. 
 
 They have safety from the annoyances which well-meaning but 
 mistaken friends at home almost always commit in contradicting, and 
 reasoning with, persuading, and threatening them ; for only in these 
 humane institutions has it been well learned that to do so is no wiser 
 than to persuade, scold, or threaten a neuralgic pain in the face, an 
 inflammation in the stomach, or a felon upon the finger. They are 
 safe, too, from the impertinent scrutiny of neighbors, the hootings of 
 unthinking boys in the streets, and especially from the causes, what- 
 ever they are, which have produced the disease. And so far, this is 
 just the treatment they want, — no contradiction, no impertinent 
 scrutiny from neighbors, no abuse in the streets, and a withdrawal of 
 the causes which have produced the disease. 
 
 In these institutions, too, they have comforts. They have clean 
 
 23 
 
178 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 rooms, galleries, lodges, bathing-rooms, yards and gardens for exercise 
 and walking, safe, quiet, well-aired bed-rooms, and clean and com- 
 fortable beds ; cheerful dining rooms, and plain, wholesome, and 
 nutritious food. And this, likewise, is the treatment they require. 
 
 They have recreation, — dances, cards, back-gammon, chequers, 
 chess, billiards, nine-pins, walking parties, riding parties, gardening, 
 and an indulgence in those arts of painting, music, drawing, and 
 architecture, for which they may have a taste. And such recreations 
 are powerful instruments in the cure of all disorders of the nervous 
 system. 
 
 Here, too, they have friendly guardians, who have long studied 
 their complaints, and have imbued their souls with a sympathy which 
 goes down into the depths of their sufferings, and allies itself with 
 all their sorrows ; — men and women who are willing to act the part 
 of guardian angels ; to be their friends ; who know how to gain their 
 confidence ; and who use the influence acquired by love, in leading 
 them back towards health and happiness. And this, too, in curing 
 the insane, is of great consequence, for none can do them good till 
 they have their confidence, and this can be gained only by love and 
 wisdom. 
 
 In these insane asylums, they find rest When the brain is hot 
 from inflammation, and they are raving from delirium, they are here 
 withdrawn from the noisy crowd, and shielded from the rude shocks 
 of the world. If need be, they are placed in solitary rooms, where 
 silence spreads its soothing stillness through their excited brains. And 
 it is of the greatest importance that the sore and torn feelings should 
 rest ; for rest allays excitement, and brings sleep ; and without a proper 
 amount of sleep, recovery is not possible. 
 
 Finally, in these institutions, they receive the best medical treat- 
 ment. They have warm and cold bathing, judiciously administered ; 
 they have simple cathartics when the bowels are bound, as salts, cas- 
 tor oil, and magnesia ; tonics for debility, such as quinine, iron, quas- 
 sia, columbo, and chamomile ; and quieting medicines for their ex- 
 citement, such as opium, morphine, cicuta, hyoscyamus, belladonna, 
 stramonum, scullcap, and valerian. Prescription 74 is a combination 
 much used. Here, too, broth, gruel, and milk, are administered by 
 the forcing pump to such as take a fancy not to eat, — an expedient 
 which has saved many lives. Fruits of all kinds, as strawberries, 
 cherries, currants, plums, apples, peaches, and grapes, are allowed 
 freely. Cold water, sweetened or otherwise, is the drink. To these 
 things are added lively conversation, and whatever will divert the 
 mind from reflection, and internal imaginings and revery. 
 
 Thus I have indicated, very briefly, the treatment which the insane 
 receive in public institutions. That the chances of recovery in these 
 humane retreats is much greater than at home, does not admit of a 
 doubt. When it is not convenient to send an insane person to a 
 hospital, the treatment should be as near like the one here sketched 
 as circumstances will permit 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 179 
 
 Hypochondria. 
 
 The common names of this disease are low spirits, spleen, vapors, 
 hypo, and the blues. It produces constant fear, anxiety, and gloom. 
 Business, pleasures, the acquisition of knowledge, and all the useful 
 pursuits of life, become insipid, tasteless, and even irksome to the 
 hypochondriac. His mind is full of the belief that something dread- 
 ful is about to befall him. He is either going to be sick, or to die r 
 lose his property or friends. He has no mind to engage in any busi- 
 ness, nor does he wish to go anywhere, or to see anybody. Night 
 and day his spirits are down to zero, and his heart has a load too 
 heavy to bear. He is wholly occupied with his troubles, and his feel- 
 ings. He thinks he has various diseases, and wears out his friends 
 by talking of his sufferings. He feels of his pulse often, looks at his 
 tongue in the glass, and several times a day asks a friend if he does 
 not look pale or sick. 
 
 The external senses manifest symptoms of derangement as well as 
 the thoughts, feelings, emotions, and passions. There are roarings in 
 the ears, like a waterfall, or the noise of a distant carriage. Floating 
 black specks, or bright sparks, are seen before the eyes. These indi- 
 cate a slight fulness of the blood vessels, and perhaps, in some in- 
 stances, sparks of electricity passing to or from the eye, and are in no 
 proper sense subjects for the alarm they cause. At one time the 
 person will feel as large as a barrel, at other times not larger than a 
 whip-stock ; the head will feel light or heavy, large or small. The 
 skin will twitch in different parts, or feel numb, or have the sensation 
 of spiders crawling on it. The smell and taste become perverted ; 
 the hypochondriac will smell odors and flavors, at times, where there 
 are none. 
 
 These errors of the senses are all owing to some slight disorder of 
 the organs of sense ; and they are no more wonderful than that the 
 mind should perceive personal danger, poverty, and death itself, when 
 none of these things are impending. 
 
 These persons are subject to fainting turns, when the breathing will 
 appear to stop, the body become cold, the face pale ; there will be 
 distress in the region of the heart, which will apparently stop beating, 
 and the person will feel as if dying. At the same time the mind wilJ 
 remain clear. These nervous spells are alarming, but pass off wit Fl- 
 out danger. 
 
 These persons become changed in their moral dispositions. They 
 are jealous, take a joke as an affront, and feel the greatest distress at 
 any apparent lack of attention or neglect on the part of friends. 
 They put the worst construction upon the actions of friends. They 
 are irritable, fretful, peevish, and fickle. 
 
 The complaint is distressing, but does not appear to shorten human 
 life. 
 
 The seat of the disease is in the brain and nerves. It is caused by 
 anxiety, care, disappointment, working the brain too hard, diseases of 
 
ISO DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 the liver and stomach, costiveness, sedentary habits, excessive venereal 
 indulgence, and masturbation. 
 
 Treatment. — This disease is more easily prevented than cured. It 
 would be almost entirely prevented in this country if in childhood we 
 were all taught to be contented with humble competence, to love 
 active labor, and to think it honorable, instead of struggling after 
 wealth, and falling into unhappiness when it does not come. 
 
 Remedies. — Of all the remedies for this complaint, that which is 
 most important is active employment out of doors. The human 
 body was made for motion. Without it the blood cannot be dis- 
 tributed to the several organs. The senses, — the eye, the ear, the 
 touch,- — should be much in communion with nature. In this way 
 they are strengthened. Nature is their great physician. Man is a 
 creature of sensation ; and if too much occupied with feelings, 
 thoughts, and deep reflections, the nerves will be irritated, and begin 
 to give deceptive sensations. A very nervous man should fly to some 
 active occupation, if he would be rid of suffering. 
 
 The open, fresh air is very important to restore the system to 
 soundness. * 
 
 Temperance, both in eating and drinking, will do much for this 
 class of patients, yet they are the very persons who eat largely, and 
 they often fly to the excessive use of stimulants to drive away their 
 sorrow. By so doing, they aggravate the disease. 
 
 Amusements are very important for hypochondriacs. Lively com- 
 pany, cheerful and witty conversation, with mirth and laughter, lively 
 songs and instrumental music, are all desirable ; and so are gunning, 
 fishing, riding, billiard-playing, and travelling. 
 
 Never allow these patients to be alone, and to have time to brood 
 over their misery. See that they go early to bed, and rise betimes in 
 the morning. The warm bath, the cold shower, or sponge bath, with 
 brisk friction, are not on any account to be omitted. The diet should 
 be light, nutritious, and generous ; but fats, acids, liquors, and coffee, 
 must be forbidden. 
 
 But little medicine will be required. If there be costiveness, let the 
 cracked wheat be eaten ; if this do not answer, a little rhubarb and 
 bicarbonate of potassa (35), or leptandrin, podophyllin, etc. (36), may 
 be given as required by the symptoms. A teaspoonful of calcined 
 magnesia once a day, or the infusion of thoroughwort, drank cold, 
 will often answer an excellent purpose. A bowl of warm mother- 
 wort tea, with a teaspoonful of spirits of camphor in it, will do well 
 in fits of fainting when there is a sensation of dying. A teaspoonful 
 of sulphuric ether may be given at the same time. If there be debil- 
 ity, tonics are sometimes useful (50) (49) (54) (55). 
 
 Hiccough. — Singultus. 
 
 This is a sudden, jerking spasm of the midriff, occurring every few 
 moments in bad cases, causing the air to be driven out of the lungs 
 
DISEASES OF THE BUAIN AND NEKVES. 181 
 
 with such suddenness as to produce a noise something like the invol- 
 untary yelp of a puppy. It is generally caused by acidity of the 
 stomach, which irritates the nerves distributed to its neighborhood, 
 and is not difficult to remove ; but when it occurs towards the close 
 of some acute and grave disease, it is sometimes a sign that dissolu- 
 tion is at hand. 
 
 Treatment. — Startle the person suffering, by exciting surprise, or 
 fear, or anger ; or, let a few small draughts of cold water be taken in 
 quick succession ; or, let the breath be held as long as possible. If 
 the stomach is sour, take a teaspoonful of bicarbonate of soda, dis- 
 solved in half a tumblerful of cold water. To expel wind from the 
 stomach, if it be present, take some warm aromatic-essence of pep- 
 permint, ether, or compound spirits of lavender. But one of the 
 most effectual remedies, is heavy pressure made upon the collar bones. 
 It is simple, and very effectual. 
 
 Fainting. — Syncope. 
 
 Fainting is preceded by a distress about the heart, a swimming of 
 the head, sometimes sickness at the stomach, coldness of the hands 
 and feet, and a loss of sight, or a sense of things growing dark. The 
 breathing diminishes, the pulse becomes small, the face deadly pale, 
 and the patient wilts down, and becomes more or less unconscious of 
 what is passing around. 
 
 Whatever causes debility, particularly of the nervous system, will 
 predispose to fainting. Persons much weakened by disease, faint 
 easily, — especially when they attempt to stand still. When on their 
 feet, such persons should keep moving. Fainting is sometimes in- 
 duced by sudden surprizes and emotions, by violent pains, by the 
 sight of human blood, and by irritation of the coats of the stomach 
 by indigestible food. 
 
 Treatment. — Lay the patient upon the back, with the head low ; 
 let fresh air into the room instantly, and apply gentle friction. 
 Sprinkle a little cold water upon the face, and hold spirits of cam- 
 phor, ether, hartshorn, or vinegar to the nose, — rubbing a little of 
 the spirits of camphor upon the forehead, and about the nostrils. As 
 soon as the patient can swallow, give a teaspoonful of compound 
 spirits of lavender, with ten drops of water of ammonia in it. 
 
 Persons subject to fainting should not go into crowded assemblies 
 where the air is bad ; neither should they wear tight dresses, or allow 
 themselves to get excited. Cold bathing, a well-regulated diet, and 
 vegetable tonics, will do much to break up the habit. 
 
 Dizziness of the Head.— Vertigo. 
 
 This affection makes objects which are stationary appear as if 
 moving, or, as the phrase is, " turning round." When seized with it, 
 one will have a sensation as if falling, and objects about him will 
 seem to be in motion. 
 
[82 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 It is caused by irritation of the nerves of the stomach in dyspepsia, 
 by long application of the mind, by a weakened nervous system, by 
 hysterics, and by a fulness of the blood-vessels of the head. When it 
 proceeds from most of these causes, it is not dangerous ; but when 
 caused by impending apoplexy, it is a symptom of very serious im- 
 port. 
 
 Treatment. — Find out the cause and remove that, and the dizzi- 
 ness will disappear. If it come from dyspepsia, eat lightly; if from 
 costiveness, open the bowels either by coarse food, by daily cold 
 water injections, or by some gentle physic. Avoid coffee, ardent 
 spirits, and late suppers, and take much exercise. Keep the feet 
 warm, and the head cool. 
 
 Disturbed Sleep.— Nightmare. — Incubus. 
 
 In this complaint the sleep is disturbed generally by some frightful 
 image. Whatever of an alarming character is presented to the mind 
 in sleep, causes fear, or some other painful emotion, the same as when 
 awake. And when the attempt is made to resist, or to flee from the 
 danger, it is ineffectual, because the muscles are locked fast in sleep. 
 The fear being increased by the inability to escape, the sleeper makes 
 all sorts of horrible noises, indicating distress of mind. The danger 
 seen is as real to the sleeper as if he were awake, and he tries to do 
 just what he would if awake. Sometimes the sensation is that some 
 heavy weight, or perhaps some horrible monster, is upon the breast, 
 nearly pressing the breath out of the body. 
 
 At times, the power of motion is not absent, and then disturbed 
 dreams may cause one to talk, or to rise and walk, or run. Children 
 will laugh, or cry, or scream, which shows that their minds are agi- 
 tated by different passions. Persons who idulge gloomy and troub- 
 lous thoughts in their waking hours, are apt to be disturbed with 
 sleep-walking, sleep-talking, and frightful dreams, as of falling down 
 precipices, during the hours for repose. 
 
 There is nothing very wonderful about these disturbances of sleep. 
 It is only necessary that there should be an unusual sensitiveness 
 of the brain, or that a hearty supper, eaten late, should irritate the 
 nerves of the stomach, and that distressing thoughts should be dwelt 
 upon during the day and evening, in order to produce all the walk- 
 ing, talking, dreaming of hobgoblins, shipwrecks, fires, and polar bears, 
 which distress so many unfortunate sleepers. 
 
 In night-walking there is simply a little more wakefulness than in 
 night-talking, and in this latter, more than when one falls from a high 
 place, and in this perhaps slightly more than in real incubus, when 
 one is in the greatest peril, but cannot move at all. 
 
 Treatment. — When sleeping persons groan, or make any noise 
 indicating nightmare, shake them, and they will come out of it at 
 once. As these troubles are often caused by a weakened state of 
 the nerves, much out-door exercise should be taken. The diet should 
 be simple, and well regulated. The suppers should be light, and 
 
DISEASES OE THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 183 
 
 never taken late. The evening should be spent in some pleasant 
 amusement, which wall drive away care ; and the last hours of wake- 
 fulness be occupied with pleasant reflections. One afflicted with 
 nightmare should not lie upon the back, nor with the hands over the 
 head. Acidity of the stomach, and costiveness, if they exist, should 
 be removed by the neutralizing mixture. 
 
 Headaches. 
 
 These are not always caused by disorders of the brain and nerves, 
 but they frequently are, and this seems the proper place to speak of 
 them. 
 
 It is unwise ever to neglect headaches. They are sources of great 
 suffering, and often lead to serious derangements of the health In 
 childhood they have a more serious meaning than in adult life. They 
 often indicate the approach of scarlet fever, or measles, or of other 
 diseases. 
 
 Headaches are more common among the civilized than the uncivil- 
 ized ; more frequent among females than among males ; among those 
 of sensitive feeling than among the more obtuse. ; among those who 
 think much than among those who think little ; among the sedentary 
 than among the active. 
 
 Causes of Headaches. — They are dependent on various causes, as 
 derangement of the circulating system, of the digestive organs, of the 
 nervous system, etc. Among those dependent on disturbance of the 
 circulation, are 
 
 Plethoric Headaches. — These are dependent on a general fulness 
 of blood They are of two kinds. One is occasional, and lasts but 
 a few hours. The other lasts for days or weeks. It occurs most 
 often in the night or morning. Persons whose occupations require 
 stooping have it most. A little dizziness is generally felt on rising 
 up from a stooping posture. It is brought on by the bad air of 
 crowded rooms, and is attended by costive bowels, short breath, and 
 a white furred tongue. 
 
 The persistent headache is accompanied by a sense of fulness, and 
 sometimes of throbbing over the brows and temples, with a sensation 
 of dizziness, and of mist before the eyes. The sufferer fears exertion, 
 and is constantly looking for a rush of blood to the head. Nature 
 sometimes relieves this form of headache by a diarrhoea, or by bleed- 
 ing from the nose. 
 
 There is another form of plethoric headache, differing slightly from 
 the above, in which there is too much blood, and it is made too fast, 
 but it does not circulate so rapidly. The muscles are not very firm, 
 and the heart does not propel the blood with much force. This form 
 of headache is connected with congestion. 
 
 Headaches of Indigestion. — These are caused either by taking im- 
 proper articles of food, or by eating too much of those which are 
 proper. The sensation in the head is not always a pain, but some- 
 
184 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 times only a dull weight, attended by languor and disinclination for 
 exertion ; a tongue white in the centre, and pale red at the tip and 
 edges ; cold and numb fingers ; slight nausea ; languid and feeble 
 pulse ; dim and indistinct sight ; eyes aching when employed ; and 
 difficulty in fixing the attention. 
 
 Sick Headache. — This has received its name from the constant 
 nausea or sickness at the stomach which attends the pain in the 
 head. 
 
 This headache is apt to begin in the morning, on waking from a 
 deep sleep, or after sleeping in a close room, and when some irregu- 
 larity of diet has been committed on the day before, or for several 
 previous days. At first there is a distressingly oppressive feeling in 
 the head, which gradually merges into a severe, heavy pain in the 
 temples, frequently attended by a sense of fulness and tenderness in 
 one eye, and extending across the forehead. There is a clammy, un- 
 pleasant taste in the mouth, an offensive breath, and the tongue 
 covered with a yellowish-white fur. The sufferer desires to be alone, 
 and in the dark. The hands and feet are cold and moist, and the 
 pulse feeble. 
 
 Accompanying these symptoms, there is a depressing sickness at 
 the stomach, which is increased by sitting up, or moving about. After 
 a time, vomiting comes, and relief is obtained. 
 
 Bilious Headache. — This is most common in summer and autumn. 
 .It afflicts persons of dark complexion, with black hair and melancholy 
 dispositions. There are two kinds ; one is due to an accumulation of 
 bile in the system ; the other to a large secretion of bile. 
 
 In the first variety the skin is dingy and sallow, the spirits de- 
 pressed, the bowels costive, and there is wind in the stomach, with a 
 dull, aching pain on the right shoulder. The pain is in the forehead, 
 eyebrows, and eyelids, and the " white of the eye " is a little yellow- 
 ish. The tongue has a brown fur, and is cracked in the centre. 
 There is a bitter taste in the mouth on waking in the morning, after 
 restless nights, and frightful dreams. 
 
 In the second variety, which is due to an " overflow of bile," the 
 symptoms are much like those of the first kind, but the pain is not so 
 continuous. In addition to the symptoms named, there is a throb- 
 bing, rending pain in the head, the skin is hot and the face flushed, 
 the limbs are sore, and there is a luminous halo or ring around objects 
 looked at, and a feeling of giddiness. 
 
 Nervous Headaches. — These are more common among females 
 than males. They occur most frequently among persons of high 
 susceptibility, who are easily elevated, and as easily depressed. They 
 are often connected with indigestion. 
 
 The pain is usually acute and darting, and is made worse by light, 
 with a feeling as if the temples were being " pressed together," and a 
 "swimminess" in the head. There is sometimes a sense of sinking, 
 with a dread of falling, and great despondency and restlessness. The 
 bowels are generally costive, and the sight dim. The pain comes 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 185 
 
 on most commonly in the morning, lasts through the day, and abates 
 in the evening. 
 
 Hysteric^Headache. — There is a nervous headache dependent on 
 the hysterical condition. It is generally confined to one small spot, 
 frequently over the eyebrow, and is sometimes compared to a wedge 
 it nail driven into the skull. 
 
 Headache from Exhaustion. — Still another species of nervous head- 
 ache arises from extreme exhaustion, produced by great loss of blood, 
 by diarrhoea, or by over-suckling. The pain is generally on the top 
 of the skull, and is often compared to the beating of a small hammer 
 on the head. 
 
 Brow Ague. — This is intermittent in its character, and is brought 
 on by exposure to cold and moisture in damp and marshy districts ; 
 and in this respect is much like ague. 
 
 Megrims. — This is most frequent among females. It is often de- 
 pendent on the same causes as Brow Ague, and is also produced by 
 long and exhausting watching over sick children, distress of mind, 
 and indigestion. 
 
 In both the above forms, the pain is intermittent, seldom lasting 
 long, but being of a sharp, piercing character, like that of tic doulou- 
 reux. The pain of Megrims, usually begins at the inner angle of the 
 eye, and extends towards the nose ; the parts being red and sore, and 
 the eye-ball tender. In Brow Ague, pain and great tenderness cover 
 an entire half of the head, compared by the patient, sometimes, to 
 " an opening and shutting of the skull." It begins with a creeping 
 sensation over the scalp. 
 
 Rheumatic Headaches. — These generally affect persons who have 
 been subject to rheumatism, and are often brought on by uncovering 
 the head when sweating. The pain is usually in the brow, the tem- 
 ples, or the back of the head, and is dull and aching, — rather an 
 intense soreness than a real pain ; and the painful part is exces- 
 sively tender upon pressure. The skin is moist, but not hotter than 
 natural. 
 
 Treatment. — In considering the treatment, I will take up the same 
 order in which I have spoken of the different forms of headache. 
 
 i Plethoric Headaches. — Not much medicine should be taken for 
 these, if it can be avoided. A diuretic (131) may be taken twice a 
 day, and an occasional dose of gentle physic at night, followed by (7) 
 in the morning. This will generally give great relief. 
 
 Meat should be taken but once a day, and the whole diet should 
 be spare, the appetite never being fully satisfied. All spirituous 
 drinks, including distilled and fermented, should be let alone, and 
 coffee likewise. 
 
 Much exercise should be taken in the open air. The hair should 
 be kept short, and the head elevated during sleep. Bleeding at the 
 nose, when it occurs, must not be too suddenly stopped. 
 
186 
 
 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NEUVES. 
 
 Congestive Headaches. — The exercise, diet, mode of sleeping, etc., 
 should be the same as in plethoric headaches. In this complaint, there 
 is too much blood in the head, and it inclines to stagnate. The feet 
 and hands are cold ; and gloves and stockings of wool, and other bad 
 conductors of heat from the body, must be worn. 
 
 Occasionally a little gentle physic (319) is desirable to induce the 
 bowels to act every day. If there is great debility, iron (71) (74) (75) 
 (320) will be required. 
 
 Headache of Indigestion. — If the pain come immediately after a 
 meal, and can be traced to something eaten, an emetic (2) may be 
 taken, if the person be tolerably strong. If the pain come on some 
 hours after eating, take rhubarb and magnesia (28) (14), or fluid 
 magnesia. When the system is debilitated, take a warm draught 
 (322) in the morning after a light breakfast, or twice a day, a bitter 
 with an alkali (323). If the stomach be very irritable, bismuth, at 
 meal times (324) (326). When it occurs after a debauch, take recipe 
 325. 
 
 Sick Headache. — When it results from food taken, a draught of 
 warm chamomile tea, or a little weak brandy-and-water, will generally 
 give relief. If the sickness continue, soda and water, with a little 
 ginger may do well, or a mustard poultice upon the stomach (165) 
 may be required. As soon as it can be kept on the stomach, a 
 dose of physic (326) must be taken ; and if relief does not come after 
 the operation of this, give a bitter and an aromatic (327). The patient 
 must have perfect rest. If there be great lack of tone in the system, 
 the mineral acids (328) (329) will be excellent 
 
 The diet must be carefully regulated, as in plethoric and congestive 
 headaches. 
 
 Bilious Headaches. — These are generally connected, more or less, 
 with some affection of the liver. 
 
 During an attack, if the suffering be great, attended by nausea, 
 give an emetic (2). In milder cases, give recipe (321). If there be 
 costiveness, give recipe (330) at night, and (7) in the morning. ■ 
 
 A few doses of podophyllin, leptandrin, etc. (34) (36) (39), to re- 
 lieve the liver when the bile does not flow fast enough, will diminish 
 the frequency and force of the attack. The fluid extract of dandelion, 
 taken for some time, often does good service. 
 
 The diet should be light, and chiefly vegetable, and exercise in the 
 open air must not be omitted. The daily sponge bath, with friction, 
 is excellent. 
 
 Nervous Headaches. — The first thing to be done is to relieve the 
 pain, and this may generally be accomplished either by preparation 
 (331), or (332), or (333), or (88), or (93), or two or three drops of 
 tincture of nux vomica in a spoonful of water, taken three times a 
 day. 
 
 In simple nervous headache, diet is of the greatest importance ; in 
 hysterical cases, exercise ; in headaches from exhaustion, tonics (81) 
 (79) (63) (73) (64) (61) (60). 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 137 
 
 Rheumatic Headaches. — Take a light diet, with but little animal 
 food. Wear warm clothing, and avoid exposure to wet feet and 
 dampness generally, and go to a mild climate, if convenient. 
 
 When the local pain is great, apply hot fomentations, or a stimu- 
 lating liniment (334), or a mustard poultice, to the back of the neck. 
 In the beginning of the treatment, a little physic at night (335) is 
 useful. 
 
 Before closing this chapter on headaches, let me enter a respectful 
 protest against the indiscriminate use of the thousand and one reme- 
 dies advertised to cure headaches ; for in a great majority of cases it 
 is merely a symptom of some other disease ; instance : Indigestion, 
 Fever, Bright's Disease, Softening of the Brain, Diseased Liver* etc. ; 
 and the use of these remedies serves rather to increase than 'esseu 
 the difficulty. 
 
DISEASES OE THE THROAT, 
 
 The diseases which seat themselves in the throat, and in the great 
 cavity of the chest, have occupied a large share of my attention for 
 the last ten years. My practice in these complaints has been large, — 
 being drawn from every part of the United States, and the British 
 Provinces. No class of diseases from which men suffer are more nu- 
 merous than these, and none have so generally baffled the skill of the 
 profession. For this reason, I wish to present here a brief, practical, 
 and common-sense view of these complaints, which shall be of real 
 value to the thousands of families, who, I trust, will consult these 
 pages. 
 
 Increase of Throat Diseases. — A striking increase in the number 
 of throat diseases has been witnessed within the last few years. A 
 person suffering from any of them will find, on speaking of his com- 
 plaint, that a number of his neighbors are afflicted with troubles of a 
 similar kind. I have thought that in some of their forms these dis- 
 eases have fastened upon the throats of not less than half our popu- 
 lation. And when it is considered that they are the natural, and 
 if unmolested, the certain harbingers of lung disease, it is wise to 
 make a note of the above fact. As I shall describe them in the nasal 
 cavities, the pharynx, the fauces, etc., they all have a natural proclivity 
 downwards. From these upper cavities they pass, by one short step, 
 into the larynx, — the cavity where the voice is formed, — and then, 
 by another equally short and easy stage, into the body of the wind- 
 pipe. It is a singular fact that their progress is always from the 
 upper breathing passages downward, and never from the lower pas- 
 sages upward. They afford a parallel to the order of progression in 
 the moral world, in which evil tendencies are toward a lower depth. 
 
 A Mistake Corrected. — Before describing the several diseases which 
 belong to this family, I wish to correct the mistake which so generally 
 classes them all under the term Bronchitis. 
 
 They all consist in a simple inflammation, acute or chronic, either 
 of the mucous membrane lining the several cavities to be spoken of, 
 or of the small glands or follicles connected with that membrane; and 
 each disease takes its name from its particular location. Thus, the 
 inflammation of the membrane lining the upper part of the throat, or 
 pharynx, is called Pharyngitis, Inflammation in the top of the wind- 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 189 
 
 pipe, or larynx, is Laryngitis. In the windpipe, or trachea, it is Tra~ 
 chilis. In the bronchial tubes, it is Bronchitis. As the bronchial 
 tubes exist nowhere except in the lungs, below the division of the 
 windpipe, there can be no Bronchitis in the throat Nevertheless, it 
 is the same disease with Laryngitis and Pharyngitis, and differs from 
 them only in being in a more dangerous place. 
 
 As the windpipe descends into the chest, it divides below the top 
 of the breast bone into two branches, one going into the right, the 
 other into the left lung. These branches divide and subdivide very 
 minutely, and send their ramifications into every part of the pulmon- 
 ary tissue. Thus situated, Meckel has compared the windpipe to a 
 
 Fig. 83. 
 
 hollow tree with the top turned downward, — the larynx and trachea 
 representing the trunk, and the bronchial tubes, with their innumera- 
 ble subdivisions, the branches and twigs. (Fig. 82.) 
 
 If the reader will now understand that the trunk and branches of 
 this bronchial tree are hollow throughout, and lined with a delicate 
 and smooth mucous membrane, and that the diseases to be described 
 are inflammations either upon this membrane or the small glands 
 connected with it, causing swelling, redness, unhealthy discharges, 
 roughness, etc., he will have a good general idea of them. 
 
 Nasal Catarrh. 
 
 I take these diseases in the order of their location. Nasal Catarrh 
 consists in inflammation, which begins behind and a little above the 
 veil of the palate, and extends upward from thence into the nose. It 
 
190 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 is an exceedingly troublesome complaint, and afflicts great numbers. 
 It passes under the name of Catarrh in the Head. 
 
 The inflammation is not confined to the nasal cavities. It extends 
 frequently to the air cavities, called antrums and sinuses , which cover 
 a considerable portion of the face, and extend to the lower part of the 
 forehead. Persons sometimes feel as if their whole face were involved 
 in the disease, and were almost in a state of rottenness, — so great is 
 the amount of matter discharged from the head. Such free discharges 
 cannot be wondered at when we reflect that all the air cavities in the 
 face are lined with the same mucous membrane which lines the nose, 
 and that they all communicate with the nasal cavities. 
 
 The {t horn ail," among cattle, is a similar inflammation of the 
 inner surface of horns; and the "horse distemper" is an inflamma- 
 tion of the air cavities in the head of the horse, and is much the 
 same disease with our catarrh in the head. 
 
 The catarrh often creates a. perpetual desire to swallow, and gives 
 the feeling, as patients express it, " as if something' were sticking in the 
 upper part of the throat" 
 
 When the inflammation has existed a long time, and ulceration has 
 taken place, puriform matter is secreted, and drops down into the 
 throat, much to the discomfort of the patient. Indeed, this is one of 
 the most distressing features of the complaint, as this matter often 
 descends into the stomach in large quantities, causing frequent vom- 
 iting, and a general derangement of the health. Many times the 
 sufferer can only breathe with the mouth open. Upon rising in the 
 morning a great effort is required to clear the head and the extreme 
 upper part of the throat. There is occasionally a feeling of pressure 
 and tightness across the upper part of the nose ; and the base of the 
 brain sometimes suffers in such a way as to induce headache, vertigo, 
 and confusion. The smell is frequently destroyed, and sometimes 
 the taste. The inflammation sometimes gets into the eustachian 
 tubes, the mouths of which are behind and a little above the veil of 
 the palate, and extends up the lining membrane to the drum of the 
 ear, causing pain or deafness, and occasionally both. In addition to 
 this catalogue of evils, there is often added inflammation and elon- 
 gation of the uvula or soft palate. 
 
 Treatment. — The following is a fair illustration of my mode of 
 treatment : 
 
 On the 12th of December, 1852, Mr. , of this city, came under 
 
 treatment for a bad case of catarrh in the head, complicated with 
 follicular disease of the pharynx, or upper part of the throat. In 
 addition to nearly all the symptoms mentioned above, he had a stench 
 from the nose exceedingly offensive to all about him. So much had 
 the disease worn upon him that he had become bilious, sallow, de- 
 jected, and low in strength and flesh. When it is said that to all 
 this were added a cough and loss of appetite, with insidious ap- 
 proaches of hectic, it will not be surprising that his friends saw the 
 most serious results impending, even though assured by me that the 
 disease had not yet taken firm hold of his lungs. The first thing 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 191 
 
 done for him was to cut off the uvula. Five days after, I began to 
 bathe the whole nasal cavity, three times a week, with a shower 
 syringe, by pushing the smooth bulb up behind the veil of the palate, 
 and throwing instantaneously a most delicate shower of medicated 
 fluid up both sides of the septum. The upper part of the throat was 
 likewise bathed by the use of a shower syringe made expressly for 
 that part, and the larynx, or place where the voice is formed, by a 
 long, bent instrument made to reach this part of the throat. The 
 solution used consisted of half a dram of crystals of nitrate of silver 
 dissolved in one ounce of soft water. 
 
 The nitrate of silver powder was inhaled once a day with the powder 
 inhaler. In this way the nasal cavities and throat were kept cleansed, 
 and the articles used gradually subdued the inflammation, setting up 
 a new and healthful action in place of the diseased one. The stom- 
 ach was relieved of the offensive matter which had daily and nightly 
 gone down into it, and the system of the poisonous effects of its absorp- 
 tion. The great danger which threatened the lungs, and which would 
 soon have been realized in their destruction, passed away. The skin 
 gradually assumed its proper color; the appetite, flesh, spirits, and 
 strength came back, and Mr. B. has been since in the enjoyment 
 of good health, pursuing his business cheerfully. 
 
 When the above treatment fails, as it does occasionally, I am in 
 the habit of changing the solution, using, sometimes, a weak solution 
 of acid nitrate of mercury, twenty drops to an ounce of water. In 
 other cases, a solution of sulphate of zinc serves a good purpose. A 
 dilution of the tincture of arnica flowers is a preparation of some 
 value in these cases. There are other preparations, too numerous to 
 mention, which I am in the habit of using. I will add, that the 
 nitrate of silver powder, snuffed once a day, a pinch at a time, is far 
 more successful than any other snuff ever made. 
 
 Inflammation of the Pharynx. — Pharyngitis. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the upper and back part of the throat, 
 or all that part which can be seen when the mouth is stretched open. 
 It causes a redness of the mucous membrane lining the part, which 
 is deep in proportion to the intensity of the inflammation. This 
 complaint is generally connected with the one I am about to describe ; 
 and since the treatment is the same, the reader is referred to what 
 next follows. 
 
 Clergymen's Sore Throat. — Follicular Pharyngitis. 
 
 This disorder made its appearance in this country in 1830, and the 
 attention of the profession was first drawn to it, as a distinct disease, 
 in 1832. Some have supposed its origin to have had a hidden con- 
 nection with the epidemic influenza, which spread over the civilized 
 world in 1830, and affected all classes of persons ; but this is only 
 conjecture. In its early developments it attracted notice chiefly by 
 its visitations upon the throats of the clergy. Hence its popular 
 
192 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 name of Clergymen^ s Sore Throat, It was soon found, however, to 
 attack all classes of persons indiscriminately, whether engaged in any 
 calling which required a public exercise of the voice or otherwise. It 
 was noticed more by public speakers and singers, on account of the 
 greater inconvenience it gave them. 
 
 The disease consists in a chronic inflammation of the mucous fol- 
 licles, or glands connected with the mucous membrane which lines 
 the throat and windpipe. The office of these little glands is to secret© 
 a fluid to lubricate the air passages. When inflamed, they spread an 
 acrid, irritating fluid over surrounding parts, which excites inflamma- 
 tion in them. Hence a general inflammation of the upper part of the 
 throat, or pharyngitis, usually attends the follicular disease, and \ 
 shall speak of the two together. This inflammation of the glands 
 and the membrane, being neglected, as it generally is, lingers on from 
 month to month, or from year to year, making in some cases slow 
 progress, in others more rapid, — made a little worse and its step 
 slightly quickened by every fresh cold, and finally results in ulcera- 
 tion. The expectoration thenceforward becomes puriform, and finally 
 undistinguishable from that of consumption, with all the symp- 
 toms of which the patient finally dies. Indeed, before its nature was 
 understood by the profession, it was considered the most fatal form 
 of consumption, because it could be affected only in a very small 
 degree, if at all, by medicines taken into the general system. 
 
 Inflammation of Mucous Membrane and Glands of Larynx. 
 Follicular Laryngitis. 
 
 A few strong and beautifully formed cartilages unite to form a 
 curious and convenient box or cavity at the top of the windpipe, 
 called the larynx. Across this enclosure are stretched two remark- 
 able cords, called the vocal ligaments. They are from half to three 
 quarters of an inch in length, and are rendered more or less tense by 
 the small muscles with which they are connected. Just above these 
 cords are two cavities, which, with the ligaments, act an important 
 part in the formation of the voice. Here is produced the sound, which 
 is modified and articulated by the tongue, the lips, and the nasal cav- 
 ities. 
 
 When disease reaches this cavity, and the fluid secreted to lubricate 
 these cords becomes acrid, the voice, from this and other causes, is 
 made hoarse ; and when, at length, these ligaments are altered in 
 structure by inflammation and ulceration, the voice suffers a gradual 
 extinction. I have treated a large number suffering entire loss of 
 voice, and am happy to say it has been generally restored, where the 
 lungs have not been involved in the disease. There is often also a 
 little sensitiveness, or even soreness, in some cases, in the region of 
 the larynx, which may be felt by pressing upon that prominence in 
 front of the throat, called Adam's apple. 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 193 
 
 Inflammation in the Windpipe. — Tracheitis, 
 
 This complaint and the one preceding it differ only in their locality 
 from those described in the upper cavities ; and they are more alarm- 
 ing, because two removes nearer the citadel of life. Happily, we know 
 that the seat of these diseases may be easily reached, and we have a 
 shower syringe, constructed by me in 1849, so arranged as to pour 
 the remedial agent directly upon them, without any lacerating dis- 
 turbance of the parts. 
 
 Symptoms. — The approach of these disorders is often so insidious 
 as hardly to attract notice, — sometimes for months, or even years, 
 giving no other evidence of their presence than the annoyance of 
 something in the throat to be swallowed or hawked up, — an in- 
 creased secretion of mucus, and a sense of wearisomeness and loss 
 of power in the throat, after public speaking, singing, or reading 
 aloud. At length, upon the taking of a severe cold, the prevalence 
 of an epidemic influenza, or of an unexplained tendency of disease 
 to the air passages and lungs, the throat of the patient suddenly 
 becomes sore, its secretions are increased and rendered more viscid, 
 the voice grows hoarse, the difficulty of speaking is aggravated, and 
 what was only an annoyance, becomes an affliction, and a source of 
 alarm and danger. These diseases clearly belong to the family of 
 consumption, and need early attention. 
 
 Causes. — It is amusing to reflect upon the theories which writers 
 were in the habit of constructing, a few years since, to account for 
 the throat affection among the clergy. It was attributed by some to 
 speaking too often, by others to speaking too loud. One class of 
 writers thought it arose from high, stiff neck-stocks ; another, from a 
 strain of voice on the Sabbath to which it was not accustomed on 
 other days. 
 
 The cause lies deeper than any of these trifling things. As it con- 
 cerns ministers, it may generally be expressed in two words, — labor, 
 anxiety. 
 
 The clerical order are placed just where they feel the force of the 
 high-pressure movements of the age. They are the only class of 
 recognized instructors of adult men, and are obliged to make great 
 exertions to meet the wants of their position. The extremely trying 
 circumstances in which they are often placed, too, in these exciting 
 times, by questions which arise and threaten to rupture and destroy 
 their parishes, weigh heavily upon their spirits, and greatly depress 
 the vital powers. And when we add to this the fickle state of the 
 public mind, and the shifting, fugitive character of a clergyman's 
 dwelling place, and the consequent liability to poverty and want to 
 which himself and family are exposed, we have a list of depressing 
 causes powerfully predisposing to any form of disease which may 
 prevail. 
 
 It will be pardoned me, I think, if I suggest here, that the nature 
 of a clergyman's calling is of so serious a character, that he sorae- 
 
 25 
 
194 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 times carries himself with too much sedateness, keeps himself too 
 much braced up, and does not allow himself hours enough of that 
 cheerful, light-hearted abandon, which is essential to the health of 
 every sedentary man of mental habits. The hard-thinking and hard- 
 working minister, who will retain his health, and save his throat, must 
 have some moments, at least, when the weighty responsibilities of his 
 office are lifted up from his soul, and he becomes, for the hour, the 
 jocund, playful boy of earlier days. How far he can consistently 
 relax and let himself down, or in my view of the matter, raise him- 
 self up to the simplicity and mirth of childhood, he alone can be the 
 judge. As a physician, I prescribe ; as a minister, he must decide 
 how far my prescription can be followed. 
 
 Reading; Sermons. — There is one practice, which, though it has 
 not much to do with inducing this disease, does frequently aggravate 
 it when once e tablished ; I mean the habit of reading sermons from 
 manuscripts, — especially when it is done in a sort of mechanical 
 way. Every person who has suffered from throat ail, has doubtless 
 noticed that to read aloud, for half an hour, from a book, occasions 
 more fatigue and irritation in the throat than extemporaneous speak- 
 ing, in the same tones, for one or two hours. The reason is, that in 
 the latter case the mind conceives the thought in season for the 
 organs of speech to fall into a natural attitude, and utter it with ease. 
 The two work harmoniously together, — the instruments of articula- 
 tion following the mind, and easily and naturally uttering its concep- 
 tions. Whereas in the case of reading, the mind itself is, at least 
 partially, ignorant of what is coming until it is just upon it, so that 
 the organs of speech, being warned of what is to be done only at 
 the moment their service is required, do their work under a perpetual 
 surprise and constraint. The difference is, in some respects, like that 
 between walking freely at large, without regard to where the feet are 
 put down, and being obliged to step exactly in the footprints of some 
 traveller who has gone before. In the latter case, the muscles tire 
 much sooner, because they work in fetters. 
 
 I have thus spoken particularly of the clergy, though it is not by 
 any means they only, but all classes of people who are afflicted with 
 this dangerous malady. 
 
 These diseases often begin with a cold. But colds are seldom 
 taken except when the nervous system is depressed, so that they are, 
 in fact, to be traced back to the same cause which I have assigned to 
 catarrhal or throat complaints themselves. 
 
 These Complaints Worse at Night. — It is worthy of note, that all 
 these complaints, and many others, are worse during the night. This 
 is easily explained when we remember that the atmosphere has the 
 least amount of electricity in it at three o'clock in the morning, 
 and that the first minimum atmospheric pressure, which happens 
 twice a day, occurs not far from the same hour. From three to four 
 in the morning, therefore, the nerve-poiver sinks to its lowest ebb ; and 
 those diseases which owe their existence to anxiety, overwork, etc., 
 suffer, at this time, their greatest daily 
 
 Death occurs, 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 195 
 
 too, more often during these hours, than in any other portion of the 
 twenty-four. 
 
 Treatment. — Some years ago these diseases were thought to be 
 incurable ; and by all the appliances of medical art then known, they 
 were so. But time has brought a successful method of treatment, as 
 well as a clearer knowledge of their nature. 
 
 This treatment consists in what is called topical medication, or the 
 applying of the medicine directly to the diseased part. The medici* 
 nal agent more extensively used than any other is a solution of 
 crystals of nitrate of silver. This substance is not, however, adapted 
 to every case, — other articles succeeding better in some instances. 
 Modern chemistry has given us a variety of agents from which the 
 skilful physician may select a substitute, should the nitrate of silver 
 fail. 
 
 The operation of applying this and other substances to the air 
 passages, is a delicate one, requiring tact and experience. Surgeons 
 had supposed it an anatomical impossibility to introduce an instu- 
 ment into the larynx ; but this has been practically demonstrated to 
 be a great mistake. 
 
 Instruments. — The instrument devised and used by Dr. Horace 
 Green is a piece of whalebone, bent at one end, to which is attached 
 a small, round piece of sponge. This, dipped in the solution, is dex- 
 terously introduced into the laryngeal cavity, and applied directly to 
 the diseased part. 
 
 I formerly used this instrument myself, and am happy to know, 
 that notwithstanding its defects, it was generally successful. Yet 
 where the larynx was highly inflamed, with a swollen and ulcerated 
 condition of the epiglottis and lips of the glottis, I am sure I some- 
 times had the singular powers of the nitrate of silver put at defiance 
 by an irritation evidently produced by the sponge of the probang. 
 Upon its introduction, in such cases, the parts contract upon and 
 cling to it, and suffer aggravated irritation, almost laceration, upon 
 its withdrawal, however carefully effected. 
 
 Laryngeal Shower Syringe. — Such defects in the probang led me 
 to contrive an instrument, which I call a Laryngeal Shower Syringe. 
 It is in the form of a syringe, the barrel and piston of which are made 
 of glass, silver, or gold, as may be desired. To this is attached a 
 small tube, made of silver or gold, long enough to reach and enter 
 the throat, and bent like a probang, with a globe or bulb at the end, 
 from a quarter to a third of an inch in diameter, pierced with very 
 minute holes, which cover a zone around the centre about one-third 
 of an inch in breadth. 
 
 This silver bulb I daily introduce into highly inflamed and ulcer- 
 ated larynges, generally without any knowledge of its presence on 
 the part of the patient, until the contained solution is discharged. 
 The instrument, being charged, is carried to the proper place, when a 
 delicately quick pressure upon the piston causes very fine streams to 
 flow through the holes in the form of a delicate shower, and all sides 
 of the walls of the larynx are instantaneously bathed. 
 
196 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 How Introduced. — The introduction of this instrument into the 
 larynx is easy. Upon the approach of any foreign substance, the 
 epiglottis instinctively drops down upon the entrance to the larynx, 
 guarding it against improper intrusions. It has been found, however, 
 that when the root of the tongue is firmly depressed, this cartilage 
 cannot obey its instinct, but stands erect, its upper edge generally 
 rising into view. Availing himself of this, the surgeon has only to 
 depress the tongue with a spatula, bent at right angles, so that the 
 left hand holding it may drop below the chin out of the way, and as 
 \he epiglottis rises to view, slip the ball of the instrument over its 
 pper edge, and then with a quick yet gentle motion, carry it down- 
 ward and forward, and the entrance is made. I have often admired 
 the faithfulness of this epiglottic sentinel, who, when overborne by 
 superior force, stands bolt upright, and compels us to enter the sacred 
 temple of speech directly over his head! 
 
 Pharyngeal Shower Syringe. — For washing the upper part of the 
 throat, I construct the instrument with a straight tube, with holes 
 over the outer end of the globe, and extending to the centre. This 
 washes instantaneously the fauces and pharynx, but does not throw 
 the solution back upon the tongue. Its main advantage over the 
 pro bang is, that it bathes every part of the fauces and pharynx in- 
 stantaneously, and does not subject the patient to the coughing and 
 gagging which follow the slower and rougher process of drawing the 
 sponge from side to side across the cavity of the throat. 
 
 Nasal Shower Syringe. — Inflammations in the back passages to the 
 nose, called catarrh in the head, have been almost inaccessible by any 
 reliable healing agent, and consequently incurable. The probang 
 could only reach a short distance, and occasioned great suffering. I 
 have had a syringe constructed with the tube bent at an angle of 
 forty-five degrees, and the globe, very small, pierced with a few fine 
 holes at the upper end. Carrying this globe up behind the velum 
 palati, with a single injection I wash both passages clear through. 1 
 have had the pleasure of curing a large number of bad cases, of many 
 years' standing, to the surprise and delight of the patients. 
 
 About nineteen twentieths of the physicians who have examined 
 ffcase instruments, and so far as my knowledge extends, all who have 
 used them, think them much better than the probang. As to patients, 
 I have yet to see one who will allow the sponge to be used after try- 
 ing both. 
 
 Have Superseded the Probang. — In my own practice the syringes 
 have superseded the probang altogether. My reasons may be briefly 
 stated. I have already said there is less irritation produced. A piece 
 of sponge drawn over an inflamed surface, especially when clung to 
 by the irritated and quivering parts, must necessarily, in some casea 
 at least, aggravate the symptoms of disease. To this consideration 
 add the comfort of the patient during the operation. It is so quickly 
 and delicately done with the syringe, that it is scarcely known when 
 the act is performed. The straight syringe does not touch the throat 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 197 
 
 at all. On touching the probang to the throat, the nitrate of silver 
 unites with the mucus upon the surface, instantly covering the sponge 
 with an albuminous pellicle, something like that which lines the shell 
 of an egg, preventing, in a degree, the further pressing out of the 
 solution, and rendering its contacts with other parts of the surface 
 comparatively powerless. For this reason, the sponge pushed down 
 into an ulcerated bronchus, as Dr. Green recommends, must be 
 utterly valueless as a remedial agent. Mopping, as it does in its 
 whole course, a larynx and trachea, lined in some cases with puriform 
 matter, and generally with mucus, every inch of its descent doubles 
 the gravity of this objection. Let it be considered, too, that in apply- 
 ing the remedy to an ulcerated larynx, the sponge cauterizes the 
 healthy parts above, in its descent, and thus unfits itself for dcing 
 much for the diseased part ; whereas the syringe retains its solution 
 till it reaches the affected place, and then pours a clean shower di- 
 rectly upon it, and upon no other part. 
 
 Considering these manifest advantages of the syringes, I am sur- 
 prised that any physician should still use the probang, — especially as 
 one of these instruments, the Nasal Syringe, accomplishes an object 
 which the probang cannot effect at all, not even in a rough way. I 
 have wondered, too, how any parent can allow a child, suffering with 
 croup, to be tormented by having a sponge pushed down its throat, 
 when a syringe would give it so much less pain. 
 
 I will mention briefly one or two cases of croup and diphtheria, se- 
 lected from a great number treated by me for the last few years, where 
 the syringes were successfully used, after several attempts to use the 
 probang had been made, and failed, and where the pain caused by 
 using was so small, and the relief so instantaneous and complete, that 
 the patients were anxious for my return to use it again. 
 
 On the 25th of November last, I was called to see a little boy of 
 Mr. R., five years old, w T ho had had an attack of membraneous croup 
 some days previous ; and when I saw him the voice had sunk to a 
 whisper, and the cough was entirely muffled, so that I had no doubt 
 of the fatal termination of the case, and expressed my opinion to that 
 effect to the astonished parents. The probang had been used by the 
 physcian in attendance, which had caused so much suffering that for 
 the two days previous the parents had prohibited its use. It had no 
 doubt increased the irritation, besides nearly causing strangulation. 
 
 It was, therefore, with great reluctance that they consented to et 
 me use the syringe, which I did, to the great relief of the little suf- 
 ferer, and to the entire satisfaction of the parents. 
 
 The strength of the solution of the crystals of the nitrate of silver 
 used was 20 grains to the ounce of water, which I injected freely, 
 once in three hours for the first day, and then two or three times a 
 day for two or three days. His recovery was rapid and complete. 
 
 I will now mention the case of a young woman, with diphtheria, 
 where the syringe was used with success. 
 
 On the evening of the 10th of September last, I was called to see 
 Miss T., of this city, who had an attack of diphtheria the day previ- 
 ous. Found her in bed, very much prostrated, breathing with gi rat 
 
19S 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 difficulty, and uttering at every inspiration a croupal sound, which at 
 times was followed by a short convulsive cough. The face was 
 flushed, pulse 124, small and feeble, and she complained constantly of 
 a sense of suffocation and of great distress in the laryngeal region. 
 
 On inspecting the throat, the fauces and the pharyngeal, membrane 
 as far down as it could be seen, presented the appearance of a high 
 degree of inflammation. One of the tonsils was nearly covered with 
 the diphtheretic membrane, and the upper and back part of the throat 
 were thickly studded with small white or cream-colored spots. 
 
 The physician in attendance had tried first, a swab, or mop as she 
 termed it, and then the probang, which gave her so much pain that he 
 was obliged to give it up. He then gave up the case as hopeless. At 
 my earnest solicitation she consented to the use of the syringe. With 
 a solution of the crystals of the nitrate of silver, of the strength of 
 60 grains to the ounce of water, I injected freely the fauces and the 
 upper part of the cavity of the larynx. For a few moments the diffi- 
 culty of breathing and feeling of strangulation was increased, but 
 very soon a large amount of viscid, ropy mucus was discharged. In 
 the course of half an hour after the use of the syringe, the symptoms 
 tiad improved, the respiration was less laborious, so that in a short 
 time the patient obtained some sleep. I was afterward called, as she 
 thought herself worse, but found that an application of the caustic 
 vvith a syringe was all that was required. There was no further 
 trouble with the case. 
 
 Several parties in this country have got up imitations of these 
 syringes, and have made them- 
 
 selves liable for damages under 
 the patent ; but they are persons 
 of little or no responsibility, and 
 I have not as yet brought the 
 law to bear upon them. Those 
 who purchase and use these imi- 
 tations, should bear in mind that 
 they are also liable for damages, 
 as they lie in a case. 
 
 Fig. 84. 
 
 [Patented December 6, 1853.] 
 
 Figure 84 represents these syringes 
 
 Mode of Using". — The glass barrel and piston of my instruments 
 are delicate, but they need not be broken. I handle them with the 
 same ease that I do a spoon in feeding myself, and not in a very dis- 
 similar way. The last three fingers are placed on the under side of the 
 barrel, with the thumb on the upper side, — the index finger being 
 poised over the end of the piston, ready to drive it home at the propei 
 instant. The motion of the piston should be quick, so as to cause 
 the streams to leap out in jets ; yet delicate, that they may not im- 
 pinge with too much force upon the diseased surfaces. 
 
 They should be rinsed with water immediately after being used 
 But even with this precaution, a small residuum of the nitrate re- 
 mains and crystallizes, and after a time partially closes the holes. 
 They must then be picked out with the point of a needle. 
 
 When the silver tube becomes detached from the glass, it may be 
 fastened on with common sealing wax; first melting the wax and 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 199 
 
 sticking it around the glass ; then heating the silver over a lamp, and 
 pressing it on. 
 
 Amount of Solution to be Used. — The amount of solution to be 
 used should be small. Half a dram is enough. The piston of the 
 syringe need be drawn up only from an eighth to a third of an 
 inch. Strangling is not often produced by these operations ; but to 
 make its prevention still more sure, let the patient be directed to fill 
 the lungs with a long inspiration while the operator is depressing tha 
 tongue. 
 
 Strength of Solution. — The strength of the solution in ordinary 
 cases of chronic folliculitis, etc., should generally be about forty grains 
 of the crystals of the nitrate of silver to the ounce of water. But 
 in all acute diseases of the air passages, it should be considerably 
 stronger, — varying from one to two drams. A preparation of this 
 strength is powerfully antiphlogistic and sedative. In those cases of 
 chronic disease, where the inflammation is of a low grade, and the 
 mucous membrane is in a relaxed, atonic condition, looking either 
 sodden and pale, or of a dark color, like the cut surface of beef, some 
 days exposed to the air (as is often the case in throats of literary dys- 
 peptics), then a solution of fifteen to thirty grains to the ounce, is 
 sufficient. This strength acts as a stimulant, and is well suited to 
 throats in such condition, but would be injurious in high grades of 
 inflammation. Catarrh in the head generally requires only about this 
 strength. I am sorry to say, the topical mode of treating throat affec- 
 tions has been in some places injured, in the public estimation, by a 
 lack of knowledge and judgment on the part of the operator, in choos- 
 ing the strength of his solution. 
 
 To determine the proper frequency of the operation, also requires 
 judgment and experience. In an ordinary case of chronic disease, 
 the treatment may begin by showering the throat once a day for a 
 week. Then the operation should be repeated three times a week, 
 for a shorter or longer period ; then twice a week, and at last once a 
 week. 
 
 Attendant Diseases. — Among the persons I am treating for diseases 
 of the air passages, many are dyspeptic and suffer with depression of 
 spirits. So often does this symptom present itself, that I regard it as 
 almost one of the peculiarities of throat disease. Persons thus de- 
 pressed generally have the dark and dingy look of the face which 
 indicates functional derangement of the liver. They are often ema- 
 ciated, nervous, hypochondriacal, irritable in temper, and are ex- 
 hausted by an excessive secretion of urea. The urine of such per- 
 sons is always acid, and loaded with crystals of oxalate of lime. 
 
 An explanation of this fact has been attempted, by supposing that 
 the oxydation of carbon (of which these persons have a superabun- 
 dance), imperfectly accomplished in inflamed respiratory organs, is 
 vicariously effected in the capillaries of the kidneys, — oxalic acid 
 (C2. 02.) instead of carbonic acid (C. 02.) being the result. 
 
 The crystals of oxalate of lime are octahedral in form, and, in the 
 field of a good microscope, are beautiful objects for inspection. 
 
200 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 Fig. 85. 
 
 Lawyers, clergymen, statesmen, and, in general, those who labor 
 hard mentally, witti but little bodily exercise, and who have a great 
 weight of care resting on them, are the persons who suffer most from 
 this complication. Generally, the inflammation in the throat is of a 
 low grade, and must not be treated with a very strong solution of 
 nitrate of silver. 
 
 Of course when these attendant diseases exist, something more is 
 needed than the local treatment. For the troubles just described, the 
 treatment for hypochondria and dyspepsia will be proper. 
 
 Elongation of the Uvula. 
 
 The uvula is the small teat-like or pendulous organ which hangs 
 down from the palatine arch, just over the root of the tongue. It is 
 very apt to get inflamed, and its parts becoming relaxed, it stretches 
 out lengthwise, so that its lower extrem- 
 ity sometimes rests upon the tongue. 
 (Fig. 85.) When this happens, it flaps 
 about, backward and forward, and to 
 the right and left, — touching the throat 
 at various points, and by the tickling 
 sensation produced, exciting a most in- 
 cessant, uncontrollable, and racking 
 cough. Some of the most distressing 
 coughs I have ever heard, have been 
 produced and kept up by this cause 
 alone. IVUny a fatal consumption has 
 begun in this way. When long in- 
 flamed, it often gets much out of shape, 
 being sometimes bent nearly double. 
 
 Treatment. — In some cases, the uvula, 
 thus elongated, may be reduced back to 
 its natural size, by an astringent gargle, 
 composed of an infusion of white-oak 
 bark, with a little alum dissolved in it 
 (232) ; but it will generally stretch out 
 again and again, upon the appearance 
 of any fresh cold, and, therefore, the 
 only certain cure is to cut it off. 
 
 To do this, take hold of it with a pair 
 of common forceps, and having stretched 
 it down a little, clip it off above the 
 forceps, with a pair of curved scissors. 
 Nearly the whole of it should generally be removed. To take off a 
 part only, leaves a stump, which is often more objectionable than the 
 whole organ. Its removal never injures the speech in the least. In 
 many cases of nasal catarrh, this organ is a sort of diseased centre, 
 from which the inflammatory action spreads upward into the nasal 
 cavities, and no medicine or power on earth can effect a cure until 
 
 this offending member is snipped off. 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 201 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Tonsils. — Tonsilitis. 
 
 The tonsils are chiefly a collection or mass of small mucous folli- 
 cles or glands. They secrete a portion of the fluid which keeps the 
 throat moist. 
 
 There is a class of persons who suffer about every winter, some- 
 times oftener, with an attack of acute inflammation of these glands, 
 which causes great suffering for several days. The trouble begins 
 with a slight soreness and swelling in these glands, which gradually 
 increase until the mouth can scarcely be opened, and the act of swal- 
 lowing is attended with indescribable suffering. At length, in from 
 four to ten days, an abscess forms and breaks in one or both glands, 
 which produces immediate relief. 
 
 Treatment — The inflammation may sometimes be cut short by 
 thrusting a lancet into the tonsils, and bleeding them freely, and then 
 steaming them by the inhalation, by means of an old teapot, of the 
 steam of mullein leaves and hot water. But the only cure is to be 
 found by cutting off the tonsils, after the inflammation has subsided. 
 This will put an end to the attacks at once. 
 
 Tonsils which are subject to these periodical attacks of acute inflam- 
 mation are always more difficult than others to operate upon, as they 
 are almost invariably bound down very tight to the throat, and cannot 
 be raised up for convenient excision. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Tonsils. 
 
 In many of the fallicular diseases of the throat, these glands are 
 affected by a chronic inflammation, and are found enlarged, and 
 sometimes very much hardened. In such cases they secrete a thin, 
 unhealthy, irritating, fluid, which is spread over the throat, increasing 
 and perpetuating its disease. Much of this secretion, finds its way 
 into the stomach, and thence into the circulation. 
 
 In the throats of many young persons and children, these glands 
 are permanently so large, as nearly to fill the fauces. The respiration 
 of many children thus afflicted, is difficult, and when asleep they can 
 only breathe with the mouth open. The defective breathing of such 
 children often occasions contraction of the chest, and thus lays the 
 foundation for consumption. From these diseased parts, the inflam- 
 mation often spreads upwards, into the posterior nares, and many 
 times enters the eustachin tubes, causing deafness or pain in the ears. 
 Such children often breathe as though they had a bad cold in the head. 
 Their health and safety require an immediate attention to this state 
 of things. 
 
 Treatment. — It is customary to attempt to reduce enlarged tonsils 
 by astringent gargles, by repeated applications of a solution of nitrate 
 of silver, and by other remedies, and particularly by brushing them 
 over with the tincture of iodine. As a general thing, these applica- 
 tions are useless, ending in disappointment As with the elongated 
 
202 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 uvula, the remedy is found only in excision. Cut them off. The 
 throat seldom gets well until they are removed. The speediness of 
 the recovery after the removal is often surprising. 
 
 Improved Tonsil Instrument — For the excision of these glands, I 
 found the same lack of instruments as for making topical applications 
 to the throat. The only one which had any claims to regard, was 
 the guillotine instrument. It had, however, no facilities for drawing 
 the tonsil forward. Generally, all that could be done with it, was, to 
 trim the gland, which did little good, for it became again enlarged. 
 I have prepared an entirely original instrument, with which the extir- 
 pation of these glands is easy and expeditious. It has two cutting 
 blades in the shape of crescents, 
 
 Fig. 86. 
 [Patented January 17, 1854] 
 
 which, when open, leave a 
 proper space for drawing the 
 tonsil between them. Two pol- 
 ished guards which I formerly 
 had made of steel, but now of 
 German silver, protect the upper 
 and the under surfaces of the 
 crescentic blades, and running back, are fastened by the common 
 rivet, which holds together the shanks, so that, when open, the blades 
 are concealed under the guards. The tenaculum rests upon the rivet, 
 as upon a fulcrum, and, dipping between the blades, takes hold of the 
 tonsil, and draws it up for excision. Cutting, as these blades do, the 
 entire circumference of the gland first, and at the same instant, and 
 the central portion last, the operation can never fail. The entire ton- 
 sil, even when much hardened, is swept off with a cleanness and ease, 
 which, at the first trial, surprises the operator not less that the patient. 
 The pain of removing these glands is so trifling, as scarcely to be 
 thought of ; and the pretence that evil consequences follow their re- 
 moval, is the offspring of great ignorance of the whole subject. 
 
 To operate easily, take the instrument in the right or left hand, ac- 
 cording to the side to be operated upon ; take the forceps in the other 
 hand, and running them through the open blades, into the mouth of 
 the patient, take firm hold of the tonsil ; then slide the instrument 
 down over the forceps, and lifting the gland up between the blades, 
 cut it quickly off. 
 
 I am aware that a few irregular practitioners, who stand outside 
 the profession that they may act without responsibility, have declared 
 that mischievous results follow this operation upon the tonsils. Their 
 reasons for so declaring are manifest. They have never performed 
 the operation, and have not the skill to do it if they would. They 
 expect, too, that those nervous persons who dread the operation, will, 
 when told by a physician that it is necessary, strive to evade it by 
 seeking their advice. Such practitioners are shrewd, but neither 
 honest nor wise. They defeat their own purpose in the end. I have 
 again and again had patients leave me when this operation was 
 urged upon them, and finally return and submit to it, after nearly 
 losing their lives in the hands of dishonest quacks. A few of these 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 203 
 
 practitioners have taken the same course in regard to the use of ni- 
 trate of silver, and for similar reasons. 
 
 Curability of Throat Diseases. — I have dwelt somewhat upon the 
 preceding forms of throat disease, not so much because they have 
 been a speciality with me for the last ten years, as because they pre- 
 vail to a fearful extent, and are, in thousands of cases, but the first 
 stages of fatal disease of the lungs. 
 
 If not connected with lung disease in the beginning, my experience 
 in treating them enables me to say, emphatically, they are generally 
 curable. 
 
 But patients often put the question to me, — " If cured, will I ever 
 have the complaint again ? " My answer is, — "Unless I can plant 
 in your constitution a better protection than your Maker put there at 
 your creation, you will of course be liable to a second attack." But 
 then, where the lungs have been entirely free from disease, I have 
 never yet seen a case of simple throat complaint relapse and become 
 dangerous after proper treatment with the syringes. Let not those, 
 therefore, who have been benefited, but not entirely cured by this 
 treatment, undervalue what has been done for them. Even in such 
 cases, the advantage derived to them amounts to just the value they 
 attach to — the continuance of life. 
 
 Dangers of Delay. — In closing these remarks, let me warn the 
 reader against the dangers of delay. Many of those who finally seek 
 my services in these complaints, first try all nostrums, and tamper 
 with their disease till the case is either critical or hopeless. Too 
 many wait till they are near enough to the engulfing whirlpool to 
 hear it roar, before they seek in any practicable way to escape its 
 dangers. 
 
 Scarce a day passes but cases come into my hands which at first 
 were only a slight inflammation of the pharynx, and might have been 
 cured in a few days, but which, from long neglect, has gradually crept 
 down the windpipe, spread over the widely distributed mucous lining 
 of the bronchial tubes, and thus become curable only in a partial de- 
 gree, and after long and tedious treatment. Hundreds of persons in 
 this city, and thousands in New England, are now suffering from 
 slight attacks of this sort, who might be rid of the affliction in a week 
 or a fortnight, but who will either carelessly give it no attention at 
 all, or resort to useless nostrums, until it has run through its primary 
 stages and invaded the constitution, and will finally die of some of 
 the forms of pulmonary disease. 
 
 Cases Treated. 
 
 In July, 1852, Professor of W , Mass., a distinguished 
 
 teacher and composer of music, called on me to obtain relief from 
 laryngitis and tracheitis, from both of which he was suffering, in con- 
 nection with bronchial and pulmonary irritation. A year previous to 
 this, his health had suffered a general break-down from these com- 
 plaints. He had soreness in the larynx and trachea ; a severe cough 
 
204 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 and large expectoration ; he had hoarseness, with inability to sing ; 
 night sweats ; emaciation ; general debility and lowness of spirits ; 
 in short, the whole catalogue of symptoms which indicate impending 
 bronchial consumption. By advice of physicians and friends, he went 
 to Europe and travelled extensively. Finding no relief, he pushed on 
 to Africa. On reaching Cairo, his disease showed the first abate- 
 ment. Remaining here a few weeks, he found himself, as he thought, 
 about well. But on reaching Europe, upon his way home, his cough, 
 with all his other bad symptoms, returned, and after a year's weary 
 search for health, he came to the wharf at Boston in about the same 
 condition as when he left. It was at this moment, that, disheartened, 
 and expecting to die, he picked up the Evening Traveller, the first 
 paper that met his eye, and saw an article on throat diseases, which 
 brought him to my office. Fortunately, before his departure for 
 Europe, Mr. had bought a farm in W . I gave him an in- 
 strument, with the proper medicines to inhale, and directed him to 
 work every day on his farm, to ^he extent of his physical ability, and 
 to come to me three times a w^eek to have the larynx and windpipe 
 showered with a solution of nitrate of silver. These directions, with 
 others relating to his general health, he followed to the letter. It is 
 enough to say, that all his bad symptoms gradually subsided, and 
 upon the approach of the following winter he found himself nearly 
 recovered. In accordance with my advice, however, he abstained 
 from professional labor until the following spring, since which time 
 he has pursued his calling diligently. 
 
 In 1853, Mr. , a merchant of this city, came to me with two 
 
 enormously enlarged and hardened tonsils, with which he had been 
 afflicted for a long time. One of the glands had been operated on five 
 times, the other eleven times, by one of our best surgeons. But the 
 old guillotine instrument used was not large enough to permit either 
 gland to be drawn into it, and only small pieces could be shaved off. 
 The consequence was, that they were made no smaller by the opera- 
 tions ; and being often cut, they were hardened by it, and had taken 
 a very obstinate form of disease, so much so, that the patient, though 
 naturally a strong man, was seriously threatened with pulmonary dis- 
 ease. He had travelled much during the preceding summer, but was 
 in no way improved by it. I had a large instrument made expressly 
 for the purpose, through which the glands could be easily drawn, and 
 cut them both through the centre, or root, removing one half. A 
 solution of nitrate of silver, fifty grains to the ounce, was applied to 
 the throat three times a week, for about a month, at the end of which 
 time, the patient was dismissed well, and has remained so to the 
 present time. 
 
 In February, 1852, another merchant of this city, Mr. J. A , 
 
 came under treatment for a well-marked case of follicular disease, 
 with nasal catarrh and bronchitis. Indeed, the lungs were on the 
 point of becoming a prey, as a fine rattle was plainly distinguishable 
 at the top on both sides, and blood was raised at various times. 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 205 
 
 The uvula first being excised, the whole throat and nasal cavities 
 were showered from two to three times a week, for two or three 
 months, every bathing bringing away, during the first part of the 
 treatment, enormous quantities of tenacious, ropy mucus. To this 
 treatment, with inhalation, and constitutional remedies, the disease 
 yielded slowly but surely, and Mr. A. has a good prospect of pursuing 
 his profession in comfort to old age. 
 
 In February, 1857, I was inquired of respecting the prudence of 
 undertaking to get a young man to Boston from one of the northern 
 towns of New Hampshire, who was supposed to be rapidly sinking 
 in consumption. After hearing the case described, I decided it to be 
 a safe undertaking. Though feeble, he came safely in two days. 
 He had the most incessant, tearing, and destructive cough, I ever 
 heard. The moment I heard its peculiar sound, I suspected the 
 source of the trouble ; and, seating him in a chair, I opened his 
 mouth, and found the uvula enlarged to a size, and stretched down to 
 a length, which I had never witnessed before. It was lying down 
 upon the tongue, as in cut 85, which is a good representation of it. 
 "Without giving him any notice, I took the forceps and scissors, and 
 cut it off, the whole of it. I told him to go to his hotel, and come 
 to me the next morning. He entered my office the next day, cheer- 
 ful and laughing, saying he had not coughed any all night, and had 
 slept well, — a thing he had not done for several months. In two 
 weeks, he could walk three miles, and I sent him home well. But 
 for the operation, he would have died within six weeks. 
 
 I would be glad to add a great number of cases to the above ; but 
 these are all for which I have room. 
 
 A Cold.— Influenza. 
 
 A slight attack of the disease about to be described, affecting only 
 here and there a person, and lasting only for a few days, is called 
 a cold. When it affects a large part of the community at the same 
 time, lasting many days, or even weeks, it is then an epidemic, and 
 passes under the name of influenza. In this latter form, it sometimes 
 spreads over a whole country, and has at times, as in 1832, extended 
 to nearly the whole civilized world. It often shows marked severity 
 in its progress, and leaves serious results behind. 
 
 Symptoms. — A tingling, with dryness, and a sense of fulness in 
 the mucous membrane of the nose, are among the first indications of 
 an attack of fhis complaint. Sneezing is a common symptom. Soon, 
 pain is felt in the forehead, and breathing through the nose becomes 
 difficult. The eyes are red and watery, the throat is sore ; there is a 
 dry ccugh, hoarseness, thirst, general lassitude, chills, and a desire to 
 get npar the fire. The mucous membrane of the nose, throat, wind- 
 pipe, and breathing tubes, is inflamed, red, swollen, and sometimes 
 painful. 
 
 In a short time, water begins to run from the nose and eyes, and 
 
206 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 the cough becomes a little more moist. There is also a slight dis- 
 charge from the throat and tubes, which gradually increases, and, at 
 length, as the disease declines, and becomes less acute, the expectora- 
 tion is thick and yellow. 
 
 Aching of the back and limbs, thirst, loss of appetite, flashes of 
 heat, and chills whenever the patient is exposed to air a little cooler 
 than he is accustomed to, are almost constant attendants upon the 
 disease. 
 
 Causes. — It is not always easy to say what the causes of this com- 
 plaint are. Frequently, it can be traced to an improper exposure to 
 cold or dampness ; but in a great majority of cases, especially when 
 it takes the form of influenza, the causes are not obvious. They 
 probably exist in some peculiar states of the atmosphere, and in a 
 depression of the nervous system. 
 
 The influence upon disease of the differerit degrees of density in 
 the air which surrounds us, and of other circumstances affecting it, 
 have not been much studied. Some valuable facts will be drawn 
 from this source before many years. The putting upon the body, or 
 taking from it, several tons of pressure every time the barometer rises 
 or falls, must have, of itself, no small influence upon its health. The 
 comparatively new science of Physical Geography, by spreading be- 
 fore us its interesting facts in regard to temperature, storms, atmos- 
 pheric currents, etc., is opening the way for the physician to learn a 
 great deal more about the causes of disease than he now knows. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, only the most simple treatment is re- 
 quired, — such as remaining in the house for a few days, soaking the 
 feet in warm water, taking a gentle sweat, drinking warm infusions 
 of flax-seed, mullein, slippery elm, or warm lemonade, and taking 
 only a spare vegetable diet. If the bowels be costive, some gentle 
 physic (34) (41) may be used. A laxative drink (132) will likewise 
 be useful. 
 
 When the attack is more severe, sweating must be induced by de- 
 cisive measures. This may be effected by the spirit vapor bath, or 
 by putting the patient in bed, putting bottles of hot water to the feet 
 and sides, and administering warm drinks, and the compound tinc- 
 ture of Virginia snake root. Five drops every hour of the tincture 
 of veratrum viride, will often cause very free perspiration, and will 
 reduce the inflammation upon the mucous surface. 
 
 An emetic is sometimes very useful. To produce vomiting, use 
 the powder of ipecac, ten to twenty grains, or the compound tincture 
 of lobelia. 
 
 It soothes the inflamed mucous surfaces very much to inhale the 
 vapor from half a pint of hot water, with five drops of tincture of 
 veratrum viride, or the same amount of the tincture of aconite root. 
 
 If the cough is severe, use the preparations recommended under 
 bronchitis and consumption. 
 
 In the latter stages of the disease, if there be debility, — as there 
 generally is, — quinia, iron, nux vomica, etc. (75), should be taken ; or, 
 to support the nervous system, the extracts of scullcap, and boneset. 
 
DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 207 
 
 and the sulphate of quinia (81) will be found useful. At this stage 
 of the complaint, the diet should be more liberal and nourishing. 
 
 The patient should not venture into the open air, until the unpleas- 
 ant sense of chilliness, peculiar to the disease, ceases to be produced 
 by exposure. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Epiglottis. 
 
 This is the disease by which our country lost its most loved and 
 distinguished citizen, George Washington. This complaint was not 
 understood at the time of his deaih, — the intelligent physicians who 
 attended him, supposing it to be inflammation of the windpipe. From 
 their very clear description of the symptoms, we now know it to have 
 been an acute inflammation of the epiglottis and glottis. 
 
 From the rapid inflammation of the epiglottis, water is effused into 
 this cartilage, so as to puff it up, and prevent it from shutting down 
 in the a^t of swallowing. The lips of the glottis are swollen from the 
 same cause, and brought so near to each other that air passes through 
 to the lungs with great difficulty, and unless relief is soon obtained, 
 the patient is strangled. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins with a severe chill, accompanied 
 with some pain, and a sense of stricture or tightness in the upper 
 and fore part of the throat. There is cough, with difficult and some- 
 times painful swallowing. These symptoms are soon followed by 
 quick and laborious breathing. Speaking aloud is from the first diffi- 
 cult, and soon becomes impossible. As the complaint runs its rapid 
 course, the breathing grows more difficult, and death soon results 
 from complete strangulation. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply immediately to the parts, a strong solution of 
 nitrate of silver. The solution should be of the strength of ninety 
 to one hundred and twenty grains to the ounce of soft water. It 
 should be applied every hour or two till the feeling of suffocation sub- 
 sides, and should be done with the laryngeal shower syringe, though 
 if this is not at hand, the sponge probang may be used. 
 
 While this local treatment is being employed, liberal doses, from 
 five to twenty drops of tincture of veratrum viride should be given 
 every hour, watching the effect, and discontinuing when the pulse 
 sinks too low. 
 
 Hot fomentations applied externally, and filling the room with 
 steam, as recommended in cases of croup, would be useful. 
 
 Mumps. — Parotitis. 
 
 This disease appears most often among children ; but as it is not 
 confined to them, I have not placed it among their complaints. 
 
 Symptoms. — It begins with soreness and stiffness in the side of the 
 neck. Soon a swelling of the parotid gland takes place, which is 
 painful, and continues to increase for four or five days, sometimes 
 

 
 208 
 
 DISEASES OF THE THROAT. 
 
 becoming very large, and making it difficult to swallow, or open the 
 mouth to receive food. After the fourth or fifth day the swelling 
 subsides, and disappears in from seven to ten days. 
 
 Both glands generally swell about the same time, but sometimes 
 the swelling appears in one only after it has subsided in the other, 
 and occasionally the swelling is wholly confined to one side. 
 
 When the swelling is great, there is heat, and sometimes fever, with 
 dry skin, quick pulse, furred tongue, constipated bowels, and scanty 
 and high-colored urine. 
 
 The affection is sometimes translated, as we say ; that is, in fe- 
 males, the breasts swell, and in males, the testicles become swollen 
 and painful. This accident generally happens in consequence of tak- 
 ing cold from some imprudence. 
 
 The disease is contagious ; that is, it is communicated from one 
 person to another. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, very little treatment is required. Keep- 
 ing the face and neck warm, avoiding exposure to cold and damp, 
 drinking warm infusions of balm, spearmint, or sage, and taking oc- 
 casionally, if there be some severity of symptoms, four to six grains 
 of Dover's powder ; or the compound powder of jalap, if there be 
 costiveness, is about all that is required. The diet should consist of 
 rye hasty pudding, or brown bread and sweetened water. 
 
 If the case be severe, and other glands swell, physic must be freely 
 used, leeches must be applied, and cooling lotions, or poultices. 
 Sweating must also be induced by the compound tincture of Ver- 
 ginia snake root, or by a vapor bath. 
 
DISEASES OE THE CHEST. 
 
 Consumption. — Phthisis. 
 
 At the head of the diseases of our climate stands Consumption,— 
 at their head both as it respects prevalence and fatality. Small pox, 
 yellow fever, and cholera, are terrible in their visitations ; but what 
 are all their aggregated slaughters compared with the ceaseless, silent 
 march of this fell disease, which steals away in their fresh prime the 
 brightest and the best ? 
 
 Boston, from its population of 160,000, loses by consumption about 
 fifteen per week, sixty-five per month, or about seven hundred and 
 eighty per annum. An equal mortality from any disease not often 
 among us, would send our citizens in terror to the country, and cause 
 the stoutest hearts to feel that " in the midst of life we are in death." 
 Massachusetts loses about 6000 per annum ; New England, not less 
 than 20,000 ; and with the State of New York added, the victims of 
 this single disease swell to 40,000 a year ! What an army ! Picked 
 from the choicest ! All sundered from life untimely, and leaving 
 more blight and sorrow behind than would perhaps twice or thrice 
 the number whom any other pestilence would have selected. The 
 magnitude of the evil places the question of the remedy before all 
 others that pertain to the healing art. 
 
 Methods of Examining the Chest. — Before speaking further of con- 
 sumption, I propose to do what has never been done, namely, to 
 instruct the general reader, very briefly, in the method of examining 
 the chest to learn the existence of disease. Perhaps this will be con- 
 sidered a departure, in some slight degree, from my purpose to make 
 this entire book intelligible to the general reader. If so, my reply is, 
 that there are many school teachers, mechanics, masters of vessels, 
 and farmers, who have inquiring minds, and sagacity enough to learn 
 the physical signs of chest disease, and to make them, in many cases, 
 practically useful ; and that even readers of little reflection cannot 
 fail to comprehend a portion of my explanations. 
 
 Position of the Patient. — In performing percussion upon the front 
 of the chest, the patient should be required to sit in a square position, 
 with the arms hooked over the corners of the back of the chair, and 
 the head thrown a little back. 
 
 27 
 
210 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Instrument with which to Thump. — The index and middle fingers 
 of the right hand are to be brought together, into a line, and used as 
 the percussing instrument. The blow given with these is to be smart 
 and quicks rather than heavy. 
 
 Medium to Thump Upon. — Either the index or middle finger of 
 the left hand is to be pressed firmly upon the surface of the chest to 
 be percussed or struck, and thus used as a pleximiter. 
 
 Auscultation. — Listening for the purpose of hearing within the 
 chest the sounds produced by breathing, talking, coughing, etc., is 
 called auscultation. 
 
 Instruments with which to Listen. — The naked ear is generally 
 considsred best for hearing low and delicate sounds ; but for hearing 
 loud and rough ones, it is not so good as the stethoscope, repre- 
 sented by Fig. 87. A. still better instrument is the double-eared steth- 
 oscope, Fig. 88. It magnifies the sounds very much, and is apt to 
 confuse an examiner not accustomed to it ; but when the ear is once 
 familiar with it, the aid it affords is very valuable. 
 
 Fig. 87 
 
 Fig. 88. 
 
 The examiner should pass from side to side, continually comparing 
 the sounds upon one side, with those upon the other. 
 
 The patient must be calm, and the examiner in no hurry. 
 
 Healthy Sounds. — To become skilful either in percussion or aus- 
 cultation, the examiner's ear must first be trained to healthy sounds. 
 
 These are best heard in the child, in whom they are louder than in 
 the adult. 
 
 In describing the healthy sounds in the different regions of the 
 chest, I shall refer the reader constantly to Figs. 89 and 90. 
 
 Clavicular Region. — This, in Fig. 89, is represented by 1, 1. Upon 
 thumping upon the collar-bones, the sound given out at the breast- 
 bone end should be very clear ; less clear in the middle ; and dull at 
 the shoulder end. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 211 
 
 Subclavian Region. — This is represented by 2, 2, and lies between 
 the collar-bone and the fourth rib, on both sides. It covers a consid- 
 erable portion of the upper lobe of the lungs. The sound upon strik- 
 ing this space should be very clear. 
 
 rio.it 
 
 FIO-S9. 
 
 The Mammary Region, represented by 3, 3, extends from the fourth 
 to the seventh rib, on each side. In the upper part of this region, the 
 healthy sound is clear ; but at the bottom of it, on the right, the 
 sound is deadened by the liver ; on the left, by the heart. 
 
 The Infra-Mammary Region, 4, 4, lies between the seventh rib and 
 the edge of the cartilages of the false ribs. On the right side, the 
 liver makes the sound dull ; but under the left side lies the stomach, 
 which is hollow, and the sound is generally quite loud. 
 
 In the Sternal Region, 5, 6, 7, which covers the breast-bone, the 
 sound is generally clear. 
 
 The Axillary Region, 8, 8, is in the arm-pits. In this the sound 
 should be clear. 
 
 The Lateral Region, 9, 9, is immediately below the above, and 
 yields, likewise, a clear sound. 
 
 The Lower Lateral Region, gives a dull sound on the right side, and 
 on the left a very hollow one. 
 
 Fig. 90 represents the back part of the chest. In looking at this, 
 we see the 
 
 Acromial Region, represented by 11, 11. In this space the sound 
 is dull, but it has not much meaning. 
 
 The Scapular Region, 12, 12, covers the part occupied by the shoul- 
 der-blades. It gives rather a dead sound. 
 
The Infra-Scapular Region, 13, 13, lies between the shoulder-blades, 
 on each side of the back bone. If the patient's arms are crossed, and 
 the head bent forward, a clear sound will "be obtained. 
 
 The Dorsal Region, 14, 14, covers the base of the lungs, and, in 
 health, gives a clear sound. 
 
 Observation. — If, now, on thumping upon the chest, we find a dull, 
 dead sound in any spot where a clear one ought to be yielded, we are 
 to conclude that underneath there is not the usual quantity of air; 
 but we cannot tell merely by percussing, whether tubercles are depos- 
 ited there, or the lung has become solid by inflammation, or water 
 has been poured out into the cavity of the pleura. This point must 
 be determined by auscultation, etc., to be explained gradually as we 
 go along. 
 
 Auscultation of Breathing. — On applying the ear or the stetho- 
 scope to the chest, two sounds are heard which immediately succeed 
 each other, — the louder is produced by the ingoing breath, or inspira- 
 tion ; the weaker by the outgoing breath, or expiration. These sounds 
 will be further explained as we go along. 
 
 Auscultation of the Voice and Cough. — The chest of a healthy per- 
 son speaking, communicates to the ear no distinct sound, but only 
 a vibratory sensation, called, in technical language, the pectoral fre- 
 mitus. 
 
 Over the larynx and windpipe, the examiner may hear natural pec- 
 toriloquy ; between the shoulder blades, in the space corresponding to 
 the roots of the lungs, natural bronchophony. 
 
 Philosophy of Chest Sounds. — The fulness and clearness of sound 
 upon percussion, depends upon the amount of air in the chest. 
 
 The sounds called breathing murmurs^ are caused by the expansion 
 and contraction of the air-cells or vesicles, as the air passes in and 
 out ; hence they are called vesicular murmurs. 
 
 The friction of the air against the sides of the windpipe and large 
 bronchial tubes, causes the blowing sound heard in those parts. 
 
 In children a larger amount of air enters the lungs, and the air vesi- 
 cles are expanded with more force ; hence their breathing has a louder 
 sound, which is called puerile respiration. This kind of breathing, 
 heard in the grown person, is a sign of disease. 
 
 The lung tissue is a bad conductor of sound ; and the voice is ac- 
 cordingly heard only over those parts where large bronchial tubes are 
 near the surface ; heard elsewhere, it indicates disease. 
 
 Division of Consumption. — Consumption may be divided into two 
 kinds, the tubercular and the bronchial. The former has a constitu- 
 tional, the latter a local origin. 
 
 First Stage of Tubercular Consumption. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Dulness of sound on and under the collar-bones. 
 Inspiration shortened ; expiration augmented both in duration and 
 intensity. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 213 
 
 Occasionally a pulmonary, crumpling sound. Dry, crackling rat 
 ties. 
 
 The resounding of the voice increased at the top of the lungs. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A sense of weariness and languor. 
 
 Occasionally, slight, flying pains about the chest and shoulders. 
 
 A peculiar sensitiveness to the effects of cold. 
 
 Breathlessness on moving quick, or ascending a hill or stairs. 
 
 In many cases a blue lividity of the lips, and roots of the finger 
 nails, and coldness of the hands and feet. 
 
 Occasionally, in females, even at this early stage, a cessation of the 
 monthly turns. 
 
 Observations. — The formation of tubercles almost always begins 
 at the top of the lungs. Laennec and others thought they appeared 
 oftenest on the right side first ; Louis, Andral Watson, Sir James 
 Clarke, and others, believed they appeared more often on the left side. 
 Recent investigations show that they were all mistaken. Tubercles 
 appear first about as often upon one side as upon the other. 
 
 The pulmonary crumpling sound is caused by a mechanical ob- 
 struction to the expansion of the lungs. It is generally heard only 
 during the drawing in of the breath. The sound is like that pro- 
 duced by blowing upon very fine paper. 
 
 Second Stage. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Marked dulness of sound on the collar bones, and 
 extending below them. 
 
 Inspiratory murmur diminished in duration and intensity; expira- 
 tory murmur augmented in both. 
 
 In upper lobes of lungs, moist, crackling rattles, succeeded by mu- 
 cous rattles. Also bronchial respiration. 
 
 In lower lobes of lungs, puerile respiration. 
 
 Sounds of the heart heard under the collar bones. 
 
 Bronchophony heard in the same parts as bronchial respiration. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A quickened pulse ; slight fever towards 
 evening. 
 
 Great susceptibility to the effects of cold, and liability to take cold 
 easily. 
 
 Bowels generally costive. 
 
 The eye has a peculiar whiteness and lustre. 
 
 The skin and mouth become dry in the afternoon ; chills occur 
 about midday, followed by fever, during which the cheeks are flushed. 
 
 As the second stage advances to its cJose, a dry, burning heat 
 afflicts the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. 
 
 -Night-sweats occur at this time. 
 
 Observations. — A hollow, elastic body, containing air, gives, when 
 struck, a clear sound. The dulness of sound on percussing the chest, 
 arises from the absence of air in the air-cells, — these having been 
 pressed together, or obliterated by the deposit of a mass of tubercles. 
 
214 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 The destruction of these cells causes the cessation of the respiratory 
 murmur. 
 
 This stage of the disease is often accompanied by an inflammation 
 of the mucous membrane lining the air tubes. The air, pushing its 
 way through the mucous secretions in these tubes, forms bubbles, the 
 bursting of which causes the rattle. The crepitant rattle is produced 
 by inflammation around the tubercles. The moist, crackling rattle is 
 caused by the softening of the tubercles. 
 
 The lungs, rendered more solid by the deposit of tubercles, become 
 better conductors of sound ; and this causes the beating of the heart 
 to be heard as far off as under the collar bones. 
 
 Bronchial respiration gives the idea of air blown through a tube ; 
 cavernous respiration, of air passing into a large enclosed cavity. 
 
 Third Stage. 
 
 Physical Signs. — In this stage cavities are formed. If the cavities 
 be small, and considerable tuberculated lung surrounds them, the 
 sound, upon percussion, is still dull. 
 
 If the cavity be large, and near the surface, there is occasionally a 
 tympanitic sound. 
 
 Sometimes a sound is heard like striking a cracked pot. 
 
 Gurgling ; cavernous rattle ; cavernous breathing ; amphoric breath- 
 ing ; now and then, metalic tinkling ; pectoriloquy ; cavernous cough. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Great loss of flesh, and weakness ; diarrhoea 
 and night-sweats; swelling of the feet and legs; sore mouth; and rais- 
 ing of matter with specks of tubercle in it like crumbs of cheese. 
 
 Observations. — The gurgling rattle is caused by air displacing 
 liquids, and the formation and bursting of bubbles. It resembles the 
 sound produced by blowing through a tube immersed in soap-suds. 
 
 Cavernous breathing is nothing more nor less than the sound pro- 
 duced by air, breathed in and out, entering and retiring from a cavity. 
 The air appears, sometimes, to one listening with the stethoscope, as 
 if it were sucked into his ear during inspiration, and blown back 
 again during expiration. 
 
 Amphoric respiration is simply an augmentation of cavernous 
 breathing, and results, of course, from an increase of size in the 
 cavity. 
 
 In pectoriloquy, words uttered by the patient, seem to pass through 
 the stethoscope, into the ear of the listener. The cavity should be 
 empty, moderate in size, and have dense walls, in order to furnish 
 the best specimen of this sound. 
 
 Air suddenly driven backward through the windpipe, and out of the 
 mouth and nose, by smart raps upon the chest over a cavity, gives 
 the sound of the cracked pot. It is best heard when the patient's 
 mouth is partly open. The same sound is produced, on the same 
 principle, by locking the fingers of the two hands, and joining the 
 palms, so as to leave a small space or cavity between them, and then 
 expelling the air from that cavity, by gently striking the back of one 
 hand upon the knee. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 215 
 
 Causes of Consumption. — The human constitution as shown by 
 Liebig, in his profound work on Animal Chemistry, is governed by 
 two forces, the nervous and the vegetative. The former disposes the 
 particles composing the body to a state of motion ; the latter inclines 
 them to a position of rest. 
 
 In vegetative life there is motion in one direction only, so to speak; 
 that is, motion which tends to the opposite of motion, namely, rest 
 In vegetables, whose life is wholly under this power, there is no waste; 
 for here, all ultimate particles, having once taken a place of rest, 
 remain undisturbed. In a tree, a layer of matter once deposited, 
 always remains. Hence there is growth as long as the tree lives, 
 There is no power to break up and destroy. 
 
 But in the animal body there is motion in two directions, or a 
 circuit of motion. Particles which under the vegetative force have 
 been put to rest, are perpetually being displaced by the nervous energy, 
 and reduced to unorganized amorphous compounds, to be burned in 
 warming the system, or cast out by the several excretory processes. 
 
 So constant is the action of these two forces, that John Hunter 
 compared the human system to a whirlpool, into which the particles 
 of matter are perpetually poured, under the influence of the vegeta- 
 tive power, and out of which they are as constantly whirled by the 
 nervous force. 
 
 By a little reflection upon these antagonisms, the reader will see 
 that it is just when the vegetative force transcends the nervous, that 
 the body increases in weight, and acquires that state in which the 
 blood corpuscles abound, and the tendency, if to disease at all, is to 
 that of the inflammatory kind. It is the tonic condition of the sys- 
 tem. Nutrition is more rapid than destruction. New particles are 
 laid down faster than old ones are taken up. The body grows. 
 
 On the other hand, when the nervous force overmasters the vegeta- 
 tive, when the outward or centrifugal motion of the whirlpool prevails, 
 then it is that the body is attenuated, the blood thinned and made 
 serous, and the consumptive or atonic condition is established. Now, 
 there is too much motion. The nutritive particles, instead of tending - 
 to a state of deposit for the re-suppiy of waste matter, become fugi- 
 tive in their habits, perpetually fleeing, like convicts escaped from 
 prison. Introduce this power, in excess, into the vegetable kingdom, 
 and the matter deposited upon the tree, instead of remaining to swell 
 its bulk, would be driven oft' by the nervous force ; and the tree, in- 
 stead of growing, would be annually lessened, become sickly, and die 
 of consumption. 
 
 In Tubercular Consumption, the system is like a field deluged with 
 a flood : nothing can take root. The repeated shocks of the nervous 
 battery sent to the absorbents so quicken them in their work of re- 
 moving waste matter, that they dislodge much which is not yet worn 
 out, and assist in casting out of the system not a little designed to be 
 used in its renewal. A healthy deposit is thus prevented, and nutri- 
 tion is at an end. The nutritive arteries, those little builders of the 
 human frame, are overmastered by the stimulated lymphatics ; the 
 constructive material is wrested from them, and borne beyond their 
 
216 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 reach, and the body wastes from want of nourishment. The blood 
 becomes thin and watery ; and from the increased serous portion, 
 chiefly albumen, are depoited upon the lungs and other tissues the 
 albuminous tumors called tubercles. 
 
 Here is found the cause of that peculiar smallness of bone and 
 muscle, and thinness and tallness of person, so peculiar to consump- 
 tives. The absorbents, under the power of a very active nervous 
 system, take down " the house we live in " faster than the nutritivo 
 arteries, confused by the motion around them, can effect its recon- 
 struction. It is simply an unbalancing of the antagonistic forces, 
 which build and pull down our earthly tenement. The men that de- 
 molish are more numerous and better fed than the artisan builders. 
 
 It is this destructively nervous force which gives to consumptive 
 persons their proverbial mental activity; which causes them often to 
 dazzle the world with the splendor of their gifts, and to bless their 
 friends with the warmth of their affections. They are usually the 
 choice spirits, the idols of their relatives, and the favorites of the com- 
 munity in which they live. Their mental movements, and the exer- 
 cise of their affections, are characterized by brilliancy and warmth. 
 Of all persons, they are best fitted to enjoy life, and to impart happi- 
 ness. Loving all, they are by all loved in return. They are speci- 
 mens of partially etherealized humanity, stepping lightly across the 
 earth, to whom friends passionately stretch out their arms, and em- 
 brace — their shadows ! 
 
 These views will appear the more reasonable, if we consider that 
 in children the vegetative power is very active, while the nervous 
 energy is comparatively weak. The preponderance of the former 
 over the latter causes the rapid growth of children. The little arteria? 
 builders work faster than the lymphatic demolishers. This explains 
 why so few children die of consumption. 
 
 But from the age of seventeen to thirty-five, when the vegetative 
 power is losing something of its extraordinary activity, and the nerv- 
 ous force is showing its highest capabilities, — then it is, as this 
 theory indicates, that tubercular consumption does its dreadful work, 
 — then, that the outward whirl of this physiological Maelstrom casts 
 upon the shores of mortality so many thinned, exhausted, and lifeless 
 human forms. More than three fourths of all who sink under this 
 disorder die between the ages just named. The brain, between these 
 points of time, acquires its full size and force. 
 
 This disease prevails most, too, in those countries where an enlight- 
 ened civilization gives to the nervous system its fullest development, 
 as in Great Britain, France, and the United States, and in those 
 where the nutritive process is most retarded by a relaxing climate ; 
 and it is carcely known among those people who are but little en- 
 lightened and have small brains, and among those who live in high 
 and invigorating latitudes. As the most enlightened, however, are 
 generally found in temperate climates, and those with the least culti- 
 vated brains in low latitudes, the rule is not perfectly explained by 
 facts ; yet it shows itself sufficiently to establish its validity, and to 
 afford another proof of my theory. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 217 
 
 Bronchial Consumption. 
 
 The persons exposed to bronchial consumption are generally of an 
 opposite habit to those described above, — having the nervous force, 
 in health, well subordinated to the vegetative, the assimilation good, 
 and the blood well supplied with red globules. They have usually a 
 full habit and an active circulation. The absorbents, and other ves- 
 sels in the lungs, working in the midst of a large amount of caloric 
 evolved by an energetic respiration, often take cold, which brings on 
 lung fever and pleurisy, and these lay the foundation for the ultimate 
 destruction of the lungs. For the same reason, the skin of this class 
 of persons becomes diseased, and more often the inner skin, or mu- 
 cous membrane, and most often that portion of mucous membrane 
 which goes down into the lungs and lines the air tubes. It is inflam- 
 mation of this which constitutes bronchitis, and which lays the foun- 
 dation for true bronchial consumption. 
 
 As that class of persons who are exposed to the tubercular form of 
 the disease suffer a general loss of carburetted hydrogen in its several 
 forms, colliquative diarrhoea, sweats, increased breathing, and all con- 
 ditions that carry fat out of the system, so those who suffer from 
 attacks of the bronchial type of the disorder are generally afflicted 
 with the opposite condition. They have too much carbon. 
 
 It is well ascertained that carburetted hydrogen, accumulated in 
 the system, acts as a poison. And that class of bilious persons who 
 are subject to this disease often have their excretions badly performed. 
 For this reason, carbonaceous compounds accumulate in the system, 
 and give rise to the symptoms of morbid poison circulating in the 
 blood. This led Dr. Madden to suspect the presence of such poison 
 in the blood of all consumptive persons. He saw the evidence of it 
 in numerous cases, and not distinguishing the one class from the 
 other, he inferred its presence in all. 
 
 Constitutional Difference. 
 
 The constitutional difference between the two forms of consump- 
 tion appears to be this : the tubercular type is usually attended, in its 
 origin, by a tolerably good state of the digestive function, in connec- 
 tion with bad assimilation ; while the bronchial form generally has 
 its foundation laid in connection with bad digestion, accompanied 
 with healthful assimilation. In the former case, the food is well di- 
 gested, the pabulum is properly prepared, but the nutritive arteries do 
 not use it for renewing the tissues. In the latter case, the digestion 
 is bad, the pabulum poorly elaborated ; but the re-constructive vessels, 
 under the control of a well-developed system of organic nerves, use 
 it to the best advantage. In the one case there are good brick-maArers, 
 and lazy hxick-layers ; in the other, the reverse. 
 
 It happens, however, that before the fatal close of the disease, tu- 
 bercular patients usually become afflicted, more or less, with bad 
 digestion, and bronchial patients with defective assimilation ; so that, 
 
218 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 in the end, they present us with much the same class of symptoms. 
 Starting from opposite poles in life's celestial sphere, they meet at 
 the culminating point of death, and disappear under identical aspects 
 of the heavens. 
 
 Exciting Causes of Tubercular Consumption. 
 
 The preponderance of the nervous force being the state which pre- 
 disposes to disease, whatever unduly excites the nervous energy in- 
 vites an attack. 
 
 These causes relate, mostly, to the prolonged exercise of the intellect, 
 the passions, and the sentiments. 
 
 Few are aware of the mischief done by excessive stimulation of 
 the mind during the most active period of life, — especially if the 
 muscular system be left half developed. Here is where ambitious 
 students commit great errors. 
 
 The constant plying of the mental powers, in the present modes of 
 educating children, leads to a dreadful abridgment of human life. 
 Better to train the bodily powers first, and let the mental culture 
 come in later time. He who would build a lasting structure must 
 lay a solid foundation. 
 
 The age in which we live abounds in the causes of excitement. The 
 world is trembling with excess of mental life. The pine trees burned 
 by the steam engine are scarcely more numerous than the human 
 constitutions consumed by the train of thought it has set on fire. 
 
 Nor are the passions and sentiments less exercised, or less destruc- 
 tive. 
 
 Briefly, the causes of consumption embrace all those things which 
 bring a destructive force against the digestive and assimilative func- 
 tions, as insufficient and improper food, debaucheries, night-watches, 
 sedentary habits, anxiety of mind, etc.; and those which act injuri- 
 ously upon the breathing organs, as impure air, inflammation of the 
 lungs, pleurisy, measles, hooping cough, etc. ; and such as disturb the 
 sweating process, as insufficient clothing, sudden changes of temper- 
 ature, sleeping in damp sheets, etc. These exalt the nervous force, 
 or depress the vegetative, or inflame the mucous lining of the air 
 tubes, or the substance of the lungs, or the membranous sack which 
 encloses them, so as to induce one form or other of consumption on 
 the principles I have explained. 
 
 Can Consumption be Cured ? — In many cases it can. It may be 
 cured, first, by the absorption of the tubercles. The celebrated John 
 Hunter shows, in his work on the blood, that the absorbent vessels 
 have a sort of elective affinity, by which they take up and remove " all 
 adventitious new matter, as tumors," (tubercles are albuminous tu- 
 mors,) more easily " than those parts which were originally formed." 
 Were this not so, an activity in these vessels equal to the removal of 
 tubercles, would cause them to waste all the tissues, and aggravate 
 rather than cure consumption. Probably this does occur where 
 proper hygienic means are not used to quicken the excretions. This 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 219 
 
 hygienic treatment, to be spoken of hereafter, is not generally em- 
 ployed, — certainly not as effectually as it should be. Here is the 
 source of Laennec's fatal remark, so often quoted and so widely en- 
 dorsed, that " nature's efforts towards effecting a cure are injurious, 
 and those of art are useless." Laennec's position cannot be true, if 
 Hunter's statement is correct. If the absorbents, by an elective in- 
 stinct, take up adventitious matter rather than the natural tissues, 
 then the reason why they reverse this rule in consumption is, that by 
 a weakened state of the constitution, the ultimate particles are not 
 well put together, and are more easily taken apart than those of the 
 adventitious tubercular tumors ; and if we would restore these vessels 
 to their natural activity, we must improve assimilation, and knit the 
 unloving molecules into a firmer brotherhood. We must make the 
 flesh hard, so that the absorbents cannot pick it to pieces. Do this, 
 and "nature's efforts to effect a cure," will not "be injurious." 
 
 A second form of cure is the reestablishment of the assimilative 
 function, the building up of the general health, the arresting of the 
 tubercular deposit, the reducing of tubercles already formed to an in- 
 dolent state ; and then, by a strict observance of the laws of health, 
 keeping them in that condition through life. 
 
 A third mode of cure is the healing of the cavities after the tuber- 
 cles have softened, broken down, and been expelled in the form of 
 expectoration. 
 
 A fourth method of cure is a change of tubercles to calcareous mat- 
 ter. These calcareous tubercles, Laennec says, "are consequent to 
 tuberculous affections that have been cured." And Andral, at one 
 time, hoped to learn how to effect cures by changing tubercles to " the 
 calcareous phosphate." 
 
 I have had several cases of cure by this last method, and have 
 quite a collection of calcareous substances which my patients have 
 coughed up, — one of which was raised in my presence by a lady 
 who was a few years before in hopeless consumption, but is now in 
 good health. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be of two kinds, local and general. 
 
 The local treatment of consumption is by the inhalation of vapors 
 and powders into the lungs. It has been practised, more or less, by in- 
 dividuals, for many years, particularly in Europe ; but for some unac 
 countable reason, the profession generally have never used it, and do 
 not know much about it. I had the honor, some years ago, to bring 
 it freshly before the American public, in some articles written for 
 popular reading, since which time it has been rapidly gaining public 
 confidence, and is now attracting much attention. Conveying the 
 remedy directly to the diseased parts, it strikes the common-sense 
 mind as eminently reasonable and necessary. 
 
 I shall speak of inhalation, therefore, very earnestly, not as a pallia- 
 tive of consumption only, but as far more, as a remedy. After long 
 and patient use, my experience allows me to say, that I know it, in 
 many cases, to be such ; and knowing this, I should be criminal not 
 to presa it upon the public ; for it is the great multitude of sufferers,. 
 
220 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 pressing fast through the gate of death, who need to hear words of 
 hope. 
 
 Consumption a General Disease. — It is not denied that consump- 
 tion is a general disease, needing constitutional treatment ; but it has 
 also a local development in the lungs, first in the form of albuminous 
 tumors, called tubercles, and then, after the softening, breaking down, 
 and discharge of these, in the more formidable shape of ulcerous cav- 
 ities, which, beginning at the summit, devour the lungs down to the 
 base. Can it be reasonable to apply no remedy directly to this local 
 disease ? Not so does our profession deal with other local diseases. 
 To an inflamed skin we apply poultices, cold compresses, solu- 
 tions of acetate of lead, nitrate of silver, etc. ; to leprous or scaly 
 affections, sulphuret of potash, bichloride of mercury, zinc ointment, 
 nitrate of mercury ointment, sulphur, creosote, etc. ; to weak and 
 inflamed eyes, sulphate of copper, sulphate of zinc, nitrate of silver, 
 and opium ; to chronic ulcers upon the skin, tannin, pulverized 
 rhubarb, opium, or cinchona ; and to an inflamed throat, nitrate of 
 silver and other articles. These are but specimens of the thousand 
 cases in which we use local remedies. Why, then, when the mucous 
 membrane, which lines the air tubes, becomes inflamed through all its 
 branches, should we neglect, by the inhalation of medicated vapor, to 
 apply a remedy directly upon the whole inflamed surface ? Why, 
 when tubercular matter is beginning to be deposited upon the surface 
 of the air cells, and of the small bronchial tubes, should not the vapor 
 go right to those parts, and cause, as it would, the immediate expul- 
 sion of this offending and dangerous matter ? 
 
 Uneducated common sense sees the reasonableness of these sug- 
 gestions at a glance. Many a person, with pulmonary disease, dies 
 of suffocation, not because there is not muscular strength to expel 
 the matter which is strangling him, but because the lungs below the 
 large pellets of mucus, which plug up the bronchial tubes, cannot be 
 inflated, and have therefore no means of driving out the offending 
 substance. Yet a proper medicated vapor, drawn in with the breath, 
 would either dissolve the mucus, or rouse up the expiring membrane 
 to cast it off. 
 
 If the reader were to place one end of a stethoscope directly over 
 the disease upon the breast of a person in the third stage of consump- 
 tion, and should then, ask him to talk, the words spoken would seem 
 to rise up through the instrument, and enter, well articulated, into his 
 ear. This, in technical language, is called pectoriloquy, — a word 
 signifying chest-talking. It implies a cavity in the lung. If now the 
 patient be asked to cough, a gurgling and splashing sound will be 
 heard. This denotes that the cavity is partly filled with fluid, which 
 is dashed about by the air explosively driven through it by the portion 
 of lung below. Here we have an excavated ulcer, with all its filthy 
 contents, composed of pus, mucus, serum, and dissolved tubercles, 
 lying in it day and night to aggravate its unhealthy condition. What 
 more reasonable, what more necessary, 1han that a soothing, altera- 
 tive, or astringent vapor should be drawn into this cavity, to cause its 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 221 
 
 sides to heal, and its absorbents to remove this fluid ? A surgeon 
 who should permit an ulcer upon the surface of the body to remain 
 in that condition without a local dressing, would be deemed unfit to 
 practise his profession. 
 
 Both in tubercular disease and in simple bronchitis, the bronchial 
 tubes almost aways suffer some physical change. The mucous mem- 
 brane lining these tubes is generally softened. At other times the 
 tubes become enlarged through their whole length, so that many of 
 them, from the size of a quill, reach the bigness of the finger of a glove. 
 In still other cases, the straining produced by coughing causes a tube 
 to belly out at some point, forming a sack, which is generally filler 
 with mucus or purulent matter. At still other times, a tubercle will 
 press against a tube so as to flatten it and convert it into a musical 
 instrument, the air, as it is drawn laboriously through, producing a 
 high or low note, according to the size of the pipe. These physical 
 changes are all produced by causes which the inhalation of a suitable 
 vapor, at the proper time, would almost infallibly remove. How 
 strange that this remedy, — so simple, so effectual, so easily compre- 
 hended, — should have been so little used ! 
 
 Right at this vital point in the lungs, where the blood runs in a 
 ceaseless current, — where the whole of it goes every two minutes to 
 renew its vitality by contact with atmospheric air, — we have, in 
 thousands of cases daily occurring, inflammation with roughening 01 
 softening of membrane, with its consequent harsh breathing; we have 
 mucus, tough or glairy, to impede and interrupt respiration ; we have 
 tubercles in the hard or soft state, adding to the general embarrass- 
 ment, and not only lessening the vitality of the blood, but disturbing 
 all the sympathies of the system; — and yet the practice has been, 
 and is, to attack these central disturbers of life only through the cir- 
 cuitous path of the stomach, lacteals, etc. 
 
 Since 1849, my undivided attention has been given to the study 
 and application of this mode of treatment. This is two years in 
 advance of any other physician in this country. I have investigated 
 faithfully the effects of the various substances proposed for inhalation 
 by European physicians, and have explored a wide field of new rem- 
 edies, not before used, several of which have proved to have qualities 
 of great remedial power. 
 
 Thus much I have thought it proper to say in behalf of this mode 
 of treating consumption, the most successful yet employed, not be- 
 cause it needs defence, but because the great body of the profession 
 are ignorant of it, and what is worse, are indifferent. 
 
 The chief remedies I employ for inhalation are the following : 
 
 Alterative Inhalant, composed of iodine, six grains ; iodide of potas- 
 sium, twelve grains ; tincture of ipecac, one ounce ; tincture of bal- 
 sam of tolu, six drams ; ethereal tincture of conium, one and a half 
 drams ; alcohol, half a pint. These are to be mixed. The dose is 
 one to two teaspoonfuls, to be inhaled ten or fifteen minutes, in about 
 a gill of hot water. 
 
 The ethereal tincture of conium is made by keeping a dram of 
 powdered conium in one ounce of sulphuric ether a week. 
 
222 
 
 DISEASES OP THE CHEST. 
 
 The above inhalant is used in the tubercular forms of consumption, 
 particularly that of the scrofulous kind, and in many cases of bron- 
 chitis. 
 
 Expectorant Inhalant — Take pleurisy root, half an ounce ; squill, 
 one ounce ; ipecac, two drams ; black cohosh, two ounces ; queen's 
 : oot, one ounce and a half ; American hellebore, two drams ; diluted 
 alcohol, one pint. Grind the roots, etc., and add the alcohol. Let the 
 whc.e stand one week, shaking or stirring daily. Draw off and filter 
 through paper. Two teaspoonfuls make a dose, tc be inhcLd same 
 as preceding. 
 
 This is to be used when the cough is hard and ary, and tn^ expec- 
 toration difficult. It makes the raising easy, lessening the soreness 
 of the chest, and the harshness of the cough. 
 
 Soothing, Febrifuge Inhalants — Take belladonna leaves, half an 
 ounce ; black cohosh, two ounces ; American hellebore, half an ounce ; 
 poke root, two drams ; a ^onite loot, one ounce ; diluted alcohol, cne 
 pint. Grind the roots, etc. • add the alcohol. Let the whole stand 
 one week, stirring daily. Pom" oflj and filter through paper. Dose, 
 one to two teaspoonfuls, to be inhaled as the preceding. 
 
 This is excellent in all cases where the skin is hot, the pulse quick, 
 the tongue and mouth parched, the chest sore, and the system suffer- 
 ing during the whole or a part of each day, from a general feverish 
 condition. It is proper in all the forms of chest disease. 
 
 Astringent Inhalant. — Take of wild indigo, one ounce ; catechu, 
 half an ounce ; Peruvian bark, one ounce ; golden seal, one ounce : 
 diluted alcohol, one pint. Mix, and let the whole stand one wee^c, 
 stirring daily. Drain off, and filter through paper. Add two drams 
 of creosote. One to two teaspoonfuls to be inhaled as preceding. 
 
 This is to be used when the expectoration is profuse and easy, un- 
 attended by fever, either in the latter stages of chronic bronchitis, 
 when the mucous membrane of the tubes is in a relaxed condition, 
 or, in the third stage of tubercular disease, for the purpose of con- 
 stringing, cleansing, strengthening, and healing. 
 
 Antiseptic Inhalant — Take wild indigo, one ounce ; belladonna 
 leaves, half an ounce ; diluted alcohol, one pint. Mix, and let the 
 whole stand one week. Pour off, and filter through paper. Then 
 add solution of chloride of soda two ounces. Dose, one to two tea- 
 spoonfuls, to be inhaled as the preceding. 
 
 This is used in cases of gangrene of the lungs, generally distin- 
 guished by considerable expectoration having a very fetid smell. 
 
 Anti-Hemorrhagic Inhalant. — Take witch-hazel bark, two ounces ; 
 black cohosh, four ounces. Grind, and add one pint of diluted alco- 
 hol. Let the mixture stand one week, stirring daily. Pour off, and 
 filter through paper. Add to this two drams of creosote. Dose, one 
 to three teaspoonfuls, to be inhaled as preceding. 
 
 This is an excellent remedy for bleeding from the lungs. Whpn 
 there is a tendency to bleed, it should be used for a long time. It 
 may frequently take the place of No. 4, as an astringent inhalant. 
 
DI8EASES OF THI CHEST. 
 
 223 
 
 Object of Inhalants. — Being vaporized and inhaled, these articles 
 enter every air cell throughout the lungs. Their object is to soothe and 
 mollify inflamed mucous surfaces, to reduce enlarged bronchial glands 
 which press upon neighboring parts and cause bleeding, to stimulate 
 the absorbents to take up and remove tubercles, to dissolve tubercles 
 •ut of the pulmonary tissue, to cause ulcerous cavities to expel their 
 mattery contents, and to stimulate their sides to take on a healing 
 process. They should be used from three to six times a day, the in- 
 halation continuing from ten to fifteen minutes. 
 
 Other Inhalants. — Great numbers of other articles have been used, 
 which I have not space to describe. I will mention, however, that 
 the following are sometimes employed with advantage : 
 
 For an Expectorant Inhalant, take alcohol, four ounces ; tincture 
 of camphor, half an ounce ; tincture of tolu, two drams ; naphtha, 
 one dram ; benzoic acid, thirty grains ; oil of bitter almonds, four 
 drops. Mix. 
 
 For an Anodyne Inhalant, take alcohol, four ounces ; naphtha, one 
 dram ; benzoic acid, thirty grains ; chloroform, twenty-five drops ; 
 tincture of henbane, half an ounce. Mix. 
 
 For an Astringent Inhalant, take alcohol, four ounces ; naphtha, 
 one dram ; benzoic acid, thirty grains ; chloroform, one dram ; tannin, 
 eight grains. Mix. 
 
 Mode of Inhaling. — For inhaling these, a sponge is fitted into a 
 glass cup, to which a flexible tube is attached. A small quantity of 
 the mixture is poured upon the sponge, and the vapor arising, is 
 drawn into the lungs through the tube. 
 
 To the expectorant inhalant may be added, occasionally, half a 
 dram of nitric acid. 
 
 These latter formulas are the principal ones used by those who 
 practise what is called cold inhalation. 
 
 Medicated- Vapor Inhaler. — This instrument I have had constructed 
 of britannia (sometimes of silver) and glass. Some 
 have adopted the mode of inhaling from a sponge 
 held in the hand, which is an imperfect method ; 
 others, that of inhaling from a sponge fastened 
 upon the chest, which amounts to scarcely any in- 
 halation at all, as only a very small amount of the 
 vapor reaches the nostrils. It is, moreover, disa- 
 greeable to the wearer and to those around, and 
 must soon become extremely filthy. 
 
 Some use a glass bottle, with an India-rubber 
 tube ; but India-rubber soon becomes foul inter- 
 nally, and might produce disease. Avoid Inhalers 
 with India-rubber tubes. 
 
 The cut 91 represents the instrument I employ. 
 The tube, to which the mouth is applied, passes 
 through the cap, communicating with the air 
 above the fluid. When the air is drawn off, other air rushes into the 
 long tube to fill the vacuum, and breaking out at the bottom, set3 
 
 Fig. 91. 
 
224 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 the fluid in commotion, causing a medicated vapor to rise, which is 
 drawn into the lungs? 
 
 .Constitutional Treatment. — The rapid breathing in consumption, 
 creates too much oxydation of the blood,- — so much, '' -*t the muscles, 
 especially the heart, are usually of a bright red. To prevent the pa- 
 tient from being literally burned up by "oxygen, the blood must be 
 de-oxydated as fast as possible. 
 
 While there is too much of oxygen, there is, at the same time, a defi- 
 ciency of carbon. Hence the cold hands and feet, and the general 
 inability to bear frosty weather. The little nutritive arteries, in these 
 thin-blooded persons, stand shivering and torpid with cold, unable to 
 perform their allotted function of nutrition. There is not fire enough, 
 and fuel must be had in the form of carbon. Hence one of the ad- 
 vantages of cod liver oil. This oil, too, as carbon, devours the oxy- 
 gen of the blood, and prevents its destroying the patient. This idea 
 also explains the fact mentioned by Bennet and others, that in their 
 post-mortems, they found the evidences of healed ulcers in numerous 
 persons who had been spirit-drinkers while living. And Liebig helps 
 the explanation by saying that alcohol, taken into the system, circulates 
 in a free state in the blood, and devours its oxygen. To which I beg 
 to add, that the malaria of intermittent and bilious fever districts, has 
 been pretty satisfactorily proved to be an instable organic body, con- 
 sisting of sulphur, carbon, and hydrogen, all of which have an af- 
 finity for oxygen, and devour it in the system. Consumption is not 
 found in such districts. 
 
 As I am here treating of the chemical effects of remedies (and to 
 this test, most remedies must finally come), I will mention that tar- 
 trate of antimony and potassa arrests the circulation in the pulmonary 
 arteries, — which fact gives a complete and luminous view of its 
 power to prevent oxydation. But I am obliged to detract from its 
 merits, by stating that it also retards the circulation in the capillaries 
 of the system generally, and so hinders efe-oxydation. 
 
 Phosphorus. — There is an article which has more recently pre- 
 sented itself to the notice of the profession, to which I wish to invite 
 special attention. I refer to phosphorus. This agent, for a time, 
 challenged our notice in the shape of phosphate of lime ; but we could 
 never feel sure that this article was dissolved in the fluids of the body. 
 We now use, and with far more marked effect, the hypo-phosphites 
 of lime, soda, potash, and iron. These are used in the form of the 
 syrup of the hypo-phosphites. The dose is a teaspoonful before 
 each meal. The effect upon the tubercular disease is immediate and 
 gratifying. 
 
 Need of Phosphorus. — Cerebric acid contains nitrogen and phos- 
 phorus, and is the peculiar component of the brain and nervous sys- 
 tem. By combustion and the changes of oxydation in the brain, the 
 phosphorus of cerebric acid is converted into phosphoric acid ; so that 
 every act of the brain produces phosphoric acid. How rapid, then, 
 must be the consumption of the phosphoric element of the cerebric 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 225 
 
 acid, in that highly active and excitable state of the nervous system 
 which I have described as peculiar to consumption. And how neces- 
 sary in order to save the brain from destruction, to meet this increased 
 demand for phosphorus, by introducing it into the system. 
 
 Mulder regards the fibrin of the blood as the carrier of oxygen; and 
 by this oxydation, the fibrin becomes converted into the binoxide and 
 Tritoxide of proteine, — its phosphorus and sulphur (for it contains 
 both), being converted into phosphoric and sulphuric acids. Adding 
 phosphorus and sulphur, therefore, as medicinal agents, would seem 
 to be the proper way to supply the fibrin with materials destructive 
 of its freight of oxygen. 
 
 It is well known that the salts of phosphoric acid are essential for 
 the formation of azotic compounds, — compounds which are neces- 
 sary to sustain animal life. It should be remembered, too, as collat- 
 erally illustrating this fact, that the tribasic phosphates of potash, soda, 
 lime, and magnesia, play an important part in the growth and perfec- 
 tion of plants. They are always found in the seeds of the cerealia, and 
 no mature grains are produced where phosphates are absent from the 
 soil. For the production of abundant grain crops, it is necessary that 
 these salts should exist in the soil, or be applied to it in manures. 
 
 It is known, moreover, that in all chronic diseases distinguished by 
 wasting of the tissues, a much larger quantity of phosphates is ex- 
 creted by the kidneys, than in the normal state. Hence there is no 
 healthful growth ; and the human organism, like the soil, exhausted 
 of its phosphates by successive croppings, brings nothing to perfec- 
 tion, and needs to have its drained salts re-supplied. 
 
 I cannot but call attention here to the inorganic substances found 
 in healthy human blood. According to very careful analyses, by 
 Scmidt : 
 
 1000 parts of blood-corpuscles, contain : I 1000 parts of liquor sanguinis (serum and 
 
 fibrin), contain : 
 Chlorine, 1.686 1 Chlorine, ----- 3.664 
 
 Sulphuric Acid, - - - 0.066 
 
 Phosphoric Acid, - - - - 1.134 
 
 Potassium, - - - - 3.328 
 
 Sodium, ----- 1.052 
 
 Oxygen, 0.667 
 
 Phosphate of Lime, - - - 0.114 
 
 Phosphate of Magnesia, - - 0.073 
 
 Sulphuric Acid, - - - 0.115 
 
 Phosphoric Acid, - - - -0.191 
 
 Potassium, - - - - 0.323 
 
 Sodium, 3.341 
 
 Oxygen, - - - - - 0.403 
 
 Phosphate of Lime, - - -0.311 
 
 Phosphate of Magnesia, - - 0.221 
 
 Iron is omitted. Now, I venture the prediction, that out of these 
 figures, mainly, in connection with those which represent the constit- 
 uents of the saliva, the bile, the gastric juice, the pancreatic secretion, 
 and the organic compounds of the blood and tissues, are to be evolved 
 within a few years, a correct and partially demonstrative system of 
 medication. In consumption, all the inorganic bodies represented by 
 the above figures, with the exception of oxygen, are deficient in quan- 
 tity. By reflecting upon the proportions of these several bodies, par- 
 ticularly upon the large amount of chlorine and soda in the plasma, 
 and of potassium in the corpuscles, the mind can hardly fail to obtain 
 useful hints. I have not hesitated to make one of these hints the 
 
 29 
 
226 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 ground of a very free use of alkalies, 
 bathing. 
 
 particularly in the form of 
 
 Sugar of Milk. — There is one other medicinal article which I deem 
 worthy to be made prominent, and to be placed side by side with cod 
 liver oil and the hypo-phosphites. I refer to sugar of milk. It belongs 
 to that class of non-nitrogenized articles which Liebig has denominated 
 supporters of respiration. Its great affinity for oxygen is well worthy 
 to be taken into the account, in considering its value in consumption. 
 So great is this attraction, that with ammonia and other alkalies, it 
 has the power of reducing some of the metalic oxides. When taken 
 into the stomach, it is rapidly absorbed into the blood, which, being 
 an alkaline fluid, augments its great de-oxydating power to a consider- 
 able degree. It unites rapidly with oxygen after entering the blood, 
 forming carbonic acid and water. A part of it, however, does not 
 enter the blood in an uncompounded state, but is changed in the 
 stomach into lactic acid ; and this, in the blood, becomes an alkaline 
 lactate. But the portion thus changed, appears also very useful ; for 
 Lehmann says : " We know of no substances which could better act 
 in the blood as food for the respiration, than the alkaline lactates." 
 
 Corroborative of these views, is the fact that all those kinds of 
 milk, such as goat's, ass's, etc., which contain the largest amount of 
 sugar of milk, have at different times, and in various countries, ob- 
 tained a reputation for curing consumption. Goat's whey, in which 
 this article abounds, and from which it is largely manufactured, has 
 been celebrated for its virtues in this line. Ancel speaks of it as an 
 excellent remedy ; and Pereira says, " Sugar of milk, in consumptive 
 cases and chronic diseases of the digestive organs, is a most valuable 
 aliment." 
 
 One of the best forms of taking sugar of milk is that of a gruel r 
 which is quite palatable, and may be freely eaten by consumptive 
 persons. 
 
 The Cough. — The best article 1 have ever used for this, is the " Pul- 
 monic Cherry Cordial." 1 was five years in compounding this arti- 
 cle to suit me, and I believe it to be the very best cough preparation 
 ever made. Dose, from one to two teaspoonfuls. See page 710. 
 
 When a more quieting effect is needed, a little morphine may be 
 added to this preparation ; if a more expectorant influence is required, 
 add a few drops of the tincture of veratrum viride. For the great 
 majority of cases, it will be found to be right without any addition. 
 When this is not at hand, any of the preparations (108) (112) (109) 
 (113) (110), etc., may be used. 
 
 Night Sweats. — The very best preparation for these sweats, is a com- 
 pound of the oxide of zinc, one dram ; extract of conium, half a dram ; 
 to be made into twenty pills, of which one or two are to be taken 
 every night. The sponge bath also does much to check these sweats. 
 
 Diarrhoea. — This is a most exhausting symptom in the latter stages 
 of consumption. The only remedy which has much effect in control- 
 ling it, is the iris-nitrate of bismuth. This should be given in doses of 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 227 
 
 thirty grains immediately after, or at the time of each meaL These 
 doses are much larger than used to be given ; but they will do no 
 harm. Given to this extent, I find the bismuth very effectual. 
 
 Iron. — This preparation, in some of its forms (316) (73) (61) (84) 
 (102), is almost always needed in consumption. If the scrofulous 
 habit be strongly marked, give syrup of iodide of iron, in thirty-drop 
 doses, three times a day. It should be taken in a glass of water. 
 
 External Irritants. — These are needed where there is much inftV i- 
 mation and soreness of the chest. Blisters should very seldom oe 
 used. Croton oil, from two to half a dozen drops, rubbed over the 
 sore part, generally answers very well. Sometimes the mustard paste, 
 applied to the extent of producing redness, two or three times a week 
 is sufficient. Nitric acid, reduced with water to a strength a little 
 above the strongest vinegar, answers a good purpose for keeping up 
 an irritation. 
 
 Atmospheric Inhalation. — It has been said by Laennec and others, 
 that asthma has sometimes the effect of arresting tubercular con- 
 sumption. Dr. Ramadge thought this was effected by an expansion 
 of the vesicular structure of the lungs ; and he reasoned that the 
 same expansion by mechanical means, would secure a similar end. 
 To effect this, he made his patients take long breaths through a tube 
 constructed for the purpose. 
 
 It is manifest that the philosophy of atmospheric inhalation was 
 not understood by Dr. Ramadge, nor has it been by any of his fol- 
 lowers in this country. 
 
 Rokitansky thinks the tubercular habit depends upon the excess of 
 fibrin in the blood ; and says that the reason of consumption being 
 arrested by pregnancy is, that this condition offers a mechanical ob- 
 stacle to the transmission of blood through the lungs, — thus prevent- 
 ing its excessive oxydation, and keeping it in a venous state. This 
 destroys the fibrinous condition, on which he thinks tuberculosis 
 depends. 
 
 Now this is precisely what is done by atmospheric inhalation. The 
 trachea divides on its entrance into the lungs, into two branches, which 
 again divide and subdivide until the tubes become smaller than can 
 be seen, each terminating in a minute air-cell. Over this entire sur- 
 face the air is intended to be brought into communication with the 
 blood for the purpose of oxydati ng it. By forcible inhalation, the air 
 vesicles are inflated to the extent of their capacity, by which means 
 the extreme branches of the pulmonary arteries are so flattened be- 
 tween these extended cells, as to be able to convey but a small 
 amount of blood, and but little is oxydated. This furnishes a me- 
 chanical obstruction to the transmission of the blood, and secures tho 
 defibrination of which Rokitansky speaks. 
 
 This is my view of the philosphy of atmospheric inhalation. The 
 benefit results, not from a larger amount of oxydation, as is gener- 
 ally supposed, but from a smaller. Asthma does the same thing by 
 producing spasmodic contraction of the extreme bronchial tubes,"and 
 preventing air from entering the cells. 
 
228 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 The same end is gained in part by certain kinds of employment, as 
 glass-blowing, playing upon wind instruments, and the like. Writers 
 of distinction mention cases of recovery from incipient consumption 
 by a vigorous use of the lungs in singing. Dentists subject their 
 lungs to a similar process of expansion in the use of the blow-pipe ; 
 the writer has known several instances in that profession, in which 
 recoveries have taken place. 
 
 The Conclusion to which I come is, that atmospheric inhalation 
 may be used with great advantage in some cases, but should never be 
 resorted to except under the direction of a competent physician. In 
 a congested state of the lungs, with hemorrhagic tendencies, or with 
 inflammation and soreness, it is well fitted to produce fatal bleeding, 
 and is of course dangerous. 
 
 External Use of Water. — As a relaxation from severe exertions, 
 the ancients had frequent recourse to bathing. Those who contended 
 in the race, throwing the javelin, and wrestling, at Rome, plunged 
 into the Tiber while warm and panting with their efforts. That this 
 promoted prowess and physical endurance, none can doubt. 
 
 Louis, the great French authority on pulmonary diseases, lays 
 down several rules to be observed by consumptive patients, and par- 
 ticularly mentions cold bathing. 
 
 Few things give tone to the capillaries of the skin like cold water, 
 systematically applied. It rallies the powers of the constitution, and 
 improves assimilation. And by it another object is gained of scarcely 
 A ess importance, — that of guarding the system against taking cold. 
 Those in the daily habit of applying cold water to the whole person, 
 seldom suffer from colds and catarrhs ; and they generally become 
 hardened so as to endure the assaults of the elements. 
 
 Consumptive persons should generally use the sponge bath, with 
 cold water, if it can be endured, otherwise the tepid bath, to be fol- 
 lowed, in all cases with brisk rubbing, with a coarse towel. If a sense 
 of chilliness and discomfort follows the bath, a large portion of the 
 water must be squeezed from the sponge, so as to use but very little, 
 and the washing must be speedy, and the rubbing more lively than 
 usual, — beginning with tepid water, and gradually lowering the tem- 
 perature, till it can be borne cold. A large teaspoonful of saleratus 
 to each quart of water should be used. 
 
 Diet. 
 
 The diet, like all other parts of the treatment, must have reference 
 to the present condition of the patient. If the disease take the bron- 
 chial form, and rapid breathing, and other conditions calculated to 
 carry fat out of the system have not yet supervented ; or if the patient 
 have thirst and hectic, the diet must be spare and simple, — consist- 
 ing chiefly of milk and farinaceous substances. 
 
 But in all cases where the disease is tubercular, or, being bronchial, 
 has reached the stage of emaciation, the very earliest moment at 
 which the fever can be subdued, should be improved to build up the 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 229 
 
 patient with a generous diet. I have seen cases where the stuffing 
 sometimes resorted to for fattening turkies for Thanksgiving, would 
 seem to be almost justifiable. A good rule is to give the most gener- 
 ous diet that can be taken without disturbing the stomach, or increas- 
 ing the feverish symptoms. Animal food, with a good quantity of 
 salt, should be freely taken. Fat meats, if well received by the stom- 
 ach (and they generally are if taken cold), are particularly usefuL 
 The same is true of sweet butter and cream. 
 
 Out-Door Exercise. — "Without exercise, as a general thing, the con- 
 sumptive patient will die. Exercise involves muscular exertion, 
 which is attended by the tension, compression, and greater compact- 
 ness of the muscles used. This compression of the muscles within 
 the sheaths (fasciae) which enclose them, sends out their blood, and 
 pushes it forward towards the surface. Reaching the extremities of 
 the arteries, the blood passes through capillary tubes, almost incon- 
 ceivably fine, into the capillary veins of similar fineness, whence it 
 flows through larger and larger veins back to the heart. At the mo- 
 ment of its passage from the capillary arteries to the capillary veins, 
 it ceases to be red or arterial, and becomes purple or venous blood. 
 The oxygen in the arterial and the carbon in the venous blood unite, 
 forming a literal combustion, just such as we produce in our stoves 
 and grates by bringing together the carbon of the wood and the oxy- 
 gen of the atmosphere. By this combustion our bodies are warmed, 
 and the little secreting, exhalant, and other vessels, are raised to a 
 temperature that enables them to work. 
 
 Every muscular contraction and compression helps push along the 
 venous blood in larger quantities to the right auricle of the heart, 
 which, receiving a fuller supply of its natural stimulus, contracts more 
 energetically, forcing the fluid into the right ventricle. From thence 
 it is expelled with increased energy likewise along its only pathway, 
 the pulmonary artery, into the lungs. Rushing in here in greater 
 volume than natural, a demand is made for deeper inspirations of 
 air to vitalize and fit it for its descent by the pulmonary vein, to the 
 left auricle. Coming here also as the natural stimulus, in larger 
 quantities than usual, it gives increased energy to its own propulsion 
 into the left ventricle, from whence it is driven out through the arte- 
 ries to all parts of the system, by the powerful strokes of that strong 
 muscle. 
 
 Thus it goes its round, urged on by exercise, parting with its oxy- 
 gen more and more freely in the capillaries, giving more activity to 
 the vessels of the skin and other tissues, increasing the depth and 
 strength of breathing by carrying more venous blood to the lungs ; 
 improving the digestion, carrying a better elaborated pabulum to the 
 nutrient arteries, and causing them to work it up more diligently in 
 renewing the tissues. 
 
 Nor is this all. Every wrench of a muscle forces some old, worn 
 out particles from their places, allowing none to remain except such 
 as are firm, and able to bear the brunt of exertion. The flesh of those 
 who exercise much becomes hard and enduring. 
 
230 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 I say then to the consumptive, if you would live and not die, 
 exercise, exercise, exercise. It is the first, second, and third thing. 
 If you ask for the modes of exercise, I say take it on foot, out of 
 door, every day, to the extent of a small amount of fatigue. Don't 
 be frightened by a single cloud, or even by a cohort of them. You 
 have as good a right to be out as the clouds ; and they will not look 
 more angry, but rather more agreeable from finding you abroad in 
 their company. The elements of nature are at war with organic life. 
 Against them the vital principle has to maintain a perpetual struggle; 
 and he who loses the power to meet and gain the victory over them 
 by out-door exercise, is beginning to die. 
 
 Go abroad, therefore, often. Try it again and again. Extend 
 your walk a little every day. Stretch it out to the distant fields. 
 Gather flowers from the top of the hills and from the bosom of the 
 vallies, and bring them home as trophies of your victory. 
 
 If not able to begin with walking, ride as often as possible in a 
 carriage. The jolting of a vehicle will jog the blood along much 
 better than no exercise. 
 
 Horseback riding is still better. It combines, in some measure, the 
 passive exercise of carriage riding, with the active exertion of walk- 
 ing on foot. 
 
 Numerous other modes of exercise may be resorted to with advan- 
 tages. Dumb-bells, adapted in size to the strength of the patient, and 
 used with caution, are highly serviceable. The battledoor, the foot- 
 ball, jumping the rope, pitching quoits, and the athletic sports of the 
 gymnasium, all have their appropriate place. The greater the variety 
 the better, as by it all parts of the system are brought into play, and 
 both the mind and tha muscles get the change which they need. 
 
 It is hard to impress patients with the importance of this subject. 
 Say what you will, they somehow or other get the idea that a mod- 
 erate amount of exercise, taken when they feel like it, is all that is 
 required. Fatal mistake ! Whatever the physician may do, the pa- 
 tient has a great deal to do for himself. He must strive to develop 
 his physical powers to the utmost. He must train himself as runners 
 and fighters do when preparing for their surprising feats ; for he is 
 running against the swiftest disease (or the surest winner) of our cli- 
 mate, and fighting with the elements. 
 
 S If he regards life as not worth this exertion, of course he will not 
 make it ; but I beg him to consider that without it, recovery will be 
 uncertain, and in many cases, impossible. Do as I have directed, and 
 if your medical attendant is skilful, the current of health will, in 
 many cases, begin to flow back to you. Life will renew to you its 
 policy of insurance, and multiply your days. 
 
 Travelling. — Consumptive patients have generally been sent to a 
 southern climate. But where the case involves dyspepsia and affec- 
 tions of the liver, low latitudes are generally unfriendly. Liver com- 
 plaints are the bane of a southern climate, and a sallow complexion 
 is the inheritance of a southerner. 
 
 Tubercular persons, chilled by our northern climate, are sometimes 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 231 
 
 » ... 
 
 temporarily relieved by the warmer atmosphere of the south. Lut 
 the relief is only temporary ; for, having lost the power, as they im- 
 agine, to bear the frowns of our northern sky, they are dying, and 
 will die anywhere unless they recover this power. And the way to 
 retrieve a lost advantage over an enemy, is, not to retreat to a point 
 where recovery will be harder, but to meet him at once. If the con- 
 stitution cannot bear up against an enemy under the bracing of a 
 northern atmosphere, it will be still harder to do so under the wilting 
 of a southern. 
 
 After all, the objects aimed at should be change and travelling. The 
 exercise involved, the constant exertion required in getting from place 
 to place, the agreeable sensations produced by the motion of cars 
 and steamboats, the ever varying change of sights and sounds, and 
 the constantly increasing stock of one's ideas of men and things, — 
 these are what rally the constitution, and open anew the springs of 
 life. 
 
 Especially should all journeys for health be taken, if possible, with 
 an object in view. Let the consumptive start with the view of see- 
 ing the cave of Kentucky, the prairies of the West, the great lakes 
 of the JJorth, the falls of Niagara, the fortress of Quebec, the Sag- 
 uenay river, the doctor, who he has reason to think will cure him, — 
 anything which he is willing to make exertion to see, and that he is 
 sure his eyes will rejoice in beholding. 
 
 I have thus spoken of consumption more at large than of other 
 complaints, because it is the great disease of the world, and is in- 
 creasing with the advancement of civilization. 
 
 Acute Bronchitis. 
 
 This is an acute inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the 
 air tubes in the lungs. It is generally quite a serious disease. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The sound upon percussion is generally good. If 
 there be any dulness, it is commonly in the lower and back part of 
 the chest. 
 
 The breathing murmurs are sometimes more, sometimes less in- 
 tense than natural. Occasionally they are almost extinct. 
 
 In the early stage, sibilous and loud rattles. 
 
 In the more advanced stage, mucous rattle. 
 
 Now and then sub-crepitant rattle accompanies the inward-drawn 
 breath. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The disease begins with chills followed by 
 fever; tightness across the chest, difficulty of breathing, hoarseness, 
 loss of strength, costive bowels, and a quick and hard pulse. Water 
 runs from the eyes and nostrils, and there is a dry, harsh, croupy 
 cough. 
 
 After a few days, mucous begins to be raised. This expectoration 
 gradually becomes more copious, and is opaque, yellowish, or green- 
 ish, and occasionally streaked with blood. This mucus is very ropy, 
 and adheres to the vessel. 
 
232 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 There is more or less pain in the chest ; pain across the forehead, 
 which is increased by coughing ; and a pale and anxious counte- 
 nance. 
 
 In severe cases, the tightness across the chest is extreme, with a 
 sense of suffocation, causing the patient to call for the opening of the 
 windows. There is great difficulty of breathing ; a paleness and liv- 
 idity of the cheeks and lips ; a loud wheezing and rattling in the 
 throat, followed by cold sweat, insensibility and death. 
 
 In children the disease comes on like a common cold, attended by 
 a sore throat, a great desire to drink, but a disinclination to take 
 food. But two or three swallows of drink can be taken at a time 
 for want of breath. The phlegm is frequently vomited up spontane- 
 ously. 
 
 Observations. — The loud and sibilous rattles are produced by simi- 
 lar causes, namely, the passage of air along tubes whose interior is 
 dry and rough from inflammation, or whose calibre is contracted or 
 altered in form by the swelling of the membrane, effusion upon its 
 inner surface of a tough mucous substance, or a pressure upon its 
 external surface of tubercles, swollen glands, aneurismal tumors, 
 etc. The two sounds differ mainly in the key upon which they are 
 pitched, — the sonorous, or low-keyed, coming from the larger tubes ; 
 the sibilous, or high-keyed, from the smaller, — just as the low notes 
 of an organ come from the large pipes, and the high notes from the 
 small ones. 
 
 The sibilous rattle has been compared to the chirping of birds, the 
 squeaking of puppies, the whistling of air passing through a key- 
 hole, etc.; the sonorous, to the snoring of a sleeping person, the coo- 
 ing of doves, and the sound of the bass string of the violincello rub- 
 bed with the finger. 
 
 Causes. — It is generally brought on by a sudden cold, by changes 
 of the weather, and by inhaling irritating substances. It is a second- 
 ary result, too, of scarlet fever, measles, small pox, hooping cough, 
 and the remittent fever of infants. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, give warm balm or flax-seed tea, hot 
 lemonade, or other similar drinks, — at the same time, soaking the 
 feet in hot water, and, on retiring to bed, apply bottles of hot water to 
 the feet and sides, to produce sweating. If the bowels be costive, 
 some gentle physic, as rhubarb and magnesia, or salts and senna, may 
 be taken. 
 
 In the case of infants, an emetic of wine of ipecac, or compound 
 tincture of lobelia, should be given, and followed with slippery elm 
 and flax-seed tea. The compound tincture of lobelia, with tincture 
 of veratrum viride, may be continued for a time as an expectorant. 
 
 In more severe cases, both of adults and children, an active emetic 
 is required, — perhaps the compound powder of lobelia is as good as 
 any. This must be followed with tincture of veratrum viride, in full 
 doses, so as to reduce the pulse at once, and keep it down to the 
 natural standard. This is one of the very best articles in this com- 
 plaint, and will generallv very much lessen its violence and duration. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 233 
 
 If there is much difficulty of breathing, the air of the room must 
 be kept moist, as recommended in croup. 
 
 The room should also be kept warm, — decidedly warmer than in 
 the case of other fevers. 
 
 A gentle perspiration should be kept up by small doses of com- 
 pound tincture of Virginia snake-root, and by frequently bathing the 
 surface, or else by tincture of veratrum. 
 
 Mustard should be applied to the chest, and to the soles of the feet. 
 
 The cough may be managed by preparations (104) (106) (110), 
 freely given. 
 
 The diet should be confined to barley-water, toast-water, apple- 
 water, rice-water, and a solution of gum arabic. 
 
 Chronic Bronchitis. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the air-tubes, 
 which continues a great length of time, without any sudden or re- 
 markable changes. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The percussion-sounds are similar to those of 
 acute bronchitis. When a bronchial tube is dilated, we sometimes 
 have dulness around the dilated part. 
 
 The breathing murmur is always accompanied by a mucous, sono- 
 rous, or sibilant rattle, — sometimes by a subcrepitant. 
 
 When dilatation of the tubes exists, the intensity and duration of 
 the sound of the ingoing breath is decreased, — of the outgoing 
 increased. 
 
 In this state of the tubes, we also have cavernous breathing, bron- 
 chophony, sometimes pectoriloquy, and bronchial or cavernous cough. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A cough is generally present, which is in- 
 creased in wet weather, and by every slight cold. This comes on in 
 paroxysms ; is generally worse in the morning ; and is relieved by 
 raising freely. The matter raised is generally yellowish, but some- 
 times whitish and sticky ; and in the latter stages, is thick, and some- 
 times very much like that of consumption. Indeed, the disease often 
 ends in bronchial consumption. 
 
 Remarks. — The breathing is bronchial or cavernous when the di- 
 lated portion of the tube is empty; — if it contain fluid, the mucous 
 rattle will be heard. 
 
 Dulness on percussion will exist if a dilated tube press upon the 
 surrounding portion of lung so as to condense or make it solid. 
 
 Dilatation of the tubes occurs only in chronic bronchitis of long 
 standing. Its physical signs are much like those of a cavity in ad- 
 vanced consumption. The examiner may learn to distinguish them 
 by considering that in consumption, dulness precedes the cavity, while 
 in bronchial dilatations, the cavity precedes dulness. 
 
 The dilatation or swelling out at some point of a bronchial tube, is 
 caused by obstructions to the passage of air through it, — just as an 
 India-rubber tube, partially closed up at a given point, will bulge out 
 
234 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 just in front of the obstructed place, when air is forcibly blown 
 through it, and just as the left ventricle of the heart enlarges when 
 the blood is obstructed in its passage through the aortic valve. 
 
 Causes. — It often occurs as the result of acute bronchitis, and also 
 of measles, hooping-cough, etc. But taking cold, and damp and change- 
 able weather, are more frequently its causes. It most often follows 
 chronic inflammations of the throat, which, being neglected, gradually 
 creep down the windpipe into the tubes, and become very obstinate 
 in their character. 
 
 Treatment. — Medicinal inhalation is one of the best remedies for 
 this complaint. The inhaling powder has, in many cases, great effi- 
 ciency. The dose is about what can lie on a ten cent piece. It 
 should be used once a day, in an instrument represented in the cut. 
 
 This instrument I had constructed in 1850. It consists mainly of 
 a glass tube and a receiver, — the latter being something like a tube 
 vial, pierced with fine holes around 
 
 Fia. 92. 
 [Patented March 16, 1852.] 
 
 the lower end. The powder is 
 poured into the receiver, which is 
 placed in the larger tube, and 
 twirled between the thumb and 
 finger while inhaling. 
 
 When the powder cannot be 
 easily got down into the tubes in the lungs, — as often happens, — 
 the inhalation of medicated vapor will do better. If the expectora- 
 tion be difficult, the expectorant inhalant, described under " consump- 
 tion," should be used ; if the expectoration be too profuse and free, 
 the astringent inhalant must be taken. 
 
 The cough preparations recommended for consumption, also (113) 
 (112), will be the proper ones in this complaint. 
 
 The daily alkaline bath, and brisk friction, are particularly service- 
 able. 
 
 Out-door exercise is almost as necessary in this disease as in con- 
 sumption. 
 
 Enlargement of the Air Cells. — Emphysema. 
 
 This disease consists in enlargement of the air cells, the obliteration 
 of their vessels, and the wasting of their walls. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Thumping upon the chest gives a clearer and 
 louder sound than natural, — one which is tympanitic, or drum-head 
 like. 
 
 The murmur of the ingoing breath is diminished both in duration 
 and intensity, — of the outgoing breath, it is increased. 
 
 Dry, crepitant rattle attends the ingoing breath only ; occasionally, 
 sibilous rattle. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Habitual shortness of breath, and very great 
 difficulty of breathing, occurring in paroxysms, which cause the pa- 
 tient to rush to the open window for air. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 235 
 
 There is generally a cough, and the matter raised is frothy, liquid, 
 and mucous, or watery. 
 
 The face has a peculiar dusky color, and the countenance an anx- 
 ious, melancholy expression. The nostrils are thick, and the lower 
 lip full. The muscles of the neck are large, and the gait of the pa- 
 tient is stooping. The strength is wasted in proportion to the diffi- 
 culty of breathing. 
 
 Emphysema tends to produce disease of the heart, Bright's disease, 
 and venous congestions in the head. 
 
 Observations. — The tympanitic sound is caused by the increased 
 amount of air in the cells. 
 
 The air cells having lost their elasticity, the air, in a great degree, 
 remains in them, — not passing in and out, — hence the absence of the 
 vesicular murmur. 
 
 The crepitant rattle attends the ingoing breath only, and is sup- 
 posed to arise from the expansion of lungs which are in a drier state 
 than natural. It has been compared to the sound produced by blow- 
 ing into a dried bladder. 
 
 Treatment. — To whatever extent the air-cells are destroyed, to that 
 extent, of course, the disease is incurable. It may, however, be pal- 
 liated and relieved to a great extent. 
 
 Generally, bronchitis exists in connection with emphysema ; and 
 when this is found to be case, the remedies for that disease must be 
 employed. 
 
 The inhalation of tincture of stramonium, in one or two teaspoon- 
 ful doses, the same as the alterative inhalant is used, will be useful. 
 
 To be taken internally, an excellent preparation may be made by 
 uniting one dram of ethereal tincture of lobelia, with two drams of 
 tincture of ipecac, and two ounces of ammoniac mixture. The dose 
 is one to two tablespoonfuls. Half grain to grain doses of extract of 
 cannabis indica, are excellent to relieve the difficulty of breathing. 
 
 The diet must be very carefully regulated, as overindulgence at the 
 table aggravates the symptoms. 
 
 Change of air is often highly beneficial ; but it is impossible to 
 predict its effects beforehand in each individual case. 
 
 4 Swelling of the Lungs. — Hypertrophy of the Lungs, 
 
 This can hardly be regarded as a disease. It generally takes place 
 in but one lung, and is the result of the inaction of the other. Thus, 
 when one lung is diseased, the other has to do the work of both ; and 
 being overworked, it enlarges as the heart, or an arm does, when very 
 much exercised. 
 
 The only treatment required is to eat sparingly, and exercise with 
 great moderation, so as not to increase the rapidity of the breathing. 
 
 Pulmonary Apoplexy. 
 
 This is generally the result of a disease of the heart, particularly 
 of the mitral valve. 
 
236 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Percussion yields a clear sound, except where 
 the engorgement of blood is large, and near the surface, — in which 
 case, it is dull. 
 
 The sound of breathing is feeble or absent over a limited space. 
 
 Bronchial breathing is heard in some places, and bronchophony in 
 part, in the same regions. 
 
 Mucous rattle is also heard. 
 
 Observations. — In this disease the small air-tubes and air-cells are 
 the seat of bleeding ; and the blood becoming coagulated here, closes 
 these vessels against the entrance of air. This explains the feeble- 
 ness or absence of the breathing murmui. ^ 
 
 The fluidity of blood in the immediate vicinity, gives rise to th« 
 mucous rattle. 
 
 General Symptoms. — These .are, difficulty of breathing, tightness, 
 and dull pain in the chest. The mucus raised is tinged or streaked 
 with blood. The blood raised is darkish, and dirty-looking. This 
 last symptom, the dirty look of the blood, is peculiar in this disease. 
 
 Treatment. — The most important remedy is dry-cupping upon the 
 chest. This will often arrest the disease at once. Counter-irritation 
 by croton oil is also useful. A free movement of the bowels by a 
 preparation containing croton oil, or elaterium (31) (33), has an ex- 
 cellent effect 
 
 Air in the Chest. — Pneumothorax. 
 
 This disease consists in the presence of air in the cavity of the 
 pleura. Generally, there is also water in the pleural sac at the same 
 time ; the water, being the heavier fluid, occupying the lower part of 
 the cavity, and the air the upper part. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Tympanitic or drum-like sound over the upper 
 part of the side. Dull sound over the lower part. Breathing mur- 
 mur diminished or suppressed. Amphoric breathing. Metallic tink- 
 ling. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Great oppression of the chest, and difficulty 
 of breathing ; generally attended by palpitation of the heart, and fre- 
 quently by severe pain under the breast-bone, on the affected side. 
 The patient generally has to remain in the sitting posture, and cannot 
 lie an instant on the sound side. 
 
 IfJ on percussion, one side of the chest sounds louder than the other, 
 and the breathing murmur is heard distinctly on the side which gives 
 only a moderate sound, and is not heard at all on the loud-sounding 
 side, we may be sure it is a case of air in the chest. 
 
 Observations. — The metallic tinkling is like the sound produced by 
 dropping a pin's head into a metallic dish, or like the distant tinkling 
 of a sheep-bell, or the gentle pulling of the string of a violin. 
 
 It is supposed that when the fluid in the cavity of the pleura hap- 
 pens to be higher than the orifice, the air, when it enters at each 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 237 
 
 o - — ; — — ' ■ ■ -' 
 
 in-drawn breath, forces its way up through the fluid, in the shape of 
 bubbles, and, bursting at the surface, gives the tinkling sound. This 
 sound is sometimes produced, too, by the falling of drops of liquid 
 from the upper part of the cavity, upon the surface of the fluid. 
 
 The amphoric breathing is like the sound produced by blowing 
 obliquely into an empty cask. One writer says he heard the same 
 sound when out shooting in a rough day, produced by the wind blow- 
 ing sideways into the gun-barrel. 
 
 Treatment. — I would recommend the use, two or three times a 
 day, of the antiseptic inhalant, mentioned under the head of con- 
 sumption. 
 
 To this should be added dry-cupping over the whole chest, which 
 generally gives great relief. Blisters may also be used. 
 
 Sweating must be encouraged in the manner recommended under 
 acute bronchitis. 
 
 For the difficulty of breathing, give half grain doses of cannabis 
 indica, or five drop doses of tincture of aconite, or one-sixth of a 
 grain doses of morphia. Extract of belladonna, or of stramonium, is 
 also worthy of trial. 
 
 Water in the Chest. — Hydrothorax. 
 
 This disease consists in a collection of water in the cavity of the 
 pleura. 
 
 Physical Signs. — There is a dull sound over the effusion. 
 
 The breathing murmur is diminished, and gradually disappears 
 altogether over the space occupied by the effusion. 
 
 Bronchial breathing is heard in the same part. 
 
 When the amount of fluid is small, egophony is heard in the mid* 
 die regions of the chest. 
 
 Bronchophony is heard when the effusion is larger. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Either upon lying down, or using active bodily 
 exercise, the patient finds his difficulty of breathing increased. When 
 in bed, he lies with his head and shoulders raised, which, by causing 
 the fluid to settle at the bottom of the cavity, prevents, in a measure, 
 its pressure upon the lungs, and gives him a little rest. His sleep is 
 interrupted by sudden starts, with alarm and terror. The pulse is 
 hard, the thirst great, the urine scanty and high-colored, and has a 
 sediment. After a time, the feet swell, the face is pallid and livid, 
 and the countenance expresses anxiety and alarm. There is a short, 
 dry cough. 
 
 When the quantity of fluid in the chest becomes large, the patient 
 cannot lie down at all, and only gets short and disturbed naps in the 
 sitting posture. 
 
 Of all the symptoms, the starting in sleep is the most certain sign 
 of the disease. 
 
 Canses. — In some rare cases, this may occur as a primary disease, 
 — that is, as a disease not dependent uoon an other as its cause. 
 
238 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 The greater number of cases, however, are secondary. They arise 
 from organic disease of the heart, or liver, or stomach. Inflammation 
 of the pleura is a very frequent cause. 
 
 A plethoric, or full state of the system, predisposes to this com- 
 plaint, — particularly in those persons who indulge freely at the 
 table. 
 
 It may arise, too, from the striking in of skin eruptions ; from the 
 free use of liquors ; and from frequent excessive bleedings or purg- 
 ings. 
 
 Treatment — Dry-cupping is a valuable remedy, and should always 
 be practised. 
 
 The chest should be painted with the tincture of iodine, and a good 
 degree of substantial soreness be kept up. 
 
 The internal remedies are purges (31) (14) (30), and diuretics 
 (128) (129) (130) (131). 
 
 The iodide of potassium, in doses of five or six grains, once in 
 three or four hours, is an excellent remedy. The following is a good 
 form of taking it, — iodide of potassium, one once ; fluid extract of 
 pipsissewa, two ounces ; water, half a pint. Dose, one teaspoonful. 
 
 The skin should be bathed and rubbed daily, three or four times, 
 with much friction. 
 
 Pleurisy. — Pleuritis. 
 
 Pleurisy, or pleurisy fever, as it is sometimes called, is an inflam- 
 mation of the pleura, or the membrane which lines the chest, and, at 
 the same time, is folded back so as to cover the outer surface of the 
 lungs. 
 
 The pleura, as is elsewhere explained, is a short sac or bag, whose 
 inner sides are kept moist, so that they may slide easily upon each 
 other as they are moved by the alternate contractions and expan- 
 sions of the Jungs in the act of breathing, and whose outer sides are 
 made to grow, — one to the inside of the chest, and the other to the 
 outside of the lungs. 
 
 Pleurisy and lang fever, then, must be kindred diseases, and exist, 
 more or less, together. In truth there is almost always some affection 
 of the pleura in lung fever, and some affection of the lungs in pleu- 
 risy. The pain in lung fever is owing to some inflammation of the 
 pleura ; and the appearance of the rusty-colored phlegm in pleurisy 
 indicates that the lungs have been reached by the inflammation of the 
 membrane which covers them. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Dulness on percussion, at the lower part of the 
 chest, which ascends as the effusion of water increases. 
 
 If the effused fluid is not great, there is puerile breathing at the top 
 of the lung. 
 
 Friction sound is heard occasionally. 
 
 Egophony is heard when the amount of fluid in the pleura is 
 small. 
 
 As the amount of water increases, bronchophony appears. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 239 
 
 General Symptoms. — This disease is most frequently introduced 
 by shiverings, which are soon succeeded by high fever, with a pecu- 
 liarly hard, resisting pulse ; sharp, stabbing pain in the side, — gener- 
 ally just below the nipple, but sometimes extending to the shoulder, 
 arm-pit, and back ; hurried and interrupted breathing ; and a short, 
 dry cough. 
 
 The pain is greatly aggravated by motion, coughing, or an attempt 
 to take a long breath. It holds the patient under constant and power- 
 ful restraint. We find him lying upon his back, or his well side ; his 
 countenance full of anxiety, — fearing to move, cough, or even breathe 
 needlessly ; and often crying out from the keen torture these neces- 
 sary acts inflict in spite of all his caution. 
 
 At a more advanced stage, when the tenderness has somewhat 
 abated, he will prefer to lie on the diseased side, as this leaves the 
 healthy lung more at liberty. 
 
 Observations. — The first effect of the inflammation of the pleura 
 is to dry up the moisture with which its inner surfaces are lubricated, 
 or made smooth and slippery. As a consequence, these surfaces be- 
 come rough, and rub harshly upon each other, and produce a sound, 
 in the early stages of pleurisy, like that of rubbing two pieces of wet 
 leather together. It may be imitated by rubbing the finger back and 
 forth upon a table. It is sometimes a creaking noise, like that of 
 new shoes. 
 
 As the disease advances an important change takes place in the 
 state of things. Instead of an unnatural dryness, a watery fluid is 
 poured out copiously from the inflamed surfaces of the pleural sac. 
 This is called the period of effusion. This generally, though not al- 
 ways, relieves the pain. But, by compressing the lung, causes dan- 
 gerous difficulty of breathing. 
 
 The air-cells are compressed by the effused fluid, and are not pene- 
 trated by air. Hence the absence of the breathing murmur. 
 
 The pouring out of water between the layers of the pleura, com- 
 presses the lung, and removes it from the walls of the chest. Hence 
 the dulness or deadness of sound upon percussion. 
 
 When listening with the stethoscope, the voice of the patient sounds 
 feeble and interrupted, like the bleating of a goat, and is hence termed, 
 egophony, or goat-voice. 
 
 This peculiar voice is heard only when the effusion of water has 
 been moderate in quantity, and only a thin layer of liquid lies be- 
 tween the ribs and lung. It is caused by the voice passing over this 
 thin layer, which is thereby thrown into vibrations, or wavy, quiver- 
 ing motions. When thus agitated, the fluid reacts upon the voice, 
 making it sharp and tremulous. 
 
 When the effusion has become large, these effects cease ; but an- 
 other sign then shows itself, and distinguishes pleurisy from the 
 healthy state, and likewise from the solid, hepatized state of the lung 
 in lung fever, It may be discovered thus : 
 
 If the hand be laid flat upon the chest of a healthy person, while 
 he is speaking, a vibration or thrill will be felt. If, in like manner, 
 
240 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 the hand be laid upon the chest of a person having lung fever, with 
 hepatized lung, this thrill will be found still more perceptible. But 
 when the hand is placed over the place of watery effusion on the chest 
 of a person having pleurisy, there will be discovered, when the person 
 speaks, no thrill whatever. The absence of this thrill, then, is one of 
 the very best signs of pleurisy with effusion. 
 
 Persons recover from pleurisy sometimes very rapidly, before effu- 
 sion has taken place. It is then said they have had an attack of dry 
 pleurisy. When liquid has been poured out, even in considerable 
 quantity, it is sometimes reabsorbed, and the patient recovers per- 
 fectly. In other instances, it compresses the lungs, interferes seriously 
 with breathing, reduces his strength, and he sinks rapidly. 
 
 Treatment. — Pleurisy has been divided for description and treat- 
 ment into three stages, following the natural events of the inflamma- 
 tion. The first stage comprises the period from the first onset to the 
 time when effusion commences. The second stage or stage of effu- 
 sion extends to the time when the liquid begins to diminish ; and the 
 third stage consists of the period occupied by the absorption of the 
 liquid. 
 
 Should the quantity remain stationary or diminish very slowly 
 after the lapse of two or three weeks, the disease becomes chronic 
 
 The indication for treatment during the first stage is to arrest the 
 progress of the disease, to diminish its intensity, to limit the amount 
 of morbid products, and to relieve suffering. 
 
 If the patient is robust, has a hard, frequent pulse, accompanied 
 with extreme pain and fever, blood-letting is indicated. The abstrac- 
 tion of ten to fifteen ounces of blood will give great relief and diminish 
 the intensity of the attack ; but if the patient is not seen early, and is of 
 a feeble constitution, some other measures should be substituted for it. 
 The mass of blood may be lessened by saline cathartics, such as the 
 sulphate of magnesia, or the bitartrate of potash in combination with 
 jalap. 
 
 The effect of a full dose of Epsom salts is equal to the abstraction 
 of a pint of blood from the system. Depletion is obtained this way 
 without the impoverishment of the blood. 
 
 The frequency and force of the heart's action may also be affected 
 by the nauseant sedatives, such as tartarized antimony and ipecacuanha, 
 and by the direct sedatives, such as the tincture of aconite and of 
 veratrum viride ; therefore, if blood-letting is contra-indicated, the 
 first thing to be done is to give the sulphate of magnesia, and follow 
 it with a full opiate in the shape of Dover's powder, to alleviate the 
 painful stitch in the side and to tranquilize the system. (See addi- 
 tional treatment p . 876.) 
 
 Lung Fever. — Pneumonia. 
 
 This disease, by common usage, has been called a fever; but by 
 physicians it is reckoned one of the inflammations. It is inflamma- 
 tion of the lungs or lights; and whatever fever there may be results 
 entirely from this local inflammation. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 241 
 
 Signs and Symptoms. — A patient suffering with lung fever, is gen- 
 erally found lying upon his back, with some pain in the side ; more 
 or less difficulty of breathing ; a cough, at first dry, but soon accom- 
 panied by raising a thick, sticky, rusty-colored matter, composed of a 
 mixture of phlegm and blood. As the disease increases in severity, 
 this matter will become more sticky and tenacious, so that it will ad- 
 here to a spit-cup turned upside down. There will be more difficulty 
 of breathing, greater prostration, and perhaps some delirium. 
 
 For the purpose of more clearly describing this complaint, it is 
 found convenient to divide it into three stages, or degrees of progress. 
 
 First Stage. — This is called the stage of engorgement. The lungs 
 during this stage are engorged or crowded with blood. If we could 
 inspect them, we should find the inflamed portion redder, thicker, and 
 heavier than usual. We should find them weaker, that is, more 
 easily torn than in the natural state ; with less air in them, and con- 
 sequently crackling less upon pressure, — yet not entirely destitute of 
 air and crackling, and not so heavy as to sink in water. Rapping 
 upon the chest at this period gives out a flatter, duller, or less hollow 
 sound than usual. On applying the stethoscope, we hear less of the 
 natural rustling sound of health ; and, either mingling with, or over- 
 coming it, we hear a minute crackling sound, as the air passes in and 
 out in breathing. 
 
 This crackling has been compared to that produced by fine salt 
 thrown upon red-hot coals ; or by that of rubbing a lock of fine hair 
 between the thumb and finger near the ear. It is caused by small 
 bubbles of air being forced along the moist and sticky sides of the 
 small tubes and air-cells. It is heard only while the breath is being 
 drawn in. 
 
 Second Stage. — If the inflammation advances to the second stage, 
 the swelling of the diseased lung increases so as to force out the air 
 entirely, and it becomes solid, and wholly useless for the purpose of 
 breathing. In solidity and general appearance, it resembles a piece 
 of liver. Hence it is said to be hepatized, or liverized ; and this is 
 called the stage of hepatization. 
 
 As the lung grows more solid, its vitality and strength diminish ; 
 it is not near as strong as a piece of healthy liver, though it looks like 
 it ; it is soft and easily broken ; indeed it seems to be in a state of 
 commencing decay or rottenness. Hence some writers, in order to 
 ue more precisely correct, call this the stage of red softening. 
 
 With increased solidity, there is of course increased dulness on 
 percussion. When the stethoscope is applied to the chest, we hear 
 no sound of air passing into and out of the diseased lung ; no natu- 
 ral rustling, or minute crackling ; but in their stead, we have a kind 
 of whistling, produced by the air passing back and forth in the wind- 
 pipe and its branches, but finding no entrance into the solidified air- 
 cells. The breathing sometimes sounds like a sort of puff, — owing 
 to the column of air rebounding when refused admission to the 
 closed-up cells. 
 
 The general symptoms now increase in severity. There is greater 
 
 31 
 
242 
 
 DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 
 
 difficulty of breathing ; the phlegm is more gluey ; perhaps some delirium 
 shows itself ; and the patient grows weaker. 
 
 Third Stage. — At this period, the lung changes from red hepatization or red 
 softening to gray hepatization or gray softening, and matter is now found dif- 
 fused through its whole substance. The percussion sounds are much the same 
 as in the second stage. On listening, we hear more of the rattling sound pro- 
 duced by disturbed phlegm. The matter raised is thinner, — more like liquid ; 
 and looks like prune-juice. The symptoms generally indicate that the patient 
 is sinking. Patients may recover from the first and second stages, but rarely 
 from the third. 
 
 Treatment. — Pneumonitis has been divided into three stages, corresponding 
 to the inflammatory events of the disease: the first stage is that of active con- 
 gestion, the second that of solidification, and the third that of resolution. 
 The duration of the first stage is from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, of the 
 second from two to four days, and the stage of resolution lasts from eight to 
 ten days. Different cases vary, however, in these times. These different 
 stages furnish different remedial indications. 
 
 The objects of treatment in the first stage are to arrest the disease, to lessen 
 its intensity, to relieve pain, and to promote toleration of the disease. 
 
 When high fever, a hard pulse, and extreme pain are present in a robust 
 constitution, the abstraction of blood from the arm is indicated. These cases 
 are not frequent, for lung fever mostly occurs in patients with feeble constitu- 
 tions, but when practised in the proper cases, the relief to pain and embarrass- 
 ment of breathing is often immediate and marked. In those cases where 
 blood-letting is contra-indicated, the same end can be secured, but more slowly, 
 by saline cathartics and sedative remedies. After saline purgation, if the 
 skin is hot and the pulse is frequent, tartar emetic may be given in small 
 doses as a nauseant sedative ; but it must not be carried to the extent of dis- 
 tressing nausea. After this follows the use of vascular sedatives, such as the- 
 tincture of aconite and the tincture of veratrum viride, if not contra-indicated 
 by the feebleness of the patient with a tendency to depression. 
 
 Sometimes the sulphate of quinine, in a full dose of from twenty to forty 
 grains, at the onset or within eight or ten hours, will arrest the disease. It 
 may be well to try it, as it can be administered with perfect safety. Opium is 
 Oa great importance also, to relieve pain and tranquillize the system. 
 
 Cold or warm application to the chest may be used according to the prefer* 
 ences of the patient. Warm applications act as revulsents; the cold diminishes 
 the determination of blood to the part, and relieves the pain by obtunding 
 sensibility. Counter-irritants are not advisable in this stage. 
 
 The treatment of the second stage aims at the promotion of resolution of the 
 inflammation, the palliation of the symptoms, and the maintenance of the powers 
 of life. 
 
 The tinctures of veratrum viride and aconite may be continued in this stage, 
 if there is considerable fever and there is no tendency to asthenia; but the 
 leading measure is to support the system. 
 
 This course embraces the use of tonics, stimulants, and nutritious diet. 
 The use of alcohols is necessary in most cases, and sometimes very freely. 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST, 243 
 
 The diet should consist of milk, farinaceous substances, and animal broths. 
 Quinine in tonic doses is the best remedy in this stage. 
 
 The preparations of opium are very useful, and only contra-indicated by the 
 accumulation of mucus in the bronchial tubes. 
 
 Digitalis is useful in five to ten grain doses three or four times a day, when 
 it is necessary to increase the heart's action. 
 
 The carbonate of ammonia is necessary in cases of extreme prostration. 
 
 The external application of the tincture of iodine is the best counter-irritant 
 in this stage. 
 
 During the third stage, all those hygienic measures which improve the gen- 
 eral health are to be pursued. 
 
 Typhoid Lung Fever. — Typhoid Pneumonia. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the lungs, differing from the preceding only in 
 the character of the fever attending it, which is of a low, typhoid character. 
 The disease, like typhoid fever, is characterized by great debility and prostra- 
 tion. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are a combination of the symptoms of pneumonia and of 
 typhoid fever. The disease begins with great weariness, lassitude, dizziness, 
 pain in the head, back, and limbs. Soon there is much difficulty of breathing, 
 tightness across the chest, with a dry, short, hacking cough. 
 
 As the disease advances, the active symptoms pass away; there is a dull pain 
 across the chest; drowsiness is very apt to come on, with the various symptoms 
 of sinking peculiar to typhoid fever. The skin is harsh and dry, the tempera- 
 ture uneven, the tip and edge of the tongue red, and the middle covered with a 
 yellow or brown fur. The bowels are tender, swollen, and drum-head like; 
 while there is often a diarrhoea, — the discharges having a dirty-yellow color. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be like the treatment of pneumonia and typhoid 
 fever united. 
 
 Great care must be taken not to use reducing remedies. "While active pur- 
 ging must not be used, yet, if there are symptons of an inactive state of the 
 bowels, podophyllin and leptandrin, (34), (39), may be employed with advan- 
 tage. 
 
 When there are symptoms of great depression, use tonics (46), (48), (50), 
 (53), (60), (64), (67), (73), taking care to keep the cough loose by flaxseed, 
 slippery elm, and marshmallow tea, and by some external irritant. 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 Asthma may be defined to be great difficulty of drawing in the breath, — 
 coming on suddenly, sometimes gradually, — accompanied with a sense of 
 extreme suffocation, and a desire for fresh air; continuing for a longer or 
 shorter period, and then passing away, and leaving the patient a period of com- 
 paratively easy respiration. 
 
 Symptoms. — There are sometimes no premonitory symptoms, the attack 
 coming on suddenly, and without warning; but more frequently there are, for 
 some days before the onset, loss of appetite, flatulence, belching of win J, irri- 
 tability, languor, chilliness, oppression, and drowsiness. The hard breathing 
 generally makes its appearance in the night, — quite often at three or four o'clock 
 
244 DISEASES OF TrfE CHEST. 
 
 in the morning, when the nervous pysfom *s at its lowest ebb. There is first a 
 sense of tightness, or stricture, across thi chest, which seems to expand with 
 difficulty. The patient can no longer j emain lying down; he rises up, draws up 
 his knees, and, leaning forward, pits his elbows upon them, and his head upon 
 his hands, and then struggles harl t > draw in his breath; which, passing in 
 slowly and laboriously, produces a loi i wheezing sound. Sometimes he feels 
 that he must have fresh air, and, tus ring to a window, puts his head far out, 
 to catch a stirring breeze. The hsnd i ar.d feet are cold, the face haggard and 
 distressed, — sometimes a little red a id swollen, but more generally pale and 
 shrunk, — the body wet with persp Ira ioa,'the pulse irregular, feeble, and small, 
 though sometimes not disturbed. Tl ese symptoms continue for some hours, 
 more or less, when the breathing b< comes more easy, and there is a little 
 phlegm raised, sometimes considerable This cessation of difficult breathing 
 may be complete, or only partial ; a id asts for a longer or shorter period, when 
 the attack again recurs. 
 
 Causes. — It is well known that AstJima has its cause mainly in the nervous 
 system. The air tubes are encircled with a series of little bundles of fibres, 
 which are, in fact, muscles, and like all other muscles, have the power of 
 contracting or shortening themselvts. These muscles, too, like all others, 
 have nerves distributed to them ; and when these nerves become diseased or 
 irritable, they will become disturbed on certain occasions, and cause these 
 small, circular puckering strings to contract and close up the air tubes near 
 their termimations, very much as the puckering string closes the mouth of the 
 work-bag, so that very little air can pass into the air cells, and that little with 
 great difficulty and slowness. When these contractions take place, and the air 
 is thus shut off, the result is a fit of asthma. This disease may be brought on 
 oy any of those states of the atmosphere which disturb or irritate the bron- 
 chial surfaces, or by any of the numerous causes which mysteriously unbalance 
 the nervous system. A fit may be brought on by whatever disturbs the mind. 
 
 Treatment. — The disease has been regarded as extremely difficult of cure. 
 There are certain remedies, however, which have a remarkable control over it, 
 and if skilfully used, will frequently bring it to a complete termination, and 
 even in the worst cases, to a state of very great mitigation and improvement. 
 
 Inhalation. — The most important and certain remedy is the use of the 
 Alterative Inhalant, described on page 221. I have with this article alone 
 effected some surprising cures ; yet it is well to combine other treatment with 
 it. I have had several cases of a most distressing character, — the attacks con- 
 tinuing night and day, — in which the inhalation, judiciously administered, 
 has caused the disappearance of the complaint within twenty-four hours, and 
 in which no return of suffering has occurred for several weeks, and then only 
 in a modified form. This remedy should be used four or five times a day. 
 
 Iodide of potassium is a most valuable internal remedy in this complaint, 
 indeed, in a certain sense, it is almost a specific. It should be used (prescrip- 
 tions 101, 138, 140, 151) at the same time with the inhalation. The following 
 preparation is a very good remedy for this disease: Ethereal tincture of lobe; 
 lia, two ounces; tincture of asafcetida, one ounce; laudanum, one ounce; 
 iodide of potassium, two ounces; simple syrup, four ounces. Mix. Dose, 
 from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, every hour or two. 
 
 Several other remedies are used for asthma, with more or less success, — 
 
DISEASES OF THE CHEST. 245 
 
 such as electro-magnetism, smoking stramonium leaves, burning paper dipped 
 in a strong solution of nitrate of potash, and inhaling the smoke, etc., — but 
 none of these have as much value as the two remedies first named. 
 
 In as grave a complaint as a severe case of asthma, it is always well to seek 
 the aid of a physician. I intended to have given some interesting cases, but 
 want of space forbids. 
 
 Hay- Asthma. — Hay -Fever. 
 
 This is a very troublesome complaint, which seems to combine the peculiar- 
 ities both of asthma and of influenza. Fortunately, it attacks but few persons, 
 and those only at particular seasons of the year, — namely, while hay is in blos- 
 som, and during hay-making. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are a combination of the symptoms of the two diseases 
 above named. There is great irritation of the eyes, with sneezing, and a free 
 discharge from the nose. There is tightness across the chest, difficulty of 
 breathing, and a pricking sensation in the throat. These symptoms often 
 appear in great severity, making the complaint a really distressing one. 
 
 Cause. — This disorder appears to have but one cause, — namely, some sort of 
 emanations from the grasses, flowers, etc., while in blossom; which emanations 
 come in contact with the'mucous lining of the eyes, nose, and throat, producing 
 very great and teasing irritation. 
 
 Treatment. — One of the best remedies for this troublesome complaint is to 
 avoid the cause, by removing, during the flowering and haying season, to some 
 large city, or, still better, close down to the seashore, where flowers and hay do 
 not grow. 
 
 Of medicines, the tincture of lobelia, taken in moderate doses, is a very good 
 remedy. Quinine and iron, given in combination (75), are valuable prepara- 
 tions. Strychnine and nux vomica, in connection with iron, or otherwise 
 (316), (83), (84), (85), (86), (95), are very useful. Iodide of potassium (101), 
 (138), (140), is also worth a trial. Another very good remedy is the chloride of 
 lime, or the chloride of soda, placed in saucers about the sleeping-room. 
 Pieces of cotton cloth may also be dipped in one of these solutions, and hung 
 about the apartments of the house. The hands and face may likewise be 
 washed, once or twice a day, in a weak solution. 
 
 The oxide of zinc and the extract of nux vomica, made into pills, two grain* 
 of the zinc to half a grain of the extract to each pill, and one pill taken morn- 
 ing and evening, should not be forgotten. 
 
HEART DISEASES. 
 
 Life rests upon a tripod, — the brain, the lungs, and the heart 
 These are equally important to its well-being and continuance. 
 
 In substance, the human heart is a bundle of muscles, so put to- 
 gether as to bear the greatest possible amount of work. In size, 
 shape, and look, it is much like the heart of the hog. I wish it never 
 had a likeness to it in its moral nature. 
 
 The heart is enclosed in a case or sac, called the pericardium. It 
 lies between the two lungs, a little to the left side of the chest. Its 
 point is under the sixth rib on the left side, and its lower surface rests 
 on the diaphragm, — a horizontal partition between the chest and belly. 
 
 The heart is double. It has four cavities, — two for receiving the 
 blood, which are called auricles, and two for driving it out, called 
 ventricles. 
 
 The venous, or dark blood, is brought from all parts below, and 
 emptied into the right auricle through the ascending vena cava, and 
 from all parts from above, and poured into the same cavity through 
 the descending vena cava. From this it passes into the right ventri- 
 cle, which contracts, and forces it through the pulmonary artery into 
 the lungs, where it becomes red, and passes into the left auricle 
 through the pulmonary vein, thence into the left ventricle, which con- 
 tracts, and throws it out through the great aorta to all parts of the 
 body. Fig. 93 gives a good idea of the circulation through the heart 
 and lungs. 
 
 The heart is divided into two sides, which are separated from each 
 other by a muscular partition, — each side having an auricle and a 
 ventricle. 
 
 The auricles have comparatively thin walls, as they are only used 
 for reservoirs. The walls of the ventricles are much thicker, being 
 used, — particularly that of the left side, — for forcing the blood over 
 a large surface. 
 
 Between the auricle and ventricle on the right side, are three folds 
 of triangular membrane, called the tricuspid valves. Between the 
 auricle and ventricle on the left side, are three valves, called mitral. 
 
 At the beginning of the pulmonary artery, and the aorta, are three 
 half-moon shaped folds of membrane, called semilunar valves. 
 
 The office of all these valves is, to close after the blood has gone 
 through, and prevent its flowing back while the cavity is being again 
 filled. They do the same duty, in fact, as the valves of a pump. 
 
 J 
 
HEART DISEASES. 247 
 
 Through this heart, thus constructed, all the blood in the body, — 
 about twenty-eight pounds, — passes once in about one minute and a 
 half. This is r t .pid work ; and when we consider that the heart 
 works in this way through the whole life, resting not, day or night, 
 we cannot wonder that it gets out of order. 
 
 Fig. 96. 
 
 The whole heart is seldom affected. The left side is more liable 
 to disease than the right. 
 
 Impulse of the Heart. 
 
 The ear when placed over the heart, feels, at each beat, a slight 
 shock. This is felt at the same time the first sound is heard. This 
 impulse is caused by the apex or point of the heart being thrown up 
 against the ribs by the contraction of the ventricles. It is felt best 
 between the cartilages of the fifth and sixth ribs on the left side. 
 
 The Sounds of the Heart. 
 
 On applying the ear to the chest just over the heart, two sounds 
 are heard. The first one is dull and slightly prolonged ; the second 
 is a shorter and smarter sound, having a sort of clack. These occur 
 in pretty rapid succession, and then comes a brief interval. And this 
 round of action, first a long and dull sound, then a short and smart 
 one, and then an interval, — called the heart's rhythm, — is repeated 
 continually. If the space of time occupied by the rhythm be divided 
 into five parts, the first sound will take about two parts, the second 
 one, and the interval of repose, the remaining two. The first sound 
 is heard about the time of the contraction of the ventricles, and is 
 therefore called the systolic sound the second is synchronous with 
 
248 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 the opening of the ventricles, and is called the diastolic sound. 
 The syllables too-to — too-to, very fairly represent the two sounds of 
 the heart. These sounds are heard over the largest space in lean 
 persons. 
 
 Percussion Sounds. 
 
 If the ends of the ringers be struck upon the chest over the heart, 
 a dull sound will be heard over a space from one and a half to two 
 inches square, — beginning at the fourth rib on the left side, and ex- 
 tending down nearly to the sixth. The dulness is diminished by 
 lying upon the back, and increased by leaning forward, and by taking 
 a full breath. The deadness of sound is caused by the heart being 
 a partially solid body. The lungs which surround it, yield a clear 
 sound. 
 
 If a solid substance, as large as the heart, were placed on the inside 
 of a drum, against the head, only a dead sound would be obtained by 
 striking on that spot ; everywhere else, the sound would be louder. 
 
 Altered Sounds of the Heart. 
 
 These sounds are changed by disease in a variety of ways, both as 
 to their character and duration. One or both sounds may be turned 
 into a noise like the blowing of a pair of bellows. This is called the 
 bellows sound. When this sound is very harsh, it may become like 
 the noise of a rasp, or file, or saw. These altered sounds are all pro- 
 duced by an altered condition of the valvular passages through which 
 the blood passes. If you build an aqueduct of equal dimensions 
 throughout, and smooth on the inside, you may send a certain vol- 
 ume of water through, at a given speed, without noise. But if you 
 make sudden contractions in the aqueduct, or allow large stones to 
 project into it, and then attempt to send through the same body of 
 water, at the same rate of speed, you will hear all sorts of noises. 
 
 Enlargement or Hypertrophy of the Ventricles. 
 
 This is simply a thickening, or an increase of bulk, in the walls of 
 the ventricles. The muscles composing the walls of one or both of 
 these cavities, grow thick and large. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Impulse stronger than natural. When consider- 
 able, it is accompanied with a lifting and heaving of the parts. Dull 
 sound on percussion over a larger space. First sound of heart pro- 
 longed ; second sound feeble. The interval of silence, shorter than 
 natural. In bad cases, the second sound is nearly extinguished. 
 
 » 
 
 General Symptoms. — Hypertrophy of left ventricle gives a strong, 
 prolonged, and tense pulse. Palpitation more constant than in any 
 other disease of the heart. In advanced stages, the patient is easily 
 out of breath. There is a rush of blood to the head on making exer- 
 
HEART DISEASES. 249 
 
 tion, or stooping, with more or less throbbing and lancinating head- 
 aches, which are aggravated by suddenly lying down or rising up. 
 There are vertigo, ringing in the ears, sparks of light and other illusions 
 before the eyes; also a purplish, violet or livid color upon the cheeks, 
 nose, and lips. In many cases there is a dull, severe, aching pain in 
 the region of the heart, and extending towards the shoulder and the 
 inside of the arm. 
 
 When the right ventricle is enlarged, there is a swelling of the ex- 
 ternal jugular veins. 
 
 Causes. — The walls of the heart are thickened by overwork, in the 
 same way that the blacksmith's arm is made muscular and large. All 
 muscles grow in the same way. More action sends more blood to 
 them, and this causes an increase of nutrition. 
 
 Whatever interposes an obstacle to the passage of the blood through 
 the valvular openings, will cause the ventricles which force it through 
 to work harder. Hence, obstructions in the semilunar valves cause 
 hypertrophy of the ventricles. 
 
 Any excitement of the mind, or any great exertion, which causes 
 the heart to beat harder and faster, if it be often repeated, will induce 
 a thickening of the ventricles. 
 
 Treatment. — First, remove, as far as possible, all causes of excite- 
 ment which produce palpitation. If the head is much affected, apply 
 wet cups to the back of the neck. The same may be applied over the 
 heart. This will generally improve the symptoms at once. A blister 
 placed over the heart will likewise make a favorable impression. 
 
 The meals should be taken at regular intervals, and should be very 
 light. The food should be plain and simple, and composed much 
 more of vegetable than of animal food. In fact, the diet should be 
 so spare as slightly to reduce the strength. 
 
 The patient should be careful never to take violent exercise, or, in- 
 deed to be in a hurry about anything. In bad cases, walking up hill, 
 or against a strong wind, is often out of the question, and must in 
 any case be attempted with great caution. Stair-cases are to be 
 shunned as enemies. An attempt to run, even to avoid being left by 
 the cars, might, in some cases, prove immediately fatal. Carriage 
 riding is not objectionable. 
 
 The passions must be held in the most thorough subjection. Ex- 
 citements of all sorts are dangerous, and must be avoided. 
 
 For the first week or two of treatment, active purgatives will be 
 useful. For this purpose, epsom salts and senna will answer a good 
 purpose, and should be used so as to procure two or three watery 
 stools a day. 
 
 In addition to this, some sedative to lessen the force of the heart's 
 action, is generally needed, — especially when there is considerable 
 palpitation. For this purpose, tincture of black cohosh, and tincture 
 of scullcap, or the former with tincture of digitalis (285) (94), are 
 quite useful. Three to ten drops of tincture of the American helle- 
 bore (veratrum viride) will reduce the action of the heart perhaps 
 more effectually than any other medicine. 
 
250 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 Dilatation of the Ventricles. 
 
 The several cavities of the heart hold about one and a half ounces 
 each. Dilatation is simply an enlargement of these cavities, so that 
 they will hold more. And this increase in the size of the cavity in 
 simple dilatation is generally at the cost of the walls, which are made 
 thinner and weaker, — just as the walls of a bladder are made thinner 
 by blowing into it and increasing its internal dimensions. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Impulse more abrupt, and less marked than nat- 
 ural. Dull sound on percussion commensurate in extent with the 
 dilatation. The first beat of the heart, clearer, louder, and shorter 
 than natural, and more nearly resembling the second. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Difficulty of breathing ; terrific dreams ; start- 
 ing from sleep ; swelling of the feet and legs ; purple, violet, or blue 
 color of cheeks, nose, lips, and especially around the eyes ; feeble and 
 oppressed palpitation ; various disturbances in the head ; bleeding 
 from the nose, stomach, bowels, and womb ; and frequently enlarge- 
 ment of the liver. 
 
 Explanations. — The first sound of the heart is short and not well 
 marked, in consequence of the muscular walls of the ventricles in 
 this disease being thin and in a weakened condition, so that every 
 stroke they make is short, quick, and spasmodic, instead of strong 
 and lifting, as in hypertrophy. For the same reason, the impulse is 
 a brief blow dealt the walls of the chest, which gives a slight shock, 
 but has not power enough to lift the chest up. The blow is quick, 
 because the muscle is thin and can contract quicker than a thick one. 
 
 Dilatation, by thinning the walls of the cavities, enfeebles the heart, 
 and shows us an obstructed circulation. Accordingly the blood is 
 not transmitted by the left ventricle, and being retained in the lungs, 
 it causes a crowded state of the vessels, and difficulty of breathing ; 
 also congestion of the brain, with terrific dreams, etc. And this en- 
 gorgement of the lungs, being propagated backwards to the right 
 heart, great veins, and all their ramifications, produces dropsy of the 
 feet and legs, discoloration of the face, passive hemorrhages, and con- 
 gestion of the brain, liver, and membranes. Fig. 93 gives an idea 
 of how all this happens. 
 
 Treatment. — As in many other diseases, search out the causes, and 
 remove them. If it be obstruction of the circulation in the lungs by 
 bronchitis, or other complaint, that needs the first attention. If it be 
 caused by violent exercise, by strong emotions of the mind habitually 
 indulged, or by drunkenness, or any other irregularity of life, these 
 habits must be corrected without delay. 
 
 If it be caused by organic disease of the valves of the heart, relief 
 cannot be so readily obtained ; but even in these cases, it is to be 
 sought and expected. 
 
 The circulation is to be kept as tranquil as possible by a strictly 
 quiet and orderly life, and a plain, moderate, unstimulating diet. In 
 
HEART DISEASES. 251 
 
 this disease, however, it should be more nutritious, and composed to 
 a larger extent of meats, than in hypertrophy. 
 
 In some cases the general health and tone of the system will need 
 to be improved by bitters (50) (67) (64) (69) (79), mineral acids (60), 
 iron (269) (61), and aromatics (115). The compound mixture of iron 
 is a good preparation when this mineral is called for by a low state of 
 the blood. 
 
 The stomach should be kept in the best possible condition, as a 
 very small disturbance of it, even from acidity, will set the heart to 
 beating very violently. 
 
 If hysterical symptoms are present, the compound galbanum pill, 
 and valerian (97), and other nervines will be called for. 
 - In attacks of great difficulty in breathing, immerse all the extremi- 
 ties in warm water, and throw a blanket around the patient to pro- 
 mote sweating, — at the same time admitting fresh air to satisfy the 
 desire for breath. Give a draught, composed of ether, laudanum, 
 ammonia, etc. (135). This may be repeated two or three times, at 
 intervals of half an hour, or an hour, according to the urgency of the 
 case. 
 
 Hypertrophy with Slight Dilatation. 
 
 This is one of the most common complications of heart disease. 
 It consists both in a thickening of the walls of the heart, and an en- 
 largement of the cavities, — the former being more marked than the 
 latter. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Both sounds are louder than in any other disease 
 of the heart, and are heard sometimes over the whole chest. The 
 impulse is strong and heaving, with an abrupt back-stroke. In bad 
 cases, the whole person, and even the bed, is shaken by it. The dull 
 sound on percussion covers a large space. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The same as those of the two diseases of 
 which it is composed, slightly modified by the action of each upon 
 the other. 
 
 Dilatation with Slight Hypertrophy. 
 
 This is an enlargement of the cavities of the heart, with a slight 
 thickening of its walls ; the dilatation being the predominant disease, 
 or greater than hypertrophy. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Percussion gives a dull sound in the region of the 
 heart, in proportion to its size. The first beat resembles the second. 
 The second beat is louder than natural. 
 
 The impulse is a short, quick stroke, which contrasts strongly with 
 the slower and heaving one of hypertrophy with dilatation. 
 
 The general symptoms and the treatment are a modification of 
 those of the two diseases united in it. It is, however, to be kept in 
 mind that the dilatation takes the lead ; and, furnishing the predomi- 
 nant symptoms, is specially to be regarded in the treatment. 
 
 
252 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 Aneurismal Tumors of the Heart. 
 
 When, from some obstruction in the valves, the blood cannot easily 
 pass out of an auricle or a ventricle, its inner walls may become 
 unable to bear the distending force, and giving way, let the blood 
 through against the outer coats, which stretch, and swell out into the 
 shape of a tumor, — the inside of the tumor becoming a regular sac. 
 Such a state of things constitutes an aneurism of the heart. Of 
 course it is a grave disease. 
 
 Softening of the Heart. * 
 
 In this disease the substance of the heart becomes soft, and easily 
 broken. It is generally the result of some form of inflammation. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The contractions of the heart being weakened by 
 softening, the impulse is reduced in force, and both beats are weaker, 
 and often they are intermittent. The first beat becomes short and 
 flapping, like the second. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A quick, feeble, small, and faltering pulse, 
 great anxiety, and a disposition to faint. General languor ; a sallow, 
 bloodless, withered complexion, with a purple, livid tint of the lips 
 and cheeks, and frequently, general dropsy, from the inability of the 
 heart to propel its contents. 
 
 Treatment. — When accompanied by acute inflammation, softening 
 is to be treated on the same principles as inflammation of the heart- 
 case. 
 
 If it be a result of chronic inflammation, it calls for iron, bitters, 
 nutritious animal food, and good air. 
 
 Induration of the Heart. 
 
 The muscular substance of the heart sometimes undergoes a hard* 
 ening process. It is occasionally so much hardened as to sound, 
 when struck, like a hollow horn vessel. The disease is rare. 
 
 It increases the heart's impulse, like hypertrophy ; and it require* 
 about the same treatment with that disease. 
 
 Fatty Degenerations of the Heart. 
 
 The heart sometimes becomes overloaded with fat, which is depos- 
 ited between the heart-case and the muscular substance, — covering 
 the organ all over externally, and in some cases penetrating to some 
 depth into its substance. The muscular walls themselves become 
 thin and flabby. 
 
 Symptoms. — The sounds of the heart are diminished, — especially 
 the first. The pulse is irregular. Pain, and a feeling of oppression 
 in the region of the heart, with general signs of retarded circulation 
 
HEART DISEASES. 253 
 
 such as congestion of the brain and liver. There is occasionally gid- 
 diness, loss of memory, and palpitation. 
 
 Treatment. — Exercise, mental excitement, and stimulating drinks 
 must be avoided ; and the patient must live for one or two years on 
 a very light diet, taking but very little animal food. 
 
 Bony and Cartilaginous Productions in the Heart. 
 
 These productions in the heart are fortunately rare. Yet they 
 occur ; and the point of the heart, in its whole thickness, is some- 
 times changed to cartilage. The ventricles are sometimes so ossified 
 as to resemble the bones of the head. 
 
 The symptoms of these degenerations are obscure ; and as such 
 cases are not curable, it is of less consequence that we should be able 
 to know their precise nature during the life of the patient. The treat- 
 ment can only afford temporary relief, and should be such as is pre- 
 scribed in other heart diseases with similar symptoms. 
 
 Shrinking of the Heart. — Atrophy. 
 
 The heart, like any other muscle, is liable to defective nutrition, 
 and in consequence of it may become small. It shrinks, in some 
 cases, to the size of an infant's heart. 
 
 The complaint is generally caused by whatever reduces the general 
 flesh, as consumption, diabetes, chronic dysentery, cancer, and exces- 
 sive loss of blood. 
 
 It can hardly be called a disease. Persons who have it are less 
 subject to inflammatory diseases than others, though they faint from 
 slight causes, and have nervous affections. 
 
 Treatment. — If its causes can be discovered, treat them ; if nof> 
 the treatment should be the same as for dilatation. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Heart-Case. — Pericarditis. 
 
 The pericardium, or heart-case, is a membranous sac, in which 
 the heart is contained. It is composed of two layers. The outside 
 one is fibrous, dense, and white ; the inside one is serous. The serous 
 layer forms the lining of the fibrous one, and then is reflected over 
 the heart, and the roots of the large blood-vessels. 
 
 When the pericardium becomes acutely inflamed, it throws out. 
 both lymph, and serum or water. The lymph often causes the two 
 layers of the sac to grow together. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is strong when the effusion of water 
 is small, — feeble and unequal when it is large. Percussion yields a 
 dull sound in proportion to the amount of fluid in the sac. 
 
 When listening with the stethoscope, a rough noise is heard, resem- 
 bling either the rasping of wood, the grating of a nutmeg, the rustling 
 of silk, or the crackling of parchment. Sometimes it is softer, like 
 
254 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 the blowing of a pair of bellows. Occasionally, it resembles the 
 creaking of a new shoe-sole, or has a low creaking, like the tearing 
 of linen cloth. 
 
 When there is effusion, the ordinary beats of the heart sound dull 
 and distant. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Acute inflammatory fever generally preceded 
 by chills, with pungent pain in the region of the heart, shooting to the 
 left shoulder-blade, shoulder, and upper arm. 
 
 Pain increased by taking a full breath, by stretching the left side, 
 by percussion, and by pressure between the ribs over the heart. Some- 
 times the pain is in the epigastrium, or left hypocondrium. Inability 
 to lie on the left side. 
 
 Explanation. — The noises mentioned above, are produced by the 
 rubbing together of opposite surfaces of the heart-case, made rough 
 by the exudation of lymph. The rasping is supposed to be caused 
 by firm and rugged lymph ; the rustling and creaking, by soft and wet 
 lymph ; the bellows murmur, by soft and dry lymph ; the creaking, 
 croaking, and crackling, by dry, tough lymph. These sounds may all 
 be imitated by rubbing a damp finger upon the back of the hand, 
 while listening with the stethoscope applied to the palm. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Heart-Case. 
 
 When acute pericarditis runs for more than ten days or a fortnight, 
 it becomes chronic. It is chronic from the beginning, when it runs a 
 slow, insidious course, without marked or violent symptoms. 
 
 The symptoms are much the same in kind with those of the acute 
 form, only less in degree. This low grade of the symptoms of the 
 disease renders it more obscure than the acute. 
 
 Treatment. — In the acute form of the disease, apply wet cups over 
 the region of the heart, or apply from a dozen to forty leeches to the 
 same parts. 
 
 At the same time, move the bowels freely by an injection (247), or 
 by a purgative pill (31). 
 
 The strength and amount of the remedies employed in each case, 
 must be in proportion to the vigor of the patient's constitution. 
 
 It is of great importance that the treatment should be active and 
 prompt, and that the disease should be broken down early. 
 
 Diluent, cooling drinks (132) (129) (298) (299) should be allowed 
 as freely as the patient desires, in order to dilute the blood, and ren- 
 der it less stimulating to the heart. 
 
 At the same time, five to fifteen-drop doses of tincture of veratrum 
 viride should be given every hour, to bring down the action of the 
 heart 
 
 Let the diet be wholly of barley-water, thin gruel, weak tea, or 
 airow root 
 
 During recovery, the diet must be spare, and the greatest tranquil- 
 lity of mind and body be preserved. 
 
HEART DISEASES. 255 
 
 In the treatment of chronic cases, when the cavity appears to con- 
 tain fluid, counter-irritation is suitable. Blisters, croton oil, the com- 
 pound tar plaster, and especially the tincture of iodine. The diet 
 may be a little more nutritious than in the acute form of the disease, 
 — embracing light animal food and broths. 
 
 Inflammation of the Heart. — Carditis. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the muscular substance of the heart. 
 When existing alone, it is a very rare disease. Being mixed up with 
 other forms of heart disease, it does not require any separate account 
 of its symptoms or treatment. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Lining of the Heart. 
 
 Endocarditis. 
 
 The heart is one of the citadels of life. Disease attacks it on all 
 sides. In this complaint, it has entered the fort, and taken possession. 
 The inflammation is on the lining membrane. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is violent, abrupt, and regular, as 
 long as the circulation through the heart is free, but when this is im- 
 peded, it is at first a confused tumult (which generally happens when 
 a fort is first taken), and gradually sinks to a feeble flutter. 
 
 The dull sound upon percussion covers a space of from three to 
 seven square inches. 
 
 The beats of the heart are generally accompanied or marked by a 
 bellows murmur, — the loudness of which depends on the strength of 
 the heart's action. 
 
 General Symptoms. — Inflammatory fever. The action of the heart 
 being generally violent and abrupt, the pulse corresponds with it, and 
 is strong, full, and har'L' 
 
 Explanation. — The bellows sound is supposed to depend on the 
 inflamed and swollen condition of the valves. 
 
 The dulness on percussion will be slight when the circulation 
 through the heart is free ; — more distinct and marked when it is 
 obstructed. 
 
 Dr. Hope says the disease may be anticipated, if a person be sud- 
 denly attacked with these three signs : namely, fever, violent action 
 of the heart, and a murmur which did not. exist before. 
 
 This disease, like inflammation of the heart-case, is often produced 
 by, and is intimately connected with, acute rheumatism. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Heart's Lining. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse more perceptible and diffused than 
 natural. 
 
 The dull sound upon percussion covers a space of from four to 
 »ight square inches. 
 
256 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 There is a sawing, rasping, or filing sound. This sound may cover 
 one or both beats of the heart. Sometimes these unnatural sounds 
 are double ; in which case, the first is caused by an obstruction to the 
 natural flow of the blood forward ; the second, by the regurgitation 
 or retrograde flow of the blood from some defect in the valve, — just 
 as a pump valve may get out of order, and allow the water which 
 has gone through to flow back. 
 
 Explanation. — A variety of organic changes occur in the valves, 
 which give rise to the murmurs. Inflammation of the lining mem- 
 brane of the heart, reaches the valves, causes puckering, thickening, 
 vegetatious, cartilaginous, bony, and fat-like degenations, which obstruct 
 the blood in its onward flow, or prevent a closure of the valves, and 
 allow it to flow back ; the former causing the first sound, the latter 
 the second. If the unnatural noise be synchronous with the first beat 
 of the heart, it implies disease in either set of the semilunar valves, 
 or an impossibility of closing the auriculo-ventricular openings ; if it 
 accompany the second beat, it signifies that either set of the semilu- 
 nar valves may be open. 
 
 A murmur attending the first beat of the heart, must be caused by 
 a current of blood from a ventricle ; one attending a second sound, 
 by a like necessity, is produced by a current into a ventricle. 
 
 Treatment. — The same as that for pericarditis. It should be equally 
 prompt and vigorous. It must not be forgotten that this disease leads 
 to various organic diseases of the valves of a very grave character, 
 and that such mischiefs can only be escaped by cutting the disease 
 short in the very beginning. 
 
 Disease of the Semilunar Valves. 
 
 The inflammation of the lining of the heart makes sad work with 
 the valves. The semilunars are subject to various changes in their 
 structure. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Obstructive Murmur. — In disease of the semilu- 
 nars, the first beat of the heart is accompanied or obscured either by 
 the bellows murmur, or a sawing, rasping, or filing sound. The un- 
 natural murmur, whatever it is, appears superficial or near. The 
 second beat is natural. 
 
 When the opening into the aorta is contracted, or in any way ob- 
 structed by unhealthy growths, so that the blood is subjected to more 
 than a natural degree of friction in passing, this sound will be heard. 
 It is called obstructive, because it arises from the obstruction of the 
 blood in its forward course. 
 
 Regurgitant Murmurs. — First beat of heart natural. Second beat 
 accompanied or replaced by bellows murmur. There is sometimes a 
 musical murmur. 
 
 Explanation. — The regurgitant murmurs arise from the valves be- 
 ing too small, or defective in some way, and allowing the blood to 
 flow back through the orifice. 
 
HEART DISEASES. 257 
 
 This murmur is loudest opposite the semilunar valves, and is more 
 audible above these valves than below them. 
 
 When the aortic valves are contracted or shortened, and the open- 
 ings are not guarded by them, so as to prevent the backward passage 
 of the blood, there is a double bellows murmur, — one when it is 
 driventhroughthe orifice, and another when it fioivs back. 
 
 Disease of the Mitral Valves. 
 
 Physical Signs. — Obstructive Murmur. — First beat of heart natu- 
 ral. Second beat accompanied or replaced by bellows murmur. 
 
 Regurgitant Murmurs. — The first beat of the heart accompanied by 
 a loud and rough bellows murmur. This sound is like sawing or 
 filing, it is loudest above or below the nipple, between the fourth 
 and seventh ribs. There is occasionally a musical murmur. Th^ 
 second beat of the heart is natural. Sometimes there is a purring 
 tremor. 
 
 General Symptoms of Valvular Disease. — Cough, in many cases 
 with watery expectoration; difficulty of breathing; frightful dreams, 
 and starting from sleep ; congestion of the lungs ; expectoration 
 stained wdth dark and grumous blood ; swelling of the jugular veins ; 
 a livid look of the face ; a feeling as if a cord were tied tight around 
 the lower part of the chest ; general dropsy, of the legs and feet in 
 particular ; passive hemorrhages from the mucous membranes ; en- 
 gorgement of the liver and spleen ; congestion of the brain, with feel- 
 ings of oppression. When the mitral valve is contracted, admitting 
 regurgitation, the pulse is small, weak, irregular, and intermittent. 
 
 These are the worst symptoms of an advanced stage. 
 
 Explanations. — The examiner will distinguish the various sounds 
 
 thus : 
 
 The murmurs generated at the origin of the arteries, spread theii 
 sonorous currents upwards along these arteries. 
 
 Those produced in the auricular orifices, will be conducted into the 
 auricles, and propagated downwards towards the apex of the heart. 
 
 Which Set of Valves. — To learn in which set of valves it origi- 
 nates, therefore, find its seat, and trace its direction. 
 
 Finding the murmur to be in the aortic orifice, it is then known to 
 be obstructive, if the first sound is morbid, and the second sound natu- 
 ral ; and regurgitant, if the first sound is natural, and the second sowid 
 morbid. 
 
 But if the murmur be in the mitral orifice, it is obstructive when the 
 first beat of the heart is natural, and the second beat morbid ; and re- 
 gurgitant, when the first beat is morbid, and the second beat natural. 
 
 The Pitch or Key of a murmur depends on the distance of its seat 
 from the ear of the listener ; — nearness giving a high, and distance a 
 low key. Thus, a murmur seated in the orifice of the pulmonary 
 artery, being nearer the surface, has a 7 igher pilch than any other 
 

 258 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 It is on about the same key with a whispered s, — sometimes a little 
 lower, and depending somewhat on the strength of the current of 
 blood, — a strong- current elevating, and a weak current depressing the 
 tone. 
 
 The mitral orifice is situated opposite the junction of the cartilage 
 of the third rib with the left side of the breast bone. The aortic 
 orifice is about half an inch to the right of this, and the same dis- 
 tance lower. It is known by the key being lower, — about like a 
 whispered r, which is the ordinary type of the sawing sound. 
 
 Murmurs from pulmonic and aortic regurgitations, are about two 
 tones lower, in consequence of the currents of the blood being weaker. 
 They are like whispering awe by inspiration ; and if the click of the 
 valve be heard, the sound will be changed to paw. 
 
 Murmurs in the mitral valve, being more deeply seated, are about 
 four tones lower, and are like a whispered who. 
 
 The tricuspid murmurs are higher than the mitral, because nearer 
 the surface. 
 
 The musical murmur has been compared to whistling, the cooing 
 of a dove, and the mewing of a kitten. It generally results from re- 
 gurgitation. 
 
 The purring tremor is caused, generally, by regurgitation through 
 1he mitral valve. 
 
 Other Symptoms Explained. — The difficulty of breathing, frightful 
 dreams, congestion of the lungs, hemorrhages, engorgements, etc., 
 mentioned above, all proceed from such valvular stiffenings, pucker- 
 ings, ossifications, enlargements, and contractions, as occasion a decid- 
 edly obstructed circulation. 
 
 The small, weak, irregular, and interrupted pulse, is caused by con- 
 traction of the mitral valve, which occasions an insufficient or irregu- 
 iar supply of blood to the ventricle, and causes the ventricle, by losing 
 the resistance of the valve, to expend its force in a backward as well 
 a forward direction, — thus sending but little blood into the arteries. 
 
 Treatment. — The tendency of valvular disease is to produce hyper- 
 trophy and dilatation. The strong and ceaseless efforts of the ven- 
 tricle to drive the blood through an orifice obstructed by valvular 
 disease, will of course make the walls grow thick, which is hypertro- 
 phy ; and at the same time, the accumulation of blood which cannot 
 be driven iorward fast enough, must tend to swell and enlarge the 
 cavity, — which is dilatation. 
 
 The great object of treatment, therefore, is to diminish the force 
 and activity of the circulation, — to induce the heart to cease striving 
 to do what cannot be done. 
 
 To accomplish this, give sedatives (285) (94) (124). The hellebore 
 and cohosh will be found particularly serviceable. 
 
 The tincture of the American hellebore is about the best of all 
 Purgatives may be given according to the strength of the patient. 
 
 When there is dropsy, and a scanty secretion of high-colored urine^ 
 diuretics, or medicines to increase the action of the kidneys, are very 
 important. For this purpose, digitalis and acetate of potash (130) 
 
HEART DISEASES. 259 
 
 are excellent. Should this not succeed in reducing the dropsy, an 
 active purgative (31) may accompany it. 
 
 Diaphoretics, or medicines which promote perspiration, are also 
 useful. This opening of the skin, however, is generally brought 
 about by the hellebore, etc. (124). 
 
 The diet should be unstimulating, and yet should be sufficiently 
 nourishing to prevent the patient from running too low. Animal 
 food of the most digestible kind may be taken once a day ; though 
 there are many cases requiring its entire rejection. 
 
 The passions should be kept in the most perfect subjection, and 
 the life should be as tranquil as possible. Nothing must be done in a 
 hurry. 
 
 Water in the Heart-Case. — Hydropericardium. 
 
 This disease is common as an attendant of general dropsy. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is undulatory, as if transmitted 
 through a fluid, and it is not always of the same strength. 
 
 The dulness extends upward in a conical form, in proportion to the 
 amount of fluid ; — sometimes rising as high as the second rib. The 
 impulse does not coincide with the first beat of the heart. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The patient has a sensation of the heart being 
 in a floating state. The pulse is small, frequent, and intermittent. 
 
 Explanation. — The reason that the impulse does not occur at the 
 same time with the first beat of the heart is, that the apex does not 
 immediately strike the walls of the chest, — some time being required 
 to push it up through the fluid. 
 
 The beats of the heart sound more distant than natural in conse r 
 quence of the organ being pushed away from the walls of the chest 
 by the fluid. 
 
 Palpitation. — Nervous Palpitation. — Anaemic Palpitation. 
 
 There is a great deal of palpitation of the heart dependent on 
 dyspepsia, hypochondria, hysterics, mental agitation, excessive study 
 with deficient sleep, venereal excesses, and masturbation. 
 
 Palpitations likewise occur from what is called ancemia, or a low 
 and deficient state of the blood. 
 
 Physical Signs. — The impulse is weak, fluttering, or tumultuous, 
 
 — generally increased by trifles. 
 
 The beats of the heart are increased in frequency, and sometimes 
 marked by intermission. Now and then they are accompanied by a 
 bellows murmur. There are musical murmurs in the jugular veins, 
 
 — loudest a little above the collar bones. 
 
 General Symptoms. — The complexion is generally pallid and blood- 
 less ; the lips and the inside of the mouth partaking of the same pale* 
 
260 
 
 HEART DISEASES. 
 
 ness ; the pulse quick, small, weak, and jerking ; and during palpita- 
 tion, it sometimes has a thrill. Slight causes produce breathlessness 
 and faintness. A dislike of animal food, and a fondness for acids. 
 The monthly discharge in females is deficient, and the whites take its 
 place. Sometimes the menses are too profuse, lasting for several days, 
 and consisting only of blood. In this state of things there is great 
 feebleness both of mind and body, with rushing noises in the ears. 
 
 Explanations. — The murmurs depend on a lack of blood. The con 
 ditions of their existence are, thinness of blood, a swift and spasmodic 
 circulation, and particularly an unfilled condition of the blood-vessels. 
 A. brook is the more babbling in proportion as its water is more 
 shallow. It is a law in physics, that heaviness of freight gives stead- 
 iness of motion ; and lightness of freight gives unsteady motion. 
 The fireman's hose trembles and vibrates when only half full of water. 
 In like manner the blood-vessels are agitated when imperfectly filled. 
 
 Treatment. — • This is to be governed altogether by the cause of the 
 trouble. If it be dyspepsia, hypochondria, hysterics, etc., these sev- 
 eral diseases require their usual treatment ; when they are cured, the 
 palpitation will stop. 
 
 But when it is caused by a low state of the blood, then give for 
 several weeks, iron, the compound mixture, and (316) (310). 
 
 The food must likewise be nourishing, — tender meat, beef and 
 mutton, with broths, etc. 
 
 Gentle exercise will be required, and much exposure to a bracing, 
 out-door air. 
 
 Neuralgia of the Heart. — Angina Pectoris. 
 
 This is a strictly nervous disease. It begins with a sensation of 
 pain and constriction in the region of the heart. This pain is accom- 
 panied with more or less pain and numbness in the left arm. In 
 females it is not uncommon for it to be attended by great sensitive- 
 ness and pain of the breasts. When the attack is violent, the pain 
 in the heart is excruciating, and even terrific. There is attending this 
 a feeling of great oppression in the chest, amounting, in the worst 
 cases, to a sense of suffocation. The heart palpitates violently, the 
 brain is oppressed, and fainting sometimes occurs. 
 
 The disease is brought on, in nervous subjects, by over excitement 
 of the heart. Walking up hill, against a strong wind, may bring it 
 on. If walking at the time of the attack, the patient is compelled to 
 stop, and stand still till the pain subsides. 
 
 The disease is often connected with organic changes in the heart's 
 structure, such as ossifications, and other alterations. 
 
 Treatment. — When the complaint depends on organic disease of 
 the heart, the treatment must be directed to the cure of these dis- 
 eases. 
 
 To relieve a severe attack, the patient should be instantly placed 
 in a quiet position; wind in the stom? T .i, if present, should be ex- 
 
HEART DISEASES. 26l' 
 
 pelled by peppermint or anise water, or ether, or (115), or some other 
 aromatic. If there is acidity or sourness of the stomach, it must be 
 corrected by a teaspoonful of soda in half a tumbler of water ; and 
 if the stomach be full of undigested food, let the patient take a table- 
 spoonful of ground mustard, stirred up with a teacupful of warm 
 water. This will cause almost instant vomiting. 
 
 These things being done, give some quieting, or antispasmodic 
 medicines, as one sixth of a grain of morphine, or one of the following 
 prescriptions: (285) (97) (135) (124). 
 
 Great relief is often obtained by sending a current of magnetism 
 through the region of the heart, by applying one pole of the machine 
 in front, and the other upon the back. 
 
 During the intervals, the general health is to be improved by a 
 wholesome, nourishing diet, gentle, out-door exercise, and a careful 
 control of all the passions. 
 
 Polypus of the Heart. 
 
 A portion of the fibrine sometimes separates from the blood in the 
 heart and large vessels, and becoming more or less organized, forms 
 polypuses, which fill the cavities to which they are attached, and seri- 
 ously obstruct the circulation. 
 
 Physical Signs. — When the pulsations of the heart, previously 
 regular, become suddenly anomalous, confused, and obscure, so that 
 they cannot be analyzed, we may suspect a polypus. 
 
 General Symptoms. — A sudden and great aggravation of the bad 
 breathing, without any visible cause, — the patient being in agony 
 from a sense of impending suffocation, and tossing about from side 
 to side, struggling for breath. The pulse small, weak, irregular, in- 
 termittent, and unequal ; the surface and extremities cold ; the face, 
 livid, — to which there is generally added nausea and vomiting. 
 
 Treatment. — When the polypus is once formed, the case is hope- 
 less. The treatment, therefore, can only be preventive. 
 
 The chief things to be done are, to keep the patient in a state of 
 entire tranquillity, and to bring the circulation to the surface, by keep- 
 ing the skin warm, and excited by friction. This will call the blood 
 away from the heart and great vessels, and lessen the chances of the 
 polypus. 
 
 Displacements of the Heart. 
 
 The heart may be misplaced from birth. I have seen a case in 
 which it lay upon the right side, and had always been in that posi- 
 tion. Its action was natural. 
 
 A variety of causes may tend to push it out of its place, as water 
 in the cavity of the pleura. In such cases, it will return to its place 
 when the water is drawn off or absorbed. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Under the above head I shall consider most of the diseases which 
 occur in the great cavity below the diaphragm, called the abdomen 
 or belly. These affections are quite important, and make up a con- 
 siderable part of the ills we suffer from disease. 
 
 Before speaking of these diseases, however, I will call the reader's 
 attention to a profile view of the 
 
 Fig. 94. 
 
 relative position of the several or- 
 gans lodged in this cavity. 
 
 In Fig. 94, L is the liver, S the 
 stomach, C the colon, E. the rectum, 
 B the bladder, P D the pancreas, 
 and I the intestines. The double 
 lines, folded back upon each other, 
 and surrounding most of the or- 
 gans, represent the peritoneum, a 
 membrane which lines the great 
 cavity of which I am speaking. 
 
 It will be well, too, before pro- 
 ceeding further, to make the reader 
 acquainted with the names of cer- 
 tain regions of the abdomen which 
 he will find constantly spoken of 
 in medical books. I have not 
 used these terms much in my 
 book ; but it will be convenient 
 to be acquainted with them. Phy- 
 sicians who are careless in their 
 readings, are not always familiar 
 with their exact locality. 
 
 In Fig. 95, the abdomen is di- 
 vided into nine different regions 
 by the drawing of two parallel 
 lines up and down, 2, 2, and 3, 3, 
 and two lines across, 4, 4, and 1,1. 
 three in the middle, and three below. 
 
 In the upper row, 6 is the epigastrium, or epigastric region, in which 
 •ire the left lobe of the liver, and a portion of the stomach ; 5, on the 
 
 This gives three regions above, 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 2% 
 
 Fig. 95. 
 
 right side, is the right hypochondrium, in which is the right lobe of the 
 
 liver ; and 5, on the left side, is the left 
 hypochondrium, which contains the spleen, 
 and a portion of the stomach and liver. 
 
 In the middle row, 7 is the umbilical 
 region, which contains the small intestines. 
 On the right side, 8 is the right lumbar re- 
 gion, which holds the right kidney and the 
 ascending colon ; and 8, on the left, is the 
 left lumbar region, which contains the left 
 kidney and the descending colon. 
 
 In the lower row, 9 is the hypogastriiwh 
 or hypogastric region, which contains a por- 
 tion of the small intestines and bladder. 
 On the right, 10 is the right iliac fassa, 
 containing the ccecum or caput coli ; and 10, 
 on the left, is the left iliac fassa, contain- 
 ing the sigmoid flexure. 
 
 And now I may as well present, in 
 
 Fig 96- 
 
 Fig. 96, a front view of 
 many of the organs both 
 in the chest and abdo- 
 men : 1, 1, 1, 1, are the 
 muscles of the chest ; 2, 
 2, 2, 2, the ribs ; 3, 3, 3, 
 the upper, middle, and 
 lower lobes of the right 
 lung; 4, 4, the lobes of 
 the left lung; 5, the right 
 ventricle of the heart ; 6, 
 the left ventricle ; 7, the 
 right auricle of the heart; 
 8, the left auricle ; 9, the 
 pulmonary artery ; 10, 
 the aorta ; 11, the vena 
 cava descendens ; 12, the 
 windpipe ; 13, oesopha- 
 gus ; 14, 14, 14, 14, the 
 pleura ; 15, 15, 15, the 
 diaphragm ; 16, 16, the 
 right and left lobes of 
 the liver; 17, the gall 
 bladder ; 18, stomach ; 
 26, the spleen; 19, 19, 
 the duodenum ; 20, the 
 ascending colon; 21, the 
 transverse colon ; 25, the 
 descending colon ; 22, 22, 
 22, 22, the small intes- 
 tines ; 23, 23, the walls of the belly turned down ; 24, the thoracic 
 duct, opening into the left subclavian vein (27). 
 
264 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Liver. 
 
 The liver is the largest gland in the body. (See Fig. 31.) It lies 
 in the right side, and at the top of the great abdominal cavity, di- 
 rectly under the midriff, and lapping upon the stomach. Fig. 94 
 shows its relative position. Its office is to take the superabundant 
 carbon out of the blood. This carbon it unites with other elements 
 and forms bile, the peculiar bitter substance, which is poured into the 
 upper bowel, and greatly aids digestion. 
 
 The liver is liable to become inflamed from several causes, such 
 as gravel stones, external violence, suppressed secretions, hot climates P 
 inflammation of the duodenum, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are sympathetic fever, with pain, and a sense 
 of tension in the right side, inability to lie o.a the left side, difficulty 
 of breathing, a dry cough, vomiting, and hiccup. 
 
 The pain is acute and lancinating generally, though sometimes 
 dull and tensive. When sharp, it is like the stitch of pleurisy, and it 
 indicates that the peritoneum which covers the liver is inflamed. 
 When dull, it is the body of the organ which is suffering. When the 
 convex surface of the liver is the seat of the disease, the pain is apt to 
 run up to the right collar-bone, and to the top of the right shoulder. 
 Breathing, coughing, and lying on the left side, increase the pain. 
 A soreness is felt by pressing over the liver. The pulse is full, hard, 
 and strong, the bowels are costive, and the stools are clay colored, 
 owing to not being tinged with bile, — this having stopped flowing. 
 The tongue is covered with a yellow, dark brown, or even black coat, 
 and there is a bitter taste in the mouth. 
 
 Explanation. — The bile, secreted by the liver, is poured into the 
 upper bowel, and gives the brown or the yellow color to the contents 
 of the bowels. When the liver is inflamed, it cannot work, — it se- 
 cretes little or no bile, and the discharge from the bowels lose their 
 color. The bile is slightly physical, and when it ceases to flow into 
 the bowels, they become bound or costive. When the liver does not 
 work, the bile has to be taken out of the blood by the kidneys, and 
 the urine becomes of a deep yellow color. Much of it goes out 
 through the skin, too, which is likewise yellow, and the sweat be- 
 comes so yellow as to stain the linen. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply wet cups or leeches over the liver pretty freely. 
 
 Purgatives will also need to be used pretty freely at first. Those 
 which produce watery stools (31) (247) (34) will be of the greatest 
 service. 
 
 After the cups and purgatives have been thoroughly used, blisters 
 will be useful, and it will be better to apply several in succession* 
 rather than to keep the first one open. Or, in the milder cases, a 
 mustard poultice may be applied over the whole side, and even along 
 the spine. 
 
 Frictions over the stomach and liver with the nitro-muriatic acid, 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 26o 
 
 and a foot bath of the same, will sometimes do well. The acid 
 should be reduced with water to about the strength of sharp vinegar. 
 Water a little soured with this same acid makes an excellent drink 
 for the patient. 
 
 Perspiration should be induced by the spirit vapor bath, and kept 
 up gently by the tincture of the American hellebore, from three to 
 ten drops every hour. Or, the same thing may be done by prescrip- 
 tion (126). 
 
 When the urine is small in quantity and red, give some diu- 
 retic, as infusion of marshmallow root, pumpkin seeds, or trailing 
 arbutus. 
 
 The diet should be rice-water, gruel, and toast-water. While get- 
 ting up, it may gradually be improved, and some light tonics (49) 
 (58) (64) be added to it 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Liver. 
 
 There are few chronic diseases for which the physician is more 
 often consulted than this. In the warm climate of the South, in the 
 bilious districts of the West, and indeed even in the Middle and 
 Eastern States, it meets us continually, and demands our attention. 
 That it is difficult to cure must be admitted ; but a constant famil- 
 iarity with chronic diseases, for several years, has convinced me that 
 it is generally curable. 
 
 Symptoms. — A sense of fulness and weight in the right side, with 
 some enlargement, and shooting pains felt in the same region, partic- 
 ularly when it is pressed, with pains in one or both shoulders, and 
 under the shoulder blades ; uncomfortable sensations when lying on 
 the left side ; yellowness of the skin, eyes, and urine ; bowels irregu- 
 lar, loose, or costive ; appetite disturbed ; sometimes a dry, hacking 
 cough ; shortness of breath ; tongue whitish, and brown or yellow 
 towards the root ; a bitter and bad taste in the morning. The urine 
 deposits a sediment on standing. There is generally a low and des- 
 ponding state of mind, with irritability and peevishness of temper. 
 
 The skin is often covered with yellow spots, and with a branny 
 substance. The various symptoms of dyspepsia are often present. 
 The nervous system is generally much disturbed, and there is a dis- 
 inclination to apply the mind. There is frequently a great dread of 
 imagined evil, supposed to be impending. 
 
 Treatment — This does not require to be as active as that for the 
 acute form of the disease. 
 
 If there be much tenderness of the liver, begin with mustard poul- 
 tices, and the compound pills of podophyllin, or the compound pills 
 of leptandrin, or (36). 
 
 I have abandoned the use of mercury in this disease, as in most 
 others ; but if any prefer to use it, the blue pill (52) will be found tne 
 most useful form. 
 
 The compound tar plaster placed over the liver, in bad cases, is 
 often very serviceable. 
 
266 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 An alterative (138) (146) will be found useful. 
 
 The daily alkaline sponge bath must on no account be omitted. 
 Vigorous friction must follow it. Vigorous constitutions will bear 
 the shower bath ; in such cases it may, occasionally, take the place of 
 the sponge bath. 
 
 The diet must be simple, yet nourishing and wholesome, — and 
 embracing but a small amount of fat, — as this is composed largely 
 of carbon, and the liver is unable to remove what is already in the 
 blood. 
 
 Especially and above all, out-door exercise must be taken to the 
 full amount of the strength, and the thoughts be occupied with cheer- 
 ful subjects. Let the hot sun be avoided, and the summer exercise 
 be taken in the cool hours of the day. 
 
 The recovery from this, as from all other chronic diseases, must 
 necessarily be slow. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Spleen. — Splenitis. 
 
 The spleen is in the upper part of the belly, on the left side, oppo- 
 site the liver. It is subject to acute inflammation, which is known by 
 a pain just under the short ribs on the left side, also by swelling, sore- 
 ness to the touch, and by more or less fever. The pain often shoots 
 up through the midriff and to the left shoulder. There is a short, dry 
 cough ; a feeling of tightness about the heart ; a sickness at the stom- 
 ach, and vomiting ; and a discharge frequently of black blood from 
 the bowels. The urine is scanty, is passed with some difficulty, and 
 is high colored. 
 
 This disease appears most frequently in hot climates, and is often 
 connected with intermittent fevers. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Spleen. 
 
 This prevails most in fever and ague districts, and is a frequent 
 result of chills and fever. It is generally very stubborn, often lasting 
 many years. 
 
 Symptoms. — A feeling of weight, tightness, and sometimes pain in 
 the left side, — the pain being increased by pressure, or an attempt to 
 lie on the left side. The organ sometimes enlarges very much, so 
 that it can be felt by the hand. This enlarged mass passes under the 
 common name of " ague cake." There are sometimes numbness, 
 weakness of the legs, difficulty of breathing, palpitation of the heart, 
 inability to exercise much, obstinate constipation, vomiting of food, 
 piles, dry skin, tongue coated white or red, low spirits, and occasion- 
 ally dropsical affections. 
 
 During the chill in fever and ague, the spleen becomes enormously 
 loaded with blood. Surfeited and stretched in this way again and 
 again, it is not strange that the organ should become diseased. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be about the same with the treatment for 
 acute and chronic inflammation of the liver. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 267 
 
 After the active symptoms of inflammation are subdued, the warm 
 bath may be used once or twice a week. 
 
 In the chronic form of the disease, counter-irritation with the com- 
 pound tar plaster, with mustard poultices, croton oil, or tincture of 
 iodine, will be particularly needed. 
 
 Among medicines, muriate of ammonia (53) has a high reputation. 
 To keep the bowels open, podophyllin, quinine, and nux vomica (46), 
 have a fine effect. Iron may be given (73) when the patient is blood- 
 less and pale. 
 
 Jaundice. — Icterus. 
 
 The jaundice is a very common disease, and to be known, needs only 
 to be seen. 
 
 Symptoms, — The most prominent symptoms are, yellowness of the 
 skin and whites of the eyes, saffron-colored urine, and whitish or clay- 
 colored stools. So full is the urine of bile, that a piece of white linen, 
 dipped in it, receives a bright yellow tinge. 
 
 Beside these leading symptoms, there aro impaired appetite, a loath- 
 ing of food, the sense of a load at the pit of the stomach, sourness of 
 stomach, sometimes sickness and vomiting, a bitter taste in the mouth, 
 disinclination to move about, sleepiness, a dull pain in che right side, 
 which is increased by pressure. 
 
 The entire body of a person who has died of jaundice, including 
 bones, muscles, and membranes, are found to be full of bile, and colored 
 yellow. 
 
 Explanation. — The bile flows into the upper bowel, a little below 
 the stomach, through a duct or tube about as large as a goose-quill. 
 This little tube or vessel receives the bile from a smaller tube, called 
 the hepatic duct, and from another which goes to the gall-bladder, 
 called the cystic duct. 
 
 These little tubes sometimes get obstructed or plugged up by 
 sticky, thickened, or hardened bile, or by gall-stones, formed in the liver, 
 and the bile finding no outlet through its natural channels, is taken 
 up by the absorbents, distributed over the system, and produces the yel- 
 lowness we witness. When these ducts and the gall-bladder are filled and 
 stretched by this thickened and hardened bile, they become tender 
 and sore. Hence the sore feeling in the side when pressure is 
 made. 
 
 There is another explanation of the way in which the yellowness of 
 jaundice is produced, and it matters not whether it, or the one just 
 given, be adopted. It is this : The bile is formed by the blood, and 
 not by the liver. The office of the liver is to draw or strain off the bile 
 from the blood. And when this organ is inflamed, or gets sluggish and 
 will not work, the blood is not relieved of its yellow freight. The 
 bile accumulates and in attempting to escape through other channels, it 
 lodges in the various tissues, particularly in the skin. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be much inactivity of the liver, the treatment 
 may begin with an emetic (1) (2) (4). 
 

 268 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 An infusion of thoroughwort, drank freely every day, is a valuable 
 remedy. The inner bark of the barberry steeped in cider, or this arti- 
 cle compounded with others (286) (287) will be found excellent. 
 
 The diet should be plain, wholesome, and nourishing, but com- 
 posed mostly of vegetable articles, particularly green vegetables and 
 berries when they are to be had. 
 
 Cold water should be the principal drink ; or drink and medicine 
 may be combined in the shape of five drops of muriatic acid, and 
 three drops of nitric acid, dissolved in a tumbler of water slightly 
 sweetened. This is generally a pleasant drink, and will assist very 
 much in the cure. 
 
 The warm bath once or twice a week, and the alkaline sponge bath 
 every day, with smart friction, must not be omitted. 
 
 When jaundice is caused by the passage of gall-stones through the 
 bile duct, there is sometimes terrible pain and suffering, — the stone, 
 occasionally, being as large as a nutmeg, and forcing its way through 
 a quill-sized tube. So great is the distress that the patient sometimes 
 rolls upon the floor in agony. To alleviate this pain, large doses of 
 opium, laudanum, or morphine, are required. A large teaspoonful of 
 bicarbonate of soda dissolved in a tumblerful of hot water is an ex- 
 cellent remedy if drank at a single draught. It relieves the acidity 
 of the stomach, and acts as a fomentation to the internal seat of the 
 pain. Mustard poultices, or warm fomentations, over the seat of the 
 pain, are required. The warm bath is excellent. 
 
 The acid bath, made by mixing three parts of muriatic acid with 
 two parts of nitric acid, and adding as much of this mixture to water 
 as will make it about as sour as weak vinegar, is valuable in jaundice. 
 Only a quart of water need be taken ; and the solution should be 
 applied with a sponge. It is of the right strength, if it produce a 
 slight tingling of the skin. 
 
 Gall Stones. — Biliary Calculi, 
 
 These are concretions, or hardening of bile into masses of all sizes 
 from that of mere grains, to that of a nutmeg. Fig. 97 is a specimen 
 of them. They are found in the gall bladder, the cystic 
 duct, the hepatic duct, and are sometimes precipitated 
 from the bile after it has passed into the bowels. In pass- 
 ing through the ducts, if of considerable size, they produce "*" " yjK 
 intense pain, particularly if they are jagged upon their ^-^ (JL 
 surface. tf^L 
 
 These stones, so called, are composed, chemically, of 
 cholesterine, bile pigment, choleic acid, choleate of soda, mucus, earthy 
 salts, and margarin and its compounds. A nucleus seems to be 
 first formed, and then a gradual accumulation takes place upon its 
 surface. 
 
 Fig. 97. 
 
 Symptoms. — An almost constant uneasiness in the right hypochon- 
 driac region, with spasms of pain, coming on suddenly, and lasting 
 for a time with great severity, and then subsiding. The pain is caused 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 269 
 
 by a stone being suddenly forced into the duct and moving forward in 
 it, and it subsides when the stone either stops, or gets through the duct. 
 When the stone reaches the bowels, it passes off with the stools. 
 
 The patient generally has a pale, sallow complexion, a small, feeble 
 pulse, and often suffers from nausea and vomiting, and from restless- 
 ness and hurried breathing. 
 
 Treatment. — To reduce the spasm, give Dover's powder in full 
 doses, or chlorodine. Also, apply mustard over the right hypochon* 
 drium and stomach, and follow it with hot fomentations with hops, 
 or use wet cups. 
 
 If the stomach is irritable, give the neutralizing mixture until it 
 moves the bowels. A warm infusion of thoroughwort, given to the 
 extent of producing vomiting, will sometimes do well, and lobelia 
 enough with it to relax the duct may be useful. 
 
 To relieve the acidity on which the formation of these stones so 
 often depends, a neutralizing preparation (338) may be given for a 
 long time, the diet, in the mean time, being well regulated. The 
 sponge bath, with saleratus and water, should be taken daily, followed 
 by brisk rubbing ; and free exercise in the open air should on no 
 account be omitted. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Stomach. — Gastritis. 
 
 This is a rare disease. It is generally induced by irritating and 
 corrosive substances taken into the stomach. Poisons, as arsenic, 
 aquafortis, corrosive sublimate, and the like, are the most common 
 causes of it. Blows, sudden stoppage of sweat, and excessive use 
 of ardent spirits, may also excite it. 
 
 Symptoms. — It is marked by burning pain in the stomach, thirst, 
 restlessness, anxiety, constant vomiting, prostration of strength, a 
 quick, hard, and small pulse, incessant retching, a sunken counte- 
 nance, hiccough, cold hands and feet, and a damp skin. 
 
 Treatment. — If the inflammation be excited by poison, the reme- 
 dies named under antidotes for poisons must be first employed. 
 
 The poison being neutralized or thrown off, the inflammatory con- 
 dition must be combatted with the remedies usual for such states. 
 Mustard poultices to the feet, along the spine, and particularly over 
 the pit of the stomacb, will be among the first things to be employed, 
 and should be followed by hot fomentations of stramonium leaves or 
 hops, — both the fomentations and the poultices to be repeated as oc- 
 casion may require. Dry cupping over the region of the stomach is 
 useful. 
 
 Drinks. — Cold water, bread-water, rice-water, arrow-root gruel, in- 
 fusion of slippery elm bark, and of marshmallow. These should be 
 taken in very small quantities, — say a teaspoonful at a time, — about 
 twenty drops of tincture of aconite root being added to half a tum- 
 blerful. Lumps of ice may be held in the mouth, and occasionally 
 swallowed. 
 

 
 270 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Injections. — Emetics and physic are not proper, but injections 
 (248) (253), or simply soap suds, will be required. 
 
 The remedies must be pursued until all tenderness has disappeared 
 from the pit of the stomach. 
 
 While the patient is recovering, great care must be taken not to 
 overload the stomach with food. Arrow-root, sago, and milk are 
 among the first articles to be allowed. After these, will come grad- 
 ually beef-tea, chicken broth, soft-boiled eggs, and beef-steak, until the 
 whole diet can be restored. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Stomach. 
 
 This is a much more common disease than the preceding ; indeed 
 it is very common. Though it does not put life in immediate danger, 
 it perverts the feelings of the stomach, and causes many of the symp- 
 toms of indigestion. Dyspepsia, however, is a different complaint, 
 and not necessarily connected with inflammation. 
 
 Symptoms. — There is generally pain in the stomach, which is in- 
 creased by the presence of food, and by external pressure. The pain 
 is sometimes felt only during digestion. The fermentation of the 
 food in the stomach generates a gas, which is frequently belched up. 
 This is what is meant in common language by having " wind in the 
 stomach," and " belching wind." The meals are frequently vomited 
 up ; the appetite is fickle, sometimes voracious, and again nearly ab- 
 sent ; the thirst is likewise variant ; the tongue is white in the centre, 
 and red at the sides and tip, — sometimes smooth and red all over, 
 like a slice of raw beef. The urine is scanty and high-colored. 
 
 The disease is very liable, if badly managed, to lead to ulceration 
 of the coats of the stomach, and thence to a fatal end ; for an ulcer 
 may penetrate the walls of the stomach, and let its contents into the 
 abdominal cavity, which would excite an immediately fatal inflamma- 
 tion. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be much tenderness, we may apply leeches 
 over the stomach. With less tenderness, counter-irritation will an- 
 swer, — as blisters, croton oil, mustard poultices, the compound tar 
 plaster, or dry cups. 
 
 The skin of the whole surface should receive special attention. 
 The warm or the cold bath should be used often, according to the 
 strength of the patient. When the reaction is good, a cold compress 
 bound upon the stomach every night, will do much to bring relief. 
 
 The diet cannot be too carefully managed. While there is consid- 
 erable tenderness, the nourishment must be of the most simple and 
 unirritating kind, — consisting of little more than the most bland 
 nutritive drinks ; and even these should be taken in small quantities 
 at a time. Gum arabic water, rice-water, barley-water, arrow-root 
 gruel, tea, and toast without butter, will be amply sufficient to keep 
 soul and body together, and will, in two or three weeks, generally 
 starve the enemy out of his quarters. After this, a more nourishing 
 diet may gradually be resumed. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 27 
 
 Indigestion.— Dyspepsia. 
 
 Dyspepsia is a disease of civilization. Savages know nothing of 
 it. It is the costly price we pay for luxuries. All civilized nations 
 suffer from it, more or less,, but none so much as the people of the 
 United States. It is here, in the new world, that the disease has be- 
 come domesticated, and we, as a people, who have threatened to 
 monopolize its miseries. 
 
 Few disorders inflict upon their victims greater suffering ; yet it is 
 not particularly dangerous, and it is even doubtful whether it tends 
 very much to shorten life, unless the length of life be judged to con- 
 sist in the sum of happiness enjoyed, — in which case, few complaints 
 shorten it more. 
 
 Symptoms. — These vary very much in different stages of the dis- 
 ease, and in different persons. In general the complaint begins with 
 a sense of fulness, tightness, and weight in the stomach, sooner or 
 later, after meals, and a changeable, diminished, or lost appetite. 
 Occasionally, the appetite is craving, and when, in obedience to its 
 promptings, a large meal is taken, there is pain in the stomach, with 
 general distress and nervousness, and sometimes vomiting. Flatu- 
 lency and acidity are common, with sour and offensive belching of 
 wind ; and very often there is a water-brash, or vomiting of a clear, 
 glairy fluid when the stomach is empty. Diziness is a prominent 
 symptom. There is a great deal of what patients call an " all-gone "* 
 feeling at the pit of the stomach, — a weakness so great at that par- 
 ticular spot, that it is very hard to sit up straight. There is a bad 
 taste in the mouth ; the tongue is covered with a whitish fur ; there 
 is headache, heartburn, palpitation at times, high-colored urine, and 
 tenderness, now and then, at the pit of the stomach. The bowels are 
 generally irregular, sometimes very costive, at other times loose, when 
 portions of food are passed off undigested. 
 
 Nervous Complication. — Such are the symptoms in a case of sim- 
 ple disorder of the stomach, when no other part of the system is 
 materially involved. This is indigestion, well-marked, and distressing 
 enough ; but it is only a part of what is understood by a case of 
 modern dyspepsia. In this, either the indigestion, in its course, dis- 
 turbs and involves the nervous system, or the nerves become them* 
 selves disordered, and produce the indigestion. Sometimes one hap-i 
 pens, sometimes the other, it matters not which ; both are present, — 
 the affection of the stomach and of the nerves, in a case of thorough 
 dyspepsia. To make out a full case, in its tormenting completeness, we 
 must add to the above symptoms, great depression of spirits, amount- 
 ing at times to complete hopelessness and despondency ; a dread and 
 fear of some impending evil ; a lack of interest in passing events ; un- 
 willingness to see company or to move about ; an irritable and fretful 
 temper ; a desire to talk of one's troubles, and nothing else ; a sallow, 
 haggard, sunken, and sometimes wild expression of countenance ; a 
 dry, wrinkled, and harsh skin, with unrefreshing sleep, disturbed by 
 
272 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 all sorts of annoyances and difficulties, such as shipwrecks, falls down 
 precipices, and nightmare. 
 
 The man who has all these symptoms, or ai,y considerable portion 
 of them, has dyspepsia, and is about as miserable as if all the sorrows 
 of life were electrical currents, and were running through him contin- 
 ually. 
 
 Causes of Dyspepsia. — To healthy digestion, three conditions are 
 especially necessary, — that the food should be well chewed and 
 mixed with saliva before it is swallowed ; that the stomach should 
 pour out and mix with it the right amount of healthy gastric juice ; 
 and that it should be well churned while in the stomach. 
 
 It is well known that the first of these conditions, a thorough chew- 
 ing of food is rare in this country. We eat too fast ; we do not mas- 
 ticate our food ; we bolt it whole. 
 
 This is the first cause of dyspepsia, and it is the fruitful mother of 
 causes. It furnishes the occasion for eating too much ; for when the 
 food is swallowed with such rapidity, the stomach is taken by sur- 
 prise, as it were ; it cannot secrete gastric juice fast enough to be 
 diffused through the fast-growing mass ; and the appetite does not 
 decline until a great deal too much is taken. The coats of the stom- 
 ach, being stretched unnaturally, do not pour out the gastric juice at 
 the right time, or as much of it as is wanted, and what there is, is 
 altered in quality. 
 
 Moreover, the stomach being overburdened, cannot turn over and 
 churn its contents properly. 
 
 To fast eating, we may add, high-seasoned dishes, too stimulating 
 for the stomach; eating between meals, and at unseasonable hours, — 
 particularly at bed-time ; excessive use of strong drinks and tobacco ; 
 habitually sitting up late at night ; inactive habits of body ; and ex- 
 cessive use of the mind. 
 
 No causes of dyspepsia are more active than those which disturb 
 and fret the mind. It is surprising how suddenly any mental agita- 
 tion will put an end to the appetite, and suspend digestion. And 
 when these mental disturbances are protracted, when care becomes a 
 daily and hourly companion, dyspepsia is almost sure to show itself. 
 Considering the numerous causes of unpleasant mental excitement 
 which we have in the politics, the business, the ambition, the family 
 jars, etc., of this country, it is a wonder that dyspepsia is not even more 
 prevalent. It is hard for the sensitive to escape. 
 
 Urinary Deposits. — Before speaking of the treatment of dyspepsia, 
 it will be proper to take notice of certain deposits in the urine, to 
 which persons suffering from this complaint are liable, and the dis- 
 covery of which, will, in many cases, indicate the treatment. 
 
 Many dyspeptics have acid urine, which is loaded with crystals of 
 oxalate of lime. These persons are much depressed in spirit, and 
 look upon the dark side of everything. They are painfully disturbed 
 by small annoyances, are irritable in temper, incapable of exerting 
 themselves, look with dread upon the future, and generally have the 
 dark and dingy look of the face, which indicates functional derange- 
 ment of the liver. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 273 
 
 The most of these crystals are octahedral in form, and in the field 
 of a good microscope, are beautiful objects for inspection. (Figs. 98 
 and 99.) To obtain them, take a portion of urine passed in the 
 morning (urina sanguinis), and let it stand till a deposit takes place. 
 Pour off the upper portion of the urine ; put a part of the remainder 
 in a watch glass, and gently heat it over a lamp. The heat will cause 
 a deposit of the crystals. 
 
 Fig. 9S 
 
 Fig. 99. 
 
 Fig. 100. 
 
 The oxalate of lime is frequently found in urine, having the form 
 of dumb-bells. When examined by polarized light, they appear beau- 
 tifully colored and striated. (Fig. 100.) 
 
 The urate of ammonia, and uric acid gravel, are likewise found in 
 large quantities, in the urine of many dyspeptics. Some are exhausted 
 by them, and reduced almost to skeletons, and to a wretched state of 
 health, — having boils, eruptions, etc. 
 
 To find the urates, put a little of the urine containing the deposit 
 in a test tube, and warm it gently over a lamp. If the deposit readily 
 dissolve, it is probably urate of ammonia (Figs. 101 and 102), and may 
 then be examined under the microscope, to make the matter sure. 
 
 Fig. 101. 
 
 Fig. 102. 
 
 To find uric or lithic acid, let morning urine stand until a solid 
 deposit has sunk to the bottom ; then pour off the liquid, and place 
 some of the solid portion upon a glass, and examine it with a micro- 
 scope, and if this acid be present, its peculiar crystaline forms 
 (Fig. 103) will be discovered, either alone, or mixed with urate of 
 ammonia. 
 
 In those cases in which there is a great prostration of the nervous 
 
 35 
 

 
 274 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 system, with a loss of sexual power, bad feelings in the head, perhaps 
 pain and weakness across the loins, and a tendency to consumption, 
 fig. 103. we may suspect the presence of the triple 
 
 phosphates in the urine. Phosphorus is 
 one of the elements of the brain and 
 nerves, and when there is a constant drain 
 of this element through the kidneys, the 
 nervous system is gradually exhausted.. 
 To find the triple phosphates, put some 
 morning urine in a glass vessel, and let it 
 stand till a sediment has gone to the bot- 
 tom. Put some of the sediment in a test 
 tube, and warm it gently over a lamp. 
 If the warmth do not dissolve the deposit,, 
 add to it a little acetic acid ; if the de- 
 posit dissolve in the acetic acid, it proba- 
 bly consists of earthy phosphates. This is 
 then to be examined under the micro- 
 scope to ascertain whether it is the phos- 
 phate of lime, the triple phosphate, or a mixture of both. 
 
 ' J 
 
 . $ 
 
 9 M 
 
 i 
 
 
 m^~\^B^^. .whk 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 ^>Xi 
 
 m 
 
 HW1 
 
 aV 
 
 ill ® 
 
 1 *t * 
 
 m 
 
 
 Fig. 104. 
 
 Fig. 105. 
 
 Fig. 106. 
 
 Fig. 107. 
 
 Fig. 104 shows us the prismatic crystals of the triple phosphate. 
 In a few rare cases, these are penniform (Fig. 105). Fig. 106 gives 
 us another specimen of the crystals of the 
 triple phosphates, as they appear under the 
 microscope, mixed with amorphous particles 
 of phosphate of lime. If an excess of am- 
 monia be added to the urine, the crystals 
 become star-like, and foliaceous, as in Fig. 
 107. 
 
 Treatment of Dyspepsia. — As there are 
 few complaints which distress the patient 
 more than dyspepsia, so there are few which 
 give the physician more trouble. Generally 
 our art has failed upon it because too much 
 has been required of us. We have not merely been asked to cure 
 the disease, but to do it while the patient continues the indulgence of 
 his appetite, or his excessive application to business or study. It has 
 
been expected of us, that with medicine we should contravene the 
 laws of nature, and restore health while the causes of disease are in 
 full activity. 
 
 This complaint is often brought on by not keeping the bowels 
 open. To cure it, therefore, one of the first things to be done is to 
 remove costiveness and regulate the bowels. 
 
 One of the very best articles I know of to remove constipation is 
 Mettauer's Aperient. I have placed it in the department of Phar- 
 macy ; it ought to be in the United States Dispensatory. Taken 
 immediately after meals, in doses of a teaspoonful, it corrects acidity 
 of the stomach, it gently opens the bowels, and when its action is 
 over, will be found to have diminished the costiveness, rather than in* 
 creased it, as most kinds of physic do. It is excellent in the bilious 
 forms of dyspepsia, — acting finely upon the liver, — particularly if 
 a few drops of aqua regia in water be taken before meals, — the ape- 
 rient being taken after. 
 
 If piles exist, this mixture will be objectionable on account of the 
 aloes, and the fluid neutralizing extract may take its place. Sweet 
 tincture of rhubarb and soda (37) is sometimes preferable to the ape- 
 rient. 
 
 Several other preparations (38) (289) (39) (290) will be found use- 
 ful to remove costiveness and debility of the stomach. 
 
 For acidity, beside the remedies already mentioned, prepared char- 
 coal may be used, in teaspoonful doses, or carbonate of magnesia, or 
 fluid magnesia, or trisnitrate of bismuth. A good remedy is pulver- 
 ized guaiacum, rhubarb, prepared charcdal, and carbonate of mag- 
 nesia, equal parts ; also (28) (37) (38) (42). If crystals of oxalate of 
 lime be found in the urine, give a few drops of aqua regia, in water, 
 three times a day. 
 
 Hygienic Treatment. — The diet must be managed with great pru- 
 dence. Food must be taken in such quantities only as the stomach 
 can digest, however small that quantity may be ; and it must be taken 
 slowly, and well chewed. No article should be touched, or thought 
 of, which disagrees with the stomach. Costiveness may frequently 
 be entirely removed by eating no bread except that made from un- 
 bolted wheat flour, commonly called Graham bread, or by making 
 one of the three daily meals of boiled cracked wheat, with milk or 
 molasses. If the triple phosphates be found in the urine, there is a 
 special reason why the unbolted flour, or the cracked wheat should 
 be used. The wheat grain abounds in phosphorus, the largest por- 
 tion of which is in the bran, and this is much needed when the kid- 
 neys are robbing the brain of its phosphoric element. 
 
 \ot too much Brain-work. — It is important that the brain and 
 nervous system should be relieved of the burden of too much work, 
 and that the thoughts should be turned into the most agreeable chan- 
 nels. If the patient would get well, the disinclination to move about, 
 and see company must be resisted. In many cases, dyspeptics are 
 like sea-sick persons, — feeling as though they would rather go over- 
 board than move. In such instances, friends must not be harsh with 
 
276 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 them, and frown upon their listlessness as if it were a fault ; but 
 rather treat them affectionately, and beguile them out by all sorts of 
 pleasing enticements. Exercise must be had, every day, and be con- 
 nected, if possible, with an object, so that it may be performed cheer- 
 fully. It is important to engage the mind in the exercise ; and for this 
 purpose, some contested game is very useful, as playing at billiards, 
 rolling nine-pins, pitching quoits, or, where the strength will permit, 
 playing ball. 
 
 Cheerfulness. — Nothing does more to drive away dyspepsia than a 
 cheerful, lively, and even mirthful state of mind. All the nervous in- 
 fluences sent from the brain to the stomach should be of the most 
 agreeable kind. Some people think it vulgar to laugh. Let such 
 stand witTi long faces in life's shadows, if they choose. As a general 
 rule, the best men and women laugh the most. Good, round, hearty, 
 side-shaking laughter, is health for everybody ; for the dyspeptic, it is 
 life. 
 
 Dyspeptics who have a taste for it, and can endure the expense, 
 should travel. A voyage to Europe, and a year spent in seeing the 
 wonders of the old world, will generally cure the most stubborn case 
 of indigestion. This, however, depends upon circumstances. For 
 those having the finer organizations and the higher natures, extensive 
 travelling is sometimes indispensable. The narrow circle of thoughts, 
 associations, and things, in their own neighborhood, do not fill the 
 compass of their wants ; their many-sided faculties need to be drawn 
 on by the large variety to be found only in travel. Their large and 
 impressible natures want to be filled full in order to drive out disease, 
 and it takes a world, or a considerable part of it, to fill them. The 
 dyspepsia of such natures is not comprehended by the multitude, and 
 even physicians are often amazed that their narrow prescriptions do 
 not reach it. 
 
 Heartburn. — Cardialgia. 
 
 This is a gnawing and burning pain in the stomach, attended by 
 disturbed appetite. It is generally caused by great acidity of the 
 stomach, and is a symptom of dyspepsia, and often ' afflicts pregnant 
 women. Whenever too much food is taken, it is liable to ferment, 
 and become extremely sour, — causing heartburn. In such cases, 
 vomiting often occurs; and what is thrown up, is sour, and some- 
 times bitter. 
 
 Treatment. — Immediate temporary relief may be obtained by swal- 
 lowing a teaspoonful of soda, magnesia, or chalk, in a tumbler of cold 
 or warm water. Fluid magnesia, or lime water, will answer the 
 same purpose. If there is wind in the stomach, as well as acidity, a 
 teaspoonful of the aromatic spirit of ammonia, or (135), will often 
 still the uneasiness in a moment. 
 
 To cure the complaint, the stomach must be strengthened by the 
 remedies directed for dyspepsia* 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 277 
 
 Spasm or Cramp in the Stomach. — Gastrodynia. 
 
 Though generally of shorter duration, this is more violent than 
 heartburn. It is attended by a sense of fulness, by anxiety, and by 
 great restlessness. In females, hysterical symptoms are often coupled 
 with it. Great quantities of air or gas are generally expelled, and the 
 pain shoots through to the back and shoulders. 
 
 Treatment. — A strong purgative injection (248) will often bring 
 immediate relief. The sweet tincture of rhubarb and soda (37), with 
 a few drops of tincture of cayenne mixed with it, will often bring 
 speedy relief. So will a mustard poultice laid upon the stomach. 
 The mustard poultice is a remedy of great excellence, in many cases. 
 It deserves to be called the poor man's friend. 
 
 Water Brash. — Pyrosis. 
 
 This consists in a discharge from the stomach, generally in the 
 morning, of a thin, glairy, watery fluid, sometimes insipid, at other 
 times, sweetish, and at still others, sour. A burning heat or pain in 
 the stomach attends, and seems to be the immediate cause of the 
 discharge. The discharge appears to be the natural mucus of the 
 stomach, which is poured out in large quantities in consequence of a 
 kind of catarrh of its mucous lining. The amount thrown up varies 
 from a spoonful to a pint or more. 
 
 The complaint is caused by a poor innutritious diet, or by whatever 
 causes the blood to become thin and watery. 
 
 Treatment. — Ten or fifteen drops of water of ammonia, in half a 
 tumbler of water, will quiet the distress, and check the discharge. 
 The most effectual remedy I am acquainted with for breaking up the 
 discharge, is the trisnitrate of bismuth, taken at meal times, in from 
 twenty to thirty-grain doses, three times a day. The compound pow- 
 der of kino is a valuable remedy. The compound tincture of senna 
 and the tincture of balsam of tolu, in equal parts, and administered 
 in tablespoonful doses, are sometimes useful. The tincture of nux 
 vomica is a good remedy. 
 
 To restore the blood, some of the various preparations of iron (74) 
 (80) (73) (316) will be required. 
 
 The diet should consist of easily-digested, nutritious food, — a« 
 soups, broths, fresh meat, potatoes, and unbolted wheat bread. . 
 
 Vomiting. 
 
 This occurs under a great variety of circumstances. It may be 
 induced by acidity of the stomach, by irritability of the stomach, by 
 distress of mind, by injury of the brain, by offensive odors, and by all 
 organic diseases of the stomach. 
 
 Treatment — Generally, it is cured by treating the disease which 
 induces it But in many cases, it persists very obstinately, and may 
 become the chief thing to be attended to. In such cases, it may re- 
 quire a sixth or quarter of a grain of morphia to check it. But gen- 
 

 ;T8 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 erally some aromatic, as ginger, spearmint, peppermint, or spice tea, 
 will put an end to it. Some cordial or stimulant, as brandy, cham- 
 pagne, tincture of ginger, paregoric, elixir solutis, or cherry brandy, 
 will answer well. Strong coffee, without sugar or milk, will, in some 
 cases, act like a charm. If it is dependent on acidity, the remedies 
 are given under " dyspepsia." If caused by irritability of stomach, 
 a pill of extract of belladonna and ipecac (339) will do well. 
 
 While vomiting, the patient should lie still in bed, and in bad casesj 
 a mustard poultice should be placed upon the stomach. 
 
 The vomiting of children may sometimes be stopped by wetting a 
 piece of cloth with laudanum, and laying it upon the pit of the stomach. 
 
 Seasickness.. 
 
 This is the great terror of persons, who, for the first time, cross the 
 ocean. It is said that dark complexioned persons suffer more from it 
 than others. 
 
 If it cannot be entirely prevented, it may be mitigated by lying flat 
 upon the back. To lie on deck, in the open air, is much better than 
 lying in the close air of the cabin, or state room. A wineglass of 
 brandy, or from ten to forty drops of laudanum will relieve the sick- 
 ness very much. For a child, it is sometimes sufficient to wet a cloth 
 with laudanum, and lay it upon the pit of the stomach. Morphine 
 is~ sometimes even better than laudanum. Creosote, one drop at a 
 dose, made into a pill, is excellent Ten drops of hartshorn, in half a 
 tumbler of water, is good for some. But the best known remedy is 
 chloroform, taken in doses of from forty to eighty drops, suspended 
 in water by means of a little gum arabic. 
 
 Milk Sickness. 
 
 This disease prevails in the West, chiefly in the neighborhood of 
 level, heavily-timbered, rather wet oak land. 
 
 The cattle, horses, and sheep, which range in these lands, are fre- 
 quently attacked by a disease which the people call the trembles. It 
 is supposed to be produced by eating some plant growing upon those 
 lands, as cattle which feed in the neighboring regions are free from 
 it until they find their way into these low grounds. It has been sug- 
 gested that the offending plant may be the poison ivy (rhus toxicoden- 
 dron). Be this as it may, the calves, soon after sucking cows which 
 have run in these grounds, are seized with trembling, and frequently 
 die of the disease. Dogs which lap the milk, are affected in a similar 
 manner. Children drinking it, leave the table and vomit. Upon 
 grown persons the effects are more severe, but not so sudden. The 
 eating of the beef, mutton, or veal, of affected animals, brings on the 
 same disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease sets in with sickness at the stomach, 
 which is preceded by general debility, more particularly of the legs. 
 There is nausea, vomiting, and the breath is so offensive and peculiar 
 that those acquainted with the complaint immediately recognize it 
 from this smell. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 279 
 
 These existing for weeks, constitute, in some cases, the whole of 
 the symptoms. In other cases they are more severe, being attended 
 by chills and flushes, great oppression about the heart, anxiety, deep 
 breathing, heat in the stomach compared to fire and boiling water, 
 violent retching and vomiting, alarming beatings of the heart, and 
 throbbings of the large vessels, and cold extremities, — producing, all 
 together, extreme distress. 
 
 In most cases, the vomiting returns every hour or two, attended by 
 great burning at the pit of the stomach, the substance thrown up 
 having a peculiar bluish-green color, and a sour smell. As soon as 
 this discharge takes place, the patient falls back upon the pillow, and 
 lies easy until another turn comes round. The tongue is covered 
 with a whitish coat, the bowels are obstinately costive, and the pulse 
 is small and quick. 
 
 Treatment. — It is believed that the neutralizing mixture, given in 
 tablespoonful doses every time the nausea and burning sensation are 
 felt, is the most effectual remedy yet used. It relieves the acidity, 
 and seems well adapted to allay the irritation. Some antibilious 
 physic (40) to move the bowels should also be given. 
 
 Beside these remedies, a mustard poultice should be put upon the 
 stomach, and hot bricks to the feet, and the patient be kept still for 
 some hours. The diet should be very mild, only toast water, rice 
 water, or thin gruel. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Peritoneum. — Peritonitis. 
 
 This disease affects the extensive membrane which lines the whole 
 inside of the belly, an extension of which forms the omentum or 
 apron. It is an inflammation to which women are much exposed 
 after confinement, and is known, in such cases, as child-bed fever. It 
 is common among men, also, and is a grave disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — Like other forms of fever and inflammation, it is pre- 
 ceded by chills, with increased heat of surface, thirst, full, strong, and 
 frequent pulse, flushed face, and red eyes, dry tongue with red edges, 
 dry skin, restlessness, short quick breathing, nausea and vomiting. 
 
 The pain is increased by the patient sitting or standing up, — the 
 bowels being thus pressed against the inflamed membrane. Lying 
 upon either side is painful for the same reason. To lie flat upon the 
 back, with the feet drawn up, is the only endurable position. The 
 patient lies still, for all movements give pain. 
 
 The pain in this disease is generally sharp, cutting, and pricking, 
 but is not always equally intense. It is aggravated by the passage of 
 wind along the bowel, by which the inflamed membrane is slightly 
 stretched. 
 
 When the disease is advancing towards a fatal termination, the belly 
 becomes greatly swollen and tense, — having to the hand a peculiarly 
 tight, drum-head feeling ; the pulse is rapid and feeble ; the counte- 
 nance is full of anxiety, apd i^ pinched and ghastly ; and a cold sweat 
 breaks out 
 
280 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Treatment. — Small doses of antimony, lobelia, or ipecac, to pro- 
 duce nausea, and a moisture upon the skin, is generally among the 
 first things given. The tincture of veratrum viride, in five to ten- 
 drop doses, repeated every hour, will accomplish the same thing more 
 effectually than any other known article. For such purposes, I give 
 it the first place among medicines. A large poultice of white bread, 
 rye meal, or flax-seed, may be spread over the belly ; or cloths wet 
 with cold water, will be still better, if the patient be full-blooded, and 
 naturally strong. The bowels should be moved at once by some 
 active physic, as butternut, salts, magnesia, castor oil, or cream of 
 tartar (20) (17) (18) (27), or by podophyllin, etc. (40) (41) (31). 
 
 The drinks should be lemonade, soda water, tamarind water, current 
 jelly dissolved in water, and preparations (298) and (299). Indian 
 meal gruel, toast-water, barley gruel, and the like, are the only allow- 
 able diet. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Peritoneum. 
 
 When the acute inflammation of the peritoneal membrane is not 
 successfully treated, it may run on for a time, and then subside into a 
 lower grade of inflammation, called chronic, and in this state remain 
 for an indefinite time. But it often arises independently of the acute 
 disease, and attacks persons of both sexes, and of all classes and ages. 
 Scrofulous children have it, and, wasting away under it to mere skel- 
 etons, are said to have consumption of the bowels. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are sometimes very obscure, and the advances 
 of the disease stealthy. At first, there may be only a little soreness 
 of the belly, so slight as not to be noticed except after hard work, or 
 upon some wrenching motion. Generally, there is a sense of fulness 
 and tension of the belly, although it may not be increased in size. 
 After a time, it enlarges a little, and its tension or tightness increases, 
 especially towards evening. By pressing carefully with the hand, a 
 deep-feeling tension may be detected, giving to the hand a sensa- 
 tion as of a tight bandage underneath, with the skin and integu- 
 ments sliding loosely over it. If water has been poured out into the 
 abdominal cavity, its fluctuation may frequently be detected by press- 
 ing upon one side of the belly with the palm of one hand, and strik- 
 ing the other side with the ends of the fingers. 
 
 As the disease goes on, the features become sharp and contracted, 
 and the countenance grows pale and sallow. Costiveness comes on, 
 sometimes chills and fever, with debility, loss of flesh, cough, difficult 
 breathing, hectic, and swelling of the legs. 
 
 Treatment. — Costveness, if present, may be relieved by Mettauer's 
 aperient, or the neutralizing mixture, assisted by coarse bread, and 
 boiled cracked wheat. 
 
 Daily bathing is specially necessary, particularly the alkaline sponge 
 bath, with vigorous friction over the bowels. The warm bath once 
 or twice a week, will be useful. In some cases, the wet towel laid 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 281 
 
 upon the bowels over night, and well covered by flannels, will afford 
 relief; or the compound tar plaster may occasionally be used. 
 
 If there be dropsy of the belly, iodide of potassium (138) should 
 be taken freely, and the skin made sore over the inflamed part, by 
 tincture of iodine, well rubbed in, once a day. 
 
 If the patient be pale and bloodless, give iron, quinine, etc. (74) 
 (75), and let the diet be nourishing; and if nervous symptoms be 
 connected with the debilitv and paleness, add some nerve tonic (9«£ 
 (81) (316). 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Bowels. — Enteritis. 
 
 Bt inflammation of the bowels is generally understood an inflamed 
 condition of the mucous membrane which Hues them; but this, most 
 commonly, is only a part of the disease ; it involves, more or less, 
 beside this mucous lining, the whole substance of the bowel. 
 
 Symptoms, — The disease begins with a chill, and with uneasiness 
 and slight griping pains, which increase in severity until they are in- 
 tense and burning. Pressure aggravates the pain, which is most 
 intense about the navel, but extends more or less over the whole 
 bowels. 
 
 From the beginning there is sickness at the stomach, and some- 
 times vomiting ; there is loss of strength, costiveness, great anxiety, 
 thirst, heat and fever, dry, furred, and red tongue, and but little urine, 
 with pain in passing it. The matters passed from the bowels are 
 dark and fetid ; and the whole belly is tender and sore to the touch. 
 The pulse is quick, hard, and small. 
 
 The stomach will be but little affected, comparatively, when the 
 disease is at some distance from it in the lower portion of the bowels. 
 Indeed, the nearness of the inflammation to the stomach, or its re- 
 moteness from it, may be judged pretty correctly by the degree of 
 disturbance in that organ. The length of time after drink and medi- 
 cines are swallowed, before they are vomited up, is a pretty good 
 measure, likewise, of the distance of the disease from the stomach. 
 
 How to Discriminate. — This disease is liable to be confounded 
 with colic, and with inflammation of the peritoneum. It is important 
 to distinguish it from colic, particularly, for the treatment for that 
 would aggravate this. In this disease, the pain is increased by pres- 
 sure ; in colic, it is not, but is rather relieved. In enteritis, the pain 
 remits, but never ceases wholly, as it does in colic. In enteritis, 
 the knees are drawn up, and the breathing is short ; in colic, it some- 
 times gives relief to stretch the feet down, and the breathing is not 
 altered. 
 
 To distinguish it from inflammation of the peritoneum, take notice 
 that diarrhoea is much more common than in this latter complaint 
 while the pulse is not as quick, nor the pain as severe. 
 
 Treatment — This should be very much the same as that recom- 
 mended for inflammation of the peritoneum. Perhaps in both dis- 
 

 2S2 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 eases, it might be well to begin with covering the belly all over with 
 leeches. As for taking blood from the arm, in large quantities, as 
 recommended in most of the books, I cannot think it necessary. 
 
 The tincture of veratrum viride, in full doses, so as to keep up a 
 free perspiration, cold compresses, mustard poultices, hot fomentations, 
 poultices, blisters, soothing and quieting injections, and demulcent 
 drinks, as slippery elm, marshmallow, flax-seed, etc., if judiciously ap- 
 plied, will do about all that we have it in our power to accomplish ; 
 and under such treatment, the patient will recover faster, and get up 
 better, than when blood is freely drawn. 
 
 In this disease it is well to inquire if the patient has a hernia, for if 
 so, it is liable to become strangulated without his knowledge. A' 
 strangulation of the gut may be the cause of the disease. When this 
 happens, the complaint is very unmanageable. The bowel may pos- 
 sibly, in such case, be disentangled by applying a large dry cup ; or, 
 what is better, a number of small ones ; but the tenderness of the 
 belly makes the use of this remedy difficult. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Bowels. 
 
 Like other chronic inflammations, this may follow the acute form, 
 but it also results from various other causes, as unripe fruit, taking 
 cold, drastic physic, and improper treatment of other diseases. 
 
 Symptoms. — Red end and borders of the tongue, dull pain in belly, 
 increased by pressure and rough motion, abdomen either swelled or 
 flat, skin dry and husky, feet and hands cold, small frequent pulse, 
 thirst, loss of flesh, low spirits, urine scanty and high-colored, and 
 dirty, slimy discharges from the bowels, from one to four times a 
 day. 
 
 Treatment. — To begin with, blisters, or croton oil, or mustard poul- 
 tices, or dry cups, if the tenderness is not great, or leeches if it is. 
 
 If the bowels are hot and feverish, bind a cold compress upon the 
 belly over night, — covering it well with flannel. The warm bath 
 should be used twice a week. 
 
 The diet must be of the most simple, unirritating kind, — beginning 
 with a solution of gum arabic, rice-water, barley water, arrow-root or 
 sago gruel, and gradually rising, as the symptoms improve, to beef 
 tea, mutton and chicken broth, tender beef steak, etc. 
 
 When the strength will permit, gentle exercise must be taken in 
 the open air, but not on horseback, or in hard, jolting carriages. 
 
 As soon as the inflammation is subdued, some mild laxative (35) 
 may be given, in connection with an infusion of wild-cherry bark, 
 geranium, and Solomon's seal, equal parts. 
 
 Wind Colic— Flatulent Colic. — Interalgia. 
 
 This is a severe and distressing pain in the bowels, — sometimes a 
 stoppage, and a swelling about the pit of the stomach and the navel. 
 What children call belli/ ache u a mil J form of it. The wind passing 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 2S3 
 
 from one portion of the bowel to another, causes a rumbling noise. 
 The pain is not increased by pressure ; and this distinguishes it from 
 the pain of inflammation. It moves about, too, from place to place, 
 and is much relieved by the escape of wind up or down. 
 
 The complaint may be caused by a weakness in the digestive or- 
 gans, by eating indigestible food, or unripe fruit, by costiveness, and 
 by taking cold. Some persons always have the colic excited by eat- 
 ing certain kinds of fruit. 
 
 Treatment. — When the complaint is caused by an indigestible sub- 
 stance taken into the stomach, the offending matter should be thrown 
 off by an emetic as soon as possible. If this does not bring relief, 
 let it be followed by a dose of salts, salts and senna, compound infu- 
 sion of senna, elixir salutis, elixir pro., or sweet tincture of rhubarb. 
 If there is no sickness of the stomach, a little essence of peppermint 
 or spearmint in hot water, or brandy, gin, or whiskey, in hot water, 
 may prove sufficient to expel the wind, and relieve the pain. Ginger 
 and hot water does well with some. If there be costiveness, and the 
 pain is obstinate, let the bowels be unloaded by a stimulating injec- 
 tion (248) (249) (250). 
 
 Air-Swellings. — Tympanites. 
 
 It is quite common for persons in delicate health, — particularly 
 females, — to have their stomach and bowels swell up, sometimes 
 slowly, sometimes suddenly, so that they cannot bring their clothes 
 together. They do not know what to make of it ; it sometimes 
 alarms them ; and they ask their medical adviser what it means. 
 
 Explanation. — This is the meaning of it. It is neither more nor 
 less, in many cases, than the air within the muscles and membranes 
 swelling up and distending them in consequence of their being in a 
 weakened condition. There are two ways in which the flesh may be 
 caused to bloat. It may be caused by placing a cupping glass over 
 it, and taking off the external air. When this is done, the air within 
 seeks to fill the vacuum above, and lifts up the flesh. So, likewise, if 
 the parts are weak, and lose their tone, they give way, and let more 
 air into their substance, and they stretch and puff up. 
 
 But these swellings may occur from an accumulation of air within 
 the bowels, and also within the abdominal cavity. This latter gives 
 the belly a peculiarly hard feel, like the head of a drum, and when it 
 is pressed upon with the fingers, no indentation remains. 
 
 Treatment — If the air be in the intestinal tube, a stimulating in- 
 jection may bring away the wind. It may be composed of one pint 
 of infusion of peppermint, one gill of tincture of prickly ash berries, 
 half a gill of tincture of castor, and a teaspoonfui of ginger. The 
 bowels of the patient should be rubbed for a long time ; and in all 
 forms of the complaint, it would be well to do this every day. Some- 
 times the wind may be drawn off by inserting into the rectum a long 
 gum-elastic tube. 
 
284 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY 
 
 The best constitutional remedies are tonics, — iron, quinine, mineral 
 acids, and bitters, (48) (55) (59) (60) (62) (63) (64) (71) (73). 
 
 Exercise in the open air, and a careful regulation of the diet will 
 do much towards removing these troubles. Costiveness must be care- 
 fully guarded against. 
 
 Bilious Colic. 
 
 This is a dangerous disease. There is pain of a griping, twisting, 
 tearing kind, — what the ancients called atrocious pain. It is chiefly 
 about the navel, but sometimes tortures the whole belly. It comes 
 and goes in paroxysms. Sometimes the abdomen is drawn in, at 
 other times it is swelled out, and stretched like a drum-head. At 
 first the pain is relieved by pressure ; after a time the belly is tender to 
 the touch. There is thirst and heat, and a discharge of bilious mat- 
 ter from the stomach. In the worst cases, the pulse is small, the face 
 pale, the features shrunk, and the whole body covered with cold 
 sweat. While the head is hot, the feet are cold. In advanced stages 
 of the disease, the action of the bowels is sometimes reversed, and 
 the fecal matter forced up through the mouth. 
 
 Causes. — Costiveness, irritating substances in the bowels, thick, 
 vitiated bile, long exposure to cold, torpidity of the liver and skin, 
 great unnat aal heat, with dampness, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — Administer an active purgative injection immediately 
 (251) (252). Internally, dioscorein, camphor, etc. (340), every fifteen 
 minutes, till relief is obtained, — at the same time covering the whole 
 belly with a large mustard poultice. A strong decoction of the wild 
 yam root, drank freely, is a medicine of some value, — so is a decoc- 
 tion of scullcap and high-cranberry bark, equal parts. This latter 
 article is excellent in spasmodic affections, on which account, it has 
 gained the name of cramp bark. The sickness at the stomach may 
 be allayed frequently by effervescing drafts, to which twenty-five or 
 thirty drops of laudanum are added. Croton oil, given in one-drop 
 doses, done up with crumb of bread, will sometimes succeed well as 
 a purgative medicine ; or castor oil and spirits of turpentine, equal 
 parts, in two great spoonful doses, may be tried before the croton 
 oil. 
 
 The warm bath is worth remembering, and trying, too, if the 
 means are at hand. Hot fomentations of the bowels with a decoc- 
 tion of poppy leaves, stramonium leaves, hops> wormwood, boneset, 
 or peppermint leaves, should not be overlooked. Bottles filled with 
 hot water, or hot bricks rolled in flannel, should be placed at the back 
 and feet, to promote perspiration. 
 
 Persons subject to this complaint, may derive advantage from one- 
 pill composed of extract of high cranberry bark, etc. (100), taken after 
 each meal for some months. At the same time a reasonable amount 
 of exercise should be taken out of doors, and a sponge bath, with 
 friction, be employed daily. Care should be taken not to be often 
 exposed to the hot sun. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 285 
 
 Painters' Colic. — Colica Pictonum. 
 
 This form of colic is caused by the slow introduction of lead into 
 the system, — generally the carbonate of lead. It passes under the 
 different English names, of painters' colic, Devonshire colic, and dry 
 belly-ache. The first of these is the name by which it is most com- 
 monly known, from its frequent occurrence among painters, who use 
 white lead (carbonate of lead) a great deal in the preparation of their 
 colors. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease generally comes on in a very gradual 
 way. At first, the appetite is impaired, there is slight nausea, belch- 
 ing of wind, languor, very obstinate costiveness, transient pains, with 
 a feeling of weight and tightness in the belly, and a disinclination to 
 make any exertion. 
 
 By degrees, the pain in the bowels, and particularly about the na- 
 vel, becomes more severe, and has a twisting character. The belly 
 becomes hard, drawn in, and a little tender to pressure, and the stom- 
 ach very irritable. The pain occasionally slacks off a little ; but 
 never, even in mild cases, entirely stops, as in other kinds of colic. 
 
 In some severe cases, the pain runs up to the chest, and down the 
 arms ; also down to the bladder, causing the urine to be passed with 
 pain and difficulty, and giving a sense of weight and bearing down 
 in the lower belly. During the severest pains, the countenance is 
 pale, contracted, and full of suffering ; cold sweats break out upon 
 the face and limbs, and anxiety and agitation seize the patient. 
 
 When the disease is not seasonably removed, it degenerates into 
 the chronic form, the mental and physical energies become torpid, 
 the circulation in the small vessels inactive, the skin dry, harsh, shriv- 
 elled, pale, sallow, or of a leaden hue, the temper irritable, despond- 
 ing and gloomy, and the body wasted. Beside all this, the muscles 
 which lift up the lower arm become palsied, so that, when the arms 
 are raised, the hands hang down in a helpless condition. In some 
 cases, there is a blue line along the edges of the gums. 
 
 Treatment. — For relieving the pain and opening the bowels, the 
 treatment should be very much the same as that for bilious colic. 
 There is one article, however, which is thought to have some special 
 influence in curing this disease, after it has become chronic; it is 
 alum. Fifteen grains of alum, two of aloes, two of jalap, and four 
 of Dover's powder, may be mixed, and taken for a dose two or three 
 times a day. If the muscles of the arm be palsied, one sixteenth of 
 a grain of strychnine may be added to the above. The aromatic sul- 
 phuric acid, taken as a drink, fifteen drops to the tumblerful of water, 
 is always worthy of trial. 
 
 The use of the electromagnetic machine may be tried for the palsy; 
 or a splint applied to the arm and hand, with vigorous friction applied 
 once or twice a day, will sometimes do much for recovering the use 
 of the muscles. 
 
 But the best remedy for the palsied muscles is iodide of potassium 
 

 286 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVIT. 
 
 (146), taken freely. The sulphuret of potassa, one ounce dissolved in 
 a quart of water, and taken in teaspoonful doses, three times a day, is 
 also worth a trial. The affected arm should be soaked an hour, once 
 or twice a day, in the same amount of this latter salt, dissolved in a 
 gallon of water. 
 
 Means of Prevention. — The numerous persons who work in lead, 
 should comb their hair with a fine comb, wash their hands and face, 
 and rinse their mouth several times a day, and also wash the whole 
 person with soap once or twice a week, and with clear water, or sal- 
 eratus and water, once a day. Their working clothes should be of a 
 kind to admit of being washed once or twice a week, and they should 
 be put off for others when out of the workshop. A paper cap should 
 be worn while at work. The food of the workmen should not be ex- 
 posed to the vapors or floating particles of lead, and consequently 
 should not be carried into the shop ; and when much of the poison is 
 floating in the air of the work room, it is a good plan to wear a mask 
 to prevent its being drawn with the breath into the throat and lungs. 
 
 It has been said that those who eat freely of fat meats, butter, and 
 other oily substances, are not attacked by the disease, though exposed 
 to the poison. I know not what protection this can give, unless the 
 skin is in this way kept more oily, which prevents the absorption of 
 the poison. This would seem to afford a hint in favor of anointing 
 the whole person once or twice a week with sweet oil. 
 
 Cos tivene sb. —Constipation. 
 
 Few disorders are more common than costiveness. By this term 
 I mean a sluggish state of the bowels, which causes them to retain 
 the feces longer than is warranted by health. In this complaint, the 
 discharges from the bowels are not always less frequent than they 
 should be, but they are less in quantity, are compacted and hard, and 
 are passed by hard straining, and sometimes with considerable pain. 
 
 Symptoms. — Headache, dizziness, feverishness, bad feelings in the 
 head not easily described, loss of appetite, sometimes nausea, but 
 little desire to go to stool, a weight and heaviness about the lower 
 part of the belly, and a sense of confinement over the whole body. 
 
 Causes; — Sedentary habits, particularly when connected with close 
 application of the mind ; astringent articles of medicine ; stimulating 
 diet, composed chiefly of animal food ; various diseases, particularly 
 those of a nervous character, and especially, a neglect to evacuate 
 the bowels at proper periods. All these causes tend to weaken the 
 bowels, and gradually to arrest that peculiar undulatory movement, 
 or worm-like action, called the peristaltic motion of the bowels. It 
 is this continual contraction of the muscular fibres of the intestines 
 from above downward, which pushes the contents steadily along ; and 
 whatever weakens the force of this vernicular play of the intestinal 
 walls, brings on constipation. 
 
 Treatment. — One of the first things to be done is to establish the 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 287 
 
 habit of attempting to evacuate the bowels at a particular hour every- 
 day. The best time for most persons is soon after breakfast in the 
 morning. Whether successful or not, the attempt to procure an evac- 
 uation should on no account be omitted. This regularity will often 
 do much to break up the costive habit. 
 
 Diet. — To this should be added a careful regulation of the diet. 
 The quantity of food taken should be no greater than can be easily 
 digested. Full meals which distend the stomach and cause it to pres& 
 upon the bowels embarrass their movements. Bread made from fine 
 wheat flour is an abomination in this disorder. Eat only that from 
 unbolted flour. Cracked wheat, prepared as directed among dietetic 
 preparations, is excellent for the cure of costiveness. Fresh vegeta- 
 bles, as peas, beans, potatoes, squashes, and ripe fruits, in their sea- 
 son, are all wholesome, and tend to relieve costiveness. But rich pies, 
 puddings, cakes, doughnuts, and all that sort of trash, increase the 
 disorder. 
 
 Mater Injections, etc. — One of the best remedies is water, cold or 
 tepid, according to the condition of the patient, injected into the bow- 
 els with the domestic syringe. The best syringes for this purpose are 
 Mattson's, and Davidson's, one of which should be in every family. 
 Water used externally, hi the form of the sponge bath, is also useful. 
 
 Medicines. — All the above measures having failed to give relief, 
 take Mettauers aperient, or the neutralizing mixture. If these fail, 
 podophyllin, etc. (36), may have a trial. A cold decoction of thorough- 
 wort, drank daily, sometimes has an excellent effect. It must be re- 
 membered that medicines may make matters worse, and they should 
 be used cautiously. 
 
 All the causes of the disease must of course be avoided. 
 
 Piles.— Hemorrhoids. 
 
 There are few complaints more common than the piles, and 
 scarcely any which cause more trouble and misery. They consist in 
 a fulness of blood, and languid circulation in the lower portion of the 
 lower bowel or rectum. In consequence of this congestion, either the 
 Yeins of the gut become enlarged or varicose, or the blood gets infil- 
 trated into the cells beneath the mucous membrane, and collects so 
 as to form bloody tumors. 
 
 These tumors, which are seldom absent, are the leading features of 
 the piles. They sometimes appear externally, around the anus ; this 
 is external piles. At other times they are within the bowel ; the corn- 
 plaint is then called internal piles. They are called bleeding piles 
 when blood is discharged, and blind piles when it is not. 
 
 Symptoms. — Usually there is a sense of weight and weakness in 
 the lower part of the back and loins, with a painful itching about the 
 anus. On going to stool, there is a burning, cutting pain experienced, 
 which is followed by bearing down and tenesmus. If it be bleeding 
 

 288 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 piles, the little tumors will bleed at every motion of the bowels. 
 There are frequently disagreeable sensations in the head, general las- 
 situde, an irritable state of mind, and a sense of fulness and anxiety 
 in the stomach. The pains experienced range all the way from the 
 slightest twinges up to the most terrible sufferings, which appear like 
 tearing the body asunder. 
 
 Causes. — Everything that irritates the lower bowel, and causes a 
 determination of blood to the part. All drastic physic has this effect, 
 
 — particularly aloes, which acts especially upon the rectum. Habit- 
 ual costiveness, straining at stools, riding much on horseback, sitting 
 a great deal, tight lacing, high-seasoned food, and stimulation gener- 
 ally, lifting and carrying heavy weights, and indurations of the liver. 
 
 Females during pregnancy are much afflicted with piles, which are 
 induced by the costiveness so peculiar to their condition, and by the 
 pressure of the enlarged womb upon the veins of the pelvis. 
 
 Treatment. — This should be medicinal and dietetic. 
 
 Great care must be observed not to push medication too far. Ac- 
 tive purging will do great mischief. Yet costiveness must in some 
 way be corrected. For this purpose, no remedy that I have ever 
 tried has done better in this complaint than an electuary composed 
 of confection of senna, flowers of sulphur and cream of tartar (6), 
 taken in doses just sufficient to procure one natural motion of the 
 bowels each day. Pills made of extract of thoroughwort are said to 
 do well. If the liver be in a congested state, take some of the arti- 
 cles recommended in the chronic inflammation of that organ. 
 
 For the local treatment, nothing is better than two ounces of lard 
 and one dram of the flowers of sulphur mixed, and rubbed between 
 two plates of lead until they are well blackened. This ointment is 
 not only soothing, but curative, both in the bleeding and blind piles. 
 An ointment of almost equal excellence may be made from one hand- 
 ful each of witch hazel bark, white oak bark, and sweet-appletree 
 bark, boiled together in one pint of water down to one third of a pint. 
 Then strain, and add two ounces of lard, and simmer away the water, 
 
 — stirring continually before and after removing from the fire, till it 
 cools. 
 
 If there is much inflammation and distress, an emolient and sooth- 
 ing poultice should be applied, composed of slippery elm bark and 
 stramonium or poke leaves. Steaming the parts is sometimes useful, 
 by sitting over a hot decoction of hops, stramonium, and poke. 
 
 Piles may often be cured by the use of the domestic syringe. Daily 
 injections of cool or cold water will do much to strengthen the bowel, 
 and restore the dilated veins to their natural condition. 
 
 The food should be of a laxative nature, corn bread, rye pudding, 
 bread of unbolted wheat flour, mealy potatoes, ripe fruit, pudding 
 and milk, buckwheat cakes, broths, and a little tender meat once a 
 day. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 289 
 
 Looseness of the Bowels. — Diarrhoea. 
 
 Looseness, or relax of the bowels, is manifested by frequent, copi- 
 ous, and thin, or unusually liquid discharges. The excessive discharge 
 may be caused either by irritating and unwholesome food, by inflam- 
 mation and ulceration of some portion of the bowels, or by debility. 
 
 Symptoms. — Rumbling noise in the bowels, with more or less 
 weight and bearing down, and uneasiness in the lower part of the 
 bowels. This pressing down and uneasiness are relieved as soon as 
 the evacuation takes place, but returns when another is near at hand. 
 Griping is generally present, the strength is reduced, and the skin is 
 pale, dry, and, after a time, sallow. 
 
 Treatment — When the complaint is caused by irritating food, it 
 will generally stop as soon as the offending substance is removed, and 
 not much medicine will be required. 
 
 To neutralize any acidity, to remove wind, allay irritation, and 
 strengthen the stomach, the compound syrup of rheubarb and potassa 
 is well adapted, given in tablespoonful doses, every hour, till it oper- 
 ates. A little paragoric added to it occasionally, or essence of pep- 
 permint, or spearmint, may aid its good effects. 
 
 If nausea and vomiting are present, put a mustard poultice upon 
 the stomach, and give a few drops of laudanum. If there is much 
 griping, give an injection (248), with twenty drops of laudanum in it 
 A common diarrhoea may generally be arrested at once by prescrip- 
 tions 159 or 162, in teaspoonful doses, after each discharge. 
 
 When there is inflammation and ulceration of the bowel, the treat- 
 ment must be similar to that for dysentery, — fomentations exter- 
 nally, and the occasional use of starch injections, mild cathartics (9) 
 (10), and Dover's powder internally. 
 
 Chronic Diarrhoea. 
 
 The acute form of diarrhoea, not being properly managed, often 
 runs on, and becomes chronic, and is at times exceedingly difficult to 
 cure. 
 
 Symptoms. — Frequent discharges, generally with some pain and 
 griping, restlessness, thirst, poor appetite, debility, loss of flesh, dry, 
 rough, and somewhat sallow skin, and tongue dry and dark-colored. 
 The food often passes through the bowels pretty much in the condi- 
 tion in which it was swallowed. The liver is generally out of order, 
 and the bowels are frequently afflicted with a low grade of inflam- 
 mation. 
 
 Treatment — In this form if the disease, astringents and tonics will 
 generally be required. Sometimes a teaspoonful of brandy, in a little 
 sweetened water, or in clear water, several times a day, will effect a 
 cure. Good cherry brandy is a valuable remedy ; so is blackberry 
 
 37 
 

 290 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 brandy. Many of the worst cases have been cured by taking no 
 nourishment, for a long time, except milk, with a little lime water 
 in it. 
 
 When the liver is involved in the complaint, as evinced by light- 
 colored stools, leptandrin, geranium, etc. (341), may be given with 
 advantage. 
 
 In some instances, when there is considerable debility, pills of 
 quinine, catechu, etc. (342), will do well. 
 
 A sponge bath must be taken daily, and the skin be well rubbed 
 after it. 
 
 Cholera Morbus. 
 
 The above name is given to a disease common in warm weather, 
 and characterized by sudden attacks of bilious vomiting and purging, 
 with severe pain in the belly, cramps, and general fever and subse- 
 quent prostration. The great amount of bile secreted and discharged 
 has given it the name cholera, from choler, bile. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins by sickness and distress at the 
 stomach, which is succeeded by violent gripings, with vomiting of 
 thin, dirty-yellowish, whitish, or greenish fluid, with discharges from 
 the bowels similar to that vomited. The nausea and distress, with 
 some few exceptions, continue between the vomiting and purging, 
 and the pain, at times, is intense. The pulse is rapid, soon becoming 
 small and feeble, the tongue dry, the urine high-colored, and there is 
 much thirst, though no drink can be retained on the stomach. It ia 
 to be distinguished from diarrhoea by the bilious discharges. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply a large mustard poultice over the stomach and 
 liver, and give tablespoonful doses of compound powder of rhubarb 
 and potassa, every half hour, until the vomiting and nausea are 
 checked, adding to each dose five to ten drops of laudanum, if neces- 
 sary. Perhaps it would generally be best, however, to give liberal 
 draughts of warm water, at first, or flax-seed tea, that all the solid con- 
 tents of the stomach and bowels may be washed out. 
 
 A teaspoonful of laudanum in a wineglassful of flax-seed tea, given 
 as an injection, every two hours, will sometimes do excellently well ; or 
 a tea made of chamomile flowers, or Colombo, and made sour by a few 
 drops of nitric or sulphuric acid, and given internally, will sometimes 
 succeed better than most other things. One grain of morphine and 
 thirty grains of bicarbonate of soda dissolved in an ounce of sweet 
 tincture of rhubarb, and given in teaspoonful doses, every half hour 
 will often have a fine effect. The prescription 162 is also valuable. 
 
 Hot bricks should be applied to the feet, and warm flannels, or 
 other kinds of dry heat, to the whole body. 
 
 Asiatic Cholera. 
 
 Beside the above name, this fearful disease has been called epi- 
 demic cholera, malignant cholera^ spasmodic cholera, and cholera 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 291 
 
 asphyxia. It first attracted notice in Bengal, in 1817, whence it 
 spread westward through Europe, and in June, 1832, it reached Que- 
 bec, on this continent. 
 
 Symptoms. — First Stage. — The first, premonitory stage, is marked 
 by derangement of the digestive organs, rumbling in the bowels, pain 
 in the loins or knees, twitehings of the calves of the legs, impaired 
 appetite, thirst, and especially, a slight diarrhoea ; and these symp- 
 toms continue from a few hours to several days. I should add to 
 these symptoms what is said to have been recently discovered, namely, 
 that for several days before the attack, the pulse is down to forty or 
 fifty beats in a minute. This, if it prove to be reliable, is a very valu- 
 able symptom. 
 
 Second Stage. — This stage is marked by vomiting and purging a 
 thin, colorless fluid, looking almost exactly like rice water ; by severe 
 cramps in the calves of the legs, which soon attack the bowels and 
 stomach. These cramps are excessively painful, and draw the mus- 
 cles into knots. The tongue is pale and moist ; the pulse feeble, 
 though sometimes full and firm ; the breathing hurried, with distress 
 about the heart ; great thirst ; a feeling of internal warmth ; and the 
 secretion of urine entirely stopped. 
 
 These thin, colorless discharges by vomiting and purging, are the 
 serum or watery portion of the blood, which oozes through the sides 
 of the blood-vessels, and runs off' rapidly, leaving the crassamentum, 
 or red, solid part of the blood, stranded upon the inner surfaces of the 
 arteries and veins. When so much of this is discharged that the 
 blood cannot circulate freely, the patient sinks into the 
 
 Third Stage, which is characterized by great prostration ; pulse 
 hardly perceptible ; skin cold and clammy ; face blue or purple, and 
 eyes much sunken ; hands dark-colored and sodden, looking like a 
 washerwoman's ; breathing short and laborious ; a sense of great heat 
 in the stomach ; and intense thirst. Recoveries from this stage sel- 
 dom take place. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first stage, the diarrhoea should receive the 
 most prompt attention. From five to ten drops of laudanum, re- 
 peated a few times, every three hours, will generally put a stop to it. 
 Morphine (162) is also a suitable remedy. The compound syrup of 
 rhubarb and potassa, with some other articles (343), in tablespoon ful 
 doses, every hour, till it operates gently, is worth a trial. The diet 
 should of course be very carefully regulated at such a time, though 
 not particularly changed, except to leave off any indigestible article 
 which is known to be injurious, and to be made a little more sparing 
 than in a time of perfect health. 
 
 When the second stage has set in, or the stage of vomiting, purg- 
 ing, and cramps, the treatment must be energetic. The sinking pow- 
 ers must be sustained by chloroform, opium, and ammonia (119), or 
 by camphor, opium, and cayenne (344), giving one pill every hour. 
 Brandy may also be given freely. 
 

 
 
 
 292 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY 
 
 The warmth of the surface must be promoted by all possible means, 
 hot bricks and bottles, tincture of cayenne, friction, etc. 
 
 In the third stage, the remedies recommended above are to be pur- 
 sued with increased energy, particularly the stimulants, and the efforts 
 to promote the warmth of the surface. 
 
 Dysentery.— Bloody Flux. — Colitis. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the mucous membrane lining the lower 
 or large bowels. The small bowels begin at the stomach, and are 
 eight or ten yards long ; being largest near the stomach, and dimin- 
 ishing in size as they approach their termination at the caecum. The 
 lower or large bowels are two or three times as large as the small 
 ones, and from their junction with the latter, they extend about six 
 feet to the outlet, or anus. The large bowels are composed of the 
 caecum, the colon, and the rectum. The rectum is about one foot in 
 length. 
 
 In most cases of dysentery, the rectum, and about half the adjoin- 
 ing portion of the colon, experience the chief force of the inflamma- 
 tion. Sometimes the whole of the colon and caecum are affected. 
 Sometimes the mucous membrane lining these is ulcerated, and, be- 
 coming wholly disorganized, passes off in shreds. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease comes on with loss of appetite, costive- 
 ness, lassitude, shivering, heat of skin, and quick pulse. These are 
 followed by griping pain in the bowels, and a constant desire to pass 
 their contents. In general the passages are small, composed of mucus 
 mixed with blood. These passages are attended and followed by 
 severe gripings and inclination to strain, learnedly called tormina, and 
 tenesmus. They are sometimes, in the early stages, attended by nau- 
 sea and vomiting. The natural feces, which do not pass off* much, 
 are small in quantity, and formed into round, compact balls, or irreg- 
 ular, hardened lumps. This tenesmus, or great desire to strain, will 
 continue, perhaps increase, for several days, — the discharges being 
 mostly blood in some cases, and chiefly mucus in others. Having, 
 generally, but little odor, at first, these discharges become, as the dis- 
 ease advances, exceedingly offensive. 
 
 Causes. — Dysentery is very frequently caused by sudden changes 
 from hot to cold, by which sweating is suddenly checked, and the 
 blood repelled from the surface. Hot climates, and dry, hot weather 
 are predisposing causes. All green, unripe, and unwholesome food ; 
 and all indigestible food of every sort, may induce it. 
 
 Treatment. — In mild cases, give a tablespoonful of castor oil and 
 two teaspoonfuls of paragoric, mixed, once a day. Sometimes, in 
 place of the above, a dose of rochelle powder, dissolved in water, with 
 thirty or forty drops of laudanum, may be taken. A moderate quan- 
 tity of flax-seed or slippery elm tea, may be taken as a drink, and the 
 bowels be well emptied by an injection of starch. 
 
 When there is much pain in the bowels, a mustard poultice laid 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 293 
 
 upon them, will have a good effect The starch injections should, in 
 such case, have half a teaspoonful of laudanum mixed with it. The 
 compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa will often act favorably, given 
 in tablespoonful doses. 
 
 If there is reason to suppose the liver is affected, give podophyllin, 
 etc. (46). 
 
 The patient should not be allowed to sit up, and must be kept very 
 still, and be allowed only a very scanty diet, as flour porridge, well 
 boiled, rice water, etc. 
 
 Chronic Dysentery. 
 
 When dysentery "runs on" for some time, it may become 
 chronic. 
 
 Symptoms. — Looseness of bowels, — the discharges being un- 
 healthy, more or less bloody, attended by bearing down, or a desire 
 to strain, and being in number from two to forty a day. There is 
 great debility, the pulse is weak and quick, the tongue slightly furred, 
 the appetite lost, the face pale and sallow, and the skin dry and parched. 
 Sometimes the relax alternates with costiveness. 
 
 Treatment. — In this form of the complaint, astringents will be 
 necessary (159) (161) (162) (345) (346) (347). 
 
 Injections may be used, if necessary, composed of nitrate of sil- 
 ver, fifteen grains to the ounce of water, or an infusion of golden seal, 
 with a little tincture of prickly-ash berries added to it. 
 
 The diet must be very light, easy of digestion, and nutritious. In 
 some cases, it should be composed chiefly of wheat flour porridge, or 
 boiled milk and boiled rice. In other cases, a little tender beef steak 
 should be taken once a day. 
 
 Worms. — Vermes. 
 
 The intestinal canal is subject to various disturbances from the 
 presence of worms. Of these troublesome tenants, there are three 
 principal varieties. 
 
 The Ascaris, or pin-worm, called also maw or thread worm, is a 
 small, white, thread-like worm from half an inch to an inch in length. 
 These worms live, in great numbers, in the rectum, where they excite 
 great irritation and itching. 
 
 The Lnmbricus, or ascaris lumbricoides, is a round worm, about an 
 eighth of an inch in thickness, and from an eighth to a quarter of a 
 yard in length. Its color varies from a milky whiteness to a deep 
 red. It generally occupies the small bowels. 
 
 The Tenia Sola num. or tape-worm, is a flat worm, with four suckers 
 at the head, is from a few feet to some hundreds in length, and full of 
 joints. It dwells in the small bowels, and feeds on the chyle as it 
 comes along, before it is absorbed by the lacteals. In this way, it 
 

 294 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 robs the body of nourishment, and produces great loss of flesh, and 
 an enormous appetite. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the grown person the symptoms of worms are 
 quite obscure, except an intolerable itching within the anus, which 
 generally indicates pin-worms. 
 
 In children worms are indicated by paleness, itching of the nose, 
 grinding of the teeth and starting in sleep, irregular appetite, bad 
 breath, swelled upper lip, picking of the nose, hard swelled belly, and 
 one cheek constantly flushed. 
 
 Treatment. — For expelling worms various articles have been used. 
 Among these spirits of turpentine (155) has a high reputation. The 
 following preparation does well : Spirits of turpentine, half an ounce ; 
 essence of anise, half an ounce; castor oil, one ounce; worm-seed 
 oil, one ounce. Mix. The dose for a child one or two years old, is 
 ten to twenty drops, every two or three hours. In two or three days, 
 a brisk physic should be given. The worm powder is quite success- 
 ful. 
 
 One of the most popular remedies is the pink-root. It should be 
 united with a purgative. The following is a good preparation : Pink- 
 root and senna, each half an ounce ; bitartrate of potassa, one dram ; 
 pulverized jalap, half a dram ; cardamom seeds, half a dram ; extract 
 of liquorice, two drams. Mix, and add half a pint of boiling water. 
 Let the whole steep an hour. Give a tablespoonful or two, occasion- 
 ally, till the worms are expelled. 
 
 An injection composed of quassia (66), or aloes (22), or of simple 
 sweet oil, is very effectual in removing pin-worms from the lower 
 bowel. So is an injection composed of the red iodide of mercury, 
 one grain ; iodide of potassium, half a grain ; and two pints of 
 water. 
 
 Most of the above preparations are thought to be successful in ex- 
 pelling all kinds of worms ; but for the tape-worm, no other remedy 
 has yet shown itself as effectual as pumpkin-seeds. The seeds should 
 be well bruised, and steeped in water. This should be drank freely 
 for several days, if need be. It is believed to be a sure remedy, even 
 in cases of several years' standing. 
 
 In all cases of worms, the diet should be carefully chosen, and be 
 connected with proper exercise, pure air, frequent bathing, and all 
 those measures which tend to improve the general health. 
 
 After the expulsion of the worms, tonics should always be taken 
 to strengthen the bowels, that the same evil may not return. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Kidneys. — Nephritis. 
 
 Before speaking of this disease, I wish to give the reader a general 
 idea of a kidney, and shall do so by the use of two cuts. 
 
 Fig. 108 presents the external surface of the right kidney, with its 
 renal capsule mounted on top ; t, being its upper edge ; /, A, superior 
 and inferior branches of the emulgent artery ; c, d, e, three branches 
 of the emulgent vein ; #, the pelvis of the ureter ; b y the ureter. 
 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 295 
 
 Fig. 109 is the same kidney laid open ; 1, being the supra renal 
 capsule ; 2, the vascular portion ; 3, 3, the tuberlar portion, consisting 
 of cones ; 4, 4, two of the calices receiving the apex of their corres- 
 ponding cones ; 5, 5, 5, the three infundibula ; 6, the pelvis ; and 7, 
 the ureter. 
 
 Fig. 108. 
 
 F».109. 
 
 The kidneys are glands, and their office is to draw or strain off 
 from the body those effete or worn-out particles, or products of decay 
 which contain nitrogen, while the liver takes away those carbonaceous 
 matters which have no nitrogen. These useless substances which go 
 out through the kidneys are generally in the form of urea. In carry- 
 ing off these matters, the kidneys may have more to do than properly 
 belongs to them ; and may be so stimulated, or irritated, or injured 
 in some way, as to become inflamed. 
 
 Symptoms. — Like most other inflammatory diseases, it begins with 
 cold chills and rigors, especially in the back and loins, followed by 
 fever and pain. The pain frequently extends to the bladder, the loins, 
 and the thighs, and is of a severe, lancinating kind, — though some- 
 times obtuse. Pressure, motion, straining, or taking a fall breath, add 
 to its pungency. The urine is scanty, high-colored, sometimes bloody, 
 and can only be passed drop by drop. In the loins there is a sense 
 of heat, gnawing, and constriction ; the bowels are either constipated, 
 or relaxed by diarrhoea. A numbness of the thigh, and drawing up 
 of the testicle on the affected side, are marked and peculiar symptoms. 
 In some cases, there are nausea, vomiting, oppression at the stomach, 
 faintness, hiccough, drum-head distention, and rumbling of the bowels. 
 The skin is hot and dry, the pulse hard and frequent, 
 
 Causes. — The use of cantharides, oil of turpentine, and other di- 
 uretics, taking cold, violent exercise, mechanical injuries, the transla- 
 tion of rheumatism or gout, the striking in of skin eruptions, and 
 gravelly formations in the kidneys or ureters. 
 
296 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Distinctions. — This disease is to be distinguished from colic by 
 the pain being increased by pressure, and by the frequent but difficult 
 discharge of red urine ; from lumbago, from its being confined fre- 
 quently to one side, and also by the urinary troubles, and by the 
 nausea and vomiting ; and from all other diseases, by the numbness 
 of the thigh, and the drawing up of the testicles. 
 
 Terminations of the Disease. — It runs a rapid course, and may 
 terminate by resolution, or by suppuration. When the latter happens, 
 it is indicated by the decline of the more violent symptoms, a throb- 
 bing and a sense of weight, with chills, followed by flushes of heat, 
 and sweating. The matter formed, generally small in quantity, may 
 pass into the cavity of the kidney, and thence through the bladder to 
 a natural outlet with the urine. 
 
 Treatment. — Either put the feet into a hot mustard bath, or put 
 mustard drafts upon them. At the same time apply a large mustard 
 poultice upon the small of the back, and follow it up with hot fomen- 
 tations of stramonium leaves and hops, or stramonium and worm- 
 wood or tansy. 
 
 Let perspiration be induced as soon as possible by five to ten ten. 
 drop doses of tincture of veratrum viride, repeated every hour, or by 
 teaspoonful doses of the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root, 
 given every half hour. 
 
 If costiveness exist, the bowels must be opened by epsom salts, 
 cream of tartar, or salts of tartar ; or by copious injections of warm 
 water, containing a few drops of the tincture of arnica leaves. Such 
 injections not only unload the bowels, but act as a local bath, by lying 
 in the bowel near the inflamed kidneys. 
 
 The drinks must be mucilaginous and diuretic. The marshmal- 
 low root and peach leaves, slippery-elm bark, flax-seed, mullein, elder 
 blows, haircap-moss, and cleavers, are all valuable. If the disease is 
 caused by gravel, twenty drops of liquor potassae, largely dilated 
 with flax-seed and upland-cranberry tea, and taken freely as a drink, 
 is excellent. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Kidneys. 
 
 This is frequently the result of the acute form of the disease, but is 
 also produced by injuries, and other causes. 
 
 Symptoms. — A weakness in the small of the back, and a dull, 
 heavy pain in the kidneys. The urine is passed often, and in small 
 quantities. It is alkaline, — sometimes white and milky, — and has 
 in it deposits of phosphate of lime, and triple phosphates. 
 
 Treatment — Infusions of pipsissewa, uva ursi, trailing arbutus, 
 wild carrot, queen of the meadow, buchu leaves, or foxglove are use- 
 ful diuretics, and may be taken with advantage. 
 
 The bowels must be kept open with some gentle physic (18), if 
 they are costive ; and the alkaline sponge bath, with friction, be used 
 daily. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 297 
 
 An eruption may be brought out upon the small of the back by 
 rubbing on a few drops of croton oil ; or, if the patient prefer it, a 
 mustard poultice may be applied two or three times a week. 
 
 The food should be nutritious, and easily digested, and a little exer- 
 cise be taken daily in the open air. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Bladder. — Cystitis. 
 
 This disease affects the lining membrane of the bladder, — some- 
 times its muscular substance. It may attack the upper portion, the 
 middle, or the neck of this organ. It runs a rapid course. 
 
 Symptoms. — Burning, piercing, and throbbing pain in the region 
 of the bladder. The pain extends to the perineum, and in some 
 cases, to the testicles and thighs, and is much increased by pressure. 
 The perineum, the space between the fundament and testicles, feels 
 sore to the touch. The desire to pass urine is incessant, but the 
 effort to do so is mainly ineffectual. The water passes off drop by 
 drop, with great pain, or is entirely stopped, — causing enlargement 
 of the bladder, and great distress. Mucus from the inflamed lining 
 of the bladder passes off with the water. Nausea, vomiting, and 
 great anxiety are common. The bowels are bound, and when the 
 disease is on the side next the lower bowel, there is a desire to empty 
 the bowels ; and if the inflammation be in the neck, there is great 
 pain in the perineum, and frequently an entire retention of the water. 
 The pulse is full, hard, and frequent, the skin hot and dry, the thirst 
 urgent, and the patient restless and dejected. 
 
 Causes. — This disease may be produced by taking cantharides and 
 turpentine ; by irritating substances forced into the bladder with a 
 syringe, or by pushing bougies or catheters into it ; by gravel stones 
 in the bladder; by retained urine; by external injuries; by gonor- 
 rhoea ; and by cold applied to the feet, or to the lower portion of the 
 abdomen. 
 
 Treatment. — If the urine be retained, it is of the utmost impor- 
 tance that it be early drawn off with the catheter, lest a distention of 
 the bladder bring on mortification. Great care is required not to pro- 
 duce irritation by any roughness in introducing the instrument. 
 
 Leeches should be applied upon the lower part of the bowels, the 
 perineum, and around the anus. When these are removed, warm 
 poultices should be applied. Cold compresses will often do as well. 
 The bowels must be opened with epsom salts. Injections of warm 
 water, with a few drops of tincture of arnica leaves, will act finely as 
 a local bath, — the water being retained as long as possible. 
 
 The tincture of veratrum viride will be required in five to ten-drop 
 doses, or the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root, to induce 
 perspiration. Dover's powders may sometimes be used for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Drinks must be taken very sparingly. A small amount of cold in- 
 fusion of slippery elm bark, or marshmallow and peach leaves, or 
 

 
 298 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 cleavers. This mucilaginous drink must be the beginning and the 
 end of the diet during the active stage of the disease. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Bladder. — Cystirrhcea. 
 
 This is much more common than the active form of the disease. 
 It often arises from the same causes which produce acute inflamma- 
 tion of the bladder. 
 
 It often passes under the title of " catarrh of the bladder." It is 
 a chronic inflammation of the mucous lining of the bladder, and is a 
 very common and troublesome affection among old people. 
 
 Symptoms* — Slight lancinating pains, with a feeling of heat in the 
 region of the bladder, and a sense of weight and tenderness in the 
 perineum ; frequent and tormenting desire to pass water, with occa- 
 sional spasmodic action of the bladder. The urine is loaded with 
 tenacious mucous, just as the expectoration has large quantities of 
 mucus in it when there is inflammation of the membrane lining the 
 windpipe and bronchial tubes, When the water has stood a while, 
 this mucus settles at the bottom of the vessel, leaving the fluid clear 
 above. Great quantities of this are sometimes passed, — amounting 
 even to pints in a day. The triple phosphates of magnesia and am- 
 monia are often found in the water. 
 
 Frequently there are derangements of the appetite and digestive 
 functions, a white or brown fur upon the tongue, a harsh, dry skin, 
 with thirst and general debility, — especially in the back and loins. 
 Sometimes there is a little fever. 
 
 Treatment. — To reduce the inflammation, apply leeches, or mus- 
 tard, or croton oil, or a cold compress every night. 
 
 As a diuretic, give an infusion of buchu, uva ursi, trailing arbutus, 
 queen of the meadow, etc. Tincture of veratrum viride and sweet 
 tpirits of nitre (125) is a good remedy. The compound infusion of 
 trailing arbutus is well recommended. So is the compound balsam 
 of sulphur. An infusion of the pods of beans has been well spoken of. 
 
 An injection into the bladder, once a day, of a tepid infusion of 
 golden seal root, with much care, may be of great service ; or an 
 infusion of equal parts of golden seal, witch hazel, and stramonium 
 It may be done with a gum-elastic catheter, and a small syringe. 
 
 The bowels must be kept open with the neutralizing mixture, or 
 some other mild physic ; and the skin bathed with saleratus and 
 water once a day, and rubbed well with a coarse towel. 
 
 Should there be any scrofulous, or gouty, or rheumatic condition of 
 the system, the remedies for those complaints may be used in addition 
 to the above. 
 
 Disease of the Supra-Renal Capsules.^ 
 
 The supra-renal capsules are small bodies situated above the kid- 
 neys. (Fig. 109, 1.) Their office is not well understood. It has 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 29SJ 
 
 been found of late that they are subject to a disorder, having peculiar 
 symptoms. This is a new disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — The most marked symptom is a peculiar change in 
 the color of the skin, called " bronzing." This bronzing process be- 
 gins in patches on those parts exposed to the sun, and to friction, 
 as the neck, the backs of the hands, the fronts of the thighs, and the 
 arms. These patches look, in color, like spots upon a bronze statue, 
 deprived of their gloss. 
 
 Another marked symptom is a peculiar debility, which comes on 
 without any apparent cause, — there being, generally, no evidence of 
 organic disease, and no loss of flesh, — and is attended with faint- 
 ings, loss of energy both of body and mind, a peculiar flabbiness of 
 flesh, and an early death, apparently from sheer weakness. 
 
 The blood becomes early depraved, and loses its coloring matter, 
 as shown by the paleness of the skin where there is no bronzing. 
 
 The pulse is generally very soft and compressible. The stomach is 
 irritable, the appetite gone ; there is nausea, and sometimes vomiting, 
 with pain and a sense of sinking at the pit of the stomach. Fre- 
 quently there is costiveness, sometimes diarrhoea, and pains in the 
 back and loins. In some cases there are epileptic fits, failure of 
 memory, change of temper, or a numbness of the fingers, legs, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The disease is a peculiarly fatal one. As no mode 
 of treatment has yet proved successful, it is well to observe caution 
 in prescribing. 
 
 The treatment prescribed for chronic inflammation of the kidneys, 
 would perhaps be as safe as any that could at present be proposed. 
 
 Bright's Disease of the Kidneys. — Albuminuria. 
 
 This peculiar disease was first explained to the profession in 1837, 
 by Dr. Bright, of England, whose name it took. It consists of a dis- 
 order of the kidneys, — probably a congestion and an obstructed cir- 
 culation in them, from which arise two most important effects ; first, 
 albumen, an essential alimentary constituent of the blood, is secreted 
 and passed off, in larger or smaller quantities, in the urine ; and sec- 
 ondly, urea, the worn-out matters in the blood which the kidneys are 
 made expressly to carry off, is permitted to remain. If the urine of 
 a person having Bright's disease be examined, therefore, albumen, 
 which should not be there, will be found, and urea, a natural constitu- 
 ent, will be absent. 
 
 Method of Examination. — To discover albumen in urine suspected 
 to contain it, place a little in a test tube, and boil it over a spirit 
 lamp. If albumen be present only in minute quantity, it may cause 
 only a delicate opalescence ; if in larger quantity, it may separate in 
 curdy flakes, and fall to the bottom as a more or less abundant white 
 precipitate. If very abundant, the liquid may become nearly solid. 
 
 The albumen is the same as the white of an egg, and the boiling has 
 the same effect in whitening and hardening it, as upon that substance. 
 

 300 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Albumen is sometimes found in the urine in a coagulated state, 
 and having the shape of tubes or worms. (Fig. 110.) This is quite 
 common in Bright' s disease. The deposit seems no. no. 
 
 to be made up of fibrous casts of the uriniferous 
 tubes of the kidneys. 
 
 Symptoms, — The two unnatural conditions 
 mentioned above, give rise to the symptoms of 
 Bright's disease. One of them, however, is it- 
 self the most constant and characteristic symp- 
 tom of the disease, namely, the presence of al- 
 bumen. This, too, being one of the nutritive 
 construents of the blood, its abstraction thins 
 the serous portion of the blood, and causes it to filter out of its vessels 
 into the cells, — causing dropsy of the cells, usually called cellular 
 dropsy, or anasarca. This general dropsy begins frequently in the 
 face, and spreads rapidly over the whole body and limbs. In addi- 
 tion to this, there are pains in the back and loins, a gradual failing of 
 strength, and a derangement of digestion. The skin becomes dry, 
 with a pale and bloodless appearance, and there are frequently thirst, 
 nausea, and vomiting. The urine frequently has fat, blood, epithelial 
 scales, mucus, blood discs, fibrous casts of the uriniferous tubes, and 
 saline sediments ; and is generally lighter by weight than in health, 
 and less in quantity, and is apt to be red, brown, or dingy in color. 
 
 The retention of urea in the blood acts as a poison, and causes, 
 toward the latter end of the disease, when accumulated in large quan- 
 tity, drowsiness, convulsions, and apoplexy. 
 
 A frequent desire to make water, with a shifting back and forth 
 of the bowels between costiveness and diarrhoea, are common symp- 
 toms. 
 
 Treatment. — The results of treatment in this disease are often un- 
 satisfactory. Yet if taken in season, investigated with proper care, 
 and treated with due diligence, much may be done for its cure. It is 
 one of those harassing complaints, which physicians in family prac- 
 tice seldom have the patience to investigate and manage with suffi- 
 cient care. 
 
 Let the healthy and active condition of all the vessels of the skin 
 be the first object aimed at. This will relieve the laboring and falter- 
 ing kidneys of a portion of their burden. The alkaline sponge bath 
 With vigorous friction every day, will secure this object. 
 
 In the. next place, the skin being put in a working condition, should 
 be made to work by some internal diaphoretic, — as the tincture of 
 veratrum viride, in doses of from five to ten drops, or the compound 
 tincture of Virginia snake-root, in teaspoonful doses. 
 
 The kidney may be still further relieved, especially when there is 
 considerable tenderness, and other signs of inflammation, by cupping, 
 leeching, mustard poultices, and croton oil. 
 
 The bowels should be regulated by some gentle physic, as cream of 
 tartar dissolved in flax-seed tea, or rochelle powders, or epsom salts, 
 the lenitive electuary, or the white liquid physic. In some cases, 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 301 
 
 podophyllin and leptandrin (40), or the compound powder of jalap 
 (41), are useful. 
 
 When there is dropsy of the cells, elaterium may be used as physic 
 (31), or the kidney may be jogged by digitalis (130) (129), its effects 
 being carefully watched. Cider, freely drank, has been found useful 
 in some cases. 
 
 To restore the blood, iron (73) (93) (74) (75) (72) (71) is the essen- 
 tial article. When there is considerable debility, some of the vegeta- 
 ble bitters, as quinine, quassia, gentian, Colombo, etc., may be used 
 daily. 
 
 Coffee, and all indigestible articles of food, as rich pastries, new 
 bread, high-seasoned meat, and fats must be avoided, — in a word, 
 nothing must be taken, either in kind or quantity, which the stomach 
 cannot easily digest. 
 
 Diabetes. 
 
 This disease is a kind diarrhoea of the kidneys. The amount of 
 urine secreted and discharged is large, sometimes enormous in quan- 
 tity, — amounting even to several gallons in twenty-four hours. 
 Everything taken into the stomach seems to run off by the kidneys. 
 The food and drink being mostly converted into urine, do but little 
 good. The kidneys having got into an exalted state of action, do too 
 much, — just as the mucous membrane of the air tubes does in bron- 
 chitis. 
 
 Nature of the Urine. — Not only is there too much urine discharged, 
 but, instead of being lighter than healthy urine, as in Bright's disease, 
 it is heavier, and instead of holding albumen in solution, it contains 
 grape sugar. 
 
 To Detect Sugar. — Put a little of the suspected urine in a test tube, 
 — add to it a drop or two of solution of sulphate of copper, which 
 will give the fluid a pale blue tint. Now add liquor potassa in excess ; 
 if sugar be present, this will throw down a pale blue precipitate (hy- 
 drated oxide of copper), which will immediately re-dissolve, forming 
 a purplish blue liquid. Boil this over a lamp ; if there be sugar, a 
 reddish or yellowish-brown precipitate (sub-oxide of copper) will be 
 thrown down ; if no sugar, a black precipitate (common oxide of 
 copper) will fall to the bottom. 
 
 Another Test. — Place a little urine in a test tube ; add to it half 
 its volume of liquor potassa, and boil five minutes. If there be sugar 
 present, the liquid will take a brownish or bistre tint 
 
 Growth Of Torula as a Test — Place a portion of sacharine urine 
 in a warm place, and a scum will soon rise, as if a little flour had 
 been dusted on it. This, when examined under the microscope, 
 proves to be minute oval bodies. These expand and dilate the vesi- 
 cle containing them, into the form of a tube. They still continue to 
 enlarge, and project from the parent bladder, like buds. The whole 
 

 302 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Fig. ill. 
 
 then resembles a jointed fungoid growth (Fig. Ill), which finally 
 breaks up, and falls to the bottom, as a copious deposit of oval vesi- 
 cles or spores. 
 
 Other Symptoms. — Great thirst, craving ap- 
 petite, dry skin, a sense of weight and uneasi- 
 ness in the stomach after eating, dry and parched 
 mouth, white and foul or clean and red tongue, 
 wasting of flesh, languor and aversion to exer- 
 cise, debility, pain and weakness in the loins, 
 costiveness, loss of the sexual feeling, and cold 
 feet. As the disease draws towards a fatal end, 
 the gums become spongy, the breath fetid, 
 sometimes smelling like urine. 
 
 Treatment. — The skin should have about the same treatment as 
 that recommended in Bright's disease. Also, the same counter-irrita- 
 tion over the kidneys. The bowels must be kept open by some gentle 
 physic (13) (12) (15). 
 
 Tonics. — These will be required to restore the tone of the system, 
 particularly iron, — same preparations as recommended in Bright's 
 disease. 
 
 Astringents to check the flow of urine will be needed. Alum, in 
 three-grain doses, three times a day, or sugar of lead, or white vitriol, 
 or clear opium, will be serviceable. Creosote, in one or two-drop 
 doses, and tincture of cantharides, have each cured cases. 
 
 One scruple of Peruvian bark, one scruple of wild cranberry leaves, 
 powdered, and half a grain of opium, mixed and taken three times a 
 day, is a good remedy. 
 
 All articles which contain sugar and starch must be forbidden 
 in the diet. Bread and potatoes contain a large amount of starch ; 
 and beets, parsnips, and some other vegetables, have sugar. It is best 
 to confine the patient almost entirely to tender, fresh meats ; and the 
 drink, notwithstanding the great thirst, must be restricted to a very 
 small quantity. 
 
 Bleeding from the Kidneys, etc. — Hematuria. 
 
 By this I mean a discharge of blood from the urinary passage. It 
 may come from the kidneys, the ureters, the bladder, or the urethra. 
 
 Symptoms. — The passage of the blood is preceded by pain in the 
 region of the bladder or kidneys, and accompanied by faintness. 
 There is generally heat and distress in the loins, and tenderness 
 upon pressure in the region of the bladder or kidneys, according to 
 the place from which the blood comes. 
 
 It is sometimes difficult to decide whether the coloring matter in 
 the urine is really blood. In such cases, the microscope will generally 
 detect the blood corpuscles, if present. They commonly appear as in 
 Fig. 1 12, — having a yellow color, and pretty uniform size. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 303 
 
 Treatment. - — This must of course vary according to the nature of 
 the case, and the immediate cause producing it. Where active bleed- 
 ing exists, the patient must have absolute rest Fig. 112. 
 in bed, with applications of cold to the hips and 
 loins. If the patient be strong and full of blood, 
 wet cups or leeches may be applied over the 
 kidneys, or the bladder. In such cases, too, the 
 bowels must be freelv moved with some prepar- 
 ation of salts (14) (18) (20) (25). 
 
 Sugar of lead is a valuable remedy ; but it 
 should be given in large doses for a short time, 
 rather than in small doses for a long time. It is 
 best taken in form of solution (348), two great spoonfuls every two 
 hours, until five or six doses are taken. 
 
 But the best remedy is gallic acid. It seems to have extraordinary 
 power in this complaint. It should be given in five-grain doses, 
 mixed with a teaspoonfui of mucilage of gum arabic, and ten drops 
 of tincture of henbane. 
 
 Suppression of Urine. — Ischuria Renalis. 
 
 This disease is, in one respect, just the opposite of diabetes. 
 While immense quantities of urine are secreted in that, none is se- 
 creted in this. In that, the kidneys do too much ; in this, they do 
 nothing. 
 
 This complaint is sometimes called paralysis of the kidneys. It 
 usually occurs in old persons, and those inclined to corpulency. 
 
 Symptoms. — The patient makes no water ; and if the catheter be 
 applied, none will be found in the bladder. The patient feels unwell, 
 restless, anxious, with a slight pain in the loins and bowels, perhaps ; 
 but on the whole not illness enough to give any very good account 
 of it. After a little time, nausea comes on, and perhaps vomiting, 
 and soon drowsiness, wanderings of mind, incoherent talk, hiccough, 
 stupefaction, and death. These head symptoms are caused by the 
 shutting up, in the kidneys, the natural outlet of urea, of an excre- 
 mentitious matter, which acts as a poison to the nervous system. 
 Before death, the perspiration has a strong smell of urine. 
 
 Treatment. — The cause of this complaint not being known, the 
 treatment must necessarily be a little uncertain. We cannot go 
 amiss, however, in placing the patient immediately in a warm bath 
 for fifteen or twenty minutes. Then apply wet cups over the kidneys, 
 and follow these either by mustard poultices, or by hot fomentations. 
 
 Let the bowels be opened by the compound powder of jalap, or by 
 elaterium (31). Epsom salts or cream of tartar might in some cases 
 be substituted for the above. A stimulating injection is also desira- 
 ble (246). 
 
 Diuretics, as sweet spirits of nitre, digitalis, queen of the meadow and 
 peach leaves, equal parts^ and marshmallow, are of course called for. 
 
804 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Much of the poisonous matter retained may be got out through the 
 skin, by a free use of the compound tincture of Virginia snake-root 
 or tincture of veratrum viride in full doses. 
 
 Although the symptoms, in the earlier stages of this complaint, 
 may not attract much attention, or be thought worthy of notice, yet 
 the treatment should be prompt and energetic, as a fatal termination 
 is sometimes reached in the brief space of forty-eight hours. 
 
 Ketention of Urine. 
 
 This disorder is often confounded with suppression of the urine, 
 but it is different in every respect. In suppression, the urine is not 
 formed by the kidneys ; in retention, it is formed, and, in some cases, 
 poured into the bladder, but is retained on account of some inability 
 to pass it. 
 
 Ischuria. — This is one of the forms of retention. In this complaint, 
 the urine has passed from the kidneys to the bladder, but from some 
 cause, generally palsy of the muscles of the bladder, it cannot be 
 passed off In this case, there is no pain, but the stream of water 
 flows off with slower and slower pace,- — the patient having to stand 
 a long time, and make tiresome efforts with the abdominal muscles 
 to get the bladder emptied. As the quantity discharged diminishes, 
 the desire to urinate .grows more uigent. Pressure just above the 
 pubes, gives pain, and the bladder feels under the hand like a large 
 hard tumor. 
 
 Dysuna. — In this form of the complaint, the water is passed to 
 some extent, but with pain and heat along the water-pipe. This is 
 generally caused by some inflammation along the urethra. 
 
 Strangury. In this, the water is only passed, drop by drop, and 
 with great burning, scalding, and tenesmus in the neck of the bladder. 
 When there is considerable inflammation, the skin becomes hot, the 
 pulse hard and quick, and the tongue covered with a white fur. 
 
 Causes. — These several forms of the complaint are caused by palsy 
 of the bladder, gonorrhoea, inflammation in the neck of the bladder 
 or the water-pipe, mechanical injuries of the bladder in child-bearing, 
 or otherwise, by tumors pressing upon it, by irritation from gravel or 
 stone within its cavity, by stricture or partial closing up of the urethra, 
 by disease of the prostate gland, by taking spirits of turpentine or 
 cantharides, or by the absorption of this latter article when used as a 
 blister. 
 
 Treatment. — It is obviously necessary in this complaint, that treat- 
 ment, in order to be of any avail, should be prompt ; for when the 
 retention is complete, the bladder will burst in from two to five days, 
 and cause the death of the patient. 
 
 The treatment must vary according to the cause of the retention. 
 
 If it be caused by palsy of the bladder, the common flexible cathe- 
 ter must be used daily until the muscular fibres recover their lost 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 305 
 
 power. When much irritation is caused by introducing it, it is better 
 not to withdraw it, but to close its external orifice with a small plug, 
 which the patient can remove as often as necessary to let off the 
 urine. To remove the paralysis, the electro-magnetic machine is 
 worth a trial, — the current being passed through the bladder. At 
 the same time let the patient take strychnia (85) (86) (83) (95). 
 Cantharides, in the form of tincture, or in connection with strychnia 
 (291), is often useful. 
 
 If the retention be caused by inflammation of the neck of the blad- 
 der, leeches should be applied to the perineum, and three or four drops 
 of croton oil may be rubbed on just above the pubes to bring out an 
 eruption. Warm fomentations will also be serviceable, and warm 
 hip baths. Cooling diuretics, as infusions of marshmallow, cleavers^ 
 pumpkin seeds, buchu, sweet spirits of nitre, etc., must not be omitted 
 
 Inability to Hold the Urine. — Enuresis. 
 
 This complaint, generally called incontinence of urine, is quite 
 common among children. In some cases the child has no ability to 
 hold its water at any time; but generally it is only passed off invol- 
 untarily at night while in bed. In adult life it is less frequently met 
 with, except among the old. 
 
 Causes. — Irritation of the roots of the spinal nerves which go to 
 the bladder, mechanical injuries of the bladder, palsy of the bladder, 
 particularly in old people, debility of the neck of the bladder, a gen- 
 eral weakness of the nervous system, worms in the bowels, piles, 
 whites, gravel or stones in the bladder, etc. 
 
 Treatment — As a general rule, the change of constitution which 
 occurs at purberty cures this complaint But as this does not always 
 happen, it is important that parents do everything in their power to 
 break it up early, lest it become an affliction for life. 
 
 Children who suffer from this disorder are apt to drink largely. 
 This habit should be restrained. But little drink should be allowed, 
 whatever the desire for it. Care should be taken that the child make 
 water before going to bed, — also that it be roused at a late hour for 
 the same purpose. 
 
 The skin should be washed all over, every day, with cool or cold 
 water, and vigorously rubbed with a coarse towel. This will cause 
 the excess of fluids to pass off through the skin, and lessen the action 
 of the kidneys. 
 
 In some instances children urinate in bed through carelessness, — 
 being half conscious of what is occurring, but not caring enough to 
 rouse themselves. In such cases, they are often cured by some de- 
 cided correction, — the impending act of passing water, connecting 
 itself in their minds with the correction, and recalling them instantly 
 to full consciousness. Of course this mode of relief should be resorted 
 to with great judgment and caution. 
 
 When the complaint proceeds from debility or relaxation of the 
 neck of the bladder, the compound infusion of trailing arbutus, and 
 
 39 
 

 306 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 the isinglass custard found among dietetic preparations, may be used 
 freely. The tincture of cantharides, from ten to forty drops to chil- 
 dren, may be given, and increased gradually to a hundred, or until slight 
 difficulty is felt in passing the water. Then stop, and give the articles 
 mentioned above. Spirits of turpentine is useful to some extent, 
 given also in small doses, and continued for some time. 
 
 If the disorder be caused by irritation of the spinal nerves, cold 
 water douched upon the back, or croton oil rubbed along the spine, 
 or a warm stimulating or irritating plaster upon the lower part of the 
 back, will be reouired. The electro-magnetic machine may do well 
 in ^ome cases. 
 
 Urinary Deposits.— Gravel.— Stone. 
 
 Unnatural deposits in urine are to be regarded simply as evi- 
 dences of changes which disease is making in the body. As such 
 they are valuable, — more valuable, in many cases, than any or all 
 other symptoms we can study, and most valuable from the ease with 
 which they may be investigated. Yet, but very few physicians, com- 
 paratively, pay any special attention to them, or make any effort to 
 acquire the small amount of knowledge needed for their detection. 
 
 Sources of the Urine. — The urinary secretion has three sources. 
 The largest bulk of it comes from the superabundance of drink taken 
 into the stomach. This is shown from the free flow of pale urine 
 after taking copious drafts of water or other fluids. Such quantities 
 of water as are often drank, would embarrass the functions of animal 
 life, were it not pumped off by the kidneys. 
 
 A second source of supply for the urinary secretion, is to be found 
 in the elements of imperfectly digested food, and also some abnormal 
 elements arising from incomplete assimilation. Oxalic acid is a 
 specimen of the latter, being sometimes largely excreted, in dyspep- 
 sia, soon after a meal. 
 
 The third source of urine is found in those old and worn-out atoms 
 of the system, which can serve no further useful purpose in the ani- 
 mal economy, and which cannot be got rid of by the lungs or skin. 
 It is only, however, one portion of the dead tissue, namely, that which 
 is rich in nitrogen, which goes out through the renal strainer, — an- 
 other portion, which has a preponderance of inflammable elements, 
 carbon, hydrogen, and perhaps sulphur, takes the outward channel 
 through the liver, as bile. 
 
 Characteristics of Urine. — Healthy urine has a light amber color, ia 
 transparent, and has different degrees of density, — its specific gravity 
 varying from 1.003 to 1.030. It has an aromatic, violet-like smell, 
 and a bitter, disagreeable taste, like salts. 
 
 That which is passed a little time after drinking largely, is pale, 
 and has a low specific gravity, varying from 1.003 to 1.009, and is 
 called urina potus. That passed soon after the digestion of a full 
 meal, is called urina chyli, or urina cibi; it has a specific gravity from 
 1.020 to 1.030. That which is secreted from the blood, and is passed 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 307 
 
 before eating or drinking in the morning, is called urina sanguinis ; and 
 has a specific gravity from 1.015 to 1.025. This is the best specimen 
 of the average density and nature of healthy urine. 
 
 Healthy urine contains urea, uric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric 
 acid, lime, magnesia, phosphate of soda, etc. It is only when these 
 are discovered in excess, that they indicate disease. 
 
 Examination of Urine. — Let a piece of blue litmus paper be first 
 dipped in the urine ; if it be acid, the color of the paper will be 
 changed to red, or reddish-brown. Should the blue color remain un- 
 changed, then use yellow tumeric or reddened litmus paper ; if the 
 urine is alkaline, the tumeric will become brown, and the reddened 
 litmus will be changed to blue. If the color in both cases remains 
 unaltered, the urine is neutral ; that is, neither acid nor alkaline. 
 
 This being done, let the specific gravity be taken. This is easily 
 done by the urinometer (Fig. 113). This instrument is known also 
 by the names hydrometer, and gravimeter. It is generally fig. 113. 
 made of glass. When placed in distilled water, it will sink 
 to a certain point ; and as all bodies immersed in fluid dis- 
 place a bulk equal to themselves, it follows that in a fluid 
 denser than water, the instrument will not sink so deep. The 
 space above the large bulb is marked off into degrees corres- 
 ponding to different densities. When this instrument is im- 
 mersed in urine, and has come to rest, the number on the 
 graduated scale, which stands at the surface of the liquid, 
 when added to 1000, will represent the specific gravity of the 
 fluid. If, for example, the surface of the liquid corresponds 
 with 9 on the scale, the specific gravity of the urine will be 
 1.009 ; if at 25, it will be 1.025. 
 
 By attending to the specific gravity of the urine, the phy- 
 sician may often gain important information respecting his patient, 
 as it may be made to show him how much solid matter is daily car- 
 ried out of the body through the kidneys. This, at the bed-side, may 
 often give useful hints in regard to treatment. 
 
 The following table, constructed by Dr. Golding Bird, shows at a 
 glance the amount of solid matter in 1000 grains of urine of different 
 densities : 
 
 Specific 
 Gravity. 
 
 Solids. Water. 
 
 Specific 
 Gravity. 
 
 Solids. Water. 
 
 BESS.!*"* 
 
 Water. 
 
 jSpecific 
 Gravity. 
 
 Solids. 
 
 Water. 
 
 1001 
 
 2.33 997.671 
 
 1011 
 
 25.63 974.37 
 
 1021 
 
 48.93 
 
 951.07 
 
 1031 
 
 72.23 
 
 927.77 
 
 1002 
 
 4.66 
 
 995.34| 
 
 1012 
 
 27.96 972.04 
 
 1022 
 
 51.26 
 
 948.74 
 
 1032 
 
 74.56 
 
 925.44 
 
 1008 
 
 6.99 
 
 993.01 
 
 1013 
 
 30.29 969.71 
 
 1023 
 
 53.59 
 
 946.41 
 
 1033 
 
 76.89 
 
 923.11 
 
 1004 
 
 9.32 
 
 990.68 
 
 1014 
 
 32.62 967.38 
 
 1024 
 
 55.92 
 
 944.18 
 
 1034 
 
 79.22 
 
 920.78 
 
 1005 
 
 11.65 
 
 988.35 
 
 1015 ' 
 
 34.95 965.05 
 
 1025 
 
 58.25 
 
 941.75 
 
 1035 
 
 81.55 
 
 918.45 
 
 1006 
 
 13.98 
 
 986.02 
 
 1016 
 
 37.23 962.72 
 
 1026 
 
 60.50 
 
 939.42 
 
 1036 
 
 83.88 
 
 916.12 
 
 1007 
 
 16.31 
 
 983.69 
 
 1017 
 
 39.61 960.39 
 
 1027 
 
 62.91 
 
 937.09 
 
 1037 
 
 86.21 
 
 913.79 
 
 1008 
 
 18.64 
 
 981.36 
 
 1018 
 
 41.94 958.06 
 
 1028 
 
 65.24 
 
 934.76 
 
 1038 
 
 88.54 
 
 911.46 
 
 1009 
 
 20.97 
 
 979.03 
 
 1019 
 
 44.27 955.73 
 
 1029 67.57 
 
 932.43 
 
 1039 
 
 93.87 
 
 909.13 
 
 1010 
 
 23.30 976.70 
 
 1020 
 
 46.60 953.40 
 
 1030 ! 69.90 930.10 
 
 1040 
 
 93 20 
 
 906.80 
 
 The mode of using the above table is this. Having learned the 
 density of the urine passed in twenty-four hours by means of the 
 

 
 
 = 
 
 008 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 urinometer (Fig. 113), a glance at the table will show the proportion 
 of solid matter and water in 1000 grains of the urine. Then, by 
 weighing the whole quantity of urine passed in twenty-four hours, the 
 weight of solids drained off by the kidneys, may be determined by the 
 simple rule of proportion. 
 
 Symptoms of Gravel. — A sudden attack of pain in the region of 
 the kidneys, so acute and severe, frequently, as to cause fainting, and 
 even convulsions. The pain runs down to the groin and thigh, caus- 
 ing a numbness on the affected side, and a drawing up of the testicle. 
 The pain is excessive at times, and then remits. Finally it stops sud- 
 denly. 
 
 Leading from the kidneys to the bladder are two small tubes about 
 the size of a goose-quill, called ureters, — being the appointed chan- 
 nels of the urine. The pain, of which I have spoken, is caused, gen- 
 erally, by the passage of a stone along one of these small tubes. If 
 the stone happen to be a little too large for the tube, or uneven or 
 ragged upon its surface so as to bruise and tear the delicate lining 
 of the ureter, severe pain is the result. The pain is intense when the 
 stone moves along ; remits when it stops ; and suddenly ceases alto- 
 gether, when it gets through, and drops into the bladder. 
 
 Sometimes there is no pain, the gravel being so fine as to pass 
 through the ureters very easily. It then passes through the urethra 
 also, and is found as a sediment of the urine at the bottom of the 
 vessel. 
 
 These urinary deposits are various, and quite unlike each other in 
 kind. They indicate different states of health, and require to be 
 spoken of separately. 
 
 Uric-Acid Gravel. 
 
 This form of deposit passes indifferently under the name of uric 
 acid gravel, or lithic acid gravel. The person who is in the habit of 
 passing this kind of deposit largely, is said to have the lithic or uric 
 acid diathesis or condition. 
 
 Fia. 114. 
 
 Fig. 115. 
 
 The urine of persons in this state lets fall after it has stood awhile, 
 a reddish sediment, like brickdust. This consists chiefly of urate of 
 ammonia (Fig. 114 and 115), tinged with certain coloring matters. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 309 
 
 This coloring substance may be more or less abundant, and give to 
 the deposit various shades, as dirty-white, yellow, pink, and red. The 
 no. 116. pure uric acid sometimes appears as fine 
 
 sand, or large crystals (Fig. 116). The 
 urine is of a dark copper color, about like 
 brown sherry, and is more scanty than in 
 health. It is also highly acid, giving to 
 litmus paper a deeper shade of red. 
 
 Persons who pass this kind of gravel 
 largely, are apt to be troubled with in- 
 flammatory complaints ; with acidity of 
 stomach and heartburn ; and some of 
 them with gout and rheumatism. 
 
 Placed under a blowpipe, uric acid is 
 decomposed, and gives out an odor like 
 that of burnt feathers, combined with the 
 oil of bitter almonds. It is dissolved by 
 liquor potassa, from which muriatic and 
 nitric acids precipitate it ; and by sulphu- 
 ric acid, from which it is precipitated by water. Acetic, nitric, and 
 muriatic acids, alcohol, ether, and water, do not dissolve it. 
 
 Causes. — Uric acid is the form in which nitrogen and the effete 
 compounds which contain it are got out of the body. It is the result 
 of the decomposition of the tissues of the body. Its gravelly particles 
 are the sands of life daily washed out of us, — reminding us always 
 that we are wasting away. Whatever causes the body to waste rap- 
 idly, produces it in excess. We find it, therefore, in the urine of 
 those who suffer from gout, rheumatism, dyspepsia, fevers, debility 
 of the genital organs, straining of the loins, etc., which produce loss 
 of flesh. 
 
 Treatment. — The remedies for this uric acid gravel are the alkalies, 
 bicarbonate of potash, bicarbonate of soda and magnesia. The first 
 named is generally the best. It may be used in the form of the neu- 
 tralizing extract, — especially if there be costiveness. If the bowels 
 do not need physic, let the potash be taken in the shape of lye made 
 from hard-wood ashes (300). Fluid magnesia is an excellent remedy; 
 so is liquor potassa, taken in twenty or thirty -drop doses. The urine 
 must be watched, and these remedies discontinued when it becomes 
 alkaline. 
 
 At the same time the stomach should be supported by some bitter 
 tonic, as the infusion of quassia, gentian, columbo, Peruvian bark, eta 
 
 Iron is, in many cases, not to be overlooked. If the patient be 
 pale and bloodless, some of the preparations of this metal will be 
 needed (61) (73) (74). 
 
 Acids must be carefully avoided, both in food and drink. 
 
 The diet must be plain, digestible and nourishing, and quite mod- 
 erate in amount. The quality is of less consequence than the quantity. 
 
 Exercise is of great consequence, and must be regular, and, if pos- 
 sible, in the open air. 
 

 3'U 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 The skin must receive daily attention in the shape of an alkaline 
 sponge bath, with friction. This will throw upon the skin much of 
 the labor done by the kidneys. 
 
 Phosphatic Deposits. 
 
 These deposits are indicated by a state of the urine just the oppo- 
 site of that which contains the uric acid gravel. They are contained 
 in urine which is either alkaline when passed, or becomes so very soon 
 by standing. 
 
 As the urine cools, a white sand falls to the bottom, and frequently 
 a film forms upon the surface of the water. Looking at this film in 
 different lights, you may see in it the several colors of the rainbow. 
 Skim off this pellicle, place it upon paper, and let it dry ; and you 
 may then see the little shining crystals. This urine quickly grows 
 putrid and offensive. Sometimes it smells strongly of ammonia. 
 The more phosphates it contains, the sooner it becomes alkaline. 
 
 These deposits are generally the triple phosphates. Healthy urine 
 contains the phosphate of magnesia in a state of solution. Under 
 some circumstances, the urea of the urine is decomposed in the kid- 
 neys, and ammonia is disengaged. This combines with the phosphate 
 of magnesia, and forms the triple salt of the phosphate of ammonia 
 and magnesia, which is not soluble. 
 
 Symptoms. — A sallow complexion, a languid, spiritless state of 
 mind, and an exhausted, debilitated condition of body. The urine is 
 pale, rather copious, slightly turbid, has a low specific gravity, and 
 smells unhealthy, having sometimes the faint odor of weak broth. 
 There is generally derangement of the digestive organs, windy stom- 
 ach and bowels, nausea, constipation, or diarrhoea, stools of various 
 colors, and sometimes, in diarrhoea, resembling yeast, and an aching 
 pain and weakness in the loins. 
 
 Causes. — These deposits are produced by great debility of the 
 constitution, by injuries of the spine, dyspepsia, defective assimula- 
 tion of food, bad diet, irritation of the neck of the bladder, and or- 
 ganic disease of the kidneys. But they are caused more especially by 
 whatever wears and exhausts the nervous system, as heavy cares, de- 
 pression of spirits, sedentary habits, great mental exertions, mastur- 
 bation, and venereal excesses. 
 
 Treatment. — These deposits being connected with great debility, 
 care must be taken not to make the matter worse by taking active 
 purgatives, by extreme fasting, or by any means which will increase 
 the weakness. 
 
 On the contrary, the strength must be supported by all the means 
 that can be commanded. With this view, the citrate of iron P5) 
 may be taken. Morphia combined with iron (80), to allay irritability, 
 and impart strength at the same time, may be used. The valerianate 
 of iron (93) is excellent for the same purpose. 
 
 Connected with a state of urine just the opposite to that which 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 311 
 
 holds the uric acid deposits, this form of gravel calls for the opposite 
 remedies. Instead of the alkalies, the acids are wanted. The nitric 
 and muriatic acids, with a vegetable tonic (76), may be used. Opium 
 is spoken of in high terms, and is thought by some to have great 
 power in turning alkaline urine acid. The compound balsam of sul- 
 phur is highly spoken of, and the compound infusion of trailing arbu- 
 tus is also mentioned with approbation. 
 
 It is all-important to throw off care, and to give the mind a chance 
 to rise up with all the elasticity it has. To bring this about, journeys 
 and amusements are useful. The society of lively, laughing, witty 
 friends will do a great deal to give the spirits a rebound, and the 
 whole health an upward movement. Such persons are a blessing to 
 the world ; and he who reckons a few of them among his friends will 
 live the longer for it. 
 
 The skin should have the benefit of the daily tonic effect of a 
 sponge bath, with water at first tepid, and afterwards cool ; and exer- 
 cise, out of doors, should be habitual, and connected, as much as pos- 
 sible, with objects of pleasure. 
 
 The drinking of hard water is highly injurious ; and if none other 
 can be had, it should be distilled, and then spread out to the atmos- 
 phere, in shallow vessels, that it may recover its pleasant taste by 
 reabsorbing air and carbonic acid. 
 
 Oxalic Deposits. 
 
 Oxalate of lime in the urine is the cause of this kind of gravel 
 It appears in the form of dumb-bells, and octahedral crystals. (Figs. 
 117, 118, and 119.) 
 
 Fig. 117. Fig. 118. Fig. 119. 
 
 The urine has a specific gravity of 1.015 to 1.025, and is generally 
 of a dark amber color, and clear, and bright ; it is generally acid, 
 though occasionally alkaline or neutral. Urea is generally found in 
 it, and epithelial cells (Fig. 120). Unlike the uric and phosphatic 
 urines, it is quite free from sediments, except, as often happens, there 
 is a large amount of urea in it, in connection with the oxalate of 
 lime. 
 
 When the urate of ammonia is combined with the oxalate of lime, 
 it often happens that the latter has to be dissolved with a little liquor 
 potassa, before the former can be seen with the microscope. 
 

 
 312 
 
 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Fig. 120. 
 
 Symptoms. — Great depression of spirits, excitable state of the ner- 
 vous system, painful susceptibility to external impressions, dyspeptic 
 symptoms, and disturbances of the liver, a fear 
 and dread of consumption, emaciation, inability 
 to make exertion, — the smallest exertion caus- 
 ing fatigue, — in men a deficient sexual power, 
 a pain and weight across the loins, and some 
 irritability of the bladder. 
 
 Causes. — These deposits are supposed to re- 
 sult, like most other derangements connected 
 with loss of flesh, in too great a degree of oxi- 
 dation. Vegetables produce oxalic acid by just 
 the opposite process, namely, deoxidation. 
 
 Whatever depresses the vital powers, may generate this deposit » 
 as mental depression, overwork of the brain, burdensome cares, idle- 
 ness of mind or body, masturbation, debaucheries, intemperance, vene- 
 real excesses, and injuries of the spine. 
 
 This deposit may also be produced by certain articles of diet, which 
 contain the oxalic acid. Among these may be named the rhubarb 
 plant, which in summer is largely used for tarts ; and sorrel. 
 
 Treatment. — The treatment for these deposits should be very much 
 like that for the phosphatic. The stomach and liver should receive 
 some special attention. A pill of leptandrin, podophyllin, etc. (39), 
 may be used with advantage. The preparation of nitric and hydro- 
 chloric acids (76) must generally be taken for some time. In cases 
 of great irritability, the sulphate of zinc (82) does well. 
 
 The diet should be plain, digestible, and nourishing, — all articles 
 containing the oxalic acid being rejected, as the rhubarb plant, sorrel, 
 tomatoes, onions, etc. 
 
 For the rest, follow the directions for the treatment of phosphatic 
 deposits. 
 
 Urate of Ammonia Deposits. 
 
 The urine which contains these deposits is generally pale, and of 
 low specific gravity, about 1.012. It becomes opaque on cooling, 
 from the deposition of a nearly white urate of ammonia. Instead of 
 falling down readily, this forms ropy masses in the fluid, and looks 
 like mucus or pus, or something between the two. Its real nature is 
 discovered by applying a little heat, which quickly dissipates it. 
 
 Microscopic Characters. — Place a drop of this turbid urine between 
 two slips of glass, and examine it closely with a microscope ; you 
 will see myriads of minute globules adhering together in linear 
 masses. Now place a drop of the turbid urine in a watch-glass, and 
 gently warm it ; as soon as it has become clear, add a drop of hydro- 
 chloric acid to it, and when it is cold, examine it with the microscope. 
 The muddiness will be gone, and you will now see lozenges, or thick 
 cohering prisms of uric acid (Fig. 121). The explanation of this ia, 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 313 
 
 that the hydrochloric acid combines with the ammonia, forming muri- 
 ate of ammonia in solution, and liberating the uric acid crystals. 
 
 Fig. 121. 
 
 Fig. 122. 
 
 Urate of soda (Fig. 122) is sometimes found in urine, which has 
 similar chemical reactions with urate of ammonia. 
 
 Causes. — These deposits are generally produced by some overeat- 
 ing, or derangement of the skin. 
 
 The treatment is the same as that for uric acid gravel. 
 
 Fig. 123. 
 
 Hippuric Acid Deposits. 
 
 These deposits appear in the healthy urine of the cow and the horse ; 
 
 and also in that of human beings, but in such small quantities as to 
 
 be scarcely appreciable. 
 
 They sometimes, however appear in unhealthy proportions; but 
 
 they never show themselves as a sediment, until after the addition of 
 a stronger acid. The urine containing them is 
 generally slightly acid or neutral, — sometimes 
 alkaline, — having a low specific gravity, from 
 1.006 to 1.008. The triple phosphates are often 
 found in it. 
 
 To detect these desposits, fill a large watch- 
 glass with urine, and evaporate it over a lamp to 
 a few drops. Then add to it about half its bulk 
 of hydrochloric acid, and set it aside. The 
 addition of the acid produces a bright pink 
 color, and an odor like new hay. After a few 
 
 hours, if the hippuric acid be present, its peculiar crystals will be 
 
 seen. (Fig. 123.) 
 
 Cause. — In man, this deposit is supposed to depend on the ab- 
 sence of food having a good share of nitrogen. The urine of vege- 
 table eaters contains it in largest quantities. 
 
 Treatment. — The only treatment required is a diet composed in 
 good proportion of animal food, a proper attention to the skin by 
 bathing, etc., and when debility exists, tonic medicines, as iron and 
 bitters, with out-door exercise enough to keep the muscles in working 
 order. 
 
314 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 Cystine Deposits. 
 
 These do not occur in healthy urine, and rarely as an element in 
 diseased action. They contain twenty-six per cent of sulphur. 
 
 Urine which contains cystine is of a pale yellow color, and has a 
 low specific gravity. It frequently has an oily appearance, and its 
 smell is peculiar, resembling that of sweet brier. Sometimes its odor 
 is fetid, like putrid cabbage. On being kept for a short time, it has 
 its surface covered with a pellicle which looks oily, and consists of a 
 mixture of crystals of cystine, and the phosphate of ammonia and 
 magnesia. ( 
 
 The cystine deposit appears to be diffused through the urine, which 
 is always turbid when boiled. It is a white or fawn-colored powder, 
 and falls to the bottom as a seidment. It undergoes no change by 
 warming the urine, and this distinguishes it from white urate of am- 
 monia. It is not soluble in diluted hydrochloric or strong acetic acid, 
 which distinguishes it again from the earthy phosphates. 
 
 To test this deposit, add liquor ammonia to a portion of it, and 
 shake them. If the deposit be cystine, it will dissolve readily. Allow 
 a few drops of the solution to evaporate on a slip of glass, and the 
 six-sided tables of cystine will remain, which may be examined under 
 the microscope. (Fig. 124.) 
 
 Fig. 124. Fig. 125. Fig. 126. 
 
 It is to be remembered that occasionally the chloride of sodium or 
 common salt crystalizes in octahedral forms (Fig. 125), which, in 
 some positions, may look very much like cystine. The ready solu- 
 bility of the chloride in water, and the absence of all color when they 
 are examined by polarized light, will prevent mistaking these crystals 
 for cystine. If urine containing common salt be quickly evaporated 
 on a slip of glass, and be then examined, instead of the octahedrons, 
 we find crosslets and daggers. (Fig. 126.) 
 
 Causes. — An excess of sulphur in the tissues, a scrofulous consti- 
 tution, and hereditary predisposition, with defective oxidation, and 
 torpidity of the liver. It is often found in the urine of girls who have 
 the green sickness. 
 
 Treatment. — The great object is to improve the general health, 
 which is to be done by attending to the skin, and the administration 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 316 
 
 of iron and bitters, and also alteratives. The syrup of iodide of iron 
 is a valuable remedy. Podophyllin and leptandrin (34) are wanted 
 to regulate the liver. The nitro-muriatic acid (76) should be tried. 
 
 The daily sponge bath, and daily exercise, as in most chronic com- 
 plaints, must on no account be neglected. 
 
 Stone.— Calculus. 
 
 It often happens that the proper treatment for removing urinary 
 deposits is not adopted in season. In such cases, gravelly particles, 
 finding a lodgment for a time, in the kidneys or bladder, are apt to 
 draw other particles to themselves, which become fastened to them, 
 and form a layer quite round them. Over this, other layers form in 
 succession, until a stone is produced so large that it cannot pass off. 
 These grow to various sizes, — being sometimes so large as to fill the 
 bladder. 
 
 Uric Acid Calculus. — The most common of these formations is the 
 uric acid calculus. It is generally smooth or slightly tuberculated on 
 the surface, and varies in color from a pale yellowish-fawn, to a red- 
 dish-brown. When sawn through the centre, its layers will be found 
 tolerably regular, but of different thickness. (Fig. 127.) 
 
 To test it, place a small fragment upon platinum foil under the 
 blowpipe. K uric acid, it blackens, and gives out an odor like burnt 
 feathers mixed with the oil of bitter almonds. 
 
 Fig. 127. Fig. 128. Fig. 129. 
 
 Mixed Calculus. — These calculi are frequently composed of two or 
 more different kinds of matter arranged in irregular layers. Fig. 128 
 is a mixed calculus, — the dark layers being oxalate of lime, the light 
 ones, uric acid. 
 
 In testing such, fragments of each ingredient should be separately 
 examined. 
 
 Urate of Ammonia Calculus. — We occasionally meet with a caL 
 cuius composed of the urate of ammonia. These calculi, when found\ 
 are generally small in size, smooth or slightly tuberculated upon the 
 surface (Fig. 129), and of a pale slate or clay color. When heated 
 before the blowpipe, it gradually disappears. 
 
 Phosphate of Lime Calculus. — This has a smooth polished surface, 
 and quite regular layers, which separate easily when the calculus is 
 cut asunder. It has a pale fawn or stone color. (Fig. 130.) 
 
316 DISEASES OP THE ABDOMINAL CAVITT. 
 
 ' ' ~ -~^. 
 
 It chars before the blowpipe, and gradually becomes white as the 
 carbon burns away. Diluted nitric or hydrochloric acid dissolves it 
 without effervescence. 
 
 Oxalate of Lime Calculus. — This is frequently met with uncom- 
 bined with others, but more generally its nucleus is uric acid or urate 
 of lime. It commonly has a brown, dark olive, or dirty-purple color. 
 Its surface is irregular and somewhat rough. It looks like the fruit 
 of the mulberry, and is known as the mulberry calculus. (Fig. 131.) 
 
 It dissolves, without effervescence, in diluted nitric or hydrochloric 
 acid. When thus dissolved, the addition of a little ammonia \s*U 
 cause it to fall to the bottom as a white precipitate. ^ 
 
 Fig. 130. Fig. 131. Fig. 132. 
 
 Fusible Calculus. — This is a mixture of phosphate of lime, and the 
 phosphate of ammonia and magnesia. It is the most common of 
 all the calculi, except the uric acid. It has an oval, irregular form 
 (Fig. 132), and is white, soft, and friable, like chalk. Sometimes it is 
 hard. 
 
 It may be known by the readiness with w^hich it melts down before 
 the blowpipe, without being consumed. 
 
 Causes. — The causes of the different kinds of gravel have been 
 already explained. Generally stones of the bladder are formed in the 
 kidney, and descending through the ureters into the bladder, are pre- 
 vented from passing out through the water-pipe by an enlarged pros- 
 trate gland. Remaining in the bladder, they soon get encrusted over 
 by other matters in the urine, and grow by accretion to be stones. 
 
 Symptoms. — When a stone in the bladder reaches a certain size, 
 especially if it is rough, it always produces suffering. A dull, annoy- 
 ing pain is felt at the end of the penis. The desire to make water is 
 frequent, and there is a sense of weight in the perineum. Sometimes 
 the stream of urine is suddenly stopped by the stone falling on the 
 orifice of the urethra. As the bladder becomes nearly emptied, it 
 embraces the stone, and the pain is increased. Jolting in a carriage 
 causes great pain. Mucus passes off with the urine, and sometimes 
 blood. After a time, the appetite fails, hectic sets in, albumen ap- 
 pears in the urine, and the patient sinks under inflammation of the 
 bladder. 
 
 These symptoms being found in diseases of the kidneys and blad- 
 der, no one is authorized to pronounce upon the existence of stone, 
 until the stone has been touched by a metalic sound introduced into 
 the bladder. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 317 
 
 Treatment. — The only effectual treatment is a choice between two 
 operations, — lithotrity and lithotomy. 
 
 The former consists in introducing an instrument, a kind of forceps, 
 into the bladder, through the urethra, taking hold of the stone, and 
 crushing it. The preparatory treatment consists in correcting the un- 
 healthy state of the urine, and the frequent introduction of bougies or 
 sounds to enlarge the water-pipe for the easy entrance of the crush- 
 ing forceps. The after treatment consists in diluent drinks to increase 
 the urine, injections of warm water to wash out the fragments, with 
 hip baths, soothing injections, and leeches or cupping upon the peri- 
 neum. 
 
 Lithotomy consists in making an incision into the bladder through 
 the perineum, and taking out the stone or stones whole. 
 
 Dropsy of the Belly. — Ascites. 
 
 This is a collection of water in the cavity of the belly ; sometimes 
 the fluid is outside of the peritoneum, and next to the muscles. 
 
 Symptoms. — An enlargement of the belly, with a sense of disten- 
 sion and weight, — particularly on the side on which the patient lies. 
 When the collection of water is large, the breathing becomes short 
 and difficult, and the swelling is uniform over the whole abdomen. 
 
 In some instances the fluctuation of the water may be distinctly 
 heard when the patient moves about, — just as we may hear the 
 water in a half-filled barrel when it is rolled over. This sound of the 
 fluid, when heard, distinguishes the complaint from pregnancy, and 
 from the drum-head state of the bowels. This fluctuation may some- 
 times be produced by pressing upon one side of the belly while the 
 patient is standing or sitting, and striking the other side with the ends 
 of the fingers of the other hand. 
 
 In some cases, there is loss of appetite, dry skin, costiveness, scanty 
 urine, oppression of the chest, cough, colic pains, and variable pulse. 
 
 Causes. — A frequent cause of this complaint is chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the serous membrane which lines the abdomen, — I mean the 
 peritoneum. It may also be produced by scarlet fever, fever and 
 ague, disease of the heart, particularly dilatation of the right cavities,! 
 and diseases of the liver, particularly the shrivelled, hobnail condition 
 of the liver, — in short, whatever causes a pressure upon the portal 
 veins, and obstructs the venous blood returning from the intestines. 
 
 Treatment. — The remedies for this disease are mainly diuretics 
 and purgatives. The bowels may sometimes be reduced in a few 
 days from an enormous size, by medicines which excite the action of 
 the kidneys. Digitalis, combined with acetate of potash, etc. (130) , 
 forms an excellent preparation. The patient should have as a con- 
 stant drink, a strong infusion made from two parts of hair-cap moss, 
 and one each of juniper berries and dwarf elder bark ; also an infu- 
 sion of queen of the meadow. 
 
 The purgatives used in this complaint are those which produce 
 
318 DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 
 
 « 
 
 watery stools. One of the best of these is elaterium. It will some- 
 times carry off the water with great rapidity ; combined with some 
 active cathartics (31), it will have all its good effects without the 
 griping it is apt to occasion alone. 
 
 Cream of tartar, taken in large doses, every day, will sometimes do 
 well. Epsom salts produces watery stools, and is a good remedy. 
 
 For promoting absorption of the fluid, the iodide of potassium, 
 taken in from three to ten-grain doses, three times a day, is a valua- 
 ble medicine in many cases. The compound infusion of parsley is 
 said to be still better. 
 
 The skin must receive careful attention. The alkaline sponge bath, 
 with friction, will increase the transpiration of fluid through that 
 organ. Exercise does much to keep up an active circulation, and to 
 lessen dropsical effusions. 
 
 The strictest temperance, both in eating and drinking, must be 
 observed. A light and nourishing diet, with water, tea, and the 
 diuretics named above for drinks ; beyond these the patient must 
 not go. 
 
 A kneading and shampooing of the bowels once a day has an ex- 
 cellent effect ; it gives activity to the circulation in obstructed veins. 
 A bandage tied close around the bowels, and tightened as the water 
 diminishes, has an effect upon the sluggish vessels similar to that of 
 the laced stocking in varicose veins of the legs. It lessens the liabil- 
 ity of a return of the complaint. 
 
 Dropsy of the Cells. — General Dropsy. — Anasarca. 
 
 Just under the skin is a membrane composed chiefly of cells, called 
 the cellular membrane. When a considerable part, or the whole of 
 these cells are filled with a watery fluid, we call the complaint ana- 
 sarca, or cell dropsy. If, beside this, there is a collection of water in 
 the large cavities, we give it the name of general dropsy. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease generally begins with a swelling around 
 the ankle and leg, which is more visible at night after standing and 
 walking, and is less perceptible in the morning in consequence of the 
 horizontal position of the night. To the touch of another person, 
 dropsical feet and legs feel a little colder than natural; and when hard 
 pressed with the finger, a pit will be sunk in the flesh, which remains 
 some time before it fills up. As the disease advances, the skin of the 
 legs becomes smooth, shining, and sometimes even cracks open to let 
 out the water. The limbs, and indeed the whole person become stiff, 
 heavy, and clumsy. 
 
 As the disease advances, and ascends to the belly and chest, there 
 is shortness of breath, a sense of suffocation on moving or lying 
 down, a tightness and distress across the epigastrium, thirst, dryness 
 of skin, wakefulness, loss of appetite, scanty and deep-colored urine, 
 and a slow fever. 
 
 Causes. — General dropsy is caused by whatever weakens the gen- 
 eral system, and by such circumstances as obstruct the circulation in 
 
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY. 31& 
 
 the veins. The most frequent causes, therefore, are certain diseases 
 of the heart and kidneys. 
 
 Explanation. — Modern physiology has demonstrated that the veins 
 do a certain part of the work of absorption. The serous membranes 
 which line the larger cavities of the body exhale watery fluid enough, 
 and no more than enough, to keep them moist, and cause the organs 
 within to play smoothly upon their surface. If the fluid were not 
 taken away as fast as it is poured out, the cavity, — being a shut sac, 
 ; — would become full, and we should have dropsy. It is the office of 
 the veins to absorb this fluid and convey it away in the general cur- 
 rent of the blood. 
 
 This is the method of their doing it : The walls of the veins are 
 so constructed as to permit watery fluids to pass through them, either 
 in or out. When they are comparatively empty, or only moderately 
 full, fluids on the outside pass in, and mingle with the contents. 
 This is called endosmosis. When they are very full, the watery 
 portion of the blood will filter through, and pass out This is called 
 exosmosis. 
 
 Now, if the reader will think a little, he will easily see that if the 
 veins are barely full enough not to allow any fluid to pass in, the 
 natural exhalations of the shut sacs would bring on dropsy ; but if 
 the veins are so full as to cause water to flow out, then the dropsical 
 accumulation will be still more rapid. 
 
 Such being the office and nature of the veins, the reader may 
 learn how disease of the right side of the heart will cause dropsy. 
 When the right ventricle is so dilated and weakened that it cannot 
 send the blood forward to the lungs, of course the veins which bring 
 it to the right side of the heart, will become full, and greatly distended. 
 Exosmosis will then occur ; the watery portion of the blood will 
 begin to run out, either into the large cavities, or into the cells, and 
 dropsy, either general or local, will be the result. 
 
 Treatment — This must be governed very much by the cause of the 
 disease. 
 
 In dropsy from disease of the heart, we may use diuretics and 
 such other measures as are recommended for dropsy of the belly. 
 If the urine is strongly acid, depositing the brick-dust sediment, 
 the alkaline diuretics will be the best, as the acetate and bicarbon- 
 ate of potash combined, and dissolved in water. The bitartrate of 
 potassa, to act upon the bowels, is a proper remedy. If the disease 
 arise from general debility, the following powder will be useful: 
 digitalin, three grains ; cinchonia, half a dram ; phosphate of iron, 
 half a dram ; and white sugar, one dram. Mix, and triturate ; divide 
 into sixteen powders, and give one, in pumpkin-seed tea, four times 
 a day. 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 Of all the diseases to which flesh is heir, none bring so much 
 misery, moral and physical, as those called sexual or venereal. To 
 the physician, they are the source of the greatest anxiety and per- 
 plexity. They bring him into possession of the most delicate secrets, 
 — secrets which involve the peace of families and neighborhoods, — 
 secrets which his honor as a man, and his truth as a physician, compel 
 him to lock fast in his own breast, and hold sacredly apart even from 
 his nearest companions, — secrets which, if revealed, would fill domes- 
 tic circles with unutterable bitterness and heartburnings, and whole 
 neighborhoods with scandal and immorality. These secrets are often 
 a burden to him. They are in his breast like undigested food in the 
 stomach, — disturbing the whole nature. 
 
 The patient, if a man of sensibility, suffers even more, of course, 
 than his physician. In many cases, he is a man of virtuous inten- 
 tions, and perhaps of religious habits, who has fallen in a moment of 
 temptation ; and he fears that the effect of his sin will spread itself 
 through his whole system, and extend to the end of life ; or, still 
 worse, that having poisoned the fountain of his life, it will go down 
 as a heritage of misery to his offspring ; or, what he would deprecate 
 as almost equally calamitous, that the partner of his bosom may be- 
 come the innocent partaker of his disease. 
 
 In this state of apprehension, he turns to his physician, not merely 
 to keep his secret, but to cure his disease. How great a pity, that in 
 such circumstances, he does not always fly immediately to an honor- 
 able physician, instead of seeking the advice, as many do, of those 
 miserable quacks, who lure him to their dens only to get his money, 
 having no intention or ability to cure his complaint. 
 
 These diseases are divided into two great branches, characterized, 
 in part, by different symptoms, and generally held to be entirely dif- 
 ferent complaints. The first to come under consideration ia 
 
 Pox. — Syphilis, 
 
 This disease had a very early origin. It was known among the 
 Jews, as we learn very clearly from the 15th chapter of Leviticus. 
 Dr. Adam Clarke's Commentary upon this chapter, at least, makes it 
 apparent David, the king of Israel, has unconsciously left «n record, 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 321 
 
 in the XXXVIII Psalm, a most graphic description of Tertiary 
 Syphilis, experienced in his own person. Dr. Clarke says: "It is 
 most likely the Psalm was written in reference to some severe afflic- 
 tion that David had, after his illicit commerce with Bathsheba ; but 
 of what nature, we are left to conjecture from the third, fifth, and 
 seventh verses." The Psalm is dated not quite a year after the act 
 alluded to, — about the right time for the terrible symptoms David 
 describes to make their appearance. 
 
 The term syphilis is from a Greek word signifying filthy. There 
 is one unvarying sign of this disease, — the existence of an ulcer or 
 ulcers, usually upon the genital organs. The French call this ulcer a 
 chancre. The common name is simply venereal sore, or ulcer. A 
 pimple first appears ; on the summit of this a pustule forms ; then the 
 rupture of the top of this, brings to view the ulcer or sore. This ulcer 
 is shallow, more or less circular or oval in form, bounded by a perpen- 
 dicular and slightly jagged border, and furnished with a smooth, yel- 
 low base, moistened by an unhealthy secretion. The skin around the 
 sore is a little thickened and inflamed. This is a simple venereal 
 ulcer. It generally lasts about five weeks, and then heals. 
 
 But it is not always thus simple. It may be an inflammatory 
 chancre, attended by excessive inflammation. It may be what is 
 called a sloughing chancre, characterized by the perishing and falling 
 off of large parts of flesh. It may be gangrenous, or marked by a ten- 
 dency to mortification. It may be phagedenic, or eating, — being dis- 
 tinguished by a rapid loss of substance, or eating away of flesh. Or, 
 finally, it may be indurated, — being noted for the peculiar hardness 
 of the base, and of the flesh immediately around it. 
 
 A venereal sore is the result of impure connection with a person 
 having the syphilitic disease. The poisonous secretion of a sore, 
 applied to the skin of a healthy person, produces inoculation, and a 
 new sore upon the previously healthy person is the result. This 
 chancre appears in a few days after coition, — a certain time being 
 required for it to produce its effect, as in the application of vaccine 
 matter to the arm. 
 
 Bubo. — The next symptom in the order of occurrence, which fre- 
 quently follows the ulcer, is the bubo. It is named from a Greek 
 word which means groin, — from its usually appearing in that part* 
 It is a painful swelling of the inguinal gland in the groin, and is 
 caused by the absorption of virus or poisonous matter from the 
 chancre. This gland is one of the lymphatics, a class of vessels a$ 
 numerous, all over the system, as the veins and arteries. They are 
 likewise called absorbents. Those that originate from the private 
 parts, absorb the poison from a venereal sore, and convey it to the 
 glands in the groin, which, being poisoned by it, inflame and swell. 
 
 The bubo generally appears in from one to two weeks from the 
 appearance of the ulcer. It is usually upon the same side which the 
 chancre occupies upon the penis. When the bubo advances to sup- 
 puration, and becomes an open sore, it is then a glandular chancre. 
 
 Vegetations. — These are peculiar growths appearing upon differ- 
 
 41 
 
322 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 ent parts of the skin, which resemble certain vegetables. They are 
 found most frequently, in the male, on the head of the penis, and on 
 the membrane lining the foreskin. In the female, they are found at 
 the entrance to the vagina, and not unfrequently, in the vagina itself. 
 They sometimes appear on the neck of the uterus. 
 
 Primary Disease. — Thus far, the diseases noticed are what are 
 called primary. If properly treated, and cured in season, the consti- 
 tution is not infected, and no subsequent troubles appear. But a 
 result so fortunate as this, is not common. Generally, the treatment 
 is either too long delayed, or is too brief and superficial. The poison 
 is, in consequence, absorbed into the circulation ; the whole constitu- 
 tion becomes infected ; the fluids and solids are so acted on and 
 altered, in fact, that a special constitution is created. For this reason,, 
 the affections of the skin, the mucous membranes, the bones, eta, 
 which follow, are called 
 
 Constitutional. — These constitutional diseases never appear imme- 
 diately, as the result of an impure connection, but only after those 
 affections already noticed. The primary diseases are local ; the con- 
 stitutional affections are general. 
 
 The first thing which strikes the eye in these constitutional com- 
 plaints, is the color and appearance they give the skin. It has a red- 
 dish, coppery tinge, and a peculirly dirty appearance. 
 
 The order in which the several parts are affected, are, first, the skin 
 and mucous membranes ; second, the hard substance surrounding the 
 bones, called periosteum, the tendons, and the bones themselves. 
 Those affections which appear upon the skin and mucous membrane 
 are usually called secondary, because they are the second to appear ; 
 while those affecting the bones, etc., are denominated tertiary, be- 
 cause, in the order of their appearance, they are in the third class. 
 
 Eruptions of the Skin, and Ulcers. — Of the constitutional erup- 
 tions, there is a great variety, — so great that I cannot, in small space,, 
 give a minute description of them. The breast and arms are not 
 unfrequently the first to be affected. Attending these eruptions, there 
 is little uneasiness, and no pain ; though there is sometimes a slight 
 itching. The first breaking out is usually of a copper color, some- 
 what paler than it subsequently is. The eruption is often in the 
 form of blotches, — elevated only a very little above the skin. They 
 are composed of small pustules, with a little fluid in them, which 
 soon dries away, and the whole may be rubbed off like bran. This 
 may leave the skin looking tolerably sound, and inspire the belief 
 that no further mischief is to be experienced. No hope can be more 
 delusive. Parts afflicted with this complaint, show no tendency to heaL 
 The first crop of pimples is soon followed by a second, which pro- 
 duces a thicker crust, and yields a larger amount of bran. This 
 rubbed off, small ulcers appear underneath. 
 
 Vesicular Eruptions. — There is another syphilitic affection of the 
 skin, which appears in the shape of vesicles, like small-pox. These 
 dry and leave a scab. 
 

 
 . Eruptions. — 1 n, which 
 
 ■■ 
 an erupt ion of co| >me coy. 
 
 fall 
 ulcers are i ►.) 1 
 
 stubborn form. 
 
 Tubercnlar Eruptions. — In another variety of the disease, broad, 
 red, copper-colored tubercles, or hard elevations appear, most com- 
 monly about the sides of the nose, or on the cheeks. Gradually, they 
 suppurate, and are succeeded by deep ulcers, terminating in scars. 
 This is an unfavorable form of the disease, and usually appears some 
 considerable time after the primary symptoms, in persons whose con- 
 stitution has been shattered. Plate V. 
 
 This rather belongs to tb f form of the disc addi- 
 
 tion to the abov n are apt to form 
 
 
 d, orange- 
 
 pular work like 
 
 on the tongv 
 
 Plati: 
 Many other for 
 it would be u 
 >n would 
 le of the 
 upon the mucous ane of tl h and throat. '.: >rres- 
 
 pond, in number and kind, with the affections of the skin. They 
 affect the lips, the internal sides of (the ch >, the tonsils, 
 
 the phar soft pal. ; as al cavities, etc. They are terribly 
 
 in their effects, — forming gaping ulcers, and eating de 
 the part, ngworfeintl mtn 
 
 throat; aii- considerable inl «on, 
 
 e it almost hing, or even to Open the 
 
 I have i hrough the palatine arch (Pi. 
 
 ... 1), and 
 
 ion, — not be low. 
 
 . 
 Th 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
VEXEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 323 
 
 Scaly Eruptions. — There is still another affection, which is in the 
 form of scales, and one scale will be piled upon another. It begins 
 with an eruption of copper-colored blotches, which become covered 
 with scales ; these are succeeded by scabs, and when these fall off, 
 shallow ulcers are left with copper-colored edges. (Fig. 133.) This 
 is a stubborn form. 
 
 Fig. 133. 
 
 Tubercular Eruptions. — In another variety of the disease, broad, 
 red, copper-colored tubercles, or hard elevations appear, most com- 
 monly about the sides of the nose, or on the cheeks. Gradually, they 
 suppurate, and are succeeded by deep ulcers, terminating in scars. 
 This is an unfavorable form of the disease, and usually appears some 
 considerable time after the primary symptoms, in persons whose con- 
 stitution has been shattered. Plate V. 
 
 This rather belongs to the tertiary form of the disease; and in addi- 
 tion to the above, patches of unhealthy inflammation are apt to form 
 on the tongue, and after a time, break, disclosing ragged, orange- 
 colored ulcers. Plate VI. Fig. 2. 
 
 Many other forms of eruption exist ; but in a popular work like 
 this, it would be useless to make the nice distinctions which their 
 description would require. 
 
 Some of the worst forms of the secondary affections, are found 
 upon the mucous membrane of the mouth and throat. These corres- 
 pond, in number and kind, with the affections of the skin. They 
 affect the lips, the internal sides of the cheeks, the tongue, the tonsils, 
 the pharynx, the soft palate, the nasal cavities, etc. They are terribly 
 destructive in their effects, — forming gaping ulcers, and eating deeply 
 into the parts. They often make shocking work in the whole mouth 
 and throat; and, when attended with considerable inflammation, 
 make it almost impossible to swallow anything, or even to open the 
 mouth. I have often seen breaches through the palatine arch (Plate 
 VI, Fig. 1), and even the whole arch destroyed (Plate VI, Fig. 2) 
 Persons have often died from starvation, — not being able to swallow. 
 The ulcers sometimes take hold of the tonsils, and "dig them out as 
 if it were done with a punch." 
 
 These ulcerations affect the mucous membranes of the genital 
 organs. In the female, they often affect the vagina, and the neck of 
 the womb (Plate VII, Fig. 2) ; and thus may exist for a long time, 
 as the cause of whites, without being suspected as such. They affect 
 also the mucous lining of the fundament and the large bowel. They 
 sometimes exist in the ear, and more often in the eye. This latter 
 affection passes under the name of syphilitic iritis. In Plate V, 
 
the artist has well represented this form of constitutional disease in 
 the eye. 
 
 The disorder, having, by frightful ulcers, run riot upon the delicate 
 structures of the skin and mucous membranes, advances boldly on- 
 ward, attacking the muscles, the tendons, the hard covering of the 
 bones, and the solid bones themselves. No part of the human frame, 
 — not even the skeleton, — can escape this devouring complaint. 
 The bones of the nose and face are generally the first to be attacked. 
 These perish slowly, — falling away, piece by piece, — the nose, in 
 the mean time, sinking down nearer to a level with the cheeks. 
 From these parts, the disease may spread to the bones of the whole 
 system. 
 
 These affections of the bones, are attended by pains of almost 
 every kind and degree. These pains are sometimes fixed in one 
 place ; at other times, wandering, — the whole skeleton being painful. 
 In these latter cases, they seem to the sufferer to reach the very mar- 
 row. Sometimes when the pain is fixed in one place, the feeling is 
 such as might be supposed to be experienced if the bone were being 
 bored. These pains are most terrible during the night. 
 
 Upon those parts where the skin is near the bone, as the forehead, 
 or shin, syphilitic nodes or tumors often appear, which are hard, like 
 cancerous tumors. Beside the above, there are the loss of the hair 
 (alopecia), blindness, deafness, and various other mischiefs, resulting 
 from syphilis which need not be described. 
 
 Is the Constitutional Disease Communicable ? — Many believe, — 
 even among those who are eminent in the profession, — that the con- 
 stitutional forms of the disease are not communicable. A few years 
 ago, indeed, this latter opinion was generally received. It is now 
 quite extensively doubted, or rather, disbelieved. Facts are con- 
 stantly occurring under the eye of unprejudiced physicians, which 
 make it very evident that the constitutional disease may be commu- 
 nicated from one person to another. 
 
 The Disease Hereditary. — It is no small amount of suffering, bodily 
 and mental, which the individuals endure who contract this disease. 
 But the inflictions visited upon them, severe as they are, are small, 
 compared with the aggregate of ills entailed by it upon the long line 
 of their posterity. Whether it be the man or the woman whom the 
 syphilitic virus has inoculated, if it be allowed to be absorbed, so as 
 to affect the constitution, it will be very likely to be sent down to the 
 children, and children's children. The divine law which links the 
 sins of the fathers with the sufferings of even the third and fourth 
 generation, is nowhere more painfully illustrated than in the scourg- 
 ing descent, through many generations, of this terrible disease. It 
 may be passed down to posterity by either of the parents ; but if 
 both be diseased, its transmission will be the more certain. If the 
 mother be infected, she will infect the child while carrying it. If 
 the father's constitution be poisoned, the child will receive the infec- 
 tion from him, through the semen, and will be likely, while in the 
 womb, to infect the mother. I recollect but one author of note 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 325 
 
 (Ramsbotham) who has mentioned this mode of infection. I have 
 myself seen two cases of it. 
 
 This constitutional disease, whether it exist in the mother, or be 
 communicated to the child, and thence to her, by an infected father, 
 is a frequent cause of abortion. Throughout nature, blight is the re- 
 sult of a diseased parentage. Mature fruit is seldom obtained from 
 infected seed. 
 
 Is the Constitutional Disease Cnrable ? — No question connected 
 with the complaint possesses a greater interest than this. None is 
 pressed more earnestly upon the physician. In a certain sense the 
 disease is curable. Its outward manifestation may be wholly re- 
 pressed. The health of the person suffering from it may be restored, 
 and become, in an important sense, good. But this cure is never 
 brought about by nature ; it may be, and is often effected by medicine. 
 I have never failed to effect such a cure in any case which has come 
 under my treatment. Such results may properly, in general terms, 
 be called cures. 
 
 Yet there is a sense in which a cure never occurs. It is a well- 
 attested fact, that a system once thoroughly pervaded by the poison, 
 is never completely purged of it. It may be shorn of all its active 
 malignancies ; but it has too intimately permeated the tissues and 
 solid bones, to be wholly expelled. Pursue it as we will with the 
 remedial forces of our art, it still takes refuge in the most subtle pro- 
 cesses of animal life, — still infects the currents of being, and finds 
 expression in the scrofula, in the lupus, and in the scaly affections of 
 other generations. Dr. Erasmus Wilson, the great authority in skin 
 diseases, says : " I feel convinced that a considerable proportion of 
 those diseases which pass under the name of scrofula, are the produce 
 of the syphilitic poison, — are, in fact, not scrofulous, but syphilitic." 
 Astruc thought the same, and suggested, what is doubtless true, that 
 the transmission of syphilis must occur through several generations 
 before it becomes scrofula. Bierchn, Camper, Stoll, Portal, Hufeland, 
 and Alibert, have all advocated the same opinion. 
 
 This is doubtless right, though there are many authorities on the 
 other side. He must be a poor observer who cannot discover a prob- 
 able filial relationship of scrofula to syphilis. 
 
 A variety of facts, admitted by the whole profession, go far towards 
 demonstrating this relationship. Scrofula is always hereditary. It 
 is a disease of the parent, imparted to the offspring. But there is 
 scarcely any disease so certainly sent down to posterity as syphilis. 
 
 Scrofula is like syphilis in many of its characteristics. It is like it 
 in its power of propagating itself from parent to child. It is like it in 
 affecting nearly all the children of diseased parents. It is like it in 
 the variety of the structures it attacks, — affecting the skin, the 
 mucous membranes, the bones, etc. Like syphilis it produces hard 
 tumors, ulcers of the skin, abscesses, and decaying of the bones. 
 And finally, the great remedy for tertiary syphilis, iodide of potas- 
 sium, is likewise the great remedy for scrofula ; and, indeed, almost 
 every remedy which acts favorably upon one, is found useful for the 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 other. This could hardly occur were not the diseases identical in 
 nature. 
 
 We can scarcely be surprised that a disease so widely diffused as 
 scrofula should be the product of syphilis, when we reflect how fright- 
 fully prevalent were the causes of this latter affection during the 
 earlier and the middle ages of the world. 
 
 To pass over the records of earlier times, with merely mentioning 
 Abraham, and Lot, and Jacob, and Reuben, and Samson, and 
 David, and Solomon, and numerous females, of whom some singular 
 things are written in the elder scriptures, and omitting all mention 
 of the incredible and almost universal debauchery and prostitution 
 of Greece, and Rome, and Persia, and Media, and Egypt, I may 
 say that Europe, in the middle ages, was well-nigh converted into a 
 vast brothel. 
 
 Foremost in the race of profligacy, were the nnests, Disnops, kings, 
 and emperors. The licentiousness of Childeric knew no bounds. He 
 carried off and violated the wives and daughters of his vassals, with- 
 out regard to any right, human or divine. His successors were gen- 
 erally a race of lecherous men, who spread debauchery on every hand. 
 The French monarchs, from Pepin and Charlemagne, were a race of 
 debauchees. Their courts were national brothels, in which the finest 
 women in the land were trained in the arts of seduction and lust. 
 Francis L, in 1515, endeavored to invest prostitution with elegance 
 and chivalry, and even to ennoble it, by abandoning the public 
 women of the palace to his subaltern officers, and substituting for 
 them, ladies of noble blood. In this movement, the nobles and the 
 clergy gave the king their support. The right of sleeping with their 
 female vassals the first night after marriage was religiously insisted 
 on by bishops and abbes, as high barons, and exercised as their privi- 
 lege. The inferior clergy were content to haunt the taverns and 
 stews, and the monks paid their pimps with the wealth of the church. 
 The grand vicar, in some dioceses, sold indulgences to commit adul- 
 tery for a year ; in others, a cask of wine paid for the right of forni- 
 cation for a lifetime. 
 
 Brantome justifies Francis in his selection of girls of noble blood, 
 on the ground that "they could not communicate the venereal dis- 
 ease to the noblemen of the courts, like the common prostitutes." 
 But the king, who was previously diseased, infected them ; and these 
 noble women, so called, passing from the arms of the prince to those 
 of the courtiers, presented to them the fatal infection received from 
 the king. 
 
 The way in which Francis himself was infected, illustrates, in a 
 most shocking manner, the morals of the times. His illicit loves with 
 the Belle Ferroni&re, were not concealed from her husband, who, 
 though obliged, outwardly, to regard the dalliance of his wife with 
 the monarch as an honor, was inwardly indignant, and determined 
 to become infected himself, and thus disease his wife, and revenge 
 himself upon the king. This plan was suggested to him by a monk, 
 who had another motive, namely, that of punishing Francis for his 
 liberality to the Lutherans. " How," said the husband, when the 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 327 
 
 suggestion was made, " shall I give this disease to my wife, when we 
 are both sound?" " Go visit an infected girl," said the monk, "and to 
 render the matter certain, as I am infected, I will see your unfaithful 
 wife." The result was such as the husband desired ; and in 1547, 
 Francis I., the gay and chivalric monarch, perished of the most foul 
 and loathsome of all diseases. 
 
 Debauchery did not die with him. It was cherished by his succes- 
 sor, Charles IX., and his mother, Catherine de Medicis, and his grand- 
 son, Henry III. The reigns of Henry IV., Louis XIIL, Louis XIV., 
 the Regency, and of Louis XV., were stained by the same licentious- 
 ness and disregard of public decency, until the whirlwind of the revo 
 lution came to purify the moral atmosphere. 
 
 The reader will now, I think, be in no mood to wonder that the 
 kings and queens of Europe, and the whole royal progeny, whether 
 the dishonored occupants of thrones, or the more private recipients 
 of the public bounty, are a scrofulous and degenerating race. Nor 
 need it be much wondered at, that so large a portion of men and 
 women everywhere have more or less scrofula in their frames. Happy 
 are those who can find no trace of this complaint in their constitu- 
 tion ! They should rise up and call their virtuous progenitors blessed. 
 They should especially thank God that they have sprung from the 
 Joins of a race more noble and kingly in the eyes of Heaven than all 
 the royal lines of all Europe. 
 
 Treatment of Syphilis. — In the treatment of this disease, the first 
 thing which requires attention is the pimple, pustule, or sore. This 
 must be instantly touched with caustic. There should be no delay, 
 for if the sore be not syphilitic, the caustic will do no harm ; and if 
 it be, the most terrible results may be averted. The general belief is 
 that poison remains in the sore for a time before it is absorbed into 
 the constitution. It is of the utmost importance that it be destroyed 
 before the absorption takes place. 
 
 The caustics used are nitrate of silver (stick nitrate), nitric acid, 
 chloride of zinc, potassa with lime, caustic potassa, and the painless 
 caustic. 
 
 The nitrate of silver is much used, but the best surgeons now re- 
 gard it as useless. It does not prevent the absorption of the poison. 
 The caustic potassa, the potassa with lime, and the painless caustic, 
 are the sure remedies, — that is, if applied in season. But they must 
 be employed with caution. It will not do to trust them in bungling 
 hands. A little vinegar and water must be immediately used to neu- 
 tralize the caustic when it has accomplished what we desire. After 
 the sore is cauterized, a piece of lint, dipped in a solution of watery 
 extract of opium, one dram to four ounces, should be laid on it ; and 
 the organ inveloped in another piece of lint soaked in tepid water, 
 and covered in oiled silk. The patient should remain at rest as much 
 as possible, — keeping the penis elevated, and repeating the opium 
 dressing to the wound, and the water dressing to the whole organ, 
 night and morning. In addition, the patient should take two pills 
 (19) to be followed, night and morning, for three or four days, with 
 
328 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 a tablespoonful of (20). In some cases, a piece of lint, wet with the 
 tincture of muriate of iron, dilated and kept upon the chancre, will 
 cause it to heal kindly, and with safety to the patient. 
 
 If this treatment be adopted early and properly, the patient is cured, 
 and nothing further is needed. But time is generally lost. The poi- 
 son is absorbed before the patient is seen by the physician ; and the 
 question then is, how it is to be driven out. 
 
 To accomplish this, the diet should be regular and unstimulating ; 
 alcoholic drinks and tobacco should be forbidden ; the mind should 
 be kept at rest ; a cold or tepid bath should be taken daily ; the ac- 
 tion of the bowels and kidneys should be kept properly regulated. 
 These things will put all the expelling agencies in proper condition 
 for work ; and no single medicine will put them all into action like 
 mercury. For this reason, no other single drug has enjoyed a repu- 
 tation for curing pox so wide as this. 
 
 But it must be used with judgment. No remedy is more safe, if 
 judiciously employed, or more destructive, if abused. The profuse 
 and ill-considered way in which it was used in former times, raised a 
 prejudice against it, which is unreasonably cherished at the present 
 day. Abuse made mercury a curse; judicious use makes it a blessing, 
 ^- at least in this disease. 
 
 The blue pill is one of the best forms of it (148), combined with 
 extract of henbane. One pill at night is the usual amount to be 
 taken. Some prefer the mercury with chalk (149) ; others, the corro- 
 sive sublimate (150) ; others, the proto-iodide of mercury (136). Some 
 one of these should be given about five days, in the doses named 
 under the recipes, — being careful not to produce salivation. After 
 the fourth or fifth day, we can generally increase the frequency of the 
 dose. Should salivation be accidentally induced, it should be arrested 
 by a solution of chlorinated soda (205), one part to twelve of water. 
 The mercurial treatment should continue for a week after the sore 
 has disappeared ; and in the case of the indurated sore, as long as 
 there is any hardness. 
 
 Water should be taken freely, and various diluent drinks. They 
 wash the poison out through the millions of avenues, called pores, 
 just as we wash filth out of cities by pouring water into the sewers. 
 
 Recently, Ricord, the great French authority on this subject, has 
 introduced a new treatment of syphilis by iron. One part of the 
 potassio-tartrate of iron is dissolved in six parts of water, and two 
 teaspoonfuls are given three times a day. The same solution is ap- 
 plied to the external sore or chancre. Ricord says that no secondary 
 symptoms have been known to occur after this treatment. The Lon- 
 don Lancet sanctions this treatment as being capable of doing all 
 that Ricord claims. Should its success prove equally great in this 
 country, it will take rank among the greatest gifts to the profession. 
 I sincerely hope that in a future edition of this book, a full trial of 
 the remedy on this side of the Atlantic will permit me to record such 
 success. 
 
 I should mention that there are those who claim to cure the disease 
 with other remedies, without mercury, and I am not disposed to be 
 

VENEREAJ, OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 poonful of (20). In some cases, a piece of lint, wet with the 
 of iron, dilated and kept upon the chancre, will 
 tl kindly, and with safety to the patient 
 
 rty and properly \ the patient is cured, 
 
 is needed. But time is generally lost. The poi- 
 
 e patient is seen by the physician ; and the 
 
 v it is to be driven out. 
 
 , the diet should be regular and unstimulating ; 
 
 Alcoholic and tobacco should be forbidden ; the mind should 
 
 be kept a ft cold or tepid bath should be taken daily; the 
 
 tion of ind kidneys should be kept properly regulated. 
 
 11 put all the expelling agencies in proper condition 
 
 10 single medicine will put them all into action like 
 
 enjoyed a repu- 
 
 ■ 
 
 safe, if 
 
 ■ 
 
 ite (150) ; otWi 
 
 one of i nld be he doses named 
 
 under th areful not to produce salivation. After 
 
 the four n generally increase the frequency of the 
 
 dose entally induced, it should be arrested 
 
 soda (205), one part to twelve of water. 
 reatment should continue for a week after the sore 
 red; and in t! Jurated sore, as long as 
 
 . 
 lould be taken freely, arid various diluent 
 
 of avenm 
 . 
 
 eh authority on this ', has 
 
 syphilis by iron. One part of the 
 
 -tartrate of ir six pans of water, and two 
 
 are givei same solution is ap- 
 
 J says that no secondary 
 been kno treatment. The Lon- 
 
 don Lancer sanctions tl able of doing ail 
 
 that Rii success equally great in this 
 
 country, it will take rank gifts to the profession, 
 
 I sincerely hope thai e edition of this book, a full trial of 
 
 remedy on t >i dan tic will permit me to record such 
 
 ess. 
 
 add mention that there are those who claim to cure the disease 
 her remedies, without mercury, and I am not disposed to be 
 
PI 6. 
 
 A 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 329 
 
 dogmatical, and say it cannot be done. For this purpose, perhaps as 
 good a recipe as has been proposed, is the compound syrup of stillin- 
 gia, tincture of poke root, tincture of sheep laurel, each four ounces, 
 mixed ; of which, from a teaspoonful to half a tablespoonful is to taken 
 three times a day. I think well of this remedy, especially if it be in 
 connection with a small amount of mercury. 
 
 The Bubo, if not attended with pain, may be treated with compres- 
 sion ; by a piece of plaster of ammoniac with mercury ; or by touch- 
 ing it with nitrate of silver. Should there be inflammation, and the 
 formation of matter be inevitable, the bubo should be opened by 
 touching it with the caustic potassa ; and the resulting sore must be 
 treated with the solution of opium and water dressing. Should the 
 sore need stimulating, it may be touched lightly with nitrate of 
 silver. 
 
 Eruptions upon the Skin. — In treating the disease after it appears 
 upon the skin, etc., we shall derive great advantage from the use of 
 either the warm or the vapor bath once a day. With this, if the case 
 be not very old, we may employ (148) or (150) ; but if the disease be 
 an old one, showing itself in the throat, or attacking the bones of the 
 face, we must give iodide of potassium (138), combined with com- 
 pound decoction of sarsaparilla. This is the great remedy for tertiary 
 syphilis ; but when the case is obstinate, it may sometimes be discon- 
 tinued, and the corrosive sublimate (139) be substituted for it. 
 
 It is to be observed that the older the disease grows, and the more 
 chronic its character, the more does mercury lose its control of it. 
 In the first attack, the blue pill is the best ; in the second, as a gen- 
 eral thing, the iodide or the bin iodide of mercury ; in the third, the 
 corrosive sublimate ; in the attacks, subsequent to this, particularly in 
 the tertiary form of the disease, the iodide of potassium. When the 
 throat and nose are so ulcerated as to make a case absolutely terrible 
 to contemplate, it is surprising to see how rapidly the recovery will 
 often take place under the influence of this latter remedy. 
 
 For syphilitic iritis, apply frictions twice a day on the eyelids and 
 eyebrows with ointment (172) (173) ; and administer internally two 
 pills of (136), daily. 
 
 Case I. — Mr. , aged sixty, was sent to me by his physician^ 
 
 from the State of . He had deep and extensive ulcers in the 
 
 upper cavity of the throat,. extending to the tonsils, and to the arch 
 of the palate. Swallowing had become very difficult, and much fear 
 was felt both by the patient and by his physician, that death would 
 follow at no distant day, from absolute inability to swallow at all. 
 The ulcers had the peculiar yellow color which so clearly marks these 
 sores. I informed him that his disease was tertiary syphilis. He 
 said he had once had the disease, many years before, but had sup- 
 posed himself cured. The letter brought me from his physician, a 
 most respectable man, showed that he also had no suspicion of the 
 real nature of the complaint. This case is well represented by Platk 
 VL, Fig. 1. 
 

 &0 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 I put this patient upon a preparation of iodide of potassium, and 
 several other articles, which I keep on hand, and syringed his throat 
 once a day, with a weak solution of the acid nitrate of mercury (226), 
 and in one week, he swallowed his food easily. In three weeks, he 
 went home, his throat was nearly well, and his bodily health, which 
 had been much shattered, restored. His physician, much astonished 
 at his altered condition, wrote immediately to know what I had done 
 for him. This patient, though in humble circumstances, has ever 
 since, sent me an annual present, which, though not of great value, is 
 highly prized by me as evincing a gratitude not forgetful of peculiar 
 benefits. 
 
 \ 
 
 Case II. — In the summer of 1856, a gentleman of distinction came 
 to me from a distant state ; and, being so much reduced as to make 
 it doubtful whether he would ever reach Boston, he brought his family 
 physician with him to render him assistance on the journey in case 
 of possible emergency. 
 
 His voice was reduced very nearly to a whisper. I found a breach 
 through the palatine arch, and considerable ulceration in the back of 
 the pharynx, though not as much as is represented in Plate VL, 
 Fig. 1. He was harassed with a cough, and his flesh and strength 
 were so far reduced that his high official duties had been for some 
 time laid aside. He was supposed by his friends to be verging tow- 
 ards the last stages of consumption ; and their consent was gained 
 for his journeying to Boston, only because, as they supposed, no hope 
 opened to him in any other direction. 
 
 My pronouncing it a case of tertiary syphilis surprised the very 
 excellent physician who came with him, and who failed to recognize 
 the nature of the complaint only because he had not been accustomed 
 to seeing cases of the kind. The disease was of eighteen years stand- 
 ing, — being the lingering constitutional result of a case oi gonorrhoea 
 (and I have seen several such results of gonorrhoea, whatever Ricord 
 may say to the contrary), contracted in a single lapse from virtue in 
 early manhood. 
 
 The treatment was almost identical with that in Case L, except 
 that tonics, — particularly some of the preparations of iron, — were 
 required to bring up the strength. The iodide of potassium showed 
 its usual specific power, and I had the pleasure to send the patient 
 home in a tolerably good state of health. 
 
 Case III. — One of the worst cases I have ever treated was pre- 
 sented in the person of Mr. , who came from a considerable dis- 
 tance to consult me in reference to a badly ulcerated throat, for which 
 all tried remedies had proved useless. The first glance at the throat, 
 showed the ulceration to be syphilitic. The uvula and the entire 
 palatine arch were gone ; the ulceration had gone deep into the phar- 
 ynx. These two circumstances made swallowing extremely difficult ; 
 indeed, nothing could be swallowed, except the most bland liquids, 
 and death by starvation was near at hand. 
 
 No time was to be lost. I put the patient upon large doses of 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. '321 
 
 iodide of potassium, with compound infusion of gentian and fluid 
 extract of sarsaparilla, and showered the throat every other day with 
 a weak solution of acid nitrate of mercury (2?6), and in xen days, 
 tender beef steak was chewed and swallowed with comfort. 
 
 This patient stayed in Boston six weeks ; and went home with ten 
 pounds more flesh than he brought with nim ; and by using the above 
 remedies six months, has regained excedent health. Plate VI., 
 Fig. 2, is a representation of this throat as it appeared when it came 
 under treatment. 
 
 Fortunately, these cases, terribly destructive as they are. are almost 
 always curable, if properly managed. 
 
 Clap. — Gonorrhoea. — Blenorrhagia. 
 
 The reader is aware that the nose, mouth, and lungs, are lined with 
 a mucous membrane, which is liable to become inflamed from various 
 causes. This inflammation we call a cold or catarrh. During its 
 continuance, mucus, and other matters of different color and degrees 
 of consistency, are more or less freely discharged. 
 
 The mucous membrane of the private parts of both sexes, is just 
 like that of the mouth and throat, and subject to similar inflamma- 
 tions and discharges. But these inflammations of the private parts, 
 instead of being produced by changes of weather, etc., generally result 
 from the application of the specific poison of gonorrhoea. When a 
 woman abandons herself to unlimited intercourse with different men, 
 the private parts become stimulated to so unnatural an extent, that 
 the secretions of the parts, which are largely augmented, at length 
 become altered in their nature, acrid, and finally poisonous, — so acrid 
 and poisonous that they cause inflammation of the parts, and when 
 applied to the male organ, in the sexual act, they poison and inflame 
 that. 
 
 This is the shortest and plainest explanation I can give of clap. 
 From this explanation, one may learn why a man will sometimes 
 take a disease from a woman who has never had any evidences of 
 being diseased herself. If she have indulged her sexual propensities 
 unreasonably, though not enough to produce inflammation upon 
 herself, her secretions may yet have become acrid enough to poison 
 one whose organs are delicate and sensitive. And more than this. 
 The secretions of a female may become acrid and poisonous from 
 other causes than excessive venery. The discharges in bad cases of 
 whites will sometimes irritate and inflame the male organ, and induce 
 a disease which has every appearance of gonorrhoea. A husband, in 
 great distress of mind, sometimes submits a case of this sort to the 
 physician's inspection, and lays upon him the delicate and responsible 
 duty of deciding whether the wife has been unfaithful. No act in a 
 whole professional life can be more momentous than a decision of 
 this sort. If a man be well skilled in his art, he may give an answer 
 in such case, which shall dispel the most terrible apprehensions, and 
 save the peace of a loving family. 
 
 The poison when applied by a diseased person to the male or 
 

 332 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 female organs, requires a certain time to produce its peculiar effect,— 
 generally from three to eight days. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first symptom of the disease is uneasiness in the 
 end of the penis, accompanied, generally, with a little redness, and 
 difficulty in passing water. The color of the first discharge may be 
 white or straw-colored. There is tenderness where the parts are red. 
 Scalding in passing water is sometimes, not always, present at first. 
 
 This is the beginning, or first stage of clap. Now is the time to 
 cure it easily. But, unfortunately, the physician seldom sees a case 
 in this early stage. Before he is allowed to inspect it, the second 
 stage has generally appeared, which is known by violent scalding 
 when water is passed, by chordee, or painful erections of the penis, 
 and by an increased discharge of greenish matter often tinged with 
 blood, and coming from much farther down the urethra, or water- 
 passage. The matter sometimes comes from as far down as opposite 
 the scrotum, or bag which holds the testicles. There is more or less 
 pain in the loins and back. The whole body of the penis may be- 
 come affected, and abscesses form. 
 
 A third and more terrible stage of the disease begins when the in- 
 flammation has reached the lowest part of the water-passage, just 
 where it enters the bladder. Around this part of the passage, and 
 lying upon the bladder, is a gland in size and shape like the largest 
 chestnut. It is called the prostate gland. On either side of it, lie the 
 receptacles of the semen, each of which sends its duct into the water- 
 passage. When the inflammation extends through this gland, it irri- 
 tates the neck of the bladder, and causes a distressing desire to pass 
 water ; and from its proximity to the larger bowel, it sends its irrita- 
 tion thither likewise, and impels a terrible effort to evacuate the 
 the bowels, called tenesmus. It is the same awful feeling experienced 
 in dysentery. Few things can be more terrible than these two dis- 
 tressing feelings conjoined, — the desire to pass water and to empty 
 the bowels. Racked with terrible pains, and awful tenesmic dis- 
 tresses, and often with painful erections, the patient passes back and 
 forth between the bed and stool, — often vowing, in the sincerity of 
 his heart, that if he can but recover from this, he will never be caught 
 again. The enlargement of this prostate gland may become chronic 
 and permanent, and be the affliction of a man's life. 
 
 Stricture. — One of the most troublesome and persistent conse- 
 quences of gonorrhoea is a partial closing up of the water-pipe, at- 
 tended generally by quite a serious obstruction to the passage of the 
 water. It is called stricture. The mucous membrane which lines 
 this passage, being long inflamed, becomes thickened and less pliable 
 or elastic. The tissues which lie underneath this membrane, also 
 become swollen and hardened, and, pressing upon the water-passage, 
 lessen it still further, — making the stricture more difficult of cure. 
 
 In stricture, the stream of urine is altered in size, length, and force. 
 Its course is changed, when the stricture is lateral. The stream is 
 often flattened, like the blade of a pen-knife, or twisted like a gimlet, 
 or forked, — one stream reaching beyond the other. In consequence 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 333 
 
 of obstruction, the bladder is not entirely emptied, and the desire to 
 urinate immediately returns, and is very urgent. 
 
 Gleet. — Another very troublesome result of gonorrhoea is gleet, — 
 a thin, colorless discharge, which persists, in a chronic form, after all 
 active inflammation has subsided. It is very annoying, and very ob- 
 stinate. It is often dependent on the altered condition of the mucous 
 membrane occasioned by stricture. 
 
 Orchitis* — Another very severe result of clap is swelling of the 
 testicles, called orchitis. It begins frequently with chills and fever, 
 with a feeling of weight in the scrotum, and pains in the loins. The 
 swelling rapidly increases, and reaches its height in from three to five 
 days. 
 
 Beside the above, there are still other mischiefs, which follow this 
 disease, such as inflammation of the prostate gland, already described, 
 of the bladder, and of the kidneys. 
 
 In the female, gonorrhceal inflammation affects the external geni- 
 tals called the vulva, the water-pipe, the vagina, and the neck of the 
 womb. 
 
 There is a difference of opinion as to whether gonorrhoea ever pro- 
 duces secondary or constitutional symptoms. Ricord, the great 
 French authority on this subject, affirms, and with him a great num- 
 ber of followers, including most of the profession in this country, 
 that constitutional symptoms never follow clap ; that they never re- 
 sult from anything but a syphilitic ulcer. Vidal, a French authority, 
 safer, in my judgment, than Ricord, though not as renowned, says, on 
 the contrary, that secondary and tertiary complaints do follow viru- 
 lent gonorrhoea. Wilson, the highest English authority, and many 
 others, agree with him. Unprejudiced observers feel well convinced 
 that this latter opinion is right. I have myself seen not less than 
 half a dozen cases of secondary and tertiary syphilis, which were 
 preceded by gonorrhoea, and nothing more. Case I. was of this 
 kind. 
 
 Treatment. — -In the first stage of the disease, there are two meth- 
 ods of treatment, either of which may be adopted with success. The 
 first, which has many advocates, is the local treatment. An injection, 
 with a glass syringe, is immediately made, of a solution of nitrate of 
 silver, of the strength of five to ten grains to the ounce of water. It 
 should be retained from one to five minutes, by pressing the head of 
 the penis between the thumb and finger. If done before the third 
 day, this will generally cure the disease. 
 
 The physician should have entire control of the patient, and com- 
 pel him, if possible, to keep his room, and live for a few days on 
 crackers and water, or something equally simple. All meats and 
 stimulating drinks are to be excluded. 
 
 The other mode of treatment, which is perhaps tne more commonly 
 adopted, is more general in its nature. It embraces the use of warm 
 baths, warm sweating drinks, and rest. If the patient is full of blood, 
 and strong, from five to fifteen leeches are applied to the space be* 
 tween 4 he scrotum and fundament. These things, with a low diet. 
 

 334 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 
 will frequently reduce the disease in a few days. If the discharge 
 should continue, alter a fair trial of the above, then copaiba and 
 cubebs (272) are to be used. Several articles are added in the above 
 prescription, to make the copaiba acceptable to the stomach. This 
 preparation can be taken by most persons, and generally produces 
 very gratifying results. Vidal strongly recommends an electuary, or 
 thick paste (273), of which a piece twice as large as a nutmeg is to 
 be taken in the course of the day. The prescriptions which contain 
 copaiba and cubebs are numerous ; but the above two are as good as 
 a hundred. With these articles, the baths, the leeches, and the repose, 
 are to be united. 
 
 Vidal says he never resorts to injections first, but employs the anti- 
 inflammatory course first. If that fail, then he uses the injection 
 (207), three or four times a day ; and if he employs the nitrate of 
 silver at all, it is only as an astringent (208). Prescription (304) is a 
 valuable injection. 
 
 When the second stage sets in, and the symptoms become more 
 violent, injections must not be used. For the very severe scalding in 
 passing water, which is now felt, take thirty drops of a solution of 
 potassa in half a tumblerful of water, twice or three times a day. 
 Persons of full habit, may be benefited by dissolving a grain or two 
 of tartar emetic in a tumbler of water, and taking to the extent of 
 producing a little nausea. Relief is occasionally obtained by holding 
 the penis for some time in warm water. 
 
 For the painful chordee, or erections, camphor and opium (120) are 
 required, — from one to three pills a day. Thirty drops of laudanum 
 may be given when the patient retires. Cold applications to the gen- 
 ital organs, or walking barefooted upon the cold floor, will frequently 
 give relief. When other things fail, three pills a day may be taken 
 of extract of hyoscyamus, containing from one to four grains each. 
 The quantity of drinks must be diminished, and cold lotions must be 
 applied to the penis on going to bed, — the patient covering himself 
 lightly. 
 
 Gleet is generally very obstinate, and often requires a very pro- 
 tracted treatment. If there be any tenderness along the under side 
 of the penis, it is well to apply three or four leeches. Occasionally 
 recipe (272) will have an excellent effect. But gleet is an unhealthy 
 action, sustained by habit, and may often be cured by simply exciting 
 a new action which shall break the old habit. It is always well, 
 therefore, to resort to injections. Sugar of lead and sulphate of zinc 
 (207) answer a good purpose ; or sulphate of zinc and tannin (209) 
 may be tried. Chloride of zinc (210) does well in some obstinate 
 cases. 
 
 But gleet is often dependent on stricture^ and when this is the case, 
 we must learn the location of it by exploring the water-pipe with a 
 bongie. When the instrument reaches the constricted part, the pa- 
 tient feels pain, or the surgeon meets an obstruction, — often both. 
 When the stricture is found, it is either to have the solid nitrate of 
 silver applied to it with an instrument called the porte caustique, or a 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 335 
 
 solution of nitrate of silver (211), or of acid nitrate of mercury (226)> 
 with a shower syringe which I have had prepared for the purpose. 
 When these means fail, we must pass a small bongie gently through 
 the stricture ; then a larger, and then a still larger one, until the ob- 
 struction be removed. They should be used once or twice a day, and 
 not be retained long in the passage. They frequently have to be 
 used ten or twelve weeks, and should not be discontinued till the cure 
 is complete. Put no confidence in those quacks who promise to cure 
 these old troubles in a few days. They want your money, «ut have 
 no expectation or ability to cure you at all. 
 
 For inflammation of the testicles, apply leeches at once. To this 
 should be added warm fomentations, and poultices. If these means 
 fail, more serious measures are to be adopted, which it would be out 
 of place to describe in this book. 
 
 Inflammation of the prostate gland is also to be treated with 
 leeches and poultices, — likewise a warm hip-bath. The water must 
 be drawn off with a catheter until it can be passed in the natural 
 way. 
 
 Prevention of Sexual Diseases. — I have several times been in doubt 
 as to the best method of presenting some of the topics which the wide 
 scope of this book has brought before me ; but no one subject has 
 perplexed me like the one announced in the above heading, — not 
 that it is not easy enough to furnish the rules for preventing venereal 
 disease, but that it is a grave question in morals whether to instruct 
 the world in the methods of such prevention is right. Is it proper to 
 give any other advice than the simple direction to abstain from all 
 liability to disease ? That is the question. 
 
 If such advice would be heeded, of course no other should be given. 
 But it would not If the person disregarding it would alone suffer 
 the penalty of the trangression, it might then be best to embody the 
 whole advice in the simple imperative word, abstain! But this can- 
 not be. The infection will be imparted to a third person, and onward 
 to thousands ; and many of these thousands will be innocent wives, 
 who will perish of the disease, or send the infection down to the 
 second, the third, the fourth, and to all generations ! While a strict 
 morality might seem, therefore, at first view, to forbid the inculcation 
 of rules for avoiding infection, the good of the race would appear to 
 justify and require it. 
 
 The first requisite for prevention is cleanliness. Frequent washing 
 is of prime importance. 
 
 The precautions should not be the same before and after the vene- 
 real act, when a person is about to expose himself to risk. Before 
 the act, the parts should be carefully examined, to see if there be any 
 break in the skin. The least breach in this covering of the penis 
 greatly promotes contagion. Before coition, there should be no wash- 
 ing with soap, for this deprives the parts of the mucus and oil, — 
 thus rendering the naked and exposed skin liable to infection. On 
 the contrary, to apply a solution of alum, tannin, or a decoction of 
 oak bark, or aromatic wine, constringes or hardens the covering of the 
 
336 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 organ, and renders contagion more difficult. An article called con- 
 dom is often used to ward off disease. It is a sack made of gold 
 beater's skin, and is drawn over the penis like a glove over the finger, 
 and thus protects it from contact with poisonous matter. 
 
 Of still greater importance are prompt measures of prevention 
 after the act Lotions should be immediately applied to every part 
 of the organ, and in the case of females, should be used as injections. 
 These lotions should be acids or alkalies. A mixture of vinegar and 
 water h is been recommended as an excellent wash. Record recom- 
 mends aromatic wine ; Malapert, corrosive sublimate (212), in the 
 form of solution. Probably the best preventive is composed mainly 
 of alcohol and soap (213), as recommended by Langlebert. 
 
 An exposed person, using any one of these solutions, particularly 
 the last, or, in the absence of all these, washing thoroughly with soap 
 and water, will be likely to escape contagion. 
 
 medical Police. — What is called general prophylaxis, or prevention, 
 or medical police, is not a subject of legislation in this country. The 
 moral sense of the American people does not admit its necessity. In 
 Europe, the authorities watch over prostitution. They even go so 
 far as to regulate it. They appoint practitioners, whose duty it its to 
 act as a sort of medical police, and particularly to visit houses of 
 prostitution once or twice a week, and examine all the inmates. 
 When a girl is found diseased, she is immediately removed to a hos- 
 pital^ and not permitted to return until she is well. 
 
 Self- Pollution. — Masturbation. — Onanism. 
 
 There is probably no vice to which so many boys and young men, 
 and even girls and young women, are addicted, and from which so 
 many constitutions break down, as self-pollution. Small boys and 
 girls learn the vile practice of the larger ones at school, and generally 
 continue it up to maturity, without the least suspicion that they are 
 inflicting upon themselves either a moral or a physical injury. 
 
 This comes of the false modesty and bastard morality which with- 
 holds from the young all knowledge of the proper functions of their 
 sexual organs, and of the inconceivable mischief resulting from their 
 abuse. A gentleman of distinction lately said to me : " I instruct my 
 boys as faithfully on this subject as upon any other moral or physical 
 question, and I tell my wife it is her duty to do the same with the 
 girls." This is wise. Yet, how few parents ever speak to their boys 
 or girls on the subject, or give them the least reason to suppose there 
 is any better rule for their conduct than their own desires ! 
 
 Symptoms. — These are very numerous. The principal are, head- 
 ache, wakefulness, restless nights, indolence, indisposition to study, 
 melancholy, despondency, forgetfulness, weakness in the back and 
 private organs, a lack of confidence in one's own abilities, cowardice, 
 inability to look another full in the face, and, among females, hysterics, 
 whites, and a desire for seclusion from society and solitude. 
 
VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 337 
 
 I have already spoken of the receptacles of semen, lying on each 
 side of the prostate gland. From the fore part of these receptacles, 
 the semen passes through two ducts, about a finger's breadth in 
 length, into the urethra or water-pipe, just in front of the prostate. 
 From excessive self-pollution, these ducts become very irritable, and 
 also debilitated and relaxed, — so much so that they will not retain 
 the semen ; and during lascivious dreams, it flows off. These semi- 
 nal losses are called " nocturnal emissions." So constant is the drain 
 they keep up upon many young men who have abused themselves 
 excessively, that the whole man, mentally, morally, and physically, 
 becomes a wreck. There are few objects more pitiable to behold 
 than a young man in this condition, — his nervous system feeble, 
 tremulous, and broken ; his memory weakened and fading out ; his 
 eye unsteady and incapable of looking a friend in the face ; his loins 
 and back weakened, giving him the feeble gait of old age ; his once 
 erect form cowed and bent ; his high sense of manliness all oozed out 
 of him ; his mind taking up and dropping the simplest threads of 
 thought, losing its way in the plainest paths of reflection, and often 
 starting back affrighted at the glimpse of chaotic insanity opening 
 before him, — turning here and there for relief, but finding little hope 
 of recovery, except in marriage, and yet knowing himself unfitted to 
 be the husband of an intelligent woman ! 
 
 Treatment. — Every kind of treatment, no matter how judicious or 
 well applied, will be unsuccessful, unless the vice which has produced 
 the disease be absolutely and entirely abandoned. This is the first 
 thing to be secured. It may be extremely difficult for the patient to 
 do this, with his mental and moral nature all broken and in ruins, — - 
 with no heart to feel, and will to execute ; and yet it must be done, 
 or a cure cannot be effected. 
 
 To bring this about, everything must be done by the physician to 
 strengthen the moral nature of the patient, and to raise his self-respect 
 and hope. The most careful directions must be given for restraining 
 the imagination. The patient must be directed and encouraged to 
 drive out from the mind, instantly, and upon all occasions, every 
 lascivious thought ; to cultivate the society of the most intellect- 
 ual and virtuous females ; to make himself busy with useful and, if 
 possible, agreeable employment ; to avoid solitude ; and to sleep 
 with some friend. He should sleep on a mattress, and never on 
 feathers. 
 
 Where there is considerable debility, tonics will be required, as the 
 mineral acids (60) (62) (78), and bitters (77) (67) (66) (59), and 
 strychnine (83) (95) (85), and iron (80) (93) (72) (73) (71). In addi- 
 tion to some of the above preparations, the syrup of the hypophos- 
 phites should be taken for some time. 
 
 The food should be nutritious and easy of digestion, and the cold 
 alkaline sponge bath should be taken once a day, with brisk rubbing ; 
 and the private parts should particularly be washed daily with cold 
 water. 
 
 In conclusion, I say emphatically to parents, do not let your sons 
 
 43 
 

 538 
 
 VENEREAL OR SEXUAL DISEASES. 
 
 and daughters remain ignorant on this subject. It is plainly your 
 duty to enlighten and to warn them. It is a matter in which young 
 persons are generally disposed to do right, if rightly instructed. 
 A^il yourself of your right to give counsel, and 3 if need be, to use 
 authority. 
 
PEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 In addition to the diseases common to both sexes, women are 
 subject to a class of distressing complaints peculiar to themselves, 
 and denominated, in general terms, female diseases. Involving con- 
 siderations of a delicate nature, these complaints have too generally 
 and too long been shut out from works intended for popular distribu- 
 tion. Hence there is a general ignorance of a class of diseases which 
 are fast unfitting woman for the high duty of continuing the race ; 
 and the subjects of these maladies are generally themselves so unin- 
 formed of the true nature of their sufferings, that they are neither 
 prepared to seek relief in the proper direction, or to submit to the 
 remedy, if it chance to be proposed. 
 
 It is intended here to speak of these disorders, as I have done of all 
 others, in a plain and simple way, to describe them, so far as the 
 present state of medicine permits, just as they are, and to make 
 known the only modes of treatment which have been found available 
 for their cure. The sufferings of woman require this ; the interests 
 of humanity require it ; and the writer is impelled to it, as he thinks, 
 by a just sense of responsibility. 
 
 Physicians, in my judgment, are chargeable with a great wrong in 
 concealing within their own breasts information upon what are called 
 delicate subjects, — information which the good of the world requires 
 should be divulged, and which they ought to pour into the public 
 mind, and make common, and which they would thus popularize, but 
 for their stiff pride and conservatism. 
 
 The idea that our knowledge cannot be imparted to the world 
 without injuring the public morals, is simply absurd. We are moie 
 afraid of bringing the common people too near to us, of letting down 
 our dignity, and of opening our profound secrects to popular eyes. 
 The result is as it should be, that unsophisticated people are apt to 
 give physicians a wide berth, and to have nothing to do with them, 
 unless necessity compels. Let doctors strip off their reserve, and 
 while they remain gentlemen, become likewise companions, impart- 
 ing their knowledge freely and familiarly to all, and the public con- 
 fidence, now considerably shaken, will be frankly restored to the pro- 
 fession. 
 
 It should be the object of a good physician to know all he can, and 
 to impart his knowledge to as many as possible. Knowledge is not 
 
340 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 merely power ; it is happiness, it is wisdom, it is health, it is virtue ; 
 yes, it is always virtue, except in some rare instances, where the worst 
 natures pervert it. No physicians are so much loved as those who 
 are frank, and have no concealments. The day for mysterious nods 
 of the head, and rollings of the eyes, and shrugs of the shoulder, has 
 gone by. Men, and women too, (or those of them who are wise), 
 wish to know distinctly what their diseases are, and what is neces- 
 sary, not to palliate and prolong, but to cure them. 
 
 Time when Female Diseases Begin. — Female complaints begin to 
 make their appearance at the period of life called puberty, — the time 
 when the girl passes from childhood to womanhood. This is the 
 period when menstruation is established, which consists of a discharge 
 from the genital organs, composed of blood and mucus, and which 
 occurs, when regular, every four weeks. Up to this period, the system 
 of reproduction has remained dormant. By the intervention of this 
 mysterious function, the young female becomes a new being. The 
 heart unfolds itself to new emotions ; the mind assumes a solidity 
 before unknown, and even the body acquires beauty from a sudden 
 rotundity of form. 
 
 This is the period when the great question of female health is very 
 apt to be settled once for all, and for life. The girl who is well 
 trained at this time, generally has a foundation laid for health and 
 character, which is worth more to her than riches. At no time does 
 the mother need so much wisdom and knowledge as now. To es- 
 tablish the health and develop the affections of the daughter at this 
 critical period, is a sacred trust which she can devolve upon no other 
 being ; nor can she meet her responsibilities at this time, unless better 
 informed than most mothers are. The general apathy in regard to 
 this maternal duty is deplorable. 
 
 False Delicacy. — The refined delicacy which withdraws these sub- 
 jects from the public gaze, is commendable, for it casts a beautiful 
 charm over society ; but when carried so far as to spread a veil even 
 over the eyes of mothers, it is quite unnatural, and leads to the worst 
 results ; for in the bad management of girls at this critical period is 
 laid the foundation of many of the diseases which shatter the consti- 
 tution of so many women. For this bad management, it is not 
 mothers alone who are to be blamed. The neglect of the medical 
 profession to furnish the necessary information should come in for its 
 full share of reproack 
 
 The Establishment of the Menses. — Nature always comes slowly 
 and by degrees to the inauguration or establishment of any of her great 
 functions. It is so in regard to menstruation, or, as it is variously 
 called, "the menses," "the courses," "the change," "the flowers," 
 " nature," etc. For some time before the flow begins, there are cer- 
 tain symptoms, or premonitions, which, to the eye of the physician, 
 plainly enough foretell the impending change. To the mother these 
 signs would be equally intelligible, were she as well informed as she 
 should be. It is plainly her duty to be intelligent enough to assist 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 341 
 
 nature in the establishment of this important function. But how 
 often, either from ignorance, or from false ideas of delicacy, does she 
 fail to interfere, and allow the daughter to be taken by surprise, and 
 perhaps frightened and thrown into convulsions! 
 
 From inquiries made of about one thousand women, a distin- 
 guished English physician found that about one quarter were unpre- 
 pared for the appearance of the menses. Some of the girls were 
 frightened and went, into hysterical fits ; others thought they were 
 wounded, and washed with cold water. The flow was stopped in 
 several cases; and in some, never restored; while the health of all 
 in whom it was interrupted, was seriously impaired. 
 
 Symptoms of the First Menstruation. — A variety of symptoms pre- 
 cede and foretell the first menstruation. Headache, dizziness, slug- 
 gishness of thought, and disposition to sleep ; — these, occurring in a 
 girl, may be taken as hints that the "change" is at hand. If to these 
 be added pains in the back and lower limbs, the intimations will be 
 still more significant. 
 
 At this time a girl loses a relish for the society of children ; she is 
 apt to acquire a taste for solitude ; her temper becomes wayward and 
 fretful ; her eyes acquire a peculiar lustre ; she becomes a sort of 
 mystery to her friends and herself, — not her physical frame only; her 
 whole character is changed. She is about stepping into a new life. 
 Her emotions, thoughts, anticipations, retrospections, are all new to 
 her, and her outward manifestations are new to her friends. An in- 
 telligent mother will not fail now to prepare her mind for the impor- 
 tant event close at hand. 
 
 The age at which this change takes place, depends very much upon 
 a variety of circumstances. It occurs much earlier in warm than in 
 cold climates. It is hastened by high living; by the whirl, and bustle, 
 and excitement of city life ; by reading novels which are full of love 
 incidents ; by attending balls, theatres, and parties ; and by mingling 
 much in the society of gentlemen. 
 
 Early Menstruation not Desirable. — It is a law both in animal and 
 vl ^etable life, that the later the period at which maturity is reached, 
 the greater the solidity of the body, and the longer it lives. Girls 
 who menstruate early, do so because the body is weakened by climate 
 or luxury, and the nervous system unduly developed by excitement ; 
 while those who come late to womanhood, have firmer constitutions, 
 enjoy better health, and live longer. Those mothers, therefore, com- 
 mit great errors, who are anxious and administer "forcing medicines," 
 because their daughters do not menstruate at fourteen or fifteen. If 
 girls are suffering from no special ill health, no anxiety need be felt if 
 "the custom of women" do not come to them till the age of eighteen, 
 or even twenty. The delay should excite thankfulness rather than 
 regret. It shows that the constitution has not in it the seeds of early 
 dissolution ; that it is fortifying itself against future disease. 
 
 Girls who come thus tardily to maturity, are much more "regular" 
 in after life. They bear children with fewer accidents, and are af- 
 
dieted much less with female diseases. The duty of mothers is plain; 
 it is to bring their daughters forward as late as possible, by refusing 
 their early admission to society, by withdrawing from them all excit- 
 ing reading, by prohibiting their early attendance at concerts and 
 theatrical entertainments, by prescribing for them the most unstimu- 
 lating diet, and by requiring a large amount of exercise in the open 
 
 air. 
 
 A wide investigation has shown that the first menstruation occurs, 
 in hot climates, at the average age of thirteen years and nineteen 
 hundredths ; in temperate regions, at fourteen years and seventy-four 
 hundredths ; in cold latitudes, at sixteen years and fifty-three hun- 
 dredths. Under the hot-house culture of modern society, and espec- 
 ially among the wealthy classes, where indolence, luxury, and excite- 
 ment, unite to weaken the constitution, this change is constantly 
 occurring at a more tender age. 
 
 How Female Diseases are Induced. — All living things have their 
 origin in germs. The germ from which the higher animals spring, 
 man included, is an ovum, or egg. Every animal and every vegetable 
 is provided with an organ for the production of germs. In woman, 
 this organ is called ovary. There are two ovaries, about half an inch 
 in length, — one lying on each side of the womb, to which they are 
 attached by ligaments, or cords. The ovarian bodies contain vast 
 numbers of vesicles, or cells, or eggs, which are the true germs of 
 human life, and the only sources from which it can spring. 
 
 Between the ages of fourteen and forty-five (speaking in general 
 terms), every healthy woman matures and deposits an ovum once in 
 twenty-eight days. This vesicle, some time before the monthly flow, 
 begins to germinate and swell, and after a time, like a grain of wheat 
 in the earth, it bursts its covering, and springs forth. It then passes 
 through what is called the fallopian tube into the womb, whence it is 
 cast off. 
 
 During the swelling and bursting of this vesicle or germ, the ves- 
 sels of the ovaries, and womb, and, particularly, of the membrane 
 lining the womb and its neck, are so crowded with blood as to pro- 
 duce in the parts a state of congestion. If the parts be examined 
 with a speculum at this time, they will be found red, sensitive, and 
 almost inflamed. So great is this congestion, that the woman often 
 complains of pain in the ovaries and the womb, — and a general 
 sense of heat, aching, and dragging down in the lower part of the 
 bowels. The pain often extends to the back, the groins, and the 
 thighs. 
 
 This Condition Repeated Every Month. — When we consider that 
 this state of things is repeated every four weeks, and that the con- 
 gested or crowded state of the vessels begins some days before the 
 monthly flow, and lasts, in all, some ten days, making about one third 
 part of every month, we need not wonder that inflammation so often 
 supervenes, with all its attendant ill health and sufferings. 
 
 Increased by Various Causes. — If we reflect, further, that this con- 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 343 
 
 gestion is increased, among the wealthy, by high living, and among 
 all classes, by over-stimulation of the nervous system, and by the las- 
 civious morals of the age, we see stronger reasons for expecting, — 
 what is really occurring, — a continually increasing amount of suffer- 
 ing from female diseases. 
 
 And when we know, still further, that American females are care- 
 less of their health ; that they often attend balls and theatres at the 
 "very time of suffering from this monthly affliction ; that they fre- 
 quently wet their feet, and otherwise expose themselves to colds, we 
 cannot feel surprise, even when we learn that from one-half to three- 
 fourths of all women in cities, and quite a large proportion of them 
 in the country, have inflammation of the ovaries, or of the womb, or 
 of the neck of the womb, or suffer some of the forms of displace- 
 ment of this latter organ. 
 
 Child Bearing;. — The inflammatory state of the uterine organs is 
 often induced by injuries received in child-bearing, and by excessive 
 indulgence in sexual pleasures. 
 
 Weakness of the Sexnal System. — The womb, moreover, like any 
 other organ, may be naturally frail, and easily affected by disease. 
 This weakness of the sexual system is indicated by the difficulty 
 with which menstruation is established, and the presence of the 
 whites, both before and after each monthly flow. Women in whom 
 the generative organs are weak, are much more liable to inflamma- 
 tion of the womb, and to all the complaints peculiar to the sex. 
 
 Fig. 134. 
 
 Description of the Sexnal Organs. — Before describing th« particu- 
 lar diseases to which the female generative organs are haoie, it is 
 proper to give the reader a brief description of the chief of these 
 organs. 
 
 The Womb itself, in its healthy, natural state, is about two inches 
 long, and one inch broad, — weighing a little more than an ounce ; 
 and is in shape like a pear. It is lined with a mere rudimentary 
 mucous membrane. 
 
 The Neck of the Womb has a cavity distinct from that of the body 
 of the organ, and is lined with a mucous membrane well supplied 
 with follicles or glands. 
 
344 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 The Fallopian Tubes open, one from each side of the base, or largest 
 end of the womb, and extend outward to the ovaries. 
 
 The Ovaries are a bundle of eggs lying one on each side of the 
 base of the womb. They are more particularly explained else- 
 where. 
 
 Fig. 134 gives some idea of these organs. A, is the body of the 
 womb ; B, the neck of the womb ; C, C, the vagina ; D, one of the 
 ovaries ; F, F, the fallopian tubes ; E, E, the fimbriated extremi- 
 ties ; G, the small ligament attaching the fimbriated extremity to the 
 ovary. 
 
 Inflammation of the Neck of the Womh. — Inflammation of the 
 body of the womb is a comparatively rare disease, but inflammation 
 of the neck of this organ is so common that in nearly nineteen out 
 of twenty cases, when females seek relief for whites, for painful men- 
 struation, for stoppage of the menses, or even for what they suppose to 
 be falling of the womb, a careful examination will show that this 
 pendent portion of the womb is in a state of marked inflammation, 
 or of absolute ulceration. The whites, if they continue, without in- 
 termission, from one menstrual flow to another, are almost always the 
 result of one of these conditions of the uterine neck. 
 
 It would surprise most persons, out of the medical profession, and 
 many physicians, to know how large a proportion of the more grave 
 diseases which inflict such terrible suffering upon woman, and so 
 completely shatter her constitution, are dependent for their exist- 
 ence upon a simple local inflammation, either in the neck of the 
 uterus, or in one or both of the ovaries. Many a female has for 
 years suffered agonies greater than those of death itself, arising, as 
 she supposed, from a complication of ills which invade every part of 
 the system, while the whole of her troubles arose, in fact, from an 
 inflamed spot which could be covered by the ball of the finger. 
 
 Difficulties of Studying Uterine Diseases. — The facts stated above 
 have been but a short time known to medical men ; and to large 
 numbers of the profession, are still unknown. The reason is, that 
 very serious obstacles have stood in the way of studying the diseases 
 of women. 
 
 The social relations of the sexes, and the great delicacy of the 
 matters to be investigated, were long the cause of inquiries and ex- 
 aminations so indirect that little knowledge was gained, and as little 
 benefit conferred. 
 
 Woman, always distinguished for her modesty, could not be ex- 
 pected to invite investigations which were not proffered, whatever the 
 extremity of her sufferings ; and man, scrupulously sensitive lest he 
 should make himself an intruder by stepping within delicate incis- 
 ures, have both, in times past, mistaken their duty by misinterpreting 
 the demands of the highest delicacy. 
 
 Needful Examinations not Indelicate. — Rightly viewed, no inqui- 
 ries or examinations are indelicate which are necessary to a full un- 
 derstanding of the nature of disease, and which are made with the 
 

 A 
 
344 
 
 
 ■■ ■. \--it\ I Tubes open, on€ from each ride oi (fee ba* ; I irgi • 
 
 omb, and extend ou the ovaries. 
 
 The Ovaries are a bundle of eggs lying one on each side of the 
 of the womb. They are more particularly explained else- 
 
 g. 134 gives some idea organs. A, is the body of the 
 
 b; B, the neck of the womb; C, C, the vagina; D, one of the 
 
 ties ; F, F, the fallopian E, E, the fimbriated extremi- 
 
 small ligament attaching the fimbriated extremity to the 
 
 ry. 
 
 Inflammation of the fleck of the Womb, — Inflammation of the 
 bod v rare disease, but inflammation 
 
 nearly nineteen out 
 
 , for painful men- 
 
 ■ y suppose to 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 i omp 
 
 . upon 
 uterus, or in 
 years 
 she suppo 
 the system, 
 
 i 
 
 
 ■ • 
 
 che neck of the 
 
 Many a female has for 
 
 1 of death itself, arising, as 
 
 which invade every part of 
 
 bles arose, in fact, from an 
 
 ;e ball of the finger. 
 
 wsw*- ie facte i 
 
 ... 
 
 
 ined, arid as little 
 
 ity of 
 
 ould not be ex* 
 
 t proffered, whatever the 
 
 ilously sensitive lest he 
 
 ping within delicate inclos- 
 
 heir duty by misinterpreting 
 
 
 
 ate. — Rightly viewed, no inqui- 
 re necessary to a full un- 
 id which are made with the* 
 

 
FEMALE DISEASES. 345 
 
 sole purpose of rendering its cure possible. I agree with Dr. Meigs, 
 the elder, that the delicacy or indelicacy of examining the persons of 
 females for the purpose of exploring disease, depends on the motive 
 with which it is done. To pure-minded persons, it is never, I think, a 
 source of impurity. On the contrary, the self-restraint, the honorable 
 feeling, and the nice sense of delicacy which it calls into exercise, 
 often heighten the tone of a man's virtue, and certainly increase a true 
 woman's respect for it. Unfortunately there is now and then a gross- 
 minded man in the profession, who, in these investigations, will vio- 
 late the most sacred of all trusts committed to his hands ; but such 
 monsters, — few in number, — soon find their level, and are shunned 
 as the most vile of the race. 
 
 It is now so well understood that these investigations do not lead 
 to immoralities, that the most highly educated, intelligent, refined, 
 and virtuous females, almost invariably raise the fewest objections to 
 such examinations as a physician of character may propose. 
 
 Methods of Investigating Female Diseases. — The symptoms of 
 these complaints will be spoken of in their proper place, as the 
 several diseases come under a brief review. I merely wish to allude 
 here to the methods of physical exploration which modern practice 
 has called to its aid. 
 
 The Touch. — These methods consist, first, of what is called the 
 touchy which is made either externally upon the bowels, or inter- 
 nally, with the index finger, through the vagina, or passage from the 
 external genital organs to the neck of the womb. 
 
 The Speculum. — In the second place, of ocular inspection of the 
 vagina and neck of the uterus, through an instrument called the spec- 
 ulum. By this instrument, the eye, as well as the finger, is made to 
 assist in learning the real condition of the parts. 
 
 The finger informs us whether there is any deviation from nature 
 in the bulk, the firmness, the smoothness, or the sensibility of the 
 parts ; while the sight, through the speculum, affords absolute cer- 
 tainty as to whether the parts are suffering from inflammation, ulcer- 
 ation, abrasion, or eruption. The following is the best form of spec- 
 ulum yet used. 
 
 Fia.135 
 
 The end is so shaped as to catch the neck of the womb, and then 
 by drawing the instrument forward slightly, the diseased surface is 
 presented for as perfect inspection as if located externally. 
 
346 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Inflammation, Ulceration, and Enlargement of the 
 
 Neck of the Womb. 
 
 Inflammation of the neck of the uterus is very common ; ulcera- 
 tion and permanent enlargement (technically called hypertrophy), are 
 its results, when it is not arrested in due time. These affections, in 
 fact, and the same troubles as they affect the ovaries, make up the 
 bulk of female diseases, — being the real causes of the most of those 
 symptoms which have passed under the name of whites, suppression, 
 painful menstruation, sterility, general debility, etc. 
 
 The neck of the womb, when healthy, is soft and smooth. No 
 hardness or condensation of tissue can be felt by the finger, on press- 
 ing over it. It is elastic, too, and feels unctuous to the touch. This 
 latter sensation is communicated by the layer of mucus which covers 
 it. Pressure upon it produces no pain. Plate VII., Fig. 1, is a 
 fine specimen of the size, shape, color, and appearance of a healthy 
 womb. 
 
 Inflammation, when found in this part, may begin in the mucous 
 membrane which covers the neck, or in that which lines its cavity, or 
 in the small glands in the body of the organ. 
 
 Symptoms. — Inflammation of the mucous membrane covering the 
 neck of the uterus, destroys the unctuous feel which it has in health. 
 It also causes the neck to swell, its vessels being crowded full of 
 blood. If the body of the organ, as well as the surface, be reached 
 6y the inflammation, it will be hardened, as well as enlarged ; and in 
 consequence of its increased weight, it is apt to drop down somewhat 
 into the cavity of the vagina. In married ladies, it is often, by physi- 
 cal pressure, pushed a little backward, or retro verted. Examination 
 with the speculum, shows the inflamed neck to be of a vivid red, 
 instead of a pale rose-color. It may be covered with red or white 
 pimples, which are glands enlarged with muco-pus. 
 
 In the healthy state, the mouth of the womb is so much closed as 
 to be just perceptible when the finger passes over it. Inflammation 
 causes it to be more or less open, and its lips to be parted. 
 
 Inflammation Followed by Ulceration. — In a majority of cases, in- 
 flammation of the neck of the womb and of its cavity, is soon fol- 
 lowed by ulceration, which generally appears first around the mouth, 
 and just within the cavity of the neck. From thence it spreads both 
 inward and outward. Plate VII., Fig. 3, furnishes a good speci- 
 men. 
 
 Various Degrees of Ulceration, etc. — Of course these inflamma- 
 tions and ulcerations mix and run into each other in all possible 
 forms, — presenting excoriations, or raw places ; granulations, or pim- 
 ply surfaces ; and indurations, or hardened parts. Sometimes these 
 pimply patches will be red and hard, and again the whole surface will 
 be spongy, and will bleed upon the slightest touch. 
 
 In many cases, these ulcerations makj wretched work with the 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 347 
 
 mouth of the womb, eating deeply into the cavity, and giving it a 
 ragged and unsightly appearance. Plate VIL, Fig. 4, may be taken 
 as a sample. 
 
 Velvety Feel from Ulceration. — Ulceration generally gives to the 
 surface on which it exists, a soft, velvety feel, which the finger gener- 
 ally recognizes. This velvety sensation, with the open state of the 
 mouth, are the most important evidences we can derive from the 
 touch, of this form of disease. 
 
 The Discharge from these Ulcers is always Pus, or, in common 
 language, matter. It is sometimes poured out scantily, at other times, 
 very freely. It may be thick and yellow, or thin, and of a lighter 
 color. 
 
 The inflammatory and ulcerated condition of the neck of the 
 womb, often gives rise to pain ; and when the seat of the disease has 
 not been examined, as it should be, this pain has frequently been 
 called neuralgia. In this way, ignorance has compelled neuralgia to 
 stand sponsor for a great many pains with which it has had nothing 
 to do. 
 
 These Ulcers Disturb Menstruation. — Menstruation is generally 
 changed, more or less, in its character, by the presence of inflamma- 
 tion or ulceration in the neck of the womb. It usually becomes more 
 painful. In some cases it is made more profuse, in others more scanty. 
 It may come on more frequently, or it may be postponed, protracted, 
 or abridged in its continuance. There is generally pain of a dull, 
 aching kind, low down in the back. There is often a feeling of ful- 
 ness, pain, and a sense of bearing down in the lower part of the 
 bowels ; sometimes the pain extends to the groins and thighs. 
 
 Extensive Disturbances from these Inflammations, etc. — The nerves, 
 with which the womb is liberally supplied, belong to those of the 
 sympathetic system. Hence, the condition of the uterus influences a 
 wide circle of sympathies. By these nerves this organ is brought into 
 close relationship with the organs of animal life. If the former suf- 
 fer, the latter suffers also. The stomach, being intimately connected 
 with the womb, physically, feels keenly these inflammations and 
 ulcerations of the uterine neck. At times, the pain, debility, general 
 disturbance, and dyspeptic s4:ate of the stomach are such as to cheat 
 both the doctor and the patient into the belief that this organ is the 
 seat of the disease. But in such cases, the symptoms of stomach 
 disease will all disappear the moment the local affection is removed 
 from the neck of the womb. 
 
 The liver, too, often participates in these troubles, and becomes 
 sadly deranged. It is sometimes even greatly enlarged and congested, 
 and patients frequently have the various symptoms of what are called 
 /iver complaints. 
 
 Severe pains are sometimes felt under the breast bone, and over 
 the chest generally, making the patient apprehensive of disease of 
 the lungs ; and indeed consumption is not a very unfrequent result of 
 uterine diseases. 
 
348 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Pains are often felt in the region of the heart, which organ is often 
 harassed with palpitations. 
 
 The flesh is apt to waste under the symptoms excited by these in- 
 flammatory and ulcerative processes in the uterine neck ; and even 
 the brain, though lying in some measure beyond the circle of influ- 
 ences set in motion by the organic nerves, suffers disturbance and 
 pain. 
 
 Even the special senses of sight and hearing may oe drawn into 
 this general vortex, and both be much impaired. And to crown this 
 catalogue of ills, it may be mentioned that those distressing things 
 called hysterical fits, proceed from the same local disorders. 
 
 In brief, there is scarce a point in the human body to which these 
 inflammatory and ulcerative conditions of the uterine neck may not 
 send their sympathetic pains and aches, and where they may not in 
 time induce real disease. This is the reason why so many women 
 suffering from these local complaints, tell the phyiscian, when consult- 
 ing him, that they are " diseased all over" If asked where the com- 
 plaint is located, they will answer — " It is everywhere" In the most 
 earnest manner the assurance will be given — "Doctor, there isnH any 
 well part about me" 
 
 Treatment. — It is just as unreasonable and useless to treat these 
 inflammations and ulcerations through the stomach, as it is an in- 
 flamed or ulcerated throat. They are local diseases, affecting 1 a par- 
 ticular part, and the remedy must be local. 
 
 Like all other affections, these can only be managed intelligently 
 after their nature is well understood. Nothing can really be done to- 
 wards a cure, until it is known what the matter is ; and no competent 
 physician will move a single step in the treatment of one of these 
 cases, until he has made a thorough examination. He owes this to 
 himself and to his patient, — the more so as the neck of the womb 
 may be as easily examined as the upper part of the throat, and the 
 local remedy may be almost as readily applied in the former case as 
 in the latter. 
 
 If, upon the introduction of the speculum, the uterine neck be found 
 simply inflamed and enlarged, the application of a strong solution of 
 nitrate of silver, once in five or six days, will often prove sufficient to 
 reduce both the inflammation and the swelling. If it should not, the 
 solid stick should be lightly applied. If this should not succeed 
 (though it will in most cases) then introduce a speculum, and when 
 the neck of the womb is fairly lodged in its extremity, drop in two or 
 three leeches and allow them to fill. 
 
 If ulceration be present, the solid nitrate of silver must be applied to 
 the ulcer once in five days. One who is not accustomed to treat these 
 affections in this simple way, will at first be surprised at the rapidity 
 with which the local trouble will disappear, and with it, the thousand 
 and one aches and pains which torment the whole body. As the 
 terrible pains in the whole face and head, which are produced by a 
 single tooth, all instantly come to an end when the tooth is extracted, 
 so do the bad feelings all over the body subside as fast as the local 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 349 
 
 ailments of the uterine neck are cured. There is no exception to this 
 rule, except where the sympathetic affection has become fixed by long 
 neglect of the primary uterine disease. It is, therefore, surprising 
 that so many excellent women, whose lives are of the greatest value 
 to themselves and friends, should be permitted to perish of these ail- 
 ments, when the cure is so simple, and many times so entirely within 
 the reach of the most ordinary skill. It is a reproach to the profes- 
 sion which should be wiped away. 
 
 If there are a hundred motives for gaining the mastery over other 
 diseases, there are a thousand for learning to control these. More 
 than any other disease, or all others, they make the homes of men 
 desolate, by robbing them of woman, their ornament and solace. The 
 physician who neglects to make himself acquainted with all there is 
 to be known of these complaints, shows himself not only unfit for his 
 profession, but deficient in some of the prime elements which combine 
 to make a true man. 
 
 Hardening: of the Uterine Neck. — In many cases the uterine neck 
 is not only inflamed and enlarged, it is indurated and hardened. At 
 times, it is enlarged and hardened on one side, and not much on the 
 other. In still other cases, there are enlarged spots, or nodes, giving 
 the whole neck a knotty feel under the finger. 
 
 These hardened conditions of the uterine neck proceed from vari- 
 ous causes, and are more difficult to cure than the ordinary inflam- 
 mation, or even ulceration. They sometimes indicate cancerous dis- 
 ease, and then, of course, involve the most serious considerations. In 
 many of these cases, nitrate of silver fails to produce its usual effects. 
 We then have to resort to the acid nitrate of mercury, or, as it is 
 often called, Bennet's Caustic. No definite rules can be given as to 
 the extent to which this article should be reduced. It is sometimes 
 applied very strong, and immediately neutralized by the application 
 of water. 
 
 Uterine Syringe. — For applying the several remedies to the inter- 
 nal cavity of the uterine neck, I have contrived a silver syringe, which 
 is bent a little at the extremity, and pierced with fine holes all round. 
 With this instrument, the remedy is carried directly to the diseased 
 part, and applied instantaneously to every side of the cavity. 
 
 Beside these local applications, it is frequently necessary to resort 
 to soothing or astringent injections into the vagina, hip baths, and 
 injections into the bowels, some mild physic, and rest in a horizontal 
 position. These matters will all be judiciously regulated by the at- 
 tending physician, if he is master of his business. 
 
 Case I. — Mrs. F. applied for relief from incessant bearing down, 
 pains in the back and hips, pressure upon the top of the head, palpi- 
 tation of the heart, bad appetite, the whites, and a brick-colored de- 
 posit in the urine, after standing a time. 
 
 I made an examination, &nd found the neck of the womb enlarged 
 and ulcerated, as in Plate VIL, Fig. 4. 
 
 There was no doubt as to the treatment required. I applied tbe 
 
350 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 solid nitrate of silver to the ulcerated surface once in five days, for 
 three months, — at the same time, building up the health, which was 
 much broken, by iron and other tonics (75) (63), by a generous diet, 
 and by gentle exercise in a carriage. 
 
 The appetite and general health came back, the whites and pains 
 all disappeared, and the patient felt, as she said, " like a new being." 
 
 Case II. — Mrs. C, the mother of two children, had suffered, siry,e 
 the birth of the second child, great pain low down in the back, with 
 bearing down, and a distressing desire, a good part of the time, to 
 pass water. She had a continual discharge from the vagina, of a 
 cream-like matter, which very much reduced her strength. Beside 
 these symptoms she had pains everywhere, particularly in the head. 
 
 An examination revealed that the neck of the womb was much 
 enlarged and hardened^ and badly ulcerated about the mouth. (See 
 Plate VII., Fig. 3.) 
 
 Once in six days, the solid nitrate of silver was applied to the 
 ulcerated surface. This was done fire times, which caused the ulcer 
 to heal, but did not reduce the size of the neck, or diminish its hard- 
 ness. 
 
 To effect these objects, I touched the whole hardened surface with 
 acid nitrate of mercury, and immediately pressed upon the cauterized 
 surface a sponge saturated with water. I repeated this twice, that 
 the acid might not penetrate too deep. These operations were re- 
 peated once a week, for six weeks, — thirty-drop doses of syrup of 
 iodide of iron being given, in the mean time, three times a day, with 
 a vegetable bitter and mineral acid (63). At the end of this time, the 
 hardness had given way, and the uterine neck was brought down to 
 near its ordinary size. The other symptoms disappeared, and the 
 patient has had no return of her sufferings. 
 
 Inflammation, etc., of the Ovaries. — Ovaritis. 
 
 The inflamed condition of the ovaries is indicated by increased 
 heat, and pain upon pressure. The pain in the ovarian region is 
 sometimes intermittent, sometimes constant, and occasionally passes 
 down to the loins and thighs. 
 
 There are acute and chronic inflammations of the organs ; but it 
 will be sufficiently accurate, in a work of this kind, to treat of them 
 as essentially one. 
 
 The effects of inflammation upon the ovaries, as upon other bodies, 
 are various, sometimes enlarging and hardening, at other times, col- 
 lapsing and blasting them. This last effect, it is hardly necessary to 
 say, cuts off all hope of bearing children. 
 
 The Causes of ovarian inflammation are numerous. One of the 
 most important causes has already been noticed, namely, the conges- 
 tion of the parts, for several days, at every menstrual period. This, 
 amounting as it does almost to inflammation, is often intensified by 
 other causes, such as wetting the feet^ taking sudden colds, excessive 
 fatiga6 from dancing, and exciting drinks. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 351 
 
 Sexual indulgence often proves a cause of inflammation in these 
 bodies. It is particularly apt to have this effect in the newly-married 
 female, with whom it is a novel stimulus, and often applied with im- 
 moderate excess. In late marriages, when the stimulus to the ovaries 
 has long been denied, its sudden presentation is liable to make an in- 
 flammatory impression. Its entire absence , too, in persons of strong 
 passions, may result in ovarian disease. 
 
 This inflammation may be produced by the new state of things 
 existing at the critical period called the turn of life, when it reacts on 
 the womb, producing the floodings which often bring menstruation 
 to a close. The congestion, too, which has been present every month 
 for many years, does not immediately cease at this change ; and not 
 finding relief by the accustomed flow, the ovarian bodies are exposed 
 to inflammation. 
 
 In all large cities, the pest-houses of civilization, where the women 
 are more numerous than the men, there are many females whose vir- 
 ginity is a burden, and numerous others who give themselves up to 
 sexual excesses ; — to both these classes, the turn of life is very liable 
 to promote these ovarian disorders. 
 
 There is another class of causes, which, though not so easily re- 
 cognized, are equally cogent in exciting this form of disease. I mean 
 all those excitements which arise from unbridled thoughts, from books 
 of questionable character, from music, social intercourse, and stimu- 
 lating food and drinks, — all which promote and intensify burning 
 desires, which, though natural and proper in themselves, cannot law- 
 fully be gratified in a community where the female sex greatly pre- 
 ponderates, numerically, over the male. When we consider how 
 powerful within a woman's breast the conflict often is between the 
 impulse of passion and the dictates of duty, and how strongly this 
 conflict must react upon the sexual organs, and especially upon the 
 ovaries, the centre of the sexual system, we can easily see in how 
 many cases they may become inflamed. 
 
 Another cause of this disease is suppression of the menses. The 
 engorged and crowded state of the vessels of the womb, of the ute- 
 rine neck, and of the ovaries, not finding vent in the accustomed flow, 
 inflammation in any one of these organs is a very natural result. 
 
 The inflammation of these ovarian bodies is a frequent result, too, 
 of a similar condition, previously existing in the neck of the womb. 
 In passing from the uterine neck to the ovarian bodies, the inflamma- 
 tory condition often fastens itself upon the broad ligament, the fallo- 
 pian tubes, and their fimbriated extremities. (See Plate VIII., Figs. 
 1 and 2.) The whole, it will be seen, presents an amount of disease 
 which it is painful to contemplate. 
 
 The womb being turned over, and pressing against one of the 
 ovaries, may cause it to inflame by mechanical irritation. Pessaries, 
 injudiciously used, may do the same thing. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first and most obvious symptom is a pain a little 
 to the right or left of the womb. This pain is almost always increased 
 by walking, riding, or by external pressure. It is especially augmented 
 
352 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 by straightening the thigh, by which the parts over the inflamma- 
 tion are put upon the stretch. When standing up, ladies suffering 
 from this disease, are generally compelled to rest the foot on a stool, 
 so as to bend the thigh, and relax the muscles. The pains radiate 
 from the ovaries, and go down to the loins and thighs, and sometimes 
 to the fundament. They are of a dull, dragging, heavy nature. 
 
 Sometimes the ovarian bodies become vere much enlarged, and 
 dropping down, somewhat, press upon the lower bowel, causing con- 
 stipation, or upon the neck of the bladder, creating a frequent desire 
 to urinate, and an inability to pass the water freely 
 
 Treatment. — As inflammation of the ovaries is always increased 
 during the menstrual flow, it is not proper to meddle with it at these 
 monthly periods, lest the trouble be aggravated. Immediately after 
 one of the turns has passed, from six to eight leeches should be ap- 
 plied over the diseased ovary. When the bites are healed, a blister 
 may be used in the same place. The scarf-skin should not be re- 
 moved, and the irritated surface must be healed as soon as possible. 
 The blister should be camphorated to prevent strangulation. The 
 part should next be rubbed for a few minutes, night and morning, 
 with an alterative and anodyne ointment (169). 
 
 After the next menstruation, the same things should be repeated, 
 and again after the next, and so on, for five or six months, or even 
 longer, if need be. The already bloodless condition of the patient 
 may require, however, that the leeches should not be applied more 
 than once, or, at most, twice. 
 
 The bowels should occasionally be opened by some simple cathartic, 
 for the purpose of removing all hard substances which may press 
 against and fret the inflamed ovaries. The purgatives employed 
 should be of the most cooling kind, such as salts or oil ; while aloes, 
 and all harsh cathartics must be avoided. 
 
 Injections of tincture of belladonna and hyoscyamus are useful for 
 quieting neighboring parts, and warding off external disturbances. 
 They act like soft substances thrown upon the pavement in front of a 
 sick man's house. 
 
 The patient should be kept, as much as possible, in the recumbent 
 position, lying upon the bed or the lounge, and should only be per- 
 mitted to move about to such extent as will not irritate the inflamed 
 parts. 
 
 Case. — Miss R. M. B. suffered a great deal of pain every month 
 while menstruating. She had also a great tenderness upon pressure 
 just at the left of the upper part of the womb, and at times a severe 
 pain in the same region, which often extended down into the groin 
 and thigh. 
 
 The left ovarium was so much enlarged that it could be distinctly 
 felt through the walls of the bowels. 
 
 Immediately after the next monthly period, I applied six leeches 
 over the inflamed ovarium, and when the bites were healed, put a 
 blister over the same region. After this healed, the same space was 
 rubbed, twice a day, with an ointment (169). Immediately after the 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 353 
 
 courses, the same thing was repeated for four months, — the patient, 
 each time, being kept quiet for a few days, and then permitted to take 
 gentle exercise out of doors. The diet was generally nourishing. 
 
 The patient was well at the end of four months, and has had no 
 return of the inflammation. 
 
 This was a simple case, requiring only the most simple course of 
 treatment ; but it furnishes the general outline to be pursued in all 
 cases of inflamed ovaries. 
 
 Whites. — Leucorrhcea. — Fluor Albus. 
 
 Leucorrhosa is from two Greek words, Xei^o? and pew, and fluor 
 albus from two Latin words, albus and fluo, having precisely the 
 same meaning as the Greek, namely, a white discharge. Hence, in 
 popular language, the disease is called the "whites;" it is also called 
 "female weakness" . 
 
 These terms are well enough, perhaps, if we have in mind that 
 they convey to us only the idea of a symptom of disease. They all 
 mean, with the exception of the last, a white discharge from the 
 female genital organs. They are slightly inaccurate, as the discharge 
 is sometimes yellow, or green, or otherwise variant from white. Any 
 discharge from the female genital organs which is not bloody, comes 
 under the term " whites." 
 
 A Symptom Only. — As the name of a disease, the term whites has 
 no specific meaning. It does not designate any particular complaint. 
 It is a symptom, just as the matter expectorated and raised in lung 
 diseases is a symptom ; and as such only should it be regarded. 
 When persons cough and raise a great deal, they do not, on consult- 
 ing a physician, say they have got the expectoration ; but they say 
 they fear they have some disease of the lungs, because they expecto- 
 rate. They look upon the expectoration as the sign or symptom of 
 disease. 
 
 So females, and physicians too, must learn to look upon the whites, 
 not as a disease, but as the sign or symptom of disease, which sign 
 they should become skilled in interpreting. 
 
 There is no reason why the discharge from the genital organs 
 should not be as well interpreted as the expectoration or discharge 
 from the throat. The parts from which it comes, may be about as 
 easily and as well inspected. 
 
 I 
 
 Xo Female Ailments so Common. — There are no female troubles to 
 which the attention of the physician is so often called as these annoy- 
 ing and debilitating symptoms called whites ; and there is no depart- 
 ment of medical practice, in which the really able, as well as conscien- 
 tious and painstaking physician, is so well tested. If, regarding these 
 discharges as they are, simply as signs, he searches faithfully for their 
 cause, he will be led to a treatment which in a great majority of 
 cases will be successful. And surely no success in life can be more 
 prized by a right-minded physician. It procures health, the highest 
 
 45 
 
354 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 earthly boon, for suffering woman, and gratitude, the most prized of 
 all rewards, for himself. 
 
 There are Four Kinds of Discharges from the female genital or- 
 gans, — mucus, pus, mucus and pus combined, and the watery. The 
 first, mucus, does not, in itself, imply disease ; but when pus is dis- 
 charged, we know that inflammation exists, because such a cause 
 fdone can produce it. 
 
 Seat of the Disease. — The cause which produces the whites may 
 have its seat either in the vagina, or in the neck of the womb ; and 
 in practice, it is of course quite important to know where its location 
 is. The character of the discharge generally settles this point. If it 
 be thin and watery, or thick and cream-like, it is from the vagina or 
 passage which leads to the womb ; if ropy, gluey or albuminous, like 
 white of egg, it is from the cavity of the uterine neck. 
 
 Treatment. — Some physicians always prescribe the same remedy 
 for the whites. They might as well have but one prescription for 
 expectoration. The remedy must have reference to the cause of the 
 discharge ; until the cause be searched out, every prescription is a 
 mere trial at guessing, — a sort of practice well enough adapted to 
 quacks, but not becoming scientific men. 
 
 When a case of whites is brought before a physician who under- 
 stands his business, he makes no prescription until he has discovered 
 what the disease is. Having determined this point, his remedies have 
 an intelligent bearing upon the case. This being so, I have no reme- 
 dies to set down for whites, simply as such. I shall proceed, there- 
 fore, to speak of several other complaints which bear more or less 
 upon this. For treatment, see page 390. 
 
 Absence of the Menses. — Amenorrhea. 
 
 The absence of the menses is divided into two kinds, — retention 
 and suppression. It is retention when the monthly flow has never 
 appeared, — suppression, when, having been established, it is, by one 
 cause or another, stopped. 
 
 Retention Explained. — The ovaries, as we have before said, are 
 the centre of the female sexual system. It is the swelling or ripening 
 of an ovum or egg, every four weeks, which causes the large flow o? 
 blood to the parts, and the consequent menstrual discharge. 
 
 But it sometimes happens that the ovaries are not developed at the 
 usual time of life. The monthly evacuation does not then appear. 
 There is retention. There may be retention, too, from other causes, 
 after the ovaries are matured. Costiveness may sometimes occasion 
 it, — so may a degenerated and low state of the blood. 
 
 There may be mechanical causes of retention. The mouth of the 
 womb may be entirely closed, or the neck may be so constricted as 
 to close the passage through it, leaving no outlet for the monthly accu- 
 mulation. The hymen, also, may have no opening through it When 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 355 
 
 these mechanical obstructions exist, there are sometimes large collec- 
 tions of fluid in the womb, which cause enlargement of the body, and 
 in some instances, painful suspicions that the sufferer has committed 
 imprudences, and is in the family way. Physicians should be on their 
 guard against falling into such errors, and lending the sanction of their 
 name to these blasting mistakes. 
 
 Suppression Explained. — Suppression, — a stoppage after flow has 
 been once established, — may be caused by inflammation of the ova- 
 ries, — the blood, in this diseased condition, being drawn so entirely 
 to these swelling and germinating bodies, that the accustomed flow 
 from the womb does not take place. 
 
 Inflammation in the neck of the womb may also cause a stoppage, 
 So may a fright, as from a fire occurring in the neighborhood, or a 
 cold taken by being caught in a shower. Girls sometimes, in their 
 utter thoughtlessness or ignorance, dip their feet in cold water, when 
 their courses are upon them, and bring on a suppression of a most 
 dangerous character. The most lovely and innocent girls have done 
 this for the purpose of attending a party ; and, in some instances, the 
 stoppage induced has ended in death within a few hours. The pro- 
 found ignorance of their own mechanism, and of the laws which gov- 
 ern it, in which girls are kept who are just budding into life, is a seri- 
 ous reproach both to parents and physicians. 
 
 Suppression may be induced by whatever reduces the quantity or 
 quality of the blood, as consumption, or by great depression of spirits. 
 With some rare exceptions, women have not their turns while in the 
 family way. 
 
 Treatment. — Before anything can be done in the way of treatment, 
 the case must be thoroughly investigated, and the specific cause of 
 the disease searched out. 
 
 If it prove to be retention, and arises from a bloodless condition, 
 and an undeveloped state of the ovaries, iron is the proper remedy 
 (61) (73) (74) (75), with a generous diet and exercise .^ of doors. 
 If caused by an inflammatory state of the uterine neck or ovarias, 
 the proper treatment lias been already indicated. If from costiveness, 
 relief may generally be found from prescriptions (5) (9). The me- 
 chanical causes alluded to above, when found to exist, must be removed 
 by gently dilating the mouth of the womb or the uterine neck, with 
 bongies, beginning with the smallest, and increasing the size, or by 
 puncturing the hymen, as the case may require. 
 
 In Treating Suppression, it should be borne in mind that at a cer- 
 tain time each month, nature makes an attempt to restore the lost 
 function. Even when she is not successful, probably an ovum is ma- 
 tured and in some way disposed of. The intelligent physician will of 
 course avail himself of this favorable moment to try his skill in bring- 
 ing about the desired regularity. When this time arrives, he should 
 order three or four leeches applied to each groin at night. The next 
 night, he should direct the use of a pungent foot bath (242) ; also (1 6) 
 as a cathartic 
 
336 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 When suppression exists, it is not always proper to try in this 
 direct way to bring on the turns. There may be no blood to spare ; 
 and this may be the sole reason why the courses do not appear. 
 When this is the case, nothing is to be done but to build up the 
 health as rapidly as possible, and when this is sufficiently established, 
 the courses will be all right. 
 
 Profuse Menstruation. — Menorrhagia. 
 
 Menstruation may continue too long', or occur too often, or be too 
 rrofuse while it lasts; or all these irregularities may be experienced by 
 the same person. Any one of them will prove a serious irritation, 
 and a drain upon the constitution ; the whole together, if not arrested, 
 will undermine and destroy it. 
 
 The Cause of this, like the sourse of all other female diseases, is, 
 in a great majority of cases, overlooked. 
 
 It is not to be attributed, as so many suppose, to a congested state 
 of the womb ; but is rather the result, in a great many instances, of 
 the inflammatory or ulcerated condition of the uterine neck, 
 
 In still another large number of cases, it arises from a succession 
 of ovarian abortions. When the blood has run low, and nutrition is 
 defective, as in the consumptive habit, the ovarian vesicles fail to 
 reach maturity. Like other products of the economy, they become 
 blighted, and abort. And as these blights occur often, nature is busy 
 every two or three weeks in casting them off. Hence, the menses 
 appear often. They come and go without order, because they spring 
 from a process which is a contraversion of nature's laws. 
 
 Explanation, — It is not easy to explain how inflammation and 
 ulceration of the uterine neck should in one case produce suppression, 
 and in another profuse menstruation. Yet it is a settled truth, that 
 such opposite results do come from one and the same apparent cause. 
 Probably the explanation is to be found in the different degrees of 
 inflammatory action, in the varieties of constitution, and in the vari- 
 ant degrees of tenacity with which the vessels hold the blood. 
 
 Bleeding from the female genital organs may be produced by a 
 variety of causes which have nothing to FlG 136 
 
 do with menstruation. Such bleedings 
 are properly uterine or vaginal hemor- 
 rhages, and not profuse menstruation. 
 They are the result of inflammations, 
 or tumors within the uterine neck (Fig. 
 136), or weakness. The womb may 
 bleed for days, or even for months, from 
 pure debility. 
 
 Treatment. — As profuse menstruation 
 and uterine hemorrhage spring from a 
 variety of causes, so the remedies are various. Here again we are 
 confronted with the same absolute necessity to investigate accurately 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 357 
 
 the true nature of the complaint, before we venture a single prescrip- 
 tion. All the cases present one general feature. There is too great 
 a loss of blood ; and the first thought is that astringent medicines are 
 necessary to arrest it. But if the bleeding be occasioned by a poly- 
 pus, or by inflammatory ulceration, astringents would not arrest it, 
 and might do great mischief. 
 
 When the immoderate flowing is caused by a general breakdown 
 of the nutritive powers, and by ovarian abortions, the great aim must 
 be to rally the vital powers by iron, quinine, porter, wine, a generous 
 diet, exercise on horseback and on foot, and warm and cold bathing. 
 When produced by local diseases of the ovaries and neck of the 
 womb, the treatment is to be local, — such as has been described. If 
 a polypus, or other tumor, be the cause, the remedy must be sought 
 for under the appropriate head. If the womb has become relaxed, 
 and bleeds from pure debility, — as it may, — something must be 
 found, if possible, which will condense its substance, — making it 
 harder, smaller, and more solid. For this purpose, cold bathing, as- 
 tringent injections into the front passage, and acid drinks, are useful. 
 But one of the best remedies is the wine of spurred rye (267). One 
 teaspoonful should be taken three times a day. This article, by caus- 
 ing the womb to contract, solidifies and condenses it, — thus arresting 
 the blood which oozes from its relaxed tissues. 
 
 Case. — Miss S. F. was treated, in 1855, for great loss of blood by 
 too frequent and too profuse menstruation. She had suffered for a 
 number of years, — her courses coming on every three weeks, some- 
 times every two weeks, and lasting from a week to ten days. She 
 had become very pale, and much debilitated ; and, as she had a slight 
 cough, her friends feared that, if not relieved, she would soon sink in 
 consumption. 
 
 Having made an examination, and learned that there was no or- 
 ganic disease, but that the exhaustive bleeding was caused entirely 
 by debility, I prescribed sulphuric acid (60) three times a day, with 
 half a pint of cold water injected into the bowel once a day, and qui- 
 nine (67) three times a day. 
 
 The patient was required to take a very generous diet of juicy 
 meats, broths, etc., and to be in the open air to a reasonable extent. 
 
 The case began immediately to improve, and in a few weeks the 
 courses were restored to a healthy state. No other treatment was 
 used, except to drop the sulphuric acid in two instances, for a few 
 days, usirg in place of it, tannin in one case, and alum in the other. 
 
 Painful Menstruation. — Dysmenorrhea. 
 
 Dvf m t .norrho3a is from three Greek words &v$, firjv, and pea, which 
 tnean. literally, a difficult monthly flow. These words do not precisely 
 describe the complaint ; for it consists not so much in a difficult, as in 
 ft pctnful flow. 
 
 Symptoms, — This affection is always marked by more or less pain 
 
while the courses are on, — especially during the first day or two. 
 The pain sometimes begins two or three days in advance of the evac- 
 uation. It extends over the whole lower part of the belly, — running 
 down, at times, to the thighs, and causing great distress in the back, 
 ft is frequently so violent as to resemble the pains of labor, compell- 
 ing the sufferer to take the bed, and drawing from her tears and 
 groans, and occasionally throwing her into spasms most painful to 
 witness. So terrible are the monthly sufferings which some women 
 experience from this cause, that the anticipation of it destroys much 
 of their peace, even during the intervals of respite. 
 
 The Causes of this complaint are very numerous. There is, doubt- 
 less, such a thing as pain in the womb from rheumatism, and espec- 
 ially from neuralgia, though these are much rarer forms of the com- 
 plaint than many suppose. 
 
 Pains at the monthly periods are often induced by a displacement 
 of the womb. If the organ fall over backward or forward, its nerves 
 are pressed upon in an unnatural way, and when the parts are 
 crowded with blood, it is very natural for painful sensations to be 
 excited. In these cases, the neck of the organ is bent at right angles, 
 and the canal which passes through it is of course strictured, so that 
 the evacuations are necessarily made with difficulty. 
 
 And this leads me to remark, that the passage through the uterine 
 neck, becomes, occasionally, from inflammation or other cause, almost 
 closed. The result is, much difficulty and great pain in passing the 
 monthly secretion. 
 
 There are no causes which excite painful menstruation more often 
 than inflammation in the uterine neck and the ovaries. An increased 
 flow of blood to an inflamed part always causes pain. An inflamed 
 foot or leg has to be laid up in a chair, because it aches when put 
 down. The reason is, that when hanging down, it is more full of 
 blood, and the sensitive nerves are painfully compressed. When the 
 finger is hot with inflammation, we assuage the pain by holding it up 
 for the blood to run down. For the same reason, the inflamed ovaries 
 and uterine neck ache when the blood flows to them, in large quan- 
 tities, at the menstrual period. 
 
 Congestion of the lining membrane of the womb itself is a frequent 
 cause of painful menses. It is a condition of the membrane of the 
 womb, similar to that of the larynx in membranous croup. There is the 
 same pouring out of what physicians call coagulable lymph, which 
 forms itself into a membrane. This membrane the womb strives by 
 strenuous contractions to throw off, and finally succeeds in expelling 
 it, not whole and entire, but in shreds and patches. These shreds, 
 which women sometimes call skinny substances, are characteristic of 
 the disease. The efforts to expel them cause pains very much like 
 those of natural labor, and sometimes almost as severe. 
 
 Treatment. — Painful menstruation, excited by the falling over of 
 the womb, backward or forward, is cured, of course, by putting the 
 organ back into its proper position. 
 
 Pains caused by stricture of the canal through the uterine neck, are 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 359 
 
 cured only by enlarging the passage. This is effected by introducing 
 at first a very small bongie, and then a larger and a larger, until the 
 passage is of the usual size. It is a delicate operation, quite success- 
 ful in careful and skilful hands, but liable to produce mischief when 
 improperly conducted. 
 
 In all the forms of this disease, the treatment should aim, not 
 merely at palliation, but at a cure. And generally, I am happy to 
 say, a cure is attainable. Yet how many women suffer for years, 
 until health has fled, and life has become a burden, — receiving from 
 their medical attendant the assurance that palliation only is pos- 
 sible ! 
 
 It is necessary at each monthly turn, to do something, in these 
 cases, to quiet the pain. For this purpose, twenty drops of lauda- 
 num, in a wine glass of tepid water, thrown into the bowel, will be 
 highly serviceable. For a like purpose, one pill (116) may be taken 
 twice a day, beginning one day before the menstrual flow. A bella- 
 donna ointment (170) may be rubbed upon the neck of the womb 
 with great advantage. 
 
 In the congestive form of this disease, — that in which the membrane 
 is formed on the internal surface of the womb, and thrown off in frag- 
 ments, — the liquid acetate of ammonia, or spirits of Mindererus, is a 
 very valuable remedy taken in two teaspoonful doses, in a table- 
 spoonful of cold water, three or four times a day, while the pain lasts. 
 
 Case I. — Miss E. S. of B., aged twenty-two years, applied, in 
 1856, for relief from great suffering at her monthly periods. Her 
 menses had been disturbed some time before by taking cold, since 
 which time, her mother stated, her pains, for a short time before the 
 flow began, and during the first day, had been terrible, not much less 
 severe, indeed, than those of natural labor, or child-bearing. The 
 pains, at these times, had been of a terribly bearing-down kind ; had 
 frequently been preceded and accompanied by sickness, vomiting, and 
 fever ; and finally, what came from her at first was not so much 
 blood, as a kind of skinny substance, in shreds and patches. 
 
 It was immediately evident that this was a case of painful men- 
 struation (dysmenorrhea) of the congestive kind. The womb was 
 every month too full of blood, — its internal surface, in fact, if not its 
 whole substance, inflamed. Hence, a false membrane like that of 
 croup, was formed, which the womb contracted and struggled hard to 
 throw off, and finally tore to pieces, and expelled in shreds. 
 
 Of course this local inflammation was to be reduced, which was 
 done by first giving a brisk purge (31), which was followed by apply- 
 ing half a dozen leeches directly over the womb. On the following 
 day, a blister was raised in the same place. In two weeks, three 
 leeches were applied, and again followed by a blister. These appli- 
 cations were repeated every fortnight, for three months, being careful 
 not to use them within three days of the monthly turns, either before 
 or after. 
 
 The pain, at each turn, was assuaged, by injecting into the bowel 
 twenty drops of laudanum in a gill of tepid water, by rubbing upon 
 
360 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 the mouth of the womb some of the ointment (170), and by giving 
 two teaspoonful doses, in a little cold water, of the liquor of acetate 
 of ammonia, three times a day. 
 
 The patient was cured in three months, and has since had easy and 
 natural menstruation. 
 
 Case II. — Mrs. L. C. was treated for a case of painful menstrua- 
 tion, in 1857. 
 
 The lady also had terrible pains, attended by forcing down as if 
 her bowels were all coming out of her. Yet she had but a very 
 scanty discharge. Every month she was made literally sick, and 
 was obliged to take to her bed. 
 
 On examination, it was found that the great difficulty in passing 
 the menstrual fluid, as well as the scantiness of the quantity, was 
 owing to the smallness of the passage through the neck of the womb ; 
 this passage was nearly closed up ; it was strictured. 
 
 There could be no doubt as to the treatment required. Medicines 
 could do no good. This passage must be gradually opened. To do 
 this, I introduced a small metallic male catheter into the strictured 
 passage, and, gently turning it once or twice round, withdrew it 
 This was done once in three days, for three months, — using each 
 time a slightly larger instrument. Thenceforward, her menstruation 
 was natural and easy. She was well. 
 
 Chlorosis. — Green Sickness. 
 
 Before the age of puberty, the girl is only a child. She has within 
 her only the elements of a woman. The change to which she is des- 
 tined, brings with it a wonderful development both of body and 
 mind. 
 
 To effect this development, and bring out the new being in the 
 perfection designed by the Creator, a large amount of hidden nerve 
 power is required. She requires to have been born with a well-vital- 
 ized constitution, and to have been physically trained in a way to 
 harden and energize it. Without these antecedents, her develop- 
 ments at puberty will be feebly and imperfectly made. Her devel* 
 opment and evolution of germs will be so defective as to cause her 
 'menstruation to be only partially established, or to fail altogether. 
 
 Symptoms. — Where the inherent powers of the system are just 
 sufficient to bring about a first menstruation, it often happens that 
 they seem to be spent by the effort, and that the evacuation fails to 
 appear again for several months. Indeed, the whole organization may 
 break down at this point, and become blasted, as it were, like a "blade 
 of wheat which has grown well for a time* but which fails to develop 
 the kernel. 
 
 The blood at this period, may become impoverished, and fail to 
 distribute adequate nourishment and development to the various tis- 
 sues. When this occurs, it loses a part of its red globules, and in- 
 creases its watery portion. As a result, the skin becomes pale, and 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 361 
 
 sometimes of a yellowish hue; the bowels become torpid and con- 
 fined ; the nervous system sensitive and weak ; the digestion is im- 
 paired ; the appetite is either lost, or perverted, — longing for unnatu- 
 ral food ; the tongue is white ; the heart palpitates ; the spirits are 
 depressed ; the temples and ears throb ; the head occasionally aches 
 and whirls with dizziness ; the sleep is disturbed and abbreviated ; 
 and hysterics are now and then superadded to close the catalogue 
 of ills. 
 
 This is Chlorosis, briefly depicted in its origin and its symptoms. 
 The word is from the Greek ^Xcopo^ which means green and pale. 
 By nurses it is called the " green sickness." 
 
 Its Causes are quite numerous, among which may be reckoned im- 
 poverished diet, damp atmosphere, sedentary habits, long confine- 
 ment indoors, overworking the mind in childhood, constipation of the 
 bowels, and an inherited feeble constitution. 
 
 Treatment. — Chlorosis, as a general thing, is connected either with 
 retention or suppression of the menses ; and in treating it, physicians 
 are too much in the habit of resorting indiscriminately to forcing 
 medicines, called emmenagogues. From such practice, great injury 
 often Tesults. 
 
 It is not always sufficiently considered that a woman fails to men- 
 struate, or ceases to do so, because she is sick ; and if we would cause 
 her courses to return, we must restore her health. \ To do this should 
 generally be the great object of treatment. Let the health be restored, 
 and the menses will come back. The only philosophical treatment is 
 that which will invigorate the system. 
 
 In chlorosis, the vital powers are in a state of dilapidation. How 
 can they be roused ? By exercise on horseback and on foot ; by wear- 
 ing clothing enough to keep warm ; by a tepid bath two or three times 
 a week, and brisk rubbing with a coarse towel ; and by a generous 
 diet, composed of tender meats, animal broths, etc. 
 
 This treatment, however, should be preceded by unloading the 
 Dowels with prescription (35) or (40), according to choice. One pill 
 should be taken at night. When the liver is considerably deranged, 
 prescription (40) will be particularly serviceable. Half a pint of 
 tepid water thrown into the bowel, night and morning, will help 
 relieve costiveness. 
 
 The bowels having been well opened, give a tablespoonful of pre- 
 scription (59), two or three times a day ; or, of prescription (60), a 
 teaspoonful, the same number of times, each day. 
 
 In the treatment of this disease, iron, in some form, is almost al- 
 ways needed. Prescriptions (61) (71) (73) (74) (75) (80) and (316) 
 are suitable preparations. 
 
 A girl suffering from this disease should always be taken out of 
 school. The mind should be divided between rest and recreation. 
 
 Case. — Miss J. T., aged nineteen, was treated by me for this com- 
 plaint in 1858. 
 
 She had always been delicate. ^Her first menstruation was at the 
 
362 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 age of fourteen ; but it was quite defective in quantity, and was 
 imperfectly repeated two or three times, at irregular periods, when it 
 stopped altogether, and had not again appeared up to the time of her 
 being brought to me. 
 
 She was very pale, and a little yellowish, — her lips being nearly 
 white. She was very costive, — habitually so, — was without appe- 
 tite, and her tongue was coated white. She had dizziness, palpita- 
 tion of the heart, neuralgic pains in various parts, and was extremely 
 nervous and irritable. Having, in addition to the above symptoms, a 
 pretty constant cough, her friends feared consumption, and brought 
 her to me from some distance for that reason. 
 
 I found no physical signs of lung disease, and had no difficulty 
 therefore, in making it out to be a case of chlorosis ', — particularly as 
 there was no expectoration attending the cough. 
 
 The parents were chiefly anxious to have the menses brought on. 
 With me, this was of minor consequence ; the main thing was to rally 
 the prostrate powers of life, and restore the blood to health. 
 
 To do this, it was necessary to rouse the liver, for which I gave 
 leptandrin, etc. (34), which I ordered to be taken once a day, namely, 
 at bed-time. This not only caused a flow of bile, but the scutelarine 
 calmed and strengthened the nervous system. 
 
 It was necessary, too, to correct the habit of costiveness. To 
 effect this, she was ordered to take two teaspoonfuls of Mettauer's 
 aperient, after breakfast and dinner. 
 
 To restore the blood, iron was ordered, particularly the citrate of 
 iron and strychnine (316). This had a fine effect to raise the blood 
 and support the nervous system. 
 
 She was ordered a generous diet of tender meats, broths, etc., and 
 to take unrestrained and free exercise out of doors. 
 
 Her improvement was immediate and visible, and was not inter- 
 rupted during the three months of her stay in Boston. Soon after 
 her return home, her menses appeared, and she has since enjoyed 
 pretty good health. 
 
 Cessation of the Menses. —Turn of Life. 
 
 There is probably no period in woman's earthly existence which 
 she approaches with so much anxiety as that which she is in the 
 habit of calling " the turn of life." The anxiety is not without some 
 reasonable ground for its existence. She has been accustomed, for 
 thirty years or more, to lose, every four weeks, a certain amount of 
 blood. When this evacuation stops, disturbances of the system may 
 well be expected. So well is this understood, that this climacteric 
 has come, by general consent, to be called the " critical period " in 
 female life. 
 
 If it be well and safely passed, the health is generally better than 
 before, and a " green old age " is likely to follow. But if the seeds 
 of disease are in the system, — if there be a tendency to cancer or 
 other malignant disease, which has been held in check by the monthly 
 flow, it now takes up its destructive work, and shows itself; or, if 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 363 
 
 there be a predisposition to apoplexy or congestion of any organ, it 
 is more likely to become active, now that the accustomed waste-gate 
 is closed. A distinguished writer has said that about half the deaths 
 among women, about the age of forty-four, are from cancer. 
 
 Nervous Complications. — It is the duty of the physician to look 
 carefully after those females who come under his care at this critical 
 time. For, in addition to the organic and malignant diseases which 
 attack her at this time, she is exposed to a host of nervous irritations, 
 which, if neglected or badly managed, make her life a cross and a 
 burden. The symptoms of these irritations are in number, legion. 
 
 Age at which the turn of life comes. — As a general rule, the turn 
 of life comes between the ages of forty and fifty ; but occasionally 
 occurs at other periods, varying from thirty to seventy. If the menses 
 appear early in life, they terminate early. 
 
 Symptoms. — When there is a tendency to corpulency at this period, 
 the symptoms are headache, dizziness, and a sense of suffocation. It 
 is common, when the period of cessation approaches, for deviations 
 from regularity to occur. At one time the menstrual discharge will 
 be profuse ; at another, scanty. It will now disappear for a time, 
 and be replaced by the whites. Then it will appear for a few times 
 with considerable regularity. Next will come a suspension for sev- 
 eral months, to be followed by a flow of such profusion as to amount 
 almost to flooding. 
 
 Mixed up with these irregularities, will be palpitations of the 
 heart, constipation of the bowels, a variable appetite, and broken 
 sleep, weakness and inquietude, timidity, a dread of impending evil, 
 irritability of temper, hysterical attacks, bad feelings in the head, with 
 sounds in the ears, as of the rolling of carriages, sparks before the 
 eyes, and an unsteady gait. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be at this period, fulness of habit, with diz- 
 ziness, headache, sparks before the eyes, a sense of suffocation, etc., 
 there is a plain indication that the brain is oppressed with too much 
 blood. I am not much in favor of bleeding, but this is a case in 
 which from a gill to a half pint of blood may, if ever, be drawn from 
 the arm with positive advantage. Cups applied to the back of the 
 neck will also be useful. Give at night, also, three of the compound 
 cathartic pills, and then keep the bowels regular with prescription 
 (18), — a wine-glassful to be taken occasionally. The diet should be 
 spare, and strictly vegetable : — to which should be added much daily 
 exercise. 
 
 Purging should not, in any case, be carried too far. If nervous 
 affections show themselves, with disturbance of the digestion, and 
 general debility, even leeches would be improper, and physic should 
 be swallowed very sparingly. 
 
 When serious organic disease is suspected, — as cancer, — it is the 
 duty of the physician to investigate the case very thoroughly, and to 
 give the patient the advantage of the most prompt and decided 
 treatment. That treatment is spoken of in the proper place. 
 
364 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Hysterics. — Hysteria. 
 
 The name of this complaint is from a Greek word, signifying the 
 womb. It took this name from the belief that this organ is the seat 
 of the irritation which produces the hysteric disturbance. 
 
 This belief is correct, if we include with the womb, the ovaries, 
 and the other sexual organs. The sexual system is doubtless the 
 centre of the reflex nervous derangement, called hysteria. 
 
 It has been sufficiently demonstrated that hysterics are dependent 
 for their existence either upon organic disease, or upon simple irrita- 
 tion of the sexual organs. Sir Benjamin Brodie mentions cases of 
 the hysteric paroxysm, produced by pressing upon an inflamed and 
 tender ovary. 
 
 Symptoms. — An attack of hysterics is generally preceded by de- 
 pression of spirits, restlessness, and a frequent desire to pass water. 
 It is sometimes marked by convulsions, or fits ; at other times, it is 
 not. At times, the attacks are local, and are manifested by spasms 
 of the throat at the top of the windpipe, or in the bronchial tubes ; 
 the patient feels a ball rise up in her throat (globus hystericus), her 
 heart beats violently, and she laughs and cries by turns. 
 \ When the disease is more general, the muscles of the limbs are 
 thrown into spasms; the patient struggles violently; rising up in a 
 sitting posture, and then throwing herself back; twisting the body 
 from side to side, clenching the hands, and throwing the arms about, 
 so that she is with difficulty held by persons much stronger than her- 
 self. Soon after these paroxysms, the patient generally passes a large 
 quantity of very pale urine. 
 
 The Causes of this complaint are as numerous as the causes of 
 female diseases, for in truth there is no female complaint which may 
 not produce it. Whatever develops and excites the sexual system, 
 and at the same time weakens the constitution, lays the foundation 
 of this malady. Nervous women are much inclined to it. In large 
 cities there is more of it than in the country, because there is more 
 excitement and luxury, and more of their consequences, — nervous 
 and female diseases. 
 
 Treatment. — To treat this complaint successfully, it is necessary to 
 search out its cause, and remove that. Like the whites, it is not so 
 much a disease in itself, as a symptom. 
 
 The first inquiry to be made should have reference to the real 
 origin of the complaint Is it dependent upon inflammation of the 
 ovaries or the womb, or to displacement of this latter organ ; or does 
 it arise from the low state of the blood, and the weakened condition 
 of the nerves, acted upon by some irritation or heightened sensibility 
 of the sexual organs. 
 
 If dependent upon inflammatory disease, that is to be treated ac- 
 cording to directions elsewhere ; if upon falling of the womb, no 
 remedies will avail, until that is put in its proper place. If diluted 
 
Fig. 3. 
 
 **£ 
 
 
 
r 
 
 884 
 
 Hv Hyster 
 
 Greek word, signifying the 
 
 -f that this organ is the seat 
 
 ivsteric disturbance. 
 
 include with the womb, the ovaries, 
 
 Che sexual system is doubtless th© 
 
 derangement, called hysteria. 
 
 lonstrated that hysterics are dependent 
 
 srganic disease, or upon simple irrita- 
 
 jamin Brodie mentions cases oi 
 
 pressing upon an inflamed and 
 
 genera yd<id by de- 
 
 e to pass water. 
 
 it is 
 
 •;l by spasms 
 
 . 
 
 ; rising up in a 
 
 ting the 
 
 nd throwing the arms about, 
 
 by persons much stronger than her- 
 
 le patient generally passes a large 
 
 qua 
 
 The Cmw numerous as the causes of 
 
 le complaint which may 
 xual system, 
 
 tea 
 mu 
 
 try to 
 is not so 
 
 ave reference to the reaV 
 
 mplaint t upon inflammation of the 
 
 ovaj his latter organ ; or does 
 
 it arise fror and the weakened condition 
 
 of the r or heightened sensibility 
 
 of th 
 
 If de , that is to be treated ac- 
 
 cording felling of the womb, no 
 
 ts proper place. If diluted 
 
 
 
PL 3 
 
 Fig. 3 
 
 I V: 
 
 Hg 
 
 .4. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 365 
 
 blood and weakened nerves be the cause, iron and quinine are the 
 remedies. When the complaint arises from deficient menstruation, 
 iron and aloes (47) will be serviceable. The nervous spasm can 
 sometimes be broken up by pouring cold water upon the head, 01 
 face, or limbs of the patient. 
 
 The Hygienic and Moral Treatment are of great consequence. The 
 complaint is very much under the control of the will. Whatever 
 tones the moral nature, and strengthens the will, tends to subject this 
 disorder to the control of the patient. Plain w T holesome diet, exercise, 
 bathing, and the enforcing, as far as possible, of a rugged, self-reliant 
 habit, generally go far towards breaking its force. 
 
 Polypus of the Womb. 
 
 This is simply a foreign body, or tumor, growing either within the 
 womb, or in the vagina, and attached to the uterine neck. It is rather 
 a serious affection. 
 
 These tumors vary in weight from half an ounce and less, to many 
 pounds. They are, in color, whitish, red, brown, and even black. 
 They have almost every consistence, — being soft, spongy, gristly, 
 and hard. 
 
 The Symptoms of polypus are various, resembling those of almost 
 every other womb complaint. It is often mistaken for displacement 
 of the womb, for dropsy of this organ, and for pregnancy. 
 
 These tumors are apt to give rise to dangerous bleeding from the 
 womb, and other discharges which greatly weaken and derange the 
 system. They are liable to terminate in cancer. In pregnancy, they 
 may produce miscarriage. When they are suspected, therefore, the 
 utmost scrutiny should be employed to search them out. This is 
 especially desirable, since the fallen or inverted womb may carelessly 
 be taken for a polypus, and be operated on as such. 
 
 Treatment. — This is of two kinds, medical and surgical. The 
 first consists in means of supporting the strength of the patient, and 
 checking the discharges by means of injections, rest, etc., and in en- 
 deavoring to cause the removal of the tumor by absorption. 
 
 This last object is sometime effected by an unstimulating diet; 
 and by the use of iodine (101) for some time. This treatment does 
 not often succeed, however, and cannot be relied upon. 
 
 If the polypus be within the womb, of course it cannot be reached. 
 The only thing to be done, in such case, is to cause its expulsion. 
 This is sometimes effected by causing the womb to contract by the 
 use of spurred rye (267), or by the use of the electro-magnetic 
 machine. This latter remedy can do no harm, and had better be 
 tried first. 
 
 When the polypus is outside the womb, the methods of removing 
 it are various. It is sometimes done by cauterization, or burning it 
 off by hot iron or caustic. This is a harsh method, and not resorted 
 to by skilful surgeons. Another method is that of crushing the tumor 
 
366 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 with an instrument. Another stili is that of torsion, or twisting it 
 off. And still another, that of applying a ligature, or tying a string 
 around the neck of the tumor, and strangling it by preventing the 
 blood from going to it. By this means it falls off in a few days. 
 There is one other method, that of cutting the tumor away with a 
 knife, or with a pair of curved scissors. These three last methods 
 are the chief ones now used by skilful surgeons. 
 
 Case I. — Mrs. J. W. H., from one of the cities in New England, 
 applied for treatment for an affection of the lungs, from which she 
 had suffered for several months. She was thin in flesh, feeble, and 
 pale from loss of blood ; for she informed me that her courses had 
 been upon her a large part of the time for several months. I tried 
 the usual remedies for profuse menstruation (for she at first declined 
 an examination), but without effect. The hemorrhage was unabated, 
 and she rather lost ground. I again proposed an examination, and 
 apprized her that upon it hung the only hope of my being able to do 
 anything for her. She assented without further hesitation. 
 
 Upon introducing the speculum, a pendulous tumor, hanging from 
 the mouth of the womb, immediately dropped into it, precisely like 
 that in Plate VIIL, Fig. 3. I immediately put a ligature around its 
 neck, and in a few days it came away. Upon being apprized of this, 
 I applied to the root a small amount of acid nitrate of mercury, with 
 a camel's hair pencil, and immediately after pressed upon the cauter- 
 ized surface a small velvet sponge, thoroughly wet with soap suds. 
 By this last application, the acid was decomposed, and prevented 
 from spreading. The bleeding stopped at once. Under the use of 
 iron, and a thoroughly rallying treatment, the lady began to come up. 
 The affection of the lungs, no longer encouraged by the drain upon 
 the system, gradually yielded, and she recovered. 
 
 Case II. — An unmarried lady, from an interior town in another 
 state, sought relief for a throat disease, complicated with a slight 
 affection of the lungs. As my custom is, I inquired respecting her 
 menses, and learned that her " turns," as she said, came upon her 
 every two weeks, or oftener, — indeed, that she was seldom entirely 
 free from some flow. Upon making an examination, — to which, 
 like a sensible woman, she assented without hesitation, — I found 
 about the mouth of the womb, as in Plate VIIL, Fig. 2, several 
 small projecting tumors, looking like ripe, red currants. With the 
 forceps, I took hold of them, and in a few moments, without pain to 
 the patient, I twisted them all off; and then made the same applica- 
 tions as in the preceding case. The bleeding was ended at once; and 
 the patient got well, not only of the hemorrhage, but of the throat and 
 lung complaints. 
 
 Uterine Hydatids. 
 
 This name is given to a bladder-like substance, occasionally found 
 growing in the womb. It is filled with a white or yellowish fluid. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 36/ 
 
 Sometimes a bundle of them grow together, like a bunch of grapes. 
 Some are elongated, like a bean, and have a sort of claw, by which 
 they are attached ; others are shaped like an egg. 
 
 Those with a claw are generally supposed to be living beings, like 
 worms in the bowels. When expelled from the womb, they move 
 about if placed in warm water. 
 
 The Causes which produce these singular growths, are obscure. 
 Probably whatever improperly excites or irritates the uterine organs 
 may produce these vesicular bodies. 
 
 The Symptoms may be easily mistaken for those either of preg- 
 nancy, or of water or inflammation in the womb. 
 
 From the growth of these bodies, the bowels may enlarge, the 
 breasts swell, and the menses stop. If to these symptoms be added 
 sickness at the stomach, the woman, if married, feels confident she is 
 in the family way. There is no certain method of correcting this 
 mistake, until the collection of bladder-like bodies is expelled from 
 the womb. 
 
 It is rare that these bodies appear in the virgin woman. They are 
 supposed to be connected, in some way, with imperfect conception. 
 
 Treatment. — No very exact directions can be given in regard to 
 treatment, because we can seldom say absolutely that hydatids exist, 
 until we see them expelled. Whatever will produce contractions of 
 the womb, will cause their expulsion ; but it will not do to give these 
 remedies indiscreetly, lest the cause be one of real pregnancy instead 
 of hydatids. 
 
 Inflammation of Womb. — Metritis. 
 
 This disease very often follows delivery, and is connected with 
 child-bed fever. 
 
 Various Causes also produce it in the unimpregnated state. The 
 inflammations of the ovaries, or of the uterine neck, may extend to 
 the womb. Falling of the womb may cause it to be irritated by 
 being placed in a new position, and thus bring on inflammation. In 
 some temperaments, marriage may produce this disease ; in others, 
 singleness. It may also be brought on by painful menstruation, by 
 forcing medicines, by constipation, by tight corsets, by solitary vices, 
 and by excited sexual feelings. 
 
 Symptoms. — When the membrane lining the womb is involved in 
 the inflammation, the symptoms are dull, constant pain in the region 
 of the womb and in the loins. The passage of water or feces causes 
 pain. There is a sense of weight which causes the patient to bear 
 down and strain, as in labor. The belly swells, and is painful and 
 tender, not bearing even the weight of the clothes. There are chills, 
 fever, and sometimes even delirium. 
 
 Treatment — In this, the aim must be to reduce the inflammation. 
 
368 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 The bowels must be opened with some saline medicine (18), perspi- 
 ration must be induced, and the hands and feet must be made warm. 
 A large meal poultice should be put upon the belly, and leeches or 
 cups on the inside of the thighs. The patient should lie upon the 
 back with her knees raised so as to keep the clothes from pressing on 
 her. If the purgative medicine does not operate, an injection (249) 
 should be used. 
 
 The food must be reduced almost to entire abstinence, and no stim- 
 ulants whatever should be taken. The room must be well ventilated, 
 and kept still. 
 
 Falling of the Womb. — Prolapsus Uteri. 
 
 The womb is often found out of its natural and proper place. 
 There are certain ligaments and muscles intended to act as stays, 
 and hold it up in its position. These, from various causes, become 
 rlaxed. It then, losing its support, drops down into the vagina, be- 
 tween the bladder in front and the large bowel called rectum, behind. 
 It is then said to befallen, ox prolapsed. 
 
 The womb of married women is more apt to become prolapsed 
 than that of the unmarried, because it is more liable to have its weight 
 increased by congestions. 
 
 The Symptoms are dull pain in the small of the back, a dragging 
 sensation in the groin, and a feeling of fulness around the funda- 
 ment. 
 
 Treatment. — The complaint is easily cured if the remedies be 
 applied early. If the falling be occasioned by a relaxed and weak- 
 ened condition of the parts, a very effectual relief may sometimes be 
 derived from simple injections of cold water into the front passage, 
 alternating them sometimes by an infusion of white oak bark, or of 
 nut galls, or a solution of tannin. 
 
 If the womb have been long down, these simple remedies will not 
 be sufficient to restore it. It is then necessary to put it back in its 
 place, and employ some mechanical means to keep it there, until the 
 ligaments and muscles recover their strength so far as to hold it For 
 this purpose, passaries, of various styles and materials, are employed. 
 
 Tailing Over of the Womb. 
 
 Anteversion. — The womb sometimes falls over forward upon the 
 bladder, towards the pubes. This is called anteversion. The top is 
 turned forward to the bladder ; the mouth, back towards the large 
 bowel. (Fig. 137, b.) 
 
 Retroversion. — When the womb falls over backward, between the 
 rectum and the vagina, it is said to be retroverted, d. This is just 
 the opposite of being anteverted. In this displacement, the mouth is 
 turned forward, the top backward. 
 
 This displacement may occur suddenly or gradually. If the former, 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 369 
 
 there is generally great distress, and the organ should be immediately 
 put back in its place ; if the latter, the pain will be less intense, and 
 the replacement must be effected by pessaries, — particularly with the 
 ring pessary, made from India rubber. 
 
 Fio. 137. 
 
 a 
 
 Anteflexion and Retroflexion. — When these occur, the womb is 
 doubled upon itself, the mouth of the organ not being tilted up before 
 or behind, but retaining its natural position. These flexions are rep- 
 resented by &, c, and e. 
 
 Beside these more common displacements of the womb, there are 
 several slighter deviations which it is scarcely necessary to describe. 
 There is the obliquity of the womb, which is simply a leaning- of the 
 organ backward or forward, or to one side. 
 
 There are still other more serious troubles, which are so very rare 
 as not to require me to dwell upon them, such as the inversion of 
 the womb, or turning it wrong side out, like the finger of a glove ; 
 and the hernia of the womb (hysterocele), which is like that of the 
 bowel. 
 
 Inflammation of the Vagina. 
 
 This may be produced by many of the same causes which induce 
 inflammation of the uterine neck. It may follow tedious child-bear- 
 ing, — especially if instruments have been used. Marriage is not 
 an infrequent cause of it, — so may a pessary be, if an improper 
 one. 
 
 The Symptoms are pain in the groins, a feeling of heat and tight- 
 ness in the passage, and a difficulty in passing water. In a few days 
 a discharge, like gum water, begins to flow, which gradually becomes 
 thicker, like cream, and is green or yellow. Sometimes the disease 
 gets well in a few days; at other times, it degenerates into the chronic 
 forms, and iasts a long time. It should be cured as soon as possible, 
 
 47 
 

 370 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 lest the inflammation cause the walls of the 
 and make a stricture, as in Fig. 138. 
 
 In this Figure, 6, represents the mouth 
 of the womb ; a, is the lower entrance to a 
 narrow passage in the vagina, called a 
 stricture. It is caused by inflammation, 
 which so thickens the walls of the vagina 
 as to bring their inner surfaces near to- 
 gether. In examining a case of this sort, 
 a practitioner needs to be on his guard lest 
 he mistake the entrance to the stricture, a, 
 for the mouth of the womb, b, — a mistake 
 which might lead to evil consequences as 
 well as seriously damage his professional 
 character. 
 
 Treatment. — The diet should be light 
 and unirritating. The bowels should be 
 kept open. A cooling wash (207) (218) 
 should be used several times a day, until 
 the discharge becomes thick, — then employ 
 injections (232) (202) (244) (243) of a more 
 astringent nature. Let the marriage bed 
 be abandoned till the recovery is complete. 
 
 When the discharge arises from small 
 granular elevations upon the inner surface 
 of the vagina, the whole diseased surface 
 should be painted over with a solution of 
 nitrate of silver, twenty grains to the ounce 
 of water, — the disease being brought to 
 view by the use of a speculum. This may 
 be done every other day. 
 
 passage to grow together, 
 
 Fig. 138. 
 
 Itching of the External Parts. — Prurigo of the Vulva. 
 
 This complaint is apt to attack females about the cessation of the 
 menses, though they are liable to it at other periods. It is a most 
 annoying and distressing affection. So terrible and tormenting at 
 times, is the itching of the external genitals, that the woman is una- 
 ble to avoid rubbing and scratching, and she is occasionally compelled 
 to absent herself from all society. She feels, as she says, as though 
 she should tear herself to pieces. 
 
 Sometimes this irritation of the sexual organs excites venereal 
 thoughts so dominant and controlling as to constitute a real mania, 
 called nympho-mania, from the name of a part involved. 
 
 This complaint generally indicates some disease of the womb, or 
 its appendages, or of the bladder. When this is the case, of course 
 it cannot be cured without seeking out and removing the disease, of 
 which it is a symptom. 
 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 371 
 
 Treatment. — To alleviate the local suffering, the lotion (223), or 
 the ointment (171), may be applied to the parts several times a day. 
 I prefer the lotion. A weak solution of nitrate of silver (211) will 
 sometimes do well. 
 
 When the disease is brought on by masturbation, as it sometimes is, 
 this habit must of course be broken off before a cure can be effected. 
 In this case, also, cold water must be applied to the parts several 
 times a day ; some of the preparations of iron should be taken, and 
 some active employment be engaged in, which shall absorb the ener- 
 gies of mind and body. 
 
 Sterility or Barrenness. 
 
 It has doubtless occurred to every person who nas thought upon 
 the subject, that there must be some special reasons why so many 
 women do not and cannot bear children. These reasons I propose 
 now to explain as simply and as plainly as the nature of the subject 
 admits. To this explanation, I shall add some remarks upon treat- 
 ment ; for, in nine cases out of ten, barrenness is completely curable. 
 
 Reproduction. — Throughout nature, life is perpetuated by repro- 
 duction. The vegetable and the animal die ; but before death comes, 
 they reproduce the germ of a new thing or being, which lives after 
 them. The law of reproduction, throughout the realm of nature, is 
 one, and but one. All living things have male and female structures. 
 Every new being is evolved from an egg, the product of an antece- 
 dent parent. 
 
 Reproduction consists in the growth of an egg or germ in connec- 
 tion with some living part, until it is capable of independent exist- 
 ence. This germ or egg is the product of the female parent, and will 
 abort or perish unless brought in connection with a fructifying fluid 
 from the male. Thus, two palm trees, growing about forty miles 
 from each other, the one without stamens (the male organs), the other 
 without pistils (the female organs), bore no seed for many years ; but 
 when they had risen in height above all intervening and obstructing 
 objects, the winds bore the pollen from the stamens of one to the 
 pistillate flowers of the other, which immediately began to produce 
 fruit. A knowledge of this great law, as applicable to all living 
 things, enables horticulturists to raise such varieties of fruit as they 
 wish, by shaking the blooming male branch, which has stamens, over 
 the female flowers, supplied with pistils. Sometimes the male and 
 female flowers are upon the same plant, — at other times, upon differ- 
 ent ones. The strawberry is of the latter kind, — the pollen being 
 found only on the plants which have the largest flowers, — the pistil- 
 lated flowers being only on the smaller plants. The pollen, or dust, 
 is carried from the male to the female plant on the feet of honey-bees, 
 as they fly from flower to flower. It has been recently discovered 
 that the reason why many beds are unfruitful (strawberry beds, I 
 mean) is that the large male plants are allowed to monopolize the 
 beds to the exclusion of the smaller female plants. The plants with 
 
3/2 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 lurge flowers should be thinned out, leaving only a few to furnish 
 pollen for the females, which are the real bearers. 
 
 A New Branch of Industry. — It is only quite recently that this 
 law has been understood in its wide applicability. How wise and 
 merciful an arrangement of Providence that an unseen hand should 
 turn for man the mystic leaves of knowledge at the very time when 
 he is most in need of the instruction imparted ! At this very moment, 
 the more complete knowledge of this great law is opening a new 
 branch of industry and a new supply of food, and is thus helping the 
 solution of the great problem of how the increasing inhabitants of 
 civilized countries are to be worked and fed. I refer to the propaga- 
 tion and culture of fish. ^ 
 
 A committee appointed by the legislature of Massachusetts, in 1855, 
 reported very ably upon this subject. It appears that the eggs of the 
 fish may be fecundated almost as easily as the pistillate flowers of the 
 plant. It is only necessary, when the eggs of the female are mature, 
 to hold her over a basin of water, and make gentle pressure upon the 
 belly, when the eggs will pass freely into the water ; then to pass the 
 milt of the male into the same water, and shake them thoroughly 
 together. By this means, the eggs are impregnated, and fish may be 
 raised to any extent. 
 
 The egg of the higher animals is more difficult to fecundate, and 
 that of the human female, most difficult of all ; for in nature as in art, 
 the more perfect structures are begun and reared with less ease. 
 
 Propriety of Imparting this Knowledge. — Men are naturally curi- 
 ous, and love to understand the mystery of their own origin ; and yet 
 there is scarcely any subject upon which they have so little reliable 
 information. It has been held that this is a kind of information 
 which it is not proper to impart to the multitude ; that the curiosity 
 which seeks this knowledge is based upon improper feelings ; and 
 that to gratify it by imparting what is sought, would load to immor- 
 ality. 
 
 I do not believe it. Such ideas are based upon a shallow philoso- 
 phy. They overlook the fact that nothing excites the imagination 
 like that which is covered with mystery. It is because the immensely 
 important subject of the procreation of the race is so carefully hidden 
 from the public eye ; because it is purposely buried so deep in obscu- 
 rity, that any allusion to it excites improper thoughts. If the subject 
 be properly viewed, it is no more indelicate to explain the mode a£ 
 reproducing a human being, than to explain that of propagating a 
 plant or a fish. Both are effected in the same way, under precisely 
 the same natural law. 
 
 True, the propagation of the human being involves moral laws 
 likewise ; but these relate only to the social relations in which it may 
 take place, and do not affect in any way the propriety of making it 
 understood by the people. 
 
 The Germ Furnished only at Certain Periods. — These general re- 
 marks bring me to the immediate subject in hand. Throughout 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 373 
 
 animated nature, the female furnishes the mature germ or egg only 
 at certain periods. The healthy human female, — as I have already 
 Pj 13a explained, — matures a germ 
 
 once in four weeks. These 
 germs or eggs are constantly 
 advancing, in succession, from 
 the rudest beginning, to a state 
 of ripeness, or maturity. Every 
 person must have seen the eggs 
 taken from the hen when killed 
 in the laying season. Fig. 139 
 furnishes a good illustration 
 They are in all stages of pro- 
 gress, from the invisible germ, 
 up to the nearly mature egg. 
 
 Such is the progress of the 
 human egg, — only that it does 
 not attain to any such size. 
 So far as the maturing is con- 
 cerned, it occurs in the same 
 gradual way. 
 
 Conception or Impregnation can take place only when a germ or 
 egg is ripe ; and as an egg ripens, bursts, and passes into the fallopian 
 tubes leading to the womb, only at the time of menstruation, it is 
 plain that conception must happen somewhere in the neighborhood 
 of this period. Intercourse with the male may take place at interme- 
 diate times ; but, except in some rare instances, conception will not 
 occur, because there is no mature egg to be impregnated. 
 
 Now, as every healthy woman brings to maturity a germ or egg at 
 the time of every monthly flow, and as every ripened egg is capable, 
 under favorable circumstances, of being fecundated, it follows that 
 every woman who menstruates, and is well, can, under certain cir- 
 cumstances, be impregnated. To effect it, it is only necessary that 
 the vivifying portion of the male semen, called spermatozoa, come 
 into union with the ripened egg. 
 
 This union (for, that men and women may 
 have a chance to know as much about them- 
 selves as they do about fishes and plants, I 
 propose to make the whole subject plain) takes 
 place in the following way. In the act of 
 copulation, the male organ penetrates the va- 
 gina, and deposits the sperm, spermatic fluid, 
 semen, or, as the scriptures call it, the " seed," 
 directly at the mouth of the uterine neck. 
 Some suppose that when the sensation of the 
 female is at its height, the womb opens to 
 receive the injected semen. But this is uncertain. 
 
 This spermatic fluid is composed, in a large part, of mucus. A 
 smaller portion of it is secreted by the testicles, and is the true semen, 
 
 Fig. 140. 
 
374 
 
 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Fig 141 
 
 or life-giving principle. This last portion is composed, almost en- 
 tirely, of fertilizing filaments or vesicles, which look like small ani- 
 mals (Fig. 140), and for a long time, were supposed to be animalcules. 
 They are generally called spermatozoa. By some mysterious law of 
 their nature, they are endowed with the power of motion ; and when 
 deposited near the mouth of the womb, they immediately begin to 
 move, as if by instinct, in search of 
 a ripened egg. Passing through the 
 uterine neck, they enter the womb, 
 and thence glide onward into the right 
 and left fallopian tubes, and through 
 these to the ovaries. If an egg be 
 found, in its ripened condition, either 
 in the womb, or the tubes, or about 
 leaving the ovarian bundle, they im- 
 mediately embrace it, and, in some 
 mysterious way, mingling their own 
 fluid contents with the contents of the 
 egg, they impregnate or fertilize it. 
 Fig. 141 shows the womb divided 
 lengthwise. A, is the internal mouth 
 (os internum), or point where the 
 canal through the uterine neck enters 
 the body of the womb ; B, is the ex- 
 ternal mouth ( os externum) ; the space 
 between A and B, the passage through 
 the neck ; and C, C, the points where 
 the fallopian tubes begin. By looking 
 back now, and examining Fig. 134, 
 the whole thing will be understood. 
 
 This is a very brief and simple account of impregnation. It is 
 supposed to be capable of taking place either a little before or a little 
 after the monthly flow, and not at intermediate times, for the reason 
 already stated. There are some reasons for believing that the same 
 egg or germ, if fertilized just before the courses, will grow to be a 
 male, while, if fecundated after the turns, it will be a female. One 
 reason for this supposition is, that plants may be made to bear male 
 or female flowers by simply subjecting them to different degrees of 
 heat. If there be more heat than light, male flowers are produced ; 
 if more light than heat, female flowers are the result. The heat of 
 the female generative organs is raised to its highest degree about the 
 time the egg bursts its covering, which is just before the beginning of 
 the flow. 
 
 It has been thought that the right ovary produces males, and the 
 left ovary females ; but this theory is not supported by any facts, and 
 is probably not trne. 
 
 Causes of Sterility. — From what has been said, it would appear 
 that to ensure childbearing, it is only necessary that semen or seed, 
 containing spermatozoa, come in contact with a germ vesicle or egg, 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 375 
 
 at the right time ; that there be no hindering disease ; and that the 
 parties cohabiting be adapted to each other. 
 
 It is evident enough that a want of adaptation between the parties, 
 physical or moral, or both, is often an absolute bar to conception. 
 A lack of moral adaptation was probably the obstacle in the case of 
 Napoleon and Josephine, — her marriage with a previous husband, 
 and his with a subsequent wife having both been fruitful. 
 
 It is certain that indifference on the part of the wife towards the 
 husband, and especially repugnance, may prove an obstacle. A mere 
 lack of sexual feeling does not necessarily prove a bar, though it 
 probably lessens the chances of a fruitful union. 
 
 Conception may fail to take place from the diminutiveness of the 
 male organ, — the semen not being deposited in the right place ; or, 
 from its excessive largeness, — penetration of the vagina being impos- 
 sible. In some rare cases, the womb is absent. The inflammation 
 of the ovaries often prevents the ripening of eggs. The fallopian 
 tubes occasionally get diseased and plugged up, so that no egg can 
 pass to the womb. Inflammation in the cavity of the uterine neck 
 is probably the most frequent of all the causes of sterility. The 
 viscid, gluey matter which is secreted in inflammatory conditions of 
 this part, plugs up the passage, so that no spermatozoa can pass up 
 in search of the egg. The acrid discharges in most of the cases of 
 whites destroy the fertilizing spermatozoa, and render conception im- 
 possible. All the displacements of the womb may act as bars to 
 impregnation. If it fall over backward or forward, the mouth is 
 tilted up before, or down behind, and is not in the right position to 
 receive the semen 
 
 Treatment. — Judicious treatment will, in most cases, remore ster- 
 ility, and open that " well-spring of pleasure," which the poet has so 
 felicitously described as — "a baby in the house." 
 
 The obstacles to conception, stated above, are chiefly those diseases 
 which had been previously described. To cure those diseases, is to 
 remove the obstacles. When it is dependent on the causes which 
 produce painful menstruation, or profuse menstruation, or a suppres- 
 sion of menstruation, the remedies are the same as are pointed out 
 for those complaints. If inflammation of the ovaries be the cause, a 
 cure may be effected, provided the inflamed condition be removed 
 before the bundle of eggs be destroyed. If inflammation or ulcera- 
 tion of the neck of the womb be the obstacle, the remedy may be 
 found in the treatment recommended for those affections. 
 
 Sterility depending on the causes just mentioned, I have had the 
 pleasure of curing many times. When dependent on a lack of phys- 
 ical or moral adaptation between the parties, it does not, of course, 
 admit of relief. It is a misfortune to be borne in silence. It has 
 happened, perhaps, through a lack of judgment or care in selecting 
 a partner, and is one of the mistakes of a lifetime which a lif3time 
 cannot repair. When this want of adaptation is not complete, a rem- 
 edy may frequently be found. 
 
 Unfortunately, many females do not regard sterility as an evil to 
 
376 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 be deplored, but rather as a blessing to be desired. Life, to them, 
 has no high aims or duties, — it is a round of fashion and pleasure. 
 To bear and rear children interrupts their frivolities, and they seek to 
 escape such abridgment of their pleasures. This is wrong. Life is 
 a great theatre, in which all should strive to act some worthy part, 
 and feel that, upon retiring, it would be wrong to leave their garments 
 upon the vacant stage, with none to put them on, and continue the 
 drama. 
 
 Case. — In 1854, a lady, twenty-five years of age, was brought to 
 me by her husband, in the hope that some relief might be obtained 
 for some female complaints, from which she had suffered for a num- 
 ber of years, and which threatened to make a wreck of her health, if 
 not to destroy her life. 
 
 Having come with the full purpose of having the case properly in- 
 vestigated, both herself and husband readily assented to an examina- 
 tion, which revealed a highly inflamed and swollen condition of the 
 neck of the womb, with a small ulcerated patch immediately around, 
 and extending some half inch within the cavity. She had for a long 
 time suffered severe pain at her monthly turns, with great and dis- 
 tressing bearing down both before and after her menstrual flow ; her 
 back was weak and painful, making it impossible to walk out of 
 doors, or to stand much upon her feet. She had become nervous 
 and much debilitated, and had pains at times in her chest, her liver, 
 her head, and limbs; was distressed by all sorts of disturbances of 
 the stomach ; and had become, as she said, about as thoroughly un- 
 fitted for all the useful purposes for which human beings are made, 
 as she well could be. 
 
 She had been married five years ; but, as might be expected from 
 the condition of the uterine neck, she had no children. 
 
 Introducing a glass speculum, I took a caustic holder, with a-piece 
 of stick nitrate of silver in it, and touched the whole surface of the 
 ulcer in the mouth of the womb as far as it could be reached. I di- 
 rected her to take one to two teaspoonful doses of the tincture of 
 scullcap every night, to quiet the nerves and promote sleep, and re- 
 quested her to come to me again in a week. 
 
 At the next visit I reached the upper part of the ulcer in the uterine 
 neck with a delicate silver syringe, and threw a fine shower of a 
 strong solution of nitrate of silver upon all sides of the ulcer, and 
 prescribed, in addition to the scullcap, pills of iron, etc. (75), to be 
 taken three times a day. 
 
 I directed her to see me once a week, which she did for four 
 months. The improvement, after the second week, was gradual and 
 steady, — so much so, that little variation was required in the treat- 
 ment. At the end of four months, the inflammation and ulceration 
 had both disappeared ; her pains and aches had all silently with- 
 drawn ; she could walk, ride, and stand upon her feet ; and, in brief, 
 she has since, to the delight of herself and husband, borne two chil- 
 dren, and enjoyed tolerably good health. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 377 
 
 Midwifery. 
 
 A stoppage of her courses is most commonly the first notice a 
 woman has of her being in the family way. This is perceived two 
 or three weeks after conception, when she begins to experience other 
 feelings peculiar to the situation. These feelings are nausea and vom- 
 iting, or a decided languor, in the morning; swelled and sometimes 
 painful breasts ; the areolae, or colored rings around the nipples darker 
 than usual ; pain in the lower part of the back ; and, occasionally, a 
 good deal of spitting of a frothy, cotton-like substance. 
 
 These symptoms are more or less severe in different cases, and 
 under different circumstances, according to the state of the patient's 
 bowels, and her habits of exercise. Ordinarily, she suffers most 
 during the second and third months, on account of the 
 
 Sinking: Down of the Womb, which, from soon after the period of 
 conception, is gradually increasing in size and weight. As it grows 
 larger and heavier, it sinks lower in the cavity of the pelvis, until 
 about the fourth month, when, becoming so large that it cannot longer 
 be accommodated within the narrow limits of this unyielding box of 
 bones, it is obliged to mount higher to find room in the ampler and 
 more distensible belly. This low position of the womb in the early 
 months of pregnancy, occasions many disagreeable sensations, — as 
 pain in the lower part of the back, and sickness at the stomach. 
 
 The Costiveness, too, from which women suffer so much at this 
 time, is often caused, in part at least, by the pressure of the enlarged 
 womb upon the lower bowel. Costiveness, thus induced, at length 
 becomes itself a cause of serious mischief. The lower bowel, filled 
 and enlarged with its hardened contents, reacts upon the womb, 
 crowding it still lower in its narrow quarters, and greatly increasing 
 its excitability. The enlarged bowel and womb combined, make 
 constant pressure, sometimes upon the urethra, or water-pipe, causing 
 pain and difficulty in making water, and always upon the ascending 
 veins, checking the return of blood, and producing congestion in the 
 lower bowel, manifested by troublesome piles. 
 
 Treatment of Pregnancy. — When the pregnant woman first recog- 
 nizes her situation, she should determine to " observe moderation in 
 all things." Let her avoid violent and sudden exertion, and move 
 about more calmly and evenly than usual. By this is not meant that 
 she should give up her customary occupation ; but that she should 
 pursue it with becoming carefulness, resolved in no case to hazard 
 over-exertion, and rather leaning to the side of indolence. This 
 would not be real indolence, for she is doing a great work internally, 
 and should not unduly withdraw her energies to external affairs. 
 
 Let her not be too much in the erect position. If of delicate 
 constitution, and not in vigorous health, she should make it a point 
 to lie down several times during the day. The standing position, 
 continued for a long time, especially if it be under circumstances 
 
378 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 to induce fatigue, greatly favors the descent of the womb, — while 
 a frequent rest in a horizontal position, may enable it to keep its 
 place. 
 
 All Objection. — It may be objected by some, that a large majority 
 of the mothers in the world are working women, and obliged to con- 
 tribute by their industry to the support of their families ; and that 
 they cannot afford, therefore, to lie still, and mind directions. 
 
 To this it may be answered, that it is a great advantage to under- 
 stand the best way, so as to have the privilege of at least aiming at 
 it. Much is accomplished, in all circumstances, by aiming at doing 
 the best thing ; and few women are so situated that they could not 
 so favor themselves as to obey the laws of health a little more per- 
 fectly, if they thoroughly understood them. All can better afford to 
 avoid sickness, than to be sick. Many occupations, also, unless 
 money tempt to excessive application, become, when steadily fol- 
 lowed, comparatively easy and unexciting. Thus, most people can 
 go through their usual round of duties, because they have got used 
 to it. Indeed, there is nothing but indolence itself, to which we may 
 not become accustomed. The difference between the laboring and 
 the privileged classes is more imaginary than real. All must work. 
 None can escape the primeval decree — "In the sweat of thy face 
 shalt thou eat bread." 
 
 Many women, when they find themselves in the family way, will 
 observe no cautions, but work all the harder, and even use other 
 means for the purpose of bringing on abortion, and preventing an 
 increase of children. This unnatural and wicked, but too prevalent, 
 disposition, results sometimes from a fear of the pains of child-birth, 
 sometimes from a desire to avoid the necessary care and confinement 
 connected with raising children, but most often from a wish to escape 
 the expenses which the prevailing fashions and customs of society 
 connect with a large family. The cost of a shattered nervous sys- 
 tem, and of a body weakened and poisoned by powerful drugs, is not 
 considered, because not understood ! Hence the success of those 
 quack advertisements, impudently professing to cure female diseases, 
 but whose chief object is disclosed by the insertion of the hypocritical 
 caution — " Be careful not to take this medicine daring pregnancy, as 
 it will be sure to produce abortion." 
 
 It seems as if the world would never learn that God loves children; 
 although since Abraham's day he has said so much about them in 
 his word, — although His Son, sent into the world on purpose to 
 show the disposition of the Father, took them up in his arms, and 
 blessed them, — and although He has implanted a most wonderful 
 love of them in the soul of man. 
 
 Costiveiiess and Piles. — Let the pregnant woman use all proper 
 means to keep her bowels in order. She will thus greatly diminish 
 the distressing nausea, and may entirely prevent the accession of 
 piles. To accomplish this object, the saline aperients (7) (5), or, oc- 
 casionally, other mild cathartics (10) (12) (14), may be used. But 
 more important than either or all of these is the frequent use of a 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 379 
 
 good self-injecting family syringe. An injection of half a pint of 
 cold water every morning, will do much towards regulating the 
 bowels, and preventing or curing piles. 
 
 Nausea. — If, as sometimes happens, there should be persistent 
 nausea after the first three months, it will need to be combatted 
 by mild tonics and stimulants, as chamomile tea, or clove tea (58) 
 (114), and by seeking a kind of diet which will be agreeable both 
 to the palate and the stomach. Dr. Meigs speaks of champagne 
 as a remedv, and mentions some serious cases entirely relieved 
 by it. 
 
 The Xipples. — During the last month, particular attention should 
 be paid to the nipples. Untold misery often results to the young 
 mother from sore nipples ; and it is well worth her while to use every 
 precaution against them. The nipples are of course in an excitable 
 state during the whole period of gestation, and at length frequently 
 become irritable and tender. Let them be daily bathed, for three or 
 four weeks before confinement, with some astringent and cooling 
 lotion, as oak-bark decoction, borax water, alum water, or a solution 
 of tannin (200) (201) (202) (203). 
 
 The object of treatment, in this case, is to toughen them, and ren- 
 der them less susceptible, so that they may not be made tender by the 
 subsequent application of the child's lips. 
 
 When a woman is peculiarly liable to this trouble, the further pre- 
 caution of having them gently drawn, by some friend, every day, 
 during this last month, would be of great service. 
 
 At all events, let no pains be spared to guard against this evil ; for 
 sore nipples make sore breasts; and sore breasts make broken breasts; 
 and broken breasts are terrible things. They make the mother sick; 
 and if the mother is sick, the child is sure to be sick ; and all hands 
 soon get sick and worried ; and the whole business of having children, 
 and taking care of them, is deprived of its peculiar joys and consola- 
 tions, and brought into undeserved disrepute. Whereas, under wise 
 and prudent management, there is something delightful to the young 
 mother in yielding sustenance to her dependent offspring. For, when 
 her nipples and breasts are in a healthy state, she can say with the 
 poet, as 
 
 " The starting beverage meets its thirsty lip, 
 'T is joy to yield it, as 'tis joy to sip." 
 
 Swathing. — In advanced pregnancy, much assistance in supporting 
 the burden is sometimes derived from swathing the bowels. Healthj 
 and vigorous women, however, need no such assistance ; it is chief!) 
 applicable to cases of debility, either constitutional, or resulting from 
 neglect, or from over-exertion during former pregnancies. 
 
 Cramp in the Stomach is sometimes very severe, and if allowed to 
 continue, may kill the child. The best remedies are warm carmina- 
 tives (114) (115), or anodynes, etc. (121) (122), or antispasmodics 
 (90) (94). 
 
380 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Headaches. — These may be relieved by antispasmodics, etc. (90) 
 (94), or anodynes (121). 
 
 Palpitation of the Heart may prove very distressing to delicate 
 women. The remedies are the antispasmodics, with rest. Some- 
 times tonics are useful, such as the muriated tincture of iron (73). 
 The bowels should be carefully regulated. 
 
 Fainting, which occurs before or at the time of quickening, is some- 
 times very troublesome. The proper treatment is the avoidance of 
 fatigue, and, during the fainting fit, the recumbent posture, cool air, 
 application of cold water to the face, and ammonia to the nose. 
 
 Cough is sometimes present. It is caused by the upward pressure 
 of the diaphragm against the lungs, by which they are irritated and 
 convulsed. The remedies may be selected from the cough prepara- 
 tions among the prescriptions. 
 
 Varicose Veins. — These cannot be removed during pregnancy; but 
 they may be relieved by great care of the bowels, and by wearing 
 tight bandages, or elastic stockings. 
 
 Swelling of Lower Limbs is caused by pressure of the enlarged 
 womb upon the veins ; and may be relieved by care of the bowels, 
 and diuretics (130). 
 
 Itching of the Genitals may be much relieved by borax, morphine, 
 etc. (204). 
 
 Miscarriage.— Abortion. 
 
 "When a woman in the family way throws off the contents of hex 
 womb, or loses her child, daring the first six months, the accident is a 
 miscarriage, or abortion ; when the same thing happens daring the 
 last three months of her term, it is a premature labor. 
 
 Symptoms. — If abortion occur during the first month after concep- 
 tion, the symptoms may not attract much attention, or, may be re- 
 garded only as an irregularity of menstruation. Occuring at later 
 periods, it is frequently indicated by some feverishness, coldness of 
 the feet and legs, a puffed-up condition of the eye-lids with purplish 
 discolorations, shooting pains in the breasts, which become soft, pains 
 in the back, bearing-down pains in the lower part of the bowels, 
 which come and go, and at length take the character of real labor 
 pains. As these pains increase, blood begins to appear, and, sooner 
 or later, the bag of water breaks, and the fetus is thrown off. 
 
 Causes. — These are very numerous. Some of the principal are, 
 displacement of the womb ; ulceration of its neck ; syphilitic disease 
 of the fetus received from the parent ; too much exercise ; heavy lift- 
 ing ; falls, particularly when the woman comes down upon the feet, 
 and is heavily jarred; emetics; powerful purges; and too much nup- 
 tial indulgence. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 381 
 
 Treatment. — Where the symptoms are but slight, nothing may be 
 required more than a little caution for a few days, and rest in the 
 horizontal posture, using cold drinks, and taking for two or three 
 nights, at bedtime, perhaps, a pill composed of one grain of opium 
 and two grains of sugar of lead. Beside these remedies, it may be 
 well to put a mustard poultice low down upon the back. 
 
 if, notwithstanding, flooding comes on, and the symptoms of mis- 
 carriage increase, a napkin wetted with cold water, or vinegar and 
 water, or a bladder partly filled with ice, should be laid upon the ex- 
 ternal genitals, and pulverized alum, mixed up with a little honey, 
 must be given internally, every half hour; and if the flooding still 
 increase, it may be proper in some cases to resort to the tampon or 
 plug. To do this, take either lint, or old pieces of calico, or a piece 
 of fine sponge, and having soaked it full of a strong solution of alum, 
 or tannin, or, still better, Monsel's persalt of iron, one part to six 
 parts of water, — fill the vagina full, and then place a fold of linen in 
 the genital fissure, and apply a bandage. This will generally stop the 
 flow ; but the plug must be removed in from five to ten hours. 
 
 If the abortion cannot be prevented, — especially in the latter 
 months of gestation, then the case is to be permitted to go on, and to 
 be treated the same as a natural labor. 
 
 Labor.— Delivery. 
 
 The expulsion, at full term, of the child, the after-birth, the mem- 
 branes, and the fluids, constitutes labor, or delivery. It is supposed 
 to occur about two hundred and eighty days after the last menstrua- 
 tion ; but authors reckon it differently ; in truth, it is not possible to 
 fix it exactly, for it evidently varies in different cases. 
 
 When the time of her lying-in arrives, let every woman meet it 
 with calmness and undoubting confidence. There is every reason to 
 encourage this state of mind. Think of the vast multitudes of people 
 in the world. Each one once existed in the womb of a mother, and 
 had to pass through its narrow portals to be admitted to the light. 
 Successful delivery is the rule, the world over ; and it should be the 
 rule to confidently expect it. 
 
 In the midst of the pains of labor, nothing does more to bring a 
 favorable result than courage and patience. Patience is able calmly 
 to survey all the difficulties before her, because she never attempts to 
 encounter but one at a time. There is much philosophy in the story 
 of the " discontented pendulum" which got discouraged, one morning' 
 from reflecting how many millions of times it would have to swing 
 during succeeding years, but became reassured upon considering that 
 a single stroke cost but a very trifling effort, and that it really had to 
 make but one at a time. So it is with labor ; its pains, which are 
 really severe and agonizing, will become comparatively tolerable, if 
 the whole attention of the woman be confined to present suffering, 
 and her whole stock of courage and patience be brought to bear upon 
 one pang at a time. 
 
 Let her resist the temptation to a feeling of haste. Nature will 
 
382 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 often proceed more evenly, and more speedily, if allowed to take her 
 own time. A hurry to get through is a great obstacle to successful 
 delivery ; it always puts things back. 
 
 Symptoms. — One of the first indications that labor is about to 
 begin is, that the woman finds herself smaller, — the child having 
 sunk down lower in the abdomen, and she accordingly breathes 
 easier. The genital organs become relaxed and moist, and mucus 
 escapes, which is called " the shows." The woman finds herself dis- 
 posed to be nervous and fidgety, and perhaps a little depressed in 
 spirits. 
 
 When labor has fully set in, it is marked by lowness of spirits, 
 flashes of heat and cold, a great desire to empty the bowels and to 
 make water, and grinding, cutting pains, which grow stronger and 
 more continuous, with intervals of ten or fifteen minutes' ease be- 
 tween. Vomiting in the early stages of labor often occurs, and may 
 be regarded as favorable, — indicating the softening and opening of 
 the mouth of the womb. 
 
 Treatment of Labor. — When labor begins, the attention should be 
 directed to the state of the bowels and bladder. The child's head 
 begins early to press upon the bladder and lower bowel, causing the 
 desire to make water, etc. ; and these should be immediately emptied 
 to make room for the head to pass more easily. The bowel may be 
 freed by a dose of castor oil (10), if there is time for it to operate, — 
 but more surely, and more satisfactorily, by an injection. Relief in 
 the bladder may, perhaps, be obtained by a different position of the 
 woman in the act of making water. It is the pressure of the child's 
 head upon the water-pipe which causes the trouble ; and to relieve it, 
 the woman should get upon her hands and knees, with her shoulders 
 lower than the hips, so as to throw the child upward and forward 
 towards the cavity of the abdomen. Thus situated, she may often 
 find it easy to make water, when in the ordinary position it would be 
 impossible. If, however, this manoeuvre does not succeed, and the 
 bladder becomes greatly distended, the catheter must be used. 
 
 The Bed and Habiliments. — In the next place, fix the bed, and 
 the patient's habiliments. Reject feather beds ; use the mattress. 
 Cover this with a rubber cloth, if convenient, and then with folded 
 sheets to absorb the discharges, and protect the bed. Let the woman 
 be arrayed in the same garments she expects to wear after the com- 
 pletion of the labor, and let these be well tucked up under her arms, 
 and let the lower portion of her body, from the waist downwards, 
 be enveloped in a sheet. This sheet can be easily removed, and the 
 clean clothes pulled down without greatly disturbing the patient when 
 in the exhausted state which follows labor, and when it would subject 
 her to great fatigue to be obliged to sit up in bed to have her clothes 
 changed. Let her lie upon her left side, with her body shortened by 
 bending forward, so that the muscles may be relaxed ; let her head be 
 placed in the middle of the bed, and her feet press against the right 
 foot-post. Around this post a shawl or towel may be fastened, upon 
 which she may be allowed to pull during the pains. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 383 
 
 The Presentation. — An examination with the finger is to be made 
 to learn the presentation, — that is, to learn which part of the child 
 comes first into the mouth of the womb. 
 
 Head Presentation. — If the head present, the labor will probably 
 go on without the need of medical aid. But in all labors there is a 
 liability to dangers from unforeseen accidents, which renders the at- 
 tendance of an intelligent physician highly prudential. 
 
 Breech or Feet Presentation. — If the feet or breech present, it is 
 desirable to have the first part of the labor proceed slowly, so that 
 the passage may become well dilated, and prepared for a more rapid 
 delivery of the head. If the breech present, do not pull down the 
 feet ; let the child come double : it will make more room for the head. 
 If the feet present, let there be no pulling upon them to hasten the 
 birth of the breech. 
 
 After the feet and breech have fully cleared the external orifice, 
 the delivery may be judiciously hastened for the purpose of prevent- 
 ing the death of the child from pressure on the umbilical cord, before 
 its head is brought to the air, and the act of breathing thus permitted. 
 For after the pulsations of the cord cease, the child must either 
 breathe or die. 
 
 In this kind of presentation, therefore, the child's life is in great 
 danger. After 1he birth of the lower half of the body, the cord ex- 
 periences severe pressure, sufficient to interrupt if not wholly prevent 
 its pulsations. It then becomes necessary to hasten the birth of the 
 upper extremities and head by all prudent means. Violence is never 
 in order in midwifery ; but considerable force, skilfully directed, may 
 sometimes be safely used. After the shoulders are delivered, the pas- 
 sage of the head may be facilitated by carefully pulling down the 
 arms. Then, as soon as possible, introduce the finger into the mouth 
 of the child. This will serve the double purpose, perhaps, of per- 
 mitting a little air to make its way into the child's lungs, and of fur- 
 nishing a hold by which its head may be gently drawn along into the 
 world. ^ 
 
 If there is much delay at this juncture, perhaps in some cases the 
 child's life may be preserved by inserting into its mouth one end of a 
 male catheter, — thus furnishing an open tube for the passage of air, 
 until more vigorous pains shall introduce it into the full liberty of the 
 atmosphere. While the head is yet undelivered, great care should be 
 used to keep the child's body warm by covering it with flannel, and 
 also to keep it in a correct relative position with the head. If the 
 body be incautiously turned round, of course the neck will be twisted ; 
 and the child's subsequent delivery with a broken neck will be the 
 miserable result, — bringing confusion to the medical attendant, and 
 unhappiness to all concerned. 
 
 Ann or Shoulder Presentation. — If the arm or shoulder present, 
 the child will probably have to be turned. In case this cannot be 
 effected, its chest must be opened and emptied of its contents, that 
 there may be room to bring down the head. It is barely possible to 
 avoid a resort to art in this presentation. 
 
384 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 Flooding or Hemorrhage, occurring to an alarming extent, is hap- 
 pily one of the rare incidents or consequences of labor. But when it 
 does occur, it demands the most serious and prompt attention. 
 
 Profuse bleeding from the womb is most commonly owing to a 
 partial separation of the placenta, or after-birth, from its attachment 
 to the internal cavity ; and it has recently been observed that the flow 
 proceeds more rapidly from the detached portion of the after-birth 
 than from the corresponding exposed surface of the womb. A knowl- 
 edge of this fact has an important practical bearing; for if, in severe 
 cases of flooding, the partially detached after-birth can be entirely 
 separated, the bleeding will often be speedily arrested. 
 
 The most dangerous floodings occur in cases of placenta previa, 
 when the after-birth is over the mouth of the womb. In such cases, 
 when the labor commences, and the womb begins to open itself, the 
 after-birth must of course be partially separated. These cases, unless 
 promptly relieved by art, may prove fatal in a few minutes. Yet, 
 there is ordinarily sufficient time, if it be improved; calmly to choose 
 and pursue the proper treatment. If the flooding be immediately 
 dangerous to life, the child must be turned and delivered, or the 
 tampon or plug be applied, as directed under the head of abortion. 
 This expedient is used when, through rigidity of the mouth of the 
 womb, the delivery is inadmissible. 
 
 Before Delivery. — In all cases of flooding, we prescribe quiet, the 
 recumbent posture, cold applications to the abdomen and the external 
 genitals, and the internal administration of astringents and anodynes 
 (152). 
 
 After Delivery, our object is to promote contraction of the womb 
 by cold applications and frictions externally, or, if necessary, by the 
 introduction of the hand into the womb, for the purpose of removing 
 the after-birth, clearing out clots, or stimulating it to shut itself up for 
 the expulsion of the offending substance. Until this contraction is 
 secured, the plug should not be used, lest internal bleeding into the 
 enlarged and expanded womb should be profuse, and fatally exhaust 
 the patient. 
 
 After the Child is Born, our first duty is, if possible, to see that it 
 breathes. In the vast majority of cases, the well-known cry, which 
 salutes the ear, gives proof that the duty is unnecessary. But some- 
 times we fail to hear this welcome sound. The umbilical cord may 
 be once or repeatedly wound around the child's neck, and must be 
 immediately removed to prevent strangulation ; or, the child's mouth 
 may be filled with phlegm, or some sticky mucus, which must be 
 poked out with the finger, and its exit favored by turning the face 
 downward ; or, after tedious labors, the child may be born in a very 
 feeble state, and may need the stimulus of cold water thrown sud- 
 denly, in small quantities, upon its chest and body, with considerable 
 rubbing, and perhaps the inflation of its lungs with air blown into its 
 mouth. 
 
 Tying the Cord. — When breathing is established, a piece of narrow 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 385 
 
 tape or common twine is to be tied tight around the navel-string, 
 about two inches from the child's navel, and the cord is then to be 
 cut off, with a pair of sharp scissors, from half to three quarters of 
 an inch outside the place where it is tied. The child is then to be 
 delivered to the nurse. 
 
 Washing the Child. — The child is now, while the physician is at- 
 tending to the mother, to be washed and dressed by the nurse. Its 
 skin is at this time covered with a suet-like substance, called the 
 vernix caseosa. To remove this, it should be washed all over gently 
 with warm water and castile soap. It is not material that this coat- 
 ing should be absolutely all removed at the first washing ; but the 
 soap and water should be again gently applied in eight or ten hours 
 from their first use. It is improper to use spirits for this cleansing. 
 All rough rubbing must be avoided as injurious to the delicate skin 
 of so tender an infant. Washing with cold water would lower the 
 temperature to a dangerous degree, and should in no case be allowed. 
 
 Removal of the After-Birth. — The woman having rested fifteen or 
 twenty minutes, a little gentle soliciting or pulling with the cord will 
 generally bring away the after-birth. If, however, any serious obsta- 
 cle prevent its expulsion, it may be slowly and cautiously taken away 
 by the hand introduced. 
 
 Cleansing the Bed, and Applying the Swathe. — Upon the removal 
 of the after-birth, a cloth is immediately applied to the external or- 
 gans, a drink of water or tea is administered, and another rest of an 
 hour or more allowed. The woman may then be conveyed to a 
 neighboring bed, sofa, or easy-chair, for the purpose of cleansing the 
 bed, adjusting her clothes, and applying the swathe. This last men- 
 tioned application may consist of a towel pinned snugly around the 
 body, or of a cloth, cut and fitted exactly for the purpose. Its object 
 is to afford a firm and steady support to the contracting womb. 
 
 If a chair is occupied while the bed is being arranged, it should be 
 well tipped back, and the woman's feet supported on a high stool, as 
 it is of great importance, so soon after delivery, to keep her either 
 entirely or very nearly in the recumbent posture, to avoid dangerous 
 floodings. 
 
 The Dressings for the Child's Navel should be so fixed that the 
 navel-string or cord will not be left in contact with the healthy skin. 
 To effect this, make a hole large enough to admit the cord in the 
 centre of a piece of linen cloth four inches square ; pull the cord 
 through this hole, leaving the cloth lying flat upon the child's belly ; 
 then, having bandaged the cord down to the belly, fold the cloth over 
 it, and apply the belly-band. The interposition of these dressings 
 will thus keep the cord, which is dead and in process of decomposition, 
 from irritating, and perhaps excoriating the living flesh, with which it 
 must otherwise be in close contact. 
 
 Nourishment of the Child, etc. — After being dressed, the child 
 should be kept next the body of the mother or nurse, that it may 
 
 49 
 
386 FEMALE DISEASES. 
 
 receive the natural warmth thus to be derived. Its nourishment 
 should be obtained exclusively from the mother's breast. If it is 
 hungry, be sure and keep it so. There is nothing more appropriate 
 than a hungry child all ready to take hold and exhaust the full and 
 almost bursting breast on the third day, when the milk has come. 
 Alas ! How many children have been fed on sweetened water, and 
 on milk and water, till they have lost all instinctive idea of, and all 
 appetite for, nursing ! and how many bowel complaints and broken 
 breasts have been the miserable consequence! But meddlesome 
 friends are afraid the "little dears" will starve; and therefore they 
 must first be made sick by unnatural diet, and then for their cure be 
 treated to that filthy, harsh, and indecent substitute for medicine,, 
 " chamber-lye and molasses." 
 
 But it may be asked, " must not the child be fed at all, if it is hun- 
 gry, and cries a great deal, and there is nothing in the mother's breast 
 for it ? " Such cases will be exceedingly rare, if the breasts have 
 been properly solicited from the first by a hungry child. When they 
 do occur, being themselves exceptions, their treatment must be ex- 
 ceptional ; but, even then, only so far as is absolutely necessary. If 
 fed at all, the child should not be fed to satiety, but as little as the 
 circumstances will possibly permit. The great rule remains : keep the 
 child as hungry as possible till the milk comes. When it has to be 
 fed, imitate the mother's milk as nearly as possible in the preparation 
 of the artificial diet. A little sweet cream, warm water and sugar, 
 should be so mingled, that in warmth, richness, and sweetness, the 
 mixture may closely resemble human milk. 
 
 Diet of the Mother. — For the first few days after confinement, the 
 most appropriate diet for the mother is gruel, cocoa, rice-water, crust 
 coffee, or some similar liquid nourishment. Different constitutions, 
 however, need somewhat different management. 
 
 A woman naturally robust, and of full habit, should confine herself 
 more strictly, and for a longer time, to this light diet, than one who 
 is more slender and feeble. In some eases, weakly women require 
 the juice of meat, and even wine or ale, as early as the second or third 
 day. If she be subject to canker, or nursing-sore mouth, a generous 
 diet is particularly serviceable. After the first week, she may gradu- 
 ally return to her customary diet. 
 
 Costiveness may be treated with the usual remedies. It was an 
 old rule to give a dose of castor oil on the third day, when there is a 
 little increase of excitement in the system, from the filling of the 
 breasts. This is not always necessary, and in most cases an injection 
 would be far better. 
 
 The Perpendicular Position. — During the first month, let the woman 
 avoid being often or long on her feet. This is a very essential caution 
 to avoid prolapsus, or falling of the womb, with all its attendant weak- 
 nesses and pains, and to ensure a good " getting up," with a sound 
 womb, in the right place, and subsequent months of health and enjoy- 
 ment. 
 
fe^iale diseases. 38- 
 
 Milk Leg. — Phlegmasia Dolens. — Crural Phlebitis. 
 
 The popular idea is, that in this disease the woman's milk has fallen 
 into her leg, which has inflamed. This is of course absurd. As to 
 the real nature of the complaint, there are various opinions, — some 
 holding it to consist in inflammation along the sciatic, crural, and 
 pubic nerves ; others, that it is an inflammation of the lymphatics of 
 the groin w T hich causes it ; others, that it is an inflammation of the 
 crural veins. Probably this latter view is the correct one. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease begins in from two to seven weeks after 
 delivery, with pain in the lower bowel, groin, or thigh. The pain is 
 more violent when the thigh is extended. In a day or two, the pain 
 diminishes, and the limb begins to swell, frequently in the calf of the leg 
 first, thence extending upward, but generally in the groin, and extend- 
 ing gradually down. The skin becomes entirely white, smooth, and 
 glossy, does not pit when pressed, is painful to the touch, and is hotter 
 than the skin upon the other limb. In connection with this local 
 disease, there is general fever, with small and rapid pulse, thirst, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The patient must lie flat upon her back, with the 
 swelled limb placed upon pillows, or a bolster, raised so that the foot 
 shall be a little higher than the hip, and then charged not to put her 
 foot down upon the floor, until she is very nearly well. 
 
 Apply a narrow blister along the course of the crural vein. "When 
 this is removed take a large piece of flannel, — Dr. Meigs says an old 
 flannel petticoat, with the hem and the gathers cut off, — and dip it in 
 vinegar and hot water, equal parts ; wring it out, and cover the whole 
 limb with it. Pat a piece of blanket or oiled silk over it to keep it 
 from wetting the bed. Repeat this, and keep it up for six hours. 
 When it becomes tedious to the patient, remove it, and bathe the 
 limb with warm sweet oil, two parts, and laudanum, one part, and 
 cover it with flannel. In two or three hours, return to the first appli- 
 cation of hot water and vinegar. Continue this for five or six hours, 
 and then take warm sweet oil and laudanum ; and thus pass from 
 one to the other until the inflammation is subdued, or, as Dr. Meigs 
 says, till the calf of the leg can be shaken. 
 
 If the bowels are confined, let them be gently moved by some gen* 
 tie physic (13) (14) (18) (25) (27) (41). 
 
 In many cases, diuretics and cathartics combined will be proper 
 (302), or diuretics only (128) (130). 
 
 While the inflammation lasts, and there is fever, the tincture of 
 veratrum viride must not be forgotten. 
 
 If recovery does not take place after the active inflammation has 
 subsided, the limb should be bandaged from the toes to the groin. 
 
 Child-Bed Fever. — Puerperal Fever. 
 
 Few complaints more justly excite the dread of the practitioner 
 than this. It cuts down woman at a time when she can least of all 
 
be spared by her young offspring, and at a moment when she most 
 excites the love and sympathy of her whole family. It is a terrible 
 disease. 
 
 It consists of inflammation of the peritoneum or lining of the ab- 
 domen ; also, frequently inflammation of the ovaries, of the womb, 
 of the veins of the womb, or of the absorbent vessels of the womb. 
 
 Its symptoms have already been described, on page 277, under the 
 head of inflammation of the peritoneum. The treatment is, likewise, 
 there given. I may mention here, however, that an infusion of cham- 
 omile flowers is lately spoken of as a powerful means of preventing 
 s 'ppuratian in this complaint. 
 
 There is a diversity of opinion as to whether this disease is conta- 
 gious, though the best medical testimony seems now to be on the 
 affirmative side of the question. The physician or midwife having a 
 case of child-bed fever in charge, should not for some time attend 
 cases of midwifery. 
 
 Nursing Sore Mouth. 
 
 Nursing women sometimes suffer terribly with this complaint It 
 begins with a scalding sensation upon the tongue, a pink color in the 
 roof of the mouth, and a hot, watery discharge from the mouth. 
 After a few days, small ulcers appear on the tongue, and in the 
 throat. Costiveness is generally present ; but when the ulceration 
 extends to the bowels, diarrhoea occurs. It comes to an end upon 
 weaning the child. 
 
 Treatment. — To relieve costiveness, give some gentle cathartic (12) 
 (15) (25) (34) (36). 
 
 Iron in some of its forms and combinations is highly necessary (61) 
 (71) (73) (349). 
 
 Gargles' will frequently do much good (227) (229) (230) (235) (243) 
 (244) (347) (350). 
 
 The diet must be simple, nourishing, and digestible, consisting of 
 stale bread, potatoes, tender beef steak, roast beef, broths, etc. 
 
 Inflammation of the Breast.— Broken Breast. 
 
 Mammary Abscess. 
 
 The mammary gland, or gland which secretes milk in the human 
 breast, consists of a number of ducts, passing inward from their ter- 
 mination in the nipple, and then spreading around like the roots of a 
 tree, and terminating in minute glands. The mammillary tubes are 
 straight ducts, ten or twelve in number, having their mouths at the 
 centre of the nipple, dilating at its base into larger reservoirs, which 
 extend some distance into the gland. (Fig. 142.) 
 
 When milk is first formed, after confinement, these tubes and res- 
 ervoirs sometimes get so full and hard that they crowd and compress 
 each other, making it difficult to remove the milk, and under these 
 circumstances, the breast will inflame. 
 
FEMALE DISEASES. 389 
 
 Symptoms. — The inflammation generally begins with a chill, fol- 
 lowed by fever, and pain of a shooting kind, which is much increased 
 by pressure. An examination will generally reveal 
 fig. 142. a circumscribed, hard, and painful tumor, even be- 
 
 fore there is any redness on the surface. After a 
 time, the swelling spreads, the skin becomes of a 
 dusky red, is hot and shining, will frequently pit a 
 little on pressure, and soon gives a sense of fluctua- 
 tion. Upon the formation of matter, the fever is 
 increased, the breast is enlarged, and there is local 
 tenderness and throbbing pain. 
 
 This complaint may be caused by taking cold, 
 irregularities in diet, or by mental emotion ; but 
 more commonly it is caused by accumulation of 
 milk within the ducts. 
 
 Treatment. — These afflictions may generally be 
 prevented by keeping the breasts well drawn. It is the duty of a 
 nurse to look well after this matter, and see that the breasts do not 
 get hard and distended with milk. 
 
 But when the inflammation has fairly set in, the first aim should 
 be to prevent, if possible, the formation of matter. 
 
 Active purging should be resorted to at once (29) (32). Sweating 
 should be encouraged by the tincture of veratrum viride. If the 
 object be to prevent the formation of matter, cold lotions, or cold 
 water compresses, should be used freely ; but if two or three days 
 have passed before active treatment, the suppuration will go on, and 
 it is better to use warm applications. Dewees says warm vinegar is 
 the most beneficial as well as the most comforting. Poultices and 
 warm fomentations are much used. Some apply stimulating lini- 
 ments, made of essential oils, etc. (195) (198). Leeches are often 
 used with advantage. They should be applied, not upon the breast, 
 but just below it. 
 
 During the progress of the disease, especially after he abscess is 
 opened, the breast should be supported, and prevented from hanging 
 down, by long strips of adhesive plaster carried below and around it 
 By this means a gentle pressure is kept up by which the matter is 
 more easily evacuated. 
 
 The breast should be opened with a lancet as soon as the abscess 
 points, or fluctuation is discovered. Should the ulcer not heal, an 
 astringent wash, as a weak solution of nitrate of silver (211) may be 
 applied to it once or twice a day. 
 
 Duning the discharge of matter, the system of the patient should 
 Ve supported by a nourishing diet, and by wine, tonics, etc 
 
 Sore Nipples. 
 
 Women suffering from excoriated nipples are apt to keep the infant 
 chiefly to the healthy breast, and only to apply it to the tender side 
 for the purpose of obtaining present ease from the pain of over-dis- 
 
SjJ female diseases. 
 
 tension. In this way the ducts remain always full, and are apt to 
 get inflamed. Sore nipples, therefore, are to be attended to as much 
 on account of the evils to which they lead, as of the suffering they 
 directly occasion. 
 
 The excoriation of the nipples begins as a chap. This shows no 
 tendency to heal ; and the child's mouth being often applied, rubs off 
 the skin around the crack, and this naked surface soon becomes an 
 ulcer. These ulcers are sometimes only on the surface ; at other 
 times they are profound, going deep into the substance of the nipple. 
 
 Treatment. — These excoriations and ulcers might be easily healed, 
 were it not that the newly-formed skin is apt to be continually rubbed 
 off by the child's mouth in the act of sucking. Two things are there- 
 fore to be done, — to favor the healing, and to protect the tender part 
 from renewed injury. 
 
 For the first object, a strong infusion of green tea or port wine may 
 answer very well in ordinary cases. A little alum or borax, dissolved 
 in rose water, or water (201) (202), is often used. A weak solution 
 of sulphate of zinc, or sulphate of copper, or nitrate of silver (209) 
 (211) But one of the very best articles is composed of glycerine and 
 tannin (306). 
 
 To protect the teat from injury in the act of sucking, use a shield 
 made of India rubber. "When the infant is not at the breast, the 
 nipple should be covered by a metal shield. 
 
 Whites. — Leucorrhcea. — Fluor Albus. 
 
 Though leucorrhcea is only a symptom of disease, — as I have 
 stated on page 353, — yet I think, on further reflection, remedies should 
 be given for it, and I accordingly insert them here. 
 
 If the discharge be of a ropy, tenacious character, one of the best 
 remedies is a strong solution of nitrate of silver, used as an injection 
 with a female sy.inge, once a day (254). Of this, not more than two 
 teaspoonfuls should be used at a time ; and great care should be ob- 
 served not to stain the under-clothes with it. When the discharge is 
 either yellow and thick, or lighter colored and watery, some one of 
 the following (200), (202), (203), (207), (209), (220), (230), (232), 
 (243), (244), may be used with advantage as an injection, twice 
 a day. An infusion of the white pond lily, one ounce to the pint of 
 water, or two drams of the fluid extract of the same in four ounces 
 of water, makes a very excellent injection, which may be used twice 
 a day. A very sirriple injection, and- sometimes quite effectual, is a 
 strong infusion of green tea. # 
 
 Some one of the above remedies will generally afford some relief; 
 but if whites exist in a somewhat aggravated form, they furnish evi- 
 dence of some serious disease in the vagina, or neck of the womb, 
 and the case ought to be submitted to a competent physician. 
 
r^ 
 
 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES, 
 
 Pure Air. — The first want of a child is a plenty of fresh air ; and 
 this want never ceases to the end of life. Impure air kills thousands 
 of infants. Out of 7,650 born in the lying-in hospital of Dublin, 
 2,944 were destroyed by impure air within two weeks after birth. 
 
 Children should be kept in the open air as much as possible, and 
 in well-ventilated rooms when indoors. It is wrong, when infants are 
 sleeping, to cover their faces with bed-clothes, or draw curtains around 
 their cots, or to envelop their heads in blankets and shawls when 
 carried in the open air. 
 
 The Skin. — The health of infants requires that their skin should be 
 kept clean. Unless this is done they are liable to suffer much from 
 cutaneous and other diseases. The skin of a new-born child is cov- 
 ered with a white, unctuous matter, called the vernix caseosa. It is 
 injurious to let this remain for any length of time after birth. To 
 remove this, Dr. Dewees recommends that the child be smeared with 
 hog's lard, and then washed with soap and water. Dr. Eberle says, 
 smear with yolk of eggs, and then wash with simple warm water. 
 
 The young child should be washed every day with warm water, — 
 then, after a time, with tepid water, then with temperate, and finally, 
 after it is some months old, with cold water. This, if persevered in 
 through childhood and youth, will ward off a thousand ills and sick- 
 nesses to which the young are liable. 
 
 The Clothing of Children should be so adjusted as to give their 
 limbs ample play, and should be thick enough to keep them warm. 
 They ought to have flannel next the skin in winter, and cotton in 
 summer. At the risk of wounding some nice people's feelings, I 
 must add that the fashion of a child's clothes is not important. 
 
 The Food. — The natural and proper food of a young child is its 
 mother's milk. To this it should be confined, unless prohibited by 
 imperative circumstances, until a portion of the teeth are cut. When 
 the mo+her cannot nurse her child, the breast of a suitable nurse 
 should, if possible, be supplied. If the infant need any more food 
 than is supplied by the breast, give cow's rrtilk and water, sweetened 
 with a little loaf sugar. The sucking-bottle, if used, must never be 
 permitted to get sour. 
 
392 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 Health of a Nursing Woman. — During nursing the greatest atten- 
 tion to health is required by the mother or the nurse. A woman of a 
 consumptive constitution should never nurse an infant. Nourished 
 at the breast of such a mother, the child, who has inherited her con- 
 stitution, will be the more likely to fall a victim to her disease. 
 
 Passions of a Nursing Woman. — Let the woman who nurses a 
 young child be careful of her passions. An irritable disposition, giv- 
 ing rise to gusts of violent passion, may so alter the character of the 
 milk as to throw the child into convulsions. Grief, envy, hatred, fear, 
 jealousy, and peevishness, unfit the milk for nourishing the child, and 
 often cause the child's stomach to be much disordered. 
 
 The Diet of the Nurse should receive strict attention. It should be 
 plain and wholesome, and the amount should never be excessive. 
 Her drink should be simply water. She should take gentle daily ex- 
 ercise in the open air. 
 
 Weaning. — At the end of twelve months, the first set of teeth are 
 generally so far cut that the child can manage most kinds of plain 
 food ; and it may now be taken from the breast. Should the teeth 
 appear earlier, and the infant be healthy, it may be weaned even at 
 the end of the tenth month. Never take the child from the breast in 
 the midst of summer heat. A disordered state of the bowels, or 
 cholera infantum, would be likely to be the result. The spring and 
 the autumn are the proper periods for weaning. 
 
 If for some months, it have been accustomed to other food beside 
 the milk of the mother, it may be taken suddenly from the breast. 
 It must not have any amount of solid food it may crave immediately 
 after weaning. It should still be kept, for some time, upon a simple, 
 bland, half-fluid aliment, taken in moderate quantities, and at proper 
 intervals. At first, the food should be bread and milk, boiled rice and 
 milk, soft-boiled eggs, roasted potatoes and milk, oat-meal gruel, plain 
 rice pudding, preparations of arrow-root, tapioca and sago, simple 
 meat broths, mixed with crums of bread or grated crackers, or in 
 which rice or barley has been well boiled. From this it may pass 
 gradually to a more solid diet ; though, until the age of puberty, the 
 principal part of the diet should be milk, the farinaceous articles, and 
 vegetables. Sugar has been thought to be injurious to children. It 
 is not so. If taken moderately, at meal times, it is wholesome. 
 
 Whatever be the food allowed to children, it should never be taken 
 in excess; and to prevent this, they ought not to take their meals alone; 
 for they have very keen appetites, and if permitted to do so, they will 
 generally form habits of gluttony. Three or four light meals a day is 
 enough. 
 
 Their drink should be water simply, — nothing else. 
 
 If parents would observe these rules, and enforce them strictly, they 
 would confer blessings upon their children greater than riches. They 
 would send them into the world with health and good constitutions, 
 and would save them from untold misery and an early death. Such 
 a course would evince more love for their children than those weak 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 393 
 
 concessions which allow tea and coffee, and all sorts of food, in quan- 
 tities to suit, which occasion early disorders of the stomach and 
 bowels, and bring later derangements of the nervous system, with 
 all its regrets and horrors. 
 
 Sleep of Children. — During the first period of its existence, an in- 
 fant sleeps a large portion of the time. This is a wise provision of 
 nature. It withdraws the young child, for a time, from those outward 
 exciting agents, which would too mucn disturb the nervous system of 
 so tender a being. Whenever a young infant is restless or wakeful 
 much of the time, we may feel sure it has had too much food, or is 
 in some way disturbed by it, or by tight clothes, or that some other 
 cause is giving it uneasy sensations. 
 
 Its sleep should be the promptings of nature, and should never, 
 except in rare instances, be brought about by opiates. It is wrong 
 and sinful for a mother or nurse to put an infant to sleep with an 
 opiate, merely that she may gain time for pleasure, or even for other 
 duties. 
 
 The Infant should be kept warm while Sleeping. — During the first 
 few weeks it should sleep with its mother, — especially if the weathei 
 be cold. After that, it may be in a cradle or cot. The covering should 
 be warm, but light, so as not to press heavily upon its tender limbs. 
 If laid upon its back, the fluid of its mouth and throat may get into 
 the windpipe, and obstruct the breathing, or produce coughing. It is 
 better, therefore, to lay the infant upon its side, — taking care not to 
 produce distortion of the spine or limbs by always laying it upon the 
 same side. 
 
 Children should not be allowed to sleep either with the aged, 01 
 with sick persons. It is not healthful for them to breathe the exhala- 
 tions from the bodies of such. For a somewhat similar reason, some 
 kinds of plants, and flowers generally, should be excluded from their 
 sleeping rooms. Their beds should be so placed as to turn their faces 
 away both from the sun-light which comes in at the windows, and 
 from the artificial light in the room. 
 
 They should be taught to retire early at night, and to rise imme- 
 diately after waking in the morning. This habit will be worth much 
 to them through life. After the meconeum has passed, the bowels of 
 an infant should be opened from two to four times in twenty-four 
 hours. If the stools are less frequent than twice a day, or, if they are 
 lumpy, some gentle cathartic is called for. From half a dram to a 
 dram of fresh castor oil, or a dessert-spoonful of mixture (24) an- 
 swers a good purpose. During childhood, the bowels should be moved 
 once or twice a day. When a cathartic is required, a table spoonful 
 of mixture (25), or a teaspoonful of (17), will be found very excel- 
 lent. 
 
 Exercise. — During the first few weeks of an infant's life it requires 
 but little exercise ; indeed its organization is not sufficiently settled 
 and compacted to permit much without injury. A little gentle rub- 
 bing with the hand over the whole body, is about all it needs or will 
 
394 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 bear. To dandle and toss it about, and especially to set it upright, is 
 injurious and wrong. Its bones are all soft, and will not endure to 
 be much twisted about, and its spine is not stiff enough to bear up 
 the weight of its head. 
 
 After a few weeks, riding in a carriage drawn by a careful and 
 trusty nurse, is both a healthful and pleasurable exercise for children. 
 
 Learning to Walk. — At the end of the ninth or tenth month, a 
 child may begin to learn to walk. It is not safe to teach it this exer- 
 cise much earlier than this, as the bones, being soft, may be bent by 
 the weight of the body, and the limbs be permanently deformed. 
 
 As soon as the child has learned to walk alone, it should be allowed 
 perfect freedom of exercise. Thenceforward, the open air is its proper 
 place during the day ; and such an unrestrained use of its limbs as 
 its own instincts may dictate, is its proper calling. For five years 
 after it has learned to walk, it should do little else than to use its 
 limbs out of doors, as it pleases. The books and the school-room 
 will be in season after that. First compact the body, — then bring 
 out the mind. The mind is of no use without the body, — the body 
 must be developed first, or never. 
 
 Moral Treatment. — We charge upon nature many of the bad pas- 
 sions which we ourselves implant in children. The moral treatment 
 of children is generally bad. We are apt to begin by either making 
 them our masters or our slaves. Sometimes we do both, — allowing 
 them to govern us for a time, and then, getting into a passion, or a 
 mood for playing the tyrant, we turn upon, and govern them as if we 
 were autocrats. We submit to their whims until we grow irritable, 
 and then, by way of retaliation, we compel them to submit to ours. 
 
 This is all wrong. Children should be governed always, but with 
 an even, a gentle, and a loving hand. They should early be subjected 
 to habits of self-control, and of regularity in eating, and sleeping ; and 
 should be taught absolute and continued obedience. All this can be 
 brought about only by firmness, self-control, and great gentleness on 
 the part of the parents. If they would make a child cheerful and 
 happy in its disposition, they must themselves be cheerful, and never 
 let it see anger, passion, and fretfulness, marring their conduct. 
 Nothing is more injurious to the health of a child than a peevish, 
 complaining, and soured disposition ; and these vices are seldom ac- 
 quired, unless seen in the lives of parents. 
 
 How to Nurse Sick Children. 
 
 As the education of the young, whether religious, moral, or intel- 
 lectual, is more important than that of adults, so is the care of their 
 physical life of more importance. Death aims to " out- Herod Herod," 
 and seeks the life of all infants, male and female, and in fact destroys 
 one half of all below the age of five years. 
 
 But few know how to train and take care of children. It is a still 
 more rare gift to know how to nurse them when sick. No persons 
 
CAKE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 395 
 
 can properly nurse sick children who are in feeble health, or have 
 fretful tempers, or are low-spirited ; for they can neither endure the 
 fatigue, nor bear the trials, nor hear the prattle which such a respon- 
 sibility would bring. Some will manage a well child very well, who 
 are not fit to have the care of a sick one ; for there is a great differ- 
 ence between a child when well, and the same child when sick. 
 When well, and fall of fun, and frolic, and life, laughing, and jump- 
 ing, and shouting aloud for very joy at being alive, it is an easy thing 
 for a person of even a morose temper to attend upon them. But 
 when sickness comes, and the child's playfulness is all laid aside ; 
 when it becomes so fretful that nothing goes right with it ; when it 
 criae to be laid down, and then cries to be taken up ; stretches out its 
 hand for drink, and pushes away the cup when it is presented, — 
 apparently made more angry by your attempts to serve it ; — when 
 these things are repeated, day and night, until the nurse is weary and 
 exhausted, and even a change of disease and amendment only brings 
 a cross and fractious temper, it is only by possessing peculiar qualifica- 
 tions, that the nurse can maintain an even and unruffled disposition. 
 
 While passing through such scenes, it is hard for the nurse to re- 
 member that sickness does not destroy the little loving heart, but only 
 hides its affection for a short time. 
 
 Signs of Disease in Children. — It is important that the nurse of 
 sick children should know what to observe, and the meaning of the 
 signs of disease. A baby has only cries to express its sick feelings. 
 To one person, these cries mean no more than that the baby has some 
 sort of illness. To another, with more experience and better powers 
 of observation, they point to the head, or chest, or stomach, as the 
 disorder. A baby with the stomach-ache, utters long, loud, and pas- 
 sionate cries, and sheds tears plentifully. Suddenly it stops for a mo* 
 ment, and then begins again, — drawing up its legs to the stomach, 
 and as the pain passes off, stretching them out again, and with many 
 sobs, passing off into a gentle sleep. 
 
 If there be inflammation in the chest, it neither cries aloud, nor 
 sheds tears, but after every long breath, or hacking cough, it utters a 
 short cry, which is cut off before it is half finished, — apparently be- 
 cause crying is painful. 
 
 If the disease be in the head, the cries will be sharp, piercing shrieks, 
 with low moans and wails between. Or, there will be quiet dozing, 
 interrupted by startling pains. 
 
 When a child is taken ill, whatever the disease which is impending, 
 there is always a change of some sort, which soon attracts attention. 
 Jt either loses its appetite, or is fretful, or soon tired, or sleepy, or 
 restless, or thirsty, or has a hot skin, or, rather, has a number of these 
 symptoms. It vomits, or is purged or bound in its bowels. It loses 
 its merry laugh and cheerful look ; it no longer watches its mother's 
 or its nurse's eye, as before, but clings to her more closely, and will 
 not be out of her arms a moment. If lulled to sleep in her arms, it 
 wakes immediately on being placed in its cot. 
 
 Such symptoms often continue a day or two before it can be de- 
 
396 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 termined what disease is impending. An intelligent nurse may do 
 much towards solving the question. It is frequently proper at such 
 times to place the child in a warm bath. When stripped for the bath, 
 it should be carefully examined to see if there is any rash upon its 
 body. If it be a rash from which it is about to suffer, the bath will 
 help bring it out. The rash should be looked for at least every twelve 
 hours, until the nature of the disease is determined. 
 
 The Appearance of the Different Rashes may be distinguished with 
 a little care and experience. Measles has a number of dark red spots. 
 in many places running into each other, and is generally seen first 
 about the face, and on the forehead, near the roots of the hair, and is 
 preceded by running at the eyes and nose, and all the signs of a 
 severe cold. Scarlet fever does not show separate spots, but presents 
 a general bright red color of the skin, much like a boiled lobster. At 
 first there is more of it about the neck and chest than on the face, 
 and it is preceded by a sore throat. Chicken pox is attended by 
 fever, but not so much running at the nose and eyes as in measles, 
 nor is there so much cough. The spots, too, are smaller, and are not 
 so much run together ; and they come out more over the whole body. 
 They appear a few hours earlier on the body than elsewhere ; and in 
 a day or two they are found to be enlarged, and turn into little blad- 
 ders of water as big as the head of a shawl-pin. 
 
 And now a few Words as to what should he Done in the sick-room 
 of a child. The room should be kept cool, and its temperature should 
 be measured by a thermometer. This instrument, when hung away 
 from the fire, should show a temperature of about 55°. That is about 
 the right degree of warmth. Sick-rooms are generally kept too hot. 
 The room should be darkened ; not made totally dark, but its light 
 shaded down by closing the outside blinds, or by dropping the cur- 
 tains, so as to give a kind of twilight ; and the cot should always be so 
 placed as to turn the little one's face away from the light. The room 
 should be kept quiet ; and this requires attention in the whole house, 
 as well as among the persons in the room. Those present should 
 never whisper, but speak in low and gentle tones, — should not walk 
 on tip-toe, but move about carefully. There is a fussy quietness which 
 disturbs the sick far more than noise. The child must be spoken to, 
 and roused from its slumbers, and turned from side to side, and raised 
 for its food or medicine, with a soothing tenderness, and a delicacy 
 which never forgets itself. 
 
 In applying leeches or cold to a child, judgment is needed, to suc- 
 ceed well. The leeches should be put either behind the ear or on top 
 of the head, so that the child cannot see them. Cold is best applied 
 by means of a couple of bladders half filled with powdered ice, and 
 wrapped in two large napkins ; one of them should be placed under 
 the child's head, the corner of the napkin being pinned to the pillow- 
 case to prevent its being disturbed, while the other is allowed to rest 
 upon the head, with the corner of the napkin again pinned to the 
 pillow, to take off the greater part of its weight. In this way the child 
 
FARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 397 
 
 will not be wetted, or irritated, as by the changing of wet cloths, 
 nor will the cold applications get displaced by its movements. 
 
 A word should be said respecting the nursing of children in cases 
 of lung-inflammation, — an affection from which they often suffer. 
 The lungs are much like two large sponges, and the air enters them 
 through the windpipe ; and passing through smaller and yet smaller 
 rubes, it comes at last into tiny cells, so small that they can only be 
 seen by a magnifying glass. When the langs are inflamed, some of 
 the tubes become stopped up ; and the very small cells are pressed 
 on by the flow of more blood than natural to the part ; and so the 
 air enters less easily, and in smaller quantities, than it should. If 
 now you let the child lie flat, it is not only less able to draw a deep 
 breath, and fill the lungs, but the blood also flowing to the inflamed 
 portion of the lung, returns less easily than if the child were propped 
 up in bed. When a whitlow is on the finger, if the hand be hung 
 down, the inflamed finger will become redder, and will beat and 
 throb so as hardly to be endured, while, if the hand be raised, the 
 pain will abate. The same increase of pain does not follow an accu- 
 mulation of blood in an inflamed lung, because the lung is not as 
 sensitive as the finger ; but the consequences are very serious. The 
 air-cells being more and more pressed upon, the admission of air is 
 more and more difficult, until, at length, a large part of the lungs is 
 rendered useless, and the child dies. 
 
 In this disease, the temperature of the room needs attention. The 
 air should not be quite so cool as in other diseases. From 60° to 65° 
 is about right. 
 
 Of course crying will irritate inflamed lungs, and it is all important 
 that a child sick with this disease should be soothed and quieted as 
 much as possible. Every good nurse knows how to do this better 
 than any rules can teach her. 
 
 Sometimes sickness and vomiting, from which a child may suffer, 
 are increased by want of judgment in giving food and drink. When 
 there is nausea, the stomach will bear only very small quantities of 
 food at a time, while cold drinks are almost always borne much bet- 
 ter than warm. When there is nausea, it is best, for an hour or two, 
 not to attempt to give any food or drink. After the stomach has been 
 thus completely rested, give a single teaspoonful of cold water. If 
 this is not thrown up, it may be succeeded, in ten or fifteen minutes, 
 by a second or a third. If this is borne, give a little water thickened 
 with isinglass, or cold barley water, or cold milk and water ; and 
 then, with the same precautions, and in very small quantities, beef 
 tea, or chicken broth, or whatever else the doctor in attendance may 
 direct. The smallness of quantity, the coldness of the articles, and 
 the giving it without moving or disturbing the child, if possible, are 
 the important points to be attended to. 
 
 It is of great consequence that children suffering from diarrhoea 
 should have their skin kept very clean. The pores should be kept 
 well open, so that the fluid matter which is passing off by the bowels, 
 and through the mucous membrane or inner skin, may be diverted to 
 the outer skin. In this disease, the skin of children is apt to become 
 
398 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 irritable, or even sore. In these cases, soap and water are quite apt 
 to increase the soreness, while a little starch, made as for use upon 
 clean clothes, though much thinner, will, if used in place of soap, very 
 much soothe the inflamed skin. 
 
 A child much exhausted by diarrhoea, or other disease, should be 
 moved or lifted out of its cot or cradle as little as possible. Suddenly 
 moving it when very weak, may cause fainting, or even convulsions. 
 Let it be sponged and cleaned by merely turning it, with great gentle- 
 ness, from side to side. 
 
 In such cases, too, the child should be supported with proper nour- 
 ishment. When worn down by diarrhoea, its desire for food may be 
 nearly lost. Though at one time it cried much, and seemed to suffer, 
 it will, in this condition, grow quieter, and doze, and even sleep on 
 for hours, appearing fretful only when roused. If, in such cases, the 
 child be allowed to go without food because it does not seek it, or 
 declines it when offered, it will sink into a deeper and deeper sleep, 
 and finally into a stupor which will end in death. To give a little 
 arrow-root, or wine, or broth, may now require trouble and persever- 
 ance ; but it must be done, for upon it depends the child's life, ^he 
 effort to administer food must not be abandoned because once c~ 
 twice, or several times unsuccessful, for the food which is refused one 
 minute, may be accepted five minutes after. 
 
 In the various rashes from which children suffer, there is a very 
 general fear of washing the surface lest the rash be driven in. There 
 is no ground for this fear, unless it be in measles ; and even in this 
 complaint, there is no danger if luke-warm water be used. If only a 
 small part of the body be sponged at a time, there is nothing to fear 
 even from frequent washing ; and the passing of a wet sponge fre- 
 quently over the surface is a great comfort when the skin is burning 
 with fever. The same remark applies to the changing of the linen. 
 The same kind of objection, and with no better reason, is often urged 
 against cold water in fevers, though it is most refreshing, and if 
 taken in small quantities, and often, never does harm, but often much 
 good. 
 
 The Warm Bath. — The best method of giving a child a warm 
 bath is a matter of importance. There should be as little parade 
 about it as possible. If the child sees the bath prepared, is taken out 
 of bed, undressed and put into it smoking before its eyes, it may be 
 much alarmed, and cry so passionately as to be really injured by it. 
 The bath should be prepared out of its sight, and brought to the bed- 
 side with a blanket spread over it to hide the steam. The child 
 should then be laid upon the blanket, and gently let down into the 
 water, and then set to play with a couple of corks with feathers stuck 
 in them. 
 
 Inflammation of the Mouth. — Erythematic Stomatitis. 
 
 This is a simple inflammation of the mucous membrane of the 
 mouth ; and is very common during infancy. It may be confined to 
 the tongue, or spread over the whole mouth. It is sometimes very 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 399 
 
 severe, going down into the gullet and stomach, and into the wind- 
 pipe. It occasions redness and pain in the mouth, and fretfulness of 
 the infant, — causing it to quit the nipple suddenly when sucking. 
 A frequent result of this inflammation is the secretion and exudation 
 upon the surface, of a white, matter-like curd. It appears in small 
 points and patches. This is the thrush, or what nurses call children's 
 sore mouth. It is commonly confined to the period of suckling. 
 
 Treatment. — For the simple inflammation of the mouth, a wash 
 made by infusing the inner bark of slippery elm in water, answers a 
 good purpose ; and in more severe cases, a wash made of sugar of 
 lead (227) will be found useful. 
 
 In some mild cases of curdy exudation, this last wash will do well 
 if united with the daily use of the warm bath, and proper care of the 
 diet. But in the more severe cases, a little pulverized borax and 
 white sugar or honey (274) (275), placed occasionally on the infant's 
 tongue, will do good service. A decoction of equal parts of blue 
 cohosh and golden seal is a good remedy. When the curdy patches 
 are large, touch them with a mixture of hydrochloric acid and honey 
 (276). If the exudation have a look as if mortification were taking 
 place, use a wash of chloride of lime (228), or chloride of soda, etc. 
 (229), or creosote and mucilage (230), or alcohol and vinegar (231), or 
 nitrate of silver (211). When diarrhoea is present, with acidity, give 
 (26). In the more severe cases, when appearances of mortification 
 are seen, quinine (69) should be administered. 
 
 Follicular Inflammation of the Mouth. — Apthce. 
 
 This disease attacks the little glands of the mouth, called follicles, 
 and appears about the time of cutting teeth. Small white specks, a 
 little elevated, first show themselves on the lips, insides of the cheeks, 
 and under side of the tongue, etc. The specks enlarge, a whitish, 
 curdy matter flows out from their centre, and ulcers are formed, with 
 elevated edges, surrounded by a red, inflamed circle. Sometimes, 
 instead of curdy matter, a bloody exudation takes place, and dark- 
 colored crusts are formed which are mistaken for mortification. In 
 bad cases, there is great restlessness, with hot mouth, dry skin, thirst, 
 and diarrhoea, with green stools, and sometimes salivation. 
 
 Treatment. — The milder forms of this disease are treated like 
 simple inflammation of the mouth. If there is thirst, give several 
 times a day, a spoonful of cold water, with a little gum arabic dis- 
 solved in it. If the child be weaned at this time, its food should be 
 barley or rice-water, sweetened with loaf sugar. An occasional dose 
 of magnesia, with or without a little rhubarb, will remove the acid 
 which abounds in the bowels. After ulceration has taken place, 
 borax (274) will do well. When watery discharges from the bowels, 
 and griping pains appear, preparation (28) should be used. If th« 
 strength be reduced, give (69). 
 
400 CAKE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 Inflammation of the Gums. — Gengivitis. 
 
 During the cutting of teeth, the gums are apt to be inflamed, red 
 or livid, swelled and painful. The child is languid, with a hot and 
 dry skin, small and quick pulse, little appetite, much thirst, and a 
 tongue covered with a thick, yellowish fur. When ulceration takes 
 place, and is allowed to go on, the teeth become loose, black, and 
 rotten, and often soft and pulpy ; a flow of fetid spittle takes place; 
 the breath of the child becomes offensive, and its countenance pale 
 and sallow. The gums bleed under the least pressure, and a profuse 
 diarrhoea fills up the list of ills. 
 
 Treatment, — In the first stages, mild washes to the gums, such as 
 (227), will do well. Clear out the bowels once with magnesia and 
 rhubarb (26). After ulceration has taken place, use oak bark (232), 
 or chloride of lime (228), or diluted hydrochloric acid (233). A daily 
 tepid bath. If the strength be reduced, use an infusion of Peruvian 
 bark, or quinine (69). 
 
 Gangrene of the Mouth.— Canker. — Cancrum Oris. 
 
 This disease attacks weakly children, of a lymphatic temperament, 
 and having inflamed gums. It often follows intermittent, remittent, 
 or bilious fever, and is also frequently connected with disease of the 
 storrrtich and bowels. 
 
 Symptoms. — It is attended with languor, listlessness, indisposition 
 to play or move about, thirst, loss of appetite, peevishness, and ina- 
 bility to sleep. The countenance is pale and sunken, and there is a 
 peculiar puckering of the cheeks about the corners of the mouth. 
 The breath is bad, the gums have the appearance of salivation, the 
 teeth become loose and fall from their sockets, or, if they remain, they 
 become covered with a thick coating of a dirty white or ash color. 
 A few ash-colored water pimples appear upon the gums, which en- 
 large, run together, and finally break, — presenting a black appearance 
 of mortification. The gangrene, sooner or later, goes to the lips and 
 cheeks. 
 
 Treatment. — When bowel complaints exist, they are to be treated 
 with the usual remedies, such as (70) or (156). If there be active 
 inflammation of the gums, at first, leeches may be applied, after 
 which, the inflammation being subdued, a wash of oak bark (232), 
 will be in place, with quinine given internally (69) to ward off the 
 mortification. As a wash, too, a strong solution of sulphate of cop- 
 per (234) is excellent, — so is white vitriol (235), and nitrate of silver 
 (219), and creosote (236). 
 
 The diet should be beef-tea, plain beef or mutton broth, with rice, 
 milk and rice, tapioca, sago, and the like. 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 401 
 
 Difficult Teeth-Cutting. 
 
 Teeth-cutting generally begins between the ages of five and seven 
 months. It is indicated by redness, heat, and tenderness of the gums, 
 an increase of saliva, and, occasionally, redness of the cheeks, water- 
 ing of the eyes, thirst and fever, with fretfulness, disturbed sleep, and 
 more frequent motions of the bowels, a little more fluid than usual| 
 and sometimes of a greenish hue. As the tooth comes near the sur- 
 face, the child holds its fingers in its mouth, and presses the gums 
 harder upon the nipple when sucking. Beside these milder symp- 
 toms, there are sometimes ulceration of the mouth, gangrene, exten- 
 sive and long-continued diseases of the bowels, — and even disorders 
 of the brain, convulsions, and palsy. 
 
 Treatment. — Watch the gums, and the moment they are swollen 
 by the teeth pushing them up, lance them at the elevated points, cut- 
 ting entirely down to the advancing teeth, — so that no tough mem- 
 brane shall cause pain by impeding their growth. These incisions 
 often prevent fatal disease of the brain, and sometimes almost in- 
 stantly relieve the most threatening symptoms. Before the teeth are 
 far enough advanced for lancing, some soothing wash may be applied 
 to the gums, or a leech or two to the angle of the jaw. For obsti- 
 nate diarrhoea, with watery stools and griping, use prescription (157). 
 If the child be drowsy and starts from sleep, and has heat and red- 
 ness, with enlargement of the blood vessels about the head, put three 
 or four leeches behind the ears, and make cold applications to the 
 head. At the same time, open the bowels with castor oil (17). 
 When there is difficulty of passing the water, give flax-seed tea ; and 
 if the pain be considerable, an opiate (351). 
 
 Croup. 
 
 This is one of the scourges of childhood. In ten years previous 
 to 1845, no less than 1150 children were destroyed in Philadelphia by 
 croup. During the year 1840, the large number of 4,336 died of the 
 same disease in England. 
 
 Croup is an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the larynx 
 and windpipe. It causes to flow out upon the surface of the mem- 
 brane, a peculiar fluid, which stiffens into a membrane, or skin-like 
 substance, and adheres to the inner surface of the wind-pipe, and 
 sometimes extends through the whole of the bronchial tubes. This 
 is membranous croup, — the worst and most fatal form of the disease. 
 Dr. John Ware of Boston has shown that there are other forms of 
 croup, not so fatal, because not attended by the formation of a mem- 
 brane upon the mucous surfaces. 
 
 The Symptoms of croup are, difficulty of breathing, hoarseness, and 
 a peculiarly loud and ringing cough, with fever. In the membranous 
 and worst form of the disease, the breathing is not, at first, so labo- 
 rious, and the symptoms generally not so violent and alarming as in 
 
 51 
 
402 CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 the less fatal but more inflammatory type. This latter kind, though 
 generally causing great alarm, like a highway robber, by the sudden 
 fierceness with which they seize the throat, are yet much less fatal, 
 and of course less to be feared, than the membranous form. The 
 disease is pretty much confined to children between the ages of one 
 and eight years. 
 
 Treatment. — The old and usual mode of treatment is first to bleed, 
 and then to place the patient in a warm bath ; and, after the child is 
 returned to the bed, to give nauseating doses of tartar emetic (105). 
 In Boston, this treatment is now nearly discarded, as being too active, 
 and possibly a cause of evil rather than good. The following is a 
 safer and more successful treatment. 
 
 Give, every three hours, Dover's powder and calomel (352). Sponge 
 the neck often with water, and apply a liniment (192). It is some- 
 times proper to give a gentle emetic, — say, two drams of wine of 
 ipecac. A flax-seed poultice applied to the neck is also excellent. If 
 the child be large enough, let it inhale frequently from an old tea-pot, 
 the vapor of hot water and mullein leaves ; and if it be too young to 
 do this, keep the room full of watery vapor, by throwing water upon 
 hot bricks. If the bowels need moving, give a dose of castor oil (17). 
 In addition to these measures, a strong solution of nitrate of silver 
 (219) should be thrown into the throat with one of my laryngeal 
 shower syringes, and repeated everv two hours till the membrane is 
 discharged. 
 
 Spasm of the Glottis.— Laryngismus Stridulus. 
 
 This disease consists in a sudden shutting up of the glottis, or pas- 
 sage to the windpipe, which creates a feeling of strangulation, and a 
 difficulty of breathing so great that the drawing in of the breath 
 causes a peculiar crowing sound. There is no fever. The child, upon 
 taking food or drink, or upon being irritated or teased, is taken sud- 
 denly with an impossibility of drawing in its breath. After struggling 
 convulsively for a time, its head thrown back, its nostrils dilated, its 
 mouth open, its eyes rolled up, its face pale, its legs and arms stiff, 
 it begins to breathe with a shrill crowing sound. The disease is 
 sometimes mistaken for croup, and for hooping cough. It is strictly 
 spasmodic in its nature. 
 
 Treatment. — During the paroxysm, set the child in an upright pos- 
 ture, with the head leaning forward, exposed to a full draft of cool, 
 fresh air, and sprinkle cool water upon the face. Let nothing be tight 
 about the neck. Slap the child slightly on the back, and apply fric- 
 tion along the spine. If these means do not succeed, place it in a 
 warm bath ; while in the bath, sprinkle cold water on the face. 
 
 When the fit is over, examine the gums. If they are swollen, lance 
 them down to the coming teeth. The bowels should be moved daily 
 with some gentle physic, but not irritated by severe purging. If the 
 stools are light colored, use prescription (142), with warm water in* 
 jections. 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 403 
 
 Hooping Cough. — Purtussis. 
 
 This is a contagious disease, peculiar to childhood, and occurring 
 but once in the same individual. It is characterized by a convulsive, 
 paroxysmal cough, which is attended by long-continued hissing, con- 
 vulsive breathing, with rattling in the windpipe, which is succeeded 
 by several short efferts to expel the breath, following each other in 
 quick succession. The long, convulsive breathing, attended by the 
 hooping sound, is immediately repeated ; and these paroxysms con- 
 tinue until a quantity of thick, slimy, ropy mucous is thrown up, by 
 expectoration or vomiting, when the breathing is again free. These 
 paroxysms have all the appearance of impending suffocation, redness 
 of the face, shedding of tears, sweating about the head and forehead, 
 and such agitation of the whole body that the child lays hold of 
 something for support. Blood sometimes starts from the nostrils, 
 and the child involuntarily passes water, or evacuates the bowels. 
 In spring and autumn, the disease most prevails. It is not generally 
 dangerous. 
 
 Treatment. — First give an emetic, — say, two drams of wine of 
 ipecac. Afterwards, give small doses of ipecac and sulphur (277). 
 From six to fifteen grains of sulphur alone, three times a day, is an 
 excellent remedy. A liniment of olive oil, oil of amber, etc. (193), 
 applied to the spine, is useful. Belladonna (278) is a good remedy. 
 Prussic acid (96) is strongly recommended by many, and is worthy 
 of a trial. Lobelia (106) is a valuable remedy. Alum (279) is well 
 recommended. Sulphuric ether, a little being spilled in the nurse's 
 hand and held to the child's nose, generally shortens the paroxysm, 
 and frequently abridges the disease. A solution of nitric acid in 
 water, as strong as lemon juice, and sweetened, is a very valuable 
 remedy, — breaking up the disease in two or three weeks. The child 
 may drink it freely, a little further reduced with water. 
 
 Looseness of the Bowels. — Diarrhoea. 
 
 Infants and chilhren are more liable to diarrhoea than adults, and 
 this is the reason for speaking of the disease here as well as else- 
 where. It may be caused by inflammation of the stomach and 
 bowels, by irritation produced by too much or improper food, by cold 
 and damp weather, or by teething. The discharges from the bowel* 
 may be more or less thin, of a dirty-white color, of a curdled appear- 
 ance, and acid smell, or they may be watery, yellow or green in color, 
 and often mixed with blood. Sometimes they are mixed with por- 
 tions of undigested food, are very acid, and when the looseness has 
 been caused by unripe vegetables and fruit, in a state of fermentation, 
 like yeast. At other times, especially while teething, they are a kind 
 of thick mucus, like jelly. 
 
 If pressure on the bowels causes pain, the diarrhoea is the result of 
 inflammation. When the disease has become chronic, the skin is dry, 
 
harsh, and discolored, the face wrinkled, looking yellowish, dirty, and 
 old. 
 
 Treatment. — First, regulate the diet. This is very important. In 
 the case of older children, take away every kind of solid food, as well 
 as pastry, confectionery, sweetmeats, and fresh vegetables. Give 
 plain boiled rice and milk, — sometimes boiled milk, — water gruel, 
 crackers and milk, tapioca, etc. At the beginning of the attack, give 
 some mild physic, as castor oil, or syrup of rhubarb. A warm bath 
 at this period is excellent. If the discharges are very sour, dissolve 
 a teaspoonful of bicarbonate of soda in half a tumbler of water, and 
 give a teaspoonful every hour, or the same amount of lime water, 
 mixed with an equal quantity of new milk, or prepared chalk and 
 ipecac (158), some slight astringent being used also (159). But bet- 
 ter than all other astringents for this complaint, is a decoction of the 
 cranesbill or spotted geranium, with milk, or of the bark from the 
 root of the common blackberry which is armed with strong prickles. 
 
 The Summer Complaint of Infants. — Cholera Infantum. 
 
 This is confined to the North American continent. It occurs in 
 large cities during the hot season. Its subjects are infants between 
 the ages of four and twenty months, — occurring most frequently 
 about the time of cutting the first teeth. It is one of the most fatal 
 diseases of infants. 
 
 Symptoms. — It begins with a profuse diarrhoea, — the stools being 
 green or yellow, or more often light colored, and very thin. The 
 stomach soon becomes very irritable, --rejecting everything with vio- 
 lence. In some cases, vomiting and purging set in, — the discharges 
 from the bowels being without color or smell. The infant rapidly 
 loses flesh, and is soon reduced to great languor and prostration. 
 The pulse in the beginning is quick, small, and often tense. The 
 tongue is covered with a white, slimy mucus. The skin is dry and 
 harsh. The head and belly are hot. The feet and hands are either 
 of the natural temperature, or cold. There is great thirst, and tow- 
 ards evening, fever. The belly is often a little swollen, and tender to 
 the touch. Occasionally there is delirium, as indicated by wild and 
 bloodshot eyes, violent tossing of the head, and attempts to bite and 
 scratch the nurse. 
 
 Treatment. — If possible, remove the child at once from the impure 
 and heated air of the city to the cooler and purer air of the country. 
 11 this cannot be done, keep it in as large and dry a room as can be 
 had, and take it often into the open air, in clear weather. Confine 
 the infant entirely to the breast, or, if weaned, let its food be tapioca, 
 pure arrow-root, rice flour, and milk, and put it daily in a warm or 
 tepid bath, according as the skin is hot or cold. Give it gum-water, 
 or rennet whey, with a little gum arabic added to it. 
 
 These measures, if used early, will often cure the disease, without 
 medicine. If the vomiting be obstinate, camphor and sulphuric ether 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 405 
 
 (280) will generally give relief. When everything else fails, in re- 
 lieving the sickness, sugar of lead (160) is generally successful. 
 When the vomiting is stopped, the most prompt remedy for the dis- 
 ordered bowels is the compound syrup of rhubarb and potassa. 
 When the disease has become chronic, treat it the same as children's 
 diarrhoea. But if the discharges are sour, offensive, and dark colored, 
 pulverized charcoal (42), with tartrate of iron (71), will be suitable 
 remedies. Rhubarb, leptandrin, etc. (28), will often answer a good 
 purpose. 
 
 Colic. 
 
 Infants are very much subject to colic, from over-feeding and con 
 sequent acidity of the stomach, from giving them solid food at too 
 tender an age, and from some improper thing ate or drunk by the 
 mother or nurse. They often suffer intensely from these pains, toss- 
 ing their legs up and down, and screaming vehemently. When it 
 arises from costiveness, the bowels are often hard and swollen. 
 
 Treatment. — When it arises from costiveness, give an injection of 
 a tablespoonful of castor oil, and an ounce of warm infusion of pep- 
 permint or spearmint. At the same time, administer internally an in- 
 fusion of one of the same herbs, with a small portion of bicarbonate of 
 soda dissolved in it, and sweetened with loaf sugar. Or, if the bowels 
 need to be acted upon, the syrup of rhubarb, or the sweet tincture of 
 rhubarb, with a little soda in it, will do well. Paragoric generally 
 brings relief, but should not be used, if simple carminatives will an- 
 swer the purpose. Children are often relieved by covering them with 
 a hot flannel, laying them upon the belly on the knee, and trotting 
 them, at the same time tapping them gently upon the back. This 
 should be done cautiously ; for if unsuccessful, it might increase the 
 suffering ; and the infant has no language but screams to tell its dis- 
 tress. 
 
 Falling of the Bowel. — Prolapsis AnL 
 
 In cases of long-continued looseness, the lower bowel of children 
 sometimes gets so weakened, that it drops down, and projects through 
 the fundament. Occasionally, only the mucous membrane which 
 lines it comes down, in the shape of a small tumor, causing a sense 
 of bearing down and smarting. These fallings-down occur when the 
 child goes to stool. Whether it be the bowel or the lining membrane 
 which has come down, if it be allowed to remain long down, inflam- 
 mation will take place, and to return it will then be very difficult 
 
 Treatment. — Place the child upon his back, and, having smeared 
 the thumbs, or fore fingers, with lard or sweet oil, press them gently 
 upon the tumor in such direction as shall tend to return it within the 
 body. If this does not succeed, push the forefinger into the gut, so 
 as to relax the circular muscle which contracts upon and holds it. If 
 the falling is caused by straining at stool, made necessary by costive- 
 
CAKE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 ness, some ripe fruit stewed in molasses, or rye hasty-pudding and 
 molasses, should be given to the child daily, and it should be caused 
 to empty the bowels while standing up. To strengthen the bowel, 
 few things are better than cold water, applied to the fundament sev- 
 eral times a day. An astringent wash of oak bark (232), is also val- 
 uable. Should the bowel become so much relaxed that these means 
 fail, a tight bandage must be applied to support the fundament. Be 
 careful that some ignorant pretender does not, — as has happened,— 
 apply the ligature or the knife, and cut off the tumor, instead of ie* 
 turning it into the body. 
 
 Gastric Fever of Infancy. 
 
 The inflammatory affections of the bowels, which happen aftex 
 teeth-cutting, are frequently accompanied by remittent fever, — the 
 fever showing itself very distinctly towards evening, and subsiding, ot 
 nearly disappearing, in the morning. It is a sympathetic fever, and 
 is generally the result of a reaction produced by inflammation of the 
 stomach, or ileum, or colon. The attack is sometimes sudden, though 
 generally gradual. 
 
 Symptoms. — For several days, the child will be languid and fretful, 
 with loss of appetite, increased thirst, and some heat of skin. Tow* 
 ards night these symptoms are more intense ; the skin is more hot, 
 the thirst and restlessness are greater, the pulse more rapid. In the 
 morning, the skin is more moist and cool, and the child falls into a 
 short, disturbed sleep. Early in the attack, the bowels are constL 
 pated, — though there is sometimes diarrhoea, or a frequent desire td 
 go to stool without much being passed. The evacuations are always 
 unnatural and very offensive. They are dark-colored, or clay-like, oi 
 of the consistency of tar, — sometimes mixed with mucus, and occa« 
 sionally with blood. There is tenderness of the belly, and pressure 
 upon it causes pain. It is also hot to the touch, while the feet are 
 cold. The face is flushed, and the breath has a decidedly sickly 
 smell. The stomach is irritable, and vomiting is frequent. The 
 tongue, after a time, becomes coated, dry, and pointed. 
 
 In the chronic form of the disease, there is, frequently, diarrhoea, 
 the passages being unhealthy and fetid ; the tongue is covered with a 
 brownish-yellow mucus, the teeth with sordes ; the lips are parched 
 and cracked ; the urine is scanty and high-colored, with a white sedi- 
 ment ; the skin, dry, harsh, and dirty-looking ; the countenance con- 
 tracted and wrinkled ; and there is, frequently, a dry, hacking cough. 
 
 Treatment. — Regulate the diet. This is important. In recent and 
 acute cases, withhold all food, except some cold mucilaginous fluid 
 as drink, as rice-water, gum-water, infusion of slippery-elm bark, or 
 milk diluted with barley water. Give a warm or tepid bath daily. 
 Purgatives should be used sparingly. The bowels, when costive, had 
 better, generally, be opened by injections of tepid water, or thin gruel. 
 If any laxative be used, let it be the compound rhubarb powder, or 
 
CARE OF CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 407 
 
 either of the following, (28) (281). When the discharges have 
 become healthy, and the tongue clean and moist, some light bitter, 
 as the infusion of Peruvian bark, or Colombo, in combination with 
 diluted sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, may be given. These, care- 
 fully given, with the daily tepid bath, and exercise in the open air- 
 will soon restore the strength. 
 
 Mesenteric Disease. 
 
 This attacks scrofulous children between the ages of three and ten 
 years. Its symptoms are a prominent belly and loss of flesh, — par- 
 ticularly upon the arms and legs. To be able to feel the enlarged 
 and hardened glands, through the walls of the belly, is the surest sign 
 of this disease. When the complaint is long-continued, the child 
 loses all its flesh, and dies in almost a complete skeleton state. 
 
 Treatment. — If there is inflammation or other disorder in the 
 stomach or bowels, attend to this first. Then put the patient on a 
 generous diet, such as meat broths, etc. Give bicarbonate of potassa, 
 dissolved in the infusion of columbo or quassia, and when there is 
 costiveness, add rhubarb to the preparation. For the enlargement of 
 the glands, apply, externally, an ointment (184) of the iodide of lead, 
 or of the iodide of potassium (185). Give an ioduretted bath, daily, 
 which is formed by adding one grain of iodine and two grains of 
 iodide of potassium to each gallon of warm water. 
 
 The syrup of iodide of iron should be given, internally, three times 
 a day, in a little water, or the iodide of potassium, and compound 
 infusion of gentian. Daily sponging the body in salt and water, and 
 exercise in the open air, are important. 
 
 Rickets. 
 
 This is also a disease of scrofulous children. By some bad process 
 of nutrition in such children, there does not enough phosphate of lime 
 enter into the bones to harden them, and the weight of the body, or 
 the pulling of the muscles, or the pressure of the clothing, bends and 
 distorts them in all manner of ways. The heads of the thigh bones 
 are pushed nearer together, making the lower belly narrow ; the back 
 bone is so curved as to lessen the height ; the shoulder blades stand 
 up like wings when flying is contemplated ; and the shoulders are so 
 lifted up that the head seems only a little higher than the elevations 
 on each side. 
 
 Treatment. — A good, generous, wholesome diet, properly regulated; 
 out door exercise ; the tepid or cold salt water sponge bath, with fric- 
 tion, and but little medicine. The hypo-phosphite of lime, in two- 
 grain doses, given in a little sweetened water, three times a day, or the 
 syrup of the hypo-phosphites, in half-teaspoonful doses, three times a 
 day, may be given with advantage. 
 
408 
 
 CARE OE CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 
 
 The Blue Disease. — Cyanosis. 
 
 This disease is known by a blue, purple, or leaden tinge over the 
 whole body. The warmth of the body is reduced, there is difficult 
 breathing, which is increased by quick motion or by crying. The 
 disease is generally fatal. The blueness is occasioned, either by the 
 passage between the right and left side of the heart remaining open 
 after birth, so as to let the blue, venous blood run through and mix 
 with the red arterial blood, thus making the whole blue, or by the 
 obstruction of the pulmonary artery, which withholds the blood from 
 the lungs, and does not allow it to be arterialized and reddened. 
 This latter opinion is the more general one now. 
 
 Treatment. — Keep the patient, as much as possible, in a state of 
 rest, so that the circulation may not be hurried. Allow a pure fresh 
 air, easily-digested food, and protect the body from cold and damp- 
 ness. Hold the infant near the fire, and apply gentle friction over the 
 head and body with a warm, soft cloth. 
 
 Fits. 
 
 Most persons have seen a baby in fits ; and it is a sad sight, — its 
 little face all distorted and livid ; its eyes rolling and squinting fright- 
 fully ; its hands clenched, and arms bent, and legs drawn up, and body 
 arched backward, and limbs twitching violently, — itself insensible, 
 and unable to see, or swallow, or move. After a time, the fit ceases, 
 sometimes by degrees, at other times suddenly, — the child fetching a 
 deep sigh, and then lying quiet and pale, as if it had fainted. From 
 this state it passes into a sleep, and, on waking, some hours after, 
 seems quite well. 
 
 Fits may attack a child which is apparently well, and ' A it im- 
 mediately, or it may have fits daily, or even several times a day, 
 and linger on for weeks. A child may have fits from a great vari- 
 ety of causes. Fits, therefore, have a different meaning in different 
 cases. But they always show that the brain has in some way been 
 disturbed. 
 
 Treatment. — As fits are not a disease in themselves, but only a 
 symptom of some disease, the treatment must have reference to the 
 cause. Sometimes, while the fit lasts, it is wise to do nothing. But, 
 if a fit come suddenly, in the case of a child previously healthy, it is 
 generally safe to place it in a hot bath, and at the same time, to dash 
 cold water on its face, or to pour cold water on its head, or hold on 
 it a large sponge dipped in cold water. The hot bath will draw the 
 blood to the skin, and away from the over-loaded brain. It will quiet 
 the disturbance of the system, and if scarlet fever or measles are 
 about to appear, it will bring them out 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 Having now treated of those disorders which affect the skin, the 
 brain and nerves, the throat, the lungs and their appendages, the heart 
 and its covering, the abdominal cavity and its lining membrane, the 
 sexual organs, and those complaints peculiar to females and children, 
 it remains to speak of those others, — fewer in number, — which are 
 not specially developed in any particular part, but disturb the whole 
 system. 
 
 Fever. 
 
 Fever is a disease which affects the system generally, and is char- 
 acterized by more or less excitement of the circulation, increased heat, 
 diminished strength, and, oftentimes, unnatural thirst. The degree 
 of excitement is measured by the state of the pulse. Of this state, 
 there are two characteristic indications : namely, frequency and hard- 
 ness. A pulse is frequent when its rapidity exceeds that of health ; 
 it is hard when its stroke resists the pressure of the finger with 
 unusual force. 
 
 In health, the pulse of an adult beats from sixty to eighty times in 
 a minute ; that of children is more frequent. The pulsations of the 
 heart of the unborn infant, as heard through the body of the mother, 
 are one hundred and fifty in a minute. After birth, the pulse varies 
 from one hundred and forty down to the standard of adult age. To 
 appreciate hardness of pulse, experience is absolutely necessary. 
 
 The great activity of the circulation, in fever, is intimately con- 
 nected with the heat and thirst, and tends directly to waste the ener- 
 gies, and consume the strength of the patient. The heat of fever 
 lessens or dries up the secretions, or different fluids of the body, 
 which, in a state of health, are separated from the blood for various 
 purposes. This is the cause of the dry skin, scanty urine, etc. 
 
 A crisis of fever is that period in its course when unfavorable symp- 
 toms give place to those of returning health. 
 
 A course of fever, or, in common language, a run of fever, is dis- 
 tinguished by a great variety of symptoms, which will be more par- 
 ticularly spoken of in the pages which follow. 
 
410 
 
 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 Typhoid Fever. 
 
 Of the different kinds of fever, this is one of the most common and 
 widely prevalent. The name typhoid is from two Greek words which 
 mean like typhus, or similar to typhus. The word typhus, from a Greek 
 word signifying stupor, means stupid, dull, or low ; and, when applied 
 to a fever, implies that it is low, or characterized by great nervous 
 depression. 
 
 Typhus and typhoid fevers, if not identical, are so similar in hi?tory 
 and treatment as to make unnecessary their consideration under sep- 
 arate heads. The following is one of the differences claimed to exist 
 between the two : namely, in typhus fever, the belly is flat ; there is 
 no marked disease of the bowels, and generally no diarrhoea until the 
 second or third week. In typhoid fever, on the contrary, some small 
 glands, called Peyer's glands, situated in the lower part of the small 
 intestines, are always inflamed, and sometimes ulcerated ; and, con- 
 sequently, among the symptoms most frequently noticed, are diar- 
 rhoea, and drum-like swelling of the belly, called tympanites. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease often has precursory symptoms. For 
 several days before its actual beginning, the patient droops. He may 
 attend to his various duties, but does not seem well ; he is low-spirited 
 and languid ; is indisposed to any exertion of body or mind ; has 
 pains in the head, back, and extremities ; loses his appetite ; and 
 although dull and perhaps drowsy in the day time, his sleep is inter- 
 rupted and unrefreshing at night. The immediate harbinger of the 
 fever is a chill, often so marked as to cause violent shivering. 
 
 The history of the first week shows increased heat of the surface ; 
 frequent pulse, ranging from eighty to one hundred and twenty; 
 furred tongue ; restlessness and sleeplessness ; headache and pain in 
 the back ; sometimes diarrhoea and swelling of the belly ; and some- 
 times nausea and vomiting. 
 
 The second week is frequently distinguished by an eruption of 
 small, rose-colored spots upon the belly, and by a crop of little watery 
 pimples upon the neck and chest, having the appearance of minute 
 drops of sweat standing on the skin, and hence called sudamina, or 
 sweat drops ; the tongue is dry and black, or red and sore ; the teeth 
 are foul ; there may be delirium and dulness of hearing ; and the 
 symptoms generally are more serious than during the first week. 
 Occasionally, at this period, the bowels are perforated or ate through 
 by ulceration, and the patient suddenly sinks. 
 
 If the disease proceeds unfavorably into the third week, there is 
 low muttering and delirium ; great exhaustion ; sliding down of the' 
 patient towards the foot of the bed ; twitching of the muscles ; bleed- 
 ing from the bowels ; and red or purple spots upon the skin. 
 
 If, on the other hand, recovery takes place, the countenance bright- 
 ens ; the pulse moderates ; the tongue cleans, and the discharges 
 assume the appearance they have in health. 
 
 Treatment. — Give the patient good air, and frequent spongmgs 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 4il 
 
 with water, cold or tepid, as shall be most agreeable to his feelings. 
 Keep the bowels in order ; by which is meant, be more afraid of 
 diarrhoea than of costiveness. Diarrhoea should be restrained by a 
 little brandy, or by small and repeated doses of Dover's powder (153). 
 
 For costiveness, give injections, or the mildest aperients (7) (10) (12). 
 
 To lessen the frequency of the pulse, reduce the fever, and pro- 
 duce perspiration, give from three to ten-drop doses of the tincture or 
 fluid extract of veratrum viride, every hour. This remedy has great 
 power in fever. 
 
 Great wind-swelling of the bowels may be relieved by fomenta- 
 tions, or hot, steaming applications. Sometimes the wind may be 
 let off by introducing into the bowels a long gutta percha tube, — 
 thus reducing the swelling, and greatly promoting the patient's com- 
 fort. 
 
 If pain in the head be severe and constant, let the hair be cut short, 
 and the head be frequently bathed with cold water. 
 
 Let the strength be supported by light nourishment ; and in case 
 of bleeding from the bowels, or great debility, by broth and wine. 
 
 For foul mouth, the weakest possible infusion of old hyson tea is 
 valuable. Good nursing is eminently desirable. 
 
 If the fever runs a low course, the patient being much prostrated, 
 quinine, even in large doses, may be given from the beginning. 
 
 Bilious Remittent Fever. 
 
 There are three principal varieties of periodical fever, which, thougn 
 varying considerably from each other, in several particulars, are yet 
 essentially, in their substance, but one disease. These are Bilious 
 Remittent Fever, Pernicious Intermittent or Congestive Fever, and 
 Ietermittent Fever or Fever and Ague. According to the custom of 
 most writers, I shall treat them separately, beginning with Bilious 
 Remittent Fever. 
 
 Symptoms. — The attack is generally sudden and well marked. 
 Some writers say it has no premonitory symptoms ; others, that it 
 has. The more general understanding is, that for a day or two, or 
 even longer, before the onset, there is a sense of languor and debility, 
 flight headache, lack of appetite, furred tongue, bitter taste in the 
 mouth in the morning, pains in the joints, and general uneasiness. 
 
 The formal onset is nearly always marked by a distinct chill, or rigor, 
 — sometimes slight and brief; at other times severe and prolonged 
 The chill may begin at the feet, or about the shoulder blades, or in 
 the back, and thence run like small streams of cold water poured in 
 every direction through the whole body. There is generally but one 
 well-marked chill, the returns of the paroxysms of fever being seldom, 
 after the first, preceded by the cold stage. 
 
 At certain periods of the day, there is an increased intensity in the 
 symptoms of the disease, occasionally preceded, though generally not, 
 by the chill. Between this period of severity in the feverish symp- 
 toms, and a similar period which follows it, there is generally decrease 
 
412 
 
 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 in the violence of the symptoms, during which the fever moderates, 
 but does not, as in fever and ague, entirely go off; has distinct remis- 
 sions, but not complete intermissions. 
 
 During the hot stage, the pulse is up to one hundred and twenty, or 
 one hundred and thirty. There are pains in the head, back, and limbs, 
 of a most distressing kind. 
 
 The tongue is generally covered with a yellowish, or a dirty-white 
 fur ; and in bad cases, in the advanced stage, is frequently parched, 
 brown, or nearly black in the centre, and red at the edges. There is 
 no appetite for food, and generally fiausea and vomiting ; and usu- 
 ally there is pain and tenderness in the epigastrium. The bowels are 
 at first costive, but afterwards become loose, and there are frequent/ 
 evacuations of dark, offensive matter. 
 
 Causes. — This disease is produced by malarial exhalations from 
 the decomposition of vegetable matter. It is most prevalent in hot 
 climates, and in the summer and autumn. 
 
 Treatment. — If the fever be in the formative stage, and have not 
 fully developed itself, give an emetic (1) (2), and follow it with a mild 
 cathartic (7) (13). 
 
 If the disease be already developed, sponge the body, all over, sev- 
 eral times a day, with cold or tepid water, according to the feelings 
 [of the patient, and give cooling drinks (132) (133) (298) (299). To 
 moderate the fever, give three to ten-drop doses of tincture, or fluid 
 extract of veratrum viride. The compound powder of ipecac and 
 opium is a valuable preparation for the same purpose. Give cold 
 water as drink if desired by the patient, or let him eat ice. 
 
 When the headache is very severe, let wet cups be applied upon the 
 temples, or behind the ears ; and the same remedy to the pit of the 
 stomach, when there is great tenderness, is often desirable ; though a 
 mustard poultice will sometimes do better. 
 
 During the remissions of the fever, quinine, and other tonics are to 
 be given, as in fever and ague. 
 
 Congestive Fever.— Pernicious Intermittent Fever. 
 
 This is the pernicious, or malignant form of malarious fever. It is 
 marked, either in the earlier or later stage, by a rush of blood towards 
 one or more organs, by which they are crowded full and congested,— 
 hence its title of congestive fever. 
 
 Symptoms. — It may be intermittent, or remittent, — more com- 
 monly, it is the former. It may assume any of the types of peri- 
 odical fever, but it is most frequently quotidian or tertian. 
 
 The first attack does not differ very materially from a common 
 attack of simple intermittent. The first paroxysm is simple, exciting 
 but little attention. The second is always severe, producing great 
 coldness, and a death-like hue of the face and extremities. The 
 advancement of the disease brings dry, husky, parched, and pun- 
 gently hot skin, followed, after a time, by a cold, clammy sensation. 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 413 
 
 The eyes are dull, watery, and sometimes glassy; the countenance 
 dull, sleepy, distressed ; the tongue, at first white, changes to brown 
 or black, and is usually tremulous ; the breathing is hurried and diffi- 
 cult Pressure over the liver, stomach, or bowels, produces pain. 
 The mind is often disturbed, and falls into lethargy and stupor, or is 
 delirious. 
 
 Treatment — This should be very much like the treatment of the 
 bilious remittent fever. 
 
 ' While getting up from the fever, the diet must be light and nutri- 
 tious at first, but may be increased in quantity as the strength returns. 
 Exercise out of doors must not be omitted. If recovery be slow, 
 some mild tonic, or a little wine, or ale, or brandy, may be taken two 
 or three times a day. 
 
 Fever and Ague. —Intermittent Fever. 
 
 This is a kind of fever in which there is a succession of attacks 
 with equal intervals, and intermissions that are complete but unequal, 
 on account of the uncertain duration of each fit. 
 
 An interval is the period o*f time between the beginning of one fit, 
 and the beginning of the next. 
 
 An intermission is the period of time between the close of one fit, 
 and the beginning of the next. 
 
 The different varieties of ague take their designation from the 
 length of the interval in each case. 
 
 The interval of a quotidian, or daily ague, is twenty-four hours. 
 
 The interval of a tertian, or third-day ague, is forty-eight hours. 
 
 The interval of a quartan, or fourth-day ague, is seventy-two hours. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease first develops itself by an ague fit. This 
 has three stages, the cold, the hot, and the sweating. The cold 
 stage is very marked. The patient has a sense of a debility, yawns, 
 stretches, has no appetite, and does not wish to move. The face and 
 extremities become pale, the skin shrinks, causing universal horripila- 
 tion, or goose-flesh ; the patient shakes, and his teeth chatter. 
 
 After a time, these symptoms decline, and the hot stage comes on, 
 which is characterized by high fever, with its various uncomfortable 
 sensations. 
 
 When this fever passes off, it is followed by the sweating stage, 
 during which a moisture breaks out which increases, frequently, to a 
 profuse sweat ; the body returns to its natural temperature, the pains 
 and aches disappear, and a feeling of health comes back. 
 
 During the cold stage, the blood is driven inward from the surface, 
 and particularly oppresses the spleen, which, in cases of long standing, 
 becomes swelled and permanently enlarged. This swelling may be 
 plainly felt, and is often quite perceptible to the eye. It is called 
 ague cake. 
 
 Ague fits begin at different hours of the day, and generally termi- 
 nate in the evening. 
 
414 
 
 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 A quotidian usually begins in the morning ; a tertian at noon ; and 
 a quartan in the afternoon, 
 
 The cold stage is shortest in the quotidian, and longest in the 
 quartan. 
 
 Thus the longest fit has the shortest interval, and the shortest cold 
 stage ; while the shortest fit has the longest interval, and the longest 
 cold stage. 
 
 There are also double tertians and double quartans, wherein the 
 fits repeat themselves, — sometimes the same day, at other times on 
 alternate days. 
 
 To these varieties, the terms postponing and anticipating are ap- 
 plied, according as the intervals are growing longer or shorter. When 
 a person is recovering from ague, the interval may gradually grow 
 longer, the attack being put off, or postponed. But if the disease be 
 increasing in severity, the attack may anticipate its usual period, mak- 
 ing the interval shorter. 
 
 Tertians are more common than either quotidians or quartans. 
 
 Agues are more prevalent in spring and autumn. Fall agues are 
 most severe and dangerous. 
 
 Causes. — Exhalations from the soil, called malaria, arising from 
 decomposition of vegetable matter in new countries, or from low and 
 marshy districts in which the land is alternately covered with water, 
 and again left dry and exposed to the sun. 
 
 In districts where it prevails, high hills are exempt, and even the 
 upper stories of houses are more healthy than the lower. 
 
 Treatment. — First clear the bowels with the fluid extract of senna 
 (15), or the preparation (21). Then, in the cold stage, give hot, and 
 in some cases, stimulating drinks. Administer hot foot baths, and,, 
 putting the patient in bed, apply bottles filled with hot water to the 
 feet, sides, and back, and in every way try to excite warmth and 
 comfort. 
 
 In the hot stage, give cooling drinks, and opium (117) (118) in de- 
 cided doses ; or, what is better, quinine (67) in two teaspoonful doses 
 every half hour, at the same time giving five-drop doses of tincture or 
 fluid extract of veratrum viride every hour. 
 
 During the sweating stage, stop the veratrum, and rub the patient 
 with dry towels. * 
 
 In the intermission, give quinine (62), in three-grain doses, once in 
 three or four hours, and continue it, gradually increasing the dose, a 
 fortnight after the cessation of the attacks. The following is a good 
 preparation : quinine, one scruple ; elixir of vitriol, one dram ; dis- 
 solve the quinine in the elixir, and add tincture of black cohosh, four- 
 teen drams. Twenty drops are to be given, in a little water, once an 
 hour. 
 
 The web of the black spider, rolled up into five-grain pills, and 
 taken, one pill at a time, once in two hours during the intermission, 
 is said to cure many cases. 
 
 It is important, in fever and ague districts, to avoid the hot sun, 
 and the damp evening and morning air. 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 415 
 
 Yellow Fever. 
 
 This disease belongs to warm climates, being most prevalent in 
 Southern cities. It makes its appearance chiefly in the latter part of 
 summer, and disappears upon the approach of frosty weather. . 
 
 Symptoms. — The complaint begins, generally, with a chill, which 
 Is sometimes severe, though commonly moderate, of short duration, 
 and rarely repeated. 
 
 Following this chill, there is moderate fever, and a little heat of 
 surface ; but this rarely rises to any considerable height, and only 
 continues to the second or third day, when, in fatal cases, it gives 
 place to coldness of surface, etc. In many cases there is sweating. 
 
 The pulse is peculiar, — noteasily described, — generally not rising 
 above one I indred in a minute, — a kind of bubble under the finger, 
 which breaKS and vanishes before it can be fairly felt. 
 
 The tongue is moist and white in the first and second days, but 
 red, smooth, shining, and dry, as the disease advances towards the 
 close, having a dry, black streak in the middle. 
 
 The most striking symptoms are nausea and vomiting. The vom- 
 iting, in fatal cases, is generally very persistent, and towards the ter- 
 mination, the yellowish or greenish matters thrown give place to thin 
 and black fluid, having a sediment looking like coffee-grounds. This 
 is called the black vomit. 
 
 The bowels are generally costive, with frequent epigastric tender- 
 ness and distress. There is generally severe headache, and a pecu- 
 liar expression of countenance, in which the lips smile, but the rest 
 of the face is fixed and sad, sometimes wild. The patient continues 
 wakeful, night and day. There are discharges of blood, often, from 
 the nose, the gums, the ears, the stomach, the bowels, and the urinary 
 passages. 
 
 Treatment. — First, move the bowels with some mild physic (40) 
 (18) (19) (41) (37). 
 
 During the chill, put the feet in a mustard bath (242), give warm 
 cordial drinks, and apply hot bottles etc., externally. 
 
 Cups may be applied to the back of the neck, or over the stomach, 
 according to circumstances. 
 
 During the second stage, or stage of calm, nothing is to be done 
 but give some light stimulants, and to promote sweating by warm 
 lirinks, and tincture of veratrum viride ; and also quinine (62). 
 
 The third and severest stage is to be met by stimulants, as brandy, 
 freely given, with a continuance of the quinine. 
 
 During the fever stage, and for the vomiting, give creosote, twenty 
 drops to six ounces of spirits of Mindererus, and alcohol enough to 
 dissolve the creosote. The dose is half an ounce every two hours. 
 Said to be excellent for putting a stop to the retching and vomiting. 
 
 Cleanliness, temperance, and cheerfulness, are essential in warding 
 off the disease when one is exposed to its cause. 
 
416 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 Rheumatism. 
 
 This is an inflammation of a peculiar character, being caused by- 
 acid or poisonous matter in the blood, and having for its seat the 
 fibrous tissue, or that thready texture which enters largely into the 
 composition of the cords and muscles of the human body. The 
 synovial, or lining membrane of joints, is also peculiarly subject 
 to rheumatic inflammation. Hence the terms, fibrous rheumatism, 
 and synovial rheumatism. There are also acute and chronic rheu- 
 matism. 
 
 Acute Rheumatism 
 
 Is a very painful affection. It is most frequently brought on by 
 exposure to wet and cold after violent and fatiguing exercise of the 
 muscles. 
 
 Symptoms. — Its principal characteristics are, high fever, with a 
 full, bounding pulse ; furred tongue ; profuse sweat, which has a sour 
 smell, and seems to increase the weakness without relieving the 
 pain ; scanty and high-colored urine, with brick-dust settlings ; and 
 swelling of the joints, with slight redness, great tenderness, and severe 
 pain, which is particularly agonizing when the patient attempts to 
 move. 
 
 This affection often changes suddenly from one part of the body to 
 another, or from one set of joints to another. This sudden shifting, 
 termed metastasis, is peculiarly dangerous ; for sometimes the inflam- 
 mation, seeming to regard the constantly moving heart as a large 
 central point, suddenly seizes upon its lining membrane, and occasion- 
 ally proves speedily fatal. 
 
 Treatment. — It is well first to open the bowels freely with the 
 compound powder of leptandrin, or the compound powder jalap. 
 Then give tincture of black cohosh and tincture of veratrum viride 
 (124), and push the preparation to the extent of producing sweating. 
 This, if no evil effects seem to result from it, that is, no prostration or 
 bad feelings in the head, may be kept up till the violence of the dis- 
 ease abates. 
 
 Sometimes opium, nitrate of potash, etc. (127), administered one 
 or more times, will have a good effect. 
 
 The tincture of black cohosh root, two parts, and the tincture of 
 colchicum root, one part, and given in doses of forty drops, is a valu- 
 able remedy. 
 
 For articular rheumatism, iodide of potassium, one dram, and 
 morphia, one grain, dissolved in one ounce of water, and given three 
 or four times a day, in two teaspoonful doses, are said to have the 
 power of shortening the disease. 
 
 It is a valuable treatment, after clearing the bowels with salts and 
 senna, to give equal parts of wine of colchicum and spirits of tur- 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 417 
 
 pentine in doses of ten drops every two or three hours ; and after a 
 day or two, to give, in connection with the above, at intervals of five 
 hours, tincture of chloride of iron, ten drops, with ten to twenty drops 
 of laudanum. 
 
 Fomentations of hops and cicuta, or stramonium leaves, placed 
 upon the inflamed and swollen joints, will have a good effect in 
 relieving the pain. The recent leaves of stramonium, pounded, mixed 
 with a little water, and laid upon the joints, is said to act very 
 favorably. (See p. 880.) 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism. 
 
 The chronic form of rheumatism may follow the acute as its conse. 
 quence, but is more often an independent disease. It is seldom at- 
 tended by fever, and in this differs from the acute rheumatism. It 
 often lasts a long time, and causes much suffering. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are various, but are generally understood, even 
 by the common people, to consist of pain, lameness, stiffness, etc., in 
 the joints and other parts. The joints are often swollen, but not as 
 much as in the acute disease. It is peculiar to this form of the com- 
 plaint, that when the patient remains at rest for a time, he will have 
 pain and stiffness in the affected part on beginning to move, but as 
 he grows warm, both will disappear. 
 
 Treatment. — This complaint is often palliated, and sometimes 
 cured, by passing a current of electro-magnetism through the affected 
 part. 
 
 The tincture or the fluid extract of black cohosh, taken in full 
 doses, is one of the best remedies. It may be taken alone, or mixed 
 with the tincture of poke-berries, and a tincture of prickly-ash bark, 
 if convenient. 
 
 Opium and nitre (127) form a valuable remedy. Colchicum is 
 much used, and has a deservedly high reputation (292) (301). 
 
 Liniments often have a good effect (190) (195) (196) (198). It is 
 well to wear a piece of oiled silk over the affected part. It keeps up 
 a gentle perspiration from the rheumatic surface, and materially 
 hastens a cure. 
 
 To bathe the affected joint at bed-time with hot sweet oil, and then 
 envelop it in cotton batting, to be Kept on through the night, will 
 often give much relief. 
 
 The bowels must be kept regular, and all exposure to wet feet or 
 clothes, and to currents of cool air when sweating, must be carefully 
 shunned. 
 
 Gout. 
 
 Gout is rheumatism's cousin ; the parentage of both belong to the 
 brotherhood of the acids. 
 
 A very acid state of the blood, or a state favorable to the forma- 
 tion of acid, is supposed to be the cause of the inflammation peculiar 
 
 53 
 
to both these disorders. In rheumatism, an acid which exists in sour 
 milk, and in cider, called lactic acid, is thought to be the disturbing 
 element. In gout, lithic or uric acid is known to be uncommonly 
 abundant, and to form a principal ingredient of those concretions, 
 found in gouty joints, and familiarly called chalk-stones. 
 
 The larger joints are most often affected by rheumatism ; while 
 gout prefers the smaller ones. In rheumatism, the pain is excruciat- 
 ing ; in gout, it is intolerable. There is truth in the humorous 
 Frenchman's description of the pains of these two complaints, which 
 is, in substance, as follows : Place your joint in a vice ; turn the 
 screw till you can bear it no longer ; that gives you an idea of rheu- 
 matism ; now give the instrument one more turn, and you have 
 gout 
 
 Symptoms. — A fit of the gout, as it is called, generally makes its 
 attack in the night. Its unsuspecting victim is first awakened, per- 
 haps an hour or two after midnight, by an intensely burning, wrench- 
 ing pain in the ball of the great toe, or some other small joint. This 
 pain, with its accompanying symptoms of fever, continues with little 
 abatement for twenty -four hours. There is then a distinct remission, 
 when the sufferer may get some sleep. He has a similar experience 
 during several succeeding days and nights, when the disease, which 
 has been growing milder, leaves him. 
 
 After a considerable interval, there is likely to be another similar 
 visitation. The length of this interval is inversely as the number of 
 attacks, — that is, it diminishes in length as the attacks increase in 
 number; in yet plainer and more homely terms, the attacks come 
 "thicker and faster;" the space between them gradually shrinking 
 from three or four years to one or two months. 
 
 Recovery from the first attack may be complete, — the skin peeling 
 off from the red and swollen joint, and leaving it strong and supple 
 as ever. But, after several repetitions of the inflammation, the joint 
 becomes stiff, its motions being obstructed by the deposit of lithic 
 acid concretions, or chalk-stones. The limbs are Fm 143 
 
 sometimes actually frosted over with crystals of 
 urate of soda (Fig. 143). This form of urate of 
 soda crystals differs very materially from Fig. 122. 
 When these crystals appear upon the surface, and 
 deposits are made in the joints, uric acid is not 
 secreted as usual by the kidneys, but accumulates 
 in the blood. 
 
 But gout is a disease by no means entirely local 
 in its character. It vitiates the blood, affects the system generally, 
 and is often betrayed by general symptoms long before the local mis- 
 chief is indicated by one of the attacks. Irritability of temper, un- 
 pleasant sensations in the stomach and head, and various uncomfort- 
 able feelings of body and mind, have been considered as premonitory 
 of this disorder. Many other organs also, beside joints, are subject to 
 the gouty inflammation. The stomach, heart, lungs, head, and even 
 the eyes, are known to have been thus affected. 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 419 
 
 Causes. — Luxury and indolence, — particularly the former, — are 
 regarded as the principal causes of gout. 
 
 Treatment. — Colchicum is the remedy for gout. It removes the 
 disease by exciting the kidneys to action, so that the poison is con- 
 veyed away in the urine. Perhaps it acts in some other unexplained 
 way, as an antidote to the disease. One teaspoonful of the wine of 
 colchicum may be taken two or three times a day, until relief is ex- 
 perienced. It should then be continued, in ten-drop doses, for a few 
 days longer, to prevent a relapse. The colchicum may be taken in 
 the form of prescription (301). 
 
 Coffee, drank freely every day, is said to be a sovereign remedy 
 for gout. It is also declared to be excellent for gravel, — a fact 
 which 1 forgot to mention when treating of the affections of the 
 kidneys, etc. 
 
 The bowels must be kept in order, but not actually purged (34) 
 (40). The diet must be simple and unstimulating. 
 
 Let the inflamed joint be bathed often in a saturated solution of 
 bicarbonate of soda in soft, warm water. Cold applications should 
 not be made, as there is danger of provoking a sudden change of the 
 inflammation to some internal organ. 
 
 Scrofula.— King's Evil. 
 
 This disease was once thought to be peculiar to swine, and hence 
 derived its name from scrofu, a sow. It shows itself in various forms, 
 
 — as hip disease, white swelling, rickets, salt-rheum, etc. Persons 
 affected by it are subject to swelling of the glands, particularly those 
 of the neck. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the beginning of the disease, small, hard, movable 
 kernels appear about the neck, just under the skin. These are lym- 
 phatic glands, and the swelling generally takes place long before there 
 is any soreness, or perceptible redness. They may be felt under the 
 skin ; and, in the course of six months or a year, may grow to the 
 size of a filbert, or even a hen's egg. Sometimes they are much 
 larger even than this, and very hard. They may appear in many 
 other parts beside the neck. 
 
 After a time, though very slowly, they come to a head, and break, 
 
 — discharging a watery fluid, or a mixture like whey and curd. They 
 are seldom very sore. When they heal, they are apt to leave a puck- 
 ered condition of the skin, and ugly scars. 
 
 The scrofulous humor may sometimes affect the eyes, when the 
 lids will become red and thick, and discharge mucus and water; — 
 the under lid sometimes turning out, and presenting a shocking 
 spectacle. 
 
 The scrofulous condition is generally supposed to be indicated by 
 a white, delicate skin, thick lips, light hair, and a delicate constitu- 
 tion ; but these signs are not worthy of much confidence. 
 
 The disease often attacks the cellular tissue, causing numerous 
 
420 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 suppurations and abscesses. It also affects the bones, producing 
 caries, necrosis, and other affections. It shows itself in certain in- 
 flammations of the eyes, in the formation of running sores in the 
 ears, and in various other ways. 
 
 Causes. — It is contended by some, that scrofula is in all cases 
 inherited ; that we receive it from our progenitors, as we do their 
 other constitutional peculiarities ; that the disease is everywhere, and 
 in all time, one and the same, which shows it to come from within, 
 and not from without ; that were it dependent on external causes for 
 its existence, it would be greatly modified by temperature, climate, 
 and the peculiarities of the races affected by it. 
 
 They assert that though the causes which are usually assigned 
 for scrofula, such as living in cold, damp, and impure air, and the 
 lack of sufficient food, connected with filthy habits, often have a 
 powerful effect in developing scrofula already existing in the con- 
 stitution, and of aggravating it when already developed ; it never 
 produces it. 
 
 How far these statements are to be received, I will not undertake 
 to judge. It is certain that the disease is often inherited ; and if we 
 admit that the other causes named have some share in its production, 
 it is possible we may not go entirely astray. Yet my own strong 
 suspicion that scrofula arises from the animal poison of syphilis, fil- 
 tered through the blood of many generations, inclines me to the adop- 
 tion of the above views. 
 
 s 
 
 Treatment. — In olden times of superstition, this disease was be- 
 lieved to be cured by the patient coming into the presence of the 
 king, and being touched by his royal hand. The ceremony was 
 called the "sacred touch." It was from this that the disease took 
 its name of "king's evil." This superstition reached its height in 
 the reign of Charles II. After the Restoration, the numbers who 
 flocked to Whitehall and Windsor to receive the " touch," are said to 
 have been immense, — no less than ninety-two thousand in twelve 
 years ; and the writers of that day declare that none failed to receive 
 benefit. 
 
 In modern times, believing that the ceremony of the touch was 
 best adapted to the period when kings were thought to have sacred 
 persons, we rely for the cure of this disease, upon rational medicine 
 and hygiene. 
 
 The medical treatment of it is constitutional and local. 
 
 Iodine is the great remedy for scrofula. Dissolve one scruple of 
 iodine and two scruples of iodide of potassium in seven teaspoonfuls 
 of water. Of this, give ten drops three times a day, in a little 
 water, gradually increasing the dose to once and a half or twice 
 that amount. The iodide of potassium, as in prescription (101), is a 
 good remedy. 
 
 Where there is considerable debility, the iodide of iron, in doses 
 of twenty-five or thirty drops, in water, three times a day, is a good 
 preparation. 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 421 
 
 The compound syrup of yellow dock root, and the compound 
 syrup of stillingia, taken sometimes alone, and at other times, with 
 two to five grains of iodide of potassium in each dose, are both ex- 
 cellent medicines for scrofula. 
 
 The bowels must be kept open by laxative food, or in the failure 
 of this, by some gentle physic (12). 
 
 Medicinal springs, particularly those containing iodine, are ex- 
 sellent. 
 
 Before the tumors become very sore, let them be bathed several 
 times a day with a solution of muriate of lime, or ammonia, or soda, 
 two drams to the ounce of water. When they are inflamed, apply 
 poultices of ground slippery elm and powdered bayberry, equal parts. 
 Powdered poke-root, or blue-flag may be substituted for the bayberry. 
 If these things are not at hand, use white bread and milk, or flax-seed 
 poultices. 
 
 When the tumors have opened, and ulcers have formed, the ulcers 
 must be washed out with soap suds, and dressed with salve made of 
 beeswax and sweet oil ; or, when the ulcers are indolent, with the 
 red iodide of mercury ointment. Let the dressing be changed two 
 or three times a day. 
 
 Great attention should be paid to the improvement of the general 
 health. The diet must be ample and nourishing, — consisting of fresh 
 meat, poultry, brotns, soups, milk, and wholesome vegetables in such 
 variety as the season allow?. 
 
 The skin must be washed daily with cool water and spirit, or water 
 and saleratus ; and cubbed to redness with a coarse towel, or flesh 
 brush. Either flannel or silk should be worn next the skin, summer 
 and winter. 
 
 Exercise must be regular, and cheerfully performed, in the npen air. 
 If the residence be in a damp and unhealthy air, it should be changed 
 at once, if possible. In any case, a change of residence, from time to 
 time, when travelling is not possible, is much to be desired. 
 
 Scurvy. — Scorbutus. 
 
 Owing to a better knowledge of this disease, and of it? proper 
 treatment, it is much less common than in former years. It shi«fly 
 affects seamen who make long voyages ; but is not entirely unknown 
 on land. 
 
 Symptoms. — Languor, loss of strength, and great depression of 
 mind, are among the first signs of scurvy. To one about being at- 
 tacked, work and play are alike burdensome. There is no heart even 
 to move. The face, and the whole skin, look pale and bloated, and 
 the breath has a fetid smell. The gums are swelled, soft, red, and 
 spongy; and they bleed upon the slightest touch, — sometimes the 
 blood oozes from them spontaneously. The teeth get loose, and 
 often fall out. The skin becomes covered with bluish or purple 
 spots, — looking precisely like bruises. These spots spread and run 
 into each other, forming large patches of discoloration. 
 
422 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 These spots appear to be formed by the bursting of the small capil- 
 laries of the veins and arteries, which have grown too weak and rot- 
 ten to hold their contents, and the infiltration of dissolved blood into 
 the cellular substance under the skin. 
 
 Ulcerous sores break out in various parts of the body, which smell 
 badly, and discharge a thin matter. These ulcers are covered with a . 
 crust. Various parts of the body, the bones included, are twinged' 
 with pains. The pulse is weak and soft. All the secretions, includV 
 ing the urine, have an offensive smell, — as though the whole body! 
 were approaching putridity. In truth, the whole man seems to be! 
 disintegrating, decaying; the flesh becomes soft, and dwindles; and} 
 the bones break easily, — being afflicted with a decay approaching to 
 rottenness. 
 
 In bad cases, blood is discharged from the bladder, bowels, womb, 
 nose, and mouth ; and the smallest exertion is followed by fainting, 
 and in many cases, by sudden death. 
 
 Causes. — The disease is owing to the use of food and drink begin- 
 ning to be decomposed, and to living long at sea without vegetables 
 containing certain acids. Its attacks are likewise encouraged by 
 whatever weakens and depresses the nervous system, — as long expos- 
 ure to a moist, damp air, particularly when this is connected with 
 confinement on board a ship, unclean linens, occasional loss of the 
 usual rest, and great fatigue, as in storms. The force of these causes 
 is increased by the loneliness, the sadness, and the despondency of 
 the sailor's life. 
 
 Treatment. — Sailors are very much protected from the disease 
 now, by frequent returns to land, during long voyages, to procure 
 fresh meats, vegetables, and water. This practice is very generally 
 adopted, particularly by our whale ships, which make long voyages ; 
 and the result is, very little scurvy, and general health among the 
 men. 
 
 One of the best medicines for the disease is quinine ; it may be 
 given in from one to two-grain doses twice or three times a day. 
 Gentian and quassia are also suitable remedies ; so is the muriatic 
 tincture of iron (73). 
 
 But the best of all remedies are fresh and succulent vegetables, and 
 also fruits. Spinage, lettuce, dandelion, sorrel, cresses, and the like, 
 are among the very best things when they can be had. Lemon juice 
 produces the happiest effects. Potatoes are among the very best 
 remedies, — particularly if scraped and ate raw. They are also valu- 4 
 able when cooked. Spruce beer is a good antidote ; and may be 
 made at sea from the essence. Many kinds of beer may be brewed 
 at sea, which are valuable. 
 
 When the bowels are costive, cream of tartar, dissolved in water, 
 and drank freely, w T ill be found the best remedy. If there be loose- 
 ness of the bowels, morphine, laudanum, a tea made of logwood, or 
 geranium, or the tincture of catechu, will be suitable. 
 
 For the spongy gums, a solution of alum applied to them will be 
 
DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 423 
 
 proper, or a mixture of equal parts of tincture of myrrh, catechu, and 
 Peruvian bark ; and ulcers may be washed with the same. 
 
 Vinegar, which is an excellent prevention in this disease, may be 
 made at sea from molasses and water exposed to the sun. Two 
 ounces of nitre dissolved in a quart of vinegar, and given in table- 
 spoonful doses, three times a day, is said to be an excellent remedy. 
 
 Every ship, on going to sea, should be supplied with dried fruit, as 
 raisins, currants, whortleberries, prunes, etc. ; and should have peas, 
 beans, rice, flour, sugar, and molasses. Beside these, ships should have 
 essence of spruce and lemon, and dried balm, sage, pennyroyal, and 
 other herbs. 
 
 Seamen, when down with this disease, should be moved with care, 
 as the spark of life may be easily extinguished. 
 
 Purple Disease. — Purpura Hemorrhagica. 
 
 This has been sometimes ranked as an affection of the skin ; but it 
 is not such ; it is rather a disease of the general system. 
 
 Symptoms. — This complaint is known by the appearance upon the 
 skin of two kinds of spots ; the one kind are small, round, bright-red 
 points, even with the surface, and changing in a day or two to a pur- 
 ple or livid color, which are yellowish brown when about to disap- 
 pear. This variety of the purples is quite simple, attacking, generally, 
 young persons, and in warm weather. It is sometimes tedious in its 
 course, but never dangerous. It requires little treatment ; — pure air, 
 wholesome diet, with quinia and the mineral acids, make up the chief 
 part of it. It may be known by the spots not disappearing when 
 pressed upon by the finger. 
 
 The other and more dangerous variety of the disease is attended, 
 generally, by faintness, wandering pains, great debility, and the ap- 
 pearance upon the legs, arms, and body, of dark-red spots, and irreg- 
 ular, livid patches, looking just like the marks of recent bruises. 
 These marks are caused by the effusion of blood in patches under the 
 skin ; and in this respect, they are just like bruises, only they are pro- 
 duced by different causes. 
 
 In the rapid progress of the disease, dark venous blood frequently 
 oozes from the tongue, mucous membrane of the mouth, nose, breath- 
 ing tubes, ears, vagina, womb, stomach, etc The other symptoms 
 vary in different cases very much, but generally indicate great dis- 
 turbance of the system. 
 
 It often runs a very rapid course, but sometimes remains for 
 months. 
 
 Treatment. — The bowels are to be kept regular by gentle physic 
 (26) (21) (12) (15). 
 
 Iron is a valuable remedy (73). 
 
 Astringents generally have a good effect (156) (159) (279) (305). 
 The best astringent in this complaint, is gallic acid, taken in five- 
 grain doses, every three oi four hours. 
 
424 DISEASES OF THE GENERAL SYSTEM. 
 
 The sponge bath, twice a day, with tepid or cool water, and fol- 
 lowed with gentle rubbing with a coarse towel, will do much to 
 Restore and equalize the circulation in the skin. 
 
 During the active stage of the disease, the diet should be very 
 light, — simple toast-water, rice and arrow-root gruel, and either alum 
 or wine whey. 
 
 While getting well, the patient may have a more nourishing diet, 
 consisting of tender fresh meat, broths, etc. ; and must take gentle 
 exercise in the open air. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Inflammation, 
 
 Every part of the body, which has vessels and nerves, is liable to 
 inflammation. Where there are no nerves, it cannot exist. Many 
 diseases are caused by it. Mechanical injuries, such as cuts, bruises, 
 and fractures, produce it. And many other disorders, not caused by 
 or causing it in the beginning, become entangled with it in their pro- 
 gress. It is very important, therefore, to understand the nature and 
 management of inflammation. It is not always to be looked upon 
 as a disease ; it is frequently a simple process of repair, whereby 
 nature restores injured parts to health. 
 
 The Signs of Inflammation are redness, pain, heat, and swelling-, 
 though in some cases, these do not all appear. 
 
 Acute Inflammation. — When the redness, the pain, the heat, and 
 the swelling, are clearly marked, and the inflammation is so rapid, 
 that it either subsides in a few days, or quickly brings on suppuration, 
 or ulceration, or mortification, it is said to be acute. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation. — When it is less painful, and slower in its 
 progress, beginning very gradually, and lingering a long time, it is 
 then chronic. 
 
 Common, or Simple, or Healthy Inflammation is that which is not 
 mixed up with any disease, but is established by nature foi some 
 salutary purpose. 
 
 Unhealthy Inflammation is that which has been caused by some 
 other disease, and is under its control. 
 
 Specific Inflammation is that which seems to vary from all ordinary 
 cases, being dependent on a particular state of the system, on an 
 animal poison, or a principle of contagion or infection, and a power 
 of propagation from one person to another. 
 
 Some of these produce such permanent effects, that those having 
 them are not liable to a second attack. 
 
 Inflammation is Primary, or, as the doctors say, idiopathic, when it 
 is the original disease. 
 
426 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Inflammation is Secondary or Sympathetic when it is the result of 
 some other disorder, which goes before, and produces it. 
 
 It has been explained elsewhere that the different parts of the body 
 are connected by little threads or nervous strings which run from one 
 to the other. If one part of the body become injured or disordered, 
 it uses these nervous threads, as telegraphic wires, to tell other parts 
 of its misfortune ; and it sometimes happens, that when the intelli- 
 gence conveyed is of a sad and alarming character, the part receiving 
 the news is so excited and distressed as to become inflamed. Nothing 
 can be more proper than to call this sympathetic inflammation. 
 
 When the inflammation is violent, and is seated upon some impor- 
 tant part, the sympathetic action is so great as to disturb the whole 
 constitution ; and this general disturbance is sympathetic or symptom- 
 atic inflammatory fever. 
 
 The Symptoms are quick and strong pulse, dryness and heat of 
 skin, parched mouth, great thirst, scanty and high-colored urine, cos- 
 tiveness, disordered nervous system, loss of appetite, anxiety, restless- 
 ness, sleeplessness, headache, wandering and confusion of mind, and 
 sometimes delirium. This fever John Hunter called a universal sym- 
 pathy of the body with the disturbed condition of a part of it. 
 
 It is only by inflammation that a wound is healed, or a broken 
 bone repaired. 
 
 Upon the surface of a wound nature pours out a fluid called 
 plastic lymph. This is composed of fibrine, — the material of which 
 flesh is made, — united with a little of the watery part of the blood, 
 chiefly albumen. The watery part disappears soon after it is poured 
 out, and the fibrine hardens into a kind of membrane. Through this, 
 nature sends small nerves, arteries, and veins, which she uses as 
 threads to sew up the wound. Fibrine being the chief material with 
 which nature constructs our bodies, she of course uses it to repair 
 them when wounded, — just as a carpenter, who constructs a floor 
 with planks, uses planks to mend it when it is broken through. 
 
 In the case of highly inflamed and swelled tonsils, nature some- 
 times becomes alarmed, and, for once making a mistake, she rushes 
 in with her material for repair, and fills up all the interspaces with 
 fibrine, — thus hardening the glands, and making their cure impossi- 
 ble without cutting them off. But in most cases, nature is right, and 
 cures the injury by inflammation. 
 
 Buffy Coat of the Blood. — The effects of inflammation extend to 
 the blood. This fluid, when drawn from the veins of a person suffer- 
 ing from an inflammation active enough to disturb the constitution, 
 "orms a clot in the basin more slowly than usual, but the clot is 
 aarder ; and a layer of fibrine is left upon the surface of a yellowish 
 buff color, looking like size or glue, and called the buffy coat. The 
 clot is also scooped out in the centre, and the blood is said to be 
 cupped. 
 
 Coin Discs. — It is another peculiarity, of inflamed blood, that if 
 a drop of it be examined under a powerful microscope, its globules, 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 4*27 
 
 or discs, which are very numerous, will be found standing on their 
 edges, and leaning against each other, like a row of copper or silver 
 coins. (Fig. 144.) 
 
 Inflammation may end in one of four different ways. 
 
 I. By Resolution. — Suppose a large splint of wood be stuck into 
 the hand of a healthy man. It causes redness, heat, swelling, and 
 pain ; and these, combined, are inflammation. The splint is pulled 
 out, and the hand well done up with a water dressing, and properly 
 cared for. The redness fades, the heat declines, the swelling sub- 
 sides, and the pain disappears ; the inflammation is ended, and the 
 hand is well. Coming to a fortunate end in this way, inflammatio 
 «s said to be resolved, or terminated by resolution. 
 
 Fig 144. Fig. 146. 
 
 II. By Suppuration. — It does not always end so happily. The 
 splint may be broken off below the skin, and not pulled out ; and 
 proper means may not be used to subdue the inflammation. Instead 
 of abating, it may increase ; and the centre of the injured part may 
 begin to rise up to a point, and grow white on the top. This shows 
 that there is matter formed underneath, which is lifting up the scarf- 
 skin, and seeking to come through, Fig. 145 is a microscopic view 
 of pus corpuscles. 
 
 The pain is now very throbbing and pulsating, — keeping time 
 with the beats of the heart. When the scarf-skin can hold out no 
 longer, it breaks, and yellow, cream-like fluid runs out, which we 
 call pus. The redness, pain, etc., now subside. This process we call 
 suppuration. 
 
 At this time, if the wound have been a severe one, attended by 
 sympathetic fever, and the discharge of pus be now large, there may 
 be a change in the fever, marked by frequent shiverings and chilli- 
 ness, followed by flushes of heat, which ends in sweating. We call 
 this hectic fever. 
 
 III. By Ulceration, or the formation of open, running sores. 
 
 IV. By Mortification. — If the wounded part have been so much 
 injured as gradually to destroy its vitality, it dies. The vivid red of 
 the inflammation changes to a purplish, or livid, or black hue. The 
 strained condition of the skin ceases* — a bloody fluid lifts up the 
 
428 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 cuticle, — the pain and feeling are all gone, — the part is dead and 
 putrid, and gives out a peculiarly offensive smell. This process is 
 called mortification. 
 
 The mortified and dead part is called a slough ; and it is separated 
 from the living parts by a peculiar vital process which has the name 
 of ulceration. 
 
 Treatment of Inflammation. — Though inflammation sometimes 
 ends kindly by resolution, and though it is often a salutary process, 
 yet it is frequently very destructive, — ending in suppuration, ulcera- 
 tion, and mortification, — thickening, hardening, softening, and en- 
 larging parts affected by it ; and doing these things in textures of 
 great delicacy, and of vital importance in the economy of life. It 
 calls, therefore, for judicious, and, often, for very active treatment. 
 
 There are two principal things to be done, — to remove the cause, 
 if it be still active, and to take the blood away from the inflamed 
 part. 
 
 If a bullet be lodged in the flesh, or a thorn, or a splint of wood, 
 or a piece of glass, it is the exciting cause of the inflammation which 
 follows, and little can be done to advantage, till the offending sub- 
 stance is extracted. If inflammation be excited in the bladder by 
 the irritating presence of urine, which cannot be passed, this must 
 be drawn off with the catheter, before relief can be had. If the 
 stomach be inflamed by improper food, or too much of it, the diet 
 must cease to follow appetite, and take reason for its master. If 
 ladies have excited inflammation in the bowels, or any of the internal 
 organs, by a dragging weight of skirts, they must either put off the 
 burden, or hang it upon the shoulders with straps. 
 
 The blood is removed from the inflamed part in two ways — 
 
 Cupping and Leeching*. — It is done directly by cupping and leech- 
 ing. These methods take the biood out of the small vessels, which 
 are so full and crowded as to produce pain. Cold water, ice, etc., 
 applied to the part, cause these little vessels to contract, and squeeze 
 the blood out of themselves. These are very useful applications ; 
 and they are to be pursued as long as there is any hope of break- 
 ing up the inflammation, or causing it to end by resolution. But 
 when this is no longer to be expected, and it is found that it will go 
 on to suppuration, then apply warm fomentations and poultices. 
 These will mollify and soften the parts, and cause the suppurating, 
 or, in common language, the rotting process, to go on more rapidly, 
 and with less pain. 
 
 Counter-Irritation. — The other method of removing the blood; 
 from the inflamed part is by what is called counter-irritation. 
 
 People are apt to think it very absurd that inflammation should be 
 induced in one place to relieve or cure it in another. But it is not 
 absurd. It relieves or cures on the principle of sympathy, which 1 
 have already explained. We put croton oil, or tartar emetic, or 
 Spanish flies, or cayenne pepper, or mustard, upon the surface of the 
 bowels when the internal parts are dangerously inflamed, and what 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 429 
 
 is the result ? Why, the terrible smarting and pain alarms nature, 
 and she rushes up to the surface with a large amount of the blood 
 around the inflamed parts, and there, for hours, perhaps for days, 
 struggles to beat down the new mischief at the surface ; and, in the 
 mean time, the internal parts, relieved by the removal to the surface 
 of so large a quantity of hot blood, make a long stride towards re- 
 covery. 
 
 A popular orator is speaking to a multitude in a hall which is 
 thronged to excess, and a few feeble persons faint, and are likely to 
 be suffocated and trodden upon in the dense mass. A person at the 
 door, seeing what has happened, cries "fireP The crowd rush out ; 
 the fainting persons get breath, and are saved. So, when the thou- 
 sand streams of blood rush through their channels upon an inflamed 
 and fainting internal organ, crowding and oppressing it, we set the 
 skin on fire with some inflammatory substance ; the blood rushes to 
 the new point of excitement, and the oppressed and fainting organ 
 recovers. 
 
 Cupping and leeching, which are often necessary, are n ': to be 
 resorted to in very debilitated constitutions. In some persons, leech- 
 ing produces erysipelas. 
 
 Costiveness is always produced by the symptomatic fever which 
 often results from inflammation. This should be removed by saline 
 purgatives, such as rochelle, epsom salts, glauber's salts, salts of tartar, 
 tartrate of potassa, and the tartrate of soda (9) (7) (12) (14) (18) (20) 
 (25) (27) (41). Sometimes more active purgatives are required, and 
 then the compound extract of colocynth, etc. (29), will be excellent, 
 or, five grains of blue pill, at night, followed by (299), may be used. 
 
 As a drink, cream of tartar (298) will be found cooling and re- 
 freshing. In all inflammations, the diet must be light and unstimu- 
 lating. 
 
 Suppuration and Abscess. 
 
 An abscess is the collection of pus or matter in the substance of 
 some part of, the body. When the matter is poured out from some 
 part, the process is said to be suppuration; when it collects in a 
 tissue, it is an abscess. W 7 hen the matter collecting in some organ, 
 comes towards the surface, and a place in the centre rises above the 
 surrounding skin, and turns white, the abscess is said to point. Some 
 abscesses point and break in a week ; others of a more chronic char- 
 acter, will linger on for months. 
 
 Fluctuation. — Before an abscess points, a fluctuation may generallj 
 be felt in the swelling, which is one of the surest signs that it con- 
 tains pus. Sometimes this fluctuation may be felt even when the 
 matter lies very deep in the flesh. And when it is so deep that it 
 cannot be felt, if a sudden cessation of the symptomatic fever should 
 occur, and shiverings or rigors should come on, attended by coldness 
 in the affected part, we may reasonably suspect that pus is formed. 
 It is not easy, at times, to say whether matter is really present ; and 
 
430 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 great care should be used not to plunge in a lancet where none 
 
 exists. 
 
 Treatment. — When the abscess is completely formed, and there is 
 no longer any doubt of the presence of matter, it should be opened 
 at once. To let out the confined pus alleviates the pain, and lessens 
 the inflammation. If the matter lie close to a bone, the opening 
 should be made without delay. The opening should be large enough 
 to let the matter out freely. It is a rule to keep the incision open 
 till the cavity of the abscess is so far filled up that another collection 
 of pus is not likely to occur. 
 
 If the matter do not readily get to the surface through the opening, 
 it may burrow itself in the fleshy in a long narrow channel called a 
 sinus. To relieve this, the opening must be extended in such a way 
 as to give vent to the new collection. 
 
 An abscess is sometimes indisposed to heal at the bottom, and pus 
 continues to be formed a long time, and is discharged through an 
 opening smaller than the sack which contains it. This is a, fistula ; 
 and the opening to it should be enlarged so as to let out the matter 
 more freely. A little soft lint may then be gently pressed into the 
 wound to prevent its healing before the cavity below. 
 
 An abscess from acute inflammation requires to be poulticed for a 
 time after it has been opened. When the swelling and inflammation 
 are gone, the poultices are to be laid aside, and a bandage put on. 
 When the inflammation is gone, let the diet be improved; and if the 
 discharge of matter be large, give wine and tonics. 
 
 Mortification. 
 
 The complete death of a part of the body, and its change into a 
 black, stinking, cold, and insensible mass, with which the other parts 
 of the system have discontinued all organic connection, is what we 
 call mortification. That form of it which is most common, is said to 
 be humid, on account of the moisture of the dead parts. 
 
 Gangrene. — Before the mortified part is completely dead, and, 
 consequently, while its recovery is supposed to be possible, the con- 
 dition of the part is called gangrene. 
 
 Sphacelus is the name given to it after its entire death. 
 
 Sloughing' is the process of separating the dead matter, and the 
 substance separated is a slough. 
 
 The causes of mortification are quite numerous. The most com- 
 mon are, stoppage of the circulation by inflammation, by mechanical 
 causes which obstruct the passage of the blood, by chemical agents 
 and poisons, and by local or general debility. 
 
 In a bad constitution, which bears disease poorly, mortification is 
 very dangerous. 
 
 Treatment. — In treating mortification, three things are to be aimed 
 at, — to stop its progress, to promote the separation of the dead from 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 431 
 
 the living parts, and to heal the ulcer which is left after the separa- 
 tion. 
 
 To stop the progress of mortification, we must remove its cause. 
 If it be inflammation, treat that according to the principles laid down, 
 though leeching, purgatives, etc., should be used sparingly, as mortifi- 
 cation reduces the constitution so rapidly that it does not bear reduc- 
 ing as well as usual, and sometimes not at all. As soon as the in- 
 flammation has subsided, particularly if the system be weakened, 
 tonic bitters and a nourishing diet must be had. When there is 
 fever, with great excitement of the nervous system, delirium, picking 
 of the bed-clothes, etc., the patient should have anodynes (121) and 
 antispasmodics (87) (91) (90), with blisters upon the back of the 
 neck, drafts upon the feet, and such other local remedies as the case 
 may require. 
 
 It is of little use to put anything upon the mortified part, except 
 with a view of lessening the stench. For this purpose, lay upon the 
 part lint soaked in a solution of chloride of lime or soda, or a solution 
 of pyroligneous acid, or of creosote. 
 
 Very little can be done to hasten the separation of the dead part 
 from the living ; but while it is taking place, a common flax-seed 
 poultice, mixed with a little powdered charcoal, may be kept on it. 
 
 The ulcer left after the separation is to be treated like other 
 ulcers. 
 
 Ulceration and Ulcers. 
 
 When the small particles composing the body have been used 
 awhile, they wear out, and become useless. Over the whole body 
 are distributed a multitude of small vessels, called absorbents, whose 
 business it is to pick up these worn and loosened particles, and carry 
 them away. 
 
 There is another class of small vessels, having just the opposite 
 duty, — namely, to bring new particles of matter, and put in the 
 places of those taken away. These are arteries. They are the natu- 
 ral artisans, who construct our bodies. The absorbents are the de- 
 molishers who pull them down. Under these two forces, our existence 
 is, for a time, a drawn game between life and death. The absorb- 
 ents, like myriads of hungry insects, eat us up, — the constructing 
 arteries, like faithful builders, reconstruct us. The work of the ab- 
 sorbents, is called absorption ; that of the constructing arteries nutri- 
 tion. 
 
 When nutrition partially ceases, and absorption continues una- 
 bated, we grow thin, or lose flesh. This happens in consumption. 
 If nutrition should stop altogether, absorption going on as usual, our 
 bodies would be quickly destroyed. We should be wholly devoured 
 by these little absorbent vessels. This would be ulceration applied to 
 the whole body. But it does not appear in so general a form. It 
 confines itself to particular parts. 
 
 When nutrition entirely ceases in any portion of the body, the 
 absorbents devour all the skin, flesh, and vessels of the part, — leaving 
 
432 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 an open cavity. The process of taking away the flesh, etc., is ulcera- 
 tion, — the cavity left is an ulcer or sore. 
 
 Natural Surgery. — Ulceration sometimes acts the part of a natural 
 surgeon. When a part dies from mortification, it is necessary to 
 have it removed ; so nature sets up, directly around it, an acute in- 
 flammation, in which all nutrition stops, and absorption goes on 
 rapidly. In this way, a complete dike is in a short time made around 
 the dead mass, and it is as handsomely amputated, or cut off, as any 
 surgeon could do it. 
 
 When the ulceration is going on, and the blood-vessels are being 
 cut off by it, the blood coagulates or curdles in them for a short dis- 
 tance back from the breach, which prevents bleeding. This is as 
 good as tying the arteries. 
 
 Some textures ulcerate more easily than others, — the akin and 
 mucous membranes most easily of all. 
 
 Ulcers are divided into health]/, unhealthy, and specific. 
 
 A Healthy ulcer is a simple sore, not showing any bad symptoms, 
 % ut rather a kindly disposition to heal. It is generally small in size, 
 of a florid-red color, and has upon its surface, little elevations, pointed 
 like cones, called granulations, which are not so apt as in the case of 
 unhealthy ulcers, to rise above the level of the surrounding skin. 
 
 Unhealthy Ulcers comprise those called irritable, indolent, and pha- 
 gedenic, etc. 
 
 Indolent Ulcers are numerous. The edges of the skin around 
 them are generally thick, prominent, and rounded. The granulations 
 are pale, smooth, large, and flabby, with a peculiar gloss upon them. 
 These ulcers form most often on the leg ; and the nearer they are to 
 the ankle, the harder they are to cure. 
 
 Phagedenic Ulcers are those which look as though they literally eat 
 away the parts. Their surface has a livid appearance. The matter 
 formed is small in quantity, and is frequently tinged with blood. 
 
 Specific Ulcers embrace scrofulous, cancerous, venereal, scorbutic, and 
 others. They are called specific because they are produced by par- 
 ticular diseases, and states of the system. 
 
 Treatment. — The first thing to be done is to remove the exciting 
 cause. A venereal, or a scrofulous, or a scorbutic ulcer, cannot be 
 cured, unless we first lessen the force of the disease in the general 
 system. If the continuance of a sore depends on bad digestion, we 
 cannot expect to cure it, till we put the stomach right. 
 
 Healthy ulcers want no treatment, except some simple dressing, 
 such as marshmallow or spermaceti ointment. It is well, in some 
 cases, to touch the granulations near the surface, with lunar caustic. 
 
 Ulcers upon the legs and ankles do not heal well if the patient 
 walks about much, or even allows the legs to hang down a great 
 deaL 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 433 
 
 Fig. 146. 
 
 Indolent ulcers are to be touched by lunar caustic stick, or by 
 diluted nitric acid. The diluted ointment of the nitrate of mercury 
 is also often used with benefit. So is the com- 
 pound tincture of benzoin ; the basilicon ointment, 
 etc. Or, apply a bread and milk poultice to the 
 ulcer, and keep the patient twenty-four hours in 
 bed. Then apply the lunar caustic stick to the 
 whole sore, and to the skin around it. Afterward* 
 cover the ulcer with sticking plaster, and a bandage. 
 The following is the best plan. Lay upon the 
 sore a number of pieces of lint, soaked in the ni- 
 tric acid lotion (314), and cover them with a bread 
 and milk poultice. Change these applications twice 
 a day, and continue them till the discharge looks 
 healthy, and the granulations begin to appear. 
 
 If there is inflammation about the sore, give some 
 of the preparations of salts to purge the bowels, and 
 confine the patient to bed. When the parts begin 
 to look healthy, lay some pieces of lint upon the 
 sore, wet with nitric acid lotion (214), or zinc lotion 
 (215) ; and then apply strips of adhesive plaster, 
 one and one-half inches wide, two-thirds round the 
 limb, and extending an inch below the ulcer, and an 
 inch above it, — at the same time, drawing the 
 edges of the sore together with a gentle force, and 
 retaining them there with the plaster. Put a compress of soft linen 
 over the plaster, and apply a bandage over the whole, making it tighter 
 below, and a little looser above, and extending to the knee. (Fig. 146). 
 
 Boils. — Ferunculus. 
 
 Underneath the skin is a layer of tissue composed chiefly of cells. 
 From this tissue there are small elevations, in the shape of cones, 
 which rise up into the substance of the true skin. Like those papillae 
 of the skin which become inflamed and produce corns, these eleva- 
 tions are subject to an inflammation, which causes boils. 
 
 At first, a tender knot or hardness is felt just under the skin, which 
 soon begins to look red. A painful tumor now begins to show itself, 
 of a dusky red or purple color, which acquires the size of a pea, a 
 hazel-nut, or a walnut. Sometime between the fourth and eighth 
 day, it becomes pointed and white at the top, when the scarf-skin 
 gives way, and lets out a little pus mixed with blood, and exposes to 
 view a mass of dead matter, called a core, which is too large for the 
 opening, and is not ready to come away, if it were not. This core is 
 a mass of mortified or dead flesh ; and nature is cutting a space 
 around it, that it may be thrown off. In two or three more days, it 
 comes away, leaving a cup-like cavity, which gradually fills up, and 
 the boil is over. 
 
 Some costitutions yield boils in successive crops. When this hap- 
 
 55 
 
434 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 pens they are a terrible affliction. There are not many Jobs who can 
 bear them with patience. 
 
 Treatment. — A boil will generally run its course. A five-grain 
 blue pill, taken at bed-time, when the boil is first showing itself, is 
 about the only thing I know that will blast it. And yet, my unwil- 
 lingness to encourage a general use of mercurials, makes me hesitate 
 to recommend it. One pill, not to be repeated, can do no harm, how- 
 ever, and may safely be taken. 
 
 Boils may sometimes be stopped by touching them with lunar 
 caustic. Water-dressing, if used early, and persevered in, will some- 
 times prevent their growing larger than a pea. After the boil has 
 opened, apply poultices for a day or two, then some simple, stimu- 
 lating ointment, as basilicon salve, or Turner's cerate, or nitric acid 
 lotion (314). If boils continue to come out in successive crops, give 
 alterative medicines, or sulphurous mineral waters, or liquor potassse, 
 or bicarbonate of soda. 
 
 Carbuncle. — Anthrax. 
 
 This is like a boil, only much larger, and more painful. Instead 
 of one of the little cellular elevations being inflamed, as in the case 
 of the boil, the carbuncle begins with the inflammation of several. 
 Its surface is more flat than that of a boil ; its inflammation more 
 violent; and the constitutional symptoms excited more severe. It 
 has the breadth, sometimes, of the top of a quart bowl. Like the 
 boil, it appears most often upon the neck, the shoulders, the back, the 
 buttocks, the thighs, etc. It goes through the same process as a boil, 
 and ends in the same way, only discharging a vastly larger core. 
 
 Carbuncles most often appear in persons above middle age, and 
 indicate an impaired and broken constitution. They occasion great 
 suffering, and sometimes prove fatal. Upon the head or neck, they 
 are more dangerous than in other situations. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply, constantly, during the formation of the carbun- 
 cle, either fomentations and poultices, or cold water dressing. I pre- 
 fer the latter. To stop both the local and the constitutional disorder, 
 make two incisions in the form of a cross, cutting entirely through 
 the dead mass. Then apply a fermenting poultice, or one of oat- 
 meal, for two or three days, — after which, use the basilicon salve, or 
 apply daily a weak solution of lunar caustic, or the nitric acid lotion 
 (314). During recovery, tonics are useful, such as quinine, tincture 
 of peruvian bark, and sulphuric acid ; and morphine to procure rest, 
 at every stage when it is required. 
 
 Malignant Pustule. 
 
 This is one of the five diseases which man may take from animals. 
 The other four are the cow-pox, hydrophobia, glanders, and pestilential 
 carbuncle. This last is what the French call charbon, — pronounced 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 435 
 
 sharbo. My own mother and an elder brother came near losing their 
 lives by it, — having taken it by handling the flesh and tallow of a 
 dead cow. 
 
 Malignant pustule begins with a water-pimple, not bigger than a 
 millet seed. Underneath it is a hard point, surrounded With redness, 
 like a flea-bite. This hardness is soon attacked by mortification, 
 which spreads on all sides, and kills everything as it goes. Next, in 
 fatal cases, come great restlessness, faintings, sunken countenance, 
 dry skin, dry brown tongue, despondency, delirium, and death. It is 
 supposed generally not to arise from constitutional causes, but to be 
 produced by a specific poison applied to the skin, or by eating the 
 flesh of cattle which die of gangrenous diseases. The disorder is 
 probably the same with the pestilential carbuncle. 
 
 Treatment. — Deep incisions, and the application of the most pow- 
 erful caustics, as the caustic potash, etc., and tincture of peruvian 
 bark, quinine, aromatic sulphuric acid, wine, ether, and opium. 
 Probably the best treatment is to surround the pustule with a thick 
 layer of ointment ; then to fasten some lint to the end of a stick, wet 
 it with nitric acid, and press it upon the pustule. Now apply cloths, 
 wet with cold water, and when the slough comes off, dress with 
 simple ointment, or touch occasionally with weak solution of nitrate 
 of silver (211). 
 
 Chemical Injuries. 
 
 These are of two kinds, produced by causes of an exactly opposite 
 nature. The first are 
 
 Burns and Scalds. 
 
 A burn is the effect of concentrated heat acting upon living tissues. 
 The effects are inflammation, and sometimes complete disorganization 
 and destruction of the parts. 
 
 A scald is an injury produced by applying hot water or other fluid, 
 to the skin or mucous membrane. The natural temperature of the 
 human body is ninety-eight degrees ; that of boiling water, two hun- 
 dred and twelve degrees. Bringing the skin in contact with a fluid 
 heated so far above it, produces redness and pain ; and when nothing 
 is done instantly to ward off the injury, the scarf-skin is raised from 
 the true skin in the form of a blister, filled with water. 
 
 The degree of danger from a burn or scald, depends upon the ex- 
 tent of the injured surface, and also upon the depth of the injury. An 
 extensive scald or burn may prove fatal in a few hours, — the patient 
 never rallying from the first prostration. These injuries are most 
 dangerous when upon the head, neck, chest, and belly. Old persons, 
 and those who are feeble, and have shattered constitutions, will sink 
 under burns and scalds, from which robust persons will suffer but 
 little. 
 
 Treatment — For slight burns and scalds, make cold applications. 
 
436 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Put the injured part in very cold water, or lay upon it pieces of linen, 
 or lint, wet with vinegar and water, or rose water and sugar of lead 
 (238), or diluted solution of acetate of ammonia. When these are 
 not to be quickly had, lay on scraped potatoes. The object is to 
 reduce the inflammation, and to prevent blistering. They must, 
 therefore be put on very soon. If the scald be extensive, and on the 
 body, — producing shivering, faintness, paleness, and coldness of the 
 skin, and a small pulse, — cold applications are not proper. In such 
 case we may use warm fomentations, or, in the case of a child, the 
 warm bath. A liniment of spirits of turpentine, linseed oil, etc 
 (194), makes an excellent application. 
 
 Raw cotton, spread out thin, and laid upon a burn, is a good dress- 
 ing, and one which is much used. So is flour sprinkled upon the 
 injured surface with a dredger. For loosening the flour when it is 
 to be taken off, poultices are useful. 
 
 Keep the air from the wound as much as possible. With this 
 view, do not remove the dressing often, and when a cold lotion is 
 used, merely pour it upon the rags, letting them remain undisturbed. 
 
 Effects of Cold.— Frost-Bite. 
 
 Cold is a relative term. The same temperature may be called hot 
 or cold, according as it is compared with a hotter or colder tempera- 
 ture. If we warm one hand by a fire, while we lay the other upon 
 ice, and then plunge them both into cold water, the water will feel 
 cold to the one which has been by the fire, and warm to the one taken 
 from the ice. 
 
 The warmth of the body being ninety-eight degrees, any tempera- 
 ture below this may be said, in a certain sense, to be cold. Yet a 
 temperature much lower than this, namely, from sixty to seventy, is 
 the most agreeable and invigorating, because it takes away the heat 
 just about as fast as it is produced in a healthy body. 
 
 The first effect of cold applied to the body is to weaken the circu- 
 lation in the small blood-vessels of the skin. When applied with 
 some intensity, the heart and arteries in general are weakened ; the 
 blood is delayed in the vessels near the surface, and not being 
 chmged to a red color in the lungs as fast as it should be, the fin- 
 gers, ears, etc., become blue or livid ; and, if the cold be continued 
 sufficiently long, the circulation stops in these parts ; heat ceases to 
 be evolved, and mortification or death is the consequence. Parts 
 killed in this way are said to be frost-bitten. 
 
 A free circulation of red blood is essential to the continuance of 
 sensibility. Hence, when the circulation is "seriously impeded by 
 cold, the body becomes numb, — it loses its feeling ; the muscles act 
 feebly ; a languor and torpor follows ; drowsiness comes on, followed 
 by sleep, from which there is no waking. Drowsiness, during expos- 
 ure to extreme cold, indicates great danger. 
 
 Treatment — It is a great principle in restoring frost-bitten parts, 
 and persons benumbed with cold, to communicate heat in the most 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 437 
 
 gradual manner. Mr. Hunter says the degree of external heat should 
 be in proportion to the quantity of life. When life is weakened and 
 nearly destroyed by frost, therefore, the warmth imparted must be 
 small, and rise no faster than life returns. 
 
 To restore a frozen limb or part, rub it with snow, or place it in 
 cold water for some time. When feeling begins to return, still keep it 
 in cold water, and let heat be added in a very gradual manner, by 
 poring in, now and then, a very small quantity of warm water. 
 
 If a person be reduced by cold to insensibility, and apparently 
 frozen to death, take his clothes off, and cover him all over with snow, 
 except the mouth and nostrils. If snow is not to be had, put him in 
 water as cold as ice, and let him lie for some minutes. Then rub 
 him with cloths wet with cold water. When the body is thus thawed 
 by degrees, and the muscles begin to relax, dry the body, and placing 
 it in a cold bed, rub with the warm hands, only under the clothes. 
 Continue this for hours. If signs of life appear, give a small injec- 
 tion of camphor and water, and put a drop of spirits of camphor on 
 the tongue. After a time, rub with spirit and water, and finally with 
 spirit, and give tea, or coffee, or brandy and water. 
 
 Mechanical Injuries. 
 
 Wounds are divided into several kinds. 
 
 Incised Wounds are very common. Being made with sharp instru- 
 ments, they are cuts, and have no laceration or tearing about them. 
 
 Stabs, or Punctured Wounds, form another class. They are made 
 with pointed weapons, as bayonets, lances, swords, and daggers. 
 They are more dangerous than the former, because they penetrate 
 to a greater depth, — injuring blood-vessels, nerves, bowels, and other 
 organs. 
 
 Contused and Lacerated Wounds form still another class. They 
 embrace gun-shot wounds, and all those produced by blunt instru- 
 ments. They tear, and bruise, and mash the flesh. 
 
 Poisoned Wounds form yet another class. They are such as are 
 united with the introduction of some venomous poison into the in- 
 cised, or punctured, or contused part. Stings and bites of venomous 
 insects and snakes are of this class, — also the wounds made by poi- 
 soned arrows. 
 
 Simple Wounds are such as are inflicted on a healthy subject with 
 a clean sharp instrument. 
 
 Complicated Wounds are those inflicted when the state of the 
 whole system, or of the wounded part, is such as to make it neces- 
 sary for the surgeon to deviate from the treatment needed for a 
 simple wound, — as, for example, when there is bleeding, or nervous 
 symptoms, or great pain, or locked-jaw, or much contusion, or ery- 
 sipelas. 
 

 438 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Sympathetic Fever. — All large wounds are followed by symptom- 
 atic fever, which comes on from sixteen to thirty-six hours after the 
 accident. This is generally of the inflammatory kind, and is indi- 
 cated by greater warmth of the skin, a more frequent and stronger 
 pulse, anxiety, thirst, and loss of digestive power. Where much 
 blood is lost, and the constitution is feeble, the pulse is more quick 
 than strong, and the fever of a lower and more typhoid type. In 
 this case, blood must not be drawn. 
 
 Lacerated wounds are more dangerous than incised ones, because 
 the parts are stretched and otherwise injured, besides being separated. 
 
 A very small wound upon the brain, the spinal marrow, the bowels, 
 or the heart, will often prove fatal, because the functions of these 
 parts are intimately connected with life. 
 
 Wounds of young persons heal much more rapidly and kindly than 
 those of old persons. 
 
 Fig. 147. 
 
 Incised Wounds. 
 
 When the flesh is divided with a cutting instrument, the cut edges 
 separate, and the wound has a gaping appearance. This drawing 
 apart happens in consequence of the elasticity of the skin. It often 
 happens that vessels of considerable size are cut, so that bleeding is 
 the principal thing to receive attention. 
 
 Treatment of Hemorrhage. — Bleeding is stopped by the tourniquet, 
 by the ligature, by compression, by the application of cold water and 
 ice, and by astringents and styptics. 
 
 The Tourniquet. — This instrument consists of a band and buckle, 
 a pad, and two brass frames, the upper of which is furnished with 
 two small rollers, and the lower 
 with four, over all of which the 
 band plays. When the handle is 
 turned to the right or left, the 
 band is tightened or relaxed to 
 just the extent required. (Fig. 
 147.) The band is buckled round 
 the limb in such a manner that 
 the pad is placed exactly over the 
 artery. When an artery is cut, it 
 is known by the blood being very 
 red, and spirting out in jets ; and 
 in this case, the instrument must 
 be placed upon the limb above 
 the wound, or between it and the 
 heart. 
 
 The Ligature. — When an artery 
 is divided, the surgeon lays hold 
 of the end of it with his forceps, and ties a thread tight around it 
 This is called a ligature. By it, the bleeding is instantly stopped; 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 43l< 
 
 and long before the thread becomes loose, the opposite sides of the 
 vessel have grown together, and all danger of a renewal of the 
 bleeding is over. 
 
 Application of Water and Ice. — This is done by saturating with 
 cold water several folds of linen rags, or lint pads, and applying them 
 to the wound, remoistening, and reapplying them as fast as they be- 
 come hot, till the pain and inflammation subside. 
 
 Compression. — "When the blood does not come from any large 
 vessel, but from several small ones, compression is sufficient. It con- 
 sists in placing the opposite sides of the wour 1 together, if possible, 
 and then laying compresses over, and applyi a bandage with mod- 
 erate tightness. 
 
 Astringents and Styptics. — These are spirits, tinctures of myrrh, 
 peruvian bark, diluted mineral acids, solutions of tannin, alum, sul- 
 phate of copper, decoctions of white oak bark, etc. These have the 
 power to stop bleeding from small vessels. Monsel's salt, a remedy 
 just coming into use, is said to have more power than all the above. 
 It is a preparation of iron and nitric acid, and has been used with 
 great success in stopping violent bleeding at the military hospital of 
 Bordeaux. It is not a caustic or an irritant ; but it acts very power- 
 fully upon albumen and blood, — producing with the latter a large 
 clot, absolutely insoluble, which continues to enlarge for several hours 
 after the application, and becomes quite hard and firm, so that no 
 blood can get through. 
 
 Beside these means, the application of the lunar caustic stick, 
 potash, and the hot iron, are used, particularly the first, quite often. 
 
 Union by the First Intention. 
 
 When the bleeding is stopped, all foreign substances removed, and 
 the wound properly cleansed, the next thing is to bring the opposite 
 sides of the cut evenly together, and to keep them steadily in this 
 position till they have healed. If this method succeeds, the healing 
 takes place without the formation of any pus. This is called healing 
 by the first intention, or adhesion. The cut surfaces grow together. 
 For keeping the surfaces together, straps of adhesive plaster are used, 
 putting them at right angles across the cut, and leaving spaces be- 
 tween them. Over the straps should be cold water dressings. 
 
 Sutures. — Incised wounds are sometimes, — though seldom now,—. 
 sewed together, by what is called the interrupted suture. After the 
 bleeding is stopped, a curved needle is threaded, and, the lips of the 
 wound being brought together, is introduced through the right lip, 
 and then, being directed across the wound, is pushed through the left 
 lip, from within outward. It is now cut off, and tied in a bow. 
 These stitches should be at least an inch from each other. The 
 adhesive plaster is generally better than the suture. 
 
 The first plasters and dressings should remain on the parts at least 
 
440 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 three or four clays, unless very great pain, bleeding, or some other bad 
 symptom, should call for their removal. 
 
 Useful Rules for Examining and Dressing Wounds. 
 
 Never give the patient more pain from the mode of handling and 
 dressing the wound than is necessary for his present good, or future 
 safety. Never distress him by probing, squeezing, etc., to find things 
 that will be of no use when learned. 
 
 Make all examinations as soon after the accident as possible ; for, 
 before inflammation and swelling take place, the probe or finger in- 
 flicts much less pain. 
 
 In changing the dressing of a wound, let all the fresh ones be ready 
 before the removing of the old. The sponge, warm water, adhesive 
 plaster, lint, ointment, lotions, bandages, etc., should all be at hand, 
 and not have to be looked after when the wound is exposed. 
 
 Put the patient in the most easy position, that he may not be need- 
 lessly fatigued during the dressing. 
 
 If the bandage, plaster, and other dressings, have become hard, and 
 glued together, and to the skin, by blood or matter, soften them with 
 warm water, which is to be pressed out of a sponge, — a basin being 
 held below the part to catch the water as it falls from the dressing. 
 
 The strips of adhesive plaster are to be removed by pulling gently 
 at one end, and then the other, — each to be drawn towards the 
 wound, so as not to pull its lips apart. 
 
 In large wounds, take off one, or at most, two strips of plaster at 
 a time. Cleanse, wipe dry, and again support this part of the wound 
 with new strips of plaster, before any more are taken off. This will 
 prevent the wound being torn open by the weight of its parts. 
 
 If the wound be large and deep, its sides should be supported by 
 an assistant while changing the dressings. 
 
 If there are several wounds, dress but one at a time, that there may 
 be no needless exposure to the air. 
 
 Pay the utmost attention to cleanliness. 
 
 The frequency of the dressing must depend pa the amount and 
 quality of the discharge, the situation of the injury, the climate and 
 season of the year, the effect produced by the dressing, and by the 
 feelings of the patient (See p. 878.) 
 
 The Way in which Wounds Unite. 
 
 When the two surfaces of a wound are brought together, they be- 
 come impervious to the blood, but not to coagulable lymph, or fibrine. 
 This, — -the material of which all flesh is mads, — flows out upon the 
 two surfaces, and becomes a bond of union between them. 
 
 Into this layer of fibrine, the small blood-vessels, — arteries and 
 veins, — which have been cut asunder, push themseives with open 
 mouths, and, meeting in the centre, they inosculate, or grow together, 
 and the blood resumes its circulation through them. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 441 
 
 By this method, incised wounds of moderate size are often healed 
 in forty-eight hours. This method of healing by the first intention 
 is always to be brought about, if possible. 
 
 Punctured Wounds. 
 
 These are produced by swords, daggers, etc. 
 
 Great swelling and inflammation, large abscesses, erysipelas, the 
 wounding of large arteries, and the consequent extravasation of blood, 
 symptomatic fever, and lock-jaw, are the frequent results of punc- 
 tured wounds. They are, therefore, more dangerous and hard to cure 
 than cuts. 
 
 Treatment. — For the first twenty-four hours, use superficial dress- 
 ings of lint, wet with a solution of sugar of lead dissolved in cold 
 water, or with' cold water simply, and a loose bandage. If, after this, 
 pain and swelling should increase, leeches may be applied to the 
 neighborhood of the wound, and fomentations, or poultices, be put in 
 place of the cold water, — placing a small linen rag, spread with sper- 
 maceti cerate, over the wound. When the pain and inflammation 
 are great, saline purgatives (7) (18) (25) (27), and opiates are often 
 called for. 
 
 Contused and Lacerated Wounds. 
 
 These are produced by cudgels, stones, bullets, or whatever else of 
 a blunt nature, tears asunder the muscular fibres, leaving jagged and 
 uneven surfaces. They are rarely healed without suppuration, and 
 are frequently followed by violent inflammation. They suppurate 
 and slough, but they do not bleed much, — not even, sometimes, when 
 large arteries are torn asunder. Whole limbs are occasionally torn 
 away without hemorrhage. In warm climates, lock-jaw is a frequent 
 consequence of them. 
 
 Treatment, — Draw the edges of the wound loosely together, and 
 retain them with a few strips of adhesive plaster. Sometimes a 
 suture, here and there, will be proper. If a great deal of inflamma- 
 tion ensues, take away the adhesive plaster and the stitches, and 
 apply a poultice, or water dressing ; and if there be much fever, rest- 
 lessness, or delirium, saline purgatives (18) (25), opium (118), and 
 very low diet, will be needed. 
 
 The wound having thrown off its sloughs, suppurated, become 
 clean, and formed granulations, the poultices are to be taken off, and 
 simple dressings substituted. These should be adapted to the condi- 
 tions of the sore, according to the directions for treating ulcers. 
 
 When the wound is so severe that extensive mortification will be 
 sure to follow, the limb must be immediately taken off, to save the 
 xife of the patient 
 

 442 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Granulation and Scarification. 
 
 Suppurating wounds heal in the same way with ulcers. The 
 <;hasm is filled up by the appearance of little soft elevations of new 
 substance, which originate at all points, and meet at the centre, draw- 
 ing the sides nearer together, and raising the bottom towards the 
 surface. This is called granulation, because these elevations look like 
 grains ; and the result is a new tissue, of a peculiar character, which 
 constitutes the cicatrix, or scar. 
 
 Reproduction of Lost Parts. 
 
 Among some of the lower animals, whole limbs which have been 
 destroyed, are easily reproduced. It is not so with man ; though cer- 
 tain parts, when only partially destroyed, are sometimes regenerated. 
 Thus, portions of skin, of considerable extent, are often reproduced ; 
 and so are the whole of some long bones, when destroyed by necrosis. 
 The same is true, to some extent, of ligaments. But portions of 
 brain, and spinal marrow, and muscle, and mucous membrane, when 
 once removed, are never regenerated. 
 
 Gunshot Wounds. 
 
 At a time when fire-arms are so much carried about the person, 
 and so often used for purposes of duelling, and murder, it is proper 
 that every person should know something of the modes of treating 
 gunshot wounds. 
 
 Treatment. — It is often proper to make a gunshot wound larger at 
 the orifice. When this is done, it is generally on the side where the 
 bullet has passed out, if it has gone entirely through. A bullet is 
 always to be removed, if it can be felt. 
 
 The dressings are at first to be superficial, light, and unirritating. 
 The common tepid water dressing, covered with a piece of oiled silk, 
 is one of the best Some use pledgets of simple ointment, poultices, 
 and fomentations. These latter are generally employed during sup- 
 puration ; but during the first two or three days, cold evaporating 
 washes, and cold water, are best, when the wounded part is inflamed 
 and hot, and the circulation is vigorous. 
 
 Poisoned Wounds. 
 
 To the bites of various creatures man is exposed in most climates, 
 and all seasons of the year. These may be divided into three classes. 
 
 Bites of Musquitoes and Spiders, and Stings of Bees and Wasps. — 
 
 For these, the best applications are a solution of common salt, or 
 water of ammonia, or sugar of lead (239), or laudanum, or tincture 
 of iodine. If none of these are at hand, at the moment, cover the 
 part with wet earth. Tincture of arnica (240) is a good application. 
 
r 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 441 
 
 Bites of Venomous Snakes. — Either instantly cut out a piece from 
 the bitten part, or apply a dry cup, to prevent the absorption of the 
 poison. Suction with the mouth will sometimes answer the same 
 purpose. After doing one of these things, touch the part with caustic 
 potash. Internally, give Fowler's solution, twenty drops, in a little 
 water, every two hours. Also purgative injections, — stopping the 
 arsenic when purging is well established. 
 
 For the bite of the rattles-snake, the only known remedy is alcoholic 
 drink, taken in large quantities, and immediately. Gin and whiskey 
 are believed to be the best. Fill the system full. When the poison 
 has begun to take effect, enormous quantities will be borne, before in- 
 toxication can be induced. Keep the whole person saturated until 
 the symptoms decline. 
 
 Fractures. 
 
 The existence of a fracture is to be known by the symptoms. 
 These are, pain, swelling, deformity from the limb bending to one 
 side, sometimes shortening of the limb, or loss of power to use it, and 
 a crepitus or grating sound or sensation from the rubbing of the ends 
 of the broken bone together. There are several kinds of fractures. 
 They are 
 
 The Transverse Fracture, which is directly across the bone. 
 
 The Oblique Fracture, which runs from side to side, in an oblique 
 -direction. 
 
 The Longitudinal Fracture, which runs lengthwise of the bone. 
 
 • A Simple Fracture is one in which the bone is broken simply, with- 
 out any wound of the flesh with it 
 
 A Compound Fracture consists of a simple fracture, and of an ex- 
 ternal wound in addition, caused by pushing the end of the broken 
 bone through the flesh. 
 
 A Complicated Fracture is one in which, beside the breaking of the 
 bone, there is the dislocation of a joint, the wounding of an artery, 
 t'.je extensive tearing of the soft parts, or the wounding of the bowel* 
 ur some other internal organ. 
 
 A Comminuted Fracture is one in which the bone is broken into 
 several pieces. 
 
 Treatment of Fractures. — When a bone is broken, the first thing 
 to be done is to get the injured person to his home, or to the nearest 
 house. To do this in a rough or careless way, might add much to 
 his sufferings. 
 
 If it be an arm which is broken, let it be placed in a broad sling, 
 extending from the elbow to the fingers. In this condition the pa- 
 tient, if in tolerable health, and the distance is not great, will find it 
 easier to walk home, than to bear the jolting of a carriage. 
 

 444 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Fig. 143. 
 
 If the leg or the thigh be broken, then a hurdle of some sort (Fig. 
 148), must be obtained as soon as possible, and, being covered with 
 straw, or blankets, or gar- 
 ments, the patient should 
 be gently lifted upon it by 
 just persons enough to raise 
 him easily from the ground. 
 This should now be carried 
 by four persons, two at each end, moving with great gentleness, and 
 keeping exact step with each other. If these persons take hold of 
 the ends of two poles, laid under the hurdle, they will find they can 
 carry it much more easily. If no hurdle be at hand, let four poles, two 
 long ones, and two short ones, be laid across each other at right angles^ 
 and fastened together with nails or strings. Then lay upon these an 
 old door, or some loose boards ; and the injured person may be easily 
 carried upon this temporary structure. A blanket fastened upon four 
 poles, in the manner of a cot-bed, will answer a good purpose. 
 
 Having placed the patient upon the hand carriage, bring the sound 
 limb and the broken one snug together, and tie them to each other 
 with two or three pocket handkerchiefs ; this will support the broken 
 limb, and prevent its being shaken about and injured by motion. In 
 doing this, the limb should be laid as near as possible in the natural 
 position, so that the bones may not get out of place, and their ends 
 get pushed through the flesh. 
 
 The Reduction, or Setting of the Fracture, is the first thing to be 
 done. By this is meant the bringing of the ends of the broken bone 
 together, and adjusting them to each other in their natural position. 
 This is done by what surgeons call extension, counter-extension, and 
 coaptation. 
 
 Extension means taking hold of the limb below the fracture and 
 pulling from the body. 
 
 Counter-Extension is pulling above the fracture towards the body. 
 These opposite pullings are done at the same time to overcome the 
 force of the muscles, which contract, and draw the ends of the bone 
 by each other and shorten the limb. 
 
 Sometimes no extension or counter-extension is necessary, the ends 
 of the broken bone not being pulled out of their place. When the 
 pulling is necessary, it should be gentle and steady. (See p. 877.) 
 
 Coaptation means adjusting the ends of the bone to each other. 
 
 The next thing is to provide for keeping the ends of the broken 
 bone steadily in contact, so that nature may have a fair chance to 
 unite them. 
 
 To secure this object, mechanical contrivances are used, which are 
 simple, and may always be had without difficulty. 
 
 They consist of linen bandages, about the breadth of four fingers, 
 and from four to ten yards long ; and pads, made of old woollen cloth 
 or blankets lightly quilted together, or pillow-cases filled with tow, or 
 chaff, or cut straw, or even leaves ; and of splints, made of clapboards, 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 445 
 
 or thick shingles, four fingers wide, and in length corresponding with 
 that of the broken limb ; or wheat straw laid side by side, and quilted 
 ■nto a piece of cloth to prevent them moving about. A very useful 
 splint may be made from the fresh bark of trees. 
 
 The pads are to be placed under the splints, to prevent injuries to 
 the skin ; and the bandages to be bound over the whole. (See p. 878. ) 
 
 For some hours after a limb is broken, the parts continue to swell ;< 
 and if bound up immediately with the pads, splints, etc., much need- 
 less pain will be occasioned. It is best, therefore, not to put these on 
 under two or three days, but merely to lay the limb in a natural 
 position, and perhaps lightly bind one sp lr .nt to it. Broken ribs and 
 collar bones are exceptions, and should be bound up immediately. 
 
 A broken arm lies easiest half bent, upon a pillow ; the thigh or 
 leg, upon the outside, with the knee bent. 
 
 When the apparatus is once adjusted, the less it is meddled with 
 the better. 
 
 In fractures of the shoulder or arm, a sling is a contrivance of great 
 importance. This, if well made and adjusted, keeps the broken bone 
 in its place, and at the same time, allows the patient to take some 
 exercise by walking about. 
 
 Fig. 149. 
 
 'Fig 
 
 Beside the above contrivances, there is the double inclined plane 
 149) for giving the leg the advantage of a bent position. There 
 
 Fig. 150. 
 
 are also fracture-boxes (Fig. 150), and fracture-era dies, — the latter to 
 keep the bed-clothes lifted away from the painful limb. Fracture- 
 
446 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 beds are now brought to great perfection, and one should, if possible, 
 be procured when the patient is likely to be confined a long time 
 with a compound fracture. The fracture-box, represented by Fig. 
 150, may be made from thin boards, by any carpenter. It has a 
 hinge at the knee to enable it to fulfil the double purpose of a double- 
 inclined plane and a fracture-box. 
 
 The Way in which Broken Bones Unite. 
 
 The union of broken bones is much slower than that of severed 
 flesh. The ends of the bone being kept steadily together, they soon 
 become surrounded by a swelling of the soft parts, which change to 
 a sort of osseous substance, making a kind of bony hoop, to act as a 
 splint or support, — nature not being willing to trust the surgeon to 
 keep the fragments axactly in their place. This is called a provis- 
 ional callus, because it only has a temporary use. 
 
 This First Stage lasts about ten days. At the end of this time, a 
 spongy substance appears between the ends of the bone. This sub- 
 stance is not bone, but in the swelling around the fracture specks of 
 bone begin to be deposited ; the fibrine here poured out becoming 
 first cartilage, and then receiving into itself phosphate of lime, it be- 
 comes bone. A similar work is going on within, in the part called 
 the medullary membrane. 
 
 This Second Stage lasts from the tenth to the twenty-fifth day. 
 
 Then Begins the Third Stage, which goes to the end of the sixth 
 or eighth week. During this period, the external swelling, and the 
 internal medullary membrane, become completely ossified and firm ; 
 though the ends of the bone are not yet grown together. 
 
 The Fourth Stage goes to the end of the fifth or sixth month. 
 During this time, the external swelling, or provisional callus, becomes 
 covered with a periosteum, and the ends of the bones themselves are 
 fastened together by a bony union. 
 
 The Fiftli Stage extends from the fifth or sixth to the twelfth 
 month. During this time, the ends of the bone become grown to- 
 gether so strongly that the bony ring, or provisional callus, is no 
 longer wanted, and it becomes absorbed, and disappears, — in other 
 words, having no further use for it, nature takes off her splint. The 
 place where the fracture was, is now as strong as any other part. 
 
 Union in Compound Fractures. 
 
 The union of compound fractures takes place in a different way 
 from that of the simple fracture, just described. In this case there is 
 suppuration, and the bones remain disunited several weeks, and there 
 is no provisional callus formed. But after some weeks, the ends of 
 the bone soften and granulate ; and when the production of pus de- 
 clines, these granulations are gradually changed into bone. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 447 
 
 Time Required for Uniting Different Bones. 
 
 Fractures of the arms unite sooner than those of the legs. 
 
 The ribs and collar bone unite with tolerable firmness in about a 
 month ; those of the arm in six weeks ; of the thigh and leg in eight 
 weeks. I only mean the firmness derived from the provisional callus. 
 
 A broken bone will unite much sooner in a healthy person than in 
 an unhealthy one ; much sooner in a young than in an old person. 
 
 As a general rule, the apparatus should be kept on thirty days in 
 the case of children ; forty days in that of adults ; and much longer 
 in that of aged persons. 
 
 False Joint. 
 
 The union of a broken bone is sometimes prevented by a frequent 
 moving of the limb. The ends of the bone having failed to grow to- 
 gether, will sometimes become rounded and smoothed, uniting only 
 by a kind of ligament, and acquire the habit of sliding upon each 
 other, and thus form what is called a false or artificial joint, — the 
 limb being permanently capable of bending, to some extent, at the 
 place of the fracture. 
 
 Fractures of the Skull. 
 
 These are always dangerous in their nature, and the aid to be 
 derived from surgery much less than in other fractures. If a fracture 
 of the skull produce deep sleep, and snoring, and the patient doe* 
 not show any symptoms of pain when pinched, etc., we are to infer 
 that a piece of bone is pressed down upon or into the br^-: 
 
 In this case, if the position of the blow be known, a cut is to be 
 made through the skin, two or three inches long, down to the bone. 
 If arteries bleed, they must be taken hold of with a pair of forceps, 
 and tied with a silk thread, the ends of which are to be cut off. The 
 bone being well exposed by one or two incisions, the piece which is 
 pressed down upon the brain is to be raised with a chisel, or some 
 similar instrument, to a level with the other bones. The surface 
 must then be cleaned with a sponge, the hair around shaved off, the 
 skin brought together, and the cut edges reunited by sticking plaster. 
 
 When the inflammation appears, twenty-four hours after, it is to be 
 kept down by doses of from five to ten drops of tincture of veratrum 
 riride, given every one or two hours. 
 
 Fractures of the Bones of the Nose. 
 
 Injuries of this kind may generally be rectified by passing a strong 
 probe up the nostril, and pressing out the bones to their natural place, 
 at the same time using the fingers on the outside to prevent their 
 being pressed out too far. Inflammation must be kept down by 
 cloths wet in cold water and laid on, and by light diet. 
 
448 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Fio. 151. 
 
 Fracture of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 This usually takes place near the chin. It may occur also near the 
 angles of the jaw. It may be simple or compound, and is known by 
 the pain, the swelling, the inability to move the jaw, the indentation 
 felt by the finger, the irregularity of the teeth, and the grating sensa- 
 tion felt while moving the jaw with the hand placed on the back 
 fragment. 
 
 Treatment. — Let one or both thumbs be introduced into the mouth. 
 With these, keep the back part of the jaw stationary, and pull for- 
 ward the fore part with the lingers on the 
 outside. In this way the fracture can 
 soon be put right. This done, shut the 
 mouth firmly, and place a thick compress 
 of lint over the broken part ; over this put 
 a piece ot pasteboard, Wetted so as to 
 bend easily to the parts, arid over this a 
 strong bandage or muslin, twc and a half 
 inches wide, with a small bag: t°fit and 
 hold the chin ; all which is represented in 
 Fig. 151. 
 
 Far a fortnight the patient must feed on gruel, broth, arrow-root, 
 and milk, that the jaw may not be displaced by chewing. 
 
 Fracture of the Collar Bone, or Clavicle. 
 
 This accident generally occurs about the middle of the bone, and 
 is generally caused by falls on the arm and shoulder. 
 
 Fig. 152. 
 
 Fig. 153. 
 
 Symptoms. — Pain and tenderness at the place of the injury, and 
 inability to lift the arm ; a small bunch or prominence at the-point of 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 449 
 
 the fracture ; the distance from the point of the shoulder to the breast- 
 bone shorter than on the other side ; and the dropping downwards, 
 forwa^ls, and inwards of the shoulder. To make the case sure, com- 
 pare the two bones, and see whether they agree. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the knee between the shoulder-blades, and 
 grasping the round ends of the shoulders with the two hands, draw 
 them gently back till the ends of the bone come to their proper place; 
 or, place the elbow of the patient close to the body, and a little for- 
 ward, and then push it upward. 
 
 To retain the shoulders in this upward and backward position for 
 some weeks, pass a flannel bandage, four inches wide, around the 
 front of one shoulder, under the arm-pit, across the back, over the 
 opposite shoulder, under the other arm-pit, and again across the back, 
 in the form of the figure go. To prevent the bandage from cutting 
 the skin, put pads under the arms. (Figs. 152 and 153.) 
 
 Fracture of the Shoulder-Blade. 
 
 When this accident happens, the body of the bone is generally 
 broken across by some great direct violence. In a few instances, the 
 end next to the collar-bone is broken. 
 
 Symptoms. — Great pain in moving the shoulder, and the grating 
 sensation which may be felt by placing one hand on the upper end 
 •I the bone, and moving the lower portion with the other. 
 
 Treatment. — A bandage must be passed round the chest, and a 
 few turns be made around the upper arm, so as to fasten it to the 
 side, and prevent all motion. Purging, low diet, and the tincture of 
 veratrum viride will be requited to keep down inflammation. 
 
 Fracture of the Acromion, or the end of the scapula which unites 
 with the collar-bone, may be known by the flattening of the shoulder, 
 — the broken part being drawn down by the action of the deltoid 
 muscle. 
 
 Treatment. — It must be supported by the same bandages as are 
 used for a fracture of the collar-bone ; and the elbow must be well 
 raised, so that the head of the upper-arm bone may be lifted against 
 the upper portion of the scapula, and act as a prop to keep it in place. 
 No pad should be put in the arm-pit, for this would push the broken* 
 part too much outward. 
 
 Fracture of the Upper-Arm Bone. 
 
 The bone of the upper-arm is most frequently broken near the 
 centre, though it may be fractured near the ends. It may be known 
 by taking hold of the arm above and below the suspected fracture, 
 and attempting to move the ends of the upper and lower fragments 
 upon each other. If there be a fracture, the grating of the broken 
 ends .against each other will either be heard or felt The arm will 
 
 57 
 

 450 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Fio. 154. 
 
 also be bent and helpless : and if the ends of the bone be slipped by 
 each other, it will be shortened. 
 
 Treatment. — Let a powerful man take hold of the arm and pull 
 gently and gradually, but with considerable force, till the arm is 
 brought to its natural length. — another man taking hold of the body 
 of the patient, and pulling in an opposite direction. In the mean 
 time, the surgeon is to adjust the ends of the bone to each other, 
 and apply a bandage, but not very tightly, from the elbow to the 
 shoulder, and over this, four splints, with pads under them ; one in 
 front, reaching from the shoulder to the bend of 
 the elbow, with a few turns of the bandage over 
 it ; another behind, reaching from the shoulder 
 to the point of the elbow, with a few turns of the 
 bandage around it, also ; another on the inside, 
 extending from the arm-pit to the inner projection 
 of the bone at the elbow, also secured by a few 
 turns of the bandage ; and the fourth one on the 
 outside, reaching from the shoulder to the outside 
 knob at the elbow. The whole is now to be se- 
 cured either by a bandage or tape. (Fig. 154.) 
 The arm is to be confined to the side, and the hand and fore-arm 
 placed in a sling. In from seven to ten days, the dressing should be 
 taken off to see if all is right. 
 
 Fracture of the Elbow. 
 
 This may be known by the parent being able to bend the arm, but 
 not straighten it, and by the grating which may be heard or felt when 
 the arm is moved back and forth by the operator, and also by the 
 severe pain felt in the fractured part. 
 
 Treatment. — First apply leeches and evaporating lotions to reduce 
 the inflammation. When this is effected, straighten the limb, and ap- 
 ply a bandage snugly from the fingers to the elbow. The broken 
 end of the bone must now be brought to its place, and the bandage 
 continued over it, and for a few inches above it. Secure it here, and 
 bring it back, — carrying it above and below the elbow for several 
 times ; and then extend it up to the shoulder. A splint must now be 
 applied to the inner side of the arm to prevent its being bent, — ex- 
 tending from the hand nearly to the shoulder, and another, of similar 
 shape, to the outside. The joint should be kept quiet for four or five 
 weeks, — during which time, the splints may be taken off three or 
 four times, to see if there is any chafing of the skin, or any disturb- 
 ance of the bones. 
 
 Fractures Between the Elbow and Wrist. 
 
 The part of the arm between the elbow and wrist, called the fore- 
 arm, has two bones, — one extending from the elbow on the inside to 
 the wrist at the root of the little finger, called the ulna, and the other, 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 45 1 
 
 on the side next the thumb, a shorter and a smaller bone, and called 
 the radius. 
 
 When both these bones are broken at the same time, the fracture 
 may be easily discovered ; when only one, the sound bone keeps the 
 other in place, and the injury is not so easily made out. 
 
 Treatment. — Relax the muscles by bending the elbow, and then, 
 by extension and counter-extension, put the ends of the bones in 
 proper place, and then place two splints thickly padded in the centre, 
 one upon the front of the hand and fore-arm, and the other upon the 
 back of the hand and fore-arm, — the palm of the hand being turned, 
 not towards the chest, but downwards. They are to be covered with 
 a bandage from the fingers to the elbow. The whole arm and hand 
 should be placed in a sling, and remain in this position four or five 
 weeks. 
 
 Fractures of the Wrist, Hands, and Fingers. 
 
 The setting of fractured bones in these parts is to be done by ex- 
 tension and counter-extension, as in the case of other bones. 
 
 If the wrist be broken, a splint should be applied in front and one 
 behind, and a bandage bound tightly from the hand half way to the 
 elbow. 
 
 In fracture of the bones of the hand, a pad or compress must be 
 put upon the palm of the hand, and a splint placed over this, with 
 a bandage extending from the wrist to near the ends of the fin- 
 gers. 
 
 If one finger only be broken, apply narrow paste-board splints on 
 four sides, and cover them with a narrow bandage ; and then bandage 
 the whole hand. 
 
 In all these fractures, place the hand in a sling. About three weeks 
 will be required for the bones to unite properly, and several weeks for 
 the parts to acquire their natural usefulness. 
 
 Fracture of the Ribs. 
 
 This accident occurs either by blows, or by being crushed between 
 two opposing forces. One, two, or more ribs may be broken at a 
 time, according to circumstances. 
 
 Symptoms. — A fixed, piercing pain, made worse by breathing, 
 coughing, or any other motion, and also a grating sensation during 
 the taking of a long breath, the hand being laid upon the injured part 
 at the time. 
 
 Treatment. — The ribs are to be held steadily in their place by pres- 
 sure. To effect this, request the patient to draw in a long breath, 
 and hold it. "While the ribs are swelled out in this way, and the 
 broken ends are thus brought to their proper place, pass a woollen 
 bandage, five' or six inches wide, several times tightly around the 
 chest, from the arm-pits to the pit of the stomach. This will confine 
 
the muscles of the chest, and the breathing will have to be done with 
 the muscles of the belly, and the ribs will thus be kept still, and 
 have a chance to grow together. 
 
 If the pleura be wounded, and inflammation follow from this or 
 other cause, the patient must be confined in bed, kept on a low diet, 
 and his pulse be kept down by tincture of veratrum viride. The 
 bowels should be emptied by recipes 18, or 20, or 27, or 41, both to 
 subdue inflammation, and to give the diaphragm a chance to drop 
 down freely. 
 
 Fracture of the Breast-Bone. 
 
 Symptoms. — The injured part is frequently either sunk down or 
 raised up; there is difficult breathing, cough, spitting of blood, pain, 
 inability to lie on the back, and a grating noise caused by breathing. 
 
 Treatment. — The same as that for broken ribs. Should the broken 
 part be pressed down upon the lung, so as to cause serious difficulty 
 of breathing, an incision may be made, and the broken piece raised 
 up with a chisel, or stiff case knife, or some similar instrument. 
 
 Fracture of the Haunch Bones, or Pelvis. 
 
 These fractures are dangerous, — being often connected with some 
 other injury, as tearing of the bladder, lower bowel, or great veins or 
 arteries. Fortunately, however, they are only caused by some great 
 violence, and do not often occur. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the patient in the easiest possible position, and 
 keep him entirely at rest. Generally a catheter should be kept in the 
 bladder, that the water may pass off easily ; and the whole hips 
 should be bound round tightly with a flannel or calico bandage, and 
 made as firm and fixed as possible, to keep the broken bones together. 
 The most perfect rest must be ordered for six weeks or two months. 
 
 If the extreme lower end of the sacrum, the os coccygis (Figs. 8 — 3) 
 be broken, the separated portion must be put in its place by introduc- 
 ing the finger into the rectum ; and the bowels must be kept loose by 
 gentle physic, that the broken bone may not be pushed from its place 
 by the pressure against it of hard stools. 
 
 Fracture of the Thigh-Bone. 
 
 ,. 
 
 The points where this bone are broken are at its upper portion or 
 neck, and near its middle. The break at this latter place may be 
 straight across, or oblique, — partially lengthwise. When oblique, the 
 point of the bone may stick into one of the large muscles, and be 
 made fast by it. 
 
 Symptoms. — The fracture in the middle of the bone, if it be trans- 
 verse, may be known by some swelling or irregularity- discovered by 
 running the hand along the thigh, and grasping it here and there; 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 453 
 
 and if it be oblique, the ends of the bone will be drawn by each 
 other, and the limb will be shortened. 
 
 Treatment, — Place the patient on his back, and let two strong men 
 use extension, — one taking hold near the hip, and the other grasping 
 the limb at the knee and pulling steadily and strongly till the limb is 
 of the proper length, and the ends of the bone are in their place. The 
 man who takes hold of the upper end of the limb may hold it more 
 firmly and with less fatigue by passing a folded sheet around the groin. 
 
 The extending force being still continued, the operator is now to 
 apply the splints, which are to be four in number, — one in front, 
 reaching from the knee-pan to the groin; one behind; one on the 
 inside, from the upper part of the thigh to the inside of the knee ; 
 and a fourth one, about four inches wide, reaching from the arm-pit 
 to a distance of two or three inches beyond the sole of the foot. 
 Cotton must be placed under these splints to prevent their injuring 
 the skin, and they must be of a width to nearly, but not quite, touch 
 each other. These being properly adjusted, and the extension still 
 continued if the fracture is oblique, the bandage is now to be firmly 
 applied from the foot to the upper part of the thigh, and then passed 
 a few times around the body. This fracture is sometimes treated 
 without splints, as represented in Fig. 155. 
 
 Fig. 155. 
 
 Fig 156 
 
 Six or seven weeks will be required for the bones to grow together, 
 during which time the patient will need to lie upon his back. But 
 the dressing may now and then be taken off and put on again. 
 
454 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Sometimes only a single long splint is used ; sometimes no splint; 
 in still other cases, four splints, — the outside one being short, and the 
 limb resting on a double inclined plain. 
 
 Fracture at the Neck of the Bone. — When the bone is broken at 
 the neck, close to the hip joint, the injury is known by the knee and 
 foot turning outward, and by the limb being an inch or two shorter 
 than the other (Fig. 156). This is an accident to which old persons 
 are particularly liable. When the bone is broken here, it seldom 
 grows together again. The union which is formed is generally by a 
 ligament. 
 
 Treatment. — This requires a very long splint, reaching from the 
 armpit to beyond the sole of the foot, and bound firmly with a band- 
 age, as in fracture in the middle of the thigh. The limb should be 
 kept extended, and the injured one must be bound to the other by a 
 bandage, keeping both legs straight and immovable. A broad leather 
 strap, bound firmly round the hips and thighs, will be serviceable. 
 
 Two or three months will be required for +\s injury to become 
 repaired, so that the limb may be used. The patient must get up 
 cautiously, and be careful not to use the limb much so long as pain 
 is produced. (See p. 877.) 
 
 Fracture of the Knee-Pan. 
 
 The knee-pan (patella) may be broken up and down, or across; — 
 the latter fracture is the more common. It is a troublesome fracture, 
 and is very apt to leave a stiff knee. 
 
 Symptoms. — When the bone is broken across, the patient cannot 
 stand upon the limb ; the leg may be flexed or crooked, but cannot 
 be straightened ; the upper part of the knee-pan is drawn up away 
 from the lower portion, leaving a wide gap, into which the fingers 
 may be laid, — at the top and bottom of which the rough edgea of 
 the movable bones may be felt. 
 
 Treatment. — First, reduce the inflammation by tincture of arnica, 
 leeches, etc. Then straighten the limb, and put a well-padded splint 
 behind, to keep the knee motionless; place the patient's body in a 
 half-sitting posture, and raise the foot considerably above a level. 
 Put a bandage over the splint, beginning half way up the thigh, and 
 extending down to the knee-pan, and being made very tight just 
 above the broken bone, so that it cannot easily slip under it. The 
 broken bones must now be brought together, and the bandage be 
 passed below and again above the knee several times in the form of 
 a figure 8, to keep the bones from parting. 
 
 The bandage, generally, may not be removed for a fortnight. After 
 this period, if everything has gone on well, the limb may be carefully 
 bent a little every day, to avoid a stiff knee. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 455 
 
 Fig. 157. 
 
 Fracture of the Leg. 
 
 The leg is that part of the limb between the knee and ankle. It 
 has two bones; the smaller on the outside, called the fibula; the 
 larger on the inner and front side, called the tibia, or shin bone. 
 
 One or both of these may be broken at the same time. If both 
 are broken, it is impossible to walk upon the limb ; there is a change 
 in its shape ; it may be bent ; and the grating of the broken ends of 
 bone may be felt or heard. 
 
 Treatment. — First, adjust the bones by means of extension and 
 counter-extension, as in other fractures. Then apply two splints, one 
 
 on the outside from the knee to the sole 
 of the foot ; the other upon the inside. 
 Over these a bandage is to be firmly ap- 
 plied, reaching from the toes to the knee. 
 The leg may rest upon the side or the 
 back, as the comfort of the patient may 
 require. Upon the side is generally the 
 easiest position, with the knee a little 
 bent (Fig. 157). 
 
 The dressing may be removed in six or 
 seven days, to see that the bones are in their proper place. Five or 
 six weeks will be required for recovery ; and at the end of this time, 
 the dressing may be laid aside. But the patient must use his leg 
 very gradually. 
 
 One of the simplest methods of treating a fractured leg is to place 
 it in a fracture-box. A pillow is to be placed in this, and the leg, the 
 bones being put in place, is to be placed in the box, and the foot to 
 be secured to the foot-board by a bandage, and the sides of the box, 
 movable upon hinges, are to be brought close enough to the limb to 
 keep the bones in place, — compresses, etc., being placed around the 
 limb as required. Bran may be placed in the box in place of a 
 pillow. 
 
 Fractures of the Bones of the Foot. 
 
 These are to be treated in the same manner with fractures of the 
 hand. They are often attended with much other mischief, as lacera- 
 tion of the flesh, ligaments, etc. Hence, cutting off the foot, or a 
 part of it, is often necessary. Paste-board splints are frequently used 
 in these fractures. If matter forms, it must be let out by opening the 
 parts. 
 
 Compound Fractures. 
 
 "When, in connection with a broken bone, there is a wound of the 
 flesh, which leads to, and communicates with the space between the 
 broken ends of the bone, the whole injury is called a compound frac- 
 
ture. The wound in the flesh may be caused by the same force 
 which breaks the bone, as a bullet from a gun, or a cart-wheel, or 
 some machinery in which the limb is entangled. Quite often the 
 flesh wound is caused by one of the ends of the bone being forced 
 through the flesh and skin. 
 
 But, however caused, a compound fracture is of a much more 
 serious nature than a simple one ; and it is particularly dangerous 
 when a joint is involved. It is more serious above the knee and 
 elbow than below, and more to be dreaded in the lower limbs than 
 in the upper. 
 
 Treatment. — An attempt should generally be made to preserve 
 the limb ; it should not be cut off, unless the compound fracture is of 
 the worst kind. But if there be no hope of saving the limb, the 
 amputation should be performed at once, while the constitution is 
 tranquil, and before it has been shocked and injured by the sympa- 
 thetic fever, suppuration, abscesses, and hectic, which are almost sure 
 to follow such grave injuries. 
 
 But, suppose it be determined not to cut the limb off, — as it gen- 
 erally should be, — the first thing is, after the bone is set, to close the 
 wound against all entrance of air, and to cause it to heal by the first 
 intention, that is, without suppuration. To do this, one method is to 
 cover the wound with lint dipped in blood ; but the more usual mode 
 is, to bring the sides of the wound together, and secure them very 
 carefully by strips of adhesive plaster, in the same way as in common 
 cuts. The bandage should be kept wet with cold water, by squeez- 
 ing a sponge over it, or by sprinkling cold water upon it as fast as it 
 becomes dry. 
 
 It will be necessary, in this case, to keep the bed-clothes away from 
 the limb while it is thus wet, which may be done by cutting a barrel 
 hoop in two, and nailing it to two pieces of lath. There should be 
 air circulating under the sheet, that the heat of the inflammation may 
 not keep the limb in a steam-bath. 
 
 Should the wound heal by the first intention, the danger will soon 
 be over, and the treatment may be the same as for simple fracture* 
 But this, unfortunately, does not often occur. 
 
 It more often happens, that after three or four days, the patient 
 grows restless, has very short and disturbed sleep, is hot and thirsty, 
 has headache and shivering fits, is more ill towards evening, wanders 
 in his mind, or becomes delirious, and perhaps dies in ten days or a 
 fortnight from these constitutional disturbances. If the symptoms 
 are a little less severe, the wound will at first discharge a small quan- 
 tity of dirty, bloody matter, which, if everything goes well, will, by 
 degrees, change to healthy matter, without smell, of a straw eolor r 
 and about as thick as cream. 
 
 The fever, and other bad symptoms, will now subside ; the sleep 
 and appetite come back, and a new process begins, that of healing by 
 granulation, or the formation of new flesh to fill up the gap made by 
 the wound. 
 
 For old persons, or those whose health has been broken, this stag* 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 457 
 
 is full of danger, and is apt to result in death, if the lower limb be 
 the injured part. 
 
 If the- constitution proves unable to bear up against this stage of 
 the injury, alternate heat and sweating set in, the face is flushed with 
 a pink color, the pulse becomes weak and quick, the body wastes, the 
 appetite disappears, the tongue becomes dry and brown, restlessness, 
 wandering, and delirium, follow in quick succession, and all are 
 speedily terminated by death. With the setting in of these symp- 
 toms, the wound stops discharging, or throws out only a thin, watery 
 and stinking matter. Quite often the skin and other parts mortify, 
 and if there be strength enough to throw off the dead parts, the 
 broken ends of the bone stick out, looking dead and white. 
 
 When the constitutional symptoms begin, apply poultices, to set 
 up, if possible, the formation of good matter ; for if this can be 
 brought about, the symptoms may be regarded as favorable. The 
 poultice must be continued till the wound is filled with new flesh 
 nearly to the surface. 
 
 In the First Stage, the medical treatment must have reference to 
 checking the inflammatory condition. This may be done by full 
 doses of tincture of veratrum viride. Should the symptoms take a 
 typhoid type, and the powers of life seem to sink, then quinine, and 
 iron, and bitters will be needed. 
 
 In the Second Stage, whatever inflammation there is depends on 
 exhaustion, and everything fitted to prop and fortify the constitution, 
 as brandy, wine, broth, and easily digested, nourishing food, must be 
 freely given. 
 
 Dislocations.— Luxations. 
 
 The surfaces where two bones meet and glide upon each other for 
 the purposes of a joint, are called articular surfaces, and the union is 
 said to be an articulation. These surfaces are covered by a smooth 
 cartilage, to render their play upon each other easy. 
 
 The joints are held together by cartilaginous straps and ligaments, 
 which serve as pullies ; by the aid of these, the joints turn back and 
 forth, as a door opens and shuts upon its hinges. 
 
 When by some external violence, or the weakening of these liga- 
 ments, these surfaces are suddenly separated, or forced apart, there is 
 said to be dislocation or luxation. 
 
 Joints are divided into two kinds, the ball and socket (orbicular) 
 which has a rotatory motion, as the shoulder, hip, thumb, — and the 
 angular, or pump-handle (ginglymoid), as the elbow and knee. 
 
 The ball and socket joints have a greater diversity of motion, and 
 are more exposed to dislocation. They are likewise more easily put 
 in their place. 
 
 In a Primary Dislocation, the bone is thrown at once into the place 
 where the surgeon finds it. 
 
 The Secondary Dislocation is one in which the muscles pull the 
 
458 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 head of the bone still further from its natural place than it was 
 thrown by the first shock of violence. 
 
 A Dislocation is Simple when there is no wound penetrating the 
 synovial membrane. 
 
 It is Compound when attended by such a wound. 
 
 A Dislocation is Complete when the articular surfaces are entirely 
 separated. 
 
 It is Incomplete when the separation is only partial. 
 
 Recent Dislocations are rectified with comparative ease. 
 
 Old Dislocations are hard to be repaired, and sometimes cannot be 
 reduced at all. 
 
 The Symptoms of Dislocation are, inability to use the joint; the 
 head of the bone being felt in an unnatural place ; the limb shortened, 
 lengthened, or distorted ; a change in the shape of the joint, etc. 
 
 Simple dislocations are generally trivial. Compound dislocations 
 often render amputation necessary, and are always perilous. 
 
 Aged persons are less liable to dislocations than the young. 
 
 When a dislocation and a fracture occur at the same time, the dis- 
 location is to receive attention first. 
 
 A dislocation is to be reduced by a gradual and continuous extend- 
 ing force. The reduction is known by the limb recovering its natural 
 length, shape and direction, and by its being able to perform certain 
 motions which are not possible while in a dislocated state. The pain 
 is immediately reduced upon reduction taking place. In shoulder 
 and hip dislocations, the head of the bone makes a loud noise when 
 it slips into its place. 
 
 Dislocation of the Lower Jaw. 
 
 Gaping very wide is the usual cause of this. It has been known 
 to result from a mere yawn. One or both sides may be disjointed. 
 
 Symptoms. — If but one side is dislocated, the chin is twisted to one 
 side, and immovable, and the jaws are partially open ; if . both sides, 
 the mouth is wide open, the chin projects, there is a hollow in front 
 of each ear, great pain, inability to speak, and dribbling of spittJe 
 from the mouth. 
 
 Treatment. — To effect a reduction, cover the thumbs with a towel 
 or a piece of wash-leather to prevent their being injured by a sudden 
 snapping together of the jaws, and then, standing in front of the 
 patient, introduce them into the mouth, press them upon the crown 
 
 , of the back lower teeth, at the same time lifting the chin with the 
 fingers. 
 
 ( After the jaw is set, it should be kept bandaged for a few days, — 
 the bandage being merely passed once or twice over the top of the 
 head, and under the chin. No solid food reauiring chewing should 
 h* taken for a short time. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 459 
 
 Dislocation of the Collar-Bone. 
 
 This may take place by the end attached to the breast-bone slip- 
 ping over or under that bone, or by the other end slipping above 01 
 below the bone to which it is attached. When the first named end 
 of the bone slips over the breast-bone, it is said to be a forward dis- 
 location ; when it slips under the breast-bone, it is backward. In this 
 Jatter form of dislocation, the end of the collar-bone sometimes presses 
 upon the gullet, and prevents swallowing. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the forward dislocation of the inner end of the 
 bone, a bunch may be felt by the hand at the top of the breast-bone ; 
 in the backward dislocation, a depression or hollow. The upward dis- 
 location of the outer end of the collar-bone, may be known by the 
 fattened and sunken condition of the shoulder. 
 
 Treatment. — To put the bone in its place in the first of these ac- 
 cidents, draw the shoulders back, by which means the collar-bone 
 (clavicle) is drawn away from the breast bone (sternum), and easily 
 slips into its place. To reduce the dislocation at the other end of the 
 bone, place the knee between the patient's shoulder-blades (scapulae), 
 and draw his shoulders backwards and upwards. After the reduction, 
 support the arm in a sling. 
 
 Dislocation of the Shoulder-Joint. 
 
 The head of the long bone of the arm (humerus) may be displaced 
 in three different directions, — downward, into the arm-pit (axilla); 
 forward, under the muscles of the breast ; and backward, upon the 
 back of the shoulder-blade. 
 
 Fig. 158. 
 
 It is recognized by the shoulder losing its roundness, and becoming 
 flat; by the lengthening of the arm ; by the head of the bone being 
 felt in the arm-pit ; and by severe pain. 
 
 =^S 
 
460 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 To effect the reduction in the first form of displacement, put the 
 patient on a bed, or upon the floor. Put one heel in the arm-pit, 
 against the head of the bone. Then, taking hold of the arm above 
 the elbow, or at the wrist, pull steadily, and push with the heel. 
 (Fig. 158.) The extension may be more steady and powerful by a 
 double towel around the surgeon's neck. 
 
 If the reduction cannot be effected, relax the muscles by a warm 
 bath, or by nauseating doses of tartar emetic. 
 
 After the reduction, a sling will be required, and three weeks' or a 
 month's rest 
 
 Dislocations of the Elbow Joint. 
 
 Of these there are six varieties. In the first, both bones of the 
 fore-arm (radius and ulna) are thrown backwards ; in the second, both 
 are drawn backwards and inwards; in the third, both are thrown 
 backwards and outwards ; in the fourth, the ulna alone is forced back- 
 wards ; in the fifth, the radius is forced forwards ; and in the sixth, 
 the radius is thrown backwards. 
 
 In general, these dislocations are all easily set, In the first four, 
 the knee is to be placed at the bend of the elbow, and the fore-arm 
 bent upon it, the surgeon grasping the upper arm with one hand, 
 and the fore-arm with the other. In the dislocations of the radius 9 
 the upper arm is to be put in a fixed condition, while the surgeon 
 takes hold of the hand and pulls, at the same time throwing the bone 
 forward. If the luxation be backwards, there must be the same ex- 
 tension and counter-extension, while the fore-arm is bent. 
 
 Treatment. — The fore-arm must be placed in a half-bent position, 
 and a splint should be bandaged upon the front of the whole limb, 
 compresses being placed upon the head of the bones opposite the 
 direction of the dislocation. This confinement must be continued 
 three weeks. 
 
 Dislocations of the Wrist. 
 
 These are caused by falls upon the hand. Both the radius and 
 
 ulna may be thrown backwards or forwards upon the wrist, caus- 
 
 Fm 15Q ing a projection either in 
 
 front or behind. (Fig. 
 159.) The bones are to 
 be set by pulling in 
 opposite directions upon 
 the hand and the fore- 
 arm, and pressing later- 
 ally, if the displacement be at the side of the wrist. 
 
 Treatment. — Put a straight splint on the front, and another on the 
 back of the fore-arm and hand, with compresses on both sides of the 
 wrist, and a bandage over the whole. Support the fore-arm in a sling, 
 and keep down inflammation by cold water, cooling lotions, etc. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 46J 
 
 Dislocations of the Bones of the Hand. 
 
 Some one of the carpel bones may be pushed up out of its place, 
 so as to form a projection on the back of the hand. To put it in its 
 place, press upon it simply, and then put compresses on the front and 
 back, with straight splints upon these and a bandage over all. Put 
 the hand in a sling. 
 
 Dislocations of the finger joints may generally be replaced by bend- 
 ing the displaced phalanx over the head of the bone from which it 
 has been disjoined. Sometimes a good deal of extension and counter- 
 extension are required, for which purpose a piece of cord may be 
 wound around the finger, — the skin being protected by covering it 
 with a piece of wetted buck-skin. 
 
 Dislocations of the Hip-Joint. 
 
 These are four in number, — upwards, downwards, backvmrds and 
 upwards, forwards and upwards. 
 
 To reduce these, a greater amount of power is needed than in the 
 dislocations of any other bone, — owing to the greater power of the 
 muscles which are to be overcome. 
 
 Fig. 160 
 
 Fig. 161. 
 
 • 
 
 HP 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 
 Dislocations of this joint are often confounded with fracture of the 
 lead and neck of the thigh bone. This latter may be distinguished 
 
462 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 from the luxation by the grating sound to be heard, by the possibility 
 of pulling the limb out to its natural length, and by its being short- 
 ened up again by the action of the muscles the moment the pulling 
 is given up. 
 
 The Upward Dislocation of the head of this bone upon the back of 
 the haunch bone, is known by the shortening of the limb, and by the 
 knee and foot turning' inward, — the foot lapping over the opposite 
 foot, and the great toe resting upon the other instep. (Fig. 1G0.) 
 
 The Dislocation Downward is known by the lengthening of the 
 limb, the projection of the knee, the turning of the foot and knee out* 
 ward) and the bending of the body forward. (Fig. 161.) 
 
 The Dislocation Backward and Upward is distinguished by the 
 inclining of the foot and knee inward, the drawing up of the heel, 
 and the resting of the great top. against the ball of the great toe of 
 the other foot. (Fig. 162.) 
 
 Fig. 162. 
 
 Pig. 163. 
 
 The Dislocation Upward and Forward is known by the shortening 
 
 of the limb ; and the turning of the foot and knee outward. (Fig. 
 163.) 
 
 For replacing the bone, put tflie patient upon a table, on his back 
 Draw a eheet between his thighs, and, extending it up by the side of 
 his bcdy, let it be fastened to a staple. Put a padded belt, with ring* 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES 463 
 
 attached, around the injured limb, just above the knee. To these 
 rings, fasten one block of a pulley, and attach the other to a post, 
 giving the pulley-rope to an assistant. The surgeon now standing 
 on the injured side, directs gradual extension to be made, while he, 
 by his hands, or by a band passing around the injured thigh and over 
 his own shoulders, lifts the head of the bone, and guides it into its 
 socket 
 
 Treatment. — Keep the patient in bed for two weeks or more, with 
 his knees tied together by a strip of muslin, and a broad belt around 
 his hips. 
 
 Dislocations of the Knee-Pan or Patella. 
 
 This bone may be thrown outward, causing a great projection on 
 the outside, and an inability to bend the knee. 
 
 It may be thrown inward, causing the same impossibility to bend 
 the knee, and a projection on the inside. 
 
 To restore the bone to its place, put the heel of the patient upon 
 the shoulder of an assistant ; then press down the edge of the knee- 
 pan which is farthest from the centre of the joint, thus tilting up the 
 other edge of the bone, when the muscles, aided by a lateral pressure, 
 will draw it to its place. 
 
 Treatment — Put a straight splint upon the back of the limb, and 
 make moderate pressure upon the knee by a bandage. Cold water, 
 or cooling washes, should generally be applied. Keep the patient in 
 bed two weeks. 
 
 Dislocations of the Knee-Joint. 
 
 There are four of these, — forward, backward, inward, and out- 
 ward. 
 
 They are readily corrected by extension and counter-extension from 
 the ankle and thigh, and pressure upon the head of the displaced 
 bone. 
 
 Treatment much the same as for displacement of the knee-pan. 
 
 Dislocations of the Ankle. 
 
 These may occur in a forward, backward, outward, and inward 
 direction. (Figs. 164 and 165.) 
 
 To rectify it, bend the limb, so as to relax the muscles on the back 
 of the leg ; then, while extension and counter-extension are made 
 upon the foot and thigh, press firmly on the dislocated bone, and thus 
 force it to its place. 
 
 Treatment — Confine the foot and leg in splints made of thick 
 paste-board, soaked in hot water, and moulded to the shape of the 
 limb, with a foot-piece at right angles. Keep the patient in bed five 
 
464 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 or six weeks, and when he begins to walk, support the ankle with a 
 roller bandage, or a laced gaiter. 
 
 Fia. 164. 
 
 Fio. 165. 
 
 Contusions.— Bruises. 
 
 When any blunt, hard substance comes in violent collision with 
 the soft parts of the body, without breaking the skin, the injury 
 received is called a bruise. One of these accidents generally rup- 
 tures a great number of the very smallest blood-vessels, which let 
 out blood under the skin, producing " black and blue" or livid spots 
 (ecchymosis). "What fist-fighters call a black eye is an example. 
 
 Treatment. — Cold applications at first to prevent the blood run- 
 ning out of the small vessels under the skin. After the inflammation 
 has subsided, stimulating applications, as vinegar and water, alcohol, 
 camphorated liniment, ammoniae and alcohol, equal, parts, and some- 
 times bandages. 
 
 Sprains. 
 
 A sprain is a forcible wrenching and twisting ot a joint to such a 
 degree as to stretch and more or less lacerate the ligaments of the 
 part, and sometimes to break a tendon, but without entirely displac- 
 ing a bone. Its symptoms are, violent pain, swelling, and discolora- 
 tion of the parts from the blood running into the cells under the skin. 
 In elderly persons, the effects of sprains are very tedious, disabling 
 them for many weeks, or even months. 
 
 Treatment. — Elevate the limb, keep the joint perfectly quiet, and 
 apply cold lotions, or fomentations. When the inflammation is all 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 465 
 
 past, apply stimulating liniments, and bandages, or shower the part 
 with cold water. 
 
 Ruptures of Tendons. 
 
 These accidents are known by a sudden snap, followed by pain, 
 loss of motion in the part, and swelling and discoloration. 
 
 Treatment. — Place the part in such a position as to relax the broken 
 tendon, the ends of which must be brought together, and retained in 
 contact till they grow together. 
 
 Diseases of the Bones. 
 
 The bones are supplied with blood-vessels and nerves ; and as they 
 live and grow like other parts of the body, so they become diseased 
 and die in like manner. 
 
 Ulceration of Bones. — Caries. 
 
 Bones, like the soft parts, when attacked by violent inflammation 
 may ulcerate, discharge matter, and heal by granulation ; or, having 
 lost a portion of their substance, may sink under entire disorganiza- 
 tion and death. This disease passes in some parts of the country, 
 under the name of " fever sore." 
 
 Treatment. — Apply splints, and keep the part in a state of abso- 
 lute rest. Subdue the local inflammation by the usual means. If 
 the disease arise from scrofula or syphilis, use the remedies for those 
 diseases. 
 
 Death of the Bones. — Necrosis. 
 
 This is like mortification of the soft parts. It occurs from injuries 
 and inflammation of the periosteum. 
 
 It is known by dull, deep-seated — sometimes acute — pain ; and is 
 followed by increase of size, from the formation of new bone around 
 the old, — the old being gradually broken into pieces, and discharged 
 through external openings. 
 
 Treatment — Poultices and quieting fomentations. 
 
 Unnatural Growth of Bones. — Exostosis. 
 
 This disease consists either of a tumor of a bony nature, growing 
 upon and arising from a bone, or an enlargement of a bone. It 
 springs from the periosteum, or from the surface of a bone, or from 
 its spongy texture. The enlargement or the tumor may be white 
 and hard, like ivory, or dark-colored and spongy, or a mixture of the 
 two. 
 
 f>9 
 
466 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 At first, a tumor of this kind is not attended with pain or incon- 
 venience. It comes on slowly, and sometimes remains nearly sta- 
 tionary for several years. 
 
 Treatment. — If the tumor be large and inconvenient, remove it 
 with the knife. If not, use local pressure with pads and bandages ; 
 also leech, blister, and restrict the patient to a spare diet. 
 
 Diseases of the Joints. 
 
 Some of these diseases begin in the cartilages, some in the svnoviaZ 
 membrane, and others in the heads of the bones. 
 
 Disease of the Hip- Joint, — Coxalgia. 
 
 Tins generally consists in inflammation of the synovial membrane 
 and capsular ligament of the hip-joint, ending frequently in ulceration 
 and destruction of the head and neck of the thigh bone. 
 
 The symptoms are fulness in the groin ; pain, which is increased 
 by motion ; aggravated when the limb hangs without touching the 
 ground ; is more felt in the knee than in the hip itself ; and snoots 
 down along the inside of the leg, as far as the instep. The thigh 
 inclines forward, and the limb has the appearance of being longer 
 than the other, — though in the latter stages, it is really shorter. 
 
 Treatment. — Before suppuration takes place, apply leeches and 
 blisters, and enjoin perfect rest. After suppuration, keep the patient 
 upon his back, on a mattress, and mould to the parts thick paste- 
 board splints, with pads, and give tonics. Keep the bowels open with 
 senna and bicarbonate of potash, and rub the parts with iodide of 
 potassium ointment, or with preparations (282) (283) (195). The 
 disease being scrofulous, the iodide of potassium (140) may be taken 
 with advantage internally. 
 
 White Swelling.— Synovial Degenerations. 
 
 There are several diseases of the knee-joint, characterized by swell- 
 ing and white color from tension of the skin, which have passed 
 under the common name of white-swelling. The diseases are not 
 strictly the same, but as they all affect the knee, and have symptoms 
 to some extent in common, it is well enough to group them under 
 the same title, — especially as one treatment is adapted to all. 
 
 One is a pulpy disease of the synovial membrane. It begins with 
 a trifling stiffness, and a slight swelling. The swelling increases by 
 degrees, and on touching the part, there is a sensation as if it con- 
 tained fluid. By and by the cartilages ulcerate. The disease is in- 
 curable, as the synovial membrane is finally converted into a pulpy 
 substance, and the limb has to be amputated. 
 
 Another of these is inflammation of the synovial membrane, be- 
 ginning with ulceration of the cartilages. It begins with pain in the 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 467 
 
 joint which is severe at one point, and attains its height in a week. 
 In a day or two, the joint is swollen from a collection of water. 
 
 Treatment. — Splints and entire rest, as in all chronic diseases of 
 the joints. Also a generous diet, and whatever is calculated to build 
 up the health. 
 
 Bunions. 
 
 This is an inflammation, enlargement, and hardening on the inside 
 of the ball of the great toe. It is frequently connected with a distor- 
 tion of the toe, which seems partially out of joint. The projection 
 of the joint exposes it to great irritation from the shoe, and to re= 
 peated attacks of inflammation. It occasions great suffering. 
 
 Treatment, — Remove the pressure from the part, and when there 
 is inflammation, keep the foot quiet and elevated upon a chair, apply- 
 ing leeches, poultices, etc. Another method is to cover the bunion 
 with soap plaster, spread on thick, soft leather, or, put the toe in a 
 separate apartment of the stocking, like the finger of a glove. Then 
 enclose it in a separate part of the shoe, which is contrived by fixing 
 FlG 166> a piece of firm sole-leather in 
 
 the bottom of the shoe, so as 
 to make a separate compart- 
 ment for the toe. By this 
 means the pressure against 
 the side is removed. Stick 
 ing plaster may be spread on 
 w T ash-leather, and a piece cut out the size of the bunion. This will 
 take off a portion of the pressure of the shoe, and will hasten the 
 cure. 
 
 Fig. 166 represents a ganglion or tumor formed upon the synovial 
 sheath of the tendon which bends the finger. 
 
 • 
 
 Whitlow.— Felon. — Paronychia. 
 
 This is an abscess of the fingers, of which there are three kinds, — 
 the first situated upon the surface of the skin, the second under the 
 skin, the third within the sheath which contains the tendons of the 
 fingers, and sometimes involving the covering of the bone. 
 
 The latter form of the disease is the most terrible, and begins with 
 redness, swelling, and a deep-seated and throbbing pain, which grad- 
 ually becomes so excruciating as to banish all sleep, and nearly drive 
 the patient to distraction. Finally, matter forms and burrows in the 
 deeper parts of the finger, and at length finds an opening, which 
 brings relief. 
 
 Treatment. — Carry the hand in a sling ; apply a leech or two, and 
 use poultices. A poultice made of equal parts of powdered slippery- 
 elm bark, poke root, ground flax-seed and lobelia seeds, mixed with 
 hot ley, and changed twice a day, is an admirable application. 
 
-138 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 * When these methods fail to stop the progress of the abscess, the 
 Qnger should be laid open with the scalpel, cutting down to the bone. 
 This will give vent to the matter, and the wound may be dressed 
 with poultices, until the inflammation is subdued, and the healing 
 process is well established, when some simple salve may be applied. 
 
 Chilblains. 
 
 This complaint should have been spoken of immediately after 
 "frost-bite," but it was forgotten. It is caused by exposure to cold, 
 and affects the fingers, toes, and particularly the heels, with a painful 
 inflammatory swelling, of a red, purple, or bluish color. The skin 
 may be red in patches, and slightly swelled, with itching, tingling, 
 pain, and lameness; or there may be blisters, around which the skin 
 Is blue or purple ; or, worse yet, there may be ulceration and slough- 
 ing. 
 
 Treatment. — Stimulating liniments are the remedies usually em- 
 ployed for this complaint. One of the best consists of six parts of 
 soap liniment, and one part of tincture of Spanish flies ; and another 
 excellent one is prescription (307). If there is ulceration, use Turner's 
 cerate, or the resin ointment. 
 
 Stiff Joint. — Anchylosis, 
 
 This is of two kinds, complete and incomplete, — complete when the 
 bones of the joint have become firmly united by bony matter, and 
 incomplete when the motions of the joint are very much interrupted, 
 but not entirely destroyed. The first is the result of ulcerations of 
 the cartilages of the joints, and of the heads of the bones ; the latter, 
 of fractures, sprains, bruises, thickening of the synovial membrane, 
 and weakening of the muscles. 
 
 Treatment. — No treatment is of much use in the first-named form of 
 the disease. By sawing through the bone, and then daily moving the 
 limb back and forth, a false joint may be made, but it is apt to grow 
 together again, and finally defeat the purpose of the surgeon. When, 
 however, stiffness arises from the weakening of the muscles, and some 
 other causes involving the ligaments and tendons, something may 
 be done by daily frictions with stimulating liniments, champooing, 
 and warm fomentations; and by gently bending the joint back and 
 forth, several times every day, as much as can be done without pain. 
 
 Tumors. 
 
 A tumor is a swelling which consists of a new production, not 
 constituting any portion of the original structure of the body. There 
 are several kinds of tumors; but it is sufficient for my purpose to 
 follow Mr. Ferguson, and divide them into the malignant and non- 
 malignant. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 4U9 
 
 Fig. 167. 
 
 Cancer. 
 
 This belongs to the class of malignant tumors. It has two stages. 
 The first is that of induration or scirrlws, — during which it has, 
 under the finger, the feeling of stony hardness. The second stage is 
 that of idceration or open cancer. 
 
 Cancer most often attacks the female breast, the skin, the mucous 
 membranes, the tongue, the stomach, the neck of the womb, the lips, 
 etc. It rarely occurs in subjects under thirty years of age, and not 
 often in persons under forty-five. 
 
 The Symptoms of Cancer, when it appears in the breast, are, a 
 puckered condition, and dull, leaden color of the skin ; a hard, knotty, 
 and uneven feel ; and occasional sharp 
 pains. When it attacks the skin and mu- 
 cous membranes, there is a hard, warty 
 lump, which ulcerates, after a time, pro- 
 ducing an open sore, with a hard base. 
 (Fig. 167.) 
 
 The sore of a cancer discharges an 
 irritating, excoriating matter, which has 
 a peculiarly fetid odor, so offensive and 
 so different from any other smell, that it 
 is seldom forgotten. The bones of a 
 cancerous person break with great ease. 
 Unmarried females are much more liable to the disease than the mar- 
 ried. The cancerous growth is composed, in part, of cells, rounded 
 or caudate, containing, as seen under the microscope, nuclei, younger 
 cells, and granules. (Fig. 168.) 
 
 sf -^5 ^ 
 
 Fig. 169. 
 
 Fig. 170. 
 
 The difference between these cells and those of common pus glob- 
 ules may be seen by comparing Fig. 168 with 169, — the latter being 
 pus corpuscles highly magnified by a powerful microscope. Fig. 170 
 represents pus globules not so much magnified. 
 
 Treatment — There are but two methods of treatment which prom- 
 ise any success. The first is to extirpate the tumor by a surgical 
 operation before the disease has so far invaded the constitution as to 
 be sure of returning. The other is that adopted by Dr. J. W. Fell, 
 
470 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 an American physician, who was permitted to try his remedies in 
 one of the English hospitals, and who drew from the surgeons in 
 charge of it a favorable report of the results. 
 
 Dr. Fell's remedies are mainly blood-root and chloride of zinc (336) 
 made into a paste. The skin over the tumor is first destroyed, and 
 this paste, spread upon strips of linen, is applied. This causes an 
 eschar, into which incisions are made, half an inch apart, taking care 
 to avoid the living tissue. The same paste spread in a like manner 
 is then daily inserted into the furrows. By this means, which is orig- 
 inal with Dr. Fell, the effect of the caustic penetrates through all 
 parts cf the tumor, causing the whole diseased mass to fall off, and 
 leave a healthy, granulating surface. 
 
 In incipient cancer, where the disease has not made much progress, 
 Dr. Fell uses the above, which he calls a brown ointment (336), and 
 in connection with it an ointment of the iodide of lead (337), using 
 each twelve hours. With these, he claims that he cures incipient 
 cancers, with great readiness. He also employs, internally, half-grain 
 doses of pulverized blood-root (143), with arseVo and cicuta. 
 
 Dr. Fell claims that with these preparations, he has often cured 
 tupus, and has been very successful with them in treating indolent 
 ulcers. 
 
 Soft Cancer.— Bleeding Cancer. 
 Medullary Cancer. — Encephaloid Tumor. — Fungus nematodes. 
 
 This varies in size from a nutmeg to a child's head. Its color 
 varies from white to deep red. At times, it is soft and elastic at 
 first ; at other times, it is firm and tense. The patient is wan and 
 pale from the beginning. The parts do not ulcerate, as in scirrhus ; 
 but after the skin is broken, a spongy bleeding tumor protrudes. 
 
 Treatment. -— Dr. Fell's method. 
 
 Black Cancer. — Melanosis. 
 
 This is an organic disease, in which the tissue of the disordered 
 part is converted into a black, hard substance, which is converted 
 into ulcerous cavities. This often appears in the lungs, and is met 
 with in the liver and other parts. 
 
 Its symptoms are, a sallow complexion, great debility, and dropsi- 
 cal swelling of the limbs before the termination. 
 
 Treatment. — When it appears externally, Dr. Fell's treatment is 
 worth a trial. When in the lungs, the inhalation of tincture of blood- 
 root and solution of chloride of soda (241) should be used. Two 
 teaspoonfuls may be put in Warren's Vapor Inhaler, — the instru- 
 ment being filled half full of hot water, — and inhaled ten minutes, 
 three times a day ; the blood-root pills (143) being taken at the same 
 time. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 471 
 
 Fatty Tumor. — Adipous Sarcoma. 
 
 This is the most common of all the forms of tumor. These bodies 
 generally have a soft and doughy feel, or as if filled with wool. They 
 are the least inclined to become malignant, and consequently the least 
 dangerous, of all the tumors. Whatever pain there is, is caused by 
 their size, weight, and pressure. They are occasionally found a little 
 below the point of the shoulder, in the deltoid muscle of females, and 
 are caused by the unreasonable pressure of the dress at that point. 
 
 Treatment. — They should be removed by an operation, which is 
 easily performed, as they separate very readily from surrounding 
 parts. 
 
 Polypus. 
 
 The polypi constitute a class of tumors growing from mucous 
 membranes. They are of two kinds, — the soft, jelly-like polypus, 
 and the fleshy or fibrous polypus. 
 
 The Soft Polypus, which grows from the nose, has not much feel- 
 ing, and is not particularly disposed to bleed. 
 
 The Fleshy Polypus is firmer and harder than the preceding, and 
 most generally connects itself with the womb. 
 
 Treatment. — Both kinds of polypi are either twisted off with a 
 pair of forceps, or strangled by putting a string, called a ligature, 
 around their neck, which will cause them to fall off in a short time. 
 
 Wens. — Encysted Tumors. 
 
 The most common situation of these is under the skin of the head. 
 A wen is simply a sac full of various matters, which, when examined 
 with a microscope, are found to be oil globules, epithelial cells, and 
 crystals of stearine. These contents are secreted by the internal 
 surface of the sac. They sometimes look like curd or rice, sometime* 
 like suet, and sometimes like honey. In other instances, they are 
 mere water, and they have been known to consist of hair or horn. 
 These tumors are round, elastic, and movable, and are without pain, 
 They grow slowly, but steadily. 
 
 Treatment. — The attempt to excite inflammation and consequently 
 absorption, by punctures, seatons, or injections, are dangerous, and 
 ought not to be resorted to. If the tumor is small, its opening, indi- 
 cated by a small black spot, may be found, a probe be introduced 
 into it, and the contents of the sac be squeezed out ; and this may be 
 repeated as often as necessary. But the proper and only real remedy 
 for these tumors is their removal by a surgical operation. 
 
472 SURGICAL DISEASES 
 
 Aneurisms. 
 
 An aneurism is a tumor formed by arterial blood, and communi- 
 cating with an artery. A true aneurism is formed by the coats of an 
 artery getting weakened by some cause, and swelling out so as to 
 form a pouch or sac. (Fig. 171.) There are other kinds of aneu- 
 risms, which need not be described. 
 
 Symptoms. — An aneurism may be felt as a tumor somewhere 
 along the course of an artery, and it beats under the finger like the 
 pulse. The beating is caused by a fresh quantity of blood being 
 pushed into this sac with every stroke of the heart. If it be small, 
 pressure on the artery above it will so far shut off the blood from it, 
 that it will feel flaccid or soft. The patient will often say that the 
 tumor began to appear after some violent strain, when something 
 appeared to give way. In the chest, aneurism will produce an un- 
 natural pulsation felt by the patient. In the belly, it may generally 
 be felt as a tumor through the abdominal walls. 
 
 Distinction. — Tumors which lie directly over arteries are lifted up 
 every time the blood is driven along under them, and hence they 
 pulsate like aneurisms ; but they do not pulsate when small, whereas 
 aneurisms do from the beginning of their growth. Aneurisms are 
 'soft at first, and hard afterwards ; whereas tumors are generally hard 
 at first, and finally soft. 
 
 Treatment. — In some few fortunate cases, aneurisms get well spon- 
 taneously. If the flow of blood through them can be stopped, that 
 which is within them will coagulate, forming a hard tumor, which 
 will gradually waste away. To cure them, therefore, we must stop 
 the circulation through them ; and this may be done, in some cases, 
 by compression. The pressure upon the artery must of course be 
 above the tumor, and should not be so great as to stop the blood 
 altogether, but only very materially to diminish its flow. The pres- 
 sure is applied by an instrument having two pads, an arc of steel, a 
 joint in the middle, and a screw by which the padded extremities are 
 pressed together. (Fig. 172.) 
 
 When this mode of treatment is not practicable, the artery must 
 be tied between the aneurism and the heart. The patient should be 
 placed in bed, with the limb wrapped up to preserve its temperature,. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 473 
 
 and placed in an easy position. Nothing cold should be applied 
 to it. 
 
 The force of the circulation should be reduced by the tincture of 
 veratrum. 
 
 Fio. 172. 
 
 Fig. ITS. 
 
 Br onchocele.— Derbyshire Neck. — Goitre. 
 
 Bronchocele is what is called an endemic disease ; which means, 
 a disease which prevails in certain localities. This complaint is prev 
 alent in Nottingham and Derbyshire, England, among the Alps, and 
 especially in the Tyrol and valley of the Rhone. It is thought to be 
 produced by the use of melted snow, and water impregnated with 
 lime and earthy matter. 
 
 Symptoms. — A prominent, soft, elastic tumor, occupying the front 
 of the throat, in the situation of the thyroid gland, and like it in shape. 
 It is not tender, and the skin is not discolored. In old cases, the 
 tumor becomes hard. In Fig. 173, the tumor is so large as to have 
 pushed the gullet to one side. 
 
 Treatment. — The usual and perhaps the best remedy for this dis- 
 ease is iodine. It may be given as iodide of potassium, with a bitter 
 or some other article (138) (145) (101). An iodine ointment may be 
 applied to the tumor (185). 
 
 The patient should move away from the infected district, and re- 
 side, if possible, upon the sea coast. 
 
 Water in the Scrotum. — Hydrocele. 
 
 As the name shows, this is a collection of water in the scrotum or 
 bag which holds the testicles. 
 
 Symptoms. — It presents a swelling, shaped like a pear, smooth on 
 
474 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 its surface, fluctuating if pressed, without pain, but causing a little 
 uneasiness by its weight. On placing a lighted candle on one side 
 of the scrotum, the -ight may be seen through it. 
 
 Distinction. — This complaint may be distinguished from a solid 
 enlargement of the testicle by its not being so heavy, solid, or painful, 
 and by its fluctuating and being transparent; from rupture, by its 
 forming slowly instead of suddenly, by the swelling beginning at the 
 lower part of the scrotum instead of the upper, and by the enlarge- 
 ment not being increased by coughing as it is in rupture. 
 
 Treatment. — In children, strong scattering washes (353) are some- 
 times successful. But most commonly, a number of punctures are 
 made with a large needle, to cause the fluid to escape into the cell 
 tissue of the scrotum, whence it is removed by absorption. 
 
 To effect a radical cure in grown persons, the surgeon is to grasp 
 the tumor behind, and introduce a trocar and canula into the sac, — 
 being careful to point the instrument upwards, so as not to wound 
 the testicle. The trocar is then withdrawn, — the canula being at 
 the same time pushed well into the sac, so that none of the fluid may 
 get into the cell tissue outside the sac. The fluid runs off through 
 the canula. When this has all escaped, some stimulating fluid, as 
 common lime-water, or, still better, tincture of iodine, is to be injected 
 through the canula into the emptied sac. After retaining this from 
 two to five minutes, it is permitted to flow out. Inflammation fol- 
 lows, which breaks up the secretion of water, and effects a cure in 
 two or three weeks. The amount of fluid thrown in, should be about 
 one or two teaspoonfuls of a mixture of one part of tincture of iodine 
 and two parts of water. If the first operation does not effect a com- 
 plete cure, it may be repeated. 
 
 Blood in the Scrotum. — Hematocele. 
 
 This is a collection of blood in the scrotum from some injury. 
 
 Treatment. — If the quantity of blood effused be small, cold appli- 
 cations may cause it to be absorbed. If it be large, make a puncture, 
 and apply a poultice for the blood to ooze into. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of Veins. — Phlebitis. 
 
 The veins are subject to attacks of acute inflammation, which 
 constitutes a very dangerous, and often fatal, disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — Fits of shivering, or perhaps fainting, a rapid pulse, 
 / anxiety of countenance, lowness of spirits, catching pains about the 
 heart, and swelling, redness, tenderness, and hardness along the course 
 of the affected veins. Sometimes the tongue is furred brown or black, 
 the skin is sallow, there is bilious vomiting, low delirium, and death. 
 In cases less rapid, there are great swelling and redness over the dis- 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 476 
 
 eased veins, and abscesses form, which, when opened, reveal clots of 
 blood, mixed with pus. Or, the patient, while remaining low, with a 
 sallow countenance, and a yellow tongue, will complain suddenly of 
 intense pain in some joint, as the knee or shoulder, — in which there 
 will be a rapid formation of pus ; a similar suppuration will follow 
 in other joints as well as in the lungs, etc., until the patient sinks, and 
 dies of exhaustion. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply leeches freely over the inflamed veins, — also 
 fomentations. Every abscess should be opened early. Keep the 
 bowels moderately open with some preparation of salts, and allay 
 pain and restlessness by morphia. Support the strength by beef tea, 
 etc. ; and, if the pulse be feeble, give wine or quinine. 
 
 The suppuration may be checked, in this as in other complaints, 
 by drinking freely of chamomile tea. The power to control sup- 
 puraton has recently been discovered as belonging to chamomile 
 flowers. 
 
 Chronic Phlebitis. 
 
 This is a far less serious disease than the preceding. Tt generally 
 affects the veins of the legs. 
 
 Symptoms. — Tenderness and hardness of the affected vein, with 
 swelling around it, and of the parts below ; a general painfullness of 
 the limb. After the inflammation has subsided, the vein feels hard, 
 like a cord, because the inflammation causes the blood within to co- 
 agulate, and harden, so that nothing can pass through the vessel. 
 
 Treatment. — Leeches, fomentations, or cold lotions, as the patient 
 may choose, purgatives, and rest, with the limb elevated. Subse- 
 quently, when the inflammation seems completely subdued, friction 
 with camphorated oil, and bandages. 
 
 Enlarged or Varicose Veins. — Varix. 
 
 The veins which lie near the surface, especially those of the legs, 
 are apt, by exhausting labor upon the feet, and by strains, to get 
 weakened, so that their valves lose their tone, and their sides stretch 
 and give way in certain places, letting the blood bulge out, and form 
 purple bunches. These bags of blood, lying along upon the surface 
 of the limb, form knotty tumors, looking like blood-boils. They oc- 
 casion a kind of distress, but no sharp pain. 
 
 Persons of weak, soft, and relaxed muscles and blood vessels are 
 particularly liable to this complaint. It often attacks women in the 
 family way. 
 
 Treatment — Where only a few veins are affected, it may be 
 sufficient, in some cases, to apply firmly over them a few strips of 
 leather, spread with soap plaster. But generally it is better to sup- 
 port the whole limb with a good calico bandage, or with a laced stock- 
 
476 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 ing, which should be applied in the morning before the patient is up. 
 It is generally well, also, to use friction, with some liniment, or iodine 
 ointment. Lead water, or alum water, or an infusion of white oak 
 bark, may be used with advantage. Burdock and plantain leaves, 
 bound upon the skin, and removed before they are dry, are useful. 
 Showering with cold water strengthens the veins. 
 
 Rupture. — Hernia. 
 
 Hernia signifies a protrusion of any internal organ from the cavity 
 where it belongs ; but the term is generally restricted so as to mean 
 no more than a protrusion of the bovjel through the walls of the belli/. 
 
 When the abdominal walls are weak, from any cause, no matter 
 what, — lifting, straining, or making violent muscular exertion of any 
 kind, will then often cause the bowel to force itself through at the 
 most debilitated spot ; and pushing the lining of the belly, the peri- 
 toneum, along before it, a bag or sac is formed, in which the project- 
 ing bowel is enclosed, forming an external tumor. 
 
 Divisions of Hernia. — Rupture may occur in several different 
 places, and has accordingly received different names. 
 
 Umbilical Hernia is a protrusion of tnc bowel at the umbilicus 
 or navel. This is most common in children soon after birth ; and 
 women who are often pregnant are liable to it. 
 
 Ventral Hernia is that which occurs at any part of the belly where 
 other forms of rupture do not appear. 
 
 Inguinal Hernia is that in which the bowel protrudes at the groins, 
 or through the abdominal rings. 
 
 Scrotal Hernia is that in which the bowel descends into the bag or 
 scrotum. 
 
 Femoral Hernia is the dropping down of the bowel behind what 
 is called Poupart's ligament, and appearing as a tumor at the upper 
 part of the thigh. 
 
 Reducible Hernia. ■ — Rupture is said to be reducible, when the 
 bowel may be put back into the cavity from which it came. 
 
 Irreducible Hernia. — Hernia is called irreducible when the pn> 
 trading bowel cannot be returned into the belly. 
 
 Strangulated Hernia is that form of the complaint in which the 
 bowel is so pressed upon at the point where it passes through the 
 walls of the belly that it is strangled or constricted so that its content* 
 cannot pass through. 
 
 Symptoms of Hernia. — A soft tumor, which may be compressed, 
 appears somewhere abojit the belly; and is increased in size when 
 the patient stands up. It also swells when he coughs, or makes any 
 exertion ; and grows smaller, or entirely disappears, when he iiea 
 down. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 477 
 
 Treatment. — In a case of reducible hernia, the first thing to be 
 done is to put the bowel back in its place, which is accomplished by 
 gently pressing and kneading the tumor, and swaying it back and 
 forth, — being careful to use no violence, — until it can be pushed 
 within the abdominal walls. It is then to be kept in its place by the 
 use of a truss, made expressly to fit the case. This instrument should 
 be constantly worn by day, and by night, too, if not too irksome ; but 
 if worn by day only, it should always be applied before rising in the 
 morning. 
 
 Irreducible Hernia may be palliated by wearing a truss with a hol- 
 low pad, which will so evenly and firmly embrace the tumor as neither 
 to irritate it, nor permit any further protrusion or enlargement. 
 
 Strangulated Hernia. — If a person have worn a truss for some 
 time, and, suddenly leaving it off, makes some violent exertion, either 
 the bowel or omentum is liable to be suddenly forced through a nar- 
 row aperture, and to become strangled. In such case, the patient has 
 flatulence, colicky pains, a sense of tightness across the belly, and a 
 desire to go to stool, but no ability to pass anything. Then follows 
 vomiting, first the contents of the stomach, then mucous and bile, 
 and, lastly, the fecal matters from the bowels, which are not permitted 
 to pass on to their natural outlet. The neck of the hernial sac now 
 becomes swelled, tender, and painful, the countenance is anxious, and 
 the pulse small, hard, and wiry ; and, after a time, the tumor begins 
 to mortify, the patient expresses himself free from all pain, and soon 
 after dies. 
 
 In the treatment, the bowel is to be returned if possible. To do 
 this, the bladder should first be emptied with a catheter, and the 
 patient should lie down with his shoulders raised, and both his thighs 
 bent towards the belly, and placed close to each other, so as to relax 
 all the ligaments and muscles of the belly. The surgeon may now 
 work gently for half an hour, if necessary, trying to put the bowel 
 back, but must be very careful not to excite inflammation by any 
 violence. 
 
 If he does not succeed, efforts are next to be made still further to 
 relax the muscles, as well as to reduce the force of the heart's action, 
 and to diminish the size of the tumor. With the tincture or fluid 
 extract of veratrum viride, the heart's action and force of the circula- 
 tion may be reduced to any desirable extent. The muscles may be 
 relaxed by injections of tobacco, made by steeping one dram of to- 
 bacco in one pint of water for ten minutes. This, however, is a 
 somewhat dangerous remedy, and should give place to the compound 
 lobelia injection. Two grains of tartrate of antimony in one pint of 
 tepid water, make a suitable injection. 
 
 To reduce the tumor, apply pounded ice in a bag, or a freezing 
 mixture (354). If the pain be acute, give large doses of opium or 
 morphia. 
 
 If all these remedies fail, there is then no hope but in relieving the 
 stricture by a surgical operation. 
 
 General Directions. — Rupture is an exceedingly common affection 
 
478 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Perhaps every third or fourth person suffers from it more or less. 
 P^emales, from motives of delicacy, are apt to conceal the misfortune, 
 and not seek advice. This exposes them to danger. Queen Caro- 
 line, wife of George II., lost her life by such concealment. 
 
 A swelling coming on suddenly in the groin or at the navel, after 
 considerable exertion, may be taken to be a rupture without much 
 fear of mistake. 
 
 The complaint being discovered, the bowel should be put back 
 in its place, and a truss be put on at once. In the case of young 
 persons, a truss may frequently effect a cure, but, that it may do this, 
 it should not be taken oft, night or day, except to cleanse it, and then 
 only when the wearer is in bed. 
 
 Those who can afford it, should have two trusses of the same size 
 and strength, so that if one get out of order, the other may take its 
 place while it is being repaired ; for, an hour's absence of the truss 
 might occasion a mischief which it would require months to repair. 
 
 Persons having a rupture must be very careful to keep costiveness 
 at a distance ; for straining at stool is highly injurious. 
 
 Varicocele.— Cirsocele. 
 
 This is an enlargement or varicose state of the spermatic veins, 
 and may be mistaken for hernia, inasmuch as standing and coughing 
 increase it. But it feels like a bag of worms ; and by this peculiarity, 
 may be distinguished from rupture.. 
 
 Treatment. — Wear a suspensary bandage. 
 
 Deformities and Irritations of the Spine. 
 
 Lateral Curvature. — There are several varieties of curvature of the 
 spine, Some of them are caused by the destruction of some portion 
 of the spinal column by disease. It will not be necessary for me to 
 treat of these forms of curvature, as they can only be investigated and 
 treated by the most skilful surgeons. Those who will use this book 
 chiefly, would hardly think of meddling with them. 
 
 The curvature which arises from debility of the bones, ligaments, 
 and muscles, and which is very common among females, lias the 
 following 
 
 Symptoms. — At first there is a projection of one collar-bone, or one 
 side of the chest, or one shoulder is considerably elevated, and is 
 popularly thought to be "growing out" On examination, the right 
 shoulder and the right side of the chest will be found, generally, to 
 be rounded and lifted up, while the other is sunk down and concave. 
 At the same time, the left hip sticks out, and the loins on the right 
 side have an inward curve. The spinal column will have a curve, as 
 in Fig. 174. 
 
 Causes. — This affection is caused by occupations which keep the 
 body in a laterally distorted position, and tax one side of the body 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 47^ 
 
 more than the other. It is produced in children who study their 
 lessons at school with one elbow resting on a high desk. The 
 muscles, too, get so weakened in many FlQ 174 
 
 females of luxurious, sedentary, and indo- 
 lent habits, that they cannot hold the bony 
 frame of the body in an upright position, 
 and the jointed column of bones, called 
 the spine, sags down to one side, and 
 draws the whole skeleton of the trunk out 
 of shape. 
 
 Treatment. — The first thing to be done 
 is to learn what particular attitude of the 
 body has occasioned the distortion. This 
 discovered, every possible effort is to be 
 made to break up the habit, whatever it 
 may be. If it be standing on one foot, or 
 sleeping on one side, or reading or writ- 
 ing with the elbow high, keep a constant 
 watch and strict role over the patient. 
 
 Exercise in the open air should be free, 
 and taken daily. The use of the dumb 
 bells is excellent for both sexes; but girls 
 should, in addition, have all the variety of elegant exercise furnished 
 by calisthenics. Wealthy parents, whose daughters are tenderly bred, 
 should never let them grow up without the invigoration which these 
 exercises impart. 
 
 When the curvature is marked, and the debility considerable, these 
 vigorous exercises should be taken for a time with moderation, and 
 the patient should lie down and rest immediately after taking them. 
 
 In many cases considerable benefit is derived from the mechanical 
 support afforded by supporters of various kinds. These are now con- 
 structed and adapted to the body, with considerable skill, by those 
 who make their construction a study and a business. 
 
 Spinal Irritation. — The spinal column is liable at certain points, 
 fco become congested, and consequently sore and irritable. 
 
 Symptoms. — The symptoms of this state of things are very varia- 
 ble and numerous, as all sorts of sensation of the skin, from utter 
 numbness and insensibility up to the most acute sensitiveness, des- 
 cribed as creeping, shooting, coldness, tingling, and the crawling of 
 ants. There may be neuralgic pains, spasm, cramp, trembling, or 
 palsy of the voluntary muscles ; or a fixed pain and tenderness in 
 some joint or other part ; or palpitation of the heart, dizziness, and 
 wind and pain in the stomach. 
 
 When any of these symptoms appear, and cannot be traced to any 
 other cause, we are to suspect some irritability of the spinal column, 
 and to search, accordingly, in that direction. The proper method of 
 search is, to make firm pressure on each of the projections of the 
 spine, and to pass over the projections a sponge wrung out of hot 
 
480 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 water. If there be trouble here, the patient will now be likely to 
 complain of severe pain at some one point. Or, the tender place 
 will generally be found sooner, by tapping with the ends of the fin- 
 gers, with quick and sharp strokes along upon the projecting bones 
 of the spine. The patient will be pretty sure to wince when the 
 tender point is reached. 
 
 Treatment. — Apply leeches, and follow them with a blister, or 
 stimulating liniment, or some strong, slightly irritating plaster, and 
 the tenderness will be very likely to disappear, as if by magic. 
 
 Wry Neck. — Caput Obstipum. 
 
 In this complaint, the head is drawn over towards one of the shoul- 
 ders, with the face generally turned towards the opposite side. This 
 is caused by the rigid contraction of a particular muscle. In some 
 instances, however, other muscles are affected, and the head may be 
 drawn in other directions, or be twitched about in various ways. 
 
 I had a singular case from New Hampshire, which, though not 
 exactly wry neck, was a kindred disease, and is worthy of being men- 
 tioned. The subject of it was a young lady of good physical develop- 
 ment, but inclined to nervous complaints. Her head was chiefly drawn 
 over backwards, sometimes so as to lie for a short time flat upon the 
 back, with no power to raise it. She was obliged, ordinarily, to let 
 her head lean a little to one side, and rest upon the hand, in order to 
 keep it steady. When walking, with the head erect, without this 
 support, it was every few moments jerked over backward and a little 
 to one side, the chin being thrown up in a most unseemly way. The 
 case partook of the nature of chorea. 
 
 Treatment. — For the genuine wry neck, where the muscle which 
 draws the head to one side is rigid and inflamed, the treatment 
 sho aid consist of leeches, poultices, purgatives, blisters, and alteratives. 
 "When tht muscles causing the distortion are not rigid, electro-mag- 
 netism, or the shower bath may have a good effect. In some cases, 
 strychnine will do well. 
 
 The peculiar case mentioned above, completely recovered, under the 
 u»es of the extract of St. Ignatius's bean (95), one pill three times a 
 day, and gradually increased to nine pills a day. She also took iron, 
 and was put upon a most energetic system of out-door exercise. 
 Considering the stubborn and severe nature of the complaint, her 
 complete recovery was as unexpected to her friends as it was grati- 
 fying. 
 
 Foreign Bodies in the Eye. 
 
 When a person complains of some substance in the eye, the inside 
 of the lower eyelid, and lower portion of the ball, should first be ex- 
 amined, the person being directed at the same time to look up. If 
 nothing be discovered there, the patient is then to be directed to look 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 481 
 
 downward. This will expose to view the upper part of the globe. 
 At the same time, the eyelashes should be taken between the thumb 
 and finger, and the lid turned upward over some round smooth thing, 
 as a bodkin, which will turn the lid wrong side out, and bring to view 
 whatever is on the inner surface. Any foreign body discovered may 
 be removed by wiping it off with the head of a pin, having a silk 
 handkerchief turned over it. If this fails to detach it, it may be care- 
 fully picked up by running under it the point of a lancet, tooth-picl^ 
 or pen-knife. 
 
 Stye. — Hordeolum. 
 
 A stye is nothing more nor less than a small painful boil at the 
 edge of the eyelid. 
 
 Treatment. — In severe cases, apply a poultice ; and open it as soon 
 as it begins to point. After it has discharged all it is likely to, apply, 
 on going to bed, for two or three nights, a little diluted nitrate of 
 mercury ointment. Tonics and alteratives are frequently required to 
 break up the formation of styes. 
 
 Inflammation of the Edge of the Eyelids. 
 Ophthalmia Tarsi. 
 
 This inflammation often involves the Meibomian glands, which 
 then secrete a sticky mucus, which, not being wiped away during 
 sleep, glues the lids together, so that, on waking in the morning, the 
 patient cannot get his eyes open. The complaint is generally chronic 
 and obstinate, lasting a long time. Weakly persons, with disordered 
 digestion, are most subject to it. In some cases the lids ulcerate, and 
 the lashes fall out. Generally the lids are considerably inflamed for 
 a few days, and then, the inflammation subsiding, branny scales, 
 which may be brushed off, form along the borders of the lids, at the 
 roots of the lashes. 
 
 Treatment. — The health being generally disordered, needs first to 
 be improved by all possible means, as by alteratives, tonics, bathing, 
 exercise in the open air, travelling if practicable, and a generous diet. 
 
 While the lids are inflamed, they should be bathed by a wash com- 
 posed of sulphate of zinc, twelve grains ; laudanum, two drams ; and 
 soft water, twelve ounces. The redness and heat having subsided, 
 and the bowels being opened by a gentle dose of physic, an astrin- 
 gent wash should be applied once or twice during the day (208) 
 (209), and a small piece of the diluted nitrate of mercury ointment 
 be rubbed along the borders of the lid, with a pencil-brush at night 
 This will generally effect an immediate improvement, and in time 
 will bring about a cure. 
 
 61 
 
482 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Disorder of the Lashes. 
 Trichiasis. — This signifies a growing inward of the eyelashes. 
 
 Dystrickiasis. — This is a double row of eyelashes, one of which 
 grows inward. 
 
 Treatment. — Pull out the misplaced hairs, and continue to do so 
 
 as fast as they appear. 
 
 Ptosis. 
 
 This is a falling down of the upper eyelid, from palsy of the third 
 nerve. It is sometimes attended with headache, and dizziness, and 
 may be the forerunner of apoplexy. 
 
 Treatment. — Begin the treatment with purgatives, and then use 
 every means to improve the health, especially exercise out of doors. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Lachrymal Sac. 
 
 When the mucous lining of the nasal duct gets thickened and 
 obstructed, the patient complains of great weakness of the eye, which 
 is constantly weeping, — the nostril on the same side having a corres- 
 ponding dryness. The tears not passing down through the obstructed 
 duct, collect in the lachrymal sac, and form a small tumor by the side 
 of the nose. By pressing the finger upon this, the tears may be 
 squeezed out through the upward passage, and glairy mucus along 
 with them. There is generally tenderness of the sac, and sometimes 
 redness of the skin. There is commonly inflammation of the mucous 
 membrane lining the eyelids, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The acute inflammation of the sac must be treated 
 by leeches, purgatives, and cold washes. 
 
 Chronic inflammation of the sac requires a special attention to the 
 general health. The diet should be carefully regulated, and the alka- 
 line sponge bath used every day, with brisk rubbing after it. When 
 the sac gets very full, the patient should try gently to force the con- 
 tents down into the nose by pressing upon the upper side of the 
 tumor ; and he may promote the same object by strongly drawing in 
 his breath often with his mouth and nostrils both tightly shut. The 
 diluted nitrate of mercury ointment may be applied to the eyelids at 
 bed-time, and a little of prescription (211) may be dropped once dur- 
 ing the day into the inner corner of the eye. 
 
 Purulent Ophthalmia. — Egyptian Ophthalmia. 
 
 Owing to the glaring sunshine, and the particles of sand with 
 which the air is loaded, this disease is endemic in Egypt. Hence its 
 name Egyptian opthalmia. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 4813 
 
 Symptoms. — It begins with stiffness, itching, and watering of the 
 eyes, and a feeling as if there were dust in them. The lids are a 
 little swelled, and become glued together during sleep. The mucous 
 membrane which lines the lids and covers the ball, is intensely red 
 and swollen, and discharges a copious quantity of pus. There is a 
 severe burning pain extending to the cheek and temple, with head- 
 ache and fever. The eyes cannot be opened. It is both contagious 
 and infectious. 
 
 Treatment. — At the very beginning, apply a nitrate of silver wash 
 (21 1-), twice a day. With this application, a low diet, and five to 
 ten-drop doses of fluid extract or tincture of veratrum viride, every 
 hour, this terrible complaint may often be broken up. 
 
 If the disease have reached its height, and there is great fever and 
 headache, the patient may be freely purged (31), and the pain be 
 allayed by full doses of Dover's powder. 
 
 The patient must be kept in bed, in a dark room, with the head 
 elevated. 
 
 The eyes should be frequently washed out gently with warm water, 
 or a decoction of poppies, containing one grain of alum to an ounce. 
 This must be done with a piece of fine sponge, or with a small 
 syringe. Once or twice a day, a few drops of solution of nitrate of 
 silver, two grains to the ounce of soft water, may be dropped in 
 the eyes from a camel's-hair pencil. As soon as the disease begins 
 to give way, the alum in the poppy decoction may be increased a 
 little. 
 
 Purulent Ophthalmia of Children. 
 
 This always begins within a short time after birth, — generally 
 on the third day. 
 
 Symptoms. — The edges of the lids at first become red, and glued 
 together, and the membrane lining them is red and rough. The eye 
 remains closed. The conjunctiva or membrane which covers the 
 globe, next becomes intensely scarlet, and so much swelled, at times, 
 that the lids turn out ; and it discharges a thick purulent matter. 
 The child is feverish and restless. 
 
 Causes. — Exposure to cold and damp, bad nursing, omitting tc 
 wash away from the eyes the cheesy secretions of the skin, and the 
 contact of gonorrheal and leucorrhceal secretions of the vagina at 
 birth. 
 
 Treatment. — Wash out the eye frequently, and gently, with a 
 weak astringent wash (207) (203), or put between the lids once a 
 day, a large drop, with a camel's-hair pencil, of prescription (208). 
 When the disease is declining, apply to the lids, with a camel's-hair 
 pencil, diluted nitrate of mercury ointment. 
 
484 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Catarrhal Ophthalmia. 
 
 Symptoms. — In this complaint, the white of the eye becomes in- 
 flamed and very red, the redness being superficial, so that the vessel 
 can be moved by pulling the eyelids ; generally there is a thin mucoua 
 discharge, which, in severe cases, becomes thick and purulent It is 
 caused by cold and damp. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be considerable pain and headache, give pur- 
 gatives (31) (19), and continue them, once a day, till the symptoms 
 of active inflammation subside. Apply to the eyes a poultice of 
 slippery elm, and bathe them frequently with a decoction of poppy 
 leaves, lukewarm or cold, according to the choice of the patient 
 Smear the edges of the lids at night with fresh lard ; and when the 
 inflammation begins to decline, use diluted nitrate of mercury oint- 
 ment instead. Keep the eyes well protected from the light with a 
 shade. A large drop of a solution of nitrate of silver, two to four 
 grains to the ounce of water, may be put into the eye two or three 
 times a day. Sometimes sulphate of zinc, four grains to thb ounce 
 of water, will do well. 
 
 When the disease reaches the chronic stage, — the pain and head- 
 ache having passed off, — some astringent applications will be re- 
 quired, as a very weak solution of nitrate of silver (208)* or a dram 
 each of powdered witch hazel leaves and golden seal, steeled for ten 
 minutes in a gill of boiling water, and strained when coid. 
 
 Scrofulous Ophthalmia. 
 
 This disease is chiefly confined to children unde* ^yght years of 
 age. 
 
 Symptoms. — Entire inability to bear light ; the lids are spasmodi- 
 cally closed, and the head constantly turned away fror i /he light. The 
 blood vessels of the conjunctiva are not particularly injected, with 
 the exception of one or two large ones which run tcwards the cornea, 
 and terminate in one or more small opaque purples. The cornea 
 frequently ulcerates, and the complaint is very obstinate, — being 
 liable often to recur. 
 
 Treatment. — As in all scrofulous complaints^ «t is important in 
 this to look after the general health. No more physic is required 
 than to keep the bowels open ; and even this, if costiveness exist, 
 had better be done by bread made from unbolted wheat flour, by 
 injections of cool or tepid water, and by exercise. The health must 
 be supported by iron, sarsaparilla, stillingia, and quinine. 
 
 The eye is to be strengthened by cold water applied to the lids, the 
 forehead, and the temples. The eyes may be bathed likewise with a 
 warm decoction of poppies, or of chamomile flowers. 
 
 But one of the best applications is a solution of nitrate of silver, 
 one or two grains to the ounce of water, a few drops being put into 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 485 
 
 the eve once or twice a day. Occasionally a solution of sulphate of 
 copper, of the same strength, may be used with decided advantage. 
 Both eyes should be protected by a shade. 
 
 Inflammation of the Cornea. — Corneitis. 
 
 Symptoms. — The cornea is rough, red, opaque, and generally prom* 
 inent There is some pain and inability to bear light, but not great 
 The pulse is frequent, and the skin dry. 
 
 Treatment. — If the inflammation be acute, use leeches, emetics, 
 purgatives, tincture of veratrum. Apply fomentations, and smear 
 belladonna ointment on the eyebrows. 
 
 For the chronic form, give quinine and other bitters, and put blis- 
 ters upon the nape of the neck, and behind the ears. The wine of 
 opium, and the diluted nitrate of mercury ointment, must be applied 
 to the lids. 
 
 Inflammation of the Iris. — Iritis. 
 
 The iris is covered with a serous membrane, and is very liable to 
 adhesive inflammation. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the first stage, the iris changes its color, and the 
 pupil is contracted. In the next stage, lymph is poured out upon the 
 surface in a thin layer, sometimes, which looks rusty, and sometimes 
 in larger quantities, filling the whole cavity of the aqueous humor. 
 
 Causes. — Injuries, or overworking the eye, but more frequently a 
 taint of the system from gout or syphilis. 
 
 Treatment. — If there be considerable inflammation, apply leeches 
 to the temples, and keep down the circulation by tincture of vera- 
 trum. To relieve pain, if any, give Dover's powder, or morphia. 
 The strength is generally to be supported by quinine ; and in many 
 instances, iodide of potassium is to be given as an alterative. A little 
 solution of atropia, one grain to the ounce of w T ater, is to be dropped 
 into the eye once or twice a day, and a warm infusion of slippery 
 elm bark, or of marshmallow, to be used as a wash. The bowels to 
 be kept open by gentle physic. 
 
 Weakness of Sight.— Musca Volitantes. 
 
 This is an affection to which persons of weakly constitution are 
 liable, and those who write much, or examine very small objects. 
 
 Symptoms. — Dimness of sight ; uneasiness on exposure to a strong 
 light ; and specks floating before the eyes, — often looking like flies. 
 
 Treatment. — The complaint depends on debility, natural or ac- 
 quired ; and tonics, as quinine and iron, and the shower or sponge 
 bath, and out-door exercise, are the proper remedies. 
 
486 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Imperfect Vision. — Amaurosis. 
 
 The complaint here referred to is dependent on some change in 
 the optic nerve or the brain, — most commonly the former. 
 
 Symptoms. — In some cases the sight becomes suddenly dim, and 
 is perhaps soon lost altogether ; but more often it is impaired by slow 
 degrees, — being only defective at intervals, as when the stomach is 
 out of order, or the eyes have been fatigued. At one time, it will 
 begin with objects appearing dim ; at another, with their being 
 double ; at still another, with the ability to see only one half of 
 objects. In some instances, the complaint begins with a crooked, 
 or disfigured, or discolored appearance of tilings looked at. Again 
 it will begin as near-sightedness, or far-sightedness ; or the patient 
 cannot measure distances, and will miss his aim in pouring water 
 into a glass, or in putting a match to the wick of a lamp. The flame 
 of a lamp will appear split. At times the eye does not bear light ; 
 at other times it longs for it, and objects do not appear illuminated 
 enough. 
 
 . Distinction. — Amaurosis may be distinguished from cataract by 
 there being no opaque body to be seen behind the pupil ; and by the 
 light of a candle appearing discolored, split, or lengthened, or iride- 
 scent, whereas in cataract, vision is only clouded, and a lighted candle 
 looks as if surrounded with a mist. 
 
 Chances of Cure. — These are generally not very favorable, unless 
 the remedies empk>yed very soon produce good effects. 
 
 Treatment. — Electro-galvanism is one of the most promising reme- 
 dies. Bayberry root, dried and reduced to an impalpable power, and 
 taken as a snuff, is occasionally useful. Cayenne, steeped in water, 
 one grain to one ounce of water, and a little of it dropped into the 
 eye, may stimulate the palsied nerve, and in some cases restore sight 
 
 Blisters may be applied behind the ears, or a seton may be tried 
 upon the back of the neck, with some promise of success. 
 
 But probably nothing will do better than cold bathing, — a shower 
 bath if it can be borne, — out-door exercise vigorously pursued, and 
 an adherence for a long time, — perhaps a year, — to a strictly vege- 
 table diet, — at the same time using nervine tonics, etc. (316). 
 
 Short and Long Sight. 
 
 Short Sight, called myopia, depends on too great a convexity of the 
 cornea, or crystaline lens, or vitreous humor, — one or all, — and the 
 consequent formation of the image of the object inspected a little in 
 front of the optic nerve, or retina, — as at a, Fig. 173, instead of at b, 
 where it should be formed. The rays of light are brought to a focus 
 before they reach the retina. 
 
 Children are either born with this defect, or it is brought on by too 
 close study, or by long application of the eyes to minute objects. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 487 
 
 It may be remedied frequently by exercising the eyes in looking at 
 distant objects. Children afflicted in this way should have their 
 studies abridged, and their exercise in the open air increased. While 
 studying they should have some apparatus applied to them which 
 f hall keep the chin elevated, so that the head cannot be dropped too 
 low, and the eyes brought too near the book. And the book should 
 i ach day be placed a very little further from the eyes. 
 
 Fig. 1 
 
 Glasses worn by persons having this defect of vision should be 
 concave, as at c. 
 
 Long Sight, or presbyopia, depends on the humors of the eye not 
 being convex enough. In this case, the image of the inspected object 
 is formed beyond the optic nerve, as at d, Fig. 174. This is one of the 
 earliest signs of advancing age. 
 
 Fig. 174. 
 
 This defect is to be remedied by glasses which are convex* e. Per- 
 sons in the early autumn of life, must not resort to glasses too hastily, 
 or, indeed, until they are compelled to, nor should they change those 
 first used too soon. Glasses should make objects look distinct and 
 bright, but not larger than natural. 
 
 Squinting. — Strabismus. 
 
 In strabismus, the eyes are not parallel in their position and mo- 
 tion. 
 
 It is supposed that one eye may become weaker than the other, or 
 that the visual axis of the two may not be adjusted alike, so that one 
 eye, — perhaps the more defective one, — turns aside to escape the 
 distorted vision, or possibly the injury to itself which would follow 
 the attempt to make eyes of unequal power work evenly together. 
 The opposing muscles lose their counterbalancing force, and the in- 
 ternal rectus, gaining the preponderance, draws the eye inward, — for 
 the squint is more often convergent than divergent ; that is, the eye 
 turns in more often than out. Both eyes sometimes squint. 
 
488 
 
 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Treatment — In recent cases, there is some chance of curing this 
 complaint without a surgical operation. The patient should not be in 
 the society of other squinting persons, so as to learn it by imitation. 
 
 In the first place care should be taken that the bowels are kept in 
 good condition, and that the general health is well fortified by bath- 
 ing, tonics, and exercise. The patient should be made to stand 
 before a glass, and while he closes the sound eye, look steadily at 
 some object with the squinting eye. Let him do this till the eye is a 
 little tired ; then let him open the sound eye, when the squinting one 
 will turn aside. But by compelling it, in this way, several times a 
 day, to work in a straight line, it may, perhaps, be taught to remain 
 parallel with the other. 
 
 Nervine tonics, as strychnine (86) (94) (95) (316), will sometimes 
 do good service ; and electro-galvanism has been found useful in 
 many cases. 
 
 But in old and obstinate cases, the only cure is found in dividing 
 the muscle which pulls the eye to one side, — the internal rectus, if 
 the eye is drawn in, — the external rectus, if it is drawn out 
 
 Affections of the Ear. 
 
 These are so common, that, in almost every family, they require 
 attention, at one time or another. And deafness, which so often 
 results from these disorders, is so serious a misfortune, that every 
 affection of the ear should receive early attention. 
 
 Examination of the Meatus. — For examining the meatus, or ex- 
 ternal passage of the ear, there is perhaps no better instrument than 
 a simple silver or glass tube, of the size no. 175. 
 
 and shape represented in Fig. 175. 
 
 To make the examination properly, place 
 the patient either in a sitting, kneeling, or 
 standing posture, as may be most conven- 
 ient, with the ear directly under a good 
 stream of gas, or lamp, or sun-light. Then take hold of the ear with 
 the thumb and finger, and gently draw it outward and backward, and 
 with the other hand introduce the small end of the tube or speculum, 
 and carry it forward as far as it will go without producing pain. 
 Then by gently swaying the large end of the tube back and forth, a 
 stream of light may be made to illuminate all sides of the passage. 
 If the lining of this passage is smooth, dry, pearly-white, and shining, 
 and is without wax, it may be regarded as healthy. At the close of 
 the passage, the tympanum may be seen, and should be semi-trans- 
 parent, dry, and grayish- white. Within this, may be seen the handle 
 of the malleus, coming from above downward and forward. This 
 bone runs about half way across the tympanum, and divides it into an 
 upper front, and a lower back part. This lower back portion, when 
 viewed through the speculum, is more glistening than the upper and 
 front part, and a bright spot of light is seen on its most rounded 
 portion, which is just below and behind the point of the malleus. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 489 
 
 Inflammation causes this innermost part of the meatus to become 
 thickened, vascular, or granular, — like the conjunctiva of the eye 
 when it is inflamed ; it also causes it to secrete and discharge 
 matter. 
 
 Inflammation of the Meatus. — Otorrhoea. 
 
 This is quite a common complaint among delicate children ; and 
 may occur as the result of scarlet fever, or be excited by currents of 
 cold air, by rotten teeth, or by deranged stomach and bowels. 
 
 Symptoms. — Fever, headache, intense pain in the ear, and swelling 
 of the glands of the neck. After a time, a reddish, watery discharge 
 comes on, which soon grows thicker and mattery. The fever dis- 
 appears with the appearance of the thick matter. An examination 
 with the speculum shows the whole meatus to be swollen, vascular, 
 and covered with a slimy matter. 
 
 Unless great attention be given to cleanliness, the discharge be- 
 comes very abundant and fetid, and lasts for a long time ; and if 
 neglected, will be likely to lead to very serious consequences, even 
 the decay of some of the bones of the head. 
 
 Treatment — While the inflammation is acute, and there is fever 
 and pain, the diet should be confined to mere liquids, — as rice-water, 
 gruel, etc., and the bowels should be opened with some preparation of 
 salts, — the ear being gently syringed, occasionally, with warm water, 
 or decoction of poppies, and being covered with a warm poultice of 
 flax-seed, or bread and milk. In place of a poultice, a soft linen bag, 
 filled with bran, and dipped in hot water, may be kept on the ear. 
 If there be great pain and headache, put leeches behind the ear. 
 
 The pain and fever being gone, and the mattery discharge having 
 come on, the case is to be treated like other chronic diseases of mu- 
 cous membranes in scrofulous constitutions, by tonics, alteratives, 
 warm baths, and out-door exercise. 
 
 The ear may now be gently syringed out with castile soap and 
 water, and immediately after with a weak solution of alum, or sul- 
 phate of zinc, one grain to a dram. This may be done twice a day. 
 Or, a little of a mixture of two drams of solution of sugar of lead 
 and half a pint of water, may be dropped into the meatus, and, after 
 remaining two or three minutes, be allowed to run out. If the dis- 
 charge be very fetid, two drams of solution of chloride of lime, with 
 half a pint of water, will make a suitable wash with which to syringe 
 it, — applying, once a day, a solution of nitrate of silver, five grains 
 to the ounce of water. 
 
 Should the discharge stop at any time, and pain and fever come 
 on, lay aside these astringent applications, and $<* back at once to the 
 leeches, purgatives, poultices, and fomentation ■ 
 
490 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Wax in the Ear. 
 
 The ear sometimes becomes completely filled with wax, mixed 
 with hairs and flakes of scarf-skin. 
 
 Treatment — Let the ear be gently syringed from time to time 
 with warm soap suds, so as thoroughly to clear out the whole mass 
 of matter. The water may be quite warm, and a little cotton should 
 be loosely inserted after the syringing. 
 
 Earache. — Otalgia. 
 
 Symptoms. — This is simply neuralgia of the ear, and comes on in 
 fits of excruciating pain, which shoots over the head and face. It 
 may be distinguished from inflammation of the ear, by the sudden- 
 ness and intensity of the pain ; by its not throbbing, not increasing 
 in intensity, not being attended by fever, and not coming and going 
 without apparent cause. 
 
 Treatment — Fill or remove all rotten teeth, which may be sus- 
 pected as the cause of the suffering. Give iron, particularly the 
 citrate combined with strychnine (316). 
 
 Inflammation of the Tympanum. —Deafness. — Otitis. 
 
 Symptoms. — In the acute form of the disease, there is violent pain, 
 ringing noises in the ear, and delirium. When the suppuration takes 
 place, there is a chill, and a heavy, tensive pain. 
 
 In the chronic form of the complaint, the lining membrane of the 
 tympanic cavity, has its vessels a little enlarged, with blood some- 
 times effused into its substance, or lymph upon its surface, or the 
 membrane is thickened, and sometimes covered with tuberculous 
 concretions, or there are fibrous bands occupying nearly the whole 
 of the cavity. 
 
 Symptoms. — These are slight, — the first perceptible change being, 
 generally, deafness in one or both ears. There may be a woolly sen 
 sation, with noises or ringing, and slight aching pains. 
 
 Treatment — As the deafness in these cases generally depends on a 
 chronic inflammation of the tympanic membrane, the best remedies art 
 those which improve the condition of the digestive organs and gen- 
 eral health, as regular diet, bathing, pure air, and exercise, with tonics 
 and alteratives. Occasionally, a leech or two, or a blister behind the 
 ear, will be serviceable. But generally dry cupping behind and in 
 front of the ear will answer the purpose for calling the blood away 
 from the thickened membrane. 
 
 If the inflammation be acute, it must be combatted with purging, 
 blisters, poultices, and fomentations. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 491 
 
 When deafness is caused by inflammation in the eustachian tubes, 
 or from enlargement of the tonsils, etc., the tonsils must be cut off, 
 and a solution of nitrate of silver, twenty grains to the ounce, must 
 be thrown upon the mouths of the tubes with a shower syringe. 
 
 Bleeding from the Nose. — Epistaxis. 
 
 Treatment. — In full-blooded persons, with redness of face, and sub- 
 ject to headache, and dizziness, bleeding from the nose may be salu- 
 tary, and necessary to ward off apoplexy, and should not be too sud- 
 denly stopped. 
 
 When the bleeding is such as to require to have it arrested, plug 
 the nostrils with the scraping from a fur hat, or with lint, dipped in a 
 strong solution of alum, or tannin, or Monsel's persalt of iron, one 
 part to ten parts of water. 
 
 Ingrowing Toe-Nail. 
 
 To most persons, the above words will suggest some unpleasant 
 associations, for there are few but have had some painful experience 
 with this affection. It is generally, like corns and some other trouble- 
 some things, the penalty inflicted for wearing tight shoes. It gener- 
 ally appears upon the great toe. The constant pressure of a narrow 
 boot or shoe against the side of the toe, causes the edge of the nail 
 to sink into the flesh, and cause inflammation and pain, and finally 
 ulceration. Nature, attempting to repair the mis- Flo 176 
 
 chief, sends out granulations, which, being perpet- 
 ually irritated, shoot up into unhealthy growths, 
 called proud flesh. Thenceforward, the sufferings 
 of the patient become incessant ; and he cannot 
 now even compromise, as he would be glad to do, 
 by putting on shoes of ample dimensions, but is 
 obliged to negotiate a peace by putting away the 
 shoe altogether, or by cutting a hole through it to 
 take off the pressure. At the risk of giving the 
 reader a few dismal twinges every time he looks 
 Upon this page, we place here, in Fig. 176, a good 
 representation of this tormenting disorder, as a 
 suitable warning against the folly of giving the toes narrow quarters. 
 
 Treatment. — Make a lye by putting half a pint of hard-wood ashes 
 into a quart of hot water ; bathe the toe in this, while warm, twenty 
 minutes, every day. Immediately after each bathing apply a poultice, 
 made of ground slippery elm and weak lye, changing the poultice 
 twice a day. As fast as the inflammation is subdued by this, press a 
 little fine lint gently under the edge of the nail. At each subsequent 
 dressing, cut off as much of the nail as is raised out of the tender 
 flesh, with the keen point of a penknife. Continue to do this till the 
 whole offending portion is cut away. 
 
 If the above treatment does not reduce the inflammation and great 
 
492 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 tenderness, spread some extract of belladonna upon lint, — lay this 
 upon the diseased part, and put a poultice over it. 
 
 When the disorder begins to make its appearance, it is a good plan 
 to scrape the nail very thin on top ; this will cause it to grow upon 
 the upper surface, and to give way at the tender part, so as to obvi- 
 ate, sometimes, the necessity of any other treatment. 
 
 The following is the best treatment. Wash the toe in warm water, 
 and make the parts dry with cotton wool. Then gently press cotton 
 wool in between the toe nail and the tender projecting flesh, and ex- 
 tend it along the groove back between the skin and nail. Next, wet 
 the end of a piece of nitrate of silver, and rub it thoroughly upon ths 
 nail, close to the cotton, not allowing it to touch the tender flesha 
 then put on a thin layer of cotton wool, and, in two or three hours, a 
 poultice around the toe. 
 
 In two days, the nail will be perfectly black, and, as far as the ni- 
 trate was well applied, will be separated from the parts underneath, and 
 may be taken off without pain. 
 
 If the nail is very thick, scrape off the black and deadened part in 
 two days, and apply the nitrate again. This treatment is a vast im- 
 provement on the old and cruel practice of tearing off the live nail. 
 
 Chafing and Excoriation. 
 
 When the neck, arm-pits, thighs, etc., of children, get chafed or 
 excoriated, a remedy may be found by keeping the parts clean, and 
 by dusting them with powdered slippery elm, starch, or hair-powder. 
 If this does not effect a cure, apply Turner's cerate, or wash the parts 
 with a solution of sulphate of zinc, or nitrate of silver, five grains to 
 the ounce of soft water. 
 
 Grown persons may treat these troubles very much in the same 
 way, or by wearing cotton between parts which rub together. 
 
 Foreign Substances in the Nose. 
 
 When any foreign substance gets lodged in the nose, close the 
 mouth and the opposite nostril, and then blow forcibly through the 
 obstructed side. If this is not successful, press the thumb against the 
 nose above the obstructing body, and then make a hook of a piece 
 of wire or knitting needle, and pressing it up over the offending sub- 
 stance, pull it down. 
 
 Foreign Substances in the Ear. 
 
 If flies and other insects get into the ear, fill the ear with sweet 
 oil, and then syringe it out with warm water. Sometimes it will be 
 sufficient to hold the head down on one side, and have the ear filled 
 with water, — remaining quiet in this position for a short time, when 
 the insect will rise to the surface. If any hard substance be got into 
 the ear, lie down quietly upon the affected side, and send for a phy- 
 sician. 
 
 J) 
 
SUEGICAL DISEASES. 493 
 
 Foreign Substances in the Gullet. 
 
 If the substance have not gone beyond the reach of the thumb and 
 finger, thrust them down as far as possible, and try to pull it out ; or, 
 a small curved pair of forceps will reach still lower than the ringers. 
 Or, this failing, let some one place one hand firmly on the chest of 
 the choking person, and give him a smart blow or two between th« 
 shoulders with the other hand. If the substance be down some way 
 in the gullet, it may be pushed along into the stomach by some 
 smooth, blunt instrument 
 
 Foreign Bodies in the Windpipe. 
 
 Sometimes foreign bodies will remain a long time in the windpipe, 
 and will only create some inflammation and cough, but not any im- 
 mediately dangerous symptoms. When the body has gone entirely 
 below the epiglottis, but little can be done, except to give a pinch of 
 snuff to cause sneezing, and to direct the patient to expel the air ex- 
 plosively from the lungs by a few energetic and sudden coughs. This 
 may drive the offending body out 
 
 Bleeding from Wounds. 
 
 If bleeding occur from any part where a bone lies near the surface, 
 as the head or face, it may generally be stopped by pressing firmly 
 against the bone with a finger, or a piece of cork, or by binding on 
 tightly a hard pad. If this does not succeed, lift up each edge of the 
 wound, and examine carefully to see if any small stream of blood is 
 spouting out in jets. If so, an artery is wounded, and the point of 
 small forceps or tweezers must be dipped in where the jets come 
 from ; the spouting mouth taken hold of and drawn out ; and a 
 strong silk thread passed around it, and tied below the forceps. The 
 white and gaping mouth of the vessel may then be seen. 
 
 If the bleeding be profuse from an arm, the whole current of blood 
 to that limb must be cut oft', which may be done by some person 
 pressing a thumb firmly into the neck behind the middle of the collar- 
 bone. This will dam up the blood in the great artery of the arm, as 
 it comes out of the chest. The handle of a door-key, wrapped in 
 several folds of linen, may be pressed upon this place for a long time 
 until medical assistance can be had. 
 
 Dangerous bleeding from the thigh or leg, may often be stopped by 
 pressing the great artery just below the crease of the groin. 
 
 If the bleeding be below the middle of the upper arm, or middle 
 of the thigh, pass a handkerchief once or twice around the limb, as 
 far above the wound as possible, and tie it tightly. Slip a stiff stick 
 under this, and turn it round, like the handle of an auger, until the 
 handkerchief becomes so tight as to stop the bleeding. This arrange- 
 ment is called a stick-tourniquet, and is intended to answer the same 
 purpose with the instrument represented by Fig. 146. (See p. 878.) 
 
494 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Apparent Death from Noxious Vapors. 
 
 When persons become insensible from breathing foul air in a deep 
 well or other place where it collects, let them be immediately exposed 
 to the open air, and cold water be sprinkled upon the face and head, 
 and strong vinegar be rubbed about the nostrils. As soon as there is 
 ability to swallow, give some drinks, as lemonade, or a few drops of 
 aromatic sulphuric acid, dropped into a tumblerful of water, and 
 slightly sweetened. A stimulating injection (246) may be given. 
 
 Apparent Death from Burning Charcoal. 
 
 Some persons very thoughtlessly attempt to warm their sleeping or 
 sitting rooms with a portable furnace, or open pan filled with burning 
 charcoal, or live coals from a wood fire. This is very wrong, as such 
 coals while burning throw off large quantities of carbonic acid gas, a 
 deadly poison. This being heavier than atmospheric air, falls to the 
 bottom of the room, and for a time may do no damage ; but, if there 
 be no chimney-draught, or open door or window, it will rise above 
 the heads of those in the room, and bring on asphyxia and death. 
 
 Let such cases be treated the same as the preceding, with the addi- 
 tional measure of attempting to excite breathing, as in the case of 
 persons apparently dead from drowning. 
 
 To Recover Persons Apparently Drowned. 
 
 Drowning persons die by what is called asphyxia. The air being 
 ohut off from the lungs, breathing stops, and the immediate accumu- 
 lation of carbonic acid in the blood, paralyzes the nervous system, and 
 insensibility immediately follows. The heart continues to beat, how- 
 ever, from five to twenty minutes after the occurrence of insensibility 
 and apparent death. 
 
 Recovery may take place at any time before the heart ceases to 
 beat, and has been brought about in some cases even after this organ 
 has become still. It has taken place, in some few instances, as late as 
 half an hour after being under water, but it can scarcely be expected, 
 even under the best treatment, later than twenty minutes from the 
 time of submersion ; and even as late as this, the chances are much 
 against restoration. 
 
 Treatment. — The best treatment is that recommended by Dr. Mar- 
 shall Hall. 
 
 Treat the patient instantly, on the spot, in the open air, and, except 
 in severe weather, expose the face and chest to the breeze. 
 
 Then, to Clear the Throat, place the patient gently on the face, with 
 one wrist under the forehead. All the fluids, and the tongue now 
 fall forward, leaving the passage to the windpipe free. If there be 
 breathing, wait and watch. If there be no breathing, or, if there have 
 been, and it has failed, 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 495 
 
 Then, to Excite Breathing, turn the patient well and instantly on 
 his side, and excite the nostrils with snuff, or the throat with a feather, 
 and dash cold water on the face, previously rubbed warm. If there 
 be no success, lose not a moment, but, instantly, 
 
 Kelt, to Imitate Breathing, replace the patient on his face, raising 
 and supporting the chest well on a folded coat or other article of 
 dress. Now very gently turn the body on the side, and a little be- 
 yond, and then quickly back upon the face, and repeat these turnings, 
 back and forth, deliberately, efficiently, and perseveringly, fifteen times 
 in a minute, occasionally varying the side. These motions will cause 
 a kind of artificial breathing ; for while the patient rests upon the 
 breast, the weight of the body compresses this cavity, and expels the 
 air, which is the same as the outgoing breath, or expiration ; when 
 he is turned on the side, the pressure is removed, and the air rushes 
 in as in natural inspiration, or the ingoing of the breath. When the 
 patient is on the face, make even and efficient pressure along up the 
 back of the chest, discontinuing it immediately before turning the 
 body upon the side. This upward gliding pressure helps expel the 
 air. Of course it must be stopped the moment the body is in a posi- 
 tion upon the side to let it in. The result of these movements is 
 breathing, and, if not too late, life. 
 
 Then, to Induce Circulation and Warmth, rub the limbs upwards 
 (and of course this should be done during the previous measures) 
 with firm grasping pressure, and with energy, using handkerchiefs, 
 and warm soft flannels if at hand. This pushes the blood along up 
 towards the heart through the veins. In this way, too, the limbs are 
 warmed and dried, and may be now clothed, — the bystanders sup- 
 plying the garments. Avoid the continuous warm bath, and the 
 position on or inclined to the back. Beside the above, pour into the 
 nostrils a teaspoonful of aromatic spirit of ammonia, and thrust a 
 feather into the nostrils, dipped in water of ammonia. Give also a 
 stimulating injection, composed of a pint of water with a tablespoon- 
 ful of ground mustard, and a teaspoonful of pulverized cayenne, and 
 put a mustard poultice upon the perineum and anus. 
 
 Apparent Death from Lightning. 
 
 A stroke of lightning w?U. frequently produce asphyxia by par- 
 alyzing the muscles of resp. -ation. In such case, the same means 
 for recovery should be used as in apparent death from drowning. Or. 
 the apparently dead person may be placed in a current of fresh air, 
 and cold water dashed upon the face, neck, and breast, and warm 
 friction be applied if the body is cold. 
 
 Apparent Death from Hanging. 
 
 Persons found hanging, who have committed suicide, are to be cut 
 down instantly, and the same means employed to reestablish breath- 
 
ing as in cases of drowning. It may help to restore the breathing, to 
 bathe the forehead and face with vinegar, or t'. cture of camphor, and 
 to pass hartshorn frequently under the nostrils. 
 
 CMothes Catching Tire. 
 
 It is perhaps unreasonable to look for presence of mind when this 
 frightful accident occurs, yet it is never more needed than at such a 
 time. 
 
 The instant a lady perceives her clothes to be on fire, and in a blaze, 
 she should seize the trevirest large rug, cloak, blanket, coverlet, or any 
 equivalent article, and, wrapping it light around her, throw herself 
 flat upon the floor, taking care to keep the protecting covering close 
 to her until the fire is completely smothered. If she does this with 
 energy, and effectually, she will put out the fire instantly. 
 
 If she continue on her feet, the blaze will rapidly ascend, and burn 
 her vital parts. If she run to seek relief from others not present, the 
 motion of the air will fan the flame into a swifter work of destruc- 
 tion. 
 
 If it be a child that is on fire, let any person present treat it as 
 above. If it be badly burned before the fire is extinguished, put it 
 instantly into a tub of cold water, or darh cold water upon it, to 
 prevent the burn from becoming deep. 
 
 Accidents on the Water. 
 
 If upset in a boat, or otherwise thrown into the water, and are not 
 able to swim, draw the breath in well, and keep the mouth shut tight. 
 Do not struggle and throw the arms up ; but yield quietly to the 
 water, hold the head well up, and stretch out the hands only below 
 the water. To throw the hands or the feet up, will pitch the head 
 down, and cause the whole person to go immediately under water. 
 Keep the head above, and everything else under water. 
 
 Poisoning Accidents.— Antidotes of Poisons. 
 
 Accidents from poisons are of such common occurrence, that 
 every person should know the proper remedies, and not be obliged to 
 wait the arrival of a physician before the proper corrective is applied. 
 The most common remedies, with the methods of applying them, 
 will be given under the proper heads below. The mineral poisons 
 will be spoken of first (See p. 880.) 
 
 Poisoning by Ammonia. 
 
 Water of ammonia, or hartshorn, if taken in an undiluted state, 
 acts as a violent poison. 
 
 When this accident happens, give vinegar instantly, mixed with a 
 little water. Vinegar is an acid, and ammonia is an alkali; and acids 
 and alkalies neutralize each other. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 497 
 
 Poisoning by Antimony. 
 
 Tartar emetic, and wine of antimony, are sometimes taken by 
 accident in large doses, so as to act as poisons, and cause dangerous 
 vomiting and prostration. 
 
 Give a tea of slippery elm, flax-seed, marshmallow, etc. ; also syrup 
 of poppies, paragoric, or laudanum in twenty-drop doses. To neu- 
 tralize the poison, give a strong solution of tannin, or an infusion of 
 oak bark, or nutgalls. 
 
 Poisoning by Arsenic. 
 
 Use the stomach pump instantly, if one is to be had ; if not, give 
 twenty grains of sulphate of zinc (white vitriol) in a little warm 
 water; and promote the vomiting by filling the stomach with large 
 draughts of warm or cold milk, sweetened water, or flax-seed tea. 
 Or, vomiting may be induced still more quickly, by giving a large 
 tablespoonful of strong ground-mustard, mixed with a teacupful of 
 water. 
 
 But the best antidote for arsenic is hydrated sesquioxide of iron. 
 Mix a tablespoonful of this with water, and give this amount every 
 nve or ten minutes, until half a dozen doses are taken. 
 
 Treat the inflammation of the stomach which follows, by blisters, 
 a bland liquid diet, mucilaginous drinks, etc. 
 
 Poisoning by Verdigris, or Acetate of Copper. 
 
 Cooking utensils made of copper never ought to be tolerated ; yet 
 they are used ; and it is from the verdigris which forms upon them 
 that most of the cases of poisoning by copper happen. 
 
 Give an emetic instantly, and then two teaspoonfuls of carbonate 
 of soda (bread soda) in a tumblerful of water, to be repeated in ten 
 minutes. White of eggs, diffused in water, and mucilaginous drinks 
 are proper. 
 
 Poisoning by Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 This is the common bed-bug poison, and is often taken by 
 mistake. 
 
 Mix up quickly the whites of a dozen eggs, with two pints of cold 
 water, and give a glassful of the mixture every two minutes till the 
 stomach can contain no more. If there are not eggs enough at hand, 
 take what there are, and make up the deficiency with milk. Wheat 
 flour, mixed with water, is a good remedy. Use the stomach pump, 
 if it is at hand. Treat the resulting inflammation with leeches and 
 fomentations. 
 
498 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Poisoning by Sugar of Lead, or Acetate of Lead. 
 
 Give a ground-mustard, or a sulphate of zinc emetic ; then, give 
 diluted sulphuric acid, or, either epsom or glauber's salts. 
 
 Poisoning by Strong Lye. 
 
 Strong lye Is sometimes swallowed by children. The remedy is 
 vinegar, or oil. Vinegar will convert the lye into acetate of potash, 
 and any of the oils will unite with it, and form soap ; and neither 
 the acetate of potash, nor soap, will materially injure the stomach. 
 
 Poisoning by Nitric, Muriatic, or Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 When either one of these acids is swallowed, not a moment of 
 time is to be lost. Fill the patient full of calcined magnesia stirred 
 up in water. This is the best remedy; but if it is not to be had, 
 give half an ounce of soap in a pint of water. If neither are at 
 hand, give chalk, or whiting, in water, or even pound fine some of the 
 plastering of the room, and give it in water. 
 
 Poisoning by Nitrate of Potash, called Nitre, or Saltpetre. 
 
 Induce vomiting by luke-warm water, and by tickling the throat 
 with a feather j but avoid irritating the stomach with the ordinary 
 emetics. 
 
 Poisoning by White Vitriol. 
 
 Provoke vomiting by warm drinks, and by tickling the throat, and 
 give freely carbonate of soda, in water. 
 
 Poisoning by Oxalic Acid. 
 
 This resembles epsom salts, and is liable to be taken for salts by 
 mistake. The two can always be distinguished by touching a little 
 to the tongue. Epsom salts taste bitter ; oxalic acid, very sour. 
 
 In cases of poison from oxalic acid, give magnesia in water as 
 quickly as possible. When this is not at hand, give chalk, or lime, 
 or saleratus. Use the stomach pump, if it is to be had. 
 
 Vegetable Poisons. 
 
 The vegetable poisons are quite numerous, and many of them 
 quite as virulent and rapid as any in the mineral kingdom. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 499 
 
 Poisoning by Aconite. 
 
 Give an emetic of ground-mustard or sulphate of zinc, or use the 
 stomach pump, instantly, and then give stimulants, as brandy, gin, 
 whiskey, rum, etc. 
 
 Poisoning by Opium, Morphine, and Laudanum. 
 
 Use the stomach pump, if at hand ; if not, a powerful emetic of 
 sulphate of zinc, or sulphate of copper ; or, if these are not at hand, 
 a tablespoonful of ground-mustard in a teacupful of warm water. 
 If vomiting is not induced at once, tickle the throat with a feather, or 
 with the finger. If sleep is impending, take the patient into the open 
 air, and keep him walking ; dash water upon his face, etc. If he 
 still falls into sleep, and appears to be near dying, apply means for 
 artificial breathing as for persons apparently dead from drowning. 
 
 Poisoning from Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, Stramo- 
 nium, and Conium. 
 
 These are all narcotics, and when accidentally taken in poisonous 
 doses, the treatment is to be the same as for poisoning by opium. 
 Strong coffee is said to counteract the effect of these articles. 
 
 Poisoning by Dogwood, Ivy, etc. 
 
 Give some of the salts as a cathartic, and apply a solution of sugar 
 of lead, or, still better, a decoction of witchhazel bark. 
 
 Poisoning by Spanish Flies. 
 
 Give large draughts of sweet oil, sugar and water, milk, or flax- 
 seed tea. For the inflammation of the bladder, which is produced 
 by it, apply leeches, and a liniment composed of camphor and sweet 
 oil. To relieve the strangury or scalding of the water, give camphor 
 internally. 
 
 Poisoning by Prussic Acid. 
 
 This is the most deadly of all known poisons. One drop of the 
 pure acid will cause immediate death. Give water of ammonia 01 
 hartshorn, one part diluted with six parts of water, freely. 
 
 Poisoning by Strychnine. 
 
 The same treatment as for poisoning by opium, excepting that 
 *\veet milk should be freely administered. This has been recom- 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 mended by one respectable physician, at least, who says he has found 
 it to be a specific. Camphor, two ounces dissolved in a quart of 
 whiskey, and given freely, is also said to be an antidote. 
 
 Care of the Teeth. 
 
 A decay and loss of the teeth is common even among the young. 
 Few persons at the age of twenty have sound teeth. 
 
 Rotting of the Teeth. — Caries. 
 
 This is not confined to any age, temperament, or condition of 
 society. 
 
 The teeth become diseased, die, and drop away, while all the other 
 organs are sound and active. 
 
 The Creator doubtless intended that all the members of the same 
 body should be equally durable ; but certain laws of nature, violated 
 by us habitually, turn upon us, as it were, in anger, and smite us full 
 in the face, breaking our teeth, and robbing us of the means of pre- 
 serving the health which we do not appear to prize. 
 
 When rotting begins in the teeth, its progress is more or less rapid, 
 and their destruction is certain, unless it is arrested by artificial 
 means. 
 
 The enamel is nature's fortification to protect the teeth against ex- 
 ternal injuries. When this is broken, or worn away, the bone of the 
 tooth becomes exposed, and rotting begins immediately. Whatever 
 has a tendency to crack, break up, or destroy the enamel, therefore, is 
 to be carefully avoided. 
 
 Hot Drinks, or hot food, coming suddenly in contact with the en- 
 amel, are liable to crack it, and expose the bony substance of the 
 tooth. The enamel is exceedingly brittle, much like glass in its struc- 
 ture, and is easily cracked when exposed to sudden transitions from 
 heat to cold, and from cold to heat 
 
 Luxurious Living often deranges the general health, and causes 
 acid and unhealthy secretions in the mouth, which act injuriously 
 upon the enamel. 
 
 Acids are injurious to the enamel ; and when taken as medicine, 
 should be well diluted, and in some cases, drank through a tube, so 
 as not to come in contact with the teeth. Sugar is not directly inju- 
 rious to the teeth, as many suppose ; but if allowed to reman about 
 and between them, it may generate an acid which is destructive to 
 the enamel. 
 
 A Crowded Condition of the teeth in the mouth causes the enamel 
 to wear away, and leads to rotting ; in which case, early attention 
 and advice from a dentist, is quite important. 
 
 Food Lodged Between the Teeth, and in their depressions, is a cause 
 of extensive decay. Animal and vegetable matter, when exposed to 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 501 
 
 warmth and moisture, soon generate an acid which corrodes the en- 
 amel. The teeth, consequently, often begin to decay in parts where 
 one presses upon an other, and in depressions, where food lodges and 
 remains. This shows the necessity of cleansing the mouth and teeth 
 often, — particularly after meals. 
 
 Mercury, when taken to the extent of salivation, — whether it be 
 calomel, corrosive sublimate, blue pill, or any other form of it, — 
 causes inflammation of the membranes about the teeth, and indi- 
 rectly produces caries. 
 
 Acidity of the stomach, the contact of decaying teeth and dead 
 stumps with sound ones, diseased and ulcerated gums, and, above 
 all, a filthy, unclean, and unwholesome condition of the mouth, are 
 active causes of diseased teeth. 
 
 Improper Tooth Powders, as those containing gritty particles, are 
 to be avoided. 
 
 Tobacco, by deranging the general health, may be indirectly inju- 
 rious to the teeth. Smoking blackens the teeth ; and though chewing 
 may be useful in deadening the sensibility of the nerve of a decaying 
 tooth, this alone is not a sufficient reason for so uncleanly and disa- 
 greeable a habit, while so many agents may be found to produce the 
 same effect. 
 
 Tartar. — This is derived from the saliva, and is found, when ex- 
 amined by the microscope, to be composed of myriads of living 
 animals. When first deposited around the teeth, it is in a soft state ; 
 but, when not brushed away, it soon hardens, and changes from a 
 yellow to a brown, and sometimes to a black color ; and often in 
 children, it becomes a dark green. It destroys the beauty of the 
 teeth, giving them a filthy and revolting look ; the setting of the 
 teeth in their sockets is weakened ; their appearance is elongated ; 
 the periosteum or covering of the fang becomes inflamed and tender ; 
 and, if the proper remedy be not applied, the teeth will become loos- 
 ened, and finally fall from their sockets. It causes the gums to be- 
 come inflamed, swollen, tender, and ulcerated, and loads the breath 
 with a disagreeable fetor. Its direct influence on the teeth is not 
 great ; but it vitiates all the secretions of the mouth, and is thus a 
 very efficient, though an indirect cause of decaying teeth. In all 
 cases, it should be immediately and carefully removed, and some 
 astringent wash, made from peruvian or oak bark, be applied to 
 reduce the inflammation and swelling of the gums. 
 
 Tooth-Ache. 
 
 This is generally caused by an exposure of the nerve which fills 
 the internal cavity of the tooth. This exposure is caused by a frac- 
 ture, or, more commonly, by the rotting away of a part of the tooth. 
 This nerve is extremely sensitive ; and, by coming in contact with 
 the air and acrimonious substances, inflammation is excited, and 
 tooth-ache is the consequence. 
 
502 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 Teeth sometimes ache when they are, to appearance, perfectly 
 sound. This may be caused by bony enlargements of the ends of 
 the fangs, inflammation of the periosteum, a peculiar irritability and 
 ague of the face, which excite neuralgia, etc. 
 
 Pain of a sound tooth is sometimes caused by sympathy with a 
 decaying one, by a disordered stomach, or by scurvy, pregnancy, tar- 
 tar, or whatever excites painful sympathetic action in the nerves of 
 the face. 
 
 Treatment. — Tooth-ache may be quieted by placing a drop of oil 
 of cloves, or cajeput, or a drop of creosote upon a piece of cotton, 
 and inserting it into the cavity of the tooth, and bringing it into con- 
 tact with the exposed nerve. 
 
 Pains of the face and jaw, when not the consequence of rotten 
 teeth, may be relieved by holding brandy, or whiskey, or rum, or 
 diluted tincture of cayenne, or hot water, in the mouth, and by ex- 
 ternal applications of laudanum, Oliver's plaster, a mustard plaster, 
 or hops steeped in alcohol, or a blister behind the ear. But for teeth 
 too much decayed to be saved by filling, there is no remedy so proper 
 as extraction. 
 
 Pilling Teeth. 
 
 There is no operation of the dentist of more real and lasting 
 benefit to the patient than that of filling rotten teeth. 
 
 A tooth that is well filled before its nerve is exposed, is as servicea- 
 ble as a sound one, and nearly as durable, Its preservation for many 
 years is perfect and complete. 
 
 It is necessary, in the performance of this operation, to remove 
 very carefully all rotten and foreign matter lodged in the cavity ; to 
 make the cavity of a dovetail shape, so as to retain the filling ; to wipe 
 it perfectly dry ; and to press the gold in so as to make the cavity 
 perfectly water and air tight. A tooth filled in this way may be pre- 
 served many years, and in many cases, during life. 
 
 When decay has gone so far as to expose the nerve and render a 
 tooth painful, the nerve, in all cases, should be destroyed before the 
 cavity is filled ; otherwise there may be soreness, and sometimes ex- 
 treme pain, making the extraction of the tooth absolutely necessary. 
 
 A tooth filled after the nerve is destroyed is not as good as if filled 
 before the nerve was exposed ; the walls of the cavity are thinner and 
 weaker, and consequently are more liable to break and crumble away 
 when brought into contact with hard substances ; and the filling will 
 be more likely to be loosened. There is likewise some danger of 
 ulceration and absorption at the root of a tooth, when filled in this 
 condition, which makes it very important that teeth should be filled 
 early. 
 
 Gold foil is preferable to all other substances for filling teeth. If it 
 is properly pressed and polished, it will remain in the mouth for many 
 years without any sensible loss of its substance. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 503 
 
 The First Teeth. 
 
 It is an imperative duty of parents to see that their children's teeth 
 have early and careful attention. 
 
 The health and durability of the permanent teeth depend materi- 
 ally on the healthy condition, regularity, and durability of the tempo- 
 rary ones. It may seem strange that diseases of the first set of teeth 
 should influence the set which is to follow ; but when we consider that 
 the rudiments of the second set already exist when the first are cut, 
 it is not unreasonable to suppose they may inherit disease from their 
 predecessors. 
 
 Cleaning the Teeth. 
 
 The most important rule to be observed in the preservation of the 
 teeth, is to keep them perfectly clean, and never to allow any foreign; 
 substance to remain on or about them. A decaying tooth should 
 never be allowed to remain in the mouth ; it causes others to decay. 
 
 If tartar have been allowed to collect, have it removed immedi- 
 ately. The teeth should be carefully and thoroughly brushed daily 
 with warm water, and the occasional use of a detifrice that is impal- 
 pably fine, and that contains no acid. 
 
 A Brush has no bad effect upon the teeth, as some suppose, for the 
 parts of the teeth most exposed to the friction of a brush are never 
 the first to begin to decay. This beginning of decay takes place in 
 their depressed surfaces, and where they touch each other. A soft 
 brush is better for the teeth than a stiff one, because the latter is 
 apt to fret the gums, and cause them to recede, which gives the 
 teeth a lengthened appearance. 
 
 Teeth in a crowded condition should never be filed, unless they 
 begin to decay. 
 
 Tooth-Picks, made of quill, or wood, or ivory, should be used after 
 meals, and all particles of food lodged between the teeth should be 
 removed. 
 
 In Sickness, the rules for cleanliness of the teeth should be more 
 rigidly enforced than at any other time, as then they are more ex- 
 posed to destructive agents, And are liable to participate in the gen- 
 eral debility and disease of the system. 
 
 Influence of Diseased Teeth upon the Health. 
 
 The bad effects of a diseased and unclean mouth upon the general 
 health, are of more serious consequence than most people are aware. 
 In twenty-four hours, we breathe twenty thousand times ; and what 
 must be the effect upon the delicate structure of the lungs, when, for 
 days, months and years, the air we breathe is drawn through a depos- 
 
504 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 itory of filth, and is poisoned by being mixed with effluvia arising 
 from decayed and diseased matter in the mouth. 
 
 The intermittent fevers of the West are caused by the effluvia aris- 
 ing from the decaying matter of low grounds and marshes, which 
 can hardly be more pernicious than the effluvia from the impurity 
 and corruption generated in an unclean mouth, filled with decaying 
 teeth. Dr. Hays says " no species of animal matter is so offensive to 
 the health and vitality of the adjoining substance, whether nerve, or 
 membrane, or any part or portion of the living body, as decaying 
 bone." 
 
 Fumigation of Infected Chambers and Other Places. 
 
 Nitric Acid Fumigation. — The efficiency of nitric acid in the form 
 of gas, in arresting contagion, and in cleansing infected rooms, ships, 
 and other olaces, ?s well established. To obtain the gas, pour one 
 ounce of sulphuric acid upon two ounces of nitrate of potash in a 
 large tea cup, — the cup being placed in a basin containing hot water. 
 The gas or vapor will be immediately disengaged. 
 
 This quantity will thoroughly cleanse a small apartment, but if 
 used in a sick room, should be placed at some distance from the 
 patient. In a large room, two cups will be required ; and if a whole 
 house is to be fumigated, let several be placed in various apartments, 
 and the doors and windows be closed for half an hour. 
 
 Chloride of Zinc. — A solution of the chloride of zinc has great 
 power in arresting contagion, and in cleansing infected places. A 
 small quantity of it will, in a few minutes, cleanse the most offensive 
 apartments. 
 
 Chloride of Lime. — This is one of the most powerful disinfecting 
 or cleansing agents known. To prepare it for use, add four gallons 
 of water to a pound of the chloride of lime ; stir the mixture well, 
 and after allowing it to settle for a short time, pour off the clear 
 solution, and keep it in well-corked bottles. 
 
 Chloride of Soda. — This, in disinfecting power, is about equal to 
 the chloride of lime. In order that it may retain its properties, it 
 must be kept from the light, in a well-stopped glass bottle. When 
 used, it must be mixed in the proportion of one ounce, or two large 
 spoonfuls, to the pint of water. It is excellent for cleansing car- 
 buncles, gangrenous sores, bad ulcers, ulcerated sore throat, and fetid 
 discharges of every kind. A weak solution should be frequently ap- 
 plied. 
 
 Uses of Chlorides of Lime and Soda. — These articles almost in- 
 stantly destroy every bad smell, and all effluvia arising from animal 
 and vegetable decomposition, and entirely prevent their bad influ- 
 ence. 
 
 While infectious or contagious diseases prevail in large towns or 
 cities, the rooms should be sprinkled, morning and evening, with 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 505 
 
 some of one of these solutions. Some of it should be placed in the 
 different rooms, in shallow dishes, — the small bed-rooms being par- 
 ticularly remembered. 
 
 In houses where there are typhoid and putrid fevers, and infectious 
 complaints, it is highly proper to sprinkle the solution about the 
 rooms, and occasionally upon the bed-linen ; and the air of the room 
 should be frequently renewed. A wineglassful added to the chamber- 
 vessel or the bed-pan will prevent all smell. 
 
 Before sending the bed and other linen to the wash, let it be im- 
 mersed, five or six minutes, in one of these solutions, diluted, as mere 
 washing will not always remove the infection. But the linen should 
 be immediately rinsed in pure water after the immersion ; to allow it 
 to dry without such rinsing might injure it. 
 
 By pouring a quart of one of these mixtures, added to a pailful of 
 water, into drains, sewers, or cesspools, and repeating the application 
 as may be required, will destroy all their offensive effluvia. 
 
 Meat will keep for some time, without any taint, and without the 
 molestation of flies, if immersed in one of these solutions for an in- 
 stant, and hung up ; and all tainted meat, fish, game, etc., will be 
 rendered sweet by a little sprinkling of the same. 
 
 To purify water in cisterns, and destroy the animalcules in it, add 
 to every one hundred gallons, about a pint of one of the solutions. 
 
 The washing of bedsteads with one of the solutions, and putting 
 it into all the crevices, will destroy bugs. 
 
 A room just painted may be slept in safely, if one of the mixtures 
 be sprinkled about, and left in shallow dishes. 
 
 Stables, slaughter-houses, hog-styes, privies, and all places from 
 which offensive smells arise, may be thoroughly purified by these 
 mixtures. 
 
 Being guardians of the public health of such wide application, and 
 of so great utility, it is surprizing that they are not more used. 
 
 Freezing Mixtures. 
 
 In treating wounds, inflammations, etc., it is often quite important 
 to have ice, which is not to be obtained without manufacturing it 
 Accordingly, I give here a few directions for its immediate production. 
 
 The salts used should be in a crystalized state, with as much water 
 in them as possible without being damp. They should be coarsely 
 pulverized at the time of using, and put into the water contained in 
 a basin, or other suitable vessel. The water to be frozen should be 
 inclosed in a thin vessel, and immersed in the freezing mixture. To 
 obtain extreme degrees of cold, the ingredients and the vessel should 
 be cooled by one mixture, before being mixed for another. 
 
 To five drams of pulverized hydrochlorate of ammonia, and five 
 drams of pulverized nitrate of potash (nitre), add two ounces of 
 water, in a tin, stone-ware, or glass vessel, and you may freeze water, 
 sea-water, milk, vinegar, or oil of turpentine. It will cause the ther- 
 mometer to sink from 50° above zero, to 10° above ; that is, forty 
 'kgrees. 
 
506 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 A mixture of five drams of sulphate of soda, and four drams of 
 diluted sulphuric acid, will sink the thermometer seven degrees lower 
 than the above, namely, down to 3° above zero, or twenty-nine degrees 
 below the freezing point. 
 
 If six drams of sulphate of soda, four drams of hydrochlorate of 
 ammonia, two drams of nitrate of potash, and four drams of diluted 
 nitric acid be put together, the mixture will lower the thermometer 
 60° ; that is, to 10° below zero, or 42° below the freezing point. 
 
 Beside the above, the following combinations may be used : 
 
 Muriate of ammonia, five ounces ; nitrate of potash, five ounces ; 
 water, sixteen ounces. Mix. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia, four ounces ; crystalized carbonate of soda, 
 four ounces ; water, four ounces. Mix. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia and water, equal parts. Mix. 
 
 Nitrate of ammonia, and nitrate of potash, five parts each ; sul- 
 phate of soda, eight parts ; and water, sixteen parts. Mix. 
 
 Phosphate of soda, nine parts ; diluted nitric acid, four parts. Mix. 
 
 Sulphate of soda, eight parts ; muriatic acid, five parts. Mix. 
 
 Sulphate of soda, six parts ; nitrate of ammonia, five parts ; di- 
 luted nitric acid, four parts. Mix. 
 
 Freezing Mixtures with Ice. — Snow or pounded ice, two parts ; 
 salt, one part Mix. This will sink the thermometer to 5° below 
 zero. 
 
 Snow or pounded ice, four parts ; salt, two parts ; muriate of am- 
 monia, one part In this mixture the thermometer will go down to 
 12° below zero. 
 
 Snow or pounded ice, twenty-four parts ; common salt, ten parts ; 
 muriate of ammonia, five parts ; nitrate of potassa, five parts. Mix. 
 Gives 18° below zero. 
 
 Snow or pounded ice, twelve parts ; common salt, five parts ; nitrate 
 of ammonia, five parts. Mix. Gives 25° below zero. 
 
 Snow, eight parts; muriatic acid, five parts. Mix. Gives 27° below 
 zero. 
 
 Snow, seven parts ; diluted nitric acid, four parts. Mix. Gives 30° 
 below zero. 
 
 Snow, four parts ; chloride of calcium, five parts. Mix. Gives 40° 
 below zero. 
 
 Snow, three parts ; potassa, four parts. Mix. Gives 51° below 
 zero, or 83° below the freezing point. 
 
 Dr. Ira Warren's Paracentesic Instrument. 
 
 Puncturing the chest for drawing off water in extensive pleuritic 
 effusion, as practised of late, has proved one of the most valuable 
 operations in modern surgery. Like most new operations, however, 
 it has been embarrassed by imperfect instruments. 
 
 The annexed cut represents an improved instrument which I have 
 just invented, by which this operation is made extremely simple and 
 easy. At the right hand is the puncturing instrument, including the 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 507 
 
 external canula, and the trochar inserted in it. At the letter i is a slid- 
 ing guard which moves back and forth, and may be set at the point of 
 desired depth to which it is desirable to puncture, and made fast by 
 a screw. By this arrangement it may be driven home to the desired 
 depth, without any fear of going too far, or of falling short of the 
 mark. The guard also serves in a measure to keep the instrument 
 steady during the operation, and to prevent inflicting pain by having 
 it oscillate about. At b is a tubular attachment, opening into the 
 canula ; to this an India-rubber hose is attached, which connects, at 
 the other end, with the cock, a, upon the exhausted receiver, o. To a 
 cock, c, on the other side of the receiver, another rubber hose is fast- 
 ened, which connects at the other end with an air-pump. 
 
 Fig. 177. 
 
 The mode of operating is exceedingly simple. First, exhaust the 
 receiver; then quickly, yet gently, plunge in the instrument, and, leav- 
 ing the canula, withdraw the trocar till the point passes the connect- 
 ing tube at 6, when the water will immediately flow, in a full stream, 
 into the exhausted receiver, o. The working of the apparatus is ex- 
 tremely beautiful. Five pints of water may be taken away with it in 
 five minutes, — an amount which cannot be got with the old instru- 
 ment in much less than half an hour. If the patient cannot bear to 
 have it drawn so rapidly, the stream may be wholly or partially ar- 
 rested, at any moment, by entirely or partly closing the cock, a. 
 
 The reader will see that the apparatus is so arranged that the ad- 
 mission of air into the chest is entirely impossible. 
 
 The artist, in making the drawing for me, has inserted the instru- 
 ment much further forward than the point usually selected. 
 
 My apparatus has a second puncturing instrument, a little larger in 
 size, for the purpose of operating in ascites, or dropsy of the belly. 
 
▲ BRIEF TREATISE ON THE 
 
 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 BY A. E. SMALL, M.D. 
 
 In the following pages will be found a reliable guide in the administra- 
 tion of homoeopathic remedies for the various ills known to occur in almost 
 every-day life. Nearly every disease incident to the human family is briefly 
 considered, and the corresponding treatment explicitly stated. It must be 
 borne in mind, that homoeopathic remedies are addressed to vital forces, 
 whose derangement may be seen in the manifold forms of disease. But, in 
 order to obtain the desired effect from the administration of any remedy for 
 a given case, a certain principle must be observed in its selection. This 
 principle is believed to be a competent guide in affiliating remedies to dis- 
 eased conditions. The discovery of a universal law of cure, which points 
 out the direct relationship between all diseases and their remedies, is as- 
 cribed to Hahnemann, the founder of the homoeopathic system of medicine. 
 By numerous experiments with drugs upon healthy individuals, he ascer- 
 tained that diseases are curable by such medicines as are capable of pro- 
 ducing similar characteristics: as, for instance, chamomile will produce a 
 colic, and will cure a similar one from some morbific cause; hence, the 
 formula, "JSimilia similibus curantur" is the principle that guides in the 
 administration of remedies. Every medicine has a specific range of action 
 in the body: one will act on one set of organs, and another on another 
 set ; some will direct their energies so as to affect one locality, and others 
 to another. The only way, therefore, of ascertaining how a remedy will 
 direct its action to any local or general disease is by trying it first upon 
 healthy persons in order to ascertain its range of action. As disease mani- 
 fests its action by symptoms, so remedies show their action by symptoms, 
 in a similar manner ; and, when a disease presents itself for treatment, a 
 remedy must be selected whose pathogenetic effects upon those in health 
 resemble the phenomena of the disease. The homoeopathic materia medica 
 is made up of a collection of remedies that have been thus tried. Those 
 
 508 
 
HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 509 
 
 employed in this treatise are of this character, and are comprised in 
 the following 
 
 1. Aconite. 3. 
 
 2. Aloes. 6. 
 t3. Alumina. 6. 
 
 t4. Ammonium carb. 6. 
 t5. Antimonium crud. 6. 
 
 6. Apis mellinca. 6. 
 
 7. Arnica mon tana. 3. 
 
 8 Arsenicum album. 6. 
 t9 Aurum metallicum. 6. 
 
 10. Anacardium. 3. 
 
 11. Baptisia. 1. 
 
 12. Belladonna. 3. 
 tl3. Bismuth subnit. 3. 
 
 14. Bryonia alba. 3. 
 tl5. Calcarea carb. 6. 
 
 16. Calendula. 1. 
 
 17. Camphora. 3. 
 
 18. Capsicum. 3. 
 
 19. Cantharis. 3. 
 
 20. Cannabis sat. 3, 
 t21. Carbo animalis. 6. 
 T22. Carbo veg. 6. 
 
 23. Causticum. 6. 
 
 24. Chamomilla. 3. 
 
 25. China. 3. 
 
 26. Chelidonium maj. 3. 
 
 27. Cimicifuga racem. 1. 
 
 28. Cicuta virosa. 3. 
 
 29. Cina. 3. 
 
 30. Cocculus indicus. 3. 
 
 31. Coffea cruda. 6. 
 
 32. Colchicum. 3. 
 
 33. Colocynthis. 3. 
 
 34. Conium mac. 3. 
 
 35. Crocus sativa. 3. 
 
 36. Cuprum acet. 6. 
 
 * LIST OF REMEDIES. 
 
 37. Digitalis. 3. 
 f38. Dioscorea villosa. 2. 
 
 39. Drosera rotundif olia. 3. 
 
 40. Dulcamara. 3. 
 f41. Elaterium. 3. 
 
 42. Euphorbium. 3. 
 
 43. Euphrasia. 3. 
 f44. Ferrum redact. 3. 
 
 45. Gambogia. 3. 
 
 46. Oelsemium. 1. 
 f47. Graphites. 6. 
 
 48. Glonoinum. 6. 
 
 49. Helleborus nig. 6. 
 f50. Hepar sulph. 6. 
 
 61. Hyoscyamus nig. 3. 
 
 52. Hamamelis. 1. 
 
 53. Ignatia amara. 3. 
 
 54. Iodium. 6. 
 
 55. Ipecacuanha. 3. 
 
 56. Iris versicolor. 3. 
 f57. Kali carb. 6. 
 
 f58. Kali bichromicum. 3. 
 
 59. Lachesis trig. 6. 
 
 60. Ledum palustre. 3. 
 
 61. Laurocerasus. 3. 
 t62. Leptandria. 3. 
 
 f63. Lycopodium clav. 6. 
 
 64. Lobelia inflata. 3. 
 
 65. Mercurius corrosivus. 6. 
 t66. Mercurius vivus. 6. 
 t67. Mercurius iod. 3. 
 
 f68. Mercurius biniod. 3. 
 
 69. Mercurius sol. 6. 
 
 70. Mezerium. 3. 
 
 71. Moschus. 6. 
 
 72. Natrum muriat. 6. 
 
 73. Nitrum. 6. 
 
 74. Nitric acid. 6. 
 
 75. Nux vomica. 6. 
 
 76. Nux moschata. 6. 
 
 77. Opium. 3. 
 
 78. Oleander. 3. 
 
 79. Petroleum. 6. 
 
 80. Phosphorus. 6. 
 
 81. Phosphoric acid. 6. 
 t82. Platina. 6. 
 
 83. Phytolacca decandra. 1. 
 
 84. Pulsatilla. 6. 
 
 85. Podophyllum pelt. 3. 
 
 86. Rhus tox. 3. 
 
 87. Ruta graveolens. 3. 
 
 88. Sabina. 3. 
 
 89. Sambucus nig. 3. 
 
 90. Sanguinaria. 3. 
 
 91. Secale cornutum. 3. 
 
 92. Senega. 3. 
 
 93. Sepia succus. 6. 
 t94. Silicea. 6. 
 
 95. Spigelia. 3. 
 
 96. Spongia. 3. 
 t97. Stannum. 6. 
 
 98. Staphysagria. 3. 
 
 99. Stramonium. 3. 
 tlOO. Sulphur. 6. 
 
 101. Sulphuric acid. 6. 
 
 102. Tartar emet. 6. 
 
 103. Uva ursi. 1. 
 
 104. Urtica urens. 3. 
 
 105. Yeratrum album. 3. 
 
 106. Veratrum viride. 1. 
 fl08. Zincum met. 6. 
 
 1. Aconite. 
 
 2. Arnica. 
 
 3. Baptisia* 
 
 4. Calendula. 
 
 TINCTURES FOR EXTERNAL USE. 
 
 5. Cantharis. 
 
 6. Conium. 
 
 7. Causticum. 
 
 8. Hypericum. 
 
 9. Ruta graveolens. 
 10. Staphysagria. 
 1L Urtica urens. 
 
 * The remedies marked f should he bought as triturations. Ask the pharmacist to prepare them 
 all on the decimal scale, and so, also, the dilutions. The triturations may he given dry on the tongue, 
 r. small powder the size of a pea; or the same amount or more dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, a 
 teaspoonful at one dose, when it is desirable to repeat the medicine at short intervals. 
 
510 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 RULES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OP REMEDIES. 
 
 As specific directions will be found in the treatment of each disease 
 treated of in this work, only a few general rules are necessary. 
 
 1. In acute cases, the chosen remedy ma} r be repeated every hour or 
 two hours, until a change occurs ; then it is prudent to wait awhile for the 
 result. 
 
 2. If there is no favorable reaction within a few hours, or, in very acute 
 pain, within half an hour, select another remedy according to the indica- 
 tions i and, should no favorable reaction follow the administration of this, 
 select another, and so on. 
 
 3. When convalescence follows the administration of a remedy, it need 
 not be repeated unless the recuperation reaches a certain point and then 
 ceases ; in which event, select a remedy according to indications. 
 
 4. The same remedy may be repeated in case of continued convalescence 
 becoming interrupted, provided there is no change other than amelioration 
 of symptoms. 
 
 5. A change of remedies is admissible in obstinate cases, when one has 
 been employed for some time without the desired effect. In chronic cases 
 it is well to try the remedy at least a week before changing. 
 
 6. In chronic diseases, the remedies need not be repeated oftener than 
 once or twice in twenty-four hours, and even at longer intervals. 
 
 FORMS OF MEDICINES FOR ADMINISTRATION. 
 
 There are four forms in which homoeopathic medicines are prepared for 
 use: 1. Mother tinctures prepared from fresh plants ; 2. Triturations pre- 
 pared from metals, salts, earths, and herbs ; * 3. Dilutions prepared from 
 the tinctures ; and, 4. Globules medicated with the solutions. The last two 
 are generally employed, and the first two occasionally, in household prac- 
 tice. When water is employed as a medium for the administration of either 
 form, five drops of the tincture or dilution, or ten globules, or three or four 
 grains of the trituration, may be thoroughly mixed in half a tumbler of 
 water, and a dessertspoonful of this mixture will suffice for a dose. The 
 tumbler containing the medicine should be carefully covered, and kept 
 away from the light and from any corrupting odor ; and all olfier medicines, 
 teas, tonics, and stimulants are strictly prohibited during its administration ; 
 and all medicated poultices, lotions, and the like, must be avoided, because 
 of their interference with the medicinal action of the remedy. 
 
 RULES FOR PRESERVING THE PURITY OF MEDICINES. 
 
 1. The medicines should be kept in a small box or chest, exclusively for 
 this use, carefully closed, and in a cool place. Examine the corks often to 
 see that they are perfectly tight. 
 
 * Dilutions are recommended to be prepared on the decimal scale. 
 
HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 511 
 
 2. Be careful to keep the vials corked always with the same cork, or one 
 that has never been used for any other purpose ; and be particularly careful 
 not to misplace the corks, or fail to replace the identical one each time when 
 a vial is uncorked for use. 
 
 3. Never put medicine into a vial that has been already used for one of 
 a different kind, unless it be thoroughly washed and baked. 
 
 4. Every vial should be labelled, to prevent mistakes ; and every glass, 
 spoon, or cup should be carefully cleansed before using it in the preparation 
 of a remedy. 
 
 5. Never use the same spoon in giving medicines of a different kind to 
 different persons sick in the same house. 
 
 ANTIDOTES TO MEDICINES. 
 
 In some exceeding impressible conditions, the remedy chosen may pro 
 duce intense aggravation of suffering, which may be relieved by the admin- 
 istration of a drop of the Spirits ofcampJwr. If Belladonna should pro- 
 voke an aggravation, Aconite will antidote its effect, and so will Camphor; 
 and this latter is regarded the general antidote of homoeopathic reme- 
 dies, two of which should seldom be given in alternation, because of the 
 liability of their neutralizing the effects of each other. For the same reason 
 it will not do to change from one remed} T to another suddenly. A period 
 of from four to six hours should intervene in acute cases, except in emer- 
 gencies of great pain, and from one to two days in chronic affections. 
 
 EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. 
 
 Compresses wet with cold water, covered with a dry bandage, are always 
 a convenient and successful resort for bruises, sprains, and injuries in gen- 
 eral. Tepid applications, or cold when agreeable, in the same way, may 
 be applied to local inflammatory affections. Warm poultices, to hot and 
 inflamed surfaces, will often exert a salutary influence. The tinctures 
 named for external use may at times be employed in full strength ; but 
 lotions made of a teaspoonful of any one of them, to a cupful of cold water, 
 is the usual form of applying them. Mustard poultices may be employed, 
 either in full strength, or tempered by adding to the ground mustard a due 
 proportion of meal. Simple cerate, cold cream, and healing salves may be 
 employed when needed ; but any strongly medicated poultice, plaster, salve, 
 or ointment must not be used when taking homoeopathic remedies. 
 
 BATHING. 
 
 Persons of debilitated constitutions should not bathe too frequently ; for 
 those of robust constitutions, this luxury may be indulged in to almost any 
 extent. Bathing in very cold water is not recommended. Tepid baths are 
 the most beneficial, and should be taken regularly throughout the year. 
 
512 
 
 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT OF DISEASES. 
 
 Hot baths are weakening and relaxing. They may be employed for children 
 in convulsions, and to overcome rigidity of the skin. Sulphur baths are 
 sometimes recommended for rheumatism ; but they should be taken with 
 caution ; and this remark is applicable to all vapor-baths. Sea-bathing is 
 good for dyspepsia, and those inclined to biliary derangements. Consump- 
 tives derive but little benefit from any kind of bathing aside from necessary 
 ablutions. The addition of salt to the water is recommended in cases of 
 debility. 
 
 DIET AND REGIMEN. 
 
 But little need be said about diet here, as that which is appropriate 1* 
 pointed out in the following pages, as a part of the treatment for each indi- 
 vidual case. It may be remarked simply that no medicinal condiment or 
 food, no stimulant or other medicinal beverage, can be employed when 
 taking homoeopathic remedies ; and, further, all patients must be placed in 
 the best possible condition for recovery. They must have clean and well- 
 ventilated apartments, and plenty of fresh air. They must have clean and 
 well-aired bedding. They must have proper clothes and food to correspond 
 with the appetite and wants of the system. An experienced nurse is of 
 great importance, especially in fever*. 
 
DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 Simple Fever. 
 
 This disease is a simple acceleration of the pulse, with flushes of 
 heat ; and when brought on by fatigue, give four globules of Arnica; 
 if from cold, Aconite; if from grief, Ignatia; if from indigestion, 
 Belladonna; if from dampness and chill, Gelsemium, or Rhus tox. 
 
 Inflammatory Fever. 
 
 In most cases this disease commences with pain in the head and 
 full pulse, more or less thirst, loss of appetite, constipation of the 
 bowels, and dry, hot skin. One drop of the dilution, or four globules, 
 of Aconite may be given in the first stage, every hour, until the skin 
 becomes moist, and the pulse somewhat reduced. Belladonna may 
 follow Aconite, and be given in the same doses and intervals, until 
 there is a mitigation of the pain in the head ; or if the patient becomes 
 weak, and subject to aggravation of suffering from the slightest mo- 
 tion, give a drop, or four globules, of Bryonia, every hour, until there 
 is a change ; with restlessness, and when from checked perspiration, 
 Rhus tox., same dose as Bryonia. In the case of urinary obstruction, 
 give four globules of Cantharis; or of flatulent colic, four globules 
 of Chamomilla. The diet should be farinaceous gruel or toast. 
 
 Typhoid Fever. 
 
 In general, the commencement of this disease is denoted by las- 
 situde, headache, and considerable acceleration of the pulse. Then 
 follow stupor or delirium, coldness of the surface, and great prostra- 
 tion. Four globules, or one drop, of Aconite may be given at first, 
 every two hours ; to reduce the pulse and moisten the skin (by many 
 Baptisia, in drop doses, hourly, of the tincture is preferred to Aco- 
 nite), Bryonia may be used after Aconite, a dose every three hours. 
 If the patient becomes drowsy, give Rhus tox. ; cleanse the surface 
 of the patient daily with a towel wet with tepid water ; and, if he 
 will take any nourishment, give him beef-tea or mutton-broth ; milk 
 is allowable, and rice gruel. When convalescent, allow some light 
 wine three times a day. For the diarrhoea of Typhoid, Arsenicum, 
 four globules, after each discharge, is good. 
 
 Bilious Remittent Fever, 
 
 This disease is so named because it comes on by considerable gastric 
 derangement, headache, and fever, which appears to be subject to eleva- 
 tions and depressions, without any distinct intermissions. In the first 
 

 
 ■I 
 
 514 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 or inflammatory stage, give four globules, or a drop, of the dilution of 
 Aconite, and follow it with a like dose of Ipecacuanha, and repeat every 
 hour, until the nausea and vomiting are better. If the bowels are consti- 
 pated, give Nux vomica at night, — a single dose of four globules. If 
 there is colic, give Colocynth. If there is vomiting of greenish bilious 
 matter, give Bryonia or Pulsatilla. Diet same as in inflammatory fever. 
 
 Intermittent Fever. 
 
 The symptoms by which this fever is distinguished are yawning, stretch- 
 ing, shuddering, and chilliness, followed by heat, pain in the back, limbs, 
 head, etc. ; and afterwards a copious perspiration, and then an interim 
 of complete intermission. Arsenicum, where the chilliness and heat are 
 simultaneous, and where, during the cold stage, there is intense thirst for 
 cold drinks ; Arnica, where there is soreness of the flesh, as if bruised ; 
 Belladonna, where headache and chilliness down the back ; China, where 
 there is ringing in the ears ; Sulphur, in cases of long standing, where 
 much Quinine has been given ; Bryonia, where there are glairy vomitings 
 during the chill and fever, and where all the sufferings are aggravated 
 by motion. Apis, attacks chronic, and preceded by nettle-rash, — followed 
 well by Nat, mur., either to be given three times daily. All the medicines 
 may be administered in drop doses of the dilutions, or four globules ; and 
 repeated every two hours between the paroxysms. 
 
 Yellow Fever. 
 
 Common to the Southern States during the warm season. Nearly all 
 the symptoms of an ordinary bilious fever, in an aggravated form, char- 
 acterize this disease ; and the victims become so sallow, and the surface 
 so yellow, as to give rise to the name " Yellow Fever." When the stage 
 of febrile excitement exists, give Aconite. When the nose bleeds, give 
 Belladonna. When vomiting of black or dark bilious matters occurs,' 
 give Arsenicum. For the prostration, or diarrhoea, give Carbo vegeta- 
 bilis, and when the most offensive odor comes from the breath, give 
 Baptisia. Arsenicum and Carbo vegetabilis are the most prominent rem- 
 edies. The usual drop or four- globule doses may be repeated every two 
 hours, and sometimes every hour. Diet, — barley-water and gruel. 
 
 Eruptive Fevers. 
 
 Nettle-Rash is a pale-red, stinging eruption, that sometimes is attended 
 with vomiting, and sometimes with some other derangement of the stom- 
 ach. Ipecac, and Nux vomica are indicated for the vomiting, and Apis 
 mellijka^ Rhus tox., and Sulphur for the burning, itching, and stinging; 
 Croton tig. cures nearly all cases, a favorite remedy with physicians. Doses 
 as usual, and repeated every hour or two hours until relieved. 
 
 Scarlet-Rash is the roseola, or red eruption, and is much like the 
 nettle-rash, only less annoying. Bryonia, Pulsatilla, are the ordinary 
 remedies ; and either may be given in doses of four globules every two 
 hours ; Aeon . if wakeful and restless. 
 
 Scarlet-Fever usually begins with vomiting, quick pulse, sore throat, 
 headache, and great restlessness. Belladonna, when there is a bright 
 
DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 515 
 
 scarlet eruption ; Calcarea carbonica, when the child is of a scrofulous 
 habit ; Arsenicum, when there is great prostration ; Helleborus, when there 
 are dropsical symptoms ; Bryonia, when the eruption is slow coming out. 
 Repeat the medicines in the usual doses every hour. Diet, — nourishing 
 drinks, toast, and tea. 
 
 Measles come on with cough, pain in the head, sneezing, redness of 
 the eyes, and sometimes attended with nausea and vomiting. Bryonia 
 will hasten the appearance of the eruption ; Ipecac. , should it disappear 
 too suddenly, with consequent increase of cough, or vomiting ; Phosphorus 
 will obviate the inflammatory effect upon the lungs ; and Drosera will cure 
 the entailed cough. Diet, simple and light. 
 
 Erysipelas, either vesicular or phlegmonous, is denoted by a red, 
 burning, and fiery appearance of the face, and sometimes by a Bullar 
 eruption, resembling fly-blisters. Rhus tox., Belladonna, and Bryonia)^xQ 
 prominent remedies, — Belladonna, when the head and face are most 
 implicated; Rhus tox., when there is eruption on the extremities, and 
 great weakness ; and Bryonia, when the suffering seems greatly aggravated 
 by motion ; Arsenicum, should there be great prostration, thirst, and rest- 
 lesness, — one of the best remedies in severe cases. Any of these remedies 
 may be repeated every hour. Diet, — barlej-gruel, rice-water, beef-tea, 
 mutton-broth, toast, and tea. 
 
 Cbicken-Pox. — A pustular eruption, attended with slight fever and 
 gastric derangement. One or two doses of Pulsatilla will generally remove 
 all the suffering attendant on this disease. 
 
 Yarioloid is another pustular disease, more severe, as it comes on with 
 pain in the head and back, as if the latter would break ; and, being a near 
 relation to Small- Pox, both may be considered under the same head. 
 
 Small-Pox, of which varioloid is a modification, comes on with intense 
 fever, spitting, pain in the head and back and lower extremities. All 
 the sufferings are intense. Nux vomica will remove the pain in the 
 back ; Bryonia will hasten the eruption ; Pulsatilla will aid in carrying 
 it off. As soon as the appetite returns, feed the patient quite gener- 
 ously. In the small-pox delirium, you can give Stramonium; and, 
 to prevent pitting, break the pustules, and cover them with Styptic 
 Collodion. 
 
 Kheumatic Fevers. 
 
 Inflammatory Rheumatism is accompanied by pain in the limbs, in- 
 flammation of the joints, swelling of the same, and great pain and diffi- 
 culty in moving about. Aconite reduces the fever ; Bryonia relieves the 
 pain in moving about ; Pulsatilla, the inflammation of the knee-joints ; 
 Colocynth, that of the hip-joints ; Nux vomica, the pain and rheumatism 
 of the back ; and* Sulphur and Rhus, the stiffness that ensues daring 
 convalescence ; Rhus is indicated if the cause be check of perspiration, 
 or exposure to wet. Diet, — bread and butter, steak, and other meats. 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism is more confined to the muscles than the joints, 
 and is often the sequel of the acute form. Sulphur is one of the reme- 
 dies much relied upon in curing this disease. Nux vomica may be given 
 after Sulphur, when there is pain in the back or sciatic nerve, and Rhus 
 tox. when there is a general stiffness of the limbs. The medicines, in the 
 usual doses, may be repeated every tw^o hours. 
 

 
 
 
 5 id 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 Lumbago is simply rheumatism of the back, in the lumbar region, and 
 so stiffens one that he cannot stand erect. Sulphur, four globules at 
 night, and Pulsatilla, four globules in the morning, will generally cure 
 this trouble. Cimicifuga is a very valuable remedy, given hourly, 
 in water. 
 
 Sciatica is simply neuralgia of the sciatic nerve, and may be cured 
 in a short time by a galvanic battery. Rhus is often useful. Bel- 
 ladonna, or its active principle, Atropine, is a valuable remedy to 
 administer internally. The diet in all forms of rheumatism, whether 
 acute or chronic, may be generous. 
 
 Toothache. 
 
 When caused by a cold, Nux vomica ; when from caries of the tooth, 
 Mercurius viv.; at the menstrual period, Pulsatilla; neuralgic, Bella- 
 donna, or Chamomilla ; Aconite when there is heat in the gums. 
 Dose as usual, repeated every hour. 
 
 Diseases of the Alimentary Oanal. 
 
 Inflammation of the Tonsils is the result of a cold which affects thia 
 locality, and causes a swelling and sometimes a suppuration of these parts. 
 When they first begin to inflame, give Aconite, and follow with Bella- 
 donna : repeat every two hours. Mercurius viv., Lachesis, and Mercurius 
 Iodatus are also good remedies. 
 
 Quinsy is the same as Tonsillitis, and requires the same treatment. 
 
 Putrid Sore Throat comes on by little vesicles making their appear- 
 ance in the mouth and fauces, or throat, which soon, by reason of a low, 
 constitutional fever, change color, run together, and constitute the offen- 
 sive sore mouth which we denominate putrid. Arsenicum, Mercurius 
 vivus, Nitric acid, and Sulphur, or Sulph. acid, will generally cure. 
 Dose and repetition as before. 
 
 Canker of the Mouth. 
 
 This troublesome disorder is caused by a disordered condition of the 
 stomach, and requires Arsenicum when the breath is foul, the throat 
 iry, and attended with much thirst ; Carlo vegetabilis, when the system 
 is in a low condition, and there is much coldness on the surface of the 
 body ; Dulcamara, when produced by a cold ; Hepar sulph., when the 
 eanker seems indolent, and slow in coming to a crisis ; Natrum muriaticum, 
 when it assumes the character of Scurvy, or Mercurius viv. 
 
 Dose and Administration. — Dissolve from two to five drops of the 
 dilution in half a tumbler of water, and give a teaspoonfal every two 
 hours. Diet, — avoid salt provisions ; use meat-broths, toast and tea. 
 
 Inflammation of the Tongue. 
 
 The first indications of this difficulty are soreness and difficulty in 
 using the tongue in deglutition or eating. When caused by mechanical 
 injury, or fr >m accidental biting with the teeth, give Arnica, four glob- 
 
DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 517 
 
 ales, and wash the mouth with a dilution of ten drops of tincture of 
 Arnica in half a tumbler of water. If from other causes, give Aconite or 
 Belladonna in the same way. When inflammation of the tongue takes the 
 form of ulcers, give Arsenicum; of blisters, Mercurius or Lachesn ; 
 when the tongue inflames and cracks, give Nitric or Sulphuric acid. 
 
 Pharyngeal Sore Throat. 
 
 This is an inflammation of the pharynx, or of the opening into the upper 
 portion of the passage from the mouth into the stomach. It is sometimes 
 quite serious, and is usually termed " Quinsy Sore Throat." Aconite 
 may be given at first, and this may be followed by Belladonna, and this 
 again by Mercurius viv. Should it become evident that suppuration 
 must take place, give Hepar sulph. Whichever remedy is given, let it be 
 repeated every hour until amelioration or change. Baryta carb. is 
 often the specific. 
 
 Dyspepsia, Indigestion. 
 
 Difficult digestion, whatever form it assumes, is termed Dyspepsia, 
 and must be treated in accordance with the symptoms, and the cause that 
 has produced them. Dyspepsia brought on by intemperance in drinking 
 intoxicating liquors requires Nux vom. ; if from a cold, and the patient 
 is chilly and feverish, Belladonna, or perhaps Bryonia; if from eating 
 fat meat or rich food, Pulsatilla ; if from grief, Ignatia. Dose, one 
 drop, or four globules, repeated every three or six hours, according to the 
 degree of suffering. 
 
 Heartburn, or Waterbrask. — A burning at the pit of the stomach, 
 and a constant inclination to regurgitate sour, acrid, or bilious matter, 
 is termed Waterbrash, and is but a form of Dyspepsia, and indicates 
 Mercurius, Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, Arsenicum, Cimicifuga, &c, 
 given as above. 
 
 Cardialgia, or Gastralgia, is nearly allied to the above, only at- 
 tended with pain in the stomach, as well as burning, sour, or acrid 
 risings. Arsenicum, Nux vomica, Bryonia, Galcarea, Chamomilla, 
 Coffea, Colocynth., and Pulsatilla are remedies indicated in this 
 difficulty ; and each may be given and repeated every hour, in the 
 usual doses, until relieved. 
 
 Dyspeptic Headache is simply a sympathetic action of the stomach 
 upon the head, causing considerable pain. Bryonia, Belladonna, Coc- 
 cuius, Nux vomica, and Arsenicum, constitute the group of remedies to 
 give relief or cure. When cold water, taken into the stomach, is found 
 to disagree with the stomach, either Nux vomica, Arsenicum, Pulsatilla, 
 or China will afford relief. When any kind of food disagrees with the 
 stomach, causing distress and headache, give either Ferrum, Camphor, 
 Chamomilla, Pulsatilla, or Sulphur, in the usual dose of one drop or 
 four globules. If caused by beer, Colocynth ; by milk, Calcarea, Pulsa- 
 tilla, Nux vomica. When animal food proves difficult of digestion, or 
 fat meat or gravies, drawn butter, Pulsatilla, Ignatia, Nux vomica, Coc- 
 cuius, &c. Dyspepsia is so common a disease, and afflicts so great a va- 
 riety of temperaments and habits, we will be explicit in pointing to specific 
 

 
 
 
 
 61 '8 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 treatment. For hypochondriacal persons, Sulphur, Nux vomica, Ignatia, , 
 ibr hysterical persons, Sepia, Pulsatilla, Hyoscyamus, and Lachesis , 
 for those of a sanguine temperament, Nux vomica ; for the sympathetic, 
 Pulsatilla ; for the bilious, Mercurius viv. ; and for the melancholic, 
 Nitric and Phosphoric acid, Aurum metallicwm, &c. When those of a ner- 
 vous temperament are afflicted with Dyspepsia, we find Valerian, Hyo** 
 cyamus, Pulsatilla, Ignatia, and Moschus good remedies ; f hose of a 
 scrofulous habit require Calcarea, Arsenicum, and Sulphur, students 
 afflicted with Dyspepsia require Nux vomica, China, and Ferrurn. Dose 
 and repetition as before. 
 
 Sea-Sickness. 
 
 There is no remedy that will prevent sea-sickness, and no condition of 
 nealth capable of always resisting it. But the effects of the sickness, 
 which are often distressing, can be removed by Oocculus, Nux vomica, 
 and Ignatia. If there remains an inclination to retch after the sickness 
 has passed, give Ipecac. Petroleum is often taken as a preventive 
 with success. 
 
 Mucous Vomiting. „ 
 
 This is simply sickness at the stomach, which may arise from its irrita- 
 ble condition, and result in vomiting of slime, or mucus. The remedies 
 that will obviate the difficulty are Ipecac, Rheum, Pulsatilla, and Vera- 
 trum. Usual dose and repetition. 
 
 Vomiting of Blood. 
 
 This may be caused by mechanical injury of the stomach, and requires 
 Arnica; if caused by pregnancy, Arsenicum ; if from retained menses, 
 Phosph. or Pulsatilla; if from acrid humors, Arsenicum or Ipecac; 
 if from suppressed eruption, Sulphur. 
 
 Gastritis, or Inflammation of the Stomach. 
 
 This is indicated by severe pain in the stomach, continuous vomiting, 
 heat over the region of the stomach, quick and feeble pulse, cold feet, 
 and pain in the head. The remedies for Gastritis are Aconite, 
 Bism. subnit., Arsenicum, Belladonna, Ipecac, Tart, emetic, Vera- 
 trum, Lobelia, and Cocculus, and sometimes Nux vomica. Dose 
 and repetition as usual. 
 
 Gastrodynia, or Cramps in the Stomach. 
 
 A pain in the stomach, with cramp, is very distressing, and cannot be 
 mistaken ; for the cramp is a sudden spasmodic action of the muscles of 
 the stomach, which seems like taking the breath out of one. Pulsa- 
 tilla, Nux vomica, and Oolocyntk are the remedies. Any one of 
 them will be likely to afford prompt relief. Dioscorea is useful. 
 
 Inflammation of the Bowels. 
 A severe pain in the bowels, with distention, and such soreness to 
 the touch that weight or pressure cannot be borne, betokens inflamma- 
 
DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 519 
 
 tion. Aconite may be given in the usual dose, every half-hour at first. 
 If perspiration occurs, and the vomiting continues, give Bryonia in the 
 same way. If there is tympanitis, or distention, so that percussion upon 
 the bowels causes them to sound like a drum, Terebinthe, Arsenicum, and 
 Mercurius must be consulted. If the discharges from the bowels, while 
 the inflammation lasts, are acrid, give Arsenicum, and follow with Bry- 
 onia. If there is strangury, or inability to pass urine, Caniharis. It 
 would be better, in treating so formidable a disease as this, to drop ten 
 drops of the selected remedy into half a tumbler of water, and give a 
 teaspoonful every half-hour or hour, until amelioration or change. 
 Compresses on the abdomen are indicated. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Bowels. 
 
 Acute inflammation of the bowels sometimes passes off, leaving them 
 susceptible to entailed inflammation from trivial causes ; the mucous coat 
 may have been left in a semi-ulcerated condition, from which there will 
 be occasional vomiting, and muco-purulent diarrhoea. The remedies for 
 this disease are Nitric and Sulphuric acid, Arsenicum, Sulphur, and Phos- 
 phorus. The doses may be as usual ; but the remedy may not be repeated 
 more than twice a day. 
 
 Inflammation of the Peritoneum. 
 
 Peritoneal inflammation is often considered in connection with inflam- 
 mation of the bowels, and requires nearly the same remedial treatment. 
 The disease is known by the extreme sensitiveness of the abdomen to 
 touch ; and the tenderness is so great as to be unable to bear the weight 
 of bed-clothes. Aconite given in the usual doses every half-hour, until 
 the skin becomes moist, and then Belladonna, or Verat. viride. It 
 there is thirst, Arsenicum ; Pulsatilla, if in females. Nux vomica, 
 if the bowels are constipated. If dropsy of the abdomen follow, 
 give Helleborus nig., or Apis mellifica. Diet, — a very light gruel 
 of corn- starch or farina. 
 
 Diarrhoea. 
 
 A looseness of the bowels, which may be watery, bilious, pappy, pain- 
 less or with pain. A merely relaxed condition of the bowels may be 
 cured by a single dose of four globules of Pulsatilla ; or, if not arrested 
 by this, give Mercurius. A watery diarrhoea may be arrested with 
 CTianomilla, Nux vomica, or Veratrum ; a bilious diarrhoea, with Arseni- 
 cum and Mercurius; a painless and involuntary diarrhoea, with Phosphoric 
 acid. Diarrhoea with colic requires Chamomilla and Colo cy nth ; tinged 
 with blood, Ipecac. ; with undigested food, Pulsatilla. From fruit, 
 often China. The dose and administration must accord with the 
 case. Either of the remedies may be given in water, a teaspoonful 
 every hour; live drops of the dilution, or ten globules in half a 
 tumbler of water, may be the mode of preparation. The diet for 
 persons suffering from diarrhoea may be mutton-broth, beef-tea, 
 boiled milk, or toast and tea, as the patient may elect. 
 

 
 
 520 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 Dysentery. 
 
 One of the most formidable and prostrating diseases is Dysentery. It 
 usually begins with a diarrhoea, though occasionally with constipation, after 
 a season of lassitude, and increases until mucous discharges from the bowels 
 follow. The disease is characterized by much straining when trying to 
 evacuate the bowels. This straining is involuntary and painful. Just be- 
 fore there is an inclination for a stool, there is usually a sharp pain in the 
 lower portion of the abdomen. Dysenteric discharges are mucus mixed 
 with blood, or pure blood, or no blood at all. For dysentery with no blood 
 in the stools, and yet much tenesmus, Gamboge; when the tenesmus is low 
 down, Aloes; when the mucus is tinged with blood, Mercurius corrosivus, 
 the leading^remedy, especially if the tenesmus is painful. To arrest a dys- 
 entery where the discharges are pure blood, and very painful straining and 
 thirst, Arsenicum. For much tenesmus, and discharge of mucus mixed 
 with blood, Ipecac. Whichever remedy is administered, let the usual dose 
 be given immediately after each stool, until relieved. The diet in this dis- 
 ease is somewhat important. Water cannot be allowed in great quantities, 
 but small bits of ice may be held in the mouth of the patient ; barley-water, 
 flavored with lemon, may be allowed as a drink ; rice-water ; and, if the 
 patient has any appetite, he may be allowed mutton-soup, beef-tea, and 
 lamb-broth; but chicken-broth must be entirely prohibited. Enemas of 
 cold water or rice water, after each discharge, are beneficial. 
 
 Chronic Dysentery. 
 
 Symptoms much like those of the acute, but occurs frequently as a weak- 
 ness left after a protracted attack of the acute form. Sulphur, Sulph. acid, 
 Calcarea carb., Ferrum, and Carbo vegetabilis are remedies employed to 
 overcome the difficulty. Sulphur may be given in daily doses for a while, 
 and then Nitric acid or Sulph. acid, or Calcarea, until a cure is completed. 
 Diet in Chronic Dysentery should be very sustaining, and wine may some- 
 times be allowed. 
 
 Cholera Morbus. 
 
 This disease begins with severe pain in the stomach and bowels, and then 
 severe vomiting and purging, until seemingly there is nothing left to be dis- 
 charged from the system. Arsenicum and Verat. alb. are the leading reme- 
 dies ; Nux vomica may be given to stop the vomiting ; Ipecac., Tart, emetic, 
 Podophyllum are severally good remedies, and any one of them may com- 
 plete the cure ; four globules may be given every fifteen minutes until relief 
 is obtained. 
 
 Asiatic Cholera. 
 
 More formidable than Cholera Morbus is Asiatic Cholera, as its attacks 
 are insidious : first, by painless diarrhoea, which seems to indicate that all 
 the contents of the alimentary canal are in a soluble condition. Floods 
 of rice-water discharges pass from the bowels, and the same matter is 
 vomited profusely. After a time, the lower extremities begin to cramp, 
 and then the cramps come in the abdomen; and, if the disease is not 
 
 Jl 
 
InSEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 521 
 
 arrested, the patient soon passes into collapse, and then to the grave. The 
 treatment of this disease in the early stage is very important. Very few 
 cases need to prove fatal, if timely resort to the proper treatment is 
 had. As soon as the patient is attacked with diarrhoea, let him go to hed, 
 and take Veratrwn album. If he has great thirst, let him take Arseni- 
 cum. If without pain, Phosphoric acid. If with vomiting and purging, 
 and great prostration, Iris versicolor. Other remedies, such as Elaterum, 
 Secale cornutum, Camphor, and Mercurius vie. may be consulted. 
 Cuprum acet., if with violent cramps. The medicines may be ad- 
 ministered every thirty minutes. In the collapse stage, give Muri- 
 atic acid, — ten drops in half a tumbler of water, a teaspoonful every 
 twenty minutes. But little time can run to waste at any stage of the 
 disease ; every moment requires vigilance and attention. Should the 
 disease pass over, and the patient is left, he must first have a stimu- 
 lating diet, and then more and more generous, as he can bear it. 
 
 Constipation, Costiveness. 
 
 A confined condition of the bowels is scarcely a disease by itself, but a 
 symptom that attends many maladies. In a torpid state of the liver, it is 
 generally manifest, and requires a treatment tending primarily to affect 
 this organ, and thence the bowels. When there is a sense of fulness in 
 the rectum, Bryonia; when a tedious constipation, that indicates great 
 torpidity of the bowels, Lycopodium ; a constipation following a diarrhoea 
 requires Mercurius viv. or Sulphur ; a constipation resulting from a col- 
 lection of hardened faeces requires Sulphur and N"ux vomica, or Sili- 
 cea. Two doses a day, of any of the remedies, will be sufficient. 
 A diet for those addicted to habitual constipation is important : corn- 
 meal mush, brown bread or bran bread, prunes, apples, and other 
 kinds of fruit are recommended. 
 
 Invermination, Worms. 
 
 This trouble is indicated by the child picking its nose, and by vora- 
 cious appetite, restlessness at night, colic, and sometimes diarrhoea and 
 pale expression of the face. The remedies for this difficulty are Santo- 
 nin, Cina, Spigelia, China, and Sulphur. Santonin will' suit better for 
 the long round worms, and Cina, Calcarea, and Nux vomica for the pin- 
 worms. Dose and administration as usual, three times a day. 
 
 Protrusion of the Intestine. 
 
 Falling of the bowels, as the protrusion is usually termed, is caused by 
 protracted diarrhoea, and straining at stool, while the intestine is weak and 
 relaxed. Podophyllum, Mercurius viv., Ignatia, and Aloes are reme- 
 dies that will cure the difficulty. Either may be given three times a day. 
 
 Acute and Chronic Inflammation of the Liver. 
 
 Denoted by pain in the right side, below the ribs, sometimes se- 
 vere and at others dull. If there is fever, give Aconite or Verat. 
 

 
 
 *:, 
 
 522 
 
 DISEASES INVOLVING THE VARIOUS ORGANS. 
 
 viride, and follow with JSfux vomica in Acute Hepatitis, and repeat every 
 hour until relief or change. If much thirst, give Arsenicum. In the 
 chronic form, a daily dose of Sulphur or /Sepia, Mercurius viv., Nux 
 vomica, Pulsatilla, or Podophyllin, will do as much for the patient as any 
 treatment in the world. 
 
 Jaundice. 
 
 When the gall-duct of the liver becomes obstructed, and the bile is 
 prevented from passing off in the usual way, it seeks an escape through 
 the skin, and gives it a yellow color. This is Jaundice. Podophyllin, 
 Chelidonium, Mercurius, Dulcamara, Leptandria, and Jtfux vomica are 
 competent to cure the severest cases. Carbo vegetabilis, in a crude form, 
 may be given in massive doses when an offensive odor comes from the 
 mouth or breath. The patient, having no appetite, must be supplied with 
 some farina or rice, cooked in the most delicate way. 
 
 Inflammation of the Spleen. 
 
 The spleen, being an associate purificatory organ with the liver, is 
 liable to similar affections. When inflamed, it is manifest by pain in the 
 left side, below the ribs. The same remedies that affect the liver will 
 also affect the spleen. For congestion of the spleen caused by running, 
 immodeiate laughter, etc., China, a single ordinary dose, will answer. 
 
 Painter's Colic. 
 
 The effects of lead upon the alimentary canal are sometimes disastrous ; 
 and painters who work much in mixing the various preparations of white 
 lead are liable to imbibe sufficient of its poisonous quality to give them a 
 most distressing colic : hence its name. The remedies employed in anti- 
 dotiDg the effects of the lead are Opium and Alumina, or Colocynth. 
 Should the first-named remedy fail to. afford relief, try the next, and so on, 
 in doses of three drops of the dilution in a spoonful of water. Olive oil, 
 a wineglassful every three hours, is good. 
 
 Piles, Hemorrhoids. 
 
 There occurs in the rectum a class of small tumors, caused by conges- 
 tion of the hemorrhoidal veins ; and these sometimes become so swollen 
 as to protrude from the anus. Sometimes these protruding tumors are 
 numerous, and resemble a bunch of grapes. They are exceedingly painful, 
 and destructive of comfort. To cure them is of the utmost importance. 
 Constipation being often one of the proximate causes, such remedies as 
 overcome this condition must be called into use. JSfux vomica, taken at 
 night, has often proved salutary. /Sulphur, when the tumors are painful, 
 and sting and burn so as to be almost unbearable. For Bleeding Piles, 
 Hamamelis Virginica is particularly recommended. For excessively burn- 
 ing piles, Arsenicum; and for those of a blue color, Conium, or Muriatic 
 acid. Each of these remedies may be employed in the liquid form, and 
 three drops of the dilution may be taken in a spoonful of water every 
 night. The tincture of Podophyllum is also a valuable remedy, and 
 may be administered as above ; and so also is Collinsonia, To designate 
 
DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. f72TT 
 
 an appropriate diet for one afflicted with Piles requires a little care. Salt 
 provisions must generally be avoided. The free use of stimulating drinks 
 is pernicious. Bran-bread and fruits are commendable. Meats, not 
 highly seasoned, are allowable, and most kinds of vegetables. 
 
 Itching' of the Anns, which sometimes is a concomitant of Piles 
 and sometimes of worms, is cured in the first instance with Sulphur, and 
 in the latter with Cina. The usual dose should be given night and 
 morning. 
 
 DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 
 
 The organs of respiration embrace the nose, larynx, trachea, bronchia, 
 lungs, pleura, heart, and their appendages. We will therefore consider 
 the diseases that affect them in their order. 
 
 Coryza, Cold in the Head. 
 
 When, from exposure to cold, the nose becomes stopped, and there is 
 an inclination to sneeze, and the eyes become more or less affected, the 
 following remedies, as indicated, will prove useful : Nux vomica at night, 
 should the Coryza be more apparent in the afternoon or evening, and 
 particularly if it is attended with cold affecting the entire system. Sti- 
 bium, or Tart, em., is a good remedy to lubricate the stoppage of the 
 nasal passages ; Hepar sulphur, also, when this stoppage is painfully' dis- 
 agreeable ; Arsenicum, or Euphrasia, when there is a thin, acrid dis- 
 charge from the nose. Pulsatilla is best for children and ladies, when 
 offering from Nasal Catarrh. Coryza is synonymous with acute Ca- 
 tarrh, as both affect the mucous membrane that lines the cavities of 
 the nose. 
 
 Chronic Catarrh is much like the Acute, only all the symptoms have 
 become persistent. Acute Catarrh is often cured in a few days by Mer- 
 curius, Nux vomica, Belladonna, Pulsatilla, Tart, em., Hepar sulphur, 
 and Sulphur ; Mercurius, for stupefying headache with catarrh ; Nux vom- 
 i,a, when the catarrh occasions nausea ; Belladonna, when there accom- 
 panies the difficulty pain over and in the eyes; Pulsatilla, when there is 
 depiession of spirits; Tart, em., Hepar sulphur, and Sulphur, to remove 
 obstructions in the nasal ducts, and to subdue irritation and soreness of the 
 external orifices of the ducts. Doses as usual, repeated three times a da)'. 
 
 In the treatment of Chronic Catarrh, other remedies are called into 
 requisition. Aurum metallicum, if there is a heavy yellow discharge from 
 the nose, or crusts form at night ; Mercurius iodatus, in scrofulous 
 persons ; Aurum muriaticum, if there is any affection of the vomer, 
 or partition of the nose ; Sulphur and Hepar sulphur are both val li- 
 able remedies, as are Arsenicum and Lachesis, when the peculiar 
 symptoms are such as to indicate their affiliation. The remedies for 
 the chronic form need not be repeated so often ; once in twenty-four 
 hours, in the usual dose, is sufficient. 
 

 
 524 
 
 DISEASES OP THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 
 
 Inflammation of the Larynx, 
 
 The upper part of the windpipe, or trachea, is termed the " Larynx ; " 
 and, when inflamed, it is said to be affected with Laryngitis : and this may 
 be acute or chronic. 
 
 Acute Laryngitis, or Inflammation of the Larynx. — This trouble is 
 denoted by cough, hoarseness, and sore throat, affecting the voice, and 
 rendering respiration somewhat difficult, and conversation fatiguing or 
 painful. It comes on from a cold, and may be the continuation of a 
 nasal catarrh. With the cough there is usually some expectoration, or 
 else dry, uncomfortable sensation, and inclination to be clearing the throat. 
 If the pulse is febril or full, give Aconite in the first stage ; and, if there 
 is painful soreness of the larynx, give Belladonna. Aconite will remove 
 the fever, and Belladonna the congestion of the capillary vessels of tin 
 mucous membrane, which causes the soreness. Mercurius viv. often 
 follows Belladonna well. If, after the employment of these remedies, 
 expectoration of mucus occurs from coughing, give Phosphorus or 
 Sanguinaria. If the cough is tight, as if the larynx was closing up, 
 give Sambucus. The remedies, in the usual doses, may be re- 
 peated every two hours. The diet should be simple, but nutritious. 
 
 Chronic Laryngitis, or Inflammation of the Larynx. — The symp- 
 toms of this form of the disease are similar to those of the acute variety, 
 only the cough and irritation are constant, and the expectoration some- 
 times great. The disease becomes chronic from the weakening of the organ 
 after one or more acute attacks of the disease. It sometimes mitigates 
 in warm weather, and returns again in winter. Argentum metallicum 
 is a good remedy for the chronic form, when characterised by soreness of 
 the throat. Belladonna is always useful when the difficulty is aggravated 
 by a cold ; Phosphorus, when there is considerable collection of mucus, 
 and Hepar sulphur when there are excessive dryness and hoarseness. 
 Causticum is particularly useful when the inflammation is persistent, and 
 the cough constantly excited, and when it resembles a croupy cough, and 
 comes on spasmodically or in paroxysms. When Chronic Laryngitis is 
 not kept in check or cured, it soon runs into that formidable disease 
 known as Laryngeal Consumption, or becomes attended with hectic fever. 
 In such a case, give Stannum, or perhaps Sulphur ; but in no case more 
 than one dose a day. The patient should be warmly clothed, and should 
 always provide for tempering cold air before it is inhaled into the lun~s. 
 The diet must be nutritious, and strictly non-medicinal. 
 
 Group. 
 
 Croup is of two kinds, spasmodic and membranous. The spasmodic is 
 the result of a cold ; and it comes on with a hoarse, rough cough, which is 
 often spasmodic and suffocating. The catarrhal or membranous comes 
 on like a cold, and then supervenes a crowing cough and copious collec- 
 tion of mucus ; and sometimes an exudation of a membranous character 
 fills the larynx and upper portion of the trachea. For spasmodic croup, 
 Tartar emetic is undoubtedly the best remedy ; Aconite, when there is 
 
DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 525 
 
 fever: Belladonna, if the throat is sore ; Ipecac., if the breathing is asth- 
 matic. In membranous croup, a resort must be had to Aconite at first, to 
 induce perspiration ; if this fails, give Bryonia, and then Spongia, Iodine, 
 Bromine, and Separ sulph., in the order mentioned. The usual doses 
 may be given every fifteen or twenty minutes when the symptoms are 
 alprming. Croup goes under the technical name of Cynanche Trachealis, 
 because it implicates both the larynx and windpipe. 
 
 Inflammation of the Windpipe^ — Tracheitis. 
 
 There is some resemblance of this disease to croup ; and yet it may 
 occur, and not manifest that peculiar character. It is denoted by cough, 
 sometimes exceedingly tight, at others looser, greater or less obstruction 
 of the breathing, and some pain and soreness of the throat above, and a 
 tickling, raw feeling below, towards the bronchial tubes. Aconite is 
 essential in the treatment of this difficulty, and also Belladonna, Biyonia, 
 Phosphorus, Causticum, Hepar, Sanguinaria, and Spongia. It is to be 
 observed, however, that only one of these remedies must be given at a 
 time ; five drops in half a tumbler of water, and a teaspoonful every thirty 
 minutes. Diet simple and non-medicinal. 
 
 Acute Bronchial Inflammationi — Bronchitis. 
 
 As the names implies, the bronchial tubes becomes highly inflamed in 
 this disease, or, rather, the mucous membrane that lines them. There 
 is much cough and expectoration. This disease is called Catarrhal 
 Fever in its acute form ; and, when the substance of the lungs becomes 
 affected, it amounts to Pneumonia. Acute Bronchitis requires, for the 
 reduction of fever, Aconite or Bryonia; Belladonna may follow ; and, 
 when copious expectoration commences, give Phosphorus; and, some 
 time after, give Hyoscyamus, especially for the cough at night, and 
 also Calcarea carb. for the soreness and cough that may be created. 
 Repeat the medicines, in the usual doses, three times a day. Diet as in 
 all febrile diseases. Barley or flaxseed tea for drink, and a light diet of 
 toast ; is best, 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Bronchia. 
 
 Like the acute form of the disease, it has its seat in the mucous mem- 
 brane that lines the bronchial tubes, and is believed to be the sequel 
 of Acute Bronchitis. It is always accompanied by a cough, and more 
 or less expectoration ; now and then a paroxysm of fever. It is a 
 tedious and troublesome disease ; and, when not cured, is always better 
 in warm weather, and much aggravated in cold ; and this would point 
 to a perpetual warm climate as its cure. When there are paroxysms 
 of fever, give Aconite ; if there is pain in the chest, Balladonna; 
 profuse expectoration, Phosphorus, or Lycopod. ; hectic fever, Stan- 
 nura ; when the throat is sore, give Causticum. Great care must be 
 taken in the treatment of this malady, if a cure is expected, or other- 
 wise it will terminate in a lingering consumption. The most generous 
 living the patient's appetite will admit of must be supplied, but free 
 from medicinal condiments. 
 

 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 526 
 
 DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 
 
 Lung Fever. — Pneumonia. 
 
 Lung fever is indicated by pain in the chest, cough, flushed face, quick 
 pulse, rusty expectoration, headache, loss of appetite, and oppressed 
 breathing. Aconite or Bryonia may be given, in the usual dose, every 
 hour until the skin becomes moist ; Belladonna, if the pain continues 
 in the chest, every hour until relief, or a change is necessary ; Bry 
 onia may follow Belladonna, if heat in the chest is a prominent symp- 
 tom ; and Phosphorus may follow Bryonia, provided the expectoration 
 has changed, and a more plentiful secretion of mucus is thrown 
 off. Each medicine may be given in hourly doses when called for. 
 
 This disease becomes Typhoid Pneumonia when the fever accompany- 
 ing the inflammation is typhoid ; in which event Bryonia may be given 
 in the first stage, and Belladonna if there is a manifest inclination to 
 sleep. When the patient begins to cough up mucus tinged with blood, 
 give Phosphorus ; and, if very much prostrated, give Rhus tox. As to diet 
 in Pneumonia, give the patient any light, nourishing, and soothing drinks, 
 as jelly-water, barley-water, rice-water, &c. Application of warm com- 
 presses to the chest is recommended. 
 
 Whooping Cough, — Tussis Spasmodica. 
 
 This disease often comes on like an ordinary cold, and the victims are 
 observed to have frequent coughing fits ; and when there is no fever or 
 loss of appetite, and the fits of coughing continue to be repeated, it may 
 fairly be inferred that whooping cough is progressing. Soon the child or 
 patient will begin to whoop, and to experience frequent paroxysms, and 
 draw in a long breath, or whoop, which is followed by numerous short 
 expirations. Drosera will mitigate the severity of the paroxysms, and 
 so will Hyoscyamus, Corallia rubra, Sanguinaria, and Gausticum ; 
 Chelidonium, if there are symptoms of pulmonary congestion ; but 
 there is no remedy known that will break it up at once. Give a 
 dose of the selected remedy immediately after each paroxysm. 
 
 Pleuritis. — Pleurisy. 
 
 Inflammation of the pleura is denoted by sharp, shooting pains in the 
 sides of the chest, that interfere with respiration ; quick pulse, flushed face 
 great heat over the chest, &c. Aconite* in the usual dose, may be given 
 every twenty minutes, and a cloth compress of warm water may be 
 applied to the region of the pain. Aconite may be followed with 
 Phosphorus, given every hour until relieved. Bryonia is good. 
 
 Asthma. 
 
 Difficult and laborious breathing may be hereditary, or be brought on 
 by a cold, over-exertion, or exposure of some kind. It comes on in 
 paroxysms that sometimes interfere with the respiration to so great a 
 degree as to oblige the patient to sit or stand in order to get breath. 
 Many cases are entirely curable with Ipecac* Arsenicum, Apis mellifica, 
 Apocynum, Lobelia, and Tart, emetic. When one remedy fails, try the 
 next," until a fair warfare with the disease has been encountered. 
 
DISEASES OF THE RESPIBATORY ORGANS. 527 
 
 Bleeding from the Lungs. 
 
 This trouble is occasioned by the rupture of some of the blood- vessel s 
 in the bronchial tube, caused either by mechanical injury or tubercles. 
 If from the former, Arnica is the remedy ; if from the latter, Hamame- 
 lis. In case of pain and inflammation, give Phosphorus ; and if motion 
 aggravates, give Bryonia. Let the patient sit up, if able, in an easy- 
 chair, until the bleeding ceases. If fever and excitement of the cir- 
 culation exist, give Aconite often. 
 
 Consumption. 
 This formidable disease may be hereditary, or result from accidental 
 causes. When hereditary, it may not develop itself until adult age ; and 
 one of the first signs is extreme sensitiveness to cold, a slight cough, defec- 
 tive nutrition, and extreme emaciation ; night-sweats come on subsequent- 
 ly, with hectic fever ; and, at a later stage, there may be diarrhoea, which 
 resists remedial measures, and exhausts the life of the patient. That kind 
 brought on as the sequel of primary affections usually supervenes upon 
 bronchitis or some other exhaustive disease that proves destructive to nu- 
 trition. In the first stage, or when chilliness, debility, and loss of flesh 
 become apparent, much benefit can be obtained from the use of good old 
 Bourbon or rye whiskey : from a half to a whole wine-glassful may be taken 
 twice a day. The introduction of carbon into the system in this way 
 has often proved of great service. When there is deep-seated pain in the 
 lungs, especially in the upper portion, Lycopodium; the usual dose maybe 
 given every day, and continued as long as any benefit is perceived. Ly- 
 copodium may be followed by Stannum or Sulph., provided there is 
 any hectic fever ; by Carbo animalis when there are night-sweats. If 
 the cough becomes troublesome, and the expectoration muco-purulent, 
 Phosphorus in the usual dose may be given twice a day. If occasional 
 hemorrhage, Belladonna may be given, if there is pain ; Ipecac, if 
 there is asthmatic breathing ; and Hamamelis vir. , if there is bleed- 
 ing from the lungs without much pain. For the first stage of bron- 
 chial consumption, see the treatment directed for Bronchitis. After 
 tubercles become manifest, the same remedies may be indicated as 
 for the hereditary disease. The diet for consumptives should be fish, 
 game, beef, mutton, and vegetables such as potatoes, beans, and egg- 
 plant ; butter and cream, with toast, are also allowable. Let the diet 
 be as generous as the patient can take. 
 
 For the conclusion ot Romceopatmo remedies, see pages 785 to 878. 
 

 PROCESSES OP THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 For the description of the hydropathic appliances contained in the 
 following pages, I am indebted, in substance, to the " Hydropathic 
 Family Physician/' by Joel Shew, M. D., author of several popular 
 works upon the principles and practice of hydropathy. I have not 
 uniformly adopted his exact language, which is not always the best 
 he might have chosen to express his thoughts. 
 
 Priessnitz is admitted to have been the originator of the hydro- 
 pathic modes of treating diseases. He was an unlearned man, though 
 he had original powers of mind ; and, imperfect as the treatment is, 
 he benefited his race by conferring it upon the world. 
 
 At first, and for some time, baths were made too cold, and were 
 continued too long; the result was, much injury to the patient in 
 many cases. Time and experience have brought a better adaptation 
 of the temperature and continuance of the water appliances to the 
 symptoms, constitution, and temperament of each patient. Formerly, 
 weak, exhausted, and nervous persons, not less than the full-Wooded 
 and strong, were put into the wet-sheet pack, and reduced near to 
 death's door ; and there is reason to believe that in some cases where 
 the practice is in ignorant hands, this barbarity is not wholly discon- 
 tinued. The practice, however, is now mainly in better hands; and 
 although I by no means admit its sufficiency as a system of remedial 
 agencies, I am persuaded it is doing some good. Used in connection 
 with the ancient system of regular medicine, which is the joint pro- 
 duct of time, science, and experience, the water treatment, moulded 
 and modified to the circumstances and strength of the patient, is an 
 auxiliary of no mean power. As such, I accept it. As such, it is re- 
 ceived by hundreds and thousands of regular practitioners throughout 
 the world. Further than this, it never can or will be generally re- 
 ceived. By pushing it beyond this, its rightful and honored sphere^ 
 its friends only limit its progress, and injure its influence. 
 
 The following is the substance of Dr. Shew's description of hydro- 
 pathic appliance. 
 
 The Wet-Sheet Pack. 
 
 In this process a coarse linen or cotton sheet is used, long enough 
 to reach from the patient's head to the soles of his feet, and about 
 two yards in width. The bed is stripped of all its covering, one or 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 529 
 
 two pillows only being left for the head. One or two comforters are 
 then spread upon it, and over these the same number of woollen 
 blankets, which are less injured by wet than cotton comfortables. 
 The sheet having been pretty well wrung out of cold water, — always 
 pure and soft, if such can be had, — is then spread out smoothly upon 
 the blanket. The patient, being undressed, lays himself upon the 
 sheet, and, his arms being held up, an assistant laps one side of it 
 over the body and lower limbs ; when, the arms being dropped at the 
 side, the other part of the sheet is, in like manner, lapped over. The 
 blankets are then, one by one, brought over Flo 178 
 
 the person in the same way, and tucked 
 under from head to foot. Comfortables 
 may be added, if necessary. (Fig. 178.) 
 
 It is always best to place a wet towel, 
 covered with a dry one, on the patient's 
 head while he is packed. If too much 
 chill is not produced, the dry one may be 
 left off. 
 
 This is the ordinary way of taking a pack 
 in chronic disease. 
 
 The wet sheet is one of the most soothing and agreeable of all the 
 water appliances. Hence it is that it is so often misused. It is so 
 delightful, and tends so much to produce slumber, that the patient 
 never feels ready to get out of it. But this slumber, — so profound and 
 sweet as it often is, — he should remember, may be only an apoplectic 
 stupor, which leaves him with a swimming head, attended with faint- 
 ness, perhaps, and ending in a severe headache ; giving him, in short, 
 a congestion of the brain. All this happens in consequence of robbing 
 the skin too long of the air it should breathe. 
 
 There has been a notion at some of the establishments that the 
 wet sheet is to be used for sweating ; and to this end, the patient has 
 been literally stewed hour after hour, in some cases, even four, five, 
 and six hours in succession, with the view of sweating him. All 
 such practice is hurtful. If the patient gets better under it, it is in 
 consequence of the good effects of water used in other ways, coupled 
 with the ever-important adjuncts, air, exercise, and diet. In later 
 times, Priessnitz never sweat patients at all, much less in wet sheets. 
 If a man must sweat, leave off the wet sheet assuredly, as that only 
 hinders the operation. Use the blanket pack, or the vapor bath. 
 
 How Long shall the Pack Continue ? — Here, too, there has been, 
 and still is, much error in hydropathic practice. " 'Stay in the pack 
 till you get warm," has been the old doctrine. But some get warm 
 at first, and afterward get cold ; — so at least they feel. What is to 
 be done ? 
 
 One of Priessnitz's improvements was, to give short packs. " Re- 
 main enveloped for fifteen or twenty minutes only," he said. " If you 
 are not able to bear the pack in that way, take the rubbing wet sheet 
 and the lighter processes until you are." In some cases he gave two 
 or three of these short packs in succession, the patient rising between 
 
 fi7 
 

 530 
 
 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 each to take an airing, a rubbing wet sheet, or other bath, and then 
 returning to the pack. 
 
 Thus far the wet sheet has been spoken of as used in chronic dis- 
 eases. In acute attacks it is managed differently, according to the 
 case. If the object be to abstract caloric from the body, we cover the 
 sheet but little, — with a single dry sheet, or a blanket or two, or, per- 
 haps, with none of these. 
 
 We know that if we keep a towel about a keg of water in a hot 
 day, the water will be made cooler by evaporation. In the same way, 
 when a patient is hot and feverish, we keep one, or, still better, two 
 wet sheets around him, without other covering, and thus bring down 
 the heat and circulation to any desirable degree. We sprinkle water 
 upon the sheets, or rewet them as often as is necessary, — in some 
 extreme cases of fever continuing them a whole week or more. Ex- 
 perience teaches that the continuous application of the wet linen is, 
 in such cases, a most serviceable application, and one that tends most 
 powerfully to induce in the dermoid structure its natural and health- 
 ful state. 
 
 The Wet Sheet Acts by Absorption. — It draws morbific matter out 
 of the body, as any one may see who applies the sheet for a short 
 time, and then washes it. Observe, too, what an odor comes from 
 the sheet when a diseased patient has been packed. At the same 
 time, it absorbs the pure water into its finest tissues on a large scale, 
 thus supplying that fluid which of all substances the system, under 
 such circumstances, most needs. This moist warmth of the sheet 
 also acts as a most soothing poultice. 
 
 The Wet Dress. 
 
 A modification of the wet sheet, and in some respects an improve- 
 ment, is the " wet dress,"so called. 
 
 A coarse linen or cotton dress is made with large arms, so that one 
 may take the application without help. The dress being wet and ap- 
 plied, the patient lays himself upon blankets, in which he wraps himself 
 just sufficiently to become comfortable. Or, he may have dry flannel 
 dresses to put on over the wet one, and then lie in a common bed. 
 In this application, the air is not excluded from the surface to any= 
 thing like the same extent as in the common tight pack. Hence, a 
 patient may remain in it a half, or the whole of the night, if he 
 chooses, — being careful to become neither too warm nor too cold, 
 Rewetting once or twice in the night will be of service. Often in a 
 single night a bad cold may be thrown off in this simple way. 
 
 The Half Pack. 
 
 Many patients have so little reactive energy, that while they can 
 bear a half pack, so called, the entire sheet would abstract so much 
 caloric from the body as to injure them. In such cases, the sheet is 
 to be applied so as to extend only from the arm-pits- or at most, from 
 
PKOCESSES OF THE HYDKOP^THIC TREATMENT. 531 
 
 the neck to the hips, leaving the lower extremities, as it were, in the 
 dry pack. Sometimes the sheet is allowed to extend to the ankles, 
 not including the feet. Packing the trunk of the body in wet towels, 
 acts upon the same principle as the partial or half pack, and is, in 
 many cases a valuable preliminary measure. It is well to take these 
 preparatory steps when a patient who has suffered long from chronic 
 disease, is beginning with the envelopment. 
 
 The Folded Wet Sheet. 
 
 In domestic practice, a modification of the wet sheet may be had 
 by folding four-double a common coarse sheet, for enclosing th€ 
 trunk from the armpits down. Two thicknesses of this are wet ir 
 cold water, to come next the body. 
 
 This is a valuable application in a host of ailments, as pleurisy, 
 inflammation of the lungs, inflammation of the bowels, colic, cholera, 
 cholera morbus, rheumatism, painful menstruation, after pains, etc. 
 This remedy, which can be applied in five minutes, will often soothe 
 a patient quietly to sleep, whose lot, without it, would be a night of 
 agony. One advantage of this application is, that if a patient is too 
 weak to rise, the sheet may be opened in front, so that fresh water 
 may, when needed, be sprinkled upon it, and wet towels may be 
 added under it, upon the abdomen, if necessary. 
 
 In all the methods of applying the wet sheet, there can be no pos- 
 sible objection to using warm bricks, bottles, etc., for the feet when 
 cold. 
 
 Bath after the Pack. — It is the practice generally to take some 
 form of the bath after the pack. If the patient is too feeble to rise, 
 an ablution is performed while he is in bed. In other cases, a wet- 
 sheet rubbing, shallow, plunge, towel, or other bath is resorted to, but 
 not strictly of necessity. It is better, however, as a rule, to make the 
 process a compound one, that is, to take some form of bath after the 
 pack. This should also be followed by exercise in the open air, if it 
 can possibly be taken. A pack, followed by a faithful turn at work, 
 or by exercise in the open air, is always worth much more than when 
 followed by rest within doors. 
 
 The Rubbing Wet Sheet. 
 
 The rubbing wet sheet, too little appreciated, and too seldom used 
 is one of the most valuable of all the hydropathic resources. There 
 is probably no other single application of water, in all the multiform 
 modes of hydropathic medication, that can be made, on the whole, as 
 useful as this. It is a tonic, a stimulant, a sedative, an antispasmodic, 
 a derivative, or a febrifuge, according to the circumstances under 
 which it is applied. 
 
 We take a coarse linen sheet, — although cotton answers a very 
 good purpose, — large enough to throw around the body like an In- 
 dian's blanket It is wrung more or less, according to the demands 
 

 
 532 
 
 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 Fia. 179. 
 
 of the case. Thereupon, it is thrown quickly around the patient's 
 
 body, who, if strong enough, is in the standing posture ; and then, 
 
 both patient and assistant set vigorously to 
 
 work, rubbing over the sheet, not with it, 
 
 as some do, three, four, or more minutes, 
 
 until the surface becomes thoroughly warm 
 
 (Fig. 179). 
 
 If there is fever, less friction is required. 
 After the wet sheet, comes a dry one, to 
 be used in the same manner. Those who 
 have sufficient reactive energy, — and most 
 have, — may dry the body simply by fan- 
 ning it with the dry sheet, the windows at 
 the same time being open. This sort of 
 air-bath exerts a highly pleasurable effect 
 upon the skin. Instead of giving one a 
 cold, it helps greatly to ward it off. This method of drying the body 
 was one of Priessnitz's later improvements. 
 
 The rubbing wet sheet, it should be remembered, is not a single 
 application, capable of producing only one effect. It is used in three 
 different gradations, and to produce very different results. It is well 
 wrung, or only moderately wrung, or left quite wet and dripping. If 
 a person is fatigued, or has a low degree of reactive energy, the first 
 form is the one to adopt ; if there is not much fatigue, and good re- 
 
 active energy, the second ; and if the patient is feverish, and the 
 object is to abstract heat simply, we use the sheet quite wet and drip- 
 ping ; and we repeat it as many times in succession as the case may 
 need. One great advantage is, that we give it before or after a wet 
 pack, when no bath is at hand ; we also give it in connection with 
 any other bath we may choose. 
 
 See how admirable a remedy the rubbing wet sheet is, when prop- 
 erly understood! A patient, — a child, perhaps, — is so feeble in the 
 reactive power, that almost any form of bath we can give it sends the 
 biood from the surface, making the lips and nails pale or blue, and 
 the extremities cold, showing congestion of the internal organs. 
 When a bath produces such effects, it is very apt, to say the least, to 
 do more harm than good. But we can apply the rubbing wet sheet 
 in such a way as to cause none of these ill effects ; besides, it may 
 be repeated many times in the day, so as to give the patient the ad- 
 vantage of a strong treatment ; for a light treatment, which can be 
 easily borne, Is made a strong one by the frequency of its repetition. 
 
 A wet sheet, well wrung, holds perhaps a pint of water; or, at 
 most, a quart. Now, it must appear plain, that a pint or quart of 
 cold water, spread over so large a surface as the whole skin, must be- 
 come very easily warmed by the body's heat. Besides, if there is 
 great delicacy of constitution, we may wring the sheet out of water 
 at seventy, eighty, or even ninety degrees, gradually lowering it aa 
 the patient can bear it. 
 
 The domestic availability of this application is also to be spoken of. 
 In every dwelling, however humble, there is the coarse sheet, and the 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 5'S'S 
 
 bucket of water. How useful, therefore, as a resort, in home prac- 
 tice ! 
 
 The rubbing wet sheet appears a trifling application, — one which 
 is not capable of producing any great result. But when we remem- 
 ber the myriads of nerves of animal life, spread over the skin, and 
 derived from the brain and spinal cord, it need not surprize us that 
 its application should so invigorate the body, take off bodily and 
 mental depression, remove languor and fatigue, expel flatus from the 
 bowels, remove thirst, give appetite, and cause a feeling of calmness 
 and relief which can be appreciated only by those who experience it. 
 A minister, for example, preaches three times on a Sunday, and gets 
 his brain so excited that he cannot sleep. A cold bath would be too 
 powerful, and opiates would only act as stimulants, making the mat- 
 ter worse. Two or three successful applications of the rubbing wet 
 sheet, with powerful friction, bring the blood so much to the surface, 
 that his brain becomes relieved, and he very soon falls into a sound 
 and refreshing sleep. So, too, when a man has been long wet and 
 drenched on a rainy day, and comes home, with the surface and ex- 
 tremities cold, and the blood pressing hard upon the brain and other 
 internal organs, — the well-wrung rubbing sheet is applied, with plen- 
 tiful friction, and at once the oppressed organs are set free. 
 
 In using the rubbing wet sheet, as in all other forms of general 
 bath, it is well to wash the hands and face in cold water, both before 
 and after it. There is no need of throwing it over the head, as some 
 have thought it necessary to do. A patient needs to breathe freely 
 when he takes a bath. 
 
 This application is not always the most pleasant one. It does, in 
 iact, require a good degree of moral courage to enable one to endure 
 the first shock. The sensations produced by it are worse, if possible, 
 than those from a plunge into cold water ; I mean the first touch of 
 the sheet to the body. Nervous ladies sometimes tell us they cannot 
 take the rubbing wet sheet, when, at the same time, they take the 
 cold plunge, which is far more powerful, and perhaps too powerful for 
 their case. This unpleasant feeling does no harm, for it vanishes in a 
 moment or two after the sheet touches the body. 
 
 The Douche Bath. 
 
 This is the most powerful, but not the most useful, of all the hydro- 
 pathic appliances. A common douche consists of a stream of water 
 from one to two inches in diameter, with a fall of ten, fifteen, or 
 twenty feet. But douches may be arranged of any desirable size and 
 height. (Fig. 180.) 
 
 This remedy is useful in paralysis, stiff joints, gout, rheumatism, 
 tumors, and old swellings of various kinds. Those who have weak 
 lungs, stomach, or other abdominal organs, should not resort to the 
 douche without the best of medical advice. 
 
534 
 
 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 The Shower Bath. 
 
 This is also one of the more powerful of the hydropathic appli- 
 ances, and needs judgment in its use. It consists, in fact, of a vast 
 number of small streams or douches, and hence is a powerful refrig- 
 erant, as well as excitant, to the system. It is useful to commence 
 this bath, for a time at first, only upon the limbs. 
 
 The Cataract Bath. 
 
 This also is one of the more powerful of the hydropathic processes, 
 and is to be classed with the two preceding baths. Like them it may 
 be said to be stimulant, tonic, and alterative, while it is also highly 
 sedative as far as animal heat is concerned. 
 
 The Hose Bath. 
 
 Through the modern improvements in India-rubber, gutta percha, 
 leather, etc., it is easy, whenever there is a small fall or head of water, 
 to arrange what is called a hose-bath. It is in principle a douche, 
 with the additional advantage that it can be made to act upon any 
 part of the body, and from whatever direction we choose. Rightly 
 applied, the hose bath is a valuable remedy. (Fig. 181.) 
 
 Fig. 180. 
 
 Fig. 181. 
 
 The Pail Douche. 
 
 The process which passes under this name is taken thus : The 
 patient seats himself in an empty, shallow, or other bathing tub, and 
 crosses his hands over his chest. As many pails of water as are or- 
 dered are then dashed over him suddenly, one after another, before 
 and behind alternately, — not poured, but thrown with some force, by 
 first a backward and then a forward motion of the pail. 
 
 A better method of using it is, for the patient to stand in an empty 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 535 
 
 bathing tub, while an assistant takes two pails of water, one ten de- 
 grees warmer than the other, and empties the warmer half upon the 
 chest and half upon the back, and then bestows the colder pailful in 
 the same manner ; then dries with friction. 
 
 The Wave or Sluice Bath. 
 
 This is taken at the sluice-way of an undershot mill-wheel, or in 
 any similar place. The patient takes hold of a rope, or something by 
 which he can maintain his position, and then, lying down, subjects 
 his body to the action of the water. This is, on the whole, a pleasant 
 and agreeable bath, and in its effects somewhat resembles the douche^ 
 being, however, milder and safer. 
 
 The Half Bath. 
 
 This bath may be used as one of the mildest of the water-cure 
 processes, or as one of the most powerful. An ordinary bathing tub is 
 a very good apparatus for the purpose. A good sized washing tub 
 will answer very well, if there is nothing else at hand. The water 
 should generally be quite shallow in this bath, — from three to six 
 inches. Priessnitz's half-baths were made of wood, four or five feet 
 long, about two and a half feet wide, and twenty inches deep. This 
 simple contrivance is one of his most powerful remedial means, — 
 that by which some of his highest triumphs are achieved. 
 
 The water is generally used of moderate temperature, at sixty to 
 seventy degrees Fahr., and, when long continued, is changed, as it 
 becomes warm from the heat of the body. 
 
 This bath may be used, 
 
 First, as a means of cooling the mass of the circulation in the hot 
 stages of fever, and in inflammatory attacks of every kind ; 
 
 Secondly, as a revulsive, or means of drawing blood in congestions 
 or inflammations of the nobler organs, the brain, lungs, stomach, 
 liver, etc. 
 
 Thirdly, as a means of resuscitation in the shock of serious acci- 
 dents, sun-stroke, and before, during, or after apoplectic and other fits. 
 In drunkenness and delirium tremens, the half bath is a sovereign 
 remedy ; 
 
 Fourthly, as a middle means, and preparatory to the general bath 
 in weak constitutions. 
 
 In the latter of these indications, the bath is generally used but for 
 a few minutes after the wet sheet, or at other times, as may be de- 
 sired. In the former, much practical knowledge is necessary in order 
 to proceed always with safety, and to obtain the best results. Thus, 
 six, or even nine hours may be required, with the greatest persever- 
 ance, the patient being thoroughly rubbed over the whole surface, and 
 this to be kept up constantly by relays of assistants, the patient's head 
 and shoulders, meanwhile, being supported. 
 
536 
 
 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 The Plunge Bath. 
 
 In sea, river, and lake, as well as by artificial means, and as a 
 matter of luxury, religious observance, purification, and the preven- 
 tion and cure of disease, the plunge bath has, in all periods of time, 
 and in all parts of the world, been a favorite resort. So efficacious, 
 indeed, has this simple means proved in healing the sick, that not a 
 little superstition has been mir.gled with it. Springs and wells have 
 often been supposed to possess some mysterious power, and for that 
 reason been named after some patron saint. In this respect, the 
 world has loved mystery and marvellousness rather than the pure and 
 simple truth. 
 
 In hydropathic practice, the plunge is much used ; but many pa- 
 tients are not able to bear it. Those who are not sufficiently strong 
 for it at first, should practise the rubbing wet sheet, the half-bath, 
 drinking, exercise, etc., until the plunge can be borne. It is a favorite 
 remedy at all the establishments, to be taken directly on coming from 
 the wet sheet pack. 
 
 The Head Bath. 
 
 From time immemorial, cooling applications to the head have been 
 much depended upon in that violent and dangerous disease, inflam- 
 mation of the brain. All other known means failing, certain obsti- 
 nate affections of the head have been known to give way to affusion 
 of cold water upon the part. In headache, drunkenness, delirium 
 tremens, the delirium of fever, epilepsy, rheumatism of the head, dis- 
 eases of the eye, earache, deafness, loss of smell and taste, and in 
 nose-bleed, this highly energetic remedy is brought to bear. In taking 
 it, the patient lies down, placing the back of his head in a shallow 
 dish, filled only an inch or two with water. (Fig. 182.) 
 
 Fig. 182. 
 
 Fio. 183. 
 
 ffi_ 
 
 © 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 p\ 
 
 L- 
 
 The Leg Bath. 
 
 This is useful in cases of ulcers, swellings, eruptions, gout, rheu- 
 matism, sprains, wounds, etc., of the leg or thigh. The relief and 
 
 J 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 537 
 
 strength obtained, often by a single application of this remedy, is truly 
 wonderful. A variety of apparatus may be contrived for administer- 
 ing the leg bath. A common wooden tub, contrived for the purpose, 
 like that represented in Fig. 183, answers a good purpose. In sucb a 
 vessel, he covers the inflamed limb introduced, and cools the blood 
 flowing to it 
 
 The Sitz-Bath. 
 
 Convenient tubs, wooden or metallic, are constructed for this bath", 
 but an ordinary wash-tub answers very well. The vessel should be 
 large enough to permit the motion of the arms in rubbing the abdo- 
 men, sides, and hips, first with one hand, and then with the other 
 Water enough should generally be used to pretty nearly cover the 
 belly. The more movement and friction while in this bath, the better. 
 It is more conveniently administered when the tub is elevated two or 
 three inches from the floor. Some undress the patient completely, 
 and place a blanket or sheet over the upper part of the body ; but 
 oftener, only those parts are uncovered which are to be exposed to 
 the water. (Fig. 184.) 
 
 In a variety of ailments, this bath is highly valuable. It may be 
 made one of the most powerful of all the hydropathic modes. Like 
 all other powerful applications, it should be taken only when diges- 
 tion is nearly or quite completed. 
 
 As a tonic to the stomach, liver, bowels, womb, spine, etc., this 
 bath is highly useful. In constipation, and other irregularities, it is 
 famous. Those of sedentary habits will find its use of rare service. 
 For the tonic effect, ten, twenty, twenty-five, or thirty minutes. If 
 continued for some length of time, the water is to be changed one© 
 or more, as it would otherwise become too warm. 
 
 Fio. 184. 
 
 Fio. 185. 
 
 The Wash-Tub Bath. 
 
 Under a great variety of circumstances, the wash-tub bath is as 
 invaluable remedy. For example, a patient is feverish; by setting 
 
538 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 him in a wash-tub half filled with water, and, at the same time, if we 
 choose, putting his feet in a pail of water, cold or warm, according to 
 the case, we may give him any desirable amount of cooling. We 
 cannot, indeed, too highly prize this simple contrivance for using 
 water, — a means which every family possesses. (Fig. 185.) 
 
 The water, as a general rule, should be tepid, ranging from 72° to 
 90°, and may be prolonged from two to fifteen minutes, according to 
 the strength of the patient. It should never be carried to the extent 
 of producing blueness of the nails. The patient should be dried with 
 towels, or the dry rubbing sheet. 
 
 This bath is useful in the treatment of eruptive fevers, bilious re- 
 mittents, the hot stage of intermittents, and in hectic and typhoid 
 fevers. It is often used after the wet sheet pack, in chronic affec- 
 tions, and may then have a little cooler temperature, or else be fol- 
 lowed by pouring a pail of cooler water over the shoulders, to tone 
 up the skin. 
 
 The Affusion. 
 
 The patient stands in a wash-tub, bathing-tub, or other convenient 
 place, when, by means of a pail, pitcher, or basin, the assistant pours 
 water upon the head, neck, etc., either upon the whole of the body or 
 only upon a part. The water is used in quantity and temperature 
 according to the necessities of the case. The affusion is one of the 
 best of hydropathic modes. 
 
 Fifty years ago, Dr. Currie, of England, performed great cures in 
 fever by the affusion, sometimes tepid, at others cold, according to the 
 strength and heat of the patient. If there was great heat, the water 
 was used cold ; if not, the reverse. In a variety of febrile diseases, 
 such as typhus fever, scarlet fever, small-pox, measles, tetanus, con- 
 vulsions, etc., he used this remedy with remarkable success. 
 
 Towel and Sponge Bath. 
 
 With one or two coarse towels and a quart or two of water we 
 may take a very good bath almost anywhere, even in a carpeted 
 room, at a hotel, or wherever we may be, without spilling a drop of 
 the water. After a person becomes accustomed to this form of ablu- 
 tion, none but the most indolent will be willing to do without it, 
 unless they can have some other form of bath. A daily towel ablu- 
 tion, thoroughly performed, is an excellent prevention against colds, 
 helps the appetite and digestion, and is a good means of preventing 
 constipation. 
 
 Some are in the habit of sitting in a half-bath or a sitz-tub, and 
 with a large sponge making the water pass freely upon the head, neck, 
 shoulders, and other parts of the body. At the same time, the bather 
 may pour water from a cup, basin, or pitcher, upon the head, neck, 
 etc. This is a mild affusion, and stronger in effect than the towel- 
 bath. 
 
PKOCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 539 
 
 Wash-Down. 
 
 The process to which this name is given by Dr. Edward Johnson, 
 is practised as follows : "The patient stands in an empty sitting or 
 wash tub, beside which stands a pail of cold water with two coarse 
 towels soaking in it. The bath attendant, taking his place behind the 
 patient, lifts one of the towels, all loaded with water, and lays it 
 quickly on the patient's head. The patient immediately seizes it s 
 removes it from his head, and rubs himself rapidly with it, — his face, 
 his throat, shoulders, arms, chest, stomach, bowels, thighs, and legs. 
 Having gone rapidly over the whole body once, he drops his towel 
 into the pail again, which the bath-man presses down to the bottom 
 of the water, then lifts it out, and places it on his head again. As 
 before, the patient seizes it, and goes all over the same ground once 
 more, and then drops it into the water again, when the bath-man 
 again lifts it and places it on the head to be a third time removed by 
 the patient, and applied as before, rapidly, actively, and energetically, 
 all over his body in front. The bath-man is industriously occupied 
 all the time behind in the same manner, from the back of the neck to 
 the back of the legs, wetting his own towel as often as he wets that 
 used by the patient, viz., three times. This is called a wash-down of 
 three towels. The patient is then dried in a dry sheet. It is a more 
 powerful bath than the common towel-bath, but not in all respects so 
 convenient to take. 
 
 The Cold Foot-Bath. 
 
 One of the first things people who are troubled with cold feet do, is 
 to plunge them into cold water. Nor is the assertion, put forth in 
 some of the hydropathic works, that the cold foot-bath was prescribed 
 by Priessnitz for the same purpose that the faculty order warm ones, 
 correct. When the feet are already cold, neither Priessnitz nor any 
 one in his sober reason would prescribe cold water, which can only 
 make the parts colder. To obtain the good effect of the cold foot- 
 bath, so far as the feet are concerned, they should be warm whenever 
 it is taken. For a tendency to coldness of the feet, — a very common 
 symptom in these days of so-called luxury and refinement, and one 
 that indicates a state of things in the system incomparably more to 
 be dreaded than the mere coldness of the feet, — this is the remedy c 
 It may be taken at any convenient time : just before the morning 
 walk is a very suitable occasion, the parts being usually warm early 
 in the day. 
 
 At other times, if cold, they should, if at all practicable, be warmed 
 by exercise and friction, before subjecting them to the action of cold 
 water. But in cases of old age, great debility, etc., the warm foot* 
 bath, and other warm applications may be resorted to before the cold. 
 Thus with cold, exercise, and friction, accustoming the feet daily and 
 frequently to cold water, will beget in them a habit of remaining 
 warm. In a great variety of ailments, such as toothache, rush of 
 
540 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT 
 
 blood to the head, headache, earache, inflammation of the eyes, gout, 
 rheumatism, hemorrhages, etc., the cold foot-bath is a valuable remedy. 
 It is ordered deep or shallow, and of duration according to the nature 
 of the case. 
 
 Wading Foot-Baths. 
 
 I have often directed patients to wadenn water in some convenient 
 place, as a means of hardening the system and of giving tone to the 
 nerves. Delicate ladies who were not able, as they supposed, to en- 
 dure cold water applied to the feet, have by degrees, wetting the feet 
 but little at first, become so accustomed to the coldest water, that in % 
 few weeks they could bear as much as any one would desire. Caution 
 and perseverance should be the rule. 
 
 It is partly by sympathy and partly by the abstraction of heat, that 
 foot-baths and wetting the feet act in so beneficial or deleterious a 
 manner as we know them to do. The principle of sympathy is an old 
 one in the medical art, but none the worse for that 
 
 The Warm Foot-Bath. — Pediluvium. 
 
 I am aware that some who consider themselves genuinely hydro- 
 pathic, object to the use of this remedy. Having truth for my object, 
 however, I care not for such objections so far as myself am concerned, 
 and without stopping here to argue the question, I simply remark that 
 warmth under some circumstances is as natural an application for the 
 living body, as cold under other circumstances. I have already re- 
 marked, under the head of the cold foot-bath, that putting the feet into 
 warm water is often a good preparatory process to that bath. It is 
 good also, now and then, for soothing divers aches and pains, and also 
 for warming the feet of old and weakly people, who cannot exercise 
 sufficiently. 
 
 The Nose-Bath. 
 
 In a variety of nasal ailments, catarrh, colds in the head, inflamma- 
 tion and ulceration of the nasal passages, nose-bleed, etc., the nose- 
 bath is a salutary remedy. The water is used either tepid or cold, 
 according to the case. It should be drawn back if possible, so that it 
 is ejected by the mouth. Those who have injured the nasal cavities 
 by much snuff-taking, will find advantage from sniffing water freely 
 into the nostrils. If one is determined to leave off snuff, as every one 
 addicted to it, if he regards either health or bodily comfort, ought, 
 he will find it useful often to take cold water, instead of the abomina- 
 ble weed. 
 
 The Eye and Ear Bath. 
 
 Various contrivance! may be brought to bear in applying water to 
 the eye and ear. Light, ascending douches and showers are useful in 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 541 
 
 various diseases of the parts. There should not be much force used 
 in this way. Immersing them also in water is often useful. The 
 water should not, in general, be very cold, tepid or warm being often 
 the best 
 
 Mouth, or Oral Bath. 
 
 For inflammation of the gums, mouth, throat, and palate, in slimy 
 accretions from the throat and stomach, in toothache, catarrh, colds, 
 and chronic hoarseness, garglings and baths for the mouth are of great 
 service. Pauley, a merchant of Vienna, has been thought singular 
 for his zeal in recommending this bath. Clergymen and others who 
 suffer hoarseness by much speaking, will find that holding very cold 
 water in the mouth until it begins to grow warm, and then ejecting it, 
 and by frequently repeating the process, much benefit will be obtained. 
 Coughs and tightness of the chest may often be essentially relieved 
 by this bath. In mucous secretions from the throat and stomach, by 
 ejecting the water a number of times, it will surprise those who have 
 not witnessed the remedy to see the amount of slimy secretion thrown 
 off. 
 
 Division of Baths. 
 
 On no one subject connected with hydropathy has there been more 
 "confusion of tongues," than concerning the temperature of baths. 
 Both in books and in popular language, among physicians as well as 
 laymen, have words been used, sometimes confusedly, and at other 
 times without any meaning whatever. ' Orthodox medical works, as 
 well as the imorthodox, come under the same category of error. A 
 few simple explanations on this head, properly made, will be sufficient 
 for all practical as well as scientific purposes. 
 
 The simplest and most natural division of baths is into cold, tepid, 
 warm, and hot. These are all terms of every-day life, and are fully 
 sufficient to guide us in the selection of any and all the multiform 
 uses of water which hydropathy teaches. I admit, however, that 
 when we wish to be especially explicit, the actual thermometrical 
 temperature should be mentioned. Hot baths, I maintain, have no 
 proper place in hydropathic practice. He who resorts to them either 
 does not at all understand the true principles of the Water- Cure, 
 or is guided merely by the whims or caprices of those who employ 
 him. 
 
 But whatever words we use to designate the different baths, there 
 is one objection, which is, that all such terms are necessarily arbitrary 
 in a greater or less degree. What appears to one person cold, may 
 to another appear tepid, or warm, or even hot. Thus it is said that 
 on a road over the Andes, at about half way between the foot and 
 the summit, there is a cottage in which the ascending and descending 
 travellers meet. The former, who have just quitted the sultry valleys 
 at the base, are so relaxed, that the sudden diminution of temperature 
 produces in them a feeling of intense cold ; while the latter, who left 
 
542 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 the frozen summit of the mountain, are overcome by distressing sen- 
 sations of extreme heat If on a cold winter's morning we go from a 
 warm bed to a bath of sixty to seventy degrees Fahr., the water ap- 
 pears cold. If we then plunge immediately into water which is at 
 about the freezing point, and then return again to the water at sixty 
 to seventy degrees Fahr., it appears warm. When the temperature 
 of the atmosphere is at fifty-five degrees Fahr., in November or Octo- 
 ber, in this latitude, and the body of a comfortable degree of warmth, 
 and we take three basins of water at sixty, seventy, and eighty de- 
 grees Fahr., placing one hand in the water at sixty degrees, the other 
 in that at eighty degrees, letting them remain thirty seconds in each, 
 and then immerse them both in the water at seventy degrees, it ap- 
 pears to one cold, to the other warm. 
 
 But we can arrive at rules which approximate so nearly to the ac- 
 tual truth, that they will serve us, as before remarked, for guides in 
 all practical and scientific purposes. 
 
 The Cold-Bath. — With a majority of persons, and at most seasons 
 of the year, water at from seventy to eighty degrees Fahr. downward, 
 gives, when immersed in it, a sensation of coldness. The spring water 
 of all countries furnishes what may therefore be called a cold-bath, 
 although there will be a range of many degrees variation in what we 
 term cold. 
 
 The Tepid-Bath. — The word tepid is from the Latin tepeo, to be 
 warm. The true English meaning of the term however is, according 
 to Mr. Webster, moderately warm, or lukewarm ; in other words, water 
 which, when a person is immersed in it, gives a kind of indefinable 
 sensation, one which, coming properly under the neither cold nor warm, 
 is said to be tepid. This temperature will be found to range at from 
 eighty to ninety-two degrees Fahr. 
 
 The Warm-Bath. — The term warm is generally well understood. 
 It means that temperature of water which is peculiarly agreeable to 
 the sensations. Fresh-drawn milk or blood we say are warm. The 
 temperature of water which will cause this sensation, varies from 
 ninety-two to ninety-eight degrees Fahr. 
 
 The Vapor-Bath, — The temperature of the vapor of simple waiter 
 varies from about ninety degrees Fahr. upward, according to the heat 
 of the water, and the space through which the vapor passes. 
 
 The Hot-Bath. — The term hot is also expressive of its proper mean= 
 ing. If the body is immersed in water above blood-heat, it causes an 
 uncomfortable sensation, which we designate as hot Hot water is a 
 disturber of the vital functions, particularly if the whole body is im- 
 mersed in it. Hot-baths, therefore, should be used, if ever, only in a 
 most urgent necessity. Hot water, in no form whatever, entered into 
 any part of Priessnitz's treatment. 
 
 Having thus explained the temperatures of the different divisions 
 of the bath, it is proper to state them in a tabular form, the better to 
 aid the memory. They are as follows : 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 543 
 
 Cold-bath from freezing point, . . 32 to 85° F. 
 
 Tepid " 80 to 92° 
 
 Warm " 92 to 98° 
 
 Vapor " 90° and upward. 
 
 Hot " above 98° 
 
 I now propose to explain somewhat minutely, and at the same time 
 with a due regard to the needs of the non-professional reader, the 
 physiological effects of each of the several kinds of bath, and I here 
 respectfully premise that any one who attempts to practise the water 
 treatment without having in his mind clear notions upon this subject 
 is, to say the least, as much a " groper in the dark" as he who attempts 
 the practice of drugs of which he knows nothing, upon the living body 
 of which he knows less. How can a man be trusted in water treat- 
 ment if he cannot tell beforehand what effect a bath is to have ; and 
 this he cannot, if he does not fully understand the meaning of the 
 terms which I have here explained. 
 
 Effects of the Cold-Bath.— The effects of the cold-bath are properly 
 spoken of under two heads, the primary and the secondary. The 
 terms are sufficiently expressive of their meaning. The first are 
 those which take place at the time of the immersion ; the second, 
 those that occur later, constituting what we understand by the term 
 reaction. 
 
 Immediately on immersion in cold water, the bather experiences 
 some acceleration of respiration and the heart's action, although the 
 pulse becomes at the same time smaller and weaker. Very soon, 
 however, the panting, if I may so call it, passes off; the temperature 
 of the body is found diminished, the surface paler than natural, the 
 skin taking on that form of appearance known as " goose-flesh." 
 
 The first effect of cold water applied to the body, generally, is to 
 abstract a certain amount of heat from the surface, to constringe the 
 capillary vessels, and to force the blood inward. Now, as the living 
 body possesses the remarkable property of maintaining its tempera- 
 ture at very nearly the same point, whether it is in a colder or hotter 
 medium than itself, the vitals at once set to work in restoring the 
 caloric abstracted by the contact of the water ; and as the functions 
 of circulation and calorification go necessarily together, the vital 
 power, acting through the heart and blood-vessels, attempts a return 
 of the blood that had been forced inward by the coldness of the 
 water. 
 
 This is what we call reaction. If the individual is sufficiently 
 ttrong and well stocked with vitality, the blood is quickly returned 
 to the surface and to the extremities (which are always most liable 
 to become cold, being farthest from the heart), constituting what is 
 termed good, or vigorous reaction. But if the surface and extremities 
 continue to remain unwarmed by this return of the blood to them, as 
 happens in the case of feeble persons, there is said to be poor, or in- 
 sufficient reaction. 
 
 Effects of the Tepid-Bath. — The tepid-bath, which we have seen 
 ranges from eighty to ninety-two degrees Fahr., produces effects anal- 
 

 M4 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 ogous to those of the cold-bath, only not so lasting and permanent. 
 It is especially useful in the treatment of infants and children, and in 
 all cases where the reactive energy is feeble. If in any case we are 
 in doubt as to whether the cold bath is admissible, the tepid form will 
 be a milder measure, and at the same time serve as a test in ventur- 
 ing upon the cold. The tepid bath may be continued longer at a 
 time, which in some cases will be found an advantage. 
 
 Effects of the Warm-Bath. — There is among hydropathic physi- 
 cians, if I am not mistaken, too great a fear of warm applications on 
 the part of some, while others go to the opposite extreme. Mark, I 
 speak of warm applications. Hot, as before remarked, have no proper 
 place in hydropathy, — a rule to which the exceptions are few. 
 
 The warm-bath, as before remarked, ranges from ninety-two to 
 ninety-eight degrees Fahr. It is not the most useful of the hydro- 
 pathic resources, but one of the most useful, as I shall endeavor here- 
 after to show. 
 
 Among the ancient Romans the warm-bath was not considered as a 
 means of luxurious indulgence that tended to weaken the vital powers, 
 but a means of refreshment for the wearied traveller, and of prepar- 
 ing him for the repast and the enjoyment of other rites of hospitality. 
 The effect of the warm-bath is not one of debility, as many suppose, 
 but, on the contrary, it is a sedative, lowering the heart's action and 
 the circulation, and tending to repose rather than excitement. 
 
 Effects of the Hot-Bath. — The hot-bath, before remarked, is one 
 which is above the temperature of the blood, ninety-eight degrees 
 Fahr. It was laid down as a precept by Hippocrates, that a bath en- 
 feebles when the heat exceeds that of the body immersed in it. The 
 truth of this precept has often been verified in practice. 
 
 I do not wish to be understood as affirming that hot applications 
 can never be made with benefit to the body ; on the contrary, heat 
 applied *o a part locally may be of service, although I am inclined to 
 believe that even in those cases where heat acts in a beneficial way, 
 some other form of hydropathic appliance can be used more benefi- 
 cially. I make, it will be remembered, a broad distinction between 
 the terms hot and warm. 
 
 Sea-Bathing. 
 
 As regards temperature, sea-bathing comes under the general head 
 of cold-baths. Sea water, however, at those seasons of the year when 
 sea-bathing is resorted to, is of but a moderate degree of coldness, 
 varying in this latitude not much from seventy degrees Fahr. 
 
 In order to appreciate fully the effects of sea-bathing upon the sys- 
 tem, a number of things are to be considered. 
 
 Sea water differs in its effects from common water by its possessing 
 greater density. This circumstance, however, is not of so great im- 
 portance as that of the stimulating nature of the mineral it contains. 
 The saline ingredient is a powerful stimulant and even irritant of the 
 skin. On account of this property, it is found that an exposure to the 
 
PEOCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 545 
 
 action of salt-water is not so liable to cause ill effects as that to fresh. 
 'The salt causing a degree of heat upon the surface somewhat higher 
 than that of the natural state, the system is for the time shielded from 
 the action of cold. It does not follow from this, however, that a 
 person could live louger immersed in sea than in common water, any 
 more than it follows that because alcohol for a time increases the ani- 
 mal temperature, life can, under circumstances of great exposure to 
 cold, be the longer preserved. This it is now well known is not the 
 case. 
 
 An advantage of sea-bathing in the hot season is, that tne air at 
 the sea-shore is cooler than on land. That our climate in summer is 
 too. hot for the most favorable development of health is proved by 
 the great increase of mortality, not only iu our cities, but in oth«r 
 parts, during the hot season. The European cities, with all their 
 uumbers of inhabitants, dampness, narrow streets, intemperance, 
 pauperism, etc., would naturally be expected to show a higher range 
 of mortality than our American cities, but such is not the fact. Even 
 Xew York, with all its natural advantages, is as sickly, probably, as 
 any of the British or European cities. This, it is agreed on all 
 hands, must be owing in great part to the great heat of our summer 
 months. 
 
 The manner of taking the salt-water bath has some peculiarities 
 which are favorable to health. It is, in the first place, in the open 
 air, which, if the weather is favorable, that is, neither too hot nor 
 cold, is always a great advantage. Other things being equal, a bath 
 in the open air is always attended with a better reaction and a greater 
 degree of invigoration than one within doors. 
 
 In the second place, sea-bathing is usually and almost necessarily 
 connected with exercise both before and after the bath, circumstances 
 which are always highly favorable to the action of cold water. So 
 beneficial, indeed, is exercise taken in this way, that it would be dif- 
 ficult to determine which of the two — the exercise or the bathing 
 . — is the more beneficial. In connection, the two act reciprocally 
 upon each other, each rendering the other doubly beneficial. 
 
 Injections. 
 
 The term injection implies the act of throwing a fluid into some 
 cavity of the body. 
 
 In Water-Cure we inject water more frequently into the bowels 
 than any other cavity. This kind of injection is also called enema, 
 or clyster. 
 
 Most people have so little confidence in simple water, that if a 
 clyster is administered to them, they have no idea that it can operate 
 in so effectual a way as it usually does. Years ago, when the water 
 treatment was much less known than at the present time, I have been 
 suspected of having secretly put some cathartic substance in the 
 water, " for," said the patients, " how is it possible for water to act 
 in this way ? " 
 
 A great variety of injection-instruments have been invented. Some 
 69 
 
546 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 of these are very convenient and useful ; others are got up on mere 
 speculation, and are but little worth. Every family, at least, ought 
 to have a good force-pump injection-instrument, if they can obtain 
 such a one. A lady's toilet is never complete without it. A good 
 article is either manufactured or sold by most surgical-instrument 
 makers, and druggists often have a good article. But beware of im- 
 position. It is better to get along with a common bladder and goose- 
 quill, as we may in an emergency, than to pay for a good-for-nothing 
 syringe. 
 
 Modus Operandi of Water. 
 
 It is often objected to hydropathy that water, being but one agent, 
 cannot be made useful in all diseases. I propose here to make some 
 remarks on the modus operandi of water, in which I shall endeavor to 
 explain, not only to the scientific scholar, but to the ordinary reader, 
 that water is capable of being made available as a remedy, — and 
 that powerfully too, — in a great variety of ways. It then acts : 
 
 1. By its Presence. — Water, as we have seen elsewhere, com- 
 poses the larger part of the living body , and that without its pres- 
 ence in a large proportion in the living system, the vital processes 
 cannot for a moment go on. 
 
 2. By its Coldness. — Cold, within proper limits, preserves and 
 augments life, while heat tends to debility and decay. In proportion 
 as the animal heat is diminished in the different classes of animals, 
 the less is the want of air felt. If in a puppy the eighth pair of 
 nerves be divided, producing a closure of the glottis so that no air 
 can enter its lungs, the animal dies in half an hour, if kept at an or- 
 dinary temperature. But if the animal is benumbed with cold it 
 survives the operation for a whole day. Frogs, in the summer, when 
 the temperature of water is elevated, are obliged to come often to 
 the surface for air. But in winter, when the water is colder, they 
 live almost entirely under its surface. A cholera patient in collapse, 
 a person who has been stifled by foul gases, one in the sinking stage 
 of a fever, or fainting from loss of blood, or in any way asphyxiated, 
 desires always coldness rather than heat. It may not be possible in 
 the present state of science to explain these phenomena ; but unde- 
 niably we have the facts. 
 
 3. By Endosmose and Exosmose. — Animal membranes have the 
 power of absorbing liquids, — called endosmose, or imbibition, and of 
 throwing them out, exosmose, or transudation. 
 
 If we take a portion of the intestine of a chicken, tie one end, 
 nearly fill it with milk, then tie the other end, and lastly immerse it 
 in a tumbler or other vessel of pure water, we find that in a short 
 time the milk passes out of the intestine into the water, and the 
 water inwardly mingling with the milk. This process goes on till 
 the fluid within and without the intestine becomes one and the same. 
 This is a familiar illustration of the principle in question. 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 54? 
 
 4. By Dilution. — Water is the greatest diluent in nature. There 
 is no substance which is at all comparable to it for penetrating the 
 myriads upon myriads of capillaries that exist in all parts of the 
 living structure. When the fluids become thick, viscid, and filled 
 with impure matters, as is usually the case to a greater or less extent, 
 in disease, it is an important object to dilute these matters. For this 
 purpose water is the onry available remedy. 
 
 5. By its Tonic Effect. — Water is the greatest of all tonics, and 
 possesses the valuable property, not of wearing out, but of increas- 
 ing in its £ood effects. 
 
 © © 
 
 6. By its Excitant or Electrical Power. — A man feels dull aid 
 stupid from excessive bodily or mental labor, from excessive alimen- 
 tation, or spirit, or tea and coffee-drinking, with the blood all crowd- 
 ing up into his head. We apply the well-wrung rubbing wet sheet 
 one, two, or three times, to his surface, according as he may need, 
 and he at once perceives a most wonderful change for the better. Or 
 a man feels of a morning dull and stupid, with his muscles sore ; he 
 has the rubbing wet sheet, the plunge, shower, or douche, and in- 
 stantly his troubles banish. Or he may have a lumbar abscess, which 
 has run him down so low that when he wakes in the morning he finds 
 he cannot walk. Two or three gallons of cold water are poured over 
 him, upon which he walks readily. Now these effects of water, re- 
 markable as they are, arise simply from its excitant or electrical 
 power. 
 
 7. By its Temperature. — In acute disease, in all fevers and in- 
 flammations, of whatever name or grade, the great power of water to 
 regulate the temperature of the body is one of the most striking of 
 all the phenomena cognizable by man. By the use of cold water we 
 can always vary the heat of the body and the velocity of the heart's 
 action to any desirable extent. 
 
 8. By Purifying the Blood. — "Water accomplishes one thing which 
 no drug, no other substance in nature can. It purifies the blood. It 
 does this because it penetrates every lane and alley of the system, 
 however minute. No capillary is so delicate that it does not pene- 
 trate its smallest possible part. It purifies the blood, because as long 
 as the vital principle lasts, the tendency of nature is to preserve the 
 vital fluid in a healthy state ; and penetrating every tissue of the 
 body as water does, it assists nature in the purifying process as no 
 other substance can. 
 
 9. By Augmenting the Vital Force. — No fact in science is better 
 established than that water possesses the power of actually increas- 
 ing the amount of vitality in the system. This is, in fact, the prime 
 effect of water. It aids the system in throwing off disease in the 
 same way that increasing a merchant's capital aids him in throwing 
 off debt. 
 
 The foregoing propositions are submitted as elucidating some of 
 the leading principles concerned in the action of water upon the liv- 
 
PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 
 
 niiT 
 
 body. I do not claim, however, that the whole of the philoso- 
 
 phy of the effects of water is yet understood by any one. 
 those who know most about it have yet much to learn. 
 
 Doubtless 
 
 Rules for Using Water. 
 
 The Time of Day. — In general, the more powerful applications 
 should be made in the early part of the day. At this time the calor- 
 ific powers and the circulation are more vigorous, and, consequently, 
 the body more able to resist powerful applications of whatever kind. 
 
 The Meals. — Ordinarily, no powerful bath should be taken within 
 three to four hours after a meal. A full stomach and cold water do 
 not at all agree. But in certain diseased conditions, as feverishness, 
 inflammation, colic, cramp in the stomach, cholera morbus, and other 
 sudden attacks, water appliances are to be commenced without refer- 
 ence to hours or meals. The symptoms then are our only guide. 
 
 The Lighter Baths. — If there is doubt as to which application to 
 make, the well-wrung rubbing wet sheet, the tepid shallow-bath, or a 
 warm-bath should first be taken. 
 
 Reaction. — Within a reasonable time after a bath, the body in all 
 its parts should become naturally warm. If the feet and hands re- 
 main cold, and the nails and lips blue, the bath has, to say the least, 
 done no good. In some cases of fevers and other inflammatory dis- 
 eases, it is better to keep the body chilly than to allow it to become 
 too warm. 
 
 Ulceration. — If any part of the body, as the extremities, lungs, 
 bowels, etc., is undergoing any considerable ulceration, very cold 
 baths are inadmissible. 
 
 Nervousness. — With some persons who are highly nervous, and 
 particularly with nervous females, much cold bathing, although it ap- 
 pears to agree well, and to be the best for a time, is in the end harm- 
 ful, rendering the nervousness and general debility worse. 
 
 Exercise. — For the douche, plunge, cold sitz, and foot baths, and 
 all others that abstract a large amount of caloric from the system, the 
 body should be fully warm, and the circulation somewhat accelerated 
 by exercise. Exercise should also be taken after the bath, until 
 the heat and circulation are fully restored. But if exercise is im- 
 practicable either before or after the bath, friction should be made to 
 take its place. 
 
 Increased Heat Elevation of temperature constitutes no objec- 
 tion to bathing, provided the body is not excessively fatigued. The 
 reason why overheated persons sometimes lose their lives by plunging 
 into or drinking largely of cold water, is, that the vital force has 
 been too much exhausted. Mere heat is an advantage. 
 
 Perspiration. — Neither does this constitute an objection to bath- 
 ing or water-drinking, if the foregoing rules are observed. 
 
PEOCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. 549 
 
 The Air. — Bathing in the open air is always preferable to in-doors, 
 provided the extremes of heat and cold are avoided. 
 
 The Head. — It is well always to wet the head with cold water, 
 both before and after a bath. Douches and the shower should never 
 be taken on this part. Simple pouring or affusion is the only mechan- 
 ical force of water that should be allowed on the head. 
 
 Pregnancy. — This, as abundant experience proves, forms no ob- 
 jection to bathing, or any form of properly regulated water treat- 
 ment. Cold bathing and water-drinking are of the greatest service 
 during this period. 
 
 The Season. — If the lungs are not extensively diseased, and if 
 there is no considerable ulceration going on in any part of the sys- 
 tem, the cool and cold seasons are preferable for a course of bathing. 
 With right management, a patient gains two or three times as much 
 in a given time during the cold months as he does in the hot. 
 
 Days of Rest. — One day in seven water treatment should be dis- 
 continued, with the exception of a simple ablution in the morning. 
 Six days' treatment in the week is worth more than seven, because it 
 is a law of nature that, if a remedy is continued steadily and with- 
 out change, it loses much of its good effect. This is as true of water 
 as of any other agent. Those who do wisely will omit the treat- 
 ment on Sunday, whatever their religious convictions may be. 
 
 Internal Use of Water. — The same general rules apply here as in 
 the external applications. Thirst should for the most part be grati- 
 fied whenever it is experienced. As a rule, the less water drank at 
 meals the better. For the tonic effect, it is to be taken while the 
 stomach is empty, and it is better that exercise should accompany it. 
 From six to twelve tumblers per diem is a fair allowance for average 
 patients. 
 
 Quality of Water. — For all remedial as well as hygienic purposes 
 water should be as pure and soft as can be obtained. With proper 
 care and ingenuity in the construction of cisterns, filters, etc., this 
 desirable end can be everywhere accomplished. Lead, and lead 
 pipes, should be avoided, except where the water runs freely and 
 constantly. 
 
 The Sweating Process. — Formerly it was much in vogue to sweat 
 patients in the blanket pack, but latterly the practice has quite gone 
 into disrepute. For several years of the latter part of Priessnitz's 
 career he was very averse to using the process. It was a remark of 
 his, that the cures by sweating were not permanent. 
 
 Wet Bandages and Compresses, etc. 
 
 These, as we have already seen under the head of wounds and in- 
 juries, are of great value in water treatment. They are used of any 
 desirable size, upon any part of the body, and produce different effects 
 accordingly as they are used. Cooling wet compresses are such as 
 

 550 
 
 PROCESSES OF THE HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT, 
 
 are changed or re wet frequently, and for the most are left uncovered. 
 The warming or stimulating are covered and left upon the part until 
 it becomes as warm or warmer than natural. Warm fomentations 
 are useful in certain cases, butthe hot should, as a rule, be discarded. 
 
 The wet girdle is one of the most useful of all medical appliances. 
 Two and a half or three yards of good toweling, with tapes arranged 
 at one end, the corners of which have been turned over and sewed so 
 as to form a point, forms a good girdle. It should pass usually three 
 times about the body, one half having been wet. This brings two 
 thicknesses of wet on the abdomen and one upon the back. At 
 Graefenberg this appplication was worn by every patient, and, as a 
 rule, all of the time. It is useful in a great variety of ailments, both 
 acute and chronic. The same form of application is also useful for 
 the arms, legs, etc., the tapes being used in preference to pins. 
 
 The wet jacket, or chest wrapper, is also a valuable resort in dis- 
 eases of the chest. Oiled silk and other similar articles, as I have 
 elsewhere observed, are not to be used upon these local applications. 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-BOOM. 4 
 
 Choice of the Sick-Boom, etc. 
 
 Sleeping Apartment. — In every case of disease, however slight its 
 nature, the sleeping apartment of the sick should be airy and well 
 ventilated ; but, when Providence visits any member of a family with 
 disease of a serious and protracted description, all other considera- 
 tions giving way to the necessity of the case, an apartment should be 
 chosen and arranged in a special manner for the reception of the in- 
 valid. It should be one calculated to administer to his temporary 
 comfort, as well as to aid his recovery. It is not time, when the 
 alarm is sounded and the danger is already urgent, to think of such 
 arrangements ; forethought must be put in requisition ; every want 
 anticipated ; and whatever is likely to be required should not only 
 be provided, but' so arranged that it can be instantly found when it is 
 needed. 
 
 The sick-room should be large, lofty, and, if possible, with a north- 
 ern aspect, in order to avoid the heat of the mid-day, or the afternoon 
 sun ; the windows should be capable of being opened by drawiug 
 down the uppermost sash ; an advantage, however, which cannot 
 always be obtained, as this mode of opening windows is too gener- 
 ally neglected in the construction of modern houses. No room, how- 
 ever large, should be used as a sick-room, unless it has a chimney ; 
 but neither the chimney-board nor the soot-board of the apartment 
 should be put up, even in summer. No article of unnecessary furni- 
 ture should be permitted to remain in the room ; and that which is 
 left in it should be of a description fitted to administer to the conven- 
 ience of the invalid. 
 
 Two tables are sufficient. One of them may be small, to stand 
 near the bed, for the immediate use of the patient : namely, to hold 
 his jug of barley-water, or toast-water, or other beverage ; — a small 
 tea-pot, or, what is preferable, a half-covered cup with a spout, to 
 enable fluids to be administered without raising the sufferer In bed ; — 
 his medicines for the day ; — and any other thing which he may fre- 
 quently require. 
 
 The other table should be large, for the accommodation of medi- 
 cines not in immediate use, and also for spare glasses, jugs, cups, 
 
 * Thompson, On the Management of the Sick .Room. 
 

 
 **■<■ 
 
 552 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 spoons, both 
 
 large and 
 
 small, and other necessary articles. This 
 
 table should have one drawer, at least, which ought to be furnished 
 with the following articles : broad and narrow tape ; two or three 
 half-worn ribbons ; a bundle of old, soft linen ; a sponge ; a few ounces 
 of lint ; scissors, large and small ; a bone spatula for spreading oint- 
 ment; a couple of rolls of muslin, and the same quantity of flannel 
 bandage two inches broad ; a pin-cushion well supplied with pins ; 
 needles and thread ; and about half a yard of simple adhesive plaster. 
 
 A Sofa or Reclining Chair. — A sofa, if the apartment be suffi- 
 ciently large to admit of it, is a very important piece of furniture iu 
 the sick-room; the erect or the sitting posture being injurious in 
 many diseases ; and, when the sick-bed requires to be made, a sofa 
 affords the means of removing the patient from the bed with as little 
 inconvenience to him as possible. 
 
 If there is not space for a sofa, there should be an invalid or re- 
 clining chair ; and, when circumstances will permit, it should be of 
 that kind which is susceptible of a variety of changes, so as to vary, 
 at pleasure, the position of the patient. There should not be more 
 than two other chairs in the room. If there is a looking-glass in the 
 apartment, in a situation which admits of the patient seeing himself 
 in it as he lies in bed, its place should changed, or it should be alto- 
 gether removed from the room. A chest of drawers is essential ; but 
 none of the drawers should be appropriated for the reception of dirty 
 linen, which ought never to be allowed to remain a moment in the 
 sick-room. One drawer should be specially allotted for towels, of 
 which an ample supply is, in every case, necessary. The washing- 
 stand will require two additional basins ; an additional water bottle 
 and a tumbler ; and a large, supernumerary water jug, under the ta- 
 ble, always full of water. 
 
 No Cooking in Sick-room. — There should be no kettle, nor any 
 implement of cooking, in the sick-room ; even in winter, and when a 
 fire is required. In general, afire in the sick-room is only necessary 
 for the comfort of the attendants ; but nurses too frequently take ad- 
 vantage of it to boil the water for their own tea, and to prepare the 
 slops for the invalid ; a custom which cannot be too severely repro- 
 bated. The lamp termed a Night-nurse, consisting of a water-bath 
 placed over a lamp in a wire- worked cylinder ; a small tin kettle 
 which enters the top of the cylinder ; and a covered earthen-ware 
 vessel which fits it into the water-bath ; are useful for keeping fluids 
 warm, and at the same time for preserving a light in the room, when 
 an unshaded lamp or a candle would be hurtful. 
 
 In continued fevers, the sense of hearing is often so morbidly acute, 
 that ordinary sounds become causes of pain. In this case, if the floor 
 of the sick-room be not wholly carpeted, every precaution to lessen 
 the intensity of sound should be taken. One of the most effectual is 
 to have a couple or more pairs of large list shoes outside the door, 
 into which the feet, even of the doctors, may be advantageously 
 thrust, when their shoes make a creaking noise, or when a visitor or 
 nurse treads with a heavy foot. On the same account, when more 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 553 
 
 than one nurse or attendant is required to be in the room at the same 
 time, no conversation, although it may be carried on in a whisper, 
 should be permitted. Whispering, indeed, is apt to excite delirium, 
 and to augment it when it is already present. 
 
 Beds and Bedding*. — The French beds, without curtains, are those 
 best adapted for the sick-room. When four-posted bedsteads, sur- 
 rounded by curtaius, were more in use than at the present time, the 
 mischief arising from excluding the free air, by drawing the curtains 
 close around the bed, was frequent and serious. In every case of 
 disease, indeed, especially when it is attended by fever, the patient 
 should be kept cool, and the most perfect freedom be given to the 
 breathing; the mattress should be placed over the feather bed, and 
 the pillows be firm and elastic. The Marseilles coverlets, which are 
 spread upon beds during the day, and often retained at night, are 
 heavy, and calculated rather to increase than to subdue fever ; conse- 
 quently they should be wholly discarded from the sick-bed. Indeed, 
 when the disease is fever, and when it is accompanied with great rest- 
 lessness owing to the evening exacerbation, if the bed-room be suffi- 
 ciently large, two beds should be placed in it ; or if two adjoining 
 bed-chambers can be obtained, a bed ought to be put in each, so that 
 the pafient can be moved from one bed to the other every morning 
 and evening. This both aids sleep, and it also tends greatly to insure 
 the personal cleanliness of the patient. The bed-clothes of the bed 
 from which the patient is moved, should, on his removal, be immedi- 
 ately turned down and fully exposed to the air ; a precaution which 
 will set aside the necessity of so frequent a change of linen, as would 
 be, otherwise, required. When there is only one bed, and when the 
 disease is fever (unless the patient is too ill to permit his being 
 moved), the sheets which have been used at night should be replaced 
 by others in the morning, and hung up in the free air during the day, 
 to be again used at night. But, when it can conveniently be done, 
 in every case of continued fever, especially of an infectious kind, the 
 sheets should be changed once in twenty-four hours ; a practice which 
 is likely to prevent the fumes of infection from being communicated 
 to the blankets or to any of the furniture of the room. 
 
 Ventilation is always of primary importance; and that period, 
 happily, is gone by, in which air was carefully excluded from the 
 chambers of the sick, even when they were suffering under febrile 
 disease. 
 
 Ventilation is particularly demanded in those fevers in which mil- 
 iary eruptions display themselves ; under no circumstances is it so 
 essential as in febrile diseases of an infectious kind. It may, how- 
 ever, be consolatory to those whose duty it is to attend such cases, to 
 know that infection, communicated through the air, rarely extends 
 above a few feet from the body of the patient ; and even in the most 
 malignant diseases, with the exception of confluent small pox, and 
 malignant scarlet fever of the worst kind, its influence does not ex- 
 ceed a few yards, if the room be well-ventilated. On the contrary, 
 if ventilation be neglected, the power of infection becomes greatly 
 

 
 554 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-KOOM. 
 
 augmented from its concentration in confined and quiescent air ; it 
 even settles upon the clothes of the attendants, and on the furniture 
 of the room ; and these imbibe it most readily when their texture is 
 wool, fur, or cotton, or any loose or downy substance capable of re- 
 ceiving and readily retaining the air. Smooth and polished surfaces 
 do not easily receive or retain infectious matter ; consequently the 
 nurses and attendants, in cases of infectious diseases, should have 
 glazed gowns, and aprons of oiled silk. 
 
 In no infectious diseases are these rules more essentially necessary 
 than in small pox and scarlet fever. It is well known that, if the bed- 
 clothes of a patient laboring under either scarlet fever or small pox 
 be closely folded up, they will retain the infectious matter, and com- 
 municate the disease at a great distance of time ; but the influence of 
 free ventilation is so great, that medical practitioners who are attend- 
 ing small pox patients, and who go from them into the open air, do 
 not spread the disease. Indeed, all infection is weakened by dilution 
 with air. The danger of infection is augmented, if, along with bad 
 ventilation, the atmosphere of the room be moist from any cause. 
 
 It is further consolatory to know that the infectious matter, even 
 of the most virulent description, is not poisonous to every one who 
 is placed within the sphere of its influence. A predisposition of the 
 body to receive the infection must exist before it can be communi- 
 cated ; a condition which is augmented by fatigue and watching, de- 
 fective nourishment, mental depression, or anything which can lower 
 the vital powers. The necessity, therefore, of maintaining these 
 powers by attention to rest, a sufficient quantity of good and gener- 
 ous diet, and cheerfulness of mind, need not be insisted upon. 
 
 In every case of infectious disease, the attendants, even in the best 
 ventilated rooms, should stand on the windward, or on that side of 
 the sick-bed from which the current of air comes ; as, by neglect of 
 this rule, and by standing in the current which has passed over the 
 patient, the infectious exhalations are blown upon them in a direct 
 stream from the body of the patient. The attendants should never 
 lean over the sick, nor should they receive their breath. The health 
 also of the nurses should always be supported by nutritious and gen- 
 erous diet ; but not by brandy, nor any other ardent spirit. 
 
 The term infection, in its most extensive signification, implies some 
 deleterious matter, originating from any source, and transmitted 
 through the air, which is capable of causing diseases in the human 
 body. When this matter is emanated from the diseased bodies of 
 men, the term is frequently regarded as synonymous with contagion; 
 but, in strictness of language, the latter refers only to the communi- 
 cation of disease by contact. Whatever may be the matter of infec- 
 tion, it may enter the body through the medium of the lungs, which 
 is the most ready inlet, or by the saliva, or even through the surface, 
 if the skin be abraded, or if any ulceration be present. The influ- 
 ence of infectious matter is evidently exerted on the nervous system, 
 displaying itself by debility, inertness, dislike to motion, great sus- 
 ceptibility of cold, irritability and despondency of mind, and by the 
 production of a disease similar to that of the person from whom the 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 555 
 
 infectious matter has proceeded, The infection may be supposed to 
 have taken effect, and to have produced the actual disease, when the 
 person who has been exposed to its influence is attacked with giddi- 
 ness, pain of the head, irregular heat and chills, nausea, and, if the 
 infectious disease be small pox, convulsions. These symptoms are 
 sufficient to denote the necessity for immediate medical advice. 
 
 Temperature. — Next to ventilation nothing is of more importance 
 than the regulation of the temperature of the sick-room, avoiding 
 both extremes of elevation or of depression ; but much depends on 
 the nature of the disease. 
 
 The best general temperature of a sick-room is 60° (Fahr.) ; and 
 it is preferable to regulate this rather by the thermometer than by the 
 sensations of the patient or the attendants. Under some circum- 
 stances, however, the feelings of the patient, and his susceptibility of 
 impressions upon the skin, should not be overlooked. Thus if the 
 temperature be a little above that of summer, and the patient, never- 
 theless, feel chilly, it should be raised five or six degrees. This chil- 
 liness is very apt to be felt in a dyspeptic state of the habit, and 
 more especially when it is accompanied with hypochondriasis. It 
 differs from that more severe but transient coldness which accompa- 
 nies intermittent fevers, and some other periodical affections ; and it 
 requires an elevated temperature of the air for its removal, whilst the 
 cold stage of intermittent diseases is best relieved by the warm bath, 
 either general or local. 
 
 So important is the regulation of temperature, especially in fevers, 
 "that it often does more good than any other remedial measure. I 
 have seen patients, laboring under high delirium in a close, ill-venti- 
 lated room, become rapidly quite collected by merely lowering the 
 heat of the apartment twelve or fifteen degrees. 
 
 In convalescence, as the air of the sick-chamber should be fre- 
 quently renewed, the temperature in spring and autumn ought to be 
 maintained as near as possible at 55° to 60° (Fahr.) ; and it should 
 be very gradually lowered as the invalid acquires strength, so as to 
 enable him to bear with impunity the varying temperature of these 
 seasons in the open air. Even then, if the previous disease has been 
 pulmonary, the air admitted to the lungs should be tempered by the 
 use of the Respirator, or a muslin handkerchief tied around the 
 mouth. When the invalid first ventures out of doors, nothing, in- 
 deed, is so essential, in a prophylactic point of view, as avoiding 
 extremes and sudden transitions of temperature. 
 
 Cleanliness. — Although cleanliness in the sick-room is essential, 
 yet it may be carried so far as to become an annoyance to the inva- 
 lid, and consequently to prove injurious. It is not requisite to sweep 
 the room daily, nor to dust and arrange the furniture every morning, 
 provided order be preserved in the room, and nothing but what is 
 immediately necessary for the comfort and convenience of the invalid 
 be permitted to remain in it. It is truly distressing to observe the 
 confusion which prevails in some sick-rooms ; everything being out 
 of place, and to be searched for when it is wanted. 
 

 
 556 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 The period chosen for cleaning and arranging the sick-room should 
 be the morning ; as, after a night's rest, the patient is more able to 
 bear the little noise and bustle which it always more or less occasions. 
 l?he carpet should be sprinkled with moist tea-leaves, and lightly 
 Bwept ; and during this operation the curtains of the bed, if there be 
 any, should be drawn. 
 
 It is scarcely requisite to insist on the necessity of the utmost 
 attention to the cleanliness of everything in the sick-room. The 
 moment after any vessel or implement is used by the invalid, it 
 should be removed from the apartment, and returned as soon as it is 
 cleaned. Nothing in the form of a slop-basin or a slop-pail is admis- 
 sible ; they only administer to the laziness of nurses. 
 
 The necessity of cleanliness in the vessels used for the food of in- 
 valids is strikingly illustrated in the bad effects arising from the neg- 
 lect of it when an infant is brought up by hand. In such a case, if 
 either the feeding-bottle, or the boat, which is employed, be not in- 
 stantly cleansed after the meal has been given, the small portion of 
 the pap or food which remains in the vessel becomes sour, and taints 
 the whole of the fresh food mixed with it, causing colic and convul- 
 sions in the infant. The same risk of injury occurs in the sick-room, 
 if the vessels used for administering food to the invalid be not in- 
 stantly and well cleansed after every time they are used. 
 
 It is too common also to use one glass or cup for administering 
 medicines, and to leave it unrinsed from time to time, — a custom 
 which may prove as deleterious as a defect of cleanliness in vessels 
 employed for food. Some medicines, when they are exposed to the 
 air, rapidly undergo changes which alter their properties ; and this 
 alteration having been undergone by the small portion which is always 
 left in the glass or cup, communicates the disposition to be decom- 
 posed to that which may be next poured into the cup. An active 
 medicine may be thus rendered inert ; or one which is mild in its 
 operation may be so changed as to operate with hazardous energy. 
 The same precaution, as to cleanliness, is also requisite as to the 
 minim measure, when the medicines are directed to be administered 
 in a form which requires its employment. 
 
 Darkening the Sick-room. — It is a common error to 
 
 imagine that 
 
 a sick-room should always be either partially or wholly darkened. In 
 some diseases, as, for example, fevers, when the eyes are acutely sen- 
 sible to light, so that they remain half closed, and the eyebrows are 
 contracted, the greatest relief is experienced from darkening the 
 room. When delirium is present, a certain degree of darkening is in 
 some instances serviceable ; whilst in others, especially when the de- 
 lirium is accompanied with visual illusions, nothing so readily dispels 
 these, and consequently abates the delirium, as the admission of the 
 full daylight into the sick-room. There is much difficulty, however, 
 in determining which state of the apartment is likely to be most ser- 
 viceable in any particular case. Observation of the effects of light 
 and darkness, in the individual case, must be our guide. 
 
 These illusions of the sight are generally the result of former im- 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. _ 557 
 
 pressions, renewed at a moment when the brain is in such a disturbed 
 condition as to set aside the exercise of judgment. In this condition 
 of the brain, the renewed conceptions are not readily corrected, as in 
 health, by impressions received from the external world ; hence, they 
 become more vivid in the mind of the invalid when the sick-room is 
 darkened, and all visible objects are shut out. They are usually dis- 
 pelled by new impressions on the organ of sense chiefly implicated ; 
 on which account, those which are connected with sight seldom occur 
 during the day, when real objects are presented to the eye, unless the 
 brain be so over-excited as to bring the conceptive faculty into in- 
 tense exercise, sufficient to awaken those false perceptions which 
 create a belief of the presence of individuals not only not present, 
 but who have been long dead. This state of the mental organ is 
 similar to that on which depend the spectral illusions of the insane, 
 but differing from it in its transient nature. I have frequently wit- 
 nessed the conversation with one of these spectral beings instantly 
 terminated, and the whole illusion dispelled, on opening the window 
 shutters of the room ; whilst the invalid has thus expressed himself : 
 
 " Bless me! I thought I was talking with Mr. , just now; I 
 
 must have been dreaming ; for now I recollect he has been dead many 
 years." A twilight obscurity in the sick-room is often more produc- 
 tive of these illusions than darkness. 
 
 The Nmse. — When all the arrangements are completed in the 
 sick-room, little benefit can be anticipated if a proper nurse be not 
 obtained to render them available to the invalid. Every female, who 
 wishes to act as a sick- nurse, should be obliged to serve a certain 
 time as an assistant nurse in one of the public hospitals, and to re- 
 ceive a certificate of her efficiency before she leaves the establish- 
 ment. The advantages which the public would derive from a body 
 of nurses, educated in this manner, must be obvious to every one who 
 has had opportunities of observing the miserable working of the 
 present system. 
 
 In hiring a sick-nurse, the qualifications which should regulate our 
 choice, refer to age, strength, health, temper, disposition, habits, and 
 education. 
 
 Age. — She should not be under twenty-five, nor above fifty-five 
 years of age. This period is fixed upon, on account both of the 
 physical powers and the moral conduct of the individual. Under 
 twenty-five, the strength of a woman has not reached its maturity, 
 and is scarcely adequate for lifting patients in and out of bed, and 
 for many other duties which require strength, connected with the 
 office of a nurse ; but the strength and the muscular power in females 
 begin to fail after fifty-five, when the natural transition from maturity 
 to decay takes place. 
 
 Strength. — The foregoing remarks respecting age render it almost 
 unnecessary to say that a woman of a naturally delicate frame of 
 body is unfit for a sick-nurse : at the same time, a coarse, heavy, 
 and masculine woman is, for many reasons, objectionable. Whilst 
 

 558 
 
 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 strength is requisite, the frame should be such as to indicate activ- 
 ity. 
 
 Health. — None of the qualifications of a sick-nurse are of impor- 
 tance more than health. An individual who herself requires atten- 
 tion is ill-calculated to attend upon others. A woman who is asth- 
 matic, or has any difficulty of breathing, or an habitual cough ; who 
 is rheumatic or gouty, or has any spasmodic affection ; who is af- 
 flicted with palpitation ; or suffers from periodical headache, vertigo, 
 or a tendency to paralysis ; or who is consumptive, or scrofulous ;"or 
 has defective sight or hearing ; or anything which causes decrepitude, 
 is disqualified for a sick-nurse. It is important, also, to ascertain 
 there is no hypochondriacal nor hysterical tendency, nor predisposi- 
 tion to mental depression. 
 
 Temper and Disposition — It is scarcely requisite to say that an 
 attendant upon the sick should possess a happy, cheerful, equal flow 
 of spirits ; a temper not easily ruffled ; and kind and sympathetic 
 feelings ; but, at the same time, not such as to interfere with firm- 
 ness of character. The expression of the countenance should be 
 open and winning, so as to attract the good- will and confidence of 
 the invalid ; a pleasing and gentle manner being more likely to gain 
 esteem, and insure obedience to the orders of the physician, than the 
 most persuasive arguments which can be addressed to the under- 
 standing of the patient. 
 
 A collected, cheerful expression of the countenance, in the attend- 
 ant on the sick, is likely to inspire hope, and to aid the efforts of the 
 physician for the recovery of his patient. 
 
 The general disposition of a sick-nurse should be obliging. Every 
 little office, which the invalid may require to be done, should be per- 
 formed at once, and without the smallest apparent reluctance, even 
 when the necessity for its immediate performance is not absolute 
 There is also an earnestness of manner, which should, if possible, be 
 obtained or acquiesced in by the sick-nurse, as it impresses the idea 
 that she feels deeply interested in the case ; a circumstance which is 
 always highly appreciated by the patient. 
 
 Finally, it is unnecessary to say that a nurse should be honest, as 
 no description of servant has so much in her power. But the honesty 
 of the nurse is not to be measured by her respect for property ; she 
 must be above imposing on the physician, with respect either to 
 medicines or to diet. Her religion, also, should be sincere, but not 
 Pharisaical ; and although she may occasionally persuade her charge 
 " to put his trust in God, the fountain of health," * yet she must rec- 
 ollect that preaching is not her province ; and, when mistimed, even 
 the best advice may prove not only profitless, but injurious ; and this 
 is especially likely to be the result, when the doctrines which she 
 professes are of a controversial kind. 
 
 With respect to gossiping, it is a detestable habit under any cir- 
 
 * Fuller. 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 559 
 
 cumstances ; but, in a nurse, it may be productive of the greatest 
 danger, produce family feuds, and a thousand other evils. 
 
 In her Habits, a sick-nurse should be sober, active, orderly, and 
 clean, and neat in her person. 
 
 The first of these habits — namely, sobriety — is so essential a 
 qualification in every attendant in the sick-room, that it requires no 
 comment. Happily, the desire for ardent spirits is now less frequent 
 than formerly, when women were seldom employed as nurses until 
 they were nearly superannuated, and until their habits, good or bad, 
 were too firmly rooted to be removed. 
 
 The Activity essential for a good nurse does not imply a bustling or 
 fidgety manner, but a quiet, steady method of proceeding in the per- 
 formance of her duties, equally devoid of fluster, turbulence, or noise. 
 This activity is generally associated with orderly habits ; a most valua- 
 ble qualification, and without which the sick-room becomes a scene of 
 confusion and disgust. Every medical man must have witnessed this 
 state of disorder with regret, when, on visiting his patient, he finds no 
 chair to sit upon, until some article of bedding, or of clothing, be re- 
 moved from it, and the seat dusted with the apron of the nurse ; and 
 when a former prescription, or anything else, is wanted, he must wait 
 until the nurse rummages out half a dozen of drawers in search of it. 
 
 Another quality, usually conjoined with activity and orderly habits 
 in a nurse, is cleanliness in her own person, and in that of her charge, 
 as well as that of the sick-room. The dress of a nurse should be 
 simple and neat, without trimmings. Nothing is more out of place 
 than a fine lady attempting to perform the duties of a nurse. 
 
 Education. — It may appear a refinement to talk of the education of 
 a nurse ; but there is- not a greater difference between noon-day and 
 midnight than between an educated and an ignorant nurse. The for- 
 mer is often an aid to the physician, not only in carrying his orders 
 into effect, but by observing and informing him of symptoms of great 
 importance which have occurred during his absence : whereas the lat- 
 ter is a source of constant anxiety, and too often assumes the privi- 
 lege of acting in direct contradiction to his orders, and according to 
 her own opinion. 
 
 Unhired Attendants. 
 
 The selection of a good nurse, however eminently qualified she 
 may be for her duties, does not supersede the attendance of a rela- 
 tive or a friend in the sick-room ; on the contrary, I can conceive no 
 condition so deplorable as that of an invalid left altogether to the care 
 and management of a hireling. It is, nevertheless, too true that few 
 ladies, even those who are wives and mothers, have any acquaintance 
 with the arrangements of the sick-room, and the management of the 
 invalid ; they are, consequently, too often forced to be guided by, and 
 to rely for instruction on, the nurse, instead of being able to superin- 
 
560 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 tend her conduct, to ascertain that she performs her duty, and to cor- 
 rect her failings. 
 
 The degree of intelligence which is demanded in a nurse is very 
 different to that which is requisite for a wife or a relative in the sick- 
 room. The intelligence of the nurse is directed to supply the wants 
 of the invalid, to administer to his comforts, and to obey the instruc- 
 tions of the physician ; that of the friend or relative involves the 
 power of discriminating disposition and temper ; of watching the 
 progress of the disease, and judging of the propriety of not pursuing 
 certain measures, which, although indicated by the symptoms at the 
 time of prescribing, yet may require to be altered, and consequently 
 detailed to the physician, whose presence may be requisite before his 
 next intended visit. It is of the utmost importance, also, that rela- 
 tives attending in the sick-room should be able to control their feel- 
 ings in the presence of the invalid. 
 
 Nothing is more essential, in the domestic management of diseases, 
 than a knowledge of the natural disposition and temper of the inva- 
 lid. An irritable or a passionate man requires a very different man- 
 agement from that which is proper for a man of naturally mild and 
 easy disposition. Disease awakens, in an augmented degree, the irri- 
 tability of the former ; he becomes impatient of contradiction ; and 
 every time his opinions are injudiciously opposed, the turbulent agi- 
 tation of the nervous system which follows either increases the dis- 
 ease or weakens the influence of the remedial agents. On the other 
 hand, a mild and gentle disposition often leads to extreme sensitive- 
 ness, when disease attacks the body : a word, a look, is sufficient to 
 touch some sympathetic cord ; to unstring the whole nervous system ; 
 and to augment the morbid susceptibility already present in the habit 
 to a degree which is not always devoid of danger. Much discretion 
 and judgment, therefore, are requisite in both instances : in the one 
 case, to prevent ebullitions of temper ; in the other, to refrain from 
 anything that might be construed by the invalid into harshness ; and 
 yet, at the same time, in each case, to maintain that influence over 
 the patient which the treatment of every disease demands in an at- 
 tendant on the sick. 
 
 Prejudice and Antipathies. — In those who are imperfectly or erro- 
 neously educated, the judgment is apt to be biassed by prejudice and 
 antipathies; and, under the influence of these, it is misdirected in a 
 manner of which the individual is often wholly unconscious ; thence 
 the necessity of freedom from prejudice in the attendants in the sick- 
 room, and the farther importance of the friends or relatives of the 
 sick being able to superintend the conduct and the management of 
 hired nurses. On the other hand, the judgment, even in the well- 
 educated, is apt to be misled by the affections, the influence of which 
 is as much opposed to the healthy exercise of discrimination as the 
 prejudices of the ignorant. Self-control, therefore, is also an essen- 
 tial qualification of the sick-room. 
 
 It is only from knowing that the attendants of the sick are pos- 
 sessed of intelligence and self-control, that a physician can rely upon 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 561 
 
 having his orders correctly and duly executed : when those qualities 
 are absent, he has to dread, on the one hand, the presumption of 
 ignorant prejudice ; and, on the other, the improper yielding of sen- 
 sitive indulgence. To the invalid, also, it is important to know that 
 the directions of his physician are fulfilled by an intelligent person ; 
 for, even in the most severe diseases, as long as the mental faculties 
 remain unaffected, a sick man is capable of detecting ignorance, or 
 the effects of prejudice, in his attendants ; and, when he is convinced 
 of the existence of either, all the influence of the individual, whether 
 nurse, or friend, or relative, is at an end. 
 
 Were the business of the sick-room (independent of the wants and 
 comforts of the invalid) confined to the mere observation and collec- 
 tion of facts — namely, the noting of the symptoms of disease — and 
 reporting them to the physician, it would be superfluous to urge the 
 necessity of superior intelligence in its superintendent ; but many of 
 its duties require not only a well-regulated understanding, but an 
 equally sound condition of the moral feelings and the benevolent 
 affections, with a recognition of the authority of conscience in the 
 whole operations of life. In the period of sickness, under the direc- 
 tion of the judicious and discreet, an invalid may be led to the inves- 
 tigation of his moral and religious condition, and to review his past 
 conduct, with the determination of turning the result to his future 
 welfare, should he happily recover and re-enter society. Surely such 
 important duties as these cannot be intrusted to the unqualified, or 
 the ignorant, or the hireling ; nor can more be required to demon- 
 strate the importance of adding to the other branches of female edu- 
 cation a knowledge of the various important duties of the sick-room, 
 which females, whether as mothers or daughters, or wives or friends, 
 are likely to be called upon to fulfil. 
 
 Prognostics. 
 
 In every disease the medical attendant is naturally called upon to 
 deliver his opinion of the degree of danger which hangs over the 
 patient : hence, it is unnecessary to enter into any minute details on the 
 subject of prognostics. But, as in many diseases changes occur, in 
 the absence of the practitioner, which ought instantly to be examined 
 into, in order that the danger likely to accrue from them may be 
 averted, it is important that the friends and ordinary attendants of 
 the sick should be aware of their presence, so as to obtain the imme- 
 diate assistance of the medical attendant. Were this information, 
 also, more generally diffused, many unnecessary visits would be saved 
 to the physician, and much unfounded suspicion of danger prevented 
 from distressing and torturing the minds of the friends of the sick. 
 
 In Fevers delirium alone should excite no alarm, unless it be very 
 high, or of the low, muttering, incoherent kind. In jaundice, and in 
 diseases of the chest, it is alarming ; and in the latter stages of 
 pulmonary consumption, its presence always indicates the approach 
 of death. 
 
562 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Great confusion of thought, loss of recollection of the most recent 
 occurrence, a restless, wandering eye, and a correspondent vacancy 
 or confusion of countenance, are always to be dreaded in fevers and 
 in diseases of the brain. An expression of great anxiety is equally 
 alarming in all acute diseases ; and a presentiment of death is still 
 more to be dreaded. 
 
 Hoarseness, with constant spitting, occurring at an early period in 
 small-pox, is very unfavorable. 
 
 Squinting' in affections of the head ought to be particularly noticed, 
 and mentioned to the attending practitioner ; and the same remark 
 applies to a greatly contracted, or a dilated, or an immovable condi- 
 tion of the pupil of the eye ; or the turning up of the pupils under 
 the upper eyelids. 
 
 Deafness is not an unfavorable occurrence in continued fever ; but 
 a sudden attack of headache in pulmonary diseases ought instantly 
 to be mentioned to the physician. 
 
 The Sudden Disappearance of Pain in inflammatory affections of 
 the bowels is always to be dreaded ; but it does not in every instance 
 portend the existence of mortification. 
 
 Cough, depending on inflammation of the bronchial membrane, sud- 
 denly supervening on a suppressed eruption, is always to be dreaded. 
 
 In Croup, when the breathing is audible, or when there is a crow- 
 ing sound in inspiration, or a cooing or croaking respiration, danger 
 is present. 
 
 In Hooping-Cough, when the paroxysms suddenly increase in vio- 
 lence, and the face becomes livid, and the thumbs are drawn across 
 into the palms of the hands, the appearance of convulsions may be 
 anticipated : hence immediate notice of these symptoms should be 
 communicated to the medical attendant. 
 
 Rigors invariably excite alarm ; but they are only dangerous in 
 chronic internal diseases, in which they often indicate the formation 
 of pus, or the existence of suppuration. 
 
 Pallidness of the countenance, with a slight degree of lividity, are 
 symptoms of hazard in the inflammation of the lungs. 
 
 The Position of the Patient as he lies in bed, especially in fevers, 
 is of much importance. Constantly lying on his back, with a ten- 
 dency to sink to the bottom of the bed ; a propensity to keep the 
 arms and the feet out of bed, and to uncover the trunk ; or to pick 
 the bed-clothes ; tremors ; twitching of the tendons ; grinding of the 
 teeth, and sleeping with the eyelids half open, and the white of the 
 eyes only seen ; are all justly regarded as symptoms of great danger. 
 
 Fainting {Syncope) is to be considered alarming in diseases of the 
 heart, or during profuse bleeding from the nose, or from any other 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 563 
 
 part : deep sighing , also, under such circumstances, is most unfavora- 
 ble, and often indicates rapid dissolution. 
 
 Hiccup, in the advanced stages of either acute or chronic diseases, 
 is invariably alarming. 
 
 Difficulty of Swallowing, also, in the advanced stages of fever, 
 palsy, and affections of the head, always indicates extreme danger ; 
 vomiting, on the contrary, is not unfavorable, unless it be very 
 severe and protracted ; but, if the ejected matters be putrid, or fecu- 
 lent, then the vomiting is always to be dreaded. 
 
 Coma, or an irresistible propensity to sleep, following the sudden 
 suppression of gout, or the cessation of periodical bleeding in piles, 
 or the healing of old sores, is always alarming, and requires prompt 
 medical assistance. 
 
 Convulsions without fever or any affection of the head seldom 
 prove dangerous ; but they are never free from danger when they 
 are accompanied with stupor or coma. They are also dangerous 
 when inflammatory fever is present. They are less dangerous in 
 women than in men, in the young than in advanced age. In infancy, 
 convulsions are more to be dreaded in the robust than in the delicate 
 and irritable child. 
 
 Diarrhoea is, under every circumstance, an unfavorable event, when 
 it occurs either in fevers, or in the termination of chronic diseases ; 
 and the passing of involuntary stools, when scarcely any diarrhoea 
 exists, is equally to be dreaded. 
 
 Retention of the Urine, as well as its involuntary discharge, is al- 
 ways an unfavorable symptom. 
 
 Purple Spots appearing on the skin, livid lips and cheeks, oozing 
 of blood, sudden flushings followed by pallor, are unfavorable symp- 
 toms ; and the appearance of cedematous swellings of the legs and 
 skin in the last stage of chronic organic diseases always indicate ap- 
 proaching death. When purple spots, also, appear in small-pox, 
 with flattening of the pustules on the trunk of the body, and a white 
 pasty aspect of the eruption in the face ; and if, at the same time, the 
 extremities become cold, any hope of recovery can scarcely be enter- 
 tained. 
 
 Great and continued, or progressing emaciation in chronic diseases, 
 and what is termed the fades Hippocratica, are to be dreaded. 
 
 Excoriations on the parts on which the body rests, — for example, 
 the haunches, or the lower part of the back, — especially if these 
 become livid and sloughy, always indicate extreme danger. 
 
 Great Difficulty of Breathing, even to a feeling of suffocation, is 
 not necessarily hazardous in asthma; for although few diseases are 
 so little under control by the interference of the physician, yet 
 asthma seldom proves fatal, unless it tends to the production of other 
 diseases. 
 
In Consumption, partial sweating, as of the head, the chest, or the 
 limbs, are always unfavorable symptoms. 
 
 When pregnancy occurs in a woman laboring under consumption, 
 the disease is arrested, until after delivery, as if Providence threw a 
 shield over the mother for the safety of the offspring. 
 
 The Sudden Disappearance of Swelling of the Legs, in chronic or- 
 ganic diseases, is indicative of approaching death. 
 
 When a child, instead of rallying after any acute disease, becomes 
 emaciated, and the belly is large and tympanitic, there is always much 
 danger. 
 
 Ovarian Disease, or, as it is usually termed, ovarian dropsy, has 
 hitherto proved incurable ; but it is relieved by tapping ; and, if the 
 powers of life be sustained by proper food, and carriage exercise in 
 the open air; and if all medicines be let alone, except such as are 
 required to regulate the bowels, life may be sustained for many years. 
 
 All diseases not involving organic changes are, with a few excep- 
 tions, more or less under the control of medicines, and are conse- 
 quently curable. But some diseases, in which no organic changes 
 have been discovered, are nevertheless incurable. This is the case 
 with spasmodic asthma, which has rarely been cured. 
 
 It is true that functional disturbances are not unfrequently associ- 
 ated with organic diseases ; but, under such circumstances, it is the 
 province of the attending physician to point out to the friends of the 
 patient the greater or the less degree of danger in these complications. 
 
 Diet, etc., in Disease and Convalescence. 
 
 In numerous instances, much hazard often exists after disease has 
 disappeared, and when the patient is declared convalescent : and as 
 this period in the removal of diseases is left to the management either 
 of the patient himself or of his friends, some general remarks respect- 
 ing it, and also in reference to particular diseases, are requisite. 
 
 In every recovery from sickness, whether external or internal, be- 
 fore the salutary advantages obtained from the treatment be confirmed, 
 the organ or part which has suffered must be either left at rest or be 
 used, according to the nature of the case. Thus, if any part have 
 suffered from inflammation, it must not be used for some time after 
 the inflammation is subdued. If the eyes have suffered, the person 
 must neither read nor write, nor expose the eyes to the heat of the 
 fire, nor to a strong light, until some days after every trace of the 
 disease has disappeared. If the arm has been affected it must be 
 kept at rest ; and if the leg, not only should walking be refrained 
 from, but the limb should be placed rather higher than the trunk of 
 the body. If the previous disease has affected the brain, every men- 
 tal exertion must be avoided ; and so on, whatever maybe the organ 
 which has especially suffered. Even when the exercise of the organ 
 is resumed, it should not be carried to fatigue, nor, on any accouht, 
 should it be such as to produce excitement. At the same time, it 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 565 
 
 must not be forgotten that, in the treatment of external injuries, when 
 it has been necessary to keep the limb long in a sling, in one position, 
 — as, for instance, in fractures, — the muscles which bend the arm 
 acquire from the habit a contraction which cannot be overcome by 
 the antagonist muscles, owing to the length of time they have been 
 on the stretch weakening their contractile power. The arm, there- 
 fore, should be frequently taken from the sling, and, being rested upon 
 the elbow, a moderate weight should beheld in the hand, and friction 
 with oil employed upon the contracted muscles. It is true that sur- 
 geons usually give directions for this operation, before they quit the 
 management of the case ; but surgeons, as well as physicians, are 
 sometimes dismissed before the convalescence is complete ; on which 
 account, arras and limbs have remained contracted for life, from a want 
 of the knowledge necessary to counteract the evil at an early stage. 
 
 I say nothing respecting the continuance of remedies during con- 
 valescence from many diseases, except urging the necessity of regu- 
 lating the bowels. 
 
 The most important part of the management of convalescence cer- 
 tainly refers to air, exercise, and diet. The errors daily committed, 
 in all these matters, exert the most powerful influence in retarding 
 complete restoration to health; and often, indeed, induce evils of a 
 more formidable kind than the diseases from which the patients have 
 just emerged. 
 
 1. Air. In every convalescence, whatever may have been the 
 nature of the disease, if it has been so severe as to wear down the 
 strength of the invalid, country air is essential. The benevolent 
 Author of our existence has made medicinal the hills, the vales, the 
 groves, and all the harmonies of nature ; and in the repose of these 
 man finds a balm, not only for a wounded sprit, but for his stricken 
 body. 
 
 In selecting a country residence for a convalescent, care must be 
 taken to ascertain whether any source of malaria exists in the neigh- 
 borhood ; as, in that case, even if all other circumstances be favorable, 
 the place is exceptionable. 
 
 2. Exercise. In convalescence, much caution is requisite in appor- 
 tioning the exercise to the degree of returning strength. When the 
 convalescent is still too feeble to take sufficient exercise on foot, the 
 best substitute for it is riding horseback ; but, as soon as walking can 
 be borne, it should be preferred to either horse or carriage exercise. 
 
 3. Diet. In health, diet may be left, in a great degree, to the in- 
 clination or the taste, as far as regards the quality of the food ; and, 
 although diseases occasionally originate from repletion, yet, in gen- 
 eral, the appetite may be considered as the best regulator of quantity, 
 when the food is simple, and the appetite is not pampered by high 
 seasoning and rich sauces. In disease, however, a very opposite rule 
 is to be observed ; the regulation of both the quantity and the quality 
 of the food is of the utmost importance. The taste is often so per- 
 verted as to desire that which would prove injurious ; and were appe- 
 tite to be the guide of quantity, diseases would frequently not only be 
 increased in severity, but life itself would be brought into jeopardy. 
 
5Q(5 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT~OF THE SICK-ROOM* 
 
 As soon as solid animal food can be taken with impunity, that 
 which is most digestible should be selected. An opinion has gener- 
 ally prevailed that gelatinous matters, and meats which readily yield 
 jelly, — such, for example, as veal and lamb, — are the most easily 
 digested, and at the same time, are also the most nutritive. This is 
 a mistake ; for, with the exception of poultry, the flesh of young*ani- 
 mals is stringy and of a lax fibre, and is even less easily digested than 
 that of too old animals, which presents a great density of texture. 
 The middle-aged animals afford the most digestible food. 
 
 Nothing tends to lessen the density of the fibre of every kind of 
 animal food so much as keeping it for a certain time before it is 
 cooked. In this case, the tenderness is the result of incipient decom- 
 position or putrefaction ; but the utmost caution is requisite to pre- 
 vent this from advancing so far as to present the slightest trace of 
 taint, in the food of the convalescent. In the low state of vitality in 
 convalescence, the change which commencing decomposition (putre- 
 faction) causes, renders animal food, in that condition, a source likely 
 to occasion either a relapse into the disease from which the patient 
 has recovered, or to form a new disease. 
 
 In examining the relative valiK) of other articles of diet adapted for the 
 sick and convalescent, the first which presents itself to our notice is 
 
 Milk. — As milk is the food of almost all young animals, its diges- 
 tibility appears at once evident ; and there can be little doubt that it 
 is very digestible, when it is drunk fcn mediately after it is drawn from 
 the udder of the cow, or that of the ass, or the goat, before its com- 
 ponents have time to separate. When this separation is effected, 
 either spontaneously by time, or by means of rennet or other agents, 
 its properties are altered, and its digestibility is lessened. 
 
 Cream, when intimately united with the other components of milk, 
 — namely, the curd, or the caseous part, and the whey, — is not the 
 same substance as after its separation. In the milk, it is more easily 
 digested, and is the most nutritive part of the milk. But in its sepa- 
 rate state, it is ill adapted either for the sick or convalescent, except 
 in the form of butter, which is not unwholesome, unless it be eaten 
 in excess or be melted.* In the same manner the separate curd is in- 
 digestible ; and wh$y itself, although highly nutritive, yet is flatulent ; 
 nevertheless, it is an excellent demulcent in many cases of disease. 
 But none of the components of milk are equal to milk itself. It is 
 often necessary, in convalescence, to dilute it in water. 
 
 Eggs. — It is not uncommon to hear that the yolk of a raw egg, 
 beaten up with water and sugar, with the addition of a small quan- 
 tity of white wine, is a light and nutritive aliment in convalescence, 
 and even in some states of disease ; but eggs are much less digestible 
 In this form than when they are lightly boiled. In jaundice, however, 
 .'irising from viscid mucus obstructing the orifice of the common duct, 
 the yolk of a raw egg beaten up with cold water is serviceable. 
 
 * [Although cream is not as digestible as milk, yet it is much less liable to turn acid 
 in the stomach ; it is often beneficial to dyspeptics, either alone or diluted with water.] 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 567 
 
 » . — — ______ _, 
 
 Fish, at least the white kind, stimulates much less than the flesh 
 of land animals ; hence it is a proper food for those laboring under 
 some acute diseases ; and also for convalescents, when a sudden re- 
 turn to more stimulating food would prove hurtful. But it is not 
 adapted for convalescents, when the object is to bring up rapidly the 
 strength of debilitated habits. 
 
 Raw oysters have been erroneously supposed to be both easy of 
 digestion and nutritive. The latter opinion is, in some degree, true ; 
 but the former is erroneous. Raw oysters are less digestible than 
 plainly cooked oysters. Both are improper for the sick and for early 
 convalescents. Lobsters, crabs, prawns, cray-fish, scallops, and 
 other shell fish, are still more objectionable. 
 
 If fish of any kind be admissible, it should be simply boiled : fried 
 fish is even worse for invalids than the outside or the brown of roasted 
 meat. 
 
 Vegetables. — In reference to vegetable diet, it is only the mildest 
 description of esculent roots that are fitted for the use of the sick. In 
 preparing all of them for the sick-room, they should be well boiled in 
 two distinct waters, until they are soft and very soluble, and in a state 
 not to leave undissolved anything which could act as a mechanical 
 irritant on the intestinal canal. When properly cooked, they are 
 moderately nutritive, and free from any stimulant properties ; and 
 they are well adapted for the stomach of the sick, unless in cases in 
 which the torpor of the organ is such as to permit them to run into 
 acetous fermentation and to prove flatulent. 
 
 Fmits. — With respect to fruits they produce the most diversified 
 effects ; and, consequently, are more or less proper for invalids, ac- 
 cording to circumstances, either connected with themselves or with 
 the condition of the patient at the time. The stone fruits, with the 
 exception of the ripe peach, or the nectarine, are to be rejected. The 
 apple tribe, except very soluble pears, are still less admissible. The 
 apple, however, when roasted, and when the seeds and the hard cen- 
 tral parts, as well as the skin, are removed, is less objectionable ; and, 
 as it possesses laxative properties, the roasted apple is well adapted 
 for the sick, when food is at all allowable, and when the bowels are 
 torpid. The orange, if fully ripe, is grateful and wholesome to all 
 invalids, and is only equalled in these qualities by the grape ; but in 
 using the orange, the pulp should be rejected. Care, also, should be 
 taken not to swallow either the skin or the seeds of the grape. 
 Strawberries are a little stimulant, of easy digestion, and more cool- 
 ing than the other small fruits ; mulberries are, also, unexceptiona- 
 ble ; but currants and gooseberries, and even raspberries, are not 
 free from objection for invalids laboring under acute diseases. 
 
 With the exception of oat and wheaten bread, all the varieties of 
 farinaceous aliments may be regarded as modifications of starch, con- 
 taining little nutritive matter, and therefore well adapted for the sick- 
 room. It has been supposed that arrow-root, sago, tapioca, and 
 similar substances, are very nutritive, because they form mucilages 
 with boiling water : but this is not the fact ; and were they very 
 
568 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 nutritive, they would be ill adapted for invalids. Rice in every case 
 where the stomach is in an acescent state, is preferable to the other 
 farinaceae, because it is less fermentable. 
 
 The farinaceous food, which is ordered in the convalescence of 
 children from acute diseases, is often made of bread so as to consti- 
 tute pap. No description of food has a greater tendency than this to 
 become sour ; a quantity only sufficient for a single meal, therefore, 
 should be made at a time ; for what remains is always sour before 
 the next meal ; and even if the quantity be small, and it be mixed 
 with fresh pap, it communicates its faculty of becoming sour to the 
 whole mass. 
 
 Fluid Aliments. 
 
 Water. — The best and the most universal beverage for the sick is 
 water: but the qualities of water differ, according to the sources 
 whence it is procured. The fewer foreign ingredients it holds in so- 
 lution the greater are its diluent properties. Distilled water, or rain 
 or river water filtered, and that of soft water springs which filtrate 
 through silicious strata, are the only kinds proper for the use of the 
 sick-room. Hard water, under whatever name it is found, whether 
 as spring water, or pump water, or well water, should be excluded. 
 The impurities of river and rain water are merely held in suspension ; 
 consequently, they are readily removed by filtration. 
 
 Water itself is aliment ; many individuals under certain circum- 
 stances have lived for a considerable time upon it alone. Those who 
 live chiefly on animal food require more drink than those who eat 
 much vegetable matter. 
 
 The influence of water on the animal economy may be regarded in 
 two points of view : 
 
 As an article of diet. 
 As a medicinal agent. 
 
 As an article of diet, in health, water is the beverage provided by 
 nature for all animals, man not excepted. The sensation of thirst is 
 the natural call for fluids, either to assist digestion, or to allay a dry, 
 hot condition of the mouth and the gullet. The consequence of not 
 satisfying this call is fever of a nervous kind ; and, if it be long re- 
 sisted, inflammation of the air passages. On the other hand, too 
 much fluid is injurious; for although the vital powers of the stomach 
 counteract the tendency which it affords, by over-diluting the gastric 
 fluid, to the fermentation of the aliment in the stomach, yet, when it 
 is in excess, those vital powers languish ; hence spontaneous chemi- 
 cal changes in the contents of the stomach take place, and induce 
 dyspepsia. For all the purposes of dilution, in health, water is ade- 
 quate, and it is the only truly wholesome beverage. 
 
 As a medicinal agent, water is demanded in every disease in which 
 a dry skin, and an elevation of the natural heat of the surface, consti- 
 tuting fever, are present. In this case, the desire is for cold water, or 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 569 
 
 cooling fluids ; and it should always be indulged. The degree of 
 temperature, however, must be regulated by the condition of the in- 
 valid ; but the best medium temperature is between 50° and 60° Fahr. ; 
 although even 60° is too low, when the debility of the frame is consid- 
 erable. 
 
 The qualities of the various kinds of beverages proper, and gener- 
 ally employed in the sick-room, should be kuown. 
 
 Toast- water, when properly prepared, which it seldom is, forms a 
 useful beverage in the sick-room. It is slightly nutritive, owing to its 
 containing a small portion of gluten, in conjunction with fecula and 
 sugar. It is one of the oldest and one of the best diluent demulcents ; 
 diluting at the same time that it softens the acrimony of the secreted 
 juices of the stomach, in febrile diseases. 
 
 Gruel, whether made of groats or of oatmeal, is less mild and de- 
 mulcent than barley water ; and it is more likely to undergo the ace- 
 tous fermentation in the heat of the stomach ; a circumstance which 
 is greatly favored by the sugar and butter which is sometimes added 
 to it. Unless gruel be very thin, it can scarcely be regarded as dilu- 
 ent ; and when thick, it is too heating an aliment for patients laboring 
 under febrile symptoms. 
 
 Tea, in the form in which it is usually taken, is too stimulant and 
 astringent to be a good diluent ; and, when it is strong, the narcotic 
 property which it possesses renders it improper for most invalids, 
 whatever may be the nature of their diseases. As it is, nevertheless, 
 agreeable to most palates, and very refreshing, it may be taken in 
 moderate quantity, provided it be not strong, without any hazard. 
 
 Sage, balm, and mint teas, are often substituted for common tea. 
 Each of them undoubtedly allays the irritability of the stomach in 
 some cases ; but, as general beverages in disease, they are less useful 
 than toast-water. Raspberry vinegar, lemonade, tamarind tea, apple 
 tea, and similar compound diluents, should never be administered 
 without the consent of the physician. If a patient be taking an anti- 
 monial, they will excite vomiting ; if a mercurial, griping; and they 
 are equally incompatible with many other medicines, and with many 
 conditions of the stomach in disease. They are a description of 
 beverage greatly recommended and largely distributed by the Lady 
 Bountifuls in the country, and have frequently been productive of 
 serious mischief. 
 
 Coffee is more heating, and, consequently, less admissible than tea ; 
 it may, however, be taken, if it be largely combined with milk. Cocoa 
 and chocolate are still more objectionable than either tea or coffee in 
 the sick-room. 
 
 With respect to the Number of Meals, and the periods best adapted 
 for taking them, it is scarcely requisite to remark, that, although in 
 health, three moderate meals, at proper intervals, are customary, and 
 well adapted for the support of the frame, yet, under the changed 
 

 570 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 condition of the system in disease, it would be improper to take any 
 regular number of meals, or to observe any stated periods for taking 
 them : hem e no general rules can apply. 
 
 As a general rule, in the decline of diseases, and on the approach 
 of convalescence, when the desire of taking food returns, the best time 
 for the princ ipal meal, dinner, is about two hours after noon. If the 
 breakfast be taken at nine o'clock, and the evening meal at seven, the 
 hour of two is the middle period of the day ; so that, when dinner is 
 taken at that time, the intervals between breakfast and dinner, and 
 between dinner and supper, are not only equal, but neither is too 
 short to limit the complete digestion of the previous meal ; nor too 
 long to injure the powers of the weakened stomach by protracted 
 fasting. 
 
 All acute diseases require more or less abstinence, especially when 
 the object of the treatment is to lower the system ; and in some 
 chronic affections, abstinence is almost essential. If this be true, the 
 necessity of the strictest observance of the directions of the physician 
 on this subject must be obvious. It is one, however, which is not 
 only neglected, but is often combated both by nurses and friends ; 
 and indulgences, which are supposed to be of too trivial a nature 
 to cause any injury to the sick, have often been followed by fatal 
 effects. 
 
 But, although abstinence be requisite during the existence of an 
 acute disease, yet it is injurious when it is too rigidly maintained 
 after convalescence is actually established ; it often induces a new 
 train of symptoms, not very unlike those for which it was property 
 prescribed and the removal of which it has aided : namely, acceU 
 eration of the pulse, increased impetus of the heart, headache, and 
 even delirium. 
 
 General Diseases. 
 
 Happily, in febrile affections, the appetite of the invalid is not in 
 a condition to desire food; and no stronger demonstration can be 
 required of the impropriety of forcing it upon him under such circum- 
 stances. Simple fluids, such as diluents, are all that he desires, all 
 that the stomach can bear ; and such alone should be administered in 
 fever, before that low condition of the system, which demands the 
 use of wine or other stimulants, supervenes. In these cases, when 
 the patient desires more nourishment than is usual, animal food ought 
 not to be given, unless by the direct recommendation of the physi- 
 cian. Indeed, in general, the inclination of the invalid happily re- 
 volts from animal food, as much as experience condemns its adminis- 
 tration. 
 
 While febrile symptoms are present, farinaceous matters, little nu- 
 tritious, such as barley-water, gruel, arrow-root mucilage, or sago, 
 acidulated with lemon-juice, and sweetened to the taste of the patient, 
 are most suitable ; but even these should be given in small quantity, 
 and at considerable intervals. Tha beverage generally most agreeable, 
 and also most salutary, to those suffering under fever, is cold water. 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 571 
 
 In the decline of fevers even, as I have already remarked, although 
 the severity respecting diet should be relaxed, yet much danger may 
 result from mistaken kindness and over-zeal, in urging animal and 
 stimulant food at too early a period of the convalescence. Indeed, 
 the necessity of caution at this time is greater than during the con- 
 tinuance of the fever ; and the more acute the disease has been, the 
 greater must be the caution in the convalescence, especially if the 
 treatment has been of an evacuant and lowering description. 
 
 The first change of diet, in the decline of fevers, should be to an- 
 other article of the same kind of food which was allowed in the dis- 
 ease ; for example, from simple arrow-root mucilage to arrow-root and 
 milk, or to some other of the farinaceous compounds ; whilst, at the 
 same time, asses' milk may be given, in small quantity in the morn- 
 ing Rice, one of the farinacese, is generally supposed to be astrin- 
 gent, but this is a mistake. It forms an excellent diet in all cases of 
 early but decided convalescence. It should be well-boiled, and mixed 
 either with broth and beef-tea, or gravy which has been cooled, aud 
 the fat taken from it. In the transition to animal food, beef-tea, 
 chicken-broth, and mutton-broth, and other liquid animal decoctions, 
 should be first resorted to ; then white-fish, simply cooked ; for, al- 
 though fish is more digestible than animal food, yet it affords much 
 Jess stimulant nourishment ; it is therefore better fitted for the early 
 stage of convalescence. When convalescence is completed, a more 
 generous diet is admissible. 
 
 With respect to beverage, water, toast-water or lemon-peel-water, 
 is sufficient, until the medical attendant declares that a little wine is 
 requisite. 
 
 In convalescence from fever, it is an error to permit the patient to 
 get up too soon. He should not leave his bed until his strength be 
 considerably advanced. No danger can result from too strict an 
 observance of this rule ; whereas much risk may be incurred by its 
 fleglect. 
 
 If the head has been much affected, every mental exertion should 
 be refrained from during the convalescence ; and, according to the 
 degree of suffering in any local organ, precautions must be taken to 
 guard that part of the frame against a fresh attack of disease. 
 
 Eruptive Fevers require more precaution in convalescence than gen- 
 eral levers, both as regards diet aiid exposure to sudden alternations 
 of heat and cold. This is more especially essential after measles and 
 scarlet fever. 
 
 Measles are often followed by a distressing cough, and other symp- 
 toms of pulmonary inflammation ; or by a harassing diarrhoea, which 
 wears down the strength ; or by inflamed eyes, catarrh, or obstinate 
 toothache. In infants, canker of the mouth occasionally makes its 
 attack and proves fatal. All these affections, after measles, might 
 generally be preveuted by taking care not to allow too soon a return 
 to the use of animal food, or too early an exposure to cold or to night 
 air. Even in summer, flannel should be worn next the skin for some 
 weeks after the disease has disappeared. 
 
572 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Scarlatina is frequently followed by dropsical symptoms ; which, 
 however, might generally be avoided by the same attention to diet 
 and regimen as after measles. 
 
 Small-Pox, when severe, and especially when confluent, is very apt 
 to awaken into activity the dormant seeds of scrofula, if any heredi- 
 tary taint exists in the constitution ; hence abscesses, ulcers, and 
 swelled glands make their appearance. These demand the aid of 
 the physician or the surgeon. But if the convalescent be properly 
 dieted, and recourse be had to a change of air as soon as his strength 
 will permit, these evils may be avoided. 
 
 Erysipelas not unfrequently attacks convalescents from small-pox 
 and other eruptive fevers. When it occurs, independent of any prior 
 disease, the same attention to diet and regimen is requisite as in other 
 eruptive fevers. 
 
 Convulsions, it is well known, are not unfrequently the result of 
 errors in diet, in individuals with an irritable condition of the stom- 
 ach and bowels. Advice should always be demanded respecting the 
 diet of those who are liable to, and who suffer from, convulsions ; but 
 it must not be supposed that when they occur in children and have 
 been subdued, a system of starvation is necessary to prevent their 
 recurrence. As far as regards convalescence in such cases, it wili 
 be proper to bear in recollection the following rules : 
 
 1. When the patient is of a full habit, has a short neck, and a ten- 
 dency to diseases of the head, the diet should be spare. The use of 
 animal food, indeed, in such a habit, should be wholly prohibited in 
 childhood, and very sparingly employed by adults ; whilst vegetables, 
 farinaceous matters, milk and weak broths,' may be allowed. 
 
 2. When the habit of body is spare, and when languor and chilli- 
 ness are present, the diet, although free from stimulus, yet should be 
 nourishing, and consist of the lighter kinds of animal food ; namely, 
 poultry and fish, with a moderate share of vegetable matters. 
 
 3. Under all circumstances, and at every period of life, fermented 
 liquors and wine should be either wholly avoided, or very sparingly 
 used, in almost all convulsive diseases connected with affections of 
 the head. 
 
 In convalescence from some varieties of convulsive diseases, the 
 nature of the diet must depend on circumstances which cannot be 
 judged of by the attendants of the sick-room ; hence it should be 
 referred solely to the medical attendant. In St. Vitus's Dance 
 (chorea), for example, although a tonic plan of treatment may have 
 been successfully pursued, yet the diet may be required to be mild, 
 and wholly free from stimulus. 
 
 Attention to diet in Hysteria is most important. When the disease 
 is connected with indigestion, the meals should be moderate ; and 
 rest in the horizontal posture should be indulged for an hour after- 
 wards, and then moderate exercise taken. Fluid food, such as broths 
 and gruel, are improper; yet animal food should be eaten only once 
 a day. Tea and coffee should be very sparingly taken ; and the sim- 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 573 
 
 plest beverages, even water and toast-water, should be taken in great 
 moderation after a meal, and should not be drunk during dinner. 
 
 In convalescence from hysteria, change of scene and air are abso- 
 lutely requisite. The mind should be directed to solid studies, and 
 everything which can cherish morbid sensibility of the nervous system 
 avoided. 
 
 Dropsy. — An opinion was long maintained that fluids are to be 
 withheld from dropsical patients. No opinion was ever founded on 
 more erroueous principles. Dropsical patients, indeed, should be 
 allowed the free use of fluids. With respect to diet, it should, gen- 
 erally speaking, be light and unstimulating : but much depends on the 
 causes of dropsy. There is, however, less necessity for a rigid ad- 
 herence to low diet in this than in other inflammatory affections. 
 
 In Palsy, abstinence from all stimulating food, solid or fluid, must 
 be rigidly observed ; and the restriction should not be discontinued 
 in convalescence, ki the same time, change of air and of scene is al- 
 ways of decided advantage. In every instance, an easy state of mind, 
 and freedom from every source of irritation, as well as from the anxi- 
 eties of business, are indispensable. 
 
 Gout and Rheumatism. — In no diseases affecting the general habit 
 are abstinence and repose more essential during the attacks than in 
 the two which head this paragraph, when they assume an acute form. 
 When they occur in weakened or in broken-down habits, it is too 
 often supposed that the opposite plan of diet is to be pursued, and 
 that stimulating food and a liberal supply of wine should be indulged ; 
 but nothing is more likely to prove injurious. 
 
 When the paroxysm subsides, it is too customary to permit the in- 
 valid to glide into his usual habits with respect to diet and regimen ; 
 consequently the plethora which originated the disease gradually re- 
 turns ; and the same plan being continued, paroxysm follows after 
 paroxysm, at shortening intervals, until scarcely any interval occurs, 
 and life is sacrificed on the altar of self-indulgence. 
 
 For some weeks after the paroxysm of gout has subsided, in a 
 young or a middle-aged man, animal food should be sparingly taken, 
 and fermented liquors altogether avoided. 
 
 Chlorosis, or Green Sickness, is a state of the habit which seems to 
 depend on an impaired condition of the blood itself. Its treatment 
 is well understood, and recourse to medical advice should never be 
 neglected ; otherwise it may terminate either in mental derangement 
 or in sudden death. In convalescence from it, the diet should be mild 
 and light, but nutritious ; the exercise should be much within the lim- 
 its of fatigue, and consist of both walking and horse exercise, daily, 
 in the open air : the body, more especially the lower extremities,, 
 should be warmly clothed ; the mind ought to be amused ; all seden- 
 tary occupations thrown aside ; and confidence placed in the honor 
 of the physician, who should be made the repository of any mental 
 anxiety, especially connected with the tender passion, which may be 
 preying upon the vital energy of the body. 
 
574 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM, 
 
 Affections of the Head. 
 
 Whatever may be the cause of Apoplexy, no disease requires more 
 prompt and energetic treatment : the alarming nature of the symp- 
 toms is always sufficient to prevent any time from being lost by at- 
 tempts to relieve the sufferer without medical assistance. Should the 
 attack not prove fatal at the time, and should it not be followed by 
 palsy, still the utmost caution is requisite to prevent a recurrence of 
 the disease. It is scarcely necessary to insist on the strictest adhe- 
 rence to temperance, both as to meat and to drink ; and the impor- 
 tance of daily exercise, when the attack is over; and indeed for the 
 remainder of life. Prolonged study and intense thinking must be 
 given up ; the violent and exciting passions should be subdued ; and 
 even the pleasurable moderated. 
 
 Inflammation of the brain is one of those diseases which require, as 
 observed respecting Apoplexy, the most energetic treatment. When 
 convalescence has fortunately been established, the attention of the 
 physician is still requisite, during several weeks, until complete re- 
 covery be fully confirmed ; for the brain, after % suffering from inflam- 
 mation, is very apt to relapse into the same state, from the excitement 
 of too full a meal, or over-exercise, or even slight mental exertions 
 or emotions. On this account, the convalescent must be kept per- 
 fectly quiet, and completely free from the smallest excitement ; and 
 the strictest regimen observed. His diet should not only be mild 
 and unstimulating, but small in quantity. 
 
 Inflammation of the eyes requires the same caution when convales- 
 cence is secured as other inflammatory affections ; namely, quiet, 
 great moderation in diet, and avoiding exposure either to much light, 
 heat, or cold, or whatever can stimulate the still highly excitable 
 organ. 
 
 Affections of the Chest. 
 
 Inflammation of the Lungs (Pneumoyiia) . — In convalescence from 
 this disease, the temperature of the room in which the patient sits 
 should not exceed 60° F. ; and it should be free from currents of air ; 
 but, at the same time, it should not be close. The necessity for con- 
 tinuing the same elevated position of the shoulders when in bed, 
 which is demanded during the existence of the disease, remains even 
 when the convalescence is advanced. The patient should be pre- 
 vented from talking, and from exerting any muscular motion that can 
 accelerate the circulation. The diet should be of that description 
 which will support the strength without exciting or producing reple- 
 tion. As the convalescence advances, and exercise is permitted by 
 the medical attendant, it should be regular, but not hurried nor vio- 
 lent ; and evening air should be sedulously avoided. 
 
 Pleurisy. — Inflammation of the lining membrane of the chest re- 
 quires the same attention to diet and regimen during convalescence 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 575 
 
 as the last-mentioned disease, except that a greater strictness with 
 regard to abstemiousness in food is requisite ; the least deviation 
 being likely to bring on a renewal of the inflammation. When the 
 disease assumes a chronic character, and when the object is to remove 
 fluid effused into the cavity of the chest, and pressing upon the lungs 
 so as to circumscribe their action, the same degree of strictness with 
 respect to diet is not necessary ; but, as in this condition of the habit 
 the physician must continue his attendance, the regulation of the diet 
 devolves upon him. 
 
 Angina. — In that condition of the habit which is connected with 
 a predisposition to gout, but in which, instead of a regular paroxysm, 
 the heart and the pulmonary organs become affected, and the disease 
 assumes that form which has been denominated diaphragmatic gout 
 (Angina pectoris) , the regulation of diet is of vital importance ; and 
 it should be of as low a standard as the constitutional powers will 
 admit. It should not be of a description either to nourish much, or 
 to augment or to cause fulness of habit : mild animal food, in mod- 
 erate quantity, may be allowed ; but the staple should be of a farina- 
 ceous kind ; every stimulant, whether solid or fluid, should be avoided ; 
 and wine and malt liquors regarded as poisons. The invalid himself 
 should be made aware, that whatever tends to excite or to hurry the 
 circulation is calculated to bring on a paroxysm ; nor is it sufficient 
 that he avoids all stimulating viands and beverages ; he should also 
 be instructed that the same deleterious effects are likely to follow a 
 full meal, even of the most proper and mildest food. 
 
 The same attention to diet, both as regards quantity and quality, is 
 essential in palpitations depending on organic disease of the heart. 
 
 Asthma. — In no affection of the chest is attention to diet so impor- 
 tant as in asthma. Sir John Floyer, who himself suffered from the 
 disease, recommends almost a degree of abstinence ; which is correct 
 in reference to quantity ; but the diet, although of a light, yet should 
 be of a solid, kind. This is especially necessary, when dyspepsia is 
 present to aggravate and excite the disease of the lungs. 
 
 In Hooping-cough, the diet, whether the patient be an adult or a 
 child, should be of the mildest description ; and, perhaps, no nutri- 
 ment is so well adapted to support the tone of the body, without 
 exciting it, as milk. In infancy, nothing but the breast should be 
 given ; the system of the nurse, at the same time, being kept as cool 
 as possible by mild diet, and her mind in a tranquil state. If convul- 
 sions occur, these sometimes depend on the nature of the milk ; in 
 which case the nurse should be changed. It is still customary with 
 non-professional persons to consider change of air essential in hooping- 
 cough ; but it is only after the malady has run its course, and conva- 
 lescence is progressing, when the cough remains as a habit, that 
 change of air is really beneficial. It is unnecessary to combat tne 
 absurd opinion, that a change even to a worse air is salutary. 
 
576 DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Affections of the Stomach and Bowels. 
 
 Although acute inflammation of the stomach rarely occurs, yet there 
 is a chronic form of that disease, in which, during its actual existence, 
 and also in convalescence from it, much of the safety of the invalid 
 depends upon domestic management. Every source of excitement 
 should be avoided ; the sick-room should be airy, and its temperature 
 that of summer. The food should be of the blandest kind, given 
 cold, or iced, and in small quantity : even when the convalescence is 
 established, the diet should consist of farinaceous matters, mixed with 
 small quantities of beef-tea, or weak broths ; and this severe diet 
 should be persisted in for a considerable time after recovery. 
 
 Enteritis. — When inflammatory action extends to, or exclusively 
 exists in, the mucous lining of the bowels, constituting this disease, 
 the diet, during the early stage of it, should be confined to cold water, 
 or iced almond-emulsion ; after which, milk and barley-water, or weak 
 chicken or veal-tea, may be given in small quantities ; namely, two or 
 three tablespoonfuls, at intervals of three or four hours. Nothing 
 stronger should be ventured upon, unless expressly ordered by the 
 medical attendant. 
 
 Atonic Dyspepsia, or simple indigestion. — During the attack, absti- 
 nence, to a certain degree, is necessary ; but, if this is not essential, the 
 diet should be somewhat stimulant, but simple ; namely, a small cup 
 of moderately strong coffee, with little sugar or milk ; or beef-tea, 
 with a small quantity of dry toast; and, as the stomach begins to 
 retain its tone, a little animal food of easy digestion, such as mutton 
 or poultry. 
 
 During the intervals of the paroxysms of indigestion, attention to 
 diet is of the first importance. As a general rule, the patient should 
 be confined to a spare animal diet, with a moderate share of well- 
 boiled vegetables, and a considerable restriction with respect to the 
 use of fluids. 
 
 Dysentery, which implies inflammation, acute or chronic, of the 
 same membrane as in enteritis, but confined to the larger and lower 
 bowels, requires the diet to consist of the mildest farinaceous matters, 
 strictly avoiding all solid animal food. It should be given in small 
 quantity at a time, and the whole allowance for the day should be 
 moderate. The farinaceous food should not be either solid, nor yet 
 altogether fluid ; the former may prove injurious as a mechanical irri- 
 tant ; the latter is apt to excite griping, from the extrication of much 
 flatus. 
 
 Diarrheea. — Much of the domestic, as well as the medical manage- 
 ment of diarrhoea depends on the nature of the attack, and its causes ; 
 but too much attention cannot be paid to the regulation of the diet. 
 It should be both small in quantity, and mild in quality. In the early 
 stage, and the acute form of the disease, barley-water, arrow-root, 
 made with water, rice or grit gruel, and light broths, are proper. In 
 
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK-ROOM. 57? 
 
 chronic diarrhoea, rice, properly boiled, and mixed with a small quan- 
 tity of beef-tea, forms an excellent diet, as it nourishes moderately, 
 and leaves scarcely any feculent matter behind it. 
 
 In Cholera, convalescence is often tedious ; and nothing is so likely 
 to cause relapse as even slight irregularities of diet. For weeks after 
 the feverish symptoms have disappeared, the diet should consist of a 
 rery moderate quantity of vegetable matter only. The feet should 
 be kept especially warm, and the whole body clothed in flannel, to 
 prevent that irregular distribution of blood which so strongly charac- 
 terizes the disease. 
 
 After inflammation of the lining membrane of the cavity of the 
 belly (peritonitis) has been subdued, the invalid should still observe 
 the strictest diet and regimen. He should return very gradually to 
 the use of animal food and wine. The bowels should be moderately 
 and daily opened, the feet kept warm, and the skin maintained in a 
 healthy condition by wearing flannel next to it, for a very considerable 
 time after every trace of the disease has disappeared. 
 
 Diseases of the Liver. — In all cases of recovery from these diseases, 
 whether inflammatory or otherwise, every precaution should be taken 
 to guard against the deleterious influence of alternations of tempera- 
 ture and also of damp, by clothing in flannel next the skin. Errors in 
 diet should be avoided ; and fermented liquors and stimulating bever- 
 age of every kind, refrained from. When pains of the side continue, 
 after all the other symptoms of the disease have disappeared, the 
 introduction of a seton, if prescribed, should not be objected to ; as 
 the greatest benefit has often followed that mode of counter irritation* 
 
 73 
 
COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 It was said by the distinguished Dr. Rush, in his lectures before his 
 class, that a physician ought to spend six months in a kitchen before 
 beginning practice. A knowledge of dietetic preparations fitted for 
 the sick, and for those recovering from disease, however apparently 
 unimportant, adds much to a physician's power over his patient, and 
 to his popularity and usefulness. 
 
 In giving nourishment to the sick, who are suffering from low disr 
 eases, it is an important rule which should never be forgotten, to give 
 but little at a time, and to repeat that often. In cases of great prostra- 
 tion from disease, life may at times be endangered by a delay in giv- 
 ing nourishment of even a few minutes beyond the proper time. 
 
 Barley-Water. 
 
 Pearl barley, two ounces ; boiling water, two quarts. Boil to one 
 half, and strain. A little lemon juice and sugar may be added, if 
 desirable. To be taken freely in inflammatory diseases. 
 
 Rice-Water. 
 
 Rice, two ounces ; water, two quarts. Boil an hour and a half, 
 and add sugar and nutmeg. 
 
 Rice, when boiled for a considerable time, becomes a kind of jelly, 
 and, mixed with milk, is a very excellent diet for children. It has in 
 some measure a constipating property, which may be increased by 
 boiling the milk. 
 
 Decoction of Bran. 
 
 New wheat bran, one pint ; water, three quarts. Boil down one 
 third, strain off the liquor, and add sugar, honey, or molasses, accord- 
 ing to the taste of the patient. A bran tea may be made by using 
 boiling water,, and suffering the mixture to stand in a covered vessel 
 for three or four hours. 
 
 Sage Tea. 
 
 Dried leaves of sage, half an ounce ; boiling water, one quart. In- 
 fuse for half an hour, and strain. Add sugar and lemon juice as 
 
COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 5?9 
 
 required by the patient. Balm and other teas are made in the same 
 manner. 
 
 The above infusions form agreeable and useful drinks in fevers, and 
 their diaphoretic powers may be increased by adding a little sweet 
 spirits of nitre. 
 
 Barley Coffee. 
 
 Roast one pint of common barley in the same way in which coffee 
 is roasted. Add two large spoonfuls of this to a quart of boiling 
 water ; boil five minutes. Add a little sugar. 
 
 Lemon-Water. 
 
 Put two slices of lemon, thinly pared, into a teapot, a little bit of the 
 peel and a bit of sugar. Pour in a pint of boiling water, and cover it 
 close two hours. 
 
 A Refreshing Drink in Fevers. 
 
 Put a little sage, two sprigs of balm, and a little sorrel into a stone 
 jug, having first washed and dried them. Peel thin a small lemon, 
 slice it, and put a small piece of the peel in ; then pour in three pints 
 of boiling water. Sweeten, and cover it close. 
 
 Another. 
 
 Boil an ounce and a half of tamarinds, three ounces of cran- 
 berries, and two ounces of stoned raisins, in three pints of water, till 
 the water is reduced to two pints. Strain, and add a bit of lemon 
 peel, which must be removed in an hour, as it gives a bitter taste if 
 left too long. 
 
 A Very Pleasant Drink. 
 
 Put a teacupful of cranberries into a cup of water, and mash them. 
 In the mean time, boil two quarts of water with one large spoonful 
 of corn or oat meal and a bit of lemon peel; then add the cranberries. 
 As much fine sugar as shall leave a smart flavor of the fruit, and a 
 wineglassful of sherry. Boil the whole gently for fifteen minntes, 
 and strain. 
 
 Crust Coffee. 
 
 Toast slowly one or two slices of brown or white bread, pour boil- 
 ing water over it, and drink hot or cold, according to preference. 
 
 Infusion of Malt. 
 
 To one pint of ground malt add three pints of scalding water, that 
 is, water not quite brought to the boiling point; infuse two hours, 
 
SO COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM, 
 
 and strain. Add sugar or lemon juice as desired. An excellent pre* 
 paration in inflammatory fevers. 
 
 Lemonade. 
 
 Fresh lemon juice, four ounces ; thin peel of lemon, half an ounce; 
 white sugar, four ounces ; boiling water, three pints. Let them stand 
 until cold, and strain. When used in fevers, a little nitrate of potash 
 or sweet spirits of nitre may be added. It may be further diluted to 
 the taste of the patient. 
 
 Water Gruel. 
 
 Oat or corn meal, two tablespoonfuls ; water, one quart. Boil for 
 ten or fifteen minutes, and strain, adding salt, and sugar if desired by 
 the patient. 
 
 Milk for Infants. 
 
 Cows' milk, one part ; water, two parts ; sweeten slightly with loaf 
 sugar. 
 
 It is necessary when children are to be raised by hand to dilute the 
 milk. The above proportions may be altered as the child advances 
 in age. 
 
 Rice Gruel. 
 
 Ground rice, one heaping tablespoonful ; ground cinnamon, one 
 teaspoonful ; water, one quart. Boil gently for twenty minutes, add- 
 ing the cinnamon near the conclusion. Strain and sweeten. Wine 
 may be added in some cases. 
 
 Panada. 
 
 White bread, one ounce ; ground cinnamon, one teaspoonful ; 
 water, one pint. Boil them until well mixed, and add a little sugar 
 and nutmeg. Wine or butter may also be added, if desirable. 
 
 Compound Salep Powders. 
 
 Salep, tragacanth, and sago, each four ounces ; cochineal, half a 
 dram ; prepared oyster shells, one ounce. Mix, and divide into pow- 
 ders of one dram each. Stir one of these powders into a pint of 
 milk, and boil for ten or fifteen minutes. To be drunk freely in diar- 
 rhoea and dysentery. 
 
 Another. 
 
 Gum arabic, tragacanth, maranta, sago, tapioca, each two drams. 
 Mix them well together, and boil in a pint of milk, flavored with nut- 
 meg or cinnamon. To be used as a diet in dysentery, diarrhoea, etc. 
 
COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 581 
 
 Sago Gruel. 
 
 Sago, two tablespoonfuls ; water, one pint Boil gently until it 
 thickens, frequently stirring. Wine, sugar, and nutmeg, may be 
 added, according to circumstances. 
 
 Arrow-Root Gruel. 
 
 Arrow-root, one tablespoonful ; sweet milk, half a pint ; boiling 
 water, half a pint. To be sweetened with loaf sugar. Excellent ali= 
 ment for children when the bowels are irritable. 
 
 Tapioca Jelly. 
 
 Tapioca, two tablespoonfuls ; water, one pint. Boil gently for an 
 hour, or until it assumes a jelly-like appearance. Add sugar, wine, 
 and nutmeg, with lemon juice to suit the taste of the patient, and the 
 nature of the case. 
 
 Jelly of Irish Moss. 
 
 Irish moss, half an ounce ; fresh milk, a pint and a half. Boil 
 down to a pint. Remove any sediment by straining, and add the 
 proper quantity of sugar and lemon juice, or peach water, to give it 
 an agreeable flavor. 
 
 Isinglass Jelly. 
 
 Isinglass, one roll. Boil in one pint of water until it is dissolved. 
 Strain, and add one pint of sweet milk. Put it again over the fire, 
 and let it just boil up. Sweeten with loaf sugar, and grate nutmeg 
 upon it. When properly made, it resembles custard. 
 
 This forms an excellent diet for persons recovering from sickness, 
 and is well adapted to the bowel complaints of children. 
 
 Apple Water. 
 
 Cut two large apples in slices, and pour a quart of boiling water 
 on them. Or, pour the same amount of water on roasted apples. In 
 two or three hours, strain and sweeten slightly. 
 
 Milk Porridge. 
 
 Wheat flour, corn meal, or oatmeal, two tablespoonfuls ; milk, one 
 pint; water, one pint. Mix the flour or meal with cold water, to 
 form a thin paste ; put the milk and water over the fire, and when 
 they come to the boiling point, add the paste, carefully stirring. 
 
582 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 French Milk Porridge. 
 
 Stir some oatmeal and water together ; let the mixture stand to 
 clear, and pour off the water. Then put more water to the meal, stir 
 it well, and let it stand till the next day. Strain through a fine sieve, 
 and boil the water, adding milk while so doing. The proportion of 
 water must be small. With toast, this is a good preparation fo* 
 weak persons. 
 
 Ground-Rice Milk. 
 
 Boil one spoonful of good rice, rubbed down smooth, with a pint 
 and a half of milk, a little cinnamon, lemon peel, and nutmeg. 
 Sweeten when nearly done. 
 
 Boiled Flour. 
 
 Tie up as tight as possible, in a linen cloth, one pound of flour; 
 and, after frequently dipping it in cold water, dredge the outside with 
 flour till a crust is formed round it, which will prevent the water from 
 soaking into it while boiling. Place it in water and boil until it be- 
 comes a hard, dry mass. 
 
 Two or three spoonfuls of this may be grated, and prepared in the 
 same manner as arrow-root gruel, for which it is an excellent substi- 
 tute. 
 
 Vegetable Soup. 
 
 Take one turnip, one potatoe, and one onion, let them be sliced 
 and boiled in one quart of water for an hour. Add as much salt as 
 is agreeable, and pour the whole upon a piece of dry toast. 
 
 This forms an agreeable substitute for animal food, and may be 
 given when the latter is inadmissible. 
 
 Beef Tea. 
 
 Lean beef, cut into shreds, one pound ; water, one quart. Boil for 
 twenty minutes, taking off the scum as it rises. When it grows cold, 
 strain. 
 
 Essence of Beef. 
 
 Lean beef sliced. Put a sufficient quantity into a porter bottle to 
 fill up its body, cork it loosely, and place it in a pot of cold water, 
 attaching the neck, by means/ ; pf a string, to the handle of the vessel. 
 Boil this for an hour and a^half or two hours ; then pour off the 
 liquor and skim it. 
 
 To this preparation may be added spices, salt, wine, brandy, etc., 
 according to the taste of the patient, and nature of the disease. 
 
COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 583 
 
 Calf s-feet Jelly. 
 
 Take two calf's feet, and add to them one gallon of water. Boil 
 down to one quart. Strain, and when cold, skim off the fat. Add 
 to this the white of six or eight eggs well beaten, a pint of wine, half 
 a pound of loaf sugar, and the juice of four lemons, and let them be 
 well mixed. Boil the whole for a few minutes, stirring constantly, 
 and then pass it through a flannel strainer. 
 
 This forms a very nutritious article of diet for the sick, and for 
 those recovering from disease. The wine may be omitted or added, 
 according to choice. 
 
 Chicken Water. 
 
 Take half a chicken, divested of all fat, and break the bones ; add 
 to this half a gallon of water, and boil for half an hour. Season 
 with salt 
 
 Suet Ptisan. 
 
 Sheep's suet, two ounces ; milk, one pint ; starch, half an ounce. 
 Boil slowly for half an hour. This may be used as a common drink 
 in dysentery. 
 
 Rennet Whey. 
 
 New milk, one quart; rennet, a large spoonful. Heat the milk, and 
 then add the rennet. Boil until the curd separates, which is to be 
 taken off. To many persons, this forms an agreeable nutriment 
 
 Vinegar Whey. 
 
 Milk, one pint ; vinegar, one tablespoonful. Boil for a few min* 
 utes, and separate the curd. 
 
 Tartar Whey. 
 
 Milk, one quart ; cream of tartar, one dessert spoonful. Boil, and 
 separate the curd. 
 
 Mustard Whey. 
 
 Bruised mustard-seed, one tablespoonful ; milk, one pint. Boil 
 together for a few minutes, and separate the curd. 
 
 This has been found a useful drink in dropsy. A teacupful may 
 be taken at a time. 
 
 Alum Whey. 
 
 Alum, one teaspoonful ; milk, one pint. Boil together, and strain, 
 to separate the curd. 
 
584 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 Orange Whey. 
 
 Milk, one pint ; the juice of an orange with a portion of the peeL 
 Boil the milk ; then put the orange to it, and let it stand till coagula- 
 tion takes place. Strain. 
 
 Sweet Whey. 
 
 Skimmed milk, two quarts ; a piece of prepared calf's rennet. Mix, 
 and put in a warm place till coagulation takes place ; then strain. 
 
 Whey with Tamarinds. 
 
 Milk, boiling, one pint ; tamarinds, two ounces. Boil them to* 
 gether till coagulation takes place. 
 
 Wine Whey. 
 
 Milk, two thirds of a pint ; water, one third of a pint ; Madeira, 
 or other wine, one gill ; sugar, one dessert spoonful. Place the milk 
 and water together in a deep pan on the fire, and at the moment 
 when it begins to boil, pour in the wine and the sugar, stirring assidu- 
 ously whilst it boils, for twelve or fifteen minutes. Lastly, strain 
 through a sieve. This is excellent in all forms of fever, given in 
 small quantities. It may be drunk either cold or tepid, a wineglassful 
 at a time. 
 
 Milk and Soda Water. 
 
 Heat nearly to boiling, a teacupful of milk ; dissolve in it, a tea- 
 spoonful of refined sugar; put this into a large tumbler, and fill with 
 soda water. This is an excellent mode of taking milk when the 
 stomach is charged with acid, and is oppressed by milk alone. 
 
 Sippets. 
 
 On an extremely hot plate, put two or three slices of bread, and 
 pour over them some of the juices of boiled beef, mutton, or veal, if 
 there be no butter in the dish. Sprinkle over them a little salt. 
 
 Restorative. 
 
 Take two calf's feet, one quart of water, and one quart of new 
 milk ; place all in a close-covered jar, and bake three hours and a 
 half. When cold, remove the fat. Any desired flavor may be given, 
 by adding lemon-peel, cinnamon, or mace, while baking. Add sugar 
 afterwards. 
 
COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 585 
 
 Coffee Milk. 
 
 Boil a dessertspoonful of ground coffee in nearly a pint of milk, for 
 a quarter of an hour, then put into it a shaving of isinglass, and clear 
 it Let it boil a few minutes, and set it beside the fire to clarify. 
 Sweeten with loaf sugar. 
 
 Nutritive Fluid. 
 
 Take two teaspoonfuls of lump magnesia, one teaspoonful of sal- 
 eratus, one teaspoonful of salt, two teaspoonfuls of flour, half a pint 
 of milk, and one pint of water. Put the milk and water united over 
 the fire, and rub up the flour with a little cold water to make a thin 
 paste. Just when the milk and water begin to boil, stir in the paste. 
 This will make a thin porridge, which should boil about five minutes. 
 At the end of this time, remove from the fire, and pour into a pitcher. 
 Now add the magnesia, pulverized, and mixed with the saleratus and 
 Bait. Sweeten to suit the taste. 
 
 This may be drank freely, several times a day, so as to produce two 
 evacuations of the bowels in twenty-four hours, in those cases of dys- 
 pepsia attended by acidity of the stomach, and in many debilitated 
 conditions of the system in which there is a tendency to loss of flesh. 
 
 This is one of the leading fluids used by those who pursue what is 
 called the " Nutritive System " of treating disease, and is really a val- 
 uable preparation, having the effect often to increase the flesh, even 
 while it acts as a cathartic 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Materia Medica. 
 
 That department of medicine which treats of remedies, their doses, 
 modes of using, and influences upon the constitution, is called materia 
 medica. The agents employed in the treatment of disease are taken 
 from three kingdoms of nature, — the vegetable, the animal, and the 
 mineral. 
 
 The largest portion of medicinal substances are taken from the 
 vegetable world. They consist of leaves, flowers, seeds, barks, and 
 roots. These lose much or all of their medicinal powers unless gath- 
 ered at the right seasons of the year, and are properly cured. The 
 different parts of a plant are to be gathered when their peculiar juices 
 are most abundant in them. 
 
 The Roots of Annual Plants are best supplied with their juices be- 
 fore they are in flower ; they should be gathered at this time. 
 
 The Roots of Biennial Plants should be gathered in the autumn, 
 after their first year's growth. 
 
 The Roots of Perennial Plants should be gathered in the spring, 
 before vegetation has begun. 
 
 Before they are dried, the solid parts of these roots are to be cut in 
 slices, after being washed, and the small fibres, unless they are the 
 parts used, are to be thrown away. 
 
 Bulbous Roots are to be gathered at the time their leaves decay. 
 Their outer covering being rejected, they must be sliced, strung upon 
 threads, and hung in a warm, airy room to dry. After being dried, 
 roots should be packed in barrels or boxes, and kept as free as possi- 
 ble from moisture. 
 
 Barks, whether of the roots, trunk, or branches, must be gathered 
 in autumn, or early in the spring, when they peel off most easily, and 
 the dead outside and all rotten parts being separated, they must be 
 dried in the same manner as roots. The most active barks are gen- 
 erally from young trees. 
 
 Leaves are to be gathered when they are full grown, and just before 
 the fading of the flower. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 587 
 
 Those of biennial plants are not to be collected until the second 
 year. For drying, they should be thinly spread on the floor of a 
 room through which a current of air passes. For preservation, they 
 should be packed in vessels, and kept free from moisture, and insects. 
 
 Flowers must generally be collected about the time of their open- 
 ing, — either a little before, or just after. 
 
 They should be dried as rapidly as possible, but not in the sun, and 
 may be packed away in the same manner as leaves. 
 
 Fruits, Berries, etc., may be spread thinly upon the floor, or hung 
 up in bunches to dry. 
 
 Articles to Accompany a Medicine Chest. 
 
 As the author intends to prepare a Medicine Chest to accompany 
 this volume, it is well to mention the following articles as necessary 
 to be had with it : 
 
 1. A SpatuJa for mixing ointments and pills, and for spreading 
 plasters. 
 
 2. A piece of smooth marble on which the above articles may be 
 mixed, divided, and spread. 
 
 3. A glass funnel. 
 
 4. A domestic syringe for injections. 
 
 5. Adhesive or sticking plaster. 
 
 6. Lint. 
 
 7. Scales and weights. 
 
 8. A glass or wedgewood mortar and pestle. 
 
 9. A graduated wineglass for measuring teaspoonfuls and table- 
 spoonfuls of liquids. 
 
 10. A minim graduated measure. 
 
 11. A two-ounce graduated measure. 
 
 5 Dram. 
 
 FlO. 186. 
 
 Fig. 187. 
 
 Minim*. 
 
 iH w 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 35 
 
 50 
 
 45 
 40 
 15 
 
 '0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ijB 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 15 
 
 rc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 § Onnce. 
 
 5 Draft. 
 
 MI3TIM MEASURE 
 
 TWO-OUXCE MEASURE, 
 
 The minim measure is represented by Fig. 186, and contains one 
 fluid dram, or sixty minims, which is divided by twelve lines, — each 
 line representing five minims. A minim is considered about equal to 
 one and a half drops. 
 

 588 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 The two ounce measure is represented by Fig. 187, and is divided 
 off from half a dram upward. 
 
 Doses, Weights, etc. 
 
 Apothecary's weights, by which all medicinal preparations ought 
 to be weighed, are divided into pounds, ounces, scruples, drams, and 
 grains. 
 
 The characters marked on weights and graduated measures, are 
 explained as follows : 
 
 |j one ounce, 
 f |j one fluid ounce. 
 §ss half an ounce. 
 3j one dram. 
 
 f3j one fluid dram 
 5ss half a dram. 
 9j one scruple. 
 £ss half a scruple* 
 
 The grain weights are stamped with punch marks. 
 
 20 grains make one scruple. ! 60 drops make one fluid-dram. 
 
 3 scruples make one dram. j 8 drams make one fluid-ounce. 
 
 8 drams make one ounce. ' 16 ounces make one pint. 
 
 By apothecary's weight : 
 
 ft The pound is equal to 12 ounces. 
 | " ounce " 8 drams. 
 
 By apothecary's measure : 
 
 3 The dram is equal to 3 scruples. 
 9 " scruple " 20 grains. 
 
 The pint is equal to sixteen ounces. 
 
 5 " dram " ninety drops, or sixty minims. 
 
 The marks and words used by physicians and apothecaries may be 
 a little more fully explained by the following table : 
 
 R stands for recipe, and means take. 
 
 da stand for ana, and mean of each. 
 
 ft stands for libra vel librae, and means a pound or pounds. 
 
 § stands for uncia vel uncise, and means an ounce or ounces. 
 
 3 stands for drachma vel drachmae, and means a dram or drams. 
 
 9 stands for scrupulus vel scrupuli, and means a scruple or scruples. 
 
 O stands for octarius vel octarii, and means a pint or pints. 
 
 f 5 stands for fluiduncia vel fluiduncice, and means a fluid ounce or fluid 
 ounces. 
 
 f 3 stands for fluidrachma vel Jluidrachmce, and means a fluid drachm or fluid 
 drachms. 
 
 m stands for minimum vel minima, and means a minim or minims. 
 
 Chart, stands for chartula vel chartulce, and means a small paper or papers. 
 
 Coch. stands for cochlear vel cochlearia, and means a spoonful or spoonfuls. 
 
 Collyr. stands for collyrium, and means an eye-water. 
 
 Cong, stands for conguis vel conguii, and means a gallon or gallons. 
 
 Decoct, stands for decoctum, and means a decoction. 
 
 ■Ft. stands for Jiat, and means make. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 589 
 
 Garg. stands for gargarysma, and means a gargle. 
 
 Gr. stands for granum vel grana, and means a grain or grains. 
 
 Gtt. stands for gutta vel guttce, and means a drop or drops. 
 
 Haust. stands for haustus, and means a draught. 
 
 Infus. stands for infusum, and means an infusion. 
 
 M. stands for misce, and means mix. 
 
 Mass. stands for massa, and means a mass. 
 
 Mist, stands for mistura, and means a mixture. 
 
 Pil. stands for pilula vel pilulce, and means a pill or pills. 
 
 Pulv. stands for pulves velpulveres, and means a powder or powders, 
 
 Q. S. stands for quantum sufficit, and means a sufficient quantity. 
 
 S. stands for signa, and means write. 
 
 Ss. stands for semis, and means a half. 
 
 Domestic, or Approximate Measures. — A tablespoon contains about 
 four drams ; a teaspoon, one dram ; a dessertspoon, three drams ; a 
 wineglass, two ounces. Spoons vary so much in size, that they 
 should not be used as measures in giving powerful medicines. 
 
 The Approximate Value of French Decimal Weights. 
 
 One centigramme is equal to \ grain. 
 
 Two centigrammes " J grain. 
 
 One demi-decigramme " 1 grain. 
 
 One decigramme " 2 grains. 
 
 One gramme u 18 grains. 
 
 One gramme and three decigrammes is equal to 1 scruple. 
 Two grammes " \ drachm. 
 
 Four grammes " 1 drachm. 
 
 One decagramme is equal to 2 drachms and 36 grains. 
 Three decagrammes and two grammes is equal to 1 ounce. 
 Demi-kilogramme " 1 pound. 
 
 Kilogramme " 2 pounds. 
 
 At Paris, the scruple is equal to 24 grains ; the drachm, to 72 
 grains. 
 
 Everywhere else, the scruple is equal to 20 grains ; and the drachm, 
 to 60 grains. 
 
 The following table shows the relative doses for young people of 
 different ages : 
 
 The dose for a person of middle age being 1 or 1 drachm. 
 
 That of a person from 14 to 21 years will be § or 2 scruples. 
 
 " " " 7 to 14 " " £ or £ drachm. 
 
 " 4 to 7 " " I or 1 scruple, 
 
 of 4 " u £ or 15 grains. 
 
 3 " " % or 10 grains. 
 
 " 2 tc a i r8 grains. 
 
 " " " 1 " " T ^ or 5 grains. 
 
 In administering medicines, it is always well to begin with the 
 smallest dose mentioned and gradually increase until the desired in- 
 fluence is produced. 
 
 
590 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Tinctures. 
 
 The preparations called tinctures are made by grinding or bruising 
 the roots, leaves, or barks used, to a coarse powder, placing it in the 
 proper amount of either alcohol or diluted alcohol, letting it stand 
 from seven to fourteen days, — shaking each day, — and, finally, filter- 
 ing through paper. A large proportion of tinctures are made by tak- 
 ing one ounce of the medicinal substance to one pint of the spirit ; and 
 whenever tinctures are spoken of in this Materia Medica, and the 
 quantities are not named, the above proportions are to be presumed. 
 When a larger proportion of the medicine is to be used, I shall simply 
 indicate the proportions in the fewest words, as under " Black Cohosh, 
 — this tincture, four ounces to the pint of alcohol," meaning thereby, 
 that the tincture is made by using four ounces of the root to the pint 
 of alcohol. Tilden & Co.'s fluid extracts, which are the most reliable 
 of any with which I am acquainted, have the same strength, ounce 
 for ounce, with the roots, barks, leaves, etc., of which they are made. 
 Tinctures may therefore be made with very little trouble, by substi- 
 tuting, in each case, the same number of ounces of their fluid extracts 
 to the pint of alcohol, which I name of the gross substance, or, when 
 no quantity is named, one ounce to the pint. 
 
 Infusions. 
 
 Infusions are solutions of vegetable medicines, generally obtained 
 by pouring boiling water upon the substance, and letting it stand till 
 it cools. When a more prolonged application of heat is desired, the 
 vessel may stand for a while by the fire, but must not be permitted to 
 boil. The vessel should usually be covered. 
 
 As in the case of tinctures, I have uniformly, while writing this 
 Materia Medica, briefly named the quantity to be used to the pint, 
 whenever it varies from one ounce. 
 
 Acetic Acid. — This is a clear liquid, without color, and has a strong, 
 sour taste, and an agreeable smell. When held to the nose, its fine, 
 pungent odor often relieves headache. A piece of cambric wetted 
 with it and applied to the skin, excites heat and redness, and, very 
 soon, a blister, — for which this acid may be substituted in inflamma- 
 tory sore throat, and other cases requiring speedy action. Applied to 
 corns and warts, with a camel's-hair brush, it destroys them. One 
 part to seven of water, makes a good vinegar. 
 
 Citric Acid. — This acid is extracted from lemon, or lime juice; it is 
 also present in the cranberry, currant, strawberry, raspberry, tamarind, 
 and is very abundant in the red elderberry. It is refrigerant, and anti- 
 septic, and is chiefly employed as a substitute for lemonade. Nine 
 and a half drams of the crystals, two drops of oil of lemon, and one 
 pint of water, answers a good purpose, in place of lemon-juice. 
 
 Diluted Mtric Acid. — This, in the undiluted state, passes under the 
 
MEDICINES AND THEHt PREPARATIONS. 591 
 
 name of aqua-fortis. It is tonic and antiseptic. Largely diluted with 
 water, it forms a good drink in fevers, especially typhus. Taken in 
 large doses, it is a powerful poison. One dram of this preparation,, 
 thirteen ounces of soft water, and one ounce of simple syrup, make a 
 good drink in fevers, of which half a wineglass to a wineglassful is a 
 dose. Excellent in cases of hooping-cough. 
 
 Ifitro-Muriatic Acid. — This acid, when properly diluted, has a tonic 
 and stimulant influence. It is much used as a foot-bath in affections 
 of the liver, and in deficient secretions of the bile. 
 
 Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. — This is known by the name of diluted 
 muriatic acid. It is tonic, antiseptic, and diuretic, and is used in 
 typhus, eruptions of the skin, and with other articles, as a gargle in 
 inflammatory and putrid sore throats. Dose, from five to twenty 
 drops, in a wineglassful of water. It is given in scarlet and typhoid 
 fevers, about twenty drops being put into a bowl of barley-water or 
 gruel. 
 
 Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. — This is commonly known by the name 
 of prussic acid. It is sedative and antispasmodic, and is useful in 
 spasmodic coughs, asthma, hooping cough, nervous affections, hic- 
 cough, palpitation of the heart, irritable stomach, and dyspepsia. 
 Dose, from two to five drops, in a glass of water or tea of Peruvian 
 bark. 
 
 Diluted Sulphuric Acid. — This acid, known by the name of diluted 
 oil of vitriol, is tonic, antiseptic, refrigerant, and astringent. It is 
 useful in dyspepsia, diabetes, menorrhagia, haemoptysis, eruptions of 
 the skin, hectic, and diarrhoea. It is often given with some bitter in- 
 fusions, as cascariila, columbo, peruvian bark, or quassia. The aro- 
 matic sulphuric acid is often used in place of it, being sometimes 
 considered more grateful to the taste. Dose of each, from five to 
 fifteen drops. 
 
 Tannic Acid. — This is an astringent preparation, and passes under 
 the name of tannin. It is prepared from galls. It is used in diar- 
 rhoea, dysentery, passive hemorrhages, and diabetes. Dose of the 
 powder, from one to five grains. 
 
 Tartaric Acid. — This is refrigerant and antiseptic, and is used in 
 inflammatory affections, fevers, and scurvy. It is much used in pre- 
 paring what is called lemon syrup, and forms an agreeable and health- 
 ful drink. 
 
 Alcohol. — Alcohol is the result of the fermentation of the juices of 
 many vegetables. It is the intoxicating constituent in whiskey, rum, 
 brandy, gin, wines, porter, ale, beer, and cider. Its principal use in 
 medicine is in the preparation of tinctures, essences, and extracts. 
 One part of pure alcohol, to one part of water, forms the diluted alco- 
 hol of the shops. 
 
 Almonds. — The Amygdalus Communis, or almond tree, grows in the 
 south of Europe and Asia, and yields the sweet and bitter almond. 
 
592 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 The oil of the sweet almond is used as a demulcent, in coughs, etc 
 A dose is a teaspoonful. The oil of the bitter almond is poisonous, 
 and is occasionally used as a valuable sedative. Its taste is like that 
 of a peach kernel. Dose, from a quarter of a drop to a drop. It 
 owes its poisonous properties to hydrocyanic acid. Cakes, etc., are 
 sometimes flavored with an essence prepared from it. 
 
 Aloes. — This is the hardened juice of the leaves of several species 
 of the aloe tree, in North and South Africa, in the south of Europe, 
 and in the island of Socotra. Aloes is purgative, acting chiefly upon 
 the rectum, or lower bowel, in which it frequently produces irritation, 
 and is apt to aggravate and induce piles. It is much used to excite 
 the flow of the menses, and should never be given to women during 
 pregnancy. It produces griping of the bowels, which may be dimin- 
 ished by combining it with soap, or carbonate of potash. 
 
 Alum (Alumen). — The chemical name of this is sulphate of alu- 
 mina and potassa. In ordinary doses, alum is astringent and anti- 
 spasmodic. In large doses it is purgative and emetic, and is used 
 both externally and internally. It is often used in solution as a gar- 
 gle in sore throat, and falling down of the uvula, and as an injection 
 in leucorrhoea. In doses of thirty or forty grains, it acts as a purga- 
 tive, and used in this way, is useful in painter's colic. When exposed 
 to heat in a vessel till it ceases to boil, it becomes dry, and is then 
 called burnt alum, which, when pulverized, is applied with advantage 
 to canker spots in the mouth, and to proud flesh. 
 
 American Hellebore (Veratrum Viride). — -This plant grows in many 
 parts of the United States, usually in swamps, wet meadows, and on 
 the banks of mountain streamlets. The root is the part used. It is 
 slightly acrid, alterative in a marked degree, very decidedly and ac- 
 tively expectorant and diaphoretic, and it is an excellent nervine, 
 though not narcotic. But its most marked and valuable quality — 
 that in which it has no rival — is its sedative action upon the circula- 
 tion. In suitable doses, it can be relied upon to bring the pulse down 
 from a hundred and fifty beats in a minute to forty, or even to thirty. 
 In fevers, therefore, in some diseases of the heart, in acute rheuma- 
 tism, and in many other conditions which involve an excited state of 
 the circulation, it is an article of exceedingly great value, because it is 
 always reliable. It has recently come into use ; and I doubt whether 
 so valuable a contribution has been made to our list of medicines in 
 a hundred years. 
 
 Preparations. — Veratrum is used chiefly in the form of tincture 
 six ounces to the pint of diluted alcohol, or of fluid extract. The 
 dose of each of these preparations, for a grown person, is three or 
 four drops, every hour or two, in a little sweetened water, and gradu- 
 ally increased, if necessary, till the pulse comes down to sixty or 
 seventy. If taken in so large a dose as to produce vomiting, or too 
 much depression, a full dose of morphine or laudanum, in a little 
 brandy or ginger, is a complete antidote. 
 
 Veratrin, the active principle of veratrum, is also used, in doses of 
 one-half to one-third of a grain. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 593 
 
 American Ipecacuanha (Euphorbia Ipecac). — This plant is peren- 
 nial, and grows in sandy soils in the Middle and Southern States. 
 When cut or broken it gives out a milky juice. The root is the 
 medicinal part. It is emetic, cathartic, and diaphoretic. Dose, as a 
 cathartic, ten or twelve grains ; as a diaphoretic, three or four grains, 
 every three or four hours. 
 
 American Ivy (Ampelopsis Quinque folia). — This vine grows in all 
 parts of the United States. It is known by the names of false grap\ 
 and wild woodbine. It is alterative, tonic, astringent, and expecto- 
 rant. Used in scrofula and syphilis. 
 
 Water of Ammonia (Liquor Ammonice). — This preparation, called 
 hartshorn, or spirits of hartshorn, is formed by the union of water 
 with ammonia gas. It has a powerful ammoniacal odor, and an 
 alkaline, caustic taste. Taken internally it is stimulant, sudorific, and 
 antacid, and applied externally, it is rubefacient. It stimulates par- 
 ticularly the heart and arteries, without very much exciting the brain. 
 It is an excellent remedy in heartburn, and for sick headache, depend- 
 ent on sourness of the stomach. A dose is from ten to thirty drops, 
 largely diluted with water. United with oils, or with alcohol in about 
 equal proportions, and applied externally, it reddens the skin, and, if 
 the cloth wet with it be covered with oiled silk, or with flannel to pre- 
 vent evaporation, it will sometimes quickly raise a blister. In cases 
 of fainting, it is frequently applied to the nostrils, to excite the brain, 
 and rouse the system. 
 
 Carbonate of Ammonia. — This is a white, moderately hard, crys- 
 talline salt, — having a pungent, ammoniacal smell, and a sharp, pen- 
 etrating taste. When exposed to the air, it loses some of its ammo- 
 nia, becomes a bicarbonate, and falls to powder. It is stimulant, 
 diaphoretic, antispasmodic, powerfully antacid, and, in large Hoses, 
 emetic. Internally, it is more often used than water of araracia, 
 and for similar purposes. Coarsely bruised, and scented with oil of 
 lavender, it constitutes the common smelling salts, so much used in 
 fainting and hysterics. For internal use, the dose is from five to 
 twenty grains, taken in the form of pills, every two, three, or four 
 hours. 
 
 Mnriate of Ammonia (Sal Ammoniac). — This, also called hydro- 
 chlorate of ammonia, is a white, translucent, tough, fibrous salt, in 
 large cakes, about two inches thick, convex on one side, and concave 
 on the other. 
 
 It has a saline, pungent taste, but no smell, dissolves in one part 
 of boiling water, and three parts of cold. Taken internally, it is 
 .stimulant and alterative. It is a valuable remedy in chronic bron- 
 chitis, pleurisy, and inflammation of the serous and mucous mem- 
 branes generally. But it must only be used after the first violence of 
 these inflammations has abated. Pulverized, and placed over a spirit 
 lamp in a tin cup, the fumes which arise when it sublimes, may be 
 inhaled five or ten minutes once or twice a day, with great advantage 
 in chronic bronchitis, and in chronic inflammations generally of the 
 
 75 
 
594 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 air passages. A solution composed of one ounce of the salt dissolved 
 in nine fluid ounces of water, and one of alcohol, may be used as a 
 wash, for bruises, indolent tumors, and ulcers. 
 
 Solution of Acetate of Ammonia (Liquor Ammonice Acetatis). — This 
 is known by the common name of spirit of mindererus. The taste 
 is saline, and is like that of a mixture of nitre and sugar. It is a 
 valuable diaphoretic, and is much employed, alone or mixed with 
 eweet spirit of nitre, two parts to one, in fevers and inflammationsc 
 It is a valuable external application in mumps, applied hot upon a 
 piece of flannel. One ounce mixed with seven ounces of rose-water, 
 and two drams of laudanum, forms a valuable wash for the eyes in 
 chronic ophthalmia. The dose is from two drams to half a fluid 
 ounce, mixed with sweetened water, every two or three hours. 
 
 Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia (Spiritus Ammonice Aromaticus). — 
 Taken internally, this answers the same purpose of other prepara- 
 tions of ammonia, and is much used on account of its agreeable 
 taste and smell. It is valuable as an antacid in sick headache. 
 Dose, from thirty drops to a dram, sufficiently diluted with water. 
 
 Anise (Pimpinella Anisum). — This is a perennial plant, and grows 
 in Egypt. Its fruit is called anise-seed. It is aromatic and carmina- 
 tive. It is much used to allay nausea, flatulency, and colic, particu- 
 larly in children. It is frequently added to other medicines to make 
 them more agreeable, and to lessen the griping effects of physic. 
 
 The oil extracted from the seeds, dissolved in alcohol, an ounce of 
 the former to a pint of the latter, forms what is called the essence of 
 anise. Dose of the essence, from thirty drops to a dram in sweetened 
 water. Anise forms a very valuable addition to cough preparations. 
 
 Arnica (Arnica Montana). — This is a perennial plant, growing in 
 mois"-, shady places in Siberia, etc. It is often called leopard's bane. 
 It is much used externally as a stimulating application to bruises,* 
 local inflammation, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — It is chiefly used in the form of tincture, or fluid 
 extract. Dose, ten to sixty drops. Half an ounce of tincture, five 
 and a half ounces of boiling vinegar, and two drams of carbonate of 
 ammonia, used warm, make in some cases a valuable fomentation. 
 It is one of the leading homoeopathic remedies. 
 
 Arrow-root. — This is prepared from the Maranta Arundinacea, a 
 plant of the West Indies. It is chiefly used in forming dietetic pre- 
 parations, and belongs to the first or saccharine group of food-articles 
 (see page 66). 
 
 Assafoetida. — This is the hardened juice from the root of a Persian 
 plant. It is stimulant, antispasmodic, and expectorant, and is much 
 used in nervous complaints. A dose of the powder, is from five to 
 ten grains, and of the tincture, made by macerating two ounces in a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, from thirty to sixty drops. 
 
 Balm (Melissa Officinalis). — This is a perennial plant, growing in 
 Europe and this country. It is moderately stimulant and diaphoretic, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 595 
 
 The warm infusion causes perspiration, and is used to relieve painful 
 menstruation. 
 
 Balm of Gilead (Populus Candicans). — This is a tree growing in 
 the northern parts of our country. A tincture made from the buds, in 
 doses of from one to four fluid drams, is useful in affections of the 
 kidneys, in scurvy, and rheumatism. Steeped in lard they form a use- 
 ful ointment for some purposes, 
 
 Balmouy (Chelone Glabra). — This is a perennial plant, common tc 
 the United States. It is tonic, cathartic, and vermifuge. It is used 
 in indigestion, debility, and derangements of the liver. A dose of the 
 powdered leaves, is one dram ; of the tincture, two fluid drams ; of 
 the decoction, one or two fluid ounces ; of the active principle called 
 chelonin, one to two grains. A decoction of balmony combined with 
 tincture of assafoetida, forms a valuable injection for worms. An 
 ointment made from the fresh leaves, is valuable for piles, inflamed 
 breasts, tumors, and painful ulcers. 
 
 Balsam Copaiva. — This is obtained from a South American tree 
 called the Copaifera Officinalis. It is a clear yellowish fluid, about 
 the consistence of honey. It is a stimulating diuretic, and is much 
 used in chronic gonorrhoea, gleet, irritable conditions of the bladder, 
 and chronic bronchitis. In some persons it causes an eruption on the 
 skin, with itching, etc. 
 
 In large doses, it acts as a cathartic. 
 
 Balsam Tom. — This is the juice of the tree Myrospernum Tolui- 
 ferunf, growing in South America. It is soft, tenacious, and of a 
 pale brown color ; and, like balsam copaiva, is soluble in alcohol, 
 ether, and volatile oils. It has been used in asthma, cough, bronchitis, 
 etc. Dose from ten to thirty grains, in mucilage or syrup. 
 
 Barberry (Berberis Vulgaris). — This shrub grows along the Atlan- 
 tic coast, from Canada to Virginia. The parts used are the bark and 
 berries. It is tonic and laxative, and, in doses of a teaspoonful, pow- 
 dered, is useful in jaundice, chronic diarrhoea, and chronic dysentery. 
 A decoction of the berries forms an agreeable acid drink in fevers, 
 cholera infantum, etc., and as a gargle, it is useful for ulcers of the 
 mouth, etc., as a wash, for chronic inflammation of the eyes, and as as 
 injection for leucorrhoea. 
 
 Bear-berry (Uvaursi). — This plant, also called upland cranberry 
 has a wide range, being found in the northern parts of Asia, Europe, 
 and America. It flowers from June to September, and ripens its 
 berries in the winter. The leaves are the only medicinal parts. It is 
 astringent and tonic, and acts particularly upon the urinary organs, 
 for complaints of which it is particularly used. It is specially valued 
 as an antilithic in gravel, and as a remedy for chronic inflammation 
 of the kidneys, and ulceration of the bladder, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one third of a dram to a dram ; 
 solid extract, dose, five to fifteen grains ; tincture, dose, one to two 
 ounces. 
 
96 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEI5 ?BE?ASATl65£ 
 
 Bayberry (Myrica Cerifera). — This is found in damp places, in 
 many parts of the United States, and is very abundant in New Jersey. 
 The bark of the root is the part used. It is astringent and stimulant. 
 Pulverized, and combined with powdered blood-root, it forms an ex- 
 cellent application to indolent ulcers. In the form of poultice, com- 
 bined with powdered slippery elm, it is a useful application to scrofu- 
 lous tumors or ulcers. The decoction is a good wash for sore mouth, 
 and spongy, bleeding gums. It is chiefly used in the form of tincture, 
 dose, half an ounce ; fluid extract, dose, one to two drams : and the 
 active principle myricin, dose, two to ten grains. 
 
 Fig. 188. 
 
 Fig. 13d. 
 
 
 Hi 
 
 i 
 
 w 
 
 
 IK5^S& 
 
 I# 7 
 
 ©.ite>© . 
 
 J "^ 
 
 pg 
 
 
 BAYBERRY. 
 
 Beef's Galls (Fel Bovinum).— This being dried by evaporation, is 
 sometimes used as a tonic, and laxative, in torpor of the liver, jaun- 
 dice, indigestion, and costiveness, in doses of from one to ten grains. 
 Three drams of ox gall, one dram of extract of conium, two drams 
 of soda soap, and one ounce of sweet oil, make a valuable prepara- 
 tion, which, when applied externally, has a surprisingly rapid effect in 
 reducing enlargement and hardening of the breasts, glandular tumors, 
 particularly enlargement of the tonsils, and is useful in hypertrophies 
 generally. For application to the tonsils, the gall may be rubbed up 
 with water, to the consistence of an ointment, and may be applied 
 with a camel's-hair brush. 
 
 Benzoin. — This is the hardened juice of a tree of Sumatra and 
 Borneo. It is very brittle, of a reddish brown color, and is soluble in 
 alcohol and ether. It is chiefly used for inhalation in chronic laryn- 
 gitis and bronchitis. When used for this purpose, it may be added to 
 boiling water, and the vapor be inhaled ; or it may be burned upon 
 coals, or a hot shovel, the fumes being inhaled. 
 
 Benzoic Acid. — This is prepared by heating benzoin, and causing 
 it to sublime. It consists of silky, feathery crystals, which are white 
 and soft. It has been found useful in the phosphatic variety of gravel 
 A convenient way of giving it is to unite one part of it with four parts 
 of phosphate of soda, the dose of which is from ten to thirty grains. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 597 
 
 Fig. 190. 
 
 Betkroot (Trillium Pendulum). — A perennial plant, growing in rich 
 soils, in the Middle and Western States. The root is used, and is 
 astringent, tonic, and antiseptic. It is useful in bleeding from the 
 lungs and kidneys ; also in excessive menstruation, cough, asthma, 
 and difficult breathing. Boiled in milk, it is used, in the western 
 country, in diarrhoea and dysentery. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to three drams ; trilliin, 
 dose four to eight grains ; infusion, dose, two to four ounces ; decoc- 
 tion, used as a local application to ulcers and sore mouth, and as an 
 injection in leucorrhcea and gleet. A poultice made from the root, is 
 useful for carbuncles, indolent tumors, buboes, foul ulcers, and foi 
 stings ot insects. 
 
 Bitter -root (Apocynum Androscemifolium). — An indigenous plant, 
 growing in rich soils in the United States and 
 Canada. The root is the part used, and is laxa- 
 tive, tonic, diaphoretic, and alterative. It is em- 
 ployed in chronic affections of the liver, syphilis, 
 scrofula, intermittents, and the low stage of ty- 
 phoid fevers. Forty to sixty grains will cause 
 vomiting without much nausea. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as a tonic, 
 ten to twenty drops ; as a diaphoretic, fifteen to 
 twenty -five drops ; as an emetic, half a dram 
 to a dram. Solid extract, dose, two to eight 
 grains ; apocynin, the active principle of the root, 
 dose, half a grain to two grains ; tincture, dose, 
 two to three drims ; infusion, dose, a wineglass- 
 ful, three times a day. 
 
 Bismuth. — The principal preparation of this metal used in medi- 
 cine, is the trisnitrate of bismuth, also called nitrate, subnitrate, and 
 white oxide of bismuth. It is a white powder, without smell or taste. 
 It is used for various irritable and painful affections of the stomach, 
 when there is no acute inflammation. It is particularly useful in 
 chronic diarrhoea, more especially the diarrhoea of the latter stages of 
 consumption, — over which it has more control than any other known 
 remedy. To show its best effects in this form of diarrhoea, it should 
 be given in large doses, not less than twenty to thirty grains, immedi- 
 ately after each meal. The small doses usually given are compara- 
 tively useless. Given in these full doses, it is also almost a specific 
 in heartburn and water-brash. The unpleasant symptoms spoken of 
 in books, as arising from large doses, are fabulous. 
 
 Bittersweet (Solarium Thdcamara). — This is common in Europe 
 and North Amoiica. It is a woody vine, the roots and stalks of which 
 are used in medicine. It is slightly narcotic, and has alterative and 
 diaphoretic properties. It is used in scaly and syphilitic affections of 
 the skin. It is said to have antephrodisiac properties, and is servicea- 
 ble in mania, connected with strong venereal propensities. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram; solid 
 
 BITTER-ROOT. 
 

 598 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 extract, dose, three to eight grains ; infusion, dose, one to three ounces, 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Black Alder (Prinos Verticillatus). — This shrub is common in the 
 United States ; its bark and berries are used. It has been found use- 
 ful in jaundice, diarrhoea, intermittent fever, and other diseases con- 
 nected with debility. Applied locally in the form of a wash or 
 poultice, and given internally, it is popular in chronic eruptions of the 
 skin, and in flabby, ill-conditioned ulcers, and mortification. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two drams ; tincture, dose, two 
 to four drams. 
 
 Two drams of the fluid extract of black alder, one dram of the 
 fluid extract of golden seal, and one pint of water, mixed, and taken 
 in doses of four fluid ounces, three or four times a day, are valuable 
 in dyspepsia. 
 
 Blackberry (Rubus Villosus). — There are many species of this 
 growing in the United States. The bark of the root is the part used. 
 It is tonic, and strongly astringent, and is a valuable remedy in diar- 
 rhoea, dysentery, cholera-infantum, relaxed condition of the bowels of 
 children, and the passive discharge of blood from the stomach, bowels, 
 and womb. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, four to six grains ; tincture, dose, two to four drams ; infu- 
 sion, dose, one ounce. This last preparation is also useful as an injec- 
 tion in gleet, leucorrhoea, and prolapsus of the rectum and womb. 
 The syrup of the blackberry root is also a valuable preparation ; so 
 also is blackberry brandy, so called, which is the juice of the fruit 
 mixed with brandy. This is excellent in summer complaints. 
 
 Fig. 191. 
 
 Fig. 192. 
 
 BLACK COHOSH. 
 
 BLOODROOT. 
 
 Black Cohosh (Cimicifuga Racemosa). — This grows in rich soils 
 throughout the United States. The root is the part used. It is 
 slightly narcotic, sedative, antispasmodic, antiperiodic, and exerts a 
 marked influence over the nervous system; being useful in St. Vitus's 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 599 
 
 dance, epilepsy, nervous excitability, asthma, delirium tremens, and 
 many spasmodic affections. It has an especial affinity for the uterus. 
 
 It reduces the arterial action very materially, and hence is useful 
 in palpitation of the heart. It has been used successfully in acute 
 rheumatism, but more particularly in chronic rheumatism. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 solid extract, dose, four to eight grains ; tincture, four ounces to the 
 pint of alcohol ; dose, one to three drams ; cimicifugin, the active 
 principle, dose, one to six grains. 
 
 Black Willow (Salix Nigra). — This tree is found in the Northern 
 States, along the banks of rivers, especially in New York and Penn- 
 sylvania, and is known by the common name of pussy willow. It is 
 a bitter tonic, and is sometimes used in fever and ague. A decoction 
 made from the buds, is said to be a powerful antaphrodisiac, and is 
 accordingly useful in the treatment spermatorrhea. 
 
 Bloodroot (Sanguinaria Canadensis). — A perennial plant, growing 
 in light, rich soils, in most parts of the United States. The root is 
 the part used. It is emetic, narcotic, expectorant, alterative, escha- 
 rotic, and errhine. It is used in typhoid pneumonia, bronchitis, rheu- 
 matism, dyspepsia, etc. Three to five grains stimulates the digestive 
 organs, and accelerates the pulse. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to fifteen drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, half a grain to a grain and a half; tincture, twenty drops to a 
 dram ; sanguinaria, the alkaloid principle, from one twentieth to one 
 tenth of a grain ; sanguinarin, the resinous principle, one quarter to 
 one grain. 
 
 Four-grain pills, made of sanguinarin, twelve grains, caulophyllin, 
 twelve grains, solid extract of cimicifuga, twelve grains, are said to be 
 efficacious in amenorrhcea, dysmenorrhcea, and other female disorders. 
 
 Fig. 193. 
 
 Fig. 194. 
 
 BLUE COHOSH. 
 
 BLUE FLAG. 
 
 Blue Cohosh ( Caulophyllum Thalictroides). — A perennial plant, 
 growing in low, moist grounds in most parts of the United States. 
 

 600 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEm PREPARATIONS. 
 
 The root is the part used. It is antispasmodic, diuretic, diaphoretic, 
 alterative, emmenagogue, anthelmintic, parturient, and tonic. It is 
 used in rheumatism, dropsy, epilepsy, hysterics, cramps, amenorrhea, 
 dysmenorrhea, chorea, leucorrhoea, hiccough, to hasten delivery, and 
 to relieve after-pains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, fifteen to forty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, one to five grains ; tincture, dose, half a dram to a 
 dram ; infusion, dose, two to four ounces ; caulophyllin, the active 
 principle of the root, dose, one quarter of a grain to two grains. 
 
 In cases of protracted labor, occasioned by fatigue or debility, the 
 infusion is said to be fully equal to ergot in hastening delivery. A 
 wash made by combining one ounce of fluid extract with one ounce 
 of the fluid extract of golden seal, and eight ounces of water> is very 
 excellent for apthous sore mouth. 
 
 Blue Flag* (Iris Versicolor). — A perennial plant, growing in damp 
 places, in most parts of the United States. The root is the part used 
 for medicinal purposes. It is cathartic, alterative, sialagogue, and 
 diuretic. It acts particularly on the glandular system ; in large doses, 
 it evacuates and exhausts the system, acting on the liver, and fulfill- 
 ing the purposes of mercury. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to sixty drops; solid 
 extract, one to four grains ; tincture, one to two drams. Iridin, the 
 active and resinous principle, dose, half a grain to four grains. Equal 
 parts of blue flag, mandrake, and prickly-ash bark, mixed, and given 
 in five to ten-grain doses, every two or three hours, will act as a pow- 
 erful alterative, and cause free salivation, without making the breath 
 offensive or injuring the gums. Three grains of iridin, five grains of 
 leptandrin, and twenty grains of bitartrate of potassa, form an excel- 
 lent cathartic in dropsy, producing free watery stools. 
 
 Blue Pill (Hydrargyri Pilules). — This mercurial preparation, gen- 
 erally known by the- common name of blue mass, or blue pill, is made 
 by rubbing mercury, confection of roses, and pulverized liquorice-root 
 together until all the mercurial globules disappear. The mass is di- 
 vided into pills when wantecj. It is the mildest of all the mercurial 
 preparations, and the least liable to produce salivation or irritation 
 of the system. But even this should be used sparingly, and with 
 caution. 
 
 The blue mass is alterative and cathartic, and is considerably given 
 to stimulate the action of the liver, and to produce an alterative effect 
 upon the digestive organs. The leptandra and the podophyllum have 
 become its rivals, and will, I sincerely hope, finally take its place. 
 
 Boneset (Eupatorium Perfoliatum). — An indigenous plant growing 
 in most parts of the United States. The tops and leaves are medic* 
 inal. It is tonic, diaphoretic, expectorant, and, in large doses, or 
 when taken as a warm infusion, emetic, and aperient. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams; solid extract, 
 dose, five to twenty grains ; tincture, dose, one to two ounces ; infu- 
 sion, dose, one to three ounces. Eupatorin, dose, one to three grains, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 601 
 
 Two scruples of eupatorin, one scruple of xanthoxylin, and one grain 
 of strychnia, mixed, and made into twenty powders, is excellent for 
 torpor of the liver, or kidneys, and for rheumatism ; one powder being 
 taken three or four times a day. 
 
 Fig. 195. 
 
 Fig. 196. 
 
 Buchu (Barosma Crenata). — It grows at the Cape of Good Hope. 
 The leaves are the medicinal portion ; they are stimulant, diuretic, 
 antispasmodic, and tonic. Buchu is chiefly given in complaints of 
 the urinary organs, attended with increased uric-acid gravel, chronic 
 inflammation or morbid irritation of the bladder, urethra, and prostate, 
 and retention, or incontinence of urine. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 tincture, dose, two to six drams ; infusion, one to six ounces. A com- 
 bination of fluid extract of buchu, half an ounce ; acetate of potash, 
 two drams ; and water, eight ounces, taken in doses of four ounces, 
 three or four times a day, is a valuable diuretic. 
 
 This combination, however, may be improved by the addition of a 
 little sweet spirits of nitre. 
 
 Buckhorn Brake ( Osmunda Regalis). — This is a fern growing in 
 moist grounds in most parts of the United States. The root, which 
 is the medicinal part, should be gathered in the latter part of May, and 
 in August, and very carefully dried, to prevent moulding. It is mucil- 
 aginous and tonic, and is used in coughs, diarrhoea, and dysentery, and 
 as a tonic while getting up from exhausting disease. One root infused 
 in a pint of hot water for half an hour will convert it into a thick jelly 
 This mucilage may be sweetened with sugar, and freely taken. 
 
 Buckthorn (Rhanmus Catharticus). — This plant grows in Europe, 
 where it is much esteemed by practitioners. The berries and juice 
 are actively medicinal. It is a powerful cathartic, producing large 
 watery discharges. It is seldom used alone on account of the severity 
 of its action. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram ; syrup of buckthorn, 
 made by uniting four ounces of fluid extract with twelve ounces of 
 simple syrup, dose, two drams. 
 

 Bugleweed (Lycopus Virginicus). — This grows in shady and wet 
 places throughout a greater part of the United States. The whole 
 herb is used. It is a mild narcotic, sedative, sub-astringent, and styp- 
 tic. It is a valuable remedy in bleeding from the lungs, incipient 
 consumption, and pneumonia. It quiets irritation, and allays cough, 
 and nervous excitement. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; infusion, 
 Jose, two to four ounces. 
 
 Burdock (Lappa Minor). — A native of Europe, and growing in the 
 United States. The root is used, which is useful in scurvy, syphilis, 
 scrofula, gout, leprosy, and disease of the kidneys. It needs to be 
 used for a long time. It is said to be useful for persons afflicted with 
 boils, stye, etc. An ointment prepared from it is serviceable in some 
 diseases of the skin, and obstinate ulcers. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 five to twenty grains; tincture, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Burgundy Pitch. — This is the concrete juice of the Norway pine, 
 abies excelsa, growing in Europe and Northern Asia, and of the silver 
 fir tree of Europe, abies picea. It gently excites the skin, and is used 
 chiefly in the form of plasters, either alone or mixed with other gums 
 and resins. 
 
 Butternut (Juglans Cinerea). — This is a forest tree, growing in 
 various parts of the continent, known also by the names of oilnut, 
 and white walnut. The inner bark of the root is used, and is a mild 
 cathartic, — being useful in cases of constipation. It is much employed 
 by families, as a domestic remedy, in intermittent and remittent fevers. 
 It evacuates the bowels without debilitating them. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, five to twenty grains ; juglandin, the active principle, dose, 
 one to five grains. A very good pill is made by mixing one and a 
 quarter drams of the solid extract of butternut, three quarters of a 
 dram of the solid extract of jalap, and ten grains of soap, and divid- 
 ing the whole into sixteen pills. From two to five may be taken for 
 a dose. 
 
 Calcined Beer's Horn ( Cornu Cervince Ustum). — The horns of the 
 ileer are said to be in velvet between August and December,"" and dur- 
 ing this period, those which fall are collected, coarsely rasped, and 
 placed in an iron vessel, which is tightly covered, and placed in an 
 oven, or elsewhere, and subjected to a heat of 200° F., which is con* 
 tinued until the rasped horn becomes of the color of roasted coffee. 
 When cooled, it is reduced to powder by trituration, and preserved in 
 closely stopped vials. It is a powerful styptic, taken in teaspoonfui 
 doses, every half hour ; or, a teaspoonfui added to a gill of hot water, 
 and a tablespoonful of this taken every five or ten minutes. It has 
 much efficacy in floodings from the womb, and m excessive menstru- 
 ation. 
 
 Calomel (Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite). — This is prepared from 
 mercury, sulphuric acid, nnd common salt. It is alterative, antisyphi* 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 603 
 
 Fig. 197. 
 
 litic, and anthelmintic, and, in large doses, purgative. It is much 
 used in venereal diseases, and chronic affections of the liver, combined 
 with opium ; in dropsies, combined with squill, foxglove, and elate- 
 rium ; and in rheumatism and leprosy, combined with antimonials, 
 guaiacum, and other sudorifics. In the beginning of fevers and other 
 complaints, it is often combined with purgatives, as gamboge, scam- 
 mony, jalap, and rhubarb. Given in small doses, not large enough to 
 purge, it gradually excites salivation. Dose, from one to ten grains. 
 
 The tendency of this article to produce salivation, to injure the 
 gums, loosen the teeth, etc., has given rise to much prejudice against 
 it in the public mind ; and, indeed, it must be confessed that it has 
 been used by many, from time immemorial, with great indiscretion. 
 In the hands of sensible and prudent men, it is very serviceable in 
 some cases ; but the podophyllum and leptandra have so fine an action 
 upon the liver, that they are fast taking the place of calomel and other 
 mercurials, and possibly may in time wholly supersede them. I have 
 prescribed calomel but two or three times in this book, and am willing 
 to see it banished from the materia medica, as 
 soon as the careful investigations of science 
 shall find cause to decree its expulsion. 
 
 Camphor. — This is obtained from an ever- 
 green tree, growing in the East Indies, — the 
 Iannis camphora. It is a white, shiny, crystal- 
 line substance, extracted from the wood and 
 roots of the above named tree, by boiling them, 
 and is subsequently purified by sublimation. 
 It has a penetrating, peculiar diffusible odor, 
 and a pungent, cooling taste. It is moderately 
 stimulant, diaphoretic, and antaphrodisiac. Dose, 
 from one to ten grains. 
 
 Canada B.tlsam. — This is the fluid obtained 
 from the fir balsam, abies balsamea, of Canada, 
 Maine, etc. It is a stimulating diuretic, and, in large doses, cathartic. 
 A dose is from ten to twenty drops, two or three times a day, in pills, 
 or in emulsion. It forms a part of several ointments and plasters. It 
 is used to mount objects in microscopic investigations. 
 
 Canada Fleabane (Erigeron Canadense). 
 ing in the Northern and Middle States. 
 
 CAMPHOR TREE. 
 
 - An annual plant, grow- 
 It is diuretic, tonic, and 
 astringent, and has been found useful in dropsical complaints, and 
 diarrhoea. The dose of the powder is from thirty grains to a dram ; 
 of the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces ; of the solid extract, 
 from five to ten grains ; to be repeated, in each case, every two or 
 three hours. 
 
 Canella (Canella Alba). — This is the bark of a South American 
 tree, and is an aromatic stimulant, and a gentle tonic, and useful in 
 debility of the stomach. 
 
 Caraway (Carum. Carui). — This biennial plant grows in Europe. 
 The seeds are the part used, and are aromatic and carminative ; they 
 
604 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 are used in wind colic, and to improve the flavor of other medicine. 
 The dose is from ten to sixty grains. The dose of the oil of caraway, 
 extracted from the seeds, is from one to ten drops. 
 
 Cardamom (Alpinia Cardamomum). — This plant grows on the 
 mountains of Malabar. The seeds, which are the medicinal parts, are 
 aromatic, and carminative, and are used to expel wind, and to flavor 
 medicines. Dose, from ten grains to two drams. The volatile oil 
 obtained from them has similar properties. 
 
 Cascarilla. — This medicine is the bark of the West India shrub, 
 croton eleuteria. It has an aromatic odor, and a warm, spicy taste. 
 It is a pleasant aromatic and tonic, and is used in dyspepsia, chronic 
 diarrhoea and dysentery, wind colic, and other debilities of the stom^ 
 ach and bowels. It counteracts the tendency of cinchona to produce 
 nausea. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to thirty drops; tincture, 
 dose, one dram ; infusion, dose, one to three drams. An alkaline infu- 
 sion, composed of fluid extract, three ounces ; carbonate of potassa, 
 two drams ; and water, ten ounces, is excellent in weak stomach, with 
 acidity. Dose, one dram. 
 
 Castor (Castor eum). — A peculiar substance obtained from the bea- 
 ver. It is antispasmodic and emmenagogue. It is used in typhus, 
 hysterics, epilepsy, retention of the menses, and in many other ner- 
 vous diseases. Dose, from ten to twenty grains. A medicine of no 
 great value. 
 
 Castor Oil (Oleum Ricini). — This is obtained by expression from 
 the seeds of the castor oil bush, ricinus communis. When exposed to 
 the air, it turns rancid, and spoils. 
 
 As a mild cathartic, this oil is extensively used, particularly among 
 children. It is an exceedingly nauseous medicine, but may be ren- 
 dered less offensive by being mixed with a few drops of oil of winter- 
 green, peppermint, or cinnamon ; and its bad taste may be nearly 
 destroyed by rubbing it up to a thick batter with carbonate of mag- 
 nesia. Or, if boiled a few minutes with a little sweet milk, sweetened 
 with loaf sugar, and flavored with essence of cinnamon or pepper- 
 mint, it may be easily taken. Dose, for an adult, one to three table- 
 spoonfuls ; foi- a child, one, two, or three teaspoonfuls, according to 
 its age. 
 
 Catechu. — This is a solid extract, made from the wood of the 
 acacia catechu, a tree growing in Asia. It is in dark, brown, and 
 brittle pieces, and is soluble in alcohol. It is a powerful astringent, 
 and is used in chronic diarrhoea, and chronic dysentery. It makes a 
 useful gargle in some forms of sore mouth, in elongated uvula, spongy 
 gums, and sore nipples. The dose of the powder is from ten to thirty 
 grains, and of the tincture, from one to two teaspoonfuls. 
 
 Catnip (Nepeta Cataria). — A native of Europe, and widely natural- 
 ized in this country. The tops and leaves are the medicinal part, and 
 are carminative and diaphoretic when drank as a warm infusion. It 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 605 
 
 is useful in fevers, in wind colic, nervous headache, hysterics, and ner- 
 vous irritability. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to four drams ; infusion, 
 dose, two to four ounces. Fluid extract of catnip, two ounces ; and 
 the fluid extract of saffron, one ounce and a half, united, make a 
 popular remedy for colds, and the rashes of children. In nervous 
 complaints, a combination of fluid extract of catnip, six drams ; fluid 
 extract of valerian, four drams ; and fluid extract of scullcap, four 
 drams, is a valuable remedy. Dose, one to three drams. 
 
 Cayenne Pepper ( Capsicum Annuum). — This plant grows in hot 
 climates, and is known by the common name of red pepper. The 
 berry, which is the part used, has an intensely hot and pungent taste. 
 It is a powerful, diffusible stimulant, and is about the only stimulus 
 which the stomach will bear in certain forms of dyspepsia. It is use- 
 ful in all cases of diminished vital action, and is frequently united 
 with other medicines, either to promote their action, or to lessen the 
 severity of their operation. It is much used in colds, hoarseness, etc., 
 as it promotes a free discharge of mucus and phlegm. Taken in 
 small doses, it has a fine effect upon the mucous membrane of the 
 stomach and bowels, lessening very much the severity of piles, and 
 sometimes curing them. It may be sprinkled daily upon the food, ot 
 taken in the form of cayenne lozenges ; it is frequently useful as a 
 gargle in sore throats, scarlet fever, etc. Dose of the powder from 
 one to ten grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to fifteen drops ; tincture, 
 dose, half a dram to a dram, used in low forms of fever, and gastric 
 insensibility ; infusion, dose, one to three drams. A valuable gargle 
 in scarlet fever may be made by combining fluid extract of cayenne, 
 one ounce ; common salt, one dram ; boiling vinegar, one pint ; boil' 
 ing water, one pint 
 
 Celandine ( Chelidonium Majus). — This plant is indigenous to 
 Europe, and is extensively naturalized in the United States. It is a 
 drastic purge, producing watery stools, and is equal to gamboge ; it is 
 useful in affections of the liver, and particularly in those of the spleen. 
 In the form of a poultice it is effective in scrofula, indolent ulcers, 
 ekin diseases, and piles. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to twenty drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, five to ten grains ; tincture, dose, half a dram to a dram ; 
 infusion, dose, two and a half to five drams. A very good hydra- 
 gogue cathartic is made by compounding two and a half drams of 
 fluid extract of celandine, with half a dram of fluid extract of hen- 
 bane, one ounce of sulphate of potassa, one grain of tartar emetic, 
 six ounces of elder water, and ounce of syrup of squill. 
 
 Chalk. — On account of its gritty particles, it is unfit for medicinal 
 use until it has been levigated, after which it is called prepared chalk. 
 This is the only form in which it is used in medicine. It is an excel- 
 lent antacid, and is admirably adapted to diarrhoea, accompanied with 
 acidity. The most convenient form of administering cht/k is that of 
 
606 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 the chalk mixture, which consists of prepared chalk, half an ounce; 
 sugar and powdered gum arabic, two drams each ; cinnamon-water 
 and water, four fluid ounces each, and rubbed together in a mortar 
 till they are thoroughly mixed. Dose, a tablespoonful frequently re- 
 peated. 
 
 Fig. 198. 
 
 Fig. 199. 
 
 CAYENNE PEPPER. 
 
 CHAMOMILE. 
 
 Chamomile (Anthemis Nobilis). — This perennial plant grows in 
 Europe, and its flowers are considerably used in medicine, the whitest 
 of which are best. They are gently tonic, and are generally used in 
 cold infusion, in cases of weak stomach, dyspepsia, etc. In large 
 doses, the warm infusion will act as an emetic. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, four to twenty grains ; infusion, dose, half an ounce to 
 an ounce. For dyspepsia, wind in the stomach, etc., thirty pills may 
 be made, by combining one dram of solid extract of chamomile with 
 five grains of the solid extract of rhubarb, and ten grains of assa- 
 foetida, and taken, one pill at a time, two or three times a day, with 
 advantage. 
 
 Charcoal (Carbo Ligni). — Prepared charcoal is antiseptic and ab- 
 sorbent, and is employed with great advantage, in certain forms of 
 dyspepsia, attended with bad breath, and putrid eructations ; it has a 
 good effect in correcting the fetor of the stools in dysentery : it is con- 
 siderably used, and with much advantage as an ingredient in poul- 
 tices. Dose, when taken internally, from one to four teaspoonfuls. 
 
 Chloroform (Chloroformum). — This is an anaesthetic, used to pro- 
 duce insensibility during surgical operations. A teaspoonful or more 
 is poured upon a handkerchief, which is held to the patient's nose, 
 but not so closely as to prevent the admission of air. The numerous 
 sudden deaths which have occurred from its use, prove it to be an 
 unsafe agent, and it is now seldom employed by careful surgeons. 
 Taken internally it is sedative and narcotic ; applied externally, com- 
 bined with other articles, it is useful in painful affections, as nervous 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 607 
 
 headache, rheumatism, neuralgia, etc. The dose when taken inter* 
 nally, is from ten to sixty drops, in flax-seed tea. 
 
 Cinnamon. — This is the bark of trees growing in Ceylon, Malabar, 
 and Sumatra. It is a very grateful aromatic, being warm and cordial 
 to the stomach ; it is also carminative and astringent. 
 
 It is not often prescribed alone, but is chiefly used as an aid to les» 
 pleasant medicines, and enters into a great number of preparations, 
 It is peculiarly adapted to diarrhoea ; and in treating this complaint 
 it is often joined with chalk and stringents. Dose of the bark, from 
 ten to twenty grains. The oil has properties similar to those of the 
 bark. 
 
 Cassia Buds. — This spice is a product of China. It consists of the 
 calyx surrounding the young germ of one or more species of cinna- 
 mon. Cassia buds have some resemblance to cloves, and are com- 
 pared to small nails with round heads. They may be used for the? 
 same purposes as the cinnamon bark. 
 
 Cleavers ( Galium Aparine). — An annual plant, common to this 
 country and Europe, having an acid, astringent taste. The whole 
 herb is used in infusion, as a cooling diuretic, in scalding of the urine, 
 inflammation of the kidneys and bladder, in gravel, suppression of the 
 urine, etc. 
 
 It is also used in Tevers, and all acute diseases. The infusion is 
 made by adding two ounces of the herb to a pint and a half of warm 
 water. It should stand three or four hours, and be drank freely when 
 told. Equal parts of elder-blows, cleavers, and maiden-hair, infused 
 in warm water, make a refreshing drink in scarlet fever, and other 
 eruptive diseases. 
 
 Cloves (Caryophyllus Aromaticus). — The flowers of this tree, a 
 native of tropical climates, collected before they are fully developed, 
 form cloves. They are highly stimulant and aromatic, and are used 
 to give tone to the digestive organs, particularly when flatulency 
 exists, and to relieve nausea and vomiting. They are more generally 
 employed to improve the taste and modify the action of other medi- 
 cines. The dose in powder is from five to ten grains. The oil of 
 cloves has similar properties ; dose, two to five drops. A little cotton 
 moistened with the oil, and pressed into a decayed tooth, will fre- 
 quently relieve the toothache. 
 
 Cochineal (Coccus Cacti). — An insect found in Mexico, inhabiting 
 different species of cactus. They are gathered for use by detaching 
 them from the plant with a blunt knife, and dipping them, enclosed 
 in a bag, into boiling water. Cochineal is anodyne, and has been 
 used with advantage in hooping-cough and neuralgia. It is much 
 used for coloring tinctures, and ointments, and the color called car- 
 mine is prepared from it. A tincture is prepared by macerating two 
 ounces of cochineal, in one pint of alcohol, for seven days, and filter- 
 ing through paper. Dose, from twenty to thirty drops, twice a day. 
 
 Cod Liver Oil (Oleum Morrhuos). — This oil is obtained from the 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 608 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIE PREPARATIONS. 
 
 livers of codfish, and is nutritive and alterative. It is a popular rem- 
 edy in consumption and scrofula, and in those complaints generally 
 in which there is impaired digestion, assimilation, and nutrition. 
 Dose, a tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 Inability to digest this oil, to eat fat meats, or to take fats in any 
 form, is an unfavorable indication in consumption. 
 
 Collodion. — This is gun-cotton dissolved in ether. It is applied 
 with a camel's-hair brush, to cuts, burns, wounds, leech-bites, eta, 
 over which it forms a thin pellicle or skin, protecting the injured part 
 from the atmosphere. It should be kept in well stopped bottles, to 
 prevent its evaporating and becoming unfit for use. 
 
 Colocynth ( Cucumis Colocynthis). — A native of northern Africa. 
 The part used in medicine is the fruit, deprived of its rind. It is a 
 powerful drastic, hydragogue cathartic ; causing by its harsh action, 
 griping, vomiting, and sometimes bloody discharges ; from the severity 
 of its operations, it is rarely used alone. Useful in dropsy, derange* 
 ments of the brain, and for overcoming torpid conditions of the diges- 
 tive and biliary organs. 
 
 Preparations. — Solid extract, dose, two to thirty grains ; compound 
 extract, dose, two to thirty grains. 
 
 Colombo (Cocculus Palmatus). — A perennial climbing plant, grow- 
 ing in east Africa, and cultivated in the Isle of France. It is a pure, 
 bitter tonic, and is used in dyspepsia, bilious vomitings which attend 
 pregnancy, and during recovery from exhausting diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to sixty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, four to ten grains ; tincture, dose, one to four drams ; 
 infusion, dose, three drams to an ounce. A compound infusion made 
 by uniting on<? dram of fluid extract, four drams of orange peel, and 
 one ounce of wateir, is useful in a weakened state of the bowels, 
 showing itself in a diarrhoea. Dose, two drams every hour. Fluid 
 extract of Colombo, one ounce ; fluid extract of ginger, two drams, 
 and water, one pint, also make a useful compound for the same pur- 
 pose. Fluid extract of Colombo, one dram ; fluid extract of rhubarb, 
 one dram ; fluid extract of ginger, half a dram ; water, one pint, — 
 this is useful for a like purpose. The following is also a very good 
 preparation for a similar use : fluid extract of Colombo, half an ounce ; 
 fluid extract of cascarilla, two drams ; tincture of orange peel, two 
 drams ; syrup of cinnamon, one ounce ; water, six ounces. Dose, one 
 dram every hour. 
 
 Coltsfoot (Tussilago Farfara). — A native of Europe, and natural- 
 ized in this country, especially in the Northern States. It grows in 
 wet places, and low meadows. The leaves are principally used. 
 They ace emollient, demulcent, and slightly tonic; used in coughs, 
 asthma, and hooping-cough ; and externally in the form of poultice 
 for scrofulous tumors. 
 
 Comfrey (Symphytum Officinale). — A perennial European plant, 
 •ultivated in this country. The root is the part used. It is dernul- 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 609 
 
 cent, and slightly astringent, and is serviceable in diseases of the 
 mucous tissues, and in scrofulous habits ; also in diarrhoea, dysentery, 
 coughs, bleeding from the lungs, whites, etc. It may be taken as an 
 infusion, or as a syrup, one ounce to a pint of water ; the dose being 
 one to four fluid ounces, three to four times a day. The fresh root 
 bruised forms a valuable application to ulcers, bruises, fresh wounds, 
 sore breasts, and white swellings. 
 
 Common Silk- Weed (Asclepias Syriaca). — This is a perennial plants 
 common throughout the United States. It gives out a milky juice 
 upon being wounded, and hence is often called milk-weed. The root 
 is diuretic, alterative, emmenagogue, and anodyne ; and is sometimes 
 used in dropsy, retention of urine, suppressed menstruation, scrofula, 
 and rheumatism. Dose of the powder, from eight to twenty-five 
 grains ; of the decoction, from one to three fluid ounces. 
 
 Copper {Cuprum). — The following are the principal salts of coppe-r 
 used in medicine. 
 
 Subacetate of Copper (Cupri Subacetas). — This is known by the 
 name of verdigris, and is used as a detergent and escharotic ; it is 
 applied to warts and fungous growths, and to foul ulcers and ring- 
 worm. When reduced to a fine powder, by trituration in a porcelain 
 mortar, the finer parts of this are separated, and called prepared sub- 
 acetate of copper ; this is the preparation used for the purposes above 
 named. 
 
 Sulphate of Copper (Cupri Sulphas). — In small doses, the sulphate 
 of copper is astringent and tonic ; in large ones, a prompt emetic. It 
 is given in small doses in hysterics, epilepsy, and intermittent fevers ; 
 and in large doses, to produce speedy vomiting in croup, and to eject 
 poisons from the stomach. A weak solution is sometimes used for 
 syphilitic ulcers, and as an injection in gleet. Dose, as a tonic, one 
 quarter of a grain to two grains, in pill ; as a rapid vomit, from two 
 to ten grains, in two ounces of water. The medicines which are in- 
 compatible with copper, are alkalies, earths, and their carbonates, 
 borax, salts of lead, acetate of iron, and astringent vegetable infu- 
 sions, decoctions, and tinctures. 
 
 Corrosive Sublimate. — This, in chemical language, is the bichlo 
 ride of mercury. It is one of the milder mercurial preparations, 
 although when taken in large doses, it is a violent poison, and oper- 
 ates very quickly. It is less apt to salivate than any other mercurial^ 
 except blue pill. It is much used as a remedy in syphilis, particu- 
 larly in the secondary stage, in which, in many cases, it does much 
 good. It is also popular in many skin diseases, as leprosy. When 
 employed for this purpone, it is generally associated with alterative 
 and diaphoretic medicines, such as the compound decoction or syrup 
 of sarsaparilla, preparations of yellow dock, etc. In order to avoid 
 its irritating effects, it is often united with opium, or extract of conium. 
 Dissolved in water, it is valuable as a wash in some skin diseases. It 
 is an ingredient in many of the quack nostrums which are extensively 
 
 77 
 

 610 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS 
 
 Fig. 200. 
 
 advertised, and was the active principle in Swaim's Panacea, which 
 had so vast a sale a few years since, and gave such a princely fortune 
 to its proprietor. One ounce of corrosive sublimate, dissolved in one 
 quart of alcohol, is a complete bed-bug exterminator. 
 
 Cotton (Gossypium Herbaceum). — Cotton is chiefly employed in 
 cases of recent burns, and scalds, — an application of it, which sur-;? 
 geons have learned from popular use. It diminishes the inflamma- 
 tion, prevents blistering, and hastens the cure. It is applied in thin 
 and successive layers. The inner bark of the root is said to be em« 
 menagogue, parturient, and abortive. A decoction of it, made by 
 boiling four ounces of the inner bark of the root in a quart of water, 
 down to a pint, is said to be given in wineglassful doses by the female 
 slaves of the South, for the purpose of producing abortion. It is ex- 
 cellent in chlorosis. 
 
 Preparation. — Fluid extract, dose, four drams. 
 
 Cranesbill {Geranium, Maculatum). — An indigenous plant, growing 
 In all parts of the United States, in the open woods. The root is the 
 medicinal part. It is a powerful astringent, 
 similar to kino, and catechu, and a valuable 
 substitute for those articles, because less ex- 
 pensive. It forms an excellent gargle in sore 
 throats and ulcerations of the mouth, and is 
 valuable for treating those discharges arising 
 from debility, after the exciting causes are 
 removed. It has no unpleasant taste, and is 
 therefore well adapted to infants, and persons 
 of delicate stomachs. As an injection, it is 
 used in gleet, and whites. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a 
 dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, three to 
 fifteen grains ; geraniin, the active principle, 
 dose, one to five grains; tincture, dose, two 
 and a half to four drams ; infusion, dose, one 
 to two ounces. A valuable astringent wash 
 for sore mouth, etc., and as an injection in leucorrhoea, etc., is made 
 by uniting fluid extract of cranesbill, half an ounce ; fluid extract of 
 black cohosh, half an ounce; fluid extract of golden seal, half an 
 ounce ; fluid extract of witch-hazel, half an ounce ; and water, one 
 quart. Geraniin, dioscorein, and caulophyllin, united in equal parts, 
 and given to an adult in six-grain doses, every fifteen or twenty min- 
 utes, have an excellent effect in diarrhoea and cholera-morbus, when 
 there is much pain and rumbling of the bowels. 
 
 Crawley ( Corallorhiza Odontorhiza). — A perennial plant, growing 
 on barren hills and hard clay soils in New York. The root is the 
 part used. It is sedative and diaphoretic, and is used in inflamma- 
 tory diseases, and in typhoid fever ; also in flatulency, cramps, hectic 
 fever, and night sweats. When the liver requires to be acted upon, 
 it should be combined with mandrake or Culver's root. The powdered 
 
 CRANESBILL. 
 
root should be kept in well-stopped vials ; its dose is from twenty to 
 thirty grains, in warm water, every hour or two. 
 
 Creosote (Creosotum). — This is obtained by the distillation of tar. 
 It is irritant, narcotic, styptic, antiseptic, and moderately escharotic. 
 It has been given in diabetes, epilepsy, hysterics, neuralgia, bleeding 
 from the lungs, and chronic bronchitis. It is an excellent remedy for 
 arresting nausea and vomiting, when not dependent on inflammation. 
 The dose, when given internally, is one or two drops. It is most easily 
 taken in the form of pill. In some forms of bronchitis, the vapor of 
 creosote is inhaled with advantage. It may sometimes be applied 
 with excellent effect, to indolent or ill-conditioned ulcers, in which case, 
 two, four, or six drops may be dissolved in an ounce of distilled water. 
 In some cases the solution is mixed with poultices. One or two 
 drops of pure creosote, introduced into a hollow tooth on a little cot- 
 ton, is generally a speedy remedy for toothache, but great care must 
 be taken that it does not come in contact with the tongue or cheek. 
 
 Croton OH (Oleum Tig-Hi). — This is obtained from the seeds of the 
 Crolon Tigliunu a plant growing in the East Indies. It is a powerful 
 cathartic, producing watery stools, and is used in torpidity of the 
 bowels, dropsy, apoplexy, mania, inflammation of the brain, hydro- 
 cephalus, coma, and wherever a powerful revulsive action is needed 
 to call the blood away from the brain. A drop placed on the tongue 
 of a person in the comatose state, will generally operate. Two to six 
 drops, rubbed upon the skin, produce an eruption or pimples in twelve 
 hours. In this way, it is used in diseases of the throat and chest, and 
 some other affections. If the skin is very sensitive, let it be combined 
 with an equal quantity of sweet oil. 
 
 Cubebs (Oubebce). — A climbing perennial plant, growing in the 
 East Indies. The berries are the medicinal part. They are stimu- 
 lant, purgative, and diuretic, acting particularly upon the urinary 
 organs, and arresting discharges from the water pipe, and much used 
 in the treatment of gonorrhoea and gleet. It should not be used dur- 
 ing active inflammation. Dose of' powdered cubebs, from thirty to 
 sixty grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram and a 
 half; ethereal fluid extract, dose, one to two drams; solid extract, 
 dose, two to twenty grains ; tincture, dose, one to two drams. A 
 compound, made of fluid extract of cubebs, five drams ; fluid extract 
 of ergot, one and a half drams ; cinnamon water, half a dram ; and 
 powdered loaf sugar, one dram, may be taken with advantage in 
 gonorrhoea, gleet, and leucorrhoea ; dose, one dram. 
 
 Culver's Root (Leptandra Virginica). — A perennial plant growing 
 throughout the United States in limestone districts, and flowering in 
 July and August. The root is the medicinal part. It is frequently 
 called black root. When dried, it is tonic, cholagogue, and laxative, 
 and is a very valuable remedy in affections of the liver, as it acts 
 upon this organ with energy, without purgation. It is also useful in 
 typhoid fevers, and in dyspepsia, diarrhoea, and dysentery. A powder 
 

 
 
 612 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 is made from it, containing its active principle, and called leptandrin, 
 which has a fine effect in diarrhoea, cholera infantum, typhoid fever, 
 some forms of dyspepsia, and in all diseases connected with derange- 
 ments of the liver. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one third of a dram to a dram ; 
 leptandrin, the active principle, dose, in acute cases, one fourth of a 
 grain to one grain ; in chronic cases, One to two grains ; tincture, two> 
 ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, one dram to one ounce. 
 
 Dandelion (Taraxacum, Dens- Leonis). — This perennial herb is diu- 
 retic, aperient, and tonic. It is generally thought to act especially 
 upon the liver. Used in dyspepsia, diseases of the liver and spleen, 
 and in debilitated and irritable conditions of the stomach and bowels. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams; compound 
 fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; fluid extract of dandelion and 
 senna, dose, one to two drams ; solid extract, dose, ten to twenty 
 grains ; infusion, two ounces to one pint of water, dose, four to six 
 ounces. In dropsical affections, the following compound infusion will 
 be found useful : fluid extract of dandelion, six drams ; fluid extract 
 of rhubarb, one and a half drams ; fluid extract of henbane, twenty- 
 four drops ; bicarbonate of soda, half a dram ; tartrate of potassa, 
 three drams; water, three and a half ounces; take one third, three 
 limes a day. For jaundice, and diseases of the liver and kidneys, 
 ihe following pills have much efficacy. Solid extract of dandelion, 
 one dram; solid extract of bloodroot, one dram; leptandrin, one scru- 
 ple ; podophyllin, five grains ; oil of peppermint, five minims ; to be 
 divided into fifty pills, and one or two taken three times a day. 
 
 Fig. 201- 
 
 Fig. 202. 
 
 DEADLY NIGHTSHADE. 
 
 DOGWOOD. 
 
 Deadly Nightshade (Atropa Belladonna). — A perennial plant, grow- 
 ing in Europe and this country, and having a faint odor, and a sweet, 
 nauseous taste. It is narcotic, diaphoretic, and diuretic ; is a valuable 
 remedy in convulsions, neuralgia, hooping-cough, rheumatism, gout, 
 paralysis, and many diseases having their seat in the nervous system. 
 It has been much praised as a preventive of scarlet fever, though its 
 powers for this purpose are doubtful. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to ten drops ; solid extract, 
 dose, one quarter to one grain ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 6VS 
 
 diluted alcohol, dose, from fifteen to thirty drops. The solid extract is 
 used, mixed with lard or with other substances, as a local application 
 for relieving pain, dilating the pupil of the eye, for removing stricture 
 of the urethra, the anus, rigidity of the mouth of the womb, etc. 
 
 Dogwood (Cornus Florida). — This is a small tree growing most 
 abundantly in the Middle States. The bark is used as a medicine. 
 It is tonic, astringent, antiperiodic, and stimulant. It increases the 
 frequency of the pulse, and elevates the temperature of the body. It 
 has been substituted for peruvian bark in intermittent fevers. Dose 
 of the powdered bark, from ten to sixty grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 solid extract, dose, five to ten grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint 
 of alcohol, dose, one to four drams ; infusion, two ounces to a pint of 
 water; dose, half an ounce to two ounces; cornin, the active principle, 
 dose, one to ten grains. 
 
 Dwarf Elder (Aralia Hispida). — A perennial under-shrub, growing 
 from New England to Virginia. The bark of the root is diuretic and 
 alterative. An infusion made from it is used in gravel, suppression 
 of urine, and dropsy ; to be taken in wineglassful doses, three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 Elder (Sambucus Canadensis). — The flowers, berries, and inner 
 bark of the elder, are used in medicine. A warm infusion of the 
 flowers is diaphoretic, and gently stimulant. A cold infusion is diu- 
 retic, alterative, and cooling; used in erysipelas, liver affections of chil- 
 dren, rheumatism, scrofula, and some syphilitic diseases. The bark, 
 pounded with lard, forms a useful ointment for burns and scalds, and 
 some diseases of the skin. 
 
 Elecampane (Inula Helenium). — This perennial plant is a native of 
 Europe and Japan, and is. cultivated in this country. The root is 
 stimulant, tonic, diuretic, and expectorant, and is used in chronic 
 affections of the lungs and air passages. It is said a decoction from 
 the root forms a good application for the itch, and other skin diseases. 
 Dose of the powdered root, from a scruple to a dram; of the infusion, 
 one or two fluid ounces. 
 
 Electro-Magnetism. — Within a few years, electro-magnetism has 
 been employed extensively as a remedial agent, particularly in the 
 various forms of nervous disorders. That it is a valuable agent in the 
 treatment of disease, few thinking physicians doubt; yet, like most 
 other new things in medicine, it has had its enthusiastic admirers, 
 who have claimed for it remedial powers beyond what it really has, 
 and who have applied it to purposes beyond its sphere of usefulness. 
 Various instruments have been constructed for applying this remedy, 
 but no one has appeared to me so well adapted to its purpose, as that 
 manufactured by Messrs. Hinds & Williams, of this city. 
 
 Feverfew (Pyrethium Parthenium). — In warm infusion, this herb is 
 valuable in recent colds, flatulency, worms, irregular menstruation, 
 

 
 
 
 614 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 hysterics, and 
 
 uppression of the urine. The cold infusion is a tonio. 
 A poultice made of the leaves, soothes and alleviates pain. 
 
 Figwort (Scrophularia Nodosa). — The leaves and root are diuretic, 
 alterative, and anodyne, and in some places are used in liver com- 
 plaints, scrofula, dropsy, and diseases of the skin. Applied externally 
 hi the form of ointment, or fomentation, it is said to be useful in piles, 
 painful tumors, bruises, ringworm, and inflammation of the breasts. 
 Dose of the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces, three times a day. 
 
 Flaxseed (Linum Usitalissimum). — This is demulcent and nutri- 
 tive, and is much used in coughs, bronchial diseases, inflammation of 
 the urinary organs, bowels, and lungs ; chiefly taken in the form of 
 flaxseed tea. The infusion is sometimes used as an injection in dys- 
 entery and piles. Linseed oil is prepared from flaxseed. 
 
 Fig. 203. 
 
 Fig. 204. 
 
 FOXGLOVE. 
 
 Foxglove (Digitalis Purpurea). — A biennial plant, growing in the 
 temperate parts of Europe. The leaves, in proper doses, are sedative 
 and diuretic, reducing the pulse, and increasing the flow of urine. In 
 large doses, they are a narcotic poison. The medicine has been much 
 used in inflammatory diseases, palpitation of the heart, and in dropsy 
 connected with diseased heart or kidneys. When taken for some 
 time, it is liable to accumulate in the system, and suddenly to mani- 
 fest poisonous and alarming symptoms, as if a large dose had been 
 taken. The American hellebore is fast supplanting it as a remedy. 
 Dose of the powdered leaves of foxglove, from one to three grains; 
 of the tincture, from eight to twelve drops. 
 
 Frostweed (Helianthemum Canadense). — This herb, also known by 
 the name of rockrose, is tonic, astringent, and alterative, and has been 
 considerably used in scrofula; combined with turkey corn, and queen's 
 root, it is said to have effected cures in secondary syphilis. A decoc- 
 tion forms a useful gargle in ulcerations of the mouth and throat in 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 615 
 
 scarlet fever, and other diseases, and as a wash in scrofulous inflam- 
 mation of the eyes. Dose of the fluid extract, one to two drams, 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Galls. — These are the unhealthy excrescences found growing on 
 the young boughs of the dyer's oak, quercus infectoria, growing in 
 Asia. They are powerfully astringent. In the form of infusion, or 
 decoction, made in the proportion of half an ounce to a pint of water, 
 they are useful as an astringent gargle, wash, or injection ; and finely 
 powdered galls, one part to eight parts of lard, make a valuable oint- 
 ment for bleeding piles. Dose of powdered galls, from ten to twenty 
 grains. 
 
 Gamboge. — The hardened juice of trees growing in Siam and 
 Cochin China. This gum-resin is a hydragogue cathartic, acting 
 severely and harshly upon the bowels, and hence is not often used 
 alone. On account of the severity of its action, it is improper to use 
 it during inflammation of the stomach or bowels, piles, pregnancy, 
 diseased womb, or excessive menstruation. Combined with cream of 
 tartar and jalap, it is a valuable remedy in dropsy. The dose is one 
 or two grains. 
 
 Garlic (Allium Sativum). — The bulb is the part used. It is stimu- 
 lant, diuretic, expectorant, and rubefacient ; useful in coughs, hoarse- 
 ness, hooping-cough, and in the nervous spasmodic coughs of children. 
 Dose, from twenty grains to three drams ; dose of the juice, mixed 
 with sugar, half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful. 
 
 The bruised bulbs are sometimes usefully applied as a poultice 
 to the chests of young children having inflammation of the lungs, 
 and as drafts to the feet in inflammation of the brain, fevers, etc. 
 
 Gentian (Gentiana Lutea). — It grows among the Alps, Apennines, 
 and Pyrenees. The root is the part used, and is brought to this coun- 
 try from Germany. This medicine has long maintained its reputa- 
 tion, having, it is said, derived its name from Gentius, king of Illyria. 
 It is a pure and simple bitter, exciting the appetite, and invigorating 
 the digestive powers. It may be used in all cases dependent on pure 
 debility. It is much employed in dyspepsia, and during recovery 
 from exhausting diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 three to fifteen grains; tincture, four ounces to one pint of diluted 
 alcohol, dose, two to five drams. A valuable preparation is made, by 
 uniting fluid extract of rhubarb, two ounces ; fluid extract of gentian, 
 half an ounce; diluted alcohol, two pints; dose, half an ounce to two 
 ounces. 
 
 Ginger (Zingiber Officinale). — This is a native of Hindostan, and 
 is cultivated in all parts of India. The root is the part used. It is a 
 grateful stimulant and carminative, and is much used for dyspepsia, 
 wind in the stomach, colic, gout, etc. It is an excellent addition to 
 bitter infusions, and is much used to disguise the taste of nauseous 
 medicines. Dose, from ten to thirty grains. 
 

 
 616 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, 
 four ounces to one pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two to four drams ; 
 infusion, dose, one to two ounces ; syrup, dose, one to two drams. 
 
 Ginseng (Panax Quinquifolium). — A perennial plant, growing in 
 the Middle and Southern States. It is a mild tonic and stimulant, 
 and has some reputation for improving impaired appetite, and for 
 nervous debility, weak stomach, etc. Some persons are in the habit 
 of chewing it, and it is considerably used in this way. Dose of the 
 powdered root, from ten to sixty grains ; of the infusion, from two to 
 four fluid ounces. 
 
 Glycerini — This is the sweet or sugary portion of oils, and is ob- 
 tained from them during the manufacture of lead plaster. It is demul- 
 cent and antiseptic, and has been recently recommended and used, to 
 some extent, in place of cod liver oil, in consumption. It has been 
 still more used, however, as a soothing and emolient external applica- 
 tion in skin diseases, and also in place of lard in the preparation of 
 ointments. 
 
 Gold. — The chief sort of gold used in medicine, is the chloride or 
 muriate of gold and soda. It is diuretic and alterative. It is used 
 in scrofula, skin diseases, goitre, scirrhous tumors, opthalmia, dropsy, 
 and syphilis. The dose is from one thirtieth to one twelfth of a grain, 
 and is given dissolved in water, or made into pill with starch or gum 
 arabic. 
 
 Golden Seal (Hydrastis Canadensis). — A perennial plant, growing 
 throughout the United States, particularly in the West. The root is- 
 the medicinal part. It is a tonic, having 
 especial action upon diseased mucous tis- 
 sues, and is particularly beneficial during 
 recovery from exhausting diseases. It is 
 used in dyspepsia, chronic affections of the 
 nervous coats of the stomach, erysipelas, 
 and remittent, intermittent, and typhoid 
 fevers. United with geranium, it has a fine 
 effect in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a 
 dram to two drams ; solid extract, dose, two 
 to five grains ; hydrastin (resinoid), dose, one 
 half to five grains ; hydrastin (neutral), dose, 
 two to six grains ; hydrastina (alkaloid), 
 dose, one to five grains ; tincture, dose, three 
 ounces to one pint of diluted alcohol, dose, 
 half an ounce to an ounce and a half. For 
 various forms of sore mouth and ulcerated 
 sore throat, the following is a useful gargle 
 fluid extract of golden seal, half an ounce 
 fluid extract of blue cohosh, half an ounce 
 fluid extract of witch-hazel, half an ounce; pulverized alum, one dram; 
 honey, three drams ; water, one pint. As a stimulant for a sluggish 
 
 Fig. 205. 
 
 GOLDEN SEAL. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 617 
 
 liver, and as a tonic in enfeebled mucous membrane in epidemic dys- 
 entery, and other complaints, the folio wing powders are valuable : 
 hydrastin, twenty grains ; leptandrin, twelve grains ; podophyllin, two 
 grains ; pulverized cayenne, two grains ; sugar of milk, or pulverized 
 loaf sugar, one dram ; rubbed together thoroughly in a mortar, and 
 divide into twenty powders ; give one every two hours. 
 
 Ground Ivy (Nepeta Glechoma). — A perennial herb, common to 
 the United States and Europe ; in some places known as gill-over- 
 the-ground. The leaves are the part used, which are stimitlant, tonic, 
 and pectoral ; considered useful in jaundice, asthma, and diseases of 
 the kidneys and lungs. 
 
 Guaiacum. — This medicine is the shavings or chips of the wood of 
 a tree growing in the West Indies, also resin obtained from the same 
 tree. It is stimulant and alterative, and is used in chronic rheuma- 
 tism, diseases of the skin, scrofula, and venereal complaints. The 
 tincture of the resin is valuable as an emmenagogue. Dose of the 
 tincture, from one-half to two teaspoonfuls, to be taken with milk. 
 The wood is much used as an ingredient in alterative preparations of 
 sarsaparilla, etc 
 
 Gum Arabic. — This is the hardened juice of trees growing in 
 Egypt, Arabia, and other tropical countries, being several varieties 
 of the acacia. It is demulcent, and a combustive nutritive, and is 
 much used in forming mixtures for hoarseness, cough, sore throat, 
 gonorrhoea, inflammation of the bladder, strangury, bronchitis, and 
 irritations of mucous membranes generally. Mucilage of gum arabic 
 is a preparation made by dissolving four ounces of powdered gum in 
 a pint of boiling water. 
 
 Gum Hemlock. — This is the hardened juice of the hemlock, Abies 
 Canadensis, a tree growing in Canada and Maine. This gum is a 
 mild rubefacient, and like burgundy pitch, chiefly used to make plas- 
 ters, etc., for which purpose it is very valuable. A tincture of the gum 
 is diuretic and stimulant. The oil of hemlock is valuable, in combi- 
 nation with other oils, in preparing liniments. The bark is astringent, 
 and is much used in tanning leather. 
 
 Ilvemiist.isis. — This word is used to imply the retention of the 
 venous blood in the limbs by ligatures. A cord or common handker- 
 chief, is tied round the upper part of the arms, or thighs, and a piece 
 of wood being slipped under the cord, is twisted round until the cord 
 is so tightened as to prevent the return of the venous blood, but not 
 to prevent the outward passage of the arterial blood. In this way, 
 the blood passing out continually in the arteries, and not returning 
 by the veins, the vessels of the limbs become filled to their utmost 
 capacity, and a great quantity, for the time being, is withdrawn from 
 the trunk, — greater than any surgeon would dare to remove with the 
 lancet. This process is useful in bleedings from the lungs, stomach, 
 and womb, and inflammation of the brain, lungs, bowels, etc., and 
 m whatever case it may be thought desirable, for the time being, 
 

 
 
 
 618 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEHl PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Fig. 206. 
 
 to lessen the blood in the head or trunk, without debilitating the 
 patient. 
 
 Hair-cap Moss {Polytrichum Juniperum). — An evergreen plant grow- 
 ing on poor sandy soils in the Northern States. A strong infusion of 
 it is powerfully diuretic. In dropsical cases, two fluid ounces of the 
 infusion should be taken every half hour. It is useful in fevers, in- 
 flammations, gravel, etc. 
 
 Hardback (Spircea Tomentosa). — This is a beautiful shrub, com- 
 mon in the United States. Its leaves are of a dark green color above, 
 and white underneath. It is tonic and astringent, and is 
 much used in chronic diarrhoea, cholera infantum, etc. It 
 agrees well with the stomach, and is deservedly a popular 
 remedy in summer complaints of children. 
 
 A fluid extract of it is prepared by Tilden & Co. ; dose, 
 four to twenty drops. It is much used in the form of infu- 
 sion. The green herb boiled in milk forms a valuable pre- 
 paration in chronic diarrhoea, when attended with much 
 debility. 
 
 Hardleaf Golden-Rod (Solidago Rigida). — A perennial 
 plant, growing throughout the United States, especially on 
 the western prairies. It is tonic, astringent, and styptic, and 
 useful to arrest bleeding from the nose, lungs, stomach, and 
 bowels. The powder and infusion are used, both externally 
 and internally. 
 
 Helonias (Helonias Dioica). — This herb is common in the United 
 States, and is known by the name of False Unicorn plant. The root, 
 which is the part used, is tonic, diuretic, and vermifuge. In large 
 doses, it is emetic, and when used fresh, sialagogue. In five or ten 
 grain doses, three times a day, it relieves dyspepsia, restores the appe- 
 tite, expels worms, and relieves colic. It is a valuable womb tonic, 
 gradually removing debility of that organ, and curing whites, pain- 
 ful menstruation, and a tendency to habitual abortion. Dose of the 
 decoction, from two to four fluid ounces. The decoction is said to 
 kill insects, bugs, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to three drams ; helonin, 
 the active principle, dose half a grain to a grain. 
 
 Henbane (Hyoscyamus Niger). — This plant grows abundantly in 
 Great Britain, and on the continent of Europe, and is rare in this 
 country. All the parts are active. It is narcotic, gently accelerating 
 the circulation, increasing the general warmth, occasioning a sense of 
 heat in the throat, and after a time inducing sleep. It is often used 
 in the place of opium, because it does not bind the bowels. Used in 
 rheumatism, gout, bronchitis, asthma, consumption, hooping-cough, 
 hysterics, and spasmodic affections generally. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to twenty drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, half a grain to a grain ; tincture, two ounces to one pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram and a half; hyoscya- 
 
 HARDHACK. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 619 
 
 min, the active principle, dose, one eighth to half a grain. In neural- 
 gia, rheumatism, St. Vitus's dance, painful menstruation, etc., the 
 following may be found useful : solid extract of hyoscyamus, two 
 drams ; solid extract of valerian, two drams ; solid extract of aconite { 
 one dram ; sulphate of quinia, one dram. Mix, and divide into two 
 grain pills ; one pill every two or three hours. 
 
 High Crmherry (Viburnum Opulus). — This shrub grows in rich 
 soils in Canada, and in the northern United States. The bark, which 
 is the medicinal part, is antispasmodic, being used in cramps, spasms, 
 asthma, hysterics, and is useful for those who are subject to convul- 
 sions during pregnancy, and at the time of childbirth. It is popularly 
 known by the name of Cramp Bark. A decoction or infusion of the 
 bark, may be used in tablespoonful doses, two or three times a day. 
 Dose of the extract, from one to five grains ; in womb troubles, it 
 may be united with caulophyllin, cimicifugin, aletridin, senecin, and 
 asclepidin ; and in flatulent colic, spasmodic pains of the stomach 
 and bowels, it may be combined with dioscorein. 
 
 Fig. 207. 
 
 Fig. 208. 
 
 HENBANE. 
 
 HOKEHO0KD. 
 
 Horehound (Marubium Vulgare). — This well known perennial herb 
 is a native of Europe, and has become naturalized in this country. 
 It is tonic, aperient, pectoral, and sudorific. It is deservedly popular 
 in domestic practice, for colds, asthma, throat-ails, bronchitis, and other 
 pectoral affections, attended with cough. It is much used in candy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to one dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to ten grains ; tincture, two ounces to one pint of 
 alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce; syrup, three ounces fluid 
 extract to one pint of simple syrup, dose, three to six drams. 
 
 Hops (Hnmulus Lupulus). — The cones of this well-known plant 
 are tonic, hypnotic, antilithic, and anthelmintic. They are chiefly 
 used for promoting sleep, and relieving pain and irritability of the 
 nervous system. Hops are valuable in the form of fomentation, either 
 alone, or in combination with boneset, and other bitter herbs. An 
 
620 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 ointment of hops and stramonium leaves is sometimes used in salt- 
 rheum, and upon painful tumors and ulcers. A pillow stuffed with 
 hops, dipped in hot water, and placed under the head of the patient, 
 relieves pain and procures sleep. 
 
 Lupulin is the yellow powder obtained by threshing the hops, and 
 is preferable to the hop itself. It is a powerful antaphrodisiac, com- 
 posing the genital organs, and quieting painful erections, in gonor- 
 rhoea, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to twenty grains ; tincture, two and half ounces to 
 one pint of alcohol, dose, three to six drams ; infusion, four drams to 
 one pint of water, dose, two to four ounces ; lupulin, dose, six to ten 
 grains; tincture of lupulin, two ounces to one pint of alcohol, dose, one 
 to two drams, in sweetened water ; fifteen to twenty grains of lupulin, 
 well rubbed up with white sugar in a mortar, is very efficacious in 
 priapism, chordee, and spermatorrhoea. 
 
 Horsemint (Monarda Punctata). — This well-known plant, which is* 
 common to the United States, is stimulant, carminative, and diuretic. 
 A warm infusion may be used in flatulence, nausea, and vomiting. 
 If the body be kept cool while taking it, it will act as a diuretic. The 
 oil of horsemint, is used for similar purposes with the plant. Dose, 
 from two to six drops on sugar. Dose of the essence, from ten to 
 forty drops in sweetened water. The oil is frequently used as an in» 
 gredient in liniments. 
 
 Horseradish (Cochlearia Armor acta). — The fresh root of this well 
 known perennial is stimulant, diuretic, antiscorbutic, and rubefacient. 
 It is useful in rheumatic, paralytic, scorbutic, dropsical, and dyspeptic 
 affections. It is said that a warm infusion of the fresh root in cider, 
 drank freely every night, will cause perspiration, and a free flow of 
 urine, and will consequently cure dropsy. The fresh root grated in 
 vinegar, and eaten with meat at dinner, strengthens the stomach, and 
 promotes digestion. 
 
 Houseleek (Sempervivum, Tectorum). — The bruised leaves of this 
 perennial, form a cooling application to burns, stings of insects, ery- 
 sipelas, and other inflammations ; valuable also for ringworm, shingles. 
 and other skin diseases. 
 
 Hydrangea (Hydrangea Arborescens). — This grows abundantly in 
 the Southern, Middle, and Western States. Its root is medicinal. It 
 is diuretic, and has been much praised for its power of relieving the 
 excruciating pain, caused by the passage of stone through the urethra, 
 as well as for infallibly removing such stones from the bladder, pro- 
 vided they are not already too large for passage through the water 
 pipe. As many as one hundred and twenty calculi have been known 
 to pass off from one person, under the use of this remedy. A con- 
 centrated decoction, or the fluid extract prepared by Tilden & Co., 
 may be taken in teaspoonful doses several times a day, — care being 
 taken not to push the medicine to the extent of dizziness, or oppres- 
 sion of the chest. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS 621 
 
 Hyssop (Hyssopns Officinalis). — This is a native of the continent 
 of Europe, and is cultivated in this country. The tops and leaves are 
 the parts used. They are stimulant, aromatic, carminative, and tonic. 
 The infusion has been much employed in chronic bronchitis of old 
 people, and those of debilitated habits. It makes the raising of mucus 
 more easy. The infusion may be combined with sage and alum, and 
 sweetened with honey. The fresh leaves bruised, and applied exter- 
 nally, relieve the pain, and disperse the spots and marks caused by 
 contusions. 
 
 Iceland Moss (Cetraria Islandica). — This plant is found in the 
 Northern latitudes, both of the old and new world, and is abundant 
 on the mountains, and in the sandy plains of New England. It re- 
 ceived its name from its prevalence in Iceland, in which country, as 
 well as in Lapland, it serves, in consequence of the gum and starch 
 it contains, as food for the inhabitants. It is demulcent, tonic, and 
 nutritious, and is well fitted to relieve affections of the mucous mem- 
 brane of the lungs and bowels, connected with debility of the digestive 
 organs ; it is given therefore in chronic bronchitis, and other affections 
 of the chest, attended with copious expectoration, especially when 
 the matter discharged is purulent ; also in dyspepsia, chronic dys- 
 entery, and diarrhcea. It is usually employed in the form of decoc- 
 tion ; and is much used in the common article of diet, called blanc 
 mange. 
 
 Ice Plant (Monotropa Uniflora). — This perennial plant, found in 
 various parts of the country, is snow white, resembling frozen jelly, 
 and is juicy and tender, dissolving in the hands like ice. The flowers 
 are in shape like a pipe ; it is hence called the pipe plant. The root 
 is the medicinal part, and is tonic, nervine, and antispasmodic. It 
 has also been considered sedative and diaphoretic ; and the powder 
 has been sometimes used in the place of opium. It is said to be 
 valuable in epilepsy, chorea, and other spasmodic affections. Dose 
 of the powdered root, from thirty to sixty grains, two to three times 
 a day. 
 
 Indian Hemp (Apocynum Cannabinum). — This perennial plant re- 
 sembles bitter-root, and grows in similar situations. The root is 
 powerfully emetic, and in decoction, diuretic, and diaphoretic. It 
 diminishes the frequency of the pulse, and produces drowsiness. It 
 has great efficacy in dropsy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as a tonic, five to fifteen drops, 
 as an emetic, twenty to sixty drops ; solid extract, dose, one to five 
 grains ; tincture, dose, one to two drams, as a tonic, half an ounce to 
 an ounce, as an emetic; infusion, half an ounce to a pint of water, 
 dose, half an ounce to two ounces. 
 
 Indian Turnip (Arum Triphyllum). — This is a perennial plant, 
 growing in damp places in North and South America, and known by 
 the name of dragon root. The root when chewed, is excessively acrid, 
 producing a biting sensation which may be somewhat relieved by 
 

 
 
 milk. The fresh root is acrid, expectorant, and diaphoretic, and has 
 been used in asthma, hooping-cough, chronic bronchitis, chronic rheu- 
 matism, and colic, and externally, in scrofulous tumors, scald head, 
 and other skin disorders. Dose of the grated root, in syrup or mucil- 
 age, ten grains, three or four times a day. 
 
 Iodine (Iodinum). — This is prepared from the ashes of kelp, or sea- 
 weed, and is in small bluish-black, shining scales. It is alterative, 
 tonic, and somewhat diuretic. It has been chiefly employed in dis- 
 eases of the absorbent and glandular system, particularly scrofula, 
 goitre, and glandular tumors generally. Dose, in substance, half a 
 grain, two or three times a day, in form of pill ; in form of tincture, 
 five to ten drops. 
 
 Iodide of Potassium (Potassii Iodidum). — This is one of the pre- 
 parations of iodine, and is sometimes improperly called hydriodate of 
 potassa. It is formed by decomposing the iodide of iron, by carbon- 
 ate of potassa. It is used for the same purposes as iodine, but chiefly 
 as an alterative in tertiary syphilis, for which it is a specific ; also in 
 some forms of chronic rheumatism, and in leprosy. Dose of the salt, 
 from two to twenty grains. It is much combined with bitter tinc- 
 tures, and particularly w r ith the compound preparations of sarsapa- 
 rilla, yellow dock, and queen's root. The acids and metallic salts are 
 incompatible with it. 
 
 Ipecacuanha. — This is a small perennial plant, growing in moist 
 woods, in several countries of South America. The root is the part 
 used. It is a very valuable emetic, in large doses ; in smaller doses, 
 it is sudorific and expectorant. Used to produce vomiting in the 
 commencement of fevers, inflammatory diseases, swelled testicles, and 
 before the paroxysms of ague ; and to excite nausea in dysentery, 
 asthma, hooping-cough, various hemorrhages, and inflammation of 
 the lungs ; and, combined with opium, to produce diaphoresis in rheu- 
 matism, gout, and febrile complaints. Dose, as an emetic, from fifteen 
 to thirty grains ; to excite nausea, from one to three grains ; and to 
 produce diaphoresis, two to six grains, with one grain of opium. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as an expectorant, five to ten 
 drops ; as an emetic, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, half an ounce 
 to an ounce and a half; wine of ipecac, three ounces to one pint of 
 sherry wine, dose, a quarter to half a dram, as an expectorant ; two 
 and a half to five drams as an emetic. The following is a useful ex- 
 pectorant for young children: fluid extract of ipecac, two drams; 
 syrup of tolu, five drams ; mucilage of gum arabic, one ounce ; sherry 
 wine, three drams, — mix. Dose, one dram. 
 
 Iron (Ferrum). — As this is the most abundant, so it is the most 
 useful of all the metals. It is widely diffused through the mineral, 
 the vegetable, and the animal kingdoms. It is an essential constitu- 
 ent in the blood of man, and as a medicine it has great value, being 
 a powerful tonic. In most cases where the blood is thin and reduced, 
 iron is our best remedy ; it raises the pulse, promotes the secretions, 
 and gives color, body, and nutritive qualities to the blood. It is much 
 
used, in some one of its prepared forms, in chronic anaemia, chlorosis, 
 hysterics, whites, rickets, chorea, dyspepsia, neuralgia, and particularly 
 consumption. The following are most of the chemical preparations 
 of iron used in medicine. 
 
 Aminoiiio-Citrate of Iron (Ferri Ammonio- Citras). — This is in the 
 form of thin scales, of a beautiful, garnet-red color, and has a slightly 
 acid taste. It is very soluble in water. Its great solubility gives it 
 ■ome advantages over the citrate. The dose is five grains, three times 
 a day, in solution. 
 
 Black Oxide of Iron (Ferri Oxidum Nigrum). — This is a dark, 
 grayish-black powder, unchangeable in the air, and having magnetic 
 properties. It is a valuable chalybeate, and may be given in five to 
 fifteen-grain doses. 
 
 Citrate of Iron (Ferri Citras). — This is a valuable preparation of 
 iron. It is soluble in water. Usually given in the form of pill, in 
 two to five grain doses, three times a day. 
 
 Citrate of Iron and Qninia (Ferri et Quince Citras). — In the form 
 of shining scales, garnet-colored, and soluble in water. An excellent 
 anti periodic and Ionic. Given in intermittents, when the blood is low, 
 etc. Dose, five to ten grains, two or three times a day. 
 
 Citrate of Iron and Strychnia, — Dr. James R. Nichols & Co., of 
 this city, were the first to introduce this combination of strychnia 
 with iron, to American physicians. It is a valuable preparation, and 
 is constantly winning the favor of the profession. It combines the 
 properties of iron and strychnia, and has proved an efficacious remedy 
 in atonic dyspepsia, absence of the menses, St. Vitus's dance, green- 
 sickness, hysterics, etc. It is a beautiful salt, looking like citrate of 
 iron, except that it is a little darker. Three grains of the iron are com- 
 bined with one sixteenth of a grain of strychnia. 
 
 Hydrated Oxide of Iron (Ferri Oxidum Hydratum). — This is in 
 a reddish-brown, moist mass, not much used in medicine, except as 
 an antidote to the poison of arsenic, for which it is very valuable. It 
 should be given in tablespoonful doses, often repeated. 
 
 Iodide of Iron (Ferri Iodidum). — The iodide of iron is a crystalline 
 lubstance, of a greenish-black color, and styptic taste. It has tonic, 
 alterative, diuretic, and emmenagogue properties. It is employed 
 chiefly in scrofulous complaints, swelling of the glands of the neckc 
 chlorosis, absence of the menses, and leucorrhcea. In obstinate syph- 
 ilitic ulcers, and in secondary syphilis, occurring in scrofulous and 
 debilitated subjects, it has been used with success. Dose, three grains, 
 gradually increased to eight. It should never be given in the form 
 of pill. 
 
 Lactate of Iron (Ferri Lactas). — This has the general medicinal 
 properties of the ferruginous preparations. It increases the appetite 
 in a marked degree, and has been used with decided benefit in chlo- 
 rosis. Dose, one to three grains, three times a day. The dose may 
 be gradually increased. Given in the form of solution, pill, or lozenge. 
 
624 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Phosphate of Iron (Ferri Phosphas). — This is a slate-colored pow- 
 der, insoluble in water. It is a valuable remedy in consumption, 
 cancer, and nervous diseases, accompanied by a low state of the 
 blood. Dose, one or two grains, three times a day. 
 
 Per Salt of Iron (MonseVs Styptic). — This. is a most valuable styp- 
 tic, and is used with success in restraining violent bleedings. It pro- 
 duces no irritant effects upon the tissues, and may be used with safety 
 both in slight and extensive surgical operations. Physicians should 
 have it by them, and will find it very serviceable in sudden emergen- 
 cies of bleeding. It is prepared in solution and in the form of dry 
 salt, by Dr. James R. Nichols & Co., of this city. The solution is the 
 most convenient and eligible form, and may be applied as prepared. 
 
 Powder of Iron (Ferri Pulvis). — This is what is often called iron 
 by hydrogen, or QueVenne's iron. It is an impalpaple powder, and of 
 an iron-gray color. If black, it is worthless. It is used in anaemia, 
 and in all those conditions characterized by deficiency of coloring 
 matter in the blood. The best metallic iron for medicinal use. Dose, 
 from two to six grains, several times a day ; to be given in the form 
 of pill. 
 
 Precipitated Carbonate of Iron (Ferri Subcarbonas). — This is a 
 reddish powder, insoluble in water. It is tonic, alterative, and em- 
 menagogue, and is used in neuralgia, chorea, chlorosis, anemia, epi- 
 lepsy, scrofula, etc. Dose, five to thirty grains, three timet a day, to 
 be taken in a little water. 
 
 Protoxide of Iron (Ferri Protoxidum). — This is of a dark blue 
 color, and has a tendency to absorb oxygen from the air, which con- 
 verts it into the sesquioxide. It is a valuable preparation of iron. 
 Dose, from two to six grains, three times a day. 
 
 Solution of Protoxide of Iron. — The protoxide of iron being more 
 readily absorbed and assimilated, and agreeing better with the stom- 
 ach, than any other preparation of this metal, has led to a general desire 
 for this salt in some eligible form, protected from the chemical changes 
 to which it is so liable. This desire has been met by Dr. James R. 
 Nichols & Co. of this city, who, by a new method of chemical ma- 
 nipulation, have prepared an unchangeable solution of it, in the form 
 of an elegant syrup, which is permanent in form, pleasant to the taste, 
 and free from the inky flavor peculiar to iron preparations. Dr. Nich- 
 ols, one of the most reliable practical chemists in the country, has 
 conferred a benefit upon the profession by preparing this syrup. I 
 have had the pleasure of using it, with peculiar satisfaction. Dose, 
 from one to two teaspoonfuls, three times a day. 
 
 Solution Protoxide Iron, with Rhubarb and Columbo. — This is a 
 composition of protoxide of iron with vegetable tonics ; a combina- 
 tion long desired, but just now, for the first time effected, by Dr. 
 James R. Nichols & Co. of this city. As a remedy in many forms 
 of dyspepsia, it must prove of great value. 
 
 Solution Protoxide Iron, with Quinine. — This has become a remedy 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 625 
 
 of established reputation. Quinine combined with iron, particularly 
 with the protoxide, must have great advantages as a chalybeate tonic 
 This is one of the reliable preparations of Dr. Nichols. Each table- 
 spoonful contains half a grain of quinine. 
 
 Solution Protoxide Iron, with Iodide of Potassa. — In this prepara- 
 tion, the valuable alterative properties of iodide of potassium, are 
 connected with iron. It is therefore alterative and tonic, and may be 
 used in scrofulous and other weakened conditions of the system. It 
 is a remedy of decided merit. Three grains of the iodide of potas- 
 sium are contained in each tablespoonful. This is also prepared by 
 Dr. James R. Nichols & Co. 
 
 Sulphate of Iron (Ferri Sulphas). — This is in the form of transpa- 
 rent crystals, of a pale, bluish-green color, and efflorescent in the air. 
 It has a styptic taste, and is soluble in about twice its weight of 
 cold water, but insoluble in alcohol. It is astringent and tonic. In 
 large doses, it produces nausea and griping of the bowels. Useful in 
 scrofula, and as an astringent, in passive hemorrhages, sweats, dia- 
 betes, chronic mucous catarrh, leucorrhcea, and gleet. As a tonic, it 
 is useful in dyspepsia. 
 
 Syrup of Iodide of Iron t ( Syrupus Iodidi Ferri). — This is an ele- 
 gant preparation of iodine and iron, and is given in all debilitated 
 conditions of the system, when there is a taint of scrofula. Dose, 
 from twenty to fifty drops, well diluted, at the moment of taking, with 
 water. 
 
 Syrup of Iodide Iron and Manganese. — This is of a light straw 
 color, prepared from protosulphate of iron, protosulphate of manga- 
 nese, and iodide of potassium. It is a remedy of unsurpassed effi- 
 cacy in anaemic, scrofulous, syphilitic, and cancerous affections. It 
 is considered superior to the syrup of iodide of iron. This is another 
 of Dr. J. R. Nichols & Co.'s valuable preparations. Dose, from ten 
 to sixty drops. 
 
 Tartrate of Iron and Potassa (Ferri et Potassce Tartras). — This is in 
 the form of beautiful shining scales, of a dark ruby color, of a slightly 
 chalybeate taste, and very soluble in water. It is one of the mild- 
 est of the salts of iron, and is considerably used in scrofula, weak- 
 ness of the bowels, general debility, etc. It is much used of late, as 
 a remedy for syphilis, both externally and internally. The dose is 
 ten to thirty grains in solution. 
 
 Tincture of Muriate of Iron (Tinctura Ferri Chloridi). — This hai 
 a reddish-brown, yellowish color, a sour and very styptic taste, and an 
 odor like muriatic ether. It is one of the most active and certain pre- 
 parations of iron, generally agreeing with the stomach, and much 
 employed for purposes for which iron is used. It is useful in scrofula, 
 gleet, and leucorrhcea ; also in hemorrhages from the womb, kidneys, 
 and bladder, of a passive character. Dose, from ten to thirty drops, 
 gradually increased to one or two drams, two or three times a day. 
 It should be given diluted with water. 
 
 79 
 

 
 626 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Valerianate of Iron. — This salt is in the form of a dark-red pow- 
 der, having a faint odor, and a taste of valerianic acid. It is soluble 
 in alcohol, and insoluble in water. Given in hysterical affections, 
 complicated with chlorosis. Dose, one grain, several times a day. 
 
 Isinglass (Ichthyocolla). — A gelatinous substance, prepared from 
 the bladder of fishes. It is soluble in alkaline solutions, and diluted} 
 acids. In boiling, it dissolves, and forms a jelly upon cooling, in which i 
 form it is chiefly used as a nutritive diet for the sick. 
 
 Jalap (Ipomwa Jalapa). — This is a Mexican plant. Its root is an 
 active cathartic, producing liquid stools, more or less griping. United 
 with cream of tartar, it becomes a hydragogue, and is useful in dropsy. 
 The dose is from fifteen to thirty grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, a quarter to one dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, three to eight grains ; tincture, two ounces to the pint 
 diluted alcohol, dose, one to two and a half drams ; jalapin, the active 
 principle, dose, one to two grains. 
 
 Juniper (Juniperis Communis). — This evergreen shrub is a native 
 of Europe, and is naturalized in some parts of this country. The 
 berries, which are the part used, are wrinkled, of a dark-purple color, 
 about the size of a pea. They are gently stimulant and diuretic, and 
 have been used in scurvy, and inflammation of the bladder, chiefly in 
 connection with more active diuretics. The oil of juniper obtained 
 from the berries is used for similar purposes. Five minims of the oil, 
 mixed w r ith one fluid dram of sweet spirits of nitre, and given three 
 times a day, is valuable in dropsy. Dose of the berries, from one to 
 two drams ; of the oil, from five to fifteen drops. 
 
 Kino. — This is the hardened juice of an East Indian tree, Ptero- 
 carpus Marsupium. There are several varieties of it It is a power- 
 ful and valuable astringent, and is much used in diarrhoea, not atten- 
 ded with inflammation. Opium is often united with it, and it is a 
 favorite addition to chalk mixture. It is also used in chronic dysen- 
 tery, leucorrhcea and diabetes. It may be used in the form of powder, 
 infusion, or tincture. Dose of the powder, ten to thirty grains ; of the 
 tincture, one or two fluid drams ; the infusion is useful as an injection, 
 in leucorrhcea and gonorrhoea. The powder is sometimes sprinkled 
 with advantage on indolent and flabby ulcers. 
 
 Ladies' Slipper ( Cypripedium Pubescens). — The fibrous roots are 
 the parts used of this plant. It is tonic, nervine, and antispasmodic, 
 and is employed in nervous headache, and other nervous affections, as 
 excitability, hysterics, neuralgia, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to fifteen grains ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; cypripedin, the 
 active principle, dose, two to four grains. The following is a useful 
 preparation for producing sleep, in wakeful and excited conditions i 
 fluid extract ladies' slipper, one ounce ; fluid extract pleurisy root, 
 one ounce ; fluid extract skunk cabbage, one ounce ; fluid extract 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 627 
 
 scullcap, one ounce ; mix ; dose, half a dram to a dram, three times a 
 day. 
 
 For sick and nervous headache, dependent on an acid stomach, the 
 following is useful : fluid extract ladies' slipper, half an ounce ; fluid 
 extract catnip, half an ounce ; fluid extract scullcap, half an ounce ; 
 water, one pint ; mix ; dose, one and a half to three drams. 
 
 Lead (Plumbum). — Lead acts upon the system as a sedative and 
 astringent. Internally, it is used for the^purpose of reducing the force 
 of the circulation, and for restraining improper bleeding, and other 
 excessive discharges. Externally, it is employed to subdue inflamma- 
 tion. It should not be excessively used ; for, if taken internally for a 
 long time, it injures the nervous system, and brings on apoplexy, 
 palsy, and particularly lead colic. Nature generally gives notice when 
 it is doing mischief, by drawing a blue line around the edge of the gum. 
 The preparation of lead chiefly used in medicine is the following : 
 
 Acetate of Lead (Plumbi Acetas). — This is known by the name 
 of sugar of lead, and is a white salt, crystallized in brilliant needles. 
 It has first a sweetish, and then an astringent taste. In medicinal 
 doses, it is a powerful sedative and astringent ; in large ones, an irri- 
 tant poison. It is principally used, internally, for bleeding from the 
 Jungs, bowels, and womb. The dose is generally two grains, united 
 to half a grain to a grain of opium, in the form of pill. Externally, 
 It is employed in form of solution, and applied to inflamed surfaces 
 *rith cloths. Four grains of sugar of lead, and four of pulverized 
 opium to the pint of water, makes a good lotion for various purposes. 
 
 Lemon ( Citrus Limonum). — This is a well-known tropical fruit, 
 the juice of which has a grateful acid taste, which is much used in 
 fevers and inflammatory complaints, to form the agreeable drink 
 called lemonade. The oil of lemon, obtained from the fresh rind 
 of the fruit, is chiefly used in perfumery, and to render the taste of 
 medicines more agreeable. 
 
 Lettuce (Lactuca Sativa). — The medicinal properties of this gar- 
 den plant are contained in the milk. It is given when opium disa- 
 grees with the patient, to allay cough and irritability. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 solid extract, dose, two to five grains. The following is a useful com- 
 pound syrup : fluid extract lettuce, two ounces ; fluid extract poppy, 
 four ounces ; simple syrup> ten ounces ; mix ; dose, half a dram to a 
 dram. 
 
 Life Root (Senecio Aureus). — This is a perennial plant, growing 
 on the banks of marshy creeks, in the Northern and Western States, 
 and sometimes called Ragwort. Both the root and herb are diuretic, 
 pectoral, diaphoretic, and tonic, considerably valued as a remedy in 
 gravel, and other urinary affections, particularly strangury. It is use- 
 ful for promoting menstrual discharges. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infu- 
 sion, dose, one to four ounces ; senecin, the active principle, dose, 
 
628 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 three to five grains. For chlorosis, accompanied by absence of the 
 menses, the following is a useful preparation : senecin, aletrin, and 
 sulphate of iron, four grains each. Mix, and divide into two grain 
 powders. Six grains each of senecin and geraniin, mixed, and taken 
 in doses of two to four grains, has a good effect in restraining an 
 immoderate flow of the menses. In painful menstruation the follow- 
 ing is a good pill : senecin, two grains ; quinine, six grains ; solid 
 extract belladonna, three grains ; make into ten pills, and take one 
 every three hours, till the pain is subdued. 
 
 Lime (Calx). — This is one of the alkaline earths, and is an abun- 
 dant natural production. It is used in several forms in medicine, of 
 which the following are the chief. 
 
 Chloride of Lime ( Calx Chlorinata). — This is a moist, grayish- 
 white substance, having the odor of chlorine, and possessing powerful 
 bleaching properties. Externally used, it is disinfectant, and, dis- 
 solved in water, is applied with advantage to ill-conditioned ulcers, 
 burns, chilblains, and eruptions of the skin, also as a gargle in putrid 
 sore throat, and as a wash for ulcerated gums, and to purify the 
 breath. It has been used with advantage in dysentery, both by mouth 
 and injection, to correct the fetor of the stools. 
 
 Lime Water (Aqua Calais). — This is made by dissolving four 
 ounces of lime in a gallon of water, and letting the solution stand 
 in a covered vessel, and pouring off the clear liquor when it is wanted 
 for use. It is antacid, antilithic, tonic, and astringent, valuable in all 
 complaints attended with acidity of the stomach. United with milk, 
 and used as the sole diet, it is sometimes the only remedy for chronic 
 diarrhoea of long standing. Dose of lime water, half an ounce to 
 two ounces. 
 
 Liquorice (Glycyrrhiza Glabra). — This grows in the south of 
 Europe and Asia. The root is the part used. It is demulcent and 
 expectorant, and is useful in cough, chronic bronchitis, and irritations 
 of the mucous surfaces generally. The pulverized root, united with 
 an equal amount of sulphur, and a little molasses, is a valuable pre- 
 paration for coughs. The black extract may be used for the same 
 purposes as the root. 
 
 Liverwort (Hepatica Americana). — An indigenous plant, growing 
 in woods, upon the sides of hills and mountains. The leaves with- 
 scand the cold of winter, and the flowers" appear early in the spring. 
 The whole plant is medicinal. It is a mild demulcent tonic and as- 
 tringent, and has been used in fevers, liver complaints, bleeding from 
 the lungs, and coughs. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to three drams ; infusion, 
 four ounces to the pint of water, to be taken freely. 
 
 Lobelia (Lobelia Inflata). — This weed grows throughout the United 
 States ; both its seeds and leaves are used in medicine. The plant is 
 emetic, expectorant, sedative, and antispasmodic. As an emetic, it is 
 generally used in combination with other articles for that purpose. 
 
MEDICINES AM] THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 629 
 
 It is of great advantage in spasmodic asthma, as well as in bronchitis, 
 croup, hooping-cough, and other throat and chest affections. When- 
 ever relaxation is required to subdue spasm, or for other purposes, 
 lobelia will be found useful. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as an expectorant, ten to sixty 
 drops ; as an emetic, one fourth of a dram to a dram ; tincture, two 
 ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, as an expectorant, one to 
 three drams, as an emetic, half an ounce ; infusion, dose, an ounce 
 every half hour till vomiting ensues ; lobelin, the active principle, dose, 
 half a grain to a grain and a half. The following mixture will be 
 found excellent, as an expectorant and sudorific, in spasmodic croup, 
 hooping-cough, and asthma, and for subduing mucous inflammation 
 about the throat and air passages : tincture of lobelia, half an ounce; 
 tincture of bloodroot, two ounces ; oil of spearmint, half a dram ; 
 empyreumatic syrup, five ounces ; dose, half a dram every two hours. 
 A poultice made of lobelia, elm bark, and weak lye, relieves sprains, 
 bruises, rheumatic pains, erysipelatous inflammations, and poison 
 from ivy or dogwood. 
 
 Fig. 209. 
 
 Fig. 210. 
 
 LADIES' SLIPPER. 
 
 Logwood (Hcematoxylon Campechianum). — This tree is a native of 
 tropical America. The wood is used in medicine. It is tonic and 
 astringent, and is used with advantage in diarrhoea, dysentery, and in 
 the relaxed state of the bowels after cholera infantum. Used freely 
 with other treatment, it also benefits constitutions broken down by 
 disease or dissipation. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram; solid 
 extract, dose, five to thirty grains ; infusion, half an ounce to a pint 
 of water, dose, four drains every three or four hours, in diarrhoea. 
 
 Magnesia {Magnesia Usta). — Calcined magnesia is obtained from 
 carbonate of magnesia, by exposure to a strong heat. It is a white, 
 inodorous, light powder, of a feeble alkaline taste. It is antacid and 
 laxative, and is much used in dyspepsia, sick headache, gout, and in 
 other complaints attended with sour stomach and costiveness : like- 
 wise a favorite remedy in complaints of children. Dose, as a laxative, 
 
630 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 from thirty to sixty grains ; as an antacid, or antilithic, ten to thirty 
 grains, once or twice a day. 
 
 Carbonate of Magnesia (Magnesia Carbonas). — This is prepared 
 from sulphate of magnesia, by carbonate of soda. It is antacid, and 
 when it meets with acid in the stomach and bowels, it is laxative. 
 
 Sulphate of Magnesia (Magnesia Salphas). — Obtained from sea- 
 water. This is the well-known Epsom salts and is purgative and 
 diuretic. Used in all cases which require purgatives. It generally 
 operates without griping, and, when united w T ith an acidulated infu- 
 sion of roses, will remain on the stomach when all other things are 
 rejected. The less it is diluted, the better and more easily it operates, 
 provided a draught of warm water be taken an hour afterwards. It 
 may be made to act as a diuretic, by keeping the skin cool, and walk- 
 ing about after it has been taken. 
 
 Male Fern, (Aspidium Filix Mas). — This perennial plant is found in 
 both Europe and America, also in Asia and northern Africa. The 
 root, which is the medicinal part, should be gathered during summer, 
 as the active principle is more abundant at that season than any 
 other. It is also said to deteriorate by age, and become nearly worth- 
 less in two years. It is slightly tonic and astringent, but its chief 
 value consists in its power to destroy and expel the tapeworm. 
 
 Preparations. — Solid extract, dose, nine to fifteen grains. The fol- 
 lowing compound pills are adapted to the destruction of the tape- 
 worm : solid extract male fern, two scruples ; gamboge, fourteen 
 grains ; calomel, fourteen grains ; scammony, eighteen grains. Mix, 
 and divide into twenty pills. Dose, two to four pills. 
 
 Mandrake (Podophyllum Peltatum). — This is exclusively an Ameri- 
 can plant. The root is the medicinal part. It is cathartic, alterative, 
 anthelmintic, hydragogue, sialagogue, and, in large doses, emetic. It 
 stimulates and quickens the action of the liver and kidneys, promotes 
 expectoration, and determines the blood to the surface. Combined 
 with cream of tartar, it produces watery stools, and is useful in dropsy. 
 It is used in jaundice, dysentery, diarrhoea, bilious, remittent, and in- 
 termittent fevers, puerperal fever, typhoid fever, and all glandular 
 enlargements. But it has a more particular action upon the liver, 
 and is especially useful in derangements of that organ. 
 
 The severity of its action seems to be the only objection to its very 
 extensive use. Its harshness, however, may be much lessened by its 
 combination with castile soap, alkalies, ginger, or caulophyllin. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; solid extract, dose, three 
 to twelve grains ; tincture, three and a half ounces to one pint of 
 alcohol, dose, one to four drams ; podophyllin, the active principle, 
 dose, as an alterative, one eighth to a quarter of a grain ; as a cathar- 
 tic, one to two grains. 
 
 Manna. — This is the concrete juice of the tree called Ornus 
 Evropaea, growing in Sicily, Calabria, and Apulia, as well as of several 
 other species of tree. Manna is a gentle laxative, operating mildly, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 631 
 
 though sometimes producing wind and pain. It is considerably used 
 as a gentle physic for children, and women in the family way. The 
 usual way of prescribing it is in connection with senna, rhubarb, mag- 
 nesia, or the neutral salts. Being sweet, it conceals the taste of these 
 remedies, in some measure, while it adds to their purgative effect. 
 Dose of manna, for a grown person, from one to two ounces ; for a 
 child, from one to four drams, according to age. 
 
 Marsli Rosemary (Statice Caroliniana). — This plant grows on the 
 coast from Maine to Georgia. The root of it is the medicinal part. 
 A decoction of it is much used in diarrhoea, dysentery, etc, also as a 
 gargle in ulcerated sore mouth, and the throat affection of scarlet 
 fever, and as an injection in gleet, whites, and falling of the womb, 
 and bowel. Dose of the decoction, one or two tablespoonfuls, every 
 hour or two. 
 
 Fig. 211. 
 
 
 Fig. 212. 
 
 j • \k ■" 
 
 1 
 
 
 -v 
 
 v M --- 
 
 BR: 
 
 St, \ >*T 
 
 ^M 1 - 
 
 y, '<% W: 
 
 MANDRAKE. 
 
 mm 
 
 MARSHJTALLOTT. 
 
 Marshmallow (Althcea Officinalis). — A perennial plant, growing in 
 salt marshes, and other moist places, in Europe. The root is the 
 medicinal part, and its properties are those of a demulcent A decoc- 
 tion of it is used in irritations and inflammations of mucous mem- 
 branes, as in inflammation of the lungs, stomach, bowels, and bladder, 
 and some affections of the kidneys. The powdered root, and also the 
 leaves and flowers, are sometimes employed in the form of poultice. 
 
 Mastich. — This is the hardened gum or resin which flows from 
 incisions in the small tree or shrub pistacia lentiscus, growing upon 
 the borders of the Mediterranean. It is not much used in medicine, 
 but is chiefly employed in manufacturing a brilliant varnish. I intro- 
 duce it here principally for the purpose of recommending the follow- 
 ing use of it in carious teeth, — particularly ir; those new parts of the 
 country where dentistry is not much known. Dissolve, in a well- 
 stopped bottle, four parts of mastich in one part of sulphuric ether. 
 Saturate with this solution a small piece of cotton of the size of the 
 cavity in the tooth, and then, having cleansed and dried the cavity, 
 gently press the cotton into it. The ether will soon evaporate, and 
 leave the gum to attach itself to the sides of the tooth, and protect 
 its inner surfaces from the action of the air and food. 
 
632 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Matico (Piper Angustifolium). — The leaves of this plant are styptic, 
 and somewhat stimulant and tonic. The leaves brought in contact 
 with a bleeding wound, have considerable power to arrest the flow of 
 blood. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tinc- 
 ture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two drams to an 
 ounce ; infusion, half an ounce to a pint of water, dose, one to two 
 ounces. 
 
 Meadow Saffron (Colchicum Autumnale). — This is a native of the 
 temperate parts of Europe, where it grows wild in moist meadows. 
 The roots and seeds are used. Colchicum is justly regarded as a 
 valuable remedy in gout and rheumatism, in which it is much and 
 chiefly used. It is thought, also, to act upon the nervous system, 
 allaying pain, and producing other sedative effects. When not car- 
 ried off by the bowels, it produces sweating, and is occasionally 
 diuretic and expectorant. Dose of the dried root, from two to eight 
 grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract of root, dose, three to twelve drops ; 
 fluid extract of seeds, dose, five to fifteen drops ; tincture* four ounces 
 to twelve ounces diluted alcohol, dose, ten drops to half a dram ; 
 syrup, two ounces to fourteen ounces simple syrup, dose, one third of 
 a dram to a dram ; wine, three ounces of root to a pint of sherry 
 wine, dose, thirty to forty drops. 
 
 Monk's Hood (Aconite). — This is anodyne, sedative, and diapho* 
 retic. The leaves and root are generally used separately. It is use- 
 ful in inflammatory diseases, neuralgia, epilepsy, paralysis, gout, and 
 particularly in fevers. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to six drops ; solid extract, 
 dose, one quarter of a grain to a grain ; tincture, eight ounces of the 
 root to a pint of alcohol, dose, three to eight drops. 
 
 A preparation composed of one dram of the tincture of aconite 
 root, and two ounces of the tincture of black cohosh, and taken in 
 doses of one teaspoonful every four hours, has great power in reliev- 
 ing the various forms of neuralgia, and also chronic rheumatic pains, 
 particularly among old people. 
 
 For nervous headache, irritability, restlessness, and wakefulness, the 
 following combination of aconite is useful : 
 
 Solid extract of aconite, half a dram ; solid extract of stramonium, 
 four grains ; valerianate of quinia, one scruple. Mix, and divide into 
 sixty pills, of which one is to be taken every two, three, or four hours, 
 according to symptoms. 
 
 Motherwort (Leonurus Cardiaca). — This perennial plant is sup- 
 posed to be a native of Tartary, and introduced into this country. 
 It is considerably used in domestic practice, for nervous complaints, 
 and many chronic disorders attended with restlessness, disturbed 
 sleep, pains of the nerves, and affections of the liver. A warm infu- 
 sion of the tops and leaves is useful in restoring menstrual suppres- 
 sion from colds. 
 
 J 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 63tf 
 
 Preparation. — Solid extract, dose, three to six grains. Combined 
 with blue cohosh and skunk cabbage, the solid extract is a nervine, 
 antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. 
 
 Fig. 213. 
 
 Fig. 214. 
 
 MEADOW SAFFRON. 
 
 MOUNTAIN LAUREL. 
 
 Mountain Laurel (Kalmia Latifolia). — The laurel is found in most 
 parts of the United States, on hills and mountains, flowering in June 
 and July, and is very ornamental. It is sometimes called big ivy, or 
 calico bush. The narrow-leaf laurel, or sheep laurel, kalmia angusti- 
 folia, is also common, and similarly medicinal. The leaves of these 
 plants are used in medicine, and produce, when taken in large doses, 
 vertigo, dimness of sight, etc. In medicinal doses, they are sedative and 
 astringent. The saturated tincture is the best form of administration, 
 which may be taken in ten to twenty-drop doses, every two or three 
 hours, in syphilis, active hemorrhages, hypertrophy of the heart, and 
 jaundice. 
 
 Mullein ( Verbascum Thapsus). — The leaves and flowers of this bien- 
 nial plant are antispasmodic, diuretic, and demulcent. The infusion 
 is frequently used in domestic practice, and is useful in colds, coughs, 
 bronchitis, etc. ; and may be drank freely. The leaves are sometimes 
 boiled in milk, sweetened, and taken for bowel complaints. The 
 leaves, dipped in hot vinegar and water, are very useful, applied as a 
 fomentation in mumps, acute inflammation of the tonsils, and malig- 
 nant sore throat ; a handful of them may also be placed in an old tea- 
 pot, with hot water, and the steam be inhaled through the spout, io 
 the same complaints. 
 
 Mustard. — The seeds of the white mustard, sinapis alba, were, a 
 few years ago, much recommended as a cure for constipation of the 
 bowels; and, swallowed whole, in teaspoonful, or even, in some obsti- 
 nate cases, in tablespoonful doses, they afford a wholesome stimulus 
 to the bowels, and accomplish some good. The ground-mustard is a 
 valuable condiment to eat in small quantities, at dinner, in dyspeptic 
 cases. It finds its most important uses, however, as a prompt, and 
 almost instantaneous emetic in cases of poisoning, and also as a val- 
 uable counter-irritant, when applied externally. The volatile oil of 
 mustard, one part, and ten parts of sweet oil, may be applied to the 
 skin, instead of the mustard poultice, and with similar results. 
 
634 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Myrrh. — The tree balsamodendron myrrha, growing in Arabia, etc., 
 yields a juice which hardens into a gum-resin, called myrrh. This 
 pleasant, aromatic gum, is stimulant, tonic, antiseptic, emmenagogue, 
 and expectorant. It is employed in chronic bronchitis, consumption, 
 chlorosis, absence of the menses, etc. It is generally combined with 
 iron and other tonics, and in amenorrhcea, is frequently combined 
 with aloes. Locally, it is considerably used as a wash to improve 
 spongy gums, ulcers of the mouth, etc. The dose is from ten to thirty 
 grains, to be given in pill, or in powder suspended in water. The 
 tincture of myrrh is a useful external application. 
 
 Naptha. — This belongs to the class of native inflammable sub 
 stances, called bitumens. It is a transparent, yellowish white, very 
 light and inflammable liquid, and is found abundantly in Persia. Said 
 to have been used with advantage in Asiatic cholera. It is composed 
 exclusively of carbon and hydrogen. Dose, from ten to twenty drops, 
 given in half a glass of wine, or mint water. During the formation 
 of coal gas, an artificial napthia is obtained, which, when purified, 
 has the property of dissolving India rubber. 
 
 Medicinally, it is chiefly used for purposes of inhalation, in affec- 
 tions of the chest. 
 
 Naphthaline. — This is obtained from a distillation of coal tar. It 
 is soluble in ether, alcohol, naphtha, and oils, but not in water. It is 
 an excellent expectorant, particularly in cases of impending suffoca- 
 tion of old persons, from chronic bronchitis ; also in asthma and other 
 pectoral affections. Being stimulating, it is improper in acute bron- 
 chitis, and pulmonary inflammation. The dose is from ten to thirty 
 grains, given in emulsion, or syrup, every fifteen minutes, until abun- 
 dant expectoration takes place. A scruple of napthaline, mixed with 
 five drams of lard, makes a good ointment for psoriasis, dry tetter, 
 and leprosy. 
 
 Nitrate of Silver (Argenti Nitras). — Nitrate of silver is a solution 
 of silver in nitric acid, and commonly passes under the name of lunar 
 caustic. It is both in the form of small cylindrical rods, and of crys- 
 tals, the latter being more pure than the former. 
 
 As an internal remedy, nitrate of silver is tonic and antispasmodic, 
 and is given chiefly in nervous diseases, as epilepsy, StVitus's dance, 
 and neuralgia of the heart; also in some forms of dyspepsia, attended 
 with pain in the stomach, and vomiting. The dose is from one fourth 
 to half a grain, in the form of pill. It should never be taken regu- 
 larly as an internal remedy, more than three months, as it is apt, after 
 long use, to change the skin to an indelible slate blue. 
 
 But nitrate of silver is most used as an external remedy, in pharyn- 
 gitis, laryngitis, tracheitis, and other chronic and acute inflammations 
 of mucous membranes. For reducing these inflammations, it is very 
 nearly a specific ; certainly, it is altogether the best remedy we have. 
 It fails in some few cases ; but when skilfully used it never does harm. 
 The solutions to be applied to the throat, require to have a strength 
 of from fifteen to a hundred and twenty grains to the ounce of soft 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 635 
 
 water. A solution containing one to four or more grains to the ounce 
 of water is often used in inflammations of the eye, gonorrhoea, etc. 
 
 Mtre (Potassce Nitras). — Nitre, which also passes under the name 
 of nitrate of potassa, and saltpetre, is both a natural and artificial 
 production. As a medicine, it is refrigerant, diuretic, and diaphoretic, 
 and is much used in inflammatory diseases. It increases the secre- 
 tion of urine and sweat, and lessens the heat of the body, and the fre- 
 quency of the pulse. United with tartar emetic and calomel, it forms 
 the well-known nitrous powders, which promote most of the secre= 
 tions, particularly those of the liver and skin. One of these powders, 
 constituting a dose, to be given every two or three hours, is composed 
 of eight grains of nitre, one fourth of a grain of calomel, and one 
 eighth of a grain of tartar emetic. 
 
 Sweet Spirit of ftitre (Spiritus JEtheris Nitrici). — Sweet spirit of 
 nitre is diuretic, diaphoretic, and antispasmodic. It is deservedly 
 much esteemed as a medicine, and is extensively employed in febrile 
 diseases, either alone, or in union with tartar emetic, or with spirit of 
 mindererus. It is often a grateful stimulus to the stomach, relieving 
 naasea and vomiting, and promoting sleep. It acts especially upon 
 the kidneys, augmenting the secretion of urine, and is often given in 
 conjunction with squills, digitalis, and acetate of potassa. The dose 
 is a teaspoonful, given in water every two or three hours. 
 
 Nutmeg (Myristica Moschata). — The nutmeg is from a tree grow- 
 ing in the Molucca Islands. It is stimulant and carminative, and 
 somewhat used to remove flatulency, as well as to render other medi- 
 cines palatable ; it is most employed, however, to flavor drinks, and 
 articles of diet. In large doses, it is poisonous, producing stupor and 
 delirium. 
 
 Nux Vomica (Strychnos Nux Vomica). — The tree which produces 
 mix vomica, grows in Bengal, Malabar, and the coast 01 Coromandel, 
 and in other regions. The seeds are the me- 
 dicinal part. 
 
 Nux vomica is an emphatic excitant of the 
 brain and spinal cord, and, in large doses, is 
 an active poison ; frequently repeated in small 
 doses, it is tonic, diuretic, and slightly laxative. 
 
 Given in full doses, it is apt to produce mus- 
 cular contraction, as in lock-jaw, together with 
 frequent starts and twitches, as if from electric 
 shocks. It is much employed in treatment of 
 paralysis, and is more beneficial in general than 
 in partial palsv. 
 
 V, .- " T-n • J J vvx VOMICA. 
 
 Preparations. — hluid extract, dose, two to 
 ten drops ; solid extract, dose, half a grain to two grains ; tincture, 
 four ounces to the pint of alcohol, dose, five to fifteen drops ; strych- 
 nia, commonly called strychnine, the active principle, dose, one six- 
 teenth to one eighth of a grain. 
 
 Oil of Cajeput (Oleum Cajuputi). — This oil is obtained from the 
 
636 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 leaves of the East Indian tree cajuputi. It is diaphoretic and anti- 
 spasmodic, and a powerful diffusive stimulant. Given in cramps d* 
 the stomach and bowels, colic, flatulency, hysterics, and chronic rheu* 
 matism. It is considerably used as an ingredient in liniments, to be 
 applied externally in rheumatism, and neuralgia. Dose, from one to 
 five drops, on sugar. 
 
 Oil of Turpentine ( Oleum Terebinthincs). — This is generally called 
 spirits of turpentine, and is obtained by distilling turpentine. As *. 
 medicine, it is stimulant, cathartic, diuretic, anthelmintic, and astrin» 
 gent. In large doses, it causes strangury, and other unpleasant symp- 
 toms. The dose is from five to thirty drops, repeated every two Of 
 three hours. Fifteen drops, taken every fifteen minutes or half houi : 
 powerfully restrains bleeding from the lungs, and is, perhaps, the bes^ 
 remedy we have for this frightful accident. 
 
 It is also very efficacious in checking other hemorrhages. Exter- 
 nally, it is used considerably as an ingredient in liniments and rube- 
 facients, in rheumatism, paralysis, etc. Combined with linseed oil, it 
 is much used for burns and scalds. 
 
 Olive Oil ( Oleum Olivce). — This oil, often called sweet oil, is ex- 
 pressed from the fruit of the olive tree, Olea Europece. It is nutrient 
 and emollient, and in doses of one to two fluid ounces, laxative. It 
 is much employed as a constituent of cerates, liniments, and plasters. 
 
 Onion (Allium Cepa). — The medicinal properties of the onion are 
 much like those of garlic. The juice, mixed with sugar, is used to 
 some extent as a remedy for the coughs and colds of infants. Roasted 
 onions, applied as a poultice, hasten the suppuration of boils, tumors, 
 etc. They are also useful, in some cases, applied as drafts to the feet. 
 
 Opium. — This is the hardened juice of the unripe seed of the poppy,. 
 Papaver Somniferum. It is a stimulant narcotic. A moderate dose 
 increases the fulness and frequency of the pulse, augments the warmth 
 of the skin, invigorates the muscular system, quickens the senses, ani- 
 mates the spirits, and gives energy to the mental faculties. Its opera- 
 tion is directed with special force to the brain, which it sometimes 
 excites to intoxication and delirium, which excitement subsides in a 
 short time, and is followed by a delightful calmness, and placidity of 
 mind, all care and anxiety being banished, and the thoughts yielded 
 to the control of pleasing fancies. At the end of an hour or more, 
 this reverie is succeeded by sleep, which, at the end of eight or ten 
 hours, passes off, and is followed by headache, nausea, tremors, and 
 other nervous disturbances. Large doses are followed by shorter 
 periods of exhilaration and excitement, and by more protracted sleep. 
 
 Opium is used in medicine to produce gentle perspiration, relieve 
 pain, and lessen nervous excitability in all febrile and inflammatory 
 diseases ; also as an antispasmodic in hysterics, colic, convulsions, 
 coughs, etc. It should not be used in cases of constipation of the 
 bowels. A solution, composed of two grains of opium to one ounce 
 of water, is sometimes a valuable injection in gonorrhoea and spas- 
 modic stricture. Dose, as a stimulant, one quarter to one half a grain: 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 63? 
 
 as a narcotic, one to two grains ; in some spasmodic affections, it is 
 given in very large doses. 
 
 Morphia, generally called morphine, is one of the alkaloid principles 
 of opium. It is used under the various forms of sulphate, muriate, 
 acetate, and valerianate of morphia, — all having the general properties 
 of opium, and are given for similar purposes, in doses of one eighth 
 to one quarter of a grain. One sixth of a grain is equal to one grain 
 of opium. 
 
 Strong coffee is an excellent antidote to the poisonous effects, both 
 of opium and morphia. A solution of morphia may be made by 
 adding ten grains of the salt to one fluid ounce and a half of distilled 
 water, and half an ounce of diluted alcohol, and then adding two 
 drops of sulphuric acid, if it be the sulphate of morphia, or two drops 
 of acetic acid, if it be the acetate of morphia, or two drops of muri* 
 atic acid, if it be the muriate of morphia. The effects of morphia 
 may be obtained by sprinkling some of it on a blistered surface. 
 
 Orange Peel (Aurantii Cortex). — The orange is the fruit of a tree 
 belonging to the tropical climates. Orange juice is a pleasant refrig- 
 erant, useful in fevers, and particularly in scurvy. Sick persons suck- 
 ing the juice of the orange, should be careful not to swallow any of 
 the skinny portion, or the peel. The peel of the orange is chiefly 
 employed to give a pleasant flavor to other medicines, and to prevent 
 their nauseating properties. It is a mild tonic, carminative, and stom- 
 achic, and improves the bitter infusions and decoctions of gentian, 
 quassia, columbo, and peruvian bark. Orange peel should never be 
 given in substance. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; 
 tincture, one ounce and three quarters to a pint of diluted alcohol, 
 chiefly used as an addition to infusions, etc. ; syrup, two ounces fluid 
 extract or tincture to a pint of simple syrup, used with water as an 
 agreeable drink. 
 
 Origanum (Origanum Vulgare). — A perennial herb growing in 
 Europe and this country. The warm infusion of it causes perspira- 
 tion, and promotes the menstrual discharge, when interrupted by a 
 cold. The oil of origanum is a very useful ingredient, in several 
 stimulant and rubefacient liniments. 
 
 Parsley (Petroselinum Sativum). — The root of this biennial plant 
 is aperient and diuretic, and is used in dropsy, scarlet fever, and dis- 
 eases of the kidneys; also in retention of the urine, gonorrhoea, and 
 strangury. The dose of the infusion is from two to four fluid ounces, < 
 two or three times a day. 
 
 The bruised leaves are applied with advantage to contusions, 
 swelled- breasts, and enlarged glands. 
 
 Partridge Bern* (Mitchella Piepens). — This perennial, evergreen, 
 creeping herb, grows in dry woods and swampy places throughout 
 the United States, and has white, fragrant flowers in June and July. 
 It is parturient, diuretic, and astringent, and is used in dropsy, sup- 
 
638 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 pression of urine, and diarrhoea. It acts as a tonic upon the repro- 
 ductive organs, giving tone and vigor to the womb, and making labor 
 less tedious. Dose of the decoction, from two to four fluid ounces, 
 two or three times a day. 
 
 Peach (Amygdalus Persica). — The leaves of the peach are sedative 
 and slightly laxative, and are used in inflammations of the stomach 
 and bowels ; likewise in irritable bladder, hooping-cough, sickness at 
 the stomach, and dysentery. They are used in the form of cold infuy* 
 sion, a tablespoonful being a dose, to be taken every hour or two. A 
 good tonic is made by adding four ounces of the bruised kernels to a 
 quart of honey. 
 
 Pennyroyal (Hedeoma Pulegioides). — Pennyroyal is a gently stim- 
 ulant aromatic ; it relieves wind colic and sick stomach, and qualifies 
 the action of other medicines. Like most aromatic herbs, it has the 
 property, when given as a warm infusion, of promoting perspiration, 
 and of exciting the menses, when the system is already disposed to 
 the effort. In cases of recent suppression, it may be given at bed- 
 time as a warm tea, after bathing the feet in warm water. The oil 
 of pennyroyal has the properties of the herb. 
 
 Fig. 216. 
 
 Fm. 217. 
 
 PENNYROYAL. 
 
 PERUVIAN BARK. 
 
 Peppermint (Mentha Piperita). — The peppermint is a native of 
 England, where it is largely cultivated, as it is to some extent in this 
 country, for the sake of its essential oil. It is a valuable herb, having 
 a strong aromatic smell, and a pungent, warming taste. It may be 
 used in the form of tea, which, when largely drank, imparts warmth 
 to the system. It is valuable in colds, flatulent colic, hysterics, spasms, 
 cramps in the stomach, nausea, and vomiting, and to disguise unpleas- 
 ant medicines. 
 
 The peppermint furnishes an essential oil, which, dissolved in alco- 
 hol, forms the essence of peppermint. The dose of this is fifteen to 
 thirty drops, on a lump of sugar, or in sweetened water, warm or cold. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEHt PREPARATIONS. 639 1 
 
 Persimmon (Diospyros Virginiana). — This is a tree growing in 
 the Southern and Middle States. The bark and unripe fruit are- 
 used in medicine, — being astringent and tonic. Persimmon has been 
 found useful in chronic diarrhoea, chronic dysentery, hemorrhage from 
 the womb, and fever and ague. It is used in the form of infusion 
 and syrup, in doses of a tablespoonful, every two or three hours. The 
 infusion is also used as a wash and gargle in sore mouth and throat, 
 and as an injection in whites. 
 
 Peruvian Bark (Cinchona). — This valuable bark is derived from 
 several species of the cinchona tree, on the western coast of South 
 America. The remedy is said to have been first introduced into 
 Europe in 1640, by the Countess of Cinchon, wife of the Viceroy 
 of Peru, on her return to Spain. 
 
 There are three varieties of this bark : the pale, the red, and the 
 yellow. The pale bark is least liable to offend the stomach, and is 
 perhaps the besu as a general tonic ; but for the treatment of fever 
 and ague, the red and the yellow are both preferable to the pale, and 
 the red is considered better than the yellow. 
 
 Cinchona is tonic and antiperiodic, and is much used, and with 
 great success, in' all periodical diseases, as fever and ague, remittent 
 fever, neuralgia, and epidemic diseases ; also in chronic diseases at- 
 tended with debility, as scrofula, dropsy, and affections of the skin. 
 Dose of the powdered bark, as a tonic, from ten to sixty grains ; as 
 an antiperiodic, from twenty to a hundred grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, four ounces 
 to one pint diluted alcohol, dose, one to four drams ; infusion, dose, 
 one to two ounces. A good compound infusion of cinchona is made 
 by combining one ounce fluid extract with half an ounce of fluid 
 extract of snake-root, two drams of fluid extract of orange peel, one 
 dram of fluid extract of cloves, one dram of carbonate of potassa, and 
 one pint of water. Dose, one to one and a half ounces. The follow- 
 ing is a good nervine and tonic for persons of nervous temperaments: 
 fluid extract of cinchona, one ounce ; fluid extract of valerian, one 
 ounce ; essence of cardamom, two drams ; dose, one dram every three 
 hours. 
 
 Cinchonia is a white crystalline substance obtained from the peru- 
 vian bark. It is sometimes used as a substitute for quinia, in doses 
 of from one to four grains, three times a day. 
 
 Sulphate of Quinia is snow white, and in satin-like crystals, having 
 an exceedingly bitter taste. It is completely soluble in water, or alco- 
 hol, by adding a few drops of sulphuric acid. It is the chief active 
 principle of cinchona, and has similar properties, namely, febrifuge, 
 tonic, and antiperiodic; it is, however, less apt to nauseate and op- 
 press the stomach. In the treatment of intermittent fevers, it has 
 almost entirely superseded the use of the bark. 
 
 Valerianate of Quinia. — This is a combination of quinia and vale- 
 rianic acid. It is tonic febrifuge and sedative. It is used for head- 
 
640 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 ache of a periodic character, and for nervous irritability, wakefulness, 
 restlessness, etc. Dose, from half a grain to two grains. 
 
 Petrolium. — This is a blackish liquid bitumen, flowing spontane- 
 ously from the earth in Italy, France, West India Islands, etc. As a 
 medicine, it is stimulating, antispasmodic, and sudorific. It is occa- 
 sionally administered in affections of the chest, when not attended 
 with inflammation. Externally, it is employed in chilblains, chronic 
 rheumatism, paralysis, diseases of the joints, and affections of the 
 skin. It is an ingredient in the well-known remedy called British 
 oil. The petrolium found in the State of New York, and called 
 Seneca oil, is extensively used in domestic practice. The dose of 
 petrolium is from thirty drops to a dram. 
 
 Phosphorus. — This is a semi-transparent solid, and is flexible, and 
 has a waxy lustre. It is extracted from bones by sulphuric acid. As 
 a medicine in small doses, it acts as a powerful general stimulant ; in 
 large doses, as a violent, irritant poison. When taken in substance 
 it causes irritation of the stomach, and should, therefore, always be 
 administered in solution ; and even in this form it is objectionable ; it 
 is better to resort to the phosphates, and the hypophosphites. Phos- 
 phorus, being an element in the composition of the brain, has been 
 given, and with advantage, in the various forms of nervous debility, 
 as consumption, typhus fever, amaurosis, paralysis, and the general 
 breakdown of the vital powers. Phosphorus burns when exposed to 
 the air, and should therefore be kept covered with water. 
 
 Fig. 218. 
 
 Fig. 219. 
 
 PINK ROOT. 
 
 PIPSISSEWA. 
 
 Pink Root (Spigelia Marilandica). — This perennial herb grows in 
 rich soils in the Middle and Southern States. The root is the medici- 
 nal part. It is a powerful anthelmintic, and is but little used, except 
 for expelling worms. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram and a 
 half; compound fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams; fluid 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 641 
 
 extract of pink root and senna, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infusion, 
 half an ounce to a pint of water, dose, two to six ounces. 
 
 Pipsissewa (Chimaphila Umbellata). — This is a small evergreen 
 plant, growing in the United States, and in Northern Europe and 
 Asia. It is known by the name of princes' pine. The whole plant is 
 tonic, diuretic, and astringent, and has proved itself useful in dropsy, 
 general debility, rheumatism, chronic disorders of the kidneys, blad- 
 der, urethra, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram ; solid extract, dose, 
 ten to twenty grains > infusion, dose, two ounces. 
 
 Plantain (Plantago Major). — This perennial herb grows both in 
 Europe and America. A strong decoction of the tops and the roots 
 is highly spoken of for syphilis and scrofula ; the dose being from 
 two to four fluid ounces, two or three times a day. But the bruised 
 leaves are most useful, when applied to wounds, ulcers, bites of 
 poisonous insects, erysipelas, etc. 
 
 Plenrisy Boot (Asdepias Tuberosa.) — This perennial plant is 
 abundant in the Southern States. The root, which is the part used, 
 is carminative, tonic, and diuretic ; used in pleurisy, bronchitis, 
 inflammation of the lungs, acute rheumatism, and dysentery. The 
 warm infusion promotes diaphoresis, without raising the temperature 
 of the body. United with the warm infusion of wild yam root, it is 
 excellent for flatulency and wind colic. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams: 
 tincture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, three to five 
 drams : infusion, dose, one to four ounces ; asclepidin, dose, one to five 
 grains. Asclepidin and dioscorein, united in equal parts, make a valua- 
 ble preparation for flatulent and bilious colic : dose, two to four grains. 
 
 FKt 230. 
 
 Fig. 221. 
 
 PLEURISY BOOT. 
 
 POISON HEMLOCK. 
 
 Poison Hemlock {Conium Maculatum). — This biennial plant is a 
 native of Europe and Asia, and is naturalized in this country. The 
 leaves and the seed- are used in medicine. Conium is narcotic, ano- 
 dyne, antispasmodic, and deobstruent ; used in neuralgia, asthma, 
 syphilis, chronic rheumatism, and various other affections. 
 
 81 
 
642 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, live to twenty drops; solid 
 extract, dose, half a grain to two grains ; tincture, three ounces to a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, dose, thirty drops to a dram ; infusion, half 
 an ounce to a pint of water, mainly used as a wash for malignant 
 ulcers, etc. 
 
 Poison Oak {Rhus Toxicodendron) . — The leaves are the medicinal 
 part of this creeping shrub, which is common in this country. The 
 form of using this medicine is that of a saturated tincture, made from 
 the fresh leaves, and to be kept in well-corked vials. It has been 
 found useful in paralysis of the bladder and rectum, in diseases of the 
 eyes and skin, and in chronic rheumatism. Dose of the tincture, from 
 five to ten drops, three times a day. Large doses should be avoided. 
 
 Poke {Phytolacca Decandra). — A perennial plant, growing in 
 nearly all parts of the country, and called garget, pigeon-berry, and 
 scoke. The root is the part used. It is emetic, 
 cathartic, alterative, and slightly narcotic. It FlG - 12% 
 
 excites the whole glandular system, and is used 
 in syphilis, scrofula, rheumatism, and affections 
 of the skin. The root, buried in hot ashes until 
 soft, and then mashed, and applied as a poul- 
 tice, is said, in King's Dispensatory, to be un- 
 rivalled in felons and various tumors. Dose 
 of the powdered root, as an emetic, twelve 
 grains to half a dram ; as an alterative, from 
 two to six grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to 
 thirty drops ; solid extract, dose, one to four 
 grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint of di- 
 luted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram; 
 
 syrup, two ounces to fourteen ounces of simple syrup, dose, one to 
 two drams ; phytolaccin, the active principle, dose, one quarter to 
 one grain. For mercurial and syphilitic pains in the bones, the fol- 
 lowing pill is useful : solid extract of poke, two drams ; solid extract 
 of stillingia, one dram ; solid extract of stramonium, eight grains. 
 Mix, and divide into sixty pills, of which one pill is to be taken 
 every one, two, or three hours. 
 
 Potassa. — This is used in medicine under the name of caustic 
 potassa. It is made by boiling a solution of potassa in a clean iron 
 vessel until ebullition ceases, and the potassa melts, and then pouring 
 it into cylindrical moulds ; when cold it is to be kept in well-stopped 
 bottles. It is a very powerful escharotic, quickly destroying the flesh 
 which it touches, and extending its action deep under the surface. It 
 differs in this respect from nitrite of silver, which only acts upon the 
 surface, and is not, properly speaking, a caustic 
 
 Caustic potassa is used for forming issues. The method of using 
 it for this purpose is to cut in a piece of adhesive plaster a hole as 
 large as the desired issue, and then, having stuck this upon the skin, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 643 
 
 to apply the end of the caustic, previously moistened, to the opening. 
 This application is to be continued till the life of the part is destroyed, 
 when the caustic must be neutralized by vinegar, or carefully washed 
 off with a wet sponge. 
 
 The following preparations of potassa are used in medicine : 
 
 Acetate of Potassa (Potassce Acetas) . — This is made by the union 
 of acetic acid and carbonate of potassa, and in consequence of its 
 extreme deliquescence when exposed to the air, it is kept in closely- 
 stopped bottles. It is diuretic, deobstruent, and mildly cathartic. 
 It is used in febrile diseases, several skin diseases, such as psoriasis, 
 eczema, and lepra, and particularly in dropsical affections. Dose, as 
 a diuretic, from twenty to thirty grains ; as an aperient from two to 
 three drams. 
 
 Bicarbonate of Potassa ( Potassce Bicarbonas) . — This is a solution 
 of carbonate of potassa, saturated with carbonic acid. This acid is 
 diuretic, antacid, and deobstruent ; used in dropsy, acidity of the 
 stomach, and glandular obstructions. Dose, ten to thirty grains. 
 Twenty grains dissolved in eight fluid ounces of water, and mixed 
 with four fluid drams of lemon juice, forms a good effervescing 
 draught. 
 
 Bitartrate of Potassa ( Potassce Bitartras) . — This salt is better 
 known as cream of tartar, and super tartrate of potassa. It is formed 
 from the matter deposited on the bottom and sides of casks, during 
 the fermentation of sour wines. As a medicine it is diuretic, cathar- 
 tic, and refrigerant. In small doses, it acts as a cooling aperient, 
 gently opening the bowels ; in large ones, as a hydragogue cathartic, 
 causing free, watery stools. This property, as well as its power of 
 acting upon the kidneys, causes it to be much used in dropsical com- 
 plaints. Dissolved in boiling water, allowed to cool, and then sweet- 
 ened with loaf sugar, it forms a cooling, pleasant, acid drink. This 
 kind of solution, with a little fresh lemon peel added to it, forms the 
 drink called imperial. Combined with sulphur, it is often used in 
 skin diseases. Dose, as an aperient, a dram or two ; as a hydragogue 
 cathartic, half an ounce to an ounce ; as a diuretic in dropsical com- 
 plaints, a dram and a half to two drams, several times a day. Cream 
 of tartar, powdered rhatany, and myrrh, mixed in equal proportions, 
 form a good preparation for cleansing the teeth. 
 
 Carbonate of Potassa {Potassce Oarbonas). — Carbonate of potassa 
 is punfied pearlash, and is frequently called salt of tartar. The com- 
 mon saleratus is a composition between the carbonate and bicarbo- 
 nate. Carbonate of potassa has the same medicinal properties with 
 the bicarbonate, and is used for similar purposes. 
 
 Chlorate of Potassa. — This is prepared by passing an excess of 
 chlorine through carbonate of potassa. It is refrigerant and diuretic, 
 and is given in scurvy, scarlet fever, etc. , and as a wash in canker 
 in the mouth, and various unhealthy ulcers, and as an injection in 
 leucorrhoea and gleet. 
 
f)44 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Citrate of Potassa (Potassce Citras). — A grateful, cooling diapho- 
 retic, long and much used in fevers, chiefly in the forms of the neutral 
 mixture, and effervescing draught. 
 
 Solution of Citrate of Potassa (Liquor Potassce Citratis). — This 
 is prepared by taking half a pint of lemon juice, and adding bicar- 
 bonate of potassa gradually to it, until it is saturated, then filtering. 
 This passes under the name of neutral mixture, saline mixture, and 
 effervescing draught. It is a valuable refrigerant diaphoretic, well 
 adapted to the hot stage of remittent and intermittent fevers, and 
 indeed to almost all cases of fever, with a dry, hot skin. The dose 
 is a tablespoonful, or half a fluid ounce, which should be diluted 
 when taken, and be repeated every one, two, or three hours, accord- 
 ing to the necessities of the case. 
 
 Solution of Potassa (Liquor Potassce). — This is a transparent, 
 caustic fluid, which requires to be kept in green bottles, tightly 
 corked. It is antacid, antilithic, and diuretic. It is used in some 
 affections of the skin, and scrofula, but more particularly for scalding 
 of the urethra, in gonorrhoea ; in this case, it is well to unite a few 
 drops of laudanum with it. The dose is from fifteen to forty drops, 
 two or three times a day, in half a tumblerful of water. In dyspeptic 
 cases, attended with acidity of the stomach, it may be associated 
 with some simple bitters. 
 
 Sulphate of Potassa (Potassce Sulphas) . — This is a mild purgative, 
 operating without irritation or pain. As an aperient, it should be 
 given in doses of from a scruple to a dram. Ten grains of rhubarb 
 and one dram of carbonate of potassa, united, and divided into six 
 powders, is an excellent alterative cathartic for children having defec- 
 tive digestion and nutrition, and a tumid state of the abdomen. 
 One powder may be given at a time, as often as may be necessary 
 to open the bowels gently. 
 
 Tartrate of Potassa (Potassce Tartras) . — This often passes under 
 the name of soluble tartar. It is a mild, cooling purgative, operating, 
 as most of the neutral salts do, without much pain, and producing 
 watery stools. It is useful in fevers. Combining it with senna, 
 destroys its tendency to produce griping of the bowels. The dose 
 varies from a dram to an ounce, according to the effect desired. 
 
 Potassium. — This is a soft, bluish- white metal. Its union with 
 oxygen, in the proportion of one equivalent of each, forms potassa or 
 potash. The following preparations of it are used in medicine : 
 
 Bromide of Potassium (Potassii Bromidum). — This is a perma- 
 nent, colorless salt, having a pungent, saline taste, a little more acrid 
 than common salt, yet similar to it. As a medicine, it is alterative 
 and resolvent, and is used occasionally for secondary syphilis, scrofula, 
 and enlarged spleen. Dose, from three to ten grains, three times a 
 day, in pill or solution. One dram of the bromide of potassium, 
 rubbed up with an ounce of lard, makes an ointment which has been 
 used with some good effect in goitre, and scrofulous affections. 
 
MEDICINES AXD THEIR PREPARATIONS. 645 
 
 Cyanuret of Potassium (Potassii Cyanuretum). — This is emi- 
 nently poisonous, acting both as a medicine and as a poison, like hy- 
 drocyanic acid. It has therefore been recommended as a substitute 
 for that acid. The dose is one eighth of a grain, dissolved in half a 
 fluid ounce of water. 
 
 Sulpkuret of Potassium (Potasii Sulphuretum) . — This is called 
 liver of sulphur , and hepar, being composed of sulphur and potassium. 
 It has been used in chronic bronchitis, asthma, hooping-cough, and 
 rheumatism. Half an ounce to an ounce of it, dissolved in several 
 gallons of warm water, makes a valuable sulphur bath for several skin 
 diseases, as itch, prurigo, etc. . 
 
 Prickly Ash (Xanthoxylum Fraxineum) . — This shrub grows in 
 various parts of the United States. The leaves and capsules have 
 a pleasant, aromatic smell. Its medicinal properties 
 FlG- 223, are in the bark and berries. The bark is stimulant, 
 tonic, alterative, and sialagogue. It is used to rouse 
 and excite the system, when in a languid state, and 
 for derangements of the liver, rheumatism, and chronic 
 syphilis. It stimulates and strengthens mucous mem- 
 branes, and is a valuable tonic in low typhoid fever. 
 Applied externally, it improves indolent and malig- 
 nant ulcers. Dose of the powdered bark, from ten to 
 thirty grains, three times a day. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, fifteen to forty- 
 live drops : tincture, four ounces to a pint of diluted 
 alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram and a half; infu- 
 sion, half an ounce to a pint of water, dose, half an 
 ^^^^^ ounce to two ounces : xanthoxylin, the active princi- 
 ple, dose, two to six grains. 
 For chronic rheumatism, the following is a good preparation : 
 xanthoxylin, one dram : cimicifugin, one dram : apocynin, one dram ;. 
 diluted alcohol, one pint ; dose, four drams, three times a day. 
 
 Prickly Ash Perries are carminative, antispasmodic, and stimulant. 
 and have a special direction to mucous membranes. The tincture is 
 excellent in nervous diseases, spasms of the bowels, flatulency, and 
 diarrhoea : and combined with the tincture of poke berries, is very 
 serviceable in chronic rheumatism and syphilis. It is said to have 
 been used with great success, in the West, in Asiatic cholera. Dose 
 of the tincture, from ten drops to a fluid dram, in sweetened water. 
 Dose of the oil of prickly ash berries, from two to ten drops, on sugar. 
 
 Prickly Elder (Aralia Spinosa). — This is a tree which grows in 
 the Southern and Western States, and is called southern prickly ash, 
 and toothache tree. The bark is stimulant, alterative, and diaphoretic. 
 The fresh bark, emetic and cathartic. The tincture is serviceable in 
 skin diseases, syphilis, and chronic rheumatism. Dr. John King re- 
 ports, that in the cholera of 1849, it was found very serviceable, whore 
 cathartics were required, in the following combination : compound 
 
646 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 powder of jalap, one dram ; powdered prickly elder bark, one dram ; 
 compound powder of rhubarb, two drams. These were mixed, and 
 given in half-teaspoonful doses, every half hour, or hour, until they 
 operated. The bark is sialagogue, and, in small doses, powdered, is 
 said to relieve the dry and parched condition of the throat, in many 
 diseases. 
 
 Pumpkin Seeds. — The infusion of pumpkin seeds, made by placing 
 them in water without bruising them, are mucilaginous and diuretic, 
 and are used in inflammation of the stomach and bowels, scalding of 
 the urine, strangury, etc. But this infusion is more particularly valu- 
 able for its power of expelling the tape-worm. It may be drank 
 freely. The oil of pumpkin seeds, obtained by expression, has simi- 
 lar properties, and may be taken in doses of six to twelve drops, 
 several times a day. 
 
 Quassia (Picrcena Excelsa). — This is the wood of a tall tree grow- 
 ing in Surinam and some of the West India Islands. It is an in- 
 tensely bitter tonic, febrifuge, and anthelmintic, possessing in the 
 highest degree the properties of the simple bitters. It invigorates 
 the digestive organs, without producing much excitement of the cir- 
 culation. It is well adapted to dyspepsia and the debility of the 
 stomach which succeeds acute disease, and indeed all complaints 
 where simple bitter is required. Its generic title perpetuates the name 
 of the negro Quassi, of Surinam, who first discovered its medicinal 
 virtues, about the middle of the last century, and who became famous 
 for treating malignant fevers with it, as a secret remedy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, dose, four to eight drams ; 
 infusion, two drams to a pint of water, dose, two to four ounces. 
 
 Queen cf the Meadow (Eupatorium Purpureum). — This perennial 
 herb grows in low, swampy places, in many parts of the country. It 
 is called trumpet weed, and, from its fine medicinal effects in com- 
 plaints of the urinary organs, gravel root. It is an excellent diuretic, 
 tonic, and stimulant. Used in gout, rheumatism, hematuria, chronic 
 diseases of the urinary organs, strangury, gravel, and dropsical affec- 
 tions. The decoction is the form in which it is most used ; the dose 
 being two to four ounces, two or three times a day. 
 
 A preparation called enpurpurin is also extracted from it, which, in 
 three-grain doses, is a powerful diuretic, occasioning, in some cases, it 
 is said, an enormous flow of urine. 
 
 Queen's Root (Stillingia Sylvatica). — This perennial herb grows 
 in sandy soils in the Southern States. The root is medicinal, being 
 in large doses, emetic and cathartic ; in small doses, an alterative of 
 considerable value in skin diseases, rheumatism, syphilis, and scrofula, 
 and in such other complaints as require alteratives. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to fifteen drops ; compound 
 fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tincture, two ounces to a 
 pint of diluted alcohol, dose, one to three drams ; infusion, dose, one 
 to two ounces. In chronic bronchitis, and similar complaints, the 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 647 
 
 following syrup is well recommended : fluid extract of stillingia. two 
 ounces ; fluid extract of bloodroot, two ounces ; fluid extract of cherry 
 bark, two ounces : balsam of tolu. one ounce and a half; syrup, two 
 and a half pints. Dose, one to two drams. 
 
 Red Cliiekweed (AnagaUis Arvensis). — An annual plant, common 
 in Europe and this country. It has small scarlet flowers in June 
 and July. It has been used in nervous diseases, as mania, delirium, 
 epilepsy, and particularly hydrophobia. Old and ill-conditioned 
 ulcers are improved by its use. in the form of poultice. 
 
 Red Root ( Ceanothus Americanus), — This shrubby plant has the 
 names of New Jersey tea and icild snoic-bal.U and is found in all 
 parts of the United States. The bark is antispasmodic, sedative, 
 astringent, and expectorant, and tastes and smells like the peach leaf. 
 A decoction is useful in dysentery, diarrhoea, hooping-cough, and 
 chronic bronchitis, in doses of a tablespoonful, three times a day. 
 It makes, likewise, a very good injection in leucorrhoea and gleet, 
 and gargle for ulcerations of the mouth and throat. 
 
 Red Clover (Trifolium Pratense). — The blossoms of this very 
 common biennial plant are medicinal, and are highly recommended 
 in deep, ragged, and cancerous ulcers, as well as in badly-condi- 
 tioned burns. They are soothing and detergent, and promote health- 
 ful granulation. 
 
 Preparation. — Solid extract, to be used as an external applicatioa, 
 chiefly in the form of ointment, made by uniting four ounces of it 
 with half a pound of lard. 
 
 Red Rose (Rosa GaJ.lica). — The petals of the rose are slightly 
 tonic and astringent, and are considerably employed in chronic inflam- 
 mations of the eye. Rose water, distilled from the petals, is used 
 for similar purposes. 
 
 Red Saunders ( Pterocarpus SantaJ.inus) . — This is a large tree 
 growing in Ceylon, the wood of which imparts a red color to alco- 
 hol, ether, and alkaline solutions, but not to water. It is almost 
 solely used for imparting color to tinctures, etc.. having little or no 
 medicinal properties. 
 
 Rosin. — This is the solid resinous matter which remains after the 
 distillation of turpentine. It is much used as an ingredient in oint- 
 ments and plasters, but is never taken internally. The vapor which 
 arises from heating it upon some hot surface is sometimes inhaled 
 with great advantage in chronic bronchitis, and other chronic affec- 
 tions of the air tubes. 
 
 Rhatany (Krameria Triandra). — This is a native of Peru, grow- 
 ing in dry, sandy places. It is a powerful astringent, and a gentle 
 tonic. It is given with advantage in excessive menstruation, vomiting 
 of blood, chronic diarrhoea, leucorrhoea, and inability to retain the 
 urine ; likewise, as a local application in falling of the bowel. It is 
 valuable also for nose-bleed, and bleeding gums. Dose of the powder, 
 for internal use, from ten to thirty grains. 
 
648 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to twenty grains ; tincture, three ounces to a pint 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, three to six drams ; infusion, two ounces to 
 a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Rhubarb (Rheum Palmatum) . — This root is derived from several 
 species of rheum, and passes under the various names of European, 
 Russian, Chinese, East India, and Turkey rhubarb. The variety 
 called Russian, or Turkey rhubarb (for they are the same), is con- 
 sidered the best. Rhubarb is cathartic, astringent, and tonic. It is 
 much used in mild cases of diarrhoea and cholera infantum ; likewise, 
 as a stomachic and gentle tonic in dyspepsia, accompanied with a de- 
 bilitated state of the digestive organs. It is a valuable remedy in the 
 complaints of children, and is deservedly much used in treating them. 
 It acts upon the muscular coat of the bowels, producing thick rather 
 than watery stools. It is therefore not adapted to the treatment of 
 dropsical complaints. Its astringency may be increased by roasting 
 it, or diminished, by combination with soap, or an alkali. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; aro- 
 matic fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; fluid extract of rhu- 
 barb and senna, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid extract, dose, two 
 to ten grains ; tincture, an ounce and a half of fluid extract, and half 
 an ounce of essence of cardamom, to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, 
 half an ounce to an ounce and a half; infusion, one ounce fluid ex- 
 tract and two ounces spirit of cinnamon to a pint of water, dose, one 
 to three ounces ; syrup, three ounces of fluid extract to fourteen of 
 syrup, dose, two to five drams. 
 
 Rosemary {Rosmarinus Officinalis). — This evergreen shrub 
 grows on the borders of the Mediterranean, and is cultivated in Europe 
 and this country. It is stimulant, antispasmodic, and emmenagogue. 
 It is not used, in this country, however, except to perfume ointments, 
 tinctures, and syrups. 
 
 Round-Leaved Pyrola {Pyrola Rotundifolia) . — This perennial 
 shrub grows in various parts of our country, and bears white flowers 
 in June. It is called canker lettuce, pear -leaf winter green, etc. Its 
 medicinal properties are those of a tonic, astringent, antispasmodic, 
 and diuretic. Used in decoction for epilepsy and other nervous dis- 
 orders ; also for gravel, and other diseases of the bladder and kidneys. 
 The decoction may be used, too, as a wash for ulcerations of the mouth, 
 indolent ulcers, and chronic ophthalmia. The decoction may likewise 
 be used in making poultices for painful swellings, boils, and carbun- 
 cles. It may be taken in doses of from one to six ounces. 
 
 Rue (Ruta Graveolens). — Rue has the medicinal virtues of the 
 antispasmodics, anthelmintics, and emmenagogues. In large doses, it 
 is poisonous. It is useful in Avind colic, worms, hysterics, epilepsy, 
 etc. Dose of the leaves, from ten to twenty grains ; of the infusion, 
 from one to four ounces. 
 
 Saffron ( Crocus Sativus) . — This is a native of Greece and Asia 
 Minor ; it is also cultivated in France, England, and America, as well 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. o49 
 
 as in other countries. It has been thought to be stimulant and anti- 
 spasmodic, in small doses, relieving pain, and producing sleep ; in large 
 doses, giving rise to headache, and producing stupor. In the general 
 judgment of the profession, it is now considered, however, as having 
 very little activity. It is accordingly not much used, except in do- 
 mestic practice, where it has some reputation among nurses for its 
 power to bring out measles, and other eruptions. It is also thought 
 to be beneficial in amenorrhcea, dysmenorrhea, chlorosis, and hysteria. 
 It is chiefly used at present to impart flavor and color to tinctures. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to sixty drops ; tinc- 
 ture, dose, half a dram to a dram ; infusion, one dram to a pint of 
 water, dose, two to three ounces. 
 
 Sage ( Salvia Officinalis) . — The tops and leaves of this well-known 
 garden plant are aromatic, astringent, diaphoretic, and slightly tonic. 
 The infusion is useful in debilitated conditions of the stomach, at- 
 tended with flatulence ; it frequently relieves nausea; the cold infu- 
 sion checks and sometimes entirely removes the night-sweats of 
 hectic. The infusion is useful as a gargle in inflammation of the 
 throat, particularly, if united with a little honey and alum. Dose of 
 the infusion, from one to three fluid ounces. 
 
 Sarsaparilla (Smilax Officinalis). — Grows in swamps and hedges 
 in the Middle and Southern States. The root has long been held in 
 esteem as an alterative, diuretic, and demulcent, being used in scrof- 
 ula, chronic rheumatism, and affections of the skin ; but its most 
 extensive and useful application has been found to be in the treat- 
 ment of secondary and tertiary syphilis ; and especially in the broken 
 condition of the system which follows the use of mercury in these 
 affections. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one dram; fluid extract of 
 sarsaparilla and dandelion, dose, one dram ; solid extract, dose, five 
 to twenty grains ; infusion, dose, two to four ounces. 
 
 Sassafras {Lauras Sassafras) . — This tree is common in the United 
 States. The bark of the root, which is the medicinal part, is altera- 
 tive, diuretic, diaphoretic, and a warm aromatic stimulant. It is 
 mainly used to improve the flavor of other medicines, and also, as a 
 constituent of those compounds, which are recommended in chronic 
 rheumatism, syphiloid affections, eruptions of the skin, and scurvy. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; tincture, 
 six ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce : in- 
 fusion, two ounces to a pint of water, to be drank as desired. 
 
 Savin (Juniperus Sabina). — An evergreen shrub, growing in 
 Europe and North America. The tops and leaves are diuretic, dia- 
 phoretic, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic. The warm infusion pro- 
 motes menstruation, and destroys worms. Care should be taken 
 never to administer this medicine during pregnancy, its effects being 
 violent and dangerous. 
 
 Preparations! — Fluid extract, dose, ten to thirty drops ; solid ex- 
 tract, dose, one to five grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint of 
 
650 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS 
 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram and a half; infusion, 
 half an ounce to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 The following mixture is useful in amenorrhoea : fluid extract of 
 savin, half a dram; fluid extract of ginger, one dram; sulphate of 
 potassa, two drams. Mix. Dose, half a dram, twice a day. The 
 oil of savin has properties similar to those of the leaves. Dose, 
 from two to five drops, on sugar. 
 
 Scammony ( Convolvulus Scammonia) . — This plant is a native of 
 Syria, and the neighboring countries. The medicinal part is the 
 hardened juice of the fresh root. It is an energetic cathartic, pro- 
 ducing griping, and sometimes operating with decided harshness, on 
 which account it is generally combined with other medicines which 
 lessen the severity of its action. The dose is from five to twenty 
 grains. 
 
 Scullcap (Scutellaria Lateriflora). — An indigenous plant, flowering 
 in July and August. The whole herb is used. It is a valuable ner- 
 vine, tonic, and antispasmodic ; while it gives 
 support to the nerves, therefore, it imparts both 
 quietness and strength to the whole system, and 
 does not, like other nervines, leave the patient 
 excited and irritable. It finds its use in the treat- 
 ment of neuralgia, chorea, convulsions, lockjaw, 
 and most other diseases of the nervous system. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a 
 dram to a dram ; compound fluid extract, dose, 
 half a dram to a dram ; tincture, four ounces 
 to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, one to two 
 drams ; infusion, dose, a wineglassful, three times 
 a day ; scutellarin, the active principle, dose, two 
 to six grains. 
 
 Seneka (Poly gala Senega), — An indigenous 
 plant, commonly called snake-root, the root of 
 which is used in medicine. It is a stimulating diuretic and expecto- 
 rant, and in large doses, an emetic and carthartic. It excites all the 
 secretions. It is useful in chronic bronchitis, and in other chronic 
 affections of the breathing tubes. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, close, twenty to forty drops ; infu- 
 sion, dose, one ounce to an ounce and a half; syrup, four ounces of 
 fluid extract to twelve ounces simple syrup, dose, half a dram to a 
 dram. The following is a very good expectorant cough preparation : 
 fluid extract of seneka, three drams ; fluid extract of squill, half a 
 dram ; syrup of tolu, two drams ; paregoric, two drams ; carbonate 
 of ammonia, twenty grains ; water, four and a half ounces. Mix. 
 Dose, one dram. 
 
 Senna ( Cassia Aculifolia) . — Grows abundantly in Upper Egypt. 
 The leaves are the medicinal part. It is a mild, active, and certain 
 carthartic, and is much used in combination with other medicines, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 651 
 
 particularly epsom salts. The addition uf cloves, ginger, cinnamon, 
 and other aromatics, removes all its tendency to griping, and makes 
 it a safe and gentle, yet active purgative, in most cases, calling for 
 an evacuation of the bowels. 
 
 /Reparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; fluid ex- 
 tract of senna and jalap, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid extract, 
 dose, three to eight grains ; tincture, three ounces to thirteen ounces 
 of diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; infusion, two 
 ounces to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Shrubby Trefoil (Ptelea Trifoliata) . — This shrub, which grows in 
 the West, is called wafer ash, and wingseed. Its bark and root have 
 tonic properties, and are used in intermittent and remittent fevers, and 
 wherever nature needs a lift in getting up from exhausting complaints. 
 The medicine, like other tonics, improves the appetite and digestion. 
 Dose of the solid extract, from three to five grains, three or four times 
 a day ; of the cold infusion, a tablespoonful, every two or three hours. 
 
 The oleo-resinous principle of the crude bark is called ptelein, and 
 is a powerful tonic. Dose one or two grains, three or four times a 
 day. 
 
 FlG. 225. 
 
 Fig. 226. 
 
 SKUNK CABBAGE. 
 
 SLIPPERY ELM. 
 
 Skunk Cabbage ( Symplocarpus Foetidus) . — A perennial plant, grow- 
 ing in moist places throughout the United States ; sometimes called 
 in i adow cabbage. The root is stimulant, expectorant, antispasmodic, 
 and slightly narcotic. It is given for pulmonary and bronchial affec- 
 tions, epilepsy, hysterics, asthma, hooping-cough, and irritable nerves. 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to eighty drops ; tinc- 
 ture, three ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; 
 infusion, dose, one to two ounces ; syrup, two ounces of fluid extract 
 to eigh; ounces of simple syrup, dose, two to three drams. For 
 asthma and cough, and to promote expectoration, and remove tight- 
 ness across the chest, the following is a very good compound pre pa- 
 

 652 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 ration : one ounce each of the fluid extract of skunk cabbage, lobelia, 
 bloodroot, pleurisy root, and ginger, one pint of water, and three 
 pints of alcohol. Dose, two to four drams. 
 
 Slippery Elm (Ulmus Fulva). — The inner bark of this well- 
 known tree is nutritive, demulcent, emollient, and slightly expecto- 
 rant and diuretic. It is valuable as a demulcent drink in inflamma- 
 tions of the lungs, stomach, bowels, bladder, and kidneys ; also, for 
 coughs, strangury, dysentery, and the summer complaint of infants. 
 It makes a valuable poultice for various purposes. 
 
 Small Spikenard (Aralia Nudicaulis) . — This plant grqws through- 
 out the United States, from Canada to the Carolinas, in rocky woods. 
 It is called false sarsaparilla and wild sar so/par ilia. The root is a 
 gentle stimulant, diaphoretic, and alterative. It is used in domestic 
 practice, and by some physicians, in rheumatism, syphilis, and cuta- 
 neous diseases. The American spikenard, aralia racemosa, resem- 
 bles the small spikenard in medical properties. Either of these roots 
 is valuable in chronic affections of the lun^s and air tubes. 
 
 Soap (Sapo). — Soap is laxative, antacid, and antilithic, and is 
 much used in combination with cathartics, to lessen the severity of 
 their action. In mesenteric fever, advantage is derived from rub- 
 bing the tumid belly of children with a strong lather of soap, morn- 
 ing and evening ; and few things are more effectual in removing 
 hardened feces from the rectum in cases of obstinate costiveness than 
 an injection of soap-suds. 
 
 Sodium. — This is a soft white metal. United with oxygen in the 
 proportion of one equivalent each, it forms the alkali, soda. The 
 following are the principal preparations of soda used in medicine : 
 
 Bicarbonate of Soda (Sodce Bicarbonas) . — This is a white, inodor- 
 ous powder, generally called super carbonate of soda. It is antacid, 
 antilithic, and slightly diuretic. It is chiefly used in preparing what 
 are called soda powders, and in various preparations of medic ire, 
 when an antacid is required. It is also taken simply dissolved in 
 water, for acidity of the stomach. The yeast powders, now so much 
 used, are said to be composed of about two and a half parts of cream 
 of tartar, and one part each of corn starch and bicarbonate of soda. 
 Housewives may as well make the combination for themselves. 
 
 Borate of Soda {Sodas Boras). — This is everywhere known by the 
 name of borax. It exists naturally formed in several parts of the 
 world, and is likewise manufactured. It is a mild refrigerant and 
 diuretic ; also emmenagogue, promoting menstruation, facilitating 
 parturition, and favoring the expulsion of the after-birth, by its spe- 
 cific influence upon the womb. It has considerable reputation in the 
 treatment of urinary diseases, particularly those connected with an 
 excess of uric acid. The dose is from twenty to forty grains in solu- 
 tion. Combined with rose-water, honey, and various other things, 
 according to circumstances, borax makes a valuable wash for inflam- 
 matory affections of the mouth and throat, skin diseases, etc. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 653 
 
 Chloride of Sodium (Sodii Chloridum). — This is the chemical 
 name of muriate of soda, or common salt. In small doses, it is tonic, 
 alterative, and anthelmintic. It checks bleeding from the lungs, 
 when taken in teaspoonful doses. The dose as an alterative is from 
 ten to sixty grains. As moderately used in food by most civilized 
 people, it promotes digestion and improves the general health. 
 
 Sulphate of Soda (Sodce Sulphas). — This has a very pretty 
 name, but it will not sound half as well to thousands of young per- 
 sons, when they are told that it is the well-known glauber's salts. 
 From half an ounce to an ounce of it, dissolved in half a tumblerful 
 of water, acts as a cathartic ; a smaller dose, as a laxative and diu- 
 retic. Its nauseous and bitter taste may be somewhat concealed by a 
 little cream of tartar, or lemon juice, or a few drops of sulphuric acid. 
 
 Sulphite of Soda (/Sodce Sulphis). — This preparation is in the 
 form of transparent crystals, and is very soluble in water. In doses 
 of sixty grains, this is said to have been used with success in frothy 
 vomitings ; it is also well spoken of as a remedy in acute rheuma- 
 tism, and as a wash in thrush, and some diseases of the skin. 
 
 Tartrate of Potassa and Soda (Sodce et Potassce Tartras). — This 
 is one of the mildest, and most cooling purgatives among the salts. 
 It is known as rochelle salt, and generally agrees well with irritable 
 and delicate stomachs. Dose, from two drams to an ounce, in a tum- 
 blerful of water. The gentle physic called seidlitz powders is com- 
 posed of two drams of rochelle salt and two scruples of bicarbonate 
 of soda in a blue paper, and thirty-five grains of tartaric acid in a 
 white paper. The contents of each paper is dissolved in half a tum- 
 bler of water by itself; one solution is then poured into the other, J 
 and the whole is drank during the effervescence. 
 
 Solomon's Seal ( Convalaria Multiflora) . — This is one of our own 
 perennial plants, and is found in various parts of the country. The 
 root is tonic, mucilaginous, and astringent. It acts especially upon 
 mucous tissues, and has therefore found its use in chronic dysentery, 
 iiikI piles, and in chronic inflammation of the stomach and bowels. 
 Dose of the decoction, or infusion, from one to four fluid ounces, three 
 or four times a day. Large doses purge and vomit. The decoction, 
 applied locally, relieves the inflammation caused by the poison vine. 
 
 Solution Of Arsenite of Potassa (Liquor Potassce Arsenitis). — 
 
 This is known under the names of arsenical solution and Folder's so- 
 lution. It is a transparent liquid, having the color, taste, and smell 
 of spirits of lavender. It has the general action upon the human 
 body of the arsenical preparations. It is the preparation generally 
 resorted to where arsenic is given internally, and is used with con- 
 siderable success in intermittent fever, leprosy, and several other skin 
 diseases, St. Vitus's dance, periodical headache, and some other com- 
 plaints. The dose is from three to ten drops, three times a day, given 
 in water ; generally, it is better not to go beyond five drops. Some- 
 times it disturbs the stomach, and binds the bowels, producing head- 
 
654 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 ache, dizziness, and confusion of mind. When such effects follow 
 its use, it must be laid aside, and a purgative given. After an inter- 
 val of two weeks, it may be resumed in smaller doses. It often 
 requires to be used for several months. 
 
 Spanish Flies (Oantharis Vesicatoria) . — These insects are of a 
 beautiful, shining, golden-green color. They attach themselves to 
 such trees, in France, Spain, and Italy, as the white poplar, elder, 
 privet, and lilach, upon the leaves of which they feed. They make 
 their appearance in swarms upon these trees, in May and June, and 
 are shaken off in the morning while torpid with the cold. Internally 
 administered, they are a powerful stimulant, exercising a peculiar in- 
 fluence over the urinary and genital organs. In large doses, they 
 excite violent inflammation of the alimentary canal and urinary or- 
 gans, strangury, irritation of the sexual organs, headache, delirium, 
 and convulsions ; also painful priapism, vomiting, bloody stools, sali- 
 vation, fetid breath, hurried breathing, and difficulty of swallowing. 
 They are given internally for chronic gonorrhoea, leucorrhcea, semi- 
 nal weakness, and paralysis of the bladder. Dose of the powder, 
 from half a grain to two grains ; of the tincture, from twenty to 
 sixty drops. Solution of potassa, given every hour, in thirty-drop 
 doses, is a remedy for strangury produced by cantharides. Spanish 
 flies are used externally, in the form of blistering plaster ; also in the 
 form of tincture, mixed with various solutions, to produce irritation 
 and redness of the skin. 
 
 Spearmint (Mentha Viridis). — This has carminative, diuretic, 
 and antispasmodic virtues. The warm infusion of it is much 
 employed in domestic practice, to produce perspiration, after taking 
 cold, and while suffering from feverish symptoms, from various 
 causes. The oil of spearmint has similar properties with the herb, 
 and may be taken in five to ten drop doses, on sugar. One ounce 
 of the oil of spearmint, dissolved in a pint of alcohol, constitutes 
 the essence of spearmint. 
 
 Spermaceti (Cetaceum). — This is a white crystalline substance, 
 obtained from the head of the spermaceti whale. In household prac- 
 tice, it is considerably used for the coughs and colds of children, 
 being generally simmered with molasses or loaf sugar. It forms a 
 part of several cerates and ointments. 
 
 Spider's Web (Tela Aranece) . — The web of the black or brown 
 spider, gathered in barns, cellars, etc., is sometimes given in five or 
 six grain doses, in pill form, and it is said with good effect, in peri- 
 odical headache, hysterics, St. Yitus's dance, asthma, and fever and 
 ague. It is likewise applied externally to check bleeding. 
 
 Spirit of Nitric Ether (Spiritus JEtheris Nitrici) . — The general 
 reader will know this article better under the name of sweet spirits 
 of nitre. It is diuretic, diaphoretic, antispasmodic, and stimulant, and 
 in large doses,. a narcotic poison. It is much used in diseases of the 
 urinary organs, either alone or combined with sedatives, and other 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 655 
 
 diuretics. Dose, from twenty drops to two fluid drams, to be taken 
 in water, three or four times a day. 
 
 Sponge (Spongia). — When burned, this is used as an alterative in 
 scrofula, scrofulous tumors, goitre, and obstinate diseases of the skin. 
 It is much employed by homoeopathic physicians, though it has much 
 less remedial power than iodine. Dose, one to three drams, mixed 
 with honey or syrup. 
 
 Spurred Rye (Secale Cornutum). — This is a diseased product of 
 rye, known by the name of ergot. This article has a peculiar effect 
 upon the womb, causing it to contract with great energy, when given 
 in full doses. It should never be given, however, continuously, for a 
 great length of time, as it has been known, when so used, to produce 
 dry gangrene, typhus fever, and nervous disorders connected with 
 convulsions. Such were its effects in certain provinces of France, in 
 consequence of the use of rye bread contaminated with it. It is use- 
 ful in excessive uterine hemorrhage, which it arrests by causing the 
 womb to contract, and thus to condense its tissue, and close up its 
 bleeding vessels. It has also been successful in bleeding from the 
 lungs. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; tinc- 
 ture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two and a half to 
 five drams ; infusion, dose, one to two ounces ; wine, five ounces of 
 fluid extract to a pint of sherry wine, dose, two to four drams, in cases 
 of labor ; for other purposes, one to two drams. 
 
 Squill (Scilla Maritima) . — A perennial plant growing in countries 
 on the Mediterranean. In large doses, it is emetic and purgative ; in 
 small doses, expectorant and diuretic. It is used in pulmonary affec- 
 tions to increase expectoration, and in dropsical complaints to aug- 
 ment the secretions of the kidneys. Dose of the dried root, one to 
 five grains, generally to be united with nitre or ipecac. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, as an expectorant and diuretic, 
 two to six drops ; as an emetic, twelve to twenty-four drops ; com- 
 pound fluid extract, dose, ten to twenty drops ; tincture, two ounces 
 to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, twenty to forty drops ; syrup, dose, 
 a quarter to half a dram. 
 
 Star Grass (AletrisFarinosa) . — This plant is found in dry soils 
 throughout most parts of the United States, and called unicorn root, 
 ague root, and crow corn. The root is an intensely bitter tonic, and 
 is used to improve the tone of the stomach, and for flatulent colic and 
 hysterics. It is said also to give tone to the female generative organs, 
 affording a protection against miscarriage. The Eclectics call it 
 oneof their best agents in chlorosis, suppressed menstruation, engorge- 
 ment and falling of the womb, and painful menstruation. Dose of 
 the powdered root, from five to ten grains, three times a day. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to thirty drops ; tincture, 
 two ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram ; 
 infusion, two drams to a pint of water, dose, one or two ounces ; 
 

 
 656 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 syrup, dose, one to two drams ; aletridin, the active principle, dose, 
 one to three grains. 
 
 St. Ignatius's Bean (Faba Sancti Ignatii) . — The seeds are the part 
 used, and are the product of the Ignatia Amara, — a tree of middle 
 size, growing in the Philippine Islands, and is a species of the strich- 
 nos. These seeds possess a large amount of strychnine, and conse- 
 quently, in medicinal doses, are a powerful nervine tonic, and are used 
 for improving the digestive functions, and for rousing and strength- 
 ening the whole system when prostrated by nervous complaints. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to ten drops ; solid extract, 
 dose, half a grain to a grain and a half. 
 
 Storax (Styrax Officinale). — This is the hardened juice of the 
 storax, a native of the countries along the Mediterranean. It is a 
 stimulant and expectorant, and is used for chronic bronchitis, laryn- 
 gitis, and cough. The liquid storax is sometimes employed instead 
 of copaiva in gonorrhoea and gleet. The dose is from ten to twenty 
 grains. Storax is a constituent in the compound tincture of benzoin. 
 
 Fig. 227. 
 
 Fig. 228. 
 
 STAR GRASS. 
 
 STRAMONIUM. 
 
 Stramonium (Datura Stramonium). — This annual plant is most 
 known in this country by the name of Jamestown weed; in England 
 by that of thornapple. The leaves and seeds are medicinal. Stramo- 
 nium is a powerful narcotic ; it is also antispasmodic, anodyne, and 
 sedative. It is used in various nervous affections, as chorea, epilepsy, 
 palsy, tetanus, and mania. It is much used for relieving acute pains, 
 etc. Taken in large doses, it is a powerful poison. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, five to twenty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, half a grain to a grain ; tincture, two ounces to a pint 
 of alcohol, dose, half a dram to a dram and a half, and to be gradu- 
 ally increased. 
 
 Sulphur. — This is considerably used in medicine, being laxative, 
 diaphoretic, and resolvent. It is chiefly used for piles, chronic iheu- 
 matism, gout, asthma, and those affections of the breathing organs 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 657 
 
 not attended with acute inflammation. Externally and internally, it 
 is much employed in skin diseases, particularly the itch, for which it 
 is a specific. In these affections, it is frequently applied in the form 
 of sulphur baths. The dose of sulphur is from one to three drams, 
 mixed with syrup, molasses, or milk. When sublimed, this article 
 is called Jtoicers of sulphur, which is the form in which it is chiefly 
 used in medicine. 
 
 Sumach {Rhus Glabrum) . — Found in almost all parts of the United 
 States, in old neglected fields, and by the side of fences. The bark 
 and berries are astringent, tonic, antiseptic, and diuretic, and are used 
 in diarrhoea, dysentery, gonorrhoea, whites, hectic fever, and scrofula. 
 The berries make a valuable gargle in quinsy, and ulcerations of the 
 mouth and throat, and also a useful wash for ringworm, tetter, and 
 ulcers. The excrescences which grow upon the leaves have nearly 
 as much astringency as galls, and when pulverized and mixed with 
 lard, have a similarly soothing effect upon piles. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; tincture, 
 four ounces to thirteen ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce 
 to an ounce. 
 
 Sunflower (Helianihus Annuus) . — The seeds and the leaves of this 
 plant are expectorant and diuretic, and are useful in several pulmo- 
 nary affections. The seeds yield a fixed oil, in which their medicinal 
 virtues are chiefly found. In doses of ten or twenty drops, this oil 
 acts favorably upon inflamed mucous surfaces, and in doses three 
 times as large, it greatly augments the flow of urine. 
 
 Swamp Dogwood ( Cornus Sericea) . — This is found in damp places, 
 and along the banks of rivers, in various parts of our country, and is 
 known as red ozier, red willow, and rose willow. The bark is tonic, 
 stimulant, and astringent, and has been used for similar purposes with 
 dogwood bark ; well spoken of, also, for dyspepsia, diarrhoea, malig- 
 nant fevers, and as an external application to foul and ill-conditioned 
 ulcers. Dose of the powdered bark, from twenty to sixty grains ; of 
 the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces. 
 
 Swamp Milkweed (Asclepias Incarnata). — This is a native of the 
 United States, and bears red flowers from June to August. It has the 
 name of lohite Indian hemp. The root is emetic, cathartic, and diuretic, 
 and is useful in asthma, bronchitis, rheumatism, syphilis, and worms. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, twenty to forty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, one and a half to three drams ; infusion, dose, 
 three to six drams ; syrup, four ounces fluid extract to twelve ounces 
 simple syrup, dose, half a dram to a dram and a half. 
 
 Sweet Fern ( Comptonia Asplenifolia) . — This shrub, growing in 
 stony pastures in New England and Virginia, is tonic, astringent, 
 alterative, and aromatic, and is used in diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera 
 infantum, rheumatism, and debility after fevers. Dose of the decoc- 
 tion, from one to four fluid ounces, three or four times a day. 
 
 83 
 

 
 658 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Sweet Flag (Acorus Calamus). — Found in damp places, in most 
 parts of the world. The root is stimulant, tonic, and aromatic ; use- 
 ful in wind colic, weakened conditions of the stomach, and dyspepsia. 
 Dose of the root, from twenty to sixty grains ; of the infusion, from 
 two to four fluid ounces. 
 
 Sweet Gum (Liquidamber Styracijlua) . — This tree grows in the 
 Middle and Southern States. Being wounded, it yields a yellowish - 
 white, honey-like balsam, which hardens into a gum. This, melted 
 with equal parts of lard or tallow, forms an ointment which is used 
 in some parts of the country for piles, ringworm of the scalp, fever 
 sores, and other complaints. Used internally, it has very nearly the 
 same effects with storax. 
 
 Tag Alder (Ahius Rubra). — This shrub grows in swamps and 
 other damp places, in northern United States. The bark is altera- 
 tive, emetic, and astringent. It is used in scrofula, secondary 
 syphilis, herpes, impetigo, and other skin diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams; infusion, 
 two ounces to a pint of water, dose, one to two ounces ; alnuin, the 
 active principle, dose, one to three grains. 
 
 Tansy (Tanacetum Vulgare). — Tansy is a perennial herb, having 
 tonic, emmenagogue, and diaphoretic properties ; the cold infusion 
 being tonic, and useful in dyspepsia, wind in the stomach, jaundice, 
 and worms ; the warm infusion, diaphoretic and emmenagogue. 
 Dose of the infusion, from one to four fluid ounces, two or three 
 times a day. 
 
 Tar (Pix Liquida) . — The medicinal qualities of tar are like those of 
 turpentine, and it is sometimes used in old chronic coughs and bron- 
 chitis. The vapor of boiling tar was once thought to be very service- 
 able in bronchial diseases, when inhaled. Doubtless it is useful in 
 some cases, but its virtues have been extolled above their merits. 
 In the form of ointment, it has real efficacy in scald head and tetter. 
 
 Thimbleweed (Rudbeckia Laciniata). — The whole of this herb is 
 balsamic, diuretic, and tonic, and in the form of decoction, used 
 freely, is said to have been found useful in some urinary complaints, 
 as Bright's disease, strangury, etc. 
 
 Tobacco (Nicotiana Tabacum). — The leaves of tobacco are acrid, 
 narcotic, and poisonous, and are chiefly used in the form of ointment, 
 in skin diseases, etc. Its poisonous qualities, however, render it 
 dangerous when much used, even externally. 
 
 Trailing Arbutus (Epigcea Repens). — This grows in sandy woods 
 and rocky soils, its flowers appearing in early spring, and exhaling a 
 spicy fragrance. The leaves are diuretic and astringent, and are 
 very useful in gravel, and most diseases of the urinary organs, being 
 regarded in some cases superior to Uva ursi and buchu. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; infusion, 
 dose, two to four ounces. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 6-") 9 
 
 Tapioca (Janip/ta Manihot) . — This plant grows in the West Indies 
 and Brazil. It is cultivated chiefly on account of the root, which is 
 largely used as an article of food, particularly for the sick, or rather, 
 for those recovering from sickness. The starch which it contains is 
 separated by washing, scraping, grating, and grinding, and is in the 
 form of hard, white, rough grains. It is prepared for use by boiling ; 
 and, in debility and low forms of disease, may have the addition of 
 wine, nutmeg, or other aromatics. 
 
 Tulip Tree (Liriodendron Tulipifera). — This is a large and elegant 
 tree growing in many parts of the country, and caWedpoplar and white 
 poplar. The bark of the root is aromatic, stimulant, and tonic, and 
 in warm infusion, diaphoretic. It is used in fever and ague, chronic 
 rheumatism, and chronic diseases of the stomach and bowels. Dose 
 of the powdered bark, from a scruple to two drams ; of the infusion, 
 from one to two fluid ounces. 
 
 Turkey Corn ( Corjjdalis Formosa) . — This perennial plant is called 
 v:ild-turkey pea, and stagger-weed, and grows in rich soils in the 
 Southern and Western States. The tuber, which is the medicinal 
 part, should only be collected while the plant is in flower. It is tonic, 
 diuretic, and alterative. It is much valued as a remedy in syphilis 
 and scrofula. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to forty drops ; tincture, 
 three ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to two 
 drams ; corydalin, the active principle, dose, half a grain to a grain. 
 A valuable alterative for syphilis is made by uniting eight grains of 
 corydalin with ten grains of hydrastin, and dividing into twelve pow- 
 ders. Dose, one powder, three or four times a day. 
 
 Turmeric ( Curcuma Longa . — This is a native of the East Indies 
 and Cochin China. The root is a stimulant aromatic and tonic, some- 
 what like ginger, employed in debilitated states of the stomach, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two or three drams ; tincture, 
 two ounces to twelve ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, one and a half 
 to two ounces ; infusion, dose, two to four ounces. 
 
 Yalerian ( Valeriana Officinalis). — This is a European plant, flow- 
 ering in June or July. The root is tonic, nervine, and antispasmodic, 
 and is much used in cases of irregular nervous action, particularly 
 morbid nervous vigilance, or hypochondria, epilepsy, lowness of 
 spirits, and nervous headache. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram and a 
 half; solid extract, dose three to ten grains ; tincture, four ounces to 
 a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two to four drams ; infusion, half an 
 ounce to a pint of water, dose, two to four ounces ; syrup, four ounces 
 of fluid extract to a pint of simple syrup, dose, two to four drams. 
 
 Vervain ( Verbena Hastata). — A perennial plant, common in the 
 I nited States. The root is tonic, emetic, expectorant, and sudorific. 
 It is used in intermittent fevers, colds, and obstructed menstruation, 
 in the form of warm infusion. The cold infusion is a good tonic in 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 660 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 loss of appetite, debility, etc. Dose of the powdered root, one or two 
 scruples; of the infusion, from two to four ounces, three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 Yinegar (Acetum). — This is refrigerant, diuretic, astringent, and 
 tonic ; used in fevers and inflammatory complaints, likewise in scurvy 
 and typhus, as an antiseptic. It has been found useful in dysentery 
 and scarlet fever, saturated with common salt. Externally, it is ap- 
 plied to bruises, inflammations, sprains, and swellings. It sometimes 
 lias a good effect as a gargle in putrid sore throat, etc., and as a cool- 
 
 wash in headache during fevers. 
 
 Fig. 229. 
 
 
 Fig. 
 
 230. 
 
 
 
 
 Wbi 
 
 
 inbyji 
 
 
 ^(m 
 
 i\^B 
 
 M 
 
 mi 
 
 ik^W 
 
 
 
 
 VIRGINIA SNAKE-ROOT. 
 
 Fig. 231. 
 
 Virginia Snake-root (Aristolochia Serpentaria) . — This is a peren- 
 nial herb of the Middle and Southern States. The root is stimulant, 
 tonic, and diaphoretic. It is used in typhoid fevers, when the sys- 
 tem needs support, but cannot bear active stimulation. 
 Combined with peruvian bark, it is also used in inter- 
 mittent fevers. The cold infusion is employed in some 
 forms of dyspepsia ; likewise as a gargle in malignant 
 sore throat. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one quarter to 
 half a dram ; tincture, three ounces to a pint of diluted 
 alcohol, dose, one to two drams ; infusion half an ounce 
 to a pint of water, dose, one to two ounces, in low forms 
 of fever. The following is a good compound tincture ; 
 half an ounce each of fluid extract of snake-root, fluid 
 extract of ipecac, fluid extract of saffron, fluid extract 
 of ladies' slipper, together with half an ounce of cam- 
 phor, and one and a half pints of diluted alcohol ; dose, 
 a dram to a dram and a half. 
 
 Water Horehound. — This article has been described 
 under Bugle Weed, but the cut was forgotten. See Bugle 
 ^Lycopus Virginicus). 
 
 WATER 
 HOREHOUND 
 
 Weed 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 661 
 
 Water Pepper (Polygonum Punctalum). — This annual plant is 
 called smart-weed, and grows throughout our country, in low grounds, 
 and along ditches and brooks. It has a pungent, biting taste, and is 
 stimulant, diuretic, emmenagogue, antiseptic, and vesicant. It is 
 used in coughs, colds, gravel, and womb complaints. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, ten to sixty drops ; solid 
 extract, dose, two to three grains ; tincture, four ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half a dram to two drams ; infusion, half an 
 ounce to a pint of water, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 Wahoo (Euonymus Atropurpureus) . — A small shrub growing in 
 woods in many parts of the United States. The bark of the root is 
 a bitter tonic, laxative, alterative, diuretic, and expectorant, and is 
 advantageously used in pulmonary affections, dropsy, constipation, 
 torpidity of the liver, dyspepsia, and intermittent fevers. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; tincture, 
 four ounces to twelve ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce 
 to an ounce. 
 
 Wax. — The yellow and white wax are chiefly used as ingredients 
 of plasters and ointments. 
 
 White Hellebore ( Veratrum Album). — This is an European pe- 
 rennial plant, the root of which is a violent emetic and purgative, and 
 in large doses is poisonous ; not often used, except externally, in the 
 form of ointment or decoction, for the cure of itch, and some other 
 skin diseases. 
 
 White Oak ( Quercus Alba). — The inner bark of the white oak is 
 astringent, tonic, and antiseptic, and has been used in intermittent 
 fever, chronic diarrhoea, chronic mucous discharges, and passive hem- 
 orrhages. As awash applied externally, it sometimes arrests night- 
 sweats, and as an astringent gargle and injection, its use is common 
 for relaxed palate, spongy gums, leucorrhcea, falling of the bowel, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, ten to twenty grains ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce. 
 
 White Pond Lily {N'ymphoza Odorala). — This grows in ponds and 
 marshes in many parts of our country. The root is demulcent, ano- 
 dyne, astringent and alterative ; used in dysentery, diarrhoea, gDnor- 
 rhoea, whites, and scrofula. An infusion is sometimes used as a 
 gargle in ulcers of the mouth and throat, and as an injection in leu- 
 corrhcea. Dose of the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces. 
 
 Wild Cherry (Prunus Viginiana). — This tree grows extensively 
 in the American forests, flourishing where the soil is fertile and the 
 climate temperate. The inner bark is tonic and stimulant to the di- 
 gestive organs, and sedative to the nerves and the circulation. It is 
 much used in consumption, scrofula, and dyspepsia. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to four drams, compound 
 fluid extract, dose, half a dram to two drams ; infusion, half an ounce 
 

 
 
 662 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 to a pint of water, dose, two ounces ; syrup, three ounces of fluid 
 extract to thirteen ounces of simple syrup, dose, two drams to an 
 ounce. 
 
 Wild Cucumber {Momordica Elalerium) . — This, sometimes called 
 squirting cucumber, is a native of the south of Europe, and is culti- 
 vated in Great Britain. It is a powerful hydragogue cathartic, and 
 in large doses, causes nausea and vomiting. On account of the 
 watery stools it produces, it is much used in dropsical complaints, 
 though the severity of its action forbids its being used alone. Dose, 
 a quarter to half a grain, repeated every hour till it operates ; of 
 elaterin, from a sixteenth to a twentieth of a grain, given in solution. 
 
 Wild Ginger (Asarum Canadense) . — This is known by the names 
 of colVs-foot and Canada snake-root, and is common in all parts of 
 the country. The root is tonic, stimulant, aromatic, expectorant, and 
 diaphoretic. It is used in pains of the stomach, colic, etc. Dose of 
 the powder, half a dram ; of the tincture, half a dram to two drams. 
 
 Fig. 232. 
 
 
 
 Fig. 233. 
 
 
 
 J&*J?Wm 
 
 li^P 
 
 EBB 
 
 
 
 ^^^^HH 
 
 PiiB 
 
 WILD INDIGO. 
 
 WITCH HAZEL. 
 
 Wild Indigo {Baptisia Tinctoria). — This perennial shrub is found 
 in most parts of the country. The bark of the root is purgative, 
 emetic, stimulant, astringent, and antiseptic. It is chiefly used for 
 its antiseptic properties. For external use it is valuable as a wash 
 or gargle for various ulcers, mercurial sore mouth, and scrofulous 
 and syphilitic ophthalmia. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, a quarter to half a dram ; 
 tincture, two ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, dose, two to four 
 drams; infusion, dose, half an ounce; baptisin, the active principle, 
 a quarter to half a grain ; gargle, four ounces of fluid extract to 
 twelve ounces of water, to be used as occasion requires 
 
 Wild Yam (Dioscorea Villosa). — A perennial vine, found mostly 
 at the South. The root is antispasmodic, and is successfully used in 
 bilous colic. It is said to bring relief in the most violent cases of 
 this complaint. It allays nausea and spasms during pregnancy. It is 
 given in the form of decoction, two or three fluid ounces every thirty 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 663 
 
 or forty minutes. Dose of the tincture, from a quarter of a dram to 
 a dram ; of dioscorein, the active principle, one to four grains. 
 
 Willow (SiJex Alba). — The willow is common in Europe and 
 America. Its bark is tonic and astringent ; and is used, occasionally, 
 as a substitute for peruvian bark, in intermittent fever. It is also 
 employed in the treatment of chronic diarrhoea and dysentery. Dose 
 of the powdered bark, one dram; of the decoction, one to two fluid 
 ounces. Salicin, the active principle, is given, sometimes, in place 
 of quinine ; dose, from two to ten grains. 
 
 Wintergreen ( Gaultheria Procumbens) . — This evergreen grows in 
 mountainous, barren regions, throughout our country. The leaves are 
 an agreeable stimulant, aromatic, and astringent. Used for chronic 
 diarrhoea, and as an emmenagogue. The oil and essence are useful 
 in flatulent colic; dose of the oil, from five to ten drops, on sugar; 
 of the essence, thirty to forty drops. Much used to flavor other 
 medicines. 
 
 Witch JIazel (Hamamelis Virginica) . — This derives its name from 
 its having fruit and flowers together on the same tree. It is found in 
 most parts of our country. The bark and leaves are tonic, astringent, 
 and sedative. It is used in bleeding from the lungs and stomach, and 
 in diarrhoea, dysentery, and excessive mucous discharges. It is also 
 used in incipient consumption, and for sore mouth, etc. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two drams ; infusion, 
 dose, four drams ; syrup, four ounces of fluid extract to twelve ounces 
 of simple syrup, dose, one to two drams. 
 
 Fig. 234. 
 
 Fig. 23 
 
 wolfsba>t:. 
 
 WORMWOOD. 
 
 Wolfsbane (Aconitum Napellus) , — This hasalready been described, 
 under its other common name, which is Monkshood; but as the cut 
 we had prepared to accompany it was omitted, we give it a place 
 here, referring the reader to monkshood for its description. 
 

 
 
 664 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Wormseed (Chenopodium Anthelminticum) . — This perennial is 
 called Jerusalem oak, and is found in waste places all over the United 
 States. An oil is extracted from the seeds, which, in doses of from 
 four to eight drops, morning and evening, for a child, destroys worms. 
 A strong infusion of the tops has a similar effect. The remedy should 
 be used four or five days, and be followed by a purge. 
 
 Wormwood (Artemisia Absinthium) . — The tops and leaves of this 
 perennial are tonic and anthelmintic ; used in intermittent fever, jaun- 
 dice, and worms. It restores the appetite in a weakened state of the 
 digestive organs, and is also useful in amenorrhcea. It is excellent 
 applied as a tincture, or in the form of fomentation, to bruises, sprains, 
 and local inflammations. 
 
 V reparation^. — Fluid extract, dose, one third to two thirds of a 
 dram ; solid extract, dose, three to five grains ; tincture, two ounces 
 to fourteen ounces of diluted alcohol, dose, two to four drams ; syrup, 
 two ounces fluid extract to six ounces of simple syrup, dose, one to 
 two drams. 
 
 Yarrow (Achillea Millefolium). — A perennial herb, common to 
 the Old World and New, and growing in old fields and along fences. 
 It is tonic, astringent, and alterative, and has been used in inter- 
 mittent fever, bleeding from the lungs, excessive menstruation, 
 wind colic, and chronic dysentery. Dose of the infusion, a wine- 
 glassful, three or four times a day. 
 
 Yeast (Cerevisice Fermentum). — Yeast is slightly tonic and stim- 
 ulating, and has been used with advantage in typhoid fever ; also in 
 scarlet fever, and in all diseases where there is a disposition to putrid- 
 ity. The dose is from one to two fluid ounces, every two or three 
 hours. It makes an excellent antiseptic poultice, for unhealthy and 
 fetid ulcers, especially if combined with powdered slippery elm bark, 
 and charcoal. 
 
 Yellow Dock (Rumex Orispus). — The root of this 
 perenniel plant is alterative, tonic, diuretic, and deter- 
 gent, and is regarded as very valuable in the treatment 
 of scrofula syphilis, leprosy, scurvy, and other skin 
 diseases. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, one to two 
 drams ; solid extract, dose, four to eight grains ; syrup, 
 four ounces of fluid extract to twelve ounces of simple 
 syrup, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; rumin, the 
 active principle, dose, two to four grains. 
 
 Yellow Jessamine (Gelseminum Sempervirens) . — 
 This abounds in the Southern States, where it is culti- 
 vated as an ornamental vine. The root is a powerful 
 febrifuge, narcotic, and relaxant, controlling and sub- 
 duing fever, quieting nervous irritability and excitement, equalizing 
 the circulation, promoting perspiration, and rectifying the secretions. 
 
 Fig. 236. 
 
 YELLOW DOCK. 
 
 It is much used by the Eclectics of the Western States, but the gener; 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 665 
 
 judgment of the profession is, that it is too powerful a remedy to he 
 safe. My own opinion is, that the American hellebore is equally 
 effective with the yellow jessamine, and that its general use involves 
 far less danger. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, two to twenty drops ; tincture, 
 four ounces to a pint of alcohol, dose, fifteen to sixty drops, and in- 
 crease ; gelseminin, the active principle, dose, half a grain to a grain 
 and a half. 
 
 Yellow Ladies' Slipper (CypripediumPubescens) . — This perennial 
 plant is called American valerian, newe root, etc. The fibrous roots 
 are tonic, nervine, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic, and are used in 
 nervous headache, nervous excitability, hysterics, neuralgia, and St. 
 Yitus's dance. Dose of the powder, from ten to thirty grains. 
 
 Preparations. — Fluid extract, dose, half a dram to a dram ; solid 
 extract, dose, five to fifteen grains ; tincture, two ounces to a pint of 
 diluted alcohol, dose, half an ounce to an ounce ; syrup, four ounces 
 of fluid extract to fourteen ounces of simple syrup, dose, two to four 
 drams ; cypripedin, the active principle, dose, two to four grains. 
 
 Yellow Parilla (Menispennum Oanadense). — This is a perennial 
 plant, growing in woods, and near streams, throughout the country. 
 The root has the properties of a tonic, laxative, alterative, and diu- 
 retic. It is valued in the treatment of scrofula, syphilis, skin diseases, 
 gout, rheumatism, dyspepsia, general debility, and chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the stomach and bowels. Dose of the decoction, from two to 
 four fluid ounces, three times a day ; of the solid extract, from two to 
 four grains. 
 
 Zinc. — Several preparations of this metal are used in medicine, as 
 follows : 
 
 Acetate of Zinc. — This is used as an external remedy only, gener- 
 ally as an astringent wash for inflammations of the eye, and as an 
 injection in gonorrhoea, but only after the acute stage of these diseases 
 bus past. The strength of these solutions generally should be one or 
 two grains to a fluid ounce of soft water. 
 
 Chloride of Zinc (Zinci Chloridum) . — This is a powerful escharo- 
 tic, and is employed as an external application to cancers and obsti- 
 nate ulcers. A weak solution of it is occasionally employed in old 
 chronic gleet, also in whites, and purulent discharge from the neck 
 of the womb. 
 
 Iodide of Zinc (Zinci lodidum). —This is in the form of white 
 needles, and is tonic and astringent. It is not much used, except 
 externally, being applied in a solution of twent}' grains to a fluid 
 ounce of water, to enlarged tonsils, by means of a camel's-hair pencil, 
 or a piece of sponge tied to the end of a stick. 
 
 Oxide of Zinc (Zinci Oxidum). — This is an inodorous, white pow- 
 der, insoluble in water and alcohol. It is tonic and antispasmodic, 
 and is given in chorea, epilepsy, hooping-cough, and other similar 
 

 
 cm 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 
 diseases ; but it is more especially employed to arrest the night- 
 sweats of consumption, for which purpose, we have at present no 
 other article of equal efficacy. It is sprinkled externally upon ex- 
 coriated surfaces, and is used in ointments. Dose from two to eight 
 grains, in the form of pill. 
 
 Precipitated Carbonate of Zinc (Zinci Oarbonas Prcecipitatas) . — 
 This is employed for the same purpose as prepared calamine, being 
 adapted only to external use. 
 
 Prepared Calamine ( Calamina Prceparata) . — This is in the form 
 of a pinkish or flesh-colored powder, of an earthy appearance. It is 
 employed only as an external application, being dusted on excoria- 
 tions and superficial ulcerations, as a mild astringent. It should be a 
 very fine powder. 
 
 Sulphate of Zinc (Zinci Sulphas). — This is a colorless, transpar- 
 ent salt, crystallizing usually in small, four-sided prisms. It is tonic 
 and astringent, and in large doses, a prompt emetic. Used as atonic 
 incases of debility attended with irritation. In obstinate intermit- 
 tents, it is sometimes conjoined with sulphate of quinia ; it is chiefly 
 employed, however, in such spasmodic diseases as epilepsy, chorea, 
 and hooping-cough. As an astringent, it is used externally, being 
 applied in solution to bleeding surfaces, as a wash in ophthalmia, and 
 as an injection in whites and chronic gonorrhoea. 
 
 Yalerianate of Zinc (Zinci Valerianas). — This is in white, pearly 
 scales, with a faint odor of valerianic acid. It is tonic and antispas- 
 modic, and is used in the various nervous affections which accompany 
 chlorosis. Dose, one or two grains, several times a day, in the form 
 of pill. 
 
 Preparations. Pharmacy. 
 
 The preparation of medicines for use, constitutes the art of phar- 
 macy. It is the peculiar business of the apothecary. It will not be 
 necessary in these pages to describe his art, in all particulars, but 
 merely as many of the preparations which it is his duty to prepare as 
 are really needed in the treatment of disease. In doing this, I shall 
 classify the preparations alphabetically, and begin with 
 
 Cerates. 
 
 These substances have a degree of hardness midway between oint- 
 ments and plasters. They may be spread upon leather or linen, with- 
 out the use of heat, and they do not melt and run when applied to the 
 skin. They are made of wax, or spermaceti, combined with lard or 
 oil. The articles are melted together by a very gentle heat, and dur- 
 ing the process of cooling, the whole should be well stirred. 
 
 Calamine Cerate. — Prepared calamine and yellow wax, each three 
 ounces ; lard, one pound. Melt the lard and wax together. When 
 the mixture begins to thicken, on cooling, gradually stir in the cala- 
 mine. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 667 
 
 This is called Turner's cerate, and is useful for burns, excoria- 
 tions, superficial ulcers, and sores. 
 
 Goulard's Cerate. — Take of solution of subacetate of lead, two 
 fluid ounces and a half; white wax, four ounces ; olive oil, nine fluid 
 ounces; camphor, half a dram. Mix the wax, previously melted, 
 with eight fluid ounces of the oil ; remove from the fire, and when the 
 mixture begins to thicken, gradually pour in the solution of subacetate 
 of lead, stirring constantly, with a wooden spatula, till it becomes 
 cool. Then add the camphor, dissolved in the remainder of the oil. 
 
 This is the cerate of subacetate of lead, and is used for excoriations, 
 inflamed burns, scalds, and chilblains, and for eruptions of the skin. 
 Excellent for blistered surfaces, indisposed to heal. 
 
 Half an ounce of this preparation united with half an ounce of 
 simple cerate, and one dram each of calomel and powdered opium, 
 makes a very valuable remedy for various eruptions of the skin, of a 
 local nature. 
 
 Resin Cerate. — Take of resin, ^.ve ounces ; lard, eight ounces : 
 yellow wax, two ounces. Melt together with a gentle heat, and stir 
 till cool. 
 
 This is known as basilicon ointment, and is used as a gentle stimu- 
 lant to blistered surfaces, indolent ulcers, burns, scalds, and chilblains. 
 
 Compound Resin Cerate — Take of resin, suet, and yellow wax, 
 each a pound ; turpentine, half a pound ; flax-seed oil, half a pint. 
 Melt together, strain through linen, and stir till cool. 
 
 This, under the name of Deshler's salve, is popularly used for sim- 
 ilar purposes with the resin cerate. 
 
 Savine Cerate. — Take powdered savine, two ounces; resin ce- 
 rate, a pound. Mix the savine with the cerate, previously softened. 
 Used as a dressing for perpetual blisters. 
 
 Simple Cerate. — Lard, eight ounces ; white wax, four ounces. 
 Melt together, and stir till cool. 
 
 ITsed for dressing blisters, wounds, etc., where it is desirable sim- 
 i)l v to preserve the moisture of the part, and to exclude the air. 
 
 Spanish Flies Cerate, known as blistering plaster. Take finely 
 powdered Spanish flies, a pound ; yellow wax and resin, each seven 
 ounces ; lard, ten ounces. To the wax, resin, and lard, previously 
 melted together and strained, add the Spanish flies, and, by means of 
 the most gentle heat, keep the mixture in a fluid state for half an 
 hour, stirring occasionally, then remove the heat, and stir till cool. 
 
 This can be easily spread without the aid of heat, and is used for 
 the purpose of drawing blisters. It is now, however, superceded in a 
 great degree by various preparations, composed for the most part of 
 cantharidin, either dissolved in oil, and applied to the skin by means 
 of a piece of paper saturated with it, or incorporated with wax, and 
 spread in a very thin layer upon fine waxed cloth, silk, or paper, con- 
 stituting the blistering cloth, blistering paper, etc. 
 
Confections, Conserves, and Electuaries. 
 
 These are soft solids, in which medicinal articles are incorporated 
 with sugar, syrup, honey, or some other saccharine matter, for the pur- 
 pose both of preserving the mass, and of rendering the medicine more 
 palatable and convenient for use. 
 
 Aromatic Confection. — Take of aromatic powder, five and a half 
 ounces; powdered saffron, half an ounce; syrup of orange peel, six 
 ounces ; clarified honey, two ounces. Rub the aromatic powder with 
 the saffron ; then add the syrup and honey, and beat the whole to- 
 gether, in a mortar, till they are thoroughly mixed. 
 
 Given in debilitated states of the stomach, as a vehicle for other 
 medicines. Dose, from ten grains to a dram. 
 
 Compound Confection of Catechu. — Take of compound powder of 
 catechu, five ounces ; simple syrup, five fluid ounces. Add the syrup 
 gradually to the powder, and mix them well. 
 
 To be given in diarrhoea and chronic dysentery, in the dose of half 
 a dram to a dram. 
 
 Confection of Senna, otherwise called lenitive electuary. Take of 
 senna, eight ounces; coriander seeds, four ounces ; bruised liquorice 
 root, three ounces ; figs, a pound ; pulp of prunes, pulp of tamarinds, 
 pulp of purging cassia, each, half a pound ; refined sugar, two pounds 
 and a half; water, four pints. Rub the senna and coriander together 
 and separate ten ounces of the powder with a sieve. Boil the residue 
 with the liquorice root and figs, in the water, to one half; then press 
 out the liquor, and strain. Evaporate the strained liquor, by the most 
 gentle heat, to a pint and a half; then add the sugar and form a 
 syrup. Lastly, rub the pulps with the syrup, added gradually, and, 
 having thrown in the sifted powder, beat all together till well mixed. 
 
 This is a pleasant and admirable laxative, being well adapted to 
 the habitual costiveness of pregnant women, and those affected with 
 piles ; for this latter purpose, it is still better combined with cream of 
 tartar and sulphur, as described in No. 6 of the prescriptions, at the 
 end of the book. 
 
 Decoctions. 
 
 These are solutions of vegetable medicines, obtained by boiling 
 them in water. They differ from infusions, in being subjected to 
 a greater degree of heat, the water during their preparation being 
 kept up to the boiling point. The process should be conducted in a 
 covered vessel, and the boiling must not be continued for a very long 
 time. Medicines, whose active principle is volatile, are not proper for 
 decoctions, the active principle being driven off by heat and lost. 
 
 The usual proportion of vegetable substances used in making de- 
 coctions is one ounce to a pint of water, and the dose of the decoc- 
 tion, from one to four ounces. 
 
MEDICINES AXD THEIR PREPARATIONS. 669 
 
 Essences 
 
 • 
 
 These are generally prepared by dissolving one ounce of the essen- 
 tial oils of plants in one pint of alcohol. The oils of lemon, pepper- 
 mint, sassafras, etc., are made in this way, and their properties, of 
 course, are similar to the oils from which they are prepared. They 
 are generally taken in a little sweetened water, in doses of ten drops 
 to a teaspoonful. 
 
 Extracts. 
 
 These are soft solids, obtained by evaporating the tinctures, or 
 solutions, of vegetable substances. The active principles of dried 
 vegetables can only be extracted by some liquid ; this, for preparing 
 extracts, is either water, or alcohol, or a mixture of the two. Those 
 obtained by the use of water are called aqueous, or icatevy extracts; 
 those by means of alcohol, alcoholic extracts; and those by both alco- 
 hol and water, hydro-alcoholic extracts. 
 
 Extracts are generally prepared on a large scale, by persons who 
 make a business of it. Like other articles, many of these prepara- 
 tions get into the market which are inferior in quality, and even 
 worthless. TVithout disparaging the preparations of other manufac- 
 turers, I would mention those prepared by the large manufacturing 
 house of Tilden & Co., at Xew Lebanon, Xew York, as warthy of 
 public confidence. Most of their solid extracts, with the proper doses, 
 are mentioned in previous pages, under the several articles from which 
 they are made. 
 
 Fluid Extracts. 
 
 These are concentrations, into a small bulk, in liquid form, of the 
 active principles of medicinal substances. They are a valuable class 
 of remedies, being in some cases preferable to tinctures, having less 
 alcohol : and better than extracts or decoctions, because not so often 
 injured by heat in their preparation, and not requiring to be taken in 
 large doses. Great skill is required in their preparation, and they 
 ■should always be obtained from those who have the reputation of 
 making reliable articles. None that I am acquainted with, better 
 deserve confidence than those of Tilden & Co. 
 
 Fomentations. 
 
 Fomentation is a sort of partial or local hot bath, and consists 
 either in the application of cloths dipped in hot water, or some hot 
 medicated decoction, and applied to the affected part, or, of bitter or 
 anodyne herbs steeped in vinegar or water, and then, while hot, en- 
 closed in a muslin bag, and laid upon the diseased place. In eithei 
 , whether the cloths wet in a decoction of the herbs, or the herbs 
 themselves, slightly steeped, be applied in a bag, the application should 
 

 
 670 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 
 be as hot as can be borne, and not so moist as to wet the bed or 
 clothes of the patient. 
 
 Fomentations act by their warmth and moisture chiefly ; and 
 slightly, in some cases, by their medicinal virtues. Their object is 
 to lessen pain and inflammation, by relaxing the parts, and relieving 
 tension and spasm. They may be prepared from equal parts of hops', 
 tansy, and wormwood, or from equal parts of hops, lobelia, and stra- 
 monium, etc., etc. 
 
 Infusions. 
 
 For a description of simple infusions, see page 588. Those made 
 of one article only are sufficiently referred to in previous pages. It 
 will only be necessary here to insert such compound infusions as are 
 deemed important. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Catechu. — Take of powdered catechu, half 
 an ounce , bruised cinnamon, a dram ; boiling water, a pint ; macer- 
 ate for an hour in a covered vessel, and strain. An elegant mode of 
 administering catechu. Dose, from one to three fluid ounces, three or 
 four times a day. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Gentian. — Take of bruised gentian, half an 
 ounce ; dried orange peel and coriander seeds, bruised, each a dram ; 
 diluted alcohol, four fluid ounces ; cold water, twelve fluid ounces. 
 First 7 pour on the diluted alcohol, then, three hours afterward, the 
 water. Let the whole stand twelve hours, and strain. An excellent 
 form for using gentian. Dose, one fluid ounce, three or four times a 
 day. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Geranium. — Take of geranium root, sweet 
 bugle leaves, golden seal root, witch-hazel bark, each, in coarse powder, 
 one ounce ; boiling water, four pints. Mix, and allow all to stand in 
 a covered vessel, two hours, applying a gentle heat ; then strain. Two 
 drams of alum may or may not be added. 
 
 Used in chronic diarrhoea and dysentery, in one or two tablespoon- 
 ful doses, every two or three hours ; also as an injection in gleet, 
 whites, falling of the bowel, etc. ; and as a gargle in ulcerations of 
 the mouth and throat. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Parsley. — Take of parsley roots and seeds, 
 and subcarbonate of iron, each, two ounces ; horseradish root, one 
 ounce ; squill, juniper berries, white mustard seed, mandrake root, 
 and queen of the meadow root, each, half an ounce ; coarsely bruise 
 these articles, and place them in boiling cider, and expose them, for 
 twenty-four hours, to a very gentle heat, in a covered earthen vessel. 
 The cider should be sparkling and tart. Let the articles stand in the 
 cider. 
 
 Useful in dropsy. Dose, one or two fluid ounces, three or four 
 times a day. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Senna. — Take of senna and manna, each, 
 one ounce ; jalap, cream of tartar, and caraway seeds, bruised, each, 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 671 
 
 two drams ; boiling water, one pint. Add all the ingredients to the 
 water, in a covered vessel, and let them stand twelve hours. Then 
 add four ounces of elixir salutis. 
 
 This is a valuable, and not disagreeable, gentle physic for various 
 purposes. Dose, from one to four ounces. 
 
 Compound Infusion of Trailing Arbutus. — Take of queen of the 
 meadow root, dwarf elder bark, marshmallow root, and trailing arbu- 
 tus, each, coarsely bruised, half an ounce ; add to them, one pint 
 of boiling water, and one pint of Holland gin, and steep by the lire 
 four hours, in a closely covered vessel. Strain, and sweeten with 
 honey. 
 
 Excellent for gravel, suppression of urine, scalding of urine, and 
 various other disorders of the urinary organs. Dose, from an ounce 
 to a wineglassful, with more or less frequency, according to the ur- 
 gency of the case. 
 
 Injections. — Clysters. 
 
 * 
 These are preparations to be introduced into the lower bowel by 
 means of a syringe. A sufficient number of them are given among 
 the recipes at the end of the book. It is not necessary to repeat 
 them here. 
 
 Liniments. 
 
 These are liquid preparations, generally a little thicker than water, 
 and thinner than oils, intended only to be applied to inflamed, pain- 
 ful, or swelled parts. They are designed to soothe, or quiet, or stim- 
 ulate, or make red the part to which they are applied ; and are rubbed 
 on with the hand, or a piece of flannel or cotton, and frequently in 
 connection with heat, by sitting or standing before a fire. 
 
 A large number of liniments are given under the head of recipes 
 at the end of the book. To those, I add a few valuable ones here. 
 
 Camphor Liniment. — Take six drams of camphor, and dissolve it 
 in one fluid ounce of chloroform, and add to this one fluid ounce of 
 olive oil. 
 
 For sprains, neuralgia, rheumatism, etc. 
 
 Compound Camphor Liniment. — Take two ounces and a half of 
 camphor, a fluid dram of oil of lavender, seventeen fluid ounces of 
 alcohol, and three fluid ounces of strong solution of ammonia. Dis- 
 solve the camphor and the oil in the alcohol ; then add the ammonia, 
 and shake till they are mixed. 
 
 To be used as a rubefacient and anodyne for local pains, particu- 
 larly rheumatism. 
 
 Compound Liniment of Ammonia. — Take five fluid ounces of 
 strong water of ammonia, two fluid ounces of tincture of camphor, 
 and one fluid ounce of spirit of rosemary. Mix them well together. 
 

 672 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 This is similar to Dr. Granville's counter-irritant lotion; and is used 
 as a prompt and powerful rubefacient, or even vesicatory, in neural- 
 gia, rheumatism, gout, spasms, and inflammations'. 
 
 Croton Oil Liniment. — Take one fluid ounce of croton oil, and 
 seven fluid ounces of oil of turpentine. Mix, and shake them well 
 together. 
 
 A good rubefacient and pustulating preparation to apply to the 
 chest and other parts. 
 
 Liniment of Opium. — Take six ounces of castile soap, an ounce 
 and a half of opium, three ounces of camphor, six fluid drams of oil 
 of rosemary, and two pints of alcohol. Macerate the soap and opium 
 in the spirit for three days ; then filter, and add the. oil and camphor, 
 and shake briskly. 
 
 This is a useful anodyne and rubefacient liniment for bruises, 
 sprains and pains of a rheumatic and gouty nature. 
 
 Liniment of Spanish Flies. — Take an ounce of powdered Spanish 
 ilies, and half a pint of oil of turpentine. Mix, and apply gentle heat 
 to them, in a covered vessel, for three hours. Then strain. 
 
 Employed with advantage, externally, in the sinking stage of ty- 
 phoid fevers. If so powerful as to be in danger of causing blistering, 
 it may be weakened by adding flax-seed or olive oil. 
 
 Liniment of Turpentine. — Take half a pint of oil of turpentine, 
 and, a pound of resin cerate. Melt the cerate, and add the oil to it, 
 mixing them well. 
 
 This is a valuable remedy for scalds and burns, and should be 
 applied soon after the accident, and be discontinued when the inflam- 
 mation excited by the fire is removed. The burned or scalded surface 
 should be covered with lint wet with the liniment. 
 
 Opodeldoc. — Take three ounces of white bar soap, sliced, an ounce 
 of camphor, a fluid dram each of oil of rosemary and oil of origa- 
 num, and a pint of alcohol. Digest the soap in the alcohol by means 
 of a gentle heat, until it is dissolved ; then add the camphor and oils, 
 and when they are dissolved, pour the whole into broad-mouthed 
 vials. 
 
 This is the camphorated soap liniment, and is used as an anodyne 
 application to sprains, bruises, and painful tumors, etc. 
 
 Medicated Waters. 
 
 Those preparations consisting of water impregnated with some 
 medicinal substance are called medicated waters. They are prepared 
 from volatile oils by triturating in a mortar a dram of the oil, more 
 or less, with a small quantity of carbonate of magnesia, and then very 
 gradually pouring on one quart of water, while the trituration is con- 
 tinued. At last, the preparation is filtered through paper. The quan- 
 tity of oil, magnesia, and water, used for each preparation, is as fol- 
 lows : 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 673 
 
 Oil of bitter almonds, sixteen minims; carbonate of magnesia, a 
 dram; water, one quart. 
 
 Oil of cinnamon, half a fluid dram ; carbonate of magnesia, a dram: 
 water, one quart. 
 
 Twenty minims of oil of roses, a dram of carbonate of magnesia, 
 and one quart of water. 
 
 Oil of fennel, half a fluid dram ; carbonate of magnesia, a dram ; 
 V/ater, a quart. 
 
 Peppermint Water, Spearmint Water, and Pennyroyal Water, are 
 sdl prepared from the same quantities of their several oils, as Cinna- 
 mon Water. 
 
 The dose of these waters is half a fluid ounce to two fluid ounces 
 except the bitter almond water, which is one or two fluid drams. 
 
 Camphor Water. — Take two drams of camphor, forty minims of 
 alcohol, four drams of carbonate of magnesia, and one quart of water. 
 Rub the camphor first with the alcohol, afterwards with the carbonate 
 of magnesia, and lastly, with the water, gradually added. Then filter 
 through paper. 
 
 Medicated Wines. 
 
 Wines are used in making certain preparations, because the alco- 
 hol they contain will extract from plants, etc., some medicinal proper- 
 ties which water will not, and at the same time is less stimulating 
 thaa the tinctures, etc., made from alcoholic spirits. 
 
 Compound Wine of Comfrey (Restorative Wine Bitters). — Take 
 one ounce, each, bruised, of comfrey, Solomon's seal, and spikenard ; 
 and half an ounce, each, bruised, of chamomile flowers, Colombo, and 
 gentian. Cover these with boiling water, and let them stand twenty- 
 four hours, in a covered vessel. Then add two quarts of sherry wine. 
 Macerate fourteen days, express and strain. 
 
 Valuable in ieucorrhoea and other female complaints. Dose, from 
 half a fluid ounce to two fluid ounces, three or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Wine of Golden Seal. — Take one dram, each, bruised, 
 of golden seal root, tulip tree bark, and bitter root, half a dram of 
 pulverized cayenne, and two quarts of sherry wine. Macerate foi 
 fourteen days, with occasional shaking ; then express and stvain. 
 
 This is a pleasant bitter tonic in dyspepsia, etc. Dose, from half a 
 fluid ounce to two fluid ounces, three times a day. 
 
 Wine of Ipecacuanha. — Take two ounces of bruised ipecac 5 and 
 one quart of sherry wine. Macerate fourteen days, with occasional 
 shaking. Then express and filter through paper. 
 
 This is a valuable emetic preparation, — especially for children. 
 Dose, as an emetic, for an adult, one fluid ounce ; as an expectorant, 
 from ten to thirty minims ; for a child two years old, as an emetic, 
 one fluid dram, repeated every fifteen minutes till it operates. 
 
 m 
 
674 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Mixtures. 
 
 These are preparations in which medicinal substances which can- 
 not be dissolved in water are suspended in it by means of some viscid 
 matter, like sugar, or gum arabic. Their object is to conceal the taste, 
 prevent the sickening effect, and make it more easy to take disagreea- 
 ble medicines. To make a perfect mixture requires skill. Generally, 
 the medicine to be suspended should be triturated in a mortar with 
 the sugar, gum arabic, etc., before the water is added. 
 
 Aimond Mixture. — Take half an ounce of sweet almonds, half a 
 dram of powdered gum arabic, two drams of sugar, and eight fluid 
 ounces of water. Soak the almonds in the water, and having removed 
 their external coat, beat them with the gum arabic and sugar in a 
 mortar, till they are thoroughly mixed ; then rub the mixture, gradu- 
 ally adding the water, and lastly, strain. 
 
 This is an agreeable, nutritive demulcent, in bronchial, dysenteric, 
 and urinary affections. It must be used freely, the dose being from 
 two to eight fluid ounces. 
 
 Chalk Mixture. — Take half an ounce of prepared chalk, two drams 
 each of refined sugar and powdered gum arabic, and four fluid ounces 
 each of cinnamon-water and water. Rub them together till they are 
 thoroughly mixed. 
 
 This is much used in looseness of the bowels, accompanied with 
 acidity, particularly among children. If an increase of its astringency 
 be required, add laudanum, or kino, or catechu. 
 
 Compound Mixture of Iron. — Take a dram of myrrh, twenty-five 
 grains of carbonate of potassa, one scruple of powdered sulphate of 
 iron, half a fluid ounce of spirit of lavender, one dram of refined sugar, 
 and seven and a half fluid ounces of rose water. Rub the myrrh in 
 a mortar, gradually adding the rose water, then mix with these the 
 spirit of lavender, sugar, and carbonate of potassa, and lastly, the 
 sulphate of iron. Pour the whole into a glass bottle, and keep it 
 well stopped. 
 
 This is about the same thing as Griffiths myrrh mixture, and is 
 considerably used in chlorosis, and other affections requiring the use 
 of iron. 
 
 Brandy Mixture. — Take four fluid ounces each of brandy and cin- 
 namon water, the yolks of two eggs, half an ounce of refined sugar, 
 and three drops of oil of cinnamon. Mix them. 
 
 A useful stimulant and nutritive draught, to be used in the sinking 
 stage of low forms of fever. 
 
 Extract of Rhubarb and Potassa (Neutralizing Extract). — Take 
 two pounds of the best rhubarb, one pound each of cinnamon and 
 golden seal. Grind or coarsely bruise the articles, and mix them; 
 macerate them for two days in one gallon of the best fourth proof 
 brandy. Then express the tincture with strong pressure, and add to 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 675 
 
 it one fluid dram of oil of peppermint, previously dissolved in a little 
 alcohol. Break up the compressed residue from the press, and place 
 it in a perculator, and gradually run warm water through it, until the 
 strength is exhausted. Evaporate this solution to four pints, and 
 while the liquor is still hot, dissolve in it two pounds of bicarbonate 
 of potassa, and three pounds of refined sugar. Continue the evapo- 
 ration, if necessary, until, when added to the tincture first obtained,, 
 it will make a gallon and a half, then mix the two solutions together. 
 This is a useful preparation for diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera morbus, 
 summer complaints of children, acidity of the stomach, heartburn, etc. 
 Dose, one fluid dram. 
 
 Mettauer's Aperient. — Take one ounce and a half of pulverized 
 aloes, four ounces of bicarbonate of soda, two fluid ounces of com- 
 pound spirits of lavender, and two quarts of water. Place the whole 
 in a jar, or jug, and let them stand fourteen days, shaking well once 
 a day. Then pour off from the dregs. It improves by age. 
 
 This preparation was made by Professor Mettauer, and was held 
 in so high esteem by him, that when he sent it to the London Lancet, 
 he requested that he might have the credit of compounding it. It is 
 one of the best known aperients for costiveness, — particularly when 
 connected with bilious dyspepsia. For that class of bilious persons 
 who overeat, and have acid stomachs, it has great value. In bilious 
 cases, the nitro-muriatic acid, taken before meals (the aperient after 
 meals) may be usefully associated with it. In the constipation of 
 hysteria and hypochondriasis, the fluid extract of valerian may be 
 added to it. Dose, from two drams to two ounces. 
 
 Saline Mixture (WJiite Liquid Physic). — Take half a pound of 
 sulphate of soda, and one and a half pints of water. Mix, and dis- 
 solve the soda ; then add two fluid ounces of nitro-muriatic acid, and 
 one dram and eight grains of powdered alum. 
 
 Used to allay nausea and vomiting, and as a cooling purgative ; 
 also for colic, diseases of the liver, diarrhoea, dysentery, intermittent 
 fevers, etc. 
 
 This is one of the remedies of the Eclectic school of physicians, 
 and is held by them in high esteem. Dose, a tablespoonful in a gill 
 of water, to be repeated every hour or two, until it causes one or two 
 evacuations from the bowels. 
 
 Ointments. 
 
 Ointments are composed of fatty substances, about the consistence 
 of butter, impregnated with medicine. All gritty matter should be 
 excluded from them. To prevent the rancidity to which they are 
 liable, a little glycerin is now frequently added. 
 
 Ointment of Acetate of Lead. — Take two ounces of white wax, 
 and four ounces of lard; melt them together, and add two and a half 
 drams of finely powdered acetate of lead ; stir constantly till cold. 
 This is useful for burns scalds, ulcers, and excoriations. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Ointment of Bayberry, — Take half a pound each of tallow, white 
 turpentine, and bayberry, and four ounces of olive oil ; melt together 
 and strain. 
 
 Good for scrofulous and indolent ulcers. 
 
 Ointment of Belladonna. — Take a dram of extract of belladonna 
 and an ounce of lard ; mix them. 
 
 A useful anodyne application for painful tumors, neuralgia, etc. 
 
 Ointment of Creosote. — Take half a fluid dram of creosote, and an 
 
 ounce of lard ; mix them. 
 
 A useful application for syphilitic, scrofulous, and cancerous ulcers. 
 
 Compound Ointment of Galls. — Take six drams of finely powdered 
 galls, six ounces of lard, and a dram and a half of pulverized opium ; 
 rub them together. 
 
 A valuable preparation in irritable piles. 
 
 Ointment of Red Iodide of Mercury. — Take one dram of red iodide 
 of mercury, and seven drams of ointment of white wax : incorporate 
 them thoroughly together by trituration in a mortar. 
 
 Used as a dressing for indolent scrofulous ulcers. 
 
 Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury. — Take one ounce of mercury, 
 eleven fluid ounces of nitric acid, nine fluid ounces of fresh neats-foot 
 oil, three ounces of lard. Dissolve the mercury in the acid, then heat 
 the oil and lard together in an earthen vessel to 200° F. ; then add 
 the mercurial solution, and stir with a wooden spatula, constantly, as 
 long as effervescence continues, and afterward occasionally till the 
 ointment stiffens. 
 
 Milder Ointment of Nitrate of Mercury. — Take an ounce of oint- 
 ment of nitrate of mercury, and seven ounces of lard ; rub them to- 
 gether. 
 
 The first of the above two preparations is the citrine ointment, and is 
 much and advantageously employed as an external application in 
 porrigo, impetigo, psoriasis, and pityriasis. It is nearly a specific for 
 inflammation of the eyelids connected with the formation of scaly 
 matter about the lashes. The second of these two preparations is 
 merely a dilution of the first. 
 
 Ointment of Oxide of Zinc. — Take half an ounce of oxide of zinc, 
 and three ounces of lard ; rub them together. 
 
 This is a mild astringent application in chronic opthalmia, erup- 
 tions of the skin, sore nipples, and other excoriations. 
 
 Ointment of Poison Hemlock. — Take one dram of extract of poison 
 hemlock (Tilden & Co.'s preparation), and one ounce of lard; rub 
 them together. 
 
 An anodyne application for painful swellings, ulcers, and piles. 
 
 Ointment of Poke. — Take a dram of the extract of poke, and one 
 ounce. of lard; mix them. 
 
 For malignant ulcers, scald head, itch, etc. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 677 
 
 Ointment of Stramonium. — Take one dram of the extract of stra- 
 monium leaves, and one ounce of lard ; rub the extract with a little 
 water till it is uniformly soft, and then with the lard. 
 
 Used as an external application in irritable ulcers, painful piles, and 
 skin eruptions. 
 
 Simple Ointment. — Take a pound of white wax, and four pounds 
 of lard ; melt them together with a gentle heat, and stir constantly 
 till cold. 
 
 Ointment of Rose Water. — Take a fluid ounce of rose water, two 
 fluid ounces of oil of almonds, half an ounce of spermaceti, one dram 
 of white wax ; melt together, by means of a water-bath, the oil, sper- 
 maceti, and wax ; then add the rose water, and stir the mixture con- 
 stantly till cold. 
 
 This is the well known preparation called cold cream, and is used 
 with much advantage for chapped lips and hands, excoriations, etc. 
 
 Spermaceti Ointment. — Take five ounces of spermaceti, fourteen 
 of white wax, and a pint of olive oil ; melt them together over a slow 
 fire, and stir constantly till cold. 
 
 A mild dressing for blisters, wounds, and excoriated surfaces. 
 
 Tar Ointment. — Take a pound each of tar and suet ; melt the 
 suet with a gentle heat, and add the tar to it ; then stir constantly till 
 they are cold. 
 
 A useful stimulating application to various scaly and scabby erup- 
 tions, particularly leprosy and scald head. 
 
 Ointment of White Hellebore. — Take one ounce of powdered white 
 hellebore root, four ounces of lard, and twelve drops of oil of lemons ; 
 rub them thoroughly together. 
 
 A useful ointment for the cure of itch. 
 
 Ointment of Wild Indigo. — Take one pound of powdered wild 
 indigo root, moisten it thoroughly with alcohol, and let it stand 
 twenty -four hours ; then put it in a percolator, and add alcohol as 
 long as the liquid which passes contains the taste of the root. Distil 
 the alcohol from this filtered tincture until half a gallon of tincture is 
 obtained. Melt one pound of fresh butter, without salt, add the 
 above tincture, and carefully evaporate the rest of the alcohol ; stir 
 constantly till cold, after the alcohol has nearly passed off. 
 
 This is one of the preparations of the Eclectics, and is a cleansing, 
 detergent, antiseptic, and discutient ointment, useful in scrofulous, 
 erysipelatous, and malignant ulcers, eruptions of the skin, etc. 
 
 Pile Ointment. — Take three handfuls each of witch nazel bark, 
 white oak bark, and sweet appletree bark ; bruise or grind them, and 
 add to them three pints of water; boil down to one pint, and strain ; 
 add to this liquid half a pound of lard, and simmer till the water all 
 disappears, stirring continually both before and after removing from 
 the fire till it cools. 
 
 This forms a brick-colored anodyne, astringent ointment, admira- 
 bly adapted to the cure of pile tumors. 
 
678 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Compound Lead Ointment. — Take two and a half pounds of olive 
 oil, four ounces each of beeswax and unsalted butter, and half a 
 pound of white turpentine ; melt them together, strain, and then heat 
 to nearly the boiling point; then gradually add one pound of red 
 lead, stirring constantly till the mixture becomes black or brown ; 
 then remove from the fire, and when it is partly cool, add to it a 
 mixture of twelve ounces of honey, and half a pound of powdered 
 camphor. 
 
 This is a very healing ointment, and is much used for ulcers, burns , 
 wounds, and skin diseases. 
 
 Compound Sulphur Ointment. — Take one ounce of sulphur, one 
 dram each of ammoniated mercury and benzoic acid, one fluid dram 
 each of sulphuric acid and oil of bergamot, two drams of nitrate of 
 potassa, and half a pound of lard. First, melt the lard with a gentle 
 heat, then add the other ingredients, stirring constantly till they are 
 cold. 
 
 A sovereign remedy for itch. 
 
 Pills. 
 
 Pills are small masses of medicinal substances, in globular shape, 
 and of a size convenient for swallowing. Each pill generally weighs 
 from three to five grains. Those medicines which cannot be dissolved 
 in water, and are particularly unpleasant to the taste, are usually 
 given in the form of pill. Sugar-coated, as now very extensively 
 prepared by Tilden & Co., from every important medicine, and in a 
 great variety of combination, they will doubtless become a very pop- 
 ular form of taking medicine. Physicians cannot do better than to 
 use the pills of the abovenamed extensive manufacturing house. 
 
 The method of making pills is as follows : If the substance to be 
 worked into pills be a solid extract, add a few drops of water to it, 
 and rub it to the right consistence ; if it be a resin, add to it a few 
 drops of alcohol ; if it be a soft or liquid substance, rub up with it 
 some inert substance, or crumb of bread, or wheat flour, or starch, or 
 pulverized gum arabic ; if it be a powder, mix it with some soft 
 substance, as confection, soap, or syrup, molasses, honey, or mucilage 
 of gum arabic. The materials must be well mixed and rubbed into 
 a uniform mass, which should be rolled with a spatula or case knife, 
 info a cylinder of just the same size throughout. This is to be di- 
 vided equally into the number of pills required, each of which is 
 rolled into a spherical form between the thumb and finger, or upon 
 the palm of one hand by the index finger of the other. 
 
 So many valuable pills are prescribed among the " Recipes," that it 
 is not necessary here to add to their number. 
 
 Plasters. 
 
 Plasters are composed of wax, resins, gums, fats, and oils, and 
 sometimes medicinal substances, and are spread upon linen, muslin, 
 
 J 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 67'd 
 
 or leather, — mostly the latter. When cold they are hard ; but when 
 brought to the warmth of the human body, they so far soften as to 
 adhere firmly to the skin, but do not "run" so as to spread outward, 
 and soil the under-clothes. They are intended generally to excite and 
 irritate the skin; sometimes as mechanical supporters; and sometimes 
 to affect the system by having their medicinal matters absorbed. 
 
 Belladonna Plaster. — Take three ounces of resin plaster, and an 
 ounce and a half of extract of belladonna, add the extract to the 
 plaster previously melted by a gentle heat, and mix. 
 
 A useful anodyne application in neuralgia, rheumatic pains, and 
 dysmenorrhcea. 
 
 Compound Capsicum Plaster. — Melt together half a pound of resin, 
 and two ounces of beeswax ; to this add one pint of spirit in which 
 two ounces of powdered cayenne, enclosed loosely in a linen bag, has 
 been digested one hour by a gentle heat ; evaporate the spirit by a 
 moderate heat, and add one ounce of powdered camphor, and one 
 fluid dram and a half of oil of sassafras ; stir constantly till cold. 
 
 This may be used whenever a stimulating plaster is required. 
 
 Compound Galbanum Plaster. — Take two ounces of galbanum, 
 three ounces of burgundy pitch, half an ounce of resin, half an ounce 
 of yellow wax, and four ounces of lead plaster ; melt them all to- 
 gether, over a gentle fire. 
 
 This is. a valuable strengthening plaster, and may be used for weak- 
 ness of various parts, as well as for scrofulous enlargement of glands 
 and joints. 
 
 Compound Lead Plaster. — Take one pound of lead plaster; melt 
 it by a moderate heat, and then add two fluid ounces each of linseed 
 oil and tincture of opium, six fluid ounces of oil of turpentine, and 
 two thirds of a pound of oil of origanum ; stir together till cold. 
 
 Used for burns, scalds, chilblains, etc. 
 
 Compound Resin Plaster. — Take three pounds of resin, four ounces 
 each of beeswax and hemlock gum ; melt the articles together, then 
 remove from the fire, and, when nearly cold, add gradually one fluid 
 ounce each of oil of hemlock, oil of sassafras, and olive oil, with half 
 an ounce of camphor dissolved in them, and half a fluid ounce of oil 
 of turpentine. Pour the whole into cold water, and work in the 
 hands till cold, forming it into rolls. 
 
 This is an excellent strengthening plaster, useful for rheumatism, 
 enlarged joints, glands, and wherever a weakened part needs gentle 
 stimulation and support. 
 
 Spiced Plaster. — Take one ounce each of powdered ginger, cloves, 
 cinnamon, and black pepper; one dram of pulverized cayenne; half 
 a fluid ounce of tincture of ginger; and a sufficient quantity of honey. 
 Mix the powders, and then add the tincture and honey, to form a stiff 
 poultice. 
 
 This is applied with great advantage over the stomach in cases of 
 nausea and vomiting. 
 
80 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Compound Tiir Fluster. — Boil three pounds of tar half an hour, 
 then add one pound and a half of burgundy pitch, one pound of white 
 gam turpentine (after having melted them together and strained). 
 Stir together, then remove from the fire, and add ten ounces each of 
 finely powdered mandrake root, bloodroot, poke root, and Indian tur- 
 nip ; mix thoroughly together. 
 
 This is an irritant, rubefacient, suppurative plaster, and is consider- 
 ably used by the Eclectics, to produce counter-irritation and revulsion 
 in neuralgia, rheumatism, and other painful affections, as well as in 
 chronic inflammation of internal organs. To be spread thinly on soft 
 leather, and renewed daily on the same leather. Four days are re- 
 quired to produce suppuration. If it produce great pain or inflam- 
 mation, remove it, and apply mutton tallow, or elm poultice. 
 
 Lead Plaster. — Take one pound and a quarter of very finely pow- 
 dered semivitrified oxide of lead, one quart of olive oil, and half a 
 pint of water. Boil together over a gentle fire, stirring constantly till 
 the oil and litharge unite and form a plaster. If the water nearly all 
 evaporates before the process is completed, acid a little boiling water. 
 
 A useful plaster for ulcers, burns, excoriated surfaces, etc. 
 
 Red Oxide of Lead Plaster. — Melt together one quart of olive oil, 
 and one ounce each of beeswax and resin ; heat to the boiling point, 
 and then add gradually three quarters of a pound of powdered red lead. 
 Stir constantly, and when the oil has taken up the lead, the mixture 
 will be brown or shining black ; then remove from the fire, and when 
 nearly cold, add four scruples of powdered camphor, and stir together. 
 It should not be removed from the fire until it has acquired a proper 
 consistence for spreading, which may be easily ascertained by allow- 
 ing a portion of it to cool on a knife. 
 
 This is a valuable plaster for scrofulous and syphilitic ulcers, also 
 for burns, scalds, and several skin diseases. 
 
 Poultices. — Cataplasms, 
 
 Bread and Water Poultice. — Put the needed quantity of boiling 
 water in a basin ; throw in crumbled white bread, or cracker, and 
 cover with a plate. When the bread or cracker has soaked up all it 
 will, drain off the remaining water. Spread one third of an inch 
 thick, and apply. 
 
 Flaxseed Poultices. — Put boiling water in a basin, and stir in flax- 
 seed meal to make a thick paste. Spread on linen, and apply. 
 
 Yeast Poultice. — Mix half a pint of yeast with one pound of flax- 
 seed meal. Stir carefully while heating. 
 
 Carrot Poultice. — Boil the proper quantity of carrots till they are 
 quite soft. Strain off the water, mash them to a pulp, and add a little 
 lard or sweet oil to prevent them from getting hard, then spread. A 
 good application for malignant and offensive sores. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 681 
 
 Oat Meal Poultice. — Place hot water in a basin, and stir in oat meai 
 slowly, while it boils, till the poultice is of the right thickness ; that 
 is, till it will not ran on the rag on which it is spread. 
 
 Indian Meal Poultice. — Made the same as oat meal poultice. 
 
 Arrow Root Poultice. — Mix two or more tablespoonfuls of arrow- 
 root with a little cold water, in a basin, till it is all united with the 
 Water. Then add boiling water, and stir, till the whole becomes a 
 thick paste. 
 
 Slippery Elm Poultice. — Stir ground slippery elm bark into hot 
 water, and let it swell. This is a very soothing poultice for irritable 
 sores. 
 
 Onion Poultice. — Made in the same way as the carrot poultice. 
 This is quite stimulating, and induces indolent sores to matarate 
 more freely. It is excellent for slow boils. 
 
 Charcoal Poultice, — Take either the bread and milk, or the Indian 
 meal poultice, and stir into it one quarter its bulk of finely pulverized 
 charcoal. Excellent for thoroughly cleansing a foul sore or ulcer. 
 
 Anodyne Poultice. — Take half an ounce of the extract either of 
 foxglove, or henbane, or stramonium, or conium, or belladonna, and 
 mix with it half a pint of tepid water. Then stir in as much flax- 
 seed meal as will make a poultice of the right thickness. Always be 
 careful not to apply this poultice where there is much skin oft*, lest 
 the extract used be so much absorbed as to produce poisonous effects. 
 These poultices allay the pain of cancerous and other sores. 
 
 Lobelia Poultice. — Powdered lobelia and ground slippery elm bark, 
 each, one ounce. Stir these into hot weak lye, to make a poultice. 
 For wounds, fistula, whitlow, boils, erysipelas, and stings of insects. 
 
 Poke Root Poultice. — Roast a sufficient quantity of fresh poke 
 root in hot ashes. When it is quite soft, pound it, and make a poul- 
 tice. To be applied to tumors to scatter them, or hasten their suppu- 
 ration. To be removed every four hours. 
 
 Mustard Poultice. — Stir up a tablespoonful of ground mustard 
 jrith a little water, to the consistence of paste. Spread upon linen 
 3r brown paper, and cover with thin muslin, that the mustard may 
 act stick to the skin when the poultice is removed. 
 
 Powders. 
 
 A single substance used as a powder is called a simple powder; 
 two or more united, a compound powder. Under the above head, i 
 shall describe only compound powders. In preparing compound 
 powders, the substances, if of different degrees of hardness, should 
 generally be pulverized separately. Many powders require to be ex- 
 cluded from the light, which may be done by covering the bottles in 
 which they are kept with black varnish. 
 
682 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Aromatic Powder. — Take two ounces each of cinnamon and gin- 
 ger, and an ounce each of cardamom deprived of the capsules, and 
 grated nutmeg. Rub them together into a very fine powder, and 
 keep in well-stopped bottles. 
 
 The powder is stimulant and carminative, and in cases of weak- 
 ened digestion, may be given in ten to thirty-grain doses. 
 
 Compound Powder of Aloes and Canella. — Take a pound of aloes, 
 and three ounces of canella. Rub them separately to a fine powder, 
 and mix them. 
 
 This is the preparation known as hiera picra, or simply pier a. It 
 may be used for amenorrhcea, or generally as a bitter to correct cos- 
 tiveness, and improve the appetite. 
 
 Compound Powder of Catechu. — Take two ounces each of catechu 
 and kino, and half an ounce each of cinnamon and nutmeg. Reduce 
 all to a fine powder, mix, and pass them through a fine sieve. 
 
 For chronic diarrhoea, dysentery, etc. Dose, from fifteen to thirty 
 grains. 
 
 Compound Powder of Chalk. — Take half a pound of prepared 
 chalk, four ounces of cinnamon, three ounces each of tormentil and 
 gum arabic, and half an ounce of long pepper. Rub them separately 
 into a very fine powder, and mix. 
 
 This powder is warm, stimulant, astringent, and antacid, and is 
 well fitted for diarrhoea, not connected with inflammation. 
 
 Compound Powder of Chalk with Opium. — Take six ounces and a 
 half of compound powder of chalk, and four scruples of powdered 
 opium. Mix them. 
 
 The opium in this preparation increases the efficacy of the com- 
 pound powder of chalk in diarrhoea. Dose for an adult, ten to twenty 
 grains, and repeated after each discharge. 
 
 Compound Powder of Golden Seal. — Take two drams each of 
 powdered golden seal, blue cohosh, and helonias, and mix them. 
 
 Useful in dyspepsia, and chronic inflammation of the mucous mem- 
 brane of the stomach, etc. Dose, half a teaspoonful to a teaspoonful, 
 three or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Powder of Hydrastin. — Take half a dram each, in 
 powder, of hydrastin, leptandrin, rhubarb, and myricin. Mix tho- 
 roughly, and divide into thirty-two powders. 
 
 This is tonic and laxative, and is useful in dyspepsia, jaundice, 
 chronic inflammation of the bowels, and during recovery from ex- 
 hausting complaints. One powder may be taken often enough to 
 produce one movement of the bowels a day. 
 
 Inhaling; Powder. — Take one dram of crystals of nitrate of silver, 
 and two and a half drams of lycopodium. Work the lycopodium 
 into a very stiff" paste, with a little warm water, in which the nitrate 
 is dissolved. Spread this thin in a shallow dish, cover it so as to shut 
 out the light, and set it where it will dry ; when thoroughly dry, pul- 
 verize. 
 
MEDICINES AXD THEIR PREPARATIONS. 683 
 
 T have used this powder with great advantage in many cases of 
 bronchitis, by directing three or four grains of it to be inhaled once a 
 day. in an instrument I had constructed for that purpose. This is the 
 only really valuable catarrh snuff ever used. A pinch of it taken once 
 a day (never oftener) for nasal catarrh, will often do excellent service. 
 
 Compound Powder of Ipecacuanha. — Take a dram each of pow- 
 dered ipecacuanha and opium, and one ounce of sulphate of potassa. 
 Rub them together into a fine powder. 
 
 This is the well known Dover's powder. It is an admirable ano- 
 dyne and diaphoretic, and is much used in inflammatory complaints, 
 particularly rheumatism and pneumonia, complicated with low, ty- 
 phoid symptoms. Dose, from five to fifteen grains. 
 
 Compound Powder of Jalap. — Take half an ounce of pulverized 
 jalap and senna, one ounce of pulverized bitartrate of potassa, half a 
 dram of pulverized ginger, and ten grains of pulverized cayenne. 
 Mix thoroughly. 
 
 This is a valuable purgative medicine, and may be used in most 
 cases where a simple cathartic is required. Dose, half a teaspoonful 
 to a tablespoonful. 
 
 Compound Powder of Rino. — Take fifteen drams of kino, half an 
 ounce of cinnamon, and a dram of dried opium. Rub them sepa- 
 rately to a very fine powder, and mix them. 
 
 This is anodyne and astringent, and is useful in diarrhoea, etc. 
 
 Compound Powder of Rhubarb. — Take four ounces of powdered 
 rhubarb, one pound of magnesia, and two ounces of finely powdered 
 ginger. Mix thoroughly, and preserve in well-stopped bottles. 
 
 An excellent laxative and antacid, and well adapted to the bowel 
 complaints of children. 
 
 Compound Powder of Rhubarb and Potassa (Neutralizing Powder). 
 - — Take half an ounce each of powdered rhubarb, bicarbonate of 
 potassa, and peppermint leaves. Mix thoroughly. 
 
 Valuable in diarrhoea, cholera morbus, dysentery, summer com- 
 plaint of children, sour stomach, heartburn, etc. 
 
 Worm Powder. — Take one ounce each of powdered white Indian 
 hemp root (asclepias incarnata), mandrake, pink root, and bitter root ; 
 two ounces of powdered balmony, and four scruples of powdered 
 aloes. Mix thoroughly. 
 
 A very good remedy for all kiids of worms. A teaspoonful of the 
 powder may be mixed with a gill of molasses, and a teaspoonful of 
 this given tc a child every hour or two till it operates. After this, 
 give a teaspoonful three times a day, for a few days. 
 
 Syrups. 
 
 A strong solution of sugar and water is a simple syrup. When 
 the water is first charged with some medicinal substance, and sugar 
 
684 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 is added to this, we have a medicated syrup. Refined sugar should 
 always be preferred, in preparing medicated syrups. 
 
 Simple Syrup. — Take two and a half pounds of refined sugar, and 
 a pint of water ; dissolve the sugar in the water by heat, remove any 
 scum that may arise, and strain while hot. 
 
 Syrup of Almonds. — Take a pound of sweet almonds, four ounces 
 of bitter almonds, three pints of water, and six pounds of refined 
 sugar. Blanch the almonds, then rub them in a mortar to very fine 
 paste, and add, during the trituration, three fluid ounces of the water, 
 and one pound of the sugar. Mix the paste thoroughly with the 
 remainder of the water. Strain with strong expression, add the re- 
 mainder of the sugar to the strained liquor, and dissolve by a gentle 
 heat. Strain through fine linen, and after it is cool, put it into bottles, 
 thoroughly stopped, and keep in a cool place. 
 
 This is demulcent, nutritive, and sedative, and is sometimes added 
 to cough mixtures, etc. 
 
 Syrup of Citric Acid. — Take two drams of powdered citric acid, 
 four minims of oil of lemons, and two pints of syrup. With one fluid 
 ounce of the syrup, rub the citric acid and oil of lemons, then add 
 the remainder of the syrup, and dissolve by a gentle heat. 
 
 This is much employed as an agreeable and cooling addition to 
 drinks, especially to carbonic acid water. Tartaric acid, being cheaper 
 than citric acid, is often substituted for it, and the preparation thus 
 made is much sold under the name of lemon syrup. 
 
 Syrup of Garlic. — Take six ounces of fresh garlic, sliced and 
 bruised, one pint of diluted acetic acid, and two pounds of refined 
 sugar. Macerate the garlic in ten fluid ounces of the diluted acetic 
 acid, in a glass vessel, four days, and express the liquor. Then mix 
 the rest with what remains of the acid, and again express, till suffi- 
 cient has passed to make the whole when filtered measure a pint. 
 Then pour the filtered liquor on the sugar in a bottle, and shake till 
 it is dissolved. 
 
 Excellent in the bronchial affections of children. Dose, a teaspoon- 
 ful, for a child a year old. 
 
 Syrup of Ginger. — Add two fluid ounces of tincture of girsger to 
 a quart of simple syrup ; evaporate the alcohol by a gentle heat. 
 
 This is carminative and stimulant, and gives tone to the debilitated 
 stomach, removing wind, etc. It is added to other medicines to im- 
 prove their flavor. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites. — Take 256 grains of hypo- 
 phosphite of lime, 192 grains of hypophosphite of soda 128 grains 
 of hypophosphite of potassa, 96 grains of recently precipitated hypo- 
 phosphite of iron, 240 grains of hypophosphorous acid solution, 12 
 ounces of white sugar, half an ounce of extract of vanilla, and a 
 sufficient quantity of water. Dissolve the salts of lime, soda, and 
 potassa, in six ounces of water; put the iron salt into a mortar, and 
 gradually add solution of hypophosphorous acid till it is dissolved; 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 685 
 
 to this add the solution of the other salts, after it has been rendered 
 slightly acidulous with the same acid, and then water, till the whole 
 measures nine fluid ounces. Dissolve this in sugar, with heat, and 
 flavor with the vanilla. Without flavoring, this syrup is not unpleas- 
 ant, being slightly saline, and not at all ferruginous. Any other 
 flavoring may be used, as orange peel, orange flower, or ginger. It 
 is also suggested to physicians that glycerine may be used, wholly or 
 partially, in place of sugar, when indicated, six ounces and a half of 
 glycerine being substituted for twelve ounces of sugar. 
 
 This syrup has been much used of late as a new remedy for con- 
 sumption, on the authority of Dr. Churchill. It is elegantly manu- 
 factured by Dr. James R. Nichols 6c Co., of this city. Dose, a tea- 
 spoonful, three times a day before meals. 
 
 Syrup of Ipecacuanha. — Take one ounce of ipecacuanha, in coarse 
 powder, one pint of diluted alcohol, two pounds and a half of sugar, 
 and one pint of water. Macerate the ipecacuanha in the alcohol 
 fourteen days, and filter; evaporate the filtered liquor to six fluid 
 ounces, filter agiin, and add water to make the liquor measure a pint; 
 then add ihe sugar, and proceed as directed for syrup. 
 
 This is chiefly used in complaints of children. Dose, as an emetic, 
 for an aduif, two fluid ounces; for a child a year or two old, one or 
 :\vo tin id drams. As an expectorant, for an adult, two fluid drams; 
 for a child, live to twenty minims. 
 
 Syrup of Lemoiss. — Take a pint of strained lemon juice, two 
 pounds and a half of refined sugar, and two and a half fluid ounces 
 of rectified spirit; boil the juice ten minutes, and strain; then add 
 the sugar, and dissolve. After the syrup has cooled, mix the spirit 
 with it. 
 
 A cooling and grateful addition to drinks in fevers, and serves to 
 cover the taste of salts and other purgatives. 
 
 Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. — Take two ounces and a half of 
 bruised rhubarb, half an ounce each of bruised cloves and cinnamon, 
 two drams of bruised nutmeg, two pints of diluted alcohol, and six 
 pints of syrup. Macerate the rhubarb and aromatics in the alcohol 
 for fourteen days, and strain; then, by a gentle heat, evaporate ihe 
 liquor to a pint, and, while hot, mix it with the syrup previously 
 heated. 
 
 This is a warm cordial laxative, admirably fitted for the bowel 
 complaints of infants. Dose, a fluid dram, repeated every two hours 
 till it operates. 
 
 Syrup of Seneha. — Take four ounces of fluid extract of seneka, and 
 one pint of water ; mix, and dissolve in the liquid one pound of refined 
 sugar, and proceed as directed for syrup. 
 
 This is a stimulating expectorant, used in colds, coughs, etc., after 
 inflammatory symptoms have subsided. Dose, for an adult, one or 
 two teaspoonfuls, as often as necessary. 
 
 Syrup of Squill. — To one pint of vinegar of squill, add two pounds 
 of refined sugar, and proceed as directed for syrup. 
 
6H6 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 It is a useful expectorant for coughs and bronchial affections of 
 infants and children. Dose, half a dram to a dram. 
 
 Syrup of Tolu. — Take two fluid ounces of tincture of tolu, and 
 one pint of simple syrup ; mix, and gently heat the mixture to evapo- 
 rate the alcohol. 
 
 This is chiefly ust d to flavor other preparations. 
 
 Syrup of Wild-Cherry Bark. — Place two pounds and a half of 
 coarsely powdered wild-cherry bark in a percolator, and pass through 
 it one gallon of water. Strain this, and dissolve in it by heat sixteen 
 pounds of refined sugar. 
 
 This makes an elegant tonic and sedative preparation, and is mixed 
 with various other articles in prescribing for dyspepsia, consumption, 
 etc. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Partridge Berry. — Take half a pound of par- 
 tridge-berry, and two ounces each of helonias, blue cohosh, and high 
 cranberry bark ; add to them one quart of brandy, and macerate four 
 days. Press out the brandy ; and place the herbs in three quarts of 
 boiling water, and boil down to two and a half pints. Strain, add one 
 pound of sugar, and evaporate to two and a half pints. Remove from 
 the fire, and when nearly cold, add the brandy previously pressed out. 
 
 This is considerably used by the Eclectic physicians, under the 
 name of mother's cordial; and may be usefully employed by all phy- 
 sicians in suppression of the menses, painful menstruation, profuse 
 menstruation, and habitual abortions. Dose from one to two ounces, 
 two or three times a day. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Phosphates ( Chemical Food). — Take ten drams 
 of protosulphate of iron, twelve drams of phosphate of soda, twelve 
 drams of phosphate of lime, twenty drams of phosphoric acid (glacial), 
 two scruples of carbonate of soda, one dram of carbonate of potassa, 
 sufficient quantity of muriatic acid, sufficient quantity of water of 
 ammonia, two drams of powdered cochineal, sufficient water to make 
 twenty fluid ounces, three pounds of sugar, and fifteen drops of oil 
 of orange. Dissolve the sulphate of iron in two fluid ounces of boil- 
 ing water, and the phosphate of soda in four fluid ounces of boiling 
 water. Mix the solutions, and wash the precipitated phosphate of 
 iron till the washings are tasteless. 
 
 Dissolve the phosphate of lime in four fluid ounces of boiling water, 
 with sufficient muriatic acid to make a clear solution, precipitate" it 
 with water of ammonia, and wash the precipitate. 
 
 To the freshly precipitated phosphates, as thus prepared, add the 
 phosphoric acid, previously dissolved in the water. When clear, add 
 the carbonates of soda and potassa, and afterwards sufficient muriatic 
 acid to dissolve the precipitate. 
 
 Now add the cochineal mixed with the sugar, apply heat, and when 
 the syrup is formed, strain and flavor it. 
 
 This is an elegant syrup, agreeable both to the eye and taste, and 
 has been extensively sold and used as a nutritive tonic, in chronic de- 
 bility, in cases of broken down constitution, wasting of the flesh, etc. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 68? 
 
 Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa (Neutralizing Cordial). — 
 Take half a pound each of powdered rhubarb and bicarbonate po- 
 tassa, and four ounces each of cinnamon and golden seal ; macerate 
 for four days in one gallon of best fourth proof brandy. Express the 
 tincture with strong pressure, and add to it two fluid drams of oil of 
 peppermint, previously dissolved in a little alcohol. Break up the 
 cake from the press, place it in a percolator, and gradually pass 
 through it warm water till the strength is exhausted. Evaporate this 
 solution to four quarts, and while the liquor is still hot, dissolve in it 
 six pounds of refined sugar. Continue the evaporation, if necessary, 
 till the addition of the tincture first obtained will make three gallons, 
 Then add the tincture. 
 
 A valuable antacid and laxative in diarrhoea, dysentery, cholera 
 morbus, and summer complaint of children. Dose, for an adult, a 
 tablespoonful, to be taken as circumstances require. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. — Take a pound each of sarsa- 
 parilla, yellow parilla, and pipsissewa ; an ounce and a half of guaia- 
 cum ; one ounce each of red roses, senna, and liquorice root ; and 
 three minims each of oil of sassafras, anise, and partridge-berry ; di- 
 luted alcohol, five pints, and four pounds of refined sugar. Grind 
 and mix the sarsaparilla, yellow parilla, pipsissewa, guaiacum, roses, 
 senna, and liquorice, and add to them the alcohol. Let the whole 
 stand fourteen days ; then express and filter. Evaporate by a water 
 bath to one quart, and add the sugar. Lastly, rub the oils in a mor- 
 tar with a little of the syrup, and thoroughly mix with the remainder. 
 
 This is a valuable alterative syrup, and is used for syphilis, scrofula, 
 diseases of the skin, etc. It is much improved by adding half an 
 ounce of the iodide of potassium to each pint of the syrup. Dose, a 
 tablespoonful. 
 
 Compound Aromatic Syrup of Senna. — Take four ounces of senna, 
 one ounce and a half of jalap root, half an ounce of rhubarb, one 
 dram of cinnamon, one dram of cloves, and half a dram of nutmeg. 
 Reduce these articles to a coarse powder ; add one quart of diluted 
 alcohol. Let the whole stand two days, and percolate. Filter, dis- 
 solve in it one pound of refined sugar, and add one dram of oil of 
 lemons. 
 
 An excellent cordial physic. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Stillingia. — Take a pound each of queen's 
 root and turkey corn ; half a pound each of pipsissewa leaves and 
 elder flowers ; and four ounces each of prickly ash berries and carda- 
 mom seeds. Grind all the articles, mix, and place them in a jar, and 
 moisten them well with alcohol. Let them stand two days ; then 
 place them in a percolator, and gradually add hot water till two pints 
 are obtained, which must be strained and set aside. Then continue 
 the percolation so long as there is a sensible taste of the spirit. Re- 
 serve this also. Then continue the percolation till what is obtained 
 is almost tasteless. Boil down this last till the addition of the two 
 reserved tinctures will make two gallons of the whole. Now add 
 twelve pounds of refined sugar, and make a syrup. 
 
688 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 This is one of the Eclectic medicines ; and is quite an effective 
 alterative for syphilis, scrofula, etc. Improved by adding iodide of 
 potassium. Dose, from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful. 
 
 Compound Syrup of Yellow Dock. — Take two pounds of yellow 
 dock root, one pound of the bark of the root of false bittersweet, and 
 half a pound each of American ivy and figwort Make a syrup ac- 
 cording to the directions for compound syrup of stillingia, using six- 
 teen pounds of sugar, and making two gallons of syrup. 
 
 A valuable preparation for scrofula. Improved by iodide of potas- 
 sium. Dose, a tablespoonful, three or four times a day. 
 
 Tinctures. 
 
 For a description of the method of making tinctures, see page 588, 
 I will simply add here, that an ethereal tincture is one which is made 
 with ether as the solvent instead of alcohol, and an ammoniated tinc- 
 ture, one made with water of ammonia as tne soivenr. 
 
 Simple tinctures, in which only one medicinal article is used, are 
 made thus : 
 
 Tincture of Aconite. — Take eight ounces of powdered aconite root, 
 and one pint of alcohol. Mix, and let them stand for two weeks, fre- 
 quently stirring. Then express, and filter through paper. 
 
 Given in fevers and inflammatory diseases. Dose, three drops 
 every hour or two in a little water. 
 
 In the above manner ail simple tinctures are made, Some medi- 
 cines require alcohol to extract their active principle ; some only 
 diluted alcohol. 
 
 One Ounce to the Pint of Alcohol. — In preparing simple tinctures 
 from the following articles, alcohol is used, and one ounce only of the 
 medicine is employed to the pint, namely : 
 
 Castor, Saffron, Leptandria. 
 
 One Ounce to the Pint of Diluted Alcohol. — In making tinctures 
 from the following articles, one ounce is used to the pint of diluted 
 alcohol : 
 
 Iodine, Quassia. 
 
 Two Ounces to a Pint of Alcohol : 
 
 Assafoetida, Camphor, Oil of Peppermint, Oil of Spearmint, Ben- 
 zoin, Colchicum seeds, Lupulin. 
 
 Two Ounces to a Pint of Diluted Alcohol : 
 
 Cardamom, Cotton Bark, Cochineal, Colombo, Colchicum, Ergot, 
 Galls, Hemlock, Cubebs, Foxglove, Black Hellebore, Henbane, Lactu- 
 carium, Lobelia, Poke, Shrubby Trefoil, Bloodroot, Squill, Valerian, 
 Bittersweet, Belladonna. 
 
 Three Ounces to a Pint of Diluted Alcohol : 
 
 Peruvian Bark, Rhatany, Poison Hemlock, Sheep Laurel, Stramo- 
 nium, White Hellebore, Yarrow, Prickly Elder, Jalap. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Four Ounces to a Pint of Alcohol : 
 
 Nux Vomica, Ginger, Guaiacum, Black Cohosh 
 
 Four Ounces to a Pint of Diluted Alcohol: 
 
 Yellow Jessamine, Prickly-ash Berries, Ergot, Matico. 
 
 The following tinctures embrace those which vary from the above 
 proportions among the simple tinctures, and also the compound tine- 
 tures : 
 
 Tincture of Orange Peel. — Take three and a half ounces of dried 
 orange peel, and one quart of diluted alcohol. Macerate for seven 
 days, express and filter. 
 
 Tincture of Buchu. — Take five ounces of buchu, and one quart of 
 diluted alcohol. Digest seven days ; pour off the clear liquor, and 
 filter. 
 
 Tincture of Indian Hemp. — Take of extract of Indian Hemp 
 (Cannabis Indica) one ounce, and one pint of alcohol. Dissolve th» 
 extract in the spirit. Dose, from twenty to forty drops. 
 
 Tincture of Cantkarides. — Take an ounce of bruised Spanish flies, 
 and two pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate for fourteen days, express 
 and filter through paper. 
 
 Dose, from twenty drops to a dram, three or four times a day. 
 
 Tincture of Cayenne Pepper. — Take an ounce of pulverized cay- 
 enne, and two pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate fourteen days, and 
 filter through paper c 
 
 Tincture of Catechu. — Take an ounce and a half of catechu, an 
 ounce of bruised cinnamon, and one pint of diluted alcohol. Let 
 them stand together two weeks, frequently shaking ; then express and 
 filter. 
 
 Dose, from thirty drops to a tablespoonful. 
 
 Tincture of Cinnamon. — Take an ounce and a half of powdered 
 cinnamon, and one pint of diluted alcohol. Let them stand together 
 for two weeks ; express and filter. 
 
 Dose, from one to four teaspoonfuls in sweetened water. 
 
 Elixir Vitriol. — Take half a pint of alcohol; drop into it seven 
 fluid drams of sulphuric acid, and let the mixture stand three days in 
 a close vessel ; then add two drams of powdered ginger, and three 
 drams of powdered cinnamon. Macerate seven days, and filter. 
 
 Useful in diarrhoea, dysentery, etc. Dose, from five to twenty drops 
 To avoid injury to the teeth, it should be taken through a quill, or else 
 the mouth should be rinsed immediately after swallowing it. 
 
 Tincture of Lobelia. — Take four ounces of lobelia, and one pint 
 each of distilled vinegar and alcohol. Macerate two weeks, express 
 and filter. 
 
 Dose, as a nauseant or expectorant, from thirty to sixty drops. 
 
 Tincture of Opium (Laudanum). — Take two and a half ounces of 
 
690 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 opium, and two pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate fourteen days, 
 express, and filter through paper. Dose, from ten to twenty -five 
 
 drops. 
 
 Tincture of Tolu. — Dissolve one ounce of Balsam of tolu in one 
 pint of alcohol, and filter. 
 
 Tincture of Rhubarb. — Take three ounces of bruised rhubarb, half 
 an ounce of bruised cardamom, and a quart of diluted alcohol. Mac- 
 erate two weeks, express, and filter through paper. 
 
 Tincture of Virginia Snake Root. — Take three ounces of bruised 
 Virginia snake root, and one quart of diluted alcohol. Macerate two 
 weeks, express, and filter through paper. 
 
 This is advantageously added to the infusion of Peruvian bark, in 
 low states of the system. Dose, one to two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Aloes. — Take three ounces of powdered 
 aloes, one ounce of saffron, and two pints of tincture of myrrh. Mac- 
 erate fourteen days, and filter. 
 
 This is the well known elixir proprietatis, or, more commonly, elixir 
 pro. It is considerably used in female disorders, connected with sup- 
 pressed, retained, or deficient menstruation. Dose, one to two fluid 
 drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Assafoetida. — Take half an ounce each of 
 lupulin, assafoetida, in small pieces, bruised stramonium seeds, pow- 
 dered valerian root, and one pint and a half of alcohol ; macerate two 
 weeks, shaking frequently, then express and filter. 
 
 This is anodyne and antispasmodic, and is used in epilepsy, St. 
 Vitus's dance, and hysterics. Dose, a teaspoonful. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Benzoin. — Take three ounces of benzoin, 
 two ounces of purified storax, one ounce of balsam of tolu, half an 
 ounce of powdered aloes, and two pints of alcohol. Macerate two 
 weeks, and filter. 
 
 This is used in chronic diseases of the air passages. Dose, from 
 thirty to sixty drops. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Cardamom. — Take six drams of bruised 
 cardamom, two ounces of bruised caraway, five drams of bruised 
 cinnamon, five ounces of seeded raisins, one dram of bruised cochi- 
 neal, and two pints and a half of diluted alcohol. Macerate two 
 weeks, and filter. 
 
 This is a very agreeable aromatic; used as a carminative, and to 
 improve other preparations. Dose, one or two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Catechu. — Take three ounces of catechu, 
 two ounces of bruised cinnamon, and two pints of diluted alcohol. 
 Macerate fourteen days, express and filter. 
 
 This is frequently added to chalk preparations for diarrhoea, etc. 
 Dose, from one to three fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Cinnamon. — Take one ounce of bruised cin- 
 namon, half an ounce of bruised cardamom seeds, three drams of 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 691 
 
 braised ginger, and two pints of proof spirits. Macerate fourteen 
 days, express, and filter. 
 
 This is a warm, aromatic tincture, useful in spasms, and debility of 
 the stomach. Dose, one to two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Black Cohosh. — Take one fluid ounce of 
 tincture of black cohosh, half a fluid ounce of tincture of bloodroot, 
 and two fluid drams of tincture of poke root. Mix. 
 
 This is used in diseases of the lungs, liver, and stomach. Dose, 
 from twenty to sixty drops, three or four times a day. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Blue Cohosh. — Take one ounce of powdered 
 blue cohosh root, half an ounce each of bruised water pepper and 
 ergot, two fluid drams of oil of savin, and twelve fluid ounces of 
 alcohol ; mix, macerate for a fortnight, and filter. 
 
 A uterine tonic, used for suppressed and painful menstruation, etc 
 Dose, a teaspoonful, two or three times a day. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Colchicum. — Mix one fluid ounce each of 
 tincture of black cohosh and tincture of colchicum seed. 
 
 Used for inflammatory rheumatism and gout. Dose, ten to sixty 
 drops. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Gentian. — Take two ounces of bruised 
 gentian, one ounce of orange peel, half an ounce of bruised carda- 
 mom seeds, and two pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate fourteen 
 days, express, and filter. 
 
 An elegant bitter, much used in dyspepsia, and as an addition to 
 tonic mixtures for a weakened state of the stomach. Dose, one or 
 two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Golden Seal. — Take one ounce each of 
 powdered lobelia seed and golden seal, and one pint of diluted alco- 
 hol. Macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is used as a local application to diseased mucous membranes, 
 in leucorrhoea, gleet, etc. 
 
 Ammoniated Tincture of Guaiac. — Take four ounces of powdered 
 guaiac, and a pint and a half of aromatic spirits of ammonia. Mac- 
 erate for two weeks, and filter. 
 
 This tincture has considerable reputation in the treatment of chronic 
 rheumatism. Dose, one or two fluid drams. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Hemlock ( Golden Tincture). — Take one 
 ounce each of powdered balsam of tolu, guaiacum, gum hemlock, 
 and gum myrrh, one ounce and a half of oil of hemlock, one ounce 
 of oil of winter green, and four pints of alcohol. Mix, let them 
 stand fourteen days, shaking frequently, then filter. 
 
 This is used by the Eclectics for rheumatism, wind colic, water 
 brash, soreness of the chest, etc. Dose, a teaspoonful in a wineglass- 
 ful of water. 
 
 Compound Tincture of High Cranberry. — Take one ounce of high 
 cranberry bark, powdered, half an ounce each of powdered lobelia 
 seed and bruised skunk cabbage seed, two drams each of bruised 
 
692 
 
 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 stramonium seed, powdered bloodroot, and capsicum, and two pints 
 of alcohol. Macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is an Eclectic remedy, and is useful in nervous and spasmodic 
 complaints, particularly hysterics, etc. Dose, from twenty drops to a 
 teaspoonful. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lavender. — Take three fluid drams of oil 
 of lavender, one dram and a half of oil of anise, one ounce of pow- 
 dered cloves, three drams of mace, one ounce of raisins, two ounces 
 of red saunders, and one gallon of Jamaica rum. Mix, and macerate 
 fourteen days ; then express and filter. 
 
 This is often used for flatulence, hysterics, and faintness. Dose, 
 from one to three teaspoonfuls, in water. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lobelia (Dr. J. King's Expectorant Tincture). 
 — Take one ounce each of coarsely powdered lobelia, bloodroot, skunk 
 cabbage, wild ginger, and pleurisy root. Place them in a vessel, and 
 pour over them one pint of boiling water or vinegar, and cover tightly. 
 When cold, add three pints of alcohol. Macerate two weeks, then 
 express and filter. 
 
 A valuable emetic for infants and children, in croup, hooping-cough, 
 bronchitis, and convulsions. Used also as an expectorant, in coughs, 
 pleurisy, etc. Dose, as an emetic for a child, half a teaspoonful and 
 upwards. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Lobelia and Capsicum. — Take one ounce 
 each of powdered lobelia, capsicum, and skunk cabbage, and one pint 
 of diluted alcohol. Mix, macerate fourteen days, and filter. 
 
 A prompt antispasmodic in cramps, spasms, lock-jaw, etc. Dose T 
 half a dram to a dram. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Myrrh (Hot Drops). — Take four ounces o' 
 bruised myrrh, two ounces of capsicum, and four pints of alcoho) 
 Mix, macerate a fortnight, and filter. 
 
 Applied externally, and occasionally given internally for distress oi 
 stomach, flatulence, etc. 
 
 Camphorated Tincture of Opium. — Take one dram each of pow 
 dered opium and benzoic acid, one fluid dram of oil of anise, two- 
 ounces of clarified honey, two scruples of camphor, and two pints ol 
 diluted alcohol. Macerate fourteen days, and filter. 
 
 This is known to all the world as paregoric elixir. It is an agree' 
 able anodyne and antispasmodic, and a good deal used among chil- 
 dren to allay cough, and to relieve pains, diarrhoea, etc. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Peruvian Bark. — Take two ounces of red 
 bark, powdered, one ounce and a half of bruised orange peel, three 
 drams of bruised Virginia snake-root, one dram each of saFron, cut, 
 and red saunders, rasped, and twenty fluid ounces of diluted alcohol. 
 Macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is Huxham's tincture. It is an excellent stomach cordial, and 
 is used with advantage in low forms of fever, etc. Dose, from one to 
 four fluid drams. 
 
MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 693 
 
 Compound Tincture of Rhubarb (Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb).— 
 Take two ounces and a half of bruised rhubarb, six drams of bruised 
 liquorice root, three drams each of bruised ginger and saffron, two 
 ounces of refined sugar, and one quart of diluted alcohol. Macerate 
 one week, express, and filter. 
 
 A warm, gentle aperient, well fitted for debilitated states of the 
 stomach. Dose, from a dram or two to an ounce. 
 
 Tincture of Senna and Jalap (Elixir Salutis). — Take three ounces 
 of senna, one ounce of powdered jalap, half an ounce each of bruised 
 coriander and caraway seeds, two drams of bruised cardamom seeds, 
 four ounces of sugar, and three pints of diluted alcohol. Macerate 
 two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is a warm cordial purgative, useful in costiveness, and gout 
 attended with debility. Dose, two fluid drams to an ounce. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Tamarac (Bone's Bitters). — Take three 
 ounces each of tamarac bark and juniper berries, two ounces of 
 prickly-ash bark, one ounce and a half each of wild-cherry bark and 
 seneca snake-root, and half an ounce of tansy ; powder coarsely, and 
 mix ; then add one pint and a half of whiskey, and let them stand 
 twenty-four hours ; then place the whole in a vapor displacement 
 apparatus, and force through the mixture, the vapor of another pint 
 of whiskey, after which, steam from water enough to make the tinc- 
 ture equal to six quarts. To this add twelve ounces of molasses, and 
 six drams of thoroughly dissolved alcoholic extract of mandrake. 
 
 This is tonic, diuretic, and aperient. Useful in dyspepsia, etc. 
 Dose, a tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. — Take four ounces of bruised 
 valerian, and one quart of aromatic spirit of ammonia. Macerate 
 two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This is used as an antispasmodic in hysterics, and other nervous 
 diseases. Dose, one or two fluid drams, in sweetened water. 
 
 Compound Tincture of Virginia Snake-root (Sudorific Tincture). — 
 Take eight scruples each, in coarse powder, of Virginia snake-root, 
 ipecacuanha, saffron, opium, and camphor, and one pint of Holland 
 gin, or proof spirit. Mix, macerate two weeks, express, and filter. 
 
 This tincture tends powerfully to induce perspiration, and is used 
 for such purpose when it is desirable to procure sleep, etc. Dose, from 
 ten drops to a teaspoonful, every hour or two, in catnip or balm tea. 
 
 Vinegars. 
 
 Vinegar of Lobelia. — Take two ounces of powdered lobelia seed, 
 and one pint of distilled vinegar. Macerate in a close vessel one 
 week ; then express and filter, and add one fluid ounce of alcohol. 
 
 This is useful as an emetic and expectorant ; externally, it is val- 
 uable in skin diseases. Dose, one to four teaspoonfuls. as often as 
 necessary. 
 
694 MEDICINES AND THEIR PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Vinegar of Squill. — Take two ounces of sliced squill, and one pint 
 of distilled vinegar ; macerate in a close glass vessel one week ; then 
 express, strain, and add one fluid ounce of alcohol. 
 
 This is expectorant and diuretic, and is sometimes used for coughs, 
 and diseases of the chest. 
 
 Miscellaneous. 
 
 The recipes of a few popular proprietary medicines are given here 
 merely as matters of curiosity. 
 
 Brandreth's Pills. — Take two pounds of aloes, one pound of gam- 
 boge, four ounces of extract of colocynth, half a pound of castile soap, 
 two fluid drams of oil of peppermint, and one fluid dram of cinna- 
 mon. Mix, and form into pills. 
 
 Brown's Bronchial Troches. — Take one pound of pulverized ex- 
 tract of liquorice, one and a half pounds of pulverized sugar, four 
 ounces of pulverized cubebs, four ounces of pulverized gum arabic, 
 and one ounce of pulverized extract of conium. Mix. 
 
 Hunter's Red Drop. — Take ten grains of corrosive sublimate, 
 twelve drops of muriatic acid, and one fluid ounce of compound 
 spirits of lavender. Dose, five to twenty drops in water, or white 
 wine, sufficient to produce one evacuation dailyj but not over two. 
 
 Ayer's Cherry Pectoral. — Take four grains of acetate of morphia, 
 two fluid drams of tincture of bloodroot, three fluid drams each of 
 antimonial wine and wine of ipecacuanha, and three fluid ounces of 
 syrup of wild cherry. Mix. 
 
 Mackenzie's Ointment. — Take four ounces of powdered sulphate 
 of zinc, one ounce and a half of tar, and one pint of lard ; mix, and 
 boil slowly one hour, stirring all the time. 
 
 For tetter, scald head, and other diseases of the skin. To be ap= 
 plied twice a day, washing the part with castile soap-suds daily. 
 
 Wood's Hair Restorative. — Take four drams of lac sulphur, two 
 drams of sugar of lead, and one pint of rose water. Mix. 
 
 Frey's Vermifuge. — Take one ounce of castor oil, one ounce of 
 aromatic syrup of rhubarb, thirty drops of oil of chenopodium, five 
 drops of croton oil. Mix. 
 
 Conchlin's Salve. — Take twelve ounces of resin, and one ounce each 
 of beeswax, mutton, and tallow ; melt together, strain, and work into 
 rolls in cold water. 
 
CANKER. 695 
 
 Canker. — Aptha Communis. 
 
 Very few, if any, standard medical writers have treated of canker. 
 In truth, it is only a symptom of various complaints, and not itself a 
 disease. It has accordingly been shut out from medical books. Fol- 
 lowing the general practice, I omitted it in this work. I now regret 
 the omission, and place it here at the end. It afflicts — yes, afflicts 
 — sorely afflicts, numerous persons, who, though doubtless affected by 
 some constitutional disturbance, as its cause, are not conscious of 
 any complaint except this single manifestation — Canker. You find 
 not only the disease, therefore, but complaints respecting it, in almost 
 everybody's mouth — " What shall I do for the canker? " meets us at 
 almost every turn. " I am sorely afflicted with the canker," says one. 
 u I am literally sick with the canker," says another. And a third says, 
 " I can neither eat, nor converse, nor take rest, I am in such pain from 
 canker in my mouth." And these complaints are not unnatural, for 
 the sufferings occasioned by this affection are indeed terrible. 
 
 Canker begins in the form of small blisters, generally upon the 
 tongue, or inside of the cheeks or lips, which, after a time, break and 
 form little ulcers, which are oftentimes very sore and painful. These 
 ulcers will, at times, not only multiply, but spread themselves to large 
 dimensions, going deep into the flesh, and becoming painful almost 
 beyond endurance. In many cases, the parts swell, and become so 
 sensitive and tender that it is almost impossible to swallow the 
 blandest food. The mouth will frequently become filled with saliva, 
 which runs involuntarily out, to the great annoyance of the patient. 
 
 Treatmeut. — Canker is frequently dependent on a deranged state 
 of the stomach and bowels. When this is the case, the treatment 
 may begin with a dose of gentle physic (12), (15), (19), (26). If the 
 stomach be quite permanently deranged, let this be followed with a 
 somewhat prolonged use of prescription No. 28, or 37, or of the Neu- 
 tralizing Cordial. If the mouth be very sore, use a tea of slippery 
 elm bark, or flax-seed, or a solution of gum arabic; and as the in- 
 flammation subsides, touch the ulcerated patches with the stick nitrate 
 of silver (lunar caustic) ; or use gargle No. 201, or 202, or 203, or 
 205, or 203, or 209, or 232, or 243, or 244, or sulphate of copper 8 
 grains, dissolved in two ozs. of water. A tea made of red raspberry 
 leaves, or blackberry roots, may be freely used as a drink. 
 
 One of the best remedies is creosote. About ten drops may be 
 mixed with an ounce of mucilage of gum arabic, well sweetened 
 with loaf sugar. Of this, a dessert spoonful may be held for a few 
 moments in the mouth, and then swallowed, from two to four times 
 a day. Recipe 205 is not only useful as a gargle, but may be re- 
 duced by adding one pint of water, and may then be swallowed four 
 or five limes a day, in doses of two tablespoonfuls at a time. 
 
 The diet should always be carefully regulated, and only the more 
 simple food taken, and at regular meals. 
 
COG DIPHTHERIA. 
 
 Diphtheria. — Diphtheritis. 
 
 During the past year the public heart has been impressed, and 
 public fears extensively excited, by a new epidemic and contagious 
 disease, called diphtheria — from a Greek word signifying skin. I 
 say new disease, for it has been stated that as late as 20 years ago, 
 no medical practitioner, either in England or America, had any per- 
 sonal knowledge or experience respecting it. 
 
 Yet the disease had existed in other countries, at periods of time 
 more or less widely separated, from quite a remote antiquity. Are- 
 taeus is thought to have described it as early as the second century. 
 Spain, Italy, and Sicily felt its ravages in the sixteenth and seven- 
 teenth centuries, and England, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, 
 Sweden, and the United States about the middle of the eighteenth 
 century; after which it seems to have disappeared, and been little 
 heard of till quite recently, — so that the present generation of 
 physicians have to meet it as a new disease. 
 
 Diphtheria is evidently a contagious epidemic. It would not, per- 
 haps, be far out of the way, to call it by either of the following names : 
 Epidemic Croup, Malignant Croup, Contagious Croup. Though 
 originating, it is thought, in certain atmospheric conditions, it shows a 
 remarkable affinity for particular localities, and exhibits special malig- 
 nity and fatality in individual families. Some have thought it to be 
 caused by the parasitic fungus called oidium albicans, which, fasten- 
 ing upon the mucous membrane of the throat, causes the exudation 
 of matter, which hardens, with the fungus, into a skin, or membrane. 
 Those who hold this view, consider the contagiousness of the disease 
 to consist in the passage of the fungus from one person to another. 
 
 Symptoms. — The incipient stage of diphtheria is generally only a 
 slight feeling of illness lasting for a few days, more or less, before the 
 more serious attack. Sometimes during this period of indisposition, 
 there is slight drowsiness or chilliness, followed by feverishness ; 
 sometimes headache and aching of the limbs. Generally, one of the 
 first things complained of is a little stiffness or soreness of the neck, 
 with a pricking sensation about the roots of the tongue. An almost 
 characteristic symptom is a slightly swollen and tender condition of 
 the glands at the angles of the lower jaw. The tonsils, one or both, 
 are usually red and swollen, — sometimes swollen, but not red. In 
 young children the redness is of the rose-color; in older children and 
 adults, of a crimson or deep scarlet. The uvula, the velum, the 
 arches of the palate, and the back wall of the pharynx, generally, 
 show the inflammation. Swallowing, though painful sometimes, is 
 often easy enough, even to the end of bad cases. The pulse is 
 usually quickened somewhat, and the warmth of the skin is raised a 
 little, though not greatly, above the healthy standard. 
 
 In some cases, the above symptoms constitute the whole of the 
 complaint — recovery taking place without serious consequences. In 
 others, they are but the beginning of more alarming indications. In 
 
DIPHTHERIA. 697 
 
 «— — — - ■ ■ 
 
 such instances they are followed by the exudation upon the surface 
 of fibrinous matter, which hardens into a leathery membrane. This 
 membrane, if not broken up and removed, grows thicker and stronger 
 bv additions to its under surface, until it obstructs the breathing 
 and strangles the patient. The exudation first shows itself upon the 
 tonsils, or some neighboring part, in the form of white, gray, or ash- 
 colored specks or patches, which gradually enlarge or spread until they 
 meet and form one continuous pellicle. This membrane sometimes 
 extends into neighboring parts, as the back passages to the nose, and 
 the larynx, wind-pipe, bronchial tubes, and gullet. These extensions 
 make the case all the more dangerous and unmanageable. 1 may add 
 that there is great difference in the time occupied by different cases 
 in running their course, — some reaching a climax only after several 
 davs' continuance, while others dash on to a fatal termination in the 
 brief space of a few hours. 
 
 Treatment. — Blisters, and bleeding, and severe purging, and what- 
 ever else may tend to reduce the system, are to be carefully and 
 always avoided. They invariably do mischief. The disease itself 
 generally has a strangely depressing efiect upon the vital powers. 
 Never add to this depression by any exhaustive treatment. 
 
 Subatancefi are in use, mentioned below, to which a specific action 
 upon the diphtheritic mucous membrane is attributed, either disin- 
 fectant or parasiticidal. The paras iticidal action is based upon the 
 undemonstrated parasitic nature of the disease ; the disinfectant 
 action is, in most instances, chiefly a deodorizing one, though a 
 cleansing one also, which is of the greatest importance for the com- 
 fort of the patient and for the greater safety of his attendants. 
 These substances are employed in the dry or liquid form, by insuf- 
 flation or by inhalation, — in the latter instance several times a day. 
 The remedy to be especially commended is common sublimed sul- 
 phur, to be used every four to six hours, by being blown through 
 a long quill upon the affected parts, and allowed to remain for at 
 least a half hour, without being disturbed by food, drink, or gargles. 
 
 This use of sulphur has many warm advocates ; it is harmless, and 
 cannot interfere with the action of most other remedies likely to be 
 employed. 
 
 Gargles are often used with great advantage. The following is 
 excellent: Chlorinated soda, one ounce; muriatic tincture of iron, 
 half an ounce; water, six ounces; use every half hour or hour. The 
 following is also a good gargle: Chlorate of potash, half an ounce; 
 strong hydrochloric acid, eighty drops; water, one pint. One prac- 
 titioner speaks of obtaining great success by the use of the tincture 
 of black cohosh, mixed with an equal quantity of water, and em- 
 ployed, every few minutes, in two teaspoonful doses, as a gargle. Its 
 use should begin at a very early stage of the disease. 
 
 The internal treatment should consist mainly of antiseptics and 
 tonics. The muriatic tincture of iron is highly praised in this disease, 
 as well for internal use as for external. Prescription 73 is a suitable 
 88 
 
698 DIPHTHERIA. 
 
 form in which to take it. If rose-water is not at hand, soft water 
 may be substituted. If there be offensive breath, and a tendency to 
 rotting of the tonsils, a little chlorinated soda, or chlorate of potash, 
 may be added to the above: one or the other of these two last-named 
 articles may sometimes be taken alone. The following is a good 
 recipe : Pulv. guaiacum, two drams ; pulv. sum arabic, one-half dram ; 
 pulv. white sugar, one dram ; water, six ounces : mix, and then add 
 chlorate of potash one-half x dram. Let two great spoonfuls of this 
 be taken once in two hours. The same dose may be taken, with 
 similar frequency, of the following: Chlorate of potash, one dram; 
 diluted hydrochloric acid, two drams; muriatic tincture of iron, three 
 drams; water, twelve ounces; mix. This mixture may also be used 
 as a gargle. Should there be great depression and sinking, — as there 
 often is, — carbonate of ammonia may be taken, or muriate of am- 
 monia (134), or aromatic spirit of ammonia, prescription 135, leaving 
 out the laudanum. Brandy and wines are often used with advan- 
 tage. In casps of great depression, if there be a tendency to the 
 formation of purple spots upon the flesh, add ten to fifteen drops of 
 hydrochloric acid to each dose of prescription 73. The following pre- 
 scription is likewise a useful one : Quinine, diluted hydrochloric acid, 
 and muriated tincture of iron, each two drams ; cinnamon water, 
 twelve ounces; mix.. Dose, two great spoonfuls three times a day. 
 Or the following: Muriated tincture of iron, one ounce; diluted 
 hydrochloric acid, two drams; cinnamon water, twelve ounces. Mix, 
 and take two table-spoonfuls every four hours. 
 
 The diet should generally consist of that which is nourishing and 
 easily digested, — as beef-tea, chicken-broth, eggs, with wine, new 
 milk, arrowroot, cream, etc. As recovery advances, beefsteak, lamb, 
 chicken, etc., may be taken. Many patients die of pure debility. Let 
 the diet, therefore, be such as to guard against such a termination of 
 the complaint. Let all drinks be given warm, as cold drinks tend to 
 aggravate the complaint. 
 
 - When recovery begins to take place, use all possible precautions 
 against a relapse. Let exercise taken at this time be gentle, and 
 not pushed to the extent of great fatigue. The blood is generally 
 reduced so low, that sudden death may result from overdoing. 
 
 Especially, let all cases of this complaint receive early attention. 
 Throat ails, generally, while diphtheria is abroad, should have prompt 
 and careful treatment, and if possible, be removed, for their presence 
 invites an attack. 
 
OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 Life, like the natural day, has its morning, its noon, and its even- 
 ing. Each period has its sunshine and its clouds ; its light and its 
 darkness ; its foir weather and its storms ; its joys and its sorrows. 
 The old do not feel the exhilarating brightness of the morning of life, 
 nor the fervid strength of its noon ; but they often experience what is 
 better: a calm, quiet stillness, and peaceful repose, in its evening. 
 
 There is, perhaps, no one thing — certainly not many things — ? 
 which impress the reflective mind and tender heart with more sad- 
 ness, than to see an old man, bending low with years, with little or no 
 self-restraint j the passions all untamed, except so far as age has 
 quenched their fires ; fretful, peevish, jealous, complaining ; distrustful 
 of the ways of Providence ; doubting the integrity of any human 
 being; surrounded by clouds and darkness ; and stepping down grad- 
 ually and reluctantly, amid a cold, drizly, sleety, moral rain, into a dark, 
 uncheered, and unillumined grave. 
 
 On the other hand, how unspeakably pleasant it is to see the silver- 
 haired pilgrim, in the evening time of life, cheerful, happy, trustful in 
 God and hopeful of men ; the winds and storms of life bringing little 
 or no disturbance of his peace ; bareing the head reverently and bow- 
 ing it meekly in the presence of great afflictions, and lifting it up 
 rejoicingly when blessings fall upon it; converting, by the soft, sub- 
 dued, and beautiful sunshine which he spreads around him, the very 
 unpromising elements of the latest autumn into the finest Indian 
 summer of life ; and finally sinking down peacefully to his rest amid 
 the golden evening sunlight, and leaving the sky, long after, tinted 
 with colorings more beautiful than artists ever conceived. 
 
 " Why weep ye, then, for him who, having won 
 
 The bound of man's appointed years, at last, — 
 Life's blessings all enjoyed, life's labors done, — 
 
 Serenely to his final rest has passed : 
 While the soft memory of his virtues yet 
 Lingers, like twilight hues when the bright sun is set 1 " 
 
 Beside these general reflections, it is proper in this chapter to con- 
 template the old from several points of view. 
 
 They are Experienced Persons, and we may learn much from them. 
 To be sure, they have, in most cases, lost the acuteness of their 
 
700 OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 senses. They do not hear, or see, or taste as sharply as the young, 
 or even always think as quickly ; yet their judgments are founded on 
 a large experience ; their decisions, though not as prompt, or emphatic, 
 or brilliant as those of younger persons, are more safe and reliable. 
 They are worthy, therefore, of our respectful confidence. We may 
 seek their council and advice, and in most cases follow it with safety. 
 True, they are apt to be conservative, and to distrust new things and 
 ideas ; but these new things and ideas are matters in which they have 
 had no experience — matters which belong to an age subsequent to 
 their time — matters, therefore, which lie outside the sweep of their 
 active life, and respecting which they should not be expected to judge. 
 It is no disparagement to them to say that they are not fitted to judge 
 of those new thoughts* and discoveries which have swarmed upon the 
 world since the sun of their life has been sinking low in the western 
 sky. But in all those staple maxims and ideas which underlie human 
 duties, in all ages, the old may safely be taken as our counsellors. 
 
 Depositories of Family History. — They are the frail depositories 
 and keepers of a vast deal of valuable family history, anecdote, and 
 reminiscences of events fast fading from human recollection. Few 
 errors of my own early life have been so much regretted by me as the 
 neglect to learn from my aged relatives, when I had the opportunity, 
 some of the more important points in the history of my family. My 
 grandfather, Col. Gideon Warren, — a first cousin of Gen. Joseph 
 Warren, and a personal friend of Ethan Allen, — lived in some of the 
 towns of southern Vermont, and finally spent his last days, and died, 
 in Hampton, N. Y. There stands his tombstone to this day, with 
 the following beautiful words from Young's Night Thoughts engraved 
 upon it: 
 
 " An angel's arm can't snatch me from the grave ; 
 Legions of angels can't confine me there." 
 
 These few facts are about the substance of what I know of his his- 
 tory. In what town his father settled, who was one of three brothers 
 who immigrated to this country, or who were his brothers and sisters, 
 or what became of them, I have not been informed, simply because 
 I did not obtain the information, now so much desired by me, as I 
 might easily have done, between thirty and forty years ago, while 
 spending a year in Hampton fitting for college. An uncle of mine, 
 Caleb Warren, was then living in Hampton, an old man. He had 
 learned from my grandfather the full history of the family ; and from 
 him I might have derived knowledge which I should now value above 
 price — knowledge which I intend yet to acquire, if the pressure of 
 professional business shall ever be so lifted from me that I can com- 
 mand time for the investigation. But I shall never cease to remember 
 the fact, or to lament my misimprovement of it, that from this vener- 
 able relative I might have learned facts and put them on record in one 
 hour, which it will cost me weeks and months of correspondence, 
 travel, and the searching of records to acquire. I say to all young 
 persons, value very highly the knowledge of your family history, which 
 
OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 701 
 
 you may easily learn from your parents, grandparents, uncles and 
 aunts, etc., and esteem those very highly who are able to impart it to 
 you. Soon these living records will be suddenly blotted by the hand 
 of death ; and then no regret for past negligence will enable you to 
 repair your loss, if you have misimproved your opportunity. 
 
 The Fathers of our Race and the Founders of our Institutions. — 
 
 The aged people who yet linger among us are our fathers. We 
 have our existence, through God, from them, and from others who 
 have preceded them to the silent land. They educated the present 
 race. All that is valuable in the moral principle and mental culture 
 of the men and women of this generation, has been derived from 
 them. Much of their lives was spent in training us, mentally and 
 morally, and fitting us for usefulness. 
 
 Not only the fine moral and intellectual characters which are found 
 everywhere, acting like salt and leaven in human society, are the work 
 of their hands, but society, and government itself, have been handed 
 down to us by them, with much valuable instruction as to the means 
 of their preservation. We can scarcely conceive the amount of obli- 
 gation our fathers have laid upon us in giving us these vast blessings. 
 The men who have been the means of bringing us into life ; who have 
 educated and trained us ; who have preserved our government and 
 passed it into our hands unbroken ; who have built and enlarged our 
 colleges, established and improved our unequalled common schools ; 
 h ive founded and endowed our charitable institutions, and thus made 
 our land famous throughout the world, are certainly worthy — those 
 of them who are yet among us — of our constant regard and ven- 
 eration. 
 
 Loneliness of the Aged. — The old are left, in some sense, alone in 
 the world. The age in which they had their active being has gone 
 by. The world has slid from under them ; and they stand far out, as 
 it were, on a narrow neck of land between this world and the next, 
 from which they hear strange sounds coming to them from the moving 
 mass of beings of whom they are soon to take leave. Most of the 
 companions with whom they started in the journey of life have, one 
 by one, dropped away from their side, and the younger and stirring 
 multitude who have come after them, are moved by new, and to them 
 strange, thoughts and aspirations. The throng of younger men is 
 driven forward by impulses which they never felt, and in paths which 
 they never trod. Manners, speech, dress, modes of doing business — 
 all have changed. The old-fashioned fire-place, the stage-coach, the 
 spinning-wheel, the hand-loom, the polite yes sir, and no madam, the 
 boy's bow and the girl's courtesy to strangers in the street, — these 
 all — some of them useful and some of no further value — have dis. 
 appeared, never more to be enjoyed by those who so much prized 
 them in their day. 
 
 What wonder if at times a sense of loneliness and desolation 
 should steal into the minds of the aged ? It is not without cause 
 
702 OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 that they often yield to melancholy reflections. The young have their 
 companions, and their sports. The companions of the old have mostly 
 gone ; and for sports they have no agility. Cut off from the present, 
 they are thrown upon the past, and too often look gloomily to the 
 future. They should be sympathized with and encouraged. We 
 should sit by their side, and talk with them of the manners and events 
 of other days. Their conversation is often instructive as well as 
 amusing. Would we engage in it with right feelings towards the 
 old, it would be to us a source both of profit and pleasure. To a 
 right-minded person, few things are more pleasurable than to sit by 
 intelligent aged persons, cozily seated in a large armed-chair, and 
 listen to their tales of personal adventure and experience. They 
 enter upon such narratives with so much animation, and live over 
 the past with such evident satisfaction, that the benevolent person 
 would find pleasure in engaging them in that conversation for this 
 reason alone. 
 
 Helpless Dependence of the Aged. — No one thing should tend more 
 to excite our pity, compassion, and kindly feelings for old people, than 
 their helplessness and dependence. It is one of the best indications 
 of humanity to deal gently with the weak. The old are in their 
 second childhood. In their day, they have been strong and vigorous 
 — laboring, many of them, in season and out of season, to support 
 their families and gain a competence. They have felled the primitive 
 forests, and brought the soil under the dominion of the plough and 
 hoe ; they have constructed turnpikes and built bridges ; made ships 
 and sailed them over stormy seas , whitened every harbor with the 
 emblems of commerce ; filled every city with the beautiful creations 
 of art, and the useful productions of mechanical handicraft; created 
 systems of education and philanthropy; framed strong governments 
 and worked them, — in a word, have carried the world upon their 
 shoulders, without bending or giving tokens of exhaustion. But a 
 multitude of years have robbed them of the strength which did all 
 these things. They now totter like a young child. The brain which 
 conceived and the arm which executed, are alike feeble. How proper 
 that much which is kindly should now be done for those who have 
 done so much for us and for the world ! Oh, let the old have a warm 
 place in the affections! Supply, as far as possible, all their wants. 
 Go with them, in spirit, into the shadows of evening, within which 
 they are retiring, and there hold them up. Be a staff' to them in 
 their weakness ; and, if it be possible, when the shades deepen around 
 them, lift the curtains of the future, and let in upon them, though 
 it be never so few, some rays of light from the heavenly world. 
 
 From these general remarks, I pass to consider — 
 
 The Changes occurring in Advanced Life. 
 
 Growth, maturity, and decline are the three periods which divide 
 and measure human life. 
 

 OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 703 
 
 *~ — — ___ — 
 
 During growth, the deposit of new matter takes place more rap- 
 idly than the decay or waste which is also going on. 
 
 Daring healthy maturity, waste and increase are exactly equal, 
 the one taking place just as rapidly as the other. 
 
 The decline of old age reverses the order of growth, and waste 
 outstrips addition. The newly deposited matter comes, but not so 
 rapidly as the old is cast away. 
 
 Declining Age may be said to extend from fifty to sixty. 
 
 Incipient Old Age from sixty to seventy. 
 
 Ripe Old Age from seventy to eighty. 
 
 Decrepitude or Second Infancy from eighty to the end of life. 
 
 During all these periods, particularly during the latter, important 
 structural and other changes are occurring in the human system. 
 Piles, apoplexy, paralysis, diseases of the liver, kidneys, and bladder, 
 with organic changes of the heart, dropsy, chronic affections of the 
 breathing organs, gout, etc., frequently appear. 
 
 No fear of Death. — It is a wise and merciful provision of Provi 
 dence, that as old age advances, and the natural end of life draws 
 near, the dread of death diminishes. As the aged gradually lose 
 their hold upon life, they do so with less and less reluctance, until 
 finally they let go willingly, and part from it even with joy. Persons 
 passing from life at the age of eighty or upwards, generally look 
 forward to death with more of pleasure than of fear. It is one good 
 reason why it is desirable to live to great age, that life may come to 
 a close without those harrassing fears which so many dread. 
 
 Preservation of Old People's Health. 
 
 It is proper here to speak of the hygiene of old age, or the means of 
 'preserving aged people's health. 
 
 It is natural to desire a continuance of life; and except in the case 
 of the extremely old, there is a genera! wish for its prolongation. 
 Those who are born of parents who have lived long, are more likely 
 to attain length of days than those who have descended from short- 
 lived ancestors ; yet the influence of correct habits may add quite as 
 many years to their lives. 
 
 Regular Habits. — The old feel the evil influence of irregular habits 
 much more than the young. It is seldom that any change of habit 
 long indulged, is well borne by the aged. So true is this, that the at- 
 tempt to correct some habits of evil tendency is sometimes danger- 
 ous to the old so much have they lost the power of adapting 
 themselves to change. The discontinuance of the habitual use of 
 spirit, or tobacco, or opium by an old person, — though the use of 
 either is of acknowledged evil tendency, will frequently prove fatal. 
 It is almost necessary that the habits of the aged should remain as 
 
704 0LD AGE » AND IT S DISEASES. 
 
 they are. What an impressive lesson this fact gives the young on 
 the necessity of forming good habits in early life ! 
 
 Even the hours of taking meals should not be changed in the 
 decline of life. Removing to new climates, and forming new social 
 relations by those advanced in years, is not favorable to length of 
 days. Old trees do not often take root and live long when transferred 
 to a new soil. 
 
 Diet. — The food of old people should of course be easy of diges- 
 tion. It is often the case that they bear made dishes such as " hash," 
 so called, better than plain boiled or roasted meat. This can only be 
 explained on the ground that the meat is chopped fine, and is more 
 thoroughly cooked. 
 
 Mode of Cooking Meats. — This leads me to speak of the best 
 methods of cooking meats so that they may be tender. 
 
 The flesh of all warm-blooded animals is identical in composition 
 with that of human beings. That the flesh of animals used as food, 
 therefore, may form flesh in the human body in the easiest manner, 
 none of its essential constituents or parts should be taken from it 
 during the process of cooking. If any one of its constituents is 
 extracted, it will no longer be like human flesh ; and that lost part 
 will have to be resupplied before it can become a part of the frame of 
 man. 
 
 Flesh is composed of two parts — that which can be dissolved, and 
 that which cannot. The separation between these two parts is more 
 or less completely effected in boiling according to the amount of water 
 used, and the length of time employed in the process. 
 
 In making soup, we have no objection to a separation between the 
 hard and juicy parts of the meat, because the latter passes into the 
 water and helps form the soup. Hence the proper way is to put the 
 meat into cold water when it is put over the fire, and let it come to 
 the boiling point very gradually ; during which time the juicy part 
 has a chance to dissolve out, and, uniting with the water, make rich' 
 soup. 
 
 But when the meat is to be boiled simply, and eat as boiled meat, 
 we should aim to retain the juice within it, that we may retain the 
 whole of it. To do this, we must put the meat into water which is 
 briskly boiling over the fire. The juice of the meat contains a large 
 quantity of albumen, a substance just like the white of egg', and 
 putting the meat suddenly into boiling water almost instantly hardens 
 this albumen all around the surface, just as boiling water hardens 
 white of egg, and this prevents all the juice of the inner portion of 
 the meat from runniug out into the water and being lost. Keep the 
 meat in the briskly-boiling water a few minutes, then pour in a little 
 cold water to reduce the temperature slightly, and keep it in this some- 
 what reduced temperature until it is done through. 
 
 Broiling and roasting are pretty generally understood, and are 
 done well enough where persons are disposed to take pains. Frying 
 is an abomination ; and should be banished from all civilized house 
 holds. 
 
OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 705 
 
 Milk is an excellent article of diet for old persons. Except in some 
 few cases where it disagrees with the stomach, it is among the very 
 best. Sometimes, when it disagrees with a weak stomach, a little lime- 
 water added to it will make all right. Artificial ass' milk, which will 
 generally set well on aged people's stomachs, may be made by dis- 
 solving one ounce of pulverized sugar of milk in one pint of skimmed 
 cow's milk. 
 
 Potatoes, beets, carrots, parsnips, and asparagus are healthful : peas, 
 beans, cabbages, etc., had better not be largely indulged in. 
 
 Ripe Fruits, taken in moderation, are useful ; but should be eaten 
 at meal time, not between meals. Among these, ripe apples, pears, 
 peaches, plums, strawberries, currants, and grapes are luxuries in 
 which not even the oldest persons need fear to indulge to a reason* 
 able extent. 
 
 Plain Puddings and Pies are not entirely objectionable ; but all rich 
 and high-seasoned articles of pastry should be strictly rejected by the 
 old. as they should, in fact, by all classes. 
 
 Wine. etc. — If any persons in the world may indulge in a little 
 wine for their stomach's sake, it is the old. But even they, if they 
 have not been accustomed to its use, often get along very well without 
 it ; and when they can do so it is better, for various reasons, especially 
 that their example may have a good influence with others. When the 
 feeble vitality of the aged seems to require it, especially if they have 
 been in the habit of leaning upon it, they should be encouraged to 
 use it. And if they chance to be poor, and cannot procure it them- 
 selves, for friends to withhold it from them on the ground of economy, 
 or from the feeling of grudging stinginess, is nothing less than inhu- 
 manity and cruelty. 
 
 To these remarks upon diet, I add : the old should never eat to 
 excess or repletion. They should eat slowly, and chew their food very 
 thoroughly. 
 
 Susceptibility to Cold. — Aged people suffer very much from cold 
 hands and feet, and, indeed, from languid circulation and low tem- 
 perature generally. The heart, like all their other muscles, has 
 become feeble, and sends the blood very lazily along the arteries. 
 The clothing of the old should be thicker andVarmer than that oi 
 younger people. We must prevent the escape of what little animal 
 heat there is by flannel worn next to the skin, and by woollen clothes 
 generally — they being bad conductors of heat. Unless very fleshy. 
 they seldom suffer from heat, even when their flannels are continued 
 through the summer. 
 
 It is during winter nights that the old are apt to suffer most from 
 cold. On going to bed, therefore, they should be warm : and in very 
 1 nights'should have a heated stone, or a bottle filled with hot 
 water, at their feet. The communication of animal heat, particularly 
 irom the young, is better even than this to support the vital energies 
 or age ; and some writers have recommended that the vital warmth 
 89 
 
706 OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 of the old should be kept up by letting the young of our own species 
 sleep with them. The humanity of this suggestion is very question- 
 able. The aged would doubtless be benefited by such a proceeding ; 
 but the young would be injured. Whatever vitality should be gained 
 by one would be lost by the other. While a few might be added to 
 the limited days of the aged, many would be quite as likely to be ^ 
 subtracted from those of the young. I would much sooner recom- T 
 mend that old people attach to themselves, and take to their bed, an 
 affectionate, clean, and silken-haired English terrier dog. Such an 
 animal, usually as clean as a child, would impart warmth and vitality 
 at night, and be a true, affectionate, and an amusing companion 
 during many a lonely hour of the day. Whatever may be said 
 against this recommendation, — and of course some over-nice people 
 will object, — I insist that it is in every sense far more proper than 
 the expedient adopted with King David, when he " was old and 
 stricken in years," and after "they covered him with clothes, but he 
 gat no heat." (1 Kings i. 1.) 
 
 Mortality in Cold Weather. — Far more of the old people die in 
 winter than in summer, or, indeed, in any other season. For this 
 reason, old people should be very careful how they expose themselves 
 during the coldest days of the winter. 
 
 If there be any change which the old are likely to bear with im- 
 punity or advantage, it is from a cold to a warm climate in their latter 
 years. The wealthy Romans, when they grew old, were taken to 
 Naples. 
 
 Care of the Skin. — Attention to the skin, always important to 
 health, is very essentially so in the latter years of life. The scarf- 
 skin of the old tends to become dry, and peel off. This may be pre- 
 vented in a great measure by regular washing with tepid water, and 
 rubbing. If the bath cannot be endured, not even the sponge-bath , let 
 friction alone be employed. For friction, either the naked hand, a piece 
 of flannel, or the flesh-brush may be used. In rubbing the belly, the 
 hand should follow the course of the large bowel ; that is, in the 
 region of the stomach pass across from right to left, down on the left, 
 across on the lower parts of the bowels, up on the right, etc. By 
 this method, constipation and a windy condition of the stomach and 
 bowels may frequently be removed, or rendered less distressing. 
 
 Exercise. — Always important, in all periods of life, exercise does 
 not lose its advantages in old age. But the aged should always exer- 
 cise with moderation. The violence used in youth would break the 
 bones, and do various kinds of mischief were it indulged by the old. 
 Carriage exercise is very suitable for old people, but the more active 
 exercise of horseback riding, walking, and even working in the gar- 
 den, should not be omitted — bearing always in mind that great 
 fatigue is injurious. 
 
 Sleep. — Aged people should get about as much sleep as nature asks 
 for. They should retire early, and not be in haste to rise with the 
 
OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 707 
 
 dawn. They require more sleep than persons in middle life. Eight 
 to ten hours in the twenty-four is not too much. 
 
 Sleeplessness. — Though the old require a good deal of sleep, it is 
 unfortunate that many of them can sleep but little. A large propor- 
 tion of persons far advanced in life, complain of inability to sleep. 
 Many old people deceive themselves, and really sleep much more 
 than they are aware. Yet they often persist that they sleep none at 
 all, night after night. Their case is illustrated by an old lady whose 
 doctor entered her room and found her sleeping very soundly and 
 comfortably. The noise of a person entering the room awoke her 
 soon after, when, rubbing her eyes, she turned to the doctor, and said 
 all she wanted was sleep, that she had slept none for a month ; and 
 unless he could give her something to bring sleep, she must die. 
 
 Medical art, I am sorry to say, frequently fails to bring relief, when 
 there is real want of sleep. Narcotics should always be avoided if 
 possible. They do too much mischief ; yet it is necessary, sometimes, 
 to resort to them. Much may be done sometimes by taking an earlier 
 or a lighter supper. Early rising, and exercise in the open air, will 
 often bring sleep at night. Occasionally a glass of wine, or a little 
 spirit of any kind, taken just before retiring, will bring the needed 
 sleep. 
 
 Electricity. — In connection with sleep, the disturbing and the tran- 
 quillizing influence of electricity and magnetism has received some 
 attention within a few years. A German philosopher contends that 
 terrestrial magnetism exerts on persons of a sensitive organization a 
 very soothing influence, when placed in proper relations with its cur- 
 rents, and a disturbing impression when otherwise situated. He 
 cites cases, to show that lying from east to west is so intolerable that 
 persons of delicacy cannot endure it ; while the horizontal position 
 from north to south, with the head south, is more agreeable ; and most 
 agreeable and tranquillizing with the head to the north. A German 
 surgeon is mentioned in Reichenback's Memoirs, who always woke 
 early in the morning, and turning his head where his feet had been, 
 invariably fell into a sound slumber, which was more refreshing than 
 that of the night. When he chanced to omit this, he felt ill all day. 
 Observing that the head of his bed was directed to the south, Reieh- 
 enback persuaded him to turn it to the north ; and ever after he slept 
 soundly till the proper time to rise in the morning. 
 
 Without pronouncing upon the correctness of this theory, I will 
 simply say that in my winter residence in town, the head of my bed 
 is to the south. I sleep tolerably w T ell ; but not as well as at my 
 summer residence a little out of town, where the head of my bed is 
 towards the north. How much the stillness of the country, and the 
 greater purity of its atmosphere may contribute to this difference, I 
 will not pretend to decide. 
 
708 OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 Medical Treatment of the Old. 
 
 In prescribing medicine for old people, we should bear in mind the 
 difference between the sexes. Women in advanced life are less ex- 
 citable, and enjoy better health, frequently, than in early life. Old 
 men, on the contrary, are more nervous, in their latter years, and 
 consequently more easily affected. 
 
 The physician cannot rely on the reaction of the system in old age. 
 He must do more by his remedies, and depend less upon nature to 
 help him out of straits. 
 
 The small power of rallying in the systems of the old, puts all 
 blood-letting, severe purging, etc., entirely out of the question, the 
 man is near enough to insanity who, except in some very rare case, 
 bleeds the young. He who takes a drop of blood from the old, should 
 be put in a straight-jacket and sent to the insane hospital. 
 
 Larger Doses. — The torpid condition of the system in old age, fre- 
 quently requires larger doses of medicine to make an impression. 
 
 Fluid Medicines. — Pills and powders sometimes pass through the 
 stomach and bowels in the same state in which they entered. Fluids 
 are more readily appropriated — especially when the more active me- 
 dicinal ingredient is mixed with wine, or some stimulating tincture, 
 or aromatic water. These things rouse up the torpid stomach and 
 bowels, and cause the medicine to take effect. 
 
 Medicine by Rectum. — When the disease is situated in the imme- 
 diate neighborhood of the lower bowel, as the bladder, etc., it is 
 sometimes better to administer the medicine by injection into the 
 rectum. 
 
 Suitable Medicines for the Old. — The acids, the alkalies, and the 
 neutral salts are unsuitable to be administered much to old people. 
 All metallic medicines must be given sparingly, and with caution. 
 Iodine and iodide of potassium are not very well borne. Narcotics 
 must sometimes be used to some extent. Harsh and drastic purga- 
 tives are out of the question, except in some few instances in which 
 they may be given sparingly in connection with compound tincture 
 of gentian, or some other stimulating tonic. Sulphur is a valuable 
 remedy for aged people. So are the stimulant tonics, bitters, astrin- 
 gents, gum-resins, balsams, etc., together with the various carmina- 
 tives, as anise, coriander, fennel, cascarilla, ginger, etc. 
 
 Surgical Operations. — Some of the smaller operations in surgery 
 need not be forbidden in the case of the old ; but great operations are 
 not to be thought of. There is not recuperative power enough to 
 bear them. 
 
 Diseases of the Old. 
 
 Most of the diseases which afflict aged people are of course much 
 the same with those which come upon people at all periods of life. 
 
OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 709 
 
 These having all been treated of in the previous pages of this book, 
 do not require to be gone over particularly again. There are a few 
 complaints, however, which are peculiar to the old, of which I must 
 briefly speak. 
 
 Bronchial Flux. — Bronchorrhcea. 
 
 A more than usual amount of mucous expectoration, accompanied 
 with cough, is very common with old people — so common that in 
 many cases they think very little of it, even when the expectoration 
 becomes very profuse. This discharge, however, from the mucous 
 surface of the bronchial tubes, is very apt to be attended by shortness 
 of breath on making even very slight exertion ; and the whole trouble 
 is aggravated in damp weather, and by constipation, and the stoppage 
 of leucorrhcea in females, or the interruption of insensible perspiration 
 through the skin. 
 
 Slow progress. — This complaint makes very slow progress, as a 
 general rule, often continuing many years without doing any great 
 mischief. It is apt, however, to degenerate into a mischievous con- 
 dition in the end; and should, therefore, as a general thing, receive 
 some attention. 
 
 Treatment. — Attend carefully to the skin. Keep it in as healthy a 
 condition as possible, by regular and faithful bathing and friction. 
 This is of prime importance. 
 
 Care must be had not to suppress the discharge too suddenly. It 
 may be necessary, at times, to use some expectorant (see expectorants 
 among the prescriptions) to make the raising easier. But when it is 
 thoroughly loosened up, we should begin to suppress it by astringent 
 inhalations. For this purpose Inhalant No. 4 is excellent. It might 
 be well, however, to begin with the Inhalant No. 6, which is slightly 
 styptic. 
 
 If ulcers on the legs have recently healed, they should be opened, 
 or blisters applied in their vicinity. 
 
 Removal to a dry climate is a valuable remedy, provided the cli- 
 mate is not too hot, and is healthful in every other respect. 
 
 Other Diseases. — The other diseases with which old persons are 
 aniicted are so common to all ages, that I do little more than name 
 them, adding a few general remarks. 
 
 Asthma. — The asthma, or intermittent difficulty of breathing of 
 the old, is connected with various other troubles, as chronic inflamma- 
 tion of the bronchial tubes, air in the lung tissue, swelling of the 
 lungs, enlargement and dilatation of the heart, and diseases of its 
 valves, etc. It is also dependent on impurities of the blood, and is 
 connected witn torpid action of the kidneys. It is impossible, some- 
 times, to say which of these conditions it is dependent upon. As far 
 as may be, however, the cause must be searched out ; and then, while 
 
710 OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 
 
 the general remedies for asthma must be employed, the particular 
 thing with which it is connected must also receive attention, especially 
 if it be connected with derangement of the kidneys. 
 
 Asthmatic old people are almost always dyspeptics. The stomach 
 and bowels, therefore, require particular attention. The warm pur- 
 gatives, combined with alkalies, are generally useful : as rhubarb and 
 soda, equal parts, or Mettauer's Aperient, with a little tincture of 
 ginger or tincture of cayenne in it. A very valuable preparation is 
 compound tincture of gentian and tincture of col umbo, two ounces 
 each, one half ounce of tincture of ginger, and half an ounce of bi- 
 carbonate of soda. Mix, and take a teaspoonful as occasion may 
 require. 
 
 Apoplexy and Paralysis. — The nervous system being weakened in 
 aged people, the way is opened for greater frequency of attack from 
 apoplexy and paralysis. The exciting cause may be hyperemia, 
 too much blood ; or anaemia, too little blood. It may be general 
 debility, or gout, or a poisoned state of the blood. 
 
 The treatment is to be conducted much on the same principles as 
 when these diseases occur in younger subjects. 
 
 I pass over numerous complaints which may be said to be somewhat 
 more common in advanced life than at earlier periods. They are so 
 fully treated in previous pages of this book, that it is deemed needless 
 even to name them here. There is, however, one other class of dis- 
 eases occurring so very often in old age, and in so many cases mak- 
 ing advanced life a burden, that I cannot pass them wholly in silence. 
 I refer to 
 
 Diseases of the Urinary Organs. — These afflict the old, not only 
 very commonly, but very severely. An old man who reaches the age 
 of seventy or eighty without experiencing some serious trouble from 
 deranged kidneys, diseased bladder or prostate gland, or gall stones, 
 or gravel, or unhealthy urinary deposits of some sort, may think him- 
 self greatly favored. 
 
 Treatment. — It is not necessary here to go over the whole ground 
 of treatment. That is done in other parts of the book. I will say, 
 however, that a surgical operation for stone in the bladder is not often 
 to be thought of in the case of old people. Other remedies must be 
 sought. And among these, none hold out so good a chance of relief 
 as the free drinking of the alkaline bicarbonates dissolved in water. 
 This will frequently dissolve stones formed of uric acid, urate of am- 
 monia, and triple phosphates. 
 
 Pulmonic Cherry Cordial. 
 
 Wild-Cherry bark, ground, 10 pounds ; ipecac root, 20 ounces ; 
 bloodroot, 24 ounces ; squill root, bruised, 12 ounces ; pulverized 
 liquorice root, 5 ounces ; cochineal, bruised, 2 ounces ; anise seed, 32 
 ounces ; fennel seed, 8 ounces ; orange peel, 16 ounces ; acetate of 
 
OLD AGE, AND ITS DISEASES. 711 
 
 morphine, 12 drains ; alcohol, 8 gallons ; water, 8 gallons ; pulverized 
 white sugar, 40 pounds ; sulphuric acid, 1 ounce. 
 
 Directions for making. — Grind all the articles to a coarse powder 
 except those directed to be bruised or pulverized, and put them all 
 to the alcohol except the wild-cherry bark, the water, the sugar, and 
 the sulphuric acid. Let them stand one week, shaking or stirring 
 thoroughly twice a day. Then, having kept the wild-cherry bark two 
 days in a covered vessel, with water enough upon it to wet it through, 
 place it in a percolator, and run eight gallons of water through it. 
 Add this to the alcohol and other ingredients. Let the whole stand 
 three days longer, stirring as before, twice a day. Draw off, and filter 
 through paper. Now add the sugar, and lastly the sulphuric acid. 
 The acid is intended mainly to improve the color, by acting chemi- 
 cally upon the cochineal. The color is a fine cherry red, tinged with 
 orange. 
 
 I have given the directions for making sixteen gallons — this being 
 the smallest quantity in which I make it. Any person can easily 
 make the calculation for reducing the quantity. 
 
 This is the preparation which I mentioned on page 226 of this 
 book. Its insertion at the proper place was omitted by mistake ; and 
 I thought I would not mar the order of the book by inserting it out 
 of place. I have much regretted this. Had I inserted it anywhere, 
 it would have saved me the answering of a greater number of letters 
 than I care to conjecture. 
 
 Upon no other preparation of medicine I have ever compounded 
 have I bestowed as much thought and care as upon this. For five 
 years I w T as incessantly experimenting, making and trying new com- 
 binations ; and this is the result. The assertion previously made that 
 this is the " best cough preparation ever made," I see no cause to 
 modify in the smallest degree. Were it kept in every apothecary 
 shop, and w y ere physicians to prescribe in pulmonary complaints, 
 adding a little syrup of squill or wine of ipecac when a more expec- 
 torant effect is wanted, or a little morphine if greater narcotism is 
 sought, it would save them much trouble in compounding cough 
 syrups, and give them much more satisfactory results. I have com- 
 pared its effect, again and again, with the best other preparations in 
 use, and I pledge my word that it will succeed in twice as many cases 
 as any other compound that may be chosen. Let physicians try it ; 
 and I will be responsible for every hair's breadth in which they find 
 this proportion of successful results abridged. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE -THE NEW GYMNASTICS, 
 
 In America the noblest interests of the race have reached unpar- 
 alleled developments. In no other country, in no other age, has 
 mental culture been so complete and universal. It is an era in the 
 progress of the race. The fruits of labor which in other times and 
 lands have been wasted upon the abnormal life of the few, have here, 
 like air and light, the two great representative gifts of Heaven, found 
 their way to the normal life of the million. The grand ideal results 
 of the philosopher's dreams seem within our grasp. 
 
 But in this honr of triumph the national life is jeopardized by 
 physical exhaustion. While the admiring world looks on, our bodies 
 upon which as a foundation our higher faculties must rest, crumble 
 and give way. Precocious brains are borne about by doubtful spines ; 
 brilliant talents are linked with dying bodies. 
 
 But in the light which now begins to dawn, this rock in our nation's 
 pathway is clearly seen, and the discovery must result in the adop- 
 tion of vigorous measures. Already the leading educators of the 
 country are aroused, and to use the language of that veteran educa- 
 tional magazine, the "Massachusetts Teacher," "To Dr. Lewis, 
 more than to any other man, is the country indebted for the present 
 deep practical interest in physical culture. He has done a noble 
 work." 
 
 And in introducing the "New Gymnastics" invented and de- 
 veloped by Dr. Dio Lewis, of Boston, it may be proper to say that 
 Dr. Lewis is a regularly educated physician. From the beginning of 
 his professional career he evinced the most earnest interest in sanitary 
 questions. Located in Buffalo, N. Y. , during those memorable cholera 
 seasons 1849 and 1851, in the midst of an immense practice, he called 
 public attention to certain preventive sanitary regulations with such 
 earnestness and force, that hearty municipal recognition and action 
 were secured. 
 
 Some years since the Doctor abandoned the practice of his pro- 
 fession, and entered the field as a lecturer upon sanitary science. 
 Both in this country and abroad all the great health questions were 
 ably discussed. Three winters were devoted to lecturing in our "South- 
 ern States. In many Southern cities a profound interest was elicited. 
 About twenty pieces of silver plate were presented to the lecturer bv 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 713 
 
 the various cities visited. The citizens of Richmond, Va., presented 
 Dr. Lewis with an entire tea service of splendid silver plate. 
 
 A few years ago, Dr. Lewis began his investigations in the depart- 
 ment of gymnastic training. The public is now pretty well informed 
 in reference to his labors in this field. The journals and magazines 
 of the country have spoken out in hearty commendation of " Dr. 
 Lewis's New Gymnastics." A few of these notices may be given. 
 
 "We look uponDr. Lewis as one of the benefactors of his race." — Grace Greenwood. 
 
 " Success to Dr. Lewis's Gymnasium. No better institution exists." — The Knick- 
 erbocker. 
 
 "It was my privilege to welcome Dr. Lewis at his very first arrival here, and 
 everything since then has only confirmed my confidence in his ability to superintend 
 this system. " — Bev. Dr. Kirk. 
 
 "We shall look for great results in the physical development of the nation, if this 
 admirable system should be generally adopted." — Boston Traveller. 
 
 "Every muscle of the body is brought into motion without straining or unpleas- 
 ant effort. Many of the attitudes are graceful and striking. In a word, it is poetry 
 in motion, and motion set to music." — JV. Y. Tribune. 
 
 " We are glad to hear that this simple apparatus and ingenious series of exercises 
 are being introduced into many of the best schools of the State." — Boston Courier. 
 
 " The Boston Gymnasium has sent a graduate to our city who is teaching large 
 classes, composed of our gravest divines, physicians, and others. Ladies mingle in 
 the happy crowd." — N. Y. Times. 
 
 " This system avoids the objections of other systems. I have witnessed its effects 
 in several schools, and can say they are all good without exception." — President 
 Felton, in an address at Dr. Lewis's Gymnasium, of which he was the presiding officer 
 up to the time of his death. 
 
 He has recently issued a handsome volume, known as " The New 
 Gymnastics for Men, Women, and Children" through Ticknor & 
 Fields — a beautiful volume, full of illustrative cuts. The book has 
 been so generally noticed by the press of the country that all have 
 learned of its features. A single notice or two may be given. 
 
 "Dr. Lewis's book is the most practical, sensible work on this subject, extant in 
 any language." — Continental Monthly. 
 
 " Dr. Lewis has given us far the best and most practical of all publications on the 
 subject of physical culture." — N. Y. Independent. 
 
 This vigorous worker in the field of physical education has recently 
 established in Boston a Normal Institute for physical education, in 
 which he is preparing teachers of the New Gymnastics. About seventy 
 persons of either sex have already been fitted, and have gone out to 
 teach. Nearly every progressive school in the Northern States has 
 more or less of the New Gymnastics in its daily drill. And so far as 
 teachers can be obtained, the schools have added a gymnast to their 
 corps of teachers. There is room for a thousand or ten thousand 
 laborers in the new profession. Persons of either sex may find in this 
 calling health, usefulness, and large profit. 
 
 In addition to the New Gymnastics, the graduates go out prepared 
 
to teach elocution, and to act as guides in all other departments of 
 physical culture. Dr. Walter Channing, Prof. Leonard the elocu- 
 tionist, and other well-known scientific gentlemen assist Dr. Lewis in 
 fitting the pupils for their important work. We are satisfied that 
 this new profession is to become one of much dignity and importance. 
 Those who enter the field early will have reason to congratulate 
 themselves. 
 
 THE NEW GYMNASTICS. 
 
 BY DIO LEWIS, M. D. 
 
 The apparatus used in my system of gymnastics is all light. 
 This is its distinctive peculiarity. The dumb-bell weighs from one to 
 four pounds. In the system heretofore in vogue, dumb-bells weighing 
 as much as 150 lbs. have been used. 
 
 Perhaps no other piece of apparatus, common to the two systems, 
 will so well illustrate the superiority of the new system. 
 
 Dumb -Bell Exercises, 
 
 For more than two thousand years the dumb-bell has been in use 
 as a means of physical culture. It was highly prized by the Greeks. 
 Many advantages are justly claimed in its behalf. If used in private, 
 it occupies little space either at rest or in action. For the same reason 
 it is excellent in the training of large classes. Although not to be 
 compared with the New Gymnastic ring, the dumb-bell deserves its 
 great popularity. 
 
 Among the Greeks it had a peculiar shape, and in this respect has 
 undergone many changes, of which something will be said hereafter. 
 Its present shape is well known. A practical suggestion upon this 
 point may not be amiss. The handle should be at least half an inch 
 longer than the width of the hand, of such size as can be easily 
 grasped, with a slight swell in the middle. The manufacturer must 
 not forget there is a wide difference between the hand of a little girl 
 and that of a large man. 
 
 Heretofore dumb-bells have been made of metals, The weight in 
 this country has usually been considerable. The general policy at 
 present is to employ those as heavy as the health-seeker can put up. 
 This is wrong. In the great German gymnastic institutes, dumb- 
 bells were formerly employed weighing from fifty to one hundred 
 pounds, but now Schreber and other distinguished authors con- 
 demn such weights, and advocate those weighing from two to five 
 pounds. I think those weighing two pounds are heavy enough for 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE 715 
 
 any man ; and as it is important that they be of considerable size, I 
 introduced, some years ago, those made of wood. Every year my 
 faith grows stronger in their superiority. 
 
 In my early experience as a teacher of Gymnastics, I advocated 
 heavy dumb-bells, prescribing for those who could put up one hun- 
 dred pounds, a bell of that weight. As my success had always been 
 with heavy weights, pride led me to continue their use long after I 
 doubted the wisdom of such a course. For some years I have em- 
 ployed only those made of wood. 
 
 I know it will be said that dumb-bells of two pounds weight will 
 do for women and children, but cannot answer the requirements of 
 strong men. 
 
 The weight of the dumb-bell turns entirely on the manner in which 
 it is used. If only lifted over the head, one or two pounds would be 
 absurdly light; but if used as we employ them, then one weighing 
 ten pounds is beyond the strength of the strongest. No man can 
 enter one of my classes, of little girls even, and go through the exer- 
 cises with bells weighing ten pounds each. 
 
 We had a good opportunity to laugh at a class of young men last 
 year, who, upon entering the gymnasium, organized an insurrection 
 against the wooden dumb-bells, and through a committee asked me to 
 procure iron ones. I ordered a quantity weighing three pounds each ; 
 they used them part of one evening, and when asked the following 
 evening which they would have, replied, "The wooden ones will do !" 
 
 A just statement of the issue is this : if you only lift the dumb-bell 
 from the floor, put it up, and then put it down again, of course it 
 should be heavy, or there is no exercise ; but if you would use it in a 
 great variety of ways, assuming a hundred graceful attitudes, and 
 bringing the muscles into use in every direction, requiring skill and 
 followed by a harmonious development, the bell must be light. 
 
 There need be no controversy between the light weight and the 
 heavy weight party on this point. We of the light weight party 
 agree that if the bell is to be used as the heavy weight party uses it, 
 it must be heavy ; but if as we use it, then it must be light. If they 
 of the heavy weight party think not, we only ask them to try it. 
 
 The only question which remains is that which lies between all 
 heavy and light gymnastics, viz. : whether strength or flexibility is to 
 be preferred. Without entering upon a discussion of the physiologi- 
 cal principles which underlie this subject, I will simply say that I 
 prefer the latter. The Hanlon brothers and Heenan are physiologi- 
 cally considered greatly superior to heavy lifters. 
 
 But here I ought to say that no man can be flexible without a good 
 degree of strength. It is not, however, that kind of strength involved 
 in great lifting. Heenan is a very strong man, can strike a blow 
 twice as hard as Windship, but cannot lift seven hundred pounds 
 nor put up a hundred-pound dumb-bell. Wm. Hanlon, who is 
 probably the finest gymnast, with the exception of Blondin, ever seen 
 on this continent, cannot lift six hundred pounds. Such men have a 
 

 716 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 great fear of lifting. They know, almost by instinct, that it spoils 
 their muscles. 
 
 One of the finest gymnasts in the country told me that in several 
 attempts to lift five hundred pounds he failed, and that he should 
 never try it again. This same gymnast owns a fine horse. Ask him 
 to lend that horse to draw before a cart and he will refuse, because 
 such labor would make the animal stiff, and unfit him for li«ht, 
 graceful movements before the carriage. 
 
 The same physiological law holds true of man : lifting great 
 weights affects him as drawing heavy loads affects the horse. ^ So far 
 from man's body being an exception to this law, it bears with peculiar 
 force upon him. Moving great weights through small spaces pro- 
 duces a slow, inelastic, inflexible man. No matter how flexible a 
 young man may be, let him join a circus company, and lift the can- 
 non twice a day for two or three years, and he will become as inflex- 
 ible as a cart-horse. No matter how elastic the colt is when first 
 harnessed to the cart, he will soon become so inelastic that he is unfit 
 to serve before a carriage. 
 
 Men, women, and children should be strong, but it should be the 
 strength of grace, flexibility, agility, and endurance ; it should not be 
 the strength of a great lifter. I alluded to the gymnastics of the 
 circus. Let all who are curious in regard to the point I am discuss- 
 ing, visit it. Permit me to call special attention to three features — 
 to the man who lifts the cannon, to the india-rubber man, and to the 
 general performer. The lifter and the india-rubber man constitute 
 the two mischievous extremes. It is impossible that in either there 
 should be the highest physiological conditions ; but, in the persons 
 of the Hanlon brothers, who are general performers, is found the 
 model gymnast. They can neither lift great weights nor tie them- 
 selves into knots, but they occupy a point between these two ex- 
 tremes. They possess both strength and flexibility, and resemble 
 fine, active, agile, vigorous carriage-horses, which occupy a point be- 
 tween the slow cart-horse and the long-legged, loose-jointed animal. 
 
 With heavy dumb-bells the extent of motions is very slight, and of 
 course the range and freedom of action will be correspondingly so. 
 This is a point of great importance. The limbs, and indeed the en- 
 tire body, should have the widest and freest range of motion. It is 
 only thus that our performances in the business or pleasures of life 
 become most effective. A complete, equable circulation of the blood 
 is thereby most perfectly secured. And this, I may remark, is in 
 one aspect the physiological purpose of all exercise. The race-horse 
 has a much more vigorous circulation than the cart-horse. It is a 
 fact not unfamiliar with horsemen, that when a horse is transferred 
 from slow, heavy work to the carriage, the surface veins about the 
 neck and legs begin at once to enlarge ; when the change is made 
 from the carriage to the cart, the reverse is the result. 
 
 And when we consider that the principal object of all physical 
 training is an elastic, vigorous condition of the nervous system, the 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 717 
 
 superiority of light gymnastics becomes still more obvious. The 
 nervous system is the fundamental fact of our earthly life. All other 
 parts of the organism exist and work for it. It controls all, and is 
 the seat of pain and pleasure. 
 
 The impressions upon the stomach, for example, resulting in a bet- 
 ter or worse digestion, must be made through the nerves. This su- 
 preme control of the nervous system is forcibly illustrated in the 
 change made by joyful or sad tidings. 
 
 The overdue ship is believed to have gone down with her valuable, 
 uninsured cargo. Her owner paces the wharf, sallow and wan ; 
 ippetite and digestion gone. She heaves in sight ! She lies at the 
 wharf ! The happy man goes aboard, hears all is safe, and, taking the 
 officers to a hotel, devours with them a dozen monstrous compounds, 
 with the keenest appetite, and without a subsequent pang. 
 
 I am confident that the loyal people of this country have eaten and 
 digested, since Eoanoke and Donelson, as they had not before since 
 Sumter. 
 
 Could we have an unbroken succession of good news, we should all 
 have good digestion without a gymnasium. But in a world of vexa- 
 tion and disappointment, we are driven to the necessity of muscle 
 culture, and other hygienic expedients, to give the nervous system 
 that support and vitality which our fitful surroundings deny. 
 
 If we would make our muscle-training contributive in the highest 
 degree to the healthful elasticity of our nerves, the exercise must be 
 such as will bring into varied combinations and play all our muscles 
 and nerves. Those exercises which require great accuracy, skill, and 
 dash are just those which secure this happy and complete intermar- 
 riage of nerve and muscle. If any one doubts that boxing and small 
 sword will do more to give elastitity and tone to the nervous system 
 than lifting kegs of nails, then I will give him over to the heavv lifters. 
 
 Another point I take the liberty to urge. Without accuracy in the 
 performance of the feats, the interest must be transient. This prin- 
 ciple is strikingly exemplified in military training. Those who have 
 studied our infantry drill have been struck with its simplicity, and 
 have wondered that men could go through with its details every day 
 for years without disgust. If the drill-master permits carelessness, 
 then authority alone can force the men through the evolutions ; but 
 if he enforce the greatest precision, they return to their task every 
 morning for twenty years with fresh and increasing interest. 
 
 What precision, permit me to ask, is possible in "putting up" a 
 heavy dumb-bell? But in the new dumb-bell exercises there is > 
 opportunity and necessity for all the accuracy and skill which are \ 
 found in the most elaborate military drills. 
 
 I have been a teacher of boxing and fencing, and I say with con- 
 fidence that, in neither nor both is there such a field for fine posturing* 
 wide, graceful action, and studied accuracy, as is to be found in the 
 new series of dumb-bell exercises. 
 
 But, it is said, if you use bells weighing only two pounds, }'Ou 
 
718 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 must work an hour to reach the exercise which the heavy ones would 
 furnish in five minutes. I need not inform those who have practised 
 the new series with the light bells, that this objection is made in 
 ignorance. If you simply "put up" the light bell, it is true ; but it 
 you use it as herein described and illustrated, it is not true. On the 
 contrary, in less than five minutes legs, hips, back, arms, shoulders, 
 neck, lungs, and heart will each and all make the most emphatic 
 remonstrance against even a quarter of an hour's practice of such 
 feats. 
 
 At this point it may be urged that those exercises which hasten the 
 action of the thoracic viscera to any considerable degree are simply 
 exhaustive. This is another blunder of the " big-muscle " men. Thev 
 seem to think you can determine every man's constitution and health 
 by the tape-line ; and that all exercises whose results are not deter- 
 minable by measurement are worthless. 
 
 I need scarcely say, there are certain conditions of brain muscle, 
 and of every other tissue, far more important than size ; but what I 
 desire to urge more particularly in this connection, is the importance, 
 the great physiological advantages, of just those exercises in which 
 the lungs and heart are brought into active play. These organs are 
 no exceptions to the law that exercise is the principal condition of 
 development. Their vigorous training adds more to the stock of 
 vitality than that of other organs. A man may stand still and lift 
 kegs of nails and heavy dumb-bells until his shoulders and arms are 
 Sampsonian ; he will contribute far less to his health and longevity 
 than by a daily run of a mile or two. 
 
 Speaking in a general way, those exercises in which the lungs and 
 heart are made to go at a vigorous rate, are to be ranked among the 
 most useful. The. "double-quick" of the soldier contributes more in 
 five minutes to his digestion and endurance, than the ordinary drill in 
 two hours. 
 
 I have said an elastic tone of the nervous system is the physiological 
 purpose of all physical training. If one may be allowed such an analy- 
 sis, I would add that we exercise our muscles to invigorate the thoracic 
 and abdominal viscera. These in their turn support and invigorate 
 the nervous system. All exercises which operate more directly upon 
 these internal organs, as, for example, laughing, deep breathing, and 
 running, contribute most effectly to the stamina of the brain and 
 nerves. It is only this mania for monstrous arms and shoulders that 
 could have misled the intelligent gymnast on this point. 
 
 But, finally, it is said you certainly cannot deny that rapid motions, 
 with great sweep, exhaust more than slow motions through limited 
 spaces. A great lifter said to me the other day, "Do you pretend to 
 deny that a locomotive with a light train, flying at the rate of forty 
 miles an hour, consumes more fuel than one with a heavy train mov- 
 ing at the rate of five miles ? " I did not attempt to deny it. " Well, 
 then," he added, with an air of triumph, "what have you to sa^ now 
 about these great sweeping feats with your light dumb-bells, as com- 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 719 
 
 pared with the slow putting up of heavy ones?" I replied by asking 
 him another question. " Do you pretend to deny that when you 
 drive your horse ten miles within an hour, before a light carriage, 
 he is more exhausted than by drawing a load two miles an hour? " 
 "That's my doctrine, exactly," said he. "Then," I asked, "why 
 don't you always drive two miles an hour?" "But my patients 
 would all die," replied my friend. I did not say aloud what was 
 passing in my mind, — that the danger to his patients might be less 
 than he imagined, — but I suggested that nearly every man, as well 
 as every horse, had duties in this life which involved the necessit y 
 6f rapid and vigorous motions ; that were this slow movement 
 generally adopted, every phase of human life would be stripped of 
 progress, success, and glory. 
 
 As our artificial training is designed to fit us for the more success- 
 ful performance of the business of life, I suggest that the training 
 should be, in character, somewhat preparatory for those duties. If 
 you would train a horse for the carriage, you would not do it by 
 driving at a slow pace before a heavy load. If you did, the first fast 
 drive would go hard with him. 
 
 Just so with a man. If he is to lift hogsheads of sugar, or kegs of 
 nails, as a business, he may be trained by heavy lifting ; but if his 
 business requires the average velocity and free motions of human 
 occupations, then upon the basis of his heavy slow training, he will 
 find himself, in actual life, in the condition of the dray horse, who is 
 pushed before the light carriage at a high speed. 
 
 Perhaps it is not improper to add, that, to me, all this talk about 
 expenditure of vitality, is full of sophistry. Teachers and writers 
 speak of our stock of vitality, as if it was a vault of gold, upon which 
 you cannot draw without lessening the quantity, whereas, it is rather 
 like the mind or heart enlarged by action, increased by expenditure. 
 
 When Daniel Boone was living alone in Kentucky, his intellectual 
 exercises were, doubtless, of the quiet, slow, heavy character. Other 
 white men joined him. Under the social stimulus, his thinking 
 hecame more sprightly. Suppose that in time he had come to write 
 vigorously, and to speak in the most eloquent, brilliant manner, does 
 any one imagine that he would have lost in mental vigor and dash 
 by the process? Would not the brain, which had only slow exercise 
 in his isolated life, become bold, brilliant, and dashing, by bold, 
 brilliant, and dashing efforts? 
 
 A farm boy has slow, heavy muscles. He has been accustomed 
 to heavy exercises. He is transferred to the circus, and performs, 
 after a few years' training, a hundred beautiful, splendid feats. He 
 at length reaches the matchless Zampillrerstation of Wm. Hanlon. 
 Does any one think that his body has lost power in this brilliant 
 education ? 
 
 Is it true that in either intellectual or physical training, bold, 
 brilliant efforts, under proper conditions and limitations, exhaust the 
 powers of lite? On the contrary, is it not true that we find in vig- 
 
720 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 orous, bold, dashing, brilliant efforts the only source of vigorous, 
 bold, dashing, and brilliant powers ? 
 
 In this discussion I have not considered the treatment of invalids. 
 The principles presented are applicable to the training of children 
 and adults of average vitality. 
 
 In a work upon which I am now engaged, devoted to the " Move- 
 ment Cure," to be published early in 1863, I shall advocate, and for 
 reasons which will appear in the work, an entirely different policy. 
 
 In the mean time, I will rest upon the general statement, that all 
 persons of both sexes, and of every age, who are possessed of average 
 vitality, should, in the department of physical education, employ light 
 apparatus, and execute a great variety of feats, which require skill, 
 accuracy, courage, dash, presence of mind, quick eye and hand, — in 
 brief, which demands a vigorous and complete exercise of all the 
 powers and faculties with which the Creator has endowed us ; while 
 deformed and diseased persons should be treated in consonance with 
 the philosophy of the Swedish Movement Cure, in which the move- 
 ments are slow and limited. 
 
 It is but justice to the following series of exercises with dumb-bells, 
 as well as to myself, to state that not only are they, with two or 
 three exceptions, my own invention, but the wisdom of the precise 
 arrangement given, as well as the balance of exercise in all the mus- 
 cles of the body and limbs, have been well proved by an extensive 
 use for several years. 
 
 It must not be forgotten that, in all the dumb-bell exercises the 
 pupil should, as a beginning position, stand with his heels together, 
 the toes separated so as to make between the feet a right angle, and 
 the arms hanging by the sides, with the dumb-bells horizontal and 
 parallel to each other. 
 
 Not only in all the exercises, but in all the changes from one exer- 
 cise to another, the pupil must keep time to the music. In the 
 absence of other musical instruments, a drum may be employed to 
 mark the time ; and even without this it may be kept by counting 
 one, two ; one, two ; one, two. 
 
 It must be remembered that in no case should the pupil bend the 
 legs at the knee, or his arms at the elbow, unless it is so directed. No 
 rule in the dumb-bell exercises is so important as this. If it be for- 
 gotten, exercises with dumb-bells will lose more than half their value. 
 
 No. 1. The position is shown in Fig. 1. Thumbs outward. Bells 
 exactly horizontal. Turn the thumb ends of ti e bells to the hips, and 
 then back again to the position shown in tb^ figure. Repeat ten 
 times. Let the change be made with the great \st accuracy. When 
 it is well done, no matter which end is at the la p, a straight rod run 
 through one dumb-bell, lengthwise, would i\ ihe same time run 
 through the centre of the other. 
 
 In this and all subsequent dumb-bell exercises, the pupil must be 
 careful not to bend the elbows. When exceptions to this rule occur, 
 they will be plainly indicated. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 721 
 
 No. 2. Position seen Fig. 2. Keep the elbows pressed against 
 the sides, and twist the bells so the ends are exactly reversed. Be 
 sure they are exactly in line with each other, and the forearms par- 
 allel. Repeat ten times. 
 
 Figure 1. 
 
 Figure 2. 
 
 No. 3. In passing from No. 2 to No. 3, bring the bells to the chest, 
 and on the next beat to the position in Fig. 3. The palms of the 
 hands are upward. Bells exactly horizontal and parallel to each 
 other. Turn the hands over, knuckles upward. Bells now exactly in 
 the same position as before. Repeat ten times. 
 
 Figure 3. 
 
 No. 4. In passing from No. 3 to No. 4, bring the bells to the chest, 
 and on the next beat to the position in Fig. £ The palms forward. 
 
 91 
 
722 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 Twist the bells so the knuckles are forward. Repeat ten times. Arms 
 to be kept parallel from first to last. 
 
 No. 5. Position as in Fig. 5. In passing from No. 4 to No* 5, 
 bring the bells to the chest. Twist the arms so that the bells are 
 exactly reversed. 
 
 J t will be seen in the figure, the palms are upward. When the 
 bells are reversed, the knuckles are upward. Keep the arms parallel. 
 Repeat ten times. 
 
 In passing from one exercise to another, I have spoken of bringing 
 the bells to the chest. They should strike the chest exactly at the 
 point shown in Fig. 6. 
 
 Figure 5. 
 
 Figure 6. 
 
 No. 6. Thrust the two bells down by the side of the legs. Bring 
 to the chest, and thrust them sideways. Bring to the chest and 
 thrust them upward. Bring to the chest and thrust them forward. 
 
 Repeat these four thrusts five times. 
 
 When the down thrust is made, the pupil must be careful that at 
 the lowest point the bells are precisely horizontal, and parallel to each 
 other. When the side thrust is made, the arms must be horizontal, 
 the bells perpendicular and parallel to each other. When the upward 
 thrust is made, the arms must be accurately perpendicular, bells 
 parallel and horizontal. 
 
 When the forward thrust is executed, the arms must be exactly 
 horizontal, and the bells perpendicular and parallel. 
 
 No. 7. Raise the right-hand bell from the side of the leg into the 
 arm-pit, five times. {Fig. 7.) Left, five times. Alternately and 
 simultaneously, five times. 
 
 Be sure that each time when the bells come into the arm-pits they 
 are exactly horizontal. 
 
 No. 8. Passing from No. 7 to No. 8, bring the bells to the chest ; 
 on the next beat to the top of the shoulders ; on^the next beat carry up 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 723 
 
 the right, reaching accurately the position seen in Fig. 8. Repeat five 
 times. Left the same. Alternately and simultaneously, each five times. 
 
 Figure 7. 
 
 Figure 8. 
 
 No. 9. Passing from No. 8 to No. 9, bring the bells to the chest 
 (the dotted lines in Fig. 9 show it), then down by the sides ; in all, 
 as usual, keeping good time to the music. Now carry the right bell 
 
 Figure 9. 
 
 Figure 10. 
 
 to the chest, then up, reaching the position shown in Fig. 9. Return 
 to the hip, marking one beat on the chest in going down. Repeat 
 ten limes. Left, the same. Alternately and simultaneously, ten times. 
 
724 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 No. 10. Bring the bells to the chest. Strike out the right one in 
 front, arm precisely horizontal, bell perpendicular. (Fio.10,) lie- 
 peat twenty times. Left, the same. Alternately and simultaneously, 
 twenty times. 
 
 As usual, keep the chest well forward, and the shoulders drawn 
 far back. 
 
 No. 11. Holding the bells in the position seen in Fig. 11, bring 
 them with great force into the position seen in the dotted line, forty 
 times. In beginning this elbow-thrust backward, it is well to first 
 raise the bells a foot, that they may be brought back with more force, 
 and more directly into the position seen in the dotted lines. But in 
 carrying them forward again, it should be first into the position seen 
 in the figure. 
 
 Figure 11. 
 
 Figure 12. 
 
 No. 12. Stamp the left foot, then the right, then charge out into 
 the position seen in Fig. 12. Make sure that the leg behind, in this 
 and all subsequent charges, is kept entirely straight, while the one 
 forward is placed as shown in the figure. Holding the arms as illus- 
 trated, force the entire person into the position of the dotted lines, 
 five times. There should be no motion hi the shoulder joints. The 
 chest is pushed far fomvard, and the shoulders drawn well back. These 
 directions are applicable to all charging exercises, in which a different 
 course is not plainly indicated. 
 
 It will be observed that the charge in No. 12 is exactly sideways. 
 
 Rise to the perpendicular again, stamp with the right foot, then the 
 left, and lastly charge out on the left side, and repeat the perform- 
 ance of the right side^ve times. 
 
 No. 13. Rise to the perpendicular, stamp with the left foot, then 
 with the right, then charge out as shown in Fig. 13. Under the 
 directions given in No. 12, sink five times. 
 
 Same on the left side, of course with the intermediate stamping. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 725 
 
 No. 14. After the regular stamping, the pupil should charge in 
 the manner illustrated in Fig. 14. Sink five times. 
 Same on the left side. 
 In this, as in Figs. 12 and 13, the charging is exactly sideways. 
 
 Figure 13-14. 
 
 Xo. 15. Stand upright, hands by the side. Raise the right hand, 
 as shown in Fig. 15, five times. Left, the same. Alternately and 
 simultaneous! v, five times. 
 
 Figure 15. 
 
 Figure 16. 
 
 In this the arm is carried up with a quick, strong effort, and ar- 
 rested at the horizontal line, precisely as if it had struck a rock. 
 \\ hen it is brought back to the side again, it is with the same force 
 and sudden arrest. This and the next one are among the most 
 severe ot the dumb-bell exercises. 
 
726 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 16, force back the 
 Left the same. Al- 
 
 No. 16. Assuming the position seen in Fig 
 right arm, as seen in the dotted line, five times, 
 ternately and simultaneously, five times. 
 
 The arm must not be bent at the elbow. 
 
 The directions given in No. 15, in regard to force and sudden 
 arrest, are applicable to this exercise. 
 
 Figure 17. Figure 18. 
 
 No. 17. Beginning as in No. 15, with the arms hanging, combine 
 the two exercises, Nos. 15 and 16, in one sweep, reaching the posi. 
 
 Figure 19 
 
 Figure 
 
 tion of the dotted line in Fig. 17. Kepeat five times, 
 the same. Alternately and simultaneously, ^\e times. 
 
 Left hand 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 727 
 
 No. 18. Stand upright, arms hanging. Raise the right arm to 
 the horizontal, at the side, with the palm up. Repeat five times. 
 Left, the same. Alternately and simultaneously, five times. The 
 position of one of the- arms is seen in Fig. 17. 
 
 No. 19. Having the arms extended at the sides as shown in Fig. 
 18, raise the right arm to the position seen in the dotted line, five 
 times. Left, the same. Alternately and simultaneously, five times. 
 
 In raising the dumb-bells over the head, be careful that they are 
 in such a position that, when the two are up together, they are 
 exactly horizontal and parallel to each other. 
 
 No. 20. Beginning as in Xo. 18, arms hanging, combine Xos. 17 
 and 18, in one sweep, each arm five times. Alternately and simul- 
 taneously, the same. 
 
 Figure 21. 
 
 Figure 22. 
 
 Xo. 21, Standing upright, arms hanging, charge into the position 
 shown in Fig. 19 ; remaining thus, thrust the arms in front, in a 
 horizontal line, five times, alternately and simultaneously. Rising to 
 the perpendicular, stamp with the right foot, then the left, then charge 
 out with the left foot, and repeat the exercises with the arms. 
 
 It will be seen by the figure that the leg behind is kept entirely 
 straight and re^ts on the toe. The special point in this exercise is 
 to reach the dumb-bell as far forward as possible. 
 
 Xo. 22. Standing as represented in Fig. 20, force the right arm 
 into the position shown in the dotted line, five times. Left the same. 
 Alternately and simultaneously, five times. 
 
 In this exercise keep the body as erect as possible. 
 
728 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 No. 23. Having the arms perpendicular 
 over the head, perform the same exercise 
 as in the last number, with right hand, left 
 hand, then alternately and simultaneously. 
 No. 24. Placing the feet in position of 
 Fig. 21, raise the arms with great force 
 from the hanging position to that seen in 
 Fig. 21. On the next beat bring the arms 
 to the position seen in Fig. 22 ; on the 
 next to that seen in Fig. 23 ; on the next 
 beat sweep back to the position seen in 
 Fig. 22 ; then to the position seen in Fig. 
 21. ltrpeat five times. Stamp right and 
 
 left, then step out with the left foot, then swing the arms over the 
 
 head, performing the same exercise on the left side. 
 In this exercise neither arms nor legs should be bent. 
 No. 25. Stand erect, arms horizontal in front and parallel to each 
 
 other. Carry the right hand backward in the horizontal plane {Fig. 
 
 24) as far as possible ; return it. Eepeat ten times. Left the same ; 
 
 alternately and simultaneously, ten times. 
 
 Figure 23. 
 
 Figure 24. 
 
 Figure 25. 
 
 No. 26. Standing erect, arms hanging, stamp with the left foot ; 
 then with the right ; then charge into the position seen in Fig. 25, 
 and thrust the arms in a direct line upward, alternately and simul- 
 taneously, ten times. Assuming the erect position, drop the arms 
 by the side, stamp the right foot, then the left, and charge out on 
 the left side ; repeat the exercise with the arms. 
 
 In this exercise, it will be seen, the leg behind is straight, that 
 charged forward, considerably bent. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 729 
 
 No. 27. As in nearly all other exercises, begin with the heels 
 
 Fisrure 
 
 Fisrure 27. 
 
 together, body erect, chest forward, shoulders back, arms hanging, 
 dumb-bells horizontal and parallel to each other. Step diagonally 
 
 Figure 28. 
 
 Figure 29. 
 
 backward with the right foot, as seen in Fig. 26, and repeat the 
 exercises in No. 26. "Same with the left foot^ 
 92 
 
730 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 In this exercise the forward leg is kept straight, that behind is bent 
 as much as possible. 
 
 No. 28. Bells on the chest. Carry the right arm out at the side, 
 thrusting it as far back as possible ; suddenly bring it back to the 
 chest in a circle as if grasping a large body standing in front. Repeat 
 five times. Left hand, same. Alternately and simultaneously, same. 
 
 In this exercise the arms should be 
 kept in the horizontal plane, and should 
 in the performance of the exercise enclose 
 as large an armful of the imaginary 
 objects as possible. 
 
 No. 29. Standing erect, arms hanging 
 at the side, suddenly turning the body to 
 one side as far as you can twist it with- 
 out moving the feet, carry the arms to 
 the position seen in Fig. 27. Bring them 
 back to the sides, while at the same time 
 you bring the body to the first position. 
 Swing the arms up on the other side, and 
 so continue, alternating twenty times. 
 No. 30. Standing erect, arms hanging, 
 brin£ the bells to the chest, then to the 
 floor, as shown in the dotted line in Fig. 
 28 ; then rising, bring the dumb-bells again 
 to the chest, and on the next beat thrust 
 them as far upward as possible, rising on 
 
 Figure 30. 
 
 the toes ; then back to the chest. Repeat twenty times. 
 
 Figure 31, 
 
 No. 31. Standing erect, dumb-bells on the shoulders (not on the 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 731 
 
 chest), thrust the right arm out at the side as seen in Fig. 29, ten 
 times. Left, the same. Alternately and simultaneously, the same. 
 
 No 32. Standing erect, arms hanging, carry the arms to the hori- 
 zontal in front ; then to the position over the head seen in Fig. 30 ; 
 now down to the horizontal again, and then to the floor as seen in 
 the dotted line. Eepeat ten times. 
 
 In this exercise there must be no bending at the knees or elbows. 
 
 No. 33. Standing erect, arms hanging, charge out with the right 
 
 Figure 32. 
 
 on the next beat 
 Same on the left 
 
 foot, and sweep the left arm as shown in Fig. 31 
 return to the first possition. Eepeat five times, 
 side. Alternately, five times. 
 
 No. 34. Standing erect, arms hanging, without moving the body 
 carry the right foot out sideways, lifting it from the floor, and bring- 
 ing it back to the other foot, without bending the knee, five times ; 
 then charge into the position seen in Fig. 32, and return to the first 
 posiion, five times. 
 
 The arm which is brought over the head must be carried in a 
 direct line from the side to the position over the head, and not 
 brought toward the front of the body in its passage up or down. 
 
732 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 Bag Exercises. 
 
 The use of small bags filled with beans, for gymnastic exercises, 
 was suggested to my mind six years since, while attempting to 
 devise a series of games with large rubber balls. Throwing and 
 catching objects in certain ways, requiring skill and presence of mind, 
 affords not only good exercise of the muscles of the arms and upper 
 half of the body, but cultivates a quickness of eye and coolness of 
 nerve very desirable. Appreciating this, I employed large rubber 
 balls, but was constantly annoyed at the irregularities resulting from 
 the difficulty in catching them. When the balls were but partially 
 inflated, it was observed the hand could better seize them. This at 
 length suggested the bean bags. Six years' use of these bags has 
 resulted in the adoption of the following, as the best size and shape. 
 
 The material is a strong bed-ticking. Bags for young children 
 should be, before sewing seven inches square : for ladies, nine inches : 
 for ladies and gentlemen exercising together, ten inches ; for gentle- 
 men alone, twelve inches. Sew them with strong linen or silk 
 thread, doubled, nearly three quarters of an inch from the edge, 
 leaving a small opening at one corner to pour in the beans. Fill the 
 bags three quarters full, and they are ready for use. If used daily, 
 once in two weeks they should be emptied and washed. To a' low 
 them to be played with after they are soiled, is pretty sure to furnish 
 much dust for the lungs of the players, beside soiling the hands and 
 clothes. There cannot be too much care exercised in regard to this 
 point of cleanliness. Before the beans are used the first time, they 
 should be rinsed with water until it runs from them quite clean, when 
 they must be dried ; and every month or two afterwards this cleans- 
 ing should be repeated. 
 
 The dirty carelessness with which these bag exercises are gener- 
 ally managed, makes them a positive nuisance. 
 
 Premi.sing this indispensable preparation and care of the bags, I 
 shall now proceed to give those exercises which I have found best 
 adapted to schools and gymnasiums. 
 
 Pig. 1 represents a series of hoops lashed between two strong 
 
 ropes and stretched across the 
 the ropes fastened on the 
 
 S *V S " V, S " V S *V f *V room, the ropes fastened on the 
 
 ( /v A A A / side of the room into staples, and 
 
 V r 7 V,y v / ^^S \ , y on the other running through 
 
 pulleys. By these means the 
 ropes may be drawn very taut. 
 It is well to fasten the staples and pulleys into slides, that the hoops 
 may be altered for persons of different ages. 
 
 Nearly all the exercises with bags are greatly improved by throw- 
 ing them through the hoops. It will be observed the cut srepresent 
 the player as throwing the bags quite high. This has reference to 
 the hoops. But the bags may be thrown between the players without 
 the hoops. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 733 
 
 No. 1. Arrange yourself in two classes. Classes face each 
 other, six feet apart. Members of one class will each hav r e a bag. 
 The other class will have no bags. Each person will play with the 
 one standing exactly opposite. Hold the bags under your chins 
 
 Figure 2. Figure 3. 
 
 ( Fig. 2). When one gives the work, each couple is to throw its bag 
 backwards and forward ten times, counting both ways. At the be- 
 ginning of this and the following exercises, the leader will announce 
 how many times the bag is to be thrown. 
 
 Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. 
 
 Each couple will play as rapidly as possible, and as each finishes, 
 the two players will hold up their hands, and cry out the number in 
 a loud voice. Now ready ! One, two, three ! ! The bag is always 
 to be thrown from the chest, never to be thrown from the lap. 
 
 No. 2. Same as the last, except the bag is thrown and caught 
 with the right hand. The position is well shown in Fig. 3. 
 
No. 3. Same as the last, but with the left hand. When the rio*ht 
 hand throws, the partner's right hand must catch, and so with the left. 
 
 No. 4. In this one, the bag is thrown with both hands, from the 
 position seen in Fig 4. 
 
 
 Figure 7. 
 
 Figure 8. 
 
 Figure 9. 
 
 No. 5. Same as the last, except the bag is thrown with the right 
 hand, as shown in Fig, 5. The unoccupied hand in this and all other 
 single-handed bag exercises is to be held on the corresponding side, 
 with the arm akimbo. 
 
 No. 6. Same as the last, except with the left hand. 
 
 No. 7. The bag is to be thrown over the head from the position 
 seen in Fig. 6. 
 
 Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. 
 
 No. 8. To be thrown from the position seen in Fig. 7, with the 
 right hand. The one who catches must receive it, while the left hand 
 grasps the arm in the same way. 
 
 No. 9. Same as the last, only using the left hand. 
 
 No. 10. Standing with your right side toward your partner, hold 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 735 
 
 the bag on the point of the elbow, being sure to keep the forearm 
 vertical (Fig. 8) ; throw from this position the number of times an- 
 nounced by the leader. To be caught in the hands. 
 
 No. 11. Same as the last, except the left side is turned, and the 
 bag is thrown from the left elbow. 
 
 No. 12. Hold the bag as represented in Fig. 9, and toss to your 
 partner. He will of course return in the same manner to you, and 
 thus it will be tossed backward and forward the number of times in- 
 dicated by the leader. As in all the other exercises thus far given, 
 each couple upon reaching the indicated number, will hold up their 
 hands and cry out that number in a loud voice. 
 
 No. 13. Turning your right side to your partner, throw from the 
 
 Figure 13. 
 
 Figure 14. 
 
 Figure 15. 
 
 position represented in Fig. 10. Your partner catches the bag, stand- 
 ing in the same attitude. 
 
 No. 14. Same as the last, except you turn your left side to your 
 partner, and throw with the left hand, either without bending the 
 knees, as seen in Fig. 11, or bending them, as seen in Fig. 10. 
 
 No. 15. Again turn your right side to your partner, and throw the 
 bag from the position seen in Fig. 12. 
 
 No. 16. Same as the last, except turning the left side, you throw 
 with the left hand. 
 
 No. 17. Turn your back to your partner, and bend backwards, so 
 that you can see him He bends back, so that he may see you, and 
 then you throw the bag to him as represented in Fig. 13. Always 
 cry read;/ ! that he may not be kept waiting too long in an uncom- 
 fortable position. 
 
 No. 18. Face your partner, and throw from the position repre- 
 sented in Fig. 14, holding the bag on the back of the hand. 
 
 No. 19. Same as the last, except the left hand is employed. 
 
 No 20. Face \ our partner, and throw the bag around the back 
 and over the opposite shoulder, as shown i:i Fig. 15. 
 
 No. 21. Same as the last, except you see the other hand. 
 
736 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 No. 22. Each couple having ten bags, you throw to your part- 
 ner, and he catches as many as he can hold, folding his arms. (Fig. 
 16.) This one will not ordinarily be played in class, as the number 
 of bags will scarcely be sufficient. 
 
 No. 23 The two classes will stand as represented in Fig 17. 
 Place ten bags on a chair or box at the feet of the first player of each 
 class. The leader gives the word, one, two, three! and the two classes 
 compete in passing the bags over their heads backwards, to the foot 
 of the class, when they whirl round and immediately pass them back 
 The class which has the entire ten on the chair or box at its head, 
 first, counts one in the game. It is usual to make the game three, 
 live, or ten. 
 
 Figure 15. 
 
 No. 24. Let the two classes face each other again, and pass the 
 bags as in the last, except that they are carried along in front and as 
 high as the chest, being careful not to stoop forward. 
 
 No. 25. Let the bags be all placed at the head of one of the 
 classes. We will call this class No. 1 ; the other, class No. 2. The 
 first player in class No. 1 throws a bag to the first player in class No 
 2, who throws it back to the second player in class No. 1, who throw: 
 it back to the second player in class No. 2, who in turn, throws it t 
 the third player in class No. 1, and so on, working it down to the foot 
 of the class. 
 
 But one bag is not allowed to make the trip alone ; all follow, one 
 after another, in rapid succession. 
 
 In this game, the bags are all thrown from the chest with both 
 hands, as represented some pages back, in No. 1 of the bag exercises 
 
 No. 26. The whole company may now be divided into trios, each 
 trio playing with three bags, as represented in Fig. 18. Each one 
 throws the bag to the player at his right hand, and at the same time 
 catches the bao* thrown from the player at his left. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 737 
 
 To secure the proper distance between 
 the players for this game, they should 
 rake each other by the hands, and pull- 
 ing hard, they will have the right position. 
 Each player must look constantly at the 
 one from whom he receives the bags, and 
 never for a moment at the one to whom 
 he throws. If they forget this rule, the 
 bags will soon fall to the floor. 
 
 No. 27. Same as the last, except the 
 bags a*re passed the opposite way. 
 
 No. 28. The company is again divi- 
 ded into couples, and each couple plays 
 with two, three, four, or more bags. A 
 throws a bag with his right hand to B, 
 who catches it with his left hand, and 
 immediately changing it to his right, 
 throws it back to A, who catches it 
 with his left, and who, changing it to his right, throws it back again 
 to B (Fig, 19). Two, three, four, or five bags can be made to per- 
 form this circle between two players at the same time. 
 
 Figure 18. 
 
 Figure. 19. 
 
 The bags, in this as in all the other bag exercises, except one, should 
 be thrown, and not tossed. 
 
 No. 29. Same as the last, except the bags are thrown with the 
 left, and caught with the right hand. 
 
 No. 30. Now the players will stand in two classes again, the classes 
 to be six feet apart, and the players in each party to be six feet from 
 each other. Place six bags on a chair at the head of each class. Upon 
 the word otie, tivOj three ! the first player in each class seizes a bag 
 and runs with it to the second player, who carries it to the third, who 
 in turn rushes to the fourth, and so on to the foot of the class. But 
 one bag is not allowed to make the journey alone. One at a time, the 
 93 
 
738 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 whole six are hurried onward. Instantly, and without any signal, they 
 are sent back to the head of the class in the same order. . The class 
 which has its six bags on the chair at the head of the class first, counts 
 one in the game. 
 
 Exercises with Rings 
 
 This series of exercises is entirely new, and beyond all comparison, 
 the best ever devised. Physiologists and gymnasts have everywhere 
 bestowed upon it the most unqualified commendation. Indeed it is 
 difficult to conceive any other possible series so complete in a physio- 
 logical point of view, and so happily adapted to family, school, and 
 general use. 
 
 If a man were as strong as Sampson, he would find in the use of 
 
 Figure 1. 
 
 Figure 2. 
 
 these rings, with another man of equal strength, the fullest opportu- 
 nity to exert his utmost strength ; while the frailest child, engaged 
 with one of equal strength, would never be injured. 
 
 There is not a muscle in the entire body which may not be brought 
 into direct play through the medium of the rings. And if one partic- 
 ular muscle, or set of muscles is especially deficient or weak, the ex- 
 ercises may be concentrated upon that muscle or set of muscles. 
 
 "Wherever these rings are introduced, they will obtain the highest 
 favor and awaken the most earnest enthusiasm. 
 
 The ring is generally turned from cherry wood, and when finished 
 measures six inches in diameter, while the body is one inch thick. It 
 should be highly polished, especially on the inner part. Fig. 1. gives 
 a good idea of the ring. 
 
 No. 1. Standing in the position represented in Fig. 2, the end of 
 the right toe against the right toe of your partner, the toes meeting on 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 739 
 
 a straight line drawn through the entire hall, on which all the players 
 stand, and placing the left foot at right angles with the right foot, as 
 seen in the figure, pull hard and twist the right arm hard from right 
 to left and left to right ten times, keeping time to the music. 
 
 Be careful in this, as in all other exercises with the ring, to draw the 
 shoulders well back and keep the head erect. 
 
 No. 2. Same as the last, but using the left hand, with the left fool 
 forward. 
 
 Figure 3. 
 
 Figure 4. 
 
 No. 3. Join both hands with two rings, and place the right toe 
 against your partner's right toe, as in No. 1, being sure to keep the 
 foot which is behind at right angles with the one in front (which I 
 
 Figure 5. 
 
 Figure 
 
 may say here, is to be looked after with much care through this whole 
 series, whenever it is possible), then pull hard, ten times, and twist 
 the arms, keeping time to the music. 
 
 No. 4. Exactly the same as the last, but with the left foot forward. 
 
 No. 5. Without letting go the rings, turn back to back, place the 
 
740 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 outside of your left foot against the same of your partner, in the same 
 way you would push against the wall of the room, and pulling hard 
 in the position represented in Fig. 3, twist hard ten times, keeping 
 time to the music. 
 
 No. 6. Same as the last, but with the right foot behind. 
 
 No. 7. Turn face to face, raise the hands as high as you can over 
 the head, and, standing about two feet and a half apart, bring the rings 
 down to the floor without bending the knees, as represented in Fig-. 4, 
 ten times, and all the following exercises ten times. In the perform- 
 ance of this you must not bend the elbows, which you can avoid doing 
 
 Figure 7. 
 
 Figure 
 
 by carrying the rings outward at each side. (In the ring exercises, 
 when your pupils, standing their faces toward each other, turn their 
 backs, see that they do not let go the rings). 
 
 No. 8. Standing as in the last exercise, but only two feet apart, 
 place the rings in the position seen in Fig. 5. Now as the arms on 
 one side rise, the arms on the other side fall, keeping time to the music. 
 Be careful not to bend the arms at the elbows, which of course can 
 be prevented in this as in many other exercises, by carrying the hands 
 outward at the side. In this exercise a great deal of force should be 
 used, so that when the ring is carried up on one side, it goes far be- 
 yond the perpendicular line, the bodies of the players bending freely. 
 
 No. 9. Same as the last, except the two rings go up and down 
 simultaneously. 
 
 No. 10. Standing as in the last two exercises, the hands hanging 
 down as low as may be, and keeping them in the same relation to 
 each other, swing them from side to side as far as you can. 
 
 No. 11, Same as the last, except that instead of swinging the 
 hands from side to side, they make a complete circle, being carried 
 over the head, as well as down between the bodies of the players. 
 
 No. 12. Same as the last, except the circle is made the opposite 
 way. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. . 741 
 
 No. 13. Back to back, as seen in Fig. 6, thrust the rings up with 
 great force, each player keeping his two arms exactly parallel. 
 
 No. 14. From the same position seen in Fig. 6, thrust the rings 
 out sidewise, as in all the other exercises, ten times. 
 
 No. 15. Same as the last, except the rings are thrust downward 
 by the hips. 
 
 No. 16. The last three, consecutively, ten times. 
 
 No. 17. Take the position seen in Fig. 7 ; your partner the same. 
 The inside of your left foot to the inside of his left. Draw your left 
 hand as far back past your left side as possible, dragging your partner's 
 right hand after it. At the same time he has done the same thing 
 with his left. Do the same with your right hands. And so continue 
 to alternate. Do this strongly, pushing your hand past your partner's 
 side as far as possible, at the same time pulling his hand as far past 
 yours as possible. 
 
 No. 18. Same as the last, except the right foot is forward. Be 
 sure in this, as in all others, that your two feet are at right angles. 
 
 No. 19. Same as the last two, except the feet go with the hands. 
 When you thrust your right hand forward, the right foot goes forward 
 too. When the left hand goes forward, the left foot goes with it. 
 
 If this be well done, the feet and hands making long sweeps to the 
 
 Figure 9. Figure 10. 
 
 music, it not only presents a fine, animated appearance to the specta- 
 tors, but brings all the muscles of the body and limbs into fine play. 
 
 No. 20. Back to back, touching each other's heels. Each lunge 
 out with the right foot in the direction the toe points, the feet being 
 at right angles, and raise the hands over the head so they touch, thus 
 reaching the position seen in Fig. 8. Now back, heels together, arms 
 at the side, lunge out with the left feet in the same way, and thus 
 alternate, keeping time to the music. 
 
 No. 21. Standing as represented in Fig, 9, your partner the same, 
 with the inside of his left foot to the inside of your left foot, and hold- 
 ing the rings as shown in the figure, push them vigoruusly toward 
 
-■ 
 
 742 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 your partner, simultaneously thrusting them past his body as far as 
 possible. He pushes them back in the same manner, and so on. 
 
 No. 22. Same as the last, except the right foot is pushed forward, 
 instead of the left. 
 
 No. 23. Stand back to back, heels all together ; both step out side- 
 wise in the same direction as far as you can reach, and at the same 
 instant raise the hands on the same side as high as you can, then re- 
 turning to the upright position, hands by your sides, charge out at the 
 other side in a similar manner. When this has been done both ways, 
 as in every other exercise, ten times ; the leader cries " alternately," 
 and you continue to change sideways as before, only in opposite 
 directions as represented in Fig. 10 
 
 Figure 11. 
 
 Figure 12. 
 
 No. 24. Standing face to face, two feet apart, charge sideways as 
 in the last exercise, and as seen in Fig. 11. In alternation with this, 
 charge the opposite way. After the regular number of times, the 
 teacher cries " alternately," and you charge out sideways with your 
 right foot in opposite ways, as seen in Fig. 12 ; alternate with the left 
 foot. 
 
 No. 25. Standing back to back, charge, your faces both in one di- 
 rection, with bodies fronting the same, as shown in Fig. 13. When 
 the teacher cries "change ! " you must change sides with each other, 
 still facing in the same direction. Keep time to the music with your 
 feet, when changing sides, and as soon as you make the change, go 
 on with the charging, using, of course, the other hands and feet. 
 
 No. 26. Joining only with your right hands, and standing apart 
 far enough to make the arms straight and horizontal between you, 
 charge as seen in Fig. 14 ; the left hand and foot the same. 
 
 No. 27. Joining with both hands, charge right and left alternately, 
 each time, as represented in Fig. 14. 
 
 No. 28. Stand, each with his own heels together, as seen in Fig. 
 15, and perform the exercise exhibited in the figure. As the hands 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 743 
 
 on one side go up, the hands on the other go down. So alternate the 
 regular number of times, when you will do the same simultaneously, 
 the hands on both sides rising and falling together. 
 
 Figure 13. 
 
 Figure 14. 
 
 No. 29. Standing as seen in Fig. 16, except that the inside of the 
 right foot should be exhibited as pressing against the inside of your 
 partner's right foot, you draw back from each other as far as you can, 
 
 Figure 15. 
 
 Figure 16. 
 
 and then come up, touching each other's cheats, all without bending 
 the elbows. 
 
 No. 30. Same, with the left foot forward. 
 
744 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 No. 31. Standing as seen in Fig. 17, draw far away from eacti 
 other, keeping the arms precisely horizontal. Immediately approach- 
 ing each other again, touch the shoulders as in the figure, and so con- 
 tinue ten times, keeping time to the music. 
 
 No. 32. Same as the last, with the feet changed. 
 
 Figure 17. Figure 18. 
 
 No. 33. Standing face to face, raise the hands on one side as in 
 Fig. 18. As these hands are brought down to the side, raise those on 
 the other side in like manner, and so alternate ten times. 
 
 No. 34. Back to back, and raise the arms on one side as in Fig. 18, 
 but carry the hands completely over the heads and down on the other 
 side of the body. Alternate with the arms on the other side, ten 
 times. 
 
 Figure 19. Figure 20. 
 
 No. 35. Carry the hands all over together, as seen in Fig. 19. 
 Change thus from side to side, twenty times, always keeping time to 
 the music. 
 
 No. 36. Turn face to face, and now back to back, and again face 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 745 
 
 to face, and so continue to change, alternating the sides toward which 
 you turn. 
 
 No. 37. Perform the exercise seen in Fig. 20, being sure that you 
 draw the arm of your partner directly into your axilla or armpit. 
 After alternating twenty times, then draw the arms back and forth 
 simultaneously, ten times. 
 
 No. 38. Join, right hands with your partner with one ring, and 
 stand apart so that your arms are straight and horizontal. Advance 
 your right foot two feet, keeping the two feet at a right angle. Now 
 push your chests as near together as you can, without bending your 
 knees or elbows, as seen in Fig-. 21. Now drawing the arms back to 
 the horizontal on the next beat of the music, carry the hands down 
 as low as possible without bending knees or elbows on the next beat. 
 Now back to the horizontal, and then up as high as possible, and so 
 continue ten times. 
 
 No. 39. Same with the left hands, the left foot being pushed for- 
 ward. 
 
 Figure 21. Figure 22. 
 
 No. 40. Join the right hands again, holding them in the horizontal 
 position. Now push them sidewise as far as possible without bend- 
 ing knees or elbows. On the next beat bring the arms back to the 
 straight line between you, and now carry them sidewise the other way, 
 and so continue ten times. 
 
 No. 41. Left hands the same. 
 
 No. 42. Join right hands again. Instead of thrusting the hands 
 directly upward, or sidewise, carry them obliquely upward, and after 
 bringing them back to the straight, horizontal line, carry ^Miquely 
 downward, and so continue ten times, being careful not to bend kt.°es 
 or elbows. 
 
 No. 43. Still use the right hands, and carry them obliquely upward, 
 the other way, and downward the other way. 
 
 Nos. 44 and 45. Same with the left hands. 
 
No. 46. Back to back, and place the outside of the left foot against 
 the outside of your partner's left foot. Right foot well forward. 
 Now raise the hands over the head as seen in Fig. 22 (I see the artist 
 has not placed the outsides of the left feet against each other, as he 
 should have done), and draw away from each other, bending the knee 
 
 Figure 23. Figure 24. 
 
 of the leg which is pushed forward, and thus sink down somewhat 
 As you come back, touch your shoulders against those of your part- 
 ner, and thus repeat ten times. 
 
 No. 47. Same, with a change of feet. 
 
 In the last two exercises, as you draw away, you must not pull on 
 the rings a single ounce. If this be forgotten, your backs may be 
 hurt. 
 
 No. 48. Face to face, join the right hands, and place the tips of 
 the right toes against each other, and the left 
 feet at right angles two feet behind. Whirl 
 the right hands, making as large a circle as 
 possible without bending the elbows or knees. 
 After whirling ten times one way, then whirl 
 ten times the other way. 
 
 No. 49. Same with" left hands. 
 No. 50. Back to back, two feet apart, each 
 with his own heels together. Raise the hands 
 as high as possible over the head, and bring 
 them down as seen in Fig. 23, five times. 
 
 No. 51. Join the right hands, and turn 
 your right side toward your partner, keeping 
 the right arms straight between you. Both 
 must now step straight forward with the right 
 foot as far as you can reach, while the right 
 arms are kept horizontal, as seen in Fig. 24. 
 
 No. 52. Face the opposite way, and use the left arms and feet in 
 the same manner. 
 
 Figure 25. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTUKE. 747 
 
 No. 53. Stand as shown in Fig. 25. Pull your arms directly for- 
 ward, which of course will draw your partner's arms directly back- 
 wards. Then he draws yours backwards in like manner, and so 
 continue ten times. 
 
 No. 54. Back to back, your shoulders touching your partner. Arms 
 perpendicular, over the head. Draw your right arm directly forward. 
 Simultaneously with this your partner does the same thing. Now 
 the left arms the same ; and so continue to alternate, ten times. And 
 last, draw both of your arms forward; immediately your partner does 
 the same, and so continue to alternate, ten times. 
 
 These are not a quarter of the possible exercises with the rings ; 
 but, after a long use of them, with much study and innumerable 
 experiments, I believe this series gives the best variety, and is suffi- 
 ciently extended. Besides, this series is admirably calculated to de- 
 velop those particular muscles which are almost universally deficient 
 in the people of the United States. 
 
 Exercises with Wands. 
 
 A straight, smooth stick, one inch in diameter and four feet long 
 (three feet for children), with round ends, is known in this gymnasium 
 as a " Wand,*' and is highly prized. It is used to cultivate flexibility, 
 and is equally useful to persons of all ages and degrees of strength. 
 
 As a stiff, inflexible condition of the ligaments and muscles con- 
 nected with the shoulders is the principal obstacle in the way of 
 beginners, and as the wand is the best known means to remove this 
 stiffness, it should be made prominent during the first few weeks or 
 months of training. 
 
 It is perhaps unnecessary to say that the symmetrical development 
 of the upper half of the body turns entirely upon the freedom with 
 which one can use the shoulder joint. This is sufficiently obvious 
 when we reflect that exercise of the body above the waist depends 
 fcpon the arms, and of course upon the degree of freedom with which 
 \. can use the arms. 
 
 \Yhile it cannot be denied that certain muscles about the shoulders 
 and chest may be developed to any degree, and the shoulders remain 
 drooping and stiff, it is quite as undeniable that general and symmet- 
 rical development of that part of the body (which is almost univer- 
 sally distorted and deficient among Americans), can be achieved only 
 by complete liberty about the shoulder joint, through which as a ful- 
 crum or centre, all considerable training of the upper part of the body 
 is derived. 
 
 I had pursued the study of Gymnastic Culture but a short time, 
 before I saw the great importance of the wand, in a system of training 
 adapted to the American people. 
 
748 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 I have invented a very extended series of these exercises, some of 
 which are here described and illustrated. 
 
 No. 1. Divide the wand into three equal parts with the hands, and 
 hold it as represented in Fig. 1. Thrust it downward close by the 
 legs with much force, and again bring it up by the chin, holding the 
 elbows high, as seen in the figure, and so continue twenty times. 
 
 Figure 1. Figure 2. 
 
 No. 2. From the position seen in Fig. 1, carry the wand directly 
 upward as high as you can reach, and back to the chin, ten times. 
 
 No. 3. From the highest position of No. 2, bring the wand down 
 to the knees and back again, twenty times, without bending the elbows. 
 
 Figure 3. Figure 4. 
 
 No. 4. Holding the wand high over the head, bring it down on the 
 back of the neck, ten times, as seen in Fig. 2. 
 
 No. 5. Same as the last, except every second time the wand is 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE 
 
 749 
 
 brought down to the chin, being careful that every time that the 
 wand is carried upward, it is carried as high as pos- 
 sible, and with much force. 
 
 No. 6. Hands over the head, but this time at the 
 ends of the wand, as seen in Fig-. 3, and now bring it 
 down behind . as seen in Fig-. 4, twenty times, being 
 very careful not to bend the elbows. 
 
 No. 7. Same as last, except that every second time 
 the wand is brought down to the knees in front. 
 
 No. 8. Hold the wand directly overhead, hands 
 grasping the ends, and carry it from side to side (Fig. 
 5), being very careful not to bend the elbows, and yet 
 the wand must come to the perpendicular on either 
 side. 
 
 No. 9. Hold the wand directly in front, and per- 
 pendicular, with the hands in the middle of it, six 
 inches apart, and the arms as nearly horizontal as pos- 
 sible. Keeping the arms stiff, whirl the wand from 
 side to side as far as you can. Figures. 
 
 No. 10. Standing erect, heels together, put the wand out with 
 your right hand midway between two lines, one of which runs directly 
 forward, and the other at right angles with this, at your side ; which 
 direction we shall call diagonally forward. Let the wand rest on the 
 floor, at a point removed as far from your feet as possible, keeping 
 
 Figure 6. Figure 7. 
 
 your body and the wand perpendicular, and the arm horizontal. The 
 
 Step out as seen in Fig-. 6, the foot passing 
 as seen in the figure. In doing this you must not 
 
 elbow must not be bent, 
 behind the wand 
 
 bend the elbow, nor must you move the w r and. It will be seen that 
 the shoulders scarcely move, the motion being confined to the legs and 
 lower part of the body. Charge thus ten times. 
 
 No. 11. Same as the last, but with left hand and foot. 
 
 No. 12. Stand erect. Carry the wand out with the left hand di- 
 agonally forward, as far as you can reach. Step out to the wand 
 
750 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 with the left foot. Let the foot remain there. Now the body is to 
 rise and fall as far as possible. (Fig-. 7). Don't bend the knee of the 
 right leg. Keep the shoulders and head well back. 
 
 No. 13. Same as the last, on the right side. 
 
 No. 14. Stand as seen in Fig. 8. Thrust the arms straight for- 
 ward, and back again to the chest, ten times, keeping the wand all 
 the time perpendicular. 
 
 No. 15. At the conclusion of the last exercise, when the arms are 
 thrust forward, bring the wand into the position seen in Fig. 9. Then 
 carry it right back to the position seen in front, with the arms straight 
 and horizontal. Now bring it down on the left side, and so continue 
 ten times to each side. ^ 
 
 No. 16. In concluding the last, when the arms are extended in 
 
 Figure 8. 
 
 Figure 9. 
 
 Figure 10. 
 
 front, bring the hands and wand to the position seen in Fig. 8. Carry 
 it diagonally forward and upward on the left side, as seen in Fig. 10. 
 Bring it back to the chest again, and thrust it out on the right side. 
 Alternate twenty times. 
 
 No. 17. As you thrust out the wand on the right side, step out the 
 foot in the same direction. Be sure it is neither forward nor at the 
 side, but diagonally forward. (Fig. 11). Alternate between the right 
 and left side twenty times. 
 
 No. 18. Same as the last, except that the wand goes to the right as 
 the left foot charges to the left, and the left arm and wand to the left, 
 while the right foot charges to the right. 
 
 No. 19. Same as the last, except when the right foot charges di- 
 agonally forward, the wand is made to point diagonally backwards 
 over the left shoulder, and vice versa. 
 
 No. 20. Same as the last, except when the right foot charges 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 '51 
 
 diagonally forward, the wand is made to point diagonally backward 
 over the right shoulder, and when the left foot charges diagonally for- 
 ward, the wand is made to point diagonally backward, over the left 
 shoulder. 
 
 No. 21. Same as the last, except the feet charge diagonally back- 
 ward. As the left foot charges thus, the wand is made to point diag- 
 onally forward, on the right side, and vice versa. (Fig-. 12). 
 
 No. 22. Same as the last, except when the left foot charges diag= 
 onally backward, the wand is made to point diagonally forward on 
 the left side, and when the right foot charges diagonally backward, the 
 wand points diagonally forward, on the right side. 
 
 No. 23. Same as the last, except when the left foot charges diag- 
 onally backward, the wand points diagonally backward on the same 
 
 Figure 11 
 
 Figure 12. 
 
 side. And when the right foot charges diagonally backward, the 
 wand points diagonally backward, on the same side. 
 
 No. 24. Same as the last, except when the left foot charges diag- 
 onally backward, on its own side, the wand points diagonally back- 
 ward on the right side, and vice versa. 
 
 It must not be forgotten that in all these compound exercises, in- 
 volving the action of the arms and legs, the wand is always held at 
 an angle of fortv-five degrees above the horizontal; and that in even- 
 case in passing from one charge to another, the wand is brought to 
 the position represented in Fig. 8. Without this it would be im- 
 possible to keep time to the music. Let the steps be as long as 
 possible. 
 
 No. 25. Wand horizontal over the head, as seen in Fig. 3. As in 
 almost all the wand exercises, be careful not to bend the elbows. 
 Turn the wand round so that the right hand comes exactly in front, 
 and the left hand exactly behind. Bring the left in front and the right 
 behind ; so change twenty times. 
 
 No. 26. Hold the wand horizontal over the head, with the right 
 
752 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 hand in front and the left one behind. Make, by the side of the body, 
 the motion seen in paddling a canoe. Each time carry the wand 
 so far back that it shall be perpendicular. Do this ten times on the 
 right side ; then ten times on the left ; then alternately ten times. 
 Each time, as the wand is brought over the head, it must be made 
 horizontal, with one hand exactly in front, and the other behind, and 
 as it is brought behind the body, it must be made perpendicular. 
 
 No. 27. Charge diagonally forward with the right foot ; wand 
 in the same direction. Left foot diagonally forward ; wand tbo same. 
 
 Left foot diagonally backward ; 
 wand the same. Eight fcxvt diag- 
 onally backward ; wand the same. 
 Having thus gone all around, be- 
 gin again with the left foot and 
 go round the other way in like 
 manner. 
 
 No. 28. With both hands take 
 hold at the end of the wand. Hold 
 it horizontal in front. Carry it di- 
 rectly backward without bending 
 the arms, as seen in Fig. 13. (I 
 see the artist has tipped the figure 
 
 Figure 13. 
 
 so far that the centre of gravity is lost). 
 
 No. 29. Heels together. Wand directly in front, resting on the 
 floor, and perpendicular. Arm straight. Step the right foot forward to 
 the wand, and back to the other foot, five times. Left foot the same. 
 
 No. 30. Step the right foot backward as far as you can reach 
 (Fig. 14), and bring it back to the other foot, ten times. Same with 
 the left foot. 
 
 No. 31. Carry the right foot forward to the wand. Returning, do 
 
 Figure 14. 
 
 Figure 15. 
 
 not stop by the other foot, but carry it backward as far as you can 
 reach. Now forward to the wand again. Make this long sweep ten 
 times. Left foot the same. 
 
 No. 32. Seizing the upper end of the wand with both hands, as 
 seen in Fig. 15, carry the right foot forward to the wand, and the left 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 753 
 
 foot back as far as you can reach. Change them at a single jump, 
 and so continue ten times. 
 
 No. 33. Hold the wand in the position seen in Fig. 9, on the right 
 side, with the right hand at the lower end, and the left hand at the 
 upper. Change it to the left side, with the left hand at the lower end, 
 and the right hand at the upper; so change from side to side, ten 
 times. 
 
 No. 34. Begin the same as in the last, except the wand is held on 
 the back of the right shoulder instead of the front. Carry it now to 
 the back of the left, and so alternate ten times. 
 
 No. 35. Beginning at the front of the right shoulder, as in No. 32, 
 carry it to the front of the left shoulder. Then to the back of the left 
 shoulder, and now to the back of the right shoulder. Go thus around 
 the body five times. 
 
 No. 36. Begin at the front of the left shoulder, and go around the 
 body the other way five times. 
 
 Figure 16. 
 
 Figure 17. 
 
 No. 37. Hold the wand on the front of the right shoulder. Carry 
 it to the back of the left shoulder. Back again to the front of the 
 right shoulder. Repeat ten times. 
 
 No. 38. Begin at the front of the left shoulder, and alternate with 
 the back of the right shoulder. 
 
 No. 39. Again putting the wand in front, on the floor, perpendicu- 
 lar, with the right hand seizing the upper extremity, and the arm 
 straight, step the right foot forward to the wand. Bring it back to the 
 other foot. Now step sideways to the right as far as you can reach. 
 Bring it back to the other foot again ; now step backward as far as 
 you can reach. Bring it back to the other foot. Still using the right 
 foot, step sideways to the left as far as you can reach, passing it by 
 the left leg behind (Fig 16), now back to the other foot again. Pass 
 it to the left again, in front of the left leg (Fig. 17), and bring it back 
 to the other foot. Continue this round five times. 
 95 
 
754 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 No. 40. Same with the left arm and leg, five times. In all this the 
 wand must not lose its perpendicularity. 
 
 No. 41. Stand upright, with the the heels together, seize the wand 
 at its middle, with the right hand, and hold the arm horizontal in 
 front — wand perpendicular. Keeping the arm in the horizontal place, 
 whirl it round the body, making a complete circle, but do not stir the 
 feet. Same with the left hand, ten times. 
 
 No. 42. Grasp the middle of the wand with both hands, and whirl 
 as in the last, as far as you can, ten times. 
 
 No. 43. Same as the last, except the wand is held horizontal, in- 
 stead of perpendicular. 
 
 No. 44. Seizing the wand as seen in Fig. 18, step backward and 
 forward over it with the right and left foot, ten times. 
 
 Figure 18. 
 
 Figure 19. 
 
 No. 45. Stand upright, heels together, grasp the wand at the ex* 
 treme ends and hold it behind the body, keeping the arms straight, 
 The right hand high up, and the left hand low down. Now swing 
 the left hand high up, and the right low down, and so continue to 
 change the relative positions of the end of the wand, without bending 
 the elbow, ten times. 
 
 No. 46. Charge the right foot diagonally forward, as seen in Fig. 
 19, five times. Now the left foot with the left hand raised high, five 
 times. Alternate five times. 
 
 No. 47. Same as the last, except that when charging with the right 
 foot, you raise the left hand high, and vice versa. 
 
 The wand exercises from this point are performed in couples, and 
 while marching. 
 
 No. 48. Marching as represented in Fig. 20, leap sideways as far 
 as possible, first one foot, and then the other, without losing your 
 relation to each other. 
 
 No. 49. Putting the two wands together, and holding them as rep- 
 resented in Fig. 21, leap sideways as before, being sure to keep the 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 755 
 
 shoulders back, and so leaping together, that the two will move as one 
 person. Be sure to keep the arms quite perpendicular over the shoulders. 
 
 Figure 20. Figure 21. 
 
 No. 50. One person walking directly behind the other, take hold of 
 the extreme ends of the wands, and then allow the hands to rest on 
 the shoulders. Marching in this way, at the word of command, " Up," 
 
 Figure 22. 
 
 Figure 23. 
 
 raise the wands as high as you can, and as the right foot goes forward 
 thrust the right hand as far forward as possible, the left one at the same 
 time being pushed as far back as possible (Fig. 22), and as the left foot 
 comes forward, reverse the hands. 
 
756 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 No. 51. Same as the last, except the right hand goes forward with 
 the left foot, and the left hand with the right foot. In all these you 
 must not bend the elbows, except when you are told to bend them. 
 
 No. 52. Still keeping your arms perpendicular, carry both of your 
 hands forward as far as you can reach with your right foot, and as you 
 step your left foot forward, carry both hands as far back as you can 
 reach, and thus continue for ten steps. 
 
 No. 53. Same as the last, except that the hands go forward with 
 the left foot, and backward when the right foot goes forward. 
 
 Figure 24. 
 
 Figure 25. 
 
 No. 54. Bring the hands to the shoulders, and as the right foot 
 steps forward, raise the right hands as high as you can reach. When 
 the left foot goes forward raise the left hands, and bring down the 
 right hands, and so continue to alternate ten times. 
 
 No. 55. Same as the last, except the right hands go up as the left 
 feet go forward, and the left hands with the right feet. 
 
 No. 56. The. two hands go up simultaneously with the stepping 
 forward of the right feet, and come down as the left feet go forward. 
 
 No. 57. Same as the last, except the hands go up as the left feet 
 go forward, and down as the right feet go forward. Be sure in the 
 last four exercises that the arms go up and down quite vertically. 
 
 No. 58. Put the two wands together, and take hold of them with 
 one hand, as represented in Fig. 23, and marching side by side, leap 
 sideways right and left, keeping the wand as high as you can reach. 
 
 No. 59. Partners change sides and repeat the same. 
 
 No. 60. Carrying the wand as in Fig. 23, as you step forward with 
 the right foot, bring the wand down so as to strike your right leg with 
 the hand, and then as your left foot goes forward, carry the wand back 
 to its vertical position, and so continue ten times. 
 
 _J 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 757 
 
 No. 61. Change sides with your partner, and do the same again, 
 only bringing your wand down as the left foot goes forward, and rais- 
 ing it as the right foot goes forward. 
 
 No. 62. Cross the hands on the two wands placed side by side, 
 but instead of holding them over the head, as in Fig. 21, let them 
 hang down in front, and carrying them thus, leap from side to side. 
 
 No. 63. Walking one fn front of the other, and extending the arms 
 horizontally, being careful not to bend the elboios, carry the right for- 
 ward as far as possible with the right foot, as represented in Fig. 24, 
 and simultaneously with this, carry the left foot backward as far as 
 possible. When the left foot comes forward, let the left hand come 
 forward too, and thus alternate. 
 
 No. 64. Same as the last, except that the right hand comes for- 
 ward with the left foot, and vice versa. 
 
 No. 65. The same, simultaneously with the right foot and with 
 the left foot. 
 
 Be careful in the performance of the last four, that you keep the 
 arms exactly horizontal from first to last. 
 
 No. 66. Walking one in front of the other, with the wands hang- 
 ing in the hands on either side, carry one up as high as you can 
 reach, as in Fig. 25, and then as the other foot goes forward, carry 
 up the other while the first is brought down. 
 
 No. 67. Same as last, except the right arms goes up as the left 
 foot goes forward, and vice versa. 
 
 No. 68. Simultaneously up, with the right foot forward, ten times, 
 and the same with the left foot. 
 
 It is perhaps unnecessary to repeat that every motion with the 
 wands is to be done to music. In making the changes from one 
 exercise to another, this rule must not be forgotten. 
 
 It must not be forgotten that the feet, in every exercise, are to be 
 kept at right angles with each other. 
 
 Gymnastic Crown. 
 
 Bearing burthens on the head results in an erect spine and an elas- 
 tic gait. Observing persons who have visited Switzerland, Italy, or 
 the Gulf States, have observed a thousand verifications of this 
 physiological law. 
 
 Cognizant of the value of this feature of gymnastic training, I have 
 employed, for this purpose, within the last twelve years, various sorts 
 of weights, but have recently invented an iron crown, which I think 
 completely satisfactory. The accompanying cut gives a good idea of 
 its general form. I have them made to weigh from three to one hun- 
 dred pounds. The crown is so padded within, it rests pleasantly on 
 the entire top of the head, and yet so arranged that it requires skill 
 to balance it. It is beautifully painted, and otherwise ornamented. 
 
758 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 The following suggestions are important in wearing the crown : 
 Wear it five to fifteen minutes, morning and evening Hold the body 
 
 erect, hips and shoulders thrown far 
 back, and the crown rather on the front 
 of the head, as shown in the cut. 
 Walking up and down stairs while 
 wearing the crown is good, if the low- 
 er extremities are not too much fa- 
 tigued by it. When walking through 
 the hall or parlors, turn the toes, first, 
 irlward as far as possible ; second, out- 
 ward ; third, walk on the tips of the 
 toes ; fourth, on the heels ; fifth on the 
 right heel and left toe ; sixth, on the left 
 heel and right toe ; seventh, walk with- 
 out bending the knees; eighth, bend 
 the knees, so that you are nearly sit- 
 ting on the heels while walking ; ninth, 
 walk with the right leg bent at the 
 knee, rising at each step on the straight 
 left leg ; tenth, walk with the left leg bent, rising at each step on the 
 straight right leg. 
 
 With these ten different modes of walking, the various muscles of 
 the back will receive the most invigorating exercise. 
 
 All persons, of both sexes and of every age, who have round should- 
 ers or weak backs, are rapidly improved by the use of the gymnastic 
 crown. 
 
 The Pairgymnastikon. 
 
 The Germanic nationality has been redeemed from political and 
 social degredation by gymnastics. I could mention a score of emi- 
 nent German writers and patriots who freely admit that the physical 
 invigoration of the German people, through the universal practice of 
 gymnastics, was the foundation of the subsequent moral revolution. 
 The soul is so interwoven with and dependent upon the body, 
 that when the body is sick the soul must suffer with it. If the foun- 
 dation give way, the superstruction must soon fall ; and while the ex- 
 istence of a good foundation does not necessitate a superstruction, the 
 latter cannot exist without the former. 
 
 Gluttony, drunkenness, licentiousness, and other vices so under- 
 mined the German constitution, that adventurers and tyrants found 
 Germany an easy prey. Gutsmuth, Jahn, Eiselen, Opiess, and their 
 fellow-workers turned back the tide of physical degeneration and 
 death. Inspired with the noblest patriotic instincts, they gave their 
 lives to the introduction of gymnastics as an integral part of the na- 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 759 
 
 tional education. They clearly saw in a physical redemption, the 
 foundation of a political redemption. The great German heart turns 
 to-day toward these great gymnastic reformers as the salvation of 
 their noble nationality. 
 
 It may be justly claimed that among all the great and good patriots 
 who have devoted themselves to this momentous task, the great Schre- 
 ber of Leipsic was the most eminent. He was a voluminous author, 
 and the most remarkable of his productions was the Pangymnastikon* 
 He was in the habit of speaking of this invention and the book describ- 
 ing it as the most important of his contributions to the cause of physical 
 culture. 
 
 That work I have translated, and reproduced the 108 cuts complete. 
 The entire work with the cuts is published in my work known as the 
 u New Gymnastics," published by Ticknor & Fields, Boston. 
 
 I will here say, that whoever desires to put up, for home use, a 
 Pangymnastikon, after Schreber's design (and without doubt it is the 
 best means for home training ever devised), can obtain detailed de- 
 scriptions of this apparatus, by sending a request to that effect to Dr. 
 Dio Lewis, Box 12, Boston, with a stamp to pay the return postage. 
 With a complete illustrative cut, and full descriptions in text, there 
 will be no difficulty in understanding the invention. 
 
 School-Desks and Seats. 
 
 A radical change in school furniture is needed. The seats and 
 desks now used compel an attitude which results in a stooping form. 
 
 SSf 
 
 Figure 1. 
 
 The other day I stood an hour in the street and saw more than five 
 hundred persons pass, not one of which was erect. Bending over the 
 
760 
 
 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 desks in our schools would make us crooked if we were made of 
 spring-steel. The desk tops should be so arranged that it can be 
 raised nearly to the perpendicular before the face of the pupil, and the 
 book held in such a position which compels him to sit with head and 
 shoulders well drawn back. 
 
 Fig. 1 exhibits a fruitful source of stooping shoulders. 
 
 Fig. 2 shows a better desk and the improved position of the pupil 
 
 Fig. 3 is a model desk. The top can be raised to any desired 
 
 Figure 3. 
 
 Figure 4. 
 
 height, or let down to nearly the horizontal for writing exercises. On 
 the desk top will be seen a bar which supports the book. This can 
 be moved at pleasure and has a pair of fingers which will hold the 
 book in any position. 
 
 Fig. 4 shows two support-bars, an arrangement which must prove 
 most convenient to students of the languages, and to those who have 
 occasion to consult a dictionary while reading. The seat is easily ad- 
 justed to any desired height. 
 
 The new Book-holder, patented Dec. 9, 1862, is destined to play an 
 important part in the prevention of the round-shoulder deformity, and 
 its certainty to produce erect forms will be seen upon an examination 
 of the cut, It may be used upon the ordinary desk, and is made to 
 hold one, two or three books in a much better position than by the 
 desk. It is exceedingly light and pretty. The inclination can easily 
 be altered by raising the hook attached to the strap. The fingers, im- 
 perfectly shown, keep the book open, and thus dispenses with the use 
 of the hands. There is no chance in its use to sit stooping without 
 bringing the face in direct contact with the book. When we remem- 
 ber how many years children are engaged over their books, the great 
 importance of this invention will be appreciated. It is cheap, and not 
 liable to get out of order. Those wishing to procure such a holder 
 can send to Dr. Warren, Boston. 
 
PHYSICAL CULTURE. 761 
 
 History of Gymnastics in the United States. 
 
 I do not purpose a general history of the Physical Culture Move- 
 ment in this country. I shall speak of only one feature. I refer to 
 the efforts to introduce physical education into young ladies' semi- 
 naries. A consciousness of its need was deeply felt. Thoughtful ed- 
 ucators know that education meant a preparation for the duties of 
 life ; and they saw the graduates of these institutions, pass from the 
 school into hopeless invalidism, not in rare instances, but as a rule. As 
 the phrase goes, their "education was finished," but they too were 
 finished. Their spines were unable to support their learned heads. 
 
 Anxious fathers and mothers besought school managers to give 
 their daughters' bodies a chance for life. Willing to respond, they 
 announced, " Physical culture receives, in our institution, careful at- 
 tention," etc. Generally they had no conception of what was meant 
 by physical culture, and of course accomplished nothing. The girls 
 under their charge who needed two or three hours of daily unre- 
 strained, romping, laughing, and vigorous muscle training, were made to 
 walk in solemn procession through the school grounds under a picket 
 guard of maiden ladies, on proper days, and once or twice a week 
 they were conducted through a series of dull calisthenic arm-motions, 
 under corsets and long dresses. No wonder they " got through" with 
 pale faces, drooping shoulders, and ruined health. 
 
 I hazzard nothing in saying that the physical training given in ninety- 
 nine hundredths of the female seminaries in the country has no 
 value. How much benefit would be derived from musical training in 
 these same schools if they employed a person who had no comprehen- 
 sion of harmony ; or of mathematics, who had never learned the 
 multiplication table ; or of reading and spelling, who did not know the 
 alphabet ? Physical education must be placed on the same basis as 
 moral and intellectual training, and competent teachers employed; 
 otherwise it will as certainly fail as would the efforts to introduce 
 pianno music, without a teacher who knew how the touch the keys so 
 as to bring forth harmonious sounds. 
 
 Parents and teachers are beginning to understand this. Patrons of 
 schools now loudly demand that a three years course they give their 
 daughters shall improve, shall educate, instead of spoil their bodies, 
 A true change has begun. The graduates of the Normal Institute for 
 Physical Education are in eager demand. 
 
 Only two years ago, the principal of one of the most celebrated 
 ladies' seminaries in the country wrote me a letter, of which the follow- 
 ing is an extract: " I wish you would indicate the day on which yon 
 can give me an hour or two with the least inconvenience to youiself. 
 1 am determined to introduce your entire system, and as I know noth- 
 ing of it, you must give me a good lesson." He thought it was a 
 science which could be learned in two hours. Two years have 
 passed away, and the same institution employs a lady teacher, thor- 
 96 
 
?62 PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
 
 oughly trained, from my school, at an expense of $650 per year. Un. 
 der her management all the young ladies of the institution devote more 
 than an hour daily to thorough bodily training. What is now wanted 
 is ten thousand teachers. Young men and women can enter no pro- 
 fession more favorable, useful, and profitable. Those who would pre- 
 pare for this important work, should come to Boston, either on the 
 second of January or the fifth of July, and enter the Normal Institute 
 from which they can, with average capacity, graduate in ten weeks, 
 prepared to enter a noble and remunerative profession. 
 
 I cannot close this brief consideration of the history of our efforts to 
 introduce gymnastics into ladies' seminaries, without alluding to one 
 or two successful attempts. 
 
 Rev. George Gannett, Pemberton Square, Boston, has a first-class 
 seminary for young ladies. He has recently added a large hall to his 
 already extensive establishment, with almost sole reference to physi- 
 cal training; and he is pushing the work with commendable zeal. 
 During more than two years I have had charge of this important de- 
 partment in Mr. Gannett's institution, and can say that his earnest- 
 ness is constantly increasing. 
 
 The Maplewood Institute at Pittsfield, Mass., under the charge of 
 Rev. Mr. Spear, is carrying on the same work with energy. 
 
 The fine private school located at West Newton, Mass., under the 
 management of N. T. Allen, Esq., is thoroughly alive in this vital de- 
 partment. During more than two years I have had supervision of 
 physical education in Mr. Allen's school. 
 
 Graduates of the Normal School for physical education are en- 
 gaged in many of the first young ladies' seminary in the country. 
 The friends of a true education have occasion to rejoice and take 
 couraga 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES 
 
 These prescriptions are numbered, and referred to by corresponding 
 numbers in the treatment of the various diseases. This arrangement 
 saves the trouble of writing out each prescription every time it is 
 wanted under the several disorders. When there are several recipes, 
 each of which is suitable in a certain stage of a complaint, this plan 
 affords the means of referring to them all in a little space, by simply 
 giving their numbers. The doses named are always for grown per- 
 sons, unless it is otherwise stated. 
 
 Great pains have been taken in preparing these prescriptions. A 
 considerable portion of them are the favorite recipes of the most dis- 
 tinguished physicians, the world over. 
 
 The classification of these recipes under separate heads, is necessa- 
 rily very imperfect, and has been attempted only to make it more 
 easy for me to refer to them while writing the book. The classifica- 
 tion could only be applied to a part of them, however ; the rest are 
 indiscriminately mixed. 
 
 Pukes. Emetics. 
 
 1. Pulverized Ipecac, 1 scruple ; pulverized cayenne, 10 grains ; water, 2 
 ounces. Mix. T.o be taken at a draught. 
 
 2. Pulverized Lobelia, 1 oz. ; pulv. blood root, | oz. ; pulv. seneka, 1 scru- 
 ple ; pulv. ipecac, 6 drams; pulv. cayenne, 4 scruples. Mix. An excellent 
 emetic in all cases where one is required. Dose. — One-half teaspoonful in 
 Warm water, and repeat every fifteen minutes three or four times. 
 
 3. Wine of Antimony, 1 dram ; wine of ipecac, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 4. Tartar Emetic, 1 grain ; pulverized ipecac, 1 scruple. Mix. To be 
 taken in a wine-glassful of sweetened water. 
 
 Purges. Cathartics. 
 
 5. Precipitated Sulphur, 15 grains; magnesia, 1 scruple. Mix. To be 
 taken each night at bedtime, for costiveness and bleeding piles. 
 
 6. Confection of Senna, 2 ozs. ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; sulphur, 1 oz. ; 
 Syrup of ginger enough to make a stiff paste. Mix. A piece as large as a 
 nutmeg is to be taken as often as necessary to keep the bowels open. One of 
 the very best remedies for piles. 
 
764 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 7. Rochelle Salts, 2 drams ; bi-carbonate of soda, 2 scruples ; water, £ 
 pint. Mix. To this mixture add 35 grains of tartaric acid, and take the 
 whole foaming. This is the recipe for Seidlitz powders. 
 
 8. Calcined Magnesia, 1 dram; water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a 
 draught. 
 
 9. Sulphate of Magnesia, (epsom salts), 2 drams ; freshly roasted coffee 
 in coarse powder, 2 scruples ; hot water, 4 ozs. Mix and boil for three minutes, 
 and strain. This may be sweetened, and taken every morning for habitual cos- 
 tiveness, or repeated once in three hours, if an immediate effect is desired. 
 
 10. Castor Oil, 1 oz. ; the yolk of one egg ; put together, and add, simple 
 syrup, -J oz. ; peppermint water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a draught, after 
 being well stirred or shaken. 
 
 11. Sulphur, 1 dram; cream of tartar, 2 drams. Mix. To be taken in 
 syrup or molasses. 
 
 12. Rhubarb, 10 grains ; calcined magnesia, ^ dram. Mix. To be taken 
 in syrup or molasses. 
 
 13. Powdered Senna, \ dram ; powdered jalap, 10 grains ; powdered cloves, 
 10 grains ; Mix. To be taken in sweetened water. 
 
 14. Powdered Jalap, 10 grains ; cream of tartar, 2 drams. Mix. To be 
 taken in syrup or molasses. 
 
 15. Fluid Extract of Senna and Jalap, 2 drams ; infusion of cloves, 2 
 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a draught. 
 
 16. Castor Oil, 1 dessert spoonful ; oil of turpentine, 1 dessert spoonfuL 
 Mix. 
 
 17. Castor Oil, 1 dessert spoonful ; magnesia, 1 dessert spoonful. Rub 
 together into a paste. By this combination, the taste of the oil is almost en- 
 tirely concealed, and children will take it without opposition. 
 
 18. Sulphate of Magnesia, 1 oz. ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; pure water r 
 1 pint. Mix. A wine-glassful occasionally. 
 
 19. Compound Extract of Colocynth, \ dram ; blue pill, 8 grains. Mix r 
 and divide into 8 pills. 
 
 20. Epsom Salts, 2 ozs. ; tartar emetic, 1 grain ; spearmint water, 1 pint 
 Mix. 
 
 21. Senna, 3 drams ; salts, \ dram ; manna, \ dram ; fennel seed, 1 dram ; 
 boiling water, \ pint. Macerate for one hour in a covered vessel, and strain. 
 Take a teacupful once in four hours, till it operates. 
 
 22. Aloes, 2 scruples ; carbonate of potassa, 15 grains ; decoction of barley, 
 £ pint. Mix, and rub together. 
 
 23. Sulphur, 1 teaspoonful ; cream of tartar, 10 grains ; saltpetre, 5 grains* 
 Mix. To be taken at a dose. 
 
 24. Manna, 2 drams ; fennel water, 1 oz. Mix. One dessert spoonful, 
 as a cathartic for an infant. 
 
 25. Compound Infusion of Senna, 4 ozs. ; caraway water, 2 ozs. ; tartrate 
 of potassa, 2 drams ; manna, 1 dram. Mix. A tablespoonful for a child, to 
 relieve costiveness. 
 
 26. Calcined Magnesia, 1 scruple; pulverized rhubarb, 1 scruple; pulver- 
 ized ipecac, 1 grain. Mix. Give one-fourth of this daily. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 765 
 
 27. Epsom Salts, 2 drams ; dissolve in pure water, 1 oz. Then add sweet 
 spirits of nitre, 2 drams ; laudanum, 10 drops. Dose, — A teaspoonful, to be 
 repeated according to circumstances. 
 
 28. Pulverized Rhubarb, 1 scruple ; leptandrin, 10 grs. ; calcined magnesia, 
 2 scruples ; pulverized cinnamon, 10 grains. Mix. Three or four grains every 
 third hour, to a child of six months. 
 
 29. Compound Extract of Colocynth, ^ dram ; extract of jalap, 15 grains. 
 Mix. Make 12 pills. Two or three pills will produce active operation of the 
 bowels, 
 
 30. Pulverized Senna, 2 drams ; bicarbonate of potassa, 2 ozs. ; pulver- 
 ized cayenne, 10 grains ; pulverized jalap, 1 dram. Mix. Divide into 12 
 parts. One part for an adult every four hours till it operates. 
 
 31. Pulverized Gamboge, 12 grs.; pulv. scammony, 12 grs. ; elaterium, 2 
 grs. ; croton oil, 8 drops ; ext. of stramonium, 3 grs. Mix. Make 12 pills. 
 One pill is a dose, repeated every hour until it operates. 
 
 32. Pulverized Scammony, 12 grs. ; pulv. gamboge, 12 grs. ; pulv. colocynth, 
 8 grs. ; castile soap, 4 grs. ; oil of anise, 5 drops. Mix. Make 12 pills. One 
 pill, repeated every three hours till it operates. 
 
 33. Pulverized Scammony, 6 grs. ; croton oil, 4 drops ; pulv. loaf sugar, 1C 
 teaspoonfuls. Rub well together in a mortar. Give one teaspoonful every 
 hour or two, to a child 7 years old, till it operates. 
 
 34. Leptandrin, 1 dram ; podophyllin, 1 scruple ; scutillarine, 2 drams ; 
 pulv. cayenne, 1 scruple ; pulv. loaf sugar, 4 ozs. Rub together for some time 
 in a mortar. Dose for an adult, T ^ of the above. 
 
 35. Pulverized Rhubarb, 2 scruples ; bicarbonate of potassa, 1 scruple ; ext. 
 of nux vomica, 5 grs. Mix. Make 20 pills. One pill twice a day. 
 
 36. Leptandrin, 1 dram ; podophyllin, 1 scruple ; apocynin, 1 scruple ; 
 ext. nux vomica, 6 grs. ; castile soap, 1 dram. Make 30 pills. One pill every 
 night. 
 
 37. Sweet Tinct. of Rhubarb, 4 ozs. ; bicarbonate of soda, 2 drams. Mix. 
 From a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, as occasion may require. 
 
 38. Pulverized Rhubarb, 2 ozs. ; bicarbonate of potassa, 1 oz. Mix. Of 
 this take enough to produce one movement of the bowels per day. 
 
 39. Leptandrin, 30 grs. ; podophyllin, 10 grs. ; pulv. cayenne, 10 grs. ; ext, 
 nux vomica, 6 grs.; quinine, 12 grs. Mix. Make 24 pills. One, two, or 
 three times a day. 
 
 40. Podophyllin, 15 grs. ; leptandrin, 2 scruples ; cream of tartar, 5 scru« 
 pies. Mix. Divide into 10 powders. One is a dose. 
 
 41. Comp. Powder of Jalap, 1 oz.; cream of tartar, 1 oz. Mix. One tea- 
 spoonful is a dose, to be taken in sweetened water. 
 
 42. Pulverized Charcoal, 1J drams ; pulverized rhubarb, 2 scruples ; pul- 
 verized ipecac, 6 grains ; extract of hyoscyamus, 12 grs. Mix. Divide into 
 12 portions. Give one every three or four hours. 
 
 43. Pulvenzed Blood-root, 1 dram ; pulv. rhubarb, 1 dram ; castile soap, 2 
 scruples. Mix, and divide into 32 pills. Take one morning and night. Ex- 
 cellent for costiveness. 
 
766 PRESCRIPTIONS.— KECIPES. 
 
 44. Rochelle, 14 drams ; magnesia, 11 drams; powdered charcoal, 8 drams. 
 Mix. Dose. — A heaping teaspoonful in dyspepsia and costiveness, with foul 
 breath, etc. 
 
 45. Pulverized Rhubarb, 8 grs. ; pulv. guaiacum, 8 grs. ; galbanum, 2 grs. ; 
 pulv. ipecac, 2 grs. Mix. Make 8 pills. Take one to two pills night and 
 morning. For a weak stomach, and a bilious condition. 
 
 Tonic and Cathartic. 
 
 46. Podophyllin, 4 grs. ; leptandrin, 8 grs. ; quinine, 8 grs. ; ext. nux vom- 
 ica? 2 grs. Mix. Make 16 pills. One, two, or three pills, at bed time, accord- 
 ing to the requirements of the case. 
 
 47. Sulphate of Iron, 1 scruple ; pulverized aloes, 2 scruples. Mix, and 
 make into 20 pills. One pill twice a day. An excellent remedy, in chlorosis, 
 when the bowels are confined. 
 
 48. Carbonate of Iron, 1 dram ; pulverized rhubarb, -J- dram ; pulver- 
 ized aloes, ^ dram ; extract of hops, ^ dram. Mix. Make 30 pills. One pill 
 three times a day. 
 
 49. Fluid Extract of Senna, 1 dram ; compound fluid extract of gentian, 
 J dram ; fluid extract of ginger, J dram ; aromatic spirits of ammonia, \ dram. 
 Mix. To be taken in a wine-glassful of sweetened water. 
 
 50c Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb, 1 oz. ; tincture of Colombo, 1 oz. Mix. 
 Dose. — Two teaspoonfuls three times a day. 
 
 51. Compound Infusion of Gentian, 6 ozs. ; epsom salts, 4 drams ; diluted 
 sulphuric acid, 16 drops. Mix. A table spoonful every six hours. 
 
 52. Blue Pill, 10 grs.; pulv. gum arable, 5 grs.; magnesia, 1 dram; 
 white sugar, 5 grs.; comp. infusion of gentian, 1^ ozs.; water, 1^ ozs. ; tinct. 
 of ginger, 1£ ozs. Mix. From a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful to be taken 
 night and morning. 
 
 53. Pulverized Peruvian Bark, 1 oz. ; pulv. rhubarb, \ dram ; pulv. muri- 
 ate of ammonia, 1 dram. Mix. Divide into eight powders. Take one three 
 times a day. 
 
 54. Oxide of Zinc, 2 drams ; magnes., \ oz. ; quinine, 1 scruple. Mix. 
 Divide into 32 powders. Take one four times a day. 
 
 55. Aloes, 1 oz. ; gentian, 1 oz. ; orange peel, 1 oz. ; juniper berries, 1 oz. ; 
 aniseed, bruised, 1 oz. ; gin, 1 pint. Mix. Macerate two weeks, and struin. 
 Dose. — A tablespoonful. Good for bilious habits. 
 
 Carminative Physic. 
 
 56. Manna, 1 oz. ; aniseed, bruised, 1 dram ; boiling water, £ pint. Mix. 
 Let the mixture stand for half an hour, then strain, and add three drams of 
 carbonate of magnesia so as to make a perfect mixture. Take a wine-glass 
 full every two or three hours, till it operates. For the drum-head state of the 
 bowels. 
 
 57. Thoroughwort, 2 ozs. ; ginger and cloves, each, \ oz. ; ext. dandelion, 
 4 ozs.; water, 1^ pints. Boil to one-third, and add sugar, 1^ pounds, and 
 brandy, £ pint. An excellent cordial cathartic to act upon the liver. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS.— RECIPES. 767 
 
 Tonics. 
 
 58. Chamomile Flowers, ^ oz. ; cold water, 1 pint. Macerate for one hour 
 and strain. A wine-glassful to be taken several times a day. 
 
 59. Sulphate of Quinine, 15 grains ; diluted sulphuric acid, 15 drops \ 
 compound tincture of cardam., 3 drams ; tincture of hops, 3 drams ; compound, 
 
 I infusion of roses, 6 ozs. Mix. A teaspoonful two or three times a day, in 
 chlorosis. 
 
 60. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, 2 drams ; syrup of orange peel, 2 ozs. ; cinna- 
 mon water, 1 oz. Mix. A teaspoonful or two in a wine-glass of water twc 
 or three times a day. 
 
 61. Carbonate of Iron, 1 dram ; extract of gentian, 1 dram. Mix. Make 
 30 pills. One pill two or three jtimes a day. 
 
 62. Sulphate of Quinine, 12 grains ; aromatic sulphuric acid, 24 drops ; 
 syrup, 1 oz. ; peppermint water, 1 oz. Mix. In intermittent fever, take one 
 tables poonful once in three hours. Ordinarily, one teaspoonful is a sufficient 
 dose. 
 
 63. Compound Infusion of Gentian, 8 ozs. ; nitro-muriatic acid, 30 drops. 
 Mix. Take one tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 64. Bicarbonate of Soda, ^ oz. ; compound infusion of gentian, 4 ozs. ; 
 tincture of Colombo, 1 oz. ; syrup of orange peel, ^ oz. Mix. Take a table- 
 spoonful three times a day. 
 
 65. Sulphate of Quinine, 1 scruple ; alcohol, 4 ozs. ; sulphuric acid, 5 
 drops ; Madeira wine, 1 quart. Mix. Two wine-glassfuls a day. 
 
 66. Hasped Quassia, 2 drams ; cold water, 1 pint. Macerate twelve hours, 
 and strain. 
 
 67. Quinine, 1 scruple ; alcohol, 4 ozs. ; sulphuric acid, 5 drops. Mix. 
 Take a teaspoonful three times a day. 
 
 68. Arseniate of Iron, 3 grains ; extract of gentian, 2 drams ; pulver- 
 ized liquorice, 1 dram. Mix. Make 20 pills. Take one pill three times a 
 day. If the eye-lids become inflamed, discontinue for a few days, and then 
 begin again. 
 
 69. Soft Water, 3 ozs. ; quinine, 10 grains ; diluted sulphuric acid, 10 drops ; 
 eimple syrup, 1 oz. Mix. A teaspoonful every two or three hours. 
 
 70. Quinine, 10 grains ; diluted sulphuric acid, 10 drops ; white sugar, 
 4 drams ; cinnamon water, 4 ozs. ; tincture of kino, 2 drams. Mix. One tea- 
 •poonful every three hours. 
 
 71. Tartrate of Iron, 40 grains ; soft water, 2 ozs. ; syrup of ginger, £ oz. 
 Mix. 20 to 40 drops every three hours. 
 
 72. Potassio-tart. Iron, 4 scruples ; quinine, 4 scruples ; alcoholic ext. of 
 black cohosh, 4 scruples. Mix. Make 48 pills. 
 
 73. Rose Water, 6 ozs. ; syrup of orange peel, 1 oz. ; muriated tinct. of 
 iron, 1 oz. Mix. For an adult, one teaspoonful in a wine-glass of water 
 after each meal. 
 
 74. Precipitated Carbonate of Iron, 30 drams ; ext. of conium, 15 drams % 
 
768 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 syrup of balsam of Tolu, 6 ozs. ; oil of cinnamon, 12 drops ; oil of lemon, 12 
 drops ; alcohol, 2 ozs. ; water, 1 pint ; brandy, ^ pint ; loaf sugar, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 Give from one to three tablespoonfuls three or four times a day, in insanity. 
 
 75. Citrate of Iron, 1 dram ; sulphate of quinine, 1 scruple ; ext. of nux 
 vomica, 8 grs. Mix. Make 32 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 76. Nitric Acid, 1 dram ; hydrochloric acid, £ dram ; comp. infusion of 
 gentian, 1^ ozs. Mix. One teaspoonful in water is a dose. 
 
 77. Sulph. Quinine, 1 dram ; tartaric acid, 6 grs. ; water, 1 drop. Mix, 
 Make 30 pills. Dose. — One pill, to be repeated as often as needed. 
 
 78. Diluted Nitric Acid, 4 drams ; diluted muriatic acid, 4 drams ; syrup 
 of orange peel, 1 dram ; water, 1^ ozs. Mix. One teaspoonful in a wine^ 
 glass of water, taken before meals. 
 
 General and Nerve Tonics. 
 
 79. Valerianate of Quinine, ^ dram; ext. of black cohosh, 1 dram; ext. 
 of ladies slipper, 2 drams. Mix. Make 60 pills. Take one pill, every one, 
 two, three, or four hours, according to the urgency of the case. 
 
 80. Iron by Hydrogen, 24 grs. ; sulphate of morphia, 1 gr. ; ext. of nux 
 vomica, 5 grs. Mix. Make 24 pills. For an adult, one pill three times a day. 
 
 81. Ext of Scullcap, 2 drams ; ext. of chamomile, 2 drams ; ext. of boneset, 
 1 dram ; quinine, 1 dram ; pulv. cayenne, 1 scruple ; oil of valerian, £ dram. 
 Beat well together and make 90 pills. For an adult, one pill every two or 
 three hours. 
 
 82. White Vitriol, 1 dram ; ext. of nux vomica, 8 grs. Mix. Make 32 
 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 83. Strychnia, 2 grs.; ext. of aconite, 16 grs. ; ext. of hyoscyamus, 16 grs.; 
 quinine, £ dram. Mix. Make 32 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 84. Citrate of Iron, 1 dram ; trisnitrate of bismuth, 1 dram ; sulphate of 
 quinia, 1 scruple ; ext. of nux vomica, 6 grs. Mix. Make 32 pills. Take 
 one pill three times a day. 
 
 Nerve Tonics and Antispasmodics. 
 
 85. Strychnine, 2 grs. ; ext. belladonna, 5 grs. ; alcoholic extract of black 
 cohosh, 2 scruples. Mix. Make 40 pills. One pill four times a day. 
 
 86. Strychnine, 2 grs.; diluted phosphoric acid, 1 oz. ; peppermint water, 
 3 pints. Dissolve the strychn le in the acid ; then add the peppermint water. 
 A tablespoonful to be taken three times a day, in palsy, dyspepsia, neuralgia, 
 and in most states of the nervous system requiring tone. Also in fever and 
 ague. 
 
 87. High Cranberry Bark, 1 oz. ; skunk cabbage root, J oz. ; scullcap, 
 \ oz. ; cardamom seeds, 2 drams ; pulv. cayenne, 2 drams. Put these to a pint 
 of wine, shake well every day for three or four days. A tablespoonful four 
 times a day. 
 
 88. Distilled Water, 2 ozs. ; valerianic acid, 1 oz. ; subcarbonate of am- 
 monia enough to neutralize the acid ; then add alcoholic ext. of valerian, 2 
 scruples. A teaspoonful three times a day. For Neuralgia, 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 769 
 
 89. Ext. of Valerian, 12 grs. ; ext. of hvoscyamus, 12 grs. ; oxide of 
 zinc, 24 grs. Mix. Make 12 pills. One pill twice a day. 
 
 90. Sulphate of Morphia, 2 grs. ; cyanide of potassium, 4 grs. ; ext. of 
 valerian, 4 grs. Make 24 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 
 91. Ext. of Hyoscyamus. ^ dram; sulphate of morphia, 3 grs.; strych- 
 nine, 2 grs. ; pulv. cayenne, |- dram ; sulphate of zinc, 15 grs. Make 30 pills. 
 Take one four times a day. Excellent in neuralgia. 
 
 92. Ext. of Hyoscyamus. \ drain ; valerianate of zinc, 1 scruple. Mix, 
 Make 30 pills. Take one, two or three times a day, for neuralgia of the face. 
 
 93. Ext. of Hyoscyamus , \ dram ; valerianate of iron, 1 dram. Mix. 
 Make 30 pills. Give from one to three a day. For neuralgia, in its various 
 forms. 
 
 94. Tinct. of Black Cohosh, 2 ozs. ; tinct. of scullcap, 2 ozs. Mix. One 
 teaspoonful from two to five times a day. 
 
 95. Alcoholic Ext. of St. Ignatius's Bean, 30 grs. ; pulv. gum arabic, 10 
 grs. Make into 40 pills. Take one pill three times a day. 
 
 96. Simple Syrup, 1 oz. ; prussic acid, 1 drop. Mix. A teaspoonful morn- 
 ing and evening. If no dizziness or sickness is produced within forty-eight 
 hours, repeat the dose three times a day. This is for a child six months 
 old ; add one drop more of the acid for each additional year of the child's age. 
 
 97. Comp. Pill of Galbanum, 1 dram ; comp. pill of valerian, 1 dram. Mix. 
 Divide into 40 pills. One or two pills three times a day. 
 
 98. Sulphate of Zinc, 1 dram ; comp. galbanum pill, ^ dram ; ext. of 
 hyoscyamus, 1 scruple. Mix. Make 32 pills. One pill three times a day. 
 For St, Vitus's dance. 
 
 99. Dioscorein, 12 grs.; pulv. camphor, 4 grs.; pulv. cayenne, 12 grs.; 
 white sugar, 1 scruple. Mix. Divide into four powders. Give one every 15 
 minutes. 
 
 100. Ext. of High Cranberry Bark, 1 scruple ; cypripedin, 1 scruple ; 
 aletridin, 1 scruple ; pulv. cayenne, 1 scruple. Mix. Make 20 pills. Take 
 one pill an hour after each meal. 
 
 Alteratives and Tonics. 
 
 101. Iodide of Potassium, 1 oz. ; compound infusion of gentian, or infusion 
 of quassia, 6 ozs. Dose. — A table spoonful, for secondary and tertiary syphi- 
 lis, and other complaints. A teaspoonful for a child. 
 
 102. Iodide of Iron, \ dram ; compound tincture of Colombo, 1 oz. ; pure 
 water, 7 ozs. Mix. A tablespoonful three times a day. 
 
 103. Syrup of Iodide of Iron, 1 oz. Thirty drops three times a day, in 
 water. An excellent remedy in chlorosis, and all other low states of the blood 
 connected with scrofula. 
 
 Expectorants and Cough Preparations. 
 
 104. Tartar Emetic, 1 grain ; boiling water, 10 drams. Mix. Take one 
 teaspoonful every two hours. 
 
 97 
 

 770 PRESCRIPTIONS — RECIPES 
 
 105. Infusion of Senega, 4 ozs. ; syrup of ipecac, 1 dram ; syrup of squills, 
 3 drams ; tartar emetic, l£ grains. Mix. A teaspoonful every ten minutes. 
 
 106. Tincture of Lobelia, £ oz. ; syrup of squills, £ oz. Mix. Twenty 
 drops four or five times a day for a child two years old. 
 
 107. Peppermint Water, 6 ozs. ; epsom salts, 1 oz. ; tartar emetic, 1 grain. 
 Mix. Two tablespoonfuls every four hours. 
 
 108. Hydrocyanic Acid, 25 drops ; wine of ipecac, 2 drams ; syrup of 
 tolu, 1 oz. ; soft water, 3 ozs. Mix. A teaspoonful four or five times a day. 
 An excellent remedy in hooping cough. 
 
 109. Tinct. Blood-root, 1 oz. ; laudanum, 2 drams ; wine of ipecac, 4 drams ' r 
 f mp of tolu, 2 ozs. Mix. Dose from 30 to 60 drops four times a day. 
 
 110. Tinct. Blood-root, 1 oz. ; sulphate of morphia, 1£ grains; tinct digi- 
 talis, % oz. ; wine of antimony, £ oz. ; oil of wintergreen, 10 drops. Mix. Dose 
 from 20 to 40 drops twice or three times a day. Excellent for a hard, dry 
 cough. 
 
 111. Tinct. of Lobelia, \ oz. ; tinct. of blood-root, 2 ozs.; oil of spearmint, 
 \ dram ; molasses, 5 ozs. Take one-half a teaspoonful as often as needed. 
 
 112. Syrup of Tolu, 1 oz. ; syrup of squills, £ oz. ; wine of ipecac, 2 drs. ; 
 paragoric, 3 drs. ; mucilage of gum arabic, 1 J ozs. Mix. Take a teaspoonful 
 occasionally. 
 
 113. Tinct. Blood Root, 2 drams; syrup of tolu, 1 oz. ; mucilage of gum 
 arabic, 3 ozs. ; diluted hydrocyanic acid, 40 drops ; sulphate of morphia, 2 grs. 
 Mix. Dose, from one to two teaspoonfuls. 
 
 Carminatives. 
 
 114. Bruised Gloves, 2 drams ; boiling water, 1 pint. Macerate for two* 
 hours in a covered vessel, and strain. A wine-glassful to be taken occasion- 
 ally. 
 
 115. Comp. Tinct. of Cardamom, 2 ozs.; comp. tinct. of lavender, 2 ozs. ; 
 comp. tinct. of gentian, 2 ozs. Mix. One teaspoonful at a time, as occasion 
 may require. 
 
 Narcotics and Anodynes. 
 
 116. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 1 scruple ; gum camphor, 1 scruple ; Dover's 
 powder, 1 scruple. Mix, and make into 20 pills. Dose. — One twice a day, 
 for painful menstruation. 
 
 117. Powdered Camphor, 12 grains; powdered castile soap, 12 grains; 
 powdered opium, 12 grains ; syrup, 2 scruples. Mix. Make into 12 pills. 
 Take one every hour till the effects of opium are experienced. 
 
 118. Laudanum, \ oz. ; wine of ipecac, £ oz. ; spirits of nitric sether, £ oz. 
 Mix. One teaspoonful every hour, till narcotic effects are observed. 
 
 119. Camphor, 2 drams; chloroform, 1 dram; the yolk of an egg. Mix, 
 and rub together ; and then add, tincture of opium, 1 oz. ; aromatic spirits of 
 ammonia, 1 oz. Mix well. Take one teaspoonful every hour until it proves 
 anodyne. 
 
 120. Campk ' | dram; extract of opium, 6 grains; mucilage of gum 
 arabic, 2 scruples. Make 10 pills. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 771 
 
 121. Chloroform, 2 ounces; compound sulphuric ether, 2 ozs. ; laudanum, 
 2 ozs. ; tinct. cayenne, 1£ ozs. ; hydrocyanic acid, diluted, \ oz. Mix. Dose. 
 — Half a teaspoonful every three hours till anodyne effects are experienced. 
 
 122. Ext. of Belladonna, 10 grs. ; hydrocyanic acid, 40 drops; tinct 
 Colombo, 1 oz. ; simple syrup, 1 oz. ; soft water, 2 ozs. Mix. One teaspoonful 
 three or four times a day. Excellent in gastralgia and irritable dyspepsia. 
 Also in asthma. 
 
 123. Ext. of Belladonna, 6 grs. ; pulv. ipecac, 10 grs. ; confection of roses, 
 2 grs. Mix. Make 30 pills. Take 1 pill twice a day. 
 
 Diaphoretics and Sedatives. 
 
 124. Tinct. of American Hellebore, 1 dram ; tinct. of black cohosh, 2 ozs. 
 Mix. Take one teaspoonful from three to six times a day. Excellent for 
 Neuralgia. 
 
 125. Pulverized Gum Arabic, 1 scruple ; soft water, 2 ozs. ; sweet spirits of 
 nitre, \ oz. ; tinct. of veratrum viride, 20 drops. Mix. Give half a teaspoon- 
 ful every half hour. 
 
 126. Pulv. Blood-root, 2 drams; pulv. golden seal, 2 drams; pulv. sumach 
 berries, 2 drams ; pulv. bayberry bark, 2 drams. Mix. Make an infusion in 
 a pint of hot water, and give a tablespoonful every half hour. To produce 
 perspiration. 
 
 127. Pulverized Camphor, 2 grs., pulv. nitrate of potash, 2 grs.; pulv- 
 opium, 1 gr. Mix. Make two powders. Take one on going to bed, in 
 rheumatism. 
 
 Diuretics. 
 
 128. Tincture of Digitalis, 1 oz. ; syrup of squills, 1 oz. Mix. Ten 
 drops for a child 7 years old every four hours. 
 
 129. Nitrate of Potassa, 2 scruples ; water, 1 quart. Mix. Flavor to 
 suit. 
 
 130. Infusion of Digitalis, 4 ozs. ; acetate of potash, 2 drams ; sweet 
 spirits of nitre, 2 drams ; cinnamon water, 1-J ozs. Mix. A tablespoonful 
 every four or five hours. 
 
 131. Spirits of Mindererus, 2 ozs.; sweet spirits of nitre, 1 oz. Mix. 
 Take one teaspoonful every three hours. 
 
 Refrigerants. 
 
 132. Cream of Tartar, 2 scruples; water, 1 quart. Mix. Flavor to 
 suit. 
 
 133. Bicarbonate of Soda, 30 grains; water, 6 ozs. Mix. To this mix- 
 ture add 25 grains of tartaric acid, and take the whole foaming. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 
 134. Muriate of Ammonia, 1 oz. ; soft water, 9 ozs. Mix. Take one 
 table spoonful three or four times a day. 
 
772 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 135. Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia, 2 drams; ether, 1 dram ; laudanum, 
 20 drops ; spirits of camphor, 1 dram. Mix. Half a teaspoonful as often as 
 required. 
 
 Alteratives. 
 
 136. Proto-iodide of Mercury, 10 grains ; extract of opium, 5 grains. Mix. 
 Make 20 pills. Take one pill night and morning. 
 
 1 37. Biniodide of Mercury, 5 grains ; extract of conium, 2 scruples. Mix. 
 Make 20 pills. Take one pill night and morning. 
 
 138. Compound Infusion of SarsapariUa, 1 pint; iodide of potassium, 
 I oz. Mix. Take a teaspoonful after each meal. 
 
 139. Compound Infusion of SarsapariUa, 1 pint ; corrosive sublimate, 
 4 grains. Mix. Take a teaspoonful four times a day. 
 
 140. Compound Infusion of Gentian, 4 ozs. ; iodide of potassium, J oz. 
 Mix. One teaspoonful after each meal. 
 
 141. Iodide of Arsenic, 5 grains ; soft water, 1 pint. Mix. One tea- 
 spoonful three times a day. 
 
 142. Blue Pill, 12 grains; pulverized ipecac, 3 grains; extract of hyos- 
 cyamus, 4 grains. Mix. Divide into 12 parts, one to be given every three 
 hours. 
 
 143. Pulverized Blood Boot, 1 scruple ; iodide of arsenic, 2 grs. ; ex- 
 tract of cicuta, 2 scruples. Mix. Make 40 pills. One pill three times a 
 day. 
 
 144. Iodide of Potassium, 1 dram ; water, ^ oz. Mix. Thirty drops 
 to a child 7 years old, every hour. 
 
 145. Gomp. Syrup of StiUingia, 1 pint ; iodide of potassium, 1 oz. Mix. 
 A tablespoonful after each meal. 
 
 146. Fluid Ext. of SarsapariUa, 4 ozs. ; fluid ext. of pipsissewa, 1 oz. ; 
 water, 1 quart ; iodide of potassium, 2 ozs. Mix. Take a tablespoonful three 
 times a day. 
 
 147. Bicarbonate of Potassa, 3 drams ; water, 4 ozs. Mix. Add a table- 
 spoonful of the solution to the same quantity of lemon juice, previously mixed 
 with a tablespoonful of water. To be taken foaming, several times a day. 
 
 148. Blue Pill, J dram; extract of henbane, 1 scruple. Make 10 pills. 
 One pill at night. 
 
 149. Mercury with Chalk, % dram ; extract of conium, 1 scruple. Make 
 into 8 pills. Take one pill night and morning. 
 
 150. Corrosive Sublimate, 4 grains ; extract opium, 5 grains. Mix, and 
 make into 20 pills. Take one pill night and morning. 
 
 151. Iodide of Potassium, 1 dram; syrup of SarsapariUa, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 Take two teaspoonfuls three times a day. 
 
 Astringents. 
 
 152. Sugar of Lead, 2 scruples ; opium, 1 scruple ; conserve of red roses, 
 1 scruple. Beat into a mass, which is to be divided into 30 pills. Take one 
 every hour, until narcotic effects are observed. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 773 
 
 153. Dover's Powder, J dram ; prepared chalk, 1 scruple. Mix, and divide 
 into 12 equal powders. 
 
 154. Chalk Mixture, 4 ozs. ; tinct. of catechu, J oz. ; laudanum, 1 dram. 
 Mix. Dose, in diarrhoea, two to four teaspoonfuls three times a day. 
 
 155. Oil of Turpentine, 1 dram ; mucilage of gum arabic, 1 dram ; simple 
 syrup, J oz. ; cinnamon water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be taken at a draught. 
 
 156. Sugar of Lead, 16 grains; prepared chalk, 1 dram; pulverized ipecac, 
 4 grains ; pulverized opium, 2 grains. Mix. Divide into 16 portions, one to 
 be given every three or four hours. 
 
 157. Sugar of Lead, 8 grains ; vinegar, 8 drops ; white sugar, 1 dram j 
 soft water, 1 oz. Mix. A teaspoonful three or four times a day, until the dis= 
 charges are abated. 
 
 158. Prepared Chalk, \ dram ; pulverized ipecac, 3 grains. Mix. Make 
 12 powders. Give one, two or three times a day. 
 
 159. Pulverized Catechu, 2 drams ; bruised cinnamon, ^ dram ; boiling 
 water, 5 ozs. Steep in a covered vessel for one hour, and strain. A teaspoonful 
 every two, three, or four hours, according to age, nature of the case, etc. 
 
 160. Soft Water, 1 oz. ; sugar of lead, 5 grains; vinegar, 6 drops; loaf 
 sugar, 3 drams. Mix. A teaspoonful every hour or two. 
 
 161. Tinct. of Catechu, \ oz.; laudanum, 2 drs. ; spirits of camphor, 2 drs.; 
 tinct. of myrrhae, 2 drs. ; tinct. of cayenne, 2 drs. Mix. Dose, from half a 
 teaspoonful to a teaspoonful, for diarrhoea. 
 
 162. Syrup of Orange Peel, 1 oz. ; acetate of morphia, 2 grs. ; tinct. of 
 cinnamon, 6 drs. ; tinct. cardamom, 2 drs. Mix. Dose. — A teaspoonful. A 
 valuable remedy in diarrhoea. 
 
 Counter-irritants. 
 
 163. Tincture of Spanish Flies, 1 oz. ; olive oil, 2 ozs.; alcohol, ^ pint. 
 Mix. To be applied externally, watching the effect, so as not to produce a 
 blister. 
 
 164. Water of Ammonia, 1 dram; olive oil, 1 oz. Mix. Apply to the skin. 
 
 165. Mustard Powder, 1 tablespoonful. Mix with a little water to make 
 a thick paste. Then spread upon a piece of brown paper or cotton cloth, 
 and cover its surface with a piece of thin muslin to prevent the mustard from 
 sticking to the flesh. Place it upon the sore or painful part, and keep it on 
 fifteen or twenty minutes, or till a good degree of redness is produced. 
 
 166. Vinegar of Spanish Flies, 1 oz. ; spirits of camphor, 1 oz. Mix. 
 To be rubbed gently upon the skin. If applied freely, and rubbed thoroughly 
 in, it may produce a blister. 
 
 167. Yellow Wax, Rosin, Lard, each, 6 drams. Melt over a slow fire, and 
 then stir in slowly, when at a very moderate degree of warmth, 1^ drams of 
 pulv. Spanish flies, to make an ointment. 
 
 168. Water of Ammonia, strong, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 1 oz. Mix. Wet a piece 
 of cotton cloth, and lay it upon the painful part, and cover it with flannel to 
 prevent evaporation. 
 
774 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 Ointments. 
 
 169. Mercurial Ointment, 1 oz. ; extract of belladonna, 1 oz. ; extract of 
 henbane, 1 oz. ; camphor, 10 grains. Mix. For external use. 
 
 170. Extract of Belladonna, £ dram ; lard, J oz. Mix. To be rubbed 
 )n the neck of the womb in painful menstruation. 
 
 171. Prussic Acid, 2 drams; sugar of lead, 1 dram; cocoa-nut oil, £ oz.j 
 lard, 1 oz. Make an ointment. 
 
 172. Neapolitan Ointment, 2 drams ; extract of belladonna, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 173. Extract of Belladonna, 15 grains ; lard, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 174. Sulphur et of Lime, 1 dram; camphor, in powder, 15 grains; lard, 
 1 oz. Make an ointment. 
 
 175. Elder-Flower Ointment, 1 oz. ; oxide of zinc, 1 dram. Make an 
 ointment. 
 
 176. Oxide of Zinc, 1 dram ; spermaceti ointment, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 177. Napihaline, 2 scruples ; lard, 1 oz. Make an ointment. To be 
 spread upon linen, and applied to the diseased skin night and morning. 
 
 178. Mild Nitrate of Mercury Ointment, 3 drams ; sugar of lead, 16 grains; 
 rose-water ointment, 1 oz. 
 
 179. Laudanum, ^ dram ; sulphur, \ dram ; oxide of zinc, 1 dram ; oil of 
 almonds, 1 oz. ; lard, 3 ozs. Make an ointment. * 
 
 180. Olive Oil, 4 ozs.; white wax, 2 drams. Melt these together, and 
 then add honey, 2 drams ; croton oil, 20 drops. 
 
 181. Elder-Mower Ointment, 1 oz. • pulverized blue vitriol, 1 scruple. 
 Make an ointment. 
 
 182. Purified Beeves' Marrow, or lard, 6 drams ; oil of sweet almonds, 2 
 drams ; pulverized Peruvian bark, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 183. Pulverized Sulphate of Copper, 10 grs ; extract of Spanish flies, 5 
 grs. ; lard, 1 oz. Mix. Rub into the scalp. 
 
 184. Iodide of Lead, 1 dram; lard, 2 ozs. Mix. To be rubbed on the 
 
 surface. 
 
 185. Iodide of Potassium, 1 dram; lard, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 186. Basilicon Ointment, 1 oz. ; red precipitate, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 187. Iodide of Potassium, £ dram ; lard, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 188. Ver atria, 4 grs. ; lard, 5 drams. Mix. 
 
 189. Tobacco Leaves (fresh and sliced), 10 ozs.; diluted acetic acid, 4 pints; 
 basilicon ointment, 13 ozs. Boil the tobacco in the acid, strain, and evaporate 
 the decoction to six ounces. Add this to the basilicon ointment, heated, and 
 stir till cold. For gathered breasts. 
 
 Liniments. 
 
 190. Sweet Oil, 1 oz. ; strong water of ammonia, 1 oz. Mix. To be 
 rubbed on with a piece of flannel. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 775 
 
 191. Lime Water, 2 ozs. ; flax seed oil, 2 ozs. Mix. Apply outwardly. 
 
 192. Olive Oil, 1 oz. ; solution of potassa, 2 drams ; strong mercurial 
 ointment, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 193. Olive Oil, 4 ozs. ; oil of amber, 2 drams ; oil of rosemary, 2 drama. 
 Mix. 
 
 194. Spirits of Turpentine, 1 oz. ; linseed oil, 1 oz. ; lime water, 1 os. 
 Mix. For external use. 
 
 195. Oil of Hemlock, 2 dram 3 ; oil of origanum, 1 dram; camphor, 1 dram; 
 opium, 1 dram ; alcohol, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 196. Soap Liniment, 2 o^s. ; chloroform, 1 dram. Mix. 
 
 197. TincU of Aconite-root, \ oz. ; opium liniment, \ oz. Mix. For neu 
 ralgia, etc. Apply a tea-spoonful to the painful part. 
 
 198. White Soap, 12 ozs. ; camphor, 6 ozs. ; oil of rosemary, lj ozs. ; alco- 
 hol, 4 pints ; opium, 3 ozs. Mix and filter. An excellent liniment, acting 
 at times like a charm in the removal of local pains. 
 
 199. Sulphuric Acid, 1 dram ; spirits of turpentine, 1 dram ; olive oil, 
 3 drams. Mix the oil and spirits of turpentine first, then gradually add the 
 sulphuric acid. A valuable liniment for chilblains. To be rubbed on two or 
 three times a day. 
 
 Washes, Lotions, Gargles, etc. 
 
 200 Bruised White Oak Bark, 1 oz. ; water, l£ pints. Boil down to a 
 pint, and strain. To be used as a wash. 
 
 201. Borat" of Soda or Borax, 2 drams ; water, 4 ozs. Mix. To be used 
 as a lotion. 
 
 202. Alum, 2 drams ; water, 4 ozs. Mix. To be used as a lotion. 
 
 203. Tannin, 1 scruple ; water, 4 ozs. Mix. For external use. 
 
 204. Biborate of Soda, \ oz. ; rose water, 6 ozs. ; sulphate of morphia, 
 6 grains. Mix. To be used as a wash in itching of the female privities. 
 
 205. Chlorinated Soda, 1 oz.; water, 12 ozs. Mix. Rinse the mouth with 
 it two ov three times a day, but do not swallow. 
 
 207. Rose Water, 5 ozs-; sugar of lead, 8 grains ; sulphate of zinc, 8 grs. 
 Mix. 
 
 208. Rose Water, 4£ t>zs. ; nitrate of silver, 2 grains. Mix. 
 
 209. Sulphate of Zinc, 8 grains ; tannin, 1 scruple ; water . 5 ozs. Mix. 
 
 210. Chloride of Zinc, 6 grains ; soft water, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 211. Nitrate of Silver, 10 grains ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 212. Corrosive Sublimate, 5 grains ; soft water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 213. Alcohol, 1 pint; soft soap of potash, 1 pint. Dissolve and filter, then 
 add oil of citron, 1 oz. Mix. It will answer a good purpose if the oil of 
 citron be omitted. 
 
 214. Nitrate of Silver, 2 scruples ; nitric acid, 12 drops ; soft water, 1 oz. 
 Mix. Apply with a piece of lint tied to the end of a stick. 
 
76 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 215. Copperas, 1 oz. ; soft water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 216. Alcohol, 1£ ozs. ; rose water, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 217. Corrosive Sublimate, 6 grains; spirits of rosemary, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 
 
 1 oz. ; emulsion of bitter almonds, 6 ozs. Mix. 
 
 218. Solution of Sugar of Lead, 12 drops ; laudanum, 1 dram ; water, 4 ozs. 
 Mix. To be applied externally only. 
 
 219. Nitrate of Silver, 1£ drams ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 220. White Vitriol, 1 dram ; rose water, 3 ozs. Mix. Apply outwardly. 
 
 221. Hydrocyanic Acid, 4 drams ; sugar of lead, 15 grains ; alcohol, 4r 
 drams ; water, 7 ozs. Mix. Apply externally. 
 
 222. Corrosive Sublimate, 5 grains ; almond mixture, £ pint. Mix. Appl/ 
 externally. 
 
 223. Hose Water, 4 ozs. ; pulverized borax, J oz. ; sulphate of morphine, 
 6 grains. Mix. To be applied to the parts many times a day. 
 
 224. Sugar of Lead, 2 drams ; laudanum, 1 dram ; soft water, £ pint. 
 Mix. For external use. 
 
 225. Corrosive Sublimate, 5 grains ; cologne, 2 ozs- ; soft water, 6 ozs. 
 Mix. For external use only. 
 
 226. Acid Nitrate of Mercury, 1 dram ; soft water, 4 ozs. Mix. Apply 
 every second day. 
 
 227. Sugar of Lead, 3 grains ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. As a wash in 
 inflammation of the mouth in infants. 
 
 228. Mucilage of Gum Arabic, 1 oz. ; syrup of orange peel, J oz. ; chloride 
 of lime, 15 grains. Mix. 
 
 229. Decoction of Peruvian Bark, 3 ozs. ; syrup of orange peel, 1 oz. ; 
 chloride of soda, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 230. Creosote, 4 drops ; mucilage of gum arabie r £ oz. ; camphor water, 
 8 ozs. Mix. 
 
 231. Vinegar, 1 dram ; alcohol, 3 drams ; simple syrup, 1 oz. ; water, 3 ozs. 
 Mix. 
 
 232. White Oak Bark, 1 oz. ; water, 1 pint. Boil away one quarter, and 
 strain ; then add alum, 1 scruple. Apply to the parts with a soft spoage, or 
 dossil of lint, several times a day. 
 
 233. Hydrochloric Acid, \ dram ; honey, 1 oz. ; rose water, 1 oz. Mix, 
 Apply three or four times a day. 
 
 234. Sulphate of Copper, \ dram ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. To be ap- 
 plied twice a day to the ulcers in gangrene of the mouth. 
 
 235. White Vitriol, 1 dram ; soft water, 2 drams. Mix. Then add honey, 
 
 2 drams ; tincture of myrrh, 2 drams. To be applied twice a day to the ulcers 
 in gangrene of the mouth. 
 
 236. Creosote, 1 dram ; alcohol, 1 dram. Mix. To be applied, with a 
 camel's hair pencil, to the gangrenous ulcers of the mouth after running a 
 lancet through the sloughs. 
 
 237. Acid Nitrate of Mercury, J dram ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. To be in- 
 jected into the throat with the shower syringe, or applied to ulcers with a pencil. 
 
 _J 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 777 
 
 238. Rose Water, 4 ozs. ; sugar of lead, 2 drams. Mix. For external 
 use. 
 
 239. Rose Water, 2 ozs. ; sugar of lead, 1 scruple. Mix. For external 
 use. 
 
 240. Tincture of Arnica, % oz. ; cold water, 4 ozs. Mix. For external 
 use. 
 
 241. Tinct. Blood-root, 2 ozs.; solution chloride of Soda, 2 ozs.; tinct, 
 henbane, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 242. Bucket of Warm Water; cayenne pepper, pulverized, 1 tablespoonful ; 
 ground mustard, 2 tablespoonfuls. Mix. As a foot bath in suppression, etc. 
 
 243. Chlorate of Potash, J oz. ; strong hydrochloric acid, 40 drops ; water 5 
 1 pint. Mix. An excellent wash for chronic fetid ulcers, — soon converting a 
 foul ulcer to a healthy-looking one. A good gargle. 
 
 244. Powdered Golden Seal, 1 dram ; powdered cranesbill, 1 dram ; pow- 
 dered witch-hazel bark, 1 dram. Mix. Pour upon these half a pint of boiling 
 water. Let them stand till cold. To swab an ulcerated throat in scarlet fever, 
 and for other purposes. 
 
 245. Pidv. Cayenne, 1 dram; salt, 1 dram ; boiling water, 1 gill. Mix, and 
 let them stand fifteen minutes. Then add one gill of vinegar. Let them stand 
 an hour, and strain. Put a teaspoonful in a child's mouth once an hour, in ma- 
 lignant scarlet fever. 
 
 Injections. 
 
 246. Castor Oil, 1 gill; pulv. cayenne, 10 grs. ; molasses, 1 gill; table 
 salt, 1 teaspoonful ; warm water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 247. Senna Leaves, 2 drams. Steep in a pint of water. Then add one 
 ounce of epsom salts, and strain. A quarter of this may also be taken as a 
 brisk purge. 
 
 248. Castor Oil, 2 ozs.; tinct. prickly ash bark, \ oz. ; comp. tinct. of 
 Virginia snake root, 2 drams ; infusion of boneset and senna, equal parts, £ pint 
 Mix- 
 
 249. Castor Oil, 1 oz. ; salts of tartar, £ oz. ; warm water, 1 pint. Mix. 
 
 250. Epsom Salts, 1 oz. ; senna leaves, ^ oz. ; pulv. cayenne, 10 grs.; 
 boiling water, 1 pint. Let the water stand upon the senna and cayenne 15 
 minutes, Then pour it off, and add the salts. 
 
 251. Thoroughwort, 1 oz. ; senna, 1 oz. ; lobelia, \ dram ; cayenne, 10 
 grs. ; epsom salts, 1 table-spoonful ; molasses, \ pint ; boiling water, 1 pint. 
 Make a strong decoction of the herbs, and then add the salt and molasses. 
 
 252. Wine of Ipecac, 1 oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. ; castor oil, 1 oz.; 
 molasses, \ pint ; warm water, \ pint. Mix. 
 
 253. Flax Seed Tea, \ pint ; laudanum, 40 drops. Mix. 
 
 254. Nitrate of Silver Crystals, 10 grains; corrosive sublimate, 5 grs./ 
 sugar of lead, 1J drams ; white vitriol, 1J drams; soft water, 6 ounces. Mix. 
 An injection for certain forms of whites, etc. 
 
 255. Bruised Galls, ^ oz. • two large poppy heads ; water, 1 pint. Boil a 
 quarter of an hour, and strain. For piles. 
 
 9ft 
 
778 PRESCRIPTIONS — RECIPES. 
 
 256. Common Salt, 1 oz. ; chamomile flowers, ^ oz. ; pulv. aloes, 1 dram. 
 Boil the chamomile and aloes five minutes, in one pint of water, then strain, and 
 udd the salt. 
 
 Hair Oils, Washes, etc. 
 
 257. Cologne, 2 ozs. ; tincture of Spanish flies, 2 drams ; oil of rosemary, 
 10 drops ; oil of lavender, 10 drops. Mix. Apply cautiously. If soreness 
 of the scalp is produced, omit for a short time. 
 
 258. Castor Oil, 2% pounds ; strongest alcohol, 2J pints ; pulv. Spanish 
 flies, £ oz. ; oil of burgamot, 2£ ozs. ; otto of roses, 20 drops. Mix. Let them 
 stand for a few days, and filter. A superior preparation for keeping the hair 
 from falling, and to prevent dandruff. 
 
 259. TincU Benzoin, comp., 2 drams ; tinct. Spanish flies, 2 drams ; castor 
 oil, 6 ozs. ; oil burgamot, 1 dram ; oil of cassia or verbena, 15 drops ; strong 
 alcohol, 9£ ozs. Mix. As a hair wash, better even than the above. 
 
 260. Slaked Lime, 2 drams ; bicarbonate of soda, 3 drams ; lard, 2 ozs. 
 Mix. 
 
 261. Slaked Lime, 1 oz. ; bicarbonate of potassa, 2 ozs. ; charcoal in pow- 
 der, 1 dram. Mix. Apply to the parts, and wash off when dry. Keep in 
 well stopped bottles. 
 
 262. Slaked Lime, 4 ozs.; orris powder, 1£ ozs. Mix. Apply to the 
 parts, and wash off when dry. 
 
 263. Spanish White, J pound ; litharge, J pound ; slaked lime, £ pound. 
 Mix. Pulverize in a mortar. To be kept dry. When used, mix with water 
 to a paste the thickness of cream. Spread on the hair and lay over it a wet 
 cloth over night. 
 
 264. Sulphur, 1 oz. ; sugar of lead, 1 oz.; rose water, 4 ozs. Mix. Ap- 
 ply to the hair. 
 
 265. Nitrate of Silver, 1 dram; nitric acid, 1 dram; soft water, 1 pint; 
 sap green, 3 drams ; pulverized gum arabic, 1 dram. Mix. Keep well corked. 
 
 266. Hydrosulphuret of Ammonia, 1 oz. ; liquor potassa, 3 drams ; soft 
 water, 1 oz. Mix. Apply this with a tooth brush 15 or 20 minutes. Then 
 brush the hair over with the following : — nitrate of silver, 1 dram ; soft water, 
 2 ozs. ; using a clean comb to separate the hair. 
 
 Miscellaneous. 
 
 267. Wine of Spurred Rye, 2 ozs. Dose. — One teaspoonful three times 
 a day. For profuse menstruation from a relaxed state of the womb. 
 
 268. Sulphate of Iron, 1 dram; sub-carbonate of potash, 1 dram. Mix, 
 and make into 38 pills. One pill twice a day, and gradually increasing to four 
 a day, in chlorosis. 
 
 269. Sulphate of Iron, 1 dram ; extract of hops, 15 grains ; extract of 
 poppies, 15 grains ; oil of cinnamon, 15 drops. Mix, and make into 24 pills. 
 One pill two or three times a day. 
 
 270. Oxide of Zinc, 2 drams ; ext. of cicuta, 2 scruples. Mix. Make 
 48 pills. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 779 
 
 271. Pulverized Savin, 1 scruple ; sulphate of copper, 1 scruple. To be 
 sprinkled on venereal lumps or tumors, called condylomata, on the female geni- 
 tals, or elsewhere. 
 
 272. Balsam of Copaiva, 1 oz. ; oil of cubebs, 2 drams ; laudanum, 1 
 dram ; mucilage of gum arabic, 2 ozs. ; sweet spirits of nitre, £ oz. ; compound 
 spirits of lavender, 3 drams ; camphor water, 4 ozs. ; white sugar, 2 drams ; 
 oil of partridge-berry, 5 drops. Mix. Take a table-spoonful three or four 
 times a day. For gonorrhoea. 
 
 273. Balsam of Copaiva, 1 oz. ; pulverized cubebs, 2 ozs. ; essence of pep- 
 permint, 30 drops. Make a thick paste, like dough. 
 
 274. Pulverized Borax, 1 oz. ; pulverized white sugar, 1 oz. Mix. A little 
 to be dissolved on the tongue. 
 
 275. Pulverized Borax, \ oz. ; honey, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 276. Hydrochloric Acid, 1 dram ; honey, 1 oz. Mix. For touching large 
 curdy patches in sore mouth of children. 
 
 277. Pulverized Ipecac, 3 grains ; precipitated sulphur, 2 scruples ; extract 
 of hyoscyamus, 6 grains. Mix. Divide into 12 parts. One to be taken every 
 three or four hours. 
 
 278. Pulverized Belladonna-root, 5 grains , compound ipecac, powder, 10 
 grains ; precipitated sulphur, £ dram ; white sugar, 2 scruples. Mix. Make 
 20 powders. One every three hours to a child two years old. 
 
 279. Pulverized Alum, 25 grains; extract of cicuta, 12 grains; syrup of 
 red poppies, 2 drams ; spearmint water, 3 ozs. Mix. A dessert-spoonful every 
 six hours for a child two or three years old. 
 
 280. Camphor, 1 dram ; sulphuric ether, 1 oz. Mix. Ten drops every 
 half hour. 
 
 281. Pulverized Rhubarb, 1 scruple ; mercury with chalk, 10 grains ; 
 aromatic powder, 5 grains. Mix. Divide into 10 powders. One every four 
 or five hours. 
 
 282. Pulv. Blood-root, \ to 1 oz. ; chloride of zinc, £ to 2 ozs. ; wate*> 
 2 ozs. Add enough wheat flour to make a paste as thick as molasses. 
 
 283. Sal. Volatile, h dram ; camphor water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 284. Tinct. of Nux Vomica, \ oz. ; tinct. aconite, 2 drams ; volatile tinct. 
 of guaiacum, 2 drams. Mix. ' Thirty drops every three hours. 
 
 285. Tinct. of Black Cohosh, 2 ozs. ; tinct. of digitalis, 2 drams. Mix. 
 One teaspoonful from two to five times a day. 
 
 286. Barberry Bark, 1 oz. ; pipsissewa herb, 2 ozs. ; wild cherry bark, 1 
 oz. ; bitter-root, 1 oz. Mix. Infuse for several hours in 4 pints of water 
 One tablespoonful three or four times a day. 
 
 287. Horse Radish Root, 1 oz. ; bayberry bark, 1 oz. ; barberry bark, 
 1 oz. ; wild cherry bark, 1 oz. ; prickly ash bark, 1 oz. Reduce the whole to a 
 coarse p' wder, and infuse for several hours in 4 pints of cider. A tablespoon- 
 ful three or four times a day. 
 
 288. Mercury, 95 parts ; balsam of storax, 48 parts ; diacalon plaster, 312 
 parts; w^x, rosin, turpentine, each, 16 parts; ammonia, bdellium, each, 5 parts; 
 olibanam and myrrh, each, 5 parts ; saffron, 3 parts j spirits of lavender, 2 parts. 
 Mix, and spread. 
 
780 PRESCRIPTIONS. — RECIPES. 
 
 289. Populin, 20 grs. ; sanguinarin, 10 grs. ; pulv. white sugar, 30 grs. 
 Rub well together, and divide into 16 powders. Take one foui- times a day. 
 At the same time use prescription 73. 
 
 290. Ptelein, 24 grs. ; hydrastin, 24 grs. ; ext. of belladonna, 3 grs. ; ext. 
 of nux vomica, 2 grs. Mix. Make 24 pills. Take one three times a day. 
 
 291. Strychnia, 2 grs. ; pulv. cantharides, 4 grs. ; pulv. arnica leaves, 
 1 dram. Mix. Divide into 32 powders. One to be taken three times a day. 
 
 292. Wine of Colchicum Seeds, 1 oz. ; fluid ext. of dandelion, 1 oz. Mix* 
 One teaspoonful three times a day. 
 
 293. Willow Bark, 1 oz. ; boiling water, 1 pint. Boil for ten minutes, and 
 strain. Dose. — A wine-glass full once in three hours. 
 
 294. Canada Balsam, 1 dram ; slaked lime, 1 dram. Mix, to form a 
 paste. An excellent remedy for tooth ache, when pressed into the cavity. 
 
 295. Tinct. Black Cohosh, 1 oz. ; iodide of potassium, 2 drams ; syrup of 
 ipecac, 1 oz. ; spring water, 2 ozs. Mix. A teaspoonful three or four times a 
 day, in rheumatism and cell-dropsy. 
 
 296. Tinct. Black Cohosh, 1 oz. ; tinct. myrrh, 6 drams ; laudanum, 1 
 dram ; tinct. cayenne, 1 dram. Mix. Take 30 or 40 drops four times a day, 
 for dropsy. 
 
 297. Solution Chloride of Soda, 6 drops ; water, 2 ozs. Mix. To be 
 taken at a draught. A sure remedy for offensive breath from deranged stom- 
 ach. 
 
 298. Cream of Tartar, \ oz. ; fresh lemon peel, bruised, 4 ozs.; Loaf 
 sugar, 4 ozs. ; boiling water, 3 pints. Mix, and, after standing a while, strain. 
 
 299. Citric Acid, \ dram ; bi-carbonate of potassa, \ dram ; lemon syrup, 
 
 1 oz. ; soft water, 6 ozs. ; epsom salts, 1 oz. Mix. Two table spoonfuls, to be 
 repeated every four hours, if necessary. 
 
 300. Hard Wood Ashes, 1 quart ; common soot, J gill ; water, 6 pints. 
 Digest, settle, and filter. Take one tablespoonful three times a day, in acidity 
 of stomach. 
 
 301. Peppermint Water, 1\ ozs. ; wine of colchicum-root, \ oz. ; sulphate 
 of morphia, 1 gr. ; magnesia, 1 scruple. Dose. — One teaspoonful three or 
 four times a day. Excellent for rheumatism. 
 
 302. Cream of Tartar, 1^ ozs. ; sulphate potassa, \ oz. ; pulv. squills, 
 
 2 drs. ; tartar emetic, 2 grs. A teaspoonful of this mixture to be taken four or 
 five times a day, in dropsy. 
 
 303. Pulv. Alum, ^ dram ; white precipitate, 1 grain. Rub these well to- 
 gether, and place the powder in a bottle; then add 1^ drams of glycerine. 
 Shake the bottle until the mixture is of the consistence of cream, and repeat the 
 shaking whenever it is about to be applied to the skin. For external use in 
 erysipelas. 
 
 304. Copaiva, 5 drams ; yolk of one egg ; gum of extract of opium, one 
 grain ; water 7 ounces. Mix. To be used as an injection several times a day in 
 gonorrhoea. 
 
 305. Tannin, 3 grains ; ext. belladonna, j grain ; ext. conium, 2 } grains ; 
 infusion of senna, 3 ozs. ; fennel water and syrup of marshmallow, each 1£ ozs. 
 Mix. A tablespoonful to be taken every two hours, in chronic bronchitis, and 
 other complaints. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS.— RECIPES. 781 
 
 306. Glycerine, 1 dram ; tannin, 1 dram. Dissolve the tannin in the gly- 
 cerine. Excellent for sore nipples, and for chaps and excoriations generally. 
 
 307. Collodion, 1 oz. ; Venice turpentine, ^ oz. ; castor oil, 2 drams. Mix. 
 To be applied outwardly, for chilblains and chaps. For cancer, manganic acid. 
 Not as painful as other caustics. 
 
 308. Sulphate of Copper, 2 grains ; wine of opium, 1 dram ; soft water 2 
 drams. Mix. Apply freely with a soft camel hair brush, three times a day, for 
 purulent ophthalmia. 
 
 309. Pure Acetic Acid, 2 drams ; soft water 3 ozs. ; simple syrup, 3 drams. 
 Mix. A teaspoonful is to be taken every three hours, in scarlet fever, at the 
 same time using sheet baths with tepid water. 
 
 3 1 0. Compound tincture of Peruvian Bark, 4 ozs. ; citrate of iron 44 grains ; 
 citric acid, 20 grains. Dissolve the citric acid in the tincture, and then the 
 citrate of iron. After a few days, filter. Dose, one to two teaspoonfuls. 
 
 311. No. 1. Gallic acid, 10 grains ; dissolve in alcohol, 2 drams; water, 6 
 drams. No. 2. Crystals of Nitrate of Silver, ^ dram ; water £ oz. Dissolve 
 and add strong liquor of ammonia, till it becomes clear ; then add powdered gum 
 arabic, and dilute, if necessary, to 6 drams. This will color black ; to color 
 brown, reduce it. An excellent hair-dye. Use the common directions, where 
 there is a No. 1 and No. 2. 
 
 312. Epsom Salts, 2 drams ; magnesia, 1 scruple ; syrup of ginger, 1 dram ; 
 spearmint water, 11 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught. This will be 
 retained by the stomach, when most other things are rejected. 
 
 313. Diluted Nitro-Muriatic Acid, 2 drams ; sweet spirits of nitre, 2 drams ; 
 simple syrup, \ oz., water 1\ ozs. Mix. Two tablespoonfuls are to be taken 
 three times a day. Excellent in dyspepsia, with nasty tongue, and inactive 
 liver. 
 
 314. Rose Leaves, 1 scruple ; boiling water, 8 ozs. ; diluted nitric acid, 2£ 
 drams. Mix. After standing half an hour, strain, and use as a wash for ulcers. 
 
 315. White Vitriol, 1 dram ; water, 1 pint. Mix. To be used as a wash for 
 ulcers, etc. 
 
 316. Citrate of Iron and Strychnine, 1 dram ; syrup of orange peel, 2 ozs. ; 
 soft water, \ pint. Mix. Give one teaspoonful three times a day in neuralgia, 
 and in other cases in which a nerve tonic is needed. 
 
 317. Aloes and Soap Pill, 10 grains. Divide into two pills ; or, compound 
 pill of aloes, 10 grs. Divide into two pills. 
 
 318. Compound Colocynth Pill, 2 J scruples ; castile soap, 9 grs. ; oil of anise, 
 2 drops. Mix, and make 12 pills. Two to be taken at bed-time. 
 
 319. Compound tincture of Senna, 2 drams; epsom salts 2 drams; diluted 
 sulphuric acid, 8 drops ; spirits of nitric ether, £ dram ; infusion of rhubarb, 10 
 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught. 
 
 320. Sulphate of Iron, 2 grs. ; epsom salts, 2 scruples ; diluted sulphuric acid, 
 10 drops ; compound tincture, 1 dram ; syrup of poppies, 1 \ drams ; pimento 
 water, 9 drams. To be taken at a draught twice a day. 
 
 321. Pulverized Rhubarb, 12 grains ; carbonate of magnesia, 10 grains ; aro- 
 matic spirit of ammonia £ dram ; syrup of ginger, 1 dram ; spearmint water, 10 
 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught. 
 
 322. Comp. infusion Senna, 5 drams ; infusion rhubarb, 5 drams ; comp 
 
782 PRESCRIPTIONS.— RECIPES. 
 
 tincture cardamom, | dram ; syrup, 1\ drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught, 
 by dyspeptic persons. 
 
 323. Carbonate of Soda, 10 grs. ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, \ dram ; tinc- 
 ture of orange peel, 1 dram ; syrup of orange peel, 1 dram ; compound infusion 
 of gentian, 10 drams. Mix. To be taken at a draught twice a day. 
 
 324. Trisnitrate of Bismuth, 1 dram ; comp. tragicanth powder, 2 drams ; 
 compound tincture cardamom, 1 ounce ; tincture of ginger, £ ounce ; spearmint 
 water, 7 ounces. Mix. Two tablespoonfuls to be taken twice a day, in dyspepsia. 
 
 324. Trisnitrate of Bismuth, 6 grs. ; bicarbonate of soda, 6 grains; pulver- 
 ized cayenne, 1 grain. Mix. This quantity to be taken twice a day, in dyspep- 
 sia, with acidity of the stomach. 
 
 325. Solution of Acetate of Ammonia, \ ounce ; tincture of orange peel, 1 
 dram ; syrup of orange peel, 1 dram ; tincture of cayenne, 20 drops ; comp. infu- 
 sion of orange peel, 6 drams. Mix. The whole to be taken to relieve head- 
 ache, after intoxication. 
 
 326. Magnesia, 15 grains; solution of potassae, 15 drops ; comp. tincture of 
 senna, 1 dram ; comp. infusion of senna, 6 drams ; syrup of ginger, 1 dram ; 
 comp. infusion of orange peel, \ ounce. Mix. Taken at a draught, as an 
 aperient, in sick and billious headaches. 
 
 327. Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia, 1 dram ; tincture of columbo, 1 dram ; 
 infusion of columbo, 10 drams ; syrup of poppies, 1 dram. Mix. To be takei* 
 at a draught, three times a day. 
 
 328. Diluted Sulphuric Acid, 15 drops ; diluted hydrochloric acid, 10 drops ; 
 tincture of orange peel, 1 dram ; comp. infusion of gentian, 6 drams ; syrup of 
 poppies, 1 dram. To be taken at a draught, three times a day, half an hour 
 before meals. 
 
 329. Diluted Nitric Acid, 12 drops ; diluted hydrochloric acid, 8 drops ; in- 
 fusion of cascarilla, 1 1 drams ; syrup of poppies, 1 dram. Mix. To be taken 
 at a draught, twice a day. 
 
 330. Blue Pill, 4 grs. ; comp. pill of rhubarb, 4 grs. ; ext. hyoscyamus, 2 grs. 
 Mix. Make two pills ; one pill to be taken at night. 
 
 331. Ext. Hyoscyamus, 2\ grs. ; pulv. camphor, 2J grs. Mix. Make two 
 pills ; one to be taken when the pain is most severe, in nervous headache. 
 
 332. Comp. Tragacanth Powder, 8 grs. ; oil of lemon, 3 drops ; camphor 
 water, 11 drams ; comp. tinct. cardamom, J dram; tinct. hyoscyamus, £ dram; 
 chloroform, 15 drops. Mix. 
 
 333. Tinct. Hyoscyamus, \ dram ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, \ dram ; syrup 
 of orange peel, £ dram ; peppermint water, 10 drams. Mix. In nervous and 
 hysterical cases. 
 
 334. Soap Liniment, 2£ ozs. ; liquor ammonia, £ dr. ; laudanum, \ oz. Mix. 
 Make a liniment. 
 
 335. Comp. Pill of Colocynth, 7 grs. ; ext. of colchicum, 2 grs. ; oil of cara- 
 way, 1 drop. Mix, and make two pills. To be taken at bed-time in rheumatic 
 headaches. 
 
 336. Chloride of Zinc, 6 ozs. ; pulv. bloodroot, 2 ozs. ; myrtle wax, 1 oz. ; 
 water of extract of opium, 6 drams ; extract of conium, 6 drams. Mix, and 
 snake an ointment. 
 
PRESCRIPTIONS.— RECIPES. 783 
 
 337. Iodide of Lead, 1 scruple ; glycerine, 1 dram ; spermaceti ointment, 2 
 ozs. Make an ointment. 
 
 338. Rhubarb Pulv., \ oz. ; spearmint herb, pulv. \ oz. ; pulv. cascarilla, \ 
 oz. ; pulv. bicarbonate of potassa, \ oz. ; pulv. wild cherry bark, \ oz. ; Mix, 
 and pour on one quart of hot water. Let this stand till cold, and add half a 
 pint of brandy. Dose half a wineglassful. 
 
 339. Ext. Belladonna, 6 grains ; pulv. ipecac, 10 grains ; confection of roses, 
 2 grains. Mix. Make 30 pills, one pill to be taken twice a day. 
 
 340. Dioscorein, 12 grains; pulv. camphor, 4 grains; pulv. cayenne, 12 grains; 
 white sugar, 1 scruple. Mix. Divide into four powders. Give one every fifteen 
 minutes. 
 
 341. Leptandrin, 12 grains ; geranium, 12 grains ; myricin, 12 grains. Mix. 
 Divide into twelve powders, of which one may be given three or four times a 
 day. 
 
 342. Quinine, \ dram; pulv. catechu, 1 dram ; pulv. opium, 15 grains. Mix. 
 Make 32 pills. Give one pill three times a day. 
 
 343. Compound Syrup of Rhubarb and Potassa, 4 ozs. ; tincture of prickly 
 ash berries, 1 oz. ; essence of peppermint, 1 dram ; paregoric, 4 drams. Mix. 
 A tablespoonful should be given every hour until it operates gently on the 
 bowels. 
 
 344. Pulv. Camphor, £ dram ; pulv. opium, 16 grains ; pulv. cayenne, ^ dram. 
 Mix. Make 16 piils ; one every hour, in cholera. 
 
 345. Rhubarb, 4 ozs. ; black cohosh root, 2 ozs. ; wild cherry bark, 2 ozs. ; 
 geranium, 2 ozs., coarsely powder them, and mix. Add two pints of brandy 
 and two pints of water. Let the mixture stand five or six days, stirring often, 
 and then strain. Add four pints of water to the dregs, boil slowly to two pints, 
 strain, and add to this the previous tincture. Sweeten with loaf sugar. Take 
 a tablespoonful every one, two, or three hours. 
 
 346. Beth Root, 1 oz. ; geranium, 1 oz. ; blackberry root, 1 oz. ; wild cherry 
 bark, 1 oz. ; cinnamon, 1 oz. Powder the whole, and add to them 1£ pints 
 brandy, and 1^ pints water. Let them stand several days, stirring frequently. 
 Add sweetening if preferred. Dose. One or two teaspoonfuls every two or 
 three hours. 
 
 347. Raspberry Leaves, 1 oz. ; geranium, 1 oz. ; blackberry root* 1 oz. ; lep- 
 tandra root, 1 oz. Mix, and make three pints of strong decoction. Dose. A 
 teaspoonful every hour. Suitable for a gargle. 
 
 348. Sugar of Lead, 24 grains ; vinegar, 1 dram ; syrup of poppies, 1 
 oz. ; rose water, 3 ozs. ; soft water, 4 ozs. Mix. Dose, one or two table- 
 spoonfuls. 
 
 x 349. Potassio-tartrate of iron, £ oz. ; syrup of orange peel, 1 oz. ; water, 4 
 oz. Mix. Take two teaspoonfuls three times a day. 
 
 350. Geranium, golden seal, marshmallow, wild indigo root, rosemary, each 
 half an ounce. Mix, and make one pint of strong infusion. After straining, 
 add two drams powdered borax, and one gill of honey. An excellent astringent 
 gargle. 
 
 351. Dover's Powder, 15 grains; leptandrin, 5 grains. Mix. Divide into 
 ten powders. One every three hours, for a child. 
 
784 PRESCRIPTIONS.— RECIPES. 
 
 35^. Jjover's Powder, 15 grains ; calomel, 5 grains. Miy Divide into ten 
 powders. Give one every three hours to a child in croup. 
 
 353. Hydrochlorate of ammonia, £ oz. ; diluted acetic acid, \ oz. ; alcohol, \ 
 oz. ; camphorated mixture, 15 ozs. Mix. A good scattering wash for hydro' 
 cele, etc. 
 
 354. Chloride of soda, nitrate of potash, and hydrochlorate of ammonia, 
 equal parts, and water enough to dissolve >4?em. Mix. An excellent freezing 
 mixture. 
 
CONCLUSION OF 
 
 HOMOEOPATHIC REMEDIES, 
 
 ORGANS OF CIRCULATION. 
 
 The heart, its appendages and valves ; the peric&idium, or membrane 
 that covers the heart; the nerves that are distributed to the organ, as 
 well as the arteries and veins, — are embraced in the organs of circula- 
 lion. 
 
 Inflammation of the Heart. — Endocarditis. 
 
 When a sharp pain is sometimes felt in the region of the fifth rib, with 
 quick pulse, flushed face, and hurried respiration, there are indications of 
 Endocarditis. Aconite in the usual dose may be given every hour until 
 the frequency of the pulse is diminished ; Verat. viride, if Aconite 
 fails to reduce the pulse in twenty-four hours. If the disease has 
 been brought on by a shock or injury, Arnica; if from excessive 
 grief, Ignatia; if from cold, Arsenicum; if it is the sequel of in- 
 flammatory rheumatism, Pulsatilla; if the disease terminates in 
 dropsy of the pericardium or chest, Apis mellifica. Let the diet be 
 simple, and easy of digestion. 
 
 Inflammation of the Pericardium. — Pericarditis. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the pericardium is denoted by symptoms 
 much the same as those attendant on Endocarditis, and may be brought 
 on by a cold, a sudden check of perspiration, or simultaneously with a 
 sudden attack of inflammatory rheumatism. Aconite repeated every hour. 
 Pulsatilla or Bryonia may follow in the usual dose, and be repeated 
 every hour until a change occurs. The pericardium, being a serous 
 membrane, is liable to a profuse collection of serum about the heart. 
 Apis mellifica in the usual dose every two hours will be likely to give 
 relief; Apocynum and Helleborus nig. are also remedies that maybe 
 employed in curing this trouble. If the heart palpitates severely, 
 give Pulsatilla or Digitalis. Diet simple and nutritious, and free 
 from any exciting stimulants. 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the Pericardium has similar symptoms, 
 but not so severe. It often attends the gout, and is treated with the 
 same remedies. Oolchicum is a valuable remedy, and may be given 
 
 three times a day, in usual doses. Sulphur is often useful. 
 
 « 
 
 Chronic Pericarditis may sometimes be cured by Calcarea or Lycopo- 
 dium. Aurum muriaticum and Spigelia are called into requisition when 
 
 785 
 
786 ORGANS OF CIRCULATION* 
 
 there is irregularity of the heart's action, Arsenicum when there is a burn- 
 ing sensation accompanying the pain. Diet, if the stomach will bear it, 
 may be quite generous. 
 
 Dilatation of the Cavities of the Heart. 
 
 This trouble is manifest from a more perceptible action of the heart, 
 than is normal ; its motion being more violent. Lachesis when there is a 
 disposition to sigh ; Belladonna if there is a tendency of blood to the head ; 
 Digitalis if there is a quick, full pulse ; or Verat. viride ; Aconite if 
 there is fever; Pulsatilla if there is rheumatism of the joints at the 
 same time. 
 
 Imperfect Action of the Valves of the Heart. 
 
 A difficulty such as this is not denoted by any one set of symptoms , 
 but it may give rise to various sufferings, such as fainting, rush of blood 
 to the head, apoplexy, and convulsions. Fainting requires Pulsatilla, 
 China, Bryonia, and Rhus. Rush of blood to the head, Belladonna ; apo- 
 plexy, Aconite, Belladonna, and cold application to the head ; convulsions 
 require Ohamomilla, Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, and Digitalis. Whichever 
 remedy is selected may be given every half-hour until relief is obtained, 
 or change. Spasmodic pains about the heart from some sudden 
 excitement, Gelsemium. 
 
 Aneurism of the Aorta. 
 
 This is a rupture of some of the coats of the great artery, and which 
 so weakens the rest that they lose their tenacity, and bulge out so as 
 to impair its function. It often is very painful, and pulsates in a 
 frightful manner. Aconite, Bryonia, Digitalis, Zinc, Lachesis, and 
 Rhus tox. are remedies that may be consulted. Either will relieve, 
 under certain conditions. The usual dose may be repeated every two 
 hours. 
 
 Inflammation of the Arteries may be relieved by the persistent use 
 of Aconite, and inflammation of the veins by Phosphorus, Hamame- 
 lis, or Rhus tox. Arteritis and Phlebitis are both formidable diseases, 
 and require the attendance or care of a physician. 
 
DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 
 
 The urinary apparatus includes the bladder and kidneys, and their 
 appendages, all of which are subject to inflammation. 
 
 Inflammation of the Bladder. — Cystitis. 
 
 When urination becomes painful and difficult, and the orifice of the 
 bladder seems to be insufficient for voiding the urine, we have indi- 
 cations of inflammation of the bladder; and also when there is 
 frequent inclination to urinate, with ability to pass but little at a 
 time. Aconite may be given at first if fever attend the difficulty ; 
 Belladonna might follow Aconite if there should be any congestion ; 
 Cantharis, however, is one of the best remedies, if there is tenes- 
 mus or straining. Cannabis sativa, also, is a good remedy, and 
 with old people Arsenicum is often beneficial. It is well to drink 
 mucilaginous drinks, and subsist mostly on gruel, until the severe 
 symptoms subside. All this trouble may pass from the acute to the 
 chronic form of the disease, and be an entailed difficulty. The best 
 way to prevent it is to have the first acute stage well attended to. 
 The frequent desire to urinate, which we sometimes find in aged 
 persons, may be due to chronic inflammation of the neck of the 
 bladder. Sulphur, given every night, may mitigate the disease 
 materially ; and so also a decided benefit may be gained from the 
 use of Conium maculatum. The same diet found beneficial for the 
 acute form of this disease will be found beneficial for the chronic. 
 
 Strangury. 
 
 This affection consists in being unable to void the urine, and is 
 believed to be the result of inflammation of the neck of the bladder, 
 or some mechanical pressure upon the urethra. It often proves to 
 be quite painful, and attended with fever. Aconite may be given 
 every hour when the skin is hot, dry, and feverish, or Spirits of 
 Camphor in drop doses every twenty minutes until relieved,, Hyos- 
 cyamus, if the stoppage appears to be unattended with fever; 
 Cantharis, if there is an ineffectual urging to urinate ; and Can- 
 nabis, also, when there is inability to evacuate the bladder. Dose 
 and administration, four globules every hour. 
 
 787 
 
Stone. 
 
 When one is voiding urine, and some obstacle to its passage suddenly 
 interferes, and the stream is cut short, we may infer that a stone has inter- 
 posed at the orifice of the bladder. The symptoms are like those of 
 strangury. Oftentimes there is pain in passing urine, inclination to pass it 
 often, and straining to keep the stream flowing. Against the ill effects of 
 stone in the bladder, Cantharis or Cannabis are among the prominent 
 remedies. Lycopodium, Calcarea, and Phosphorus are also good remedies. 
 The two remedies first named may be given in drop doses every hour, and 
 the three last only three times a day. The patient should drink soft water, 
 and live upon a moderate non-medicinal diet, avoiding malt and distilled 
 liquors as a beverage. 
 
 Gravel. 
 
 This is indicated by violent, cutting, intermittent pains in the region of 
 one or the other hip and kidney, extending down the ureter to the groin 
 or down the thigh, frequent but scanty urine, fever, and nausea. The most 
 useful remedies, in the order of their importance, are Uva ursi, Belladonna, 
 Chamomilla, and Nitrum, repeated often. 
 
 Eetention of Urine. 
 
 This difficulty results from fever or some local irritation, and consists 
 simply in disinclination to evacuate the bladder, not from inability on ac- 
 count of inflammation, or some obstruction, but because there is an irre- 
 sistible proneness to retain the urinary secretion, either from nervous 
 weakness or spasm of the neck of the bladder. The remedies found most 
 useful are Cina, Spigelia, Hyoscyamus, Belladonna, and Rhus iox. Either 
 of these may be given and repeated until the patient is relieved. Hyoscy- 
 amus and Cina are preferable. With old people, Arsenicum or Secale. 
 
 Suppression of Urine. 
 
 In some fevers the kidne} T s do not perform their office, and the urinary 
 secretion is suppressed and thrown back upon the system ; and, as a conse- 
 quence, the blood fails of being defecated, and the result, in a short time, 
 must prove quite disastrous. A dose of Sulphur may sometimes overcome 
 this difficulty, and set the organs of secretion at work. Baptisia, Nitrum, 
 Pulsatilla, Bryonia, Rhus, Cantharis, and any of the remedies that act 
 specifically upon the renal region, will be likely to afford relief. The 
 remedies may be repeated every two hours, and the diet should be muci- 
 laginous drinks. 
 
 Incontinence of Urine. 
 
 Some persons cannot help urinating at once as soon as the bladder fills. 
 Their incontinence becomes manifest when no opportunity offers for im- 
 mediate resort to the water-closet, and in many instances becomes painfully 
 mortifying, and renders the victim an object of 'sympathy. Mercurius 
 vivus may be given in the usual dose, three times a day. If, after a trial 
 of a few days, the patient is not improved, give Opium, China, Calcarea, 
 Causticum, and Sulphur in the same way. 
 
 Wetting the Bed, — Nocturnal Enuresis. 
 
 Children addicted to this habit from some diseased condition may be cured 
 by daily doses of Sulphur, or Carbo animalis, or perhaps Silicea, or Causticum. 
 
DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. 789 
 
 But some children get the habit and become confirmed in it from no phys- 
 ical cause whatever ; and, if no measures are taken to reform them v they 
 will grow up under the impression that they cannot help it. The best 
 way to treat such is to impress upon them that they can and must banish 
 the habit. Let them be impressed even to shame and a threat of chastise- 
 ment if they keep up the practice ; and, in most cases, this is all that is 
 necessary. 
 
 Diabetes. — Immoderate Flow of Sweet Urine. 
 
 There is no disease that resists more stubbornly the action of remedies 
 than Diabetes. It consists in a copious secretion of sweet urine, that con- 
 tains many grains of solid material passing away from the tissues every 
 twenty-four hours. This disease will emaciate a fleshy subject in six weeks, 
 and give him a pale and sickly look. The disease has been palliated, but 
 never cured permanently that we find any record of; and yet Phosphoric 
 acid, given three times a day, has diminished the amount of the secretion 
 from twelve to two quarts in twenty-four hours ; and apparently this 
 remedy, with Nitrate of uranium, has effected temporary cureo. Muri- 
 atic acid, Sulphur, and Kali carb. have also been esteemed as 
 valuable remedies, all of which may be given in the usual doses, three 
 times a day. 
 
 Bloody Urine. 
 
 As gravel is believed to be one of the causes of this difficulty, and in- 
 flammation of the bladder is believed to be another, the same remedies 
 applicable to the one will serve for the other. Arsenicum may, however, be 
 added to the remedies, particularly if there is any burning at the neck 
 of the bladder and tenesmus. 
 
 Inflammation of the Kidneys. 
 
 When there is pain in the back, and increased flow of urine, and a desire 
 to urinate frequently, and sometimes severe pain in the hip and side, 
 nausea, vomiting, and fever, there is undoubtedly inflammation of the 
 kidneys. In the treatment of this painful difficulty, we find Arnica 
 the best remedy if the inflammation has been produced by a mechan- 
 ical injury. If from a cold, Rhus tox. or JVux vomica. If there is 
 much fever, Aconite; chilliness down the spine, Belladonna. When 
 there is obstinate vomiting, Bismuth. The patient should lie in bed, 
 and not try to exercise much till the inflammation passes off. The 
 medicine should be given every hour or two hours, according to the 
 severity of the inflammation. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OP GENERATION. 
 
 The organs of generation in the male are the penis, testes, and their 
 Appendages. Those of the female are the vulva, vagina, womb, ovaries, 
 and their appendages. 
 
 Inflammation of the Urethra. 
 
 The urethra is the common passage through which the urine passes from 
 the bladder, and the semen from the testes. When it becomes inflamed 
 from cold, or as the sequel of some acute disease, Pulsatilla, Cannabis, 
 Mercurius viv. , or Sulphur may cure the difficulty by being given every two 
 or three hours. One remedy only must be given ; if this fails, try another ; 
 but if the disease is the result of impure connection, and is the Gonorrhoea 
 (or Clap) , give Cantharis, and afterwards Cannabis. If there is painful 
 smarting, give these remedies every hour in alternation until the discharge 
 seases. Give Pulsatilla, also, every hour, if the other remedies fail, and use 
 a solution of Hamamelis in water as an injection. 
 
 Syphilis, 
 
 Nearly allied to Gonorrhoea is Syphilis ; only the latter is a more formi- 
 dable result of impure connection, which inoculates the blood. It becomes 
 manifest in discharge from the urethra, chancres, buboes, etc. When there 
 is a purulent discharge from the urethra, Mercurius viv. may be given per- 
 sistently for several days, and this may arrest the further progress of the 
 disease ; but should it not, and chancres make their appearance on the 
 prepuce or foreskin, or on the glans, burn them with Nitric acid, full 
 strength of the stores, and then give Mercurius corrosivus every six hours 
 for several days ; dressing the sores with lint wet with cold water and 
 Calendula. If the chancres heal, it is well and good * if they do not, give 
 Mercurius iodatus three times a day. Let the patient avoid drinking any 
 intoxicating beverage whatever, and abstain from all medicinal articles of 
 diet. 
 
 Inflammation of the Testicles. 
 
 Sometimes a suppression of Gonorrhoea will cause inflammation and 
 swelling of the testicles. Both may be implicated, and become exceedingly 
 painful and enormously swollen. For the first stage before the swelling, 
 790 
 
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 791 
 
 Aconite may be given every two hours to reduce the general febrile condi- 
 tion of the system. Afterwards Arnica may be given to remove the sore- 
 ness, and Pulsatilla to remove the swelling. Either of these remedies 
 may be given every day, three times, until the object for which they are 
 given is accomplished. Let the patient lie in bed, and apply warm com- 
 presses to the part. Let him subsist upon a spare diet, and drink no 
 exciting drinks. Let him wait with patience for a subsidence of the 
 swelling and inflammation. 
 
 Dropsy of the Scrotum. — Hydrocele. 
 
 Sometimes inflammation of the testes will result in Hydrocele, and the 
 scrotum will become filled with water. Helleborus nig., Apis mel., and 
 Arsenicum are remedies that have been employed to cure the difficulty ; 
 but sometimes remedies prove unavailing, and the water has to be drawn 
 off by a trochar, in which event consult an experienced surgeon. But 
 try the remedies first, and give each named in succession (provided the 
 first or second does not prove effectual), every three hours during the day. 
 
 Inflammation of the Vulva. 
 
 This may occur from acrid Leucorrhoea, or cold, or from Gonor- 
 rhoea; and, from whatever cause, it requires the application of warm 
 water and compresses, and a dose of Aconite or Belladonna every 
 hour until relieved. 
 
 Inflammation of the Vagina. 
 
 The vagina is lined by a mucous membrane, which sometimes becomes 
 inflamed ; and when from a cold, producing an ordinary catarrh, give 
 Nux vomica or Sulphur, night and morning, until better. If from 
 chronic irritation of the membrane there is a Leuchorrhoeal discharge 
 from the vagina, give Sepia night and morning. If this fails, give Calca- 
 rea carb. ; and, if this fails, give Sulphur in the same way. Leucorrhoea 
 may be occasioned by falling of the womb, which irritates the mucous 
 membrane of the vagina, in which event Sepia or Nux may be given 
 every night, with full prospect of a cure. 
 
 Inflammation of the Womb. 
 
 This painful malady is often the result of protracted labor, and is 
 known by great thirst, pain over the region of the womb, and great ten- 
 derness of the touch. Arsenicum, given every three hours at first, and 
 followed by Belladonna, generally proves successful ; but Bryonia and 
 Rhus tox. or Verat. virtue ma}' be resorted to, and repeated every 
 three hours, if found necessary. Inflammation of the womb is a 
 painful difficulty and a dangerous one, and should be treated with 
 great care. Warm bran poultices, if the patient can bear them, may 
 be applied while giving the remedies. 
 
792 DISEASES OP THE ORGANS 0* GENERATION. 
 
 Falling of the Womb. 
 
 The womb is said to rail, when from debility, or a relaxed condition of 
 its ligaments, it sinks down into the vagina ; and this is indicated by pain 
 in the back, and a dragging sensation over the hips, and bearing-down 
 pains. These are often attended with headaches and other derangements, 
 which must be considered. Nux vomica, every night, is one of the most 
 valuable remedies for prolapsus uteri. Sulphur sometimes does well. Sepia 
 every morning has often cured and relieved the headache, nausea, and 
 other concomitant symptoms. Calcarea has relieved when the pain is 
 most prominent about the hips ; Ignatia, when the difficulty has been 
 brought on by grief. Patients of this description should not drink coffee 
 or strong green tea. Blaok tea, cocoa, and milk may be allowed, with a 
 moderately generous diet. 
 
 Inflammation of the Ovarii 
 
 This difficulty is denoted by sharp pains, either in the right or left side, 
 or both, just front of the upper edge of the hip-bone. It sometimes is very 
 painful, and requires rest and the best treatment and nursing to subdue it, 
 Conium, in daily doses, has relieved some ; »o has Pulsatilla, Belladonna, 
 and Ignatia. Some remedies relieve for a time, such as Bryonia and Rhus 
 tox. Belladonna will cure when the inflammation is attended with head- 
 ache and considerable neuralgic pain in the region of the glands ; if 
 much fever attends the affection, give Aconite three or four times a day. 
 Now, as all these affections disturb the nervous system, and give rise to 
 various forms of nervous complaints, such remedies as Pulsatilla, Igna- 
 tia, Hyoscyamus, Nux vomica, Moschus, and Caulophyllin will be con- 
 stantly needed, and stimulants need to be taken with great caution. 
 Cold compresses in acute attacks. 
 
 Ulceration of the Womb. 
 
 Any thing that irritates the mouth of the womb may occasion, first, in- 
 flammation of the os tincse, and then ulceration. Frequent miscarriages 
 will so weaken the organ, and especially its ligaments, as to admit of its 
 being easily misplaced, or turned backwards or forwards. These misplace- 
 ments are often the cause of ulcerations, and almost always the source of 
 weakening Leucorrhoea. The medical treatment of this difficulty is of 
 the first importance. Sulphur every night may commehce the treatment. 
 If, after using the Sulphur for a week, the purulent discharge becomes less, 
 and there is less pain and soreness in the region, and still considerable pain 
 remaining m the back, give Nux vomica every night for a week. If these 
 two remedies fail of bringing about a cure, then drop twenty drops of the 
 tincture of Calendula (Marygold flowers) in half a tumbler of water, and 
 inject it into the vagina every day, and at the same time take a dose of 
 Sepia every morning. Continue this treatment as long as useful. Caica* 
 rea, taken every night, sometimes has a good effect. Local applications 
 tc the ulcers are sometimes made, but this is the business of the surgeon. 
 
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION. 793 
 
 Leucorrhcea. — Whites. 
 
 When the mucous membrane lining the womb and vagina becomes irri- 
 tated or inflamed, it undergoes solution, and there is a white discharge. 
 This is of frequent occurrence, and in some instances is such a drain upon 
 the system as to weaken the function and tone of the nutritive organs. 
 Any treatment that will strengthen the whole system will generally cure 
 the derangement. China, Ferrum, and Aurum are remedies that may be 
 employed, either of which, in daily doses, will prove sufficient. In the 
 mean time, let the patient refrain from over-exertion. A more aggra- 
 vated form of Leucorrhcea attends falling of the womb, and this perhaps is 
 the cause of the difficulty. The remedies which will best meet this diffi- 
 culty are Sepia and Calcarea carb. ; the former may be given every morn- 
 ing, and the latter every evening ; or perhaps Nux vomica may be given 
 in the evening, and Calcarea in the morning. If there is sick headache 
 attending this form of Leucorrhcea, Sepia is still the remedy. If other 
 biliary derangements, Nux vomica is equally applicable. Ladies afflicted 
 with any of these uterine difficulties must not drink strong tea or coffee ; 
 but mild black tea, cocoa, and milk should be the chief beverages, and, if 
 the appetite permit, a moderately generous, but non-medicinal diet may be 
 
 100 
 
DISEASES OP THE SKIN. 
 
 Boils. — Furunculi. 
 
 These are small, circumscribed, and painful tumors, which begin in the 
 form of a pimple, and then grow until they acquire the size of acorns. 
 They are several days in coming to maturity ; and sometimes their pain- 
 fulness excites fever and chilliness, loss of appetite, and other derange- 
 ments. When suppurating, the pain in them is intense and pulsating just 
 before the cnsis. As soon as they break, the pain diminishes, and very 
 soon the injury is repaired. Aconite may be given two or three times a 
 day to subdue any fever that may be present. Belladonna also will re- 
 move the pain of congestion ; and this may be given several times during 
 the day. Arnica tincture may be applied externally to remove the sore- 
 ness, and with great advantage it may be taken internally ; and in the 
 same way Hamamelis Virginica may be employed. Wet a compress, and 
 apply directly over the boils, and renew several times a day, and the pain 
 will be very greatly diminished. Poultices, in case of very large boils, 
 may prove of service, — bread and milk, or flaxseed ; and, when employed, 
 give at the same time Hepar sulpha four globules, and repeat twice 
 a day. Arsenicum often prevents their recurrence. 
 
 Carbuncle. — Anthrax. 
 
 The difference between a boil and a carbuncle is this : a boil is circum- 
 scribed, but a carbuncle travels, or moves along the subcutaneous tissue ; 
 and, when it breaks, it seems to have several openings instead of one as in 
 the case of the boil. Anthrax is a troublesome disorder : sometimes it is 
 attended with active inflammatory fever, and sometimes with low fever. 
 It is far more common among old than young people, and sometimes 
 very difficult of cure. A carbuncle upon the back of the neck, accom- 
 panied by fever, requires Aconite during the time of its development, and 
 afterwards Hepar sulphur. The effect of this latter remedy is to hasten 
 suppuration. Phosphorus is also employed to promote the same end. 
 Bread and milk poultices may be employed ; and a dressing of adhesive 
 plaster, with apertures for the pus to discharge, may be applied after the 
 poultice. The sore should be dressed every day ; and, if very painful, com- 
 presses wet with Hamamelis may be resorted to. To remove great sore- 
 
 794 
 
DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 795 
 
 ness, Arnica may be used in the same way. Sometimes in aged people a 
 carbuncle becomes gangrenous ; and then Arsenicum should be employed, 
 a dose every three hours. When the disease, or carbuncle, comes on the 
 back, either to the right or left of the spine, it is liable to make its way 
 downwards ; and, in order to prevent its doing so to any extent, compresses 
 bound tightly beneath may keep them where they begin. In all cases 
 when there is active fever accompanying carbuncle, Aconite may be 
 necessary ; for, so long as there is great arterial excitement, it will tend to- 
 wards the carbuncle and greatly augment its severity. If low fever, or a 
 lassitude and stupor, attends the discrasia, give Bryonia, and repeat every 
 three hours ; or perhaps Mhus tox. ; Arsenicum, if the pus is of an offen- 
 sive smell. Carbuncles are supposed to originate from low conditions of 
 the circulation, and therefore a generous diet is suggested. Avoid 
 medicinal food and condiments, except salt. Animal food is most com- 
 mended for a diet. 
 
 Abscesses. 
 
 Abscesses generally form in the subcutaneous tissue, but manifest them- 
 selves through the skin. Generally there is some protuberance or swelling 
 upon th« surface ; sometimes there is none. Frequently there will be 
 some redness, to indicate that an inflammatory process is going on ; and, 
 at other times, there will be no indication of the kind. An abscess, then, 
 is simply a circumscribed collection of pus, formed from broken-down tissues 
 or blood corpuscles. They are subject to medical treatment. Calcarea, 
 for abscesses in scrofulous persons, may be given every day, and espe- 
 cially in cases of scrofulous children. Abscesses upon the arms or hands 
 may be cured by the use of Pulsatilla or Nux. Abscesses on the face 
 require Bryonia and Calcarea ; abscesses from the bone require Silicea. 
 Abscesses should be relieved of their pus by the lancet as soon as suffi- 
 ciently ripe. They may be washed with Calendula tincture. Persons 
 prone to suffer from abscesses should subsist upon a spare diet, and should 
 avoid rich gravies or great quantities of butter. Bread, potatoes, beans 
 and peas, beef and mutton, may constitute about the range of diet ; and 
 coffee, ale, cider, and distilled spirits must not be touched. 
 
 Corns. 
 
 The feet appear to be the only locality affected by corns ; and they 
 occur frequently upon the toes. A corn is simply hardened cuticle or 
 skin, rendered so by some pressure or irritation upon the surface, such as 
 a tight boot or shoe. Those who subject the feet to such treatment must 
 suffer the consequences. The best treatment for a sore corn is to shave 
 off the hard skin, and apply the tincture of Arnica, or perhaps the 
 tincture of Causticum. It is said, however, that Graphites, Silicea, 
 Sulphur, and Antimonium crxul. are remedies that may be taken 
 internally to cure corns. Either of the remedies may be taken in 
 daily doses. A corn-salve La sometimes applied, made of pine pitch 
 or diachylon. Any plaster that will protect the tender and irritated 
 spot from the pressure of the boot will be found useful. 
 
796 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 Ulcers. 
 
 Ulcers are included among skin-affections, because they break the 
 continuity of the skin, and manifest themselves upon the surface. An 
 ulcer is formed generally by the disorganizing influence of inflammation, 
 which affects the membranes and skin. Ulceration of the soft parts, and 
 ulceration of the stomach and intestines, are of frequent occurrence ; 
 and an ulcer is slow to heal, and constantly discharges pus. Ulcers of 
 the legs, toes, feet, hands, and arms, are met with extensively. Ulcers 
 of the lower extremities, or legs and feet, can be cured by a daily 
 dose of Silicea or of Sulphur, Ulcers of the upper extremities, or the 
 arms and hands, can be cured by daily doses of Oalcarea and Graphites. 
 Ulcers of the soft parts require Phosphorus or China. Ulceration of the 
 stomach requires Qonium or Phosphorus. Ulceration of the bowels 
 requires Arsenicum. Each of these remedies may be given in daily doses, 
 and continued as long as observation teaches their utility. Ulcerations 
 are supposed to result from low states of the blood ; and, therefore, 
 stimulants must be employed to tone up the system. A generous diet is 
 generally to be commended. There is no use in trying to heal over the 
 surface of an ulcer ; for, in so doing, it may work out deeper mischief in 
 the economy. The only safe way is «o build up the most healthy state 
 of the system, and let the ulcer discharge itself, and heal from the bottom. 
 Persons subject to ulcers are evidently scrofulous, or the victims of 
 some other taint. If scrofulous, Arsenicum, Silicea, or Calcarea 
 may benefit the condition. Ulcers arise also from hereditary syph- 
 ilitic taint. Mercurius viv., Mercurius iodatus, and Mercurius 
 corr. are competent to eradicate this taint from the constitution ; so 
 is Hepar sulph. or Nitric acid. If the ulcers arise from this taint, 
 alcoholic stimulants must be avoided, and the most generous meat 
 diet must take their place. Whatever be the predisposing cause of 
 ulceration known in a family, it should be carefully watched. 
 
 Chilblains. 
 
 Frosted feet, as this complaint is termed, occurs mostiy in cold weather, 
 and most frequently in persons susceptible from some constitutional taint. 
 It has been observed that chilblains will assume the character of painlul 
 sores in those known to be of a scrofulous habit. The feet being very 
 susceptible to cold, become chilled, and afterwards the heels, and some- 
 times the toes, become painfully tender. Croton tig. or Arsenicum, 
 in the usual dose, may be administered twice a day, when there is 
 burnino- heat and swelling ; JSTux vomica, in the same way, when 
 attended with rheumatic pains. Pulsatilla is a better remedy for 
 females of delicate constitution, and subject to colds. When the 
 chilblains assume a bluish appearance, Phosphorus and Sulphur 
 may be given ; either of which, in the usual dose, may be given 
 twice a day. Externally, the tincture of Arnica may be applied 
 
DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 797 
 
 to remove soreness. Tincture of Cantharis, if there is an incli- 
 nation to blister; Rhus tox., if they are red and inflamed. A 
 solution of glue, in warm water, has been found a good palliative 
 as a foot-bath. 
 
 Whitlow. 
 
 This is an inflammation and suppuration around the nails of the lingers ; 
 sometimes slight, and at other times exceedingly painful. Hepar sulphur, 
 taken internally, will hasten to a crisis ; Graphites or Mercurius is 
 sometimes used for the same purpose ; Silicea will hasten sup- 
 puration and a cure. Rhus or Lachesis, if the system is in a low 
 condition. Either remedy may be administered twice in twenty- 
 four hours. 
 
 Itch. — Scabies. 
 
 This cutaneous eruption consists of small pimples, or pustules, which 
 make their appearance in clusters upon the skin, and itch and burn con- 
 tinually. They are believed to result from the acarus, or itch-mite, em- 
 bedded in the cuticle. These pimples usually break out between the 
 fingers, on the hands and wrists, and over the body. Sulphur has ever 
 been found a salutary remedy, taken internally, and applied as an 
 ointment daily. In many cases, Oalcarea, Hepar sulph., Mercurius, 
 and Rhus have been found useful. For what is termed the Prairie 
 Itch, which is very stubborn, Mercurius viv., taken internally, and 
 an ointment of the red oxide of mercury, used with care, externally, 
 has proved effectual. Sulphur ointment has been in general use, 
 and is of great service if used sparingly and with caution. 
 
 Itching of the Skin, — Prurigo. 
 
 Sometimes there will be intense itching of the skin, without any appar- 
 ent eruption. Scratching or rubbing does not relieve ; every attempt to 
 lelieve in this way aggravates the difficulty. There is no disease of the 
 skin apparently more superficial, nor yet more annoying. As there is 
 1.0 prominent symptom but itching, we would naturally suppose that some 
 single remedy would antidote it. But not so. In bilious temperaments, 
 Mercurius is the best remedy. In sanguine temperaments, Nux vomica, 
 or perhaps Sulphur, In the nervous, Pulsatilla, Ignatia, Sepia, Calca- 
 rea, and Conium. The remedy selected to meet the case may be given 
 twice a day until relieved, unless there is found a necessity for change. 
 
 Ringworm, — Herpes Circinnatus. 
 
 This troublesome disorder usually manifests itself upon the face, and 
 is at first a small circular eruption that enlarges in the form of a ring. 
 The cause is believed to be a minute itch-mite, winch lives in the skin, 
 
798 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 and commits its circuitous mischief. Sometimes only one ring appears ; 
 at other times there are several, each enlarging its area until the face 
 becomes nearly covered. A frequent cause of their appearing is by being 
 shaved with a razor that communicates the infection. A strong tincture 
 of Hyoscyamus, applied to the surface, will generally extinguish them ; 
 but there must be some constitutional predisposition that favors them ; anc 1 
 therefore internal remedies must be employed. In case of syphilitic 
 taint, daily doses of Mercurius viv. will be required. In those of stru- 
 mous constitutions, Calcarea, Arsenicum, and Sepia. In those constitu- 
 tionally inclined to erysipelas, Rhus tox., Dulcamara, Hepar sulphur, and 
 Bryonia will be found of use. Two or three doses of the remedy selected 
 may be administered every day ; and, at the same time, the Hyoscyamv* 
 tincture may be applied externally. This treatment has been found 
 efficacious in most cases. A dilute tincture of Cantharis, applied 
 locally, is a specific. 
 
 Hives. 
 
 Small red blotches upon the skin, that burn, itch, and sting, are usually 
 called hives. They are believed to result from some derangement of 
 nutrition, caused by certain articles of diet. But little danger attends the 
 difficulty, unless, by exposure to cold, the eruption is made to recede, and 
 it falls upon the bowels : this sometimes, in children, results in diarrhoea. 
 Pulsatilla may be given in the usual dose, three or four times a day. In 
 young children, who may be teething, Chamomilla will be found useful. 
 If there is any nausea, give Bryonia or Ipecac, and the derangement 
 will be corrected very soon. Croton tig. is a fine general specific. 
 
 Varicose Veins. 
 
 The external veins upon the lower limbs sometimes become congested 
 and enlarged, and are termed "varicose." Inflammation sometimes 
 attends this difficulty, and terminates in varicose ulcers. The best remedy 
 known for simple varicose veins is Hamamelis Virg. Pulsatilla is be- 
 ieved to be useful, and also Lachesis. Either of these remedies may be 
 administered three times a day. The JSamamelis may be applied externally 
 when administered internally. For varicose ulcers, Arnica may be given 
 in the inflammatory stage, and Hepar sulph. after : when ulceration takes 
 place, Arsenicum and Carbo vegetabilis may be called into use. A dose 
 everv day will hasten a cure. 
 
 Felons. 
 
 Felons commence at the bone, beneath the periosteum, or membrane 
 that surrounds it. They are very painful, and most commonly make 
 their appearance on the fingers or thumbs ; at first a prickling sensation 
 is experienced, as from a splinter, and then a sensation of heat attended 
 with intense pain, depriving the sufferer of rest or sleep. The skin be- 
 comes changed in color at the surface, and there is painful throbbing and 
 swelling. The most speedy cure for a felon is to thrust in the lancet to 
 the bone, and give vent to the matter beneath the membrane ; and, after- 
 wards, an application of warm flaxseed poultices will keep the sore dis* 
 
DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 799 
 
 charging. Previous to lancing, resort has sometimes been had to soak- 
 ing the part in hot water to which Ammonia has been added, to 
 ripen, and prepare the way for the matter to come to the surface. Hepar 
 sulph., taken internally, exerts a beneficial influence in hastening suppura- 
 tion. After a resort to the lancet is had, Silicea is a valuable remedy to 
 hasten a cure. For the constitutional disturbance which felons excite, 
 Aconite may be given to reduce arterial excitement ; Arnica, to remove 
 soreness ; Nux vomica, to allay an irritable condition of the stomach ; and 
 Sulphur, to fortify the system against the recurrence of the difficulty. It 
 is always well to keep the hand at rest until the pain and inflammation 
 has subsided. 
 
 Tetter. Salt Kheum. — Herpes. 
 
 Tetter is an inflammatory disease of the skin, which, for the most part, 
 appears upon exposed surfaces, — the hands and face, — though some- 
 times it comes on the arms and legs. It is a red, scaly, or burning erup- 
 tion, very stubborn in its character, and painful. It sometimes becomes 
 complicated with constitutional erysipelas, and causes swelling and infiltra- 
 tion of the cellular tissues around the eyes ; affects the ears and nose ; 
 breaks out on the backs of the hands and arms, and in the bend of 
 the elbow-joint, causing the skin to crack and become exceedingly 
 sore. Sometimes the Tetter is dry, sometimes humid; and at others 
 scaly. For dry, burning Tetter, Arsenicum is a valuable remedy. If 
 there is feverish heat in the skin generally, Aconite and a lotion of 
 tincture of Aconite may be applied externally. When the skin cracks 
 and is dry, it may be anointed with the glycerole of Aloes. The burn- 
 ing may be somewhat allayed by applying, with a down-brush, a little 
 rye-flour. Sepia, Calcarea, and Dulcamara are also valuable remedies 
 for dry Tetter. The remedies, when selected, must be used persistently, 
 two or three doses a day. For humid Tetter, Rhus tox., Conium, and 
 Sulphur may be employed. The Rhus tox. may be given first, and re- 
 peated every six hours. A lotion of twenty drops of the tincture in half 
 a tumbler of water may be applied externally ; and a similar preparation 
 of Conium may be used externally when this remedy is administered inter- 
 nally. When humid Tetter smarts, and the skin is broken, cold cream 
 may also be applied. For the scaly Tetter, Calcarea carb. may be given 
 persistently three times a day ; if this fails, Sepia, especially if the face 
 is implicated. When the eyes or ears are affected and swollen Rhus 
 tox. and Belladonna may be given alternately every three hours until 
 better. In all cases of Tetter of the furfuraceous type, Natrum muri- 
 aticum may be found of service when other remedies fail. Cantharis 
 is accounted a general specific. All persons afflicted with the disease 
 should refrain from the use of salt provisions, pork, rich gravies, and 
 the like; for these articles of diet heat the blood and augment the 
 suffering. 
 
 Scrofula. 
 
 This disease shows itself in swelling of the glands, and sores upon the 
 face, neck, and extremities. To rid the blood of this discrasia, Arsenicum 
 may be given when there are sores or ulcers affecting the soft parts. 
 
800 DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 Sores around the mouth and upon the faces of scrofulous children may 
 be cured with Pulsatilla or Bryonia. For swelling of the glands, give Mer- 
 curius three times a day ; and, if there is a tendency to suppuration, give 
 Heparsulph. In some children of scrofulous taint, vaccination will brin* 
 out sores on the face, hands, and arms. This has been ascribed to impure 
 vaccine matter ; but this is not usually the case, as the best virus ever 
 used will often be followed with this result ; and, when it is, Calcarea 
 carb. or Silicea may be given in daily doses, till the humor disap- 
 pears. Ointments that simply drive these humors from the surface 
 are pernicious, and often result in producing worse forms of the dis- 
 ease. Great caro in reference to diet is necessary when these sores 
 break out upon children. They should be fed mostly upon farina- 
 ceous food. 
 
 Eczema. 
 
 This is a disease of the skin, that may be brought on by working in 
 smelting-furnaces, where the victims are all the time exposed to much 
 heat, and are obliged to work among cinders and steam. The appearance 
 of this skin-disease is that of red and inflamed spots covering the entire 
 body. The biliary system seems to be much deranged, and nutritive 
 system impaired. Persons thus affected become very much prostrated, 
 and suffer intensely from the burning and smarting of the eruption. Al- 
 most any severe exercise that heats the blood of those usually forced to 
 live upon an indifferent diet of unwholesome food will become subject 
 to Eczema. To treat this difficulty successfully is, first to regulate the 
 biliary system by three or four doses of Nux vomica or Mer curius viv., for 
 several days ; and then follow with Arsenicum, Tartar emetic, Petro-\ 
 leum, or Antimoniwn crudum, three or four doses every day; and, 
 as soon as the appetite and stomach will permit, furnish the patient 
 with a generous diet, and let him change his employment for one of 
 less exposure. 
 
 Liver Spots. — Maculce, Moss. 
 
 This affection consists of discolored spots upon the skin of the face, 
 sometimes covering the surface of the forehead with dark discolorations 
 of the skin. Derangements of the liver are believed to be the cause ; and, 
 although these discolorations are not painful (except to the mind), they 
 often mar the countenance, and annoy those smitten with these marks. 
 They can be removed with appropriate remedies. Sepia is one of the 
 most prominent. (Jhelidonium, given the same, is useful. A dose 
 should be given morning and evening persistently, until the color 
 fades and the spots disappear. To facilitate this, let the patient 
 avoid coffee, milk, eggs, and all oily food. An animal diet, of the 
 lean of well-fed beef and mutton, is preferable, with bread. Pota- 
 toes, and esculents of every kind, may be allowed ; but gravy and ' 
 much butter are pernicious ; as are stimulants, such as malt liquors 
 and highly seasoned soups. 
 
 Scurvy. 
 
 Persons so situated as to be obliged to subsist upon salt provisions are 
 liable to become affected by a disease termed " Scurvy.' ' It manifests 
 
DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 801 
 
 itself in scorbutic eruptions upon the skin, and by an inflamed and sore 
 condition of the gums, which sometimes become so much affected as to 
 cause the teeth to become loose. The want of fresh vegetables, or lemons, 
 oranges, and other fruits, is believed to be sufficient to cause the difficulty 
 To cure the disorder, a wholesome diet must be provided, with plenty of 
 fruit, fresh provisions, and vegetables. The only remedy necessary ic 
 carry off the difficulty, after providing the proper diet, is Natrum muri- 
 aticiun, three doses a day, — morning, noon, and night. Mercurius 
 wp., Nitric acid, and Muriatic acid are also remedies that have been 
 employed. 
 
 Barber's Itch. — sycosis Mentagra. 
 
 This is exclusively a disease of the male sex, and occurs about the 
 time the beard begins to grow thick and hard. The disease is supposed 
 to bo contracted by using bad soap upon the face, when shaving or washing 
 the beard. A dull razor, that pulls and irritates the skin, may form the 
 nucleus of the difficulty.. In laboring people, exposed to dust, especially 
 of tobacco, and where there is not particular pains in washing out the 
 dust frequently, the disease is likely to be generated. The disease 
 resembles, in some degree, the herpes of the lips, makes its first appear- 
 ance on the chin in small clusters of red pimples, or tubercles, each of 
 which is perforated with a hair. These pimples increase in size and dis- 
 gusting appearance, though not painful, until arrested by some remedial 
 means. Graphites, in daily doses, has often cured. Nitric acid, also, 
 twice a day, has proved efficient. Aurum muriaticum, alone, will cure 
 cases in those having psoric or syphilitic taint. Silicea, Carbo animalis. 
 Hyoscyamus tincture (externally), are also good remedies. Nitric acid 
 may be applied m a diluted form, externally, and also Sulphur 
 ointment. A solution of Iodide of Potass., two grains to an 
 ounce of vrater, applied several times daily, cures stubborn cases. 
 101 
 
DISEASES OF THE HEAD, 
 
 Headache. — Cephalagia. 
 
 This affection is usually attendant on other difficulties, and must be 
 treated with reference to the cause. If from cold, affecting the entire sys- 
 tem, and accompanied by pains in the back, give Nux vomica. If from 
 heat, or determination of blood to the head, Belladonna. If from chilli- 
 ness, Arsenicum. For rheumatic Headache in cold, damp weather, Bry- 
 onia. For that produced by constipation, Nux vomica. Bilious, Merc, 
 viv. Sick-headache, Ins versicolor, Sepia, Pulsatilla, or Sulphur. 
 Nervous headache, Coffea. For headache caused by suppressed 
 eruption, Oalcarea or Sulphur. From suppression of the menses, 
 Pulsatilla. From a fall, or fatigue, Arnica. From simple cold in 
 the head, Aconite. A dose of four globules, of any remedy se- 
 lected, may be repeated every four hours until relieved. 
 
 Vertigo, Swimming of the Head. 
 
 This uncomfortable feeling consists in a sensation of the head whirling 
 around, causing one to stagger, and sometimes to fall. If from a de- 
 ranged stomach, Nux vomica. If from a cold, Cr-elseminum or Arsenicum. 
 From derangement of the biliary system, Aconite, Pulsatilla, or Bryonia. 
 Vertigo produced by rush of blood to the head, Aconite or Belladonna. 
 The remedy indicated may be repeated in the usual dose every two hours. 
 For vertigo from riding in a carriage, Coceulus. From a shock or fall. 
 Arnica. Dose and administration as above. 
 
 Eingworm of the Scalp. 
 
 This is a pustular eruption, that begins at one or more points upon the 
 hairy scalp, and spreads sometimes so as to involve much of the surface. 
 When there are a number, they spread until they coalesce and form a 
 continuous eruption, from which exudes a greenish or sanious matter, that 
 mats the hair, and renders the whole appearance of the head disgusting. 
 Great ^are is required to keep the surface clean; and, for this purpose, no 
 soap should be used. Water, softened by the white of a raw egg, 
 is a better wash. Oalcarea may be administered in the usual dose 
 
DISEASES OF THE HEAD. 803 
 
 every morning and evening. If this remedy does not prove effi- 
 cient, give Sulphur in the same way, and also Hepar sulph., or 
 Lycopodium. The head may be, at the same time, washed once 
 or twice a day with a lotion made of twenty drops of the tincture 
 of Sulphur in a half-tumbler of water. 
 
 Scald-headi — Tinea Capitis, 
 
 This is also an eruption upon the scalp, that may be dry or humid. 
 For the dry Scald-head, Natrum muriaticum or Sulphur may be 
 administered twice or three times a day. For the humid Scald- 
 head, Lycopodium, Arsenicum, Conium, or Graphites may be 
 given twice a day. The same restriction as to the use of soap 
 must be observed, and the same measures for cleansing may be 
 recommended, as in the case of pustular Eingworm of the scalp. 
 
 Ulcers of the Scalp. 
 
 In scrofulous children, these ulcers sometimes occur in the form 
 of small furunculi, or boils, exceedingly sore and painful. The 
 best remedies are Arsenicum, Hepar sulphur, Nitric acid, and 
 Silicea. They may be given as required in daily doses of four 
 globules. The ulcers may be wet with Hamamelis Virginica, after 
 having been pricked with the lancet. 
 
 Baldness. 
 
 When the hair falls from the head by reason of debility, the 
 remedies to be given are China and Ferrum ; when in consequence 
 of perspiration, Mercurius; from the use of quinine, Belladonna, 
 or Pulsatilla; if from the abuse of mercury, Carbo vegeta. ; if 
 from grief or trouble, Phos. acid. If Baldness occurs after pro- 
 tracted inflammatory diseases, and nervous and typhoid fevers, give 
 Calcarea in daily doses or Hepar sulph. and Silicea. For Dandruff, 
 give Lycopodium. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Brain Fever. 
 
 This disease comes on with more or less pain in the head, attended 
 with heat and delirium; the eyes also exhibit a red or fiery appear- 
 ance: and this pain, heat, and delirium are sometimes followed by drowsi- 
 ness, and inclination to vomit. The pulse is usually rapid and feeble. 
 In Brain Fever, there is loss of appetite, great restlessness, short, comatose 
 naps, and frequent inclination to cry out with pain. Aconite is useful 
 to commence with, and this may be followed with Belladonna. If respi- 
 ration is hurried and labored, give Arsenicum. If Brain Fever is brought 
 on by a fall, or a blow upon the head, give Arnica; and if no relief 
 follows in twenty-four hours, Glonoine. If from trouble or grief, 
 Igrwtia. If from intoxicating drinks, JSTux vom. If at the men- 
 strual period, Pulsatilla. If from intense study, or close application 
 to business, Sulphur and JSTux vomica. 
 
 Rush of Blood to the Head. 
 
 The signs of this occurrence are intense headache or vertigo at first, 
 which is followed by fainting, and often with loss of consciousness ; at 
 times there will be twitching and spasms. The difficulty may occur from 
 various causes, and is common with females and those of nervous temper- 
 ament. Aconite, in solution, may be put in the mouth of the patient, and 
 also the head may be wet with cold water. The head should be laid a 
 little lower than the body ; the lower extremities should be rubbed, and 
 friction should be applied to the arms and hands. Belladonna may be 
 given after Aconite, or, in grave cases, Glonoine. If the rush of 
 blood has been caused by running and getting heated, give Arnica, 
 and bathe the temples with a solution of twenty or thirty drops in 
 half a tumbler of water. If at the menstrual period, give Pulsatilla. 
 In plethoric persons, exposed to the heat of the sun, give Nux vom- 
 ica, and apply friction to the extremities. If in consequence of hav- 
 ing drunk stimulating beverages, Arsenicum and Nux vomica. If 
 from indigestion, Pulsatilla. If from fright, Aconite. If from ex- 
 posure to winter cold, Oampliora. The dose of any of the remedies 
 selected may be repeated every fifteen minutes until the patient is 
 better. 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 805 
 
 Sunstroke. — Coup de Soleil. 
 
 . Protracted exposure to theJieat of the sun will sometimes produce a sud- 
 den prostration of the nerves, and an intense headache, causing- blindness, 
 vertigo, and extreme sensitiveness to the glare of light, and sometimes a 
 sudden chilliness and shuddering, extremely alarming. This is termed Sun- 
 stroke, and frequently is so intense as to prove fatal in a few hours. The 
 remedies that have been found the most useful are Glonoine, Belladonna. 
 Phosphorus. These may be given singly, and repeated, until relief is ob- 
 tained, eve^ thirty minutes. As soon as the patient recovers consciousness, 
 give China, in the usual dose, several times a day ; or, if there be disturb- 
 ance of digestion and feeble voice, or entire loss of voice, Antimonium cru- 
 dum. The patient, when convalescent, should be kept out of the sun, and 
 away from strong light. After one has suffered from Sunstroke, it may be 
 several weeks before he fully recovers. When it occurs in summer, his sys- 
 tem will be exceedingly impressible to the sun's raj T s until cold weather, or 
 until his nerves regain their normal vigor. Great care should be exercised 
 in reference to the diet. For after treatment, Lachesis or Nitvio acid often 
 indicated. 
 
 Apoplexy. — Apoplexia. 
 
 This alarming disorder is the result of a sudden determination of the blood 
 to the head, which produces a rupture of some one or more of the blood- 
 vessels of the brain, and a hemorrhage in the nervous centre. When only 
 the left side of the brain sustains this injury, the right, upper, and lower 
 extremities are liable to paralysis. When the right is similarly affected, the 
 left side usually becomes paralyzed. When both hemispheres of the brain 
 become implicated in the hemorrhage, there usually occurs general paralysis, 
 and the patient falls entirely senseless. There are premonitory symptoms 
 of this disorder, which, if carefully heeded, may suggest a treatment that 
 will ward off the difficulty. These sj^mptoms are vertigo, fulness, and dull 
 headache, and sometimes nose-bleed. When one feels an uncomfortable 
 fulness of the head, under which he walks with an unsteady gait, he may 
 find relief b}^ one or two doses of Aconite ; or if he finds this uncomfortable 
 fulness takes the form of a dull, stupefying headache, Belladonna may be 
 preferable, and is the leading remed}^. If there is vertigo and fulness, 
 with prostration, Nux vomica is indicated. In case of nose-bleed, give 
 Aconite, Bryonia, or Pulsatilla. These preliminary sj-mptoms may be made 
 to disappear with these remedies, when otherwise they might augment until 
 an apoplectic attack set.m. Then is the period of danger. But few 
 cases of sanguinary Apoplexy are cured ; and .yet some do recover. 
 When the clot pressing upon the brain is of small size, and the hemor- 
 rhage comparatively light, an absorption of the clot may take place, and 
 the patient recover ; but, when the clot is too large to be disposed of by 
 the process of absorption, it becomes an obstacle in the wa}- of recovery : 
 and yet active measures should in all cases be called into requisition. 
 Aconite should be placed in the mouth, and the face should be bathed 
 with it. The bowels should be moved by an enema, and cold applica- 
 tions, or rather applications of tepid water, should b2 made to the head. 
 
806 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 Friction should be applied to the surface of the entire body and the ex- 
 tremities. Belladonna is also a remedy that may be administered if 
 possible, and repeated every half-hour or hour. Ignatia,m persons of 
 lymphatic temperament, may be given in the same way. Arnica may 
 be administered internally and externally. The skin may be rubbed with 
 it ; the usual doses may be given every hour, by placing the globules in 
 the mouth. If the attack follows the nose-bleed, and there is heavy or 
 labored breathing, Arsenicum or Pulsatilla may be used. It is impor- 
 tant to get an action on the bowels as soon as possible. 
 
 Epilepsy, Fits. 
 
 This disease is termed the Falling Sickness, as, without warning, the 
 patient loses consciousness, and falls insensible to the ground or floor, with 
 convulsive motion of the limbs, distortion of the muscles of the face, froth- 
 ing at the mouth ; and sometimes the mouth, lips, and jaws are spasmod- 
 ically closed, the hands clinched, and a general rigidity of the muscles 
 of the entire body. After a time, the rigidity passes off, and all the mus- 
 cles become relaxed ; the patient then appears to be in a deep slumber, 
 and remains so for a longer or shorter period, and then awakes to con- 
 sciousness, feeling wearied, but totally unaware of any thing unusual hav- 
 ing occurred. Confirmed Epilepsy is rarely, if ever, cured. When the 
 disease is not congenital, the incipient stage may be overcome. 
 Sulphur, or Calcarea curb., may bo given when the first signs of the 
 difficulty occur; and this may bo followed with Belladonna, Hyos- 
 cyamus, or Ignatia. When Epilopsy is brought on by intemperance, 
 its first signs may be attacked with Nux vomica, and the sooner 
 the patient can be brought into a state of total abstinence the 
 better. Cuprum met. may be given to this class of patients when 
 there is pain in the head, and nausea, attending the incipient 
 stage. Opium, when there is inclination to sopor, may be given 
 every two hours. Stramonium, also, when there is deep sleep and 
 loss of consciousness. When there is loss of memory following 
 one of these falling or unconscious fits, give Sulphur, China, Fer- 
 rum, and Nux vomica, if all are required to effect a cure ; the only 
 hope for which is in preserving the patient in a condition for the 
 curative action of the remedies. In all cases, between the attacks, 
 no fat food should be eaten ; but a simple, nutritious, and spare 
 diet should be adhered to. 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the Spinal Cord. — Myeletis. 
 
 This is denoted by pain in the-back, along the course of the spine, 
 which also affects the spinal nerves, and results in general suffering of the 
 trunk. When the cervical or neck portion of the cord is implicated, 
 there is pain and stiffness of the neck, and pain in the back part of the 
 head; and sometimes the accessory nerves become so affected as to pro- 
 duce derangement of the organs of speech and deglutition. Aconite^ is 
 one of the remedies that must be employed to remove the inflammation 
 when in this location. Hypericum is another ; and this may be used 
 internally and externally three times a day. Verat. viride is con- 
 sidered by some a specific remedy. When the dorsal portion 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES, 8CT 
 
 of the spinal cord is beset with inflammation, there is shortness of breath, 
 dyspnoea, or fainting, and a sense of suffocation. There is, at the same 
 time, pain in the back and chest, a rapid action of the heart. The spinal 
 accessory nerves, that supply the intercostal muscles, partaking of the 
 difficulty, renders the function of lungs, diaphragm, and heart, severally, 
 impaired. Aconite, for the inflammation in this locality, may be given at 
 first, and repeated every hour; and a lotion of twenty drops of the tincture 
 in half a tumbler of water may be applied to the spine. Belladonna may 
 be given when there is intense pain between the shoulder-blades. Bryo- 
 nia is quite essential when every motion of the patient aggravates the 
 suffering; Conium, when the pain is not so marked, but the respiration 
 is difficult ; Cocculus, also, when the pain in the back affects thj s r oniaeh, 
 producing nausea and prostration; Pulsatilla, when this occuis in Young 
 women or children, or in those of lymphatic temperaments. The patient 
 should take but little exercise, if any. If only the lower portion of the 
 spinal cord is affected, there will be pain in the small of the back. The 
 secretion of the kidneys may be diminished or increased ; the bladder, 
 also, may be implicated. The womb may be subject to neuralgic pains ; 
 the nerves accessory may implicate the abdomen, and cause severe pains, 
 Xux vomica, when the pain is the most prominent in the small of the back, 
 and when there is pain in the bowels, and constipation. When the bladder 
 is implicated, or spasmodically closed, Hyoscyamus is the remedy. When 
 there is too great secretion of the urine, Xux vom. and Sulphur will ob- 
 viate the difficulty. When this portion of the spinal cord is affected, the 
 womb may become subject to neuralgic pains. Belladonna, Cieuta, Ig- 
 natia. and Xux vom. are all valuable remedies. Conium, to remove the 
 inflammation of the cord, may be given every three hours, until the pain 
 ceases. If spasms attend the difficulty, give Hyoscyamus every twc 
 hours, as long as they last, or else Ignatia or Belladonna. If the inflam- 
 mation is brought on by a fall, or shock upon the nerves, give Hyperi- 
 cum every two hours, and bathe the back with a lotion of the tincture, 
 -forty drops in half a tumbler of water. Bryonia is also good for inflam- 
 mation of the cord in the lumbar region, and especially when motion 
 augments the suffering. The diet for all persons having the nervous 
 centres implicated must be simple and nutritious. 
 
 Paralysis, Palsy. 
 
 When the whole muscular system becomes so feeble and trembling as to be 
 no loDger controlled by the will, it is a case of Palsy : and this is brought on 
 by some trouble in the nervous centres. It attends Apoplexy, Epilepsy, and 
 other affections incident to the nervous centres. Inflammation of the Spinal 
 Cord will often produce the affection. The palsy may affect only one hand or 
 one cheek : or it may be more general, and all the muscles may be smitten 
 with paralytic weakness. Belladonna is often indicated for right-sided paral- 
 ysis, and is. perhaps, the best remedy, in the majority of cases. Puls»:itilla is 
 one of the best remedies for this disorder : give a dose of it three times a 
 day. If this does not cure, give Cocculus. in the same way. or Xux 
 vomica. Chin/, or Ignatia. For pals)' of the tongue, give Galcarea; for 
 palsy of the face. Pulsatilla; for palsy of the arms and legs, give Mercurius 
 
808 DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVES. 
 
 viv., Nux vomica, Pulsatilla, and Bryonia. If the palsy is the result of 
 a shock or fall, give Arnica. If great weakness and slow fever, give 
 Rhus tox. Strong tea and coffee are not advisable beverages for those 
 threatened with Palsy Water, milk, and black tea of moderate strength, 
 may be allowed. 
 
 Lockjaw, Trismus. 
 
 One of the most painful affections that can assail human nature is the 
 shock upon the nervous system produced by a wound. Lockjaw is a 
 rigid stiffness of the muscles of the jaws, by some irritation from a 
 wound being first sent to the brain, and thence, by some nervous channel, 
 to the muscles that control the jaws ; causing them to assume a pain- 
 fully rigid hardness, closing them beyond the possibility of opening them. 
 Pain oftentimes is felt in other muscles, at the same time causing them to 
 be rigid. One of the common resorts to control Traumatic Fever, or the 
 fever produced by a wound, is brandy or whiskey. It is said that large 
 drafts of either will have no intoxicating effect when this fever is pres- 
 ent. Tincture of Opium, Black Drop, and Opium itself, have been given 
 to antidote it, and sometimes with success. One of the best remedies for 
 Traumatic Fever, or that produced by a wound, is Arnica. It may be 
 given every hour or two hours, internally ; or applied, in the full strength 
 of the tincture, to the wound. There can be no other remedy more 
 likely to produce pleasant results, unless from actual injury of some nerve, 
 Hypericum is made to take the place of Arnica. If the patient is nour- 
 ished through a quill, and the circulation is made vigorous by stimulants, 
 and the intensitv of the pain is kept under by anodynes, the remedial 
 effects of Arnica and Hypericum may cure. LacJiesis has benefited 
 some cases. 
 
 Tetanus. 
 
 This is the general disease of which the foregoing is a part. A wounJ 
 either in the ball of the foot or palm of the hand may so forcibly trans- 
 fer its irritability to the brain, that the brain distributes the effect to the 
 whole system, producing that most painful of all mortal sufferings, — the 
 Lockjaw, or general Tetanus. Belladonna, JSTux vo nica, Ignatia, 
 Mercurius viv., and Sulphur may be employed in the general form 
 of the disease, in addition to the treatment for Lockjaw. 
 
 Delirium Tremens, 
 
 This disease is the sequel of persistent inebriation. When a man for- 
 gets the extremity to which his appetite may lead, and keeps his nervous 
 system excited even to intoxication, after a while his stomach will lose 
 its tone, and become extremely irritable ; his system, consequently, gains 
 but little support from food : and, what is still worse, his strength leaves 
 him ; his mind, operated upon by his weakened nerves, is filled with fan- 
 cies, and he is unable to sleep. Even before he becomes delirious, he has 
 what in common parlance is termed " the horrors," which seem to be a 
 wretched nervous agitation, and fearful foreboding of trouble. Finally, 
 
DISEASES OF THE BRAIX AXD NERVES. 80^ 
 
 the mind becomes so unsettled as to be totally deranged. Illusory pictures 
 present themselves continually; such as serpents and other reptiles, with orher 
 hideous sights too numerous to particularize. Unless some remedial measures 
 are made available in procuring sleep, his life in this world will soon terminate. 
 Bryonia once cured a case of Delirium Tremens in an army officer, who, in 
 delirium, had passed eight successive nights without sleep. Nux vomica will 
 often quiet the nerves, and bring about a cure. Opium is a valuable remedy, 
 and, in massive doses, has been employed for many years. Arsenicum is a 
 valuable remedy to allay the irritability of the stomach; Ignatia, also, when 
 there is much inclination to weep. The dose of any of the remedies may be 
 four globules, or from one to five drops of the dilution in a spoonful of water; 
 repeated at intervals of one or two hours. As soon as the patient can eat, give 
 him the lightest kind of food, gradually increasing its strength until he is able 
 to take full meals. 
 
 Neuralgia, 
 
 This disease is a simple pain in the nerves, and manifests itself in various 
 parts of the body, — most frequently in the face; and may be caused by de- 
 cayed teeth, or any weakening influence, such as loss of blood, diarrhoea, or 
 dysentery. A torpid liver or feeble digestion may be the source of the pain. 
 It is usually a stubborn disease, and proves in some cases an agony of suffering 
 for 3 T ears. It accompanies spinal irrirHtion. It often follows miscarriages in 
 females, and is too frequently an accompaniment of other female diseases. 
 When diseased teeth are evidently the cause, Arsenicum or Belladonna may 
 afford relief; or else let the tooth or teeth be extracted. If from extreme de- 
 bility, China and Arsenicum. Chamomilla, when there is a flushed face, and 
 much restlessness and extreme inquietude. Conium, when it accompanies 
 spinal irritation. Sepia and Calcarea, when dependent upon uterine derange- 
 ment. For Xeuralgia of the stomach and bowels, give Cocculus, Ignatia, or 
 Pulsatilla. That which occurs after miscarriage, dysentery, or diarrhoea, re- 
 quires China, Ferrum, Nitric Acid, or Sulphur. 
 
 St. Vitus's Dance, Chorea. 
 
 A debilitated condition of the nervous system, may show itself in involun- 
 tary twitchings of the muscles of the face, extreme restlessness of the limbs, 
 involuntary movements of the hands, arms, and the entire bod}'. JVke vomica, 
 IgnoMa, and Cocculus are remedies that will cure a majority of cases. Chiwi 
 is best for debilitated persons; Belladonna, for those of nervous temperament; 
 Sulphur, when there has been suppressed eruption. One remedy should be 
 selected and tried first, and repeated every three hours uutil the patient is bet- 
 ter; or, in case of no change, select another, and so on. Children afflicted 
 with Chorea should not be confined in school, or be tasked with studies. 
 
 Stammering. 
 
 This is but another form of Chorea, affecting the organs of speech. Bella- 
 donna Sulphur, Hyoscuamus, and Causticum have been employed against this 
 difficulty, and with success. The training of young boys or girls addicted to 
 stammering, to be deliberate in their efforts to express themselves, will often 
 accomp.ish more than remedies. It is remarked that stammerers can sing, 01 
 utter any sentence in song. This would indicate the propriety of enjoining 
 upon all thus affected to practise slow and deliberate speech. Cuprum nvt. ia 
 a remedy that has cured many cases; and so has Ferrum, Ignatia, and Btlla- 
 donna. Employ each remedy singly, and repeat every three hours. 
 
 Loss of Memory. 
 
 Forgetfulness may be the result of nervous disease, as well as of heedless- 
 ness. Great and debilitating losses often impair the memory; so does a resort 
 to Opium to destroy pain. Excesses of any kind may result in this difficulty. 
 The remedies that have been employed are Phosphoric acid, Sulphur, Nux 
 vom'ra, and Ignatia. Of the remedy selected, prepare twenty drops in half a 
 tumbler of water, and give a tablespoonful twice a day. 
 

 DIPHTHERIA. 
 
 AK exudative inflammation of the throat, during the progress of which a 
 dirty, grayish membrane is exuded upon the tonsils, and often upon the phar- 
 ynx and posterior nares. The disease is commonly ushered in by the follow- 
 ing symptoms: chilliness, headache, pains in the back and limbs, excessive 
 prostration, fever, some difficulty in swallowing, though not always, and offen- 
 sive breath. Later appear acrid running from the nostrils, or bleeding, as 
 rather an unfavorable indication ; swelling of the external throat; and some- 
 times, in very severe cases, vomiting or hoarseness, and other indications that 
 the disease is invading the larynx or trachea. 
 
 This disease is now almost universally considered in some degree contagious, 
 and for this reason the patient should be, so far as possible, isolated from those 
 who are not in charge of the case. All his excreta should be disinfected with 
 a strong solution of Sulphate of Iron at once. The room should be well aired 
 constantly. The throat should be gargled, to prevent decomposition, with 
 glycerine and water mixed, one part of glycerine to seven of water, to be used 
 every two hours, or of tener in severe cases. Small pieces of ice allowed to 
 dissolve in the mouth have a favorable influence. The patient's strength 
 should be sustained by nourishing liquid food, such as broth of beef, lamb, 
 mutton, or fowl; milk, or milk and raw egg; oatmeal gruel; oysters, in cold 
 weather, are allowable. Stimulants are not recommended, except as a gargle, 
 as much as formerly ; though in severe cases, with alarming sinking of vital- 
 ity, brandy in small doses may do good, when repeated often. 
 
 Dangerous symptoms have resulted from the patient being allowed to sit up 
 too soon. The membrane should begin to disappear on or before the fifth day, 
 else grave symptoms may be apprehended, such as delirium, epistaxis, vomit- 
 ing, croup, or paralysis of the heart. The urine should be watched carefully, 
 as albuminuria is generally present in a mild form, and sometimes complicates 
 convalescence, inducing dropsical swellings, etc. 
 
 In severe cases the patient should exercise care against a relapse for at least 
 three months. 
 
 Be sure that your house is properly drained. Local filthis the most common 
 exciting cause of this dreaded and fatal disease. 
 
 For the benefit of those who cannot secure the advice of a competent physi- 
 cian in this grave disease, the following brief but trustworthy indications for 
 its treatment are given: — 
 
 For the premonitory symptoms, such as chilliness, flushed face, headache, 
 backache, and fever, Gelsemium, ten drops in half a tumblerful of water, a 
 teaspoonful every half-hour until the fever subsides. Should there be no im- 
 provement in twelve hours, give Cimicifuga in the same way. This remedy 
 has proved of great service in the hands of physicians of both schools. For 
 the throat symptoms, the most frequently indicated remedies are the several 
 preparations of Mercurius, the Mcrcurius biniod. taking preference, in water, 
 and repeated hourly. This, or the Mercurius cyanuretitm, may be alternated 
 with Cimicifwja, or Gelsemium, or, later, in obstinate continuance of the mem- 
 branous exudate, with Phytolacca decandra. When the breath is very putrid 
 early in the attack, and the membrane offensive, with fever, darkly flushed 
 face j delirium, Baptisia is better than Gelsemium, or any other remedy. Should 
 the tonsils swell rapidly, and the throat and external face have a puffy appear- 
 ance, Apis mel. is indicated, in place of the mercurial preparations. It should 
 Ve given in water, hourly. Should croupous symptoms begin, indicated by 
 
hoarseness, whistling breathing, dusky complexion, or doughy pallor, croupy 
 cough, Spongia or Iodium will be the main reliance, together with the inhala- 
 tions of the vapor of boiling water. Lachesis has saved cases of a grave type, 
 which have resisted the before-mentioned remedies. When bleeding from the 
 nose becomes troublesome and alarming, the best remedy is Carlo Veg., to- 
 gether with a free local use of ice. The remedies should not be changed 
 oftener than once in twelve hours, as it is a disease slow to show improvement. 
 
 Homoeopathic Treatment of Diphtheria, 
 
 Two views have been taken with regard to the intimate nature and cause of 
 diphtheria. Most physicians regard it as an essential fever, and are of the opin- 
 ion that the local affections of the throat and air passages are secondary, and 
 are but local manifestations of the special condition of the system, and that 
 they have the same relation that the local affection of the skin and mucous 
 membranes have to the eruptive fevers. They, however, admit that the general 
 disorder is increased and intensified by the absorption of the septic matters 
 of the local disorder, thereby producing the blood poisoning of septicaemia. 
 
 The other view is what is called the germ theory. According to this view, 
 the disease is caused by a vegetable organization, which naturalists call sphero- 
 bacteria or micrococci, which, finding access to the throat through the nostrils 
 and the mouth, fasten upon the mucous membranes of the tonsils and fauces, 
 and produce an inflammation which is characterized by the effusion of a fibri- 
 nous exudation called diphtherite. This is not all: under the conditions favor- 
 able for their life and growth they possess an enormous power of reproduction. 
 From this centre of infection these germs find their way into the different tis- 
 sues of the body, and acting as ferments, give rise to deleterious chemical prod- 
 ucts which destroy life. These vegetable parasites, according to this theory, 
 are as inseparable from the diphtheritic process as the bacteria of decompo- 
 sition are from putrefaction and decay. Without bacteria there can be no diph- 
 theria. In grave cases, these parasites are found everywhere, in the smallest 
 patches of membrane, and in immense numbers in the different tissues of the 
 body. They are the cause of embolism, of metastatic abscess, and the inten- 
 sity of the disease increases with their number. These are the theories of 
 diphtheria. 
 
 The duration of the disease depends upon its severity. The period of incu- 
 bation occupies from two to eight days. In mild cases the membrane com- 
 mences to be shed on the fourth day ; in severe cases not before the tenth or 
 twelth day, and it may take four or more days to finish it. 
 
 The membrane is detached in the same way as any slough or necrotic 
 tissue, by the process of suppuration. Whatever theory is adopted, the local 
 treatment is of primary and equal importance ; for the mucous membrane of 
 the throat, if it is the avenue through which germs find entrance to the body, 
 is also the generator of those irritant poisons, the absorption of which con- 
 taminates the system and destroys life. Xo specific has as yet been discovered 
 for this disease The object of the treatment is. first, to put a stop to the 
 ^spread of the disease, and to bring about a retrogression of the inflammatory 
 process, with the removal of the membrane ; secondly, by the most perfect dis- 
 infection and antiseptic cleansing of the mouth and throat, to prevent the 
 absorption of injurious products of decomposition from the surfaces of the 
 diseased tissues. 
 
 In order to accomplish the above results, the local treatment by the applica- 
 tion of disinfectant and antiseptic remedies is now in vogue. 
 
812 MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES. 
 
 Cauterizing substances are considered hurtful, and but seldom used. The 
 most common remedies now resorted to are carbolic acid, salicylic acid, per- 
 manganate of potash, choral hydrate, sulphite of soda, benzoate of soda, and 
 chlorate of potash. These various substances have been applied in solu- 
 tion by means of a sponge or a brush, in the form of spray, and in the form 
 of a powder, taken dry into the mouth combined with sugar. 
 
 I think that the best way to treat the throat is by the frequent inhalation of 
 a hot steam, applied in hourly sittings of about fifteen minutes' duration. These 
 may be medicated with chloride of sodium, or the chlorate of potash, ;ibout 
 twenty grains to the ounce. Such fluids, steadily flowing over the surfaces of 
 the mucous membranes, wash away masses of mucus, remnants of food, and 
 other products of decomposition. They assist nature's work of promoting sup- 
 puration, which is the legitimate way in which these pseudo-membranes are 
 shed; and by combining this treatment with the use of strong gargles, com- 
 posed of the solution of any of the above disinfecting substances, we more com- 
 pletely prevent septic absorption than by any other treatment ever used. The 
 steam may be generated in any ordinary kettle, and conducted to the patient's 
 mouth through any suitable tube. The general treatment of the patient 
 is, as in every other infectious disease, to be sustaining. 
 
 Tonics, such as sulphate of quinine and the tincture of the muriate of iron, 
 are also always indicated. 
 
 It has been claimed that alcohol conjoined with quinine, given freely from 
 the first, is an effective curative agent. Alimentation is an essential part of 
 the treatment. The diet should be highly nutritious; milk and animal broths 
 are of this class. 
 
 Patients affected with this disease should be at once isolated. Thorough 
 disinfection of the dejections, and of all articles which have been in contact 
 with patients, and of the apartments which they have occupied, is to be recom- 
 mended, and all defects of drainage must be remedied. 
 
 Relapsing Fever. 
 
 A fever has lately made its appearance in some of our large cities, having 
 all the characteristics of a common typhoid, that apparently passes through all 
 its stages, and then reproduces itself, and the same round occurs again. Each 
 siege lasts about seven days. Several of these in succession make the condi- 
 tion of the patient precarious, and the prognosis unfavorable. The treatment 
 is with stimulants, and the usual remedies for low fevers, such as Ars., Carbo 
 vegetabilis, Bryonia, and Rhus tox. Doses as usual, and repetition of the rem- 
 edy selected every three hours. A stimulating diet always required. 
 
 Black Tongue. 
 
 In warm climates and in a low country, there are biliary derangements, ac- 
 companied with low fever, and a black coating upon the tongue. This is what 
 is termed the Black Tongue. Carbo veg. has been given freely, even the crude 
 powder, a teaspoonful at a dose. 
 
 Black Vomit. 
 
 This is another bilious disease, that results from superabundance of carbon 
 in the blood, and a wretched derangement of the liver and stomach, which 
 
5EE5CZLLAXEOr5 DISEASES. 
 
 B13 
 
 remedied this difficulty. After the vomii 
 
 _ : ." : . . . .-. . 3 \ .. . . I 
 
 :y '.'_: :i iz :;.:::_ * ~_: li.i \ r r77ez:7z ei 
 
 - -'_:. t As ; z ■ - :i7 z 
 icZ .zz.1 . :ir: i: z:_-_:iz - : :.~. i : iz zlri 
 
 iizz. 115 
 
 
 Nightmare. — Incubus. 
 
 The characteristic symptoms of this distressing condition are semi-con- 
 
 5ci:isif^. nz z 5ri~ :z iziizzv :: :i::::;,:: :ir"s -ziz z'ziiz > izz iizzz:iz:7 
 mre. It may be caused by some defect in the circulation, or 
 ion. The sufferer is generally supposed to be asleep; bat in 
 
 it- ki:~ s — Lzi :t^.i- ?.t- z\iz: Iih. jui Jt:.;!^" z.t i« -z . iz n 
 :: :r iz.izi. :: \j zzz :rz zz-iz?t1: : .1 lii-Tir-lir zzzvr Izi- z::z . : 1. .ii. i__- is 
 liable to remain speU-bouni, under a sense of weight or oppression . [ 
 
 K-ZrTr lZ.r ~ Irl T_Z- .".f rllrl. 71'- IT SJlikr 1Z1Z. TlZ I vl: .i.rr "._ C ZZ. ~ ' ? 
 
 employed to pi ^htmare are Actnite, when there is a feverish c 
 
 iion of the system; Xux romwa, when there is indigestion; and also PtdsatiUa 
 
 Hysteria. 
 
 :.:7 :: izzi i« : r . 
 zir :_.-:_ . ill 77 I: 1. zzz. 
 
 '.- 1:11 1 : - weep or langh; sometimes in fainting and spas 
 ahorcness of breath, screeching, and a sensation of choking. A : ,::■: wfll 
 sometimes quiet the nerves; Ignatia, if there is an inclination to weep; Ks/os- 
 •qpamiffs, if inclined to laugh; Pulsatilla, if connected with the menstrual 
 period. J 1 hysteric mania, ll^osejuataa, Stntmommm, or BeHadtmma. 
 remedies may be given in the usual dose, and repeated every :~ : 
 Three i_-ir; zzii-i rrliri is :\.ziir-i: zi.i :: is :.i>: 7- : ; izziztIZt! :_:.. si.i 
 zziz- :i: ii :_t :zzi .zz:. :.i.i ;:i .7:7:7 :: ;.i: 
 
 Hydrophobia. — Rabies. 
 
 The bite of rabid dogs is productive of ease. The poison communi- 
 
 ihe bite may remain in the system for an indefinite period ; and then 
 once, the sight of water or some polished metal wfll throw tl 
 into indescribable distress and madness, which are apt to increase and ter- 
 in death. A dread of water is an unmistakable sign of the disease. 
 one is bitten by a rabid animal, the effect may be extinguished by an 
 resort to cauterization. A heated poker brought as near to the 
 as possible without contact is believed to be effectual in destroying the 
 : or the application of JSfUraU of Silver immediately may also have the 
 effect. Hydrophobia has been cured by the persistent use of BtUadomma 
 dose, repeate*.'. ur or two hours for several days ; Hyoscyo- 
 
 n:-- zi~ . r rii v r ; ::. ;':: 
 
 way; 
 
 . r.;"i : -."> 1..- :•;::•.-. :::::. -. 1 ".-. I 
 
 1 antidote to Rabies. Laehesis. and even copious drs 
 been found useful. Xothing. however, has been found more salutary aa 
 unmedvv han dry or radiating heat. 
 

 DISEASES OF THE EYE AND LIDS. 
 
 Stye. 
 
 This is a small tumor on the lid, about the size of a pea, which 
 is quite painful. Aconite will often cure in a day ; Pulsatilla, also, 
 affords speedy relief; Belladonna, when the inflammation of the 
 stye causes redness of the eyeballs ; Staph, prevents their recur- 
 rence, taken once daily awhile. 
 
 Inflammation of the Eyelids. 
 
 When the entire lids become involved in acute inflammation, 
 Aconite, in the usual dose, may be given every two hours until 
 relieved ; Puis., the same way, when there is burning, with flow of 
 tears. If the lids become congested, red, and swollen, give Bella- 
 donna. If the inflammation is chronic, give Calcarea once a day, 
 or else Sulphur or Hepar sulphur. If dependent upon gastric or 
 bilious derangement, give JVux vomica or Mercurius every two 
 hours until relieved, the latter especially when there are cutting 
 pains, worse nights. 
 
 Iritis, Inflammation of the Iris. 
 
 The little circle in the front of the eyeball, which we call the Iris, 
 is subject to inflammation. It may result from a cold, or from injury, 
 or from some impurity of the blood. When from a cold, Aconite 
 speedily affords relief. If very painful, Belladonna. If from 
 injury, Arnica or Aconite. The patient must be kept in a dark 
 room until the inflammation passes off. To relieve acute pain, 
 resort has been had to Morphine, in one eighth of grain doses, 
 repeated every four hours if necessary. It is doubtful if any 
 external applications in Iritis ever prove beneficial. If any are 
 used, none are better than water in which six grains of Opium to a 
 gill has been boiled. 
 
 Scrofulous Sore Eyes. 
 
 In persons of a strumous constitution, a cold, or any undue exposure 
 of the eyes, may cause them to be the seat of scrofulous inflammation ; 
 in which event, there will be a redness of the eyeballs, and swelling and 
 ulceration of the lids, and a greater or less accumulation of matter be- 
 neath the lids. This disease is often very painful, and destructive to the 
 coats of the eye ; and, what is worse, it becomes the fruitful source of 
 
DISEASES OF THE EYE AND LIDS. 815 
 
 cataract and blindness. When the eyes first become inflamed and burn- 
 ing, Arsenicum may be given ; when the lids are implicated, give Galea 
 rea; when the inflammation passes off, leaving white spots on the cornea, 
 give Sulphur, Hepar sulphur, or Conium. Daily doses of the remedy 
 selected will be sufficient. 
 
 Syphilitic Sore Eyes. 
 
 Sometimes'syphilis will affect the eyes, and threaten the destruction ot 
 sight. The lids will inflame ; the cornea will be congested, and of a 
 bluish red : the conjunctiva will become the seat of inflammation, and 
 sometimes of ulceration. Mercurius iod. may be given first, while the 
 patient is kept in a quiet and darkly illuminated room, two doses daily. 
 If the patient has already been treated with Mercurius, give Nitric 
 acid or Hepar sulph. If considerable matter exudes from under the 
 lids, ffive Aurum once a day ; and if the eyes itch continually, give 
 Sulphur, 
 
 Cataract. 
 
 This film, that obstructs the sight of the eye, is undoubtedly the sequel 
 of scrofulous inflammation, or injury of the crystalline lens. It is simply 
 an abnormal growth of a film over the pupil of the eye, partially if noi 
 wholly obstructing the sight. Conium mac., given twice a day. Merc. 
 iod. is also a good remedy; Phosphorus, Causticum, or Sulphur 
 may be indicated. Either may be repeated twice a day when 
 selected. 
 
 Kheumatic Sore Eyes. 
 
 Rheumatism of an inflammatory character may fall with great force 
 upon the eyes, and produce severe pain and temporary blindness. JSfux 
 vom., Belladonna, Bryonia, and Aconite, are remedies that may be con- 
 sulted. Bryonia may be given three times a day, when every effort to 
 open the eyes is attended with pain ; Belladonna, when the pain is such 
 as to give the sensation of the eyeball being too large for the socket ; and 
 also when there is a feeling as if the eyeball would burst. Sulphur, for 
 dull pain in the eyeballs, and the sight impaired. Rhus w T hen the 
 eyes are pink, and lame on moving them. 
 
 Gonorrhceal Sore Eyes. 
 
 When the eyes become inoculated with gonorrheal matter, there will 
 be smarting, and then inflammation and swelling of the lids, and such 
 serious infiltration as to close the eyes; and, in a very brief period, a per- 
 fect disorganization of the texture of the eye will take place. As soon as 
 the character of the inflammation becomes known, it is well to make some 
 compresses of linen a half-inch thick, and bind them tightly over the 
 eyes, and then give Cannabis every three hours for two or three days ; 
 afterwards, give Caniharis in the same way ; and, after the smarting pain 
 begins to cease, carefully remove the compress, keep the patient in a dark 
 room, and Sulphur, in daily doses, may complete the cure. 
 
§16 DISEASES OF THE EYE AND LIDS. 
 
 Specks on the Cornea. 
 
 Little opaque spots on the cornea may be left after scrofulous inflanv 
 mation has passed away. These may be removed by daily doses of Sul- 
 phur or Euphrasia. 
 
 Watery Eyes. 
 
 When the eyes are watery, or prone to become so, from slight exposure 
 to wind or cold, the dirHculty may be obviated with daily doses of Pulsa- 
 tilla, Mercurius vivus, or Lachesis. Blood-shot eyes will be re- 
 lieved by daily doses of Euphrasia, 
 
 Squinting, Strabismus., 
 
 What is termed cross-eyed in persons is usually the sequel of some 
 cerebral disturbances, that have deranged the normal action of the little 
 muscles that regulate the position of the eyeballs, and give them an ab- 
 normal or squinting appearance. Sometimes daily doses of Hyoscyamus 
 or Belladonna will entirely remedy the difficulty. Short-sigiitednes* 
 may be remedied by daily doses of /Sulphur, Lycopodium, or Pul 
 satilla. 
 
DISEASES OF THE EAR. 
 
 Inflammation of the Ear. 
 
 When there is inflammation and swelling of the external ear, and it 
 has a red and fiery appearance, Pulsatilla may be administered twice a 
 day. If the swelling and inflammation extend within, so as to close the 
 external orifice, give Belladonna twice a day until the difficulty passes 
 away. If suppuration threaten, Hepar sulph. 
 
 Earache. 
 
 This may result from cold, or from gatherings within the ear; or 
 it may possibly be neuralgia, or proceed from decayed teeth ; or, in 
 children, from teething. When from cold, give Chamomilla or 
 Dulcamara three times a day ; if from injury, Hypericum or Ar- 
 nica; if from gatherings, Hepar sulph. or Calcarea; if from 
 decayed teeth, Mercurius viv.; if in teething children, Pulsatilla, 
 two doses a day ; if the pain is neuralgic, give Nux vomica or 
 Belladonna. 
 
 Banning of the Ears. — Ottorrhcea. 
 
 Ottorrhoea may be occasioned by a cold, when there are no sores. For 
 this, give Pulsatilla; when from sores in the ears, Calcarea. If this 
 should fail of cure, try, in succession, Sulphur, Mercurius viv., and 
 Silicea. 
 
 Deafness, Hardness of Hearing. 
 
 To remedy this difficulty when produced by a cold, give Nux vomica 
 every night until relieved. For that which occurs after scarlet fever, 
 Calcarea, and for that after measles, give Pulsatilla; from hardened 
 wax, Sulphur ; if from rush of blood to the head, or congestion, Aconite 
 or Belladonna; Gausticum, if these fail. The remedies may be 
 repeated every four hours until relieved. 
 
 Nervous Deafness. 
 
 When the nerves of the ear lose their vitality, and Deafness results as 
 -he consequence, Phosphoric acid may be given, in drep doses, twice a 
 day ; or Sulphur may be given every night, or Nux vomica, or Causti- 
 cum, in like manner. When Deafness occurs from Rheumatism, Pulsa- 
 tilla may be given three times a day. Arsenicum, Nitric acid, Calcarea, 
 and Mercurius viv. may likewise be consulted. If Deafness occurs from 
 suppressed eruption, the remedies are Sulphur, Calcarea, Graphites, or 
 Causticum, in daily doses. If Deafness is the sequel of malarious fevers, 
 Phosphorus or Phosphoric acid, in daily doses ; if from sudden check of 
 nose-bleed, or discharges from the nose or ears, Hepar sulphur, or Lache- 
 xis ; if from enlargement of the tonsils, Nitric acid, Mercurius^ or 
 Aurum. 8 17 
 
 103 
 
DISORDERS OF THE NOSE, 
 
 Nose-bleed, —Epastaxis. 
 
 This trouble arises from various causes, and must be treated accord- 
 ingly. When it arises from arterial excitement, Aconite; from an injury, 
 Arnica ; from rush of blood to the head, Belladonna ; if from inflamma- 
 tion of the lungs, Bryonia ; in typhoid fever, Rhus tox. ; if caused by 
 worms, Cina or Spigelia; if from weakness or debility, China, or 
 Oarbo veg. ; if from cold, or coryza, JSTux vomica. Dose, three 
 times a day. 
 
 Obstruction of the Nose.— Ozcena. 
 
 Ozoena is an entire obstruction of the nasal ducts, from thickening of 
 the mucous membrane, or other causes. If from accumulation of the mu- 
 cus, Pulsatilla; if from suppressed eruption, Sulphur, Lycopodium, and 
 Galcarea; if from scorbutic tendency, Bryonia; if with dry crusts, 
 Aurum. The usual dose, three times a day. 
 
 Polypus of the Nose. 
 
 Not unfrequently, a morbid growth attached to the mucous membrane 
 of the nose will fill the entire nostril. This is termed a Polypus, and is 
 perfectly curable. Galcarea, when the disease appears in scrofulous sub- 
 jects; Sanguinaria, when a cold has been the exciting cause; Sepia, 
 when there is pain in the head and nausea ; and Staphysagria, when it is 
 the sequel of other disorders. The medicines may be given in the usual 
 dose, and repeated every four hours. 
 
 818 
 
DROPSIES, HYDROPS. 
 
 A general swelling of the whole exterior surface of the body, and a sen- 
 sation of weakness, is termed General Dropsy, because the water infiltrates 
 into the cellular or subcutaneous tissue all over the body. Local dropsies 
 may affect the chest, abdomen, head, womb, and testes. 
 
 General Dropsy, Anasarca. 
 
 This is caused by Cellulitis and infiltration of water into the areolar 
 tissue, causing one to swell all over the body. There is generally some 
 thirst and fever that ushers in General Dropsy. Arsenicum in the usual 
 dose may cure the disease when it seems to arise from a low state of the 
 system. When it is the sequel of Scarlatina or Erysipelas, give Helleborua 
 nig. three times a day. If after a Bilious Fever, give Mercurius 
 viv. Following Scarlet Fever, Apis, or Terebinth. 
 
 Dropsy of the Belly. — Ascites. 
 
 When inflammation of the peritoneum terminates in Dropsy of the 
 Abdomen, Apis melifiea may be given, every three or four hours, for sev- 
 eral days. If it fails of effecting a cure, Apoeynum may be given, in the 
 same way, and in like manner, Bryonia, Helleborus nig., and Ar- 
 senicum. Tapping is sometimes necessary, when the peritoneal sack 
 is filled with water, and dees not yield to remedies. 
 
 Dropsy of the Chest, or Hydrothorax. 
 
 The cause of this affection is inflammation of the pleura, causing an 
 Accumulation of serum in the pleural cavity. Apis melifiea in the usual 
 doses, repeated at intervals of three or four hours, wiii often effect a rad- 
 ical cure, and so will Apoeynum. If these fail, use Sulphur. 
 
 Dropsy of the Heart. 
 
 This is an accumulation of water around the heart, in the cavity 
 of the pericardium. JSpigelia or Apis mellifica will generally cure. 
 Sulphur is efficient in many cases. Bryonia, if from pericarditis 
 or rheumatism. 
 
V* 
 
 g20 DftOPSDES, HYDROPS 
 
 Dropsy of the Brains— Hydrocephalus. 
 
 Inflammation of the brain may terminate in an effusion of serum in the 
 arachnoid cavity, and is often fatal. Hyoscyamus in the usual dose, re- 
 peated four or five times a day, may prove beneficial. Apis melifica has 
 been employed in the same way, also Helleborus. 
 
 Dropsy of the Womb. — Hydro metra. 
 
 Inflammation of the womb often terminates in this affection. Bella 
 donna, Apis melifica, Arsenicum, arid Helleborus nig. have been employe i 
 against it. 
 
 Dropsy of the Scrotum.— Hydrocele. 
 
 This consists in the scrotum becoming filled with sermm or water, after 
 inflammation and swelling of the testes. It may be caused by Gonorrhoea, 
 or it may be the sequel of Scarlet Fever. The same remedies employed 
 in other local dropsies may be employed ; or, these failing, the water 
 may be drawn off, and a weak solution of iodine may be injected 
 into the sack by a surgeon. 
 
 Ovarian Dropsy. 
 
 Inflammation of the ovaries is the cause of this difficulty. Arsenicum 
 will generally have a good effect, and so will Oonium, and also Apis 
 melifica and Pulsatilla ; either remedy in the usual dose may be admin- 
 istered every three hours, with the prospect of relief. 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES, 
 
 Concussion of the Brain. 
 
 This is the result of a fall or blow, and may be relieved by Arnica, 
 usual dose, and repeated if necessary. Should stupor and inability 
 to retain food persist, try Glonoine, 
 
 Concussion of the Chest. 
 
 This may be produced by some sudden mechanical injury. If there is 
 fever, give Aconite every three hours. If from having been compressed 
 mechanically, Arsenicum may prove serviceable ; and so may Arnica, Pul- 
 satilla, and Nux vomica, Bryonia, and China. Any of the remedies 
 selected may be given in the usual dose every three hours. In all cases 
 let the diet be simple, and use friction externally ; and when there has 
 been a blow upon the head, causing the concussion, pour a stream of cold 
 water from a small pitcher or coffee-pot for thirty or forty seconds. 
 
 Sprains. 
 
 A sprain may be more or less severe. Sometimes it may implicate 
 only the muscles, and at others the ligaments, involving the apparatus of 
 the joints. A sprain of the wrist requires Arnica, internally and exter- 
 nally at first, and then a compress of tepid water, covered with a dry 
 bandage. A sprain of the hip-joint or shoulder-joint requires Ledum, 
 with a lotion of the same of twenty drops to half a tumbler of water, 
 applied by means of wetting with it a compress, covered with a dry ban- 
 dage. A sprain of the knee-joint should be treated with Arnica, exter- 
 nally and internally, as above, and also with Pulsatilla after. Sprains of 
 the ankles are soonest cured by applying compresses of cold water, 
 and dry bandages over them, and by the administration of Ledum 
 internally. Should this foil, use Bryonia. 
 
 Injury of a Nerve. 
 
 The place which Arnica has in surgery m the treatment of ordinary 
 bruises and sprains is of no greater importance than that of Hypericum 
 
 821 
 
522 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 perforatum applied directly to injuries involving the nerves. Shocks 
 upon the nervous system, injuries to the spine, or from extracting teeth, 
 all require Hypericum internally and externally, in the usual dose, and 
 lotion. 
 
 Wounds. 
 
 Wounds are of various kinds ; such as incised, lacerated, punctured, 
 gun-shot wounds, &c. A simple incised wound needs only the sides 
 pressed together, and compressed with a strip of adhesive plaster. The 
 application of Calendula externally will facilitate the healing. Lace- 
 nited wounds require careful adjustment and dressing, and then 
 let the dressing be wet frequently with a dilute tincture of Calen- 
 dula ; and where it is supposed the trunks of nerves are implicated, 
 use Hypericum. Any of these remedies may be used internally, in 
 the usual dose, three times a day. Contused wounds require com- 
 presses of cold water and Arnica; while Arnica , Huta, and Hy- 
 pericum may be administered in the usual form internally. 
 
 Hemorrhage from Wounds. 
 
 To remedy protracted hemorrhage from wounds, give Arnica or 
 Calendula internally, and, with a lotion of forty drops of either in 
 half a tumbler of water, wet compresses, and apply externally. 
 
 Hernia, or Rupture. 
 
 There are two kinds of rupture met with among persons. One is 
 termed the femoral, and is near the groin ; and another is termed umbilical, 
 and is near the navel. There is a third kind, where the sack descends 
 into the scrotum ; and it is termed scrotal or inguinal hernia. When 
 either has been of long standing, well-adjusted trusses must be worn, or 
 else, for scrotal hernia, a suspensory bandage. For recent inclination to 
 rupture, Aconite ^ will subdue any inflammatory symptoms. Arnica, if 
 caused by a strain ; Nux vomica, in case of constipation of the bowels. 
 The remedies as> indicated may be given in the usual dose, three or four 
 times a day. For strangulated hernia, Nux vom. every half-hour \ 
 and if this affords no relief, Opium the same. Lycopodium and 
 Sulphur follow these well, given three times daily. The patient 
 should be in a recumbent posture upon the back. 
 
 Luxations, or Dislocations. 
 
 These consist in the removal of the head of the bone from its eorre 
 spending cavity, where it forms the joint. After dislocation is reduced. 
 the joint^ may be bathed with a lotion of forty drops of the tincture of 
 Aconite in half a tumbler of water, while four globules may be used 
 internally to allay any febrile excitement. Arnica lotion prepared and 
 used in the same way will relieve the soreness. The usual dose of this 
 remedy may be administered internally, and repeated two or three times 
 
SURGICAL DISEASES. 823 
 
 a day. To remove the pain and suffering of luxations in general, Arnica, 
 Aconite, and Rhux tox, may be given as required. 
 
 Fractures. 
 
 When there is a separation of bony fibres, either simple or compli- 
 cated, and the fracture has been properly reduced and bandaged, and 
 splints have been called into requisition to aid the system in recovery 
 from the shock, give two or three doses a day of Arnica internally, and 
 wet the bandages with a lotion of the same. If there is fever, give 
 Aconite or Bryonia, 
 
 Burns and Scalds. 
 
 By a burn is understood a sore or blister caused by dry heat. By 
 scald is understood that produced by some heated fluid, as water, spirits, 
 or oil. The former is soonest relieved by the application of cotton, pro- 
 vided the skin is not broken. The latter by cotton dipped in lime-water. 
 If the skin is broken, it will be necessary to use, in each instance, a salve 
 made of lard and finely prepared carbonate of lime. In all cases of 
 burns or scalds, internal remedies are required ; Aconite, in case 
 of much fever ; Arsenicum, or Gantharis, if there is much burning, 
 smarting, and thirst ; Apis mel. , if there is swelling, and inflam- 
 mation following as a sequel. 
 
 Snake Bites. 
 
 These are to be treated somewhat after the manner of the bites of rabid 
 animals : that is, by dry or radiating heat at first, and then by cauteriza- 
 tion ; internally, Lachesis, Apis melifica, and Eyoscyamus. Either may 
 be given every two hours ; at the same time, there is good authority foi 
 drinking copiously of whiskey or other alcoholic spirits. Several 
 drops of tincture of Iodine, repeated every fifteen minutes, have 
 saved some cases. 
 
 Stings of Insects. 
 
 Aconite, Belladonna, Merc, viv., are remedies for internal administra- 
 tion, either of which may be given three times a day ; Arnica lotion, weak 
 solution of Nttric acid, or Lemon juice, may beapplied externally. 
 Dilute Aqua ammonia is a good antidote as a lotion. 
 
 The Removal of Tumors. 
 Nearly all tumors require removal with the knife. It is not our pur- 
 pose to specify the nature of the operation, but rather to point out a 
 treatment to be pursued after their removal. When cancerous tumors 
 are removed, Arsenicum should be persistently given, every three or four 
 hours, with the view of preventing the cancerous diathesis, or condition 
 from reproducing the same. Where fibrous tumors are cut out, give Calen- 
 dula three or four times a day, and apply it to the wound. Adipose 
 tumors require, aft?r their removal, Pulsatilla, three or four times a day. 
 Fungous tumors require, after removal, Calcarea, The fungoid 01 
 
824 SURGICAL DISEASES. 
 
 medullary tumors are mainly subject to medical treatment, and various 
 remedies may aid in curing them. Conium, Arsenicum, Sulphur, Cu- 
 prum met, and Oalearea may be consulted. Encysted tumors are em- 
 bedded in the skin, and require dermic treatment. Nitrum, Natrum 
 muriaticum, and Natrum carl, may be employed, internally and exter- 
 nally. Scrofulous tumors require Arsenicum, Graphites, Juglans regia, 
 and Calendula. The two last named may be used internally and exter- 
 nally. Scrofulous tumors require Arsenicum, Graphites, and Ca- 
 lendula. The two last named may be used internally and externally, 
 several times a day. 
 
 Lumbar Abscess. 
 
 A very malignant sore, that discharges a cheesy matter, and from which 
 very few recover. Calendula, Hepar sulphur, and Mercurius may be 
 given internally, and Calendula, Baptisia, and Arnica may be used in 
 the form of lotions, to apply externally. 
 
 Ulceration of the Bone. 
 
 For bone ulcers, Aurum met, Silicea, and Calcarea may be given in 
 daily doses, — one remedy only at a time : Aurum met., for bone ulcers 
 caused by syphilis ; Silicea, if from injury ; Calcarea, if from scrofula. 
 For ulceration of the hip-joint, Arsenicum, three times a day ; of the knee- 
 joint, Sulphur, or perhaps Pulsatilla, twice a day. 
 
 Kickets. —Rachitis. 
 
 Disorder of the nutritive functions may end in distortion of various 
 parts of the system, and give rise to various deformities of the head, trunk, 
 and extremities. Remedies directed to the digestive system must first be 
 employed, in order that a healthy nutrition may be established. Nux 
 vomica, Pulsatilla, Ferrum, and China, either of which may be given in 
 the usual dose three times a day ; after which, Calcarea carb. may be 
 given in daily closes persistently, followed by Silicea. Good animal 
 food may be allowed as a diet. Frequent bathing with salt water, 
 and friction, are also to be commended. 
 
 White Swelling. 
 
 This is a form of scrofula, and requires the same remedies used in other 
 scrofulous complaints. Arsenicum, Jodium, Calcarea, and Sulphur may 
 be employed ; and whichever remedy is selected may be given twice in 
 twenty-four hours. Pulsatilla, Bryonia, and Nux vom., in like manner, 
 may be given, one at a time, and repeated every four hours, when there 
 is any pain in the affected joints. 
 
 Dropsy of the Joints. 
 
 Friction externally, and some kind of soap liniment, and then the ap- 
 plication of compresses. Apis melifiea may be given internally, every 
 four hours, or else Pulsatilla, Arsenicum, Bryonia, or Conium. 
 
SUBGICAL DISEASES. 825 
 
 Stiff Joints.— Anchylosis. 
 
 This difficulty involves the tendons, ligaments, and bones, which in 
 some instances become united at their extremities. These joints may be 
 showered with cold water, rubbed with a stiff brush, bathed with soap 
 liniment ; while Sulphur, in daily doses, may be given internally, or else 
 Aurum mur., Nitric acid, or Jodium. 
 
 Aneurism. 
 
 Aneurisms are pulsating tumors formed of arterial blood. Aconite is a 
 good remedy to administer, three or four times a day ; Digitalis, also, in 
 the same way ; Valerian, in the usual dose, when the tumor appears to 
 be in the abdomen. For Varicose Aneurism, bandaging is required, 
 while Ramamelis Virg. may be administered internally. 
 
 Varicose Veins. 
 
 "When the entire lower extremities are involved, bandaging with a 
 roller, or lace stocking, must be employed, while JSamamelis Virg. is 
 administered several times a day, internally. Pulsatilla, for preg- 
 nant women thus affected, and follow with Lycopodiura, after three 
 weeks. 
 
 Goitre. — Bronchocele. 
 
 This is an enlargement of the thyroid gland, and causes a swelling of 
 the neck. Jodium, externally and internally, is said to be a sure remedy. 
 Kali hydriodicum, the usual dose three or four times a day, may also be 
 used. Spongia is also a valuable remedy, and so also are Merc, iod., 
 Merc, biniod. The remedies must be used persistently until the goitre 
 disappears. 
 
 Wry Neck. — Torticollis. 
 
 This is owing to the contraction of some of the cervical muscles. 
 Stimulating liniments may be employed externally, while Nuxvom., 
 Rhvs, Sulphur, Bryonia, or Pulsatilla may be administered in-> 
 ternally. 
 
 Fistula in Ano. 
 This difficulty requires Silicea, Calcarea, or Sulphur, in daily doses. 
 If an operation has been performed, and the Sphincter ani has been 
 divided, Arnica may be given three or four times a day, or perhaps 
 Calendula ; after which, consult Pulsatilla and Nux vom. 
 
 104 
 
DISEASES OF WOMEN. 
 
 Derangement of the Function of Menstruation. 
 
 From the age of puberty until the change of life, the health of the 
 female system depends upon regular menstruation, varying in intervals 
 from twenty-six to twenty-nine days. With this standard in view, the 
 irregularities as to time are easily noted. By the period of puberty is 
 understood the age capable of bearing children, which is denoted by 
 menstruation taking place. 
 
 Ailments at the Age of Puberty. 
 
 Immediately preceding the first menstrual period, the breasts increase 
 in size, the voice is changed, the system becomes rapidly developed, and 
 the mind matured. There may be headache, dulness of the eyes, 
 pains in the tower abdomen, lassitude, capricious appetite, and, not 
 unfrequently, a premonitory leucorrhoea. To relieve these ailments, 
 Aconite ; four globules may be given first ; Pulsatilla may be given 
 after Aconite, to remove the pains in the abdomen, and to promote 
 menstruation. If there is much pain, and the function is tardy in 
 making its appearance, give Calcarea or Sulphur, and then follow 
 with Pulsatilla every four or six hours until the period commences. 
 In case of considerable leucorrhoea, give Sepia, or perhaps Gra- 
 phites. When the periods become established, they should last 
 from three to five days. If scanty at first, give Ferrum, and follow 
 with Pulsatilla; if there is intense headache, give Belladonna ; if 
 there is hysteria, and much agitation and suffering, give Hyoscyamus ; 
 and, during the interim, let the young lady take strengthening food 
 until signs of the recurrence of another period. If it comes on 
 normally, it is well ; but if tardy or painful, resort again to Pul- 
 satilla, Hyoscyamus, Belladonna, and Graphites, as they may be 
 indicated ; and continue this treatment from time to time until 
 regularity is established. If tardy, with pains in the back, Kali 
 carb. 
 
 Interrupted Menstruation. 
 
 This may be caused by cold, fright, fevers, diarrhoea, and dysentery, 
 and by pregnancy. When by cold, or getting the feet wet, Aconite, , at 
 first, to remove any febrile excitement or headache, and then Pulsatilla. 
 
 826 
 
DISEASES OF WQMEST. 827 
 
 , If this fail to remove the obstruction, give Calcarea, and follow with 
 JSFux moschata ; should this fiul, try Sulphur. When menstruation 
 is interrupted by fright, and there is intense headache, give Aconite, 
 and follow with Belladonna or Ignatia, and finally with Pulsatilla. 
 When fevers weaken and depress the system, so as to interrupt the 
 function, first reduce the fever, and then, by properly nourishing the 
 patient, the period may return. The same' rule may be observed in 
 treating the interruption caused by Diarrhoea or Dysentery, These 
 diseases should be treated and cured by appropriate remedies, and 
 the period will be likely to return spontaneously. If otherwise, 
 resort may be had to Pulsatilla, Belladonna, Sepia, Calcarea, and 
 other remedies, according to indications. 
 
 Excessive Menstruation, 
 
 When the flow is excessive or weakening, Ipecac, and China may be \ 
 employed, — the first to regulate, the last to strengthen the system ; and 
 this treatment will be found necessary at each period, until duly regu 
 lated. Calcarea should be given once daily between the periods." 
 
 Menorrhagia, or Profuse Bleeding from the Womb, 
 
 This indicates a want of tone in the uterus, if not a state of disease, , 
 and is usually attended with fainting, pain in the back, nausea, and hys- 
 teria. When from a want of tone, or debility, CJiina or Ferrum may j 
 arrest the difficulty : if from disease or inflammation, Belladonna or Ar- 
 senicum ; when there is fainting and nausea, Ipecac. ; pain in the back, 
 Niix vomica, JVux moschata, or Ignatia, especially if the flow is dark 
 or almost black, with fainting and drowsiness ; for hysteria, give j 
 Hyoscyamns. The patient should lie iu bed until relieved, and 
 should begin sitting up with great caution. A generous diet, easy | 
 of digestion, should be supplied patients of this description. When 
 the strength will permit, this class of patients should seek fresh air, 
 and should avoid warm baths. Bathing with tepid water is far better. 
 
 Painful Menstruation. — Dysmenorrhea. 
 
 Some ladies suffer intensely at every menstrual period. They have 
 chills, headache, fever, colic, and most excruciating pains in the womb. 
 Aconite must be given for the fever, Belladonna for the chills and head 
 ache, Colocynth for the colic, and, for the pains in the uterus, Hyos- 
 cyamus, Pulsatilla, Cimicifuga, or Phus. 
 
 Ailments attending Change of Life. 
 
 This occurs about the forty-fifth year of life, and is denoted by irregu 
 larities, — profuse menstrual periods, great irregularities, pain in the head, 
 melancholy, mania, loss of memory, and great nervous depression. For 
 profuse menstruation at this period, give Arnica or Lachesis ; for head- 
 ache, Belladonna or Sepia; for intense pains in die womb, Arsenicum 
 and Conium; for Melancholy, Ladwsis, or perhaps Petroleum; lor 
 mania Stramonium: for loss of memorv. S ilphur, China, or Calcarea. 
 
828 di&aasls of womem. 
 
 Ailments during Pregnancy. 
 
 Some ladies are troubled much with morning sickness in the early 
 stage of pregnancy, and this is often cured with Coeculus or JVux vomica ; 
 if with heartburn 9 Oimicifuga or Mercurius viv. ; if with water-brash 
 of a hot or acrid nature, Arsenicum. Sometimes these derangements 
 are so stubborn that no remedies seem to relieve. Simple sirup, by 
 the wineglassfal, has been taken by some, Champagne wine by 
 others, hard Cider by others. The simple resort will sometimes 
 relieve ; and, at others, nothing seems to afford relief. Discharge 
 of blood from the uterus may be cured with China. Leucoerhcea, 
 Tery profuse and debilitating, requires Sepia twice a day ; corroding 
 discharges, Calcarea twice a day ; for rheumatic pains, Caulophyl- 
 lum; for painful breasts, bathe with Phytolacca ; for threatened mis- 
 carriage, Ipecac, Sabina, China, Arsenicum, and Belladonna; for 
 sleeplessness, Nux vomica or Ars., and a light diet at night; for 
 nose-bleed, Carbo veg., Aconite, Belladonna, Lachesis, and Mer* 
 curius, a dose of any one of them twice a day. 
 
 J\ 
 
LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 False Pains. 
 
 There is a kind of pain that afflicts parturient women, that simply 
 aggravates and unsettles the nerves. Cimicifuga or Gaulophyllum 
 will usually control this. When true labor pains commence, they 
 may be regarded as normal if they come at regular intervals, and 
 increase in force and frequency as the labor progresses. No medi- 
 cine is needed ; and waiting, with patient labor, will accomplish the 
 object. After the child is born, a dose of Pulsatilla will aid in ex- 
 pelling the placenta. If there is hemorrhage, elevate the hips and 
 depress the head, and give a dose of Secale cornutum ; if auy thing 
 more complicated occurs, call on an experienced midwife. 
 
 Milk Fever. 
 
 About the third day after labor, there is a struggle in the system to fill 
 the breasts with milk, attended with fever. Give Bryonia or Pul- 
 satilla; if the milk is tardy in coming, give Calcarea. 
 
 Difficult Urination. 
 
 After labor, there may be difficulty in passing urine, which Ar- 
 senicum or Hyoscyamus will usually relieve, if aided with cloths 
 wrung out of warm water applied to the region of the bladder ; or 
 else Aconite may be used instead of Hyoscyamus, and sometimes 
 Pulsatilla , or Cantharis. 
 
 Soreness after Delivery. 
 
 A painful soreness of the muscles after delivery may be relieved l>y 
 the internal administration of drop doses of Arnica in a spoonful of water, 
 while at the same time a towel wet with Arnica tincture may be applied 
 to the abdomen. If there is soreness of the vagina, forty drops of the 
 tincture of Calendula, in half a pint of tepid water, may be used as an 
 injection. 
 
 899 
 
S30 LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 Constipation of the Bowels. 
 
 This condition after labor may be removed by one or two doses of Nux 
 vomica, or perhaps by the same of Lycopodium ; if they fail, the bowels 
 should be moved by an enema of warm salt water. 
 
 Excoriated Nipples. 
 
 Soon after the breasts fill with milk, and the child begins to nurse, the 
 nipples are apt to become sensitive, and sometimes exceedingly sore. For 
 i little sensitiveness, or slight irritation, bathing the breasts with a solu- 
 tion of Arnica will help them ; or perhaps a solution of powdered Boras. 
 will do as well. If the soreness amounts to a decided inflammation, and 
 the exterior of the nipples crack and bleed, a more careful and efficient 
 treatment is needed. When putting the child to the breast excites great 
 pain in the gland, and severe after-pains at the same time, the internal 
 administration of Belladonna is necessary, — two or three doses during 
 twenty-four hours ; and, at the same time, wet a compress with Arnica 
 tincture, and apply to the nipple. Arnica also may be given internally. 
 When Belladonna fails, Bryonia, when the pains are worse in damp, cold 
 weather. As an external application, a decoction of Oak bark has been 
 found useful, and also the same of the Apple-tree root. A solution of 
 Alum, Tannin, or Sulphate of zinc, has been employed ; but if the skin 
 is cracked, and blood oozes out every time the child nurses, it is of little 
 service. A weak solution of JNitric acid is better, two drops to 
 an ounce of water. The best external application for healing the 
 cracks is the Glycerole of aloes, which is made by dissolving one 
 ounce Aloes in four ounces of Glycerine. This is the best prepara- 
 tion known to heal an inflamed and cracked surface on any part of 
 the body. At the same time, Sulphur, Hepar sulphur, Galcarea, 
 and Nitric acid may be administered internally. It is hardly neces- 
 sary \o add, that whatever lotion is used externally must be carefully 
 washed off with warm milk and water before the child is allowed to 
 nurse. 
 
 Suppression of the Milk. 
 
 After the breasts have once filled with milk, and it disappears, a return 
 raav bo promoted by the internal use of Calcarea carbonica, followed 
 with Pulsatilla, or Phytolacca, while the patient is required to drink 
 chocolate, or table beers. 
 
 Induration of the Breasts. 
 
 When the breasts cake, or portions of them seem hard, like a potato, 
 rub them well with lard, and give internally Carbo animalis. In a ma- 
 jority of instances, these hard cakes will disappear if carefully attended 
 to. When lard fails to soften, try dry rubbing with the hand. If the 
 breasts ache, give Belladonna; if there is fever, Aconite, or Phytolacca. If 
 inflammation sets in, and cannot be scattered, give Hepar sulphur to hasten 
 it to a crisis. Poultices of flaxseed meal may also be applied to hasten suppu 
 
LABOR, PARTURITION. 831 
 
 ration. If it is found necessary to lance the abscess, let it be done with 
 an opening in the direction of the milk-ducts, and not across them ; for, 
 when once severed, the parts never unite perfectly again. After the 
 matter has discharged, some emollient salve spread on chamois skin may 
 be applied, for the double purpose of protecting the breasts and healing 
 the sore. 
 
 Suppression of the Lochia. 
 
 The flowing after delivery is termed " Lochia," and should continue foi 
 ten days or two weeks. If, through any unfavorable influences, the flow 
 is suppressed, the whole system will be more or less disturbed. If simply 
 arrested, Pulsatilla may be given every two hours, for at least a day ; and, 
 if there is no return, give Secale comutum. If still the suppression 
 seems stubborn, and the head begins to feel light, and the nerves become 
 unstrung, give Hyoscyamus, and reoeat every three hours until better, 
 or there is indication tor a change. Sulphur will sometimes remove the 
 difficulty. If the lightheadedness be very marked and maniacal, and 
 there is no inclination to sleep, a decided advantage may be found in the 
 use of Belladonna. If the lochia should finally return, and be of offen- 
 sive odor, give Rhus tox. ; if much thirst and dryness of the throat, Arsen- 
 icum; in case of diarrhoea, Arsenicum and Mercurius viv., repeated 
 every two hours. The application of tepid cloths to the abdomen is rec- 
 ommended, until the lochia returns. Should the lochia continue too 
 long, — that is, beyond the seventeenth day, — Rhus. 
 
 Child-bed Fever. 
 
 A low form of fever frequently sets in about the fourth or fifth day 
 after confinement, sometimes severe enough to prostrate the patient for 
 weeks. Every day, she will suffer from pain in the head and copious 
 perspiration ; the hair falls out. This fever sometimes continues until 
 a diarrhoea sets in, and the patient sinks into a typhus and expires. 
 Therefore, at the first manifestation of this fever, Bryonia should be 
 given every three hours ; and this may be followed with Rhus tox., in the 
 same manner. In case of diarrhoea and prostration, give Arsenicum or 
 Veratrum album. If there is sallowness of the complexion, give Mer- 
 eurius viv. A very light mutton-broth may be given for nourishment. 
 Should there be a general pain, and aching of the whole body, give 
 Phosphorus two or three times, and especially if the diarrhoea should be 
 iark and watery. If the fever should be subdued, and convalescence 
 established, allow the patient a little wine and water, beef-tea, and a grad- 
 ual approach to more substantial aliments. Should the above reme- 
 dies fail, any typhoid symptoms present themselves, Baptisia, hourly. 
 
 Leucorrhcea after Confinement. 
 
 A flux of this kind may result from general debility, and requires for 
 its removal a good nourishing diet. China may be given three or four 
 times a day at first, and afterwards Sepia or Calcarea. 
 
832 LABOR, PARTURITION. 
 
 Falling of the Womb. 
 
 In some cases, after child-birth, there will be falling of the womb. 
 This may be the result of a weakened condition of the muscles that retain 
 the womb in its place. When this trouble is of an aggravated form, and 
 is attended with copious Leucorrhoea, Nux vomica may be given every 
 evening. The patient should allow herself to be as little upon the feet 
 as possible, — rest being one of the essential conditions for gaining 
 strength and for obviating the difficulty. 
 
 Hemorrhoids, or Files. 
 
 For the piles consequent upon a tedious labor, Arnica may be given 
 every morning and evening, or perhaps Hamamelis, if they are inclined 
 to bleed ; also Nux vomica and Sulphur, when there is severe constipa- 
 tion and hemorrhage at every stool. Sulphur in the morning, and Nux 
 vomica in the evening. Stewed prunes, Graham toast, and chicken 
 ioup, may enter into the diet 
 
DISEASES OF INFANTS, 
 
 Crying. 
 
 When a young infant is inclined to cry continually, and sleeps 
 but little, give it one or two globules of Cojea, and repeat every 
 four hours. 
 
 Colic. 
 
 For infantile colic, which may be caused by flatulence, give Cham* 
 omilla; put one or two globules upon its tongue. If this does not 
 relieve, give a globule of JVux; if restless, and throws up its food, 
 after the Nux, give a globule of Cqffea. Verat. album is an 
 excellent remedy for infantile colic, and Dioscorea has a great 
 reputation. 
 
 Infantile Diarrhoea. 
 
 There will generally be a diarrhoea after an infant has nursed the 
 first-fruits of the breast. If excessive, give one or two globules oi 
 Pulsatilla; if attended with colic, give the same of Chamomilla; 
 if the diarrhoea is acrid or scalding, give Arsenicum , one or two 
 globules ; if with excessive vomiting, give Ipecac. 
 
 Infantile Dysentery. 
 
 When young infants are observed to strain, and have frequent stooli 
 and sometimes pass mucus and blood, give Ipecac, one globule, or eke 
 Mercurius* If they cry out after each stool, and the intestine protrudes, 
 give one or two globules of Ignatia. If they refuse the breast, give 
 Aconite. In case of heat in the head, give Belladonna. 
 
 Inability to take the Breast. 
 Some infants are congenially opposed to nursing the breast ; and all 
 the coaxing and trying which a patient perseverance can supply avails 
 but little. Such infants require to be fed ; and to devise for them a good 
 and wholesome nourishment is sometimes difficult. The nursing-bottle 
 must take the place of the breast, and the child must be nourished by it. 
 One of the best preparations of food for young infants is a thin grueJ 
 
 105 
 
made of a table-spoonful of unbolted flour to a quart of water, to be 
 boiled half an hour, and then strained through a fine strainer, sweetened, 
 and put into a nursing-bottle sufficiently thin to flow through the tube. 
 This food may be enriched with a little good milk, as the child requires 
 it. Nothing has so uniformly answered as a substitute for the breast. 
 
 Infantile Jaundice. 
 
 Young infants sometimes become yellow, and their skin affords evident 
 signs of jaundice. One or two globules of Mercurius viv., followed by 
 cue or two of Pulsatilla, will change this condition. If frequent dis- 
 charges from the bowels cccur after these remedies, give one or two 
 globules of Arsenicum, 
 
 Snuffles. 
 
 In cold weather, young infants are prone to take cold easily, from the 
 slightest change ; and they will show it by sneezing and snuffling: occasion- 
 ally there will be indications of fever, and heat in the head. One or two 
 globules of Aconite may be given first and then one or two of Nux vomica. 
 If there is thin discharge from the nose, give a globule or two of 
 Arsenicum. Sambucus, twice daily, is a good remedy. 
 
 Sore Mouth, AphthsB. 
 
 Considerable uneasiness is manifest in young children from a percepti- 
 ble inflammation of the mucous membrane of the mouth. It will look red 
 and inflamed, and there will be perceptible some little points or pimples 
 of a whitish character. Give one or two globules of Mercurius or Bry~ 
 onia, and wash the mouth with warm tea, or milk and water. Some have 
 introduced into their mouths a little powdered Borax. This difficulty is 
 generally of brief duration, and is but a trifling malady. 
 
 Thrush. 
 
 This is also a sore mouth to which infants are subject, and a Jttle more 
 serious in its character. The child first has fever, and then refuses to take 
 its food. On examining the mouth, it is found to contain a number of 
 white blisters that have a sore and inflamed appearance. One or two 
 globules of Phosphorus will often cure the trouble. Bryonia has also been 
 used. Mercurius viv. may also be used. A decoction of black tea may 
 constitute a wash ; also a weak solution of Borax. Good nursing, anil 
 care to prevent taking cold, are essential. If with this kind of sore mouth 
 there is diarrhoea, give one or two globules of Arsenicum. If the child 
 cries much from colic, one or two globules of Oolocynih may afford relief. 
 
 Bed Gum. 
 
 When an infant is one or two days, or a week old, there occurs an 
 eruption all over the body, of a bright red appearance, that probably 
 itches, and causes the child some suffering. A globule of Pulsatilla night 
 and morning will suffice to cure the difficulty. 
 
DISEASES OF INFANTS. 835 
 
 Betention of Urine in Young Infants. 
 
 This difficulty occasionally is observed, anc /s attended with much rest- 
 lessness and inquietude. An infant should urinate eight or ten times in 
 twenty-four hours ; and, when there is a failure in this respect, give one or 
 two globules of Hyoscyarnus, and repeat every three or four hours until 
 the derangement is obviated. When Hyoscyarnus fails, give a 
 globule or two of Pulsatilla or Aconite. 
 
 Teething, Dentition. 
 
 When an infant has attained the age of four or six months, the period 
 of teething commences. The child begins to drool, and is restless and 
 uneasy, and frequently cries out with pain. At times the cheeks will be 
 red, and the head will be hot ; or else there will be diarrhoea, and the food 
 will pass the bowels undigested. The child is generally fretful and un- 
 easy. The most effectual remedy for the restlessness and irritative fever 
 is Chamomilla. Two or three globules may be given three times a day. 
 When the head is hot, and the child thrusts its fingers into its mouth, give 
 two globules of Belladonna ; when the food passes undigested, give two 
 globules of Pulsatilla. When there is a general heat of the body, and 
 deranged condition of the stomach, give two globules of Aconite; if 
 this fails to relieve in twenty-four hours, give Cimicifuga every hour. 
 
 Summer Complaint, Cholera Infantum. 
 
 During the heat of summer, teething children are prone to be 
 affected with a prostrating diarrhoea, sometimes watery, at others 
 dysenteric, when the stools are tinged with blood. In the first stage, 
 when there is considerable fever and watery discharges from the 
 bowels, two or three globules of Aconite may arrest the difficulty, 
 followed by Tartar emetic; if the discharges are profuse and fre- 
 quent, Vei^atrum album; if there is much thirst, Arsenicum. For 
 discharge of mucus, give Mercurius ; when tinged with blood, give 
 Ipecac. The dose of either is two globules. When there is cold- 
 ness of the face and extremities, give Carbo vert. If, in spite of 
 these remedial measures, the disease continues, let the child be 
 taken into the open air, or into the country. A trip upon the water 
 in a steamboat has frequently resulted in a favorable change in the 
 condition of the child. The diet, aside from nursing, should be 
 mutton-=broth and beef-tea, or perhaps arrowroot or farina gruel. 
 
 Marasmus, Extreme Emaciation. 
 
 From the combined effects of teething and interrupted nutrition and 
 also from diarrhoea, the child will lose its flesh in a remarkable degree, 
 and nearly all the adipose or fatty tissues will seem to disappear. The 
 bones of the face will become prominent ; the eyes will sink back into their 
 sockets ; the skin will be shrivelled and loose over the entire body, and 
 very marked upon the upper and lower extremities. The most prominent 
 feature of the disease is interrupted nutrition ; and often the child's stom- 
 ach rejects the simplest kind of food. When there is continual retching. 
 
836 DISEASES OF INFANTS. 
 
 give Ipecac, to allay the irritable condition of the stomach ; and then give 
 Caharea ; or if, at first, there is no nausea, but thirst, give Arsenicum. 
 Sulphur is a valuable remedy, and also Ferrum. When either beef- 
 tea, or barley-gruel, or any other kind of light soup or gxuel, fans of 
 being retained upon the stomach, a gruel made of the flour of the 
 yelk of a hard-boiled egg has supplied the want of nourishment, and 
 promoted the recovery of marasmus patients. When the child is old 
 enough to feed himself, the yelk, boiled hard, may be broken in a 
 saucer, and seasoned with a little salt ; and the child will pick it 
 up a little at a time and eat it. But if otherwise, to a pint of boiling 
 water add a half-pint of fresh milk and the flour of one yelk, seasoned 
 with salt, and sweetened. This makes a gruel that will flow through a 
 nursing-tube. This food contains the best preparation of iron for trie 
 infantile system, and in many instances has been effectual in curing 
 marasmus. 
 
 Hiccough. — Singultus. 
 
 This annoying difficulty results from the irritation of the diaphragm 
 and the oesophagus, or passage from the mouth to the stomach. Nux 
 vomica, Ipecac, Pulsatilla, and Sambucus, have been employed as reme- 
 dies. A single dose of two globules of either may be administered when 
 infants are so affected. 
 
 Convulsions, Fits. 
 
 There may be various causes of these convulsions in infants. A fever, 
 an irritable stomach, teething, or cold, may produce them ; when from 
 fever, give two globules of Aconite, and in two hours follow with a dose 
 of two globules of Belladonna. When from an ill-conditioned stomach, 
 give Chamomilla, Ipecac, or Ignatia; when from cold, JSTux vomica 
 or Sulphur. When the convulsion comes on with vomiting, Ipecac; 
 when from colic, Pulsatilla or Colocynth; when with inclination to 
 sleep, Opium, or perhaps Stramonium ; when from the sudden 
 disappearance of any rash or eruption, Cuprum. 
 
 Excoriations. 
 
 The tender and delicate skin of infants is liable to become excoriated 
 from the slightest causes. To relieve the pain and suffering attendant 
 lpon it, give two globules of Chamomilla, Mercurius viv., or Pulsatilla 
 internally, and wash them with a weak solution of Arnica or Hama* 
 melts externally. Should this condition persist, give Sulph. daily. 
 
 Soreness behind the Ears. 
 
 When a child is teething, and there is considerable of the fever of 
 dentition, an eruption is liable to show itself behind the ears ; and, although 
 this eruption is believed to be effectual in preventing more serious disease 
 of the head, it is, nevertheless, an unnecessary disease. Graphites may be 
 given to remedy the difficulty, a single dose in twenty-four hours ; and, in 
 like manner, Arsenicum, Calcarea, and Baryta Carb., may be employed. 
 
DISEASES OP INFANTS. 837 
 
 Prickly Heat. 
 
 During intensely hot weather, children are liable to break out with 
 prickly heat. The stomach at first seems slightly deranged, and the 
 eruption upon the surface appears to be an elimination of some internal 
 disorder. There is sometimes much fever and headache : for this, give 
 two globules of Aconite. If the child is teething, give Chamomilla. If 
 the surface becomes red and inflamed, give Rhus tox. If burning and 
 smarting, give Arsenicum. In case of severe itching, give Sulphur. 
 When children are taken out by their nurses on a hot day, they must not 
 be exposed to the heat of the sun : shade should be sought for them, 
 where, if any air is stirring, they can get the benefit of it. 
 
 Milk-Orust. —Porrigo. 
 
 This is a scabious eruption upon the scalp of nursing infants, which at 
 first appears to be a humid scurf. It collects as a slight humor, and 
 begins to enlarge, involving more and more of the surface, until that 
 of the scalp is entirely covered. It is a source of annoyance to mothers 
 and nurses. There appears to be great difficulty in keeping the affected 
 surface clean, and consequently a hasty resort to some drying wash has 
 wrought disastrous effects. When Milk-Crust is suppressed, the irritation 
 is apt to fall upon internal organs, and produce worse affections. The 
 tar and sulphur ointments, which have been too frequent a resort, have 
 had the effect, in some measure, to dissipate the eruption ; but the usual 
 sequel to this are convulsions, or fatal brain diseases. It is, therefore, 
 recommended as the most prudent course, to depend upon the internal 
 administration of remedies such as eliminate the humor, and keep it 
 upon the surface. The purer the blood can be kept, the sooner will the 
 disease disappear. If no attention is paid to the use of external agents, 
 the entire difficulty will be eliminated and dissipated in the course of a 
 few months. Two globules of Aconite may be given when there is fever, 
 and this may be followed for a while with daily doses of Rhus tox. and 
 Bryonia. In scrofulous children, give Calcarea, Arsenicum, or Sulphur. 
 In debilitated constitutions, give Graphites, Ferrum, Hepar sulphur, and 
 China. Lycopodium, three times daily, has cured most obstinate 
 cases. All oily food should be withheld. Butter is not allowable. 
 After children have been weaned, and still the Milk -Crust remains, 
 a farinaceous food is best. 
 
 Scurf of the Head. 
 
 This is an accumulation upon the scalp, of an oily and dirty appearance, 
 which, in many cases, is the result of not being particular in washing 
 and wiping the head dry. Soap should never be used upon the scalp, 
 and strong alkaline solutions are injurious. Water softened with corn or 
 rye meal will answer all the purposes for cleanliness. As the difficulty 
 does not penetrate below the external skin, Rhus tox., Pulsatilla, Galea- 
 rea, and Silicea are remedies, either of which, in daily doses, will be all 
 that is required. 
 
838 DISEASES OF INFANTS. 
 
 Scrofulous Swelling of the Salivary Glands. 
 
 This is a disease somewhat common to children cf scrofulous parents ; 
 and it is of the utmost importance to understand well its character and 
 treatment. When these children take cold, the glands are apt to become 
 excited, ani there is a perpetual flow of saliva from the mouth ; at the 
 same time there will be soreness of the throat, stiffness of the neck, and 
 swelling of the glands externally. Sometimes children will carry their 
 head? to the right or left shoulder, when laboring under the difficulty ; 
 and, in spite of the best efforts to relieve them of suffering, they will con- 
 tinue indisposed a long time. Two or three globules of Aconite will 
 subdue the initial fever. Mercurius viv. may then be given two or 
 three times a day. If this fail to arrest the salivation, give Nitric acid 
 for a day, at intervals of six hours. Belladonna also may be given to 
 remove any congestion of the throat. Silicea may be given afterwards 
 to aid in softening the glands. Also, Nux vomica and Sulphur may 
 prove to be useful remedies. The children should be kept in a room of 
 moderate temperature, and not be allowed at any time to be exposed to 
 extremes of heat and cold until they have fully recovered. 
 
 Sleeplessness of Infants. 
 
 Infants are sometimes smitten with inability to sleep, as well as adults. 
 The cause is not always known. It is believed, however, to be the result 
 of some disorder acting upon their delicate nerves ; such as indigestion, 
 excoriation, or overloading their stomachs. If from an irritable stomach, 
 give them Chamomilla or Ooffea every night. If from any excoriated 
 surface, that burns and smarts, give two globules of Arsenicum, and then 
 apply to the excoriated surface a little rye flour, or Lycopodium pow- 
 der, and soothe them to sleep in a quiet and noiseless room. If the 
 sleeplessness is produced by retention of urine, give Hyoscyamus ; if by 
 worms, Cina. If the head is hot, give Belladonna. If the sleepless- 
 ness is from feeding the child too much, give two globules of Pulsatilla. 
 If from constipation of the bowels, give Nux vomica or Lycopodium at 
 iipjlit. If these remedies fail, a tepid bath will often consummate the 
 lesired result. 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 Passage of Gall-Stones. 
 
 The passage of gall-stones is attended by severe pain in the region 
 of the stomach, obliging one to writhe in agony, and roll from side to 
 side. The strongest men become subdued when suffering from the pas- 
 sage of these concretions. The pain resembles an intense colic ; and 
 sometimes the agony produced by biliary calculi goes under the name 
 of Bilious Colic. In addition to the pain occasioned by the concretions, 
 there ma} be vomiting, headache, cold extremities, and sallow com- 
 plexion. To relieve the suffering, resort has been had to Morphine and 
 Opium; but those sedatives only prolong the difficulty. They afford 
 only temporary relief from pain, and the use of them must be discour- 
 aged. Cathartics, on the whole, have failed of accomplishing the pur- 
 pose, and only weaken the patient. Homoeopathic remedies have some- 
 times afforded prompt relief; but, as a general thing, the success attend- 
 ing the most perfect affiliations of indicated remedies has not been great. 
 The most modern treatment for biliary calculi is to administer to the 
 patient from two to four ounces of pure Olive oil, the laxative effect of 
 which has gently moved the bowels, and brought from the gall-duct 
 large numbers of the concretions, sometimes a dozen or more ; after 
 which, the blackness of the countenance will begin to disappear, the 
 indurations found in the region of the liver become lessened, the appe- 
 tite returns. When attacks of Bilious Colic occur, it is not always 
 certain that the gall-duct is obstructed with stones. Therefore, Colocynth, 
 in the usual dose, may afford prompt relief; even when gall-stones have 
 been present, and the suffering and agony are indescribably great, Pulsa- 
 tilla has cured. When there is severe pain and induration in the region 
 of the liver, a dark, sallow countenance, and black circles around the eyes, 
 much relief has been obtained by the use of Arsenicum. When there 
 remain black spots or discolorations upon the face, Sepia. When 
 there is much vomiting during an attack, Ipecac. External applications 
 sometimes prove useful. Emollient poultices applied to the region of 
 the pain have proved beneficial. The pain attending the passage of 
 biliary concretions has sometimes been mistaken for chronic Inflamma- 
 tion of the Stomach ; and, on this account, the remedies have failed to 
 
 839 
 
g40 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 control the suffering. Very many persons suffering from chronic Liver 
 Complaint become- victims to the suffering produced by gall-stones, and 
 should restrict themselves to a simple but nutritious diet. After an 
 attack, the olive oil should be taken for at least six months, a table- 
 spoonful on retiring, each night. 
 
 Cancer of the Liver. — Schirrus. 
 
 In the event of a constant suffering in the right side, with apparent 
 hard protuberances, while, at the same time, there are dark circles 
 around the orbits of the eyes, and when there are shooting or lancinat- 
 ing pains darting from the indurated protuberances, a cancer may be 
 suspected. If not too far advanced, it may be cured by the administra- 
 tion of Arsenicum, when there is much thirst and dryness of the mouth, 
 a white coating upon the tongue, and considerable prostration. Conium 
 maeulatum may be given three times a day when there is pain in the 
 right side, as if constricted by a band, or tearing and stretching in the 
 region of the liver, and colicky, abdominal spasms. 
 
 Cancer of the Stomach. 
 
 This formidable disease often comes on insidiously, and the victim 
 supposes himself to be a sufferer from an aggravated form of Dyspepsia. 
 Severe anxiety and trouble are supposed to have a serious influence in 
 the production of the disease. A constant irritation -of the mucous lining 
 of the stomach may terminate in the difficulty. The chief symptoms 
 denoting the presence of Cancer in the Stomach are great depression of 
 spirits, a downcast countenance, a pinched appearance of the nose, with 
 the corners of the mouth drawn down, and also a constant inclination to 
 retch and vomit dark matter, somewhat resembling coffee-grounds, and 
 also severe cutting or shooting pains in the stomach, with intense thirst. 
 Nux vomica has sometimes cured Cancer of the Stomach. The indica- 
 tions for its use are intensely bitter eructations, and spitting up of dark 
 matter ; and also when, the eructations are followed by vomiting of 
 sanious or bloody matter. When the patient has suffered greatly from 
 anxiety and Dyspepsia, Ignatia may be given, instead of Nux vomica. 
 When the tumor can be diagnosed or discovered by external manipu- 
 lation, Arsenicum, and also Conium, may be given twice a day. Coccu- 
 his also may be given when the nausea and vomiting are similar to that 
 produced by riding in a carriage, or sea-sickness. When one has suf- 
 fered many years from Dyspepsia, and then begins to emaciate and spi* 
 up this dark matter, Nux vomica given persistently is most likely to be of 
 service. The patient should subsist upon broths, beef-tea, and the most 
 delicate farinaceous diet. 
 
 Cancer of the Intestines. 
 
 The symptoms which denote the presence of Cancer of the Intestines 
 are constant pain in the bowels, and acrid discharges of blackish stoqie, 
 a very black or dark appearance of the countenance, downcast expres- 
 sion, a constant inclination to relieve the pain by pressure of the hands 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 841 
 
 and arms. This affection generally terminates fatally, — the result being 
 perforation of the bowels. When autopsy, or post-mortem examination, 
 reveals the fact, it is then called to mind that the victim has worn the 
 expression and complained for a long time in a way that might have 
 excited suspicion of the trouble. To note these symptoms when they 
 first occur may suggest a treatment that possibly might avert a fatal ter- 
 mination. Arsenicum may be given when the patient has thirst, burn- 
 ing pain in the bowels, and hot, acrid stools ; Conium, when the pains 
 appear to be of a neuralgic character, and persistent ; Belladonna, when 
 there is a painful distention of the abdomen. The diet should be the 
 sain? as that directed for Cancer of the Stomach. 
 
 Cancer of the Skin. 
 
 When inflammation of the skin, or any persistent irritation, terminates 
 in Cancer, there is a rough, hard tumor of a bluish appearance, at first 
 about the size of a common wart. It sometimes grows into the shape of 
 a tumor, and is the seat of sharp, shooting pains. The remedy that has 
 apparently cured this affection is Silicea, in daily doses. It is particu- 
 larly indicated when there is painful soreness or sensitiveness of the skin, 
 and an itching of the whole body ; and also when there is stinging in 
 the sore. To prevent cutaneous ulcers of the skin from becoming can- 
 cerous, the same remedy may be used. To prevent horny excrescences 
 from assuming a cancerous character, Conium or Caustioum may be given 
 in daily doses. Almost any persistent irritation may assume the charac 
 ter of a cancer. Ichorous ulcers, fetid sores, malignant boils or ulcers, 
 should be carefully treated and cured, or otherwise they may take on a 
 settled or constitutional schirrous character. The skin should be kept 
 clean ; a flesh-brush should be frequently used, and exercise in the open 
 air is commended. Diet free from condiments, but nutritious. 
 
 Fig- Warts, 
 
 These are excrescences upon the skin in the shape of a fig, and hence 
 their name. Nitric acid and Tliuja are remedies for these excrescences. 
 Thuja is more particularly indicated when they bleed ; Nitric acid, 
 when they are flat ; Nux vomica, when they are dry. When they sup- 
 purate, or are humid, Thuja ; when they split or crack, Nitric acid. Of 
 the remedy selected, give a dose every day. For Common Warts, 
 Thuja is also the chief remedy, and should be given every two or three 
 days. 
 
 Gangrene. 
 
 When one has been so long sick as to acquire bed sores, and these 
 become black and fetid and deathlike, they are said to be gangrenous. 
 They indicate a low condition of the system, and generally indicate the 
 employment of Arsenicum in daily doses, or else Lachesis. For Dry 
 Gangrene, give Arsenicum, For that which is humid, give China. 
 
 106 
 
842 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 For that which emits an offensive odor, give Secale comutum. This 
 last remedy may be given for gangrenous blisters. The patient, if he 
 take it, should have a generous diet. 
 
 Zona, or Shingles. 
 
 In some cases, there is a zone or belt of vesicles, four or six inches in 
 width, that extends half round the body, on the right side, over the region 
 of the liver. These vesicles appear to be filled with lymph, and are 
 prone to burn and itch to almost an unbearable extent. It is believed to 
 be a concomitant of chronic Liver Complaint, and indicates an exceedingly 
 iov? :ondition of the blood. Rhus tox., in daily doses, will generally c.ire 
 the disease. Graphites may be given after Rhus tox. When there- is 
 pain in the right side and a sallow complexion, give Mercurius. Bryo- 
 nia will eliminate the eruption, and aid materially in the invigoration 
 of the system. If there is much headache, give Belladonna, If the 
 patient is scrofulous, give Arsenicum or Calcarea. The diet of the patient, 
 if his appetite will permit, should be quite generous. A little wine every 
 day is recommended. Beef or mutton without condiments, and the usual 
 vegetables, are allowed. 
 
 Nasal Polypus. 
 
 This fungous growth in one or both nostrils sometimes proves a serious 
 obstruction to respiration through the nose, and can be cured, in most 
 instances, with well-chosen remedies. When both nostrils are affected, 
 give a dose of Calcarea every twenty-four hours. When the Polypus 
 is in the right nostril, give Pulsatilla ; when in the left, give Sangui- 
 naria. If the nostril seems plugged, give Sepia or Silicea. 
 
 Warts on the Nose. 
 
 Warts on the nose are sometimes quite annoying, as they not only 
 are inconvenient, but often painful. It is difficult to let one of these 
 excrescences alone ; and, by constant irritation, it may become cancerous: 
 therefore, prompt treatment when they make their appearance is requisite. 
 Causticum, given at first, will soon relieve the nose of this appendage. 
 
 Warts on the Hands. 
 
 When warts on the hands are prone to grow thick and large, and 
 appear to be seedy, Thuja in the form of lotion may be applied exter- 
 nally, while the usual dose of the same may be taken internally. . Cu- 
 prum asceticum also may be taken internally, and a wash of Cuprum 
 sulph., one dram to half a pint of water, may be applied externally. 
 
 Inflammation of Glands under the Arms. 
 
 A sore upon the back of the thumbs, and sometimes an irritable sore 
 upon the backs of the fingers and hands, may cause soreness and inflam- 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AfcD REGIONS. 843 
 
 mation of the glands in the arm-pits ; that is, the inflammation may be 
 transferred to this locality from the thumb, fingers, or hands. At first, a 
 slight soreness is felt under the shoulder in the arm-pit, and the glands 
 will swell and become sore to the touch ; more cr less fever will manifest 
 itself at the time : and not unfrequently pain, throbbing, and suppuration 
 supervenes upon the inflammation. Aconite may be given to subdue the 
 fever and inflammation ; Hepar sulphur may be given to promote sup 
 puration ; Belladonna or Bryonia to prevent it. Phytolacca, also, 
 is a most useful specific, given every three hours until relieved. 
 
 - Inflammation of the Groin, Inguinal Glands. 
 
 The inguinal glands are situated in the groin ; and sometimes sores \A 
 an writable character upon the toes may operate so as to transfer these 
 influences to this region, causing swelling and suppuration. If taken in 
 time, this soreness may amount to nothing more than an uncomfortable 
 lameness, rendering it difficult to walk. If not arrested, the inflamma- 
 tion will pass into suppuration. Sores or chancres upon the integuments 
 of the penis may also cause inflammation, swelling, and even suppura- 
 tion, of the inguinal glands. When caused by sores on the toes, poul- 
 tices of bread and milk may be applied to them, to draw the inflamma- 
 tion from the groin ; and JSTux vomica may be given internally, to aid in 
 curing the difficulty. When this inflammation occurs in scrofulous per- 
 sons, Arsenicum may be given twice a day. When the inflammation 
 proceeds from a chancre, give Merc. iod. three times a day ; when from 
 suppressed Gonorrhoea, give Sulphur. Mercurial ointment may be ap- 
 plied to the sores, when of syphilitic origin. If they occur from Syphilis, 
 Merc. iod. may be given internally three times a day. 
 
 Milk Leg. — Phlegmasia Dolens. 
 
 This affection frequently occurs one week after delivery. It consists 
 in a swelled condition of the thigh and leg of either the right or left side. 
 The skin becomes tense, sore to the touch, adematous or dropsical, and 
 very sensitive. It rarely affects both limbs at the same time, although 
 in some instances such is the case. It may sometimes be arrested in the 
 incipient stage by a single dose of Aconite. In a more advanced stage, 
 BeUadonna will have a curative action ; and, where there is great sen- 
 sitiveness of the skin, Rhus tox. When the victims of Milk Leg have 
 been afflicted with dropsy before confinement, Arsenicum may be given. 
 In cases where women are suffering from rheumatic pains in the knees, 
 or where there is suppressed lochia, Pulsatilla. When the bowels are 
 constipated, Lycopodium may be given, and not repeated for several 
 days. 
 
 Stone Bruise. 
 
 By a Stone Bruise is understood an injury upon the plantar, or under 
 surface of the foot, which becomes inflamed, painful, and suppurative. 
 It mostly occurs with boys and girls who run barefooted through the warm 
 
844 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 weather ; and it is believed to be the result of stepping forcibly upon 
 pebbles or other hard substances. Arnica given once or twice internally, 
 and a lotion of the same applied externally, will often remove the pain 
 speedily ; but, after suppuration has taken place, the sooner the matter 
 is let out with a lancet the better. 
 
 Bunions. 
 
 These protuberances upon the joint of the great toe, or upon the side of 
 the foot immediately back of the little toe, frequently grow so large as to 
 interfere with the wearing of a shoe or a boot, and so painful as to interfere 
 with the comfort of the patient. In order to derive any benefit from treat 
 ment, all mechanical interference must be removed, the boot or shoe 
 must be shaped to favor the tumor, and then wet the tumor a number 
 of times during the day with Arnica. Antimonium crud. may be given 
 internally, or else Calcarea, Sepia, or Sulphur. Give but a single dose 
 of each remedy ; after which, wait with patience. If the bunion is very 
 painful, give Calcarea ; and, after two days, give Nitric acid. If the pains 
 are stinging, Lycopodium, Silicea, or Sulphur. Give a single dose of either 
 remedy, and wait forty-eight hours. A weak solution of Nitric acid 
 will often moderate the severe pain of a bunion in dry weather; Bryonia 
 will fio the same in cold, damp weather. Silicea or Rhux tox. will 
 afford great relief when every change of weather aggravates the pain 
 and suffering. In case of the bunions becoming the seat of neuralgic 
 pain, Belladonna may be given; and when they are made sore by chil- 
 blains, as in scrofulous persons, Arsenicum must be given. The patient 
 must not walk much, but keep the feet dressed and warm until the sore- 
 ness disappears. A poultice of bread and milk will soften and mollify 
 the aching during a storm. 
 
 Hectic Fever. 
 
 The importance of this fever is so great, that, instead of elaborating 
 upon it under the head of " Fevers," it is introduced here, because it should 
 not be confounded with other febrile diseases. There is a common im- 
 pression that Hectic Fever and Consumption are one and the same 
 thing ; but this impression will be corrected when we consider briefly 
 tl;sS origin of this fever. It is sometimes intermittent, and sometime^ 
 remittent. Often a slight chilliness is felt some time during the day ; and 
 tli is is followed by a febrile re-action, more or less severe, and of a pros- 
 trating character Extreme debility may cause a fever of this kind to 
 spring into existence ; and, under such circumstances, it may take the 
 form of a low nervous fever, very slow, and wearing upon the nutritive 
 system. But Hectic Fevers show themselves where there are local 
 chronic inflammations and suppurations, as in the case of abscesses, car- 
 buncles, &c. They are sometimes caused by grief, or emotions of any 
 kind. They are caused by the loss of animal fluids ; or they may 
 supervene upon any prostrated condition brought on by acute disease. 
 They result also from Scrofula and Syphilis, and from the poisonous influ- 
 ences of Quinia or mercurial medicines. It is probable, therefore, 
 that Hectic Fever, taken in time, is curable, provided the organic lesions 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS 845 
 
 1 
 
 on which it depends are not of a fatal or incurable kind. That which 
 usually accompanies pulmonary tubercles can only be overcome by curing 
 the Tuberculosis of the lungs. We will proceed to specify the treatment 
 according to particular indications. Those springing from debility, and 
 of a slow nervous fever, require the use of China and Arsenicum. Give 
 the China every time the fever remits or intermits, — a single dose. Give 
 Arsenicum in the same way when there is extreme prostration and thirst. 
 Give Phosphoric acid when there is diarrhoea. When the fever attends 
 local inflammation, Arsenicum may be given, when there is great ema- 
 ciation and debility, with palpitation of the heart, hot, dry skin, and night- 
 sweats ; Calcarea, when there is constant heat and little thirst, frequent 
 flushes of heat, especially in the evening, with red cheeks. Calcarea 
 is also indicated when there is loss of appetite, great debility and ema- 
 ciation, and also paroxysms of anguish. China' \s indicated when there 
 is great paleness, sunken cheeks and eyes, great listlessness, dry and 
 flaccid skin, great hunger, or else loss of appetite, and a tendency to 
 Diarrhoea. For Hectic Fever brought on by emotions or grief, give Phos- 
 phoric acid, followed b} T Capsicum when there is painless diarrhoea, sad, op- 
 pressed mood, febrile heat in the evening, and sweat towards morning Give 
 Igatttia when the patient weeps during the fever, and has much heat in the 
 palms of the hands. Give Graphites when the patient is pale, and the 
 heart is prone to palpitate. If the fever is produced by debilitating 
 losses, give CJuna when from hemorrhage; give Nux vomica when 
 from sexual excesses ; Phosphoric acid when from diarrhoea, and there 
 is accelerated pulse, anguish, and sweats in the morning. When the 
 fever comes on after Dysentery or Typhus Fever or Cholera, give Arsen- 
 icum, if there are dysenteric discharges, and if the patient is greatly 
 emaciated, and has laborious breathing, with debility and palpitation and 
 thirst, obliging one to drink frequently. Give Cocculus when Hectic 
 Fever sets in after Typhus, when there is great debility, and trembling 
 after the least exertion, blue margins around the eyes, dry mouth, and 
 loss of appetite, oppression of the chest, and with great sadness and 
 anguish. Give Veratrum album when hectic comes on after Cholera, if 
 there is great weakness, or cramps, or pain in the back of the head during 
 the fever. When Syphilis is attended with Hectic Fever, and if the patient 
 has taken much Mercury, give Aurum mur. or Stannum, when there is 
 great emaciation, and pains in the bones, and loss of appetite. Nitric 
 acid may be given when the hectic fever has been brought on by 
 mercurial medicines, and when there is great dryness of the throat, and 
 varices of the tongue. In many cases of Hectic Fever springing up like 
 those named above, a careful selection of the remedy, and corresponding 
 adaptation of diet and regimen, will bring about a large proportion of 
 cures. Persons suffering from any form of Hectic Fever should be kept 
 in an atmosphere of uniform temperature, — from 68° to 70° Farenheit , 
 and should be supplied with generous food when the appetite will take it, 
 and in some cases the best of grape wine. 
 
 Night-Sweats. 
 
 If night-sweats break out in particular diseases, they do not require 
 any special consideration, unless it happens to be one of the most promi- 
 
846 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 nent symptoms ; in which case, it ma) constitute an important indica- 
 tion for the selection of a remedy. A profuse perspiration of this kind 
 which affords no relief indicates Mercurius or China. Exhausting night- 
 sweats in the case of persons that have become weakened by disease or 
 other causes, point to Carbo. vegetabilis, Veratrum album, Sulphur. But 
 there are individuals, who appear to be well enough otherwise, who per- 
 spire copiously every night, and sometimes so profusely as to wet the bed- 
 clothing. It would seem that sleep induced some kind of labor that 
 wrought the system up to this pitch of perspiration. It is said to be most 
 common with corpulent persons. Such cases as only exhibit the one 
 symptom of sweating for consideration, must be treated as follows : When 
 one begins to sweat as soon as he lies down to rest at night, Arsenicum 
 may be administered. When he fails to sweat so long as he keeps awake, 
 give Hepar, if he is corpulent; or Calcarea if he finds the sweats to 
 diminish his strength. If 'exercise of mind sets him to perspiring after 
 getting into bed, give Nux vomica, if there is a sanguine temperament. 
 If the person is a good feeder, and eats heartily, and has these prostrat- 
 ing sweats at night, let him eat less, and take Pulsatilla. Exhausting 
 night-sweats that occur after fatigue require Arnica and China. If after 
 severe mental labor, give Cocculus or Nux vomica. If from no cause 
 that can be determined, Carbo. animalis. When no fever precedes one 
 of these exhausting sweats, and there is great debility after, China, Fer- 
 rum, and Graphites are appropriate remedies. For the exhausting night- 
 sweats that occur after masturbation, China is also the remedy. If there 
 is uncomfortable feeling about the head, — a dull feeling, — give Phos- 
 phoric acid. Those night-sweats that occur after excessive sexual indul- 
 gence require China, Arsenicum, and Graphites. For morbid sweats in 
 general, Arsenicum, Arnica, Bryonia, China, Ferrum, Graphites, Helle- 
 borus nig., Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, Mercurius, Nux vomica, and Sulphur 
 may be consulted. 
 
 Pulmonary Consumption. 
 
 There is reason for a distinct monograph upon this disease. Much that 
 can be done to ward off the disease by domestic treatment should be done ; 
 and, therefore, to point out a plain description and treatment of the incip- 
 ient stage is at least desirable. The cause of Consumption may be hered- 
 itary taint or overpowering influences that break down the strongest 
 constitutions. When hereditary, it frequently exists as a predisponent in 
 the system until aroused by some exciting cause. It is therefore of the 
 first importance to become familiar with the means of protecting one thus 
 disposed from surrounding influences that may develop the hereditary 
 taint. When a child of consumptive parents appears to thrive well and 
 grow, betraying no signs of disease, it is well to keep him surrounded by 
 such atmosphere, food, and clothing, as contribute to his healthy develop- 
 ment, until the age of puberty. It is at this period that changes occur, 
 more or less fraught with danger. With the male, there is danger of 
 arousing any latent tendency to pulmonary tubercles ; with the female, 
 there is danger of the menstrual function becoming so feebly developed, 
 that it acts as an excitant upon any latent discrasia of the blood. Treat 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 847 
 
 mcnt is therefore required at this period, not only to obviate any derange- 
 ment consequent upon its occurrence, but to aid a burthened system in 
 bringing about this physiological change, so as to answer all the de- 
 mands upon it. Separate beds should be insisted upon. 
 
 For males at the age of puberty, children of scrofulous parents, give 
 a dose of Calc. carh. twice a w^ek, and restrict them to a strictlv nutri- 
 tious diet, free from fat or gravy. In case of their being children of 
 parents who had tubercular disease of the lungs, give them LycopodUim 
 twice a week, or perhaps Graphites, and direct for them a good diet of 
 animal and vegetable food; let them avoid exposure to extremes of tem- 
 perature; let them sleep in well-ventilated apartments: and any hered- 
 itary tendency to Consumption can be overcome. Should a cough ensue 
 upon the period of pubescence, give Lycopodium or Calcareu ; if a short, 
 hacking cough, give Phosphorus ; if a tickling cough, give Pulsatilla or 
 Sepia. By thus watching the first development of cough, and by giving 
 the appropriate remedy at once, the same can be cured. In females, 
 when there is great debility of the chest, and sometimes a slight bleeding 
 occasioned by a trifling cough, give Sauro cerasus. Thus, by noting the 
 slightest development of cough at this period, and by being prompt in 
 selecting the appropriate remedy, this incipient form of Consumption can 
 be cured, and sound health be established, and will remain until some 
 other revolution occurs to unsettle the system. Any excesses on the 
 part of the male must be avoided. Whatever weakens or deteriorates 
 any of the functions may prove an exciting cause, so long as there is any 
 predisposing influence in the system. On the part of females, there is 
 danger at the period of the first pregnancy. This revolution will either 
 make further improvements in the direction of sound health, or it will 
 arouse unfavorable influences that depress and ruin it. Thus it may seem 
 plain that Consumption may be successfully treated in its incipient stage, 
 whether it shows itself early or late in life. If there is indication of its 
 approach after a fever, give China ; if after excessive fatigue, give Lyco- 
 podium or Stannum. If excessive venery causes a development of con- 
 sumptive symptoms, give Arsenicum or China; if the shock of labor 
 produces depressing effects, give Arnica, China, and Arsenicum ; and if 
 cough ensues, give Bryonia or Phosphorus, and a well-regulated diet. 
 It is" believed, that, in a majority of instances, Hereditary Consumption can 
 be erased from the family record by carefully waging a warfare upon the 
 hrst approach of the enemy. 
 
 But a different aspect presents itself in that form of Consumption 
 which comes on by reason of a good constitution having been over- 
 taxed and worn out. A old, badly treated, may leave behind a perma- 
 nent irritation even upon the most naturally healthy constitutions. A 
 iough from a cold is not to be trifled with ; therefore, attend to the slight- 
 est cough. Nux vomica may remove a cough brought on by a cold, if 
 <nven at once ; a dry, hollow, or hoarse cough may be cured with Hepar 
 tulph. ; a cough with heat of the chest and soreness of the lungs may be 
 cured with Bryonia. Long exposure to cold that chills the whole sys- 
 tem may be followed by a violent fever that fixes itself upon the lungs, 
 producing violent inflammation ; and this, if improperly treated, may end 
 in Consumption. Almost any acute disease, badly treated, may terminate 
 
848 DISEASES OP VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 In fatal Consumption ; therefore, when any interruption occurs in the 
 Function of respiration, it is more or less dangerous. The slio-hter the 
 interruption the better, and the more easily can it be removed. But it 
 must not be neglected. An exceedingly slight capillary congestion, if 
 neglected, may become chronic, and end in Tuberculous Consumption ; a 
 slight bronchial disturbance, not properly treated, may terminate in Bron- 
 chial Consumption: in short, any of the ailments of a trivial character, 
 which can be made worse by neglect, may demand the most careful treat- 
 ment, or otherwise they may terminate in Consumption. 
 
 Influenza, or Grippe, comes on like a cold, with sneezing or snivelling, 
 pain in the chest, and a general appearance of Catarrh. Toe frequentlv it 
 has been neglected in the first stage, and it has run into the chronic form 
 of Bronchitis, and thence into Consumption. Such being the known ten- 
 dency, it is well to seek the best of treatment for this disease at once. 
 Arsenicum, in the incipient stage, will relieve some of the symptoms: it 
 will relieve the thin discharge from the nose and eyes, the pain in the limbs, 
 and general aching in the bones. Euphrasia relieves many cases in the be- 
 ginning which resemble Arsenicum. Mercurius viv. is also a fine remedy for 
 the stoppage of the nose, eyes, and general restlessnes of the whole s} T stem. 
 Influenza has been reckoned among the causes of Consumption, because, in 
 many instances, it has been the means of calling into action certain latent 
 tendencies that have ever been dormant until set upon by this exciting cause. 
 Influenza is but an acute form of Bronchitis, and as such it must be treated. 
 Aconite may be given if there is a quick, full pulse. After Aconite has softened 
 the pulse, and produced moisture upon the skin, if the head continues to ache, 
 give Belladonna; if thereis soreness of the throat, give Merc viv. ; if much 
 thirst, Arsenicum ; if pains in the back and loins, Nux vomica In females, 
 Pulsatilla may remedy man} 7- of the derangements which influenza produces. 
 If a sudden check of menstruation supervenes upon an attack of this disease, 
 give Aconite, and follow with Pulsatilla; and, finally, if influenza shows itseli 
 in an epidemic form, and almost every man, woman and child become victims, 
 Aconite, Belladonna, Mercurius, and Nux vom., or else Arsenicum, Apis 
 met., Bryonia, Qalcarea carb., Phosphorus, and Sulphur, may constitute 
 the group from which is to be selected a remedy, according to symptoms. 
 It is an old saying, with regard to diet, " to starve a fever, and stuff 1 a cold ; " 
 but all proverbs are not true. There is, in every cold, some degree of 
 fever that must be heeded, because a too generous diet would be likely to 
 do harm. A moderate diet of black tea, rice, barley, toast, and fruit, is 
 best. Thus, by judicious medication and an appropriate diet, there need 
 be no sequel that causes the patient to sink rapidly into the grave. If 
 otherwise, it will arouse some constitutional diathesis, and this will render 
 the joint action formidable in the extreme. As in Tubercular Consump- 
 tion, or, rather, in that which is hereditary, a constant vigilance is re- 
 quired to put in action certain antagonistic influences to overpower the 
 disease, so in Bronchial Consumption, or that which is generated by a 
 succession of ailments that implicate, in a less or greater degree, the mu- 
 cous membrane that lines the bronchial tubes, an effort must be made to 
 bring any and every assault upon the bronchia to a successful termina- 
 tion, — whether a common cold, a trivial cough, a slight soreness upon the 
 air-passages, or even Pneumonia : let each be treated persistently, accord 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. #40, 
 
 mg to symptoms, until perfectly cured, so as to leave no entailment in the 
 form of a sequel, to prey upon the constitution. Hygienic treatment 
 must correspond with the administration of remedies. Well-ventilated 
 apartments, sufficient clothing, and good, nourishing food, cannot fail of 
 putting the system in a favorable condition for recovery. Regular sleep, 
 regular meals, and a well-regulated temperature, are things indispensable 
 
 Weakness of the Sight. — Amblyopia. 
 
 The term Amblyopia signifies a weakness or morbid alteration ti 
 sight ; and there is every grade, from mere dimness of vision to conirlet* 
 blindness. A sense so important as that of sight is entitled to a distinct 
 consideration, inasmuch as a variety of causes may operate to impair it. 
 The difficulty may be attended with many morbid conditions of the 
 organism, and a variety of remedies may be required to treat the affection. 
 We will therefore point out the treatment for the various grades, in order. 
 For Simple Weakness of Sight in plethoric persons, give Belladonna ; 
 for scrofulous individuals, Calcarea ; for weak or debilitated individuals, 
 China; for nervous persons, Hyoscyamus. For those whose sight is im- 
 paired from biliary derangement, Sepia or Sulphur. For Incipient 
 Amaurosis, Aurum, Sepia, Sulphur., For Complete Amaurosis, not 
 incurable, give Belladonna to persons of full habit ; Calcarea to persons 
 who have a scrofulous tendency ; Mercurius, for those suffering from 
 hepatic derangement; Phosphorus, for those suffering from catarrhal 
 iffections-; and for those subject to sick headache, Sepia. For Torpid 
 Weakness of Sight, Phosphoric acid. For weakness of sight brought 
 on by tine work, give Belladonna or Ruta. For that which occurs flom 
 old age, give Baryta carb., Opium, or Secale cornutum. Where weak- 
 ness of vision occurs after suppression of the menses, or hemorrhoids, 
 give Pulsatilla or Lycopodium. For that occasioned by suppression of 
 Measles, Causticum, Stramonium, or Sulphur. For that supervening 
 upon Rheumatism, give Belladonna, Pulsatilla, or Rhus tox. For that 
 attendant on Gout, give Nux vom. or Colchicum. For that caused by 
 the abuse of mercury, give Nitric acid. For that caused by worms, give 
 Cina. For that occasioned by Diarrhoea, give Merc. viv. For that 
 brought on by loss of blood, China. For that produced by Scrofula, 
 give Arsenicum, Calcarea, or Nitric acid. When produced by ?olJ ii 
 the eyes, Dulcamara or Nux vomica. That produced by blows or con 
 russions requires Arnica, Ruta, Euphrasia. The remedies chosen mint 
 not be repeated oftener than once a day. When weakness of sight is 
 attended with nervous headache, give Aurum, Belladonna, Bryonia. 
 Sepia, or Sulphur. If by congestion of blood to the head, give Bella- 
 donna, China, and Phosphorus. For that attendant on deafness, or noises, 
 give Cicuta, Nitric acid, or Pulsatilla. The remedies need not be repeated 
 more frequently than once or twice in twenty-four hours. If weakness 
 of vision is attended by gastric or abdominal ailments, give Coceulus, 
 Nux vom., Ignatia, or Pulsatilla. If attended by derangements of the 
 womb, give Calcarea or Sepia. If by pulmonary complaints, give 
 PJiosphorus, Lycopodium, Calcarea, and Sulphur. If by disease of the 
 
 107 
 
850 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 heart, Lachesis, Phosphorus, Pulsatilla, Sepia, and Spigelia. If by Epi- 
 lepsy, Spasm, or Hysteria, Hyoscyamus, Opium, Stramonium, or Sulphur. 
 The remedy may be repeated, if necessary, every twenty-four hours. 
 
 The particular indications for several of the remedies may be stated 
 as follows : Aurum, for black spots or scintillations, or half-sightedness, 
 or tensive pain in the eyes, or in case of sudden attack after Scarlet Fever, 
 or during confinement after delivery. Belladonna for dilated pupils, or 
 insensible pupils, spasmodic twitching of the lids, or mist before the 
 eyes, aching and distensive pains in the orbits and forehead, and red face. 
 Galcarea, for mistiness of sight, as if gauze were before the eyes, espe- 
 cially when reading ; for dilated pupils, and for pressure or feeling of 
 coldness in the eyes. Causticum, for sudden and frequent loss of sight, 
 with sensation as if something wera stretched over the eyes, or for dim- 
 sightedness, as if looking through a veil or mist. China, for weak sight : 
 the patient only sees the outlines of things near him ; letters look pale, 
 and appear to be surrounded by white borders; dilated and not very 
 sensible pupils ; dimness of the cornea, as if the eyes were filled with 
 smoke, or black motes. The eyes feel better after sleeping. Cieuta, 
 is indicated when the sight frequently vanishes, and when there is vertigo 
 or absent-mindedness, or aching pains in the orbits. Cina, for dimness 
 of sight improved by wiping the eyes, and for pressure in the eyes when 
 reading, as if sand had got in. Cimicifuga, when there is aching pain in 
 the centre of both eyeballs, and black' specks before the eyes. Drosera, for 
 frequent vanishing of sight, or when the eyes are dazzled with the glare 
 of light or of fire. Gelseminum, when there is a thirst for light after 
 Apoplex} r , or Congestion of the Brain. Hyoscyamus, for squinting, illu- 
 sory sight, and stupefying pains over the eyes. Mercurius, for parox- 
 ysms of momentary blindness, sensitiveness of the eyes to light or the 
 glare of fire. Nux vomica, for red face and sensitiveness of the eyes to 
 light only in the morning. Phosphorus, for paroxysms of sensations as. 
 if things are covered with a gray veil. Pulsatilla, for paleness of the 
 face, and disposition to vomit, and a sensation as if dimness of sight could 
 be removed by wiping ; for frequent and copious flow of tears, and con- 
 traction of the pupils. Ruta, for mistiness of sight, and boring pains 
 in the orbits, and the rilling of the eyes with water in the :pen air. 
 Sepia, for dimness of sight when at work, stripes before the. eyes and 
 aching pains in the eyeballs, with sick headache. Silioea, paroxysm.! 
 of sudden obscuration of sight, as if a colored veil were before the eyes. 
 Sulphur, for general mistiness of sight, as if looking through feather- dust 
 or black gauze ; great dryness of the eyes. Veratrum album, for profuse 
 shedding of tears, or the copious filling of the eyes with water. Vera- 
 trum viride, when walking brings on blindness, with fainting vertigo 
 and dilated pupils. When any one of the remedies is indicated, let the 
 dose be repeated only once in twenty-four hours. In all affections of 
 the sight, the patient should avoid hearty meals or excessive overloading 
 of the stomach ; he should be regular in his habits, and free as possible 
 from mental anxiety ; and, above all, his habits should be strictly temper- 
 ate, and late hours should be avoided. In most cases of defective sight, 
 the eyes require rest. An attempt to exercise them in reading in any 
 defective light is pernicious ; and so is prolonged reading in any light. 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 851 
 
 Paralysis of the 'Ejeli&s.—Blepharoplegia. 
 
 This affection sometimes occurs in children, but very rarely in adults, 
 and requires remedial treatment. The best remedies are Belladonna, 
 Spigelia, Sepia, and Stramonium. Belladonna, if there is redness of 
 the face ; Spigelia, if there is any sign of spasms ; Sepia, if it follows 
 severe headache, and sickness of the stomach ; Stramonium, if there 
 is pale face, and inclination to sleep. Oausticum for chronic cases. 
 
 Whooping-Cough. — Tussis Spasmodica. 
 
 Among the diseases of children, we find this malady quite common. 
 The cause is only conjectured. As it is a disease much dreaded by 
 parents, we shall not only be particular in describing the disease, but 
 also in pointing out the remedies for the various stages and complications. 
 The cough begins in the form of an ordinary catarrh arising from a cold. 
 The child has coryza, and coughs ; the mother or nurse may be aware 
 that the disease commences in this way, and their fears may be that it 
 will turn out Whooping-Cough. The catarrhal stage may last ten days 
 or two weeks, and then a different and characteristic cough sets in. This 
 cough comes on in paroxysms, in which a number of rapid expirations 
 follow each other, as in the act of coughing, and with much violence, 
 and without any intervening inspiration, till the patient turns black in 
 the face, and seems on the point of being suffocated ; then one long- 
 drawn act of inspiration takes place, attended with that peculiar rough, 
 crowing noise, which is denominated a whoop, and gives the disease its 
 name. Immediately after this long-drawn inspiration, a series of short 
 expiratory coughs, repeated till the breath is almost exhausted ; and then 
 a second whoop, until a white glary mucus is thrown up, and this ends the 
 paroxysm. After a lapse of some little time, the paroxysm will be re- 
 peated. During the urgency of some of these paroxysms, the face 
 becomes red and swollen, the nose bleeds, the eyes start from the sockets, 
 the little sufferer stamps with impatience, and clings to some object near 
 him ; and this frenzy continues till vomiting or expectoration ends the 
 paroxysm. The victim pants a little while, and appears quite well again, 
 ind begins to have a craving for food. The number of paroxysms that 
 jeeur every twenty-foui hours varies in different subjects. Children 
 are vQiy susceptible to the disease, and it spreads by contagion. The 
 ordinary duration of the disease is from six weeks to three months ; but 
 it may run it? course ir three weeks, and sometimes not for four or five 
 months. 
 
 As long as this disease is uncomplicated, — unmixed with inflamma- 
 tion, and therefore without fever, or with that slight inflammatory con- 
 dition proper to a mild catarrh, — it is not a dangerous disease. In all 
 probability, it will run its course under the most favorable circumstances 
 How much it can be abridged by appropriate remedies is yet a question , 
 but the violence of the disease may be moderated, its sequel may be 
 guarded against, and its complications may be tempered, by the right use 
 of remedies. The most favorable season for the disease to rage is in the 
 
852 
 
 DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND REGIONS. 
 
 spring, when the weather is becoming warmer. The most unfavor- 
 able is late in the fall, when the weather is augmenting in coldness. 
 Cold or damp weather is thought to protract the disease, and warm 
 weather to abridge it. We have thus been somewhat particular in de- 
 scribing this malady, in order to facilitate its treatment by mothers and 
 nurses. We will now proceed to direct the use of appropriate remedies. 
 la the catarrhal stage, give Aconite, If there is fulness of the nose, and 
 headache, give Belladonna. In case of asthmatic breathing, give Ipecac. 
 Aconite is the remedy for a dry, wheezing cough, with fever or burning 
 pain in the larynx, or windpipe. Belladonna is the remedy for severe 
 paroxysms, with congestion of blood to the head, expectoration of blood, 
 and bleeding from the nose, the eyes appear congested, involuntary 
 stool and urine, and also when the paroxysm is announced with crying, 
 which arises from pain in the stomach, but not accompanied by vomiting. 
 Also, in the first stage, Carbo veg. may be given when the cough is con- 
 vulsive, especially in the evening, and. when there is great exhaustion 
 after each coughing-spell. Dulcamara is a good remedy when the 
 cough is moist from the commencement. . Ipecac, for the incipient stage, 
 when the child has coughing-spells so rapid as not to be able to get his 
 breath, and when the open air is requisite to relieve him. Pulsatilla is 
 useful when the cough is loose from the beginning, and worse towards 
 evening. In the second stage, after whooping sets in, with vomiting, 
 and bleeding from the nose and mouth, give Caulophyllum. If without 
 bleeding at the nose, give Drosera, If the children suddenly become 
 rigid, give Cina. This remedy is specific when children are affected 
 with the usual worm symptoms, and the paroxysm is followed by a 
 gurgling noise from the abdomen. Corallia rubrum is believed to be a 
 sure remedy for violent spasmodic cough ; short, barking cough ah 
 Jay, and towards .evening becoming violent and spasmodic. Cuprum 
 is indicated when every paroxysm is attended with cataleptic fits, so that 
 in most every paroxysm the child appears as dead. Veratrum is very 
 suitable after Cuprum. Drosera is the remedy when the paroxysms come 
 on at midnight, and cease before noon, and are very severe and suffocat- 
 ing. Veratrum album is indicated, after Drosera and Cuprum have 
 been employed, when the patient is very feeble, quick pulse, and with a 
 sort of hectic fever, and cold sweat upon the forehead, and great thirst ; 
 and also when the coughing causes an emission of urine, and pain in 
 the chest and loins, and when the patient, between the paroxysms, is in a 
 comatose state, and cares not either to move or converse ; and also when 
 there is excessive weakness of the neck, so that the victim is scarcely 
 able to keep the head erect ; and also when there is rash over the body, 
 or face and hands. For the most severe or convulsive stage of whoop- 
 ing-cough, give Belladonna, when there is pain in the head, or convul- 
 sions ; give Bryonia w 7 hen the child coughs immediately after eating 
 or drinking, and vomits what he has eaten, and returns immediately to 
 finish his meal, and then coughs and vomits again ; give Chamomilla 
 when the cough and vomiting are more frequent during a meal, fretful 
 disposition, and worse at night ; give Causticum when the cough is 
 better, and when it is dry and hollow ; give Hyoscyamus when the 
 patient is worse lying down, and better on sitting up ; give Arnica 
 
when the patient feels sore from coughing. After the cough subsides, 
 and there is any sequel left behind, give whatever remedy is indicated : 
 as Aconite for fever, Nux vom. for constipation, Phosphorus for catarrh, 
 China for extreme weakness, &c. If there is no loss of appetite, allow 
 a substantial diet in all the stages of the disease* Change of air is 
 very beneficial, even if but a short journey from home, especially to 
 the sea-shore. 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 It is well known to physiologists, that soundness of mind, as well as 
 entire soundness of body, indicates a condition of perfect health. The 
 two are so intimately blended, that one can hardly exist without the 
 other, and vice versd. An unsound condition of the physical system is 
 often attended with manifest unsoundness of mind. It is not intended 
 to include the mental phenomena frequently attendant on acute fevers, 
 as in Nervous, Scarlet, and other fevers, but such only as appear to exist 
 as the chief symptom of disturbance in the entire system ; and we will 
 begin with simple 
 
 Mental Derangement. 
 
 What is understood by mental derangement is a disordered mind, 
 which may have been occasioned by one or more of a variety of causes 
 It is indicated by irrational expressions of illusory notions, incoher&LI 
 ideas, strange fancies, and not unfrequently by vicious inclinatkra 
 There is, nevertheless, some specific cause for every case of menKl 
 alienation that occurs ; and the treatment has to be adapted with refer- 
 ence to the cause, when there is a chain of circumstances that indicates 
 it. Nevertheless, the cause is not always apparent, and therefore ],ar 
 ticular symptoms must be our guide in affiliating remedies. Wher 
 insanity takes the form of rage, and the patient appears to be governed 
 by angry and revengeful feelings, and is inclined to utter imprecations 
 and threats towards his best friends, give Aconite in daily doses. U his 
 face appears flushed, and his eyes suffused, and exhibit a fiery red ap- 
 pearance, give Belladonna. If in a scrofulous subject, give Calcarea. 
 If strange fancies seem to beset the patient, or complaints are made of 
 illusory sights, give Hyoscyamus. If the patient is inclined to run away 
 from home, or hide in some secret place, give a dose of Sulphur, ami 
 follow with a few doses of Stramonium every three or lour hours. 
 If the patient seems depressed, and sighs frequently, give LacLcsis. 
 If much distress is evinced, and there is defective nutrition give 
 Nux vomica. For violent rage, followed by soporific sleep, give Opi- 
 um. If the patient laughs and talks continually, give Hyoscyamus , 
 or if given to crying, sobbing, or constant weeping, give Ignat.x. If 
 
 854 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 855 
 
 the patient is subject to cold sweats, give Veratrum. If thirsty, give 
 Arsenicum. If there is great weakness and prostration, give China. 
 If, during paroxysms of rage, there is intense perspiration, give Mercu- 
 rius. Disposition to suicide, Aurum. None of the medicines need be re- 
 peated oftener than twice a day. Great care should be taken to keep the 
 stomach of the patient at ease, by furnishing for it light but nutritious food. 
 
 Mania Produced by Depression of Spirits. 
 
 Protracted Grief. — Extreme mortification or chagrin, or intense an- 
 
 l?i\ may end in mental derangement. When grief wears out the mind, 
 
 ad strange fancies begin to show themselves, give Ignatia. When 
 
 ,rea t mortification on account of some exposure to censure, or on account 
 
 f some humbling of family pride, give Phos. acid. When disappoint- 
 
 nen t unsettles the mind, and chagrin gives rise to insane imaginings, 
 
 i^iv e Pulsatilla ; or, if there is a manifest inclination to hide away from 
 
 Sri ends, give Sulphur ', and follow, in four or six hours, with a dose of 
 
 Hyoscyamus. If the face is red, and the temples beat and throb, give 
 
 Belladonna. When excessive anger and general moroseness of spirit 
 
 snsue, with general antipathy towards every one, give Sulphur, and, in 
 
 six hours, follow with a few doses of Nux vomica. 
 
 Mania from Excited Emotions. 
 
 The mind is often beset with emotions of one kind or another, that 
 often tend to unsettle and derange it. Anguish or foreboding often has 
 this disastrous effect, and one of the principal remedies is Aconite. If 
 there is an attending inclination to weep, give Ignatia. If there is dul- 
 ness or stupor, give Opium, or if in females, give Pulsatilla. If mania is 
 produced by fright, give Aconite, Coffea, or Nux vom. When fear un- 
 settles the mind, give Lachesis, Hyoscyamus, Gelsemium, Opium, or 
 Pulsatilla. When excessive joy produces derangement of the mental 
 faculties, and gives rise to strange fancies, give Coffea, Opium, or 
 Pulsatilla. When homesickness unsettles the mind, give Phos. acid. 
 When fancied neglect of friends distracts the imagination, give Caus- 
 ticum or Capsicum. For unhappy love, and the derangement of mind 
 consequent thereon, give Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, or Phosphoric acid, 
 or perhaps Coffea, or Nux vom. 
 
 If disappointed affection, or anj' cause, produces the mania of suicide, give 
 Aurum. If excessive jealousy ends in mania, give Hyoscyamus. If rage 
 ensues upon insults, give Veratrum alb., Belladonna, or Chamomilla; if upon 
 contradiction, give Aconite, and afterwards Ignatia or Nux vom. For the 
 concomitant symptoms of insanity from excited emotions, give Aconite when 
 there is headache, feverish heat, or tendency of blood to ti 
 
 le Ik- 
 
 Give Belladonna when. there is loss of consciousness, or constant anx- 
 iety, witli fear, weeping, howling, and malice (i i children), and also 
 when Aconite and Opium had proved insufficient for the consequences 
 of fright. Give Bryonia when there is chilliness and shuddering over 
 the whole body, great tendency to vehement anger, loss of appetites, 
 nausea, vomiting, and bilious state in consequence of anger. Give Cap 
 
856 
 
 AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 sicum for sleeplessness caused by homesickness, with heat and redness of 
 the cheeks. Give Chamomilla when anger produces bitter taste of the 
 mouth, nausea, disposition to start, and vomiting of bilious matter, 
 Give Coffea when there is much nervous excitement after great joy. 
 Give Colocynth when chagrin or mortification produces Spasmodic Colic, 
 or cramps. Should this condition persist, give Causticum. Give Hyoscy* 
 amus when fear produces stupefaction or convulsions, involuntary laughter 
 during sleep, or a desire to run awa} r . Give Ignatia for grief, disappoint- 
 ment or unhappy love, when there is deep, gnawing, irresistible grief, vomit- 
 ing, headache, vertigo, pale face, convulsions, or epilepsy, and in children 
 when th?3 r occur from the shock of fright or fear. When homesickness, fright, 
 or mortification is attended with great anguish, restlessness, and trembling, 
 or sudden starting from sleep, or accelerated circulation on the least exer- 
 tion, sleeplessness, and inabilhry to bear the warmth of the bed, great ner- 
 vousness, a disposition to be quarrelsome, and to complain ofeverybody as 
 being hateful, and the patient takes a dislike to his own family, and wishes to 
 leave them, and also when there is shivering and night sweats, give Mer- 
 aurius. Give Nux vomica, when, after an angry fit, there is chilliness 
 u ithout heat. Give Opium when diarrhoea follows excessive joy or fear, 
 or when a sudden start or fright produces sudden and involuntary diar- 
 rhoea, with heaviness of the abdomen. For chronic diarrhoea from fright, 
 Gelsemium. Give Phosphoric acid in all cases after deep grief, homesick- 
 ness, or unhappy love, when the patient is taciturn, dull, or listless, and 
 has a constant desire to sleep, and has night-sweats towards morning, after 
 hectic fever in the evening. Give Pulsatilla when fear produces cold hands 
 and feet. Give Veratrum album when any emotional excitement produces 
 diarrhoea or involuntary evacuations from the bowels, with coldness of 
 the whole abdomen. 
 
 Morbid Emotions. 
 
 A celebrated writer on insanity considers all morbid emotions under 
 this head, and for this reason : that all morbid states of the mind may 
 become so augmented as to result in complete Mania or Monomania. 
 It is, therefore, well to understand the best method of bringing remedial 
 action to bear upon the first departure from sound health of any faculty 
 or emotion of mind. For anguish or anxiety, no remedy seems bettei 
 adapted than Arsenicum, to be given morning and evening, or, perhaps, 
 Pulsatilla for females at the menstrual period, or Veratrum album for 
 very weak and exhausted persons. For apprehension or fear, give Aconite 
 morning and evening, especially if the sufferer is a plethoric, full-blooded 
 person. Give Belladonna to one who suffers much from headache, or 
 rush of blood to the head ; or Bryonia if there is anxiety, with heat of 
 the chest and difficult respiration ; or Hyoscyamus for anxiety about one's 
 safety, or religious anxiety ; or Opium for a kind of anguish and depres- 
 sion of spirits that confuses one's ideas, and is attended by a stupidity and 
 headache. When one is constantly vexed and irritable, it may be in- 
 ferred that a corresponding physical condition requires Arsenicum once 
 or twice a day, or perhaps Nux vomica. Ignatia is suitable when there 
 is a tendency to be vexed, and to weep on account of trifles. For one 
 
always in haste to get angry without reason, give Aurum or Sulphur. 
 ^Vhen one is morbidly suspicious and distrustful, and, in fact, is a hater of 
 his fellow-rnen, and wishes to avoid eveiy one, and to spend his time in se- 
 clusion, give Arsenicum, Hyoscyamus, Pulsatilla, or Rhus tox. For nervous 
 excitement, which ina}- lead to mental derangement, give Aconite or Pulsa- 
 tilla; and especially if there is great tendency to start. For a morbidly 
 malicious disposition, give Belladonna, Hyoscyamus, and Lachesis. For a 
 disposition to kill somebody, or to commit acts of violence, give Stramo- 
 nium. Belladonna, or Veratrum album, morning and evening until a change. 
 For a morbid disposition to be audacious or impertinent, give Ignatia, Opium, 
 or Sulphur. For headstrong obstinacy, and disposition to be quarrel- 
 some, give Belladonna, Nux vomica, Ignatia, Lachesis, and Veratrum. For 
 an artful disposition, or an involuntary disposition to practise deception with 
 no definable motive, give Lachesis and Nux vomica. When the mind 
 is either beset with fancies or fixed ideas, give Belladonna, Coccalus, 
 Stramonium, or Sulphur. For sad and melancholic fancies and lore- 
 bodings, give Calcarea, China, or Pulsatilla, and Petroleum. For a 
 morbidly serious, silent, and untalkative disposition, give Belladonna, 
 Hyoscyamus, and Pulsatilla. For morbid indifference and apathy, give 
 Arsenicum morning and evening, or else Phosphoric acid, Sepia, and 
 Sulphur, in daily doses. Moaning and lamenting without any special 
 cause indicates a degree of insanity that demands prompt attention ; and 
 Hyoscyamus may be given three times a day, or else Chamomilla, 
 Coffea, or Ignatia. Despondency, despair, and being tired of life, as 
 well as an inclination to suicide, are severally affections of the mind that 
 are subject to medical treatment. Arsenicum may be given morning 
 and evening for despair; Lachesis for despondency, especially where 
 there is sighing, as if something awful was weighing upon the mind. 
 For inclination to commit suicide, give Aurum and Arsenicum, especially 
 if there is great anguish, melancholy, and morbid disgust of life. For 
 one simply tired of life, and anxious to get out of this world by natural 
 death, give China, Lachesis, or Nitric acid. For illusions, and illusory 
 notions, showing mental difficulties, give Lachesis, China, or Pulsatilla. 
 Many of these mental difficulties are the result of selfishness or mor- 
 tified self-love, and can be overcome by strong determination of the 
 will and moral training, which, of course, involves more or less of jelf 
 denial. 
 
 Keligious Mania. 
 
 This mental affection is simply a morbid excitation of religious senti- 
 ment and feelings, producing strange and fanciful ideas of God, heaven, 
 and the importance of certain missions to which the victims believe them- 
 selves specially called. Religious Mania is characterized by morbid 
 inclination to be always singing, praying, preaching, and performing reli- 
 gious rites, out of time and place, and in a disconnected and incoherent 
 manner. The cause of this mental affection may be excitement upon 
 religious topics, or during what is ordinarily termed religious revivals. 
 The effect of any thing of the kind is to unsettle the healthy condition of 
 the nerves and that of the nutritive system. For Religious Mania in 
 
 108 
 
858 AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 general, give Hyoscyamus or Stramonium ; for that which is attended 
 with indigestion, give Nux vomica; for that which is accompanied 
 by torpidity of the liver and melancholic temper, give Arsenicum, 
 Mercurius 9 Podophyllin 9 and Ignatia* Let the patient avoid all 
 surroundings calculated to unsettle the mind or emotions. 
 
 Hypochondria. — Hypochondriasis, 
 
 Pinel classes Hypochondria among the various forms of insanity, as it 
 is characterized by morbid imaginings concerning one's health. Some- 
 times the victim imagines himself void of strength, or sadly diseased at 
 the heart; he fancies he sees death staring him in the face, and believes 
 himself often in a dying condition, when, in fact, there is not the slightest 
 reason for such apprehension. In the future, all is darkness : the next 
 hour, the next day, week, or year, is believed by him to be pregnant with 
 something awful. He never enjoys a laugh, for every thing is clothed 
 in gloom. If the subject is of a bilkms temperament, and has black hair 
 and eyes, give Mercurius ; if of a lymphatic temperament, and inclined 
 to obesity, give Pulsatilla ; if of a sanguine temperament, and has red 
 hair and blue eyes, give Nux vom. ; if addicted to the use of intoxicating 
 liquors, give Arsenicum or Nux vom. ; if of a downcast countenance, and 
 subject to indigestion, give Nux vomica, Lycopodium, or Petroleum. If 
 caused by sexual abuse, give China or Sulphur; when caused by sedentary 
 habits, Nux vomica and Sulphur, or if by derangement cf the abdominal 
 functions, and constipation, give Calcarea, Lachesis, or Lycopodium ; for 
 one suffering from languor, mental dulness, or mental distress and discour- 
 agement, give China. If the victim has the fixed idea that he is unhappy 
 and has no friends, and imagines himself surrounded by enemies, China is also 
 the remedy. For a hypochondriac troubled with weak digestion and disten- 
 sion of the abdomen, ill-humor and indolence after eating, give China; 
 when he laments on account of the future, and desires to be alone, give 
 Natrum muriaticum ; when he is beset with ill-humor, despondency, and 
 aversion to life, give Nux vomica ; when with painful anxiety of mind 
 and lowness of spirits, Sulphur ; when he has great dread of death, and 
 is in restless, whining mood, give Aurum ; if indifferent about his busi- 
 ness or his own family, give Sepia. Any of the remedies named may be 
 j^iven three times a day. 
 
 Weak Memory. 
 
 There are many conditions of the physical system that may operate to 
 impair the memory ; the most prominent of which are those that produce 
 debility, — such as loss of blood and other animal fluids, and intense ap- 
 plication of the mind. When occasioned by the former, give China, Nux 
 vom., and Sulphur, in daily doses; when by the latter, Nux vom., Pulsa- 
 tilla, or Sulphur; if caused by external injuries, give Arnica or Rhus; if 
 by inebriation, Arsenicum, Opium, or Nux vom ; if caused by violent erao 
 tions, as fright, grief, or anger, give Aconite, Opium, Phos. acid ; if caused 
 by dampness, give Carbo veg., Rhus, Veratrum album; if by rush of 
 blood to the head, give Belladonna. In nearly all instances of weakness 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THE LUND. 859 
 
 of the memory, it is connected with some form of debility. That follow- 
 ing epileptiform disease requires Sulphur; that following childbirth 
 requires China; and also weakness of memory following an acute fever, 
 or any other prostrating disease, requires China, Ignatia^ Nux vow., and 
 Arsenicum. Give the remedy selected twice a day. 
 
 Hysteria Derangement. 
 
 The ordinary forms of Hysteria sometimes degenerate into insanity. 
 The nervous system becomes shattered, and such patients become tor- 
 mented with all kinds of fancies, — sometimes sexual, frivolous, and even 
 foolish. For Hysteric Insanity in general, give Ignatia, Phosphorus* or 
 Platina ; or, if attended with uterine derangement, give Aurum, Cro- 
 cus, or Sepia ; for those tormented with excessive sexual fancies, give 
 Phosphorus, Pulsatilla, or Platina; if the patient acts foolishly, with 
 much frivolity and levity, give Apis mel. ; if fitful, laughing at one time 
 and erying at another, give Crocus or Stramonium ; if there are marked 
 heavings of the chest, give Phosphorus ; and if the bowels are consti- 
 pated, persistent, and tedious, give Lycopodium ; if in any way connected 
 with the menstrual function, give Pulsatilla ; if the patients are prone to 
 lie and deceive, give Veratrum album ; when they evince an insane pas- 
 sion for work, give Lachesis and Hyoscyamus ; when full of suspicion and 
 distrust, give Hyoscyamus, Mercurius, and Pulsatilla ; if excited exces« 
 sively in body and mind, give Aconite and then Nux vomica, after whicli 
 give Phosphorus or Lachesis ; if disposed to be imperious, and exhibit a 
 passion to order their friends about, give Lycopodium or Cuprum ; if the^ 
 betray a tricky and malicious disposition, give Nux vom. ; if there is greal 
 obstinacy, give Belladonna, Ignatia; if disposed to hide or be alone, 
 give Calcarea; if, on the contrary, there is a mania for company, and a 
 dread of being alone, give Arsenicum, Lycopodium, Phosphorus, 
 and Belladonna ; for great loquacity, give Stramonium ; if excessive 
 mirthfulness, give Hyoscyamus; if there is a disposition to ob- 
 scenity, and a great want of modesty, give Hyoscyamus, Phosjjhorus, 
 or Veratrum; if there is a great disposition to sing, warble, or 
 whistle, give Belladonna or Stramonium; if there is a disposition 
 to make faces and cut antics, give Cuprum or Stramonium; if there 
 is a disposition to scold or swear, give Lycopodium ; if given to 
 self-importance and pride, give Cuprum to men and Platina to 
 women. Let whatever remedy is selected be administered twice a 
 day. Diet should be moderate, and easy of digestion. 
 
 Imbecility. 
 
 Loss of mind, as well as the derangement of its faculties, comes under 
 the head of Mental Difficulties. There are several causes that may 
 operate to destroy the intellect. Epileptic fits will in time render the 
 brain an unfit organ for the mind, and consequently there can be but 
 little power or force in the mental manifestation. A softening of the 
 brain that may supervene upon inflammation is also attended with imbe- 
 cility. Self-pcllution is also a fruitful source of mental weakness. Con- 
 
SCO AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 
 
 genital idiocy results from causes not possible to describe ; but many a 
 bright child has become the victim of idiocy by the mal-treatment it has 
 had in the nursery. To quiet crying children, resort has been had to a 
 variety of sedatives, instead of exercising patience, to initiate them into 
 sleep and quietness. How often do nurses give poppy, or lettuce-tea, to 
 put a crying infant to sleep, little dreaming that they inflict a permanent 
 injury upon the mind of the child. The effect of paregoric, soothing-sirup, 
 and poppy-cordial is often disastrous, and the source of spasms, fits, or 
 convulsions, that impair the tender textures of the brain so much, that, 
 even if the children live, they are apt to be^the victims of imbecility. 
 Fear and fright also are causes of imbecility. If epilepsy is the cause, 
 give Cuprum or Sulphur, in daily doses, or else Belladonna, Hellebcrus, 
 Lachesis, Hyoscyamus, or Opium. If caused by a softening of the brain, 
 there is not much hope of the patient deriving much benefit from reme- 
 dies. There is only a bare possibility that the difficulty may be arrested. 
 Hyoscyamus, Sulphur and Apis mel. may do something to ward oft total 
 and hopeless idiocy. When imbecility is caused by onanism, give Arseni- 
 cum or China twice a day ; when by sexual excesses, give Nux vomica 
 every evening, and Sulphur every morning ; when from the effects of 
 opium, a persistent course of restorative treatment must be decided upon 
 Give Coffea, in usual doses, every three hours ; give also Sulphur, ii 
 the full strength of the tincture, in drop doses ; also, give Ammonia carK , 
 and when from the use of other narcotics, give Nux vomica or Iynatia 
 
 Monomania. 
 
 This term signifies insanity upon a single matter, when in every othei 
 respect the mind is sound. When a single idea seizes the mind, and mor- 
 bidly dwells there, however erroneous, it is difficult to dislodge it. Some- 
 times a most singular and absurd idea will be cherished ; as that one is 
 dead. Dr. William Rush once had a patient in Pennsylvania Hospital, 
 who claimed to be dead ; and, after exhausting his ingenuity to convince 
 him of the contrary, he told him abruptly that he was dead, and should 
 be buried ; for he would not have his stinking remains there to pollute the 
 room any longer. This had the tendency to fire up the anger of the 
 pretended dead man ; and, on cooling down, his singular illusion left him. 
 The treatment of monomania is for the most part moral. It is never 
 prudent to contradict the patient, or to show disfavor to any absurd idea 
 that may be besetting him, but rather to indulge him in it. A celebrated 
 French writer on this malady says of a case at the Maison des Invalides, 
 that he fancied, that, if he urinated, it would cause a flood ; and, after find- 
 ing that the patient must die unless there was an evacuation of the blad- 
 der, the attendant hit upon the idea of crying " Fire ! " and exclaiming at 
 the top of his voice that the city was on fire, and wanting in water to ex- 
 tinguish it, said to the patient, u to let the flood come ; " it was wanted to 
 save the city from ruins: and this appeal had the desired effect. For a 
 mania to kill some one person, under the idea that it must be done, Arsen- 
 icum has apparently proved to be a remedy. In a case quite similar, La- 
 chesis proved of great service. For some of the fixed ideas in monomania, 
 
AFFECTIONS OF THE MIND. 861 
 
 remedies may have a good effect. When one has the idea of being great 
 above all created beings, give Aconite or Conium. When one has an 
 idea that he is hate I, and his mind appears sound in other respects, give 
 Aarum or Ignatia. When he is tormented with the idea that his family 
 or friends are all conniving against him, and appears sane on other sub- 
 jects, give Sulphur, and then Nux vom. If he seems right on all ques- 
 tions, except that his mind is cogitating theft, so that he has an 
 irresistible inclination to steal whan occasion 6*fcrs, give £■* Nhur, 
 Pulsattite- 
 
 L 
 
INSIDIOUS DISEASES. 
 
 Malignant Pustule, 
 
 Tf/xf is sometimes a low and vitiated state of the blocd, and so pow- 
 ei fully rredisposed to take a malignant, if not a fatal tendency, that a 
 very slight exciting cause will arouse a disturbance not easily quelled. 
 Such is believed to be the origin of what is usually termed " the Malig- 
 nant Pustule, a small pimple upon the face, regarded of little account by 
 the person," who, unconscious of the vitiated condition of his blood, pinches 
 it and irritates it. It begins to inflame ; a determination of all the subtle 
 impurities of the fluid takes place at this spot ; and a malignant and disor- 
 ganizing fever pervades the entire economy, and, if not arrested, it runs a 
 rapid course, and terminates fatally, often in a single day, or before any 
 remedial agent can be brought to bear to arrest the process. Pimples 
 upon the face should never be pinched or squeezed, for fear of inviting 
 inflammation to the spot, that might re-act in calling up or setting fire to 
 a discrasia of a malignant quality. Individuals apparently well in the 
 morning have gone to business, and, ere another morning came round, 
 have found themselves fatally prostrated by this disorder. As soon as 
 suspected, give Arsenicum every hour for three or four hours, iind then 
 follow with Nitric acid; and, if there is any indication of change tor the 
 better, well; if not, give Muriatic acid, or Larfwsis. Just iU *oon 
 as any pustule upon the face begins to inflame like a boil, and there 
 are chilly rigors running down the back, retire to bed, take Ar em- 
 rum, and a change in the febrile condition may take place for the 
 better, and the life of the patient may be saved. \\ hen the face 
 begins to swell, and there is delirium, give Belladonna every half- 
 hour, to hold in check, if possible, the tendency to the brain. After 
 Belladonna, give BJius tox. Very many cases of "the Malignant 
 Pustule " have been cured by a timely resort to proper remedies. 
 But celerity of action is required ; one moment's unnecessary delay 
 may be too hazardous for the patient. It is believed that the brain 
 and nervous centres elsewhere are most liable to speedy implication. 
 A resort to such remedies as will guard these will undoubtedly 
 furnish the best protection. Consult Arsenicum, Apis meL, Bell., 
 Graphites, Merc, Conium, and Sulphur. 
 862 
 
TNSIDIOUS DISEASES. g63 
 
 Spotted Fever. — Febris Petechialis. 
 
 This fever usually begins with great lassitude ; the patient feels 
 fatigued, and unable to be about ; and then a headache ensues, without 
 much fever ; the pulse is not much accelerated, the tongue is coated with a 
 dark or brown coating, nutrition becomes interrupted, and rapid emacia- 
 tion takes place. After a while, the patient begins to suffer from intense 
 pain in the back and limbs; a cold chill comes over him, and a febrile 
 re-action, that is characterized usually by great thirst, entire loss of appetite, 
 and inclination to vomit. During the febrile excitement, the skin become.' 
 discolored, and red or purple spots appear in great numbers upon the sur 
 face of the body. This is believed to be the crisis, and arToi*ds an indi 
 cation of the malignant character of the disease. For the most part, the 
 patient lies in stupor, or perhaps at times evinces a low, muttering deli- 
 rium, and inclination to pick the bed-clothes. The cause of this fever is 
 supposed to be some malarious poison acting upon the blood. The prog- 
 nosis, or prospect of the result, is by no means favorable ; yet many such 
 cases recover under proper treatment. In the first stage, when the 
 patient is complaining of great weariness and lassitude, give Arnica 
 every three hours. When the head begins to ache, give Belladonna, and 
 especially if there is any twitching of the muscles, or redness of the 
 eyes. If there is any derangement of the kidneys, following checked 
 perspiration, give Rhus tox. For the inteuse pain in the back, give 
 Belladonna, and follow with Verat. viride. When the cold chill 
 ensues, and the countenance looks pallid and sunken, give Carbo 
 vegetabilis. When the fever appears, and there is thirst, and incli- 
 nation to vomit, give Arsenicum, or perhaps Veratrum album, and 
 repeat the remedy every three hours. When the low, muttering 
 delirium shows itself, give Stramonium. Let the surface of the 
 body be rubbed gently with a crash or Turkish towel, and wet with 
 tepid water. If the patient becomes quiet, and the spots gradually 
 begin to disappear, and the coating upon the tongue begins to break 
 up, and a normal secretion upon the tongue begins to show itself, — 
 these are signs of convalescence ; and then it is well to give China, 
 and supply the patient with beef-tea or broth in moderate quantities, 
 and then with something more substantial, as he can bear it. 
 
 Cold Fever. 
 
 In some parts of the country, there has prevailed endemically a kind 
 of fever which at first makes its appearance with general prostration 
 and coldness of the surface of the entire body. The face appears as 
 cold as marble, the nose pinched, the eyes sunken in their sockets, the 
 tongue covered with a thick white coating, no appetite, but intense thirst. 
 This cold stage lasts for a longer or shorter period ; and then it is followed 
 by a febrile re-action, and the entire body becomes intensely heated, the 
 pulse becomes quick and feeble, the head and back become the seat of 
 pain for a while ; and then all these symptoms disappear, and another cold, 
 sunken condition of the system ensues, and sometimes the body is covered 
 with a cold perspiration, which lasts for an indefinite period ; and then a 
 

 §54 INSIDIOUS DISEASES. 
 
 more fierce febrile re-action comes on again, and elevates the pulse and 
 temperature of the skin, giving a flushed appearance of the countenance, 
 redness of the eyes, and heat of the head ; when a warm perspiration ter- 
 minates the febrile heat, and then there gradually appears the coldness of 
 the surface again. These alternations of the extremes of temperature 
 upon the surface go on until a crisis occurs that terminates the life of 
 the patient, or the disease begins to wane. But, to mitigate the severity 
 of the disease by treatment^ in the cold stage, give Carlo, veg. every fomr 
 hours until the re-action commences, and then give Bryonia or Rhus ; and 
 these remedies may moderate the re-action. If, in the cold stage, the 
 patient is stupid, give Belladonna ; after Carlo veg., and for the cold pei> 
 spiration, give Carlo animalis. At the recurrence of the fever upon 
 the surface, give Arsenicum and Bryonia. If the patient has much 
 heat in the head, and is delirious, give Belladonna ; and, until the cop ting 
 upon the tongue begins to disappear, do not thrust any food other than 
 light gruel upon the patient, but as soon as the natural secretion of saliva 
 appears upon the tongue, give beef-tea, or good mutton-soup, a little wine, 
 and other nutritious stimulants ; and, as the appetite returns, increase the 
 strength of the diet. The same process of rubbing must be employed aa 
 in the Spotted Fever. If the urine is turbid, give JSTux vom. If 
 the feet swell during the convalescence, give Arsenicum, Apis mel., 
 or Hellebore, 
 
 Putrid Fever. 
 
 This fever, as its name implies, emits an unpleasant or fetid odor. It 
 comes on much like those just described, only the breath appears to be 
 tainted with something of a putrid character, and very often there are pu- 
 trid discharges from the bowels. The urine has a putrid odor ; and, when 
 there is any perspiration upon the surface, it has the same smell. The 
 disease comes on unobserved, and is attended with lassitude and inappe- 
 tency. There is seldom any noticeable cold stage, and yet there is very 
 little if any heat upon the surface. The tongue becomes coated with a 
 dark-brown coating, and sordes collects upon the teeth in large quantities. 
 The pulse is feeble and quick ; the skin, for the most part, is dry and of 
 low vitality. There is often more or less pain in the bowels, and a dis- 
 tension of the abdomen. The urine is thick and high colored, and of an 
 offensive odor. The patient rejects all kinds of food and drink, except 
 water ; and this uniformly has to him a disagreeable taste. His nose 
 is dry and sore, and his lips become dry and cracked ; and sometimes 
 a black or dark-colored saliva runs out of the corners of his mouth, 
 which discolors them, and gives to his pale and sunken countenance a 
 distressing appearance. The progress of this fever is slow and low, and 
 often terminates in ulceration of the bowels. There is from the first a 
 labored respiration and a putrid breath. For the commencing stage, 
 give Arnica; if this fails to relieve me symptoms in twenty-four hours, give 
 Baptisia; when the mouth becomes dry and the lips cracked, and the 
 sordes collects upon the teeth, give Nitric acid, and follow with Arseni- 
 cum; when the patient complains of pain in the bowels, and there are 
 putrescent discharges from them, give Phosphorus; if there is involun- 
 tary and painless diarrhoea, give Phosphoric acid; in case of great pros- 
 
INSIDIOUS DISEASES. 865 
 
 tration, give Arsenicum, followed in twelve hours, if no relief, by 
 Muriatic acid. Putrid fevers are often fatal, and especially where 
 a putrid diarrhoea is kept up by the fever. For distension of the 
 abdomen, give JVux; for the thick and offensive urine, Sulphur, 
 Carlo veg., or Arsenicum; should the putrid stage pass off, leaving 
 the patient prostrate, give China, wine, egg-nog, and even a little 
 Brandy, to keep up the vitality of the system. The sooner any one 
 recovering from this fever can take light, solid aliments, the better, 
 
SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOR REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 
 
 In giving specific indications for the selection of remedies in Fevers, a 
 large ground is covered, inasmuch as nearly all the diseases to which 
 flesh is heir are attended by some specifically characterized fever, which 
 calls for the proper remedy. It is therefore deemed important to state, 
 in connection with the names of the important remedies, the particular 
 characteristic symptoms that they represent. ' 
 
 Aconite is indicated for violent heat and chill, heat about the head and 
 face ; and red cheeks, palpitation of the heart, pleuritic stitches, anguish, 
 sadness or ilJ-uumor, despondency, and dread of death, bodily rest- 
 lessness. 
 
 Autinioniuni is indicated when there is little thirst, yellow coating upon 
 the tongue, bitter taste in the mouth, eructations, nausea, loathing, vomit 
 ing, and other gastric derangements ; constipation or diarrhoea. 
 
 Arnica is indicated when there is thirst before the chill, and when the 
 chill comes on in the evening after considerable aching of the bones ; and 
 also when there is constant desire to change one's position during the 
 fever ; for apathy, and pains in the stomach ; for want of appetite, and 
 aversion to meat when the fever has gone off. It is particularly indicated 
 when there is weariness, listlessness, yellow color of the skin, and 
 bitter taste, and following a blow or concussion. 
 
 Arsenicum album is called for when the chill and heat set in simuha 
 neously, or when they rapidly alternate with each other, or when there 
 is internal chilliness and external heat, and vice versa; also for burning 
 heat, as if boiling water was flowing through the veins ; no sweat until the 
 commencement of sleep, oppression of the chest, anguish and uneasiness, 
 pressure in the head, vertigo, pains in the liver and spleen, great debility, 
 burning pain in the stomach, and disposition to vomit, great uneasiness 
 and anguish in the region of the heart, violent pains and lameness of tne 
 extremities, and tendency to dropsy. 
 
 Belladonna, when the fever comes on with violent headache with stu 
 pefaction, marked chilliness and slight heat or the opposite ; redness of the 
 face, with heat and throbbing of the temporal arteries and carotids ; entire 
 absence of thirst or the reverse ; and also when the patient is irritab 1 * and 
 in a whining mood. 
 
SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOR REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 867 
 
 Bryonia, for coldness, chill with red cheeks, heat about the head, and 
 yawning ; or when the heat prevails with subsequent chilliness, heat of the 
 chest with slight pains indicating pleurisy ; or when there is a coated tongue., 
 or headache and vertigo during the heat, nausea and faintness on sitting up. 
 
 Calcarea carbonica, for heat in the face, then chills ; or with cold hands, 
 heaviness of the head and limbs, pains in the small of the back, and rest- 
 lessness : cold, sour-smelling sweat on the head. 
 
 Capsicum, when there is thirst during the chill and fever, and much 
 mucus in the mouth, throat, and stomach ; also when there is diarrhoea 
 with slimy and burning evacuations ; and when the patient is irritable, 
 anxious, and oppressed during the chill, and when the chill begins in the 
 back. 
 
 Carbo veg., when the chill occurs in the evening or at night ; thirst 
 during the chill only, which is followed with fever and copious sweat and 
 chilliness ; afterwards rheumatic pains in the teeth and limbs before or 
 during the fever; and when there is vertigo, nausea, and red face during 
 the heat. 
 
 Chamomilla, when there is pressure in the pit of the stomach, hot sweat 
 on the forehead, despair, tossing about or bilious vomiting, diarrhoea and 
 colic, — the thirst, heat, and sweat prevailing, frequent urination. 
 
 China is indicated when there is nausea, canine hunger, headache, an- 
 guish, palpitation of the heart, or other ailment previous to the paroxysm ; 
 when there is thirst generally before or after the chill and heat, or during 
 the sweat ; when there is no thirst, but tendency of blood to the head, 
 headache, red face, uneasy sleep, and yellow complexion. China is also 
 indicated when there is drowsiness, pains in the liver and spleen, bilious 
 or dropsical symptoms, or enlargement of the liver and spleen. 
 
 Cilia, for vomiting and canine hunger, both before and after the parox- 
 ysm of fever ; the face is pale during the fever, and a tendency to emacia- 
 tion exists, and dilated pupils. 
 
 Feimm is indicated when the fever comes on with chill and thirst, 
 headache, and tendency to congestion of various organs ; swelling of the 
 external veins, swelling of the face, especially around the eyes ; great 
 debility, vomiting of the food when partially digested, and laborious 
 breathing' 
 
 I^'iiatia, when there is thirst only during the chill, and wdien this is 
 moderated by external heat, or when there is external heat with partial 
 internal shuddering; nausea and vomiting, pale color of the skin, and 
 pains in the back during the cliill ; and also when there is no thirst, with 
 headache, vertigo, and delirium, and particularly when there is paleness 
 of the face, or else alternately pale and red, or only one cheek red during 
 the heat ; great languor, deep sleep, with snoring ; after or during the 
 fever, eruption on the lips and in the corners of the mouth. This rem 
 edy is also indicated for the fever attending Nettle Rash and other erup- 
 tions of the skin. 
 
 Ipecacuanha is indicated for a fever of much chilliness and little heat, 
 or vice versa, and when the chill is increased by external heat, or when 
 
868 SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOR REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 
 
 there is little or no thirst during the chill, and great thirst during the 
 heat ; and also when there is nausea and vomiting, and other gastric 
 symptoms, previous to, or during and between, the paroxysms of fever ; 
 and when there is a coated tongue and an oppression of the chest. 
 
 Lachesis is particularly indicated when chills occur after a meal in v le 
 latter part of the day, with violent pains in the limbs, and pleuritic stitches, 
 oppression of the chest, and convulsive motions ; and when there is violent 
 headache during the heat ; delirium, burning thirst, red face, restlessness, 
 internal shudderings during the heat, livid complexion, debility, prostra- 
 tion between the paroxysms, heat especially at night, sweat after the heat, 
 and when the fever is easily excited by eating lemons or other soui things 
 
 Mercurius is indicated when heat and sweat appear together, ard wherj 
 there is violent thirst, pains in the right side, acid stomach, and regurgi- 
 tation of sour or bilious matter from the stomach ; and when there are 
 pains in the bones, and an aching of the limbs. 
 
 STux Vomica is suitable for a fever that comes on with great debility, 
 then chill and heat ; constant desire to be covered, even during the heat 
 and sweat ; and w T hen, during the chill, the skin, hands, feet, and face are 
 blue ; and when there are pains in the chest and abdomen, back, and par- 
 ticularly in the small of the back, or drawing in the limbs ; and when 
 there is headache, buzzing in the ears, distress in the chest, heat about 
 the face, red cheeks and thirst during the chill and heat ; and also when 
 there are gastric or bilious symptoms, vertigo, anguish, and constipation. 
 
 Opium is called for when there is sleep during the heat, and even dur- 
 ing the chill, with snoring respiration with the mouth open ; convulsive 
 twitchings, warm sweat, suppression of the secretions. This remedy is 
 suitable for old people and children. 
 
 Pulsatilla is wanted when there is no thirst during the fever, or thirst 
 only during the heat, and when there is an aggravation in the afternoon or 
 evening, with headache, anguish, and oppression during the entire period 
 of the fever ; and when there is a red and bloated face, sweat in the face, 
 and shuddering as soon as the patient recovers himself; and also when 
 there are gastric or bilious symptoms, bitter taste in the mouth, bilious, 
 slimy, or sour vomitings, or diarrhoea, alternating with constipation, 
 oppression of the chest, moist cough, or headache. Pulsatilla \s fre- 
 quently suitable after Lachesis, or when the fever comes on agaii aftei 
 overloading the stomach in any way. Often beneficial after the 
 abuse of Quinine. 
 
 Rhus tox is suitable for an evening or night fever, when the chilliness 
 and heat both make their appearance simultaneously, and a copious sweat 
 comes on after midnight or towards morning ; and when, during the chill, 
 there are pains in tiie limbs, headache, vertigo, or toothache ; or when, 
 between the paroxysms, there are convulsive twitchings of the limbs, net- 
 tle-rash, colic, diarrhoea, and gastric derangement ; or when there is jaun- 
 dice, sleeplessness, and tossing about, thirst at night, palpitation of the 
 heart, with anguish and pressure in the pit of the stomach. 
 
 Veratrum, when there are external chill and cold sweat, or internal 
 heat, with dark-red urine, delirium, and flushed face ; or when there is 
 
SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOR REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 869 
 
 chill, with nausea, vertigo, pains in the small of the back and back ; or 
 when there is chill alternating with heat, constipation, or vomiting with 
 diarrhoea ; and when there is thirst during the chill and heat. 
 
 With the above remedies, or any of them, the following remedies may 
 be employed ; as Cantharis, when the urinary passages are involved ; or 
 Cocculus, when the patient is nervous and threatened with spasms, cardi- 
 algia, and constipation. When the fever for which any of the remedies 
 are indicated is in sensitive persons, made restless by great nervousness, 
 ijive Coffea ; and especially when there is sweat with thirst, soft stools, or 
 diarrhoea. Give Drosera, when there is violent chilliness with cold face, 
 icy cold hands and feet, nausea and bilious vomiting, headache and spas- 
 modic cough during the heat, and gastric symptoms between the parox- 
 ysms. Give Hepar, when the patient has coryza, cough, or distress in the 
 chest, or chill and thirst, preceded by bitter taste, followed by heat and 
 sleep. Give Hyoscyamus, when the fever is attended by cough at night, 
 or even epileptic attacks. Mercurius, sour and fetid sweat, with palpita- 
 tion of the lieart. Sulphur, when the fever is from suppressed Itch, with 
 chills every evening, heat and sweat towards morning, fever with palpi- 
 tation of the heart, and violent thirst even before the chill. 
 
 In case of any fever occurring with symptoms described as being par- 
 ticular indications for the employment of any one remedy, always select 
 that remedy ; and, in all probability, but few doses will be required to 
 effect a cure, provided the patient is placed in the most favorable condi- 
 tion fur recovery : for this is as essential as the employment of remedies. 
 
 In many instances, only a single symptom may present itself, while in 
 other respects the patient may be well. A brief consideration of some of 
 these may be useful ; as, — 
 
 Aversion to Food. — Anorexia. 
 
 When this exists as a mere symptom, or dislike for food, give Tart. 
 emetic. If after gastric affections, give China. ? For aversion to food, 
 accompanied with hunger, give Bryonia or Rhus tox., or else Ignatia or 
 Nux vomica. For complete loathing of food, give Ipecac, or Pulsatilla. 
 
 Loss of Smell, — Anosmia. 
 
 This symptom may show itself independently, and consists in a mere 
 insusceptibility of the olfactory nerves, which may be quickened by one 
 or two doses of Belladonna, Calcarea, or Sanguinaria. If from paralysis 
 of the olfactory nerves, give Nux vomica or Sepia. If from catarrh, 
 give Calcarea, Hepar, Silicea, or Sulphur. 
 
 Loss of Taste. — Agustia. 
 
 For the absence of this sense, independently of other affections, give 
 Natrum mur. and Silicea. For loss of taste from purely nervous causes, 
 such as paralysis of the gustatory nerves, give Hyoscyamus, Nux vom. s or 
 
870 SPECIFIC INDICATIONS FOR REMEDIES IN FEVERS. 
 
 Sepia. For the same attended with catarrh, coryza, and other effects of 
 cold, give Pulsatilla or Sulphur, or else Hepar or Sepia. Give the usual 
 dose, and repeat twice a day as long as is necessary. 
 
 For alterations of taste, viewed as mere symptoms, the following reme- 
 di 3s may be employed : Aconite, Arsenicum, Belladonna, Bryonia, Met- 
 curius, Rhus, Pulsatilla, &c. For bitter taste, give Aconite, Bryonia, 
 Msrcurius, or Nux vomica. For the taste of blood, give Ipecac, or Sul- 
 phur. For the taste of pus, Pulsatilla. For clayey taste, China, Hepar, 
 Pulsatilla. For flat, watery taste, or insipid, give Bryonia or China. For 
 the taste of bad eggs, cheese, &c, give Arnica, Rhus, or Sulphur. For 
 greasy taste, Caustiuum. For metallic taste, give Cole, Lachesis, Niu 
 vomica, or Rhus. For clammy or slimy taste, Arnica or Belladonna. 
 For rancid taste, give Bryonia or Ipecac. For salt taste, Arsenicum, 
 Cirbo veg., or Sulphur. For sour taste, give Calc, China, Nux vomica, 
 »>r Sulphur. For other forms of illusory or bad taste in general, give 
 Nux, Pulsatilla, or Sepia. For sweetish taste, give Belladonna, Bryonia, 
 China, Merc, or Pulsatilla. When food tastes bitter, give Colocynth. For 
 bitter taste after eating and drinking, Bryonia, China, Pulsatilla. When 
 food has a salty taste, give Carlo veg. When it tastes sour, give Calc. or 
 China. When there is a sour taste after eating, Nux vom. or Pulsatilla. 
 Sour taste after drinking, Sulphur. If after drinking milk, Nux vomica. 
 When bread tastes sweet, give Mercurius. When those who use tobacco 
 imagine that it has an acid taste, Staphysagria. When there is an illusory 
 taste ( f sweetness of beer, Pulsatilla. For nauseous taste, Ipecac. A 
 single dose of the remedy indicated for illusions of taste will generally 
 correct the disorder. Nearly all these departures from the normal condi- 
 tion of the sense may be indicative of some peculiar derangement of the 
 animal or organic functions, that the chosen remedy may avert or correct. 
 The value of these isolated symptoms in pointing to remedies that may 
 be used as timely preventives of more serious derangements can hardly be 
 appreciated. As, for instance, a bitter taste may forebode a serious biliary 
 derangement, that Aconite may prevent. And so with all the other varie- 
 ties of illusory taste : what might follow, if neglected, no one can tell. It 
 is better to prevent than to cure a malady ; and when the sentinels of 
 taste and smeK stand ready to guard against the approach of diseases, it 
 is always best to give hee 1 to their admonitions. 
 
POISONS. AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 
 
 Substances which derange the vital functions, and produce death by an 
 k tion not mechanical, are denominated poisons ; and distinguished writ- 
 ers have noted three classes of these substances, which may be noted as 
 follows : — 
 
 1st. Irritant Poisons, or those which produce irritation or inflamma- 
 tion, as mineral acids, Arsenic, Copper, frc. 
 
 2d. Narcotic Poisons, or those which produce stupor or delirium, and 
 other affections of the brain and nervous system, as Opium, Prussia 
 jjid, $c. 
 
 3d. Narcotic-acrid Poisons, or those which sometimes produce irrita- 
 tion, and sometimes narcotism ; sometimes both together. These are all 
 derived from the vegetable kingdom ; as Strychnia, Nux vomica, fro. 
 
 As most everybody is obliged to be so situated, that, through mistake or 
 accident, poison of one or another of these classes may be taken into the 
 system, it seems desirable to be well instructed in the use of antidotes, 
 and the treatment of the supervening irritation or inflammation. 
 
 If, through mistake or accident, either sulphuric, nitric, or hydrochlo- 
 ric acid is taken into the stomach in poisonous doses, give CJialk or Mag- 
 nesia ; or, if this is not at hand, beat down the plaster from the wall, and 
 make into a thin paste with water, and give this. Soap-suds is another 
 antidote. Drink freely of any mild fluid, or milk, both before and after the 
 antidote is administered. For the supervening inflammation, such remedies 
 may be employed as in Gastritis from any other cause : Aconite, in case 
 of much fever ; Bryonia, if glairy vomitings ; Nux vomica, if there is 
 sense of weight, &c. 
 
 In case of Oxalic acid being taken into the stomach by mistake, as 
 this may occur from its resemblance to Epsom salts, it will be necessary 
 to excite vomiting at once by tickling the throat with a feather, or by an 
 emetic ; and, after, to administer Chalk or Magnesia in large doses sus- 
 pended in water. These not being at hand, break off the plaster, and 
 make a paste as before. Alkalies will not answer, as they would only 
 form neutral salts. For the after-symptoms, give Aconite dissolved in 
 water, — a tablespoonful after every paroxysm of vomiting, until they 
 cease ; and give the victim at the same time, freely, mucilaginous drinks, 
 and also Coffea and Opium as antidotes. 
 
 871 
 
872 POISONS, AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 
 
 For poisoning with Arsenic, the first thing necessary is to thoroughly 
 evacuate the stomach ; and, for this purpose, give an emetic, and then fol- 
 low with iron-rust, or the Sesqui-oxid of Iron, largely diffused in 
 water ; and let the patient drink freely of mucilaginous, farinaceous, or 
 albuminous drinks, and milk. The subsequent inflammation must be 
 treated with Aconite, — a dose every two hours until the nausea entirely 
 disappears ; Nux vomica, also, for the inflammation. and soreness of the gas- 
 tric region ; Bryonia, if the slightest motion produces pain ; and Pulsatilla 
 or Nux v mi., if the most delicate kinds of food aggravate the suffering. 
 
 For Poisoning with Mercury, and Corrosive sublimate, — This is the 
 usual form of Mercury employed for committing suicide ; and, as it is used 
 for bed-bug poison, it is liable to be taken through carelessness or mistake. 
 Xt is therefore requisite to point out some antidote the nearest at hand. 
 Give whites of eggs in abundance, or Gluten if eggs cannot be had; or 
 else milk. The most usual form of the supervening irritation is Saliva- 
 tion or Mercurial Fever. For these, give Nitric acid, Hepar sulphur, 
 and obtain for the patient fresh air and a nourishing diet as soon as 
 possible. 
 
 For Poisoning with Copper. — The blue vitriol, or Sulphate of Copper, 
 and Verdigris, are the forms in which this poison is most common ; and, 
 when taken into the system, the most ready antidote is the white of 
 eggs. Great care should be taken to exclude vinegar, for this acid would 
 add virulence to the poison. To allay or cure the remaining irritation, 
 give Sulphur twice a day. 
 
 Poisoning with Antimony, or Tart emetic, is liable to occur, as this 
 substance is sometimes used in medicine as an emetic. When given to 
 excess, it produces vomiting, attended with burning pain at the pit of 
 the stomach, followed by purging and colic, stricture of the throat, and 
 cramps. As an antidote, give large draughts of warm water, and tickle 
 the throat with a feather to induce vomiting ; also the decoction of any 
 bark containing tannin, as oak, hemlock, or cherry-tree bark. For the 
 subsequent ailments, give Sulphur, China, Nux vomica, or Opium. 
 
 For poisoning with Zinc, or white vitriol, which is denoted by violent 
 vomiting, sunken eyes, and pale face, cold extremities, and fluttering 
 pulse, give the infusion of any of the substances containing tannin, and 
 feed the patient with cream, butter, and chalk quite freely. 
 
 For poisoning with Lead. — Red lead and white lead, as well as 
 sugar of lead, are liable to be taken by mistake;, and their poisonous 
 effects are denoted by obstinate colic, spasms of the muscles, and some- 
 times apoplexy. As an antidote, give water of ammonia, or hartshorn, or 
 pearlash-water, or any of the earthy sulphates, as lime, etc. For Lead Pa- 
 ralysis, give Sulphur, and afterwards Nux vomica. For colic, Opium. _ 
 
 'For poisoning with Cantharides, which is denoted by intense burning 
 in the pit of the stomach, and pain in the lower abdomen, feeble voice, 
 laborious breathing, strangury, and tenesmus of the bladder, headache, and 
 delirium. To remove the Cantharis from the stomach, excite vomiting 
 in the quickest and most speedy way, — by tickling the thrOat with a 
 feather, or drinking a strong mustard-tea, or by taking snuff upon the 
 tongue. Give Aconite to allay the fever ; give Nux vomica and Pulsa- 
 tilla to allav the irritability of the stomach, and Arnica to relieve the 
 
POISONS, AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 873 
 
 tenesmus, or straining ; or else spirits of Camphor, This is believed to be 
 the best antidote. 
 
 For poisoning with Morphine, which is denoted by giddiness and stupor, 
 the person becomes motionless, and insensible to external impressions, 
 breathes slowly, and lies quite still, with the eyes shut and the pupils con- 
 tracted, the whole expression of the countenance being that of perfect 
 repose. As the poison advances, the features become ghastly, the pulse 
 feeble and imperceptible, the muscles excessively relaxed ; and, unless 
 assistance is speedily called, death soon ensues. The first thing neces- 
 sary is to remove the poison from the stomach, which is by inducing 
 vomiting. If soon after taking the morphine, give mustard-water freely, 
 or inject in the stomach some sulphate of zinc, if the patient is too insen- 
 sible to take it otherwise. After vomiting is induced, arouse the victim, 
 make him walk up and down the room for hours, until the inclination to 
 sleep is superseded by nausea, headache, and vomiting, and then give 
 him strong coffee ; and afterwards, to remove the entailed symptoms, give 
 Nux vomica. 
 
 For poisoning with Prussic Acid, when not fatal, resort to cold shoicer- 
 bath, and inhalation of diluted water-of-ammonia vapor ; give, also, solu- 
 tion of carbonate of potass. 
 
 For poisoning with Charcoal Gras, as from the fumes of burning char- 
 coal in a close room, resort to cold affusion, and give Aconite, in drop 
 doses, in a spoonful of water. The same treatment may be resorted to 
 in case of poisoning with any of the poisonous gases, as sulphur eted hy- 
 drogen and carbonic acid. 
 
 Poisoning by Strychnia, or Nux vomica, is denoted by convulsions, with 
 much anxiety and agitation during the fits. The whole body is stiffened 
 or straightened ; the legs pushed out and forced wide apart : no pulse or 
 breathing can be perceived ; the face and hands livid, and the muscles 
 violently convulsed. Nux vomica, or Strychnia, in poisonous doses, gen- 
 erally proves fatal, in spite of treatment. If emetics are given, and the 
 stomach is made to disgorge its contents sufficiently early, and the patient 
 is not attacked with convulsions in two hours, he will generally be safe. 
 
 In treating any case of poisoning, two things are required : 1st, re- 
 moval of the exciting cause ; 2d, treatment of tf»« effects that remain. 
 The removal of the poison should be done, if possible, with little violence, 
 and by the simplest and most innocent method, either with the finger, or 
 in case the poison has been a long time swallowed, excite vomiting or 
 stool by the simplest means. Copious administration of tepid water, irri- 
 tating the fauces by means of a feather or something similar, or by salt, 
 mustard, and snuff, or injections of tobacco-smoke ; and neutralize the 
 poisons by means of albumen, vinegar, lemon-juice, coffee, camphor, milk, 
 oil. soap, mucilaginous drinks, tea, wine, sugar, or, as it has been seen, 
 with ammoniacal gas, iron-rust, charcoal, kitchen salt, Fpsom salt, potash^ 
 and starch. 
 
 It is well to be familiar with these antidotes of poisons, and to bear in 
 min I the particular indications, or poisonous substances that call for them, 
 as follows: — 
 
 Albumen, or whites of eggs, antidotes such metallic substances as quick- 
 silver, corrosive sublimate, verdigris, tin, lead, and Sulphuric acid % when 
 no 
 
g74 POIbONS, AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 
 
 the victim complains of violent pains in the stomach, with tenesmus, or 
 diarrhoea, and pains at the anus. 
 
 Vinegar antidotes alkaline poisons, and obviates the ill effects of acon- 
 ite, opium, poisonous mushrooms, belladonna, &c. 
 
 Coffee. — Strong black coffee, made of the berry lightly roasted, and 
 drank hot, is an antidote to opium, nux vomica, belladonna, narcotica, 
 mushrooms, poisonous sumac, bitter almonds, and all those substances 
 containing prussic acid. It must be borne in mind, however, that the 
 cause must be removed, if possible, first. 
 
 Camphor antidotes the ill effects of poisonous insects, and especially 
 ?antharis, whether administered internally or externally. Camphor also 
 antidotes the toxical effects of phosphorus, spigelia, and santonin. It is 
 also useful for the after-effects of acids, salts, metals, &c, after the poi- 
 sonous substance itself has been removed from the stomach by mean3 of 
 vomiting, &c. 
 
 Milk is frequently alluded to as an antidote for poisons ; but it has no 
 real merit. Mucilaginous substances are better, and much to be pre- 
 ferred. 
 
 Olive Oil ranks with milk, and is much less useful than is believed. It 
 is useless in metallic poisons, and even hurtful in poisoning with arsenic. 
 It is of some service, however, in case of poisoning either with Nitric^ 
 Sulphuric, or Phosphoric acid. Olive oil and vinegar, administered in 
 alternation, has proved serviceable in cases of poisoning with alkalies. 
 
 Soap. — Castile soap, dissolved in four times its bulk of hot water, and 
 drank, will antidote many cases of poisoning with Corrosive sublimate 
 and also with arsenic, or with any of the numerous forms of lead. Soap- 
 suds is likewise a valuable antidote for poisoning with Sulphuric and Ni- 
 tric acid. Soap is hurtful in cases of poisoning with alkalies. 
 
 Sugar, or sugar-water, is quite as good as any of the antidotes, and 
 much to be preferred in cases of poisoning with paint, verdigris, copper, 
 sulphate of copper, alum, &c. In cases of corrosive sublimate, in solu- 
 tion, being taken into the stomach by mistake, as it has been, sugar-water 
 may be given before the white of an egg. Sugar is also an excellent an- 
 tidote in cases of poisoning with arsenic. The other antidotes are, — 
 
 Ammoniacal gas, or the volatile odor of spirits of hartshorn, for poi- 
 soning with alcohol, bitter almonds, or prussic acid. 
 
 Iron-rust, or the sesqui-oxide of iron, for poisoning with arsenic, 
 freshly prepared. 
 
 Epsom salt, for the various alkaline poisons. 
 
 Charcoal, for poisoning with putrid fish, meat, or mushrooms, or mussels. 
 
 Kitchen salt, for poisoning with nitrate of silver, and poisono.ua 
 wounds. 
 
 Magnesia, for poisoning with any of the mineral acids. 
 
 Potash and Sweet Almond oil are also good antidotes for acids. 
 
 Starch, in solution, is the best antidote for poisoning with iodine. 
 
 Strong tea is a good antidote for poisoning with honey ; and so is 
 
 Wine, for noxious vapors and poisonous mushrooms. 
 
 And here it may be repeated, that the first thing we have to do, in 
 treating cases of poisoning, is to remove the poison by vomiting, and then 
 to administer the suitable antidotes. In case we should not be able to 
 ascertain what kind of poison has been swallo nred, we should first admin- 
 
POISONS, AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. 875 
 
 ister the white of egg ; and in case there should be stupor, give coffee, 
 quite strong, made of the lightly-roasted kernel. But if we should 
 know the poison to be mineral or metallic, the first resort may be to 
 white of egg, sugar-water, soap-water, or soap-suds, and for the remain- 
 ing effects give Sulphur, which has been ascertained to be a real antidote 
 to the effects of metallic poisons. If it should be known that acids or 
 corrosive substances have been taken, give castile soap mixed with four 
 times its bulk in warm water, or magnesia dissolved in water, or powdered 
 chalk stirred up in water, or a solution of saleratus, pearlash, or super-car- 
 bonate of soda, in spoonful doses, after each paroxysm of vomiting, as long 
 as it continues ; and afterwards give mucilaginous drinks, and, alternately, 
 coffee and opium, in the form of homoeopathic remedies ; and for the 
 remaining ailments, give Pulsatilla. After the antidotes have been ad- 
 ministered, give Pulsatilla for sulphuric acid, Bryonia for muriatic acid, 
 and Aconite for other acids, and especially for crab-apple vinegar. In 
 case it should be known that alkaline substances have been swallowed in 
 poisonous quantities, vinegar and water may be given in large quantities, 
 and also lemon-juice or cranberry-sauce, without sugar, or sour milk; and 
 for the secondaiy effects of poisoning with potash, give Coffea or Carlo 
 veg. If the poisoning is known to be the effects of spirits of hartshorn, 
 give Hepar sulph. ; if it should be known the patient had been inhaling 
 noxious vapors, bathe the patient freely with vinegar and water, and let 
 him inhale the vapor of a solution of hydrochloric acid ; and, after a 
 return to full consciousness, give a strong decoction of partially-charred 
 coffee, or a few doses of Opium or Belladonna. 
 
 The vapors of coal, when having a poisonous effect, may be antidoted 
 by copious draughts of vinegar and water ; and for poisoning by any sub- 
 stance not mentioned, first follow the rule of removing the poison from 
 the stomach by vomiting, and, for the irritation or inflammation left be- 
 hind, affiliate any homoeopathic remedy that may meet the case. If there 
 is much fever or arterial excitement, give Aconite every hour ; if severe 
 burning at the stomach, and thirst, give Arsenicum or Mercurius ; if there 
 is great soreness of the muscles, give Arnica, and let the patient be bathed 
 with a lotion of the same ; if it is known that any of the animal poison* 
 have been taken into the stomach, give a teaspoon ful of powdered char- 
 coal in half a tumbler of water at a dose, and repeat after each vomiting 
 until the stomach becomes quiet ; and if a poison of this kind has come in 
 contact with the eyes, give Aconite; and, finally, to guard against the 
 infection of poisonous wounds, when touched with the fingers or hand, let 
 them be held in strong heat, as strong as it can be borne, for ten or 
 fifteen minutes, and afterwards wash them with soap. 
 
REVISED TREATMENT, 
 
 Pleurisy. — Pleuritis. 
 
 {Treatment continued from page 240.) 
 
 Nothing gives so much and such immediate relief to pain as a 
 subcutaneous injection of morphine. Aconite also is a valuable 
 sedative in this stage. It may be given in half or whole-drop doses 
 every fifteen minutes for two hours ; then afterwards a drop, to be 
 repeated hourly till some impression is made upon the heart's action. 
 Smaller doses are to be given if the pulse becomes feeble. 
 
 In the second stage, if the acute symptoms have yielded to treat- 
 ment as they usually do, the object of treatment is to promote the 
 absorption of the fluid. This is done by the judicious use of saline 
 cathartics and by duretics, for the bowels and the kidneys are the 
 natural pumps of the system. 
 
 The application of counter-irritants is also of use for this purpose, 
 such as the tincture of iodine, and small blisters, which are to be 
 allowed to remain on till vesication, and then the blister is to be dried 
 up and a new one is then applied. If at any time during this stage 
 the effusion is rapid and excessive, so as to endanger life, it is to be 
 drawn off by puncturing the chest between the fifth and sixth ribs on 
 the side with a small trocar, and the fluid is to be drawn off by 
 suction. 
 
 Convalescence commences when the liquid begins to be absorbed ; 
 and active medication should then cease, and that course should be 
 pursued which will lead to the restoration of the general health. 
 This is done by tonics, a nutritious diet, and other hygienic means. 
 If the effusion ceases to be absorbed or the process takes place very 
 slowly, then that state of things exists which is called chronic pleu- 
 risy. Then the main objects of treatment are to effect the removal 
 of the fluid, and to develop and sustain the powers of the system. 
 Under these circumstances, it is better to discontinue remedies which 
 act upon the bowels and the kidneys, at least for a time, and try gen- 
 eral treatment. This consists of tonics, stimulants, and gentle exer- 
 cise in the open air, and with this the surgical removal of the fluids 
 from the cavity of the chest. 
 
 The operation is now so much improved, and is so safe and simple 
 and attended with so little pain, that it has become an e very-day 
 practice, and an operation which was only resorted to as an extreme 
 measure to save life, is now admissible whenever the pleural cavity 
 remains filled with liquid, after only a brief trial of the remedies 
 designed to promote absorption. 
 
 870 
 
REVISED TREATMENT. 877 
 
 Fracture of the Bone. — Treatment. 
 
 {Continued from page 454.) 
 
 In the treatment of fractures of the shafts of the hones of the 
 lower extremities, three indications should be fulfilled : First, coap- 
 tation and fixation of the fragments ; second, moderate extension ; 
 third, gentle compression and support. Provided these require- 
 ments are carried out, it matters little what apparatus may be em- 
 ployed ; but that which can be applied with the least disturbance of the 
 fractured bone, and is most comfortable to the feeling of the patient, 
 should be preferred. 
 
 The best mode of extension and counter-extension now in use is 
 by raising the foot of the bedstead about eight inches, by a block of 
 wood placed under each fore leg. This makes an inclined plane, and 
 the body consequently tends to incline towards the head of the bed ; 
 this is the counter-extension. 
 
 Then extension is made as follows : A strong piece of adhesive 
 plaster, about two and one half inches wide and about three feet long, 
 is applied to the sides of the leg, extending from a little below the 
 knee, leaving a loop under the foot four or five inches long. This 
 is secured firmly in place by a bandage to the whole length of the 
 leg. A piece of cord is fastened to the loop and passed over a pulley, 
 which is fixed to the foot-board of the bed. To the other end of this 
 cord is attached a weight. This need not exceed ten or twelve 
 pounds. 
 
 In this way we get our counter-extension and extension : the body 
 is drawing one way and the weight is pulling the other all the time. 
 
 This is a simple and comfortable way of treating fractures of the 
 shafts of the bones of the lower extremities which require extension. 
 It may be applied to the different fractures of the neck of the 
 thigh bone, to fractures of the shaft, and also to fractures in the 
 shafts of the bones of the leg. 
 
 It is the best and most effectual way of preventing undue short- 
 ening that we have in use, and what is of as great importance to the 
 patient, a most comfortable way of keeping the painful limb in the 
 proper shape. (See page 454.) 
 
 Fractures. — Counter-extension. 
 
 Modern surgery has developed two simple mechanical means of 
 making extension and counter-extension for the purpose of overcom- 
 ing muscular spasm, which rarely fail. One is by the use of elastic 
 rubber bands, and the other by the attachment to the limb of a cord 
 running over a pulley at the foot of the bed and sustaining a suitable 
 weight. The method of employing these will be given in detail in 
 connection with special fractures. (See page 444.) 
 
878 REVISED TREATMENT. 
 
 Fractures. — Coaptation. 
 
 A great point is to have the splints accurately adapted in each case, 
 and the ability to affect this is an important element of success in this 
 branch of surgery. Wood may be generally cut into suitable shape, 
 but it is perhaps easier to use moulded splints of leather, felt, gutta- 
 percha, or shellac cloth. The starched or plaster bandage or gummed 
 paper may be effectively used ; and with a proper pair of shears, 
 sheets of tin or zinc may be cut into splints, which will answer 
 admirably. Woven iron wire splints are highly recommended. (See 
 page 445.) 
 
 Bleeding from Wounds. 
 
 One of the best methods now in use of arresting hemorrhage in 
 cases of accidental injuries of the large arteries of the extremities, 
 is by surrounding the limb above with two turns of a piece of rubber 
 tubing, about three fourths of an inch in diameter, and tying it tight. 
 This safely and effectually controls all bleeding. 
 
 Advantage is taken of this elastic property of rubber in controlling 
 hemorrhage, in performing what is called bloodless operations of 
 surgery. It is called Esmarch's method, from the name of the origi- 
 nator. It may be resorted to in all operations on the extremities, 
 whether of amputations, the removal of tumors, or in the minor 
 operations of removing needles, and whenever the bleeding interferes 
 with the performance of the operation. 
 
 It is applied as follows : The limb should first be tightly bandaged 
 with an elastic rubber bandage about three inches wide, from below 
 upwards, and then surrounded at the highest point with a band or 
 tube of rubber in the place of a tourniquet. The bandage is then to 
 be removed, when the operation may be performed in temporarily 
 bloodless tissues. 
 
 An amputation of the thigh may be thus performed without loss of 
 any blood of consequence. (See page 493.) 
 
 Antiseptic Dressings. 
 
 Antiseptics have lately attracted a great deal of notice in the 
 treatment of inflammation, especially resulting from wounds. 
 
 The article most used at the present time for this purpose is car- 
 bolic acid. Lister is its chief advocate, and under his authority it 
 has established a position which deserves attention. 
 
 It is based upon the germ theory of disease, which is founded 
 upon the observations of Pasteur. The theory supposes that animal 
 decomposition is due, not to the chemical action of oxygen, or any 
 other gas, but to the presence of organic germs floating in the atmos- 
 
REVISED TREATMENT. 87J 
 
 phere. Carbolic acid is used on account of its known destructive 
 effects upon low forms of organic life. 
 
 These low forms of vegetable organisms, which float in the air in 
 great abundance as constituents of the dust, are called by naturalists 
 bacteria, of which there are many varieties. Whenever they find 
 entrance into the body, there putrefaction is produced. 
 
 These vegetable parasites are capable of a wonderful power of mul- 
 tiplying their species, — a single germ producing in a few hours many 
 thousands. Once admitted into the body, they find their way every- 
 where, — into the muscles, into the blood, into the different organs of 
 the body, — and they spread destructive fermentation and putrefac- 
 tion wherever they go. 
 
 In accidental wounds, it is first necessary to kill any septic organ- 
 isms which may have been introduced from the air or from contact 
 with foreign bodies. We do this by thoroughly bathing the surfaces 
 with a solution 'of carbolic acid, of the strength of one part of the acid 
 to twenty of water. 
 
 When the wounds are made by the surgeon, the germs are de- 
 stroyed by means of a spray imbued with the acid. This spray is 
 produced by an atomizer, of which there are many kinds, and is 
 thrown continually on to the surface of the wound, until the comple- 
 tion of the operation, including the ligaturing of the vessels and the 
 final stitching together of its edges. 
 
 Lister also recommends the use of earbolized catgut for ligatures, 
 being of an animal substance and finally absorbed. 
 
 When the operation is fully completed, the antiseptic dressings are 
 applied. Besides these antiseptic precautions, in cases of large and 
 deep wounds a drainage tube is introduced to allow for the escape of 
 the serum. 
 
 The antiseptic dressings consist of — first, the protector; second, 
 the earbolized gauze ; third, the mackintosh ; and fourth, another 
 layer of the gauze, and a bandage of the same to keep the whole in 
 place. For the purpose of protecting the cicatrizing parts from the 
 irritating effects of the gauze, a layer of oil silk coated on both sides 
 \rith copal varnish, and afterwards brushed over with dextrine, to 
 enable it to become uniformly moistened when dipped into a watery 
 solution of the acid, is applied directly over the wound, the ends of 
 the drainage tube protruding about an inch from each extremity of 
 the incision. The wound is then covered with a layer of antiseptic 
 gauze dipped into a solution of one to forty of the acid. There are 
 then superimposed six other layers of dry gauze ; then the mackin- 
 tosh or a piece of rubber cloth ; then an eighth layer of gauze large 
 enough to cover in all the remainder, and finally a bandage of the 
 same. 
 
 When the dressings are renewed, it is to be done under the spray, 
 great care being taken not to admit any non-carbolized air. 
 
880 REVISED TREATMENT. 
 
 The dressings are not to be changed until the discharge has begun 
 to soak through and appear below the edge of the rubber cloth. 
 
 The antiseptic gauze is made by impregnating cotton cloth of open 
 texture with a mixture of carbolic acid one part, resin five parts, 
 paraffine seven parts. The resin acts as a vehicle for the acid, while 
 the paraffine is added to prevent inconvenient adhesiveness. (See 
 page 440.) 
 
 Poisoning Accidents. 
 
 Poisons may be classified under two heads; viz., mineral and 
 vegetable. 
 
 In the treatment, three objects are to be kept in view : first, to 
 get rid of the poison ; second, to stop its action ; and third, to avert 
 its tendency to death. 
 
 The first indication is accomplished by the administration of 
 emetics to cause vomiting, or by the use of a stomach pump. The 
 simplest way to provoke vomiting is to give large draughts of luke- 
 warm water, and to thrust a finger down the throat. 
 
 A teaspoonful or two of mustard in warm water is oftentimes an 
 effectual emetic. Some of the emetics are ipecacuanha, tartar emetic, 
 sulphate of zinc, and sulphate of copper. 
 
 Sulphate of zinc in twenty-grain doses is about the best. The 
 second indication is to use an antidote. The third indication is ful- 
 filled by palliating the symptoms, and neutralizing the after effects on 
 the constitution. 
 
 After copious vomiting, soothing liquids should be given, such as 
 oil, milk, beaten-up raw eggs. These are useful when the poison 
 has been of an irritating character. 
 
 If the patient be much depressed in body or mind, the hands and 
 feet cold, the lips blue, the face pale, a cold perspiration on the fore- 
 head and about the mouth, some stimulant may be administered. 
 Strong, hot tea is the best, because it is a chemical antidote to many 
 poisons. Strong coffee is a good stimulant. Brandy and other 
 spirits are sometimes necessary. Sometimes when the powers of life 
 are much depressed, artificial heat also is necessary. (See page 
 496.) 
 
 Acute Rheumatism. 
 
 Since 1875 two new remedies for rheumatism have come into use ; 
 viz. , salicylic acid and its salts, and salicin, the active principle of 
 the willow bark. 
 
 When given at the commencement of an attack, it oftentimes 
 arrests the course of the malady as effectually as quinine arrests the 
 intermittent fever, or as opium and ipecacuanha arrest dysentery. 
 It exerts such a beneficial influence that it is recognized by the profes- 
 
sion as a specific. From ten to fifteen grains of salicylic acid or the 
 salicylate of soda should be given every two hours uniii relief is ob- I 
 tained. This usually takes place in from twelve to thirty-six hours. ; 
 In most cases the fever and swelling will abate within the above time. ; 
 If not entirely arrested, the disease is very much shortened. 
 
 "When the specific effect is produced on the system, it causes ver- 
 tigo, headache, ringing in the ears. These symptoms indicate that 
 the medicine should be given in smaller doses and with longer inter- | 
 vals. (See page 416.) 
 
 I 
 The Temperature of the Body. 
 
 The use of the thermometer is an important addition to the means 
 of making physical examination, and is one of the improvements in j 
 modern medicine. 
 
 It is intended to measure the heat of the body. 
 
 The best kind now in use is the self-registering. 
 
 The bulb of the instrument is to be placed in the warmest part of ! 
 the body, and should be allowed to remain there for eight to ten , 
 minutes. 
 
 Some place it under the tongue ; some in the axilla. 
 
 Sometimes it is necessary to introduce it into the rectum or vagina, j 
 In these parts the temperature is a degree higher than in other ; 
 parts. 
 
 The normal temperature of the body is from 98° to 99° Fahrenheit, j 
 in the great majority of persons. 
 
 Exceptionally it may be half or a whole degree either above or j 
 below this range. 
 
 The normal iluctuations are inconsiderable in comparison with the 
 variations of disease. 
 
 The natural variations in health are as follows : The temperature is 
 at its minimum at five o'clock a. m. ; the maximum is reached in the 
 latter part of the afternoon, and then continues till five o'clock a.m. 
 
 By means of the thermometer we are able to determine all differ- 
 ences with precision. 
 
 The increase of heat in different febrile diseases rarely exceeds 
 110° Fahrenheit, and as a rule the amount of increase is a criterion 
 of its severity. 
 
 An increase to 100° Fahrenheit or 101° is evidence of mildness ot 
 the disease. 
 
 If the thermometer indicates steadily 105° Fahrenheit, it is certain 
 that the disease is severe. 
 
 A persisting temperature above 105° Fahrenheit denotes that there 
 is great danger, and an increase to 108° to 110° Fahrenheit is usually 
 a fatal sign. 
 
 The abnormal changes of temperature consist of more or less in- 
 crease. 
 
882 EEVISED TREATMENT. 
 
 Diminution below the normal standard is comparatively rare ; yet 
 it sometimes occurs and is of some importance. 
 
 In the course of typhoid fever, a sudden decrease may indicate 
 intestinal hemorrhage. Sometimes the temperature falls, without im- 
 provement in the other symptoms. This is an unfavorable symptom. 
 
 The value of thermometric changes depends in no small measure 
 upon the symptoms with which they are associated. 
 
 Pyaemia. 
 
 This frightful affection has been called the bane of surgery. It is 
 caused by a peculiar poison, resulting from the fermentation and dis- 
 integration of the tissues of a wound, which is taken into the system 
 either by the veins or absorbents, and is usually accompanied by the 
 formation of collections of pus in the various tissues and organs of the 
 body. It follows very trifling as well as severe injuries, and it is a 
 frequent sequela of surgical operations, oftentimes of a very slight 
 character. The only tenable theory which can explain the different 
 phenomena of this disease is, that the pygemic condition is caused by 
 the absorption of septic material, sometimes in a fluid, sometimes in 
 a gaseous state, which unfits the blood for the processes of healthy 
 nutrition, induces capillary stagnation and its consequences, low 
 forms of inflammation in different parts of the body, as in the joints 
 and serous cavities, and may finally produce those secondary deposits 
 of pus, in any or all parts or organs of the body, called metastatic 
 abcesses. 
 
 When an internal organ is involved, the result is generally fatal. 
 When suppuration attacks the integuments or the extremities, there 
 is a fair chance of recoveiy . 
 
 Thence the disease has been divided into two classes : the internal 
 or acute, the external or chronic pyaemia. When pyaemia involves 
 the internal organs, the course is usually rapid and fatal. When it 
 attacks the external parts, it is slow in its course and may be 
 recovered from. 
 
 Duration of the Disease. — Sometimes its course is so rapid that 
 the patient may die in two or three days after the appearance of the 
 symptoms. As a rule, however, bad cases terminate during the 
 second week. Some go on for six or seven weeks. In cases which 
 recover, the patient goes through a long illness and may be left per- 
 manently crippled by secondary affections of the joints. As a rule, 
 the longer a patient lives the better the hopes of a successful ending. 
 
 Pyaemic symptoms generally make their appearance after the fourth 
 day. The first symptom is a chill; this is repeated at irregular 
 intervals, and is followed by profuse and exhausting sweats. 
 
 The hot stage which characterizes the malarial paroxysms of inter- 
 mittent fever is usually absent or but slightly marked. During the 
 
REVISED TREATMENT. 883 
 
 course of the attack, the temperature of the body, which is naturally 
 98±-° Fahrenheit, may rise six or eight degrees, and in ordinary cases 
 its fall is, as a rule, gradual. The greatest elevation of temperature 
 corresponds with the period of rigor. During the sweating stage the 
 temperature falls again. Should the fall be sudden, a general break- 
 down of the powers of the patient is indicated. The pulse rate varies, 
 according to the violence of the attack, from ninety to one hundred and 
 thirty. The respiration is usually rapid, from forty to fifty a minute, 
 and in many cases a hay-like odor of the breath is present, which 
 is considered pathognomonic of the disease. The countenance is 
 flushed, the skin dusky, sallow, sometimes jaundiced and marked 
 with sudamina. 
 
 The tongue is coated, and there is a complete loss of appetite, and 
 often nausea and vomiting. The urine is frequently albuminous. 
 When the brain is involved there will be sleeplessness, or delirium 
 of a low, muttering kind ; some unconsciousness, from which the 
 patient can be aroused only to relapse. 
 
 Intense pain usually attends the secondary complications, though 
 it is sometimes remarkable how slight the symptoms often are when 
 severe local disease exists. 
 
 The wound becomes sanious, serous, and fetid ; sometimes the 
 secretions are arrested and the surface becomes dry and glazed ; 
 sometimes absolute sloughing occurs. Union, if progressing, will 
 become disunion, and all reparative action ceases. As the disease 
 progresses, the symptoms become profoundly typhoidal, and the 
 patient may die comatose or lrom exhaustion. 
 
 The exciting causes of pyaemia are very obscure. It attacks the 
 healthy as well as the feeble, those surrounded by perfect hygienic 
 influences as well as those who are exposed to deleterious influences. 
 It is found not only in hospitals but in private practice ; but it is 
 more prevalent in unhealthy places, in the overcrowded wards, and 
 in those spots where ventilation and drainage is bad. It lurks among 
 the poorly housed and poorly fed and clad, and wherever those influ- 
 ences exist which are depressing to the vital powers. 
 
 The general treatment in these cases is of paramount importance. 
 It is the duty of the surgeon to see that the patient's room is well 
 ventilated, and that it is frequently purified by cleansing and disin- 
 fectants. 
 
 The wound is to be kept clean and well drained. 
 
 The dressings should be changed as often as four times a day, and 
 saturated with disinfectant lotions. 
 
 When sloughing exists the charcoal poultice should be applied, and 
 every measure pursued which will insure the utmost cleanliness of 
 the patient and his surroundings. 
 
 The curative treatment is to be conducted on the same principles 
 which guide the surgeon in the management of all cases of a typhoidal 
 character. 
 
The bowels if constipated are to be opened by a gentle laxative, 
 and the different secretory organs restored to a healthy action as far 
 as possible. 
 
 The vital energies of the patient are to be maintained or stimu- 
 lated, and everything that tends to lower them must be warded off. 
 
 Quinine is the most valuable remedy we have for the treatment of 
 pyaemia. Some surgeons give it in large doses and speak highly of 
 its effects, It is valuable in doses of four or five grains every three 
 or four hours. It may be combined with iron advantageously in 
 some cases. The best combination is with the citrate of iron. Four 
 grains of each are to be given four or five times a day. 
 
 Stimulants are also of great importance to maintain the powers of 
 life. In some cases it is necessary to employ them freely to keep up 
 the waning strength. 
 
 The diet should be as nutritious as the patient's assimilative powers 
 will bear. Milk and the animal broths are the best. 
 
 When the stomach rejects nourishment it must be given by the 
 rectum, enema of beef tea and milk with brandy being administered 
 every four hours. 
 
 When the nervous system is disturbed by pain and want of rest 
 and sleep, some of the forms of opiates or anodynes are to be given, 
 small doses frequently repeated being better than large. 
 
 Should diarrhoea exist it is to be kept under control. It should 
 not be checked suddenly, as it appears to have an eliminative ten- 
 dency in cases of blood poison. 
 
 Carbonate of ammonia in ten-grain doses five or six times a day 
 is a valuable remedy when other tonics cannot be tolerated. 
 
 When secondary abscesses form, they should be opened and kept 
 cleansed by some disinfectant fluid, such as carbolic acid or the solu- 
 tion of the chlorinate of soda, in their proper strength. 
 
MARRIED LADIES' PERPETUAL CALENDAR. 
 
 The utility of these tables, as serving for a faithful and confidential friend in matters of urgent 
 interest, cannot fail of being perceived. The young and newly-married might be spared an 
 unpleasant amount of embarrassment by consulting the Calendar as to the time of confinement, 
 which, in reckoning the full period of gestation 280 days from conception, may be very nearly 
 approximated; or, ha the event of the time of conception being uncertain, from the period of 
 quickening, which she can usually note, she may reckon 140 days. It will be perceived that the 
 Calendar has three columns of figures, denoting the days of the months noted at the head of each. 
 The first column gives the date of conception; the second, that of the period of quickening; and 
 the third, that of delivery. Thus, if a lady dates the period of conception Jan. 1, 1870, quickening 
 will occur May 20, and confinement about the 8th of October following; or, if she is ignorant of 
 the time of conception, by consulting the middle column as to the time of quickening, if it occurs 
 May 20, she may expect her confinement to occur about the 8th of October following, or 140 days 
 after the period of quickening. The date in the first column is that of conception ; the correspond- 
 ing date in the second column is that of quickening; and the corresponding date of the third col- 
 umn, that of confinement. 
 
 January. 
 
 Feforuarj 
 
 r # 
 
 
 March. 
 
 1 
 
 
 April. 
 
 
 Qmcep'n. 
 
 Quicken'g . 
 
 Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n. 
 
 Quicken'g. 
 
 Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n. 
 
 Quicken'g. 
 
 Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n. 
 
 Quicken'g 
 
 Deliv'y. 
 
 Tan. 
 
 May 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Feb. 
 
 June 
 
 Nov. 
 
 March 
 
 July 
 
 Dec. 
 
 April 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Jan. 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 
 July 
 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 
 June 
 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 13 
 
 30 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 
 Aug 
 
 
 
 Sept. 
 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 21 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 18 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 23 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 11 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 12 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 
 
 Dec 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 2ft 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 Nov. 
 
 24 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 31 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 Jan. 
 
 
 
 Feb. 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 28 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 3 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 31 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 i 
 
 
 
886 
 
 
 MARRIED LADIES' PERPETUAL CALENDAR. 
 
 
 May. 
 
 June. 
 
 July. 
 
 August. 
 
 OoHcep'n 
 
 Quicken' 1 
 
 g. Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n 
 
 Quicken'g. Deliv'y 
 
 Concep'n. Quicken'g. Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n 
 
 Quicken'g. Detiv't 
 
 Way 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Feb. 
 
 June 
 
 Oct. March 
 
 July Nov. April 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Dec. Ma> 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 18 8 
 
 1 17 7 
 
 1 
 
 18 8 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 2 
 
 19 9 
 
 2 18 8 
 
 2 
 
 19 9 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 20 10 
 
 3 19 9 
 
 3 
 
 20 10 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 21 11 
 
 4 20 10 
 
 4 
 
 21 11 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 22 12 
 
 5 21 11 
 
 6 
 
 22 12 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 23 13 
 
 6 22 12 
 
 6 
 
 23 13 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 24 14 
 
 7 23 13 
 
 7 
 
 24 14 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 25 15 
 
 8 24 14 
 
 8 
 
 25 15 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 26 16 
 
 9 25 15 
 
 9 
 
 26 16 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 27 17 
 
 10 26 16 
 
 10 
 
 27 17 
 
 11 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 28 18 
 
 11 27 17 
 
 11 
 
 28 18 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 29 19 
 
 12 28 18 
 
 12 
 
 29 19 
 
 13 
 
 29 
 
 17 
 
 13 
 
 30 20 
 
 13 29 19 
 
 13 
 
 30 20 
 
 14 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 14 
 
 31 21 
 
 14 30 20 
 
 14 
 
 31 21 
 
 
 Oct. 
 
 
 
 Nov. 
 
 Dec. 
 
 
 Jan. 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 15 
 
 1 22 
 
 15 1 21 
 
 15 
 
 1 22 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 2 23 
 
 16 2 22 
 
 16 
 
 2 23 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 21 
 
 17 
 
 3 24 
 
 17 3 23 
 
 17 
 
 3 24 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 18 
 
 4 25 
 
 18 4 24 
 
 18 
 
 4 25 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 19 
 
 5 26 
 
 19 5 25 
 
 19 
 
 6 26 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 6 27 
 
 20 6 26 
 
 20 
 
 6 27 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 21 
 
 7 28 
 
 21 7 27 
 
 21 
 
 7 28 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 8 29 
 
 22 8 28 
 
 22 
 
 8 29 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 9 30 
 
 23 9 29 
 
 23 
 
 9 30 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 24 
 
 10 31 
 
 24 10 30 
 
 24 
 
 10 31 
 
 
 
 March 
 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 
 June 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 25 
 
 11 1 
 
 25 11 1 
 
 25 
 
 11 1 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 2 
 
 26 
 
 12 2 
 
 26 12 2 
 
 26 
 
 12 2 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 13 3 
 
 27 13 3 
 
 27 
 
 13 3 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 4 
 
 28 
 
 14 4 
 
 28 14 4 
 
 28 
 
 14 4 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 15 6 
 
 29 15 5 
 
 29 
 
 15 5 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 30 
 
 16 6 
 
 30 16 6 
 
 30 
 
 16 6 
 
 31 
 
 17 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 31 17 7 
 
 31 
 
 17 7 
 
 September. 
 
 October. 
 
 November. 
 
 December. 
 
 Concep'n. 
 
 Quicken' 
 
 g. Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n. 
 
 Quicken'g. Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n. Quicken'g. Deliv'y. 
 
 Concep'n. 
 
 Quicken'g. Deliv'y 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Jan. 
 
 June 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Feb. July 
 
 Nov. March Aug. 
 
 Dec. 
 
 April Sept. 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 17 8 
 
 1 20 8 
 
 1 
 
 19 7 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 18 9 
 
 2 21 9 
 
 2 
 
 20 8 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 19 10 
 
 3 22 10 
 
 3 
 
 21 9 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 4 
 
 20 11 
 
 4 23 11 
 
 4 . 
 
 22 10 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 21 12 
 
 5 24 12 
 
 5 
 
 23 11 
 
 6 
 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 22 13 
 
 6 25 13 
 
 6 
 
 24 12 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 23 14 
 
 7 26 14 
 
 7 
 
 25 13 
 
 8 
 
 25 
 
 15 
 
 8 
 
 24 15 
 
 8 27 15 
 
 8 
 
 26 14 
 
 9 
 
 26 
 
 16 
 
 9 
 
 25 16 
 
 9 28 16 
 
 9 
 
 27 15 
 
 10 
 
 27 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 26 17 
 
 10 29 17 
 
 10 
 
 28 16 
 
 11 
 
 28 
 
 18 
 
 11 
 
 27 18 
 
 11 30 18 
 
 11 
 
 29 17 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 19 
 
 12 
 
 28 19 
 
 12 31 19 
 
 12 
 
 30 IF 
 
 13 
 
 30 
 
 20 
 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 
 May 
 
 14 
 
 31 
 
 21 
 
 13 
 
 1 20 
 
 13 1 20 
 
 13 
 
 1 19 
 
 
 Feb 
 
 
 14 
 
 2 21 
 
 14 2 21 
 
 14 
 
 2 20 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 22 
 
 15 
 
 3 22 
 
 15 3 22 
 
 15 
 
 3 21 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 16 
 
 4 23 
 
 16 4 23 
 
 16 
 
 4 22 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 24 
 
 17 
 
 5 24 
 
 17 5 24 
 
 17 
 
 5 23 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 25 
 
 18 
 
 6 25 
 
 18 6 25 
 
 18 
 
 6 24 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 7 26 
 
 19 7 26 
 
 19 
 
 7 25 
 
 20 
 
 6 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 8 27 
 
 20 8 27 
 
 20 
 
 8 26 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 21 
 
 9 28 
 
 21 9 28 
 
 21 
 
 9 27 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 10 29 
 
 22 10 29 
 
 22 
 
 10 28 
 
 23 
 
 9 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 11 30 
 
 23 11 30 
 
 23 
 
 11 29 
 
 
 
 July 
 
 24 
 
 12 31 
 
 24 12 31 
 
 24 
 
 12 30 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 
 Oct 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 13 1 
 
 25 13 1 
 
 25 
 
 13 1 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 26 
 
 14 2 
 
 26 ^14 2 
 
 26 
 
 14 2 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 27 
 
 15 3 
 
 27 16 3 
 
 27 
 
 15 3 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 26 
 
 16 4 
 
 28 16 4 
 
 28 
 
 16 4 
 
 29 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 29 
 
 17 5 
 
 29 17 5 
 
 29 
 
 17 6 
 
 80 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 30 
 
 18 6 
 
 80 18 6 
 
 80 
 
 18 6 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 19 7 
 
 
 81 
 
 1» r 
 
PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY. . . . GLOSSARY. 
 
 Ab-do'men. The belly. 
 
 A-ce-tab'u-lum The socket for "the head 
 of the thigh bone; an ancient vessel for hold- 
 ing vinegar. 
 
 Ab-dou'i-sal cav'i-ty. The cavity of 
 the oelly. 
 
 Ad-duc/tor. A muscle which draws one 
 pan of the body towards another, 
 
 Ab-sor'bexts. Glands and vessels which 
 absorb or suck up substances from within, 
 or without; also, medicines which, though 
 nearly or quite inactive themselves, absorb, 
 or combine with acid matter in the stomach 
 or bowels. 
 
 A-cro'mi-ox. That part of the scapula, or 
 shoulder-blade, which unites with the collar- 
 bone. 
 
 Al-bl'-gix'e-a. The white of the eye. 
 
 Ai/ter-a-tives. Medicines which gradn- 
 ually reestablish health, without sensibly in- 
 creasing the circulation, or augmenting the 
 perspiration, urine, or other excretions. 
 
 Ai/ve-o-lar. Relating to the sockets of 
 the teeth. 
 
 Ai/yixe (AVvin). Relating; to the intes- 
 tines, as alvine discharges. — discharges from 
 the bowels. 
 
 A-mor'photts. Having no regular form. 
 
 Am-xi-ot'ic Liq/uid The fluid surround- 
 ing the fetus in the womb. 
 
 Ax-^s-the'sia. Suspended sensibility. 
 
 Ax-as'to-mose. The uniting of arteries 
 and veins by joining their mouths. 
 
 Ax-chy-lo'sis. A stiff or useless joint. 
 
 Ax-i-mai/cu-lje. Animals so small that 
 they can only be seen with a microscope. 
 
 An-ce'mi-a. Privation of blood; a com- 
 paratively bloodless state. 
 
 Ax'o-dyxes. Medicines which diminish 
 sensibility, abate pain, and induce sleep. It 
 should always be remembered that anodynes 
 when frequently, and long taken, lose their 
 influence in disease. 
 
 Axt-a'cids. Preparations which neutral- 
 ize acidity of the stomach and bowels. 
 
 Axt-ai/ka-lies. Agents which neutralize 
 alkalies. 
 
 Ax-ta-phro-dis'i-acs. Agents which les- 
 sen or blunt the sexual propensities. 
 
 Ax-thel-min'tics. Medicines which des- 
 troy and expel worms. 
 
 Ax'ti-dotes. Medicines which counteract 
 and destroy the effects of poison. 
 
 Ax-ti-pe-ri-od'ics. Medicines which pre- 
 vent or cure diseases of a periodical character. 
 
 Ax-Ti-PHLO-Gis r Tics. Medicines or diet 
 which remove or appease inflammation. 
 
 Ax-ti-spas-mod'ics. Medicines which pra 
 vent or allav spasms, commonly called cramps. 
 
 An-ti-syph-i-lit'ics. Medicines which 
 cure syphilis. 
 
 Ax-ti-sep'tic. Whatever checks or coun- 
 teracts putrefaction. 
 
 Ax-ti-scor-bu'tics. Articles which pre- 
 vent and cure scurvy. 
 
 A-pe'ri-exts. Medicines which gently 
 open the bowels. 
 
 A-pho'xi-a. A loss of the voice. 
 
 Aph-ro-dis'i-acs. Medicines supposed to 
 excite and promote the sexual appetite. 
 
 A-pox-eu-ro'sis. The membranous ex- 
 pansion of tendons and muscles. 
 
 A-re-o'la. A colored circle, as the circle 
 around the nipple. 
 
 Ar-o-mat'ics. Medicines which have a 
 grateful, spicy smell, and an agreeable, pun- 
 gent taste. 
 
 As-phtx'i-a Suspended animation ; ap- 
 parent death. 
 
 As-then'ic. Relating to debility; or to 
 disease marked by debility. 
 
 As-trix / gexts. Medicines which have the 
 power to constringe or pucker up the tissues 
 of the body, and thereby check discharges. 
 
 At'ro-phy. A wasted condition ; leanness. 
 
 Ax-ii/la. The arm-pit. 
 
 Aus-cul-ta'tiox. The art of detecting 
 disease by listening to the sounds of the lungs, 
 heart, etc. 
 
 Au-top / sy. Personal inspection, — used in 
 the sense of a post-mortem examination. 
 
 A-zote'. Nitrogen; one of the constitu- 
 ents of the atmosphere. 
 
 Brox'chi-a. The pipes which convey the 
 air through the lungs. 
 
 Bcr'sje Mu-co'sa. Small sacs, situated 
 under tendons, about the joints, containing a 
 sticky fluid. 
 
 Cai/cu-lus. A solid, unorganized body 
 formed in the kidneys, or bladder, and called 
 a stone. The plural is calculi. 
 
 Cap'il-la-ry. Small; resembling a hair. 
 
 Cap'sule. A membraneous bag, enclos- 
 ing a part. 
 
 Car'ti-lage. Gristle attached to the ends 
 of the bones. 
 
 Car-mix' a-tiyes. Medicines which expei 
 wind from the stomach and bowels, and allay 
 the pain caused by it. 
 
 Ca-thar'tics. Medicines which purge the 
 bowels. 
 
 Cer'vtx. The neck. Cervix U'ttr-i. The 
 neck of the womb. 
 
 Cau'jh-ac. Relating to the heart. 
 
888 
 
 GLOSSARY, 
 
 Car'pal. Relating to the wrist. 
 
 Cat-a-me'ni-a. The nonthly flow of fe- 
 males. 
 
 Ca-thar'sis. Purging. 
 
 Cath'e-ter. A tube for drawing off the 
 urine. 
 
 Cel-lu'lar. Relating to cells. 
 
 Cer'e-bral. Relating to the brain. 
 
 Cha-lyb'e-ate. Containing iron or steel. 
 
 Che-mo'sis. A swelling of the eye, in 
 which the eye projects, with a depression in 
 the centre. 
 
 Cho'la-gogue. A medicine which causes 
 a discharge of bile. 
 
 Clo'nic Spasms. Spasms which are rigid 
 and relaxed alternately. 
 
 Coe-li'qua-tive. This term is applied to 
 excessive and exhausting discharges. 
 
 Co-los'trum. The first secretion of milk. 
 
 Co 'ma. Profound stupor, or sleep. 
 
 Con'dyle (kon'dil). A knob; applied to 
 certain projections of bones at joints. 
 
 Con'flu-ent. Not distinct; running to- 
 gether. 
 
 Con-gen'i-tal. Existing at the time of 
 birth. 
 
 Con-ges'tion. Distention of parts by an 
 accumulation of blood in them. 
 
 Con-junc'ti-va. The membrane which 
 covers the eye and lines the eye-lid. 
 
 Con'tra-In'di-ca-ted. Not indicated; the 
 opposite implied. 
 
 Cord'ials. Medicines which have a grate- 
 ful, warming, and exhilarating effect upon the 
 stomach. 
 
 Coun'ter-Ir'ri-tants. Articles which by 
 irritating one part, withdraw blood from, and 
 relieve another. 
 
 Cri'sis. The turning point of a disease. 
 
 Cd'ti-cle. The epidermis; the scarf-skin. 
 
 De-cid'u-a. A thin, external membrane, 
 within the womb, thrown off after child-bear- 
 ing. 
 
 De-liq'ui-tjm. Fainting. 
 
 De-mul'cents. Medicines of a softening 
 nature, which correct acrid conditions, and, by 
 their bland effects, soothe inflamed and irri- 
 tated parts. 
 
 De-ple'tion. Diminishing the fulness of 
 a part or parts, as by purgatives, or bleeding. 
 
 De-squa-ma'tion. Separation of the skin 
 in scales ; scaling off. 
 
 De-ter'gents. Medicines which cleanse. 
 
 Di-ag-no'sis. The art of determining the 
 nature of diseases. 
 
 Di-a-pho-ret'ics. Medicines which pro- 
 mote sweating. 
 
 Di-ath'e-sis. Any particular disposition, 
 state, or habit of body. 
 
 Di-u-re'sis. Copious flow of urine. 
 
 Dil'u-ents. Watery drinks, which increase 
 the fluidity of the blood, and render several of 
 the secTCtive and excretive fluids less viscid. 
 
 Dis-cu'tients. Medicines which scatter, 
 resolve, or disperse tumors. 
 
 Dis-in-fec'tants. Articles which purify 
 or cleanse infected places. 
 
 Di-u-ret'ics. Medicines which increase 
 urinary secretions. 
 
 Dras'tics. Strong and violent purgatives. 
 
 Dysp-noe'a. Difficulty of breathing, 
 
 E-me'sis. Vomiting. 
 
 E-met'ics. Medicines which cause the 
 stomach to reverse its action, and throw its 
 contents up through the mouth. 
 
 Em-men'a-gogues. Medicines supposed to 
 have the power of exciting or increasing the 
 menses. 
 
 E-mol'lients. Those substances which 
 have the power of softening or relaxing the 
 animal fibre, when applied externally. 
 
 En-dem'ic Dis-eas'es. Diseases prevail- 
 ing in certain localities or districts. 
 
 Ep-i-dem'ic Dis-eas'es. Diseases extend- 
 ing over a large extent of country. 
 
 Ep-i-glot'tis. The cartilage, which, in 
 the act of swallowing, shuts down upon the 
 top of the wind-pipe, and prevents food from 
 going into the breath-passage. 
 
 Ep-is-pas'tics. Substances which inflamo 
 the skin, and raise the cuticle, and cause what 
 is called a blister. 
 
 Es-cha-rot'ics. Articles which burn, cor- 
 rode, disorganize, and destroy the animal tis- 
 sues, causing what is called an eschar, or 
 slough, which is dead matter, and falls off. 
 
 Ex-pec'to-rants. Articles which act upon 
 the system, so as to make the discharge of 
 mucus and other substances from the air-tubes 
 more easy. 
 
 Er'rhines. Substances which cause sneez- 
 ing, and a discharge of mucus from the nose 
 when snuffed. 
 
 Es'char. The dead part, killed by caustic, 
 or mortification, which falls off; a slough. 
 
 Ex-fo-li-a'tion. A scaling off, as a piece 
 of dead bone. 
 
 Fau'ces. The back part of the mouth. 
 
 Fe'brile. Belonging to fever. 
 
 Fe'ces. The matter discharged from the 
 bowels. 
 
 Feb'ri-fu-ges. Medicines which assuage 
 or remove fevers. 
 
 Fla'tus. Wind, or rather, gas, in the stom- 
 ach or bowels. 
 
 Fol'li-cle. A little bag or sac. 
 
 Fo-ra'men. A hole, or opening. 
 
 For-mi-ca'tion. A sensation like the cseep 
 ing of ants. 
 
 Fur-fu-ra'ceous. Branny, or scaly. 
 
 Gang'li-on. An enlargement in the coarse 
 of a nerve. 
 
 Gan'grene. Mortification; partial death. 
 
 Gas'tric. Belonging to the stomach. 
 
 Ges-ta'tion. The period of pregnancy. 
 
 Glot'tis. The opening into the wind-pipe, 
 covered by the epiglottis. 
 
 Gran'u-lar. Like small grains. 
 
 Gran'tj-la-ted. Covered with granula- 
 tions. 
 
 Gran-u-la'tion. The filling up or cover- 
 ing of a wound, or ulcer, with small, red eleva 
 tions, looking like grains. 
 
 ILe-mop'ty-sis. Raising blood from the 
 lungs. 
 
 He-mi-cra'ni-a. Pain on one side of th© 
 head. 
 
 Hjem'or-rhage A flow of blood. 
 
 1Lem-or-riia'gic Having a tendency to 
 bleed. 
 
 He-pat'ic. Belonging to the liver. 
 
 Hy-per-ca-thar sis. Excessive purring 
 
 Hy-fer'tko-phy. An unnatural enlarge- 
 ment of an organ, without change of structure. 
 
 Hyp-not ics. Medicines which cause sleep. 
 
 Icii'OR (Ik:'or)< A thin, watery, and acrid 
 discharge. 
 
 Ix-ter-cos'tal. Between the ribs. 
 
 Lar'ynx. The top of the wind-pipe; the 
 cavity which contains th<; vocal ligaments. 
 
GLOSSARY. 
 
 889 
 
 Lax'a-tives. Medicines which render the 
 bowels a little more relaxed than natural, but 
 do not purge. 
 
 Lig'ate. To secure with a ligature. 
 
 Lig'a-ture. A cord, or thread. 
 
 Lo'chi-a. The bloody discharge from the 
 womb for some time after child-birth. 
 
 Lo'chi-al. Relating to the lochia. 
 
 Lymph. A whitish fluid contained by the 
 lymphatic vessels. 
 
 * Lym-phat'ics. The vessels which carry 
 lymph. 
 
 Mac-er-a'tiox. The act of softening or 
 soaking a thing by letting it stand in water. 
 
 Mac'u-lje. Colored spots; blemishes. 
 
 Ma-la'ri-a. Noxious gases from decom- 
 posed matter. 
 
 Mam'ma. The female breast. 
 
 Max-dib'u-lar. Relating to the jaw. 
 
 Mas-ti-ca'tiox. The act of chewing. 
 
 Mas-tur-ba'tiox. The act of exciting the 
 genital organs with the hands. 
 
 Mex'stru-um. Any solvent, or vehicle. 
 
 Met-a-car'pus. The hand between the 
 wrist and the fingers. 
 
 Me-tas'ta-sis. The changing of a disease 
 from one place to another. 
 
 Met-a-tar'sus. That part of the foot be- 
 tween the ankle and the toes. 
 
 Mi-as-mat'ic. Partaking of the nature of 
 miasm. 
 
 Mu'co-pu'ri-fobm. Composed of both 
 mucus and pus. 
 
 Mu'co-se'ro-lext. Composed of both 
 mucus and serum. 
 
 Nar-cot'ics. Medicines which relieve pain 
 and produce sleep. 
 
 Nau'se-axts. Medicines which cause sick- 
 ness at the stomach, or a disposition to vomit. 
 They are often used as expectorants. 
 
 Nos-ol'o-gist (Nose-ol'o-gist). One who 
 explains and classifies diseases. 
 
 Nu'cle us. A central spot. 
 
 Nu-cle-o'lus. A spot within a nucleus. 
 
 Or-thop-xce'a. Great difficulty of breathing. 
 
 Os U'ter-i. The mouth of the womb. 
 
 Os-si-fi-ca'tiox. The formation of bone. 
 
 O'vum. An egg. O'va. Eggs. 
 
 Pa-pil'la. A red, elevated point upon the 
 tongue, or elsewhere. Certain diseases make 
 these points more prominent, 
 
 Par-a-cex-te'sis. The operation of punc- 
 turing the chest, or the abdomen, for the pur- 
 pose of drawing off water. 
 
 Par-a-phle'gi-a. Paralysis of the lower 
 half of the body. 
 
 Par'ox-ysm. A fit of disease taking place 
 periodically. 
 
 Par-tu'ri-ext. Bringing forth, or giving 
 birth. 
 
 Par-tu'ri-ents. Medicines which promote 
 child-bed labor, by causing contractions of the 
 womb. | 
 
 Par-tu-ri'tiox. Child-birth. 
 
 Pec'to-rals. Medicines intended to cure 
 or relieve diseases of the chest. 
 
 Pel' vis. The bony cavity, or basin, at the 
 lower part of the body, containing the womb, 
 abdomen, rectum, etc". 
 
 Per-i-ne'um. The part, or space, between 
 the anus and testicles. 
 
 Per-i-os'te-um. A thin, hard membrane, 
 covering the bones. 
 
 Per-i-os-ti'tis. Inflammation of the peri- 
 osteum. 
 
 Per-i-to-ne'um. A serous membrane lin- 
 ing the cavity of the belly, and folded over 
 most of the organs contained in it. 
 
 Pet-e'chi-.e. Purple spots which appear 
 upon the skin in low fevers, looking like flea- 
 bites; called also ecchymoses. 
 
 Pha-ge-dex'ic. Corroding, eating, — ap- 
 plied to ulcers. 
 
 Pha-lax'ges. The bones of the fingers and 
 toes. 
 
 Phar'yxx. The upper part of the throat. 
 
 Phleg-mo'nous Lx-flam-ma'tiox. Inflam 
 mation marked by redness, heat, and pain, 
 and a tendency to form matter. 
 
 Prog-no'sis. The art of foretelling the 
 termination of diseases. 
 
 Pty'a-lism. Salivation. 
 
 Pri'a-pism. A continued erection of the 
 penis from exciting, morbid causes. 
 
 Re-frig'er-axts, Medicines which lessen 
 the heat of the body. 
 
 Re-lax'axts. Medicines which relax the 
 tension of the muscles. 
 
 Re-mis'siox. A lessening or mitigation of 
 the severity of the symptoms of a disease. 
 
 Res-olu'tiox. Dispersion of an inflam- 
 mation before pus is formed. 
 
 Re-vul'sives. Medicines or appliances 
 which remove a disease by causing a deter- 
 mination to some other part. 
 
 Ru-be-fa'ciexts. Applications which ex- 
 cite the skin, causing the blood to flow to it, 
 and making it red. 
 
 Sa'xies. A thin fluid discharged from ul- 
 cers, having some of the properties of pus and 
 blood 
 
 Sed'a-tives. Medicines which diminish 
 the action of the heart and nerves, and which 
 are used when we wish to allay any excited 
 action in the system. 
 
 Se'rous. Watery. 
 
 Scro'tum. The bag which contains the 
 testicles. 
 
 Scyb'a-la. Hard, round lumps in the feces. 
 
 Si'a-la-gogues. Medicines which increase 
 the flow of saliva. 
 
 Slough (Sluff) Any part of the body 
 killed by mortification, or caustic, and cast off. 
 
 Sper-mat'ic Cords. Two cords, composed 
 of nerves, veins, and arteries, descending, one 
 on each side, from the abdomen into the scro- 
 tum, and suspending the testicles. 
 
 Squa'mous. Scaly; having scales. 
 
 Sor'des. The dark matter deposited upon 
 the lips and teeth, in low fevers. 
 
 Ster'xum. The breast-bone. 
 
 Ster'tor. Noisy breathing, as in apo 
 plexy. Snoring. 
 
 Ster'tor-ous. Snoring and noisy, as ap« 
 plied to breathing. 
 
 Stim'u-laxts. Medicines which increase 
 the activity of the system. 
 
 Sto-mach'ics. Medicines which support 
 and renovate the stomach, making its action 
 healthy. 
 
 Stru'ma. Scrofula. 
 
 Styp'tics. Substances which, when ap- 
 plied externally, have the power to constringe 
 or pucker up bleeding vessels, and stop the 
 loss of blood. 
 
 Sub-cu-ta'ne-ous. Under the skin. 
 
 Sub-max'il-la-ry. Under the lower jaw. 
 
 Sub-sul'tus Tex'di-num. Slight twitch* 
 ings of the tendons, which occur in low form* 
 of fever. 
 
:90 
 
 GLOSSARY. 
 
 Su-do-rif'ics. Medicines which cause a 
 flow of perspiration, rather more free than 
 that produced by diaphoretics. 
 
 Sup-pos'i-to-ries. Solid medicinal sub- 
 stances, of a conical or cylindrical shape, 
 which are placed in the rectum for the pur- 
 pose of relieving constipation and the piles, 
 and for removing stricture. 
 
 Syn'co-pe. Fainting; swooning. 
 
 Te-nes'mus. A painful bearing down in 
 the lower bowel, and a distressing desire to go 
 to stool. 
 
 Ton'ics. Medicines which gradually give 
 tone and strength to weakened organs, or to 
 the whole system. Some act upon the ner- 
 vous system, and some upon the other tissues, 
 by condensing:, hardening, and invigorating 
 them. 
 
 Tor'mi-na. Griping pain. 
 
 U-re'ters. The tubes which convey the 
 urine from the kidneys to the bladder. 
 
 U-re'thra. The canal which conveys the 
 urine from the bladder out of the body. 
 
 U'ter-us. The womb. 
 
 Vag'i-na (VadgH-na). The passage from 
 the external genital organs to the womb. 
 
 Va/ri-cose Veins. Veins which are mor- 
 bidly enlarged, and present along their course 
 soft, knotty, purplish tumors. 
 
 Ver'ti-go. Dizziness; giddiness- 
 
 Ve-si-ca'tion. Blistering. 
 
 Vi'rus. Poison; contagion. 
 
 Vis'cus. A liver, stomach, kidney, neart, 
 or any organ within one of the cavities of the 
 body. 
 
 It is believed that the hard words introduced into this book, and not contained in 
 the above Glossary, are nearly or quite all explained at the places where they are 
 
 used. 
 
 Ill 
 
INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Abdominal Cavity, Diseases 
 
 of. 
 Abies Canadensis, 
 
 ■' Excelsa, 
 
 " Picea, 
 Abortion, 
 Abscesses, 
 Absence of Menses, 
 Absorbent Vessels, 
 Acacia Catechu, 
 Accidents on Water, 
 
 "' by Poisoning, 
 
 Acetate of Copper, poisoning 
 
 bv, 497 
 
 " " Lead, poisoning by, 498 
 
 617 
 
 496 
 496 
 
 To 
 660 
 664 
 590 
 59") 
 591 
 591 
 590 
 591 
 591 
 591 
 591 
 632 
 499 
 
 Ointment, 
 Acetum, 
 
 Achillea Millefolium, 
 Acid, Acetic, 
 " Citric, 
 
 " Diluted Hydrochloric 
 " " Hydrocyanic, 
 
 " Nitric, 
 " " Sulphuric, 
 
 " Nitro Muriatic, 
 " Tannic, 
 " Tartaric, 
 Aconite, 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 
 " Tinct. of, 688 
 
 Aconitum Napellus, 663 
 
 Acorus Calamus, 658 
 
 Adipous Sarcoma, 471 
 
 Affections of Chest, 574 
 
 " " Head. 574 
 
 " " Stomach and 
 
 Bowels, 576 
 
 Affusion, The, 538 
 
 Age, Influence of, 121 
 
 Ague Root, 655 
 
 " Fever and, 413 
 
 .Air Cells or Vesicles, 35 
 
 " " Enlargement of, 234 
 
 " in Chest, 236 
 
 " Swellings, 283 
 
 " and Ventilation, 108 
 
 Albumen, 15 
 
 Albuminuria, 299 
 
 Alcohol, 691 
 
 Alder, Tag, 658 
 
 Aletris Farinosa, 655 
 
 Aliments, Fluid, 668 
 
 Allium Cepa, 636 
 
 " Sativum, 615 
 
 Almonds, 691 
 
 Svrup of, 684 
 
 Almond Mixture, 674 
 
 Alnus Rubra, 658 
 
 Aloes, 692 
 
 " Comp Tinct. of, 
 
 " and Canella, Compound 
 
 Powder of, 
 
 Alpinia Cardamomum, 604 
 
 Althaea Officinalis, 631 
 
 Alum, 692 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Alumen, 592 
 
 Amaurosis, 486 
 
 Amenorrhcea, 354 
 
 American Hellebore, 592 
 
 " Ipecacuanha, 593 
 
 « Ivy, 593 
 
 « Valerian, 665 
 
 Ammonia, Aromatic Spirit of, 594 
 
 " Carbonate of, 593 
 
 " Muriate of, 593 
 
 « Poisoning by, 496 
 
 " Solution of Acetate 
 
 of, 
 " Water of, 
 
 Ampelopsis Quinquefolia, 
 Amusements, 
 
 " Games for, 
 
 " Lighter, 
 
 " Want of, 
 
 Amygdalus Communis, 
 
 " Persica, 
 
 Anagallis Arvensis, 
 Anasarca, 
 Anatomy, 
 
 " of Bones, 
 Anchylosis, 
 Aneurisms, 
 
 Aneurismal Tumors of Heart 
 Angina Pectoris, 
 Anise, 
 
 Ankle, Dislocation of, 
 Anthemis Nobilis, 
 Anthrax, 
 
 Antidotes of Poisons, 
 Antimony, Poisoning by, 
 Antipathies, 
 Aorta, 
 Apocynin, 
 ApocynumAndrosaemifolium, 58' 
 Apoplexy, 160 
 
 Apparent Death from Various 
 
 Causes, 494 
 
 Apple Water, 581 
 
 Apthaa, 399 
 
 Aqua Calcis, 
 Arachnitis, 
 Arachnoid, 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 Aralia Hfspida, 
 " Racemosa, 
 11 Spinosa, 
 Arbutus, Trailing, 
 Arsrenti Nitras, 
 Aristolochia Serpentaria, 
 Arnica, 
 
 " Montana, 
 Aromatic Powder, 
 
 " Spirit of Ammonia. 594 
 Arrow Root, 594 
 
 " " Gruel, 581 
 
 Arsenic, 497 
 
 Arsenical Solution, 653 
 
 Artemisia Absinthium, 664 
 
 Arteries, 36 
 
 M Pulmonary, 37 
 
 594 
 593 
 593 
 114 
 114 
 115 
 116 
 591 
 638 
 647 
 318 
 14 
 18 
 466 
 472 
 252 
 260 
 594 
 463 
 606 
 434 
 
 560 
 37 
 597 
 
 153 
 45 
 153 
 613 
 652 
 645 
 658 
 634 
 660 
 594 
 594 
 682 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Asarum Canadense, 662 
 
 Asclepias Incarnata, 657 
 
 »« Syriaca, 609 
 
 " Tuberosa, 641 
 
 Ascites, 317 
 
 Asiatic Cholera, 290 
 
 Aspidum Filix Mas, 630 
 
 Assafoetida, 594 
 Comp. Tinct. of, 690 
 
 Asthma, 243 
 
 Atmosphere, Pressure of, 108 
 
 Atropa Belladonna, 612 
 
 Atrophv, 253 
 
 Attendants, Unhired, 559 
 
 Aurantii Cortex, 637 
 
 Auricles, 36 
 
 Ausculation, 21C 
 
 Balm, 594 
 
 " ofGilead, 595 
 
 Balmony, 695 
 
 Balsam Copaiva, 595 
 
 " Tolu, 595 
 
 Balsamodendron Myrrfoa. 634 
 
 Bandages, Wet, 549 
 
 Baptisia Tinctoria, 662 
 
 Barberry. 595 
 
 Barbers' Itch, 149 
 
 Barley, 77 
 
 " Coffee, 579 
 
 Barosma Crenata, 601 
 
 Barrenness, 371 
 
 Basilicon Ointment, 667 
 
 Bath, Cataract, 534 
 
 " Cold Foot, 539 
 
 " Douche. £33 
 
 41 Eve and Ear. 540 
 
 " Half. 635 
 
 « Head, 636 
 
 » Hose, 534 
 
 ♦* Leg, 536 
 
 " Mouth or Oral, 541 
 
 " Nose, 540 
 
 " Plunge, 536 
 
 " Shower, 634 
 
 " Sitz, 587 
 
 " Towel and Sponge, 538 
 
 " Wading Foot, 540 
 
 " Warm Foot, 540 
 
 " Wash-Tub, 537 
 
 « Wave or Sluice, 535 
 
 " Cold. 542 
 
 " Effects of, 543 
 
 " Hot, 542 
 
 u " Effects of, 544 
 
 " Tepid, 542 
 
 " " Effects of, 643 
 
 " Vapor, 542 
 
 u Warm, 542 
 
 M " Effects of, 544 
 
 Baths of the Ancients, 103 
 
 M Told, 106 
 
 " Division of, 641 
 
 " Names of, 104 
 
 " Neglect of, 104 
 
892 INDEX. 
 
 PAOBI 
 
 PAGK 
 
 PAGB 
 
 Baths, Reaction after, 107 
 
 Brain, Abscess of, 
 
 155 
 
 Carum Carui, 
 
 608 
 
 " Shower, 106 
 
 " Dropsy of, 
 
 158 
 
 Cartilage, Arytenoid, 
 
 41 
 
 " Sponge, 105 
 " Vapor, 106 
 
 *' Enlargement of, 
 
 156 
 
 " Crycoid, 
 
 41 
 
 " Exercise of, 
 
 58 
 
 " Thyroid, 
 
 41 
 
 " Warm, 106 
 
 " Fever, 
 " Health of, 
 
 153 
 
 Caryophillus Aromaticus, 
 
 607 
 
 Bathing and Cleanliness, 101 
 
 57 
 
 Cascarilla, 
 
 604 
 
 " Sea, 544 
 
 " Induration of, 
 
 155 
 
 Caseine, 
 
 16 
 
 Bayherry, 596 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 153 
 
 Cases Treated, 
 
 203 
 
 Ointment, 676 
 
 " and Nerves, diseases of, 152 
 
 Cassia Acutifolia, 
 
 650 
 
 Bean, St Iguatms's, 656 
 
 " Old People's, 
 
 59 
 
 " Buds, 
 
 607 
 
 Beans, 70—78 
 
 " Overworking, 
 
 69 
 
 Castor, 
 
 604 
 
 Bearberry, 5^5 
 
 " Shrinking of, 
 
 157 
 
 « Oil, 
 
 604 
 
 Beds and Bedding, 96—553 
 
 " Softening of, 
 
 154 
 
 Castoreum, 
 
 604 
 
 Beef Tea, 582 
 
 " Tumors of, 
 
 155 
 
 Catalepsy, 
 
 168 
 
 '• Essence of, 682 
 
 Bran, decoction of, 
 
 578 
 
 Cataplasms, 
 
 680 
 
 Beets, ' 79 
 
 Brandy Mixture, 
 
 674 
 
 Cataract Bath, 
 
 534 
 
 Beeves' Galls, 596 
 
 Bread and V\ T ater Poultice, 
 
 680 
 
 Catarrh, 
 
 189 
 
 Belladonna Atropa, 612 
 
 Breast Bone, Fracture of, 
 
 452 
 
 Catarrhal Opthalmia, 
 
 484 
 
 " Ointment, 676 
 
 *' Broken, 
 
 388 
 
 Catechu, 
 
 604 
 
 " Plaster, 679 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 388 
 
 " Tinct. of, 
 
 689 
 
 " Foisouing by, 499 
 
 Breathing, Objects of, 
 
 108 
 
 " Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 690 
 
 Benzoic Acid, 696 
 
 " Philosophy of, 
 
 108 
 
 " Comp. Powder of, 
 
 682 
 
 Benzoin, 596 
 
 Bright's Disease of Kidneys, 
 Broken Bones, 
 
 299 
 
 Catnip, 
 
 604 
 
 Comp. Tinct. of, 690 
 
 446 
 
 Caulophyllum Thalictroides, 
 
 599 
 
 Bei beds Vulgaris, 595 
 
 Bronchial Tubes, 
 
 35 
 
 Caulophyllin, 
 
 600 
 
 Bethroot, 597 
 
 Consumption, 
 
 21, 
 
 Cayenne Pepper, 
 
 605 
 
 Bile in Stomach, 64 
 
 Bronchitis, Acute, 
 
 231 
 
 " " Tinct. of,. 
 
 689 
 
 Biliary Calculi, 268 
 
 " Chronic, 
 
 233 
 
 Ceanothus Americanus, 
 
 647 
 
 Bilious Colic, 284 
 
 Bronchocele, 
 
 473 
 
 Celandyne, 
 
 605 
 
 ■' .Remittent Fever, 411 
 
 Bruises, 
 
 464 
 
 Cerates, 
 
 666 
 
 Bismuth, 597 
 
 Bubo, 321 
 
 -329 
 
 Cerebellum, 
 
 44 
 
 " Nitrate of, 597 
 
 Buchu, 
 
 601 
 
 Cerebrum, 
 
 44 
 
 " Subnitrate of, 597 
 
 " Tinct. of, 
 
 689 
 
 Cerevisiae Fermentum, 
 
 664 
 
 " Trisnitrate of, 597 
 
 Buckhorn Brake, 
 
 601 
 
 Cessation of Menses, 
 
 362 
 
 " White Oxide of, 597 
 
 Buckthorn, 
 
 601 
 
 Cetaceum, 
 
 654 
 
 Bitter Root, 597 
 
 Buckwheat, 
 
 79 
 
 Cetraria Islandica, 
 
 621 
 
 Bittersweet, 697 
 
 Bugleweed, 
 
 602 
 
 Chafing, 
 
 492 
 
 Black Alder, 598 
 
 Bunions, 
 
 467 
 
 Chalk, 
 
 605 
 
 " Cohosh, 598 
 
 Burdock, 
 
 602 
 
 " Mixture. 
 
 674 
 
 " " Comp. Tinct. of, 691 
 
 Burgundy Pitch, 
 
 602 
 
 " Comp. Powder of. 
 
 691 
 
 " Root, 609 
 
 Burns, 
 
 435 
 
 " Comp. Powder of, with 
 
 " Willow, 599 
 
 Butternut, 
 
 602 
 
 Opkim, 
 
 682 
 
 Blackberry, 598 
 
 
 
 Chamomile, 
 
 606 
 
 Bladder, 34 
 
 Cabbage, 
 
 79 
 
 Charcoal, 
 
 606 
 
 " Acute Inflammation of, 297 
 
 Skunk, 
 
 651 
 
 Chelidonium Majus, 
 
 605 
 
 " Chronic •' " 298 
 
 Calamine Cerate, 
 
 666 
 
 Cheloue Glabra, 
 
 595 
 
 Bleeding from Kidneys, 302 
 
 " Prepared, 
 
 666 
 
 Chemical Food, 
 
 686 
 
 " Nose, 491 
 
 Calamine Pragparata, 
 
 666 
 
 " Injuries, 
 
 435 
 
 " " Wounds, 878,493 
 
 Calcined Deer's Horn, 
 
 602 
 
 Chenopodium Anthelminti- 
 
 
 Blenorrhagia, 331 
 
 Calculus, 
 
 315 
 
 cum, 
 
 664 
 
 Blistering Plaster, 667 
 
 Calf s Feet Jelly, 
 
 -683 
 
 Cherry, Wild, 
 
 661 
 
 Blood in Scrotum, 474 
 
 Calico Bush, 
 
 633 
 
 Chest, Affections of, 
 
 674 
 
 Blood root, 599 
 
 Calomel, 
 
 602 
 
 " Air in, 
 
 236 
 
 Bloody Flux, 292 
 
 Calx, 
 
 628 
 
 " Diseases of, 
 
 209 
 
 Blue Cohosh, 599 
 
 " Chlorinata, 
 
 628 
 
 " Water in, 
 
 237 
 
 " u Comp. Tinct. of, 691 
 
 Camphor, 
 
 603 
 
 Chicken Water, 
 duckweed, Red, 
 
 683 
 
 " Disease, 408 
 
 " Liniment, 
 
 671 
 
 647 
 
 " Flag, 600 
 
 " Water, 
 
 673 
 
 Chilblains, 
 
 468 
 
 " Fill, 600 
 
 Camphorated Soap Linimem 
 
 , 672 
 
 Child-Bed Fever, 
 
 387 
 
 Body, Structure of the, 14 
 
 Canabis Indica Tinct. of, 
 
 689 
 
 Children, Care and Diseases of, 39 
 
 " Chemical Properties of, 14 
 
 Canada Balsam, 
 
 603 
 
 '.' Nursing Sick, 
 
 394 
 
 ' ; Physical " " 16 
 
 " Fleabane, 
 
 603 
 
 " Weaning of, 
 
 392 
 
 " Vital " " 18 
 
 " Snake Root, 
 
 6H2 
 
 Chimaphila Umbellata, 
 
 641 
 
 Boiled Flour, 582' Cancer, 
 
 469 
 
 Chloroform, 
 
 606 
 
 Boils, 433! " of Mouth, 
 
 400 
 
 Chlorotbrinum, 
 
 606 
 
 Bones, Anatomy of, 18! Cancrum Oris, 
 
 400 
 
 Chlorosis, 
 
 360 
 
 " Diseases of, 465Canella, 
 
 603 i Choice of Sick-Room, 
 
 551 
 
 " Death of, 465 1 " Alba, 
 
 603 Cholera. Asiatic, 
 
 S:90 
 
 " of Head, 20; Canker Lettuce, 
 
 648 ' " Infantum, 
 
 404 
 
 " " Trunk, 21 ! Cantharis Versicatoria, 
 
 654 ' " Morbus, 
 
 290 
 
 " " Upper Extremities, 221 Cantharides, Tinct. of, 
 
 689 Chorea, 
 
 169 
 
 " u Lower " 24 
 
 Capillaries, 
 
 37 >k Chronic, 
 
 170 
 
 " Time required for unit- 
 
 Capsicum Annuum, 
 
 605 Choroid Coat, 
 
 49 
 
 ing, 447 
 
 " Plaster, Comp., 
 
 679 Chyle, 
 
 64 
 
 " Unnatural Growth of, 465 
 
 Caput Obstipiim, 
 
 480 Chyme, 
 
 64 
 
 '• Ulceration of, 465 
 
 Caraway, 
 
 603 Ciliary Processes, 
 
 49 
 
 " Uses of, 26 
 
 Carbo Ligni, 
 
 606 Cimicifuga Racemosa, 
 
 £98 
 
 Boneset, 600 
 
 ! Carbuncle, 
 
 434; Cimicifugin, 
 
 599 
 
 Borax, 652 
 
 Cardialgia, 
 
 276 Cinchona, 
 
 639 
 
 Bowel, Falling of, 405 
 
 ; Cardamom, 
 
 604 Cinchonia, 
 
 639 
 
 Bowels, Affections of, 577 
 
 Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 690, Cinnamon, 
 
 6!'7 
 
 '• Acute Inflammation of, 281 
 
 ^Carditis, 
 
 255 " Tinct of ? 
 
 689 
 
 " Chronic " l> 2S2 Care of Children, 
 
 391 1 '• Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 6yo 
 
 " Looseness of, 289—403' " " Teeth, 
 
 401 Circulation, Organs of, 
 
 36 
 
 Brachial Plexus, 47 Caries, 465 — 491 Cirsocele, 
 
 478 
 
 Brain, 44 Carrots, 
 
 79 Citric Acid. Syrup of, 
 
 684 
 

 INDEX. 
 
 893 
 
 
 
 exam 
 
 i 
 
 PAGE] 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 Citrus Limonum, 
 
 627 
 
 Corn, Indian, 
 
 78 Dislocations of Hip Joint, 
 
 461 
 
 
 Clap, 
 
 331 
 
 Cornea, 
 
 49 
 
 " " Knee Pan or 
 
 
 
 Cleaning the Teeth, 
 
 503 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 485 
 
 Patella, 
 
 4*3 
 
 
 Cleanliness, 100, 555 
 
 Corneitis, 
 
 485 
 
 " u Knee Joint, 
 
 463 
 
 
 Cleavers, 
 
 607 
 
 Corns, 
 
 145 
 
 " t; Lower Jaw, 
 
 45S 
 
 
 Clergymen's Sore Throat, 
 
 191 
 
 Cornu Cervinae Ustum, 
 
 602 
 
 " " Shoulder 
 
 
 
 Climate, ♦ 
 
 71 
 
 Cornus Florida, 
 
 613 
 
 Joint, 
 
 4.-9 
 
 
 Clothes Catching Fire, 
 
 496 
 
 " Servicea, 
 
 657 
 
 " " Wrist, 
 
 460 
 
 
 Clothing, 
 
 98 
 
 Corrosive Sublimate, 
 
 609 
 
 Disturbed Sleep, 
 
 182 
 
 
 " Color of, 
 
 100 
 
 '• " Poisoning by 
 
 ,497 
 
 Dizziness. 
 
 181 
 
 
 " Cotton, 
 
 99 
 
 Corydalis Formosa, 
 
 659 
 
 Dock. Yellow, 
 
 664 
 
 
 ** Hair as, 
 
 99 
 
 Cost'iveness, 
 
 286 
 
 Dogwood, 
 
 612 
 
 
 " Linen, 
 
 98 
 
 Cotton, 
 
 610 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 
 " Porous, 
 
 100 
 
 Coup de Soliel, 
 
 162 
 
 " Swamp, 
 
 657 
 
 
 •* Silk, 
 
 99 
 
 Cow Pox, 
 
 136 
 
 Domestic Management of the 
 
 
 
 " Tight, 110 
 " Woollen, 
 
 ,111 
 
 Coxalgia, 
 
 466 
 
 Sick-Koom, 
 
 551 
 
 
 99 
 
 Cramp Bark, 
 
 619 
 
 Doses, 
 
 588 
 
 
 Clover, Red, 
 
 647 
 
 Cramps, 
 
 171 
 
 Douche Bath, 
 
 533 
 
 
 Cloves, 
 
 607 
 
 Cranesbill, 
 
 610 
 
 Pail, 
 
 534 
 
 
 Clovus, 
 
 145 
 
 Cranial Nerves, 
 
 45 
 
 Dover's Powder, 
 
 682 
 
 
 Clysters, 
 
 671 
 
 Crawley, 
 
 610 
 
 Dragon Root, 
 
 621 
 
 
 Coccus Cacti, 
 
 607 
 
 Cream of Tartar, 
 
 643 
 
 Dress, Wet, 
 
 530 
 
 
 Cocculus Palmarus, 
 
 608 
 
 Creosote, 
 
 611 
 
 Drink, Pleasant, 
 
 579 
 
 
 Cochineal, 
 
 607 
 
 " Ointment, 
 
 676 
 
 Dropsy of Bellv, 
 
 317 
 
 
 Cochlearia Armoracia, 
 
 620 
 
 Creosotum, 
 
 611 
 
 " « Cells, 
 
 31S 
 
 
 Cod Liver Oil, 
 
 607 
 
 Crocus Sativis, 
 
 64S 
 
 " General, 
 
 318 
 
 
 Coffee, 
 
 84 
 
 Croton, Eluteria, 
 
 604 
 
 Dry Pimples, 
 
 144 
 
 
 " Barlev, 
 
 579 
 
 " ' Oil, 
 
 611 
 
 Drunkard s Delirium, 
 
 155 
 
 
 ■ Crust", 
 
 579 
 
 " " Liniment, 
 
 672 
 
 Dura Mater, 
 
 45 
 
 
 M Milk. 
 
 585 
 
 " Tiglium, 
 
 611 
 
 " " Inflammation of, 
 
 152 
 
 
 Colchicum Autnmnale, 
 
 632 
 
 Croup, 
 
 401 
 
 Dwarf Eldeiv, 
 
 613 
 
 
 Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 691 
 
 Crow Corn, 
 
 655 
 
 Dysentery. 
 
 292 
 
 
 Cold, Effects of. 
 
 436 
 
 Crural Phlebitis, 
 
 3S7 
 
 " Chronic, 
 
 293 
 
 
 - Foot Bath, 
 
 539 Crust Coffee, 
 
 579 
 
 Dysmenorrhcea, 
 
 357 
 
 
 Colds, 
 
 205 Crusted Tetter, 
 
 142 
 
 Dyspepsia. 
 
 271 
 
 
 Colic, 
 
 405 Cubebae, 
 
 611 
 
 " Causes of, 
 
 272 
 
 
 Bilious, 
 
 284 Cubebs, 
 
 611 
 
 " Treatment of, 
 
 274 
 
 
 ;t Painter's, 
 
 285 Cucumber, Wild, 
 
 662 
 
 " Urinary Deposits In, 272 
 
 
 " Wind, 
 
 282 Cucumis Colocynthis, 
 
 608 
 
 Dyspeptics, 
 
 81 
 
 
 Colica Pictonum, 
 
 285 Culver's Root, 
 
 611 
 
 
 
 
 Colitis, 
 
 292 Cupri Subacetas, 
 
 609 
 
 Ear, Affections of, 
 
 488 
 
 
 Colocynth, 
 
 608 Cupri Sulphas, 
 
 609 
 
 M Drum of, 
 
 51 
 
 
 Colod'ion, 
 
 608 Cuprum, 
 
 609 
 
 " External, 
 
 51 
 
 
 Colombo,' 
 
 60S Cyanosis, 
 
 408 
 
 u Foreign Substances in, 
 
 492 
 
 
 Colon, 
 
 32 Cypripedin, 
 
 665 
 
 " Wax in, 
 
 490 
 
 
 Coltsfoot, 
 
 608 Cypripedium Pubescens, 62C 
 
 , 665 
 
 Earache, 
 
 490 
 
 
 Colt's Foot, 
 
 682 Cvstine Deposits in Urine, 
 
 314 
 
 Eclectics, 
 
 7 
 
 
 Conifrey, 
 
 608 Cvstirrhoea, 
 
 298 
 
 Ecstasy, 
 
 167 
 
 
 " Comp. Wine of, 
 
 673 Cystitis, 
 
 297 
 
 Ecthyma, 
 
 142 
 
 
 Common Silk Weed, 
 
 609 
 
 
 Eczema, 
 
 139 
 
 
 Complonia Asplenifolia, 
 
 657 Dancing, 
 
 92 
 
 Effervescing Draught, 
 Egyptian Ophthalmia, 
 
 644 
 
 
 Comp. Fractures, 446 — 455 Dandelion, 
 
 612 
 
 482 
 
 
 " Infusion of Catechu, 
 
 670 Datura Stramonium, 
 
 656 
 
 Elbow, Fractures of, 
 
 450 
 
 
 " M " Gentian, 
 
 670 Deadlv Nightshade, 
 
 612 
 
 " Joint, Dislocation of, 460 
 
 
 " " M Geranium 
 
 670 Deafness, 
 
 490 
 
 Elder, 
 
 613 
 
 
 u " Parsley, 
 
 670 Death of Bones, 
 
 465 
 
 " Dwarf, 
 
 613 
 
 
 u " M Senna, 
 
 670 Decoction of Bran, 
 
 578 
 
 Elecampane, 
 
 613 
 
 
 Comp. Infusion of Trailing 
 
 ' Decoctions, 
 
 668 
 
 Electro Magnetism, 
 
 613 
 
 
 Arbutus, 
 
 671 Deformities of Spine, 
 
 478 
 
 Electuaries, 
 
 668 
 
 
 Compresses, 
 
 549 Dehsler's Cerate, 
 
 667 
 
 Electuary, Lenitive, 
 
 668 
 
 
 Confections, 
 
 668 Deliverv, 
 
 381 
 
 Elixir Salutis, 
 
 693 
 
 
 Aromatic, 
 
 668 Delirium Tremens, 
 
 155 
 
 Vitriol, 
 
 689 
 
 
 '• of Catechu, Comp , 
 
 668 Dementia, 
 
 175 
 
 Elm, Slippery, 
 
 652 
 
 
 u of Senna, 
 
 668 Dens Leonis, 
 
 612 
 
 Emphysema, 
 
 234 
 
 
 Congestive Fever, 
 Conium Maculatum, 
 
 412 Derbvshire Neck, 
 
 473 
 
 Encephalitis. 
 
 153 
 
 
 641 Diabetes, 
 
 301 
 
 Encephaloid Tumor, 
 
 470 
 
 
 Poisoning by, 
 
 499 Diarrhcea, 289—403 
 
 Encysted, " 
 
 471 
 
 
 Conserves, 
 
 668 " Chronic, 
 
 289 
 
 Endocarditis, 
 
 255 
 
 
 Constipation, 
 
 286 Dictionary, 
 
 717 
 
 Enlarged Veins. 
 
 475 
 
 
 Constitution, 
 
 120 Diet, 228 
 
 , 564 
 
 Enonymus Atropurpureus, 
 
 661 
 
 
 Idiosyncrasy of 
 
 121 " in Disease and Convales- 
 
 Enteritis, 
 
 281 
 
 
 Constitutional Differences, 
 
 217 cence, 
 
 564 
 
 Eneuresis. 
 
 305 
 
 
 Consumption, 
 
 209 Difficult Teeth. Cutting, 
 
 401 
 
 Epigaea Repens, 
 
 658 
 
 
 A General Disease 
 
 , 220 Digestion, 
 
 61 
 
 Epiglottis, 
 
 41 
 
 
 Bronchial, 
 
 217 " Table, 
 
 69 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 207 
 
 
 " Causes of, 215—218 Digestive Organs, 
 
 31 
 
 Epilepsy, 
 
 167 
 
 i 
 
 ' ; Tubercular, 
 
 212 Digitalis Purpurea, 
 
 614 
 
 Epileptic Fits, 
 
 167 
 
 \ 
 
 Contused Wounds, 
 
 441 
 
 Dioscorea Villosa, 
 
 662 
 
 Epistaxis, 
 
 491 
 
 ! 
 
 Contu-ions. 
 
 464 
 
 Dio>P v ros Virginiana, 
 
 639 
 
 Ergot. 
 
 655 
 
 ' 
 
 Convolvulus Scammonia, 
 
 650 Diseases, General, 
 
 570 
 
 Engeron Canadense, 
 
 60U 
 
 
 Cookery for Sick Room, 
 
 578 
 
 of Children, 
 
 391 
 
 Eruptions, Scaly, 
 
 143 
 
 
 Copiafera Officinalis, 
 
 595 
 
 Dislocations, 
 
 457 
 
 Erysipelas, 
 
 136 
 
 
 Copper, 
 
 609 
 
 " of Ankle Joint, 
 
 463 
 
 Erythema, 
 
 138 
 
 
 Subacetate of, 
 
 609 
 
 " u Bones of Head, 
 
 461 
 
 Er'vthematic Stomatitis, 
 
 898 
 
 
 " Sulphate of. 
 
 609 
 
 " " Collar Bone, 
 
 459 
 
 Essences, 
 
 669 
 
 
 Corallorhiza Odontorhiza, 
 
 610 
 
 " " Elbow Joint, 
 
 460 
 
 Essence of Beef, 
 
 582 
 
 
894 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Eupatorin, 601 
 
 Eupatorium Perfoliatum, 600 
 44 Purpureum, 646 
 
 Euphorbia Ipecac, 693 
 
 Eupurpurin, 646 
 
 Eustachian Tube, 51 
 
 Excoriation, 492 
 
 Exercise, 88 
 
 " Active and Passive, 89—93 
 " Excessive, 89 
 
 44 In-door, 93 
 
 " Mental Cooperation in, 94 
 M Out-door, 93—229 
 
 " Pleasurable, 
 " Regular, 
 " for Students, 
 " When to take, 
 - for Young Women, 
 Exhalants, 
 Exostosis, 
 Extracts, 
 
 " Fluid, 
 Extracts of Rhubarb and Po- 
 
 Eyebrows, 
 
 Eyelashes, Disorder of, 
 
 Eyelids, 
 
 44 Inflammation of, 
 Eye, Coats of, 
 
 u and Ear Bath, 
 
 " Foreign Bodies in, 
 
 " Glibe of, 
 
 " Humors of, 
 
 Faba Sancti Ignatii, 
 Fainting, 
 Falling of Bowel, 
 
 44 " Womb, 
 
 " over of Womb, 
 False Grape, 
 
 14 Joints, 
 
 44 Measles, 
 
 " Sarsaparilla, 
 
 " Unicorn, 
 Fat, 
 
 Fatty Tumor, 
 Favus, 
 
 Fel Bovinum, 
 Felon, 
 
 Female Diseases, 
 Feri» ; 
 Fer» i Ammonio Citras, 
 
 " Citras, 
 
 M Iodidum, 
 
 ** Lactas, 
 
 M Oxidum Hydratum, 
 
 " " Nigrum, 
 
 " Phosphas, 
 
 " et Potassae Tartras, 
 
 " Protoxidum, 
 
 " Pulvis, 
 
 44 et Quinae Citras, 
 
 " Subcarbonas, 
 
 '* Sulphas, 
 
 ' Syrupus Iodidi. 
 
 " Tinctura Chlondi, 
 Ferrum, 
 Ferunculus, 
 Fever, 
 
 ■* and Ague, 
 
 " Bilious Remittent, 
 
 44 Congestive, 
 
 44 Intermittent, 
 
 44 Lung, 
 
 Flaxseed, 
 Flies, Spanish, 
 Flour, Boiled, 
 Fluid Aliments. 
 44 Extracts, 
 44 Nutritive, 
 Fluor Albus, 
 Folded Wet Sheet, 
 Follicles, 
 Follicular Inflammation of 
 
 Mouth, 
 Fomentations, 
 Food, 
 ' 4 Albuminous, 
 "•* Amount of, 
 " Animal and Vegetable, 
 44 Articles of. 
 44 Azotized and Non-azo- 
 
 tized, 
 44 Choice of, 
 44 Cost of. 
 44 Digestibility of, 
 44 Fatty, 
 
 44 Heat-generating,, 
 4< Nature and Destination 
 
 of, 
 44 Nutritive. 
 44 in Old Age, 
 44 Organic, 
 
 44 Starch and Sugar as, 
 44 Tables of Value of, 
 44 in Youth and Manhood 
 49 Foot Bath, Cold. 
 
 I (« i4 Warm, 
 656 " Fractures of, 
 181 Fore Arm, Fractures of, 
 405 Foreign Bodies in Eye, 
 368 Fowler's Solution. 
 368 Foxglove, 
 593 Fractures,, 878, 811 
 
 PAGE 
 
 614 
 654 
 
 582 
 
 585 
 
 363,390 
 
 531 
 
 40 
 
 90 
 
 89—95 
 
 91 
 
 40 
 
 465 
 
 674 
 
 50 
 482 
 
 50 
 481 
 
 48 
 540 
 480 
 
 48 
 
 447 
 
 '» 
 
 Compound, 
 
 of Bones of Foot, 
 
 138 
 
 44 
 
 652 
 
 « 
 
 t> u (I N ose) 
 
 618 
 
 u 
 
 44 Breast Bone, 
 
 16 
 
 u 
 
 44 Collar Bone or 
 
 471 
 
 
 Clavicle, 
 
 151 
 
 f. 
 
 44 Elbow 
 
 596 
 
 u 
 
 44 Fore Arm, 
 
 467 
 
 It 
 
 44 Hand and Fin- 
 
 339 
 
 
 gers. 
 
 657 
 
 (1 
 
 •* Haunch Bones 
 
 628 
 
 
 or Pelvis, 
 
 623 
 
 ({ 
 
 " Knee Pan, 
 
 623 
 
 u 
 
 44 Leg, 
 
 623 
 
 u 
 
 44 Lower Jaw, 
 
 623 
 623 
 624 
 625 
 624 
 624 
 
 81 
 
 65 
 
 68 
 
 73 
 
 66 
 
 75 
 
 76 
 
 73 
 
 539 
 
 540 
 
 455 
 
 450 
 
 480 
 
 653 
 
 614 
 
 -442 
 
 455 
 
 455 
 
 447 
 
 452 
 
 448 
 450 
 450 
 
 451 
 
 452 
 454 
 455 
 
 448' 
 451 
 
 4 « Shoulder Blade 
 44 Skull. 447 
 
 44 Thigh Bone, 452 
 44 Upper Arm Bone.449 
 
 « 44 Wrist, 
 
 Freezing Mixtures, 
 
 Gelseminin, 
 
 Gelseminum Sempervirens, 
 
 Gengivitis. 
 
 General Diseases, 
 
 44 System, Diseases of, 
 Gentian. 
 
 44 Comp. Tinct. of, 
 Gentian a Lutea, 
 Geranium Maculatum, 
 Gill-over-the-ground, 
 Ginger. 
 
 Wild. 
 
 44 Syrup of, 
 Ginseng. 
 Glands. 
 
 " Lachrymal, 
 
 44 Oil. 
 
 44 Parotid, 
 
 44 Submaxillary, 
 
 44 Sweat, 
 Glauber's Salts, 
 Gleet. 
 Glossary, 
 Glottis, Spasm of. 
 Glycerin, 
 
 Glycerrhiza Glabra, 
 Goitre, 
 Gold, 
 Golden Seal, 
 
 14 " Comp. Powder of, 682 
 " " Tinct. of, 691 
 
 44 44 " Wine of, 673 
 Golden Tincture. 
 Gonorrhoea, 
 Gossypium Herbaceum, 
 Gout, 
 
 Granulation, 
 Grass, Star, 
 Graven 
 
 kt Root, 
 
 44 Uric Acid, 
 Green Sickness, 
 Griffith's Myrrh MixKir*. 
 Ground Ivy, 
 
 44 Rice Milk, 
 Grubs or Worms. 
 Gruel. Arrow Root, 
 
 44 Rice. 
 
 " Sago, 
 
 44 Water, 
 Guaiac, Ammoniatfcd Tinct 
 
 of 
 Guaiacunu 
 
 Gullet, Foreign Bodies in, 
 Gum Arabic, 
 " Hemlock, 
 44 Sweet, 
 Gums, Inflammation of, 
 Gunshot Wounds. 
 Gymnastics, 
 
 664 
 
 400 
 
 570 
 
 409 
 
 615 
 
 693 
 
 615 
 
 610 
 
 617 
 
 615 
 
 662 
 
 684 
 
 616 
 
 40 
 
 50 
 
 43 
 
 31 
 
 31 
 
 43 
 
 653 
 
 333 
 
 721 
 
 402 
 
 616 
 
 628 
 
 47J 
 
 616 
 
 616 
 
 331 
 630 
 417 
 442 
 655 
 306 
 646 
 
 674 
 617 
 582 
 148 
 581 
 580 
 581 
 580 
 
 617 
 493 
 617 
 617 
 658 
 400 
 442 
 91 
 
 624 ] French Decimal Weights, 
 Milk Porridge, 
 
 625 
 
 625 'Frost Bite, 
 
 625 Frostweed, 
 
 622 ; Fumigation of infected places 
 
 433 1 Fungus Hematoides, 
 
 409 I 
 
 413 Galbanum Plaster, Comp., 
 
 411 ! Galium Aparine, 
 
 412 j Gall Bladder, 
 
 413 
 
 Stones, 
 
 240 j Galls, 
 Pernicious Intermittent,412 j " Comp, Ointment of, 
 Refreshing Drinks in, 579 Gamboge. 
 
 44 Typhoid, 
 
 44 44 Lung, 
 
 Feverfew, 
 Fibrine, 
 Figwort, 
 Filling Teeth, 
 Fingers, Fractures of. 
 Fire, Clothes Catching, 
 Fits, 
 Flag, Sweet, 
 
 410 | Gangrene of Mouth, 
 242 Garget, 
 
 613 Garlic, 
 
 15 4l Syrup of, 
 
 614 Gastric Fever of Infancy 
 602 44 Juice, 
 
 451 Gastritis. 
 
 496 Cast rod y ma, 
 
 408 Gaultheria Procumbens, 
 
 668 Gelatine, 
 
 505 
 589 
 582 
 436) 
 614 
 504 
 470 
 
 268! 
 615! 
 676: 
 
 615 : 
 
 400! 
 642 
 615 
 684* 
 406' 
 62 
 269 
 277 
 
 Haem astasia, 
 Hematocele, 
 Haematoxylon Campechia* 
 
 num, 
 Hematuria, 
 Hair. Disorders of, 
 Hair Cap Moss, 
 Half Bath. 
 
 Hammamelis Virginica, 
 Hand. Dislocation of Bones 
 of, 
 
 44 Fractures of, 
 Hardhack, 
 
 Hardleaf Golden Rod, 
 Haunch Bones. Fractures of. 
 Hazel, Witch, 
 Headaches, 
 Head. Affections of. 
 
 •• Bath, 
 
 44 Water in. 
 Hearing, Organs of, 
 Heart, 
 
 Diseases 
 
 4 * Altered Sounds of, 
 
 44 Aneurismal Tumors of. 
 
 617 
 474 
 
 150 
 
 618 
 
 461 
 451 
 618 
 618 
 452 
 663 
 183 
 574 
 536 
 15T 
 51 
 36 
 246 
 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 895 
 
 
 PAG«| 
 
 PAOX 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Heart, Atrophy of, 
 
 253 Hvpophosphites,Comp. Syrup 
 
 Iron, Tartrate of, and Potassa 
 
 . 625 
 
 " Bone and Cartilage in 
 
 , 253 "of, 
 
 684 
 
 " Tincture of Muriate of, 
 
 625 
 
 M Dilatation of Ventricles Hvssop, 
 
 621 
 
 " Valerianate of, 
 
 626 
 
 of. 
 
 250 Hyssopus Officinalis, 
 
 621 
 
 Ischuria Renalis, 
 
 303 
 
 " Displacements of. 
 
 261 Hysteria, 
 
 364 
 
 Isinglass, 
 
 626 
 
 44 Enlargement of Ventri- Hysterics, 
 
 364 
 
 " Jelly, 
 
 599 
 
 cles of, 
 
 248 
 
 
 Itch, 
 
 139 
 
 " Fatty Degenerations of, 252 Ice Plant, 
 
 621 
 
 " Barbers', 
 
 149 
 
 44 Hypertrophy and Dila- Iceland Moss, 
 
 621 
 
 " Jackson's, 
 
 149 
 
 tation of. 
 
 251 Ichthyocolla, 
 
 626 
 
 Itching, 
 
 146 
 
 " Impulse of, 
 
 247 Icterus, 
 
 267 
 
 " of External Parts, 
 
 370 
 
 M Induration of, 
 
 252 Idiocy, 
 
 176 
 
 Ivy, American, 
 
 593 
 
 u Inflammation of. 
 
 255 Ignatia Amara, 
 Ileum, 
 
 656 
 
 " Big, 
 
 633 
 
 " Inflammation of Lin 
 
 32 
 
 " Ground. 
 
 617 
 
 ing of. 
 
 255 Impetigo, 
 
 142 
 
 u Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 M Neuralgia of. 
 
 260 Incised Wounds, 
 
 438 
 
 
 
 44 Percussion of, 
 
 248 Incubus, 
 261 Indian Corn, 
 
 182 
 
 Jackson's Itch, 
 
 149 
 
 " Polvpus of, 
 
 78 
 
 Jalap, 
 
 626 
 
 ■ Shrinking of, 
 
 253 " Hemp, 
 
 621 
 
 " Comp. Powder of, 
 
 683 
 
 » Softening of, 
 
 252 " " Tinctof, 
 
 689 
 
 Jamestown Weed, 
 
 656 
 
 c Sounds of, 
 
 247 " Turnip, 
 
 621 
 
 Janipha Manihot, 
 
 659 
 
 44 Valves of, 
 
 256 Indigestion. 
 
 271 
 
 Jaundice, 
 
 267 
 
 Heartburn, 
 
 278 Indigo, Wild. 
 
 662 
 
 Jaw, Fractures of Lower, 
 
 448 
 
 Heart-case, Acute Inflamma- 
 
 Infancy of Being, 
 253 Infants, Gastric Fever of, 
 
 52 
 
 " Dislocation of u 
 
 453 
 
 tion of, 
 
 406 
 
 Jejunum, 
 
 32 
 
 44 Chronic Inflamma- " Milk for. 
 
 580 
 
 Jelly, Calf's Feet, 
 
 583 
 
 tiou of, 
 
 254 " Summer Complaints of, 404 
 
 " Irish Moss, 
 
 581 
 
 u Water in, 
 
 259 Inflammation, 
 
 425 
 
 " Isinglass, 
 u Tapioca, 
 
 581 
 
 Hedeoma Pulegiodes, 
 
 638 Inflammatory Blush, 
 
 138 
 
 5S1 
 
 Helianthemum Canadense. 
 
 614 Influenza, 
 
 205 
 
 Jerusalem Oak, 
 
 664 
 
 Heliantlms Annuus, 
 
 657 Infusion of Malt, 
 
 579 
 
 Jessamine, Yellow, 
 
 664 
 
 Hellebore, White, 
 
 661 Infusions, 590 
 
 ,670 
 
 Joints, 
 
 25 
 
 Helonias, 
 
 618 Inhalants, 
 
 221 
 
 44 Diseases of, 
 
 465 
 
 " Dioica, 
 
 618 " Objects of, 
 
 223 
 
 11 False, 
 
 447 
 
 Hemierania, 
 
 172 Inhalation. Atmospheric, 
 
 227 
 
 Juglandin, 
 
 602 
 
 Hemiphlegia, 
 
 Hemlock, Comp. TinCt. of, 
 
 162 Inhaler, Medicated Vapor, 
 
 223 
 
 Juglans Cinerea, 
 
 602 
 
 691 Inhaling Powder, 
 
 6S2 
 
 Juniper, 
 
 628 
 
 •' Gum, 
 
 617 Injections, 545 
 
 ,671 
 
 Juniperis Communis, 
 
 626 
 
 Hemorrhoids, 
 
 287 u Chemical, 
 
 43) 
 
 Juniperus Sabina, 
 
 649 
 
 Henbane, 
 
 618 " Mechanical, 
 
 437 
 
 
 
 Hepar, 
 
 645 Insanity, 
 
 173 
 
 Kalmia Angustifolia, 
 
 633 
 
 Hepatica Americana, 
 
 628 " Causes of, 
 
 177 
 
 " Latifolia, 
 
 633 
 
 Hernia, 
 
 476 " On one Subject, 
 
 175 
 
 Kidneys, 
 
 34 
 
 Herpes, 
 
 139 Instrument, Tonsil, 
 
 90S 
 
 " Acute Inflammation 
 
 H iccough. 
 
 180 Interalgia, 
 
 282 
 
 of, 
 
 294 
 
 High Cranberrv, 
 
 619 Intermarriages, 
 
 57 
 
 44 Chronic Inflamma 
 
 
 " Comp.Tinctof, 691 Intermittent Fever, 
 
 413 
 
 tion of, 
 
 295 
 
 Hip Joint, Disease of, 
 " M Dislocation of, 
 
 466 Intestines, 
 
 32 
 
 " Bleeding from, 
 
 302 
 
 461 Introduction, 
 
 5 
 
 H Bright's Disease of, 
 
 299 
 
 Hippuric Acid in Urine, 
 
 313 Inula Helenium, 
 
 613 
 
 King'6 Evil, 
 
 419 
 
 Homoeopathy, 
 
 7 Iodide Potassium, 
 
 622 
 
 Kino, 
 
 626 
 
 Homoeopathic Remedies, 
 
 508 
 
 Iodine, 
 
 622 
 
 " Comp. Powder of, 
 
 683 
 
 Hooping Cough, 
 
 403 
 
 lodinum, 
 
 622 
 
 Knee Joint, Dislocatian of, 
 
 *?S 
 
 Hops, 
 
 619 
 
 Ipecacuanha, 
 
 622 
 
 " Pan, " " 
 
 46o 
 
 Hordeolum, 
 
 481 
 
 44 Comp. Powder of^ 
 
 683 
 
 " " Fractures of, 
 
 454 
 
 Horehound, 
 
 619 
 
 44 Svrup of, 
 
 685 
 
 Krameria Triandra, 
 
 647 
 
 u Water, 
 
 660 
 
 " Wine of, 
 
 673 
 
 
 
 Horsemint, 
 
 620 
 
 Ipomcea Jalapa, 
 
 626 
 
 Labor, 
 
 381 
 
 Horseradish, 
 
 620 
 
 Iridin, 
 
 600 
 
 Labyrinth, 
 
 51 
 
 Hose Bath, 
 
 534 
 
 Iris, 
 
 49 
 
 Lacerated Wounds, 
 
 441 
 
 Hot Drops, 
 
 692 
 
 u Inflammation of, 
 
 485 
 
 Lachrymal Canals, 
 
 50 
 
 House leek, 
 
 620 
 
 " Versicola, 
 
 600 
 
 44 Glands. 
 
 5* 
 
 Bumid Tetter, 
 
 139 
 
 Irish Moss, Jelly of, 
 
 581 
 
 " Sac. Inflammation 
 
 Humulus Lupulua, 
 
 619 
 
 Iritis, 
 
 485 
 
 of, 
 
 482 
 
 Huxham*s Tincture, 
 
 692 
 
 Iron, 
 
 82 
 
 Lacteals, 
 
 32 
 
 Hydatids Uterine, 
 
 366 
 
 44 Ammonio-Citrate of. 
 
 ms 
 
 Lactuca Sativa, 
 
 627 
 
 Hydrangea, 
 
 620 
 
 " Black Oxide of, 
 
 623 
 
 Ladies' Slipper, 626 
 
 , 685 
 
 " Aborescens, 
 
 620 
 
 " Citrate of, 
 
 623 
 
 Lappa Minor, 
 
 602 
 
 Hvdrargvri Chloridum Mite, 
 
 602 
 
 " " " and Quinia, 
 
 623 
 
 Laryngeal Shower Syringe. 
 
 195 
 
 ' •• Pillulae, 
 
 600 
 
 '• " ■ " Strychnia 
 
 ,623 
 
 Larygismus Stridulus, 
 
 402 
 
 Hydrastin. Comp. Powder of, 682 
 
 u Comp. Mixture of, 
 
 674 
 
 Laryngitis, Follicular, 
 
 192 
 
 Hvdrastis Canadensis, 
 
 618 
 
 " Hyd rated Oxide of, 
 
 623 
 
 Larynx, 
 
 " Inflammation of { 
 
 40 
 
 Hydriodate Potassa, 
 
 622 
 
 u Iodide of. 
 
 623 
 
 192 
 
 Hydrocele. 
 
 473 
 
 u Lactate of, 
 
 623 
 
 Laudanum, 
 
 689 
 
 Hydropathv, 
 
 6 
 
 " Per Salt of, 
 
 624 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 Laurel, Narrow Leaf; 
 
 499 
 
 Hydropathic Treatment, 
 
 528 
 
 44 Phosphate of, 
 " Powder of, 
 
 624 
 
 633 
 
 Hvdropericardium, 
 
 259 
 
 624 
 
 u Sheep, 
 
 633 
 
 Hvdrophobia, 
 
 185 
 
 " Precipitated Carbonate 
 
 
 Laurus Sassafras, 
 
 649 
 
 Hydrocephalus, Acute, 
 
 157 
 
 of. 
 
 624 
 
 Lavender, Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 692 
 
 " Chronic, 
 
 153 
 
 " Protoxide of, 
 
 H Solutions of Protoxidt 
 
 624 
 
 Lead, 
 
 627 
 
 Hydrothorax, 
 
 237 
 
 
 " Acetate of, 
 
 627 
 
 Hygiene, 
 
 52 
 
 of, 
 
 624 
 
 " Ointment, Comp., 
 
 678 
 
 Hyoscyamus Niger, 
 
 618 
 
 u Sulphate of, 
 
 625 
 
 " Palsy, 
 
 184 
 
 44 Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 " Svrup of Iodide of, 
 
 625 
 
 " Pipes. 
 
 87 
 
 Hypertrophy of Lungs, 
 
 235 
 
 44 Syrup of Iodide of, and 
 
 
 " Plaster, 
 
 6*0 
 
 Hypochondria, 
 
 1 
 
 179 
 
 Manganese, 
 
 625 u " Comp, 
 
 679 
 
896 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 i 
 
 Leaders, Conservative, 
 
 11 
 
 Masturbation, 
 
 336 
 
 Muscles, Shape of, 
 
 27 
 
 Leg Bath, 
 
 636 
 
 Materia Medica, 
 
 586 
 
 Mustard, 
 
 633 
 
 " Fractures of, 
 
 455 
 
 Matico, 
 
 632 
 
 " Volatile Oil of, 
 
 633 
 
 Lemon, 
 
 627 
 
 Mattery Pimples, 
 
 142 
 
 Myrica Ceriiera, 
 
 596 
 
 " Syrup, 
 
 685 
 
 Meadow Cabbage, 
 
 651 
 
 Myricin, 
 
 596 
 
 " Water, 
 
 579 
 
 " Saffron, 
 
 632 
 
 Myristica Moschata, 
 
 635 
 
 Lemonade, 
 
 580 
 
 Measles, 
 
 131 
 
 Myrospernum Toluiferum, 
 
 595 
 
 Lenitive Electuary, 
 
 668 
 
 " False, 
 
 138 
 
 Myrrh, 
 
 634 
 
 Leonurus Cardiaca, 
 
 632 
 
 Measures, 
 
 587 
 
 " Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 692 
 
 Leopard's Bane, 
 
 594 
 
 " Domestic, 
 
 589 
 
 
 
 Lepra, 
 
 143 
 
 Meats, 
 
 77 
 
 Naptha, 
 
 634 
 
 Leprosy, 
 
 143 
 
 Meatus Auditorus, 
 
 51 
 
 Napthaline, 
 
 634 
 
 Leptandra Yirginica, 
 
 611 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 489 
 
 Nasal Catarrh, 
 
 189 
 
 Lettuce, 
 
 627 
 
 Mechanical Injuries, 
 
 437 
 
 " Duct, 
 
 50 
 
 Leucorrhoea, 
 
 353 
 
 Medicated Waters, 
 
 672 
 
 " Shower Syringe, 
 
 196 
 
 Liberality, 
 
 10 
 
 41 Wines, 
 
 673 
 
 Necrosis, 
 
 465 
 
 Lichen, 
 
 144 
 
 Medicine, Progress of, 
 
 5-9 
 
 Nepeta Cataria. 
 
 604 
 
 Life, 
 
 52 
 
 44 Chest, Articles for, 
 
 587 
 
 *' Glechoma, 
 
 617 
 
 " Root, 
 
 627 
 
 Medicines, 
 
 586 
 
 Nephritis, 
 
 294 
 
 Lily, White Pond, 
 
 661 
 
 Medulla Oblongata, 
 
 45 
 
 Nerve Root, 
 
 665 
 
 Lime, 
 
 628 
 
 Melancholy, 
 
 174 
 
 Nerves, Cranial, 
 
 45 
 
 " Chloride of, 
 
 628 Melanosis, 
 
 470 
 
 44 Diseases of Brain anc 
 
 ,152 
 
 8 Water, 
 
 628 
 
 Melissa Officinalis, 
 
 594 
 
 « Optic, 
 
 48 
 
 Liniments, 
 
 671 
 
 Menispermum Canadense» 
 
 665 
 
 " Pain in. 
 
 171 
 
 Liniment of Ammonia, Comp 
 
 .671 
 
 Menorrhagia, 
 
 856 
 
 " of Skin, Disordered, 
 
 146 
 
 " Camphor, 
 
 671 
 
 Menses, Absence of, 
 
 354 
 
 14 Lymphatic, 
 Nervous Disease, 
 
 47 
 
 " Camphorated Soap, 
 
 672 
 
 " Cessation of, 
 
 362 
 
 60 
 
 " Comp. Camphor, 
 
 671 
 
 Menstruation, 
 
 340 
 
 " System, 44-52 
 
 " Croton Oil, 
 
 672 
 
 " Painful, 
 
 357 
 
 " " Sympathetic, 60 
 
 " of'Opium, 
 
 672 
 
 " Protuse, 
 
 356 
 
 Nettle Rash, 
 
 137 
 
 Linum Usitatissimum, 
 
 614 
 
 Mentha Piperita, 
 
 638 
 
 Neuralgia, 
 
 171 
 
 Liquidamber Styraciflua, 
 
 658 
 
 " Viride8, 
 
 654 
 
 " of Heart, 
 
 260 
 
 Liquor Ammoniae, 
 
 593 
 
 Mesenteric Disease, 
 
 407 
 
 Neutral Mixture, 
 
 644 
 
 " u Acetatis, 
 
 594 
 
 Metritis, 
 
 367 
 
 Neutralizing Cordial, 
 
 687 
 
 Liquorice, 
 
 628 
 
 Mettauer's Aperient, 
 
 675 
 
 " Extract, 
 
 674 
 
 Liriodendron Tulipifera, 
 
 659 Micotianum Tabacum, 
 
 658 
 
 " Powder, 
 
 688 
 
 Liver, 
 
 33 Midwifery, 
 
 377 
 
 Nevus, 
 
 146 
 
 " Acute Inflammation of, 264 Milk, 
 
 74 
 
 New Jersey Tea, 
 
 647 
 
 " Chronic " " 
 
 265 ** Coffee, 
 
 585 
 
 Nightmare, 
 
 182 
 
 " ofSuJphur, 
 
 645 
 
 " for Infants, 
 
 580 
 
 Nitrate of Mercury Ointment, 676 
 
 Liverwort, 
 
 628 
 
 " Leg, 
 
 387 
 
 " of Potassa, 
 
 635 
 
 Lobelia, 
 
 628 
 
 " Porridge, 
 
 581 
 
 " " Poisoning b> 
 
 ,498 
 
 " Inflata, 
 
 628 
 
 " Sickness, 
 
 278 
 
 " of Silver, 
 
 634 
 
 " Tinct. of. 
 
 689 
 
 " and Soda Water, 
 
 584 
 
 Nitre, 
 
 635 
 
 " Comp. Tinct. of. 
 
 692 
 
 Milkweed, Swamp, 
 
 657 
 
 " Sweet Spirit of, 63E 
 Nitric Acid, Poisoning by, 
 
 y t m 
 
 44 and Capsicum, Comp. 
 
 Mind, Derangement of, 
 
 173 
 
 498 
 
 Tinct. of, 
 
 692 
 
 Mindererus, Spirit of, 
 
 594 
 
 " Ether, Spirit of, 
 
 654 
 
 " Vinegar of, 
 
 693 
 
 Miscarriage, 
 
 380 
 
 Nose Bath, 
 
 540 
 
 Lobelin, 
 
 629 
 
 Miscellaneous?, 
 
 694 
 
 " Bleeding from, 
 
 491 
 
 Local Palsy, 
 
 163 
 
 Mitchella Repens, 
 
 S37 
 
 " Foreign Substances in, 
 
 492 
 
 Looked Jaw, 
 
 166 
 
 Mitral Valves, Diseases of, 
 
 257 
 
 " Fractures of, 
 
 447 
 
 '.ogwood, 
 
 629 
 
 Mixtures, 
 
 674 
 
 Nurse, 
 
 557 
 
 looseness of Bowels, 28£ 
 
 1,403 
 
 Modus Operandi of Water, 
 
 546 
 
 " Activity of, 
 
 659 
 
 Lumbar Plexus, 
 
 47 
 
 Momordica Elaterium, 
 
 662 
 
 " Age of, 
 
 * l Education of, 
 
 557 
 
 Lung Fever, 
 
 240 
 
 Monarda Punctata, 
 
 620 
 
 559 
 
 Lungs. 
 
 35 
 
 Monkshood, 
 
 663 
 
 " Habits of, 
 
 559 
 
 4 * Hypertrophy of, 
 
 235 
 
 Monk's Hood, 
 
 632 
 
 " Health of, 
 
 658 
 
 " Swelling of, 
 
 235 
 
 Monomania, 
 
 175 
 
 " Strength of, 
 
 557 
 
 Lupulin, 
 
 620 
 
 Monotropa Uniflora, 
 
 621 
 
 " Temper, etc., of, 
 
 558 
 
 Lupus, 
 
 144 
 
 Monsel's Styptic, 
 
 624 
 
 Nursing Sore Mouth, 
 
 888 
 
 Luxations, 
 
 457 
 
 Morphia, 
 
 637 
 
 Nutmeg, 
 
 635 
 
 Lycopus Virginicus, 
 Lye, Poisoning by, 
 
 602 
 
 " Acetate of 
 " Muriate of, 
 
 637 
 
 Nutrition Table, 
 
 67 
 
 498 
 
 637 
 
 Nutritive Fluid, 
 
 585 
 
 Lymphatics, 
 
 38 
 
 " Sulphate of, 
 
 637 
 
 Nux Vomica, 
 
 63a 
 
 Lypemania, 
 
 174 
 
 " Valerianate of, 
 
 637 
 
 
 
 
 
 Morphine, 
 
 637 
 
 Oak, White, 
 
 661 
 
 Maculae, 
 
 146 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 Oats, 
 
 77 
 
 Magnesia, 
 
 629 
 
 Mortification, 
 
 430 
 
 Oil Glands, Disordered, 
 
 148 
 
 44 Carbonate of, 
 
 630 
 
 Mother's Cordial, 
 
 686 
 
 " of Cajeput, 
 
 635 
 
 " Sulphate of, 
 
 630 
 
 " Marks, 
 
 146 
 
 " of Turpentine, 
 
 636 
 
 " Usta, 
 
 629 
 
 Motherwort, 
 
 632 Ointments, 
 
 675 
 
 Magnesias Carbonas, 
 
 630 
 
 Mountain Laurel, 
 
 633 
 
 Olea Europae, 
 Oleum Cajuputi, 
 
 636 
 
 " Sulphas, 
 
 630 
 
 Mouth or Oral Bath, 
 
 641 
 
 635 
 
 Male Fern, 
 
 630 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 398 
 
 " Morrhuae, 
 
 607 
 
 Malignant Pustule, 
 
 434 
 
 " Follicular Inflamma- 
 
 
 " Olivae, 
 
 686 
 
 Malt, Infusion of, 
 
 579 
 
 tion of, 
 
 399 
 
 " Ricini, 
 
 604 
 
 Mammary Abscess, 
 
 388 
 
 " Gangrene of, 
 
 400 
 
 " Terebinthinae, 
 
 635 
 
 Mandrake, 
 
 630 
 
 Mucus, 
 
 15 
 
 « Tiglii, 
 
 611 
 
 Mania, 
 
 175 
 
 Mullein, 
 
 633 
 
 Olive Oil, 
 
 636 
 
 " a Potu, 
 
 155 
 
 Mumps 
 
 207 
 
 Omentum, 
 
 34 
 
 Manna, 
 
 630 
 
 Muriate of Soda, 
 
 653 
 
 Onanism, 
 
 836 
 
 Maranta Arundinacia, 
 
 594 
 
 Muriatic Acid, Poisoning by 
 
 498 
 
 One Idea Men, 
 
 5 
 
 Marshmallow, 
 
 631 
 
 ■ Muscae Volitantes, 
 
 485 
 
 Onion, 
 
 636 
 
 Marsh Rosemary, 
 
 631 Muscles, 
 
 27 
 
 Ophthalmia Catarrhal, 
 
 484 
 
 Marubium Yulgare, 
 
 619 1 " Action of, 
 
 29 
 
 " Egyptian, 
 
 482 
 
 JIastich, 
 
 631' " N umber of % 
 
 28 
 
 44 Purulent, 
 
 482 
 

 INDEX. 
 
 8 
 
 97 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 Ophthalmia of Children, 
 
 483 
 
 Pharynx, 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 31 
 
 Potassje, Citratis, Liquor, 
 
 644 
 
 " Scrofulous, 
 
 484 
 
 191 
 
 " Liquor, 
 
 644 
 
 " Tarsi, 
 
 481 
 
 Phlebitis, 
 
 474 
 
 " Nitras, 
 
 635 
 
 Opium, 
 
 636 
 
 " Chronic, 
 
 475 
 
 " Sulphas, 
 
 644 
 
 " Camphorated Tinct. of, 692 
 
 Phlegmasia Dolens, 
 
 387 
 
 " Tartras, 
 
 644 
 
 " Liniment, 
 
 672 
 
 Phosphates, Comp. Syrup of, 
 Phosphatic Deposits in Urine 
 
 686 
 
 Potassii Bromidum, 
 
 644 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 ,310 
 
 " Cyaneuretum, 
 
 645 
 
 " Tinct. of, 
 
 689 
 
 Phosphorus, 224 
 
 ,640 
 
 " Iodidum, 
 
 622 
 
 Opodeldoc, 
 
 672 
 
 Phrenitis, 
 
 153 
 
 " SuJphuretum, 
 
 645 
 
 Orange Peel, 
 
 637 
 
 Phthisis, 
 
 209 
 
 Potassium, 
 
 644 
 
 u " Tinct. of, 
 
 689 
 
 Physical Development, 
 
 91 
 
 " Bromide of, 
 " Cyanuret of, 
 
 644 
 
 Orbits, 
 
 50 
 
 Physician, True, 
 
 12 
 
 645 
 
 Orchitis, 
 
 333 
 
 Physiological Laws, 
 
 52 
 
 " Sulphuret of 
 
 645 
 
 Origanum, 
 
 637 
 
 Physiologists, 
 
 8 
 
 Potatoes, 
 
 79 
 
 '' Vulgare, 
 
 637 
 
 Phytolacca Decandra, 
 
 642 
 
 Poultices, 
 
 680 
 
 Ornus Europea, 
 Osmunda Regalis, 
 
 630 
 
 Phytolaccin, 
 
 642 
 
 Powders, 
 
 681 
 
 601 
 
 Pia Mater, 
 " " Inflammation of, 
 
 45 
 
 Pox, 
 
 320 
 
 Otalgia, 
 
 490 
 
 153 
 
 Prejudices, 
 
 560 
 
 Otitis, 
 
 490 
 
 Picraena Excelsa, 
 
 646 
 
 Preparations, 
 
 666 
 
 Otorrhoea, 
 
 489 
 
 Pigeon-berry, 
 
 642 
 
 " of Medicine 
 
 586 
 
 Ovaries, Inflammation of, 
 
 350 
 
 Pile Ointment, 
 
 677 
 
 Prepared Calamine, 
 
 666 
 
 Ovaritis, 
 
 350 
 
 Piles, 
 
 287 
 
 Chalk, 
 
 605 
 
 Oxalic Acid, Poisoning by, 
 
 498 
 
 Pills, 
 
 678 
 
 Prickly Ash, 
 
 645 , 
 
 " Deposits in Urine, 
 
 311 
 
 Pimpinella Anisum, 
 
 594 
 
 " Elder, 
 
 645 
 
 Oxide of Zinc Ointment, 
 
 676 
 
 Pimples, Dry, 
 
 144 
 
 Prince's Pine, 
 
 641 
 
 
 
 " Mattery, 
 
 142 
 
 Prinos Verticillatus, 
 
 598 
 
 Pack, Half, 
 
 530 
 
 " Watery, 
 
 138 
 
 Prognostics, 
 Prolapsus Ani, 
 
 561 
 
 " Wet Sheet, 
 
 528 
 
 Pink Root, 
 
 640 
 
 405 
 
 Pail Douche, 
 
 534 
 
 Pinna, 
 
 51 
 
 " Uteri, 
 
 368 
 
 Painter's Colic, 
 
 285 
 
 Piper Angustifolium, 
 
 632 
 
 Pronouncing Dictionary, 
 
 721 
 
 Palpitation, 
 
 259 
 
 Pipsissewa, 
 
 641 
 
 Prunus Virginiana, 
 
 661 
 
 Palsy, 
 
 162 
 
 Pistacia Lentiscus, 
 
 631 
 
 Prurigo, 
 
 144 
 
 " Lead, 
 
 164 
 
 Pityriasis, 
 
 143 
 
 " of Vulva, 
 
 370 
 
 " Local, 
 
 163 
 
 Pix Liquida, 
 
 658 
 
 Pruritis, 
 
 146 
 
 " Shaking, 
 
 164 
 
 Plantago Major, 
 
 641 
 
 Prussic Acid, Poisoning by, 
 Psoriasis or Salt Rheum, 
 
 499 
 
 Panada, 
 
 Panax Quinquefolium, 
 
 580 
 
 Plantain, 
 
 641 
 
 143 
 
 616 
 
 Plasters, 
 
 678 
 
 Ptelia Trifoliata, 
 
 651 
 
 Pancreas, 
 
 33 
 
 Pleurisy, 876-238 
 
 Ptercorpus Marsupium, 
 
 626 
 
 Papaver Somniferum, 
 
 636 
 
 " Root, 
 
 641 
 
 " Santalinus, 
 
 647 
 
 Papulous Scall, 
 
 142 
 
 Pleuritis, 
 
 238 
 
 Ptisan, Suet, 
 
 583 
 
 Populus Candicans, 
 
 595 
 
 Plumbi Acetas, 
 
 627 
 
 Ptosis, 
 
 482 
 
 Paracentesic Instrument, 
 
 506 
 
 Plumbum, 
 
 627 
 
 Puerperal Fever, 
 
 387 
 
 Paralysis, 
 
 162 
 
 Plunge Bath, 
 
 536 
 
 Pumpkin Seed, 
 
 646 
 
 Paraphlegia, 
 
 163 
 
 Pneumonia, 
 
 240 
 
 Punctured Wounds, 
 
 441 
 
 Paregoric Elixir, 
 
 692 
 
 ** Typhoid, 
 
 242 
 
 Purple Disease, 
 
 423 
 
 Parrilla, Yellow, 
 
 665 
 
 Pneumothorax, 
 
 236 
 
 Purpura Hemorrhagica, 
 
 423 
 
 Paronychia, 
 
 467 
 
 Podophyllum Pellatum, 
 
 630 
 
 Purtussis, 
 
 403 
 
 Parotitis, 
 
 207 
 
 Poison Oak, 
 
 642 
 
 Purulent Ophthalmia, 
 
 482 
 
 Parsley, 
 
 637 
 
 " Hemlock, 
 
 640 
 
 " " of Children, 483 
 
 Parsnips, 
 
 79 
 
 " " Ointment, 
 
 676 
 
 Pyrethium Parthenium, 
 
 613 
 
 Partridge Berry, 
 
 637 
 
 Poisoned Wounds, 
 
 442 
 
 Pyrola Rotundifolium, 
 
 648 . 
 
 " " Comp. Syrup 
 
 Poisoning Accidents, 880-496 
 
 " Round Leaved, 
 
 648 
 
 of, 
 
 686 
 
 Poisons, Antidotes of, 
 
 496 
 
 Pyrosis, 
 
 277 
 
 Patches, Colored, 
 
 146 
 
 " Vegetable, 
 
 498 
 
 Pyaemia, 
 
 882 
 
 Patella, Dislocation of, 
 
 463 
 
 Poke, 
 
 642 
 
 Quassia, 
 
 646 
 
 " Fracture of, 
 
 454 
 
 " Ointment, 
 
 676 
 
 Queen of the Meadow, 
 
 646 
 
 Patients, How to Examine, 
 
 122 
 
 Polygala Senega, 
 
 650 
 
 Queen's Root, 
 
 646 
 
 Peach, 
 
 Pear Leaf Wintergreen, 
 
 638 
 
 Polygonum Punctatem, 
 
 661 
 
 Quercus Alba, 
 
 661 
 
 648 
 
 Polypus, 
 
 471 
 
 " Infectoria, 
 
 615 
 
 Pearlash, Purified, 
 
 643 
 
 " of Heart, 
 
 261 
 
 Quinia, Sulphate of, 
 " Valerianate of, 
 
 630 
 
 Peas, 
 
 79 
 
 " of Womb, 
 
 365 
 
 639 
 
 Pediluvium, 
 
 540 
 
 Polytrichum Juniperum, 
 
 618 
 
 
 
 Pelvi6, Fractures of, 
 
 452 
 
 Pompholix, 
 
 141 
 
 Rabies, 
 
 165 
 
 Pemphigus, 
 Pennyroyal, 
 Pepper, Water, 
 
 141 
 
 Poplar, 
 
 659 
 
 Ramollissement, 
 
 154 
 
 638 
 
 Porridge, Milk, 
 
 581 
 
 Rectum, 
 
 Red Chick weed, 
 
 32 
 
 661 
 
 " French Milk, 
 
 582 
 
 647 
 
 Peppermint, 
 
 638 
 
 Porrigo, 
 
 150 
 
 " Clover, 
 
 647 
 
 Pericarditis, 
 
 253 
 
 Potassa, 
 
 642 
 
 " Iodide of Mercury Oint- 
 
 Peritoneum, Acute Inflamma- 
 
 " Acetate of, 
 
 643 
 
 ment, 
 
 676 
 
 tion of, 
 
 279 
 
 " Bicarbonate of, 
 
 643 
 
 " Pepper, 
 
 " Oxide of Lead Plaster, 
 
 605 
 
 " Chronic Inflam 
 
 - 
 
 " Bitartrate of, 
 " Carbonate of, 
 
 643 
 
 680 
 
 mation of, 
 
 280 
 
 643 
 
 " Ozier, 
 
 657 
 
 Peritonitis, 
 
 279 
 
 " Chlorate of, 
 
 643 
 
 " Root, 
 
 647 
 
 Pernicious Intermittent F< 
 
 
 " Citrate of, 
 
 644 
 
 " Rose, 
 
 647 
 
 ver, 
 
 " 412 
 
 " " « Solution of, 644 
 
 " Saunders, 
 
 647 
 
 Persimmon, 
 
 639 
 
 " Solution of, 
 
 644 
 
 " Willow, 
 
 657 
 
 Perspiration, 
 
 102 
 
 " " " Arsenite of,653 
 
 Refreshing Drinks in Fevers 
 
 , 579 
 
 Perspiratory Tubes, 
 
 102 
 
 " and Soda, Tartrate of, 653 
 
 Reproduction of Lost Parts, 
 
 442 
 
 Peruvian Bark, 
 
 639 
 
 " Sulphate of, 
 
 644 
 
 Resin Plaster, Comp., 
 
 679 
 
 " " Tinct. of, 
 Petrolium, 
 
 692 
 640 
 
 " Tartrate of, 
 Potassae, Acetas, 
 
 644 
 643 
 
 Respiratory Organs, 
 | Rest and Sleep, 
 Restorative Wine Bitters, 
 
 35 
 95 
 
 Petroselinum Sativum, 
 
 637 
 
 " Arsenitis, Liquor, 
 
 653 
 
 673 
 
 Pharmacy, 
 
 666 
 
 H Bicarbonas, 
 
 643 
 
 Restoratives, 
 
 684 
 
 Pharyngeal Shower Syringe 
 
 , 196 
 
 " Bitartras, 
 
 643 
 
 Retention of Urine, 
 
 304 
 
 Pharyngitis, 
 
 " Follicular, 
 
 1 
 
 191 
 
 " Carbonas, 
 
 643 
 
 Retina, 
 
 49 
 
 191 
 
 " Citras, 
 
 644 
 
 Rhamnus Catharticus, 
 
 601 
 
898 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 FAGE 
 
 
 PAGB 
 
 Rhatany, 
 
 Rheum Palmatum, 
 
 656 
 
 Scrofula, 
 
 419 
 
 Small Spikenard, 
 Smart Weed, 
 
 652 
 
 648 
 
 Scrofulous Ophthalmia, 
 
 484 
 
 661 
 
 Rheumatism, Acute, 880,416 
 
 Scrophularia Nodosa, 
 
 614 
 
 Smilax Officinalis, 
 
 649 
 
 " Chronic, 
 
 417 
 
 Scrotum, Blood in, 
 
 474 
 
 Snake Root, 
 
 650 
 
 Rhubarb, 
 
 648 
 
 " Water in, 
 
 473 
 
 Snakeroot, Virginia, 
 
 660 
 
 " Aromatic Syrup of, 
 " Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 684 
 
 Scullcap, 
 
 650 
 
 Soap, 
 
 652 
 
 693 
 
 Scurvy, 
 
 421 
 
 Soda, Bicarbonate of, 
 
 652 
 
 " " Powder of, 
 
 683 
 
 Scutellaria Laterifolia, 
 
 650 
 
 t; Borate, 
 
 652 
 
 " and Potassa, Comp 
 
 
 Sea Bathing, 
 
 544 
 
 " Sulphate of, 
 
 653 
 
 Powder of, 
 
 683 
 
 Seasickness, 
 
 278 
 
 " Sulphite of, 
 
 653 
 
 " and Potassa, Comp 
 
 
 Secale Cornutum, 
 
 655 
 
 Sodas, Bicarbonas, 
 
 652 
 
 Syrup of, 
 " Sweet Tinct. of, 
 
 ' 687 
 
 Secretion, Organs of, 
 Seidlitz Powders, 
 
 40 
 
 " Boras, 
 
 652 
 
 693 
 
 653 
 
 " et Potassae Tartras, 
 
 653 
 
 " Syrup of, 
 
 684 
 
 Self Pollution, 
 
 336 
 
 " Sulphas, 
 
 653 
 
 » Tinct. of, 
 
 690 
 
 Semilunar Valves, Disease of 
 
 t 256 
 
 " Sulphis, 
 
 653 
 
 Rhus Glabrum, 
 
 657 
 
 Sempervirum Tectorum, 
 
 620 
 
 Sodii Chloridum, 
 
 653 
 
 " Toxicodendron, 
 
 642 
 
 Seneca Oil, 
 
 640 
 
 Sodium, 
 
 652 
 
 Ribs, Fracture of, 
 
 451 
 
 Seneciu, 
 
 627 
 
 Chloride of, 
 
 653 
 
 Rice, 
 
 78 
 
 Senecio Aureus, 
 
 627 
 
 Solanum Dulcamara, 
 
 597 
 
 " Gruel, 
 
 580 
 
 Seneka, 
 
 650 
 
 Solidago Rigida, 
 
 618 
 
 Ricinus Communis, 
 
 604 
 
 u Syrup of, 
 
 685 
 
 Solomon's Seal, 
 
 653 
 
 Rickets, 
 
 407 
 
 Senna, 
 
 650 
 
 Soluble Tartar, 
 
 644 
 
 Ringworm, 
 Rochelle Salts, 
 
 151 
 
 " and Jalap, Tinct. of, 
 
 693 
 
 Sore Nipples, 
 Soup, Vegetable, 
 Spanish Flies, 
 
 389 
 
 653 
 
 Sensations, 
 
 54 
 
 5S2 
 
 Rosa Gallica, 
 
 647 
 
 " Agreeable, 
 
 55 
 
 654 
 
 Rose Rash, 
 
 138 
 
 ', Unpleasant, 
 
 56 
 
 " " Liniment, 
 
 672 
 
 " Red, 
 
 647 
 
 Sexual Diseases, 
 
 320 
 
 " " Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 " Water Ointment, 
 
 677 
 
 " " Prevention of, 335 
 
 Spasm of Glottis, 
 
 402 
 
 » Willow, 
 
 657 
 
 Shaking Palsy, 
 Sheep Laurel, 
 
 164 
 
 Spearmint, 
 
 654 
 
 Rosemary, 
 
 648 
 
 633 
 
 Speculum, 
 
 345 
 
 Roseola, 
 
 138 
 
 Shingles, 
 
 Shoulder Blade, Fractures of 
 
 139 
 
 Spermaceti, 
 
 654 
 
 Rosemarinus Officinalis, 
 
 648 
 
 449 
 
 " Ointment, 
 
 677 
 
 Rotting of Teeth, 
 
 500 
 
 " Joint, Dislocation of,459 
 
 Spice Plaster, Comp., 
 
 679 
 
 Round Leaved Pyrola, 
 
 648 
 
 Shower Bath, 
 
 534 
 
 Spider's Web, *■ 
 
 664 
 
 Rubbing Wet Sheet, 
 
 531 
 
 Shrubby Trefoil, 
 
 651 
 
 Spigelia Marilandica, 
 Spikenard, Small, 
 
 640 
 
 Rubeola, 
 
 131 
 
 Sick, Care of, 
 
 55 
 
 662 
 
 Rubus Villosus, 
 
 598 
 
 " Children, Nursing, 
 
 394 
 
 Spinal Cord, 
 
 46 
 
 Rudbeckia Laciniata, 
 
 658 
 
 " Room, Choice of, 
 
 551 
 
 " " Diseases of, 
 
 159 
 
 Rue, 
 
 648 
 
 " " Cleanliness in, 
 
 555 
 
 " " Inflammation of, 159 
 
 Rules for Using Water, 
 
 548 
 
 " " Cookerv for, 
 
 578 
 
 Spinal Nerves, 
 
 46 
 
 Rumex Crispus, 
 Running and Leaping, 
 
 664 
 
 " " Darkening of, 
 
 656 
 
 Spine, Deformities of, 
 
 478 
 
 90 
 
 " u Domestic Manage- 
 
 Spirit of Nitric Ether, 
 
 m 
 
 Rupia, 
 
 141 
 
 ment of, 
 
 551 
 
 Spiritus iEtheris Nitrici, 63? 
 
 >, 654 
 
 Rupture, 
 
 476 
 
 " " No Cooking in, 
 
 552 
 
 41 Ammonias Aromaticus, 59' 
 
 Ruptures of Tendons, 
 
 465 
 
 " " Prejudices and 
 
 
 Spircea Tomentosa, 
 
 618 
 
 Ruta Gravelus, 
 
 648 
 
 Antipathies in 
 
 660 
 
 Spleen, 
 
 54 
 
 Rye, 
 
 78 
 
 " " Sofa or Easy Chair 
 
 kk Acute Inflammation of, 266 
 
 M Spurred, 
 
 655 
 
 in, 
 
 552 
 
 " Chronic " " 
 
 266 
 
 Sal* Rheum 
 
 139 
 
 " '* Temperature of, 
 
 555 
 
 Splenitis, 
 
 266 
 
 Sacral Plexus, 
 
 47 
 
 « " Unhired Attend 
 
 
 Sponge, 
 
 655 
 
 Saffron, 
 
 648 
 
 ants in, 
 
 ' 559 
 
 Spongia, 
 
 655 
 
 Sage, 
 
 649 
 
 Sight, Organs of, 
 
 48 
 
 Sprains, 
 
 464 
 
 u Tea, 
 
 578 
 
 " Long and Short, 
 " Weakness of, 
 
 486 
 
 Spurred Rye, 
 
 655 
 
 Sago Gruel, 
 
 581 
 
 485 
 
 Squill, 
 
 655 
 
 Saint Ignatius's Bean, 
 
 656 
 
 Silex Alba, 
 
 663 
 
 " Syrup of, 
 " Vinegar of, 
 
 685 
 
 Sal Ammoniac, 
 
 593 
 
 Simple Ointment, 
 
 677 
 
 693 
 
 Salep Powders, Comp., 
 
 580 
 
 " Syrup, 
 
 684 
 
 Squinting, 
 
 487 
 
 Saline Mixture, 644, 675 
 
 Sinapis Alba, 
 
 633 
 
 Squirting Cucumber, 
 
 662 
 
 Sal ix Nigra, 
 
 599 
 
 Singultus, 
 
 180 
 
 St. Anthony's Fire, 
 
 136 
 
 Salt, 
 
 653 
 
 Sippets, 
 
 578 
 
 St. Ignatius's Bean, 
 St. Vitus's Dance, 
 
 656 
 
 " of Tartar, 
 
 643 
 
 Sitz Bath, 
 
 637 
 
 169 
 
 Saltpetre, 
 
 635 
 
 Skin, 
 
 42 
 
 Stagger Weed, 
 
 659 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 
 498 
 
 " Color of, Disordered, 
 
 146 
 
 Star Grass, 
 
 655 
 
 Salvia Officinalis, 
 
 649 
 
 " Diseases, 
 
 130 
 
 Statici Caroliniana, 
 
 631 
 
 Sambucus Canadensis, 
 
 613 
 
 " Nerves of, Disordered, 
 
 146 
 
 Sterility, 
 
 371 
 
 Sanguinaria Canadensis, 
 
 599 
 
 t; Offices of, 
 
 102 
 
 " Causes of, 
 
 374 
 
 Sanguinarin, 
 
 599 
 
 Skull, Fractures of, 
 
 447 
 
 Stiff Joint, 
 Stillingia Sylvaticus, 
 
 468 
 
 Sapo, 
 
 652 
 
 Skunk Cabbage, 
 
 651 
 
 648 
 
 Sarsaparilla, 
 
 649 
 
 Sleep, 
 
 95 " Comp Syrup of, 
 
 687 
 
 " Comp. Syrup oi 
 
 -, 687 
 
 " Amount of, 
 
 97 Stomach, 
 
 32 
 
 " False, 
 
 652 
 
 " Disturbed, 
 
 182 u Affections of, 
 
 576 
 
 " Wild, 
 
 652 
 
 " Natural Position for, 
 
 97 
 
 " Bile in, 
 
 64 
 
 Sassafras, 
 
 649 
 
 " Preparation for, 
 
 97 
 
 " Acute Inflammation 
 
 
 Savin, 
 
 649 
 
 Sleeping Apartment, 
 
 551 
 
 of, 
 
 269 
 
 Scabies, 
 
 139 
 
 " Rooms, 
 
 95 
 
 " Chronic Inflamma- 
 
 
 Scalds, 
 
 435 
 
 " " Bedding in, 
 
 96 
 
 tion of, 
 
 270 
 
 Scaly Eruptions, 
 
 143 
 
 " " Beds in, 
 
 96 
 
 " Movement of, 
 
 63 
 
 Scammony, 
 
 650 
 
 " " Fire in, 
 
 95 
 
 " Pipe, 
 
 31 
 
 Scarification, 
 
 442 
 
 " « Night Dress in, 97 
 
 " Spasm or Cramp in, 
 Stone in Bladder, 
 
 277 
 
 Scarlatina, 
 
 132 
 
 " '• Open Fireplace 
 
 815 
 
 Scarlet Fever, 
 
 132 
 
 in, 
 
 96 
 
 Storax, 
 
 6561 
 
 487, 
 
 Sciatica, 
 
 173 
 
 " " Open Windows 
 
 Strabismus, 
 
 Scilla Maritima, 
 
 655 
 
 in, 
 
 96 
 
 Stramonium, 
 
 656 
 
 Sclerotic Coat, 
 
 48 
 
 " « Small, 
 
 109 
 
 " Ointment, 
 
 677 
 
 Scoke, 
 
 642 
 
 Slippery Elm, 
 
 652 
 
 " Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
 Scorbutus, 
 
 112 
 
 421 Small Pox, 
 
 134 
 
 Strychnine, Poisoning by, 
 
 499 
 
T 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 899 
 
 
 PAOB I 
 
 >ASS 
 
 PAGK 
 
 Strychnos Nux Vomica, 
 
 635 
 
 Throat Diseases, Instruments 
 
 
 Variocele, 
 
 478 
 
 Stye, 
 
 481 
 
 for Treatment of, 
 
 195 
 
 Variola t 
 
 134 
 
 Styrax Officinale, 
 
 656 
 
 Tic Douloureux, 
 
 172 
 
 Varioloid, 
 
 135 
 
 Sudorific Tinct., 
 
 693 
 
 Tight Dressing, 101 
 
 ,111 
 
 Varix, 
 
 475 
 
 Suet Ptisan, 
 
 583 
 
 Tinctures, 590 
 
 ,688 
 
 Vegetable Poisons, 
 
 498 
 
 Sugar of Lead, Poisoning by 
 
 498 
 
 Tissues, 
 
 16 
 
 " Soup, 
 
 582 
 
 " of Milk, 
 
 226 
 
 Tobacco, 
 
 658 
 
 Veins, 
 
 37 
 
 Sulphur, 
 
 656 
 
 Toe Nail, Ingrowing, 
 
 491 
 
 " Acute Inflammation of, 
 
 474 
 
 Ointment, Comp., 
 
 678 
 
 Tolu, Syrup of, 
 
 686 
 
 " Enlarged or Varicose, 
 
 475 
 
 Sulphuric Acid, Poisoning by 
 
 ,498 
 
 " Tinct. of, 
 
 690 
 
 Venereal Diseases, 
 
 320 
 
 Sumach, 
 
 657 
 
 Tonsil Instrument, 
 
 202 
 
 Ventilation, 57, 108 
 
 ,553 
 
 Summer Complaint of Infants 
 
 ,404 
 
 Tonsils, Acute Inflammation 
 
 
 " in Sick-Room, 
 
 110 
 
 Sunflower, 
 
 657 
 
 of, 
 
 201 
 
 Ventricles, 
 
 " Dilatation of, 
 
 36 
 
 Sunstroke, 
 
 162 
 
 " Chronic Inflamma- 
 
 
 250 
 
 Super Carbonate of Soda, 
 
 652 
 
 tion of, 
 
 202 
 
 " Enlargement of, 
 
 248 
 
 " Tartrateof Potassa, 
 
 643 
 
 Toothache, 
 " Tree, 
 
 501 
 
 Veratrin, 
 
 592 
 
 Suppression of Urine, 
 
 303 
 
 645 
 
 Veratrum Album, 
 
 661 
 
 Suppuration, 
 
 429 
 
 Towel and Sponge Bath, 
 
 538 
 
 " Viride, 
 
 592 
 
 Supra Renal Capsules, Disease 
 
 Tracheitis, 
 
 193 
 
 Vervain, 
 
 659 
 
 of, 
 
 298 
 
 Trailing Arbutus, 
 
 658 
 
 Verbascum Thapsus, 
 
 433 
 
 Surgical Diseases, 
 
 Swamp Dogwood, 
 
 " Milkweed, 
 
 425 
 
 Trance, 
 
 168 
 
 Verbena Hastata, 
 
 659 
 
 657 
 
 Travelling, 112 
 
 ,230 
 
 Verdigris, Poisoning by, 
 
 497 
 
 657 
 
 " Seasons for, 
 
 113 
 
 Vermes, 
 
 293 
 
 Sweat Glands, Disordered, 
 
 46 
 
 Trees, Cultivation of, 
 
 110 
 
 Verruca, 
 
 146 
 
 Sweet Fern, 
 
 657 
 
 Trefoil, Shrubby, 
 
 651 
 
 Vertigo, 
 
 Vessels, Absorbent, 
 
 181 
 
 " Flag, 
 
 658 
 
 Trifolium, Pratense, 
 
 647 
 
 38 
 
 " Gum, 
 
 658 
 
 Trillium Pendulum, 
 
 597 
 
 Viburnnm Opulus, 
 
 619 
 
 " Oil, 
 
 636 
 
 Trumpet Weed, 
 Tulip Tree, 
 
 646 
 
 Vinegar, 
 
 660 
 
 " Spirits of Nitre, 635 
 
 ,654 
 
 659 
 
 Vinegars, 
 
 693 
 
 Swelling of Lungs, 
 
 235 
 
 Tumeric, 
 
 659 
 
 Virginia Snakeroot, 
 
 660 
 
 Sycosis, 
 
 149 
 
 Tumors, 
 
 468 
 
 " " Comp. Tinct. 
 
 Sympathetic Nervous System 
 
 , 60 
 
 " Encysted, 
 
 471 
 
 of, 
 
 693 
 
 Symphytum Officinale, 
 
 608 
 
 " Fatty, 
 
 671 
 
 " " Tinct. of, 
 
 690 
 
 Symplocarpus Foetidus, 
 
 651 
 
 Turkey Corn, 
 
 459 
 
 Vision, Imperfect, 
 Vocal Cords, 
 
 486 
 
 Symptoms, Table of, 
 
 122 
 
 Turner's Cerate, 
 
 667 
 
 41 
 
 Syncope, 
 
 181 
 
 Turnips, 
 
 79 
 
 " Organs, 
 
 40 
 
 Synovial Degenerations, 
 
 466 
 
 Turpentine Liniment, 
 
 672 
 
 Vomiting, 
 
 277 
 
 Syphilis, 
 
 320 
 
 Tussilago Farfara, 
 
 608 
 
 
 
 Syringe, Laryngeal Shower, 
 
 195 
 
 Tylosis, 
 
 145 
 
 Wafer Ash, 
 
 651 
 
 " Nasal " 
 
 196 
 
 Tympanitis, 
 
 283 
 
 Wahoo, 
 
 661 
 
 ' ; Phryngeal " 
 
 196 
 
 Tympanum, 
 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 51 
 
 Walking, 
 
 90 
 
 Syrups, 
 
 683 
 
 490 
 
 Warts, 
 
 145 
 
 
 
 Typhoid Fever, 
 
 410 
 
 Wash Down, 
 
 539 
 
 Tag Alder. 
 
 658 
 
 " Lung Fever, 
 
 242 
 
 " Tub, 
 
 537 
 
 Tamarac, Comp. Tinct. of, 
 Tanasetum Vulgara, 
 
 693 
 
 " Pneumonia, 
 
 242 
 
 Water, 
 
 85 
 
 658 
 
 The Temperature of the Body, 881 
 
 " Accidents on, 
 
 496 
 
 Tansy, 
 
 658 
 
 Ulceration and Ulcers, 
 
 431 
 
 " Apple, 
 
 581 
 
 Tapioca, 
 
 659 
 
 " of Bones, 
 
 465 
 
 " Barley, 
 
 578 
 
 " Jelly, 
 
 581 
 
 Unhired Attendants, 
 
 559 
 
 " Brash, 
 
 277 
 
 Tar, 
 
 658 
 
 Unicorn Root, 
 
 655 
 
 " Camphor, ' 
 
 673 
 
 11 Ointment, 
 
 677 
 
 Union by First Intention, 
 
 439 
 
 " Chemical Nature of, 
 
 86 
 
 " Plaster, Comp., 
 
 680 
 
 Unnatural Growth of Bones, 
 
 465 
 
 " in Chest, 
 
 237 
 
 Taraxacum, 
 
 612 
 
 Upland Cranberry, 
 
 595 
 
 " Chicken, 
 
 583 
 
 Tea and Coffee, 
 
 84 
 
 Upper Arm Bone, Fractures 
 
 " Cochituate, 
 
 87 
 
 " Beef, 
 
 582 
 
 of, 
 
 449 
 
 " Division of, 
 
 86 
 
 " Sage, 
 
 578 
 
 Urate of Ammonia in Urine, 
 
 312 
 
 " Gruel, 
 
 580 
 
 Teeth, 
 
 29 
 
 Ureters, 
 
 34 
 
 " in Heart Case, 
 
 259 
 
 " Care of, 
 
 500 
 
 Urethra, 
 
 35 
 
 " Horehound, 
 
 660 
 
 " Cleaning of, 
 " Composition of, 
 
 503 
 
 Uric Acid Gravel, 
 
 308 
 
 " Impure, 
 
 88 
 
 30 
 
 Urinary Deposits, 
 
 306 
 
 " Impurities in, 
 
 86 
 
 " Cutting, Diificu.lt, 
 
 401 
 
 " System, 
 
 34 
 
 " Lemon, 
 
 579 
 
 " Diseased, 
 
 503 
 
 Urine, Cystine Deposits in, 
 
 314 
 
 " Milk and Soda, 
 
 584 
 
 '• Filling, 
 
 502 
 
 " Examination of, 
 
 307 
 
 " Modus Operandi of, 
 
 546 
 
 " First, 
 
 503 
 
 " Hippuric Acid Deposits 
 
 " Pepper, 
 
 631 
 
 " iN ames of, 
 
 30 
 
 in, 
 
 313 
 
 " Properties of, 
 
 87 
 
 " Number of, 
 
 29 
 
 " Inability to hold, 
 " Oxalic Deposits in, 
 
 305 
 
 " Rain, 
 
 87 
 
 " Origin of, 
 
 29 
 
 311 
 
 " Rice, 
 
 578 
 
 ;t Rotting of, 
 
 500 
 
 " Phosphatic Deposits in 
 
 ,310 
 
 " Rules for Using, 
 
 548 
 
 " Use of, 
 
 30 
 
 " Retention of, 
 
 304 
 
 " Salt, 
 
 88 
 
 Tela Araneae, 
 
 654 
 
 " Suppression of, 
 
 303 
 
 " in Scrotum, 
 
 473 
 
 Temperaments, 
 
 118 
 
 " Urate of Ammonia in 
 
 312 
 
 " Schuylkill and Croton 
 
 87 
 
 " Abdominal, 
 
 119 
 
 Urticaria, 
 
 137 
 
 Waters, Medicated, 
 
 '672 
 
 Cephalic, 
 
 118 
 
 Uteri Prolapsus, 
 
 368 Watery Pimples, 
 
 138 
 
 " Medication and 
 
 119 
 
 Uterine Hydatids, 
 
 366 
 
 Wave or Sluice Bath, 
 
 535 
 
 " Muscular, 
 
 119 
 
 Uva Ursi, 
 
 595 
 
 Wax, 
 
 661 
 
 " Thoracic, 
 
 119 
 
 Uvula, Elongation of, 
 
 200 
 
 Weaning, 
 
 392 
 
 Temperature, 881, 555 
 
 
 
 Wens, 
 
 471 
 
 Tendons, Ruptures of, 
 
 465 
 
 Vaccina, 
 
 136 
 
 Weights, 
 
 588 
 
 Tetanus, 
 
 166 
 
 Vagina, Inflammation of, 
 
 369 
 
 iv French Decimal, 
 
 589 
 
 Tetter 
 
 139 
 
 Valerian, 
 
 659 Wet Bandages, 
 
 549 
 
 Crusted, 
 
 142 
 
 " Comp. Tinct. of, 
 
 693 
 
 " Dress, 
 
 530 
 
 " Humid, 
 
 139 
 
 Valeriana Officinalis, 
 
 659 
 
 " Sheet, Folded, 
 
 531 
 
 Thi?h Bone, Fracturea 0^ 
 
 452 
 
 Valves, Mitral, 
 
 36 
 
 " '• Pack, 
 
 528 
 
 Tbimbleweed, 
 
 658 
 
 " Semilunar, 
 
 36 
 
 " " Rubbinsr, 
 
 531 
 
 Tliornapple, 
 
 Throat Diseases, 
 
 656 
 
 " Tricuspid, 
 
 36 Wheat, 
 
 77 
 
 188 ' Varicella, 
 
 136, '• Flour, Unbolted, 
 
 71 
 
 
900 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Whey, Alum, 583 
 
 " Mustard, 583 
 
 " Orange, 584 
 
 " Rennet, 583 
 
 " Sweet, 584 
 
 " Tartar, 583 
 
 " Vinegar, 583 
 
 " with Tamarinds, 584 
 
 " Wine, 584 
 
 White Hellebore, 661 
 
 " ' k Ointment, 677 
 
 " Indian Hemp, 657 
 
 " Liquid Physic, 675 
 
 « Oak, 661 
 
 « Pond Lily, 661 
 
 " Poplar, 659 
 
 " Swelling, 466 
 
 " Vitriol, Poisoning by, 498 
 
 Wliites, 35? " 
 
 Wliitlow, 
 
 Wild Cherry, 
 
 " Bark, Syrup of, 
 *'* Cucumber, 
 " Ginger, 
 " Indigo, 
 H "■ Ointment, 
 
 " Sarsaparilla, 
 li Snow Ball, 
 " Turkev Pea, 
 " Woodbine, 
 " Yam, 
 
 Willow, 
 
 Wind Colic, 
 
 467 
 
 662 
 677 
 652 
 647 
 659 
 593 
 662 
 663 
 282 
 
 FAGE 
 
 Windpipe, 35 
 
 " Foreign Bodies in, 
 " Inflammation of, 
 
 Wine Bitters, Restorative, 
 '» of Comfrey, Comp., 
 " of Golden Seal, Comp. 
 " of Ipecacuanha, 
 
 Wines, Medicated, 
 
 Wingseed, 
 
 Winter Green, 
 
 Witch Hazel, 
 
 Wolfsbane, 
 
 Womb and Appendages, 
 " Falling of, st}» 
 
 [« " over of, 368 
 
 " Inflammation of, 367 
 
 " Inflammation of Neck of, 346 
 " Polypus of, 365 
 
 Worm Powder, 683 
 
 Worms, 293 
 
 Wormseed, 664 
 
 Wormwood, 664 
 
 Wounds, Bleeding from, 493 
 
 " Contused and Lacer- 
 ated, 441 
 Derangements from, 
 
 343 
 
 Gunshot, 
 How to Unite, 
 Incised, 
 Poisoned, 
 Punctured, 
 Rules for Examin- 
 ing and Dressing, 
 
 Wrist, Dislocation of, 
 
 " Fractures of, 
 Wry Neck, 
 
 PAGB 
 
 460 
 451 
 480 
 
 Xanthoxylum Fraxineum, 645 
 
 Yam, Wild, 662 
 
 Yarrow, 664 
 
 Yeast, 664 
 
 Yellow Dock, 664 
 
 " « Comp. Syrup of, 688 
 415 
 664 
 665 
 665 
 
 Fever, 
 Jessamine, 
 Ladies' Slipper, 
 Parilla, 
 
 Zinc, 665 
 
 " Acetate of, 665 
 
 " Chloride of, 665 
 
 " Iodide of, 666 
 
 " Oxide of, 665 
 " Precipitated Carbonate 
 
 of, 666 
 
 " Sulphate of, . 666 
 
 " Valerianate of, 666 
 
 Zinci Carbonas Prsecipitas, 666 
 
 " Chloridum, 665 
 
 " Iodidum, 665 
 
 " Oxidum, 665 
 
 " Sulphas, 666 
 
 " Valerianas, 666 
 
 Zingiber Officinale, 615 
 
 ADDITIONAL INDEX. 
 
 Antisciptic Dressing, 
 
 Acne, Spotted, 
 
 Ague Cake, 
 
 Alteratives, 
 
 Anidrosis, 
 
 Anteversion of Womb, 
 
 Anaemia, 
 
 Apoplexy and Paralysis, 
 
 Asphyxia, 
 
 Asthma, 
 
 Astringents, 
 
 878 
 148 
 
 147 
 
 368 
 259 
 710 
 494 
 709 
 >, 772 
 
 282 
 
 Belly Ache, 
 
 Big-ivv, 633 
 
 Black Vomit, 415 
 
 Breathing Murmurs, 212 
 
 Bronchial Flux, 709 
 " " treatment of, 709 
 
 Buffy Coat, 426 
 
 Calvities, 
 
 Canker, 
 
 Care of the Skin, 
 
 Carminative Physic, 
 
 Carminatives, 
 
 Catarrh of Bladder, 
 
 Carthartics, 
 
 Caustic Potassa, 
 
 Chalk-stones, 
 
 Chancre, Sloughing, 
 u Gangrenous, 
 " Eating, 
 " Indurated, 
 
 Changes occurring in 
 Advanced Life, 
 
 Charbon, 
 
 Chicken-pox, 
 
 Children's Sore Mouth, 
 
 Chromidrosis, 
 
 Coaptation, 
 
 Convulsions, 
 
 Comedones, 
 
 Compression, 
 
 Coryza, 
 
 Cough Preparations, 
 
 Counter-extension, 
 " irritation, 
 " irritants, 
 
 150 
 695 
 706 
 766 
 770 
 298 
 763 
 642 
 418 
 321 
 321 
 321 
 321 
 
 703 
 434 
 135 
 399 
 147 
 444 
 572 
 148 
 439 
 131 
 769 
 444 
 428 
 773 
 
 Cupping and Leeching, 428 
 
 Depositories of Family 
 
 History, 700 
 
 Diaphoretics and Sedatives, 771 
 
 Diet, Milk, 564 
 
 " Cream, 566 
 
 " Eggs, 566 
 
 " Fish, 567 
 
 <■ Fruits, 567 
 
 " Vegetable, 567 
 
 Diet for the Old, 704 
 
 Diphtheria, 696, 697, 698 
 
 Diseases of the Old, 708 
 
 Diuretics, 771 
 
 Dropsy of Brain, 158 
 
 Dumb-bell Exercises, 714 
 
 Egophony, 239 
 
 Electricity, 707 
 
 Endosmosis, 319 
 
 Engorgements, State of, 241 
 
 Emetics, 696 
 
 Epsom Salts, 630 
 
 Exercise, 706 
 
 Exercises with Wands, 747 
 
 Expectorants, 705 
 
 Exosmosis, 319 
 
 Extension, 444 
 
 Falling Sickness, 167 
 
 Female Weakness, 353 
 
 Fistula, 430 
 
 Fluctuation, 429 
 
 Freckles, 147 
 
 Gangrene, 430 
 
 Gargles, 775 
 
 Gymnastic Crown, 757 
 
 Helpless dependence of the 
 
 Aged, 702 
 
 Hoemidrosis, 147 
 
 Hepatization, Stage of, 241 
 
 Hectic Fever, 427 
 History of Gymnastics in the 
 
 United States, 761 
 
 Hives, 
 
 135 
 
 Honey Diseases 
 
 142 
 
 " Scab, 
 
 142 
 
 Horn-pox, 
 
 136 
 
 Hypo, 
 
 179 
 
 Idrosis, 
 
 147 
 
 Leucorrhoea, 
 
 390 
 
 Leeching, 
 
 428 
 
 Ligature. 
 
 438 
 
 Liniments, 
 
 774 
 
 Loneliness of the Aged, 
 
 702 
 
 Lotions, 
 
 775 
 
 Medical Treatment of the Old, 
 
 Metastasis, 
 
 Milk, 
 
 Milk Crust, 
 
 Milk Weed, 
 
 Mode of Cooking Meats, 
 
 Moles, 
 
 Mortality in Cold Weather, 
 
 Myopia, 
 
 Narcotics and Anodynes, 
 Night Nurse, 
 No fear of Death, 
 Nympho-mania, 
 
 Oil-Nut, 
 Ointments, 
 
 416 
 705 
 142 
 609 
 704 
 147 
 706 
 486 
 
 770 
 552 
 703 
 370 
 
 no 
 
 Papilla;, 145 
 
 Paracentesis Thoracis 240 
 
 Pectoriloquy, 240 
 
 Pin-worm, 293 
 
 Plastic Lymph, 426 
 
 Plain Puddings and Pies, 705 
 
 Presbyopia, 488 
 
 Prescriptions, 763 
 Presvervation of Old People's 
 
 Health, 703 
 
 Provisional Callus, 446 
 
 Puerile Respiration, 212 
 
 Pulmonic Cherry Cordial, 710 
 
 Pussy Willow, 599 
 
INDEX TO THE HOMEOPATHIC DEPAETMENT. 
 
 i brief Treatise on HomcBO- 
 
 patluc Treatment of Diseases, 508 
 
 Vbsccsses, 795 
 
 \cute Inflammation of the 
 
 Spinal Cord, 806 
 
 \cute Inflammation of the 
 
 Liver, 521 
 
 Acute Inflammation of the 
 
 Larynx, 524 
 Acute Bronchial Inflammation, 525 
 
 Affections of the Mind, 854 
 
 Vgustia, 869 
 liimvntfl at the age of Puberty, 826 
 
 " attending Change of Life,827 
 
 "' during I'reguanry, 828 
 
 Amblyopia, 849 
 
 Anasarca, 819 
 
 Aneurism, 825 
 
 of the Aorta, 786 
 
 \norexia, 869 
 
 VnoMnia, 869 
 
 \ nth rax, 537 
 
 Antidotes to Medicines, 511 
 
 Apoplexy, 805 
 
 Apoplexia, 805 
 
 Apthae, 834 
 
 Ascitis, 819 
 
 Asiatic Cholera, 520 
 
 Asthma, 626 
 
 Aversion to Food, 869 
 
 Baldness, 803 
 
 Bathing, 511 
 
 Barbers' Itch, 801 
 
 Bilious Remittent Fever, 513 
 
 Black Tongue, 812 
 
 Black Vomit, 813 
 
 Bleeding of the Lungs, 627 
 
 Bloody Urine, 789 
 
 Boils, 794 
 
 Brain Fever, 804 
 
 Bionchitis, 525 
 
 Bunions, 844 
 
 Burns and Scalds, 823 
 
 i Jancei of the Skin, 841 
 
 " " Liver, 840 
 
 " M " Intestines, 840 
 
 " " " Stomach. 840 
 
 Canker of the Mouth, 516 
 
 Carbuncle, 794 
 
 Cardialgia, 517 
 
 Cataract, 815 
 
 Cephalalgia, 802 
 
 Chicken l'<>x, 515 
 
 rholora Morbus, 620 
 
 " Infantum, 835 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the 
 
 Bowels, 519 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the 
 
 Stomach, 518 
 
 Chronic Catarrh, 523 
 
 " Dysentery, 520 
 
 u Laryngitis, 524 
 
 " Inflammatior of the 
 
 Bronchia, 525 
 
 Chronic Inflammation of the 
 
 Pericardium, 785 
 
 Chronic Pericarditis. 785 
 
 " Rhe um A tjwm , 615 
 
 Chilblains, 796 
 
 Chorea, 809 
 
 Child-bed Fever, 831 
 
 Colic, 833 
 
 Cold Fever, 863 
 
 Cold in the Head, 623 
 
 Consumption, 527 
 
 Concussion of the Chest, 821 
 
 " " Brain, 821 
 
 Convulsions, 836 
 
 Constipation, 521 
 " of the Bowels, 830 
 
 Corns, 795 
 
 Coryza, 623 
 
 Coup de Soleilf 805 
 
 Croup, 624 
 
 Crying, 833 
 
 Cystitis, 787 
 
 Dentition, 935 
 
 Deafness, 817 
 
 Delirium, 808 
 Derangement of the Functions 
 
 of Menstruation, 826 
 Diseases involving Various 
 
 Organs, 613 
 Diseases of the Alimentary 
 
 Canal, 516 
 Diseases of the Brain and 
 
 Nerves, 804 
 
 Diseases of the Eye and Lids, 814 
 
 " " " Head, 802 
 
 " " Respiratory Organs,523 
 
 " " Urinary Organs, 787 
 
 Diseases of the Organs of 
 
 Generation, 790 
 
 Diseases of the Organs of 
 
 Women, 826 
 Diseases of Infants, 833 
 " involving Various Or- 
 gans and Regions, 838 
 Diseases of the Ear, 817 
 " « " Nose, 818 
 " « « Skin, 794 
 Dilitation of the Cavities of 
 
 the Heart, 786 
 
 Diarrhoea, 619 
 
 Diabetes, 789 
 
 Difficult Urination, 829 
 
 Diphtheria, 811 
 
 Dyspepsia, 517 
 
 Dyspeptic Headache, 517 
 
 i Dysentery, 520 
 
 | Dysmenorrhea, 827 
 
 Dropsies, 819 
 
 : Dropsy of the Scrotum, 820, 791 
 
 " Belly, 819 
 
 «« " Chest, 819 
 
 " " Brain, 820 
 
 " « Womb, 820 
 
 " " Heart, 819 
 
 " " Joints, 824 
 
 Earache. 814 
 
 | Ear, Inflammation of, 814 
 
 j Ears, Diseases of, 817 
 
 ' Ears, Running of, 817 
 
 Endocarditis, 785 
 
 Eczema, 800 
 
 Epilepsy, 806 
 
 Epi8taxl8, 
 Erysipelas, 
 Eruptive Fevers, 
 Excessive Menstruation, 
 Excoriated Nipples, 
 Extreme Emaciation, 
 Excoriations, 
 External Applications, 
 Falling of the Womb, 
 False Pains, 
 Fever, Simple, 
 
 Inflammatory, 
 
 Typhoid, 
 
 Bilious, 
 
 Remittent. 
 
 Intermittent, 
 
 Yellow, 
 
 Scarlet, 
 
 Eruptive, 
 
 Rheumatic, 
 
 Spotted, 
 
 Cold, 
 
 Putrid, 
 Febris Petechialis, 
 Felons, 
 
 Fistula in Ano, 
 Figworts, 
 Fits, 
 
 Fractures, 
 Furunculi, 
 Forms of Medicine for Admin- 
 istration, 
 G-astralgia, 
 Gra8tritis, 
 Gastrodinea, 
 Gangrene, 
 
 Gonorrhoea! Sore Eyes, 
 Grippe, 
 Stone, 
 
 Hardness of Hearing, 
 Heartburn, 
 Headache, 
 Hectic Fever, 
 
 Hemorrhage from Wounds, 
 Hernia, 
 He-pes, 
 
 Herpes Careinatus, 
 Hemorrhoids, 622, 
 
 Hiccough, 
 Hives, 
 Hydrocele, 
 Hysteria, 
 Hydrophobia, 
 Ilydrothorax, 
 Hydrocephalus, 
 Hydrocele. 
 Hydrometra, 
 Hypochondria, 
 Hypochondriasis, 
 Hysteric Derangement, 
 Imbecility. 
 Imperfect Action of the Valves 
 
 of the Heart. 
 Inflammation of the Groin, 
 
 Inguinal Glands, 
 Inflammatory Rheumatism, 
 
 44 Fever, 
 
 Inflammation of the Tonsils, 
 
 81S 
 
 515 
 514 
 827 
 830 
 835 
 836 
 611 
 792 
 829 
 613 
 613 
 513 
 612 
 513 
 614 
 614 
 614 
 614 
 615 
 
 864 
 864 
 
 825 
 *41 
 
 «M, 836 
 823 
 795 
 
 610 
 617 
 518 
 518 
 584 
 815 
 84S 
 788 
 817 
 517 
 802 
 844 
 822 
 822 
 799 
 797 
 832 
 836 
 798 
 791 
 812 
 813 
 819 
 820 
 820 
 820 
 858 
 858 
 859 
 859 
 
 786 
 
 515 
 513 
 610 
 
1 "■■ ■ ' ■ 
 
 902 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 FAGB. 
 
 FAOB. PAOB. 
 
 Inflammation of the Stomach, 518 
 
 Morbid Emotions, 
 
 856 
 
 Sciatica, 
 Scarlet Fever, 
 Scurf of the Head, 
 
 618 
 
 « " Bowels, 618 
 
 Monomania, 
 
 860 
 
 614 
 
 " " Peritoneum, 519 
 
 Moss, 
 Myelitis, 
 Mucus vomiting, 
 
 800 
 
 837 
 
 «• •« Spleen, 522 
 
 806 
 
 Schirrus, 
 
 840 
 
 ** " Larynx, 524 
 
 618 
 
 Sea-sickness, 
 
 618 
 
 « " Windpipe, 525 
 
 Nasal Polypus, 
 Nettle Rash, 
 
 842 
 
 Shingles, 
 
 842 
 
 M " Heart, 785 
 
 514 
 
 S; eeplessness of Infants, 
 
 838 
 
 " " Pericardium,785 
 
 Neuralgia, 
 
 809 
 
 Small Pox, 
 
 515 
 
 •« " Arteries, 786 
 
 Nervous Deafness, 
 
 816 
 
 Snake Bites, 
 
 823 
 
 • " Bladder, 787 
 
 Nightmare, 
 
 812 
 
 Snuffles, 
 
 834 
 
 " " Kidneys, 789 
 
 Night Sweats, 
 
 845 
 
 Soreness after Delivery, 
 
 829 
 
 *« " Urethra, 790 
 
 Nocturnal Eneuresis, 
 
 788 
 
 Sore Throat (Quinsy), 
 
 516 
 
 " " Testes, 790 
 
 Nose-bleed. 
 
 818 
 
 Sore Mouth, 
 
 834 
 
 « " Vulva, 791 
 
 Obstruction of the Nose, 
 
 818 
 
 Spotted Fever, 
 
 863 
 
 « " Vagina, 791 
 
 Organs of Circulation, 
 
 628 
 
 Soreness behind the Ears, 
 
 838 
 
 " " Womh, 791 
 
 Ottorrhcea, 
 
 815 
 
 Specks of the Cornea, 
 
 818 
 
 « " Ovaries, 792 
 
 Ovarian Dropsy, 
 
 820 
 
 Specific Indications for Heme 
 
 
 " " Spinal Cord, 806 
 
 Ozena, 
 
 818 
 
 dies in Fevers, 
 
 #* 
 
 " " Eyelids, 814 
 
 Painful Menstruation, 
 
 827 
 
 Sprains, 
 
 821 
 
 " « Iris, 814 
 
 Painless Colic, 
 
 522 
 
 Stammering, 
 
 810 
 
 « " Ears, 817 
 
 Paralysis, 
 
 807 
 
 Stings of Insects, 
 
 828 
 
 " " Tongue, 516 
 
 Palsy, 
 
 807 
 
 Stiff Joints, 
 
 825 
 
 " " Glands under 
 
 Passage of Gall Stones, 
 
 839 
 
 Stone, 788; Stone Bruise, 
 
 843 
 
 the Arms, 842 
 
 Paralysis of the Eyelids, 
 
 851 
 
 Strangury, 
 
 787 
 
 Influenza, 
 
 Parturition, 
 
 829 
 
 Strabismus, 
 
 818 
 
 Interrupted Menstruation, 820 
 
 Pericarditis, 
 
 785 
 
 ^ e > n 
 
 814 
 
 Induration of the Breasts, 830 
 
 Pharyngeal Sore Throat, 
 
 517 
 
 Summer Complaint, 
 
 835 
 
 Infantile Diarrhoea, 833 
 
 Piles, 522 
 
 ,832 
 
 Sunstroke, 
 
 805 
 
 Inability to take the Breast, 833 
 
 Phlegmasia Solens, 
 
 843 
 
 Suppression of the Lochia, 
 
 831 
 
 Infantile Dysentery, 833 
 
 Pleuritis, 
 
 626 
 
 " Milk, 
 
 830 
 
 44 Jaundice, 834 
 
 Pleurisy, 
 
 626 
 
 " " Urine, 
 
 631 
 
 Intermittent Fever, 614 
 
 Pneumonia, 
 
 626 
 
 Squinting, 
 
 816 
 
 Indigestion, 517 
 
 Polypus of the Nose, 
 
 871 
 
 Surgical Diseases, 
 
 821 
 
 Injury of a Nerve, 821 
 
 Poisons, and their Antidotes, 
 
 837 
 
 Swimming of the Head, 
 
 802 
 
 Invermination, 521 
 
 Porrigo, 
 
 
 Syphilis, 
 
 790 
 
 Incontinence of Urine, 788 
 
 P*ofuse Bleeding from the 
 
 
 Syphilitic Sore Eyes, 
 
 815 
 
 Inordinate Flow of Urine, 789 
 
 Womb, 
 Prickly Heat. 
 Protrusion of the Intestine, 
 
 827 
 
 Teething, 
 
 835 
 
 Incubus, 812 
 
 837 
 
 Tenea Capitis, 
 
 803 
 
 Insidious Diseases. 862 
 
 621 
 
 Tetanus, 
 
 808 
 
 Itching of the Anus, 523 
 
 Prurigo, 
 
 797 
 
 Salt Rheum 
 
 799 
 
 Itch, "97 
 
 Pulmonary Consumption, 
 
 846 
 
 Thrush, 
 
 834 
 
 Itching of the Skin. "97 
 
 Putrid Fever, 
 
 864 
 
 Toothache, 
 
 516 
 
 Iritis, 114 
 
 Putrid Sore Throat, 
 
 516 
 
 Trismus, 
 
 808 
 
 Jaundice, *22 
 
 Quinsy Sore Throat, 
 
 616 
 
 Trachitis, 
 
 Tumors, Removal of, 
 
 625 
 
 Labor, 827 
 
 Rabies, 
 
 813 
 
 823 
 
 Ladies' Perpetual Calendar, 871 
 
 Red Gum, 
 
 834 
 
 Tussis, Spasmodic, 626 
 
 Typhoid Fever, 
 
 Ulcers, 
 
 ,851 
 
 Leucorrhcea, 793, 831 
 
 Relapsing Fever, 
 
 811 
 
 513 
 
 List of Remedies. 509 
 
 Religious Mania, 
 
 857 
 
 539 
 
 Lumbago, 516 
 
 Retention of the Urine, 788 
 
 ,835 
 
 Ulcerations of the Womb, 
 
 792 
 
 Lung Fever, 526 
 
 Remittent Fevers, 
 
 513 
 
 " " Bone, 
 
 824 
 
 Lock-Jaw, 808 
 
 Rickets, 
 
 624 
 
 Ulcers of the Scalp, 
 
 803 
 
 Loss of Memory, 810 
 
 Ringworm, 
 
 797 
 
 Varioloid, Variola, 
 
 515 
 
 Liver Spots, 800 
 
 " of the Scalp, 
 
 802 
 
 Vertigo, 
 
 802 
 
 Loss of Taste, 869 
 
 Rheumatic Fever, 
 
 615 
 
 Varicose Veins, 798 
 
 ,825 
 
 " Smell, 869 
 
 Rheumatic Sore Eyes, 
 
 816 
 
 Vomiting of Blood, 
 
 518 
 
 Luxations, 822 
 
 Rules for the Administration 
 
 
 Waterbrash, 
 
 617 
 
 Lumbar Abscesses, 824 
 
 of Medicines, 
 
 610 
 
 Warts on the Nose. 
 Warts on the Iland, 
 
 842 
 
 MscuIsb, 800 
 
 Rules for preserving the Purity 
 
 842 
 
 Malignant Pustule, 862 
 
 of Medicines, 
 
 610 
 
 Watery Eyes, 
 
 816 
 
 Mania from Excited Emotions, 855 
 
 Running at the Ears, 
 Rush of Blood to the Head 
 
 817 
 
 Weakness of the Sight, 
 
 849 
 
 Mania produced from Depres- 
 
 803 
 
 Weak Memory, 
 
 858 
 
 sion of Spirits, 855 
 
 St. Vitus Dance, 
 
 809 
 
 Wetting the Bed, 
 
 788 
 
 Marasmus, 835 
 
 Salt Rheum, 
 
 799 
 
 White Swelling, 
 
 824 
 
 Medicines for Different Tem- 
 
 Scabies, 
 
 797 
 
 Whites, 
 
 T93 
 
 peraments, 509 
 
 Scurvy, 
 
 800 
 
 Whitlow, 
 
 797 
 
 Measles, 615 
 
 Scrofula, 
 
 799 
 
 Whooping Cough, 526 
 
 ,851 
 
 Menorrhagia, 827 
 
 Scald Head, 
 Scrofulous Sore Eyes, 
 Scrofulous Swelling of the 
 
 803 
 
 Wounds, 
 
 822 
 
 Mental Derangement 854 
 
 814 
 
 Wry Neck. 
 Yellow Fever, 
 
 825 
 
 Milk Crust, 837 
 
 
 614 
 
 Milk Fever, 829 
 
 Salivary Glands 
 
 888 
 
 Zona, 
 
 842 
 
 tfiik Leg, MS 
 
 J 
 
 I ----- 
 
 . --. 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 LBFe '06 
 
** **V "°%W' : 4*^ 
 
 4°+ 
 
 >•* a 
 .4* * 
 
 
 r oV T 
 * J?^ V 
 
 
 
 O J v . < 
 
 -0/ 
 
 ^tf 
 
 
 .4*3* *. 
 
 '■'•• %/ •»'•• W #fc \/ A- \/] 
 
 c°*.»iife-"- 
 
 o^ 'o . » • A 
 
 ;♦ ^ % -^w:* 4* % 'JaK* ^ % »W^* 4* ** i 
 
 
 <> *"7Vi t -0 
 
 
 
 1 • <*«£.** ♦ j 
 
 > 
 *. 
 
 ^ HI 
 
 
 C°*.»i^-*°o 
 
 
 ^ V . fc ' • ♦ ^b. 
 
 
 : j 
 
 jPvn 
 
 ^ * 
 
 ^0 ^ 
 
 
 v ^ 
 
 <^ < 
 
 
,+ 
 
 A°*. ' 
 
 V^V V^V V^'V \ 
 
 
 
 . ^ 
 
 o V 
 
 
 
 
 ^^K 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ► \6 A* 
 
 
 
 v v 
 
 '% °+ 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 o>. 
 
 
 
 * <V 
 
 
 ♦^♦* .-«\ \/ :M^' 
 
 V-^' 
 
 <>. 
 
 
 
 
 H° A 
 
 «$> *•»!• .<>